HANDBOUND

AT THE

UNlN'ERSITi' OF
TORONTO PRESS

'OA

DICTIONAKY
OF THE

ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE

CALLED TSHI (CHWEE,

TWI).

DICTIONARY
Ol'

ASANTE

TIIK

FANTE LANGUAGE

AND

CALLED TSHI (CHWEE, T^),

WITH

A GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION
AND APPENDICES ON

THE GEOGKAPHY OF THE GOLD COAST

AND OTIIKU SUBJECTS.

BY

REV.

J.

G.

GHRISTALLER,

OF THE BASEL GERMAN EVANGELICAL MISSION, W. AFRICA.

BASEL:

1881.

PRINTED FOR THE EVANGELICAL MISSIONARY SOCIETY.

AND

IN

Sold by the MissioNs-BfcHHANomNc;, Basel, Switzeuland,

BY TauBNEit & Co, 57 & 59 Litixiate Hill, I^ondox,
the Book Depository of the Basel Mission, Ciiristiansbohg, G.

('.,

\\

A.

Printer: L.

REINHARDT

(formerly C. Schultze), Basel.

PREFACE.
"A Grammar

This Dictionary follows

of the Asaiite

and

Akuapem

Fante Language called Tshi {Chivee, T\Vi), based on the

Dialect, with reference to the other (Akan and Fante) Dialects,"

by the same author, Basel 1875. The said Grammar has been
approved by several philologists in Germany and France.*) It
has, however, not met with the same favourable reception on the

Gold Coast,

at

Mission; but

it is

welcome

beyond the sphere of

least

educated Fantes on account of

to

and because

practical usefulness,

more extensively referred

2.

claims

to

in

will

German
be more

more prominent

its

the Fante dialect lias been

it

than in the Grammar.

The Dictionary appears now somewhat delayed by the

which six other publications in Tshi and three in Akra

made on

the author,

time because

and

its

publication has taken considerable

loose sheets were sent to an intelligent native

its

Gold Coast, whose judgement has been of great value

of the

the author, for corrections

If the
it

the Basel

hoped that the present Dictionai-y

will

and

work has been long

be the more useful and

to

additions.

coming

in

will not

out,

it

is

hoped that

prove short-lived.

If

it

has become larger than any other existing Dictionary of a Negro

language, this has at least not been the intention of the author;

ample materials collected with the help of clever and

the

made

telligent natives

a matter

up whatever may be useful

store

.3.

are

it

1.

The

if

in-

not a duty, to

for his successors.

persons for whose benefit the author has

the missionaries, not only of his

Akem, Okwawu

own

society, in

written,

Akuapem,

but also of the Wesleyan Methodists in the

Europeans who are interested in philology
any capacity called to have intercourse with the natives

Fante country
or in

of course,

&c.,

2.

of the coast or inland countries;

3.

the educated natives, be

they employed in Christian churches and Mission or Government

*) Cf. Lazarus und Steinlhal, Zeitschrift

Sprachenkunde

187fj,

p.

164

172.

Ky

fiir

Volker-Psycholo^e und

the '"Institut de France" a gold medal

of 300 francs has been awarded to the author.

VI

Preface.

may be
may also

schools, or whatever occupation

their

study of languages;

be helped by the book

all

these

inducement

to the

in their endeavours to acquire the English language.

The

4.

materials

of the

work have been

more than 25

years' study of the language.

gathered from

all

Gold Coast

Grammar

1868,

in

When

p. Iseq.

newly revised printed

good number of other manuscripts and of materials

portions, a

for a dictionary collected

work

printing

in

reprints were

new

natives.

of

these

contributions for

and essays on mythological and

native

preparing,

in

the author

new works,

and answers on various questions concerning those

different publications, also

the

and other folk-lore &c.

and twenty other new

manuscripts for several

besides

letters

among whom I reckon first the

who also, with other assistants,

of proverbs

was

or revised

publications

many

deal

Bible

whilst the

by personal intercourse with natives

tribes,

of translation,

a good

contributed

received,

and

places

helpers at the

And

the author left

he took with him, besides an entire

translation of the Bible in manuscript or in

of various

ways alluded

available sources in the various

to in the preface to the

the

collected during

The words were

missionary

1).

Asanto,

The Vocabulary

the dictionary

historical objects,

from

partly

of H. N.

has

liiis

partly from

other

educated

been

carefully

compared and every word or phrase found correct or rectified

has been embodied in the present dictionary, sometimes with
A rich source of words has
reference to the work of Riis.
been opened in the native proverbs, the printed collection of
which embraces more than 3600. The reader is often referred

to this for brevity's sake.

The Dialects of the langixage

XVII seq. & 185-196, where

5.

mar

p.

Akan and Fante

dialects

are described in the

Gram-

also the claims of both the

and the intermediate

literary dialect

any cause to retract

what is stated there, though I have since then become better
acquainted with the Fante dialect through A. W. Parker's books
(see p. XVI), many words and phrases of which have been incorporated in this work. I have also obtained some more in-

are sufficiently discussed.

formation about

the

and may sum up

(1)

Akem;
the
e

&

frequent ee
9,

its

&

do not find

Akan and

my

The Akan
but by

the

Bron or Kamana

dialects,

impressions in this manner:

dialect

is

considered

to

be spoken purest in

dainty and affected mode of expression (e.g.

oo,

where most other

as, adee, asee, koree, oboo, soo,

dialects

have simply

ade, ase, koe, gbo, so)


Preface.

it,

appears

less

fit

become the common

to

The dialect
Akem, only the

tribes,

that of

VII

of Asanf(! agrees

pronunciation

is

dialect

in

all

of all

'Pslii

essentials with

"broad and hard (tetere

dennennen)" e.g. they pronounce "kere" instead of "kyere",

whilst

The

Akem

in

it

and delicate (boko freiikyemm)."

is spoken are Adanse, Ascn,

"soft

is

Akan

other countries in which

ifankyira, Tvviforo,

Akem and

Akwam,

Asante, and

all

these with

little

Akuapem, on which

deviations from

see No. (2).

(j:^) The dialect of Akuapem, derived from Akem and Akwam

and having points of contact with Bron and Fante, appears on
the whole the one most suited to become (ho literary idiom

equally intelligible to

other tribes. See Gr. p,

all the

XIX, and,

on the influences of Fante, the small English-'J'shi-Akra Dictionary

of 1874, p. XI.

Rron
& N.E. of

(3) 'I'he

N.

tries

or

Kamana

the

Akan

dialects are

spoken

in the

coun-

Kamana, Okwawu,

countries, viz.

Nkoransa, Bron &c., also in Pae (E. of the Volta). These dialects

seem

be genuine Tshi, but are deemed inferior

to

to

Akan, prob-

ably on account of archaisms or admixture of foreign elements.

Bron

also

is

spoken beyond the

people by tribes w^hich had or

of their own. as

Guan,

(4)
In

Gyaman and

Ntwummuru,

viz.

The Fante

territories
still

the tribes E. of the Volta speaking

Worawora

Kjirakye,

dialects

of the genuine Tshi

have a separate language

or

Boem, Nkonya.

have not followed the other dialects

changing the commencing sovinds kw, gw^ hw, before palatal

vowels, into tw,

dw, fw, and

in diminutives)

into

changing

t,

many

ing

d, n, before (e) e,

b (espec.
from them by

in occasionally softening

but have

&c.,

i,

deviated

into ts, dz,

By, and by curtail-

terminations by cutting off their final vowels.

In the Introductory Notes to

6.

seq.)

had

to

D. L. Carr and
Coast, 1868.

censure
J. P.

Now

my Grammar 4

(p.

XVII

the system of orthography advised

Brown

am

in their

by

"Mfantsi Grammar", Cape

under the necessity of criticizing the

W. Parker in his translation

Matthew and IMark into the "Fante Language",
printed for the Wesleyan Missionary Society, London 1877, and
in three previous smaller publications, however gladly I welcome
these works as the beginning of a Fante literature. Mr. Parker
orthography chosen by the Hev. A.
of the Gospels of

is

right

in

using ten vowels instead of the five a e

he employs the diacritical dot under each

in

manner repugnant

to

the

of those five

orthography followed

u, but

vowels
in

our

Vni

Preiace.

numerous books

in

Dr. Lepsius.

he had

If

conformity with the Standard Alphabet of

no

knowledge of the said Standard

Alphabet, of which the secretaries of the Wesleyan Missionary

Society had officially expressed

their cordial approval, he was

some of our four editions of the
Tshi Gospels, his own translation of the two first Gospels in
the "Fante Language'' aflfording unmistakable proofs that he
has made use of them, as was proper and right. The Scriptures
in Tshi have been translated and printed by the long continued
labours of Basel missionaries and their native assistants, and

in the possession

at least

by

of

the generous help of the British and Foreign Bible Society,

without any self-interested motives, for the whole Tshi nation,

Fante included.

Wesleyan Christians

If the

in

expressions for religious ideas different from

churches and schools of our Basel Mission,

Fante use some

those used in the

or

if

they wish

to

have portions of the Bible or other books written and printed

in their

own

the contrary,

we have nothing

dialect,

we

to

On

say against that.

are glad to have the opportunity of comparing

the idiomatic peculiarities of both sides and are ready to learn

and adopt whatever may seem preferable in the treasures of

or, whenever we on our part may have
to choose between two forms or expressions, to select that which
But if the latter give way to the
brings us nearer to them.
our western neighbours,

opposite tendency, creating an orthography entirely of their

own

invention and in their biblical translations studiously substituting

their

own

if it

were

expressions to those contained

their

duty

in

our Tshi Bible, as

avoid the suspicion of having trod in

to

we regret their misspent time

The orthography adopted by Mr. Parker differs
more than the Fante dialects differ from the Akan

the footsteps of their forerunners,

and strength.
from ours far

The

dialects.

with

dialects

the two orthographies

his

can sarcely be said

may

each other; they

to

be at variance

peaceably exist side by

cannot thus coexist.

side;

but

B. Cruickshank in

book "Eighteen Years on the Gold Coast", London 1853.

"Educated natives have frequently failed
making communications in writing, in their native language,

vol. II. p. 262. says:

in

intelligible

sounds

to

letters to

at

other,

from their

disagreement

and the consequent employment

about the
of different

represent them." Shortly after Mr. Cruickshank's book

had appeared
station

each

of words,

in print,

Akropong

in

when he
the

visited

the

Basel JNIissionary

capacity of Acting

Governor,

in

Febr. 1854, he could personally convince himself that Europeans

Preface.

"been successful

have indeed
natives

in reducing the

grammatical rules

to

IX.

and

language of the

writing

to

the

in

Roman

character". Innumerable letters of natives educated in the Basel

Mission Schools and some 40 publications embracing more than

6000 printed pages leave no doubt that now "a proper repre-

common

sentation of the language"

does exist.

both to Asante and to Fante

Tjjere arc Fante Christians

read our books written after

understand and appreciate them. But the

if

among

largely received

mutual

preclude

the Fante Christians,

and

cations between the western

the eastern parts of the

Akra language, the

Yoruba language being likewise reduced

were

built

Standard Alphabet.

of the

the principles

Gold

Akan division of
Dahome (or Ewhe) and

not only the

Tshi, but also the

the

would almost

printed communi-

of written or

intelligibility

Coast in the native idioms,

who have bought and

who also
new Fante orthography,

the Standard Alphabet,

along the coast from Akra

to

It

to writing
is

Ada and

as

if

after

railways

farther

on

to

and the Fantes would build a railway of their own of

a different gauge, so that no cars from the western railway could
be used on the eastern, and vice versa. Does is not lie in the
interest of our Fante brethren to accommodate their writing to
the Standard Alphabet approved and recommended by the representants of the Wesley an Missionary Society in 1855? The
Lagos,

question has been

said Society in

submitted by

me

to the representants of the

1879, in a letter discussing the particular defects

and disadvantages of the new system as well as elucidating the

facilities and difficulties of transition to the Standard Alphabet,

with

what

result, I

cannot

tell.

In order to do every possible honour to the Fante dialect

as represented in Parker's books, I have carefully perused

and weighed every word contained therein;

of the terms,

embodied

forms

and meanings peculiar

in this dictionary in adaptation to the

them

accordingly most

to

them have been

Standard Alphabet.

7. Foreign words adopted in Tshi (about 20 from Ga, Guah,

Marewa, nearly 100 from European languages) have been marked
as such by indicating the language from which they are taken
in brackets. Above 100 more foreign words found in the Tshi
Neiv words derived from
Bible are registered in Appendix A.
words already existing in the language and introduced by the
Basel missionaries, are partly marked by a dagger (t); many

such

as

sciences,

well as

are

not

modern terms, used

found

in

teaching

in this dictionary,

the various

because not as yet

Preface.

Nearly a hundred of them are contained

sufficiently approved.

appendix

in the

Mr. Bellon's Instruction in Arithmetic.

to

8. The arrangement chosen has been, to let the words follow each other in the alphabetical order of their initial con-

disregarding the prefixes.

sonants,

Grammatical Intro-

Cf. the

Words

duction 10. 14. 18. 20. 25,1. 26-30.

similar

either

Thus

related to each other are placed together.

or

su, sii are

e. g.

followed by nouns with prefixes: o-sCi (joined to su, from which

it

is

derived);

nsua, o-sua,

nsu,

e-su;

o-siia,

osii,

then sua,

asii;

of all these, intermixed with derivations

by

suffixes

according to the alphabetical sequence of the

suafo,

...

sua and

and new verbs,

letters, as sua-bise...

suah, ...suaw, su-bah &c.

Oi compounds
marked out by applying the hyphen, or
are added in brackets. Nouns formed by the

nsu-akyi,

constituents

primitives

sua,

then the various compounds

o-sua follow;

are

wa

the
the
suf-

ma

(Grammat. Introd. 19,2.3), and

-sem (=ade, asem) are so
frequent that not all of them have been put down; the student
will easily find the meaning of such words by resorting to the
fixes fo or

iiij

(ba) or

compounded

nouns

simple words.

Of

verbs the primitive

and the figurative and

The

-de and

with

free senses are

sense

added

is

given

first,

in rational order.

various applicafions of each word and standing phrases

are illustrated by examples, and for farther illustrations the col-

and passages of the Bible or other books

lection of proverbs

are frequently referred

9.

(Grammat. Introd.
Fante and Akem,
added

in

many

those aright

who

or

full

and

tlie

shortened writing

have found consideration. The forms

25)

different

instances;

in

from those in our books, have been

in

other

cases

analogy will guide

are particularly interested in those dialects.

10. Definitions

pations

to.

In the oiihoyraphti both the

customs,

of

words and descriptions of specific occuthey were given by native assistants,

as

have occasionally been added

for the benefit of Europeans engaged in acquiring the language. These explanations have the
more value, as they are all idiomatic, presenting the genuine
manner of expressing thought in the language, without being

altered

by

the

endeavours

to

express

thoughts

imported

by

foreigners.
11. Particular pains

wherever they seem

to

as "ahene, apata, nsa,

fishes,

to add the synonyms

That under some words

have been taken

be demanded.

ntama"

lists

of different

sorts

spirituous liquors, textile fabrics &c. are given,

of beads,

may

serve

XI

Preface.
as a stimnlns

and teachers

students

to

way

In a similar

other objects.

proper names of persons,

given in

to collect such

lists

of

names and
Appendix C III. and G, ingeograpliical

the

vite farther collection.

12.

As

it

was the

writers endeavour to condense the matter

l)resented in the shortest possible space, a liberal use has been

made

of obhreciations, a list of which is appended to this Preface;

some others will be found in the appendices.
All words not
marked by v., a., adv., conj., intcrj. are nouns; nouns are marked

by

n. only in a

few cases

to distinguish

many

simple or

verbal nouns.

them from adjectives &c.

marked hyv.n.;
compound nouns marked by inf. are likewise
Of verbs the transitive and intransitive are

Verbal nouns derived by the palatal

suffix are

marked by tr. and intr., because most verbs are used in

both ways even more readily than in English. Parts of the verb
are now and then marked by contin., prct., perf., progr., fut.,
rarely

imp.

&

13.

II., inf.,

The

affirm., neg.

writers task

would have been much

easier,

if

he

German; but circumstances demanded it otherwise. Most of the English contents of the work
have been revised by Englishmen, and some deficiencies in this respect are made good in the Corrections and Additions pp.569seqq.
might have issued the work

14.

and

The

On

Additions taken from the translation of the Bible

other Christian books

student and
the

in

will help

Corrections,

him

are
in

see p. 569,

of the few misprints

corrections

meant

chiefly for

Rem. 2; they include

found

answers on notes of interrogation used

15.

and

few words about the Appendices.

The Table of Gold

may require alterations for

the Akan countries. On foreign

(Appendix B)

rectifications for

also the

on pp. 1-568, and the

in some cases of un-

certainty.

Weights

the Christian

thoroughly mastering his object.

the Fante

gold coins

The GeoLagos and West African Almanack.

graphical Appendix (C), though it cost comparatively more time
than any other part of the work, is yet very imperfect. It would,
however, not have been right to leave it out for two reasons:
1. Our knowledge of the countries concerned has considerably
increased since the publication of the Grammar, as a comparison
with 1 of the Introductory Notes, Gr. p. X. seq., will show,
2. The completenes of a Dictionary demands, that the archaic
elements contained in the geographical names, however unimsee Payne's

portant

the respective

towns or

villages,

brooks or mountains

XII

may

Preface.

pendix

(This can also be said concerning;

be not neglected.

be,

the Proper

Names

contained in the Appendices D, F, G.) - Ap-

C may moreover

serve as a foundation for a Geography

Gold Coast, a desideratum which studious natives ought

gradually to supply; for it is astonishing how scanty, vague
of the

and confused the knowledge

even among natives,
mediate experience.

of these countries has hitherto been,

concerning the places beyond

Only

of

accounts of some completeness could be given.

a large

map prepared by

their

im-

Akem, Akuapem and Okwawu

the Basel

hoped

It is

that

the Gold

missionaries on

Coast will incorporate the geographical knowledge hitherto obtained of the three countries just mentioned and of the

Adanme

countries, on

Akra and

which map also some forty stations and out-

stations of the Basel Mission will be

marked, as well as other

places where native Christians are dwelling.

In process of time

materials for a Histoxy of the Gold Coast also should be gathei'ed,

similar to

what we have already of Sierra Leone.

Payne's

Lagos and West African Almanack contains much valuable

matter, though more of a statistical than geographical character,
and more of Lagos and its vicinity than of the other parts of
Its yearly issues might be made the
the Gold Coast Colony.
receptacle for geographical and historical contributions.
16. After every endeavour to render the work as correct
and complete as possible, the author feels how much room there
is still left for augmentation and rectification,
and hopes that
many of those who use it, may feel compelled to contribute
additions and rectifications. Of the Akuapem dialect not many
words will be found wanting; but the literary idiom may still
be amply eni'iched by importations from other dialects, and by
the new-made and foreign words alluded to in 7.
17.

and the

The author begs pardon

for the length

followiYig Introduction. If there be

read this or that,

endeavours

to

others

may

still

master the language.

be helped

And

of this Preface

many who
thereby

will not
in

their

so the author concludes

with the fervent wish and prayer that his work

may

contribute

knowledge of this important language, so that

it may more and
more become the vehicle of true knowledge
and spiritual light to the numerous tribes to which it has been
to a

thorough

assigned.

So'nO'nidorf,

Wiirfemherr/, August 1881.

J.

G.

CHRISTALLER.

XIII

EXPLANATION OF ABBREVIATIONS.
a.

Grammatical terms and other English words.

- (ahi. about.) - adv. adverb. - uf/lnii. affirma- App. Appendix. - attr'ih. adj. attributive adjective. - anx. v.
auxiliary verb. Gr. 106-112. - (bcf. before; hcl. below.) - cans.
causatively. Gr. 208,3.4. - cf. confer, compare. - com. common
language. - conj. conjunction, - conn, connected form. Gr. S; 47,49.
conscc. consecutive form. Gr. Dl. 178f. - contin. contiuuative form.
Gr. 1)1. 102.167. - contr. contracted, contraction. - co-ord. coordinate (sentence). - cpds. compounds. - d. penny, pence. - dec.
decent language. - deriv. derivative(s). - descr. descriptive (a. or
adv.) - diff. different. - dim. diminutive. - e. g. exempli gratia, for
example. - c)n])h. emphatically. - esp. esjJCC. especially. - etc. and
so forth. - eu2)h. euphemistically,
FAirop. European. - except, exa.

or adj. adjective.

tive.

- expr. expressing. -

for instance.) - fig. figuratively.

followed, following. - fr. from. - frq. frequentative. - fid.
future tense. - gencr. generally. - Gr. Grammar. - id. idem, the
same. - imit. imitative (adv.) - imp. imperative. - inf. infinitive,

cepting,

(/". i.

f. foil,

interjection, - interrog. interrogative, - Introd. Introduction, Introductory, - I. line;

pound sterling, - lang. language, - lit. literally. - n. noun. - neg.
negative, - num. numeral. - ohsc. obscene. - ohs. obsolete. - Observ.
Observation, - opp. opposed (to). - orig. originally. - p)-, PP- page,
pages, -part, particle, - perf. perfect tense. ~ perh. perhaps. - pers.
person. - Flir. Phrase(s). - pi, plural. - poet, poetical. - pons, possessive. - prcf prefix. - pr. n. proper noun. - j^i'cp. prep)p. preposition, prepositions. - pret. preterit tense. - princ. principal (verb,
sentence). - prol). probably, - progr. progressive form. - pron.
pronoun, - 2^^'OP' properly, - qnalif. qualifying (adv,) Gr, 133,4,
134,1. - q. V. quod or quae vide, which see. - red. reduplicated, reduplication. - ref. reflexive. - rel. relative (particle). - Rem. liemark. - retrosp. retrospective. - s. see; shilling, - scil. scilicet, to
wit; namely; being understood. - sent, sentence. - seq. seqitens, the
following. - sign, signifies. - sing, singular. suhord. subordinate
(sentence). - s^wit. symbolically, -sgn. synonymous, synonyme(s).tr. transitive. - usu. usually. - v. (v.v.) verb (verbs). - v. n. verbal
noun. - viz. videlicet, namely, to wit. - vidg. vulgar (word,expressi(ni).

verbal noun. -

int. intcrj.

intr. intransitive,

b.

Naimes of Places, Languages, Dialects.

Ab, Aburi. - Ak. Akan. - Akp. Akuapem. - Akr. Akropong. Akw. Akwam. - Aky, Akyem. - Ar. Arabic. - As. Asante. - Dan.
Danish. - D, Ihdch. - Eng. English. - ^mto^. European. - F. Fante.
- Fr. French. - G. Ga. - G. C. Gold Coast. - Ger. German. - Gr.
Greek. - (Gy, Gyadam.) - Heb. Hebreiv. - It, Italian. - Kuk. Kukurantumi, - Ky. Kyebi. - Lat. Latin. - Mf. Mfante
F. - Og.
Ogua, Cape Coast. - Okw. Okwawu. - On. Onomabo. - Port. Portuguese. - Skr. Sanskrit. - Span. Spanish. - Tw. Twi.

XIV

Abbreviations &c.
Tshi Words;

c.

cf.

Gr. 287.

anase. - e.s. enese. - etod. eto-dabi-a. - n.a. ne ade.

n.s. ne se. - nh. nhina. - nt. ntaku. - Nyaiikp. Nyankopon. Ony., Onyank., Onyk. Onyame, Onyankopon. - tet. tetefo (kasa).

ana. -

a.

a. s.

The

leading word of an article in tlie dictionary is often represented by one, two or three first letters with a dot, sometimes
by a mere middle-sized dash.

References

d.

Books

to

or Persons.

D. As.
Br., Cr., see p. 637. 665.
Chr. Cbristaller.
Gram. Grammar.
Diet. Dieterle.
Geog. Geography.

jBrf.,

David Asante.

Hist. History.

K. Kurtz, see the list p. XV (No. 12).

Mf. Gr. Mfantsi Grammar
XVI). N. E. Voc. Vocabnlarv for the use of the Niger Expedition
1841. (Gr. p. VII. B. 5.) - P. Ket. Paul Keteku.
pr. proverb (36(X) Tshi
Proverbs, s. p. XVI, No. 24).
Prk. Parker (p. XVI).
R. Riis (p. XV).
Bern. Remark(s).
Rog. Roget's Thesaurus of English "Words and
Phrases.
St. Statutes of the German Evangelical
Scr. Scriptures.
Mission Churches on the G. C, s. p. XVI, No. 14.
Voc. Vocabulary.
Zim. Zimmermann's Akra Grammar or Vocabulary.
(p.

e.

Books

of the Bible.

1. 2. Ch.
Am. Amos.
Ac. Acts.
Ca. Canticles, Song of Solomon.
Chronicles.
1.2. Co. Corinthians.
Da. Daniel.
Col. Colossians.
E})- Ephesians.
Est. Esther.
De. Deuteronomy.
Ec. Ecclesiastes.
Ezr. Ezra.
Ex. Exodus.
Eze. h^zekiel.
Ga. Galatians.
Ge.
Genesis.
He. Hebrews.
Hab. Habakuk.
Hag. Haggai.
Ho.
Job.
Ilosea.
Je. Jeremiah.
Joel.
Is. Isaiah.
Ja. James.
Jude.
J. Judges.
Jon. Jonas.
Jos. Joshuah.
(1.2.3.) Jo. John.
1.2. Ki. Kings. La. Lamentations.
Le. Leviticus.
Lu. Luke.
Mai. Malachi.
Mk. Mark.
Mi. Micah.
Na. Naluim.
Mt. Matthew.
Ne. Nehemiah.
/. 2. Fe. Peter.
Nu. Numbers.
Oh. Obadiah.
Phi. Philippians.
Phiie. Philemon.
Pr. Proverbs.
Ps. Psalms.
1. 2. Sa. Samuel.
Re. Revelation.
Ro. Romans.
Ru. Ruth.
1.3. Th. Thessalonians.
1. 2. Ti. Timothy.
Zee. ZechaTit. Titus.
riah.
Zep. Zephaniah.

f.

dt
..

...

=
5^=

and. -

Various Marks or Signs.

and so on, and the like.

between two parts of a verbal phrase indicate the place of an
object to the v. (when nearer to this) or of an attributive n. or
pron. (when nearer to the word next following); e.g. so., mu,
to help (as in osono mii); so ..mu, to lap hold of (as in oso nomu).
rf-c.

et

caetera,

stand for three or more omitted

or

...

is

equal

is

more

letters, syllables or

words.

to.
.
i. e. of a wider sense, than
of a narrower sense than (the following word).

or larger,

is less, i.e.

* asterisc, serves for reference to notes and other purposes; see

666.
p. 644. (29.) 644-649. (32-56.) 654
t dagger, indicates new-made words, see Preface 7.
paragraph, section.
flf.

XV

TSHI LITERATURE.
A.

PUBLICATIONS IN TSHI

prepared by the Basel German Missionaries.

We omit 4 publications previous to 1853, 8 of Bible portions (185965)

and 12 others (185574), as superceded by new works or editions.
For brevity's sake we give of No. 524. only the English titles.
The figures in parenthesis refer to the order in which the single publications followed each other. Of. dr. p. VIII.

/.

Grammars and

Vocabularies.

1.

{b.)

Elemente des Ahwapim Dialects der Odschi Sprache

von H. N. Kiis, Basel 1858.

2.

(6.)

Grammatical Outline and Vocabulari/ of the OJi Lamjuage

(S:c.

with especial reference to the Akwapim Dialect, together

with a Collection of Proverbs of the Natives, by H. N. Riis,
Basel 1854.
3.(39.)

A Dictionary, English, Tshi (Asante), Akra,

4.(41.)

W. C. Locher,
A Grammar of the

5.(50).

6.(28.)

The

aller,

by J.G.ChristZimmermann. 1874.
Asante and Fante Language called
J.

Tshi &c. by J. G. Christaller. 1875.

Dictionary of the same

the present book.

II. The Holy Scriptures.

entire Bihle, 8vo.

New

Old Testament 1871. N.T.

see next.

Testament, 2d ed. 8vo. 1870.

7a.(27.)

The

7b.(45.)

The Netv Testament, 3d ed. 16mo. 1878.

Of tHe Portions printed 1859-65 (Gr. p. VIII) some may still

be had and used, especially the Four Gospels, 2d ed. 1864, and
the Dsahns and Proverbs, 1865.
III. Books for the School, Church and Family.
8.(31.)

9.(29.)

Primer for the Vernacular Schools &c. 2d ed. 1872.

Dr.B&nh's Bible Stories,2A ed.with many illustrations 1872.

10.(44.)

^iWeyS/oWes for Little Children 2d ed.with wood-cuts. 1877.

11.(33.)

Words

for

Learning and Praying, containing: a Catechism

of the Christian Doctrine; (498) select Scripture Passages;

the History of our Lord's Passion; some Prayers used at

church, Pra_?/er.5 for family and private worship, und Prayers

for school-children. 1872.
12.(34.)

The doctrines of the Christian Beligion, based on Dr. Luther's

smaller Catechism (by J. H.Kurtz, D.D.) with an Appendix
on the Ecclesiastical Year and I'sts of Bible Lessons. 1872.

XVI

Tshi Literature.

13.(48.) Liturgy

and Hymns

for the use of the Christian

oftheG.C. speakiug Tshi (containing the order

Churches

Baptism,
Confirmation, the Lord's Supper, the Solemnization of Matrimony and the Burial of the Dead 456 Hymns; 13 Fante
for

Songs; Remarks on Versification, Metres and Tunes &c.)

3d

ed. 1878.

14.(25.) a. Statutes of the

German Evangelical Mission Churches

on the Gold Coast,

h. Liturgy of the same (the rest of it,

containing different Prayers and Thanksgivings used at
church, and the order of Consecration of Catechists and
Ministers). 1865.

15.(30.) Bcgulaiions for Catechists^ 1871.

16.(46.) Regulations for Deacons. 1878.

17.(38.)

Tnnes

to the

Tshi and Akra Hymnbooks, 2d

ed. 1874.

18.(32.) Instruction in Arithmetic. 1872.

19.(37.) Stories

from General History (with chronological

tables).

1874.

IV.
20.(47.)

Man's Heart,

Tracts.

either God's

Temple

or Satan's

Abode,

re-

presented in 10 figures, 2d ed. 1878.

21.(35.) The Orphan's Letter to his Saviour in

22.(36.)

Heaven. 1873.

Oguyomi, the Negro Girl at Ibadan. 1873.

23.(43.) TJie

Spread of Christianity in Germany. 1875.

V. Folk-lore.

24.(49.)

Collection o{ 3600 Tshi Proverbs. 1879.

All these Books were printed at Basel and are sold at Basel,
London, Christiansborg, as indicated on the title-page of this book.
I'hese 24 publications contain altogether 5550 printed pages,
the 24 publications here omitted (as mentioned at the head of this
list), 2881 pages.

B.
1

2.

3.
4.

5.

PUBLICATIONS IN FANTE.

Grammar, by Dan. L. Carr and Jos. P. Brown, 32mo.

Cape Coast 1868.
Fanti and English Spelling Booh. London 1874.
The first Catechism of the Wesleyan Methodists. 1874.
Order of Administration of Sacraments and of the Solemnization
of Matrimony and the Burial of the Dead. 1875.
Mfantsi

The

Gospels of Mattltew and Marh, by A.

W.

Parker. 1877.

No. 2-5, printed in London for the Wesleyan Missionary Society,

contain 256 pages.

GRAMMATICAL INTRODUCTION
to the

A.

Tshi Dictionary.

(ip:NKl{AL

RKMAKKS.

1. Tshi we call tho l}ingun<!^r> prevalent in tlii> Gold Onast

countries b'etwoon the rivers Asini and 'I'anno on the W. and the
Volta on the E., extending' even beyond the Volta, and from the
sea-coast to the njjjier course of the Volta and the Kong mountains

on the N.
Jicm. In the arfJiO(jrti/)fi// devised for this formerly unwritten language, we write the name "T\Vi", the true proiiioiruttion
of which might bo rendered more exactly in letters of Dr. Ijcpsius'
Standard ^Vli)habet by "Tswi" and in English by "CJiwec" ; but
whilst the writing "TVvi" may be justified by its simplicity and
sufticiency and by reasons of analogy (with k\v, dw, l\V &c. cf.
Gr. 1.'}), the transliteration "Tslii" was chosen to avoid too much
deviation from the former spellings 'Tyi, Otyi", and the German
writing- "Tschi" (formerly 'Utschi"). We must, therefore, beg to
notice that the "i" in "Tshi" is to be pronounced as in tlie continental languages or as "ee" in English.
On the names Amina,
Fante, Akan, see Gr. p. XVI.

2. Concerning the j^osiUon of this language among other

Afriean languages we fully assent to the views of Dr. Lepsius as
displayed in bis elaborate "Introduction on the Nations and Languages of Africa", premised to his "Nubian Grammar".*) In this
work, on p. XXI-XXXII, be describes with reference to ] 2 characteristic points, the distinguishing features o^ (a) t\\Q

Bantu Lan-

guages of the Southern Negroes (prevailing over all the continent

S. and 2-5 degrees N. of the Equator, with the exception of the
S.W. corner), contrasted with those of (h) the so-called Hamitic

N.E. and S.W. and of (e) the Semitic Lan&, N.E. of Africa, and shows that (d) the
Negro Languages of the intermediate zone, of Central and Western
Africa, must have been altered by more or less influences of the
Hamitic (and Semitic) Languages, so that they have lost many of
the peculiarities uniting them to the Bantu Languages.
3. Among these mixed Negro Languages (d) we may distinguish several groups, such as the Maude Group and the Kru
Languages in the West, and the Yoruba-Tho-Efili Group on both
sides of the lower Niger; between these three groups we may class
together four languages meeting on the shores of the river Volta
and call them ih^Volia Group, viz. a) E%\hc or Ewe (better E(pe),
spoken in Dahome and N., W. and S. of it; h) Adaume with its

Languages

in the N.,

guages found in the N.

*) Nubische Gramuiatik mit einer Einleituiit; iiber die Volker luul

ispraiheu Afrika's vou K. Lepsius. Berlin, \V. Hertz, 188U. pp. CX.Wl. 500.
b

XVIII

Grammatical Introduction.

younger branch, the Ga or Akra Language, spoken W. of the lower

Voltaand in some parts E. of it; c) Guaii, spoken by the Nta nations
N. of the upper Volta (about Salaga)*) and by several tribes on
the eastern banks of the Volta and W. of it in Akuapem and some
Fante countries; d) Tshi, spoken throughout the dominions of the
former Asante empire when it had its widest extension.
4. The known dialects of the "^rshi language do not present
any great differences and may be comprehended under these three
names: 1. Akan, the most central and purest dialects; 2. Broii or
Kamanri, the northern and eastern dialects, chiefly spoken by
tribes that are or seem to be of Guaii origin and partly speak their
Guaii dialects besides; 3. Fante, the dialects of several maritime
tribes in the South.
The Fante dialects seem to differ more from
the other and among themselves than the Broh dialects from Akan.

All these dialects

may

unite in (4.) the common literary dialect

For particulars about these dialects

based on that of Akuapem,

see the Preface 5.

Of the chnracteristic features of the Tshi language we

now mention some (marking coincidences with those 12 points
Dr. Lepsius, 3, by L. 1-12)

;').

shall

of

A. In points of Phonology.
1. Every syllable ends in a vowel, sometimes followed by a
nasal consonant. L. 10. Every word, when stripped of its prefix
or prefixes, if there be any, begins with a consonant.
A nasal
consonant, serving as a prefix, may by its inherent vowel element

constitute a syllable

by

itself. 7^. 11.

The Tshi

has more and finer distinctions of vowel sounds,

including nasalization, and a greater variety of diphthongs than
other languages, and makes use of them for the variation and distinction of words, whereas the number and use of consonants is
comparatively limited; e. g there is no "1, v, z", and no stem begins
with "r". The combinations kp, gb, which are frequent in Guan,
Ga, Ewhe, Yoruba &c., are not found in Tshi. Instead of ts, dz, it
has kj, gy, and besides tw, dw.
.3. The great variety of vowels is increased by different tones,
every syllable of every word having its own relative tone, equal
with or different from the neighbouring syllables, either high, or
low, or middle, sometimes in successive degrees. '^Fhis different
intonation, inherent in the original formation of words, is still more
diversified in the conjugation of the verb and by syntactical combinations of words and sentences. (L. 12.)
2.

*) That the language of the Ntas at Salaga is essentially (niafi,

though their transition to Islauiism and much intercourse with foreign
traders have caused some linguistic ditferences from the kindred hcatheu
tribes, has been stated by the native missionary I). Asante and the
deacon Theoph.Oi)oku(hoth natives of Akropong and both well acquainted
with the Guaii of Date and Kyerepon), who visited Salaga in 1877.
Of this language notluTig has yet appeared in i)rint. In its grammatical
forms it resembles Tshi. in its phonetic part it is similar to (ia, and
E^e; many words are borrowed from Tshi, many entirely different from

Tshi,

Ga and

Ecpe.

XIX

Characteristic Featuri's of Tshi.

Of

the coiisuiiaiits

tlic liard mutes are pronounced witli full

any harshness, and, whilst in this casc^ the contrast between the stronj; consonant and the weak vow(d is decided,
the desire of easy transition to succeedin<; soiuids and the t'ndency

4.

force, yet without

speech has led to the palatalisation of guttural consonants and of the lahial w (Gr. $> 10), t() assimilation of soft mutes
with correspondin*;- nasal consonants or mutual Mssiwiilation of nasal
consonants (Gr. 18), and to a neglifi^ent articulation of w, y, S: \V
before or between vowels, so that tin; weak consonants appear
weaker than in other Ian<::uages. 'i'he semivowel r has the straii}j;e
to fluency of

function of streii<;thening and diversifying; the \()wel element of

words in which it occurs, and is never used in a primary, but
always in a secondary or auxiliary way.
the

The euplionk

5.

in

votcel

Yoruba) provides against

harmony

existing in Tshi (more than

to great or too small dissimilarities of

vowels in successive syllables. Gr. 17. I.. 5().

BedupUcdtion, comj)lete or in part,

is

much

resctrted to,

especially in the adjective, for the frecpientative form

and for some plural forms of nouns.

kj)!

the verb,

B. In points oi Etymology.
are formed by prefixes not so numerous as in the
Bantu languages, but still conveying some classification of persons
as opposite to filings, and oi' single or IndUidual existence as* opposite
to plund or rollevfirc existence.
Some suffixes occurring in the
formation of nouns are easily traced back to the process of composition. One ph(r(d suffix of limited occurrence has a pi'ohominal
character. One suffix, consisting of the letter e or i, e or i. serves
to increase the scanty number of forms for different classes of
nouns.
By Composition new nouns are formed with remarkable

Nouns

7.

facility.
(S'.

The

distinction of sex (or gender)

is

expressed neither in

the pronouns nor in the grammatical forms of the language, but

only in some cases by peculiar words, or by composition with such,

by the diminutive

used to denote female names. L. 2.

the character of nouns and
are virtually the same in the nominative, possessive and objective
cases, though partly adapting their form to this different use. Th(;
other pronouns are used as nouns or as adjectives or in both ways.
A relative particle "a" serves to make up for the want of relative pronouns, as in Hebrew.
10. Adjectives are in analogy with nouns (prefixes, however,
are not very frequently used), and they have some characteristics
of their own besides, especially with regard to reduplication.
11. Numerals are in analogy with nouns. Ordinal numerals
are wanting, and the deficiency is supplied by circumlocution.
12. Verbs have not so many inflectional forms and "conjugations" as in the Bantu languages, a. The personal pronouns are
b. For the
prefixed, partly coalescing with other prefixes. L. 4.
tenses and other modifications of the verb j)refixes (partly recognised
or

9.

suffix

The personal pronouns have

as verbs) are

used, in two cases the suffix e or

i.

c.

By

the use

XX

Grammatical iDtroduction.

of aux'diarif verbs a great variety of compound forms is obtained.

(/. The paHshc voice and participles are wanting.
e. Negation
is expressed by a nasal prefix to the verb.
13. Adverbs are for the most part in analogy with nouns;
some are derived from verbs. There are also many ouomatopoctic

adverbs.
14. Instead of prepositions, either nouns of place and relation
are used as postpositions (L. (i), or various anxUiarii verbs in reffidar or defective conJu(j(itio{f. or both together. See Gr. ^ llTseq.
15. Conjunctions arc cither juimitive particles, or derived from
verbs or nouns.
16. Interjections are either primitives, or fragments and contractions of sentences.

17.

The

C. In points of Sijntax.
and the object or other comple-

subject stands before

ment (Gr. S; 19H-2i()) after the verb. L. 8. V. (The subject and the
object never staud together; if the object be put first, for emphasis' sake, it stands absolute, and either a comma, or the conjunction "iia" separates it from the succeeding subject.)
18.

The

attributive adjective,

numeral and adjective pronoun

follow their noun.

19.

The

noun and pronoun

attributive

(in

the genitive case)

precede their noun. (L. 7.)

20. DoidAe verbs are sometimes used for P^ng. simple verbs.
Finite verbs are also frequently employed as auxiliaries, especially

way

of co-ordination, where the Eng. language uses adjecadverbs, prepositions.

21. 'I'he tones of verbal forms often change in compound,
especially in subordinate seutence.s and after the transposition of
in the

tives, participles,

any member of a sentence by putting

B.

it

foremost for emphasis' sake.

GRAALAIATICAL SPECIALITIES.
I. SOUNDS AND LETTERS.
Vowels.

6. Simplepure vowels,
_

a,

jx

a (broad)
^

'

a,

/,

'^

short &long: In

.J.
a in
far;
'

'

=: a fat;
a (thin)
(broad)
e very, there;
e (middle)
e bed, eight;
e (narrow) between e & i;

=
=
(close)
= in ravine;
o (broad) ^= o
not, nor;
O (middle) = o
tobacco;
(narrow) between o & u;
(close)
= in
ride;

e (before
e

e,

e,

g,
0,

O,

of A. W. Parker:

e, c

i,

Faute books

=^ a father.
Lng.
a soundj unknown in ttla

(a

=
=

&

u).

in met., u

= u in but.

ey

fill,

n
ii
oo boot.
full,
Bemarls. 1. The broad or open vowels a e O, requiring the
widest opening of the mouth, are changed into the half-open vowels
(of the 2d degree) when followed by one of the close vowels
a e

11,

11

XXI

Sounds and Letters.

11

(of

Imt rcniMiu hrudd

decree ).

tliu -Itli (U'fjree),

O (of

('

tlio

.'{d

lu'l'orc tlic Intlf-rlnsr

vdwcIs

under a r o. Never
narrow c it o, if w<'
bear in niiiid the foUow inj;- rides: a) whenever a is foUowed hy close
sounds (viz. i, u, middle o, o, or li'.va, iiya, iVva, dvVa ), it is thin,
or o have a broad vowed before tlu-ni, they are
and hi when
nanoiv, exce|tt if tliey ho followed hv close sounds,
Short and lonj;- vowels in 'i'shi diH'er (nly in duration, not,
,V.
as in English, in ((uality. Instead of the long vowels a, c S:c. at tin;
end of verbs in the j)ast tense followed by an object, the Kiinj)le
vowels are doubled. Gr. 91,3.
F. an en in in on uii un.
7. Nasal vowels a e e i o 6
Long nasal vowels: a e i 6.
litut. In 'J'shi it is impossible to
mark the nasal character of a vowel by ii (or by n, as it is marked
in Yoruba) r/ybecause many syllal)les terminate in ni. li or h with
either ]ure or nasal vow(ds before them, e.g. pam, ))am, pan, j)ah;
h) because 2 or o nasal vowels may follow each other, e. g. toa,
and (,) because !Mr. Parker uses tlie same letter n for our (Eng.>?r/),
so that he has only one way to express the thiee dift'erent words pa,
On the Fante Vowels marked in 6, see Preface 6.
pan & pan.
8. Diphthongs and triphthongs:
^.

'J'lic

we

tlieloss

writiuj;-

|)0])ul;ir

iiiiiy

distiufiuisli

uiiiits

the

tliiii

the dots
a or

i~i ;

tli(^

I'l

ee ei; oe 6e oi; ni ui;

ai
ao
an; ew ew (ew) iw; ow ow (ow) uw.
c) ia ia iaw; efl ea; ila, flaw; uii ua iiae uae; un.
It. Disyllabic combinations of vowels:
a) ia ia ie ie io; ea ea ee ee; ea;
oa;
1)) ua ua ue ue no; oa 6a oe 6e oo
r) iae iei, eae; uae nei, oae oee, eaw eew.
Hem. 1. Of two or three nasal vowels only the first, or, if this
should be very short, the second, bears the nasal sign.
Rem. ^. In A. W. Parker's Fante books we find not so many
diphthongs as under
0; e.g. for ae, ee, ua, uae, we find
a) ae ae ai;
h)

aw aw

8&

a, e,

wa

we

or uja,

&c.

Cunsouants.
Simple and compound consonants:
Fricatives Semi-vowels
Mutes
nasal pure
hard soft
w
a) Labials
f
b
p
r
n
h) Dentals
t
d
s
or
u
k
h
c) Gutturals

10.

d) Palatals
\

e)
^

f)

\iy

gy

|kw
n
ubrutturo-labials
^
xi.

hw

*^^

gu

|ku

Palato-labials
tw
J\c\n. 1. In Fante

^7yi

srw

Parker uses the letters u

for the above given
n

c
liy

twii

tw
dw,

dw

fw

k d become

uw
nu

lui

dw
t

i^J

ts

&

iiw
dz before (e) e

i.

wh w
fw w.

the author of the Standard Alphabet, Dr. Lepsius, would prefer tsw, dzw ; but the sound of s

Hem.

2. Instead of tw*

XXII

Gramaiatical Introduction.

(En^. sh) is neither so decided as in Eng. church, nor does it precede

the sound of w. 'i'he lips are compressed from the outset, at the
same time in which the tongue is applied to the palate, and are
opened simultaneously with the withdrawal of the tongue. In dw
the sound of z is not heard in correct pronunciation, neither in dwa,
dwe, dwi, nor in dwo, dwu; foreigners not accustomed to the simultaneous utterance of w & y ;= w, will either pronounce d^va,
d\\ e. dwi. dyo. dyu, or dziia. dziie. dzui, dzo, dzii, as the Akras
and Krepes do. - For the pronunciation of fw the mouth is formed
as for whistling, the round aperture between the lips being only a
little

larger.
II.

FOKMATION OF WORDS.

In the words of the language we distinguish stem, jirefix

and suffix. Many words occur as mere stems, others have prefixes,
or suffixes, or both kinds of affix at the same time.
12. Stems are rcfZw^i^/Zcfl^erf by complete or incomplete doubling. Sometimes the whole word, consisting of a stenrand a [jrefix,
perhaps also a snffix, is repeated, e.g. nsemnia-nsemma. Gr.2'.t,4.r).
13. Primary and secondary stems (Gr. i; 28) consist of a
consonantal and a vocalic part.
14 The consonantal x>art. with which every root begins, is
any sim}>le or compound consonant ( 10) excepting r.
Ohserv. 1. Soft mutes are seldom, and pure semi-vowels are
never followed by nasal vowels; nasal semi-vowels, when radical
i.e. not transformed from soft mutes, are always followed by nasal
vowels.
3. The compound consonants ky, gy, hy, iiy, tw, dw. fw,
n\V, w. appear before e, e, i; gy. ny. tw (and Ak. dw, fw. I'lw)
also before o, o, ii, transformed from
also before a, tw, dw, I'lW,
e, e, i; kw, trii before a. a; hw, I'lW before a, e, i.
3. The consonant r does not commence any root; in the prefix
re- and perhaps in the word ara (also in the comjiound iiera) it
was originally d. Besides these cases it frequently .commences secondary syllables, strengthening or enlarging the vowel element of
the word, and .by elision of a very short vowel of the preceding
syllable, espec. before a (e, o), it sometimes appears as a second
initial consonant compounded with the strong consonants p, t, k,
f, s, h, or even with h. d, m, iiw.
4. The consonant ii does also not begin any root, and occurs,
besides its use as a prefix, as the commencing sound of a word (or
a syllable in a compound word) only in the place of an original g,

1.

when preceded by
15.

The

eight varieties

n-go.
the prefix ii; e. g. nno
vocalic part of simple stems occurs in the following

A. Monosyllables.
1.

2.

3.

4.

.5.

ae

am

ah (an ar) ixm au (an)

em

eh (en er)
eh (en er)

Formatit)ii

V ^

dI'

Words.

XXIII

XXIV
i.

&

Grammatical Introduction.
(e

&

when they

o), chiefly

used in the singular; they are dropped

word ending in a vowel more

closely follow after a

narrow than themselves.

a (a), in the singular of many w^ords and the plural of others.
3.
(n, ii), chiefly in the plural and in names of materials.
4. am (an, an) in the singular form of a few words.
19. Siiffixesnsedi in the formation of nouns and some adjectives:
1. 1'he palatal suffix e, 1, or e, i. Ak. also oe, io. Gr. 86.
2. 1'he persona] suffixes iii, F. nyi, & lb, Ak. foo. Gr. ."iS.
3. The diminutive suffix, originally ba (best preserved in F.), now
usually changed into wa, or, after a word ending in \\\ or ii,
2.

ma, often only preserved together with a preceding a (or

akiirowa.
e or o) in a long a, e. g. akura'
4. The particle nom, found in some plural forms of nouns and
pronouns.
Affixes of the Verb.
20. Prefixes used in the inflection of the verb are
1. the so-called personal pronouns
into

I, than, he,she,if;

me wo
mi wu

2.
3.
4.
5.

ive,

you, they;

ye
ye

mo wo
mu wo

in the nexi
before a e e o o
syllable,
before a e i u ii
wm'- woye- mo- wo- before the j)refix a (^a).
a (a) in the perfect and consecutive forms.
re- (orig. de) in the ^yroyressive and future II.
m, n, 11, in the imperative II. and all negative forms.
II. and inyressive forms.
be-, ko-, (be-, ko-) in the future I
|

&

The

may

e
e

prefixes 1.2., 1.3., 1.4., 1.5., 1.2.4., 1.3.4., 1.3.5.. 1.3.4.5.,

be combined. See 29.
For the meanings of the forms

mentioned under 2-5, see Grammar 91-96. 166 1H2.

21. Suffixes used in the inflection of the Verb: the palatal
suffix eori in the past tense and sometimes in the continuativeform.
22. In infinitive forms we find the prefixes o-, a-, m-, and
sometimes the palatal suffix.
III.

ADDITIONAL REMAKKS OX TSHI OliTHOGRAPHY.

Inaccuraci''S of the Alphabet.

23. Deviations from two important rules of the Standard

Alphabet, viz. "that every letter should always express the same
sound" and "that every simple sound should be expressed by a
simple sign", have been found advisable in the following cases:
1. The letters d, t, in the combinations dw, tw. and likewise
the letter n in the combination iiy or as a prefix or in c<unpoands
before y & tw, are not dental, but palatal.
2. The letter f in the combination Iw is not formed with the
underlip only, but with both lips; the originally guttural breathing
became labial by the influence of the succeeding w.
3. The letter m, standing as a prefix or in compounds before
the simple f (not before fw), is not formed with both lips, but with
the lower lip onlv. Instead of using a new letter ii), we let the
common
serve for this peculiar sound also. Sometimes a final u
(

XXV

Remarks on Tshi Orthography.

is retained without clianging it into ni, as ahenfo(F.), omanbut the pronunciation will be the same.
4. The letter h sounds, in the j)ronanciation of some people,
somewhat raucous, near to German or Scotch ch in '^lo<:li\ Greek
only before pure vowels, especially y.
j^, but
5. The letters hy (used only before e, e, i) express a simple
sound (German ch in ich or before e & /, or j(^ of the Standard Alphabet) ; but the analogy with ^y, ky, demanded its being represented by liy. and the genesis of the sound agrees therewith.
6. In the combination sua, in whicli the very short u is scarcely heard^ the sound of s, in the pronunciation of some people,
slightly approaches to that of 5//, e.g. osfia, a kind of monkey. The
same may occur, though in a less degree, in the similar combination
sia; at least in the Akra language, which shows a predilection for
the sound sh, the original form Asiante is changed into Ashanti,
whilst Tshi people pronounce? Asante.

or

fo,

Defective Writing.
24. One admissible kind of defective writing consists

in the
omission of diacritical signs that are not absolutely necessary.
is usually omitted, whereby the letters
1. The dot under a e
are made to represent each of them two diflferent sounds; see
a 6
6 Bern. ;2. and Gr. l,i'. 2 Rem.

2 The

nasal sign on vowels is omitted

words of very frequent occurrence, beginning with
e.g. me (mi), /,- mo (mu), ijou: mu, Inside, Interior; ne,

a) in

he, no,

m
his,

or n,
gno,

hlmd-c.; oni, person; the suffixes -ni,-n()m; ani, face &c.

ma, a Irequent termination of words, has often nasal a,

cf.j2c., and often pure a, cf. 4.]
in words or syllables terminated by m, n,
if distinction from
other words is not required, e. g. nam, nim. nom, mem, pern, den,
tenteh, hoh, pon, kum, pun, anah, auum, ason, akroh.
on'the two vowels of disyllabic stems whicli have m or n between
[Bern,

h)

c)

1*1,

them, as the forms ending in ane, ame, ene, ini, imi, ono, unu,
ena, ema, ina, ima, inam, ona, oma, ouam^ una, uma. 15,7.8.
d) on the second of two joined nasal vowels. 15,(5.
3. The marhs for the tones are generally omitted in popular
writing; they are also wanting on many words of this dictionaiy,
either from uncertainty or oversight, or because the tones may be
known from analogy or simple rules, e.g. that in nouns of a monosyllabic stem the prefix usually has the low, and the stem the high
tone. In verbs, the monosyllables as well as the disyllables and
polysyllables have their peculiar tones in their various forms. See
Gr. 40. 47-51. 91. 95-101. 112.
4. Sometimes simple
or n is written instead of mm, nn,
mb, nd, e. g. ma ^= mba in terminations (nneema, ntrama &c.i,
mogya, muka
bogya, bukyia, anadwo, 'ne, 'nera (from edd).
25. Another kind of defective writing consists in the omission
of letters which are .sounded in dignified or slow speech, but not
in common quick conversation, when two syllables do readily co-

alesce into one.

c

XXVI

Grammatical Introduction.

1. The suppression of a very short vowel often takes place

prefer the defective tvriibefore a syllable beginning with r. a)
ing after strong consonants and before open vowels (especially "a"),
or n;
or before syllables made weighty by a long vowel or tinal
e.g. pra, pram, prah, tra, tra, kra, sra, fra, bra, fre, bebre, fremfrem, mpreri, prow, krgh, kronkron &c. (Gr.20,l), instead of the
fere, bebere, feremferem,
full icritimi para, param, parah, tara
mpereh, porow, koron, koronkoron, though the tones of pra &c.
are as of disyllables and the very short vowel cannot be omitted

We

the proper vowel be nasal and n be substituted for r, as tena,

kononkonon. h) We prefer the f^dl writing after weak consonants
and when the vowels are e, i, 0, u, e. g. hara, haran, mmara, bera

if

{imp. of ba), here, sere, here, biri, boro, burn, piriw, pirim, tiri,
In all these cases provision has
porow, puruw, turn, knru, &c.
been made in the dictionary that the word can be found whether
Teachers in
it be sought for in the full or defective writing.
schools should use discretion in such cases and not rigorously inforce
either way of writing. They will do best by observing the above
rules and taking the orthography of printed books for their standard.

(in the possessive case) always drop

noun with the prefix a, e.g. m'ani, n'aso; the
pronouns mo & wo in the same case are ivritten full, e.g. moanim,
woano, and the pronouns mc, mo, no. wo in the objective case
are likewise written full, though exceptions may take place, especially in poetry: e.g. "odame ase, oyiwo aye, fweno yiye, me-

The pronouns me, ne

2.

their voivel before a

nyamo"
IV.

is

better than ''odam' ase, oyiw' aye, f\Ven"iye,

menyam'".

DIRECTIONS FOR THE USE OF THE DICTIONARY.

"JG.

The

(dpiuihetical order of the

sounds described in 6

10, as observed in the arrangement of words in this dictionary,

a, a, a, a, a - b, d, dw, (dz) - e e e, e, e e e, - f, fw, g,
is this
(gw,) gy, h, hw, hy - i i, 1 i - k, kw, ky, (1) - m, n, ny, n,

and

nw

iiw 0, 6, o o o, 6 - p, r, s t, (ts,) tw - u u, u - w, w, y.
27. Deviations from the strict order of arrangement.
1. The sounds e e e, n I'l, o o O are sometimes intermixed in
the arrangem-ent of the words e. g. abegiii precedes abehene,
aheiikwa aheiisaw, aheiiiiua ahenyere, maiio manno.
2. Doubled letters are, in the arrangement of words, treated
as if they were simple; e. g. ahenne follows after ahene (not after
:

aheukwa), aman-ne

after

amane.

do not affect the arrangement of the words (Preface 8), except in the midst of compound words, e. g. nsu-ani,
nsu-ano, between suane and asiia-nu; but here also they are sometimes overlooked, the same way as in the beginning of words e.g.
aho-edeii, aho-oden, stand between ahode & ahodom, aho-oyaw
between ahoyaw and ahoyeraw, not before ahoiadi or ahopae.
28. a. If you wish to consult this dictionary for any word
that has a prefix or (in verbs) several prefixes, you are to divest it
from the prefix or prefixes ( 29) and seek it under the consonant
with which the stem begins, b. If this consonant be an m, n, ii or
3. Prefixes

XXVII

Directions lor the Use of the Dictionary.

many cases have to seek the word under h, d,

you meet the consonants nw, nVv, iiy, it may be doubtwhether it is the iiietix h or n Iielore \v, \V or y, or whether

nw, you
dw, and
ful

will in

^j;,

if

nw, nVv. ny. On both these difticulties see HO.

29. The different prefurs witli their comhlnnihns ( 18. 20.
28 rt.) may, for practical purposes, be grouped together as follows:
1. a-, am- (an-, an-), ni-(n-, n-), in nouns and verbal forms;
e-, 0-, in nouns (and, according to .9, before verbs).
only in
2. abe-, akg-, amnie-, aiiko-, be-, ko-,
min-(nn-, iin-), nune-, mninie-. iiko-, nnko-,
verbal
!
forms
re-, rebe-, reko-, reni-(r6n-, ren-), renime-, renko-,
3. e-, 0-; me-, mo-, wo-, wo-, ye-, pronominal prefixes, occurring
a) immediately before verbal stems, h) combined with any of
the verbal prefixes under 1 d- 2 : in the latter case ea-, oa-, meathe stem begins with

(in the perf,

and consec.) and mehe-

(in the fut. I) are

contracted

wa-, ma-, me-.

Bon. Succeeding close vowels change every a, e, o in all these
prefixes into a, e, 0, and me, mo into mi, mu; in writing, however,
we do not always follow the pronunciation, but let (me, mo,) w^g,
into a-,

wo

unchanged before

a-,

am-

(an-, an-), be-, ko-, rebe-, reko-,

renime-, renko-, in order that the pronoun wg-, they, be sufficiently

distinguished from wo-, ihou, which is the more necessary because

wo (like that in a) is usually omitted.

Examples:
a) The pro)i. wo (ihou) with other prefixes before the v. fi
wufi, wiim'fi, wurefi, wiiremfi; woafi, woam'fi. woabefi, woakofi,
woammefi, woankofi, and 6 consecutive forms similar to the preceding 6 forms of the perfect; wobefi. wokofi, wonimefi, won'kofi,
worebefi, worekofi, woremniefi, woreiikofi; likewise the pi'onouns
me & mo are either changed into mi & mn, or remain.
h) The }}ron. wg- (ihey) with other prefixes before the v. tu:
wotu, w^ontu, wontii, wonntii, woretu, w^orentu; w-gatu, wgantii, woabetu, wgakotu. wgammetu, wgarikotu and 6 similar forms in the conthe dot in

secutive; wgbetu, wokotu,

wgmmetu, wgmmetii, wgmmmetu, wghkotu,

wgremmetu, wgrerikotu.

wgiikotu, wghhkotii, wgrebetii, wgrekotu,

This last example shows how many combinations also of each of

me, g, e, ye, mo with other prefixes are possible.

the pronouns

30. The

difficulties arising

from the cases indicated

in

206,
Gr. 18
and 24,5. and to the nature of the vowel follow-ing after the consonants in question, cf. 15,1. To make it plain and easy, we say:

will cease to puzzle beginners if they will

Seek rnma
))

mme

mme... under

b,

pay attention

mma

mme...

to

under

m;

XXVIII

ADDENDA,
Words supplementary

Dictionary p.

to the

631.

bakua, stalk of a plantain- or banana-tree; obrode b., kwadu b.

abetm-de, symbol, proynosilc.
berede, a red head put among the marks in the pot of a soothsaying demon; ahene kokg bi a wgde to koro mu
abo a. s. abebude mu; d\ koro.
bese, a kind of amidet; suman a wgde tgh ade.
abuka, a kind of amulet; sumah bi: s. App. D. IV.
dasiimaii, a kind oipJay;

guam,

s.

agoru,

V.+ 1,1. woguamno atuo abien, he

guns fired at him at once.

kabere,+ wode kyere nipa

been

a.

teas killed

by two

wawu; 'when something has

stolen, a small cord

(lihuahama)

is

tied

round a

piece of wood, then the thief will die",

nkn, a kind of amidet; s. App. D. IV.
amamfo, ditto,

mmanim-pe,
amaiini-pe,

inf.
/w/".

mmunitinva,

[gbanin, pe] ye-, to be longiny after men.

sociality;

am.

nti

onyaa amannifo

pi.

opening, door or entrance of the round houses of

the Nta people at Salaga.

nam-kumfo, hidcher.
2.+ nsum' uam-yi, ftshing.
nainkumfo. D.As.
naiikwanseiii [Salaga] butcher;
nnontwuwa, a kind oi play ; s. agoru.

e-iiani,

sansaiiwie: wgde asem ato woso, se nso woadi asem, na woasan, na abgwo.
waka akyere me se gbeka asem a0-senkam,+ wabgme s.
kyere me.
asibelete, esono-ne-iie-mma, 6\ agoru.
siiare,-r a beaten path, track, trace, vestige, mark; yehuu sono
anammgn ne wonsuare pi, beboro dakoro kwan po, we

saw many footprints and other marks of elephants for

even more than a day's Journey.
yera, v.+ 6. cans, ode yera nenan so kwah, he seeks thereby to
mislead or frustrate investigation.
tew ani yera, to frustrate. Ezr.4,5.
ayera, a kind of amulet; otuo suman.
obliterate his tracks to

7.

A DICTIONARY
OF THE

ASANTE AND FANTE LANGUAGE

CALLED TSHI (CHWEE,

TWI).

A.
The vowel

a, nasal a., is changed or shortened into a, a, e, 0,

and enlarged into a, a, or into the diphthongs ae, ae,
ai, au, aw, aw; Gr. 1-5. 17,3. 19 A.
a-,pref. 1. of nouns in the sing, and pi. (Gr. 29,2. 35,2. 42,1.
43. 44. 71. 104,2), of adjectives ( 69,1 b.c. 70,2.^72.), of numerals
(77. 78,2. 3.) and of a few ^jaWicZes, viz. adverbs {IS'i, 3), conjtinctions (142) and interjections (147,1. 5. 6.)
2. of the verb in the
perf. and consec. forms ( 91,4. 8. 92. 95-97.)
a, rel. part, (conj.) 1. having no comma after it, belonging to
a noun, pron., or princ. sent., that
who., which., where, or any other
rel. pron. and conj.; such as, so that. Gr.
64. 65.
2. usually followed by a comma, belonging to a subord. sent., if, tvhen, though.
Gr.141,3c.
e,

0,

e,

i,

I5

142.

a,

interrog. x^ari. Gr.

a,

e)ni)h.]}art. (inter}.) Gr. 75,2. 144. 151,

sent.,

omitting eye at the beginning)

= ara,

a, a, int.

s.

int.

i^ is.

F. (at the end of

Mt. 16, 12. 14. Mk. 14,19.

under R.

ah! oh! aha!

ai, ai, ai, int. eigh!

ao,

ah! ah me! alas!

what! xchy! hey! ay!

fie!

au, int.Y. ah! Mk. 15,29.

am-,

of nouns in the sing., Gr. 29,2. 35, 5.

neg. forms, 92. (95, 1-5. with
of the particles ampd, ansa, anka.

an-, au-, pref.

1.

2. of the V. in the perf. or consec.

w=o).

3.

B.
The consonant b

occurs before pure vowels and a in ba

(n, n) before it, or into w, in dim.
forms; or, together with e, i (-eb-, -ib-) into 0, u; Gr. 18. 19B.
20, 4; is lost in dim. forms and in the verbal pref. be after the pron.
is

changed

into in,

me. Gr.37.

91,6.

by an

ba

babayeiiteii.

move

towards the speaker or

come to xmss, to happen; to
to produce:
take 2)lace, to arise; to
the river fills
asase ba aduan, the earth brings forth food.
ba mu, to come
ba so, ^o come vpon, befall, overin, into; to he fnlfilled, realised.
taJce; to succeed (on the tliroiie); to become famous, renoivncd.
de..ba, to bring; kofa..ba, to fetch. imp). bOra; inf. oba, odi
ako-ne-abd, waba ha mmae, ne kgree iie ne bae, F. mha, Mt. 24,3.

ba,

V.

to

come,

addressed person;

to

i. e.

to

to or

come forth;
fill: nsu ba,

to

red. beba,
o-ba,

boba.

inf., s.

Gr.

ba.

95. 104.

bo., ba,

gye.. ba, by assenting replies

beckon (and call or bid) to come;

encourage a speaker to continue.

to
to

O-ba, jj?. m-, offspring, child, 5on(ob;ibauin,gbabarima), daughter

(obabea); the young of animals; person (osp. in cpds.); me ba, my
ba, -ma, -wa, dimimdive suffix; Gr. 37.
brother's child.
0-ba, a kind of beetle.

ba

(in cpds., as

a ba,

da aba

(jjI.

id.)

so, to

= basa;

bakgn, basin, batuew, mmati)

F.amba,

brood; -

kernel, seed, fruit; f/'.adua,

ball,

knob;

jjL

extend, spread oid, s.mpasua;

ba mu, to make or give ivay bcticeen; syn.
V. to

ba, place, spot;

mma

riliina,

baw.

abaaba, knots, clods, globules.

aba, welcome, sahdation; ma-,to tvelcome.

aba-o, int. F. ivelcome! hail! Mt. 27,29. 28,9. Gr.
b<"i,

s.

adnaba; eggs;

cf.

147,5.

red. baba.

bae.

yerew mu,

everywhere;

s.

o(ba)basia;

cf.

babi, baw, bew,

bea, here.

0-ba, pl.m-, woman,

=^qh(idi,

abawa.

aba,

pi. m-, icand, rod, whip, stick for beating, cudgel; pi.
blows, strokes; cf. dua, nsaba, aporiba, poma, twom, mpire, sikafere.
Phr. bo., mma, to flog; cf. fwe; di aba, to receive a flogging
or blows. i)r. 31. 1450.2637.

mba,

inf.,

F.

s.

ba.

hhjpl.a.-, bough, branch of a tree, river;

ba, a play-card with 6

baba, a
b a b a,
o-baba,

cf.

figures in 2 rows.

basa, baw, duba.

'

sickness of the genitals,

p)l.

m-,

= boba.

jyl.m-, daughter,

= qhihea,.

ababa, ababjiwa, jj?. m-, maiden, young woman, married or

not, who has not yet born a child, or only one or two
syn. abeafo.
osu.
babababa, adv. xnofusely, said of raining;
baba, babae, red.
s. ba, bae, anim ababae, anobabae,
bab adorn, an army in dispersion; wgye b., syn. wobg pete.
Babae-ntwa, j;r. w. an epithet of the Asantes; cf. Bae.
0-babauiu, pi. m-, son.
o-babarima, pi. ra-, son.
;

c/'.

v..,

O-bclbasia, pl.m-, woman;

akatamasiaba.

s.

gbea, gba, obasia;

babaj^emfi, bab ay en ten,

s.

cf.

akatasia,

bob...

"

obdboa
o-b;iboii, pl.m-, daiiffhtcr,

balbw.

ohsLhii.

delicate woman.
babi, some place, somewhere; elsewhere; cf. ba, beabi.
luinabi-niinabi, /// different plaees, here and there.

o-h{\hvve,

pi. m-, a five,

henufifiil,

in negativo sentencos

biibiara, anywlicre;

babi-mbre, F.

= nea,

where'.,

nowhere.

senea, hoiv.

0-babo, mf. [bg..ba] heckoning and

calling to come.

man

g-biibuii, p?. m-, a poung, fresh, health ij man, a

prime of youth; cf. bun.
ab;il)niiHiia,

o-b;'ibnii,

[r//;.]

j)/.

lad,

in the

strijjling.

m-, a goitng, fresh

woman

in the state of pnh erfn,

maid, rirgin.

g-babuiimia, [dim.]

abadae,
abad

i ii

abadomaj

young woman of 12-lG years,

abaduaba,

s.

abadVvGj F. a

man who

is

a mother.

the tenth child of

woman, Gr. 41,5.

abed...
jjZ.

m-, randder, rover, stroller, vagabond.

man whose hand

o-badwcmma,

child,

[infant.

likewise of a

o-badiicdiiefu,

little

id.

pr. n. of a

Raduwi),

ting,

lass,

obad., pl.m-, a yoioig, fine, tender,

abadomaba, F.

Badu,

girl,

yearning of boicels for a child, pr. .3182. cf. odae.

names of children ; dapen mu nnafna so ab. s. Gr. 41 /I.
the

j;/.

is ivithered.

Mt.t2,10.Mk.,3,l.

m-, a pensive, thoughtful, prudent, reflecintelligent person,

considerate, sensilde,

[fr.

oba, dwen, oba;

ewg obanimdefo ne obanyansafo ntam'.]

e b a d w 6 m s. lin wonkoro.
,

bae

(mu), V. to disjoin, part, cleave, sunder, rend; to open,

gape; to unravel, loose, nnloose. unstitch, unroll; to distend, extend,
expand, spread, spread out.
red. babae, baebae.
syn. b^i, gua,
Otam no
gnae, pan mu, sjlh mu, tew mu, terew mu, yerew mu.
abac; bae ntama, nhoma, hyen mu abrannji nomu! bfibac asa-

wa no mu! - Mominaem' open your ranks! -m alee tvay for going

through! - wabae nc nan mu; woabae won (mpasiia) mu.
Bac, Baebae, Bacba e-antwa, surnames of the Asan!

as a host of endless coming,

cannot be surrounded.

tcs,

2.

or,

extending so far that they

o-baeaiikg(ro), one who came and did no more go;pr.43.

bae bae, red. v. 1. s. bae; dua no ab., the tree has spread;
anim baebae, the day breaks; s. buebue.
abaefb [nea obae foforo], new-comer, new beginner, novice.
abaesaba, F.
I)

a fa

the first

I'l,

-lie,

= abasiaba,

2-7 years;

bafow,

abofra, ababa, Mk..5,39.

pi. m-, a child

pr.

,9.5.

who did not learn

sluggard,, lazybones

walk within
onihafo.

to

bal'oo, (one who came a-foraging) forager:

pr. 36.

abafra

abakyere.

abafra, abafraba, mbafraber, mbafrara,

F.

= abofra, abofra,

mmofraase.

bafiia, a single thing or person, one and the same thing.

O-bagofo [nea o-ne mma gorn], fornicator; syn. mmea^efo.
ab.igow, F. relaxation or slackness of the arms; eye me ab.
atu m'abasam, amii mapa abaw.

bagua

[bo agua], public assenMy, congregation, council]

baguam' ov baguafom', he is a member of the council.
abaguade [bagua ade], share of fees for attending a pa-

ofra

laver; pr. 37. 370. 2966.

baguat'6, elders and other persons met in council or assembled for public deliberation.
bagya, a fourfooted beast; pr.38.

o-bagye,

inf.

[gye..ba] exhortation

a-bagye, inf.
oba-gyigyefo, jpZ. m-,

to

continue in a speech.

[gye oba] adoption.

who

1. nurse-.,

2.

a mischievous child; one

gets other persons into trouhle.

bahii

(dec.

plantain stalk;

= raposae,

o-ba-huhuiii,

baka,
pond;

cf.

com.),

dry fibres of

the baric of the

pr. 10. 569. 629.

m-

pi.

lagoon,

-fo,

a worthless

communicating

lake

felloiv;

s.

ahuhufo.

the sea;

tvith

F. lake,

gtare.

a baka

pi. m-,

11,

the

child,

eldest

the firstborn;

the state or

a firstborn son.

birthright of

b a kail 6 ma, lagoon-bird, heron, stork &c.

bakasiaiiepo, a

bird,

s.

otwironku.

abako,

a kind of shea-tree?), with brown

furniture; of the seeds oil is made in Akem.

bako, Akp.,
77. 80,2.

F.,

= biako,

wood used

for

koro, one; obako, oneperson; Gr.

one, each. pr. 2548. 3258.

mmako-'mako, one by

g-bakofo,

a single person, pr. 455459.

.obiak.,

o-bakokouimma,
o-bakokonini, a

dim. of the

foil,

[oba, akoko-nini.]

conceited, vain-glorious

woman

(likea cock),

coxcomb.

bako ma,

pi. m-,

nobleman,

lord, prince,

person of

the royal

family, of high rank or position; high-born; aristocrat; di b.=di

adehyesem, to be imperious, violent, posiiive, stubborn, wilfid, arbitrary, pr. 39. [oba a gnam ne kgn so, gnam na gtoto ne kgn kyea.]

bako 11 [ba=basa,

abakosem

kgn],

tvrisf.

[nsem a aba kg],

history, story of past events; cf.

bakroii, nine persons. Gr. 80,

bakua,

s.

abakyere
the tvrist in

kwadu

[abasem.

1.

b.

[basa, kyere], gold

and

costly

honour of one's birth or deed.

beads tied round

bam
haul,

embrace

to

V.

fightinj^); b.

kyinii,

bamkyinii; -

r6'(?.

|);iiir

= ba

ham,

li;i

to

gbaii.

ye

(in welcoiniug, st/n. fain,

atu, or in

raise a)Hl shake a statc-iinibrella,

i)iim

bemniain, boiiiinam.

mu; ne dae abam'. Gr.

inltMin,

i;t214 after licm. 2.

expressing the sound

adv.

of striking,

clappingi lashing, falling.

al)<iiii, a ceremony performed at the birth of twins, of the
3d, 7th to 11th child, and in their after life by themselves,
before every new crop or harvest. Oye ab., woye abamfo, he is,
they are entitled to the abam ceremony. Wode ad were guare ab,
Yi'A.9., pr.ll27.
Se aduamforo biara bg a, abamfo annuare abam
a, wonni hi.

bam, bamc, bamsom,

imperiousness, haughtiness, inso-

adehyesem, ahcnenunasem; odi no so b., he plays the

or high-horn:^ he plays insolent, wanton tricks. -hanuVi, inf.

lence; syn.
rich

bain ma, pl.m-

b;imma,
tvhich

it

is

[ban,

ba

m-,

pil.

the projecting lower part of

dim.']

Negro houses, used

the wall in

as a seat. pr. 2252.

a stripe of country-cloth;

the breadth

woven; a ribbon; syn. ntaraabamma, Ak.

ab am m a

bamfo,

woto

bamiawu,

bam kg

put

their

hands on each

pr. 1676-77.

other's necks.

[pr. 1213. 3791.

a kind of snake.

[s.

11

ab., they

a thorny plant,

-foo,

in

beniT.

bam &

koh, neck]: gto b. kasa, he speaks

haughtily; gtoto ab., he walks with a majestic air.

bam kyinii
bams em, s.

(kyinii a

wopem

di

bene

so), state-umbrella

-^

[pr.l729.

bam, barae.

ban, V. to lie or to lay in a proper row, to extend; to string

(ntrama, wo hama so); to pile up, to store (ode, putu so); to hem in
(atade ano, with a ribbon); b. ho, syn. sTi ho; b. ho, syn. toto ho.
red. beramaii.

bail, 1. row, fence, enclosure, frame; esp. the fence round

the yard of a negro-house; watwa ban mu, he had to do tvith the

faban, dantabaii.
3.
dua-so, s. dnasee.
form, figure, shape; fashion; manner, nature;
race, kind, sjiccies; syn. su (wo su ne wo bail biara nye!) s. aboaban, abusfiabaii, adakaban, odainman, doban, duaban, nipaban,
nsraban, subaii or subaii; odaban, abodaban, adibah
aduan',
ahabaii.
4. a fortified place; si ban, to put people in a place
by authority in order to enforce the laws, or to keep the people in
subjection and prevent their falling off; to place troops in a strong
position; to occupy a place as a garrison.
king's wives.
3.

c/.

esp. in cpds.

aban,

-ne, (pi. id.) a house built of stone, cf. odaii; a large

abahpalace; pr. 8190. - a large, strong building

fine building,

kese, fort, castle.

o-baii, pi. m-, a string of cowries, 40 cowries; wgtoii no b.ihbdh, wotonton no abaiiabaii, tlicy sell it eachfor a string; cf. ntrama.

obah

o-ban, a beast

of prey,

ilie

almiitid.

loild cat.

b a nail, four persons. Gr. 80,

= aduatia.

1.

o-banaiiii, pl.m.-^ grund-son, grand-daugliter, grand-child.

abanas e-abci iiase, a kind of lierb.

abanbiua,

a ^o^ (abina) contaiuing pabn-wiue for a siring

of cowries (ban).

o-banimdefo,
Jcnoidedge;

cf.

a person of understanding., possessing

pi. m-,

gbadwemma, gbanyansafo.

O-bauimma

[obanin, dini.\

cf.

abarimawa, gpauyimma.

o-baniin -in ere [gb. -bere], a handsome man; a7i effeminate

[man.
O-banim-inoiie [gb. bone], a bad man.
g-banim-p anyiii, an old, venerable man.
o-baniu, p?. m-, man, male person; = oha.i-ima.\ F. obeuyin.

baninfana, armring
baniiifo,

of a man.

brave men.

pi.

baniiiba, bravery; gbye no b., he encourages him.

b a 11 i h h a-h y e inf. encouragement.
abaniiisein, manful, manliJcc, manly, warlike deeds
,

Jiaviour, bravery; pr.391. odi ab., he

self like

or be-

shows manliness, quits him-

a man; syn. mmarimasem, mmaninne.

man

0-baniii-taii, a

that

has children, a father of a family.

o-banin-trofo, a lying man, liar.

o-baniii-warefo, a married man.

o-banin-yen, ivisard, sorcerer, magician; s. ayen.

O-banin-y er e, an unborn cbild, designated by a man
be his future friend or ivife.
bank am, a kind of golden ornament,

aban-kese,

fort, castle; cf.

bankoroap em,
o-baiikn, a kind

abankiia,
o-baiikye,

s.

pi.

hot; F. G. duade.

aba no ma,

a kind of bead,

is

pr. 1551.

aban, abautia.

ahene.

s.

of food, prepared of

monly eaten when yam

to

ground maize, com-

scarce,

akua.
a.-,

^^r.

the cassava, cassada, manioc,

jatropha mani-

36. 4U.

step-cltild, foster-child, pr.41.

g-bansini,

^jZ,

g-bansoa,

a bird,

bans on 11,

bansifo, (a

man

of) a

garrison;

Zof/,=tententen; n'animb. he

is

s.

si

ban.

long-faced, long-

banten(n), long-shaped, long (hama, ntama, nsa). [_visaged.

abaiisosem. a tvord talked over the fence, (idle) talk, gossip,
aban-tenteii, tower; pjl.vix- or aban atenteri.
[hear-say.
aban-tia, a small fort, as the Mortella tower near Christiansbors:.

abaiito
a bail to, inf. [to abaii]
masonry, mason's work.

o-bantoiii,

(tlif

mason,

a--fo,

iJ^

biisucwi.
act

hmldliiij a stone-house;

of)

brlcJclaijer.

ban II, ttvo 2i<-'>'Sons, two tocjctJter. lyr.M-iH. ViUO. 20SL

Ijanum, five persons. Gv. ^ 80, 1.
ban nil a [ban dua], any kind of tree (gf'osow, atoa, ...)

used

for foices.

abani'iu;],

o-ba-n ya

court or //ord of tanje liu'ddlnys

t/tr

adiwo a ewo aban

[abai'i,

gua;

mn].

bi

a wise person;

nsal'i't,

si/ii.

obadwcmuia, obauim-

deto, ouyansafo.

g-baniiya, a long red

(nsa)
abanyimla, F.

intestinal

bapon,

worm,

nifa.

a disease in the jaw-bone.

0-baponinia,

2d- m-, [oba, i)on, oba] a person of liiijh birth,

of wealth, entrusted with an office, from the man next to the king
down to the chief of a village; cf. mmopgmma.

o-baprowc, J;^ m-, a spoiled chUd\ s. porow, porowe, poronemma mmaprgwe, he miseducates, sptoilsliis children

kyewa; oyen

bar a ...
bare, v.

bra, bora

i;.

(.

ho,

...

so) to covers lay over, oversj^read;

..

s.

yt^i.

baw;

wrap, wind, twine, twist roU)td; to embrace closely, clasj)

round.
red. bebare, bobare, bobabobare. -de bare ani, prop.
to twist (the arms, in wrestling) face to face, i. e. to engage in
battle, to fight hand to hand.
to sling,

cf.

o-ba roll via, a cartouch, cartridge-belt all round the loins;

ntoa; ne ntoa ye ob. (when it contains 12 cartridge-boxes);

- di

b.,

to

surround.

o-barinia,

pi. m-,

cf.mni; Gr.41,1.2.

aba rim a,
to

him,

cf.

man

man, male person,

man, hero,

= ohsimh

valiant

cf.

[gbaniri-ba?]
oberan.

entrusted tvith an office by one superior

client, subaltern; follower, helpmate,

adamfo; adherent,

conqxinion. servant, pr. 1077.

aba rim

a,

-mawa,

jj?.

m-, boy, lad.

abarimakwan, a ivay for heroes,

abarimasem, = abaninsem.
o-barimaye,

inf.

o-basfi,

the

jj?. a-,

dangerous way, adventurous

undertaJcing; pr.l077.

manhood.

arm;

the forefoot of

nsa;-dua basa, branch of a tree; cf. ba,

abas a, -sawA, [basa, r?/>.] a withered

quadrupeds;

cf.

abaw,

dubct.

ov hune

hand or arm;

a person having such.

basil, basabasa, confuted, disordered, disorderly,

basa,
basawa

cf.

saka...

three persons. Gr. 80, 1.

bi, some few (two or three) persons.

basaewi,

a large sea-fish [G. gba]; apata bi a gte se sire.

basafa

b as a fa, a

ciibit,

ell;

hatakari.

abasamfa.

cf.

basafawa,=bafah, obubuafo? obusufo?pr. 52.

basakokom', the inner jxirt of the arm at the joint
elboiv, s.

kokom;

basakuram
abasa-kyea,
abas am', the

of the

mmotoam'.

cf.

the

(?),

upper arm;

inf. pr.733.^

s.

nsatu,

kyea, abasatoto.

s.

man can extend his arms, a

tii..ab.,
fathom, the length of six feet-, the strength of the arms.
to dishearten, discourage; n'abasam atu, he is disheartened; rf.
ne nsam' agow or ahodwow, wapa abaw.
abasamffi,
abasam-tu,

space

which a

to

a measure of three

feel,

discouragement;

inf.

cf.

a yard;

cf.

sin.

abawpa.

basatiri, batiri,
mmati,
abasa-toto, inf. the sicinging

abasem, p^
bascwti,

a clear-sighted,

in a society; aristocrat

basiaba,
basia,

(^)-,

cf.

abakgsem.

respected or ambitious

sJcilftd,

man

oye hyew, oye aguasemde.

= obabasia;

0-basia, F.

of the arms, pr.733.

m-, a story that happened-, history,

cf.

akatasia, akatamasiaba.

adv. even.

six persons. Gr.

80,

1.

ba-sigyaw,

m-, the state of having no children.

di b., to be without children; s. mmas. .. &1 Sam. 15,33.

o-basimma,
basin, F.

a young tvonian,

a-,

s.

obeasimma.

an arm; one-armed person.

m-, an infant; a child of 6 to 12 or li years.

stump) of

abasiriwa, pi.
abaso: di ab., to stand security; cf. a[ka]gyinam, akabaso; menne ka, menne ab., I owe no debts, neither for myself, nor
from standing

bason,
bata,

security.

seven piersons. Gr. 80,

(..ho), to be close

V.

adhere, cling to;

ebata[bata] ho'kwa,

to

to
it

to,

adjoin, lean against; pr.99l.

be connected with, pr. 691.

is a mere appendage.

l)at;i, trade, traffic,

commerce.

tu

b.,

di

rcf?.

b.,

to

batabata;
trade; odi

ntama b., he deals in cloth; gye b., to offer trade, to win a customer.
- Wofa da-bone ko gua a, bata butu wo; s. butuw.
o-bata, a
more hair on

beast of prey like the lynx;

it than atoatoa.

batadewa,

F. boat; Ak. obonto;

it

cf.

batadi, inf. trading; s. (di) batd.

batafo, (p)l. id.) wild boar, syn. kokote.
tusk. pr. 42. 43.

batagye,
batakari,
and

has a longer

tail

with

korow.

batafo-se, a boar's
batafo-Sfisono, a medicinal plant.

inf.,

s.

(gye) bata.

pi. m-, war-dress, like a shirt

sleeves; the dress of the Mohammedans.

without

collar

ijLuitdiii

o-batdin, a simple,
o-l>;i-t;i

aljiivi.si'ui.

silly ^ dull, half-witted felloiv.

u, obeatan, pl.m-^ a

o-bataiii,
cf.

icoiiiaii thdt

oguadini, onantefo, opowadi'fo.

batiri,

batatii,

//".,

i'.

(tu)

amiiiine, to

smear a twig with lime

for catching birds.

= ba,

bea, berc, bew, place;

onko baw

l)aw
nowhere;

l)aw

bata.

==mmati.

basatiri,

batw(jw, ellxnv; cf. basa, twea.

baw, V. =barc; to besmear, bedaub;
baw

has children, mother..

tradesman, merchant; pr.923.ri:iO.

j;/.a--tb, trader,

bribi, lie

goes

gyabaw.

cf.

= ba;

bo

baw =: bo

ba, to beckon, call.

abaw = abasa, the

the arms. - Wapa

arms; woso no abaw-abaw, theg carry him

abaw, he has withdrawn or dropped his
on
arms, i. e. he is exhausted, quite tired, despairs; cf. nc nsa apa, ne
nsam' agow or ahodwo, n'abasam' atu.

abaw-pa,

abawa,
ba

despondency.

inf.

o-ba\va, [oba,

diyn.^

obeawa,

girl,

lass.

m-, maid-servant, serving-girl.

jpZ.

we

Gr

eight persons.

80, 1

abawu, inf. death of a child, pr. 296.

baya, bayabaya, wide oj^en; n'ano
gyaw won adan ano
abayg, inf. [ye
a b aye 11,

inf.

j;?.

bay ere,

^tetn}; woagyi-

oba] careful treatment of children.

[yen ba] the bringing up of children; abayem-

mone, bad education,

o-baycii,

b.

atoto ho bb.

pr. 56.

m-, tvitch, hag;

a isind of

yam;

s.
s.

ay en.
ode. pr. 57.58.

o-ba-yoycre, favorite child, the most beloved (son) among

a plurality of children (as yeyere is among a plurality of wives).
bayi, (abayide,
bayi, to

p)i'ttctise

-goru, -sera) witchcraft, sorcery;

witchcraft: b.

ye abusuade,

ye or dew

tvitchcraft is inborn,

innate, hereditary.

bayi [ade].
aliayidc,
o-bayifo, 2^1- ^'^ toitch, hag; wizard, sorcerer, pr.59-62. cf.
bayi, ayeii, baninyen, bayeh, gbonsam
ob. kgdewe, ua wgkyeree
no kabere. The Negroes describe a wizcn-d or witch as a man or ivomayi
;

who stands in some agreement with

the devil. At night, ichen all people

or rather leaves his (her) hoclg, as a snake casts
the slough, and goes out flamhig from his eyes, nose, mouth, ears, armpits: he may tcalk witlt his head on the ground and his feet stretched
upward; he catches and eats beasts, or kills men either bg drinking their
blood or by catching their soul which he boils and eats, ichereupon the
person dies ; or he bites them that they become full of sores. Some change
themselves into leopards, snakes, antelopes; some tise their witchcraft also
for trade in selling things.
sleep,

he {or she)

7-ises

abay ignru, :^bayi;

abayisem, = bayi.

ogoru

me

ab., he or she practises tvitch-

[craft iipon me.

10

be
be, adv. used of the

pinches

me

e-be,

bebere.

effect of j^i'icJiing:

sharply, that I feel

it

keenly;

pi. m-, proverb, parable,

riddle;

of.

oti

me

ara be,

bee, bew,

bu

v. d;

be, to idler,

Jie

adv.

lell

or

make a proverb.
a-be, J)?, m-, palm, palm-iree; the species of palm from which
the palm-wine (nsa-fufu) and palm-oil (nno) is got, the most common
in Western Africa: o'd-x)alm, Elaeis Guinecnsis; palin-nni (cf.
befua, adwe); binieh of jjahii-iuds (hamu); all the pali>i-)iufs ^vowing on a tx'ee; pr. 64-69. cf. nu, dwow, sa, se, pow, tow, t\Va abc.
Diff. species of oU-palni: obcdam, ahefiifii, abotuntum, abeheue;
other palms, s. adobe, kube, nkresia, kokosi.

I>(',

be

io recite,

V.

kwadwom,

be a,

io
lie

declaim, deliver in a rhetorical or set

deliver moariifid songs;

to

onim

manner;

kwadwom

be.

beabea] to lie lengthwise, across, io cross; cans.

lay length/rise; obea ho totote' ntamadan no bb, ho, the tents
stretched doivn; cf. bew, boa, da, gii, sam.
V. [)'ed.

ba, baw, bew, here); j;?. mmea-mmea, at

(
manner of state or doing (in cpds. with an inf.).
0-bea, j3?. m-, woman, female, ^= {k^s..) qha., gbabasia, F. gbasia,
beabi, Ak. F.
babi.
beae, place, siiuation:, pi. mmeae-mmeae, at different places.
beae, pl.vcv-, the beam or pole on ivhich ihe rafters are 2^ id;
yi ato nkorasimma yim' akyea, this pole came to lie crooked un

bea,

^^Zac'C

different pilaccs;

b.

these

2><^i>fs.

beae, a swelling in the groins; mmaninyare bi.

abeafo, i;/. m-, a young, lovely woman, neatly, nicely dressed.
o-bea-atriu\man, ^?/. m- n-, s. aguamah.
boa-kunini, cardinal p)oinf: m- anah, the four c. jioints
North, South, East, West,

beiikum, nifa, apuei, atoe. D.As.

s.

o-beasimma,

a weak sort of woman; a despicable person.

n-beatciii, s. obatan.
[s. gba-simma.
o-beawa, obawa, pi. m-, girl, lass.
beba, l)eba, red. v., s. ba.
beba, beba, ... s. boba, bobji.
bcba, beba, pi. m-, F.
obo, ^jZ. a-, stone.
bebare, bebabebare, red. v.., s. bare, bobare.
be be, red. v., s. hew.
'

bebebebe: Munnyae
bebee,

red.

v.,

s.

abel)e, pl.m-, As.

Rheh ew

b.,

2:

bee, beebee.

butterfly;

winged insect

iu ^eneraX. pr.70.S06.

m-, grassho2)per,locust; cf. boadabi (utunturae),

obiriiikran, otutuafuru, fwidgm, okra, opiti, ewi, otwe, odabo.
,

2>l.

abeberese,

i.

= abete;

3. F. hardship, trouble, tribulation,

adversity.

bebere, much, many;

buru, twem.

very much, exceedingly ;

cf.

pi,

buru-

boburcbc
lol)6rcbe, F. bcbrete,
when reterrod to a c.
b.,

iukcJi,

to

bcbc'ti'i, pi>t-la(Uc
fire;

nu mmore niu;

b ebrc b c

up the coni-ibmgh put

stii*

g-bobrcbo

an

t"6,

wo

i)if.

s.

s.

bebcro

the

wode

insolent,

sane// f'dloic, churl;

iinpertinei/f,

asera biara ho.

proccrbs.

in

m-, proverbial sayimj;

= abc'-buh,

akyenkyen.
o-bodaiUj a kind of oil-palni whose
top,

on
a

bcw.

bebrete,

[bu be], spcakintj

abcbiisyin, ph
t'l

tratrii

buitle, pr. 1158.

n'ano dennonneh

incaiis

beteta.

of.

Itcbrw, red. v.,

bebrO, bebrebe,

iibcbii,

much, too
(noO cnomjh:

too

iniirJi,

it

wodo dwuma ana opampaii ascn no

(bia a

bob

man//:

not lanic cnoiKjh.

[s

it

11

ybuui.

in th(i ncj^.,

iunuij;

enso

s.

cbo, akasa-bebui.

cf.

but are red throughout (abe

have no blaek

ripe nuts

ebere wie na eho babi

bi a

mniiri se abe-pa); abso the )ints thereof;

cf.

adam.

roughly made of pal mwofre bi

branrlic>t\ berew a wuabo (wganwene) de soa adesoa
se: ahagya, akyemmedew, akuapemmedew r/'. akgtwe, kyenkyeh,

0-bodeWj

pi.

a kind

a-,

of basket

apaktin.

o-bcdefunu,

j;Z. m-, a chopped and

palm-wine has been extracted.

wliich the

bcdiapiiii, a
u'ade;

icithered palm-tree, of

certain bright star; gsraui

wu

a,

guo na odi

owuodi, kosoronia.

cf.

abcdua, palm-tree:, more frequently simply abe.

abedua, mortar to bruise palm-nuts in; := abewodua.
abeduabii,

abcdwa,
O-bedwOj

abad., a kind of doll, carved out of wood,

abedwewa, a youny

pcdm-tree:, pr.70.

a hcdf-<jroicn X)alm-tree;

cf.

antweribe.

bew; - red. beebee,

bebee
ho
tetew ho nkakrankakra; wakobebee nam no ho,
he has pinched off little bits from the meed.
e-bee, Ak. =: bew, a pachydermatous animal,

bee,
.

V. to ticitch off,

abilfo

pinch

off,

nip

off,

cf.

= abaefo.

a-befujij pl.ra-, a sinylc palm-nut with the skins,

abcfufu, a species of oil-palm.

bogoro, a pjalm-nut without a kernel.
abegui, place where palm-nuts are cast
made of them.
abe bene, a species of oit-jJalm.

bekyekyere,
e-bcm,

bu

b.,

ma

riijht,

b.,

state

jjo# in

(r?/^.

bafua.)

before the

which the palm-oil

is

oil

is

boiled,

of being right, righteousness, guiltlessness;

ma wodi

b.,

to

acquit of

an accusation, pronounce

bemma

12

guiltless, give right to, JHStifI/;

less-^

wudi bem

bemma,

gou are

di

right,

abeu.

b.,

he justified, innocent, guilt-

to

heg your pardon.

arrow, cf. ben, agyah; bow, cross-bow with

kuntun; - otow yen (so) b., otow neb. sa (wo,
si) yen, he shoots arrows at us, discharges his bow against us.
ben, agyan.
bemma-hama, bow-string.
bemma-dua', arrow,
x>l- ^">

the arrows, cf. ta,

bemma-tow,
bemma-tofo,

bcDibu,

shooting with the bow, archerg.

inf.

pi. m-, archer,

bow-man.

acquittance, justification.

inf.

bemdi, inf. innocence.

beme, bemme, bemmeme

[G. bebe] adv. added to statements

of time, quantity, number: such a long time, such a large quantitg or number; alreadg; only\ even, indeed; kan, tete, dabidabi b.,
long ago; mfribyia 20 beme asem na greka yi? of a palaver of

no

less

I gave

20 years does he talk? mede memaa no Kwasida b.,

on Sunday already enye 'ne b. na ofi ye ado yi,
to-day only he does this; atiri ba b. na ogyee ana?

than

Jiim

it

not since

:,

did he indeed ask 100 heads?

abememfi,

a place out of the ivay, at a distance] eda ab.,

far off', ogyina ab., he stands aloof] nnyina ab. sa, na twu
ben me, do not keep away thus, come near to me!
it

is

bemmeii, be mm en,
bem

red. vv.,

s-

ben, ben. pr.3011.

m u = bembu.
,

bemu
be 11,

[abe mu], cluster of palm-nuts.

to

V.

no abusuam', he

approach, come or draw near] to he near] obea

syn. benis a ki)isman of his\ - red. beramen
;

kye[h], pinkye.

ben, pron. what (kind of), which. Gr. 74. F. eben, ebena.
aben, horn\ won ano kg b. koro mu, they are unani-

beii

moiis, in unison.

mmemma,

e-beii, pi.
etee se ben,

it

be nil,
beii,

won
ben,

aches]

is

arrow;

straight {dusL,

V.
ti

to

cf.

bemma, bemma-dua, agyah ;-

as straight as an arrow,

i.

hama, kwah); etee

ache, pain] red.

bemmeh won,

b.,

bemmeh; me

their

quite right, pr.80.

e.

ti

it

is

quite straight.

ben me,

my head

head aches.

to become red by boding, to be sufficiently cooked,

I',
roasted] to be done well] to become red by dressing (a
wound with hot water) watoto kuru no na abeh ; to become hot
(a gun, by firing), pr.3386; perf. to be smart, clever, well versed
in any knowledge or business, good or bad, f.i. in political mat-

boiled,

ters; to be astute]

- ne bo ben, he

sickly, feeble]- red.

is

healthy]

ne ho mmeh, he

is

bemmeh.

a. (in cpds.), red, yellow] cf. odubeh, oguabeh, osubeh

men, kg &c. bere, v.
abeu, ^?. m-, horn of animals; horn, flute, wind-instrument,
musical instrument; hyeh ab., to sound the horn ]- uimeh, pr. 376.

-ben,

&c.

s.

ybciia

hopodwuuia.

13

mnionhyen, ag^oru; of. bcii & abontul, aborob(5n, botowd, odiirugya, aj^yesoa, kete, ninieiisiMi, aprrulri', aseseb(^n, atentebcu, torob^nto; hkgntwO, adakabeh obgnta, osankii tka.
;

onipa beo,
c-beua, F. what, ichicJi] s. beii; ebcna nyiinpa
ade-ben, deen, den, what
what manner of man. c-beiia-dze, F.
edeii nti, wherefore, wherefrom, why.
-bena-ntsiri, F.

b 11 11 a [benda], pi. m-, a ireiyhl of gold

71. 4 s.
dollars or ackies

cf.

boil a, bera, Ak.

nwa-benii.

bona,

oimzes

= 32

= bamma, ntamabeua, stripe of doth, ribbon;

bob.,

boiiri:

=2

lament, mourn;

to wail,

sijn. t\s a

adwo.

benabeiia, pr.3344.

Ben a da,

Brada, Tuesday. Gr. 41,4.

bcii-aiio, unmixed palm-wine, as

der the tree, ef. dodoben; oj)}). mfrasa.

it

came from

the reed un-

gye or di b. or ab., to act

be line, a-, spit, broach(er).
or be empiloyed as sJcirmisher (before the twafo, van), to begin
Vie attack, to engage in dangerous fighting; kogye b.; oredi ab.;

merekodi ab.
merekobere, merekoko mabere wo mu.
g-beiineni, i^/. bennefo, skirmisher, sent to attack the enemy,
abenne [bem ade], fees for acquittance in a law-suit,

eyi de,

o-benem,

-nom, pi.

Q-benem, name

3i-,

a stinging

o-beii-hy eiifo,

i^?.

a-,

F.

a-,

so);

cf.

nifa; north, cf.

o-beiikumfo,

I"

the left

pl-s^-,

beiikye[n], v.
beiikyi, Eng.
b en s e e
o-benta, pi.

i)l.

tutuhunu.

m-, horn-blower, musician.

beiikum,
the left (b.

fly; syn.

of a month, abt. March.

hand (nsa

b. pr.81.) or side;

to

kwaem'.

a left-handed person.

= ben, pihkye,
bench',

to

draw

or be near, pr.82.

mano'.

cf.

m-, basin of porcelain.

m-, a musical instrument consisting of a curved

branch or stick with a cord made of the fibres of pahn-branches,

played in a doleful

strain.

obenta-sanku,

jwa7^e>"^, lute, rciJl.iov.

0-beiiteii, a word used for a person whose name we do not

know or do not choose to mention; usually: asiamasi se gb.,
Sueh-a-one, What-cV ye-call-him (Ger. derundder, Fr. tel, Sp.fnllano).

abeii tia [aben tia], jvZ. m-, the short horn, the most common
wind-instrument of the negroes, usually made of a young elephant's tooth and covered with the skin of the twom.
0-b entia-h^^eiifo, jjL m-, the king's horn-blower.
b e

a,

pL

m-, clyster-pipe, syringe, squirt

obenyin, abenyiii-ndem, F.

= gbanih,

bo., h.s. hql02.

abaninsem.

bepow (bop. pop.), pJ. m-, mountain, hdl. pr. 489. cf. hew.
bepowa, small mountain, hillock; cf. koko, pampa, pempe.
bep

w u m a,

work done on

the slope of a

mountain,

pr. 84.

abepow

14

abe-pOAv,
bera

bera,

the act of Jopitiitg off

inf.

ba

imp..,

...

bra

.s.

oberaii-inmotoaur-diiaj

ab eraii-sem,
aberante,-e,
b e r a 11

ck

O-b e r a
e
a owarc ua gso
11 - 1

man:, a poicerfid,

annoflensem.
of strong men,

i.o.)

aberan

fi

pi.

a-,

wa

ptl.

force.

?>//

akwankwa.

pl.m-., ifonng man, youth; syn.

wa
t

come, leiusyo!

kvammonnua.

cf.

manner

(after the

I'l-so,

leaves of an uprooted
fpalm-iree.

stronfj, sfonf, big

s.

violence-.,

ill

ma yehkg,

ba; bora

s.

0-beraii, -barane, p/. a-, a

mightjj num. pr.So. 86. 1717.

abcra

obere.

m-, id.

giant (gbevan tenten. lionton, oberan

nea tokuni da ne mu).

te se

b e r a p a e, a wiclcet serving for a door, made of palm-branclies

kept together by tliree sticks driven through them ; cf. aserene.

beraw:

to

osukgm ama watg

no ma. watg

b.,

b.,
b.,

to faint,

thirst

1)

era

a bera

a salutation,

to
^^'

pr.

wo, mo,

is

from

I'JG:}.

is

half-dead;

the flogging he is half-

ya; Gr. 147,9.

cf.

2929. seantdy ? so

(when a personal

lie re, v. 1. to hring

b.,

a poUte address to a person of equal or inferior

rank, used in reply

a

faint'.,

they have hnoclccd him afjont that he

cause to faint: oi'\\6 no atg no

dead; cf. to piti, tware.

to

aberaw,

in a stvoon:
wgAptjm no apem

siroov (airay), fall

has made him

mentioned; else

.so ?

object, esp. me, yen,

'de.. ba, kgfa.. ba, de..

kgma'

is

used).

2. b. ase, to lay ov put doicn, ttring lou\ humtAe, atiasc, abate,

lessen: gberenelio ase

ma

me, he InonlAes himself before mc.

3. to

grow or get{perf.to be) tired, weary, fatigued; to have much to .suffer;

not to come to rest; pr. 89. 734. mabere wo nsa, woama mabere, / am
weary of you; adviumaye am;! mabere, / am fatigued by worl:
red. berebere.

0-bere, inf. fatigue, weariness; labour, tod; fa gb., to grow

hye.. b,, to tire (out), wear out, weary, fatigue, harass; gde
ne kasa hyee me b.
senca
bere, F. manner in nhich; se here 'te do no, Aky.

tired;

bere,

s.

heve,v.

[ete nen, so

berew.

it is.

redden, to grow, become or inohe red or yellow; to

cause to redden, pr. 298; here (sika, awowa, kgbere) ho, to polish
(gold, brass, copper); to ripen, grow ripe, of fruits gi-owing above
n'ani b., his eye reddens i.e. he covets,
ground; perf. to he ripe.
lusts after; he gi'ows angry or grieved; n'ani ab., his eyes are red,
reddish, from weeping, excitement (passion, anger, or deep grief),
qualif. adv. kg, pr. 1.504.
drunkenness, old age.
red. bcrebore.
to

-be re,
gentle ...

s.

0-bere,

in cpds, blooming, beautiful, handi^ome; delicate;

soft,

qhahcre, gbanim-mere, tekremabere.

pi. a-, female, esp. of

animals

cf. gbii,

oben, Gr. 141,2.

ebere

alioi-ckwasi.

15

dabew,
e-bere, 1. place (often \n (i])d8, as, daberc, trabore,
trabew, tiabea); rf. ba, baw, boa, how, amei'c;-^. fimc, season;
pi. mmore, f/ir sfaffcs of liioiiaii life, of man's age; -3. manner, cf.
boa, abore, amoro; - J. (food lime; fine manner; bloom, floiccr, prime
of life: heaiili/ (( sfroif/lh: "nana. niA wo lio boro so e! f.ing. arise
in llni (fhtni and stninjth (t'(r warfare, lor tho [tacilication of contondinjij

Phr. Odi

parties)."

bore

wodi

[pi.

ni-), lie enjoifs /lis life,

Wabu

a loiterer, slngyard, time-lcillcr.

mu, lie has died in the prime of life, in the best of his
ue
bcr e, he has (broken uj) time, i. c.) done
years^ prematurchj.
what nobodji has done, committed a heinous deed.
he

lives a Inxiirioiis life;

is

mmere

Wabg

abere, m-, F. time; aberebi, m-, sometimes, once; nibor dodo

mber pi n'ara, from time to time; mber iiliina, at
times, for ever and ever; mbere, time ichich.

ara, as often as;

all

abere, (obs.) manner: aber' a wope

aber Cj
and of the

size

aberebe,
cf.

rr=

wopo.

seiiea

^'i *^ antelope with small horns, of a roddish hue

gkwadu.
of a <;oat;

j)^-

-bee, a

quadruped similar

to a cat, eating

bananas;

apesow.

berebere, b ere b ere, red. vv., s. here,

ber ebere, soft, slow, gentle; softli/, gently;
ahlji.

at ease; gradnall//.

bij

gradual movement, advance

oye n'ano

b,,

pr.3048; eomfort-

degrees, by easy or slow stSj)s; - slo2v,

or progress, pr. 3043. 3397. 1201; consid-

ye b., to go on consideratehe assumes a modest speech, uses a modest

erateness. pcdience. carefulness, pr. 734.

ly, pr. 3.558;

here.

language.

bertjbere, smooth,
he

is

loquacious;

ef.

glib, voluble, flijipaut

oye or n'ano ye

b.,

betebete. birobire, kfirokuro.

be re bo, m-, liver.

berebn-w, -o, pi. m-,

)iest,

bird's nest, pr.92.

bere-doiii, troublesome warfare.

b e r e - d u in , v. to be of a deep red tinged with blue, of a crimson or purple colour. Ex. 26,1.

b ere-e us a

etern ity.

B. As.

berefi, basket; Akr. tekrekyi; wode

ahabah na ehwene.

berefi

[berew,

o-berefo,
ohiani,

pi. a-,

efi],

ntoi'i

n^

mmew ne kube-

bundle or heap of palm-branches.

a needy, indigent, poor, destdute man; syn.

gmanehunufo. Ps.41,2. 72,13.

0-bereku,

a bird of the size of a jtigeon, of light brown color,

crying "ku, ku" not only by day, but also four times by night, considered as a spirit (gsaman) and fortune-teller, pr.y3.726.
o-bcrekiiiii, an eye red as that of the bereku;
red eyes (considered as beautiful).

abere k

ii

r i,

a kind of

aberekwasi,

fish,

probably the

a certain annual festival.

eel.

gwg

b.,

he has

aberekyi

16

aberekyi,

pi.

(joai

ra.-,

cf.

names: aduonna, aduonnimm;'i

low that docs not

besrade.

oguah; Ak. F. arapohky^; by-

(=adu

a onua, ouni

sleep, that gets )U) flogging),

mma,

the fel-

ank;lma-seperepe, se-

abirckyibore,
pr. 94-99. 483.498. abirekyiba, kid.
opapo, Akr., he-goat. S. abirckyi.
abirekyinhii, Ak.
b e r e ni a ii pr. 1933.
obarima.
beremba, F.
aberante.
aberentse, F.
o-bereiiipoii, s. obirempon.
kwaeb. & ntuw.
berentuw,

kyerempewo.

she-goat,

=
=

6-.

berepow,

bg .. b., to
[berew pgw], Jcnot of j)alm-leaves.
head of a respectable persou with such a knot, i.e. to apply
him in order to obtain his patronage in a law-suit -c/". bo 54.

strike the
to

berewj

leaves of the od-palni, together with or separated

b. tuatua mpopa ho, the palni-leavcs grow from the

tlie

from the midrib

sides of the palm-hranclt

Flir.

Manya

live (get

food

b.

tabah, a single leaf leaflet, pinna.

liave found a place wJiere I can

mibu meb., I

biibi

Cf. berefi,

dt drink).

berepgw, mmerehkenson.

berew, s. berebere, 'merew.

b ere WW, bereo, so/if; slow, tardy, pr.820;

softly,

mildly; slow-

ly; comfortahly, peaceably.

berew a,

aberewa,

berepgw.

m- [gbere, dim.'] old woman, matron, mother;

even more respectful than "me na".
I'hr. sore kobisa
ab., to get up and go aside for deliberiti'ton, cf. tu agyina; mil yehkobisa aberewa-tid, let us go and (ask a very old woman, i.e.) tafce counsel.
"m'ab."

pi.

is

aberewa,

wa

aber e

a sort of
-

an

heve-ye,
ber'

i - 11

)nat,

s.

kete; a sort of

cloth.

a medicinal plant.

fineness, beauty;

inf.

European

cf.

-here, gbabere.

o! =: bera 6! come! Gr. 144.

abesa,

inf. [sa abe], the act oi picking out the palm-mds from
smashed pulp, s. hhoye.
besai'i, ^. =:abe asase, mmesase, aland (piece of ground) on
2. a hole in ivhich palm-mds are prepared
which palms grow.

their

for

making

bese,

palm-oil.

cf.

gsan.

take or break off (abe, palm-mds from the stalk);

to pluck, gather (mako, pepper, from the shrub); pr. 107.
V. to

b e s e b e s e , v. to move - ano, tlie lips - as in spealang, without

e.mxiiin^&.so\\ni{,lSani.l,13.tonmrmur, grumble; inf. grumbling, pr.108.

o-bese

(gp.) the time (quarter) of the year from the beginning

till in January ; syn. adommiirow.

of the latter rains in October

a b e s e b u r o w' (ap.), com grown in the said time maize planted at the end of the harmattan, in March (before the rainy season
has fully set in), the prosperous growth of which is doubtful, pr. 115.
;

besca, Ky.

besrade,

s.

bosea.

/'a<

of the

quadruped called be w

or

bee.

belc

17

l)cvVLH)iiiui.

b^te, betoboto, weak, iuflnii, f'eehic, effeininale ; sioff.milil,

No, ho aye no b. -r ontiinii I'lka nolio;
si/ii. boko, morow.
nyo no (k'.ii; no yam' ad wo no b. -= ne yaro
ii'akwu niu aye no b,
nye (Umi
a ewo ne yam' no. euni ahoedcn bio; asem no ad wo b.
a lenient (noi a hard, tujorous, severe) man.
bio n'asem ye b., /ic

loiirnf;

/.s

b e t e b (J
berebere.

SI/II.

t (J

voluble. flij)}Hnif:

(jllh.

abote, a common food

flour of

in water,

maize boiled

of

tlio

n'ano ye

b., lie is

loquaeions;

negroes, consisting ol roasted

and consi(b^red oneoi'tlie worst meals.

fin: 1340. 1457.

up food in cookimj, apotstick; cf. bebeta.

betekiiw, F. patakaw, a species oi' small ants; cf. tctea.
hc e
t

;i

b otciu^

o-be

slick to stir

abelia

ear of Indian corn or other grain,

pi. m-,

eii, jj/.a-,

llie

full (jroun palm-tree

with along, slender stem,

abedwea, pr.74.

botu, ad we ho nam,

tltc

pulj) of

llie

pahn-nid;

abet u \\ i u ni a species of oil-palm.

abetwa, inf. [t\va abe] to tap the felled

r/.

sa abe.

keep

Ihe ojicnimj (to

it

clean) every

day

palm-tree and eid oul

as long as the

palm-wine

distils.

be( \va bci'C,

ilic

time of enllin(j palm-trees, about 2 o'clock in

the afternoon.

bow, r. [^rcd. bebew] to steal, filch, pilfer, snatch aivaij; cf. bee;
ntrama a egu ho mprempreii no, wabebew mu niwa-du kg, he pilfered ten of the coivries that icere but just h/inff there; wota bebew
won wnra ade, thei/ often pdfer thinys from Iheir master.
bew, adv. quickli/, snatchinglu; mode ade no mekotoo ho no,
bew na wafa.
bgw

bew,

a kind of red d- yellow-striped^nvo'p. cotton

across;

V. to lie

cloth, pr. 3334.

impede, intervene; cf. bea; red.

have covered (marked) their body

to cross,

bebew; wode abebew won ho,

fhei/

with slrijtes or iceals (wales).

abew, (inf.) hindrance, impediment, detention;

something intervened and pjrcventcd them.
e-bew, Ak.
c-bew,

c-bcw,

bee, a large

pi. m-,

place

F.

animal between the elephant and the

[buffalo,

F. bone.
(cf.

ba,

tobew, gyinabew, sibew;

bew,

abew bew won,

baw,
pil.

bea, bexe), esp. in cpds., as

dabew,

m-, places, countries; a map.

= bepgw, mountain, hill;

cf.

Abetifi,

Bewase.

bew-ase,
a

b ew

a low tract of count ry at the foot of a mountain.

d u a abedua, mortar for bruising (wow) palm-nuts to
,

separate the edible part from the shell.

beVveoniia,
tree

yielding

it.

The

a sweet-scented
iianio

(lit. u-ill

gum

or resin

ohilam); the
convoys an obwill allure even

{s.

eat i.e. misuse a sister)

scene notion, meaning that the use of the perfume by a girl

her brother to lasciviousncss; but s. p*. 2503.

ubeya

18

obibaml)iba.

a b e,y a
abe3'ca,

abeya,! a sort of Uacli, carihcn vessel,

asaiika, Tiyi\\\ii\ pr.46o.2573.
aboyaj

abe-ye,

Inf. the

process ly which

oil is

made from palm-nuts;

[=nno-ye.

ebinom, Gr. 60.1. somelwdii, some one, one, apterson;

o))i/bo(l//; anoiher (person); in nog. sontoncos (the negation being
transferred from the verb in Tslii to the pron. in Eng.): nohodi/,
none; pr. 114-142; - onipa yi, me bi ni =:: me ni ni. litis man is a
relalive of mine, belongs lo my famUy.
o-bi,

pi.

Gr. 60,2. somelhing, some, part, a quantity (pr.2327); any

another thiny; in neg. sentences nothing, none ; pr. 111-113. 861.

c-l)f,
thine/;

cf.

biribi, ebi-ne-bi.

bi

('i>ron.

used as an adv., Gr. 134,3

h), also,

lihcmsc,

too.

bi, pi. bi, binora, Gr. 74,3. a, an, a certain, one, some; any;
anoiher; in neg. sentences no, not any; pr. 63. 499-501.
biako! f\ve abo bi! Mk. 13,1.
bi! F.

ebia, made into an adv. by elbpsis: (there is) something, viz.

some reason or bkebhood, that..; p)crhaps, pcrad venture, p)0ssihly;
Gr. 135. pr. 3204. F. bia, aiifwea.
biow, bio, biem, again.
l)ia^ F.

abia, adr. in the way of helping, to one'saidor help; Gr.131,2.

meye no (aduuma) abia. Ilielp or assist him in doing it (in the tvork);
miso no mu abia, I support him; ma yenko na kgdow me abia, come
with me lo help me in my pi ant at ion- work; enera obedow me ab.,
yesterday he came and helped me in tilling the ground; otc soro te
yen abia

= ote

s.

ma

yen;

abi;i, a kind of herh

abiirobia, ah en e

p\4tf.?.

p-. 3349.

tlie

seeds of whicli are used for bends;

biabia, small round; n'aniwa ye mmia-mmia

obi-adc

(Ht.

cf.

7.9-5.

{opp. akese).

some one's property) a servant of a high

pter son.

obi-adee-wo-wo

(another^ s property is in thy hand), an epithet for a thieviish person or animal, as the chimpanzee, dog, goat,

Akp. bako, one; single; cf. eko, koro;

one great multisame (thing), pr. 27. 2832.
tude or mass of people or things f\ve nnipa biako what a great mass
biako no, the one heof peopjle! fwe abo biako (F. bi) Mk. 13, 1.
sides that mentioned already, the other, another, F. ekoro no; - ye b,,
to become united, to agree; - mmiako-'miako, one by one, cac]i;pr.789.

biako, Aky.

Gr.

bieko,

77. pr. 65. 1005. the

0-biak 0, obako, one man, person or individucd; pr.

0-biakofo, obak., id., a single person; pr. 45.5-459.
ara, F. e-, any body, any one; Gr. 60,1.
e-biara, any thing; every piossible thing; Gr. 60,
biara; adv. in any or every possible way, to the utmost.
biara, Gr. 75,3. ajiy, cither.

445-454.

o-l)f

obiba, a person
obi'ba

mbf ba.

good family; oye ob. a onsg 'bi

oba a obi nni no .o bamsem bi.

of

2. cf. biri-

ani.

abibidnni

obir6biref6.

19

abibi<lurn, vcffrn medicine, roinifn/ lucdUinc.

O-bib i-byefu, pL a- [noa oliye bibiri] di/er in Wuc.
0-bibini, pL

man, African;

a--fo, nrtjro, hJaik

bibiri, dark-Id iie cotfon-ijarii or

/()

di/c

irit/i

cltdli:

pr.

:'}62.

da rk-ldnc colour:

Iiyrb..

darJc-hlnc.

Abib ii"i(m"),

t/ie

Africa;

Neffro-coiDifr//.

cf.

Abiirokyiri.

bibitiri, a skein (hank, knot or nnmher of knots) of darkhhte cofton-i/arn ; bibiri a woatce abobo no apowapgw a wotgi'i.

obidaiicbi,
componnd of tico

dan

an (tmahjani, a mixture or
depends on, or conforms and
communicates its qu(dities to, the other; f.i. dwete ne kobere ntweo
ka a woakyim abom', a ring made of sdvcr and copjyer tvirc (ihe
[ebi

hi,

.y.

dan,

?;.],

things, each of uhicli

copper onhaiKPs the beauty of the silver, the silver enhances the value of
the copper). Kurtz 228.
bie, V. As.

biem', Ak.

= bue.
=

bio, ar/ain.

abieiV [abienu] Ak. mmienu,

abiesa, Ak. mmiensa, three;

obi-hunu
portance

i.

e.

fico;
s.

s.

enu.

esa. Gr. ^ 77.

= onipa a orafa wolio biribiara,

a person of no im-

relationship to one.

C-bi-ne-bi, so-so, half and h(df (o^ii-ne-iCi). middUnr/. in jiarf,

not completelij, not full i/; indifferenth/; iolrrahhi; oye n'adwuma bine-bi, lie docs his work in a negligent manner ; obaa no b., his coming
wobaa
ivas not If itli nprigldness of intention ; enye eb. na wobae
no nokwarem, woamma no sesasesa, they did not come half-hearted,
hut in earnest and in uprightness; ote ho bi-ne-bi ara, he lives without
anything in particidar or extra-ordinary ; ebi-ne-bi maiisofwe, pro-

visional government.

s.

c-biii, Ak. bini, dirt, dung, muck, excrement;

dadebin, dvvetebin.
bin a eye nierew; cf. kyerebo.
biiitiiw

cf.

sebew; dross,

obi. bi.
e-biiiom, F. birim,
e-bio, biow, Ak. biom', again, further, more, any more; in neg.
sentences no more; minhu no b., omma b., minni bi b.
abirjt, Gr. 31, 2. the reverse, contrary, wrong way; aye ab.,
it has turned out to the contrary; wakanoab., he has reported it perversely. - bo ab., to reverse, to alter to the contrary, to turn the wrong
way, turn upside down: ho asem no ab, ma yenfwe, take the case in
the opposite way and let us see; wobg asem ab. ka a, wonte ase, if
you represent a matter perversely, it will not he understood; - cf.
.5.

abirenkyi.

biram,
nekoko;

cf.

v. to

heat, strike, smite

guram.

with the liands; ode ne nsa

b.

gye b.,
bir ebir e, hrawl, noisy quarrel, loquacity, pr. 462.
n'ano ye b., he is hrawling, loquacious, prattling; owo tekrema -b.,
he has a had, quarrelsome tongue. Cf. berebere.
0-birebirel'u, pd- a-, prattler, idle talker; syn. okurokiirofo.

20

obirebe

abirimmuro.

o-bireku, s. gbereku.
o-birebe, a kind of hi r(L pr.SiTA.
abirekyi, (-ba, -bere, -niiii,) is more con-cct than aberekyi, q.r.

o-biremp oil, IjI. a-, F. a--fb, a icealihy, great, poivcrful man.

abireiikyi-abireuky ij Ak.w. ^jcr verse, -li/, distoried; waye
no ab.

= bisibasa

bii'i, V.

mmiri bebrebe,

bi,

wabo no

grow,

io

he,

abira.

or tnahe hhicl; darlc, dirty;

adniu no

not hlaeJc cnougli; jn: 810. 3162. wabiri iie

tam, he has soiled his dress; ntaraaaabiri, soiled linen; m'ani so biri
me, nig head swims, I am giddg; biri n'ani so e! stnn him! obiri no.

mogya

tlie inlc is

ani, he hIacJcens the colour of his hlood

his hlood, exerts himself to the utmost,

i.

e.

worhs hard.

does not care for

red. biribiri.

biri, adj. in cpds, hlacl; dark; cf adubiri, akokobiri, gpoukobirii, F. hlac-kncss.

[biri dc.

biribi, Gr. 60,2. something; in neg. sentences nothing; sgn.

fwe; won biribi a woye nye biribipa biara, there is no good in anything theg do; nea eye biribi ara na wose: enye biribi, _7?f.s'/ that tvhich
is something makes one say: it is nothing, no matter, pr. 3.591.465-474.

biribi ara, anything, in neg, sentences nothing, nothing at all:

wanse b., he said nothing (d rdl; enye b. na eye ntama, it isnothing
hut a garment; pr. 464.

biribi-biribiara, id.

biribiri, red. v., s. biri; anim bb., s. auim.

biribiri, adv. numerously: nnipa no akyere so b., the i^eople
arc thickly crowded; wgbehyehyee odan no mu b., they crowded the
house; syn.

pitipiti.
^^. him, saw, wosow, to shalce,
much, exceedingly; ne ho him b., he shivers

biribiri, adv. (qualifying the

shiver, trcmhle), very

very much.

abiribiriw,

epilepsy,

lunacy \ t\va or yare

ab., to he lunatic,

ejnleptic.

biribi

\v,i

[biribi, dim.] a trifle; b. biara,

is

Ijiriboro, dirty, soiled, hemired

grievously dauhed with dirt.
bi

ri (lit

Vvc

in,

-twom. adv.

all

any smcdl matter.

over; dote aye no

all at once,

b.,

//t'

suddenly; syn. preko-

pe, birim.

abirika, m-, a run, running, p)r. 475.; gallop; canter, trot; lu

or tutu mmirika, to run ; ode mm. bae, he came running.

biriky i, r. to trcmhle. shudder, fear; to faint from fear: to he

stunned, startled, hewildercd ; wayi no alii araa wab,, ehfi ama wab.
nketenkete akita no.

birim, a sudden fd. start ; suddenly, at once; ofwee ase b., he

doicn pilump! hounce!
bo b., to shrink, startle, start up tcith
fright, esp. from sleep; cf. bo piriw, pirim (bo 7).

fell

= binom.

birim, F.

biri m

ri
ntetew. 2. nave
(pi. id.) 1. fni. mpata akyi b.
or spoke of a wheel.
abiri'm. iriur('. a thorny plant Avith medicinal leaves.
i

olu'rinkrau

21

lo.

0-biriiikrji n, a kind of locust ;s. abebew.

hin'si (G.

blue halt.

bfrisi'), durli-blitc cotton-cloth;

painf ; woakaiio, ti ab., tli</i hart; pn'mIrd Jiis or /icr head iv'ttJi htiiik fitjurcs, a ceremony pi'rCoriiH'cl on boys
at tlie first shaving- of tiieir heads, or on girls at the bej^iuniiig of
])uberty. (Kai'mo, abot'ra a wadi mfe 4 a osekaii hkaa no ti da, se
woyi no, a.s. ababa boe bra ye a, wghyew odwumil na wode nc gyabin'w no asra ne ti so ayi no sam;1.) ,

aliiriwJl,

I)isa,

hldrkiiitj, hlitrk

/.

/.

to

(is/i\

question, put a question

inqiiir// (ihoiit, pr. lf)')2.

iiiii/iC

imaginary

mu, po or

spirit.

i>epe

3. b.

mu;

..

mu,

bisa no

o/ii. sere. 5. to nslcfor,

kobisa(ne

o'O.S'o.

to

to.

ii.

to inquire,

ho), to n.sk (uhicc of an

hcor, e.rominc, interroijatc,

mu! cuamine him!

i. to a-ilc

sijn.

pe

for, to be(f,

core for: pr. 977. - Phr. obisa n'ase, a)

lie aslcs

f ichdt descent or famdi/ he is; b) he tooos or courts her, asks or deres her in marriage; (diff. obisa no ase, he asks him for an expla-

ilion).

red. bisabisa; to inquire after, pr. 1686.

abisabisa,
0-bi.sabis
way, pr. 479.

abis a-u

ji

questioning, questions; cidechism;

i'\

t"6, 2'^- ^"

o'^'^

^^"'"J

s.

aseinmisa.

often asks or inquires for the

ii-ti-am a-n sa, one who gives wine when asked for
oye odefo, ue yam' ye, he is liberal, generous,

inder\ oye ab.

7u un ifuent.

l>o untiful,

bisc,

bisc-|a, bi.sekyiiii, cola- fgoro-, guru-] nut, Sterculia

(iruminata; the tree bearing it; yr. 480.

bisetoro, spurious cola-nut; ef. suabise.

bisl, bisibisi, dark, gloomy, clouded; dim, discoloured;

osoro yeb., n'aniwa ye bb., sgn. kusu, kusukusu; ade no ani ye bb,,
the thing has not the proper colour that it ought to have, whether
dark or light.

bisibasa,

confusion, disorder; confusedly, disorderly; oye

b., he states the case i)i a vague, illogical
syn. basabasa, sakasaka, sesasesa; ef. abirenkyi.

ue nneema

b.

gkeka asem no

manner
obitaubibci,
J

ob.

som>e (distinguished) mother's child;

monnkobaw

onipa no, don't vex that person (who does not deserve to be

vilified)!

bitsi,

bo,

F.

= piti;

to b.

bobo]

= to p. Mt. 15,32.

Mk.

8,3.

be in, or cause, a vigorous motion. 'J'his aj)parent primary idea of the c. has many ramifications.
shall arranjre the ditferent sijrnifications and combinations with
nouns and other verbs (Gr. "200 220) under the following heads
V.

[red.

to strike;

to

We

^1

L with the continued numbers 1

in a synoptical

manner

10(J, and at the end review

the combinations with nouns of place and

relation (Gr. IIS, 2. 3. 119).

A. To be in, or cause, vigorous or excessive motion:
to throb,

1.

Sam.

24,-5.

asorgkye

up

komam' bog no pa, his heart smote him.

and fall with alternate motions:
waves rise and fall; epo bg asorgkye, the sea casis

palpitate: ne

2. to hecive, to rise

bg, the

or raises billows.

3.

to

break

out, burst forth

impetuously : asu

o->

abo, the river has overflowed its baiihs.

abo, his hoivcls are loose; ebebo ne yam,

4. to

become loose: ue yam'

him diarrhoea.
emit excessive heat: o\via bo, the sun shines vehemently, hums.
6". to hlotv vehementl//:
mframa bo, the ivind blows; cf.lo.
tr.
to whirl up: mframa bo tutuw, the tvind raises, whirls up the dust.
7. to start (up), startle: bo birim, pirim, piriw; (from fear) bo mpuiiimpu. toyarn.
8. to rise or cause to rise in tumultuous disorder:

it

will cause

5. to

bo bum, to rise at once; tr. to make havoc; cf. 54; bo wi, t\vi, nyiiinyan, to alarm, to be alarmed or confused.
9. to fall bacfc: bo
pemmo (i)do a sitting posture), dompemmo (of au army).
40. to
ha.^ten: bg fvi i, pahkrari, aperoiiten.
14. to move forivard tvith impctuosilij cf- tumultuous rapiditij: bo kirididi, to run to and fro; bo
(kirrr) ko or by en.., to rush into; bg hyia or to a.., to rush
against; bg to w or gu.. so, to rush, fcdl, or come upon.
t2. to
rage: bg dam, gye, to run, go or be mad; to drive mad; s. dagye.

B. To emit a sound tltat sfriles ihrough the air (and malccs it

tlie organs of hearing):
13. to strike, ring (to sound bg percussion) : gdgn bo (paiin!), tlie clocJc
sfrilccs (hang!), the hell rings.
14. to strike, bcfd, plag on, to cause
to sound bg beating (of musical, resounding instruments): bg dgh,
dawurum", donno, mma-mu, sanku, adakabeii.
15. to roar: mframa
bg bil, the wind roars; cf. 6.
16. bg mu, bom', /o erg (sgn. pae
mu, teetee mu, kekaw mu); bom' na onnyigye! erg aloud! to roar,
thunder: gyata bobom', a lion roars; Onyankopgn, gprannii, osu
strike

bom',

it

thunders.

To increase bg an inward vigorous movement or process (to

i'uU size or maturity): 17. to grow big, large, ripe, esp. of edible
roots: ne nnegma (ode, bankye, koko, ntgmmg, nkate) abo, his
(plaided) things have grown large ; brgde no abo, those planiains are
well grown; n'abiirow abg (= anyinnyin na asow aba, aye akeseakese, alioa, abere), Ids corn is fullg grown; gde abg, the gam is
ripe: emmge e, it is not get ripe; - tr. n'asase bg (=ba) aduaii, his
land giclds (produces) much food.
18. to grow big, hcavg, old, esp.
of persons abofra yi abg se gde, the child has become as stout as a gam
wabo duru, (a.) he has become hcavg with eating, has a loaded stomach; (b.) she is big with chdd, pregnant; wabg apa, lie or she has
grown old; bg akora, akwakora, to become an old man; bg aberewa,
to become an old woman.
C.

D. To grow or turn
abg nta,

the

into: 19.

stem divides into

got four branches.

bud ; abg lioronoa,

20.

to

ttco

to

grotv or divide into:

dua no

branches; abo nkorata anan,

grow

or swell into: bg

it

has

kukudu dii',

to

has become a blister, a blister or pimple has

arisen; abg dodonkii, it is puffed up.
fil. to turn info: abg abira,
it has turned out the reverse; bg no abira, now take the reverse.
it

E. To enter into close contact, to Join closely C^=striJce togetlier):

be in unison or concord: g-ne no bg, he is intimate, on
wgka, wgafa wgnho aygiiko. - friendlg terms tcitJt him; wgbg
22.

to agree,

bg mu, bom' (to

Mem. 2), to join, unite;
23.

strilce togetlier

to

discharge

in

tlie

same

place, Gr. 214.

be

itself into, pir.308i; to agree,

ho^

23

joined, laiited, reconciled, m(die friends;

- cdua. kti.. bom', Id

bom', lo join, unile, conned,

reconciled;
(fa).,

wgabom',

///rv/

Imvc become
do

reconcile, mtdcc one; kiX or

cont/xicl,

compose, consolidfde;

nebo bo Kristofo imi,

he enlers into the commiinit/f of Christians; cf. bo asaf'o (11).
.:*!. bo., so, to join, foil bock upon (ot'miUtcuy movements of parts
^'). bo so.
of an army): Asikfimafo de t\vit\Vi l)eb(jo Akyeue so.
In fd ii/)on, to be eijitol, iir.'l'J'tJ; abrammu no bo so, the weii/hls (ire
(If.,

bo., mil,

lit

(ulmix, to join with: gdc

e(/ii<d; c'bg

so

[)e, it is

e.idclh/ at ike; to be level; r/. se so,

be double; cans. de.. bg bo, to

tji

so,

teso;

^0. bg bo, adjoin^

double. 27.
move in eomjntn//:

be well joined, connected, jiimmed.

Id

lo

lo

to

wtdk together; bg nsa, to join, the

bg ani, to fall in with th^e eneni/j
29. bg aiiim', /(; have the fares
(face lo face), lo emjaije in bailie.
set opposite each other, s. mmgaiiim.
30. bg bye, liyeban, fubye,
lo border upon, confine with e((ch other ; bg aiipam, lo be ni'ii/hboiirs.
.>'/. bg.. bo, lo slick or adhere to,
be fastened on: nitiri bg akyeiie
ho, a skidl sticks on the dram, yr. IIIJ. nbeiic bg ue nsa ho, beads are
tied round his wrist; cans, de
bg.. bo, to fasten, fie to.
32. de.,
bg, to lie on: gde nhcne abg ne nsa, he has tied beads round his tvrist;
ode hania bg u'asen, he (jirds his loins wdh a rope.
33. to f/ird,
l/irdlc, bind with a belt, sashd'c. gbg ueho so, he girds himself; wabg
(z^ wakyekye] ne yam' de resu, she has tied her bellij in wecpiny for
a dead }crson.
31. lo have tied on or round: ahene, beads, ijr.79.~);
ntoa, a carlritl;/e-bcll, pr.DSL
3:j. bg.. so, to tie on a roof: bg
dan so, Id Ihtdch a house with palm-branches and (jrass tied lo the rafui u to dip in:
ters, =knrn dan so, de sare kekye so.
3U. de.. b g
gde asawa bg iino mu, Ite dips cotton in palm-oil; lo immerse: bg
(obi, nebo, ne kra) asii, to pterform a purifjimj, indiati)Kj tC- consecratimj ceremontj; to baptize.
37. bg.. mu, to fasten to (by beating): wgbg no diiam' (pa, pam'), they fasten him to a log; bg {Ae
bg) asenduam', to affix to lite cross; inagye asem no mabg me bo,
mai'a mato meho so, I have taken the nudter upon my breast i.e. upon
myself, have t(dcen charge of d.
38. de.. bg, to make lean against;
gde abofra bg nebo, he carries a child on, his arm so as to make it
lean against his chest ^^ gde no afam ne koko, oturu no; - to put to:
bg hamankcT no akgnkgn,
fa to wo kgn bo.
39. to set before:
mede mebgg u'anim, I pointed it out to him, (in bis face), charged it
to him, upbraided him with it.
F. To remove, resort to a place or person:
10. to change abode, remove to: mede makgbg Date, I have removed
(with my things) to Late, have taken my residence, have established,
settled myself at L.
11. lo join, attach one's self lo <t person, famdy,
society: gbea yi ati ne kiinn nkyen (ako no, agyji no aware) de akgbg okum-foforo I'lkyen or bo, this ivoman has left her husband and
attached herself to (laken up her abode wdh) another; bg afe, to join
one's self to one's equals; bg abusCia, yr. 2054.3458; bg fekuw, asafo,
bg anan, to join the feet,
honds, i.e. to eid toijether.

i.e. to

^6'.

.'.

to

42.

company (cf 23. <S7.)

bg kyeame so, to call upon, ((ddress

join a society,

to:

reporter (of a king);

woankgbg kyeame

to

apply, take refuge

one's self to, the speaker or

so a, wurenbu bene anim,

bo.

24
if jjou

do not address

Jiinff;

mede asem no makobo akyeame

I have

the specdccr first,

you wdl not he admitted

so se

womina enkodu

to the

abeniti,

speakers that theij mat/ hrinf/ it hrfarr

to surrender or devote one's self with
all one's property to a fetish.
43. to resort to a shelter or hidinyplace: bo dofofi, bo nkokora.
44. to desert, fall off, run away: bo ko.
set the case before the

the ling's court.

bo bosom,

G. To

hreaJc, S2)oil; to ruin, destroy; to

go

to ruin,

rush into de-

struction, perish; to sink, fall, fail:

45. to hreaJc, hnock out:

cf.

tu;

- n'aniwa abo,

wabo n'aniwa,
his eye has been

he has knocked out his eye;

knocked out, destroyed, his

&

46. to break (tr.

is lost; pr. 3395.
intr.); to crack; to
dash; red, to smash, be smashed; bo ahina, nwaw, to break
a pot, a snad, y-r. 3188. 557; ahina no abo, the pot is broken (in pieces
or only cracked); bo adwe mu, to crack p(dm-md-kernels, cf. abobobe.
41. to ruin, destroy : bo man, to ruin a toicn, people, nation;

eye-sight
shatter,

syn. see, pr. 3005.

omah

48.

bo, the toicn (people, nation) is going to ruin,

bo bere (to break up the timei) to commit a

heinous act.
49. bo tuo, to destroy one's self by a gun : wabo (neho)
tuo, he has sliot himself.
50. to fall hack, relax: bo torn' to fall in,
sink, become hollow; n'ano abo atom', his mouth (and cjieeks) have
sunk, he is hollow-cheeked from old age and loss of teeth.
51. to
fad, happen amiss, he marred: dote-d\viui a odii no abo no, pr.358.

pr. 1995-98. 1371.

H. To be removed, withheld from, lost to, taken from:

52. to fad, he lost to: n'ahenni abo no. Ids kingdom is lost to him, he
has lost his k.; n'aduaii abo no, he lacks food ; ntease abo no, he is
void of uudersianding ; Onyk. anuonyam abo yeii, we come short of.
miss the glory of God, Rom. 3,33. n'akatua remmo no, he will not
lose his reward, Mt. 10,43. ne gua abo no, he faded in trade; nam a

mekgto metgne no abo me, I suffered a

bought for s(de;

co)isiderahle loss with the fish

sika fa abo me, Host hcdf the money invested
a moakye sika noyi, abo me, by your dividing

emu

okye
money I have come off a loser.
wabo nufu, he has been weaned (from

in the busi)iess;

this

I.

To

53. to be taken

away from:

the breast).

strike, hit, smite; to sting, prick;

to

knock, heat d-c:

one a bloiv; obo

no (ade pr.439, aba, nsa, twere, kutruku), he heeds him (with some54. to strike, smite, beat, knock; to give, fetch or deal

ef. bo.. mmTi, bobg, boro, f\Ve, to

biram, guram;-mabg no pO, bum,
I have struck him severely; gbg no berepgw, bere wa, he apiplies to him
for help and protectio)i in a law-suit; - bg. abo (cf. pa. abo, siw..
abo), to stone, to beat, pelt or kill with stones; bg. so, to heat upon
in order to compress; cf. abgso.
55. to inflict: bg no sotgre, give
him a box on the car; gbg no fe, he inflicts on him a wound in the head;

thing, stick,

heat with

hand, knuckles,

many

fist);

blows, to flog;

cf.

wgboroo wgn bobgg wgn afe, they struck and wounded them.
56. to
otuo abg no, a gun has hit him, he has been shot (cf. 49) ; asem
no abg no, the rase has been decided against him, he has been found

hit:

or declared guilty ; ntonto bg no, the lot falls upon him; n'ani bog
uie so, his eye fell or hit on me, he glanced at me; cf. mmganim;
n'ani bog no so pe na oliufi no, at the first look he knew him; to

oyare boo no, n sickness

hcfnJl:

befell

odowa (kotokuroclu) abg me, a

him, he

fell sick.

57.

hec (wasp) has stung me.

pompg

to sting:
iJS.

bo..

ne mfa mu, he opens (by

;i puncture)
tiis boil, cats open his ulcer eaxsed hg ii gninea-ivorm;
5iJ. to cut asunder: bg abania, to cut the cliiiihcrs picvisgn. sa.
ous to the cutting of the bush and preparing of tlie land for a phintation.
(jO. to hammer: bg dade, to forge; ef. 8'J. &. tono; pr.S.'i'^V.
(jl. to (trire into the groand : wabg no dua, lit. he has driven in
a piece of wood in order to produce a magic effect against him, i.e.
he has cursed him.
(J^. to counteract a movement, to stop: bg ano,
to prevent from advancing or spreading, to stop the onward progress;
to ward off, resist, sgn. waw ano, so ano, sorn'; pr. 3.3345. bg gyina,
iiiu, to prick,

pKnctio'c: gbo ne

nui,

to ^nuse a stand, to stop; bg.. to hg, to defer, delay, j^nt off, ad- bg sonsonku, to stand still, stop, stag,
journ, postpone (a case)
pause, linger.
;

motion (other objects, or one's own

a wag, ((side: bg.. to hg, s. 0^;
bg obi asem hye, to distort, misre])resent, garble another's ivord or
)U(dter\ woabg in'asem ahye (.yvV. fam'), ///. thou hast .s-^/v^r/i (attempted to push away) mg word and put (hidden) it somewhere (under
something) i.e. gou leant to put (i covering on mg word, represod it
onlg on one side.
bg kowa, to spin a
64. to drive (by striking)
J.

To give a

pusli, to set in

body, or single parts): 03.

to j>ush

obonsu bg nsu gu soro.

66. to drive or chase aicag: bg dgm gu, to defeat the enemy; bg..
fwete, pete, pansam, ampausam, to hurst out or dash into and
top.

65.

bg,. gu,

to

sp(mt,

spirt:

scatter, disperse (irdr.dtr.); to rout, discomfd.

67. to set to (flight):

bg woho agua, het((ke thgsclf to flight!

68. to sliakc, bend, boiv:
mframa bg dua no, the wind bends th(d tree; gbg ne ti ase, he bows
his head; gbg ne mu ase, he bends his back or body dotvnivard, bows
(himself down), stoo^JS.
69. to move the hand: gbg no ba, he beckorts
him to come.
70. to set in motion or emplog the organs of speech:
obg nekgn, he speaks through his throfd, Ps. 115,7; gbg ne fwene
kasa, lie spe((hs thnnigh his nose, snuffles; bg daw, to set thej((w in
motion by speaking, to converse, discourse, =ho semgde, bg likgm-

mg

(78).

K. To idler sounds bg the human voice; to speak, talk.

cough: bg waw.
72. to wliistle: bg fwircraa.
73. to smack
with the tongue: gbg no rikyekyewa, ntwom, he sneers, scoffs at him.
74. to laugh: bg seretoa, to smile; bg nserehyehye, to break out
into a laugh, to laugh out loudly.
74a. to cry aloud; s. 16. bg mu,
bom'.
75. to shout: bg ose, to give a shout, set up a war-cry; bg..
tutuw=huro, to shout (d, to deride or revile with shouts; bg .. homo,
to welcome with shouts.
76. to tcail: bg bcna (bona), bg abubuw,
to lament, set up a lamentfdion; sgn. twa adwo.
77. to make a
noise: bg nne, to clamour, vocifer(de, be quarrelsome.
78. to discourse, converse: bg nkgmmg, bg semgde, to hold or carrg on a conrersidion; cf. bg kgh, bg daw, 70.
7'J. to report, relate: bg kasee,
amanuee, to deliver a message; bg (no ho) nseku, to talk of, spe((k
ill (if. slander, detract, asperse.
80. to pronounce, f. i. a sound or

71. to

hQ.

26

method

or according to the
of or about; yr. 1640. 1776.
to pronounce the names i.e. tJie qualities of, to praise; si/n. karafo;
wobo no din-pa, - dim-mone, thetj praise, - tjlame or (tisf/race him ;
bo., mmran, to (jive an epithet; bo., nsabran, to pronounce the honourahte titles of; bo so, to speak out: asem a wode bae no, bo so
(=:ka)kyere me! to touch on, mention, allude to, speak of: wobg no
so, they forbade
so
wgbo ne din wgahye mom se obiara

syllable in reading after the phonetic

spelling; bg din,

to

name, mention,

sjteaJc

mmmo

any one should mention it; bg no mfi, state it in a comprehen81. to utter, speak out:
sive manner, give the main pmnts, essentials.
bgmpae, to invoke, pray, address in prayer; to curse; wabg me bosom, he has cursed me by a fetish.
8:^. to utter and address with
that

ivords of various purports: bg nkuro, to speak out a complaint, to

kgkg, to
accuse; bg.. sobo, to blame, reproacli; bg
adafa, to jlatter, (dlure, entice.
bg
83. to pro/fer: de
to offer at a price for sale or as a prescid.

warn; bg..

bo or abo,

L. To make, procure, cause, practise dr.

at, set one's hand to: bg ase, to strike the first blow,
yround, lay tJie foundation, beyin; cf. abgse, nungase; bg
so, to begin; to continue; cf. pa so, pern so.
85. to create, give rise
to, originate; to institute, ordain from the beginning: Ouyankopgii bog
onipa, God created man. pr. 963-5. Onyk. ammg no sa, this has not
been ordained so by God from lite beginning. Onyk. bgg nna-mmereuson, God has made the ages (Heb. 1,2). ho aware, to institute matrimony: bg ado, to crcfde the things i.e. the world: IJdoniaiikama bgg
ade yi, since God has crerded tfte world; to found or estalilisli a king86. to
dom or dynasty: Asante bene a gbgg ade no de Konadu.
crccde, m((ke, appoint ov nominate to an office: bg.. safoheue, to
87. to make by uniting into:
mali'e or set up as a captain; syn. si.
bg asafo, to form into a company, associcdion, congregation ; cf. 23.
41.
88. to bring together, assemble, arrange: bg gua, (to join seats?)
to sit together in council, to institute or liold a council; gbg no gua,
he convenes an assembly for him, on his account ; bg atwe, to institute a battue.
8U. to make by beating: bg asgw, nkraute, to forge
00. to form into b/dls or lumps:
a hoe, a sword ; cf. 00. pr. 3328.
bg dgkono, abodo, to form the dough for boiling or baking bread.
91. to form, to sltajir into: bg kaliiri (kare), to make a pad; s. sonkahiri; bg hahkare, dantabaii, kontohkron, mfamfia, to mafce, form,
or describe a hoop, ring, circle, circuit.
92. to set up: bg apa, to
erect a scaffold; bg nsra, to pitch a camp, to encamp, also to be in
bg kwan (foforo),
drilling.
93. to make by removing obstacles
iJ-i. to
to make a (new) way; bg kwan fita, to level, clear the way.
make by digging: bg da, amoa, nkg or nkgmoa, to dig a grave, a
pit, a cavity for 2>lanting yam; bg nkonon, to sink a sliaft.
95. to
make by aggregtdion : bg kuw, to inafie a Iicap, lay or put to a fieap,
accumulate; bg dwetiri, togatJier, lay up a capital; bg kaw, to mcdce
or contract a debt.
96. to bring togefJier and fasten : bg no boa,
make it np into a bundle; cf. 35. bg so; - bg tow, to form into a ball,
lump; to gather into a ball; bg pgw, to tie a knot; bg tirim' (pgw),

SJ. to strike
bre(di- the

27

\^Q.

(o make a plan, to plan, project, dcsUjn, coutrice, devise; to nutJce a

97. to invent, fdtjrivdte,
imolufioH, resolve, malce up one's mind.
forc/r. (a falselioocl, lie): wabg amil me, wabg ato me so, lie has im^(S'. to proiare Iji/
puti'dto tne, falsi l>/ rliitri/i'd me aifli ; cf. oboinafo.

hyirew, ntwoma, to di;/ out

earth, elay, white elatj, red orhre, vf. tu; bg akgtg, to dijf for rrali.s,
jr. 'J.J'J.oOj. S'j7. bg iisu, to sroop or draw water, cf. saw; bg I'lkyfiie,
to but/ sidt, whicli is tilled into sacks ( - - koto hkyenc; ebia wgbg
no bocl (U()) nti ua wgf'rcno sa).
V'J. to procure by enltiity and
/leelin;/ off: bg apam, to cut sticka for supporting the yam-plant; lUO. to
bg aduru, to peel or loosen bark from trees for medicine.
procure for one's self: bg (nnosoa-soafo, adwumayefo) pa, to hire or
were, to secure one's (own) conenffntje (carriers, labourers) ; bg
fidence i.e. welfare or surcess; bg (obi lig) bosea, to borrow moueij
101. to procure ^ov &i\oi\\Q\': bg (obi) bosea, to
(from another).
lend mone/i (to another); bg.. akgnhama, to oiaintain or support
bentoa, to apjd// a cluster', bg..
10:3. to apply: bg
fwdli food).
hyirew, to make strokes with white clay on a person's body; bg ntouto, to draw lots; bg aka, to try by ordeal.
103. to cause, call
101. to
f)rth: bg mmusn, to cause, conjure, or do, mischief, pr.55.5.
ka 'mnsii
cause to, briny upon, strike or affect with: bg no mnnisu
gu no so, ka ghene utam gn no so bg.. huaramg, to disappoint;
yare, to
bo., dwonuo, to confound; F. to astonish, sur2Jrise; bg
cause a sickness to; bg.. ahohora, adapii, anyampa, to expose to disyrace. dishonour, infamy.
105. to exert: bg mmgden, to make strenuous efforts; bg mmgforo, to make new efforts.
100. to jierform,
commit, practise: bg
bra, to lead one's life, form one's conduct, conduct one's self; bg krgn (krgno), to commit a theft or robbery, to rob;
bg ukyekwakyema, to behave proudly.
107. to exercise or prac'ixe.
ayainsf, to treat with: gbg no so dwae, he treats him with in'ilence, hauyhty contempt; gbg no kan (kane) or ayamghwene, he
IS illiberal or stingy towards him; gbg no atiriragden, lie treats him
cruelly, is harsh or cruel towards him.
dl(/(/intf, uroopiiiif, fillintf

in:

bo

fa, dote,

bg with an

inf. of a tr. v., to be easy to do] f. i. gdah

ye
a house is easily built; gdan mmo si
osi-na, a house is not easily built; gdan boyg ana, na woresee me
dan yi? is a house so easdy made that you are spoiliny my house?
iilioiiia kyerew mmg kyerew, writiny (books) is not an easy thiny;
I'lhuuia mmg (:mmo) sua, to learn to read and write is not very easy.
This bg or bo seems to be the v. ba, to come, of which the 'a' is
elided before the g or o of the following inf.

J/.

bg (:bo)

lOt!.

si

= wg asiye,

N. Some phrases in F. (found in AW. Parker's books, ltS74-77).

bg ase,
bg adze: a) =^hq ade, to create the world (S5); b)
to beyin ((ii)\ c)
bg ase or fam', to strike or fidl to the y round, cf.
abg-de-ammg; to cotne to an end: amaudzehuu no ghkgbg adze da,
tliose torments wdl last for ever and ever; gya a gmbg adze, the cvcrlastiny fire, Mt.^5,41. d) bg
mu adze, to bow down.
110. bg.,
h6 dwiriw
ham,Vo rebuke, ML 17,18. 20,31. ML 1,25.
HI. bg hfi
11:2. bg
or yeraw ., to be (sore) amazed, ML 1^27. 6,51. 14,33.

10'.).

bo

28

ol)0.

= liye bo, bye ase,

Mt.
= bom', di or ye uokoro,
(ho) aprow, = t\va bo byia or kontonkron,
an()boba,

to 2^>'omise,

onose,
about,

ML

(jive

ransom, Mt. 20,2H. Mk.

(I

14,7.

Mk.

14,11.

3,6. :i3,l5.

Mk.

1,28.

115.

to

113. bo

concord.
111. bo
conquiss, <jo or he round

to ar/rcc, live in

bg wcrdam,

ye agyede,

to

10,45,

0. (Retrospective.) bo in various coinbiuations with nouns of

place and relation:
ho: (bo abina bo, to knocJc a pot, 54.) - bo ho, to be double, cans.
ho, to stick, adhere to dtc. caus. to fasten, tie to,
to double, 2G ; bo
aky i: (bo pou akyi, to Icnock at the door, 54.)
31; to join to, 41.
mu: bo mma mu, dawuru mu, to sound dx. 14; bom', to cry,
roar, thunder, 10; to join, unite, agree, caus. to reconcile, to connect
d-c. 23; de.. bo., mu, to admix, join, 23 ; to dip in, 3(j; to fasten,
affix to, 37; bo., mu, to crack, break, 40; to prick, puncture, 58; to
ani: bo ani, to join face to face, rf. bare ani,
hit into, s. botae.
anim: bo anim', to face, cf. mnioanim, pern anim, ;J!J ; de..
28.
ano: bo ano, to stop the onward
bo., anim, to set before, 2!J.
ase: bo ase, to begin, 84; bg. ase, to bend or boio
pirogress, 02.
so, to beat iijwn, 54.) bo so, to begin, to conso: (bo
doicn, 08.
tinue, 84; to be fitting, equal, level, 25; bo., so, to gird, 33; to tie
on or to, to thatch, 35 ; to fall or glance iqion, 50 ; to apply to, 42
to spcidc out, mention, 80.
I'. (Rdrosp.) bo followed by other verbs: gu, 05; bye, 03; gu,
byen, byia, ko, toa, tow, 11; gu, fwete, jtcte, pansam, 00; to ho,
02Ai3.
.

bo, V. to push, cast down; sgn. sflni; bu no fVve fani', cast him
down ! pr. 488.
bo, V. Ky. ;= boro, to beat, flog; to surpass.
bow, to grow weak, become intoxicided dc; to
bo, V. Ak.
make weak de. F. ne bo bo no, he is astonished. Mt. 7,28.

bo, c bo,

6-.

bow, ebow.

0-1)0, promise; sgn. bohye,

Ebo, name

nhyease; bye., bg,

of a mouth, abt. September;

s.

to give

a promise.

gsram.

abo, hods: cf pompo, mpobia.

a bo, odi (no)

ab., he server

o-ho, pounded tobaeco;

e-bo,
bg.. bo,

s.

cf.

(him) as a hog at table &c.

cf.

gbOni.

bgw.

bosom; sgn. koko; de abofra bg.. bo, gye asem

bg 38. 37.; stomach: ne bo fono or yerew no, he is qualm-

chest, breast,

queasy, inclined to vomit, affected with nausea, he feels disgust;

hosom, as the seat of feelings, affections and passions,
the heart; courage: onni bo a gde ko, he has no courage to fight; disposition, temper, mood, passion, anger: ne bo nye, gye bo se, lie
I'lir. Ne bo
is much given to anger, very passionate, cf. bobone.
abu, he is out of breath; - ne bo da ne yam', he is confident, of good
cheer or courage, courageous; - ne bo advio, he is in a tranquil state

ish,

the breast,

of mind, contents himself is appeased, stdisfied, composed, content,

happy; pr.492. rf. abodwo: - ne bo afuw (me), he is angry (with
gyare kunia, lie is
me); nebo afuw abg soro; - ne bo haw no,
,

ebo
- ne bo ahuru, he

29

Iioa.

in a rnge; - ne bo atg, atg ne yam',

ne koma ato no yam' 5 - no bo
atu, he is in consternation; ne bo wiriw no, F. he is f/reatli/ amazed,
Mk. 9,15. - ne bo avvu, a) he is not given to anger, not irasrifjie,

passionate;
he

is

is

well content, Jiappi/, at ease,

rin(liefirc,rerrngefi(I

b) he is itisheartened, desponding, tistless, a/n(-

- ne bo ye duru, he is a hrave, v<diant man; oye gbarima,

oye nnam.
(jbere or otg or gto ne bo ase, he has pidienee, is })alic)d, farbearing, indidgent, wads pidientig; - glioraii ne bo, he jtaffs
himself 1(2^; lie jirorolces him to anger (y) ; - wasi ne bo se g-ne no
beko, he iindertahes, dares, ventures, to fight leifh him; - gta ne bo,
he sets his heart at rest, composes his mind; - otvva ne bo tg neyam',
thetie;

he aju^cases, stiUs, composes, consoles, comforts him, sets liim at ease

or at rest.
0-1(0, potter's chig;

tu bo, to dig

ap ctag

for

making

pots;

cf.

anwemmo.

c-bo, pi. a-, a. piece or figure of brass or otber metal, a stone or

seed used for a weight; cf. abrammo, abofi, abofiinu; - in-ice, value

.-= gbo, stone,

in ancient times round perforated quartzstones served instead of money); egyina bo koro so, it is of equal
tudue; enni bo, pr. 1033;
ebo or nc bo ye den, . no bo so, gso

(perb.

bo,

it

gdeii,

is

neboye merew, it is cheap; cf. abogbg (no) bo, he shows (him) the pirice,
at a certain price; mise raepe akokg matg

aboomerew, brabo.

sets or

dear, cosflg, precious;

holds out, offers

ua wgde rebg me abo, when I said I songJd for fowls to hug, tliey
wodi no bo, tliey make a bargain about
offered meplenig; pr. 3291.
him or it.
a,

0-bo, J)?, a-, stone; rod-; flint-stone, pr. 490; bullet, slug cut from
a bar of iron; abo, the marhs (cowries, eggs, leaves or other things)
in the pot of a fetish, s. ekoro.
bg, pa, or siw abo, to stone, to heat,
pelt, or fiill witJi stones. Pltr. anka bo anka, poma, all at once; - to
ho, to lag a het or wager, cf. kyia; gto no bo, lit. he puts a stone for
him; fie bets or wagers him; to me bo se gbekg 'ne will you bet me
tltat he will go to day? me ne wo gye akyinnye se obi beba 'ne, na

wuse 'dabi na gremma', na gba a, na meka se: to me bo e (= ka

kyere me se, meye gnokwafo) na wuse wo bo ni! if I dispute witJi
you, whether some one will come to-day or not, and you say, he will
!

not come,

when lie comes, I say: pay me the wager (=^ testify to

! and you say: tJiere it is, you tvere rigid! - o, mato

my

truthfulness)

wo

bo,

you arc

rigid!

= wo de worn',

wo de abam'

abo, abd, F. door, gate, Mt. 6,6.7,13. 28,3. cf abobow, aboano,

aboenyim.
al)0,

= abad!

a salutation to a stranger arriving; welcome!

cf.

mabo, akwaba.

mbo! F. = mmo, mo, amo Mt. 35,31. 36,49.

boa, r. to lie, he p)rostrate, he stretched out ; cf. bea, bew, sam;
hhuaii pi boa abgnteh so, many sheep are lying in the street ; nyisa
!

banum prcko boa no

caus. with

so, five

orpihans

de or fa: fa boa bg! lay

lie i.e.
it

depend on him at once;

medc mato hg, / have

there!

30

boa

laid

ihere.

if

ommoa
ano,

fr.

hi order: onye onipa a oboa n'ade yiye,

does not Ire}) his ihings in order.
Phr. boa

Jic

or hrinri

tof/eiJier, i.e. fo

boaboa; boaboa neho,

a, r.l. fo fie, fell

wommoa

al)oadi.

to jnif

n'ade yiye,

io Ja/i

io

gaihcr, coUeci, asscmUc.

red.

maJce one's self ready, get read//.

fie,

(kora), jioh do nof

he misfaken, he ivronrj ; fo err; i)r.416.17G9.

lie, if is frue! cf. ampa! - 2. fo do pur-

boapa; oboa yee, he did if designedlg (n'ani da ho

feign
yiye na oyee); meboa maye, I shall do if purposely ; meboa na inenkyere, I purposely do not show if; mammoa, I did not do it inten-

2~>osehi, fo

tionally.
r. to help, assist: oboaa me mji
m'ad\v.), =: oyee me adwuma abia,

boa,
meyce

(doing)

my

0-boa,

boa,

(or

me

assisted (helped)

na
in

irorl:
inf. help, assistance.

mboa, F.

heljh

grace;

odom.

cf.

stand, standing (place to stand in) for Lnntcrs waiting

e-boa, F. Akw.

boa,
boa,

moyee m'adwuma
lie

id.
j)l.

net. fishing-nef.

= asau.

asau bi a wgde

atrii:

hama

game.

If'^^'

aye.

m-, bundle, parcel, pachage, packet; bribe, syn. adandimmoa, to receire bribes; wama no mmoa,

mude, anadviode; he has bribed him.

aboa, pi. m-, animal, beast, crecdure; in fables: aboa onipa, tJir
animal (called) man; a rude, ignorant, uncivilized man, pr. 1567Phr. di.. aboa frequently used in verdicts, e.g. wukum no a, wndi
no aboa (=? wubu no aboa), if you had lilled him, you nould hare
deidf u-ith him as u-ifh a beast (you u-ould hare imposed upon his
quietness, treating him as a beast that does not complain) i. c. ycm
u-ould have lilled him innocently, undeservedly ; s. aboadi.

a.

bo

a, aboawa,

2>1- ni-,

[dim.] smcdl animal,

insect,

worm.

aboal) ail, kind, sort or species of animed ; minnim n'ab., 1 do not

know what kind of animid if is.
osebow, akwabo; a large loaf of boiled bread (wooboa bo,
boapa na wobgo no kokiiro sa).
abo-abo, a. [obo, red. pl.l stony ; ok wan no ye ab., the way is

stony. Prov. 13, 15.

boaboa,

red.

v., s.

boa.

brings together; ob. ne hena? who will

keep together the fatherless children?

o-boaboafo, one who

collect or

boadfibi,
ntuntume;

s.

m-, a large kind o^ locust, of a

dusky colour;

syn.

abebew.

abohyede] a thing or filings

a bo ad e, [oboa ade, or ebo-ade
vow or solemn promise as payment for help obtained;
thank-offering ; obosom ye nnama, na odi ab., if a fetish is powerful,
he receives thank-offerings, pr. 616. oma no (n')ab,, gye n'ab. mil no,

2)romised by a

he pays him his vows. Ps. 22,26. 50,14.

61,9. 65,2.

obg ad ce, F, boadze, creator [nea obog adee, Gr. 39,

[gdebgfo,
aboadi, inf [di aboa] pr. 538. 972. 1813.
.

b.=

gbgfo].

boadifo

boadit'o,

0)ie irJio rrrrires

bo a (111 a in,
0-boatV), pL
1)0 a To,
;i

((

footh-arhc,

a-,

of a king (also of an
1h);i

uu

I'll,

<tf liis

name

[d'x

mmofi].

okckaw.

stdvd, waiting tor

Hi'tnlV), ]tr.

game;

of the Jeopard (s.gsebo), usod in

lie is at meals.

r. fo

tlie bc'arin<;

[hands or

boa pea,

feet,

do purpose} i/, intcntlona.Uy^withprcdcterminntion;

it on purpose; pr. r)58. cf. boa,?.

oboapa yce, Jie did

oboayifo.
O-iioajiawfo,

to feitfii, jircteud;

u.

boa.

cutaneous eruption, pnatules on the

abo-fuio, F. =^ abobow-ano.
iiiboaaiiol'o, F. co)i<jre<jation.

bo ap a,

.s\

osnmanni) when

hredlciuci out,

ti

n hrihi'

adest'^

31

helper, dssisftnif, toipimrier.

hnnie.r

boa-l'i'il'ii,

boba.

fpr.1643.

a kind of ape or luoulri/; cereopitJiecus? F. adope.

0-boasc, broom ("bound together below");

boaseto, inf, =
boasipOjV
o-boasoinafo, jj/.

syn. ohuae, oprae.

abotoase, patience, forbearance, endurance.

a-, (civil)

commissary, ^'imrposeJy sent" (for

some special purpose).

a b6a
f/orilhi?

fa

(F.adgpP?) akindofr^j^r. which never climbstrees; tlie

fruits, it is said to be so fierce as to kill
at once^ ote se onipa na oye ticT: na sasabonsam de,
,

though feeding on

twenty men
oye tontententen.
aboatsena, ^j?. m-, serpent, F. Mt.

aboatwawn:

obi

nka no

7,10.

ab., obi

nhawno, nobody stands

in

vay, throws any impediment in his way; odi won so a obi nkai no
ab., he rules over them without restraint.

his

oboa-yc, inf. a i)remeditated act; munnsusuw se gkg a mekoo ho no ye me awerefiri, na eye me oboaye, do not tliinl; tlint I
u-ent there from foryetfulness, I went there designedly (mcboaa-pa na
m'ani daa ho na mekgo ho) adaka yi ye oboaye, this box is carefully made.
;

a 1)0 aw a, F.-ba, s. aboji; ramoawa-mmoawa, all sorts of insects

and animalculae, Mf. Gr.p.So.
o-boayifo [nea wgaboa ayi no] trustee, chosen for some special

imrjmsc; pal. committee, board of commissioners.

o-boayifoni, board officer.

boba, red. v., s. ba.

O-bob a, yrinding-stone.
the

a stone of oval form by means of whicli

negro-women grind the corn on a larger stone called wiyammo

boba, beba, F.
a boba,
shot;

cf.

= gbo.

\_syn.

pi. id., bullet, slug,

wiyammoba.

square piece of lead or iron used as

gbo, korabo, adarebo.

[= baba], bobaw, pi. m-, mmobadua, dry sticJcs, twigs

or branches reaching to the thickness of an arm, brush-wood; wal)Ol)a'

nya ade anya ne mmoba, he has got every thing unto

wanya ade ma abunkam

so.

the

very

least,

32

bobare

abobuw.

bo bare, boba-bobare, red. v., s. bare.

b y e ra f i (bab. .) httndlc of dn/ sfirls.
bo1)a3'enteii, j>o/e, pcrcli, stick (mmoba a cyan

Ji

o-bobe,

a species of

a-,
i^/.

bobesa
lopc, of

bobo,

growing

teuton),

lio

in the

woods.

icitie.

aboa tuntum].

obiri,

dark colour, called also

0-b obiri,

(nnua),

= win,

[obobe nsa]

0-b61)iri [aboa a

ivihl cine

e\Vi;

cf.

j^/. a-,

a species of nnte-

odabo.

pi. a-, a bhick stone.

red.v.

[s.

bo,

bobow],

with the

to strike

IteaJc,

to

to

heat or liiorlc repcfdedlij ;

peck;

to

cleave wood, pr.

bobo

77').

break, shatter (hkuku, pots); to crack, pr.161. - to destroy; mframa

bobo byeii, tlte iriiul breaks shipts, Fs. 4S,7. - to cut (adoto mii liama)
pr.546.6.j2. mekobobo afuw, 7 r/o to chop the stems and branches of
to

which is cat to make way for a plantation, that all the wood
be burned completely. Mabobo me nsa ano namakotg m'asase,
I did not let mif hands be idle, (lit. I employed, i.e. worked with, my
finyers) and have bought some land.
the bush

may

bobo,
abobo

noisy crying, pr. 1158.

= abobow

bobo,

As.

= aserene.

quiet, silent, still,

oye
G. bobokii; gye b.
won sa, etod. nso a oyare

abobo-fiiio,

s.

peaceable; phlcciuKdic, dull, sluggish;

komm, onka neho kora

ma wgye sa.

etgd.

wode wo

abobow.

abobgbe,

[abe a nenhviea nye den na wobom' a eye yiye]. a

pcdm-nnt the shell of which may be easily cracked with the teeth.

abo 1)6-1) o:
di ab.

di ab.,

to

me ne wo

bargain, barter, higgle, haggle:

= meye ade memcl wo

abobo-boa, 2>l- m-, the

ab61)a(lwe, a thorny

na

a,

woma me

biribi niidi.

class of stinging insects (bee,

hama

climber;

wasp.

a eho nsoe-nsge;

.).

wgde

n'aba tow ware.

aboboc,
boboi,

(pi.

m-V) a kind of beans; syn.

bobofo, onipa
one who

dtvve.

inter}, of surprise; cf. boe.

a humble man; an indolent,

suusum bgbgfo (Fantesong 13),
mmoho.
b.,

is to be piitied;

mility or mercy; cf-

eh 0-h b n e,

inert

man;

spirit of hu-

projiensity to ancjer, cholcr, violent passion.

abobonim'

ofi

no anim, the

pilace before the entrance to

dwelling.

aboboiiua [nea gbobg nnua], a bird of the size of a lark, feeding on insects; tvood-pecker.

bobow,

red.

v., to

imidup,

nhoma.,.); gwg bobg neho,

the

roll.

up (asawa, yarn,

snake

is

coding

itself

kete, ntama,

up.

abobow,
ally

made

the wirkct or door in the fence of a negro-house, usuof palm-branches, syn. berapae; entrance or gcdc of a

dwelling or complex of houses; complex of houses belonging

to

one

abobow

33

boe.

family, court, (outt-iiard : sqiKirc. qxarfcrs; dHcUnitj. (l{nm|)o al).

kycu IJako do; Kwaw ne Of'oo Waiiyin to ab. Itakum'; Boal'o ah.
lioii alu'inti; ab. ne unipa a wote tako, na wowo opaiiyiii bako a.s.

so

banu; abgnten ne ininrgn ue unantam' na ekyekye ab. mu.)

aboho w-aiio, the space imracdiately before the door or
tliresJiold.

bolx) w,

(jnic;

of reed or nis// used for mats (n. gono okwaiimu na woakyckyc asoa akg noa
wnrckgtg I'lkyonc ho; ghg na wgdo ab. no si iikyonc lio \\g bedew
mil soa kg Akyom.
ii

ki'te).

Akyomfo

altO-dala i"i,
may be cut.

1.

[abo]

.ibodain',

go,

kit],d

tetevv ab.

1.

bar of lead or iro)i [adaban] from which

2. Turkcy-rcd satin stripe.

courage, spirit; selfpossession, composure; heart if,

firm resotiitioii ; ye no ab. (= ye no berew,

mma

dcfen)i/iic(f jtiirpose.

wo koma nntu

.slugs

ho),

do

it

confidentli/; cf

no bo da no yam'.

2. name

of a dance.

0-boda

info,

o-bodaii,

jil. a-,

madman, madwoman, insane person

abodan-sein, tcords
abode, ^J?. id. [bg 85

abode am m 6,
[:= ef\ve ase]

a,

pr. 547.

care [gbo gdan, a house in a stone or rocH].

jj/. a-,

or doings of madness or of a

madman.

ado] creature.

thick Europ. glas.s [ade a ebg dade

when it strikes or falls to the
sgn. tumpaii.

bottle of

emmg, a

ground, does not breal] ;

tiling which,

obodede, a full grown shark; ef. esg, fiirefiire.

abo dill, inf. [bg din] F. praise. Wo na abodin

hhina ye wo

dea, all i)raise belongs (is dwc) to thee.

bydo, body body,

a

tender, fine, used of things

soft,

with water, as mmgre, dough;

cf.

mixed

fekgfekg, nuihOmuhu.

bread, baked bread of Indian corn; cf. dgkono, pano. bake bread. - abodotofo, j^l- id-, baker.

bo do',

to ab., to

o-bodym,

j^Z. a-,

bodom, jjZ. a-,

liodommd, a
1)

111

bodua

fii,

dog;

gkraman, gtwea.
cf.

bota, ahene.

20 ntaku, jSYi dollars or

weight of gold
the half of the preceding.
fackies, 11 s. 3 d.

[aboa dua]

abodxVe, F.

si/n.

a precious coral or bead;

s.

ahiigya.

3Ik. 15,15. 1 Tim. 6,10.

abodwo, abodwoee,

inf.

s.

next,

[bo dwo] inward

ness, content, contentment, satisfaction;

rest,

contenfed-

peace of mind, equanimitij.

evenness of temper, imperturbcUion, tranquillitg, sedateness; pr. 3592.

pleasure, delight; n'abodwoee ba, a son according to his liking; enye
no abodwo, it displeases, vexes him; ebg nye wgh ab., theg do not
feel comfortable there; cf. ne bo ad wo; abotgyara, abotg.

abodwo-kyere,
boe!
boe!

inf.

interj. yes! si/n.

interj. of

longsufferiug [bo, dwo,

&

kye,

to last].

yiw.

astonishment, on hearing or roceivingbad news,

or indicating pain.
3

aboe

34

aboe,

bo 23] confluence, meeting or

v.n. [s.

more streams;

abogyabo.i.
jti-ncf ion

of two

oi-

abomma.

cf.

adebo.
mboe, F. creation,
boe, V. to begin; boe wo adwuraa ansa-na maba,

I come.
oboe, red.

worlc before

s.

I) 6
baebae.

v. 1. s.

2>l. a-,

2. to part in licaps.

aboemcrew,

aboedeii, aboeduru,

abo-eiiyim, F. before

hoewerevf,

boe.

ML

12,46.

nail of a finger or toe;

cf.

cf.

O-bgfo,
a message.

O-bofo,

=
in

messenger, ambassador ;
cf. osomafo.

p?. a-, 1.

2. angel.

i:Z.

creator;

a-,

cf.

b.,

cf.

= abobonini.

awerew.

1. weights heavier than they ought to be;

abofunu. 2. a tveight ov price in odd numbers,
ber of cowries between 5, 10, 15, and 20.
!

anim

3.

abogd., abood., abponi.

s.

the door, witliout,

abofi,

ab.

begin thy

wo abo

yi ye
any num-

f.i.

bo kasee,

to deliver

obgadee.

di.. abofo,
O-bofo, pi. a-, hunter, syn. gbommgfo j^r. 549-551.
di.. yaw, to provide a bunter iviih food during his lonely stay
the wood. pr. 549.
;

0-b6f6,iJZ. a-, spoiler, destroyer; miscMevous, injurioits person,

miscreant [nea odi aboro]. yr. 552.553.

abofo

[aboa

fo] carcase of

a beast; aboa a

wawu da wuram';

syn. afo, abgka, funu.

abo-fono,
pensity

to

inf.

nausea, loathing, sickness of the stoma-ch^ pro-

vomit, pr. 1098.1099.

obofo-tseii, F.

abofra,

j^?.

x)l.

m-,

ab. bea, girl, lass.

sl-,

a regtdar hunter;

1. child,

o-bofu, the bark of a tree

a cloth or sack; s. bofuunua.

bofua,

biifua, ]. a

yellow colour; asawa

ten 2.

young; ab. barima,

boy, girl;

2. servant, attendant;

ferior in rank: [F.abafra; gba, iorowa.

s.

hoy, lad;

person subordincde or

in-

= {ofoTO?]pr.841-.'J43.554-592.

(as, gfo,

gpanto) that can be used as

kind of tree(?). 2. (ago

yarn; cf. odubeii.

b.), yelloio velvet;

b., yelloiv

o-l)0-fiifUj tchitc marble.

abo-fuiiii, false (too light)

cf.

tveights,

=^ aholmnw, abo a cmfra;

ebo, abofi.

b f lin niia , pi. m-, 1. a tree of which bofu is taken Antiaris

saccidora Dalz.
5. dua a wgatvra no porow asei'i ano, a pointed
2)iece of wood, taken from that tree, tied round with a string, used
as a charm to remove mischief (yi 'musu) or to curse (bg. b.).
3. menase b., the uvula in the throat.
;

abofuw,

s.

abufuw.

bogya, Ak.
2.

F.

= mogya,

1.

blood; syn. gkafo,

a person relcded by blood, kinsman, kinswoman,

abogy aboa

[bogya aboa],

pr. 2418.

danse.

pr. 593-596.

abofjf.vabuiii

;i I)

much
a

li^y

'd

hiood;

bo j^y

11

s.

(1 ii;i

shnih producinj;

abojj-ya

stroJiCS iiftcr

bum,
,

35

ybyiudCu.

which hhxxl

(juslics, plenfi/

of blood,

yr. U7.

an

cnlibh^ birri) rcscniblinf; clierrics

the tree or

it.

mc-neno

I'ra, hif.

aboiji:yc, tlw Joirer jaiv or

di ab,,

vc both

(ire

of the same blood.

j/(ic-J)0)ir.

a-bogycsg, heard, pr. 417. bo_u;yoso-i)iU ii, ichiskers.

abogyetiri, the npper end (condyloid process) of the lower
jaw-bove, next to the ear.

ab ogy

e vva,

m-, one of the two rafters of a roof forming

j>/.

gable.

tlic

abogy c way a 11,

boll a,

7>/.

o-bo-b c 111 ni a

o-bo-heno

boka,
aboka,
aboka,

[lit.

precious stone.

inf. p>t'Ovocation to

inf. fury, rage,

anger, syn. abufuwyi. Prov. 1.5,1.

wrath;

abufnw.

cf.

F. cast, eastward, leeward;

= anafo.

pr. 1376.

carcase of a beast; spoiled meat;

bye, inf. [hye bo]

h y e a f pr. 598.

0-1)0

a l>

so. I). As.

queen ofstones] very hard white stone, quartz.

i,i}l. a-,

abo-horaii,

abo-hiiru,

abou abogye a woayi atoa ne yan

m-, .sheath, scabbard, case for a knife or sword; |)r.

[2847. 289.3.

o-bo-liyeh, a white

a b o hyc d e

si/n.

abofo;

cf.

bomu.

= hhyease.

^;mm/sc, vow,

s.

abo ade.

stone.

boko, bokoboko,

soft

(ntama, teuterehu, ne nsam ye

b.);

merew; softly, yently, slowly,

yeadwumano b.=berew gyina hob.=komm.

tender, feeble, effeminate; syn. bete,

comfortably, quietly:

ab6ko,i>?. m-, a species oi wdd fowl;

bokwaw,
bom",

bom,

cf.

akokokwantenni.

sukraraan^

bo mu,

s.

bo, v. 10. 23. (36. 40. 5S.)

be quiet from fear, struck with fear, overawed, intimidated, terrified; osebo su a, mmoadoma nhinji bom; iikura ate
V. to

agyinamoa nka nti, woabgm; won nhina bommom (red.) == ehu

won ma woaye komm.
F. to be depressed, dejected. Mt.26, 37.

akcl

j;/. a-, a small pot in ivliich the p>alm-ivine distilling from

cauyht; ahinawa bi a ano kctewa-bi a wode sua abe;
pr. 599.946. cf. asahina; porow, v.

e-b

the tree

m",
is

abom' [= abo mu], stony ground.

O-bomma, ^j?. a-, a long, but comparatively thin kind
cf.

o(

drum;

akyene, atumpah.

al)0inma,
affluent,

j^^. m-, [nsu a ebebom'] tribtdary, tributary stream,

branch, pr. 3084.

o-bomafo,

[bo 97] calumniator ; one

deeds to another.

who

falsely imputes

ill


bonna.

m an a, pr. 1382.

ab

abomfifi,
nuonyam gye
;

desplcdblc person ; syn. ketewil, nea omfra, onni aomfra f'wefvvcfwe; obu no ab.,
obuno kakriiab.

ketewabi, obu no se omfra, he despises

mm

b
bi

abomaiia

36

bi,

vabiablc

pi. m-, a

(),

wode kata mpa

clotli

to

liim.

cover a bed

mpanyintam

so.

o-bommofo, pl.ti-.i Jninfer, sportsman; syn. obofo;

bommofo-adiia, a certain fruit, very red.
abomm oy ere: goru ab., s. adam, 2.
bom'moii, red. v., s. boiV.

mm oil,

bo

bom one,

red.

]>].

v., s.

m-,

a kind of dried

Tw.niomono,

the coast for sale. [G.bomono, fr.

fish

a kind of borofo-kcnte,

hrouj^bt from

or bon, foslinJ:.^

rr//r,

q. r.

abommorowiisa, a shrub with edible fruits.

bo mote, a kind of beast resembling a beaver,
alxnnpurn wa [ebom p.], ;y/.m-, 1. a small round
to

keep gold-dust

bum tl,
mu
I)

[aboa mfi]

a-

A b m in u bmvafre,
boiV,

wooden box
pome-

2. a tree with its fruit resembling the

in.

[granate

a kind of gun.

j>/.

//-j-

bon.

sfinJc-fish,

bommonserewa,

pr. 600-608.

fo call

V.

((

hilled heasf of chase, f/(nne

F. nea

wobo abubuw a wofre

s.

abokii.

no.

or cry after or to (from a distance); bon no!

cry after him!

boil,

V. to

bon,

r. to

crow; akokg

b., tlie

coeh erotes,

'pr.

363.1673.

imhie or penetrate, as leaven docs the dough, j9r.,?0^.'>;

to smell, emit an odorir or particular (yood or had) scent; to stink:
pr. 1518.3496. srade, anowatere bon no ho, he smells of ointment, Invcndcr-ivatcr; ne ho bon, he stinhs; pr. 315. 1388. 2427. wuram lio boii,
the hush there emits an offensive smell; oko no abon won fwcnem',
they are iveary

bon,

V.

F.

o-boii, pi.

amoa;

0-b o

I)

disgusted with

boe,

a-, hole,

fn/htiin/.

to begin.

hollow, cave, den of animals;

cf.

etu, tokuru,

pr. 215. 2359.

vfde, ralley;

11, 2^1- a-,

oid W(der

cf.

of,

11

bono.

cf.

2^1- a-,

ri}id,

Phr.

Ak.

bark (of a

tree,

gmmog ho bon

abon', F. badness;

abon a,

bed of a river;

oborihi'inu, valley vith-

osubon, oka.

s.

e,

dua ho

ab.)

scales (of a fishj

he has not even

made a

abon;

cf.

beyin-

[niny of U.

bone.

dwetebona.

bona, stoeh of a musket, ynnstock. s. tubonii, tuo.

bona, Ak. bo bena = tvva a(gya)d\vo, kenkan su-d\vom,
recite the

2^iiffisc

of a deceased 2Jerson,

bon 11,1, m-

oto

in order to ravish

pe

se gfa

won] a

to wail,

(mmea) mmonna. he

them.

lascivious,

to

lament.

attacks iromen by niyht

o-bonnatofo [nea otoa

lewd man. ravisher.

mmea

anadvio

boiuiin

Ixjiifim [aboa

bunc,

37

Jilxuisr.

haniim] venison, game.

ufSin,

had, evil, wicked; aboa-bone, a wdd, dantjeroKs animal ; asciii-nionc, a had i.e. hard, unkind word; coil, wicked deed;
had i.e. dif/icidt, daixjcrous palaver ; ir. :iS64-6. 25-18.
a.

j-b6nc, n. evil; sin, wickedness. [G. efon, esa.] iMayc bone, I

have done evd, I have sinned; odwen no komam bono, he meditidcs
evil in his lieart; fa me bone tiri me or kye me, forijive me mij sin(s).
hoiu'-MWDsau, original sin, Kurtz 108.
houc-ral'iri, F. ebon-

f'aiiri,

bont'akye, forgivoicss of sins.

oboiic,

j'l.a-, 1.

woye abone.

0-boiioro,
I

^.

onipabone, a had, wicked nuui;

gkwased, a foolish man.

pi. a-, id.

ricks ; hlockif<h n ess,

lit

1.(0 2.

abonetbs(jni, wickedness;

hoiibon,

a kind of beads;

s.

hagonet.

abene.

o-boiii, pi. abofu, waiter, servant at table;

bouniay

grati'fid.

[oba a onni ayev]

l.

niu, a barren,

0-1)6 Ilk a,

by water;

cf.

abo.

nngrafcfid; oye

b.,

he

is

an-

2. ingratitude, u)igratefuhiess.

aboiii'in" [ade a ebo anim] diadem;

0-1)6

foolish

ough ilessness.

auc, boucwone, borewore,

boiic'i'iw

iiiiij)a yi,

unfruitful

cf.

ivoman or

abotiri.
hcust.

gutter, gullg, furrow, channel, ravine

pl.-d-.,

formed

osuka.

cf. oboi'i, okii,

o-bouky, j>l. m-, lobster, craw-flsh, crag-fish.

bo Ilka ra, jjI. m-, travelling-basket, sgn. apakan;

cf.

dehkye-

denkye, gsako.

al)0iiky i-al)6iikyi,
wag is rugged.

boniio,

[boh, do, fdling in a gap?^

do work

yr.2i'.i7.

di

work in

leisure time:

little

se

b.,

to

b.

a,

so ye ab., the

kakra wo m'afuwm', I

other work) for tvorking on

en'de ahka ebekye.

lime,

between other work,

bonuodi,

to

will use the

mg plant(dion;

mahkyerew wo na mise meretvveh akosi

kwah kora de
dwimia,

mg

b.

okwan

work done in leisure

in short intervals

mekodi

free time (between

manni

rough, uneven;

a.

se

inf.

menya bo

oboniio-

incidental, occasional business; ad\vobaw-kri

ye ob.

bonuo-so, occasioncdlg, incidentcdlg.

a-bonsam',

inf.

[bo nsam'] clapping of (the) hands.

o-bonScim,

^^Z. a-, ra-, 1. wizard, sorcerer, witch, ^= obayifo.

conceived to be an evil spirit reigning over the spirits
of deceased wicked men; a donon; sunsiim bi a gkyere nuipa
nsemmone; ono ua ne mma ne abayifo, abosom ue asumah.

2. the devil

o-bonsamfo, i^?. a-,

abonsam-kiiro w^
of the spirits of the

obayifo.

the jil ace or abode of the devil unA

wicked placed under bis dominion; the abode
hell,

of evil spirits.

abo use,

[oboh

ase],

^fv/.

m-, botto)n of a vulleg.

38

(o)l)ousu

(o)boiisu,

bore.

or other animal In the sea spoutimj ivatcr.

icliale

bonsu[w]a, a kind oi pot; s. ahina; a drinldny- vessel.

abontcii (F. abrontseu), jjL m-, street, the chief street passing

tbrough the midst of most negro-towns, [hron, ten

ab

11 1

iii-f

ci

abon ten-nampaii,
street;

ab

s.

tenten.]

an esculent herb.

I'l ,

a house v/ith an open front towards the

odampah,

11 1

e ii-k

strcct-firihting.

0-\)6ni6, ph

hoat;

ab on
bontori,

a-,

of.

batadewa, ahyemma. okorow.

to re, a small edible

/>-/7,-

the climber on which

it

grows,

a tree resembling the poplar.

buiitorOj F. [Eng.]

hunting,

ntama hatahata,

of which Hags

are made.

abontowuku,

a climber bearing edible fruits.

O-bon t

u, a species of
ful; pr.609.

r/oat

with long hair, very tame and care-

abonua, pi. m-, axe, hatchet; sijn. atwapo; Onyankopon ab.,

thunder-bolt: a stone resembling a finger, said to fall from heaven
with the lightning and to enter the ground until it meets water below and then returns; the thunder-stone, a bclcmnite (?).
o-bonuky erofo, name
bouVvoiiia, bde,
a
cf.

bo ode 11,

<j(dl.

of a large drum,

bomma.

nwene.]

[bore,

nwoma

dear)iess, liigh price; otoo

aboodeii-bo,

ne bo ye den.

abooduru,

no

it

dear;

cf.

neboye

duru.

to

buy cheap;

ab., he

bowjht

pi. -abo, precious stone.

courage, courageousness, bravery;

aboomerew,

pr.513.

cheapness, loiv price; to ab.,

cf.

ebo ye merew; abosiri, fowfow.

abo-pae,

the quarri/ing of stones, pr. 3593.

inf.

o-bopoii [aboa, pon] ^vZ. m-, alarge animal,

yoma, torom, bew, eko.
o-bo-poii, a stone table.
bor,

i)Or,

F.

as,

bore, bore, boro.

European or mulatto-io&man,
or a
a fine straw-mat.
ena,
ade-ky
or
aboraiikil, -kawa [boro, anka] =^ akutu.

I)

esono, susono,

pi. m-, a

s.

aborgwa.

1)

abor-do, m-, F.

bore,

V.

2^16.

dig; h. de or de ase, to dig round about the yam;

funu fam', Mt. 25,18.
2. to hollow, scoop, cid or

1. to

r^^^

= mmoroso, exceedingly, abundantly dr. Mt.

F. bor dadze
3. to search
out, excavate; b. odasem', okorowm'; syn. tu mu.
out; waboi-e (abore abore) akufa adc no, he has found it out; - to
tu n'adwenem agyina. Obore ne nsem hye, (= ompe se
devise

hew

nsem nhina wg guam') he buries his matters, keeps them

self, keeps them secret, manages to hide them.
odi

to

him-

bore

bore,
cf.

boro 2.

iniiKtrc,

to stir\

v.

b. asu,

.TJ

l)()iX)l)()fo.

move about

to

gbore no kiirum', he

(listurhs,

in the loatcr to

his sore rcinoiiis utidisinrbcd; pr. 1079, JSli-

bore so,

to he eiujiujed in

combat or

e-boro, venom^ of snakes or

(nc bore)

wo me nsam'; -

fujhtinij;

insects;

swim;

hurts his sore, no kurti

ye-ne won roborc-

so.

odoa boo me; u'anom' bore

j'oison at the point of arrows, pr. 37i'.

Ak. cborg.

e-boro, a kind of reiiomoxs snal-e, ^= gnaiika.

re b ore, a name of God or of a mythical Deity
aborohude [ade a woabgre ahfi] invention.

g-B

bor(!seii [s6n a mmore worn'] a

made

vessel

in

cf.

bore 2.

which douyh

is

or kept.

borowore, bonenwane,

bayonet.

mmoa, with many

rain falls heavdij on
the house; h. dan mn, to bc<d the clay of which tlic floor of the house
is made; b. amu so, to beat (level) tlie (jround over a grave, pr. 612.
b. asawa, osaw, to bad codon, a sponge of fibres; b. tarn, to stnoollie
washed clothes by beating them with a cudgel (aborobii); b. hiiasu,
/() brush off the dew from the grass and leaves in walking, pr. 25(>.
2. to beat the ivater with hand and feet: b. asubgnten, po, to baUie
3. to beat, vanquisJi,
or swim in the river, in the sea; cf. bore asu.
4. boro so, to sur2}ass, be more tfian,
subdue, overcome, pr.3410.
be abundant; si/n. bu so, fe ho; wanya neho aboro so, he is abundantly rich.
boro,

blows,

(/.

V.

Ak.bo,

1. to beat, sirihc,

bo); pr. 011.762. osu b.

smite (nnipa,

dan

so,

the

boro

nsa,

Ak.

s.

bow,

v.

boro- or btiro- in compds. indicates that a thing is from Enrope or of European origin; cf. aborgbe &c. oburoni, aborgwa.
e boro, Ak.
pr.

= ebgre, poison,

pr. 362.

Jiboro, injury, damage, detriment, Jiurt; malevolence, envy;oyc gbofo, he is a

613.874.901; ab. wg netirim'; qyh aboro

m<devolent or envious felloiv, f.i. in showing how to make a thing,

di .. ab., to damage, do liarm, hurt; s. aborodi.
he does not say all.

aboroba,

^jL m-,

a smooth cylindricjnece of wood, serving

in-

stead of a smothing-iron. [boro, aba.]

aborgbe,

ananas, pine-apple, [borg, abe;

jjL m-,

it

have been brought into the countiy by Europeans.]

aborgbe-dua, ilie ananas-plant.
aborgbe-fuw, ananas
aborgbe-mma, dim.

aborg-bei'i, pi. to.-, European hoi

n,

borgborg,

to

p)lantution.

Erencli-liorn, trumpet.

g-borobiii, a by-name of the vulture,

abere,

seems

s.

opete.

borgborgborg, sweet, agreeable

to taste

['''

^ben.

(aduaba a

aduah a nkyene wom').

a b 6 r g b 6 r g-s e
a n ice, interesting, entertaining story ; aseni a
a.s, obiuteeda na woankasa abg wotirim ka, a.s. ateteserabi.
,

ennim

boro boro:

ohiani

b.,

really,

miserably poor man.

oborode

40

oborgfotefo.

-dee, iheplunialn; 1. the fruit or fruits; 2. the tree

O-boro-de,
(}>Z.a-;

onam abrodem') =obrode-dua,

jjZ.

abrgde-nnua. Otwabrode,

he cuts the bunch without cutting the stem; odwow brode, he cuts
small clusters or hands (s. osiaw, pj. a-) of 4 to 8 single fruits from
the whole bunch (oduru, pi. a-).
Diff' l^inils: brode -fuferefu,
-fufu, -hemma, -kokowa, -kwadii; gbosim, agona-ne-toa, gyebum,
niiweretia (nny.), okgm-bekum-wo, mpantfi, nipemnia, gsoboaso.

0-brode-duru, a hunch

of plantains, containing 5 to 8 hands

or rings of single fruits (betem, pi.

g-b r gd c-d

w c,

va-).

brgdee-dwo, roasted pihndains,

brgdcdiono,

pr. 216.640. 641.

of the phtntain-frud, the ashes of

brgde ho bono,
which mixed with palm-oil are made into soap.
the fihrcs of the plantain-stcilk; s. baha, mposae.
husl-

the

b rgde-s c, pi. a-,

which new trees grow;

1. the

3.

stump of a

2>lanf(i/n-tree cut off,

from

the next.

g-b r g dew ii, pi. m-, the suclcers or shoots from the mother-plant,
brgdewd, Ak. s. gbosaw; cf. baha.
plaids for transplanting.

aboro-di, inf. action of one seekinci another's detriment; obi

rebeye wo yiye na obi akotiam'; woreye biribi a ebeye yiye, na obi
akgye ma anye yiye a. s. wakotwa iikontompo ama d(d<6de no afi
abordo, mmoroso.
[wo nsa.
aborodOj F.

aborodg':

6t\v^ ab., he fei(/ns to he uiudAc to

(wantumi anko),

j^r.

g-borgdgma

1460.

[borg,

g-borgdoni,

gdgma]

the

^J?.

European

fifjlit,

he deserts

a--fo, deserter.
fi;/

or

fit/-tree.

the

agyiratwefa; s. borgwo.
borggfa, As. a u-eight of gold,
b or of ere, i>/. a-, a tropical fruit resembling a melon (fere),
papaw, and the tree, Carica papaya ; pr. 642. 3265.

brgfere-dua, the papaw-tree.

Borgfo, F. A-borgfo, pil. of 0-biironi; pr.644... gkasa borofo,

he SjJeaks a Eurojjeaii language.
borgfo-hn

uin, paclc-tliread, twine, string, cord of 'European

manufacture.

borgfo-hoiiia, dressed

(curried) lecdher

from Europe.

bor ofo-kente, striped cotton, s. ntama.

borgfo-mako, a kind oi pepper.
bo rgfo-soiikorau, the tamarind and its

fruit.

borgfo-nkatee, the bread-fruit- nut and its tree.

borgfom', in the manner, after the fashion of the Europeans.
borgfo-pe^ inf. gye br., he is (foolishly) fond of, or, seeks to
please, the

European.

bo rg f

ii,

ropeans have put

a string of heads
or siaw?].

[fr.

borgfo nsa auo, hotv the Eu-

it,

aborg fo-scm,

words, manners, dealings of the Europeans.

g-borgfo-tct'o, one understanding and speaking a European

language, pr. 646.

boroliuiiiii'

hann c

ro

1)6

liaii,

ado]

<jl<(ss.

D. As.

nc

[bdro olu'in'| the Ktiropcdn (/uveniur of

possessions on the Gold Coast.

hurt) lie

lish

[bSro,

41

l)usoii.

ma, boig-nhoma, j>a^;t'>-,bor(\L>"0, boroko, brokobrokg,

l)6i"0-lio

Zt'///fr.

soft,

as witlicred leaves, blotting-pajjer; fcrhJc,

e.}^.

wcaJc, fhihhif. fhicrid,

from intoxication or

seediness; nimorgkgnunorokgwat'o, effeminate, lCor.l>,V.

1).

abrokokokote, [akokg akora, obsc.'] a kind of heads;

aboro-kycw, a European hat; pr. :3S94.
o-burom, jo/. a-, a kind of lizard.

aboroina,
doce;

-inO, pi. m-, a species of dove, wild

mnioromrnorom(';, gyamhoho, gy'ahgho.

1"

1)

gto no ab., he laijs

l*jiig-

t\iv.

An.

s.

ahene.

])i(jeon, tartlc-

words (riddles) before him

to

make

not find the right answer, he abuses him

wgto ab.,
in most oft'ensive language referring to father & mother
niA yenkgto ab.,
an immoral play.

when he does

liim guess;

bur 0111

ma

[boron, dim.'] narroiv street, alley, lane.

b or 0111]) etc, bod., water-pox, cliickcn-pox (mpcte brafo

a b

m p o,

boron, j>?. m-,

boron, copper
boro-iino,

s.

neti).

a kind of herb.

wire,

biiro.

aborgiioma,

lane;

street,

^^/.

cf.

abgnteii, F. abrgntsen.

kgbere ntwee.

[borg, anoma.]

m-, dove, domestic pitjcon.

g-brotea, s. opete.
borg-toa, cruet, pliial,

vial, flask, flagon, bottle-

aborg

to to, a certain shrub, perh, Strychnos niix-vomica, and

its seed, nux- vomica, poison-nut, vomica nut; wode sisi ghye, wgde
gyc ban.

aborgwa,

abgra, European female (woman, lady); mulattoformer from the latter, she is called
Abiirokyiri abgra.
aborgwa-ba, a clnld of a European motlter;
a European lady not yet grown.

woman ;

to distinguish the

borgwo,

As. a weight of gold,

agyiratwe;

s.

borggfa.

aborgwoniiiia [borg, awonniia], lard brought />-om Europe.

abosain, cliff, crag, roch; chain, shelf, layer, ridge or ledge of
rock or stones; roclcy place. F.

g-bosaw
a

wgadwow na emu dua

abgse
trodo,

abotah, Mk.4,5.

[boro, gsaw] a kind of sponge for washing;

wgaboro

wgde guare

no.

gbrgde

Ak. brgdewa.

[bg 84] inf. beginning, origin; minuim sa asem no ab.

not know the true etymology of that word; cf. mmgase,

I do

mfiase, mfitiase, nhyease.

b6

s c a,

2'1-

m-, pebble.

bo sea, Ky.
money; pe

b., to

besea, loan of money; bob., to lend or borrow

borrow money, ir.2935.:i937. uiabg no (mapeno)b.,

bosea-bo

42

abosoiikwa.

I have lent him money; mekobo b., I am going to I)orrow money;

makobo (no ho) b., mape b., I hare horruiced money (from him); bo
me b. dare dii, na wobo me a, mesom wo auo, lend me ten dollars,
then I shall serve you for it.
bosea-bo, a-bosea-pe, inf. lending or horroicing of money.
abo-seu,

inf.

hanging up of stones

to avert a

threatened event,
[pr. 3052.

bi,

abosi, inf. [si bo], hazardous enterprize, daring feat.

o-bosim, a kind of plantain, s. oborgde.
abosiri, a low or cheap price; maton mama no magye no ab.
I sold it to him at a low price; cf. fow, fowfow, aboomerew.
aboso, F. most high; the Most High. Mk.5,72. (boso) batten, the movable har of a
aboso, 1. girdle.

loom, which strikes in or closes the threads of a woof (ade a gtamanwenefo de bg asawa no so ma epiw).

aboso-ba,

club, cudgel.

pr.GU. [bg 54, aba.]

abo-so-nhwi, moss growing on stones.

o-hostm, pi. a-, the moon; a month; syn.
o-bosom,

gsram'. Mt. 24,29.

tutelar or guardian spirit of a town or family;

subordinate to God, worshipped or consulted by
the negroes, generally called fetishes by the Europeans, though the
term fetish would better be restricted to asuman, charm, or, to
avoid confusion, not be used at ali. [The word is supposed to come

imaginary

2>l- a-,

spirits,

obg &som(':'). Tete abosom no a mpanyimfo som wgn (a.s. wgde

nsa ne niiuah kogyaw won) no ye abo ara uko; ebi ye nnua, se
abe, odum, onyA; ebi ye siw n.a. ebi ye koro (i. koro) akgmfo
abosom de^ ewghg-wghg a, wobete se oyi se: mafa gbosom, na
bg b., 1. to surrender one's self to a fetish
oyi se: mafa gbosom.]
or patron spirit.
2. to curse (another) by a fetish, s. bg 43. 81.
fr.

abosom, a potion drunk when in swearing an oath of allegiance or mutual fidelity; wgpam a, wgnom (or wodi) ho abosom; a
covenant made valid by such a potion; g-ne no wg abosom; s. nsu 4.
o-b

m-b li w,

house or lodging of a

fetish.

m-a k c t e w, -tere, pi. a-, chameleon, pr. 021-023.

o-bosouifo, fetishman, syn. gkgmfo; onipa a gbosom wg no so

o-b 6 s

ne ue mu.

pr. 624. 625.

mm

O-b so
a, [-ba], jv/. m-, fetish child; a child gotten by the
help of a fetish and therefore given to him.

boso m-m a ii [-bah] enclosure, enclosed space sacred to a fetish.

abosom-mg, inf. the calling upon or surrender to a fetish.
o-bosom-muw, s. gbosombuw.
abosompem-abosommagiia, the fetishes altogether.
o-b s m - p a n y i 11 ^^/. a- m-, a chief or superior fetish.
o-b s m-p 11, pi. a-, a great, poiverful, mighty fetish.
,

abosoiVkwa,

pi. m-,

[gb.

akoa] slave or servant of a

fetish.

.iltosomic

;i

n-n e

ab

11

n-s 6

{pi. id.),

aboson-scin,

tliiny

ubotolu.

1."!

given or belonging

to

fetish.

fetish-religion, fetishism; fetish-matters.

ii,

aboson-soin,

inf.

the

currying of the

inf. fetish-scrcice,

fetish.

the u'orshij)ing of fetishes or

idols; idolatry, heathenism.

0-b

ns

111

u i,

a- -^o,

j^l-

aboson-si'i, the ivatcr in the

bosoiiopo, bosorOpo,

bosO w:
o-bosu,

oyy

b.,

he

is

a ivorshiper of fetishes, a heathen.

(koro) belonging

2>of

fetish.

130J1.

melancholy.

osu] dew; ob. gu, deiv falls;

[e-bo\v,

to

the great sea, ocean, pr. 380.6:20.3070.

cf.

mraosuwa.

an incision; wgakgbota onipa

(akyere) uo, to-day they have marked a man destined to be hilled;
gdc sekan abota no (ho) kakra, he has given him some incisions with
a knife; - to get a sight of, catch sight or a glimpse of: wo ani bota
no ho dabiara a, fa bisa no ma me, any day you get a sight of him,
wahhfi ho; obae, m'ani
ask him about it for me; n'ani ammota ho
ammota no, ichen he came, I did not see him at all.

bo

a,

r. to

m((rl; to incise, malcc

bota, a yellow cored,

the most costly of all,

= kakawa;

-watow

botao,

v.n. [bota] mark, target, butt;

mu, he has hit the mark or aim.

iibotafowa,

i>?.

m-, a chUd of one or

o-b 6 tan, pi.

a-,

rock; obo a eterew' ho. Ez.;24,7.

abotar, F.

abotoase; nyiT ab.

=
=

to

tivo

or

s.

ahene.

wabo

b.

no

years, pr. 629.

wo bo

ase. Mt. 18,26.

abo a eye gkwan mu; the

sum,
principal sum; cf. akoteh; n'aboten kofuaa ahannu, ilic complete
sum amounted to 200 (heads of cowries),
aboa ti. pr.632.
g-botiri,
j\b6tcii,

the right or full

abotiri,
abotiri,
wgde bg won

tam. ab., to icrestlc. [G. fo abgtiri.]

^>?.

m-, head-band, fdlct; diadem, croivn;

ade biara a

ti.

abotisa,

tripjle

croivn, as the pope's.

abotiteii, a high stately head-dress, turban; abotiri tenten, ab.

a enye ahuhu-tama bi na eye ntama-pa.

hqtq^pl.

m-, sack, bag, bundle; syn. atwea. pr.832.

bo to, a powdered medicine

in a small gourd; wgahuw (no)

[b. agu ne f vvenem'.
b g to, s. potg.
ab oto, inf. [to (me) bo]: laying a bet or ivager; enam akyinnyegye mu na ab. no ba, na ete se nkyia.

abo-tg,

inf.

abotgyam',

^jeacr, confidence,

good cheer.

abotoase, inf. == hoaseto, p>atience, forbearance, endurance.

abo to, empty or blind nut or other fruit containing no kernel
or flesh in the shell or
iiko

na

husk (brgde, nkate, ankye &c. aba a eye bono

ye ab.
nea odwensg kete so, toho pisses on his mat

aduai'i nnira'); gfil

g-bgtgfo,
[bg tow 9]

cf.

pi. a-,

pgtgfo.

44

botohvihuw

bow.

botohiiliuw, sfc((i)i; b. <afiri. steam-en fjine; b. na ede owusinam; wonoa biribi ua wubua so a, b. siusiaue mmiiaso no
ho gu fam'.
a b 1 k u r a 2jI. m-, a kind of moMse, of a dark hue with light
stripes, living in the wood; st/n. odontwi.
wabono obg a ebekum' no, ebema
boturo, Ak. wabg no b.
wato, he sfyucJc him ivifh a dcadJij blow, he beat him so secercJy that
liyeh

he must die from

bo tow,

it.

V. to abate,

strength, heat &c.

to decrease, relax,

tr. to

become

less in

vigour,

abate, reduce, lessen, diminish, remit;

no abotow'
akagyaw, the flower has faded, withered; ne
kuru a etuu kokuro no, afei de ab. kakra, his sore that had become
lar(jc,has decreased; aduru no ab. yare no, or araa gyare no ab., the
medicine has f/iven a check to the sicJcness; nsu no ab., the water has
become I ulcewarm; wabotow, he is cast down, dejected, all his joy
neho afgm no; wgab. gko no, the/j have
and f/aiet// has left him,
suspended hostilities, made a truce; wgab. asem no ato hg, theij have
brouf/ht tlie palaver into an easier way anl have laid it aside for a
while (asem no, wonni no dennennennen na wodi no berew na \vgagya mu ato hg kakra).
rifwiren

bgtgwa,

pd. m-, 1.

small bag or

saclc,

pouch.

3.

a musical

instrument, bag-pipe? pr.633.

abotoyam",

/?/".

[bo tg yam'] peace of mind, jog, happnness;

satisfaction, contentment

abo-tu,
bo,

inf.

ema ne bo

cf.

abodwo.

abotg,

;
eye no ab. =: etu ne
news of trouble or danger; report

consternation; despondencg

tu.

abotuseni,

causing fright or consternation.

botiirobodwo, lukewarm,
bo-fi, As.

tepid; nsu b.

means, absolutelg, positivelg; with negation:

bij no means; niise, kgfa onipa no bera, bo-u na se wamma a (Akr.
na se eka, no biibi emma na ose gmma a), sah bera, / sag, fetch thai
man; but when he absolutelg refuses to come, then return.

bow,

/>//

V. 1. to

all

become tough (of clay

in pottery).

3.

s.

red.

bobgw.
b

w, bundle of tobacco-leaves, commonly called ahead or hand

of tobacco.

bow, a charm (fetish) hidden in the ground: wasi or wahye

no b.=rgde suman bi akghye fam' ama obi; ebi ye kabere, cbi ye
sumanhunu bi ne aduru.

omuuunkum,
(j-bow,
gbosu agu.

b. atg

bow, Ky.

boro, to

fog, mist;

grow

slack, flaccid, flabbg, flaggy;

angpa bgw

angpa busu;

make weak,
lihaban hhina abow, on account
drooping; awia abow (== akisa)

tveak, flag, slacJcen; tr. to

gpe

nti

of the harmattan the leaves are all

hfwiren no, tlie sun has n-ithercd the flowers ; abe no abow, thtd palm
bow
is no more as fresh as in the first three days after felling it.
nsa, to become weaki.Q. intoxicated, to get drnidi, by driuking much

bowema

45

bra.

no, ho abow no,

palm-wino, or any liquor or spirits^ s. asfibow.
he isdisJicdrfened, d/sinnitrd, has lost all Joi/ and litjoiir; s. aliobow. cf. botow, rinobow, ahobow.

bowoma,

F. =: boh worn a.

bowiTO w',
clutch,

j)]. a-,

pounce, taJon;

Ak. abowero,

s//n.

boworcwua,

nnil of a fingor or too; rhov,

werew.

a disccisc which spoils and blackons

tlui

nails

of the fingers.

aboVvi, aboVviiw, conirihution, indemnification for ex]finsos

by the defeated party; ra)ts<ii paid by the contjucred
chief to redeem his people that thoy might not be made prisoners
Ye-ne Asautefo wiee ko no, wgma ycbgo sohkahiri
or slaves.
ansa-na wogyee yea ab. (sika, hkoa, aguade n. a.), when our war
with the Asantcs was over, they made vs serve them and then imposed on us a coidrihution (in monci), slaves, goods); woabo no sohkahiri ama ab., tltey have submitted to his rule and have given (the
conqueror) monri/ and men in tolicn of their suljmission; ycgye mo
ab. ansa-na yeakg; Asantefo de ab. na ekyekyeree woh kiirow.
Meyi wo abowuw =-. mebg wo, / slttdl release thee with a stroke (in
plays of children: mmofra goru na nea odi ne yohko so no yi nea
wantumi no a ope se ogyae no ab., enese gbo no).
aboya, aboyea, Ak. s. abeya, asahka, ayawci. F^ Mt. 14,8.
of war, paid

iiboyalb, F.

[Mh.6,26.

keka, Mt.8,2S. Mk.1,13.

aboyam",

1. girdle round the tvaist. F. Mt.S,4. Mk.1,6.

newly framed word)
nea ebg yam'; wuhii a, na wo
yam' abg, wo kgh do no, wo ani sg no dodo.

2. (efeh bi, a

bo-yerew,
bra,

bara,

inf.
v.

1. to

abofono, sickness of the stomach.

make, enact a law or laws,

to

order

irith

an injunction upon, to command, esp. to forbid, prohibit; mpanyimfo kg apam akgbra ade, the elders have assembled
to enact or make laws; mabra no, I have interdicted him; bra no
ne ara se ohhkosi ntew bio, forbid him this verg dag any more
to join in that pAag (ntew-si) again; - to fix (by law) the value of:
wgabra dare ma aba mmah 75.
2. to settle: matu mabebra ha,
I have removed and taken np mg abode here.
5. to come (i.e. to
be born) again into this tcorld: owui wg ha na wakgbra (wg) Nkrah,
he died here and has come again at Akra.
4. to become habitual
asabow, atoro abra no, drunkenness, felling lies has become habitual
to him, =^ eye ne bra, it is his habit or nature, he is addicted to..;
n'agya nneyee abra no, his father's manners have become his, he
twa hkontompo, pr.l225.
takes after his father.
5. to deceive,
wabra me
wasisi mo, wadada me.
G. bra., mu, to tcithhold or
authoriig. to lag

hide or conceal something in speaking, to dissemble,

dissimulate: gbraa me asem no mu, he did not fell me the ivliole
truth: yebra no kasam', we disguise our speech before him; woka
kecji back, to

asem no ara pj a, bra mu, ivlien gou relate the case, do not sag all;
gkyeree me kwah no, wabra me mu, when lie shotved me the way,
he misled

me;

cf.

mmrabram'.

46

comhKj

(inf.) 1. the

0-1)1* a,

or

obra

brakyew

Into this world, the state of cxistenec

wowoo me too mu yi, the life

mesore bra yim', I shall depaH this

in this worJd; obra a

life

I have

into irhieh

life; obra
akyi wg amane, in after-life more trouble is met tcith than in childhood; or, in future days trouble may befall you; meboo obra, mennom bi da, as long as I live, I never dranlc any.
2. manner of
life, conversation, behaviour, conduct; pr. 409. 634.635. obra a eho
nni dem or akasaye, blameless behavtour; bg bra, to behave, conduct, to bear or carry one's self; bg bra-pa, to behave well; bg brabone, to behave ill ; gmpe bra f'oforo ming, he shall see?:, to lead a
new life, shall alter his conduct; n'aso awu nti, wgapo ne bra ama
no
wgato no kwan, wonni n'asem akyi bio, they have left him
5. the nature i.e. the
to himself (nobody exhorts him any more).
metises or monthly conrses of women, euph. asabu; ye b. (bu nsa, kg
afikyiri), to menstruate, to have the monthly floiv or discharge, cf.
bra-agoru, a ceremony
bu 5 c. (wobeye b., a nasty abuse).
bra-tam
performed witli a girl having attained to puberty.
afikyikg-tam, asabu-tam.

been liorn;

abra,

falsehood, fraud, deceit.

i)r.

1024. 1025. 2327.2475. syn.

nna-

braba, nkgnkgusa, nkontompo.

abra, a kind oi monkey; sareso akyeneboa bi.

mmara.
mbra, F.
bra, s. bena.
bra-ban, manner of behaviour, conduct; ne sa

bra bo,
fees, fines,

fihina

bo

b.,

[bra, v.

1.,

ebo],

indemnities &c.
the elders

set

Oman

and the new

b.

nye me

fe.

price or rate; fixed amourd of

ne hemfoforo no

t\vit\va

nnewa

Icing set rates on, fix the price of,

every thing.

abra-bo,

inf.

[bgbra]

life

in this tvorld, in: 3060; way, Y.Ps.67,2.

conduct, behaviour.

o-brabralo,

pi. a-,

deceitful, fraudulent,

tomponi, okghkgnsafo.

person; syn. okon-

to b., to deceive
bra da, enticement, persuasion, temp)tfdion.
wgde
by sweet words, to entice, perstictde, talk over; wgto no b.
bradam', F, by craft,
nsem dede dada no na wanya amane.
Mk. 14,1.
brada-to, inf. enticing drc. ; cf. semmrada.

abrada, F.

s.

abranna.

0-b r a fo, i^L a-, executioner, hangman; pr. 636. forerunner; a byname of the bird apatipere.

o-br afo,

jjL brafo,

a tvoman thcd

Jias

her monthly courses.

braka, round-about icay, by-way, side-way; (merekg no, mennam te na) mekobuu b. na mede mekofii akura hg, I came to the
village by a round-about way; wabu br. akgfa m'akyi, by a sideway he came in my back; wobebu yen ho b., they ivill go round to
attack

lis

from behind.

b r a-k yew: obu

br., his

conduct

is

crooked, i^erverse, dishonest.

bram

brum

(baram)

v.

[red.

abram atoa no

41

bil.

brammram]

J.h...

lio,

overlai/:

fo

hundle of the sword is ovcrhiid

H'lth (/old; to s/iiif HP, close, secinr, fasten, stop: brain paiikran no
^. b... auo,
bo hhina liyia, nudcc the cask water-tUjld all round.
to secure, shut or lock up; fo seal np; bram nnipa no ilno na wgannya okwafi amfi adi, slint up or confine those peoj/le fh/d fhei/ cannot
wgile sika

the

ti lio,

come Old ; fa nnadewa bram adaka yi ano, tia'd this l)Ox tip; b. pon
no ano i'a nnadewa bobom', secure this door with nails.
3. b.
so, to orerwhelin ^^ kata so, buhkam so; dom yi abrirslm' [akata]
yen so, f/ie enemies overwhelm ns, are more than. we.

bram'
bra

bra mu,

m m r a ni"

s.

red.

bra, v. G.
v.

bram.

brammram:

n'ano ye b.
birebire, he is a habbler, talker,
tattler, readi/ to spctdc erd thin<js.
o-brammraml'o, 2'^- ^-i onipa a
ne tokrema yaw bebrc, u'ani ye den; sj/n. okasafo.

Q-brammiri

[obrah, biri] id. a-, 1. obran tiintum, a black,

ab., he is a wrathful man; abnfuw ye gb. or
ab., wratli can mcikc a man commit things tvhich othertvise he woidd

strong

2. gye

man.

never do.

abrammo
so,

[bram'abo] weight,

he tveighs his gold tvith

g-braii,

s.

ivcighfs; gkari

ne sika wg m'ab.

abrammo-kwaumu, true

my weights.

[tveights.

gberah.

a-branna', F.

abradil, pi. m-, sail [G. abena]; si ab., to set a

scrcento keep off the rays of the sun; gallery, veranda, covered
by the sloping roof of the main building [G. ablana] ; portico, piazza,
covered tvcdk, corridor, pillared hall, colonnade, ]ieristglc.

sail;

abraiisem, abraiiso, abrante, -wa, -kwa,

brapa, [gbra pa] F. virtues;

s.

s.

aber.

gbra 2.

brasiam^ s. gkgre.
bra-tam,
braw, a-, s. beraw, a-,
bre... bre... s. bere... here...

s.

gbra

5.

= nea, where, senea, how.

= abrabg.
abrebretam, F.
raiment, Mt.
mbrehoadze, F. = ahoberease.
iribrew, F. = 'merew, weak; weakness.
brcmba, brempon, F. =^ gbarima, obirempgn.
abrentse, F. = aberante.
mbre,

F.,

as,

abrebo, F.

soft

bri...

s.

biri...

bro... bro...
bru. s. buru
.'

bru,

11,8.

s.
.

borg... boro... buro...

a. blue, (cf.

akase, bibiri, hoa, tuntum)!;

n. queen's blue, indigo blue; blue starch.

bu, V. {}-ed. bubu] A. to bend, fold; B. to crack, break, cid &c.

A. 1. tr. to bend, crook, curve; intr. to bend, crook, be curved;
syn. kyea, koa, kontoii - epo abu dgnngn, abu kg asase no mu,
the sea has formed a bay; bu braka, to take a round-ahovi tvay.
;

48

bu.

bu an o,

bu duku no ano
and lay
over,) to double.
bu.. bo ho abiesa, fold it thrice.
3. to make
by bending, to manufacture: bu kotoku (pr.7(J8), kyew, nipaboa,
ntoa, to make a bag, hat, sandals, a cartridge-box. 4. to make by
bending or turning one's own body: bu atiri, to turn or cut a somerset.
5. to bend, more or direct parts of the body: a) h n nkgmpow, to bend or turn the necl; to look round, about or bach: obu
nk. f\ve n'akyi, lie loohs bach; obu nk. twe won nhina, lie loohs round
b) bu. ani, to ivi)di at; obu no ani, lie winks
about on them all.
at him (gives him a hint by a motion of the eyelids); - obu no anikyew, he casts squint i.e. evil looks cd him; - obu n'ani, n'aniwa,
he shuts and oj^ens his eyes, ivinks, twinkles, blinks, cf. aniwabubu;
obu n'ani gu (n'asoodeii) so, he tvinks at, overlooks (his disobedience). Acts 17,30.
c) bu nsa, orig. to bend the fingers in counting
2. to bend, fold:

bu.

to bo, to douhle,

to

])r.

seam,

653.

hem a

cloth

bu.

due

so, (to bend

the (six) days during which a menstruant woman is not allowed to

enter or sleep in her regular dwelling; cuph.
ye bra, to menstruate.
d) bu ntwer, F. to bow the knee, Mt. 27,29.
B. 6. to bend a thing so as to occasion a Haw in it, but not en-

~. to break (by bending,

break it; to crack; cf. bukaw.
aba, dua, dorape, Joh. 19,36. cf. bo ')0): mabu poma no, / liave
broken the stick; intr. poma no abu, the stick is broken; - bu.. mu,
to break in two; s. 29 c.
8. to break down, demolish (odan, cf. buruw^ dwiriw); jntr. to break down, tumble down, fall to ruin: odan
no abu.
!). to brefdc off (ahurow, the ears of Indian corn), to reap.
10. to cut off: obubu n'awcrew, he pctirs (off) his nails ;
to rid
oyiyi ne nhwi ano; obu n'atiko,
the hair: obu n'anim
oyi n'atiko nhwi ano.
11. to cut or hew down, to fell (trees): bu kwae

tirely to
f.i.

= dgw,

pr.652. meko kwaem' makobu nnua, I will

go into the wood to fell trees.
12. bu mu, to bre<dc or cut in the
middle, to cutoff: bu.. mmerem', rt)obu ne nimerem'
wasi so [orenyin na onnya hwiee nyiii] na wapatuw awu, lie dies a premature,
untimely death, is cid off in the 2^)'iinc of his life; - b) wabu n6
ramere (a gdebewo)mu
nemmereatwam', shcisjxist age. Heb. 11,11.
e) bu nna mu, s. abiinnam.
to cut the bush,

end or poird, to blunt (opp.

break, transgress^ disobey (a law.,
order, injunction); obu n'asem so
onnyina n'asem so,

C. 13. hx\.. so,

sen ano), pr.994.

command,

to brcfdc off the

14.

bu.. so,

to

he bre(diS his (own) word, docs not keep his 2)vomise; obu ne na asem
so, he disobeys (acts against) his mother's word.
15. bu.. so, to
go beyond, surpass: ebu n'abasa so, it goes beyond his i^ower or abi-

adwuma y abu me nsa so, this tvork is too much for my strength.;
edom no bu yen so, the enemy is stronger than toe are; syn. kyeii,
bunkam; cf. bramso.
16. bu so, to run over, overflow: wafwie
lity

nsu agu

mu ma abu

so, he

has poured water into

it

so that

it

has run

or flown over; Ps. 23,-'); .\ijn. boro so, fe ho.

17. bu so, to be abundant, jilodifid, frequent, often met with, common; mama nhoma no
abu so, I have made that book common, caused it to be in the hands
18. bu so, to be common, unclean', nni noa abu
of many: cf. ka.
so. do not cat unclean tilings. Acta 10,14.
-

bii^
1).

upon
(lid
.\h\\

1'J.

iliem.

49

To break out or f'ovtii: ohii I'.ui won so, he hro/.e fnrlh

^^0. to end or turn out txuJIji: n'asem abu, liis nuillcr

31. to bvftdi:
come to a <jood end, lias turned out badlt/.
abu no, Ht. a brealdnij liasbroken upon him, i.e. a great eataniit//

not

23.

fad, fall short, fall off in respect to vigour,

of breath; no bo abu, he is out of breath
n'ani bu, lit. his e//e breaks, i.e. fie is
(,s\ ebo)^^ no liouie atc^v no;
vear// of waiting longer; wotVvc obi Uwan na oniina a, na wo ani
lias befallen h'nn.

activity i^c.

bu =: eye

bo bu,

to

to (fet'oid

abomctew.

%vo

3o. To count (orig. by bending tbc fingers, cf. 5 c) bu nsa),

to reckon, compute, calculate. - bu akonta,, to cast up an account;
to ciplter; g-ne no bu ak., he reckons with him, Mt. 18,23.34. bulio ak.,
to necnunt for. - bu ano, to cast vj), sum tip in a total; bu.. fra
(inu), gu.. so, byc..niu, ka.. bo, si.. so, tia, to reckon among, to add
to (cf. kan.. fra) bu yi fi'a (bye) akonta no mu, gu ak. no so, ka ak. no
bo, tia ak. no, add this to the account; bu sika no si so na yenfwe,
J'J.

to the former sum and let us see (wbat tbe amount

obu n'aka-foforo si dedaw so, he calculates his new debts
and adds them to the old ones.
3i. bu a k ape re, to balance an
account, counterbalance a debt: obu me ak., he adjusts his account
due to me b// a contra-account (cf. butew) or bg shifting off pagmcnt
to anotficr person indebted to liim.
25. bu tew, to neutralize or
cancel a delA by balancing against if an equal amount owed by tbe
creditor: medewoka, wonso wodeme bi, namayemmu ntew! wode
me dare 10, me nso mede wo d. 4, enti mebu dare 4 yi matew, na
yi dare 6 a aka no ma me!
T\ 2G. To account (one) for, consider, think, deem, judge (one

adil the

moncg

will be);

able, capable, apt, fit), acknoiclcdge as; to estimate, esteem, respect,

honour, pr. G.51.(J54.G.55. obu no kese, he holds him in great esteem;
mimnni no fwe, / do not respect him at all;
bu.. abomfia, to debu. animtia, to despise, disregard, hold in contempt;
spise, s. ab.

cf. tiatia..

anim,

pay attention to, regard witfi care; cf. buw.

bo ..bra, to behave, conduct, bear or carrg one's
28. bu man, to observe the soself; bu brakyew, s. brakyew.
cial or civil duties: obn man pa, he comports (himself) well Kith
his felloiv-citizens, behaves, demeans, or carries himself well in this
town, is sociable; fie rules (or manages the affairs of) the town well;
he labours for the ivelfare of the towns-people; obu mam-mone se
biribi, lie is cxtremelg unsociable; ye-ne no mmu man yi
ntra
man yi mu, we can no longer live together with him; ye-ne nipa yi
bu man yi, tee live peaceably together, are on friendly terms; cf.
amammii, amammni.
bu man kwanmu a wompam', F. to administer judgment impartially.
H. 20. To decide, judge, xnonoiince judgment: ajhw.. bem,
to pronounce sentence in favour of ii person in a law-suit, to acquit
of an accusation; atemmufo (asennifo) abu no bem, the judges fiare
i'o, to give (bring in) a verdict, pass sentence
acquitted him.b) bu
against a person, to pronounce guilty, condemn; wgabu no kum fo,
they have sentenced him to be hilled.
n te n o>' ate n to
c) b u
G. To observe,

27. bu..

bra

. .

bu

50

l)ubu.

to decide a rase, to give, i^nss or pronomice sentence or judgment on (upon) or against: wgabu no nea gyee no so nteh, they have
d) bn mu to bring
jJassed sentence against him for what he did.
to a decision, do auag with (a case); wgde aseni no aliye duam'
vvode abere m])anyinifo na wgawip, asem no di, woabu
abu mil
fg ne bem (etg-dabi-a wgde dua live dua ntani' bu mu).
e) bu..
nterikyewj to judge unrighteousJi/, to pass an unjust sentence,
to prrreii judgment ; - bu.. a n an ate n, to pronounce an unfair,
bu Asante-ten, jn-. 740.
2)artiid judgment, to jtuJgc jxirficdtg.
J. SO. bu be, to spca/:, utter, use a proverb, to make a proverb;
de bu be, to turn into a proverb. pr.dO. 056. 681. 1361. 1767.
buw.
J. HI. bu, Ak.

judge,

1)U in

bu.. mu,

s.

combination with nouns of pbice and relation:

[bu aiii, .] b), - bu anim, 1()~]
bu ano,
7. 12. 29 c)

bu

2. 23.

I)U followed

gu

so,

.5

13-18.

so,

by other verbs: bu.. bg ho, due so, to lio, s. 2;

so, hye mu, ka ho, si so, tia, 23; tew, 25.

gu

b); fra,

ah u,

fall, ruin, overwhelming calamitg, disaster, great misforasiane - abu abu no, a ccdamitii has bcf(dJen him (s. ha 21),
e.s. bone a waye aye a.s. nea ope se gde ye ne yghko no asaii abefwe naiikasa so; - ma abu mmu no /('/ disaster or rtdn befall him,

tune ;

cf.

i.e.

mo)/ mischief come upon him!

h\\

bu,

plentg, ((bundanll//: gsesaw" (nsu, nsa,

p\,

nkyene,

nno) no bu bu.

buabna] 1. to cover, to shut, close, esp. with so;

put a roof on or thfdch a hou.se; bua adaka no so,
close that bo.r; bua aduan no so, cover that food; cf. kata so, mua,
mniuatama; op}), bue, hie.
2. bua da, lit. to cover (soil,
liini
the food) and sleep, i.e. to fast, to go to bed without having eaten.
pr.211.
3. to come down upon: ne'musu abua n'atifi", his mischief
4. to grow tliicli, bushy, luxuriantly,
has fallen on his own head.
r((nkly (esp. of climbers); to flourish ; ode no abiia kusu^aye ahaban j)j; cf. bum.
5. to answer, reply; mammua no, I gave him
no answer: wgkobuabuaa wgnho, tlicy gave each other (rough) an(>. to congratulate:
swers, scolded each other; cf. gye so. pr.752.
kobua wo nua a gresaw no, congrattdafe your dancing brother.
7. bua.. so, lo charge or npbraid witli. to reproach, to scold or
(d>use by remiiidiilg one of some reproachful deed or matter, to cast
(S. bua ntseii, F.
bu nten.
something in the teeth of; s. asobua,
Mt.7,1.
y. buabna tun, F. to conclude.
bucl,

b.

dan

V. [red.

(so),

to

abi'ia,

^j/.

m-,

tobacco-jJil^e; f/. abiirobua, tjisen.

abuabuairyasu asanka tratra bi a wgde bua aduan

:

ab

so

wg

gyaso.

a da, m-, inf. [bua,X^.] fasting, fast, abstinence from food; odi
ah,, he fasts (once); odi mm., he fasts (repeatedly); wodi mm., they fast.
11

buber, F.

= aburo bu-bere,

harvest (of Indian corn).

3It. 13,30.

b u b 11, red. v., s. bn. (2.) to break or boid repeatedly, to double,

fold: bubu nhoma, to fold uj) a letter.
(7.J to break many things
simultaneously; to break in many 2>icces; to pluck: bubu asomerewa

obiibuafo

51

.ihiifiiw.

aliabat'i noa iiom, jiliich- saiiif Irdics to^'ctlicr witli t\n\ stalks of I lie
herb call(Ml asotn., boH thcni (iinl driiil: tlu' decoction; - to hvc(tk
rojitplctclij, Fs. 10, li). 37,17. hnhn.. imi, rs.4iJ,10. Is.9,4. biil)ii abodo,

po'f-

fo rniiiihle hrciid.

/" l>c hrolccji

okwan no ware

down

hi/ litirdships,

i.o. fii-

mabubii, from (lie loiuj

1 (lime quite tired or undone; Fs.SS,9; to be lame, s. the foil,

lii/Kcd, euJt(tiist<'<l:

o-b

11

1)11

uti

man lamed

a To, 2>L -, a

l/i/

sic/,-n".^s,

wowoo MO mu na gyare abcye no ana nmirui

bubu

na

{^n f'ako

inrJiinird l(tn(/ini;/e

mbilbui, F.
a

I)

bum

aiiweilC, the

abubiir,
ab

11

^j7.

btil)uafo,

i.o.

one's self.

name

()biii)U(i,

(.i-jtressimi

:i

\va-

abubumina, a kind of ironu or molli ; ab.1);1

(made ofbrokcn little sticks) in ir/iieJi itlives,2)r.G58.

rv/.sv

- okasa

fWr*;

inuiiner of

oiiipa

no na
a tame

minubni.

^^

111

nye

oiitunii
*'i'

/xilsi/;

abcMliirn

trail

of a month, :\ho\\t

m-, F.

aburuburu,

Noremher.

Mt.21,13.

u-\v, -0, 1. public inquir// after somet/iint/.

:J.

u-adlin/, rrifnuj,

sorrow, fear, for help in consternation and distress; the

ntiise made by the people whilst sheep are bein<^- ottered to the riveroresu na oredi nkgmmg, he wads,
spirit (at Akwam); - gbg ab.

from

grief,

wgmmg no kwa.
bubuw-bo, inf. wadinfj,

Itiinenfs:

ab.,

lamentation.

biio, r. [red. buebue] fo uncover, disclose, cf. bua. 1. fr. fo

open (obue n'ani, n'ano, ne nsam', nboma mu, he opens his eye,
mouth, hand, a hook); bue adaka no (so), oijen the box; kobue pon,
open the door {si/n. hie); bue gdah no (ano), open the house; diff. tu
ano, sail.
2. bue .. ano, fo initiate, inaueptrafe, dediccde: yerekobiie asgredan ano, we are going to dediccde a chapel.
3. bue so,
to clear (land) from trees: obue n'asase so, he cuts awai/ the trees
on his piece of ground, so that the sun may shine on the land.
4. b u e to so, fo turn over (the leaf of a book).
J. intr- fo open,
he open: gpoh no abue {syn. ano da ho), the door is open; n'ani
abue or ada ho, his eye is open; n'adwenem' abue or ada hg, his

mind

is

clear; ne tirim bue, his conscience awaJces.

buebue,
anim rebuebue

bue bue,

red. v.,

s.

bue;

anim rebaebae,

the

day breals. [G. hie

gble.]

inferj.

buepeii, a j^cy "i" Pf^'ii' of two opposite pages in a book; cf.

wakah ma aka b. kakra bi na wawie, he has read it nearly

kratafa;

through, he has read

if

all

excepting a few j^ages.

bufo, F. reaper. Mt. 13,30.

o-biifo, sloven, dirty fellow;

biifiia,

ab iifuw^
to

s.

slut,

shdfern;

s.

burn, burnin.

bofua.

-fuo, inf. [ebo fuw] (inger, wrath, passion

grow angry; yi..

o-bufii-fafo,

ab., fo excite to

2)1. a-, tin

irascible

anger; gye ab.,

man,

fa or

nya

ab..

]ie is ira^citjle.

easily 2^>'r>i'oled ov offended.

abufu-liyew, hot anger, wrath, fury.

abufu-iiiiii' [anim] an angry countenance. Prov. 25,23.

abui

52

abui,

abuntVvere.

needle, especially a large one;

cf.

pane, clorowa.

mbui, F. Irealcing, fall. Mt. 7,27.

bilk aw, r. 1. to hcnd: ob, ne basa, he bends Jtis arm; ob. ne
nsa to ii'akyi, he puts Ms hand on his hach; b. wo nan to so, cross
2. to hrecdc, cracl-, flair, i.e. to bend a tiling
or hcnd your leys.

so as to occasion a flaw in

it,

from one master

3. to shift

l)iiku', F.

jil- W1-,

to

to

break

another, to desert one,

it; cf.

cf.

bn, 6.

guan.

brfiku', bool:

mukjia, muka.

bukyia, F.

s.

bum,

spread;

r. to

but not entirely

to sjrread or la//

wura no abum

over;

to

carer a place or

aye aliaban bebre na

aye fefei'efe) ///r?^ busli lias r/ro/rn r(wlc and luxuriant, filling a wide
space witb its foliage; woto asawn bum mpata so ansa-na woyiyi
won, a net is spread for tlic fishes before theij are cauijht; ode ntama
akata obi (a.s, nankasa) so; fa bum me so
kata
abum no so
a tbing

canij)lctcJ/j

kiisu, (^^

me so!

[rcf?.

bummum.]

bi'im, i^/. a-, a spreading or thorough movement or effect: gua

bo bum, the ichole assemblij rises at once (s. bo 7); wgasore bum
])rekr), the// have got vp in a state of confusion; oguaii no abebo
m'abTiro mu b., tliat go((t has made haroc in my maize, lias eaten a
good portion of my corn; woabo yen abum, they have 2nd iis into
confusion ; woabo aguabum, they hare brought the marfcet into confusion; ebgg b. no, irhen the confusion began; abogyabum, covering
or bespattering with blood by blotcs.

bum, adv. severely, thoroughly, very much; gbgo no ara bum

preko, he gave liim one severe blow; wgbobgg nnuan no ara bum
bum bum, tlie// gave or deidt the goats vigorous blows; gmanmufo
tan a ban mu to b,

bum a,

V. to catch, seize,

buma oguan no

bera, catch

take by force (nnipa,

mmoa, mpata);

sheep and bring

wgbebuniaa no

tJiat

pounced upon him and

l^rcd. bumabuma.]
bum mum, red. v.., s. bum.

akgtgn no,

e-bu

tliey

Ak. bunu,

11, a.

orange, pr. 2344.

e-bu

1*1,

cf.

J)?, a-,

j;Z. a-,

gbabun.

took liim

it;

away

to sell

him.

green, unripe; akutu-bun, an unripe

o-buii, F. iinripeiless.

abyss, gulf; the depth of the sea;

amda a emu do

a ewg nsum'.

abu-nnam'
appellation (or

[nea obu una mu] lie who cuts

of kings; cf. okumnipa.

off one's days,

an

title)

am,

numwuguan, if the enemy is

too strong for you, you flee; wob. yen, wgab. yen so, they surpass
akyen so, atra so, he has
us in number; wanyTi ade ma ab. so,
grown enormously rich; ngofo borow abicn a wobyiae no, se atififo
1)11

Ilk

V. (so), to

ber, valour, power, force):

surpass, exceed, be superior to (in

edgm

b.

wo

a,

b.

anafofo so
a

the

nti,

anafofo antumi won.

bunt we re,

orange

is

a green, hard, iinripe fruit; akutu no ye ab.,

unripe; s. bun.

.iIhiiiu

ab

Imo,
II li

kind of

nil u, a
s.

iu>

I)

j^rcat

53

iiliTiro.

dram'f

oboniikyerefo.

s.

Cf. ebiin.

buw.

w aw

i-

a kind of hayero;

l)ill6, a kind of cloth from 'J'oani,

abii-iiCMj jJaW, portion,

sIkii-c,

s.

ode.

koiiti', iitaina.

.s-.

the result of a division;

c/'.

I'lkyeni'.

bu-j)r(_'ku, a bit,
cf. teprcko.

ov j)iccc,

luorscl,

broken

o/f bij

a single

breaking;

abiira, jj?. m-, uelt, cistern\ tu ab., to dig a ivell.

abiiroAv, maize, Indian corn. pr.(i72-80. ab. aben,

the corn is

ripe for use; ab. ahoa, the corn is ripe to perfection.

bii ab. to break the car from the stfdk; hiiah or sunsfianc mmetem,
to husk maize; few or tutu ab., to take oid the grains.

sitfficientli/

aburo-betciii,

ab u rob

m-, cone or ear of Indian corn.

Xil.

a, a plant gro win "^frequently in the vicinity of towns,

with red Howers and black seeds;

a biiro-bu,

Canna Indiea

or speciosa.pr.66L

plucking of the ears of maize; corn-harvest.

abiiro-biia, pi. ni-, a short tobacco-pipe made of clay, claypipe made in Europe, pr. (J(J2.
inf. the

abn ro-dom a,
sted

maize full-grown, bat not get quite

and eaten by the

rijje,

as roa-

nej^roes.

bui'6-diia, the jitant ov stalk of Indian corn; the spike of a

jilantof )naize, in which the kernels sit; (( cone of maize from which
the grains have been ])icked.
aburoduaiV, food ov dishes in-epuviid uf maize: ybanku, abete,
dokono, kyekyere, ammoagyanewa, inpampa, pimpi, sense, oto.
bi'i

t)-f 11

a,

a b u r o-fu w

cf.

m-, a single grain of Indian corn.

a plantation of maize.

jj?.

ab uro-j^ua, a European chair, arm-chair, chair

akentehhua, akohnua.
ab liro-guane,

^= abiirow guannuan,

bviro-g\va, Aky. matches;

//;.

rijje

witli

a back;

ears of Indian corn.

[pr.673.

samannya.

b uro-b u n 0, the husk or corering of the cars of maize; pr. 679.

a kind of country cloth, s. kente.
biiro-kii
1)11
1)

Ihkii], 2)omade,

p)omatum. D.As.

ro-k lira wa, a European jar can, cup, mug

^

u r o k u r u w a pjomegranate,
,

Abiirokyiri,

s.

tfr.

buruk...

man's countrg, Europe and America

man who deserves to be sold to Ab.,
[pr- 664.
Turkeg-red cloth.

the white

respectively. ;jr. dOS-G. Ab. nipa, a

abu

II

1'

ky i r i- s u a,

r o-n a

o-b uro n
b

Li

6-6

II

the stcdk of maize.

pi. borofo, a-,

ya

Eurojiean, white

buro-iiiio, m-, European

aburo-pala,

man

midatto. ijr.6G7-71.

Christmas and New-year's-dag.

pr. 680.

oil, olive-oil,

sweet-oil.

54

aburotscu
abiiro-tseii, F. abtiro a

aburo-wi [awi]
l)U]"ii,

uc
no

b. nti

icJicat.

abusnde.

abo yiye pe;

ten 3.

s.

D.As.

fUthincss, dirtiness, itnclcaniicss, slovenliness, sJuttis/mcss

wo ne no

didi a,

enye de.

oyy

b. (e.

no ho

s.

ntew), he is- afiJtiiii, dirty, unclean fellow, a sloven;

murii; buriim, obnfo.
fi

biiru,

V.

fi

na

oliem-

buruw.

s.

bunibviru, bbbb.,
obu or oye me akoa papa.

aburuburuw,
te se

wo
of.

adc. enfircl//,
[G. bbiblu.]

pJ. in-, a species oi

akokg de.) F. abubnr.

biiruku', F. buku', j;/.

lot(dli/;

dove; pr.

odi

mc nya

GSl. (no

l.

mniaran

m-, book.

burukiirinva,

a large tree and its edible fruit similar to a

pomegranate but larger and with larger seeds.

buriun
oy?

b.,

gye neho

0-b li r U

unclean

fdfh/j, dirty,

b.

oye neho

tlfi;

a large quadruped

aburu-nsiimma-beii.

felloic; sloven.; slut,

s.

daitern;

burn, obut'o.

pr. 682.

a species oi dove (red).

biiriiWj V. to hrealc down, demolish (odah n.a.),- syn. dwiriw;

tundde down, fall to ruin; amoa no ab., the sides of the pit have
broJcen dotcn; ne fwene burn gu n'aiiom', he has his nose smashed,
knocked into his mouth, pr. 684
to

abiiruM'tl, pl.m-,

3=

not yet calved.

the interior with
a

1)11

iMi

marks

w;i-ba,

j>^

i.

nantwi ab., heifer. yoH)ifi cow. that has

a female slave, especially one f'roni

afanji,

cut in her face.

mmuruwd-mma,

vile,

despicable person.

mmusu, ahabusu, abusude &c.

bii.sUj s.

a b u s fi a F. -sfiia, pi. m-, family, kindred,

,

relatives, especially the

relations of the mother s side; one of the ori(ji)ial fdmilies of

nation.
bo ab., to join a family or tribe. pr.(>8S-7.

al)

us ua-ba

H, sort of

famdy

or people;

mo

ab.,

moye

the,

a\Vi

Tshi
!

you

are a thievish family!

abusua-bo,
ne

dill a.s.

inf.

wufi kilro bi so aba na abusfia hiara a wote

wode woho akghyem'.

wufim',

a b u s u a -b o_u e a sin hereditary in a family.

iihi\su.i\-d6, something hereditary, inborn, inbred, innate:, bayi
ye ab. eye no uh.
abus ua-diia, the tail i.e. cord or tic which connects a family.
[pr. 086.
a b u s u a-k u w family, tribe, clan.
a b u s u a-ma ii tribe.
o-bus u a-iii, ^>?. a- -fb, relation, relative, kinsman; syn. oni.
,

abusua-yare,

family-disfcmper, hereditary disorder.

O-biisua-panyiii, the head of a family, pr.687. F. abusuiampanyin, patriarchs

abusu a-pon ni, a member of an important famUy. pr.687.

abusu-de,
aster, pr. 118. F.

a wicked, mischievous thing or deed;

abomination, Mt. 24,1-5.

ill

luck,

dis-

alMisiiscm

l)\vo.

abiisii-som, wicked^ mischievous words, behaviour, or

blasphemy;
u-b iisii

coiulitct;

innnisubo.

cf.

t'o, ^jZ. a-, a wicked, mischievous man, s. obusuyefo; a

frolicsome fellow; a roync (facetiously): obfironi yi ye ob., gtc yen
kasa, litis I'hiropean is a roync, he understands our lanyuayc.
O-bus u-3'(jt"0j pi. a-, a wicked man doiiiy miscliirf \n secret;
royue, k)iavc, cillain, scoundrel, pr. 119.

o-biitcw, inf. conipoisation, the pay mod of a dtbl by a credit

of equal amount; reciprocation^ mutual return; ob. ne se: wode
bi ka na gno nso de wo bi na iiiode atua; a. s, giio ut'a ne tiriin' a,

wo nso

afa

wo

biitu, a-^

tiriin;

Obutu, jjr.
(

Winncbah),
bi'itfi,

odii aduaii

a.

bn

^.'().

butiiw, abotu.

6'.

n. of the

language of Sanya. Afutu Berekn, Siinpa

Apfi, cf. Or. Introd. 5,2.

adv. completely

no

b. (entirely),

cOc.

ka

very inwh,

= kora, yiye,

papapa;

wabo no aho-

n'anini b. (sharply);

liora b. (utterly).

biltubutu,
bu

ub

II t

imit. adv. expr. the

u w, red.

v.

biitu-iiu-bete, a kind o{ beads;

abutiiscm,

s.

sound of drununiug-: wgka

[akyene b.

s.

ahene.

abot...

butu w, V. to overturn, turn upside down, upset; ob. n'agua,

he turns his chair (as the negroes, from a superstitious notion, do
when they rise); b. korow, to overthrow, capsize a canoe; - intr.
to lie or stand ujisidc down, to lie on the belly.
kyiVkg (tgmere) b.
pon so, a tumbler stands upside down on the table; pr.202S. abofra no
de n'ani b. ne nji ho, the child laid its face ayainst its mother.
b. aba so, to brood.
bata b. wo, your trade fails, yoes amiss.

butuw,
buWj c.

s.

tekrema-butiiw.

on and cover cyys or yunny, as a I'owl, to

gkgto nkesna na wada so na wasow,
okobntuw aba so, pr. 2776.
2. to heap toycther, to keep toyclher
under a coveriny (nhe, palm-nuts, till they begin to rot, - abiirow,
maize, in a vessel or under jrround, to malt it fur making ahai,
beer).
3. to spare, save, lay up: obuw ne sika de akgware yere,
he spares his money in order to procure tJirouyh it a wife.
4. to
watch, keep sentry, yuard; asrafo buw abaii, soldiers yuard the fort.
5. to watch, lie in wait or ambush: obuw no gkwan so, he waylays him, s. tew; b. mogya, to lie in wait for blood.
G. to watch
or overtake one in the way in order to call him to account; cf. tware.
abuWj inf.^ s. buw, v. 1.
1. to sit

brood; gsansa kg

abuw

e-buw,

nest, coop, caye, cot, cottayc, hut,

akokobuw; gdah

bi a wgfre

lodyiny;

cf.

berebuw,

abosom no asamaiifo wg mu =: gbo-

sombiiw. abosonnan, asamanfredaii.

nacle. [G. bu.]

F. =ntamadah,

tent,

taber-

buwfrefo, 2)1. a.-. = gkgmfo; onipa a otumi fre nsamanfo

mmousam ma wgbeka won anom' asem.

ne abosom ne

bwc, bwobua, F.

hue, buabua.

56

da.

.
The consonant d occurs before pure vowels, sometimes before
nasal vowels when they are followed by in, n, or ii (e.g. den, dom,
don, dum); d is changed into ii by an in (n, ii) before it. Gr. 18.,
and into n or r by negligent pronunciation, Gr. 19 B. cf. une,
eda-yi, nne-da, adadwo, adgpa.
nnera, anadwo, angpa,
In
several Fante dialects d is changed into dz when coming before
the vowels e & i, seldom before e. In a few cases d or dz in F.
interchanges with sj cf. adze, dadze, dade, adade
ase, asase;
do == so. Gr. 293, 1 a. h. Ftem. 1-3.

The combination dw has nothing to do with the sound represented by single d, and will be treated afterwards by itself.
da,

nna, red. deda] 1. to lie (of a single person or

persons; gu, gngu, of many things: cf. bew,
bea, boa, sam, buw, butuw, teii, tew) oda fam'. he lies on the ground;
gda ayannya, lie lies on the bacli.
:2. to he in a certain place,
to
he sitnated: ne kuro da bepgw so, me de da boh mu, his toivn is situated on a mountain, mine in a vallei/; kyckye da gsram hkyen,
the evening-star stands near the moon; - to float, sicim, he huoijed
up: base a eda nsu ani, a floating casli.
3. to lice in a place
gdenkycm da nsum', omampam iiso da wuram', the crocodile lives
in the water, the guana in the bush; onni dan na gda wuram'. },r. 6i7.
4. to sleep (especially in the pcrf.): gkgda, he goes to sleej); wada,
he is sleeping, pr. 704. oda bebre or dodo, he sleeps much; mesen wo
nna, I surpass i/ou in sleeping, pr. 2802. mcrekasa no, gfaa mu dae,
u-hilst I spolce, he fell asleep; - obiara kii wo sa a, da, if any one
tells you so, sleep i.e. take no notice of it; ne ti ada, 6'. eti.
to die:
ghene dae na wausore.
5. to he quiet: ne nsa nna, liis hand never
rests, he is industrious,
gye nsi, gye osifo, gdeygfo.
(J. to remain,
rest: n'asem da m'asom', his word remains in m// ear, I do not forget it.
7. to weigh dou-n: nsenea, wotom' torn' a, eda, tvhe7i gou
continue to ]}id in things into the scale, it sinks.
c?. to curd, curdle,
coagulate, congeal, thicken: nufu no ada, the milk has curdled; nno
no ada, the palm-oil has thickened.
!). da, Ak. ;= da so, 6\ 35 c).
Fhr. 10. da aba so, to sit on eggs for breeding, to brood, hatch;
V.

\juf.

thing; deda, of

many

sgn.

buw, butuw.

naked.

da

13.

ho, yi adi.

da adagyaw,

11.

pr. 699.

da kwaferekwa,

to

he

da adi, to be manifest, ccident, open or clear; cf.

io. da dweii, to lie and t'nink, to meditate.
da

f\ve, to consider; s. 38.

rate place, pr. S84.705.

da

tirim.

11.

da

afa, to sleep at

a sepa-

da fam', to be level; ehg da fam', it is

da ogya (ho), da gyentia, to sleep at
the fire ; pr. 559.
17. da hg: a) eho da hg (pefe), it is manifest, evident, obvious; it is open, accessible: asem yi ho da ho, tlie
asem yim' ye pefe; - emu da hg,
matter is now plaiti or clear,
if is clear, pilain, intelligible, ojjcn; opp. emu asivv me: - gpoh ano
da hg, the door is open.
b) n'ani da hg, he is modest, soher^ careful, attentive, mindful, heedful; sgn. n'ani ka ase.
i6'. da ho,
daso.69. 35 c).
ID. da liyia, to border upon, to confine with; sgn.
bghye (hyia), bg hyebau, to fuhye.
30. da kapCia, to importune,
a lerel place. Fs. 26,12.

15.

16.

d;i

57

(la^

31. da inu, dam': a) to he or lie hi or

he bent iipon.
bdicccn; da akurii inii, to be full of sores, pr. 700. - tokuru da dua
b) to be heard
no mil, t/iere is a hole in t/te tree, the tree is hollow.
c) to be (jiiilli/,
Hiiiouij other voiecs and noises: nnawnta da nni.
in fault: to be bound, to be under obligation (to perform a duti/),
3:3. da a no: ne ti da nkrante ano, 6-. eti; dua no da
Mat. 23,10.
3H. da inpaii, F.
to be or lai/ enqtti/, open; cf.
opori iino, s. 1.
to tirpe; to

34. da ase,

under (Gr. 118,3).' W to thank (lit.

to lie down); yda no tji no so ase, he thanJcs him for the tobaeco;
meda wo ase, / thank i/ou; miyi mn yam' meda wo ase, / thank
i/ou heartilij; meda-ase mcda-ase, / am mueh obliged (to yon); medaase aberaw, id. (s. aberaw); cf'unu ada-ase, the corpse has passed
:.>7.

a) to lie

3'>. da so, a)
person or house) without pushinc/; s. afunsoa.
or sleep npon.
b) to sleep after baving lieard a message &c.
waiikoda so, // did not let him sleep; gtee no, wanna so, lie obei/ed
wanna so na ybae, he c<(me on that vert/ day.
c) to
it forthwith :
(JO on, eonti)iue in doing- something. When put before another verb,
to denote continuation of tlie action expressed by da so, that other
verb may be rendered in Eng. by tlie adv. on, still: oda so kah, he
(joes on reading, he reads on; oda so yare, he is still sick; in Aky.
wgda (so) di ako, thrg are at ivar still; cf. kg
so may be omitted
F. da-lio, da-do, da-ro, Mt. 19,6. Mk.
so, toa so, & Gr. 107,1 G.
5,3.5.9,17.
d) oda nelio so, lie is wary, cautious, circumspect, heed30. da nsow oda nsow,
e) n'ani da me so, s. ani.
ful, careful.
ne ti da nsow, lie bears a mark, has a characteristic, is marked oid
or distinguished by some ^ign or character: onipa yi, ne duabah da
nsow, the figure of this man is of a particular shape or make; cf.
da yafumpah mu, to sleep
dansow.
37. da nsram, Ky. Gy.
with an empty stomach.
38. da tirira fwe, to consider, deliberate:
asem a woka kyere meyi, meda mafvve, or, me(re)da me tiriin matVve, the matter you tell me, I will consider.

(a

to lie

o-da,

da,

inf.
s.

asase no da

wgn

da, the country lies

open

to

them.

daw.

oda, 2>l- ""a, a day (of 24 hours; hkwa-da a nngnfwerow 24

wom'; emu 12 ye adekyee, na emu 12 ye adesae); a time definite
or indefinite; da nhina. all day; every day, always; una hhiua, all
days, always; s. da; - eba nua-una, it comes at times, now and then,
etg-dabi-a eba, it Itappcns sometimes; da
occasionally, seldom,
se 'ne, a day or time (occasion) like this; pr. 696-8; this day week;

Gr. 248,6.
wonnim nna, or obi nnim nna, one does not knoiv
what time brings,
perhaps, peradventure. Cf. da, da, daben, dabi, dafua, dakoro, nnannu... da du, Gr. 80,5. nnagha, nna-mmercnsoh, nna-no, 'ne.
Oregyc nna awn,
ne wuda abeii or adu,
ne wu adu so, ne nna rebi
oreye awu, orebewu, his days will soon

an end; wahye da, he has fixed a day, it is his intention; wato

no da, he has appointed him a day; watu ahye da, he has deferred
it for another time.
be at

da at the end of negative sentences da bi, any day, ever, or,

together with the negation, never, pr. 596. 1479. 1587. Cf. dabi, pen.

oda

58

(labidalti.

(Sometimes it merc^ly gives emphasis

da, / do not knotv him at all.)
O-da, j^Z. a-, (/rave., toinh; F. nda;

(/.

nda, F.

1.

nna,

inf. sleep.

:2.

odamoa; - bo

obo-Ja,

a grave.

to di(j

minnim no

to the negation:

oda.

3. pi.

da, V. 1. to open (the mouth to put food in): ne

wode dade da n'anora ansa-na wode aduan hye mu.
da, adv.

&

of eda.

se

da,

apam

2.

s.

nti

dada.

n. alwai/s, ever; confiimalli/, constanflij, every day,

Ote ho da, a) he always sits there;

he lives for ever; - da anopa oba or oba angpa da, alicays in the
morning, every morning he eonies; da afe, every year; da adekyee
ne adesae na mode meye adwuma mema, no, I tvorJc for him always
by day and night; oba me fi da, he often comes into my house; gye
da hkwa, eversa da da or da na ota ye sa, he altvays does so.
lasting life.
Cf. dapem, daba.
daily

often; eternally; eternity.

h)

da

dawa,

pi. n-, 1.

sheep or dogs, pr.l76S\

uvida in the throat.

cf.

a little hell, as hung round the neck of

odawuru, nnawuta.
2. meniise d., the

daba, d. nhina, (hibate, (F.) always; cf. da, dapem.

adabaiiip;iL-6w, bar of lead.
g-daban, jil. a-, bar of iron.

dabanka,
0-dabaw,y^/.

iron crow, crow-bar. Ak. akokobane.

a-,

(pair of) tongs;

dabedabc [Kru lang. id.'\

dabere, dabew, 7>r.
da-be a,
dabe-l'rama, climate. D.As.

dabekyiri.

As.

da-boii, which day

cf.

a\viri,f('m.

'^iOL

dabere akyiri, bed-room, sleeping-room.

or time,

when did he come?

o-dabeii, red woollen

pincers;

)iij)pers,

dabodabo.

stuff;

when?-

d.

na obae or gbaa

d.,

= nkra-i'dionia.

dabere, v. - taforo; gkramari d. na okg.

dabereko, flirtation, flattery, hypocrisy.
da-be re, a place to lie on or sleep in, sleeping-place. i)r.2298.
d abere-akyiri, s. dabekyiri; okg ne d.:=gkg piam' akgda.
da-be w, == dabere wat'om akoda ne yoiiko d., lie has by mis;

take lain doivu at his friend's sleeping-place.

dabi [eda Ki] 1. one day, one time, some time back, once, in
dabihg; cf. nna-no, nna no bi.
2. some
time p)<^st, formerly ;
day, one day, some time, i.e. at a future time; another time; cf. dakye; pr. 69S.1644.
o'. any day, i.e. ever, together with a negation:
4. no, never; in this meaning it
never, usually shortened into da.
is the only remnant of a whole negative sentence, s. Gr. 146,."^.

dabi-ara, any day, ever, at any time.

dabi-ara-da, together with a negation,

dabi da,
tical

no, never, not at all,

form of denial than dabi

diibi-dabi,

I.

[red. of

never.

by no means, - a more emplia-

i.

dabii.J

long,

along

time,

along while:

obue

il.

yi,

wunliuu no ana? he has been here a long time, did

i/oit

not sec him':' Joh. 14,9. woaninia uteni, ehe na woko d. yiV //oh are
comiiKj late; irhcre have ijoti been so loiuj':' d. btlinnu', loiuj a<i<>, loin/

since, a i/reaf ivhilc atjo.

da

hi ho,

(labu,

dabi

smooth,

a.

^. [red. of

dab

//

no, not at all.

1.

said of cloth;

soft,

si/ii.

torotorotoro

opjj.

hutCdiuti).

o-dalto, abiirow dabo, corn roasted

antelope, -

irhile

ifet

in the ear.

name, or only a species of antelope with horns, si/n. abere. Other kinds are: obobiri,
:*. a kind oi' locust;
adowil, ofrotii, gkwadu, otwe, owansan, c\Vi.
s. abebew.
ada-l>0, inf. previous attempt; oniaii-iihyiani' ho ad., a prelio-{\\\\)(), pi. a-,

1.

gftucral

the,

minarif jmiliament.

dabodubo
a da bra,

(^>?./f/.?)[Kru:

dabedabc] duck;

ninirai'i:

kwakwji.

odompo.

o-dabrabafo, i>?. a-, deceiver, liar, hi/pocrite, impostor, rogue

dr. onij)a a n'asein a oka nh. na biribi kotow akyiri; F. ndabrabany'i.Mt.a, 16.7,0.16,3.
s//n. gkoiikgnsani, okontonipoiii
cf. nnabraba.

dad a,
a dad a,
f

;i

a.

&

adv. Ak.

dedaw.

a blutsh earth brovight up in digging gold before the

whicli contains gold.

da da, red. v. 1. s. da. 2. to spread (of trees) dua a wgtewe

enkyee na adada se yi
.5. to persuade, win over, tolull ; pr.708.709.
to cheat, deceive, delude, impose upon; s//n. nuX ti da, gyigye, sisi,
di kusum; - inf. nnadji; onnim abofra nnfida.
:

o-dadafo,

^v/. a-,

dadada, F.

dadadaw,

deceiver, impostor, swindler. pr.710.

alwa/js,

daba.

F. long long ago.

dadare, F.

s.

dare.

dadavv, F. == dedaw, old; alreadg, long ago.

adada w, F. oldness. Mf.Gr.pr.lOl.

da daw in', s. dodom'.

dade, adadc, F., As. = asase.
dade, 1. iron.
2. p)l. n-, iro)i

instrument, tool, weapon,

sword, dagger; vvgaka no or wgato no dade
woakuin no.
3.
the barrel of a gun (s. ohum).
dade-biii, slag, dross, or recrement of iron.
dade-gy a, 1. the first pain of a cut from a sharp iron.
2.
the flashing of bright iro)i; Nah.2,4. cf. gsekannya.

dade-kot'i,

tin-plate, wliite iron.

dade-ky o w, iron cap, helmet,

dadepoti, a kind of beads, s.
dade-seii,

dade wa
cf.

dadc-kvvasi,

iron-plate.

pr. 389.

ahene.

iron pot, iron vessel.

[dade, dim.'jj'l. n-, a small piece of iron, nail, spilce;
j)Z.

n-,

prego, darewa.

da-du,

inf.

dag-breaJc;

wgkoe

fi

d. so

kgpein anadwofa.

dadu

60

duucrc.

da-du,

ten dans, daclu-dabako, dadi'i-nnammien' &c.j 11, 12

d-ddn-uuinuium, a foiiiii(/ht; Gr. 80,5. adadiionu, adadiiasa, adaduanah &c., 20, 30, 40 days d-c. Gr. 78,2.
d((ijs lOc.

dnduianyi, F.

o-da-dwen,

= deduani, Mt. 27,15.

meditation (in lying down), care, mental anxhe is in anxleti/ about huii; od. rokntn no, cares
are wearinu him to death; s. da J,5.

ictji;

odi no ho

inf.

d.,

= anadwo, nhjld. [eda, duo.]

= dade, iron.
dadzc, F. = ase, fam', (jround, shore, (on the) land. Mt.lS.iS.
nnin
Mk.
Mt. 14,13.
walh on
fall down,
Mt. 18,26. dadzc-fwe, = asefWe,
nui = bae, giiae nui,
dae,
sejxirate.
adadwOj Ak.
dadzc, F.

d., to

6,47.

I'sVc d., to

foot,

fall.

v. d.

to

dae, (an unusual form)

dae, eternal

o-dae,

life lies

read// for (dl

dream.

pi. a-,

inf.

[da]: da

nkwa da nnipa

nliina

men.

so dae, soso adae, to

o-daOj a sickness of the stomach and bcdly;

dream.
cf.

abadae.

o-dae, palm-wine of the precediuf/ day (anad\vofa-sa a wodc. nsu

afrani' dc, asi gya so, na adc kyc anopa a, wodc fra anopa-s;"i mu

ma

eye den).

adae,

c.

n.,

a jilace of rest or lyiny down.

ad;U!, a festival day, returning every forty-tliird day; one

feast, called adae kese, akwasida(^ (advVedae), is celebrated on Sunday; another, 24 days later, called awukudae, falls on WednesdayThe king receives all his elders and honoured guests in Ins residence
and gives them drink and presents.

o-daci'6,

who causes separation or discord; so me mu saara,

who wishes to cause a separation between us.

o)ie

ntie gd., do not listen to one

adac-s6,

inf.

add fa, bo

dreaming.

o-d a e s 6 f o

dreamer.

j^?. a-,

persuade (gen. with

woka asempa kyere no a.s. wode
a good intention); obo no ad.
biribi ma, ohii se wope so oba wo nkyeh.
ad., to call, decoy, allure, entice,

adafi, twa

ad., to betray, disclose, discover, show, yive notice;

wo tino adi
warn, forewarn, caution; wo ino atwa woho ad.
wo ho adanse, akil'asem no ama wo, wo ano na akum wo, 2 Sam. 1,16.
woatwano ad. se onnuan, they (jave him notice that he shotdd flee.
Acts. 23,30. adafi-twa, inf. (A native in searching for the etymology thought of the phrase otwa neho da f;l, watwa ada fa^ wadah
neho akgda ne nkyen bako: ete se onipa no ada wo asem nom' na
onnim; na woka kyere no a, na ete se wokonyah no na wadan afi
ne benkum so akgda ue nifa so, e.s. wall nea obenya aniane ho akg
uea orennya amane.)
to

da-fiia, pi.

n-,

a single day:

nnafua nnaawotwe

mfua or mmako-mako awotwe, one day

gbaa suku gsram yi mu nnafua du.
dag" ere [Dan.

&

= nna nifua-

after the other for eight days

Dntcli: hdc] sealing-wax. pr. 7 12.

dkgo

61

ads'uri.

dAijo! interj. if is a lie! no.i woku yi nliiiin, d.! dlU/idf ijon arc
a lie, a falsehood, isnotirne; Imw d., to tell lies; cf. atoro.

sailing is

dat^niil, clear, fair, brif/Jif, of a shining, radiating surface:

anini ye d., the loolcing-glass is fine, bright; oniu iikoinmi')
n'auim nliiuri ye fVifd, because
n'iiniin twori or aye d.
(li nti,

;if\v('t\Ve
1)i

he has no sorroir, he has an open, cheerful face.

{idaf>'3'aw, nakedness, nndifg.

dajj-yawc, a naked man. To

da ad., to be nah-cd.
nko a, anka wof^oru asafb

d.

Ai\,pr.S2S4.

fjn-.i'OSr).

iidn-tiy c w, a2,'yo\v, time, leisure: minni ad., I hare no time.

(la-uyc, sleep- iralkinif. night-walking; gbo d., he gets mad
(getn iii>, runs about, fights) in sleep, is a soiunanibulist, lunulic.
daliii, the leaf or learcs of the adobe, a species of palin-tree,
used by the negroes to cover the roofs.

da-ho-a-choinOj a precious
iiinjj^s

cloth in the possession of

tlie

of Asante.

(la-Iiiima,

nm

soinpow

^'^ n-,

(not festival) dag;

ro>j(;<w^/

jil. n-, box, case, chest, coffer, trunk, pr. 71.1;

a (1 ;i k
board;) rectangle, parallelogram.
adaka-baii, the manner or shajic of a box (Cr.
.-i

wonko abo-

n. bi.

adaka-bn

harmonium,

11, /'/. n-,

(closet,

jiianoforte, clavichord,

cup-

organ;

cf. abeii.

Mt 23,29.

adakaniaii, F. tombs;

ada.

adakaii i, (2}l. id.) the lock of or for a box, case (Cc.

a daka-te ii, a jn-css for clothes.
dako, dakoro, one dag; (gba snkfi) dakoro dakoro, nnakoro nnakoro, (he comes
dakye, dabi. pr. 694.2114.

to school)

g-dakuro, s. gdekuro & the foil.

adfikuro, nea gdakiirow, one who
o-dakii-d\Vom, s. dCvom.
diidv yc,

abofra liyew

asem yiyc,
Cf. dabi

d a

dakye

iie

cf.

dafna,

rules over the town.

bi,

a,

d. gbefvi e

;>.

m = da mu,

dam

or

to be

[Dan.] draughts.

O-daiii, madness. - bg

na ebg no, wabg

cf. bg t2, gye.

-dam,
nia,

tlien

same future dag ; in future; another lime;

neho yiye afei de waka wo ho
gbeyaw wo. R.p.l6-j.pr.902. ffr. eda c^ kye, v.]

nsa

d. de,

now and

onlg

d.,

lie

is

lie

d'C. s.

di

d.,

d., to go,

da 31.
d., to

dam, F.

jdag

s.

rlem.

at draughts.

grow or run mad; pr.975. gd.

d., it has driven him mad;

mad; abg no

a. red, scarlet; cf.

gbedam, adam

dame, damram.

in

to

1. 3.,

aniadam, dam-

1. the crest of the cock.

;?. the shell of a kind of shellred on one side, pr.714.
S. a certain play or ceremony of
hunters; osi adam n.s. wngorn abofo, abgmmgyere, bgmmgfo-agoru,

a da

fish,

dauima

62

dan.

dwom na wotow
woka akyene [akyoneflam] a.s.
ugbg dawurum' [dawuriidam], na ebinom nso saw ka wo ho.
wo

e. s.

wnknm aboa

da 111 111 a,

no wnknva otuo na woto

mma mu

tno no na obinom bo

a.s.

a small ircight of

farUi'nKj; pr.716;

s.

(j

old equal in value to

2 ponce

dailima-l)('), the red seed of n certain shrub, used as a

iccight; d.

sika.

ahaban ye owaw-aduru,

the leaves of

ilie

danuna

f/oldsliriih

are a medicine used to cure a eouglt.

g-dammaj

[gdan,

ditii.^

snudJ house or room;

iidamba, nnamma, F. ML 26,64.

eof. eoffar/e.

hereafter ; nd. asendzida no, of

the last daii of judgmod.

adani

ma kwad\v6,

o-dam-iii a
ef.

a by-name of the leopard;

s.

gsebo.

the l-ind or sliape of a house; gdan yi d. ye fe

11,

ban, sibea.

daniaiikama,

damaram,

dom...

s.

jd. n-,( a

damaramm,
dam as [Eng.]

Hower with vermilion leaves; the shrub

on which

it

grows;

scarlet,

damask. - Am.3J2. - ahiafo

cinnabar

red.

mod; sidin.
dam'dam', chequered; yam atotow no ho d. mmako-mriko.
dame, a red powder from iron ore: 'mosea kgkg a wgascw
a wode twa (wgn) anim a.s. asafo.
gd a 111 I'd, pi. a- [gdam] madman, pr. 719.
a

d.,

damfo,

friend (used in addressing a person). F. Mt.

da mfo,

pi.

perior, p(dron.

,96,50.

nnamfo(nom), 1. Ak. [nea medan no] master, su/?. Akp. friend ; s//n. awe, gygnko: cf, abarirna:

m(d;e frioidshij).
.V. host, who receives or entertains and
lodges a guest ; sgn. ofiwura.
hostess; the wife of the host of a house where jour;i
a d a 111 fo
ney-men are lodged and entertained.

fa ad.,

to

dammirifiia: gpompono ne nsa bye ne d. inu=r=gde ne nsa

hye ne nan 2 ntam', he folds his hands and puts them between his
legs (wode wo nsa hye hg a, na wo were ahow nen a.s. ade abia wo);
wgde atnmpah rema no d. (= due), theg condole irilh him tig lje<ding
the

drum.

pr. (717.) 1153.

2660..U00.

ad dm m 6, inf. [bg dam] madness, pr. 1-354.

0-dani6a [oda, amoa] grave, tomb, scpidchre.
0-dampaii, [gdaii, mpaii] a house or room tcith an

02^en front;

hunu, gdan a gpon nsi ano; gdan a ano tetre a wgtram'

awia di asem, bg semgde na wgnom nsa na wodidi mu. F. Mt. 20,58.
Of. abgnten-nampah, nammgn-nampah.
odaii

amp

0-d
a re, i^?. a-, rafter, spar, frameivorl; of a roof; d. ani,
inside of the roof, [gdan, house, aparew, Wfe.]

dam

-iii

adam-si, inf.
dan, V. [inf.
tion

of,

put one^s

s.

a s. damaram.
ad am o.
,

a-,

self

red.

under

dennan]

1. to

the protection

apply to, to seelc the protecof a. man of distinction &

(i;ii'i

influoncp, piiw (one's self) over or

63

(liiiiiiai'i.

vp

adhere

to,

to

to

depend on

ode

Brofo; ode uolio abod.in bosom; Ahitoi'cl do nclio hedan

Absalom; oiiipa yi dan mo ( gdo nelio bg mo bo) na waiiya biribi
odaii me or ndaii me da-yi, lie (ilie<(ijs aj)j)lies or romes to we
aili
J2. to (ippedl to: gdo asem no kg(for bis liviiij;); pr. 7 :,'(). LK~);)5.
iiclio adiiii

daii

Kaosaro,

so mt'iiya

appeiiJed to Cesar.

lie

ad\Vuma-pa

bi

:].

mayo na manya

to eliiim; to desire; ino(bin

biribi ma-li, the oidi) thin;/

some jirojier leorli to do in order

i. to eidl in, demand, exact jHii/ment from:
to (/if soDiethini/to eid.
<'i(biii me ka, lie demands pai/ment, ealls in a deld from we; ef. akadonuan.
ad an, inf. elientship, a state
5.
ihxn; pr. 721-723.
of boing- under tbe protection of a patron; no nkyen a gte yi, enye
gsom, na eye adah.
J

(isle

ov cure for

that I

is.

daiV,

iiiiii/ ijct

.v.

dan'nan]

r. {^red.

to turn,

to (jive

another direction, tcn-

dcnei/ or inclinidion to; to change, idter; to turn, transform, eliangc

become

into, to

bii

a sudden transformation:

pr. 724.

gbayifo dan nelio

gsobg, a ivizard transforms himself into a leopard; to convert, to he

converted (into): to retract, rerohc, recaU, remove nsew, a curse;
wadai'i me dua a gbgg me no.
syn. kisa; san sakra; yc, nyiri.

odan nobo, he turns round; gdannan nebo, == grl. no nsa, s.

Ixl.; odan n'akyi (kyereme), he turns his back (upon or to we).
gy fi kyene,
dan
g y a F. to lea ve, MJc. 1,20. 14,o2. -da n .. k y e n e
dan mu, to idtcr ; wad an n'ato (live up, relintjuish, pr. 510.15.53.
benni mu, he has changed the fashion of his rule, -dan an i, to turn
one's face, i.e. to turn round; gdan n'ani guane; to turn the face, i.e.
/() change, pervert, subvert; gdan asem no ani, he gives a ivrongtnm
dan nsa, to tnrn
to (or, he missl(des) the matter, per verts judgment.
one's hand; to trade, negotiate; gdannan ne nsa, he trades, deals;
Lid:. 10,15. he is industrious (gtg biribi na gtgn. a.s. gtgn ni'nvinne).
daii asem, pr.2855.
d. asem no ani, s. d. ani.
]*hr.

..

o-dai'i, pi.
ef.

ix-,

fadan, aban,

house, negro-house (R. p. 166); room, apartment;

asan, gsan, nnanso, pantantwgre, and tbe difF,

ofi,

room: abankua, abranna', abgntennam-

parts or kinds of lionse or

j)an,

dabokyiri, odampAn,

])ato, piii,

pnmpunu.

nammgnnampan,

nnantvverem', pakusu,

asaso, ntwironod.

o-(l;i I'l-il 11 o, house-doiyr, door-irag, opening or entrance of a liouse

gdanano-pon. tbe door by wliicb tbe ontrance-way is cbjsed
ef.
;

gpon.

R.J). 166.

da 11 11 an,
to turn,

red.

move or

v.,

s.

throtv this

gd. nebo, gd. ne nsa,

s.

dan',

v.

to

wag and

turn
that

mang

times, repeatedly;

wag; mframa

d.

byen; -

dan'.

adanii;in, inf. repeated changing, alternation.

di ad., to
change, undergo changes; wodi ad. ye, theg do it alternafelg, bg turns.

adannaii-di,
creature, Kurtz

inf.

change, changiug, turn; ad. abgde, organic

174.

0-dann;in, a kind of gam s. gde.

dannaii-\Ve-ab6, obi a wodan no
;

fifable

master;

s.

under fow.

a,

w6\ve abo, an unpro

64

fliii'idiia

danta.

dau-diia, pi. nnanniia, a tree (pole or sflclc) cut for the building of a house; timber.
okctcw.
O-dclli-iie-na, a kind of lizard - ntafontafo,
.>.

adanniin

[gdan anim]

of a house; place in front of a

house; wosi dan a, wgpaw nuna pakyeii ad. aiisa-na wokyeii adankyiri, tchen a house is built, the best sticks are taken for the front,
and afterwards the sticks for the bacJc-ivall are put in.
0-d a

11

ka

fro)7t

pi. a-, powder-flaslc, powder-horn. pou-der-case

adaiikOj^L

n-,

adaiikum,

adenkum.

s.

daiikwanscrc,

a kind of bat;

s.

cf.

toa.

ipr.69...

hare. pr. 504. F. asoaso, asoketc.

ampan.

O-diiiikyeii [gdau fikyen] the side of a house.

adaii-kyeii, inf. [kyoii dan] the marlcing or lininr/ out of the
sides of a house and fixiny the sticks fur the walls; cf. adannini.
adaiikyiri [gdan akyi] the back, back-wall, rear of a house;
the jdace behind a house; cf. adannim; mfikyiri.
o-daumii, the interior or inner paH of a house; masiosic med.,
I hare put mji house or room in order.
adaiiinudc [dan mu ade] jj?. /r/., bribes; sijn. boa, anadwode;
di or

gye

ad,

di ininoa, to accept bribes.

the stick in a bird-trap on wbicli \.\\c. bird stojis and

causes the trap or snare to spring so that it is cauglit; ilie iri(/(/er

o-daano,

of a springe;

cf.

ntercwso.

o-daiiiiow [gdan-gow] a house

in decay,

out of repair, in a

ruinotis state.

ad ansa, handcuff, manacle; wgato no ad. or wgde ad. ato no,

he has been handcuffed.
danse,

mogya

F. dasc,

a abiri kg, gore,

thick, clotted blood.

adaiise, witness, testimony; evidence, xrroof; deposition of a

ivitness; - di ad. (inf. adanse-di), to give testimony or evidence, to
bear witness, to witness, testify; - bye ad., to call or take to witness;
pr. 114.164.

0-d

wo adanse, thou

an s efo, jj?.

dansebere,

s.

aii witness; gnoara ad., he is witness.

one wlto gives testimony, a witness, drponent.

a-,

daascbere.

m false tcifness or testimony.

m fo a false witness.

a d a n s e -k r u
d a n s e krii

d a ii-s

the

da-nsow,

upper paH or floor of a house, garret ; cf. abansoro.

a. [nea eda nsow] easy to be knotvn, retnarkable,

conspicuous, paiiieular; pr. 3254.

da-nsow, densow, v. to be distinguished dr. ne nko ara na
od. [gda hg a gte senea wgahye no nsow ; gyi densow, c.s. wo ho wg
esono ne ti nko, ete se
ade hi na nnipa hhina nini wo; ne ti d.

Onyahk. abye no gyirac; onipa

yi,

ne duaban

d.,

this

man

has a

singidarly formed body.

an ta,
danta,

0-d

gdena, gtam;

a kind of gun.
tmdcr-garme72t, loin cloth of the negroes,

wabg

d.

amoase,

(l.iiilati.ii'i

da lit

(1.

i\

space
a
(>. }^.

li;i ii,

wotwaa no
11

.'i

circle;

konlonkron

wohoo

(\v(tt\Vaa)

no

lio

lio liyiao, ///r// tiiirroitndctl hint.

jd. n-,

111',

s>/ii.

G5

(td.isriwii.

Hclau iitam'

kwan]

ira//. jxissai/c. iitfcrrniiiii/

hcfirCCII llDKSCS.

da

11

;i

middle (used
sake of distinction, as
|ianyiii, na adantam' di lio,

|m'a oda or eda utain'l

lii'

apjiosition to a

ill

j>ro|ii'r

name

Adnohc Adantain': Adiiobc biakn

na akunia ka akyiri).

adaiitofo, F.

iiiliriiicdidfc.

for tlic

di

abantofo. Mt.:>l,ii.

adaiitaim, ?
11 til w, -tuo [odai'i iituw]
a forsaken divcUiny.

g-dii
ofio d.,

ii)i

loiiii/tahiled

Imuse or room;

o-daii ya, a certain medicinal plant; pr.89~K

d

!i-|;i, 2)1. n-,

a i/ood.

ddy.

Jnchij. frsfiral

ad a pa, disiiracc, dis(/raccful trenfmevf; r*/'. adagyaw, alioliora,

anyainpa; wobo no ad., t/iri/ maltrrnf. di.'^ffrnce, drf/rndr a respectable man, as by Hofrjiing bini in tlie street, taking- away bis clotbes,
V. Mk.fi,12.
fastening him to the block (rf. edua <>).

O-dapa 11 i, pj. a--fo (nea ne ho da ho korjl, gtam nkata no so

onipa a ota ye aholiorade) a shameless person; one tvho arts dis-

ijraccfuUij.
111, (t ihoimind times dad y; a long time; always, ever,
nhina, for ever; d. na woye ade bone yi! ijou ahvays commit this n-ichedness ; .<!i/n. da, daba.

d apt'

often

d.

nnaawotwe. [da, pen, prop.

dapeii, jj/. a-, or n-, iceck;
a set of days.] R.p.167- (The names of the seven days, s. Gr.41,4.)
dapciisoni, weekly report.

da poll 11.a,

eda a
a hiyh. festival day. [da, pon, da,
have a feast; Adae nna ye n., tlie Adae
days are festival days. Cf. dapa, afahye.
eso,]

Yedi

diirc',
[fr.

Dan.

pi. n-,

d. 'ne, to-day tee

(j)!. id.),

d(der.

dollar

piece of money, silver coin. F. dadare

Dutch daaldcr.]

ad.irc^, pi. n-, Ak. adere, hcjok, Ijill-hook, larye knife, hush knife,
used by the negroes to cut down branches and shrubs, pr. 728-.W.
Own ad., pr.34Sl. fig. the destructive poicer of death. Death's scythe.
Phr. me nan tia ad. so, I am on the point of startiny ((or work on a
]dantation or for a journey). Cf. adatia, adawa.

adare-bu [dade bo] musket-ball, bullet of

dare k ana, a sympathizing expression

= ma

due or hyeden,

darewa,

to

^j^ n-, a small fish-hook; cf.

adasa-mba, F. men, children of man

o-dasawa,

s.

in

cf.

aboba.

condoling;

ma

d.

condole.

adasa, F. men, jicoplc (in general). Mt.

o-dasaiiyi, F.

iron;

dadewa

r>,ll.ir).i9.
;

syn.

d-

tonkog^-ei.

Mk. 9, HI. s. adesa.

nnyimpa.

odesani.

a tree and

its fruit|

s.

adesa.
5

dase

66
dase, F.

= adanse, Mt.8,4.

dase, F. blood, gore;

adaworoma.
31k.6,ll. dzi d.,

ye adase,

= di adanse,
[Mt.2.-^ySl.

bogja, danse, kafo.

s.

ndaaso, F.
nnaase, asoda.
da-ase, to thanh, s. da 24.
o-daase, a log of wood scooped out longitudinally to serve for
a modar (cf. owoaduru); fodder-chest or irafer-troiig/i for sheep.
Odaasede, edaho [edaase. fam'], owgadnru uso si hg^ gd. do, akura
na woye, nanso won a wokyi wgadurnm' fufu Kwasida na wowgw
worn'.

daiiscbero,

mada-ase mabere, / have thauhed I have

given to kings: a benefactor so liberal that he
makes one grow nrarg of returning tha)iJ:s.
Itecomc tired] a

ffr.

title

adasefo, F. iciinesscs; adase-torfo, false witnesses. Mt. 26,55.60.

(\ i\

\,

wgkyeree no hania
s. da 25 c.

tight (?);

da-so,

to

boundhishandstight.

d., the//

continue,

O-dfi S u, pi. n-, coverlet, blanket, qnilt (ade a

cloth

on which one sleeps;

cf.

eda [mpa]

so); the

mmuatam.

hovow] a division of the night, uighio-dasii, j)Z. a-, [gda su

wafch (of which the negroes count three: from G to 10, lOtol and
1 to 4 o'clock. Woda na wunyjln a, wgfre no d. biako; gd. biako
twam' a, na omuniii'ikuni ne niframa abetwam'.) Wayi (or wada)
d. biako, he has slept the first part of the night; wgada ayi d. fa,
theij lie in the first sleep: wgada ayi ad. abiefi, tJieij have slept from
the beginning of the night till after midnight; wgada ayi ad. abiesa,
thei/ had slept till about 4 o'clock in the morning; gbaa gd. abien mu,
he came in the second watch; ednu gd. kgiikon, it was in the middle
of the night; gdasi'un

F.

at midnight, in the night.

ad a tew

a, a sort o{ cloth;

a d a ti a,

adare

s.

dosii, Mt.

:.'4,43.

is.W,4.

ntama.

tia, pr. 412.

(la-tia, a short term or space of time granted to a debtor for

discharging his obligation; wahye no d. bi.

abogye; osum d.
ode ne nsa sTini n'a0-da w, ]. tliejaw,
bogye, he sujij^orts his chin with his hand. 2. conversation; gbg
daw
gbg semgde, he ("moves his Jaw'' ^) holds a conversation.

da \v a,
bi

a short dat/ or time; yekodii nuawa

spent some few days there and tlien returned.

n-, [eda, dim.'\

j>?.

wg hg na yebae,

n-e

dawa, pi. n-, /. (a pair of) fire tongs.

manufacture, hung on sheep's or dogs' necks,

.s.

2. a bell of native

da.

adaw;i [adare, dim.'] a small bill-hook.

adaWti, = adewa, a certain j:/?rt?/ and song of women,
daw ad w a, stomach (of man); cf. furu, nsonokese.
da- w r
a day fixed, yet not punctually kept, a slip>pitig day
(as it were); wahye d., he set a time, but has not kept to it.
,

w 6 r o in a

favour, kindness, grace, mercy ; the word is used

way, and scarcely as the subject of a sentence. - Wo
ad., you are very Icind! n'ad.ntia, ank;l miwui, but for his kiud)iess,
I shotdd have died; ohene ad. ntia, anka wokum me, btit for the
a

da

in an elliptical

;i(l;iwiil)c)

67

(lu.

have been put to deatli; midi no ad. ansa-na

mosom no ansa-ua omafime kwai'i nu^daa
ne dan mii; - woye biiibiara do ma obi na otua wo so kaw a, wuse:
midi no ad., I procured permission, his favour, to allow me... pr. nt4.
adawuru-bo.
i\ k w uvo, pr.-WVi.
ilda \v ii-bg, inf.
kiiui's incrvfi

iiiaiiyA (jdan

madam',

shtnihJ

o.s.

a kind of hell to he strurh with a slick hi;

the public crier in niakinj;- |noclamation, also used at j)iiblic meetings, at certain pbiys, in the frantic (bmcos of fctisli-men I'^cc. cf.
g-dii

riij

I'l

nnawiitA.

j>Z. n-,

(lawiiriidaiii,

n.

a(bun,

,-;.

Ad;n\iii-aiilii-;!(la\vai'.i-iilOa [\vu(bin

name

of Komai'i or

adayo,

Akfiropon

won (bosom) Ntoa] a by-

in tbe Uuiguaj^c of th(\ great

[da yiye] a yoodsitnaiioii

inf.

eye few, the town

n(0ii1ro-ban

wo

drnm.
ad.

ma

is heautifulli/ situated.

dii-yiycl dayiy'o!

interj. sleep well! (Jr.

i?

147,3.

=
=

^^.
se,
se, that; osc de, bora =: oka so bera
do, F. 1.
senea, lihe as.
3.
se
even as; de-bre, de-mbre, Mt.6,3.
ekaa se, it wanted as (little as possible)
(used elliptically) ekaa de
'>.
den, Mt. 26,66.
s(j, vert/, verijmuch.
i.e. (dmosf, nearly.
/.
!

as,

(dgw), red. dede (dodcw), a., 1. ayrecable, pleasant,

sweet, is used of eatables and drinkables: eye de, it tastes well,
of sound, e.g. of the horn, of the drum, of a
pr. 642. 1942. :.'103tune, j;r.r.9. 9.9.5/'. of words: akwanmusem i\Q.\v pleasant news, pr.l899.
of a person oye de, he is an agreeable man, pr. 1318.
3. right,
righteous, used in judicial decisions or sentences: n'asem ye de, he
is (in the) right; n'asem nye de, he is wrong.
Fhr. me ho ascm ye
(won) de, a lawsuit about me (i.e. mg being or getting involved in a
lawsuit or misfortune of an// kind) is or would be pleasaid to them.
d(.'

.,

/ am hated by litem. On the simple or variously reduplicated

forms and the predicative and attributive use of them, s. Gr. 68-70.

i.e.

0-<le, n.

de,

?;.

nde,
do,
is

F.

s.

odew.

(Ak.)

s.

dew.

= nne, to-day.

V. 1.

to hold,

the possessor of this

own

have, possess; to own: gno na ode kiiro yi, he

town ;

pr. 713.

ode n e h o

he

po.'isesses

master, not in bondage; pr.713.

himself

owe:
ode (me) kaw, he owes (me) a debt; pr. 747. 776.
3. to have seized
or befallen: awow de me, I am cold; okom (osukom) de no, he is
hungry (thirsty).
4. to contain, to he: ne din de den ? trhat is his
name?
to have the name of, he called: ode Kofi, his name is Kofi.
').to hold on, keep on, persist in, continue: ode no f\ve ara, he hejit
on flogging him; wode bone yo a, mede wo fwe ara, if you continue
to do evil, I continue to flog you, i.e. as long as you do evil, I shall
always punish you. pr. 739.
li. to use, be accustomed to: gnne apempensi na epe n'ade, lit. he does not use extortion and seels his things,
i.e. it is not his manner or fashion to enricJi himself by extortion.
7. to mean, refer to, allude to, aim at: ode me yonko, na onne me,
he means my friend, not me; pr. 1907.1383.
8. to mention: oman
bg, na menne sika, the fwhole) town or nation is lost, not to mention
i.e. Ite is

free, his

3. to

68

jde.

sa or se wonne n ne a, asram abiesa

do )iof mention (meeiiny), in three memflis
[This
the// rneel once, i.e. at 1 east once in 3 months theij assemble.
r. is mostly used in the contin. form only, Gr. 91, 2. 102, 2. U17.,
sometimes in the pret.: okgm dee me, / n-ashioHfrj/: seldom in other
forms, as, proyr. awow rede me, I am be(/innin(f to feel cold; perf.:
awow ade me, cold has now (hi/ degree.9) come iq)on me; fid.: awow
The v. de expressing a state, the
bede me, I shall feel cold.]
action by which the state is produced, is usually expressed by
other verbs, as, fa, to iaJce, nya, to obtain: obefa neho adi, he 7ciU
become free; obenya kaw, he irill ran into debt.
d e is very often used as an aii.i r. introducing an object to
which tlie action expressed by the principal verb refers, or by means
of which it is performed, or of which some other thing is made; e.g.
ode afoa bye bobam', he (has a suvrd 2ds i.e.] 2)>ifs a sword into the
scabbard; ode nkrantetwaaduba, he harinr/asu-ord cat off a branch,
i.e. he cut of a branch with a sword; ode nhoma bu kotoku, lit. he
takinci leather makes a bay. i.e. lie makes a bay of leather. Intransitive
verbs like ba, to come, kg, to yo, fwe, to fall, tra, to sit, when connected with the anx. r. de, assume causative signitications to bring,
conduct, throw dovn. to cause to sit or to put; but de never partakes of the iuHection oi'tho jtrinc. v., and in all ney. and imi>. forms
it is replaced by the inflective verb fa, to take; e.g. wode no betra
aheiinua so, they takiny him will (cause him to) sit i.e.. they uiU set him
on the throne; fa no tra agua no so, lit. tidiC him sit i.e. place him on
ihcd stool : woamfa no antra agua no so, they have not set ov placed
him on the .<<tool. Cf Gr. 108. 2()5. (pr. 770. 774. 781.) 20(5. (pr. 7'>6. 757.
771. 77 S.) 2(KS. (pr. 7.18. 764. 760. 779.) 234. (pr. 734. 746. 754. 755. 761-63.)

mone//, pr. 1998.3524. se

wohyia preko,

lit.

if

wonne

tJiei/

(pr. 733.736-39. 749-51. 753. 765. 767. 769. 777. 778. 772. 780. 752. 782.)
240-12. (pr. 740-45. 768. 737.)

2:-57.

de, Ak. (lee, emph.

or others. [It

is

jnirt.dconj..

by which a person or

thing,

made prominent or opposed to another

derived from tbe n. ade (s. hel.) which again is de-

or an action (or sentence),

is

de.] It means tidcen apart, conccrniny, as for, as to

(Gr. 7;').;}): me de, meiiki'i, my thiny or part i.e. as for mc, I do
not yo. When the sent, or part of a sent., which is made proininent
by d e, jtrecedes a corresponding coord, sent., the. latter begins with
n a or n a n s o but, and d e is usually not translated (if we will not
express it by indeed, it is true. t(d;e it for yranted. Gr. j:il4().2')l,r.);
but when it follows after the corresponding setit., de is translated

rived

fr.

the

V.

by but, however: mafre no de, na omma, I have called him, hut he

does not come; obekg, na me de, metra ha, he will yo, hut I shcdl
stay here; me de, mete dan mu, na me nua de, gye adwuma (wg)
adiwo, I am sittiny in the house, but my brother is trorkiny outside;
Abiirokyiri (de). gba di n'agya ade; eha-yi de, ente sa, in Europe
The
a chUd inherds his father's yoods; here, hourver, it is not so.
particle may be used twice: asem yi de de, minhii ase, as to (the

concerns of) this matter, I do not understand it.

d e, lee, d c a, pron. put instead of a previous noun ffr. ade,
thing] Gi\%Q'2. me de, mine, also my part, my portion; yende, ours&c.
fpr. 823. 824.

ode

69

dea.

0-<l(', Ak. odcc, F. ('(l\V(t, jitun, i\ larj^o csfulrnt tuber or root

of various cliuiltiuj^ jilaiits, of the j^cnus J>i()si(irrii. foriuiuj;, when
roastt'd or boiled, ;i w liolfsouir, |ialataMi\ au<l nutritious food;
jn.SJ.'i-'JIf. 'riu' diif. kinds have each its particular names: J. ((de-

pa

Jie;

}!:yawu,

akwako, krukrujta,

I'lkantAuii,

dika, nirido, odanuah,

odc-kwasci, anini;l-ui;iuni-au\vu (Ab.), aniauyaku, iingnko-noiikg,

osu, |K'|toa: ,;\ukaui: I'lkaniiuMU', I'lkuku, juiiwa-aniwa; J/, buyer c: aliabayore, ouvaiMc-bayi're, kade, kokora, asabiiwi, asanteai'iliii litem, ulonto, obuobi-kwaw, aduoku, kuini-ya\v,k\vabena-afwi,
kwame f\\ (tbe last are names of men who lirst planted these
kinds); i. afasew; afase-kani, afase-tuntum, apuka, adi-amma\vo-b; ;>. mensj'i (ye frcmfrem). iikamfo (ye I'lwene); ayamkaw.v. fua, bore, i)an, tu i^c. mmotokromii, mjtow;
fuffi.
<le.
.')

adc, Ak.
unewu,

a<lee, F.adze,7</. aile,

I. t/iitiff,

SKhsfatKC, espee.

nneema (F.nnyemba, nd/.emba),

a/i iiKininiofe

the senses or of thouglit pr. 783-S8...

fniiisiiition,

occurrence,

kgkg, somethinii red;

lated, Or. ^ 2u2, 1.)

jn:

(rf.

ohjcd; miif object of

asein, a hi/ object of speech,

(iff air,

erent): stnnctliUifi,

si/ it.

IS'). ISU.

140.811. (sometimes

it is

adeuntrans-

biribi;
left

^. ressel, instrumoit
cf. adebone, adepa.
:!. propcrtif, jMi.s.iesaioii
part, portion ; j)!.
fur nit lire.
;
ijoods. irares, merchaniJise, pr.820. ijoods, riches, foiiunc, wealth;
pr.81S.821.1U2:i.2ol4-l(}. (di, pe,'iya ade, .s. 8-10.)
4. sonic tinknoicn
aycnt, poiccr or caase: ade ato no so mS wawii, he had an apoplectic
/tl.

elfect.s,

fit

from which he

died.

feat, deed, erjiloit:

and praise leorthti!

o.irstrikiuij act of strenyth. skill or curniimj;

woaye
d.

ade, iiou liave performed something ijreaf

taken together, the ivorld; bo

^/7/ //////r/.s

7. the
found a kingdom; s. bo 6'5.
performed in the dai/-time: ade kye,
///(' things apjH'ar,
liecoine clear, visible, i.e. the day breaks; ade akye, it is daiiliijld, morning; - ade sa, the thinr/s disappear, vanish,
come to an end, i.e. the daij closes, ends; ade ascl, the things are done,
i.e. it is evening, night, pr. 808.810.811.
6'. Fhr. (cf 3) di (obi) ade
a) to feed or live upon one's property, he supported bg, get presents
of. enjog benefits of one, pr. 860.872.876.
b) to inlterd one's property; pr. 844.877. to succeed in ones office or on the throne.
.9. pe
ade, to seek i.e. endeavour to make a fortune.
10. nya ade, to
make a fortune, become or grow rich ; pr. 975.2.511-16.
Jide, a kind of beads, s. ahcne.

ade, to create

t/ie

thinffs risible

in da/flii/ht or

iror/d; to

de, v. to open wide Cgdei'ikyem ade u'anoni' rebekame; de

kotoku no ano, na menifa ntrama no niinnu mu); to extend; Avotwa
(mpasua) d*-*? mu, theg e.rtended their lines for fig/ding, ranged tlie
.

battle; sgn.

terew;

cf.

dede.

di^, adv. stdl, sdenf,

koto ho de, usee no!

quiet,

calm;

softly,

gently, carefully

0-de', friend, used by a female addressing a female friend;

awe, hwewe.

dea, Ak.
a.\so

= uea, Akr.;

place where,

fa

syn. koram, berew.

manner

F. nyia,

Jte

cf.

wJto; dzea. dza, that which:

in which, pr. 22.54.2259.2116. (2113-2283.)

70

ad(3bisa

adc-bisa.
a

dob 6

detedele.

consuUatton, Inqidrf/ o(

Inf.

O-debiSflto,

or fortuneteller.

nil't'iah

inqitirci: pr. 1700.

i>/. a-,

[ada-ebo, koko so nkataso] an amuld worn or "I/fi)i;/ on

of cloth, leather itc.; nkTirofo dc sebe n. a. ye mu; -

ihc hrcasf",

hrcaat-inlaic, cjihod.

ade-bo,

a bod

j>L n-,

o-deboney efo,
cf.

inf. creation.

ade-boiie,

= obofo, oboadee.

odebufo, creotor,
iliimj, evil,

ill,

sin;

pi. n-, sinner, evil-doer,

bone.

cf.

malefactor, crindmd;

gbone, obonefo, onipabone.

ad ebon da, pad.

o v w a
ad e b
11

ii

ndeda, V.

adeboiida. akindof />cr/.s.

hoUtcr: s. kabgnoruwa.

unera,

<S'.

kabgnoa,

-ri.

/jcsterdai/.

nde-dayi, F, =: nne-dayi,

to-daij.

adedade, an old; iveU-lnoirn, common thing; = adc dedaw.

:2. long ago, hnig
deda-dcdaw, red. a. or ad r. 1. verif old.

since, for a long time.

dedaw', Ak. dada, F. dadaw, pi. a-, a. J. old (used of thiii'^'s,

seldom of persons, cf. apa, ])anyin, akora): gdau dedaw' or gdan2. long hiioirn, long acquainted: gdanifij
nedaw, im old liouse.
dedaw, an old friend.
dedaw, Ak. dada, <ulr. alrcadg: waba d., he is come olreadg.

dede,

red. a.,

Dede,

2>r.

y?.

s.

de.

of a female, said to be the mother of the

Ga

peo[)le

and the elder sister of Kgkg, q. v.

odede, Ak. sagings. fame, rejiort.
dede, F.

gyegyej^yc, noise, fa in alt.

odede, jmssessor, owner, propri(;tor.

adede, Ak. = dwae; a certain jdag;
dede,

ycd.

to .<;ncak,

r.

cratvl

slink,

Mt.g,ii:j.

yej^-org ad.
<tfler,

to icatch, liir/c for,

(agyinamoa dede nkura; gbgmmgfo

wakuin no; dede kgkyere aboa no I).

lie

in wait

adede

1*1

ma,

k ru

Mk.o,38.

d,

aboa aiisa-na

the rostor-oil jjfaid. Jiicinas.coiinnKnis,

Palma

Christi.

ade-di,

o-de-doma,

s.

0-deditani,

7V.

one fastened

nneduafo, [nea gda duam'] captive, prisoner,

F. daduianyi.
dua a.

nneduafo

dee, adee, Ak.

s.

U, jtrison.

de, ade.

gda
gye n'ani akyi d.
nanso enyenna na greda),

a. soft, sweet, fledtering; softly;

n'ani akj'i fefefe (gka n'ani

he

jd. a-, heir.

doma, horghorg.

to the hloek, cf.

dediia-fi,
(hU'e,

y-dedifo,

inheriting.

////.

hlinTiS, twinldes,

defedefe,
n'ade adi, he

gu so

se greda,

winks, casts a smiling look (at).

red.

flatters

v.,

him

to fledter; sgn.

hoahoa; gdefedefe no agye

in order to inherit his

propertg; gd. n'ano,

he S2)eaks sofUg. appeasinghj.


bori-owiny. o-delVjmlb,
;uiufcm

ade-roin,

bif.

a (Ic-rcrc,

holii f'vnr.

////".

)>irf/f,

71

(Ifkiult*.

one tvho borrows.

rcU(jioiisnvss, reverence, veneration, awe,

o-dorori'li), yV. a-,

a pious,

(jodiy, religious, reverent,

careful, conscientious, scrupulous, person.

ado-riri,

yicing or

//".

0-(lefii'it'o,

o-dol'o, pi.

setlintj

a ninn of weultJi,

a-,

on credit.

= gdofemfo.

debtor,

7>/. a-,

wcaltfi//,

opulent, rich

man

s/ju.

nsikani, olionyai'o.

benefactor, a ;/(>od, hind, bcnif/n, cJiaritaldc, tilicnd.

munificent man, used as a resi)ectful or Hattering address
of rank, [nea ne ho adc ye fow? adgeyefo?]

o-dr'Tt'io,
Iiouutifid,
(i

man

adc-foiii,

offence, transgression, tresjiass.

////'.

O-do-fiirii',

a pudding of yam,

I.

s.

fufu.

;?.

2167.

fir.

a kind of

a do-fVv c r u, inf. (the act of) expendimj or wasting

a dt'l'Vvei'ode, costs, expenses; charges.
penditure.

u-do-u'U fo,
(id

eh a,

founder, caster; type-caster, Icttcr-fuunder.

pt. a-,

\\\\n)

btUtcrfli/.

money; ex-

possesses the forest] a

by-uame

of the leopard,

s.

osebo.

ade-huiiu, a vain

g-dehy i,

pi. a-,

1.

tiling,

free

vanity,

man,

ahuhude.

free tvoman; noble

man; member

of the King's family; me d. ni, this is one of my sister's children (when

they are iVeeborn). j;r. l-J:2.8.j9.Sd.'i-4?.lo44.
3. the st(de or rank of
a free man; pr.So'O.S-W-SS. kg wo kiirom' na kodi wo d., go to thy

3. (adj.) free, not in bondage

country and lire there as a free man.
Y. no bogya dehye, his most precious blood. Frk.
1. (n.) gd., an eruption and swelling of the eyelids.
(_-dohye-ba, ^jZ. nnehye-mma, free people's cliildren.

free-born.

adohye-di,

iiif.

liberty,

personal freedom.

O-dehye-kofuni, Inight; baron. Hist.

O-deliyc-pauyiu, count, carl; gmantam niu

adehye-sem,

d.,

landgrave. Hist.

man; arrogance, presumptuousness ; As.

ahantan. - di ad., to be presumi)tuous; to live as a nobleman, pr. fi49.
adchye-som, inf. service in the quality of a free man or relation, not of a slave.
t)ehaciour of a free, independent

o-deliyc'wa, (young) nobleman, pr.84S. -pi.

ade-kaii,
a d e-k

ai'i, inf.

deke,

s.

him

cf.

gkan, gkenkan, nhouiakan.

carefully:

wgso no (wokura no)

d.,

they carry

cautiously.

deke deke,
tiptoe; syn.

counting, reading;

dekye.

dekedeke,
(hai^dle)

n-, nobility.

the first thing; first-fruit; cf. abakari,

softly:

gnani uc nan ano

d.,

he WfdJiS silently on

berew.

dekodc [ado ko] w1iat, which thing (in indirect questions,

Gr. 60); kobisa no dekode a gfwefwe, go and ask him what he is
looking for; eden ua aye no ma osii? minnim dekode.


adekora

72

ade-kora,

inf.

securbxj of

demerekii.

ilihigs, pr. 7lJi.

ode kiirow] /;?. a- -fo, 1. Dintcr or

chief of a town or riUnr/e (used as a respectful title or appellation);
kurow yi mu dokuro ba ne no. 2. ghene safohene a gte uc kfiroui'.

O-dckiiro, adekiirow

[iiea

ohene, gmanhene. - o. hny(/omastn\ niai/or, prefect.

(/'.

ode-kwasea, a
dykye, ndv. 1.

kind o( ymn;

ode.

s.

pefccpiibly; ;3. sliuhili/. (?) Waka no d., lie

has touched if injurioush/ ; ade a mede mato ha yi, nka no d., /he
thiny Ihdve put here, do not touch it low/hli/! nie wura a mesom no,
onkA me d., mi/ master nhom I serve, does not treat me in a hard
manner; wgsoaa funu no, ankii. d., when the cor))se was carried, it
did not more in the least; gnka neho d, tie no, he ohe/js him irithput
any reluctance or opjyosition.

ad(';-k3'ej inf. 1. dividing: yebaa adekye, or, adekye nti na

yebae, we came to divide the thin(fs.
,V. the act of preserdinij,

making presents.
adekyed(''j

adck yOc
;?.

(id. id.)

[cf.

ijift.

ade kye]

the ne.rt or following dajf.

includinii-

ade ky ecthe

1.

a.s.
li

morning

doii-brcaL,

:>.

dag-light

morning, noon, afternoon and

nae, betuabcre

in the

jircsod. also adekye, akyede.

(cf.

(cf. anopa).
awia), the whole dag

eveninji:

(angpa,

o\\ igyi-

nifaretubere, anwuniinere). Mt.:^0,6.

a mil, the

morning skg;

first

rag or streak of light at the hori.:on

morning-tu-ilight. diurn. dag-Jjreak, dag-hliish.

purple glorg of the morning.

dc ky cc-s (I I'O m;i

owuodi, kyekye})eawave.
;i

adc'-kycrc,
deui,

1.

inorning-sfar. dag-star:

ko-soroma,

s.

insfructinn. troching.

////'.

hurt, i)ijurg,

dem, he has received a

damage,

wadi
from a

loss; fault, defect, blemish;

hurt, suffered

damage

(in his h(!alth,

previous sickness): onni deni (^)r dem biara nni neho, hf is faultless,
without Ideiiiish (eli ne soro bedn fam' nni yare biara).
;^. a lasting impression : residue: a sticking fast, resting, continuing (in the

ear); edi ni'asom'

ina enni

dem,

it

remains

in

mg

ears'.^

obi tu

wo

fo-pa

a,

wo asom' dem.

dem

Mt.

111. a. still, quiet, calm; sgn. dii'in, komm.

dem, F. =t)a, sa, so, thus; Mt. :2,'),').16,J9. dem no,
14,7. dem yi, thus, Mt. 3,lo. on this fashion, ML 2,12.

whereupon^,

deinara,

saara, so, even so, the same, likewise. Mt. 5,12.46.47. 7, 12.
ne sa nti, therefore. Mt. S,S. .5,46'. (1,2.
deni-iitsir, F.

ademene,

As. -= sumana, pr.74S.

demmere,

n-, F. ndzembir, reed; difL kinds: 1. nifia, used

for wicker-work; 2. kete, used for a kind of tlute, k^tr, odurusj^ya;

3. gyee, witli

many

thorns (eho

0-demerefua,
demereyiij

wg nsge-nsge

hush-dog. catches fowls;

sr).

odom])o,

r/.

v.

-ku, adobe 'mcrenkensono a wgapo, a branch

of the Sidioh<i- palm, from which tlie fibres (edgw) are or have been
taken out.

;il'iiiiMlt'

;Hl('-mil-(lc,

id.),

(i>l.

lliiiKj /irrsrrrcil,

ti

73

(Iciiiiau.

frcdsiirrd

ii/)

in a lutx

fnasiors, fdlitahlcs; (.<;. julcmiilu'iK-, ndt'inusika; iidcmiilam,

jinrioiifi vloili, not used always, but kojit for festival occasions.

iK:f.,
II

(Iri'i.
fit

to orcrcoiiic.

r.

coiiqiirr,

iiuisfcr,

orcrhdiinicr

iirrr/)(>is(\

(Uilirvhili.

folic

on'rjxnvcy;

more Hutu,

don

siirjiass,

so:
ex-

no no se: nnipa baiiii fuw bako

f\Vc no, ilirii lai/ hold o/' It/iii (and iloj; liini); 'f\Vo no\ tlioiiuli it bo
iimittod, is nndcrstDod; but it may also bo addod: woadoii no afwe
no, ///(// liarv fot/cflwr i/ircti him ii /lof/t/itti/; nsenoa ofa yi adoh so,
Ihis .side of Ihc Ixdaxcc iri'iffhs down; edon nie so so adcsoa diiruduru, Ps. :iS,4. onijia kara don abode nhinii (bebro, abogden), tiuin^ti
soiil is more ridiiid)h' fhini <dl mtdmrs; no yere a okovvareo no den
no, his irip' is viorc (in rank and every tiling) than hr; n'asem a
waka no den no, he has (/one foo for in s(ii/in(/ find.
rrvd, prcjntiidmdc, prrrit'd. AVodi-ii

Ak. deeben,

pron. iidcrroy. Gr.

sai/'^ wgfro yi
don ? irh(d (or hoic) is fhis cidled? edon nx, n'hid is fhis'f' It may be
as^m ben ni? eden asem
used in the })0ss. ease: edeiV asem ni?
na moka, irlud (fliiuifs irord) are i/ou fidkivf/?
:J. edon, odoii nti,
((j-)deiV, y. den, do,

()0, 2.5. 1.

u-hof':'

nhid

fhiiifiY

doeii, sen,

ose doiV V ichid does he

woyee den na wofwee aso, irhid

did i/oi(
hiiir iras if) fhiif ipni fellY nioye den na mugyina lia
kwaV hoir /v // fhof //on iirc slandinf/ here idle'^
o. hotv'i' wgye
lino lien? hon- is fhc jndm-oil mode?
i. don, F. how much? Ak.
sen V Akr. alio?
Edon contr. oyt^ don odoi'i na W(fwof\vo,
from
do (i.e.

for ifhid,

irhnf

is if flinf

//on

whni

irhji?

r((i(se,

seek?

(lijiiiV, red; s//n. kg,

kgkg, yemmenn, yonn.

n'adwuma no don
hard for him (gye adw. pi); anya adeh wo neii
ama woabere, now //on hiirc hod otongh of it ; ne yare no ad.,
his sickness hns become severe; awia no, asem no aden me, the hent
of the snn, the jndarer has become too mnch for me, I imi in a strait
nbont. in fronbic on nccovnt of it; gko no aden so, f]ie fxjld has
dcii,

no, his

i\ to

work

I/row or be hard, secere, diffieidf;

is (too)

fjrown hot.

den, dc

null, deunennennen (dendoii, dondoudondeii) or

Gr. 70, 1-."). liard, firm; strony; hard//; sitarp, severe; cruel; dif/icult; opp. morew; - dado ye den, iron is hard;
dna dennen, hard wood; ntama no ye den, this cloth is stron/j; gye
den, he is hard, cruel; he is firm in his resolution, does not eusiltf
/field; neho ye d., he is (bodily) .stronf/, healfh/j; nekgh ye d., his
neck is stronc/ (to carry loads); ne koh rau ye d., ne tirim ye d.,
lie is ridiant, powerful (said of the leader of an army); emu ye d.,
it is hard, im/mrtant, difficult, troublesome; o\Via ano ye d., the sun
.<hines hot; ebo ye d., it is dear, s. ebo; pr.8:30.
n'ani yg d., n'ano
ye d., ne nsam' ye d., no tirim ye d., s. ani, ano, nsa, tiri.

dennonnen,

11

if.

e-dofl,

n. streu/fth

d
nan,

gbehye nea eye mergw no gden.

loi)i cloth; mokgfaa gd. meinoe.

= danta, amoase,

g-deiia,
(3

nil a

li,

tfie

vine

is

red.

v. s.

spread

dan;

to s/iread,

be extended ; obobe no aden-

out, fuui/js over, Ez.17,0.

dua no

ad., the tree

odeneha

74

odesani.

has hccowe tJiiclJif coveycd fvith folinfic ; wode ohenenkyinii abed.lio,

has been cro/rdrd icifh the kint/'s iiinhrellas.

the xAuce

o-de-ne-lui,

deiineu,

odeha,

red.

adenneii,

v.

s.

q. r.

den.

equal balance, he'uKj in a sfatc of equilibrium,

lo carrif (a load) on the head tcithoso n'aliina na ne nsa iikuram';
out holding it; odi u'ahina ad.,
odi nebo ad., he lives carelesslij ; wudi wobo ad. a, wonkye wii.
equipoise.

inf.

- di (adesoa) adennen,

den n oil, dennc'imen, 1.

vehemently ; sltarply, severely.
ade-ninij

inf.

O-doniinfo,

deiikese,
afuw no so

a.

s.

den.

2. adv. hard, siromjlij,

uimdee.

onimdefo, a well-instructed, prudent, clever man.

brushy; ne ti afiiw d.; odotg bi abu afvie
whole mass of the tliiclet fell on the plantidion.

hush//,

d., the

a d c II k Q m, a small ecdabash witb a long neck, used for play;

toa a mmea de abene abyebye bo na wobo wo agorum'.

ade-iikye-o!
you

live to see the

salutation on taking leave in tbo evening:

next worniny!

syn. nnopa-o

may

de Ilk ye be 6, a kind of European cloth.

deiikyedeiiky e, suyimj), boy, fen. marsh,

moor, quagmire;

marshy or boggy ground, deeper tban atekye cf. dontori.

d e ii k y e d e ii k y e adv. in a sh(d,ing, vacilhding manner:
ebini d., it s]t(da's to and fro.
)i. hammock; cf. abainank.l, osako.
;

0-deiikyeiii, ^d. a-, alligator, pr. 8.')9. crocodile; gdchkycmmirempon, pr. 'iSoO. syn. asuboa.
denkycmmerefii, -hinn.,pr.ll71.

o-de k J e in m
from tbe bead of an
I'l

o-q.^ 1.

a glittering, precious stone said to come

;J. a certain food (nut?) pr. 745.

alligator.

adeiisa

[nea eda nsa], Ak.

kapo.
d e 11 s w s. da-nsow.
ade-nj'a, inf. becoming rich, acquisition of ivealth.
a de-pa, a good or precious thing, something good : goods.
,

ade-pe, inf. seeking for riches. pr.lMl.

depo, ganglion, a tumor or excrescence oniliQ back
adere, Ak.
adarc.

of tbe band,

adesa-mma,

nnfpa

mma

s.

adasa, gdesani.

ade sa',

-sawa, tbe eatable fruit of a large tree, of tbe size and

sbape of a lime, of a yellow and rcddisb colour, and of a sbai'p
sweet-sour taste; tbe tree on wbicb it grows.

adesae
morning

till

[cf.

ade sa]

1.

evening-time.

night: Mot. 20,13.

maye adwuma

2. the whole
ad.,

I have

day from

tvorked

till

night.

adesii-mnia, man as a rational being

onipa sa") 02U- aboa; gd. nye nea [entia ese se]
wgye no yiye, vuoi does not deserve to be treated well. pr.o09.861.:J-37o.

O-desa

111, gdas... pi. a--f6.

("mmoa na

efre

;i(I('S(''

tooth-ache; gyare ad.;

adeso,

75

odcyyib.
siin.

b')a(hmm, gki'kaw.

tides 6 [ado aso a aka, ivh(it is left (it the Ijoltont of a thinii\ sediment, resiilimm, (Ircijs; a mean, useless thing; cf. puw; - ad. 'J'wi,
a jargon ov patois of the Tshi tanguage.
nnipa a wginCia, men of low
o-desruf, ail('st''iii, j>/. a- -fo,
Kindition. loic, mean, common jteojile, the dregs ofsocietg; if. akwaiiiliuinani. V. peojde tiring in the bash, not on tlu; coast, hash-peojile.

de-see,

inf.

ade-so;i,

inf.

;i

waste of things, Mt.36,S.

[soa ade] carri/iiig loads:

ad.

ye yaw,

is

fronblesome.

adesita [ado a wgde soa biribi] a basket (tekrokyi) or anotbcr

thing in which women keep and c((rrg their tilings (abode, atani).
adeso a [adc a wosoa] ^>/. a-, nnosoa, haul, barden.
iidesoii-kyeiio', an execssirc burden; ad. yi de, miutumi!

o-desoaii

i,

ade-sua,

inf.

pi. a- -fo, carrier, porter.

learning, studg.
school -rooin.-i\(\{ishi\o, school;

i\des(iil-(\i\ii, school-h(a(se,

ade-to, ade-tg,

ade-tgn,

ade-to-w

2'f- ^'i

snkfi.

inf.

;>/. a-,

inf.

ade-tgn, inf.

g-do(out'o,

s.

udesfia-kri, ejamimdion.
buyer, customer.
buging. o-detoto,
trading. adetoii-daii, sho/K

o-desualbj^y/. n-Jearner, student.

.celling,

'^<^'llc>',

trader.

fit as of epilepsg, not of repeated or

frequent occurrence 5 ef alinnum', abiribiriw.

detse, F.

dew,

0-8 0, a single

dote.

flame, lilaze; ogya redew, the fire is blazing;

dew bayi, to exercise or practise witchcraft; to bewitch; s. gl^ayifo;
gdew se okanea, fig. he is very lirelg, actire in bis business &c.
to flare,

r.

dew,
0-dew,

a.

s.

de.

sweetness, agreeablcness, pleasantness; agreeable taste,

tastcfalness, relish; flavour; pileasnre, joy. comfort, benefit;

wosom

yiye a, wobete mu dew, if you serve God well, you will have
the bcnefd of it, you will see lioiv happy it will male you.

Nyame

dew, i\
Mt. 2,10.5,12.
a

dew a

joy. Mt.

[ade, dim.] a

able, important,

adewa,

1.3,2(}.

44. 25,21. 28,8.

dew-do, = fewso,

tet.

little

gladly.

thing, trifle;

eso kokiiro, eso sg, eso

adawa, a name

dzi dew,
Mh6,20.

enye

ad.,

to rejoice,

it is

consider-

ampa!

for several kinds oi play,

s.

agoru;

a play at funeral customs.

adewa -dVvom, a song used

adewaib, women engaged in

in that play, pr. 174.

tfuit

play, pr. 3237.

adc-wu, inf. basJifulncss; sy'n. adefere.

ade-wia, inf. .stealing, theft; cf. krgno, akrommg.
iide-yey inf. doing, doings (cf.nneyce):,
a d e y e d e (jjZ. id.) instrument.

activity; efficacy.

o-deyefo, -ygfo,
osifo;

gye

gd. ==

gye

nsi,

/>/.

a-,

an industrious,

ne nsa nna,

fic is

diligent

man;

syn.

diligent in his business.

76

di.

F. d/A [dz'ulzi]. This verb of nmltii'ariou.s signiseems to be related witli tlic v. de; but wliilst de cliietly
means to have in hands or hold, and describes a state: di meaus
to talcc (in hands) and fo handle, or /o use, malce use of, employ, and
describes actions. It is. however, not coufiued to actions, nor to
objects taken with the hand (for which we have the vv. fa, gye,
yi, som'...), but is most fref|aently employed with abstract nouns,
and the activity expressed by it is more of an abstract and com-

di

l^rcd. ditli]

lications

pound than of a concrete and simple nature. As in the case of

bo, we arrange the various significations, which di h;is in connec-

tion witli

its

common

or specific objects or other coni}denu'nts.

iti

groups marked by A - Z (to which we su])erscribe some general

meaning), and subdivided by the continued numbers 1-110.
A. To take and use; fo receive, obtain, suffer.
1. to eat, to iahe c(- taste (i'ood): odi aduan, de, fuffi, mo, kwadu.
nam cf we. pr. ;?26\ 862-65. 870. 8/o. 882 f. 005f. 9U. llUi. 2690. 3111.
The red. didi is used, when no object is mentioned and the act of
eating is denoted in a general way mekodidi, / am i/oin;/ to cat;
odidi, lie is id his mcid, sits at ialde.
^. to e(d, lire ajxm: onui afinv,
na odi ntodii, he has no plantation, bid lives 0)i boia/ht thinf/s, has to
3. to spend, use up, waste:
hnif his rirfiKds: di..ade, s. ade 8 a.
wadi ne sika nhiua. lie has used up all his moiic//: watgn no adi, he
has sold him and eaten i.e. used up the money received.
4. to use
in traffic: Akyemfo di sika, Akuapemfo di ntrama, the AJicms use
tjold-dust, the AJcunpcms cowries for their currency; pr. 917.
5. to
;

and use for one's self: pr. 1070. se m'akoa di da a, migye no rnmah du, if m// slave tidces a day for himself (staying away
on one of the 3 days [Sunday. 'I'uesday, Saturday] beyond which
tidce

or hre})

even hard masters do not set their slaves to work, instead of comins;
work for me), / tidce from him ten strinr/s.
di here, to be a
loiterer, slui/f/ard. time-i,dler.
6. to use freely, to e)ijoy: di here,
fa
to enjoy one's time, to live a luxurious life; pi. wodi mmere.
neho di, to obtain the free use of one's own self, to become free, be
emancipated; to live independently, to enjoy one'sliberty or freedom;
pr. 1075.1439.
7. to use naturally (Rom. 1,27), to have se.vu(d intercourse with; cf. fa (obea, gyere, sigyafo), cujdi. ko.. ho, hu, hyia
(2 S. 13,14); di neho. pr. SSi. to practise onanism, masturbation ; of
beasts, j^r. 3411.
S'. to receire, yet, accept o/'and use up; to partake
ade
a: di abaguade, to receive or
of, have the benefit of: di ade,
draw fees for idtcndiny to palavers ; di mmojl, adanmude, to receive
j)rescnts or bribes; - cf. odi amanterenu-ade, he is a double-dealer,
to

.s-.

.s'

insinuates hi)nself with both jxirties de.

inherits his goods, is his heir, he succeeds

throne;
life.

.9.

to inherit:

him in his

odin'ade, he

on the
ade Sb; odi uhyira, nkwa, he receives, inherits a blessing,
10. to oldain: di nim, nkonim, to gain oi get the victory,
office or

s.

11. to suffer: opatafo di aba. the peacebe victorious, triumph.

maker receives blows, pr.2637. -r- obedi mmusu, niisehief will come
upon or befidl him : wadi ko-musu, nkogu, he has suffered a defeat.
B. To be meet or fit to receive, to be worth, becoming, rigid.
1-3. to have
12. to require, demand: di ntonui, utewso, ^;-. 2934-

di.

or fifth

prici;

(I

kum

t'\Ve.

itc.

hi' itiett. fit,

di'srrredh/

he

fo

he icorth:

cloth nist h<tlf K dollar.

fliis

ntama
.//.

to

deserves reiisure. a

lie

heroin ini/,

riijhl

21
yi sin di dare fa, two j/nrrU of
(.^7//^ pso) aniinkA,

deserve: odi
tli>ii<i'niii,

to

be hilled.
15. to
U is or nuts duly,

odi sa, se odi ara noii,

doue so; odi yo. he

is ri;ihf in

doimj so; odi

wo

tVve,

kiun,

is riijld in /li>il(jin(J, IciUiuij i/on.

To hove.

C.

eontidn.

po.'<sess,

be able to lii/ce in, to hidd. rontnin: aliina

holds ten rididutshes full of jmlm17. fo have, he inferted with: odi dem, he has a
nine. Joh. :>,(>.
]^. to possess: odi
(|iliysii-al) fdilin;/: odi (loin, it is di'feef. Cf. 2'J.

hove efijioeitii for,

yi di nsa siisukora du,
Ui. to

iiya,

he i>ossesses a

to

this jtot

.<lave (di/f. (10).

pr.nor-O:^:^. (eacpt. 914.0 17.)

rf wo. Gr.

i;

lit.

net/,

niii,

)iot

to

have;

102,2.

jilaer. rank, order: to e.iisf .^omciehere.

or live at a ])laco. in tlio affirm, oxprcsscd by wo;
(/'. .iT.
^'i. neij. nni, not to he in a place; nni lip, not fo he preslit; nni babi, not to be ani/irhere, not fo e.ri.^f ; jn: 468.509.1.'>0G.221()f.
(Jr. 8 102,3.
22. to he in some situation (outward circumstancos):
kiiro no di ka mu. the town is blocked up, blockaded, invented.
2.J. to be (first, next, last) in the order or row, or in rank: odi kaii,
J>.

To have or orenp/f a

^0. to be.

e.iisf.

ti, ]ic is at the head; odi won mu tibaii,

panyih, he is the elder or eldest ; cf. 42.
wadi me abrikaii, he has seen me //r.s/ (before I saw him); - odi lip,
he is the second ; odi so, he follows after (cf. 35); nsem a edidi so
yi, the irords hr.rc subjoined; - di akyiri, fo he la.'it, cf. 35. d' ka
24. di mu, to fie amonff the number:
akyiri.- di dibea, n. dibea.
oili mu bi, he is one of them.
25. di mu, to be prominent ainoiuj:
wgma edi mu dodo, they make too much of if.
Fj. To exist in a certain number.
20. to amount to: maliu amane a edi aduasa nhina, I hare seen cdl
the thirfif misfortunes, i.e. / have had every possible misfortune; okasa
a edi aduasa, idl the innumerable languages.
F. To spend or live or hist a certain time.
27. to sjioid or jH(ss time, to remain, stay, tarry, continue at a place:
odii ho dadu, he passed or stayed there ten days. - di gyina, s. gyina.^'.s. fo attain tosome aye: wadimfe (mfrihyia) du, he is fen years old.

he

is

the first (rf. 3'>)

he

is

their leader; odi

odi

Cr.

2ft.

edi

defect;

To be in some state, condition or sifutdion.

mu, // is comj)lefe, entire; odi mu, he is ivifhout blemish or
cf.

odd,
less; odi
it is

17.

30. edi nse,

an odd number.

if

is equal,

31. odi

an even mtmhcr ;

bem, he

edi don,

innocent, guiltpr. 247.1611. odi so, lie is

is right,

fo, he is wrong, culpable, guilty ;

blamndjle, guilty; mindzi so wp nc bogya ho, F. Mt. 27,24. I am innoceid of his blood.
32. di hia, to he in poverty, poor, indigent;
di tamu, to live in opulence, affluence, luxury, to be opmlenf.
33.
di sij^yaw. to live in single, unmarried state; di mma-sifjyaw, to be
without cliitdrcn.
34. di yiye, fo be doing tvell, prosper, thrive.
If. To he in a simple, compound or reciprocal motion.
35. ili(..) kai'i. fo walk before, precede, cf. 23; - di(..) anim", to
tcalk in front of, go before; - di .. aky i, Ak. akyire, a) to walk
behind, to follow (after), pr. 89:-i.S9H f. to be younger ; to be subordi-

dL

78

nate.

h) to pursue, pr. 300.

c) to prosecute, folloiv up, pr. 873.895.;

upon); - d) to be ivifh, assist, support, hetp, Rath 2,4.

odi no ntentcso, lie
d i a k y i r i, id. (a-c)', ef. 23.
1 Sam. 17,37.
36. di ahurusi,
f/oes alotKj with him, over against or beliind him.
odi at\\-asi, lie moves in a circle rcturniny to his i)tacc.
to cjult.
mmoa di sare no so atsVagu, beasts pass over the grass// place in great
odi me so akorokorow, he intrudes upon or importunes
numbers.
odi antu eri no so aforosian, he goes up and
me Ijij frequent visits.
to visit (sius

down

the ladder.

odi yen mu abyemfiri, he goes

and

in

out

among

tvhirls

edi kyinliyia, it
wodi yen barehyia, iheg surround us.
odi ahodannah, he often turns or changes himself
round.

or

dress.

lis.

7//.S'

odi ako-ne-abao>' akosan, he goes

to

and

fro.

odi

37. wodi
baekirards and forwards (?).
atiibg, atubra, thei/ frerpirntl/f ihange their abode, have migridori/
38. wodi atata, tJteg run after each other; - wodi
habits; ef. 77.
nsianelio, theg pass hi/ each other ; wodi ntwitvVar'ano, id. in run-

atweba, he draus

(it)

ning a race.
I.

To be

active inwardly.

ne tirim, he meditates, ponders, revolves or resolves in his

mind; he musters resolution or courage; he taJcesjifiins; di wo tirim
mai wonsuan wo, bear the bleeding manfulhj; - odi no bo dadweii,
10. to bear, sust((in, to stand: obedi yare
he is an.rious about him.
no, he will stand the sickness; wadi yare no, he has recovered from
the sielness; nea meyc no no, orcnni, he will not be cdAe to bear what
I sh(dl do to him; ose n'asem wonni (= nea oma woye no, wontumi), he is liaughtg, overbearing, read// to repress or subdue bg in-

39. odi

solence or effronterg, (lie tltinhs himself irresistible?).

tralise, render h(trmless (a blow or cut) pr. 482.
J. To be active in some office or eapuciti/.

:^1. to

neu-

42. di bene, amrado, kyeamc, sgfo, to be and act as king (cf. 47),
governor, speaker (linguist, interpreter), priest {ov minister) ; odi
panyih, he is entrusted with ((n office (odi me panyin, he is older
than I, cf. 23); - odi adiakyiri, he holds an inferior office; - di
srani, to serve as a soldier; - di bakoma, to plag the superior or
nobleman (s. bakoma); di debye, pr. s:i6. cf. 53.

K. To be active in some octupation.

man no so, he rules over the counfri/; odi
44. to perform some
kiirow no so, he has authoriti/ over the city.
oye no abia, lie helps him in what
business or duty: odi boa no
di adwinui, to do skilful work; di d\vuma, to profess
he is doing.
di boung,./o work
some trade; odi ne dwuma, he is at his work.
43. di.. so, to rule: odi

fd intervals, intersecting other work.

di abg, to attend <d table; di

pia, to act as steward, chamberlain, valet.

odi no nkgmmaran, he

or accomplice in his fetish-practices; di pa,- to serve as

di abgfo, di yaw, to provide a hunter
a hired labourer or carrier.
45. to carri/ on (trade): di
in tbe busb with food, pr. ri49.3389.-

is his disciple

bata, to traffic, trade; di gua, to earri/ on a trade; di nsesa, nsesa46.

gua, to barter, exchange, truck; di mpewa, to peddle, hawk.
to perform a play: di dam, to play at draughts; - wodi asrayere,

they perform their ceremonies for their husbands absent in the camp.

79

di

JT".

exhihil in a

/(>

paraih- of

niulxc

L. To

showy or ostentatious manner: di alienc,

crhihit roi/id riches and junccr. cf. i^.

to

r(>i/((Hi/, to

ir<nis<(rt

or

uc(/oti((tc

some

<in<iH(fehieiif.

di bo, to make
is. to nej/ofiiife, to sfijndnte, to tuolce an ai^rt'oincut
- di abobobo, to Ixoter, Itatifdin, lio'inlc; - di ano, to
(I txinitdii;
:

(ii( (((jrroiioit : di kasasie, to n(((I>e d 2r- di niuiiua, to (d/rec ((/)oi( d Itac.

d'J. to enter
ineur oihe under an obligation wodi abosoni, t](e(it(iheano(dh,

((If ire,

(or cow*/' to)

iii((kv

(KfirciKCKt

rio((e!

into,

themsetres leith an (tpjic(d to the fttishen (or t(del(ir spirits);

odi nsew, he binds himself Iti/ (in, oath, declares njnin 0(dh, confirms
bjl oath, protests icith solemn assevcr(dions; wodi ntamniara, thei/
sieear oaths on both sides; odi nliyoase, he (/ires a sol em)/ promise;
odi a(^ka)gyinam' or akabaso, he st((nds.sect(riti/.
odi me adanse,

jiled(fe

')0.
he bears or (fires iritness a) concerin(f me, b) lief ire or to me.
to ph((d. to carr(f on a suit or phuc odii dii dii, na antetam', he did
his best in fileadinff. Iiid it ie((S of no avail; - to discuss and settle a

pabvver

di aseni to c((rrif on a laiv-snd,

compose or

settle

Hli<f(dion,

jnd(je de. di aiisem, to arran(fe famdi/ matters, sctde domestic quarrels; di amansem, to iiecfotiate or transact jniblic affairs; odi ma no,

he pleads for him, in his fav(nir; odi kg n'afa, he strives or 2)1 ends
odi ntam', he mediates, interfxirtif (oka or odi ma ne mfefo)
feres : odi (ntam') mingw, he medicdes, acts as (jo-between, tries to
for his

ab(nd a reconciU(dion.
be active in a (jenercd waif, in word and deed; to exercise
or practise some manner of dc(din(f, to exhibit or dis^ihiif somequ(ditif

lirin(j

M. To

or character.

proceed, act or de(d irifh: me neno bedi no bono, / sh(dl deal

5j^. di asempa,
him in a most unpleas(()it waif, leifhouf inerci/.
senkwanmu, to W(dk upri(jhtlij, deal houestlif, lead a (food and lionest
di nokware, to s^xudc truth, act faithfully or frustworthi/, to
life.
di auem,
be faithful.
ye anem, to be dilitjeid, industrious.
di do, to exhibit one's love.
53. di debye, to live as a free man or
't1.

to

irith

di tumi, to exercise poiver or autliority.

nobleman, pr. 836. cf. 42.
di bam(e), to behave proudl if, arro(fantlif.
di abransem, aboedensem, tumisem, to commit violence, exercise 2>f>wer or antliorify
di abensem, abeneramasem, adcbyesem, to boast of being a
('C.
Icing, prince, notdeman, to be inqn'rious, tyrannical, arroijant dr.
(li akakabensym, akokobirisem, akrankransem, aporisem, ntintim-

to deal violently dc.

54. di asemmone, to lead
di asennini, atracommit a wicked deed, evil deeds d-c.
trasem, to deed rashly, commit a crime.
di sehkyene, to })crp)ctr(de
an atrocdy.
di ayeyesem, to commit a ^^erverse or exorbitant ac^
Hon; to be stubborn, wdfid, caj^ricious ('^)
di nkwaseasem, to act

uiansem, asennini,
a

bad

life,

foolishly, ivickedly; di

abiibusem,

to

make

nonsense, act frivolously.

ntuntunansem, to act insolently, impudently dc.

N. To be active in some or other way concerning other persons.
55. odi no aboro, he envies him, wrongs or injures him.
odi no mfiakyiri, he docs something without his knowledge, wdl or approbation.
odi no kusum\ he defrauds, cheatshim: odi no amim, /(/., he overreaches him, takes him in;
wadi me buanung, he has disappointed
di

dL

80

56. wodi no kasa, fhei/ make him account ov pay for, fine Jiim,
redress from him.
o~. odi no were, he i((kes receuf/c or ven~
56'. wodi no infuaufwe. the// hold and flor/ him.
geanre on him.
give him a thrashing.
:J!J. odi (no) awu, he commits a manler (on
him).
00. odi no nya, he treats him as a slave, hard or crnclly;
61. odi no ni, Ite renders him honour, inti/s him respect or
cf. 18.
homage.
6V?. odi no tow, lie renders or pays him tribute; cf. y\
tow.
63. odi no adaworoma, he applies to or craves for his bene-

me.

talce

volence, favour, kindness.

0. To be active in certain ivays of talking, in gestures itc.
61. wodi semode, theif hold or carrg on a pleasant conversation; wodi

awerebosem, theghavea coloqug (on disagreeable matters) ; dzi awereF. to wad; wodi nkommo. the// converse, discourse, hold conversation.
6:j. odi no nkommgdom, he condoles with him with a hjipocyitieal mind.
ogqru no ho;
66. odi no lio few, he tnocks at A//)/
wodi no oioref\ve, the// mock, deride, ridicule him (in liis back).
(i7. odi no (ho) likasagua, he mutters, grumbles about him, publichi
lio.

gives vent to his ill feeling against him, yet not in his presence.
68.
odi no nkgkodesem, he flatters, coujlcs, wheedles, hmnbugs, hoaxes

him.
69. odi no or no ho nsekii or nsokode, he calumnicdes or
slanders him.
70. odi no atem^ he scolds, (djuscs. rerdes him.
71. odi atoro (Ak. toro), he fells a lie or lies; odi nkgntoro, s. iik.
P. To be active in some W((y of doing one's business, in observing or keeping a command or a speciid dag.
73. to observe some manner of doing: edi adannaii, it undergoes
changes; wodi adannaii ye, or, wodi no nnyigye, they do it (dternately. by turns.
73. di so,^) o^ftOvv an injnnetion, promise, law:
odi n'asem so, he keeps to or acts according to his word ; odi mniara
so, he keeps the law.
to adhere or stick to; to bepunctucd. to arrive
at the ((ppointed time: da a wohyee no se onsah mmera no, wanni
so na odii nnannu gun so, he did not come (d the day (ippointed to
him, but stayed two days longer.
71. to keep some observance
odi abuada, he fasts, wodi mmuada, they keeji a fast, observe fasting;
di afofi, to (djstain from plantatio)i-work on some week day.
75.
to observe, celebrate, solemnize a certain day: di fotlda, to observe
the day of rest by abstaining from jilantafion-work; di homeda, tokeep
the day of rest (Sabbath-day); odi n'awoda, he c'elebrtdes his birthday; di dapa, daponna, to have or celebrate a festival day, a feast; di
afe or afribyia, to celebrate a yearly festival (s. hye fa); Brofo di biironya, the white people celebrate Christmas or new-year's-day; Gnaiifo
di hum, the Guang people have their yearly harvest custom or festiwodi asennida, they
76. to keep a day for some purpose
val.
keep a court-day.
Q. To practise habituidly.
77. wodi atiibo, they arc given to fretjuent change of abode; (cf. 37.)
76'. odi
wodi atiibo, they have the jiractice of shooting themselves.
awommawH, she bears chddren who nsucdly die soon.
a. To act in mutucd engagement a) in a friendly way.
79. wodi atirimusem, they are on cm intimate footing.
80. wodi
adi (-ne-adi), they make each other presents, send each other portions

81

(li.

from
iiii/

their

It

11(1

huy-

^7. w.idi iii'iuainiiioa, ihcii unite in

food or nicdh.

siteejt to kill

i(

shiire it; woili iitVvcbom', utoilto.

have

tJtCtj

hnre Kssiiciiitcd, hare iiiadr loninioii i-aii.se, ((re in

wodi t\Vaka, twawo, usawoso, Ihe/f hare eoininttnian, eat ttujvlher dc, (tre on (food or f'ricndl/f terms, on (( fainili((r
or intiuKde footinf/.
l'i)ot(U(i; wodi imakranna, theii are on (( familiar
S.'L wodi akajtimatOvc, thei/ h((re close eoiiitnnnion. far(n(r each other
wodi aniwalnibu, there is (t in(it(((d nnderstajidin;/ or
in tnri(.
iiitrrcsf.

jiiiiird

i)((ifnershi/>.

S^.\

(Kireenient hetireen them.

Sj.

aid e((eh other, are allied, tcork

wodi aware,

.s'.'j.

wodi

luinoa, iinoboa. liiafwo, the/f

to(iether. innfaalli/ sn/if/ort

each other.

the// internKtrr/i.

b) of an indifferent nature.
.y. To he in niiiti((d rehdion
wodi atVa, ///c// ((re intermired. eonuniiKjIed : edi afuntunifra, it
is (or, tlie thin^is ((re) thoro(((/hlif coinnii.red, jionhled or huddled toS7. woadi anahwurain', thei/h((re tni(t(((dl//e)it((nf/ledthem(jeJher.
SS. wodi nfwcanim, mmoselres, crossed or ihn-arted caclt other.
S'.t. wodi
anim', the// face each other, looJ: each other in the face.

R(i.

or ayensiu, then icrestle or

a<i:iuna

or

/'(*/

(t

s.

wodi

'.)().

struf/f/le in

atifra,

a eonibrd for exercise

atipira, the if Inioch their

heads

pira.

T. To act
wodi dom,

fi()hlin(/

prize.

together,

til.

mnttad

in a

the// ((re at

ijn(ja(jement c) in a hostile

(vilh r((ch other).

poropere, ntawntaw, atutinv,

ie((i/.

wodi ako, the// arc

!t^. wodi akainckamo, anobaebao, atwemainontwc, the// ((re in co)dcnlion,

tear ((cifh e((ch other)

strife, contest, .struc/ffle, dispute,

variance

hickerixc/. (p(((rr(d, (d

d'C.

with each other.

.v.?.

U. To act hostilel// tou-ards one's self.

odi ueho dgni. he (ranniifs suicide, dcstro//s himself.

wonho
h//

doininata.

the// fii/ht of/ainst

themselves (their

Ul. wodi
own companions,

a mistale).

v. To he disen(/a(jcd or s(:j>((r(ded.
wodi nkotewmu, nkotetem', the// midu(dl// desist from, or learc
off (hrealc off, (jire ap) figldin//, none of the parties having gained
.%'. wodi mpapaeni', the/j part, separate, divide, are
tlie victory.
divided; wodi hkra, tfie/j jntrt, separate, hid eacl( other fareicell.
9:').

W. To meet
1)7.

na,

have

th(?//

asempa no
X.

(cith

or experience.

odi.. ye-na, he ntcets difficult// in doin(/ (it);

dii

difficult//

ho hyen-na,

((pjteasin(j

the (jospel

US. In the verbal phrase:

believe,

ogye

into action
'.)!i.

he believed) the

dii,

and the second,

}'.

in

di,

f^or. to

lie

first
ti,

verb,

not casdi/ pacified

cast/

entrance there.

(migyc midi,
gye, means to receive,

to believe

use. to

J^ys- tie.
100. Other meanings of di red.,

wodi no pata-

e.g.

is

found no

gye.. di,

probably means

enjoi/'O-

him,

transpose or convert

'/

s.

nndor

didi, S. 4.

Z. 101-110. Some phrases in F., partly identical with some

of the preceding, partly new (f<mnd in A. W. Parkers books) ,s\ under dzi.
^4-1]'. lietrospective view of tlie previonslv gi\ en princi[ia1
meanings and verbal phrases:
6

82

^_____

di.

common

objects and other complements, or without comupou,^. spend, 3. ^7. use, 4. G. 7. Jcccj), iahc
for one's self, 0. reeelve,8. inherit, 9. suffer, 11. deserve, 14. heivorth,13.
be meet, fit, right, 1'). eontain.Ki. hare, xiossess,17-l'J. to he,23-2f>.3!l.
30. to sustain, stand, endure, 40. to neutralize, 41. ner/ofi(de,4S. plead,
a) (li with
plements:

50.

to

io eai,!. to live

deal (with),

:')1.

with specific objects and other complements, alj)habetically

arranged: nha, 11, abaguade, .s. bakoma, iA-*. bam,bame, r>o. abaninsem,5o. barehyia.oVy. abarimasem,.'>,3. bata, io. bem,oi. here, .0.6".
bo, 46'. ab5,ii. abobobg,i(S'. abofb.ii. bonno,ii. aboro, .1.-7. abosom,
4!). abransem,.}.'). abuada, 7i. bnronyri,;.^. An,'). 37. dadwen,.3.'>. dam,
4f). adanmude, .V. adannah,7^. adanse, W. dapa. dajionna, 7."). adah)

woroma, ^;.V.

dehye,'/^^..^^.

ade.<S'..V.

adehyescm,

.>.-A

dem,J7.

adiakyiri. /;?. dibea,4''.7. (\o,'}2. d(nn,!H..')3.

don,.W. adwini, /i. d\vuma,J/. afe (alirihyia),;?.s'.7.j.

adi),(SY>

kyiri, .->,>. atisera,

:'jO.

(o,31. afofi,;

/.

adi(-n<'-

dommata, .'A/.
i'e\\,(i(l.

mfia-

fohda,/.'}. atbrosian,.'>7;. at'ra,.SY;.

afrihyia,^AS'.7.j. mfuai]f\Ve,56'. af'untumfra,iS'6'. f\Ve,jfi. ntsVeanim,.S'6.

aguma,tSYA agyinam,i.9. hene,i^. ahene,</7.

Tif\Vebom',<S'i. gua,4.j.

ahenemmasgmj

ahensem,.-).?. h\a,,32. hiaf\ve,6'.!i. ho, 23. 37. neli6,7. a-

hodannan,.W. ahoedensem..>V. aliomasin,.;. homeda./'.j. liiiammo, .55.

abuhuseni,.'Ji. ahukan,<?.7. hnm, 7;I ahurusi,.76'. nhyease, i.'>. ahyemfiri,.vV>. nhyira,.'y. akabaso, akagyinam, I!>. akakabensem,.'>.V. akamekame, .'yX^. kamu.A.-';?. kah,33.3'). akapiinaf\vc',,s'.';. kasa,;>6'. nkasagua,^7. kasasie, /tS'. ako,.'y7. nkogu,7i. akokobiriscin, .'1.7. nkokodesem,6'.s'.

rikomm;1ran,

iikoiiimo,07. iikominoduni./;.>. komiisn,

//.

:/0. hkontoro, 77. akorokorow,.V6'. akonkra,.%. akrankrrinsem,.O.v. kum,7i. kusum,

nkwa,.V. i)kwaseasem,.o/. kyeame, iX^. aky i, akyiri,i?.=)..7.'7. kyin-

11. ako-ne-aba,.V6'. I'lkonim,

san,,56'. iikotetem'.V.*.
.'J.5.

rnmasigyaw,
.->Y>. amansem,.'5(). amanterenu ade,<S'. mmara, i6'.
33. amim,.'A-7. mmoa,.s'i. mmoa,(S'. mmganim..S'<V. mmow,')0. amrado,
43. mu,^-i. mu,^.'y. mmusu,77. nri,.'>7. nnakranna,(S',3. anai'iwnram',
87. anem,.;;?. ni,^7. lum.lO. anim,.V.'"i. aiiimka,^/. aniwal)nbu,.s'.'>.
hyia,

jino,/(S'. anobjlbae,

.'y^^.

nngboa,

(S/.

nokware, ;5;?. I'lnuaiiimoa, .S'7.

i;?. mpapaem,.%\ operefwe,

nya,]s.(;0. nnyigye, 7^. pa, //. paiiyin,

(iC).

apere})ere,

pa,

.{5.

mpewa,

.'/^^.

nse,.30. nseku,6'.'y.

asennida,

nsesa, nsesSguaj

.l.v. nsawoso, .S'5.

semode, 6i. asemmone,.'5i. asemasennini, .VA .{ii. senkwanmn,.'j^. scnkyehe,.W.

aaem

77/.
i.'7.

/;;.

pia, //. a])orisem,

lO.ijO-')!.

nsew,4.9. nsianeh6,.76'. sigyaw,.?.?. sika,

.9.-i.

so,

43.73. so, 31. sofo, 43. nsokode,^'.'y. sriini, /;?. asrayere, i^/. ntam',.^^.
ntamniTira, /.'). tamu,.5^. atiitil, .7<S'. ntawntaw,.V^. atcm,7^>. ntenteso,
35. ntewso, 7^^. \i,33. atifra,.W. ntintimjinsem..-";.?. atipira, .W. tirim,
39. atirimusem. 7.'A ntodii.^. ntomu,7,?. ntontg,.S'7. atoro, 77. tow.^,?.
atratrasem..!/. atubo.77. ati'ibo, .V7.77. atubra, .97. tumi,.-3,5. tnmisem.
53. atuntimansem,

.7

twa\ve,(S'^.

atweba,

aware,

.S';j.

t\ve, 7.

/.

awoda,7.-5.

atntuw..'yA:'. atwagu,,'?^'. t\vaka,.S';j'. at\vasi,.96'.

.96'.

t\VC*mamentwe,

awommawn, 7(S'.

.'y<2.

nt\vit\varrino,.9(S'.

awu,.';,'y. \vere,.'j7.

awereliosem,

64. ynre, 40. yaw,//. jiyensin^cS'.'A 'ayeyesem,.7/. yiye, .97.

(This list of objects and coiuiiienieiits may lie increased.)
c)

di combined with other verbs:

neho di,6'. gye Ai.98. fa di,

i',50. fa

di boa, 44. di
,s-.

fa

^^6'.

ma,

di

ko

n'a-

;i(ll

m\'i,

aiiimj,

v.ii.

lunfioiis to

.<rntl

(li .SY>,

I'va.siiuii;

one

tiiiofJirr

83

;i(li(liil<vin.

atli-bone, adipiiw;

s.

wokyokyr

wndi

adi,

///ry

woiilio :uh\ pr.!)()L if.

adi-ne-aili, adiaiiiA.

adiwo, mi open or outer spaee, opp. to a shut up and

;i(li,
covered space or hidden place; out, outside, without, tOn'oad, out of
da adi, to lie ojien. tie luauifest; fi adi, to eouie or (jo out,
doors.
fortli. V. pue; yi adi, to liriiiif forth or out. to Iiriuf/ to tiffht, rciuJer

wnhe moiiifest. pr.O.'id.

adi, contr. ^= ade yi, this thiiiif, this.

risilde, diselose.

ad
ad. bi

ky iri,

i-a
dii,

he otitained some inferior nffiee;

ndi-aina, seudiiiff of jiortious.

a d i-a 111 111 A-\v (t-lia (wudi a,
iliiui. s.

that.

onyATi

u suhordinatc officer, subaltern:

y^/. -to,

di o'5fl. /;?.

s.

pr. 9S6. Fjst.fi,22. ef. afli-ne-adi.

wu

\vnin'in;i

b.l

bi)

a kind of

ode.

diasckai'i, a

ad i-a sic

settled l)eforehaiid. pr.

adi-i>a

of Indian corn, a kind of abete.

disli

[nea woudi asie| a matter jireriouslii arrauf/ed or

u:}{i.

-banc, Ak.

iV,

food:

s.

aduaii'.

; nnipa a wodi d., men

d
of rank; ne d. so, he is in a hi(/h position; wode no kodii ne d. bio,
he teas re-instated in his office, restored to or put in his former state.

i-h c a

diho
a

place, position, rank, occupation

[Eng.] deal-lioard.

d i-hoii

c,

had food;

dibo-dua,

^V. d.-n-, fir, ei/press.

t^^- ^^^5,i7.

pr. :2600.

adide,/V/7/o;<. usufruct; enjoi/ment; henefd, profit; share. D. As.

didi,

red. V. (s.di) 1. to eat;

pr. 923-933. 1691. lH70.213i.

2. to lire on.

he or

to

sit

at meals, td talde;

didi me, to eat enouijh. pr. 932.

one's livelihood tu/: Brofo ho

ade na ese se wowia, ivh<decer we can (jet

or unfair means, is rii/ht, because he has plenty (!)
(of an ulcer <.^c.), to diffuse itself;
bore no adidi
nhina mn,

ad

id

.s-.

fxVete

/.

i. to

soak, to

inf. eatini/. feastiuf/,

I,

na yedidi
Brofo
from a white man, by fair

make

r/et

.9.

to sj)read

ako ne honam

tfirough, to penetrate.

meal; pr.97.93o. 2S92. ne kara kg

adidi.

adidi,

Turlcey-red thread or colour; - adidi-pa, crimson;

adidi-sika, i/ellow thread, oranye-rcd yarn.

d id i-a

in I'oe,

man who

etds

much and

yet lias no fat.

adidi-hcti, manner of eatin;/; dinin(/-room.

a d i d i-l u r e time of eatin<i.
t

adidi-de,
n.'ika,

1. eatables.

3.

mmoa

adidide

= adidi-ade,

aduan-

manijer.

didifo,
0-did ifo,

(pi. id.)

pi. a-

(juest

kofre

(nea odidi

ma

me

didifo

na wommera!

etra so) a (jreedy eater, (jlutton.

a didi fii r u ni (jhdtony, voracity.

adi dii, jilaee or time of eating; ad. ase,

f(/ourmand.

master (ruler, f/overnor) of a

adidiikyiri,

feast,

id.

adidii-fVvefo,

steward. Joh.

the time after a meal.

2,9.

the

didikaw

Jidiukiira.

didi-kaWj a debl for vietnal>i.

didi-me, the act of catuKj oiouijli,
heuce

o)ir's fill:

so as to be satisfied, cuthuj

fcdst, feasting, h(tiiq/iefi)/</,

(i

incliuling the idea of

drinkinj;' copiously. pr.9o4f.

ad d
i

i}6

I'l,

(Jiriimj-fdUc

iiihle.

diinnr- table;

r/".

opon, dan-

riuopoii.

adidi-traso,
adidi-tVvea,

f/Jiiftoin/,

1.

tJir.

rorariti/, crerss in ratinr/.

-^ nsonokese.

stoinarJi,

^. a ha;/ for

virfHats.

ad i-l'i^

adifi, inf.

[fi

adi] fjoinr/

oitf,

(joing forth. Ps. 12],S. Mic.o,2.

adifiide [r/l t'ii] plent/j of tilings, gsi^gc. etttahlcs; manyaaduaii

ad., I have got food (^or victuals) in excess, for nothing; odi, ope vr
adifudc-]e, inf. greediness,
gye ad. =^ oyc amiin, he is greedy.

cupidity.

o-difudojKjfd, a greedy, vnsatiablc fellow or person.

u dill a, a stone connneinorative of a shameful or criminal act

as rape or murder, committed at the place, on which every passeradi-ho, s.adi, adiwo.
by puts a leaf to protest against the deed.

o-dili 11 n 11 111 J rerel. rereling; greediness; oye od.

fude, he I ill's to eat (dt lie can get. or idt he has to-dag.

lea

a kind of gam.

s.

oye

adi-

ode.

adikai'i-(), a salutation addressed hy a travcder to one who

ivent before, after having come up with him; answer: ya aberaw.

ad ik a fi't, one (or jil.

dik ])('!, [da dart.

gone befire.

nnoiii)

I'l

the fore- most, first.

nnimmo.
diii pa.
dim-pa
o-d
1. name; ne din de den? irhat is his name? wgato no
pae din,
theg hare given him a name; cf. Or. 205, 4.5.
di

111-1110, hif.

diiii-iiioiic,
i

bg

dill,

s.

bg

dill,

din bone;

I'l,

/()

mention;

pr. 1776.

on account

adwumaye

of;

cf.

.s.

din,

pae.

Gr.24.'i?^. (the last

came on pretence of
worhiiig; gbg ne d. so, he mentions his name; gbg ne d., he calls ujion
the good name, reputidion. character; bg diii (j)a), ti>
him.
X.\
praise; bg din bone, see din, to revde. slander, defame; wgde wgiihnox.^

(Ill

jiretence of:

gbgg

diii

bae, he

ho dim-mone bae ^= wobekail wgnho-ho asein, thei/ reprociclied, iij>.5. a well-lcnown name, fame, renown: wagyo
braided each other.
(ne) d., gwg d;., he has become renowned, celebrated, famous, he is
rennirned; oni]>a a gwg d., a man of rank or distinction ; ne d. ada
kakra, his name steeps a little, i.e. he is no more sjndicn of so much:
ne d. ato nsum, he is no more mentioned.

1 11 11,

1*1

11

a.,

adv.

still,

silent; quiet,

demm, knni, krananana.

ad nam [ade a wgde di nam]

calm ;pr.30G9.

Mh:4,o!i.

sgn.

(jil.

hi.) fork, table-forl'.

adi-iie-adi,

miitucd communication offoml;

0-dinimfo,

onimdifo.

ft\

cf.

di SO.

&

adi,

[adiama.

adiiikctrii, linen fnviera) bought of the Europeans, which the

negroes wear as mourning after having variegated it ivith red and
black

strij^es. pr.

387.

diiisij c

85

do.

diii-sm'', htf. slnmh'r. ftdniiniif. i>r.'JHH.

won

;itliii(nilll (obtiC.J jifilcrKsf;

.1 (I

i-|

w, cnrssirr

II

adiwu,
ri(/i(tii(

l\m

i/<tnl

adi

if.

i<:

vathiii; pr.

of

iiiiii;uiiii;ul.i

dwcUiiii;;

iu'j;r()

ji

wo-uc

ii

adiwu

lio,

;i

od

\'

akruma,

i_v

do,

III

1.

jirojilii'iii

r. [ri'il.

the bool: of rcrcldlioH.

a- -to, jiroji/irf, Chr. (iikondiyt't'o, iVA.)

jil.

become

tiply, to

lirii/(/

rrvrhifinn.

iiKiiiifrs/aliini.

inf.

old of iloors,

of other birds.

lite fioioifj

adi-yi,

tuium.

r/'.

altaiunia.

di-NVO-;il'r-iM mil. a bird ol \nvy lar;;t'r than

mi

!):>S.

dodo]

1. to

nttnieroits;

increase in qnantHif or nnniber, to iniilinonei/ increases; ewo no

ue sika do, his

ado, the lioncji has increased. h((s filled the comb; pr.7'il.Sl;{. 134S.
^. to
woaye bcbre, woatVw ; cf. doso [do & so], lew.
woado
brimj forth abnndanfl//: asu no do nimoa nianyii-inaiiya, the wider

swarms

irith

animals. Gen.

l.-JO.

to

.V.

jirodace. aflracl. (jather: do

siadi', awoiiiHia, to ijalher fal, to fatten, fjroa- fid

am.
become

nkanai'i', to i/idher

tlo

{ir.

fall:

stuffed,

wado

\Vu\v

(wadidi

cloned (fall); wado

no ado, the tenter

hot: nsu

bo acb), /
become dce/>.
nie

emu

nuo,

om

utwom,

ii'at'iiru

tie is

full

of

5. to

it is

shidlotc.

ilch.

tfie iron, is

U.

to

i.

fill,

crammed,

is

dado no ado,

mu

asu no

ahye), he

hot -- niayc liycw, byerebyere.

to deejien:

tttere

pi,

is liot;

(only of beasts);

to rnst. ijrinv rasli).

riisf,

become

red-Iiot;

emu

do,

to

river is deep; ebg de,

do asuko, to dire. -- 6'. F. to sinic
do,

tfie

sink down, =: mem Mt. H^SO. Ijecholed, Mk.o, IS.

'J. tosiidi, infiltrate, penetrate : do mpuuijiunase: asu no ado m[., tfie
riridet has lost itself in the ij round. tb\viiig or oo/dug- below tbe surlimb r the

face.

iriiter,

10. to enter, lose one's self in

ode iiebo o/'ue

ti

ado wuram',

11. do m u dom',
absconded, concealed himself in tfie bush.
/(* I/O abroad, into foreiijn countries:
ankye ua gdom' koe, not lonij
aflericards fie set out on a journey ; wadom', fie is atvai/ on a journey,
fie

luis

abroad; gdom' kg Iliiam, gmmaee, fic went on a journey to Krepe

and is not yet bacfc; won nhina dodom' kgg nkurow so, they all went
1'2. to enter (tbe uose, said of tlie
abroad into foreiijn countries.
smoke or scent of soinetbing burned &c.) aduru no (mako no) adg
me, tfie smell of If at medicine (pepper) has eidered my nose (causing

me

to sneeze,

making

asem no ado me

(=

nie sick &.c.)

ye

me

yaw),

13. to enter deeply, to ijrieoe:

matter i/ricves me.

11. to
resort to: wabedg me, he has tafcen
tfie

have recourse to,

refuije with me; raadg panyin no. / ftare resorted to tfiat yentleman;
gpanyih ua, ade bia wo a, wuguan kgdg,.j/o fiave recourse to a man
lij. to swear by: medg
of Consequence wtien you are in distress.
(= meka) Onyankopgn se asem a mekii yi woni', I swear by God
that what I say is true.
1(1. to lore: dg wo ygnko se wobo, lore thy
neiijlibour as thyself; wgdodg wgnbo, they love each other. Gr. 57.
pr. 2378. - to nice, prefer ; pr. 21(14. cf.])e, pe asem.
17. dg..bo,
to spare, save, take care of: gdg ne nan bo, he does not like to exert
(tire) his fret by walking, pr. 283.
Is. ..bo dg, to be of importake refuije

to,

86

do
an intense

dododo.

interest or si/nijxdJi// in

tancc

to,

yen

anka yeuyji ne ho ascin bi ka.

JIJ. lie kon do, his tliront deepens

excite

Icsu ho do

(= hia)

a,

I'Jir.

a longinfi desire for,

to become irild, fierce,

for.

i.e. Jte

caf/ert/j desires, tiisis after.

friffhtfat

has an ajt/ietilc.
A^O. do iikran,

u'ani do iikran, he rae/es, chafes.

^^.7.
do auiwii, to be tjftshfid.
do so: to talcc precentive measures: gdo so uteni siesic ho na amma
sa, he qnirJct// ttdces precautions that this mai) not come to pass.
26. do, do., so, to suffice, be sufficient;
21. do, s. Aow. pr.o:}S.
eyiara do me so, thrd uitt just do for me; ado me so, it suffices me;

^i. do.,

to distike, s. na.

iicl,

;Jj:J.

anno me
(1

not enout/h for uic.

so,

it

is

r.

s.

dow.

o,

do, F.

= Ak. soo.
= ho; pini do =
so,

Ak.

do,

t\Vi\v

kg ho;

d6ha;i.

s.

edow.

o-do,

s.

O-do,

inf.

love, ajfeetion. pr.'.)42-9M.

o-do, a kind of river-iish.

o-d 6,

fi

jdai/intj-half

made

of i)alm-leaves.

jxdm-brancfi or liamboo made into a kiiul ot

needle for the striiij>; of f ra used for tyinji; tlie j^rass in thatching

ado, a

/)iec<'

tif

roofs.

adr.

slarii/i/t//:

of\Ve

inc;

do, Jw stares at me. J Ki. s,ll. s//n.hf\.

wo yam'

O-do', a sickness in the belly; eye

g-doa, adoa,

kiirii

ma wukyima

odowa, adowa.

s.

iidoha, F. =^ unobae, Fs.

I.i'ioj^ya.

67,(i.

do ban,
making

the line or border of a j)iec(! of ground selected for

a ptantidion. on which the bush is cut lirst, to show how

far

to

it is

be cut.

adolx' [edow abe| a species of palm-tree, the leaves of which

called daha, are used to cover roofs.
adobcj-aba, 1. nuts of
the said jjalm.

abird;

ef.

o-d oil

2. a

kind of beads,

onwain, pr.94j.

s.

adobywa.

[dowe a ebere] red-hrown

('11

adobodobo,

a kind

oi'

beads,

s.

adolx'-ni'iwain,

aliene.

jd.

n-Jhe

i/tninij

luMn^-patm.

(colour), rudd//. ha//.

ahene.

ye nennan; okgm de wo
na woaye sijimo a.s. woanom nsa na egyinagyina wo ani so a. na
woatg d. nen cf. tg beraw, piti.

dobosa,

to- d., to

faint. Jon. 4,S. s//n.

adobow,
a

woman
a (lod

(',

a custom to be observed by
death of one of her husband's relations.

6si ad., adol(')\v-si, inf.

at the

a favourite

tiling, pet. darlinij.

F. lionam adgdze, sinful

uffcetio^ns.

adode, oi/ster (nwora mu nam bi). pr. 'J40.

dodo, red.v. s. do. bgre no ad. no honam mu, s. fwete I.
dodo, adv. much, veri/ much, too much, eJ:eeedin</l//. F. dodow.
dodo, Ak. F. Mt. 22,14.) s. dodow, ft.tC-n.
o-d(do, F. hosts.

dodo-ara, F. mani/. Mt.

7,22.

dododo, F. e.rceedin'jli/. Ml;. 0,26.

0(lod(leii

((-(li'idoln'
wliieli

a piece nf lioUnw

(lor...,

I'l.

under the hole cut

|d;iecd

in

rt'i'd

ov hanilxn) throiif^li

from the felled tree

|i.ilm-\viiu^ distills

llie

87

(Ml('k<').

the,

iiit<

\cssel

prJUlif.

it.

diMldln', dadawm', /he jxiltdc, roof of the

d., the food clcnocs to lui/ /xdalc.

adiiaiV no

iinnifli;

afam me

thtdom', V.
(lodoi'iki'i,

kokoam'.
hidthlf,

strrlliii;/,

(I

hli-^/cr;

IIi'ukj

(Uii/

bloivn

/ip,

were, strol/cu; ade, bi a aye kiisil ua wiiunim dekode a ewom'; ade bi a ahoi'i; wokyekyere boa bi a, wiise: bo no
na obi aidifi nea ewom'; ogya bi hyew wo iia abg horoiioa a,
il.,
biirohouo d. pr. 079.
wosc: abg d.

intlfcd

II

as

IK or,

it

(lodow,
sii/:

kg

mil ua oye

ma

didi

red.

c.rccssirc

1)1/

r.^

dow;

s.

:J.

5*.

wgdodow won yam'

to hcronie

a.s.

no

n'ajiow
se:

wa-

they irccp

su,

loHffiti;/.

dixlo w,
dgte

Wadodow

eniia wokiT se: wathulow.

a,

atra so na gyare),

front secret

to livnnitc broivii.

/.

(Oyari" ko onipa tiintiim hoiiarn

t'(d'ni;i.

II.

niiir//, iiiiiiiii.

dodow a

II.

ijiKUil/f/j, iiiniiher. iiiiiiiliers. iiiidli-

beye ahe?

in(tboe

/loir iiiiicli irill the ijuinitifi/

of
are their HHiiil)ers'(' (ey*.'
biako pe, it is oidi/ one; wosi abien, the// (ire two; wgdgso, thei/ are
It ijrent uiuiiij.)
a i/reat number of people, pr. 948-dO. odi d. akyi
fiide:

dinj Old hij ijon

iliiil

wgn

lie':"

d. si ahe, ivhid

kwa,

//('

me ret

If

di'tdi'iw:

follows the

po

dodow a,
abiM-ow un-j

d., to

muss of the people,

stammer,

the multitude, the

niiodowa-nuodowa, a. .small,
nkgkgre; si/n. nketenkete,

j)l.

ef.

many.

stutter.
little,

liny;

gde nn-^

([('mIowm, a weacefs spool, bobbin; ^^ nkyokyeree.

do do wo', n-, a., n. brown; brown ness.

dod o w ra, s. nwuradodow. (Nnipapi wom'a wghyed.kwa.)
II

doc, yoodness.

/,iiidiiess. tori ny-liind ness,

kind-heartedness ; fa-

no yam' ye,
gye adge
he is charitable, lieiievolent, shows his hindness {hy presents or other
manifestations of his love); ode minorgScX ye wgn adge --^ ye won
aye, ye wgn yiye, he inyridiates himself irdh them, eourts their favour by dealing rum totJtcin; Onyankopgn adge a gye wgnnipabo
{or ode ye nnipa) ayi adi wg Kristo mu, God's looiny-lcindness toF, adoe (adwe), aels
wards men Jias manifested itself in Christ.
a doe -ye, inf. the act o^ practising charity.
Q-doeof love.
yefo, pi. a-, a charitable, beneficent person.
vour, benerolenee

affection.

Opanyin

yi,

o-d ofo,

2>l- ^-5 1-

(lofoa: bg

ad ofo no,
dglowa,
doliaa,

d.,

lover.

^*.one beloved; me

to hide,

a kind

oi'

see/c

beads;

pi. n-, lover,

d.,

a hiding-place;
s.

ahene.

paramour?

d.

ha.,

he lehom

love.

kohintaw, bg
[ukokora.

pr.oL3:S.

Ak. ^= nohoa, nohg.

do h w a, y^/. n-, amulet; =^ sv'iman.

o-doko, a sickness in the bowels leading
11

prolapse of the rectum?)

to diarrhoea, (perh.

dgko

88

do ko, dokgdoko,

ofe dd.

dgko, dgkgdgkg,
smoof/i

to

powder);

f'eko.

a<jfce<ihh ;

sircci,

invJlijlnons,

mcJIijIiioil.

boroboroborOj dede, fremfrein.

sijH.

dry things, ground

fuie, soft (of

aye betebete,

ate

dom.

adgkgdgkgdi',

= ade-fVemfrem, somcfJuii;/
pr. 406.
= nngko-nngko-asem, mellifluent,
-sivcii,

dgkgdgkgseui,
or sweet words,

sriuioth

flatterif.

g-dgkono,

boiled lucdd of maize;

dgkoH-kaiikycu, As.
<k)ku, pi. n-, F.

do 111,
dgiii,

dom',
dgni,

kodom nea
(jage

di dom,

dom,

the

t(i

r.

F.

to (jo into
[/7y/.

to

gdgkye,

won,

to; odora

abodO. pr.'JoSf.

<f.

adokonni,

pr.9o5.

onni ho.

r.

to vr/.' (illics

pr. 3012.

pr. 2787.

won

ofi

imi, Mt. 26,38.

'"

(mother countrij, Mt. 21,33.

dodom'] .s.doll.

or

(oi

to jieref/riiKtte,

(dlianrc

'"

'

Ijcaivai/;

asafo a wosfia no

iritli;

na woafvie won hiada; gye adorn, to secJc, t(il<\ vncall in the nid of; wakogye ohene bi ndoin. 2 Ki. 7, 6.

dom horow,

(pi. id.,

111

r.

/V/.

tivloiifi

eso

956.!>o7.D60.

s.

F.

(is idlirs,

Q-d g

iiiohl-e//.

r.

r.

wadom', F.

id.

of irar.

liv

d.

afanu)

ko dom,

di

neho dom,

a host, mi ariii//;pr. 6S.').

95!). 2268. 2 176.

to

conniut suicide.

gye dom,

war.
y dom, to ocercome
woayi dom, nanso woadi nko-

to irfu/c inir, (joto

ijaiu the cictori), pr.2952.

eiienif/.

1.

i\ the hoslde (irmij. the enemy, pr.

nim, thvt/ have vanquished tin' eiicmij (O/d triumphed.

edgm gu,
a host or tlie enemij is defeided. pr.4.^6.
C2nls. dgin-hene, (/eneral;
dgnkunini, thr main I/od// or t/ross of the (tr mi/, main arm//; dgmki'iw, II division, l/rli/adr: dgm-tow, a reijimcnt. Cf. asafo.

dom,

favour, ijrant favours; to

to

V.

(a malefactor); to hclj) in distress; to

ones

turn. pr.

l-'>07

to liajiprn.

tje

(jrarious; to

Ijv

pardon

useful, favouridde, to serve

Wgadom

wo,

iinu

are favoured;

dom me j)reko, for oiae do me thr favouv! Onyaiikopgn adom n'aniwa: wahu nyansa bebre, God has favoured him .w, thid he Jias obtained mnili ivisdom ene de, osu abedom yen wg ha, to-day ice liave
;

rain here; ghene* adorn no kora, the Icinij lias

ntama. (ense me, nso m'ani
nni so,) he presented nie irdh a lioth, (undeservedl// and unejpertedli/);
mekg lig na se gdoin ba ho a, mekfl no asem bi, / shall go there and

been favoured

trith

granted liim his

life;

if

wadom me akye me

to ronie there (as 1

he liapjien

wish he may)

shall

tell

him some-

thing.

g-d
bi/

the

inf.

111,

graee of

grace, favour. Unyafik. dom nti na yetiya iikwa,

F. adoin, 1 I'd. 8,7.
obtain life.

God we

adom,

inf. a favmirijig : tfie second rain// season in September

and October, t/ie hitter rain upon tlie maize;
adommere, adom-

inurow, adonsu;

g-dom,

ef.

asnsow.

a kind nitree. rhe

an ordeal.
doiii,

V.

F.

dome.

bar/i^

of

which

is

used

in

performing

(limm.'i

(Idiii iii;i,

ivviiihl

(I

to iitaku 11. or 7

lo^ji

s'.

f^O

.i(lniiiiiit''n'.

Asaute dgimiul

of

iioltl;

<l.

Akyciii d.

o-(lomiii;t, /'/.a-, (F. oilomba) a

it. F. Mt ?J(i. J I, HI

is t'(|iial in

-^ ntakii 18,

f'niif

or 10

similar to a

fiij

s.

value

i'/j d.
tin;

tree

hfaiiiiadt'i

[(jdou, dim.] hell; -: uiionnoiiiiua, iiiiyi'iii'iniyciicimna.

III iiiil

-drtlllA, in epiLs.,

doniawa,

(16 Ilia,
ifoKftij;

s.

oba-doiiia,

'/

uimoadoma, adoiiiakwaJec,

doinadoiriji,

inU'-doina

abfiro-doni.'i;

ua wodi no, Ak. - ode- tofoio, Akr.

fiinyinie; onij)a no ye onipa dd.

(!nnyiiii
doin.i,

a^loiiia,

do

wgde

uiioina no.

doiii

111

d It

111

doina

ado

somrf/iiiKj soft; pr.4!H.

II.,

a, })l.n-,

111

;i

ri:

Tid

o-doiii-iua
'

11

ivi'iijld

dcr

III t"i

111-111

cf.

nii ode horolioro a

obiodc no ye dOinu-

abadonia.
oduin, otVain, ne

dan.

si

a-IVi,

triidrr frrc; ony;i,

i/oKiiff,

ft

doinankiliiia.

tcjidcr, (hiii, fine, ffv.sli,

soft,

i(.

11 i I'l,

(/old.

the half of dointna, q.v.

iihina, nil .sorts of tluiKjs.

liye
('

of

d.,

tit

arcmsr;

s.

hye.

[ade a wod(! inra odoin] sdcramcnt. Chr.

])l.

n-,

odoiii-niariiiiaj a <jreat icarrior, hero.

fin: nil.

do Ilia Ilk

manifold ; plrntifid, abiinditiit,

Ne yiye d. a ode yee no no, wancopious; si/ii. bcbre. pi, pewd.
yi n'aye (wanna n' ase), fie did not thiuik him for his manifold benefits: [Onyankopgn yee ade nhinil d., God made all thinc/s. R.j). 166-]
a iiia,-koiiia, a. niaiiij.

a icorld of jialaver, <i prolific, incessant, perpetual, interminable, endless jialarer or Utiijntion.

aseiii d.,

ma, -koina, God, the Creator ("he is much above

woko babiara a, wulifi no"). Ouyahkopon Od. abo
ade I'lhina, God, ffie creator, fias made all tftinr/s. R.p.lOO. (Jd. bog
nna-inmerensoii, wgtg ade a, wontna kaw? since God fias created
()-(lunirii'ika

all. oyii

bcbre,

seven daifs. has

it not idivai/s been so (is it not eqiialli/ true) tfiid,

must be paid'^ i.e. ivfiji is it that //on do ncjt pay me for
sucfi a loiKj time? (F. Nyanko])gu no Doiiiankoma Ba, the Eternal
Son of God ; Nyankopun gnye Oudoniankoina Sunsfun, God is an
Eternal Spirit. Frk.J The word as a name of G(kI seems to mark
him as the boundless, infinite, iiderminable, immensely ricJi Beimj,
or as the author, owner and donor of an ine.rftaustible abundance
of things. (The etymology in Mf. Gr. p. } 2 "thi- sole benefactor''
is untenable.) Cf. Onyankopgii.

what

is boU[/fd.

doinai'Oj [J^"o-] romal, a kind of

cotton fabric, orig. from the East Indie.;).
(i-do

111-111

an'

Ilia, pi. n-,

s.

elotfi (silk,

gdommanin,

half silk, or

osabarinui. pr.Ooi).

doiniiiata, wgadi wgnho d., tfieij have fouyht against

selves, i.e. tfieir own jjcojjIc. by mistake or envy.

tficm-

<loino, v.[inf.n-] to curse, e.recnde, imprecate evil uj>on; si/n.

bg dua, hye nsew.

no so da.)
a d r 111-1110 re,

(Wadome
tfie

no, e.s.ose:

<mwu,

second rainy season:

s.

a.s.

adoiu.

nhyira

mm'ma

adomfiraw

90

mf

ad

ra

wato

an (nnhush of

or Info

doin})(^-loa,

treated

c 111

g-d

iii-p

cf.

lielper in irar,

111

si/n.

a-,

cf.

atli/.

animal.

edom no sau kgbog

an

nsrif'ufu.

s.

kasae, F. ebew.

n-, reiietn-atc

a fo pi.

O-doiupo,
snails &c.

hone,

n-,
/>/.

back upon A.

to, fell

<i

the best sort of j) film- wine,

dompe,^>?.
111-})

dohhelf-fhis/ir] a f'our-conifrcd bottle.

a To [dgm, boa]

111-111

0-domono,

ad., he luta hiadverfcHf?// f<dU'>t iiilo the (diiip

the enrni//.

doml'rasc [Dan.
do

artona.

bo

d.

pern,

&.

!)

commander of an

wo A., tlir.
pemmo.

anii// re-

ami//.

pl.n-, icdd do/j, huah-dof/, black, feeding on carcases,

odemerefna, hatvvea; pr 505. 530. 8o.j-o7 .070-72. SBM.

dompdiiiiii, a

buy something

weifiht

little

<>f <J'>l^l ()')

money

snfficient to

to eat. pr. :2D43.

doiuinriiiij pl.n- [edgm bum] jirisoner of war, captive.

d., to talce prisoner, eapture; fa nn-, to make prisoners.

kyere

doiiiiiiri Ml

I'ji

inf.

captitrc. capfirit//.

adoiil-mi'irow [adoni aburow]

]. mai^e jdanled in tin' second

rainy season.
^. tlie time of t/ie latter rain, in which maize is
planted^ the second rainy season; cf. adorn, adominere.

doll,

V.

[red. doiuigii] to soak, steep,

drench;

to

saturate wUli

ivatcr or other liipiid; to soften in water; to penetrate,

permeate;

a-

burow no adon, adonngn, tlie corn is so<d:ed, softened, well sodden;

ne gyigye donngii onipa mu, its sound thrills throuyh one's tvhole
frame.

do 11,
(I

V.

Mf.

Id

d g iV, r. [inf.
measured jmre;

ayeforo,

^;r.

^JO.

(s.

prejiare

n-,

to

'"sn-ish" for

building purposes.

red. dgiinon] to

crawl, to

walk softly, ycntly, slowly, in

more or advance slowly; gdgrV se

donii); odgiingii se

gbgmmgfo,

se

agyinamoa a

grekgkyere aknra.
dgi'ii'i, .softly, delirately.

slowly niiA finely ; gnani

(gnantew uiinerantesem
show), he promenades.

softly d'c, yraccfully

inu,

d.,

he wallcs

for [)leasurc or

e-dgn, cloclc; bg don, tostri/cethe bell or clock; woriny the bell; edgn bg, the clock strilces ; cf dgiifwerew;
abg dgnkoro, the clock has struck one, it is one o'clock: abg nngnabien, it is two o'clock d'c. Gr. 80,4.
g-dgii,

sow dgh,

Z^t'ZZ;

to

Oil,

0(W (number); edi don,

adg-na

it

is

odd;

i)jip.

edi nse,

it is

even.

[dg, ua|

prop, a difficulty in lovimj,- disaffection, displeasure, dislike, ill-takiny, disfarour; wafa me adgna, he has conceived a disaffection, dislike ayainsf or aversion to me (oj)p. wanya

me

adgye, he has found it easy to love me); yeka asem yi a, gbefa

ad., when we say this, it will awaken dislike in him against us,
it will hriny us into disfavour with him; osuro adgnji, he is afraid
F. keyi n'ad., yo and
of incurring disjtleasure, of yiviiiy offence.
tell him his fault. Mt. 18,15. [Cf. the name Dowuona
dg owuo na,

yen

adonaten
III'

icilli

(fis/)lc(ist'tl

Dentil,

(loiiA-lt'M,

ii

favour

it

to

men.]

from fear of incurrin}; disnea wodo no anim mmu me nlenkyew.

f.rjnrsscs

/ic

not live; do not ascribe

Jiiih/iiiciil

iitVve

mmii me ad.

oyinti ad.,

,;>.

diil

pcrnrsf

/.

the procciliiig (Iircf or luort^

tluit

ticil.

motlior

cliililrc'u of" tlio siiinu

91

dontori.

(ii

fiis

liiiii

irtjnf, rc.sciihnrfif,

(/rivf,

not as a complaint.
o-d(i

11

(luii

\\

a, pr. U7H.

adoiiiM^ [odom
<!(

hour.

I'l

re w

f\V o

adi'| ijifh

V. dgnfwer',

V.

n-ii' 111.
/.

(/rare. Chr.

Akj).

.1/^ ITU'S.

Mf. Gr.

(h'fiuit.

0-d6lik('),

of

a af\Vere|

jodgi'i

a kind of

///.

an

n-,

lioiir;

d.

biako,

ofie

(1omIi('h-('\v.

p. 77.

,y/n;(/>/;/r/

iii.scct.

;:J.

sw'uuj'nig

.siviinf,

otow nelio (a.s. ne mui) donko, he sivin</s (his brother); bvofo

pnndlit bars, pnrattrts (for j;ymnastics).

liiiv;
d.,

o-d o

I'l

ki'i, o-doi'ikitiii,

yy/.

nnoiikn, nngiikofo, n nciiro from thr

such as are bron<;lit tlienee and sold as slaves in the countries nearer the coast.
Nnonko, Gr.p.XV ); hence a slave; jn-. 97 If.
(J don ko, ))r. u. given to a boy as the slave of some fetish,
iiilrrior,

(.>>.

doi'ikoc'

(j-dou-kor

do
si/n.

I'l

(n-), iv<(r, irarfare,

0, one o'clock;

k iidoiikii, deep;
kfironkuron.

s.

wariihe dvrds.

edoii,

eyed.>-emu

o-doii-kfi iiiui, a chief iforrior

d('j"ii'iO,

o-d

i;

inilitdrii

concerns.

80,4.

do; aburad., a deep well;

lioho',

h('i,

wafe

fenrin;

Gr.

bde cost oid

lijj

(n//;/.

contiliutj;

dginmariina). Zcph.

bninVoma a ayarefo

.3,17.

fe,

d.

on 11 6,

o siH(dl drain; akyeiie kettnva bi a eto ue

na mtinimfini ye tOateJi. pr. 078.

doiiiioniina
kgkodomma;

don no 11,

red.

r.

s.

dgn.

don'ngn,

red.

v.

s.

dgn'.

c/.

ano terew

nngnngmma,

donnon,

a bend or bendimj, 1. in a road, a roand-abont icai/;

2. in. the sea-coast, forming a bai/ov bight, or making- the land project into the sea; epo, asu, asase no, dgm no abu d. ^=: abu b;iraka,
abukaw abefa babi.

O-donsoii, a kind oi

s( ring-instrument;

s,

gsankii,

adon-sii, the tatter rain; cf. adorn. Adonsu to a, na adommilrow ben. Ad. uye ade a eta to da, enti etg dabi-a ema biuoni abfirow
how (gets fjlastcd); na enti, se Onyk. doiii ma, osu to gu so na eye
yiye a, na gdom na wadom wo, na cnte se asusow a en'de da etue
afrihyia.

adon-tuii,
rather

the

main bodi/
an army.

or gro-is of the

arm

if,

main

a ring, or

jita.sh

(dgte ne

the centre of

o-dont('), a jwt full of pat in- u- inc.

dontori, mud, mire; stoiigh, puddle, iniiddg

nsu a afrafram'); ef. denkyedenkye, atekye.

92

odontwi

o-dontwi, := abotokura.
adon-we, ivf. [weoclomJ/Z/e

adowa.

chciciHij of the

hark of the o^\o\ntrcc.

ad(}ii-wowa [edgm awowa] hostiujc.

adun-iiya-de [ade a wodc uya gdoiii] means of
adoii-ye,

inf.

a dope,

aboatia, a kind of

dorba, F.

dure

rare. Chr.

1/

[ye dom] state of irar; iitobllization.

a^jc.

d<H-o\va. .1/^ i;>,24.

Mk.

10,25.

dodgre] intr. to beeome nuieli, inereasr, arcioindafe,

gather: won ho adore fi, thrii are covereil with dirt ; ue kaw adore,
won akaw adodg-dodgre, his debt, their debts hare sicellcd to a y real
[>T(7.

amount.
O-ddroboii,

s.

dorowa,
ad

gdodoben.

As. needle of native niauufacture;

as e [adgw, asase] arable

doso,

[do, so] to be

V.

eung-so;

maeh,

when a personal

/*-.

738. cf. pane,

[dorba.

land, plouyh land.

enoiKjh; edgso,

to be

enoni/h,

it is

added, it stands betwei-n

the two parts: edg me so, // is enouyh for me, enng no so, it is not
enough for him; pcrf. adgso, adg no so.
neff.

object

adusoa, F. adosoea, Mt.2,lL

dote, Ak. nngtee, F.

is

adesoa.

s.

udo.soaiii,

detse, suil, earth, clay,

doiQ-(\.\v\ni., potter's uork.

di

d., to

mud;

dots, do

ado tow a

vessels,

fpr.2o8.

to, adv.

thicket;

syn. efa.

make earthen

adotelxj, pr. 146.

0-doto,

odes...

s.

to f g

dua

wa(gw

tentci'i bi si

d.,

hg,

he

is

soaking wet.

na hania nldna kg ho.

(dim.) a sm(dl thicket.

do twa,

glove,

dow^

to till or cultivate the

pair

of gloves.

ground:

weed; to cut
prepare or work
a plantation (by clearing away the thicket &c.).
intr. to do agricultural work; d. adare, nkrante, asow, to work with a bill-hook, a
the

V.

weeds or

the bash; to

how,

pr. S481. d.

sabre or bush-knife, a hoe.

adow, the cutting of the bush; the

to hoe, to

afnw,

to

tilling of the

ground; agri-

culture.

o-d() w, the-//^/v'6' (hania) of the young leaves nf the adobe p(dm;

a kind oi' twi)ie made thereof; - adobe nkgnnui "nierenkensono rnu

na woyi dgw; wgmfa uye riiiiiahama; wgde bg asiiniaii, wgde nwene

gtan, na Alatafo na enwene ntama nso; cf. demerekii.
edo\v-tam, a mat-like woven cloth.
dow, V. \_red. dodow] to become or be brown; uneema a wgkyew idiiua ho d.; s. asabra.
o-do Wii, 1. p7. n-, bee; pr.fJSn.
j2. a kind of bird; pr. l'.)55.

3. a swelling or ttumj),

in the arm-jiit. the nape,

the loins &c. the

is ascribed to a wound, j^r. 1857.

species o{ aidelope, the smallest of all antelopes, said

appearance of whicli

adowji, a

by the negroes to be the king of animals, yr. OSlf.

a d wa. the handle of a door made of palm-branches, by which
(')

dru
it

is

hie

93

atlim.

opened or shut; berajtae mu ham a a wode kyekycre a wosom'

na \vo.soin' torn'; wosi lU) ad.
dui-u.

(Ini...

s.

(Ill, r.

Ak. duru,

/o trucli,

(urirc;

to

he snffiiicnt ;

odmi ha

'nera, he arrived here i/estenlai/; yebedti (fie) utem, ire shall soon
inrire home: adgw-bere or kwaebu adn (ho), the time for jtrrpa-

rimi the plaiitiitidus or for eidtiinj the hush

is

the iiionef/
so, lit.

has urrieed on me,

)iot come fur ifct.

it

])e,

//

i.e. // is

hare

ifou

adn

not sufficient:

I'hr.

is

come; - sika no n

is cjiictli/

the

sum: -

iiu,

adii ni<i

mi/ turn: wiinnuu l)iilti (korae),

ne ho du iic hTi, hr jirospcrs (in

his doin<;s), fares leell.

lii,

(lildu,

Ak.

duru. durudurn,

a.

v.-du,ten. Gr. 77. 78,1.2.

Adn, pr. n. of men, found also in by-names of

and the goat: aduonna, aduonnimma'.
diia, in the foil, words, is pronounced in F. as
d u ii

r. J. to jilant (in

general);

to

put into the

kontromfi

tlie

diiia, diiya.

(jrou)iil

(abilrow,

[Other verbs used for peculiar ways of planting

are: gu (mo, kokote..), to soie (rice, (juinca-eorn): f u a ode, to plant
to transplant.
^. (fig.)
jiam: tew abe, to transplant palm-trees.']
wode asgmj)a no bcduaa
(/) to plant, establish (anew religion):
h)
Akiir(tpon akye, the yospel has been brcmyht to Ahr. lour/ ago.
Eniresi-brofo de nnipa kodua A'lata,
to transphnit (inhabitants)
abedua gman bi wg Adata, the English have made a colonij at Lagos; wgatu no Akuropgn akodua Aburi, thcij have removed him from
c) to station, to ap2)oint to the occuAkr. and placed him at Ab.
pation of a post, place, or office: wode me akodua Akyem ; woamfa
yen an kodua Aky. kora, na yckodii nnawa bi wo ho na yebae, we
were vol reaUy stationed in Ahem, hid stayed there only a short lime.
ase, abrobe...).

o-dnsi, pi.
or

its

n-,

1.

plant, tree, shnih.

leaf or fruit.

made of wood.

3. stem or st<d1c of a plant

wood; piece of wood,

3.

pr. 9!)4.

something

handle, helve (of a hoe,

6*. a block or log
asow dua, cf. sokum, Ak. sodi'iro, F. sobakura).
of wood, to which prisoners are fastened by means of an iron fixed
pr. 1014.

4. sticTx, pole.

').

and closing round the wrist: bo (As. to)., duam', lo fasten to

imprison: da duam', to be arrested, fastened lo
the block: wode won ano abg no duam'
wode won iino aka akyere
no se: iiko babi na trji nea wode wo atra ho ara.
V.priri). necessary, consisting of a scaffold of poles outside the town: oko dua so,
in

it

the block, to arrest,

he

is

gone

to the

cnr.^e, orig.

privy;

tering words in order to

mu

Phr.: bg dua,
ground and mut
produce a magic
so dua,

cf.

by driving a

duasee, tia &c.

piece of

wood

S.

lo

into the

effect.

ma etim.
e-dua, dua, the tail of quadrupeds
hye

.9.

si

den,

contemptuously), he

is

or birds.

Wat via dua

(used

circumcised.

adiui (III. id.), kernel, seed, fruit (of trees); odiad., he cats fruit
(ogua, akutu, gdgma, asa...). -syn. aha, adiuiba, F. eduiaba, eduiadzewa. Gen. 1,11. Mt. J1,.U.
lh,:. Luk.lS,'!. 20,10.

ML


94

dua

aduau.

dua, duawa, F. duiaba, (dim.) pi. n-, 1. a small tree, shriih.

a small piece of wood, stick, splinter, pr. WJl.
diiciba (= dua aba), aduaba, pi. n-, 1. the fruit of an// tree,
2. lemon, lime; cf. ahka.
si/n. adua, aba.

^.

dua-biiu, 1. land of
dnnsow; - s. ban.

(lua-basa,

tree;

2. peculiar sliapr of

llic

hod//;

cf.

^= dub;t, branch.

^j?. n-,

adi'ial)OU, a by-name

oi'

the goat,

s.

abirokyi.

diia-l)6, a tree remarkable for tbe bardnoss of its wood, compared with tbat of stone: kwaem' dua a eye don sen nnua hbina;
ewu a, eye den sen n'amouo.

[dua abon] hark of

dii a -bull

(liiii-biironi,

lit.

trees.

a tvooden European. Phr. maye melio

d.

maboapa, I purposelif misrepresented, the matter; wgyee won lio

ma gbene aso tee, theij secretli/ informed or apprized the king of
(lua-dan, odan a wod(r nnannua asi, a house of wood.

dua-dai'ij

dua-de,
(1 II

a d

tiafi,

&c. privy, necessary (house).

[odan a wodah nnuabo bi] the removal of a

sheep, money ((c. given to remove a curse.

a-dua-daii,
curse; the

duase-daii,

d.
it.

('

inf.

F.

wa

bahkye, cassada, manioc.

a kind of ntgrewa

p)l. n-.

diiafo,^j^a-, pAanter; sower;

o-diiafoo,

j?;Z.

11

a-li ill,

II

11

a- h

- li

s.

nh

a-,

c/.

pr. (174.

ogufo, okuafo.

Ak. a circumcised man; Akr.

tvVetiafo.

dubin.
\v

moss growing

0-111 1110 r<'

o)i trees.

a spongy cicrescence on trees, tnushroom.

o-diia-iiyeiV, pi. a.-, Ak. efoo, a species of monkey, colohus bihaving the body black, the extremities (face, fore-neck, legs

color,

and

tail)

white, [dua-hyen

diiakoro, a kind
ad u a k r

(')

white-tail.]

of chintz

s.

ntama.

u , ninety.

abiribiriw.
adiiak wamoa, Akw.
enrprisonmcnt
m'-d
a,
prison,
d ua m', d ua

pr. 297.

adua ill iiia'[aduan ba] greedy eater, glutton, gormand; cf. odidioba a ope adidi dodo, ohii aduai'i biara
fo; sa abofra yi ye ad.
a, ope.
adiiainmcii, a by-name of the owl.

aduam-foro

[aduan foforo] new yam or other

[aduan momono] raw food.

victuals.

uam-mono

a d

a dua iV, aduane, adibane [fr. di, ban] 2^1- "-, food, victuals, esp.
vegetable food, consisting or prepared of edible roots (afam-duan)
and grain; the flesh or soft, i>?<Zj/ substance of fruit, the kernel, cf.
dish; meed; woawie ad., dinner (breakfast, .<iU2)per) is ready;
wgte ad. bo, they are eating, sit at table; - ad. no atu or ato me

aboto
ho,

s.

tu.

adimmuika

ad iiau-na
/iKtiiaioHS.

II

a nil

a d

II

II

a d

II

fi-li

,1

;'i

I'l

[aduaiV adaksi]
mamjcv.

k.-i

96

due.
a

1.

ho.r

nmiaininij food or

crib,

:J.

n [aduah' dan] store-house, curn-maiiuzinc.

Or.

/";*///.

i?

78,2.

H adiiaii a aye

nifiii] pJ. n-,

sfnlc food, jn: 2fio.93:i.lll5.

(pi. n-), first-fndts.

a d u a M-k a
adiiau-.sii, Litid of food: ad. Ixjii ni?
ad II a iV-su, a fruitful rain; ad. na eroto yi.
a d u a M t a, food uithoiU sidt. D.As.
I'l

11

lit

I'l

dm

and the

.iour-soj) iCx. (tlu- Iruif

Irrr)

if adu-

kuiitunki'iin.

d iiiia fi Vvo, the Ixirk of a certain trcr in

onions (s. slnwo) and used instead of such.

aduaii-yi
invited
a d

mc
a

II

II

an

abofra no besee nie ad., that

wa

Gr.

i>

(from the

78,2.

duaRce,^>W7/, necessary;

a-t a

unu

d.,

dnliin.

diiasC'-dai'i,

cf.

dnadan.

sih|^;?. n-, block. lo(f: diff. dunsiii, rp

a-s in [dua

dua-so, ko

ef.

duaso, dampen, kaasee, nkyeree,

cf.

niankyiri(-so), tia, teasee, yane.

d u

has

pori wa.

s".

thirti/.

d lui-asc, the trunk or root of a tree;

II

boif

iniprnpcr. impolite manner.

from the table).

ailiiasa,

snulliii';- likf

the frtchimj or tahinii off of the dishes

////".

I'l-y i,

kittlicn or

fadiian', ayi]

to talde in

Wasa

ii

.s.

dua,

7.

&

r.

duasee.

[dua tannuru, dutan] pi. n-, a large,

mif/hfi/ tree.

ad iia-t hi j>Z.
a short-taihd beast ; 1. a heasf of j^ re// of the
eat family, attacking sheep; of the size of a country dog; si/n. oban.
n-,

X'.

gtwe

ad., jn:

:-iil2.

du-ba [dua ba
e-diidtako,

or basa] pi.

n-,

branch.

eleven. Gr, ^ 78^1.

o-diiben [dua ben J a kind of tree, the ifellow wood of which,

used to dye bofua, q. v.

adudn'ri [aduru

biri] (black) ink;

is

black paint.

e-diidtiako, eleven. Gr. 78,1.

ad

lid)

one, ptl.

n-,

[aduru

b.]

poison.

odi'idu, a medicine, consisting of the juice of some plant or

bark and water, kept for weeks, to dress wounds with,

dud urn,
<1

no,

V.

red. v.

[red.

duru; F. red. a.

duedue]

1.

the orig.

<luru.

meaning seems

to be to stroke,

more

gener., to handle, manage, manipulate, nse; senea wodue

ye afiri no fa no, en'na wofre no sum, the manner in uhich the//

or,

handle or jdaee and prepare the trap is ejpressed In/ the vord 'sum'
fwe n'ilno seiwa odue kasa fa, look at his mouth and the manner he

uses d in speaking! s. duia.b'.

^. to daub, besmear amulets or
things connected with fftish-worship with blood, the yolk of eggs,


due

96

ducduc.

white and red clay etc., in order to niipart x>revenlive or itaUiailve

power, to atone or expiate, or to make tldnys turn oat favuurahhj
wgde mogya due akyene odue suinai'i, e.s. ode rikesua a.s. adurn
n.a. srasra suinjih ho na suinaii no adi; due suman Tmo, -pr. 117.
3. to use as a preventive or ]>aHiative (evading accusation or responsibility): Opanyih due: mante, mante, an elder (when called to
account for misdeeds of his own people, uses as an amulet i.e.) a2ioloyizes: I have not heard of it. I knoiv nothing attoid it! pr. 2001.
4. bu due so, to doutde (up), i.e. to bend or Jjreak in the middle
and fold or lai/ one part upon the other (woto no nan na wobu no
wobu no fa so, the// break hi)n so that the feet take the n-ajf
due so
5. fred.j to feel or search for with a long instruover the head).
ment, to poke; to probe (a wound): to sound, fathom : fa dua yi duedue nsu no mu, search in the water with this stick.
<>. [red.]
to
search or inquire after, investigate: nierekoduedue gmah nui^mekofvvefwe omah mix asem mafwe, / tvill try to gather information
on the sentiments of the people or to obtain a favourcddc disposition
7. fred.j to stroll about, wander, rove, ramble;
among the people.
H. 'J'he significations given under ;2.3. have given
r/". obadueduefo.
rise to a peculiar use of the v. in the imji. to express a) pitg on any
misfortune that befell the addressed person, t)) a threat or jirediction on account of some misdeed: a) due! hush! soothe or ajipease
thyself, set your heart at rest, compose y(mr mind, cdlcviate your pain
due, due!
i.e. may your pain be (dlcvi(ded! (Ade t\va obi a, wose
due, gener. repeated 2 or
obi ni wu a, n'abusuafo se: due, due!)
3 times, has become an appeasing and consoling interjection, pronounced towards a person who has liurt himself or met with an
accident' the thing afflicting or incounnodating is added with nii:
due, na woahu amaue, may you ttcar your
due ne amanehu uu
afflictiun easily! may you recover from your affliction! nu'innue n c
ko! I p)ity you for the trouble and ill success of the fighting! due ne
adwumaye! miiunue ne adwumaye na adwumaye bekfim mo!
you are to be pitied for such hard or grievous ivork, it wdt kill you!
It is also used in several common forms of salutation: diic-nea wo-i'), said in the morning, when it is cold; due -n e-w i' 6, said
in the middle of the day, when it is hot; due-ne-h win'6, said in
the evening, Avhen it is cool; due-ne-su-o, said after a shower of
meaning, at is were, may you easily bear the inconvenience
rain,
caused by the cold (awow), the sun (a\Via), the coolness (ohwini), way
Jj) due!
woe unto
you recover from the effect of the rain (^osu).
thee! miinnue! u-oc unto you! (Nea woaye yi, due! this thing whieli
you have done will have grievous consetpienees! e\ ade na murewia
!J.
yi? nii'innue! ivhcd! yon arc stealing? you u-ill suffer for it!)
due., adwerewa, s. adw...
due (the intcrj. or imp. mentioned under due H a), used as a
ma
nonn) a pitiful state or conddion, pr. 604. expression of pity.
due, to condole, console, comfort, soothe. Biribi a eye yaw aye
onipa na woko ne iikyen kose se: 'mgbo 'mobo! na woania no due
;

a.s.

hyeden nen.

duedue,

pr. .567.604.700.1039

red.

v.,

s.

due 5

7. Cf.

obadueducfo.

odik'loo

()-<liiolVo, pi. a-,

l:

yi

iiyt' lu'

/or some

(if

<>ti

snmfin
okomfo.
Ascn, ua wa^ye din

dc.)

fy k V

II

uea odue

Agyemanc

bi,

97

(ii'iku.

Ak. hcsnimnr;

(Ivataucrc konifo

:J:!(i:i.

" /'"ft' that has /'(///r^/ (huni and lain on tlic ground
a lanjc, rotten hlork, loyovpioev ofiuoO(l.pr.lO.'i9-41.

I'

iiiii'r;

sucker, a shoot from the roots or lower part

(1 n-roro, pi. n-,
the stem of a tree; a iioumj tree, [dua foforo; dua a aiifi wo dn-

nsin ho.]

;ulii-fra, inf. [aduru, fra] p/nirntuci/.

o-tliUrafo, pi.

inaeopoeiay dispensatory.

d u fud

fu

11

a. feeble.

adiilViisriii, id.; plitir-

a-,

apofhccari/.

('in:

pr. 58.

diifu;i, 2>l- ""' " >'(iyfi A"///r/ of seat made of a hlork; n piece
of irood with a handle, [dua a woafufuaw ho kakra.]

II

jidiini
(1

f 11 a

w, a medicine or medical preparation formed into

wgayam no ne yissl afra abo no tow ahata.

halls;

hiara a

ii-li ill,

pi. n-

[dua bin] a root of a

tree in the

ground,

pl.n- [aduru huamhuam] perfumes, su-ecf Jierhs.

su-eets, sn'eet-smellin[/, odoriferous spices; ode ad. aye, she has ruhhed
or anointed herself uith sweet odours. Si/n. obiiam. Difiercnt kinds:
kiirobow, beweoniia, osi'ko, ofwenti^a, mmowa, pepere (= aloe).
;id

ii-li

iia

111

dua, r. to plant dc. Ml. 13,3..31.

din a, F. (.dwia, Prk.) 1.
dnia (mu, do kc.) -= nam or fa (mu, so &c.), to (jo alone/, to take
one's waif thrnut/h. over dr. - okoduiaduia mpoano, he went hi/ the
sea-shore: okoduia abrokwa nui, he went through the corn fields;
wodze mpa no duiam' si dadze, thei/ let down the bed through (the
ojiening); Mh. 2,13.23.4. - duia hen awuradze do sii fre Nyankopoh,
o. (= due 1.) to take a (cei-call upon (rod, through our Lord.
tain) course, to proceed, deal, act, treat, use, manage in a certain
manner: mbre woboduia ahyira no nyi, thus shall he he hlessed,
Fs. 128,4. woatse babi-mbre oduia tu won fo, gou have heard how
he admonishes them ; wokii mbre oduia ye' nyimpa no kyere' wgii,
tlieg told them h o iv it befell to the man, Mk. .5,10. oduia d e ri bo' nyimj)ay how did he make man''^ yeboduia den afwefwe yi? how arc

:>.

we to seek this'f mre yeboduia afwefwe Nykp. no mboa nye de,

yebodwen do da yeduia mboa u'akwan no do, we are to seek the
grace of God in a constant and careful use of the means of grace;
akwaii yi, oduia do nda ahen ? how long is he to use these weans? &c.
woiifwe babanm' nsukoko rabre woduia nyin, 3It. 6,28duia.F. =dua, tree d-c.
dua, mote d^c.Mt.7,3..
duiaba
aduiaba, aduiadzewa, F,
aduaba, frud. Mt. 21,34. Mk. 12,2.

duiafo, F.

O-d

I'l

I'l ,

oduafo. Mt.

13,3.

small cask, barrel, keg;

duku, dukiiduku,

cf.

ahkora, okwadum, opdiikrilii.

adv. reduced to small particles; abodo

no abu dd., the bread has been crumbled entirely; wabubu dua no
mu dd., he has broken the stick info small xneces; mfgte awe ntania
no hhina dd.
pasapasa, the fermites have eaten up the cloth, reducing it to very small shreds; sare no aye dd., the grass has crumbled i)do sinfdl fragments ; gpohkg a\vc sare no nhina dd.

a. dt

dukiiduku

98

dukuduku,
ado srade
stout

and

d.

diiom.

a.d-adv. fat a.ndfme, stout; wayed.; oguaii no

id. gwo mma d. anarij he has four

dukudi'iku,

ticch/ children.

dukfi', ^>L n- [Dan. dug, Dutch dock] handkerchief; a yard

of cloth: nnuku' abien ye sin, two yards ctrc a fathom; cf. nnuku-

nnukuwa,

dint.

dukudoiVj

linen; grey baft.

[G. alngundugu] sour-sop, A.nona mnrik fi

cata ; siveet-sop, Anona scj^uaniosa; cusiard-applc; the fruit and the
shrub or tree bearing it; cf. aduantuhkum.

a d u k u -n

t ft ii

adu-kviro, p7. n-, a hole in a tree or stone in whicli water

gathers; dua mu tokuru a nsu ta mu na nnomji guare worn'; oho
ad. nso wo ho; nsu nnini' a, wose: ad. a\Vo. pr.2917. cf. nnukiirogua.
duiiij

dunnum]

[red.

r.

to

go out (of

tinguish, quench (fire or a light); pr. .3080.

is gone out; dum kanea,
red ; ntania yi b.

jJut end the light.

fire); tr. to

put

aid,

ex-

ogya- no adnni,
bere-dum, of dark
the fire

to

be

Odum-iree, a large tree; the wood is used

2. As. edum, pillar, supporting a house
or erected for remembrance; tomb-stone; monument; - adum no
i>ea wode gyinagyina gdan abo a Brofo de sisi ada so no ye adum
a wode ye nkae.
o-diiin,

a-, 1. the

1)1.

for tindier, furniture, fuel.

o-dumafo
adii

[aduru, ma]

m fo,

s.

oduyefo.

a kind oi executioners at Kumase;

duni-t^ya,

s.

dunnyi, obrafo,

(a pair of) candle-snu/fers; ecctinguisher.

jjZ. a-,

e-du-miGii', du-mienu, F. du-abien, twelve.

c-dii-miensa, F.

dum pen,

du-abiasa, thirteen.

])rivy, necessary; cf. Aiiasce.

I'l-n n an, fourteen. Gr.

dfim.
dun dum, F.

e-d

78,1.

.9.

O-dunni

dumni,

s.

pd.

adumfo & dunnyi.

e-d I'l-n krd n, nineteen.

e-d u-n s 1 a sixteen.
,

du-nsi 11, i^Z. n-, the stump of a tree. pr. 403, [dua,
wgatwa so na esi ho no.]
e-d u-n s u n seventeen.
dunnum, red. v., s. dum.
c-du-nnum, fifteen.
li-n

w6 w6
1

dunnyi, F.
aduo,

.S'.

dua a

e-d

sin

eighteen.

gbrafo, executioner. Mk. 6,27.

adiwo.

duo bo,

V.

to be

wanton.

aduokii, a by-name of the

aduoku, a
duo in, V.

Jer..oO,ll.

anugdeh a etra

kind o{ yam (bay ere),

s.

gde.

only used in the imp. [prob.

fr.

due mu]: proceed,

a, na wuse:

Wo-ne bi kg kwan na gnam berew

duom na yenkg e! munnuom!

.go on, come on!

so ye.

rat, s. okisi.

adiiomia

adu

adi'i-ouiKi =-

ad

ii-o

II

a d

ii-(

d
ad
a

Itvcuiy.

II,
i

sixtj}.

onna, a nick-iiamo of the goat; .v. adu.

adu a oimi luina, ilitii), s. .ibirckyi.

}\

aili'i-OMiii-innuV,

99

juliiru.

ii-o

ii

i-6

I'l

Gr.

iii, ////y/.

('

\V o

ph n-, it II old, liin/e tree [dna a

nnua akesc a esosoe yiyi']-

dii-pa,
nnuj)!!

i;

7H, 2.

ciyhti/.

nbo

anyii'i a.s.

apil;

d u-p o II, pi. n-, [dna, pon a Idttjr free. pr. 426.
d iipow, s. ntetca-d.
7>/.a-, the btoittl itiid lanje part nf the rout of ceitahi
d il-| u
tioes above groiuul, i)rojecting like a buttress from the low part of
the stem; dua kesc ntiiii a ati adi aye kokfiro; odum, ofram, ofo,
oiiya, owataku, owowa wo uuupuii.
|

I'l,

diir, F. 1. -= du,

dura,
ill

mu:

d.

Ex.

the inside of.

akukua no mmentiJi

adiiradc,

duru

r.

a.

to cover, deck, line; to

cover or

Wodc twom-ulioma dura

ho.

du,

(dru),

x!.

to U)ic. to finish or overtoil, to

upper-garmenf, e.g. of

uj)2>er-dress,

x.

= duru,

d. ho, d. so:

2'),11.:^8. 26y29-

aduro, aduruo, Ak.

duru, Ak.

Mk.lH,:iS.

r.

duradura]

\^iid.

orerlui/

coat, cni-it,

put

r.

s.

aduru;

Mohammedans,
[pr.HOSo.

soduro.

cf.

r.

Ak. du,

descend, dismount, alight, come

fam' cf. shin.
2. d..mu, to deof lightning: opi'anna d. duam' a, eso gya, if

or go

down; duru (bera)

scend

into, to .itrihe,

1. to
si

the lightning strikes

.5. to feel a presentiii tree,

it c(dchcs fire.
ment, foreboding: nsem a eye hu duru no, he has a presentiment of
or his heart forebodes fearful things; obra a awerehow nuim' duru
ne kara, his soul has a presentiment of or anticijMdes a life without

i. waduru afiforo, he has entered a ncw-huilt house and

conseerided it by a solemnity of 1-3 days.
5. waduru afu, he
has a hunch-back.
(J. esfim duru, darkness descends, it gets dark;
owia duru sum, the sun gets dark, is eclipsed ; n'adwenemu aduru
sum, his mind is darkened or obscured, [red. duduru.]

grief.

duru, duruduru,

Ak. du, F. dur, durdur, duduru. l.heavi/,

ye d., this stone is heavy; obo duruduru,
n heavji stone; ne kotokum' aye d., ne tam ano ye d., his pmrsc is
ircll filled; - burdensome. Mt. 23,4. burdened or bowed down witli grief,
Mrk. 14y3S.
2. wabo duru, she is (big) with clnld ; ef. yem, v.
5. with mu: thick; dote yi mu, ofasu yim' ye d., this dag, this wcdl
is thick - important, difficult, serious; asem yi, emu ye duru, this is
a difficult matter.
4. n'anim ye d., he is grave, earnest, re.^picetablc, venendAe.
5. ne n sam' ye d., I'e is wealthy, opulent, pioiver6". ne b o or ne koko ye d., he is
ful
gye osikani, owo atuo.
(t.

weightg, ponderous; gbo yi

courageous, valiant, brave, stout, undaunted.

duru, duruduru,
o-duru,

^>/. a-,

n. heaviness, weight.

the iiholc cluster of fruits of the plantain-

and

banana-tree, consisting of several smaller clusters (siaw.)

aduru,

^j/.

n- or

nnuruwa-nnuruwa, Ak. aduruo, aduro, pow-

der, medicine, drug, physic,

ne yare ano ad.

ui,

this is the

medicine

odiirugya

100

- pcrfamcr)) ; any chemical 2)re.paraiion

ar/ainst his sicJoicss;

kind oi poivdcr or

dwa.

//? not used as food,

e.<j.

(oi//

<i}tn-poicdcr{iii\\([\\Y\\)^

aduru-bone, adubone, poison:

(adnbiri), paint...; hence also
okgwawae diia
wato no aduru, Jie Itas poisoned him; - wabo ad.
ho abon abeye adnru.
0-d urnti'Y ;i, a kind o^ flute or pipe used in tlie ])erforinaneo of
mournful music before a king (dcmere a eho apgw-apgw ne nsge pi
a wgfre kete no bi).
inl-

o-duru-innfo,

odumafo.

s.

adnni-imi-sciii, chemisfn/;

jKluiMi-inu-pCj chemical analysis.

plnirmacji; pharmacoloffij. Chr.

ad

u r n-l

-toa,

();i,

powder or fluid,
0-dnru-yefo,

of

dutai'i, pi.

J 047.

2^'.

ii-t

2'1-

e.g.

ef.

adufrasom, kilfra-nyansa.

case, box, phial, or cruet for any kind

^-^

an inJi-stand; a medicine-hox.

-yofo,

s.

[dua,

n-,

odnyefo.
gtrn'i]

].

j)>-.

11

ur

a large, miylity

pi. n-,

aduru] poisoniny.
pliance used to poison apfrson ; cf.hoYo,.

adn-lo,

inf. [to

dll tra,

free,

cf.

dnpa, dupgii;

J?)/,

shinyle. [dua,

n-,

tree.

ndu(6-diini,
o-i\n{dk),j)l.

nnua

trii, j>/.

jn>/so}?,
a.-,

ap-

poisoner.

nlra-ntra.]

twf, a moveable pole supported in the middle, for children

play on; wgtrjl ad. so, wokjin ad., they sit on or turn the pjirota

to

1045.3540.

a lan/e

the .stem of a tree.

Ji\

ail

di'i

2)ole. pr.

104S.

adiihViiin (oriy. pr. n. m.) a kind of

adiiwa,

F. beans;

diiya, F.

s.

o-diiyefo,

s.

cloth, s.

ntama.

ase.

dua, dnia.
[i\Anv\\-y gU^'\ pliysician. F.

^j/. a-,

Ml.

9,12.

I>w.
combination of these two letters (d\V) is not a compound
of the common dental d and \V, but a ])alato-labial transformation
from the gnttiiro-labial combination uw, which has still been re'J'his transformation
tained for it in parts of Fante s. Gr. 1 2.
originally took place only before o, o, i; but these vowels, when
or m, liave usually been transformed into
followed by a final
was
0, o, 11, and have retained this form also when the final
dropped (cf. dwom, dwonto, hnwonkoro). In Ak. the combination
liua or j:,\A'a (F.) has likewise been transformed into dwa or even
'i'he

into

dzua [G. dfa

dsiia].

By the nasal prefix (I'l), dVv is changed into

dwa, Ak. ^ giia or gwa in Akr. and F.
Words

not fomul under

dwa,
eriscerate.

V.

Ak.
2.

1.

dwa ai'e, therefore, to

I'nV (ni'iw).

he looked for under

gna.

giia, to carve, cut up, cut in piieces; to gut,

kyia,

to salute, pr. 143.

stand out, be prominent, lyroject; ne fwene dwa

ahun mu, his nose stands out in the air (perh. Jte sneers, shows contemj^t by turning up his nose); - 3. to state, rep>ort; to expose, propose;
d \Va,

V. 1. to

<l\v.nl\V:i

nscin no abt'dwa

otl(i

Iio

abcto

(1\\(>.

lit>,

he

101

lulilf/ic iiKi/fcr /i/itilicJi/, in

pilhlir Jildcc.

f/ic

d\Va(lw;i,
asu no
:i

(I

iiiii

<((lr. (It'iiotini;-

soiui' S(niiul(V): o(l(^

iif"s\

no fwci;

ircii

d\\

Ak. --

\Vji,

o-(lwji, an

agiia.

etliblc, iViiit;

adwabirein,

Ak.,

</'.

oj^ua.

aguAbirt'.ni

d-.

a |ilaic at Iviiniasc; d /ilacc

for ((ssctnhlini/. iiiarkct-pUire. pr.^ioO^L

(IVvac,

an'o<janvr, insolence, /uesninjifnottsncss;

/t(iii(//ifiiicss,

=gye mpanyinyo, oili uipanyiiiseui, oyc ahanand confoniitnoiis, (tnoijant, prcsuinjitnoiis; gbo

hirnnnif; gyo ilwaetau, he

is Inutijltfif

=^ obg mc so abantanseni, he f reals me irilh insolence,

tyrannizes over me ("as African kiuj^s (](!spiso
others and think they can do with them whatever they like"); :=luv so (Iwae,

h(iiii/h(i/

contenijil,

bam,

odi

q.r.

dwao-bo,

dwae-dwom.

Cf.

inf'.han<ihlinessdc., tyrannical behaviour;

6'.

d\va(^;

ye wo de! yon only delight in overbeariny behaviour, effronlcry!

dw. abg no dam, he is mad with tyranny.
il\V.

dVvao-dVvoin,

son(j of

(t

a defying character, siiny by the

dancers in the play called dwae.

o-d Wiic'ui,

\V a

dancer or sharer in the said play.

dwiiefo,

/>/.

ro, a kind oi snare; osum dw.,

= guan,

(IVvaiH!, Ak.

me ho dodo, yon
strait, in trouble

trouble

me

me

to

run aivay,

too

lie

lays a snare;

flee; to trouble:

much; me ho ad wane me,

s. atiri.

wodwane
I am in a

ho hia me.

oguan.
"> ^^guannuan, j>r. i^.Si'.
Ak.
dwarc, v. Ak.
guare, ;;r. .5,9.
adwaree, inf. Ak.
aguare, bcdhiny.

u-d\Vaiie,

2'^-

chVariiiVvaii,

dVvc,

nimble, used in an elliptical way (without

wadi; ode ade no niua me no, me lio

a. (inich; brisk,

the verb ye): ue ho

dwe

^^ migyei, ichen he gave me the tiling, I took it at once, using

forthaUh; cf. pr^hn; gkyekyere adesoa kakra de mail me, na migyei, mc ho dwe, he gave me a heavy load, but I took it at once.

(|\ve,
it

pe

dvV(!, adv. completely, entirely, totally, utterly; wadi dwe

dvve, dua no abu dwe
abu wg so ara we.

wanom nsu

dwcdwe-dwedVve,
is

completely broken into

leaves have

become

adv.

many

id.

dua no abubu dw..., the stick

ahaban no aye dw.,., the

particles;

utterly dry.

dwO, dvvoiiu,

afuw nniatauna ahyew due, the heap

burned comjiletely ; ode a wode
kgtoo gya mu no ahyew dwenn, tJie yam which yon put in the fire
is totally burned; otam no ahyew dwehh, ehka hi.
ov pile of

wood on

adv.

id.

the x)Undation is

dwt', v. F.
dwo, V. {Prk. jui) to be harmless, Mt.lU,16. to be
meek, Mt. :il,5. to be kind; - to cease (of the wind) 3Ik. 4,30. - to wither
(of the hand) Mt.Pi,L().
dwedwu, red. v. F.
dwudwo.

dwe

102

odweii.

dwo, n. 1. Icernel, s. adwe; fig. plili, marrniv. heart, strength;

mu d\ve = alioodeii. 3. somctliing contained in pustules

Wcitu no

round and hard(V), j;?r.s, flatter? (wumia infowa

ua biribi fitafita korokorowa tim' na eye den, na yefre no dwe;
mpeV
perhaps
wutu kuru na emu dwe no tu a, ehkye wu).
m'ani asare dvve, =nna amnia m'aniwam' bio, lui/ eyes have got so
i. =gye? perplexity, madness; asem
that I cannot sleep: cf. sare.
no aye wo so dwe. tlic matter has hernme a mad jxdaver to thee, hard

in the face, white,

a,

.>.

to settle.

adwe,

hnwea (hhwewa), pahn-hernel,

the stone or kernel of

with its hard shell, enclosed in the
pulpy substance of which the palm-oil is prepared; any other nut
or Icernel. pr. lOoO.lool-oS.looo. bo adwe, to crack a kernel.
pi.

the fruit of the oil-palm, together

dwe, dwedwe,
nu(m')

kaw me

or

adv. expressing a feeling

keka me dwedwedwe, mg

oi'

pain; me yafu-

hrllg aches,

Jiavc the

gripes.

dweti,

poet, a fine, girl, lady.

Dweada, Dweeda, Ak.

adwe-advVc, a. [adwe]
afasew

munuukum

a d Vv c ha w
adw ('-1)0,

n.

s.

Dwoda.

fall

of Immjts like palm -nut-kernels:

ye adw.

bi

ad wobaw.

yr. 40.

cracking of palm-keriiels.
-- akwasidae, s. adae.

i)if.

adwe-dae

dwedwe,

s.

after d\ve.

dwodVvewa',
passage);

s.

adwoku.

dwedwL'wa,

Cf. hihia,

11

adwc-ka,

dwe

11 11,

red.

v.

V.

dwudwo.

narrow (of an opening

or

muamua.
head
watim no ameuewa.

the throat, gorge, ivind-plpe; the larynx,

of the ivind-pipc; waso ne

o-d \V c h c

dwodwo,

adj. close together,

pr. loo?.

dwedwewam'

--

e , pr. 2472.

a ring made of the

s. dwe, dwerebe.

dwell, dwene,

v. to

shell of a

palm-kernel.

think (of); to medit(de; to consider ;pr. 309.

odwen ne komam' bone, he meditates or devises

dweh so or ho: think about, mcdit(de
to

to

evil in his heart.

on, to consider; to

mind, regard, care ahont; medwen asem (so), Ifhiidi about a matter;
odwen ne nua so or ho, he is thinking about his brother; ade a wokgye yi, dweh ho yiye, consider the thing well which yoii are going
to do; n'asem I'lhina ye ntwiri, mihhweh so, aU his talk is slander,
I do not mind it; - V. wandwen do antse (= antie), he neglects to
ne iisem a okae hhina, raadweh akyiri mahu,
hear, Mt. 18,17.
I have fumed over in my mind all he said, and found it true.
cf.
susuw.
Bed. dwciirnVeii, to care, be (Oixious, distracted, take
anxious thought. Mat. (i, 2.5-34. cf. dadweh.
e-dweii, Mt. egwen, grey hair: edweh aba nctirim, neti afuw
dweh, he has grey hair.

o-dweii, a lost thing; athing fou)id and appropriated; a single

woafa
person met on the way and seized as a slave; pr. 4ol. 1051.

ilvv'L'ii

103

dvVunso.

Of wato dweh, lie has been svixc.d <tnil made a shirr. Onipa
nn oto dweii a, obi na okyere no kw sxi\, jir. l\Ia(o dwcMi niitiliu
ni-a nu'-i'iko, / diii at d loss ir/icrr fo ;/o; n'aiiiwa ato dwci'i, /ir is lost

no

(I\v(Mi,

nam
ill

lltiiilciiKj.

o-(lVvon, Ak. udweiic, a kind of forost-ticf; wodi;

wodo n'ahaban bo abodo. pr. 1057. lo.'lS.
;m1 Vvi'M, a

(I

\V Olio, a coininoii

/is/i

in tlie river

yij

wonia,

Volta, sihtrKs,

sihirr. shrat-l'isli P pr. 7SH. 1052-35. 1.T22.

(1

wouiia,

^j/. h-,

the first aj>pcav<uicc of

Hower; tenih'r, carJi/ fruit; Cant. 2,

tow) akntu dw, no nliina; pr. 1505.
of

tlio

dVvoii-dwoi'i, red.

(IvVouo,

v.

F.

fniH

13.15.

alliu-

Uic falling

waporow (watc-

dwcninVen,

dweh.

r. s.

0-dwoiio, a-,
adwoiio, inf.

s.

odweh,

a-.

conception, idea; mind;

M'adw. baa wo so, (As.) /
tlnnKjIit of i/oii; n'ad\V(;ne ahkosi bo, that did not come into his mind,
F. fa ad wen (J'r/c. ajuin), to
that never entered into his head.
Nc tirim
care, consider, be musini/. Mt. (1,25.27. Mk. 6,52. Fs. j'9,o*.
wo adw., he has ijood natural capacities, is talented; - osakran'adw.,
n'adwene ye betO,
he elianijes his mind, repents, is converted.
(pi. id.), thouyhf, pr. 1056.

sentiment; intention, ojiinion; rharartcr.

feeble-minded, ficJdc, unsettled or tasilij chan(jed in his ojjinion.

n'adwcnem' tew, his thoiufhts arc clear, he is intelli(/ent, clever,
.sliretcd, brisk, liveli/, spri[/h(f// ; - n'adwenem' nt(;w no, he has mis-

he

is

ijivinijs,

is mistriistinij.

(common)

sense,

n'adwenem' abue or ada bo, he has

n'adwenem' ye (no) bare, he

tjood

intelHyent.

is

is

iujJit-minded, frivolous.

ad\veiiO-fre, inf calling for attention;

ti asem ase de, adwene na wgde fre.

abebu

a. s. asentifi bi

wode

adwoiioin-haro, -sorn, Uijhimindedness, frivolousness.

advVoiiom-tow, inf. clearness of thouyht, intclU(jenee, shrcivdness,
spriiihtliness.

2. a

dVv6i"i-t"a, 1. inf. appropriation of a

kind of amulet or charm.

ad

wo

I'l-li

tliinrj

ov person found.

hu w, light-mindedness, frivolitg;

tirim' adw., fancy.

0-d Vv 011-11 111 i, pi. a,-, [oguan or odwane, nini] ram. pr. 1059 f.
Oye no odwennini-bewo-ba, he makes him believe that a ram icdl
lamb, i.e. he flatters him (Udwabeh Boateh na gkue).
o-dVvoiiiiimiiui, a young or small ram.
adwciiiiimineii, a ram's horn: wasi adw., he has put a ram's
horns upon, his head.
O-dwei'ikobiri, a kind of forest-tree; o woma n'akoa (odweh no sa).

dw
ad

11

ku

s.

d wohkn.

n[e] s a kilr a,

dwonso,
pressed by

dwell

v.

inf.

to urine,

gu nsu.

change of mind, repentance, conversion.

to

make water;

is

more decently

ex-

pr. 1061.

so, n. urine, loater; dw. abo no, he

is

sick of ov su/fers

104

dwensotofi

from disurt/, ischurij, is affected icifJi

kuku, -kiiruwa, pi. h-, chamhvr-pot.
dweiiso-toA',

xjI. U-,

strinKjurij. pr. 34jo.

dwouto, odwoutofo.

.s-.

red.

dweiiso-

the hhidder.

dwen-to, inf., o-dvVentofo,

0-d weuiiwaii, -ne. name of

dweimweii,

dwese.

>-.

a month:

s.

osrani.

dvien.

o-dweiinwemi, -newa, a tree. pr. 1057.

o-dwendVvenekoina, pr. 1038.
hh wera.
udVvera, F. (Prl: njira)

adweii inVere, Akp.,

dwere,

r. to

s.

adxvere.

crush, desfroi/,

Icill;

to he cut up,

crushed, de-

Yekoe no, yoantumi won, ua wodvieree yen nhiiia.

Boaten baa Kyebi no, r)\vabenfo a ode won bae no Vdiina. odsVeree
won (wg) ho. Osee Yaw dom a ode baa Akantamasu nbinji d\\ eree
kuni.
wo bo. Cf. dwerew, Akr., nsed of things,
dweiH', V. to hind, tie, tie up; syn. kyere, kyekyere; d\V. uo
hama=rkyere no h., hind him with a rope; odwere nnaworopcwa,
F. to draw to the
she ties her Jiuir into the liheness of a tittle siich.
stroyed, Idled.

*.^

shore, hriny a ship to poii or to land. ^[k.

6,'>.3.

amoakua.
adVvere,
adVvcro (Akp. adwennwere),

a kind of herh. used in religious

ceremonies to S2)rin}de uudcr with it for purification or otherwise to
talc away unchanness; ababan betebete bi a etc se fan a wgdc guare
asum'; wode bi guare abatn; woyam bi de tare pgnipo ano nia etu
ntem wode adw. a woayam ne nno due suman se wgde reyi fi a
akji suman no: - s. advverewa.
;

dVvcrebe,

dwe, dwehn, kora &c. completely, entirely,

arfr.
dgm, gmah, kiiro, afuw no ahyew d\V. ope ahyew
nwura dw., aduafi no aye dw. (too much hurned on the coals); gmaii uo abg dw.; kuro no aseedw.; kuro no lihina ye dw., the town
is ipiitc spnded, hurned to the (/round d'c. - Akwanifo aye Huafo dw.;
nimoa adi m'afnm' aduari nbina dw.; wgabefa ne nhina d\V., wgannyaw ebi; - anka "bi kora wg ho a, na wose no se dw.
totally, utterly;

adwerebia', a kind of

hejids,

s.

aliene.

into

dwere, to crush, shatter dash to pieces or

dwereWj Akr.
fragments (nktiku. nkesua &c.), stronger than bg, bobg.
,

adVverewa,

adwera', sprinlde, sprinldiny-hrwsh; a means to

falsehood or misrepnsentatio)i (hlame, accusation,
slander?) pr. 1802. due., adw., to confirm; to prove; to hear witness
for or against, to convict; kase a merebg no, mahwie na obeduee
me adw.; gsah se ennim' a, medue no adw., // he deny its heing
true, I will prove it against him; osennifo no araa adansefo no redue
nea wanya asem no adw., the judge has c(dled ujj the witnesses, con-

remove fdfh

i.

e.

fronting them with the indictee (culprit, defendant), that they may
take away the fidsity of the culprifs assertion and leave the matter
hare as it is.

dwese,

warp: == nsa,

.s-.

ntamaiiwene.

dweseboro.

(Iwote

dwety,
,^ilocr.

ilwiimfo,

j>/.

pi. a-, silrer-smit/i.

105

F. gwete, silver.

dw('t(!-l)oii;V,

dVviiiw
dwoto-bii'i,

dwote-H, dross of

siloer-roiti, sHverluuf.

li-,

dwcttj-tiio,

((

t/nii

inlaid

dVvctij-

tcif/t

silccr.

dvVe-tiri [guatiri] (t capital or siocl; of nionri/ to beyin trade

bo d \V.,
icilh; a fniul emploiied in business or (ii/if iii/derfahin;/.

to (/itflier siieh

<i

lapifal. pr.

lOtV-i.

dvvL'tiwii, [dwetiri dim.'] a smnll eujiital, stork or fund,

d V\' (' t i \\' a 111, a possessor of some little property, not exactly
ridi, but on the way to become so; a spdrimj, suviny, thriftii person.

dVvidwi: nc ho
t'-dVvie, Ak.

he has a roiajh skin.

d\v.,

dwiw, dwuw,

pi. n- louse.

adVvima, F. (Trk. ejuima)=: adwuma.

dwiiiitb^ F.=od\vuintb.

adVviiii, artificial u-ork, as work in (fold, sdrcr, brass, leather,

wood; any trade or mcrhanie art reducing raw materials to a form
suitable for use; plastic art; sculpture, carved work; the art of draw-

di ad\V., to make artificial work, to pracing; design, delineation.

a trade or art; odi sika-adwini fefew, he makes finethin(js of gold.

tise

Cf.

odwumfo.

ad winiiado,

/d. id. or n-,

[adwini nnade]

tool

or machine for

artifaial work.

adVviniic,

^>/.

id.

or

h-, [;ul\viui

artifaial work, ivork of art.

adVviii-ni, ad\vin-ni, /;//'.,

ale] a thing

made

artificialli/,

iha practise of a trade or art.

adwiuni- (Iwiima -dan, manufactorg.

adVviiini-iiyansa, art, talent for ang art.
dash ov strike against, to spatter, sprinkle. Osu
eho hyirew rihina ahohoro, because the rain
strikes ceheinentlg against ing house, the tvhite earth (with which the
wall had been whitewashed) has been entirely washed off; ode prae
dwiraame, lie struck me witli a broom; ode usu dwiraa m'ani so,
-2. to cleanse from guilt or moral
lie dashed water in my face.
Obi kum
and religious uncleanness to sanctify; to consecrate.
ti (ofi aba fi bi) a,
wodwiram', if one makes a dwelling (ceremonially) unclean (if a dwelling lias become defiled), it is purified; wode
niniah mogya n.a. dwira ofie. tfie habitation is rendered clea)i again
with tJie blood of slieep dx.
Se ebia mefom mekodi biribi a mikyi
a, wgtew adviehhwere no ovigkom' ntwoma na wgde ad\virad\Vira
me nsa ne m'ano. Wgde nsu dwira no, or, wodwira no {}yq) usum'.
Okodwira neho wg pom' e.s. gsorgkye no bo ba a, na wakogyinam'.
Cf. ahSdwira,

dwira,

c. 1. to

bo dwira nie dan ho

nti,

0-dVvii"a. tlic gain-custom, an annual festival celebrated in the

month of August or September, when the tirst yam is eaten, being

considered also as the beginning of a new year.

Akuropgii;

rf.

t\Va dwira, to

Wot\Va odwira wo Kumase, Akwam,

aberekwasi, ohum, akonhuru.

celebrate the yam-festival.

dvViri, dwiridwiriw,

d wiriw, dwuruw,
(no mu), he scatters

t/ie

s.

the

foil.

separate, disperse, scatter; odw. gya

fire-brands or coals as with a poker, rakes
f. 1. to

dwiw

106

dwoag^yina.

3. to break up, J)rcak or puU down, to dcniotlsh (odan,

out the fire.
pempe, siw); to prostrate; to ruin (gyare no dwiriw' iiipa no pasa).
3. ue ho dwiriw no, he is shocked, struck with surprise, horror

or disf/HSt, he

agu me

astonished, amazed, hewildered, confused;

is

me ho

^ me ho aye bete, metirim aye me kosenenene, awow

(a)dwiriw me,

so &c. Cf. ahodwiriw.

dwiw,

dwuw.
e-dVvnv, dwuw, Ak. edwie,
V.

s.

j^i/.

h-, louse.

dwo, V. 1. to cool; nsu no adwo, the water is no more hot;

2. to he calmed,
ma fikwaii no nuwo ansa, let the soup cool first.
appeased, allayed; to abate, subside; to become or he soft; to relax

from a

state of excitement; to be calm, quiet, gentle, mild,

3. tr. to

make

quiet,

meek, tame,

and with bo, ho, aui.

Aboa yi
soft, tame, cf. dwudwo. pr. 1064-66.
sitting quietly, not mooing; oguanteh dwo (ne

l)eaeeablc. humJ)le, especially in \hQ perf.

dwo, this animal is

ho dwo, u'ani dwo), na abirekyi ani ye den, the sheep is gentle, hut
the goat is hold. Epo adwo, the sea is calm. Onipa no dwo, he
is a quiet man; odwo, he is humtde (not proud, == onye mpanyinsem); ne bo or n'abufuw adwo, liis anger is appeased; n'ani dwo,
1.
ne koma ho dwo, he is mild, gentle; nehodwo, he is meek.
to come to rest, feel comfortable, pr. 748. Kan-no oye hiani, nnansayi dc, ne ho adwo, formerly he teas poor, but nou- he is better off;
Oman mu adwo, the
mc ho adwo me kakra, I feel a little better.
town or country is quiet, in jieace; afei yen here so adwo, now peace
N'asOm' adwo, he has become free from dishas come back again.
Ne kete mu dwo, his bed is soft.
turbance, has come to peace.
Ne kotokum' adwo (= aye duru, 02ip. awow), his xmrse is wellDwo wo ani, lit. cool thy eye, i.e. moderate your
fdled, well-stored.
haste, modrrtde your demand, restrain your passion or desire! dwo
w'ani didi, eat slowly; dwo w'ani bcrco! act or proceed softly, gently,
lied, dwiidwo, q.v.
Cf. abodwo, ahodwo,
slowly! pr. 622. IOCSasomdwoee.

dwo,
dwo,
to

V.
0.

s.

dwow,

V.

to cid.

F. {Prk.]o) to crush;

powder. Mt.

obodwo no sam,

//

will

grind him

21,44.

e-dwo, V.yam; fa dwo here me, bring me a yai)i;cf.hrodcQ-d\vo.

Jidwo: ya adjVo, reply on salutations, addressed to one born
on Monday [s. Kwadwo] or to any other person.
adwo: twa adwo or agyadwo, to cry aloud, to lament, wail.

iidwo, F. {Prk. nju)

1.

roof

ntini. Mt. 3,10.13,6.21. ]\Ik. 11,20.

2. fringe, tassel. Mt. 9,20. 14,36. 23,5. {Prk. njo, njuo.)

adwo,

s.

edwow.

a kind of plant.

Ad wo a,
dwo a,

-owa, F. Agwewa, pr. n. of a female born on Monday.

dwoa, orig. dvveba, gweba, /</. li-, a weight of gold
ntaku 64
dollars or ackies, half an ounce or 11. 16 s.
(1 w
a-^" V n a the same amount minus one taku or d^f d. i. e.

iS'

gold dust balancing the dwoa weight in equal scale, without the
usual over- weight. pr!747.

dVvoasurii

ad

a-s

\v

11

\V('ia-al)i

j)7. n-,

a weUjIif of

(j

old -- ntaku 32. ((ir28?)

(nhrnva tnutum) a kind

i"i

adwoltaw, adweb.

107

udVvoiitulo.

heads ;

oi'

s.

alione.

branch, tiv'uj or shoot of

the i/din; ode a osi kiisu na no nsa ayiyi na wgka batabata lio; hania
ot'upc si a, na
no aid a eti kankyciHikycre no; - ode no ayi ad\v,
(pi. id.) the (eJiiefJ

worcka adw.
d

osii re, d

Vv.ol)

or shoot

firi;/

the [)riucij)al stem; n'ani bi a

I'oro

pam

efi

jj:;i'owini^

worn' bio;

tVoTn tbo root beside

eli

koti (lar(ie)

na cm-

bio.

adwobdtoku, a kind of Ijcetle.

DVvoda, Aky. Dwceda, Dweada, Mondaij. Cn\%\\,\.
na

dVvodwo, adv. softl/f, slowli/, easdj/,

mommcra no d\v.! dviodwodwo, id.
ad \Vo<j;ii, 2)r. 2V2H.

monkono

safcli/;

d\v.

d \\' g k o the palsy ; parahjsis.

dVv6-k6ro\v [edwokokoro] the middle part of a yam, which
in roasting remained hard; ode a wgatoto na ainvie ben na woatwitwa ho, na nea aka mu na animen no, mfinimfini de no, na wgde
ato gyam' bio atoto. pr. 1068.
adVvoku, Ak. akye, wed, tvielcer-hashet, snare or traj) made
,

of twigs for C(dehiN(j fish, -=nfiow a; cf. eboa.

nwene no sc kyerenkye, ne ti tenteii, n'ano

i>r.

3066.

Wode

mpojuT

dwedwewa, ne to kentei'in
na wgaye mn kanyann (nwriinn, nnya-nnya), na mpata fa
keutenn no mu ho na wobefi a, na kanyann no asiw won kwah.
dwom, V. dw. ano, to draw or tie together, contract (a bag,
purse, pillow); to jHicker; odwnm (gmom) n'akatawia Jino, he shnts,
;

puts KjK his ainhrelta;

e-dwom,
dwom,

gdwom

Ak. edwom,

n'ano, he purses, puckers up, his lips.

jjL h-, song,

hymn, jJsalm, poem.

to

lead the choir; - ye dwom, to compose a poem. Owg 'ne to dwom, he has a (good) voice for singing.
Kinds of dw.: ebadwom o/' linwonkoro, gdakudvv., dwaedw., agyemannare, akorododw., kwadw., onnibiamanedw., sahkCidvV., antgrepira n.

to

sing;

re dwom,

to

a.

om 111 a, ^\ nnwgnima.
0-dwoni-frefo, the leader of a choir, precentor.
dVvoiiki'i, dwenku, the hip, haunch, Itip-hone, thigh;
d

Vv

niu, the loins, sere, the thigh;

to

apakye,

to halt,

- tg dw.,

to

walk fame, liohhld

Vvoiiku-ben, a protuberance on

ad

wu

ii-t

asen-

he lame.

a-d

I'l

cf.

limp:, cf.

0, inf.

s.

tg

tJie

hip-bone. pr. 2280.

dvvonku.

dVvoiiiio, confusion; asem no abg wgi'i dw.

aye wgn so
ne hno, aye wgn sa, siamo, wohhii asn-ko a wgnka, that
word has confounded or xtcrpleored them, they can find no word to
say or no ansiver to it.

nnwgmma

dwon-to,
o-d \v

ji

to

inf. singing.

i\),

dwent.,

dwonto-boa,

j^l. a-,

(jd. id.)

air, tune.

singer, songster, poet, bard.

adwotwji

108

adwo-twa,

wo w,

inf.

d wimiadi.

lameidaUon, ivailiny;

dwowtwa.

diff.

down; otlwow"
him doivn, slew him; 6d\vow abe, he cids or severs the
otwitwa no
single p(dnMnds from the stalk; pr. 310. odw. brode
asiaw-asiaw fi osaw lio, he cuts the hands of plantains from the ivhole
bunch ; ode sosow dwow wuram' bay ere, lie takes old wdd /jam with
d

no,

lie

v.l. to cut, sever, cut up, cidto pieces, cut

cid

di(j(jin(j-iron

pr.lOG7.

cf. t

u (afum' bayere).

abiirow, maize, awi, Guinea-corn

Q-dwow, pi. n-, tassel;

d \V 6 w otwa no d\v.,
:

cf.

frinyc. Cf.

2. to (jrind rou(jhl//,

yam.
8.
ndwo, F.

to f/irash, thresh-

he kidnaps him; he robs or plunders him.

adwow: y i ad\v6, 1. to kidnap; oyii no adwo ton no, he kid2. topanijar, i.e. to take bn force as a pawn
napped and sold him.
for a debt which one of the seized person's countrymen owes to the
seizor; a creditor may thus seize any person of the debtor's town
or country, when he has in vain tried to get payment by other
means and has asked permission from his own king and elders
and the person thus attacked may in defending himself wound or
3. Wudi wo yoiiko anira na ofa
kill his aggressor with impunity.
biribi bye wo a, na wofre no adwo-yi; ofa neho kohintav/ wo a, na
wofre no saara.
4. yi agyew, Mf. to seize the propert/j of one's

own

debtor for one's

dwuw-twa,
akwanmukii;

diff.

pitijment.

inf. o})cn

and habitu(d robbery,

dcjiredfdion.; cf.

ad\v6t\Va, lamcidation.

o-dVvowtwafo, ])l. a-, a (h(d)ituat) robber, freebooter,

man; si/n. gkwaiimukilfo, an occasional hi[/hioa/j robber.
ad\V6w-yi, inf. panyurrinfj; kidnapping.
0-d

w o w-y

fo

pi. a-,

dwuw,

dwii,

V.

s.

o-dwii,

s.

edwiw.

hiffhtvat/-

manstealer, kidnapper.

V.

dwudwo,

red. v., s. dwo. Further meanings: 1. to softeti;

2. to
tame (with ho): dwudwo aboa no ho, tatne that beast.
become soft or t(niie; ne lio adwudwo, he has become tame; he is tame
in consecjuence ofa severe threatening or treatment, or from astonishment.
o. with m u asase no iiiu adwudwo, the soil has become
soft, damp, moist.
0-d
lima, the trumpet-tree; its wood is used for fences,

to

dwiima,

business, occupation,

tion; trade, profession;

ntamahoro

n.a.,

emplogmerd; dutg,

office,

func-

- ne dw. a odi ue nnuapac, apra, asuko,

his occupation is cliopping wood, sweejnng,

for water, tv.ashing cloth dr,.

sgn.

uea gwo ye

&

the

going

foil.

adwfima, jjZ. n-, F. agwima, adwima, work, hdiour, espec. agricultural work, manutd work; emplo/jmcjd oi any kiud'^ business, dutg
(advv. a mewo ye ma nipa, mg duty to man);
ye ad\v., to work,

labour; nkiirofo hhina ko won mfum' akgye won nhwuma, all the
people are on their pi ant (dions to do their work; - gu adw., pon adw.,
to give u}> or cease working. Cf. obere; gsom.

d\Vuma-di, inf. avoeation, profession, business, employment,

professional labour or exertion.


odwninaru

odwumayeui. (F. Mt.30,1.)

a-pQii, ceasing or cessation from woi/,\

o-fl Vv

II

adVv
ad \V

iiniri-i>ii,

fimri-y y, '"/ icorkiiuj, lahoHrimj ;

0-<l \V

fi

JV t'o

i>/.

ma y (jiii, pi.

D-d \V iiiiiro,

work as a

y'/.

lOO

(l/i'iul/ci'id/cii.

a- -fo,

vf.

adcye.

icoylcnuiii, [((hoiircr.

a-, loi/sf, ((vtisau,

irorkniaH, our doiufi iirf/ficiid

((trpcntcr, joiner, (/old-, silrer-, or eopper-sniHli,

hro'/cr,

jienierer, tinman, saddler, nmhrella-maher, sJtoe-oi'sand(d-m(d:erSi(i.

(noa oseh apoh ne nnaka a.s. nkoiunin, oye ate, gpam I'lkyinii, obu
ii)])aboa, obu ntoa, a.s. onipa biara a oye biribi a eye nwonwa iia
nnipa iilMiifi ntumi nye).
a (1 \V 11 Mi-i)('> 11 [adwini, opon] ivorJ: heneli, joiner's bench, (tnr)iin(i-)lidlie, fnrn-hencJi, shop-hoard, irork-fahle, writin<j-desl- d'c.

Aw'irhv .{']m-n,Prk. Mt.24,2.2G,(il. Mlc.1.%2.)

dVviiniw, r. F. Akp.
d wiiw, r. 1. to scrajte, remove bi/ scrapiny: wodwuw aduru,
theii pass their finders tliroayh a medicine rubbed over one's bodi/, \vo(1(> aduru ye won bo biibi na wgde won nsatea nworahworan nin.
A-*, to clean a place bi/ scraping witb a piece of bark or anytldng.
3. to scrape or rale tocfcther, amass, accuniahde; dw. sika, to draw
out a (/ood quant if// of (/old from tbe bag; dw. ntrama, to 2nlc up
cowries in a lan/c lieap (boa., a no, to collect in a snudl heap).
i, d\V. dan, to rcjiair (renew) a h(mse in decaij; odan-iio\v bi wo lio
na woremiamia nui aye no yiye odwuw a wodwuw odan no da.
yi lie, eye sikasee ara kwa, this constant (or repeated) repairinfi of

mere waste of mo)ieij.

5. to revive, return from (the
dead; ote se nea wawu adwuw, he looks as if he had
been dead and had returned from the other irorld (said of one who
is jjining- away bodily and mentally); r/. sasabonsam
red. woawu

th(d h(mse is

reedm

of) the

adwudwuw.

Oz.
The combination dz is found in Fante dialects instead of simple
d before tbe vowels o {= o) and i (exceptions: dede
gyegyegye,
dehye&c), seldom before e; before a only in dza
dzoa, dea, nea.

= d before (e) e
= dzea, F., Ak. dea, Akr. nea.
= de,
2.
dze, = de,
thou(/h, hotvcvcr.
ndzemba, nneemba (Mf. Gr. nyemba) = ade,
adzo,
adze, = ase, Ml.
23,12.
dzea, = dea, nea, person who,
whicJi.
= gdeboneyefo.
dzel)Oiiyefo, pi.
dz, F.

i.

dza,

se.

(Ize,

((dr. J/ardl//;

1. v.

i)?.

nneema.

11,2.3.

thin;/

a-,

dzedzc," red.

v.

dze.

ML 26,47.

adzefuradze, apparel. 1 Pet. 3,3.

adzejiyan, vaniti/.
dzckO,
dekode. Mk. 5,14.
adzekye
adekyee, dai/li(/hf; adz.yi nhinara,
dzeni,
dem, blemish. Eph..'),27.

=
=
this day
=
ndzemba, = nnegma,
adze,
iidzembir, = demmere. ML 11,7.12,20.27,29.
dzeii, dzcudzeiidzcii, = den; dennOnnen, straith/. Mk. 5,43.
s.

all

lo)t(/.

110

adzesa

=
=

adzesa,
adzes(j,

e.

adesae; adz. kg, ihe darlncss goes mvaii.

ade-see, ivastc. Mt. 26,8.

= adesoa.
iidzesoeade = uuosoa. Mt.23,4.
iidzeye, = nneyee. Mt.
ndzeyetseiiene, = (nneyee) treno, rigMeoiisness. Mt.5,6.
di 1-100.
dzi,
[red. dzidzi] = di [didi]
covenant (for). Mt. 36,15. 102. dzi ada<;;ya,
101. dzi = di ano,
(40.) dzi dase, = di adanse.
= da adagyaw, he naJced. Mt.
dew. Mt.2,l0. (17.) dzi
rejoice;
Mt. 26,62. 103. dzi dew,
have a hlemiih. lOi. dzi adzibew, = di didzera, = di dem,
105. dzi.. mfamfanto, follow afar
bea,
he in an
have one's portion
Mt. 26,58. (SO.) dzi afora, = di
adzest)ea,

3/^. 11,30.

5,16.

V.

.s.

to

2.5,86.

to

s.

to

to

to

to

office.

..

off.

at'ra, to

icitJi.

107.
106. dzi.. hiilmliu, to murmur against. Mk. 14,5
Mt. 24,51.
108. dzi ahyia, to he
dzi aliyem', to make a covenant, testament.
di .. akyi, to visit (sins
gathered together.
(35.) dzi ..nkyir

upon).

= di mu, to he lehole
= di mpapacmu,

dzi mu,
mpapem',

(2!J.)

dzi

(!)G.)

to heperfect.
to he

Mt.

15,.^1.19,21.

divided. Mk.

.1,24.

100. dzi primprini, to he ichole, strong, well, in good hecdth. Mt.9yl2.

110. dzi .. nsembon, to rail at, revde, hlaspheme.Mk. 15,29.
Mk.2,17.

mourn,

(61.) dzi awerelio, to

wail, lament. Mt. 24,30.

= adibane, aduan.
rank.
adzibew, = dibea,
down at )neals. Mt. 26,20.
adzidzi, tsena-, = tra adidii,
adzidzitb, =
guests. Mt. 22,10.
adzilulzi, = adifiide, i)demperanee, excess. Mt. 23,25.
=
edziii, pi.
name.

adzibaii,

office,

to sit

didif'o,

a-,

ediii,

dzuo... dzui... dzo... dzii... F.

d\ve... dwi... d\vo...

(jue, jni, jo, ju, l*rk.)

s.

dwn...

. E.
1'he vowel sounds o, e, e, 0, and 0, o, o, e, and po, o\, and
('\v (.s. Gr. 2-5. 17. TJ A)fV('(jncntly interchange and are
sometimes intermixed in the alphabetical arrangement, especially

ew, ew,

compounds.
e in our books represents two sounds: 1. the
narrow o. Cf. Gr. 1 liem. 2. and 2.
e in Fante books often stands instead of a
other close vowel sounds.

in

full o,

and

= a before

2. the

i,

u or

e- or e-, pref. of nouns in the sing. (& pi.) s. Gr. 29,2. 35,4.
43.44", of pronouns, 60,1-3., of numerals, 77.78,1.
is usually

dropped

in close connection with a

e- or

C-,

preceding word, Gr. 40,1.

a pron. for a thing or things, which

is p)refi.ved to the

verh, Gr. 54. 58.; in F. also for the 2d. pers. sing. Gr.

58 Ixcm.

1.

emph. part., an enclitic sound giving emphasis after a wish

or command, Gr.144.; ditto after the negative preterit tense, 170.
e,

e,

and

an

enclitic

in songs.

sound

after

names

in the vocative ( 46,2. 144.)

o, intcrj.
I'i,

C'i,

c=
sent Sic,

in

fa.

expressing plpasure, joy, &c. oh! hey!

intcrj.

exprossing surprise, astonishment: indeed!

eli6, intcrj. iinjtlying af'lirniation,

lies! sifn.

yiw, yie,

approbation, assent, con-

\Vie.

F.
'J'lie Ic'ttiT r lias the same sound in 'J'wi that it has iu English,
except in the combination iVv, on which see a later page.
The consonant occurs before pure and nasal vow(ds. It seldom
interchanges with other consonants; ef. fotow & potow; fromfrom &
F. prgmprom; few & fwew; funu & hunu; fintsiw, F, =: hintiw,
I"

Al^. fwinti, sunti.

gye, kukuru, tase, ma so, som'

make use of: pr. 1081.
fo 1(1 ji hold on for xse. In these senses it takes the place of the anx. v.
de in all negative and imperative sentences; s. Gr. 108,26-29.
5. to
200,5. 206,2. 208, .3. 4. 237. 240r/.c. 241. Cf. 2(i (below).
fa, r.[rcd. fefa, fofa] fo take;

yi,

&

de, fua, kita,

f(dce au'Uij:

kura.

1.

cf.

to

talcc to

hena na wafa me tuo? who has taken my

gun'i'

3. to

carry off (said also of inanimate subjects): nsu afa no, the water
has falcen hiui, i.e. he is drowned; pr. 389. 3085. mframa afa me kyew
kg, the wind has carried off my hat.
4. to lay hold on, to seize:
wafa no gyaw, he has embraced his legs i.e. implored him, hcygcd
his pardon.
5. to t(die up and keep, to appropriate what is found:
pane yi, mahu wo fam'; memfa ana? / have found this needle on
the floor; may I keep itY fa! you may have it! fa abofo, to find a
dead animal (game) in the bush, pr. 497. fa or tase hwaw, to take
up or gather S)iads; pr. 1080- F. to gather (fishes in a net) Mt. 13,47.
6. to take i.e. keep for one's own: wubu kyew yi ma hena? mibu
mafa, for ivhom do you make this cap? I make it that I may keep if,
i.e. for myself; Ps.3;?,19. cf. Gr. 109,32. 243 Z;. Bern. 2.
7. to take
jwssession of what is left or prepared by others asase a Germanefo
no gyawe no, Wendefo befae.
F. fa ahemman tsena mu, to in6'. to obtain jmssession o/" by force,
herit the kingdom, Mt. 25,34.
fo seize, capture, conquer: fa dwen, to seize for a slave, to make booty
of; woafa no dommum, he has been made captive; wofaannommum
pi, fltey made many captives (in war); wafa kiirow no, he has conquered the town.
9. to take and use or misuse: fa obea, osigyafo;
l)r. 167. fa oyere (fa kun, F.) to take one's wife (husband) illegally,

i.e. to

commit adultery. Mk. 10,11.12.

10. to take, get, wnn, acquire:
engage as a servant; pr. 1077. fa adamfo, to enter one's

fa abarima, to

service; or

=:=

fa oygfiko, to

make

friendship with, pr. 1078.

11.

wafa afuru, she has go^ a belly i.e. she is (big) witli
chdd.
12. to bear in mind: mafa me tirim, / have got (it) in my
head, i.e. I have taken the sense or the warning, I understand it
m-ahu ase; I remember
makae.
F. fa ad wen, to take thought,
concern one's sc//'=d wend wen, Mt. 6,25^34. fa apam, to t(dce counsel, Mt. 27,1.7.
13. to take imvardly, to conceive: ofa(me) abufuw
da, he often grows angry (with me); pr. 1079. wafa me adgna, he has
taken a dislike fo me.
14. fo fake, admit ; to choose, elect. 1 Tim. 5 9.
fo obtain, get:

112

ftu

15. to tahc in a passive sense, io gd or catch: obere, fatUjuc,

weariness, gyare, sickness: gfa obere ntem, he soon (jets tired; wafa
oyare, he greiv sick, has been taken ill ; fa mmusu, to incur a eaJamity; to suffer the results of a mischievous deed, j^r- 398. 555 f. 1738.
16. to take a road, a course, to take one's n-ay over...pr. 1071.107(1.
me wnra k wan ni, obi mmfa ho - wofa benkum a, mefa nifa, Gen.13,9.
wamfa abonten so, na ofaa mfikyiri, he went behind the houses, not

17. F. fa kwah mu, io be right, lawful,

along the street. Cf. 26.
lf<. fa mu, a) to walk through, take
permitted, Mt. 12,10. 22,17.27,6.
one's ivag through ; gfaa mfenserem' guane, lie escaped through the
window. - b) gfaa mu dae, whilst this was going on, he fell asleep, -c)
me.m^km\\,=m(^x[\^khb^\\Q, I do not care ((diout) - d) F.yefamubeii,

I'J. fa s
wind mail we gai)i hg it?
foforo so kgg won kurom'. Mat. 2, 12.
& neg, sentences: (to do) bij means

a) with kwan
b) instead of

wgfaa gkwan

nam

so in imp.
c) to fall
Gr. 108, 27.
m'ani apa
i)do oblirion, to be forgotten or neglected: afa me so
d) to overcome: wafa n'atamfo so, he has overso, me were afi.
come his enemies; eyi na efaa no so kora, at this he ivas quite over20. fa ase, io act
e) to make profit, io gain. =famfaso.
come;
as an aperient, to evacuate the bowels; aduru no bcfa n'ase, iliat
21. fa ho, a) to more along, to j)ass bg;
medicine wdl purge him.
cf. siane ho, t\va ho, tvvam'; mmil mframa mmfa wo ho bebrobo,
do not let the wind plag about gou too much, i.e. keep gourself warm.
b) to touch on, to concern, affect, import; to have io do with: eyi
fa lio biribi, tins has some relation to it; efa ho den? what has that
to do with it? wofa ho den? tvhai is it to gou? asem no mfa mc ho
fvve, or, memfd asem no lio fwe, that business is no m(dier of mine,
does not concern me; gfa mo ho biril)i, he has something to do with
g-ne mo wg asem bi; gmfa ho fwe, he jcill have nothing io
you
gmfa (= emfa) no ho, F. he shall be free,
do with it, keeps neutral.
U is nothing to him, no business or cancer )i of his, Mt. 15,6. 27,4.
22. fa neho di, lit. to f(d:c and disjiosc of one's self i.e. to become
self-dependent, independent, free, to be ema)icipated;pr. 1075.14:39.
gmfa neho nni, he is not his own master; Kwasida mo nhina moafa
moho adi, on Sunday you all are free, have your time for yoxirseJves.
23. fa di, to take and use tip, to consume,
Cf. gfadi, fawoho-kodi.
24. fa (mu) to partake' of.
26. Very
spend, tvasie; cf. afaadi.
often fa in its imp. and neg. forms and in the inf. is used, in connection with another verb, as an au.r. v. introducing or referring
to a passive object of the principal verb, and at the same time imparting to the princ. verb a causative meaning. Cf. de, Gr. 108,
pr. 130-169. 1072-74. 1083-88. 3176.'E.g. fa bera! lit. tfd^e come i.e. bring;
kgfa bera, go take come, i.e. fetch; fa kg! take go, i.e.itd.e it off, away
with itlia. tom' or fa to so, lay (it) in or on, add it! fa firi me, for26. In other cases fa is used as an aux. v.
give me! Cf. 1 (above).
referring the action of the principal verb to a place, as taking its
way through, or to a means employed; cf. 16. 19b) above; it serves
then to express the Eng. prepositions through, by (C'c. Cf. Gr. 108,
In pr. 3374. fa supplies the place of the Eng.
27.109,30. 223,2.
words up io, as far as.
of, s.

o i'ii

or

o-fa, Ak. F.
tu (Igtc, to
irh'itc

1.

earth, rJny,
eartlt

(li(f

113

oradi.

mvd;

bo la

and forw

airfli

soil; sivish;

bo

iit\vomfi,

t)etlo/rs.

ul'ii,

ka

fa,
or

.%'.

the

i^.

5. F.

^7?^?^-

afa, to tdoie the belloirs.

et earl if. reidlii;

heeomc hoarse; no 'nr

r. to

fa

tii

afa,

warp

(nsa) / weaving.

pofe, trcnonono, fanh.

fr,

he (his voice) has become

hoarse.

is

of a,
lirate

(It

woof, the threads thid cross the

fa, adv. pJaitdi/,

bo
adada.

into Ixills; pr. 151}. rf.

if

earth rontainiii;/ (/old, underncatli afafiinii

asase I'a, dasf of the earth.

uxi'ii, weft,

Akp. dote;

liyirow, to dhj red

hy e

ala, pi. a-, feast, festiral, holida/j; -

a festirtd,

wgye afribyiadc

e.s.

biara,

fa or afa, to ccle-

wodi afe; ohene hye

fa

behye da.

oh,

g-fa, pi. afa, afa-afa, ]. the half o( a iluw^ or number of things;

2. the other side or j^ort of a thing or placo, a separate
place.
S. part, piece; ef. sin. pr. 04. 1L>S(I. ISoS. SllO. .3481. gfa-ncfii, h(df and h(df; only in 2>ort ; ogyina fa or fa babi, he stands apart,
aside; da afji, to .'ileep separateli/. pr. 384. ef. Gr. 80,7. 84., fako,

moietii.

afanu, afasa, afanah,

afa,

5.

&

efa

it frim'.

gfa.

afa-afa, F.

hif

halves.

Guinea-worm, Fdaria medinensis, a whitish

worm tliat burrows in the liuman cellular tissue; it has the thickness of twine and may attain a yard's length. Oyare mfa, mfa aye
no, ]ie has cfof a Guinea-worm: mfa ahyc ne gya, the G. app)roachcs
Ill

fa, mfahjima, the

itches, pinches, the skin is raised by

no atwe, na aka nebobo; mfa no abobg kakra. [G. fakpa
si efe dframo, Zim. Vac. p. 43.65.07.]

the surface, .scratches,

it;

mfa,

le edse,

fa, ffifa, a. adv. 1. flexible, flexile, limber, lithe, pliable, pliant;

tenacious, tough; syn. fakafaka, fann, hxia, sa; - mframa bo dua

no a, eye fa (,s. sa) onipa yi, ne mu (ne nan, ne nsa) ye fa, wanyfi
nsa fa.
2. reeling, tottering, vacillating ; onam faf<i, he totters,
walks iottcringly ; ef. to ntintdn.
;

0-fabafo,
tale.

^jZ. a-,

Prov. 12,2.

fa bail, pi.

a-,

= ofako-ne-fdbafo, intriguer, tale-bearer,

= dgteban, tmid-wall, pise-wall. [G. fence.}

tell-

e-fa-b eii, red or yelloiv clay;

a fa-bo,

(pi. id.) clod,

from

earth of a ptise-wcdl)

fa -

1)

- 1

of a sickness,
f a-

me

b rebre

da

kotofa,

ntwoma. Afaben, ^;r.

Imnp

or pieces of strish
a i-uined building; ruins.

y a m' flay a stone into the

kukru-me-ta-awiam'.

f a-dji iijpl. a-,

i\\'

cf.

glebe; a

(2^1. id.)

1;-

fire for

n.

(i.e. the

me] name

a by-name of the aturukuku.

dgtedan,

mud house, mud cottage,

building in pise.

gain, 2^^'ofd, lucre, acquisition, jn-oceeds: booty,

asade, afowde; earnings; - ade a wunyjX wo obi

under ; cf.
ho fa no tumi so, a.s. wunyii no osom mu.

S2)oil, p)l

s.

0-fadi, inf. 1. using up dx.

neho di, ahofadi.

fa

s.

fa di.

2.

liberty,

emanci2mUon

mfadi

114

mfadi,

inf.

afa-adij

(talinr/

ilic

efam'.

and) Ticephuj of a

thing; for one's self.

spend-iltrift; lianl-nipf, insolvenf dchlor;

woaye wolio

you have made yourself hanlcrupi.

iX.i'AQ,, pass, defilee, in mountains; rf. mpotam'.

afa-adi,

afa-afa,

of ofa;

j:)?.

s.

afa.

o-fa-fa, inf. j^artnl-inr/, pariieiparion.

o-lafafo, pi.

mfafato, F.

afafauto,

parialcer.

a-,

s.

mfamfanto.

afef., afof., j;Z. m-, IndierfJy;

fafaraha, an

cf.

abebew, oyfma.

herh poisonous for goats.

mfafekuwa, F. members. Eph.

5,30.

o-fa-firi, inf. forgiveness, luirdon; syn. ofakye, fa-asem-kye.

a renewed faking or undertalhig: ma yemfa no

that we may serve thee in newness of life.
kora e^c.
fafu, adv. [obs.] entirely

mfa-foi'O, inf. F.

nsom wo, grant

mf.

afa-fuiiu, motdd, a sort of earth dug up first in digging gold;

rf fa, asasohono.
t'a o- u d e''',. metal [efa, gu, ado, things from the soil that may
be molten and cast],

m (Ti-h a ni a,

mfa.

.s.

iaho-falio, adv.
along the shore;

(fa ho, to

wonam

cf.

in fall u^ tinder; abe ho

afa-hyo, inf.
came on.

move along) wofa

ano-Jino, they

boh

bi

faho-f., they sail

walk along

the shore.

akyi na wode ye mf.

festival, cclchration of

a festiv(d ;

af. bi dvii,

some

festival

faka (taka?), epo f., hay, gulf. Nig. Exp.

fakafaka, a. fle.rihle dr. s. fA.
infa-ka-ho,
o-fa-kOj

(the act of) adding, addition.

inf.

s. ofii,

fako-be w,

Voc.

Gr. 80,7.

place where

of.

a yegyina, where we stand.

to prnt

a thing,

pr.

2008

f.

rA-kokoiiiii i, a cutaneous eruption caused by the Guineaworm being about to manifest its existence in the body.
Ill

o-ia k 0-11 e-f aba, inf. talc-hearing; damfo, woye of., friend,
o-fAko-m'-Wiha-U), ==tale-he((rer, hnsytell tales on hoth sides!
hody, officious, meddling, meddlesome person ; nea otie nsem koka
na okotie bi beka; rf. ateakosewa.

yon

o-fa-k^'Q,
forgiving;

fam'

cf.

inf.

gfafiri,

forgiveness, pardon.

F. ye

f.,

to

he

fa-asem-kye.

= fa mu.

e-fani [efA mu] soil, ground, floor, hottom; in the ground, on

the ground, at the hottom; down, helow; syn. ase; asase, asase so;
cf. Gr. 119. 124, .3. Ofii diia no so sii fam', he came down from the
tree; ofii pohko so sii f., he cdighted from the horse; ofii hyeh mu sii
Osoro ne fam',
f., he came from the shi2^ to land, he disemharhcd.

liimiu

/tcurcn

tniil citrth;

hcsi no

t'iim'

Id f)()t.

fniiu

toj' to tor,

there

inn tew abicti

iifjunji n<i

from

iini lu)

ii

laud and hi/ sea ; t'fi no. soro

head to the fed. from head
no Idemish in him; cf. '^ S(im.li,l'').

ho,
is

iVimm,

tlw

soro de-bcsii

adv. red; i/elhic;

f.

to

cml)raee;

fain,
the child

adhere

V.

Ko, kgko...

fear, 1 Pet. 3^2-

t)ic

nu';

Cf.

to the tree.

sika ayo

aye me.

ef.

atfi,

^. fain ho,

bata (ho);
F. sure f'am ho, //

or stick to;

clinij

climhcr adheres

ho,

trith

Wgdo

with one^s arms,

to encircle

7.

bam, yy atil; abotVa no abcfam

embraced and Ituijijed me with his arms.

closet ii, to cleave,

rent in tiro

f.

si/n.

dua

was

lied, fanr-faiii', adv. vcrijloiv.

si/n.

[red. I'onitain, t'otntam]

the veil

fjiin',

wgde ntwoma akwaw dan no mu

ho

hif

//'oyii

the top tothehottoiii. Mat.:i7,51.

a.,

115

lauii.

nsu ani,

ffvin' luN

dein bi

hama

to

f'ani

coupled

is

afammoa, mtomfamho.

o-l'dnr, a kind of thin ealce; wgtoto f. ne se: wodc nno fgtgw

mmgre na wgde teretorew asaiikam" na wgde ahaban moniono kata
so, na wgde nsramma gii so ma ebeh.

fa 111" [ofamu] what

datif, rifjht;

side of the

is

on

the side ov

part

of,

part, concern, due,

manner; rccjion, direction. Owg dgm fam', he

enemy; me fam' de, biribi nsiw wo kwah, on

on the
part
of no eonis

my

nothiny sh(dl prevent you; me ne wo fam' dc, ciihia, it is

sequence to me tend thee; Onyame f\\ e fam' ye nwonwa, (the way of)
God's providence is wonderful; eha-fam'^ hereabout; ehg(nom) fam',
thereabout; epo-fam', seawards.
atain', F.

district, reyion.

Mt. 15,21. Mk.

7,31.

n'afam' dze no, for

his part.

iiifauiba, F. seed. Mt. 13,31.

Mk.

4,31.

afam'd c, (j/l. id., = ade a ewg fam' a.s. efi fam') earthly
low or mean thinys; earth, stones and minerals. Kurtz 173.

things;

a fa iii'd u a ii [fam' aduan] food yrowiny undcryround, as yam &c.

infainfa, a small brass pan used in weighing go hi. pr. 1G33.
infaiiilanto, F, dzi

..

mf. == di

..

akyi wg akyirikyiri, Mt. 26,5S.

[Mk. 14,54.

fa 111 fi ci, circuit, compass.

b g.. ho mf., to yo ahoutov round,
okyini
compass; to surround; to encircle; - bg dan no ho mf.
dan no lio, he compasses the house in order to see whether there is
t\Va
any danger, or to find a place to enter gko bg yen ho mf.
yen ho hyia, there is ftyhtiny round about us; afafanto rebetg kaneam' anadvVo a, gbg ho mf. ansa-na gtgm' auonia no bg ne berebiiw ho mf.
Ill

to

iiifanimiri [fan

biri] a dish of

dark-yreen pot-herbs, the poorest

meal. Prov. 15,17.

afaiu-inoa [aboa a efam obi ho) an animal that clinys

person or clothes, pr. lOtiOe-f a

11,

to

one's

herb, vegetable, pot-herb, cabbage, greens, pr. 1340.

a., adv. =fa, hiia&c. tough, flexible, elastic; ne mCi buf.,

he has a pliant back; ne usa bu f., he has supple fingers.

fan 11,

faMi'i,

a.,

adv. dear, distinct, plain; open, straightfoneard ; -

116

mfaredaii.

faiia

S[in. feiin, fc, ])efe;

going mvay; ka no

m'ani tuaa no fVuin se oko, I saw him distinctly

f. kyere me, tell me plainly. [G. idJ\

to troiible,

I'iiiia, V.

a fan a, a kind of

Ak.

afiiiia,

s.

= fena,

fonii; syn. liaw.

used for fuel; the fruit is eaten,

tr.ee,

afoa.

a frill a, afanawa,

harass, fatigue;

o-ranafoo, Ak.

ofoasoafo.

F. -ba, j>L ra-, femide, wencli, especially /"rw/r^/c

slave ; maid-servant.

nifanri-hyia, inf. ohyia no mf., he marries her as if she were a slave.

= fan. pr. 106.

fane, Ak.
0-fa-ne-fa.,

s. ofii;

of.

Kristoni, a half-and-ludf Christian.

fanes, G. foundation; syn. fapeme, nhycase, mfiase, ntoase; to f., to lay the fomidation (in building).

fanini, v. impers. to he less had, more tolerahle, to he prefer(when a choice is to be made between two or more unfavourable things). "N'ani wu" anase "n'anim gu asc", cfanim nea ewo
he? efanim aniwu (na cnifanim animguase), wliich is the milder
expression: "he is ashamed" or "he is ahashed"? "to he ((shamed"
is not so strong as "to he ahashed" ; efanim eyi, na emfanim eno,
this is less had than tlud; eyi ye afanim, this appears to he mdder.
ahlc

fa - u

11

petroleum. D.As.

mfaiisii, a kind of head;

fP^'-

^091. 2451.

ahene.

s.

F{\iit6, F. Mfantse, ///c i*>n^/r (Fanti, Fantee) country and

V an !-k;isa, the Fanfe
the language or dialects spoken there.
(J-raiitcni,
Fan tc-in ;i I'l, the Fante nation.
language.
2)1. M--fo (F. Fantsenyi, Mfantscfo), a Fante man, Fante people.
F ante-pern nhina, all the Fantes and their confederate trihes.

ofanto, -bia, -biri,

fan tony
mankwli;

a,

pL

m-, a hill-hoolc ivitlund a nose;

7,25. cf. fanes,

afar, afarbo, afarbodze, afarpata, F.

s.

fare,

v.

fra.

afaraw,

[a strengthened

fare, m-, mfarow

gfonto...

a in

fa-pcme, F. foundation. Mt.

far a,

pc: gye f., oye fantonyampeni

an woman woma.

cf.

0-faiiny

s.

s.

oyc kwasiaadare.

nnyinaso.

= afore, -bo, -bode, -miika.

aferaw.

form of fa]

s.

fefare.

trunk of an elephant.
a faro, a kind of hcrh, very tender, used as a medicine; ne
tirim ye merew se af., he is tender-heatied.

infare, fresh

[fa de?] the

air; light, cool hreeze, gentle

wind; mframa a eye

awgw nnim\ nso ahohui'u nnim'. Mekogye mfare, / am going to

take the air, I want to take an airing; - mfare tu nnon-abiesa ne
a

nnon-nau mu,

the cooling hreeze

comes hettveen 3 and 4o^elock.

ofarebae [nea ofa' bae] the author or originator of a new play,

song or other thing; onipa a ode agoru hi ana dwom bi ana biribiara a wgye wo oman rau ba; sa agoru no f. ni! pr.1098.

m far e-d a

ii,

parlour for cooling, summer house. .Twig. 3,20. Am. 3,15.

iiiIju'cIio

fa ru

111

li

0,

////'.

[t;i lio

cinuniferenvr, piiijilurij;

cow/jxwi',

117

fe.

cf.

atVt'iire.

nifurc-tri-ln'ri!,

noon;

if.

intaro

&

tlio tiiui!

Irom abuiit

F. --jipof'ofb, fis/urs.

Jil'arlo,

atorcinnka,

.ifarpahi, K.

I'a-sa', (uU\

."

tu

o'rlock

iii

tlic (iftei-

bctwabcre.

lit.

iahc

I\lh: IJll.

Mt.

2:i,lH.

so, \'va. ju.st

as

it is,

lafher,

sijn. miiioui.

no, fa-sfi kgsotn Aborofo, instead of svrc-

Xoa wode kosoin Asantelo

K;rs;'i(l;"iiir;is(!, (Beiiiij the. Asauti's, serve rather the Knrojieans.

ronteut-with-H-thank-me) pr. n. given to a slave.

afaascduru

[adurii a efa asc] punjatioe, aperient.

i'a-;isgin-k >'e, for(/ioeness; ounini

plaeabUity in him; ef. ofakye, gfafiri.

at'ascw, Ak.

-sec,

an

kind

inferior

arasc-kaiii, arascw-tuiiluui,

*-.

oi'

f.

there

pi,

/jam;

s. oi]ii.

is

not

in itch

pr. 858.1004.

ode.

ml'aso, inf. gain, profit, benefit, emolument; pr. 1095. - wafa mf.
wafa so 1)1, he ha.'i made or (jaincd much lyrofit.

pi :^

in I"as6-p(_', inf. (jreedincss, self-interestedness.

a self-interested person; (/reedy of gain ov profit.

luraso-pcjlc),

o-fasii, pi.

a-, wall. pr.

alasu-to, inf. building

fata,

328.

wall.

to

f.,

to

build a

ivall.

inlasu-siii, ruins;

cf. af'abo.

become, pr. 28G4. F. to be tvorfhg

f. so, to agree, accord or Itarmonize tvitli; to be fit,
Mt. 10, 10.
(if'.
fitti/ig, suitable, proper, appropriate. Cf. se, se so, & sen, kyeh so,
boro so.
fa

V. to fit, suit,

a a

1'

t.

a,

lUclcering, ficlde,

meet;

to

fa t a. fa, t a a., adv. reeling, staggering, fluctuating,

unsteady; ainpan' tu fatafata, tfie bat flits, flutters,
,

flie/ccrs; ef. fere, v.

infatac, mfatasu,

inf.

fitness, aptitude.

fa-to, inf. building in pise (swish).

nifa-to-ho,

inf.

comparison, similitude, application of a simi-

litude, pr. 1096.

lufa-to-so, inf. a false charge or accusation, imputation; defamation; syn. mmotoso, adansekrum.

o-fa-twa,

inf.

denunciation; sycophancy, t(de-bearing; treachery,

akgka ne yohko awurakwa bone bi a waye.

perfidy; cbia avvurakwa

o-fatwafu,

i>L a-,

denouncer, sycoplumt, tale-bearer, traitor.

fpr. 1097.

fa-wolio-ko(li f'faJce thyself go e(d"] a name for leprosy (cf.

kwata, piti), because a slave seized by it was set free i. e. left to
himself. Cf. di
fe,
1.

few,

6".

red. fofc,

fefcw, fofefc, &c. (Gr.

fine, pretty, nice, beautiful,

70.) adj., adv.

after h 6

amusing; pr.lUlS. 2950. 3553.

handsome; pr.2S.1392. syn. guaiin, kfima, oso.

2. glad, in the expression eye me fe, it matccs me glad, gives me joy : eye me fe(w) se
inoaba, I am glad that you are come. Cf. few, n., ahoofe.

118

fe

fe,

efe.

fefew.

v., s.

fe,iJ^a-, a Ueedinn wound especially in the head,

s//n. ainra.-

wopirano, wopirapira uo, the//

kuru; wobg no fe, wgbobg no afe
ivownl him; ode ne fe no kge, }fc went ic'dh his Konnd ; ne fe no atu,
Ms ivound has become ulcerous.
fe, V. [red. fife] to he or become fine, tender, soft, smooth by
grinding, pounding; said also of woven things; - kyekyere no afe
dgkgdgkg, that menl is very finely ground; fufu no fe, the doiu/hi/
mass of pounded yam (or plantains) is soft; ofe a efe yi, mirensiw
bio, as it is so fine already, I tciU not jioiind it any longer ; aduru
no mfeie, the poicdered medicine is not yet fine enough: ntania yi
ani

smooth,

fe, this cloth is soft,

fe,

l^red. fefe]

v.

1.

fine. Cf. ie. fei, r.

to eject

&

the stomach,

from

fekg, a.
the throat, the

fe ntasn, Ak. ta or to ntasu. to throw

vomit; pr. 190.
fe hohgre, to throw out
out saliva or spittle, to spit out; pr. 2347.
jihlegm ; fe ahohora (fig.), to foam out shameful words, to commit
2. fe ho, to flow over; cf. fere ho, tere ho, bore
shameful deeds.
3. to yearn or long for. to desire, desiderate; to be homeso, bu so.
sick: mafe (= m'ani agyina) me ua, me kiirom, me ygtiko yi: gfc
4. fe neho akyiri, to rejjent; asem a midii no,
no, wafeno.

mouth;

to

mafe meho akyiri

F.

se,

Mt. 21,32. 27,3.

e-fe, inf. vomiting,
fe, V. s. few.

much

repent very

(of)

what I have done.

id.

pr. 1098.

fe, ndv. completely, entirely: thoroughly: cf. korji,

134, 3

r.

nsu no

Wadi nenhina

fe

wapra gdan mu hg

pe &c. Gr.

hh, fe;

fe,

s. fei.

V.

fe, adv. openly, phtinly. ilearly: rf. fann. fenn, pefe.

fe;

mihCiQ no

fe;

ehye
fe,

mu

fe;

me

f 8, interj.

me de

Eda hg

fe.

down, far below the surface.

nsa akg nsu no mu fo na mifihii.

fe, adv. dee]), deeply, far

te se

wasesaw

lib. fe. Cf. fefefe.

a,

a challenge to fight and

twiw bera na yeiiko!

tempt, pr. 1099.

cf.

feie

its

[=

Edaasc

answer, Se wo asem
fOe] a word of con-

mfi, F.

id.) mfefo, a person of equal age, size, rank; ptlayafe, jj?,

wo afe ne
mate, companion; comrade, fellow; F. afe, neighbours.
nea wo ne no se afe; pr. 1826. wgye me mfefo; pr. 1104. bg afe, to

(F.

ode me hye afe, gdenafe hye

enter into fcllowshij) with; pr.6S2.
me, he deems me his equal, he obtrudes himself upon me; cf. afehye,
mpekua, fekuw.
M fe,

2^1-

'j

>/<'fi>';

festival; cf. afedi

a fe,

jj/.

e-fe, a

&

syn. afirihyia.

di

^cS.

di

afe, to celebrate

a yearly

75.

m-, comb.

kind of fly-brush, fan for

Hies,

made

berew

of the tiny sticks or

mu nuua

a woayiyi awere ho na wgde abom' akyekye ne ti de pra won ho ohurii, gten,

I'lwansana omw akese bi wg hg a akgmfo de kgm. Cf. mmefo, asafe.

fibres of palm-leaves, tied together:

mfti

liilc, -ban, fhe side

of

the side of the bodi/, viz.

/ hace

jMiin, in

fra, a

my

I'ca,
fa kosie

19

man and
it:

animals.

mi;

mfcm',

mtcm' ye me yaw,

si tie.

first in

"abofra a

wawu

1. to

r.

ma me

hod/j; of

inner part of

that died

tliiltl

thers or sisters);

tlie

f/te

Iclefc.

lay np or hy,

[obs.]

,'..

a family (before any of

ye

yi

keep, jireservc; fa fea

to

to tjire

i)t

its

bro-

fea". pr. 680.

ma me

^^

addition, to add, to rejteaf (a

blow, shot, punisliment) wabo no twere wafea no; wafea aboa no

watow no tiio afea no
watow no tuo bio; ofea no, he yives him
fea so
pa so; ef. foa so, pua; fea ho,
the la.sf, deadly stroke.
to enlarye.
foa fea ho, to puff (up), to give a better appearanec
/rt< set off to the best advantaye, to improve on reality; mofeaf(!a atoro
ho to me so.
mfeafcalio (inf.) enlaryement. (luymentation.
:

or

fea fea, a. ]>ointed. taperiny, as a pyramid, obelisk, spire,

sugar-loaf; thin, slender: kotokurodu ayaase ye f.
feaiiT, an amulet to bring about a (|uick delivery of a child,

g-foa HI,

^^

infe-ban,

fv^- 178.

ofiam. pr. 1100.

the side of the

human

body.

year; nifedan, ne.H year; Mf. Gr. p. 136.

afo-dcin, inf. lit. the turning (rcneiviny) of the year; afedan
sese, a twelve-month ago; eha af., a ttcelvcmonth hence, next year.
nifi'da, F. last

afe-di,

inf.

anniversary.

festival, feast-day,

fee, V. with ase, to propagate, to continue, increase or multiply

by generation or successive production (of animals and plants) to
breed abundantly. Akoko no ase afee, that hen has got a goodly number of offspring; mefee m'akoko yi ase, I let this foul of mine breed;
ode no ase afee, that yam has propHigated or spread; mefee me de
;

1 2}ropagatc my yam; duaba

ase,

wode maa me

no, ase afee. Cf.

fefew, foe.
ft^fa, fofa, red.

owo

fefafefa

dua no

v. 1. s. fa.

ho, the serpent

;?.

is

with ho: to wind round about;

wound about the tree in many

windings.

fefa,

a.

flexible dx.

fel'are, fofare, red.

(ill

pottery).

space).

Ekaw

Diff. fifa.

s. fa.

v.

[fare

fa] 1. to

dry

to

a certain degree

2. to seize, take possession of; to occupy, to

afefare

me amene

me,

I am

fill

(a

deeply involved in debt.

afefare, i/". extension, extent; the space occupied by something, the surface included within any given lines, area; circum- odah yi afefare ne tiiro yi de se, the area of this
house and that of this garden are alike; dua yi afefarem' beye
anammon anah, the circumference of this tree will be four feet.

ference, comjiass;

fe

f e, a. s. fe.

afefede, fme,

ly;

nice, beautiful thing or things;

s.

mfefew-ade.

fefe, red. v. s. k\. pr.llOlf.

fefefe. a., adv. Accurate, exact; exactly; completely, tlioroaghoka asem a, gkyere ase f.; okyere me ade a, mete ase f. syn.

pepC'pe.

cf. fe.

120

fefefo

fefefo, mighty men? Jer.

fefere, red. v. s. fere.

fefere-fefere,

fem.

26,21.

okanea no aye

adj. flickering;

f.,

the light

fUekers (before dying).

afet'e-sem, a delightful thing or matter; odo ye af., enye akyehkyeune, love is a matter of free will, not of constraint or compidsion.

fefew,

s. fefe, a.

fefe w,

red.

v. few, to hud, sprout, shoot (out or forth), to put

forth ahoots; to groiv (up), prosper, flourish, espeeially of plants; ma wo adwuma nif. wg yen mu. Cf. few, fee, froinra.

fefew-bere,t spring.

mfefewa:

yi mf., to teaze; oyi me mf., lie teazes me, excites

gliorah me bo =- oburii me bo, oyi
ungovernable anger,
abufu, oyi me ahi.
nitefcwu-yi, inf. teuzing.

to

= afefede;

mfefew-jide,

mfefo,

s.

pr.

pomp,

1103;

luxury.

afe, pr. 1104.

mfe-ho-akj'ir, F. repentance. Mt.3,11.

afe-hye,

state,

me
mc

cf.

nnubo, abonii.

impudence, insolence, arrogance; disrespect, disparagement, cf. bye afe; - qyh af., instead of associating witb his
companions of tbe same age, he xnits himself on a par ivith elder
persons, intrudes himself, forces his company ujjon them ; - den af. nil
inf.

fei (or fe),

to pofic; to

v.

to

pidc; wofei

by opening or entering into, to pricli,

won aniwam', asom', onipa bo akwaii nb. mu,

search

ntamam'; wafei n'aniwam' fwe me

keenly, with clear eyes.

kuru nom'

wufeifei

a b
t'

wokoe,

a,

he loolcs at

me sharply,
nenbwi mu;

anka wobebu nea pane no bye.

[iih yi?] adv. noiv,

afei de,

(fuj,),

Ited. fefe, fefei, feifei; wof.

woye biako.

at present

F.

afi,

;
after that, tlien;
amfi, mti.

ekan-no

afe-kae, yearly cdebration, anniversary; awoda-di, odwiratwa ye af., tfie eelehraiion of the birth-day, of the yam-custom, is a
yearly remembrance of the real birth-day or tbe first institution of
the custom.

fcko, feko-feko, a. cCaduru no aye f.

quite fine;

adv., fine pulverized; yam no f., grind it

afe aye betebete, muhumubu (of dry

things), bodgbgdg. (of things

mfekoropa,

mixed with water),

As. innumerable years.

fekiiw, [afe kuw] a Iteap or company of persons liaving about

same age; any number or body of people forming a company,
society, association, club. Mefekuw so kyen wo de, my contemporaries are more numerous, my company ov party is larger tJian yours;
obo feku-bone, fie keeps bad company.
F. oyer nya okuu bo fekwu, tlic wife enjoys tlie company of the liusband. Prk.
0-fekuni, pi. -fo, member of a company, society dDc, comrade.
tJie

I'eku-niuyede [fekuw auigye ade] social pjleasures.

feiiij

syn.

V.

bo bosea.

1. to

lend, loan; to let (for liire), to lease, to hire out;

^. to borrow; to fiire; syn. pe busca.

Mafem no

ai'ijiu

121

iufciibii.

/ luivc borrowed
compress bda'ccn
or to seize and hold with the fiujrers, pincers, tongs c^c, to nip; to
cramp; ode dabaw a.s. awiri fern gya, he takes a fire-brand tcith a

I have

sika,

tnonei/

h:ni

from him.

pair of

totujs.

him monvtf; mafein ne

Cf.

liri.

lio sika,

3. to jiinch, sqiwczc,

o-f"yni, inf.

<jliyy fetn

ofem.

kind oi leopard, smaller than osebo and asabontwi.

frmui, adv. 1. low, loicli/, ccrif low; okotow no f., he bowed
or stooped down tjcfore him very low; wgabere no ase f., lie has been
:2. quite level, even, smooth; nsu no ani ada f.,
deeply hwmbled.
the surface of the water has become perfectly smooth.
alV'iii, a

to (jrow blunt, dull, to be set on edye: me se afem, my

are set on edye; iem ano or sc, to disyust, to cause or c.icite
dislike, distaste, disrelish, disyust ; to tire, weary; j);! a mekodii no

foiii, V.

teeth

= adwuma a migyei se

mekoye no, eden me

work which I cnyaycd to
perform, I have enouyh of it, can do it no more; mema afem wo ano,
I shall make it loathsome or disyustiny to yon; kuruwa no afem
u'ano
ne nom ye den dodo, the cu}) is too bitter for him.
afOm m'jlno
so nti,

a.s.

me

se,

mintumi menye, I am

tired of the

mfe mu, s. mfe.

mfeni',
infOinlY'm, mustache, mustachio; the whiskers of a cat or other
such animal.

feu fen,

hasty, hurried steps, leaps, bounds,

jjv.

1107-

onaia

fen fen fen, he leaps, skips, capers, hobbles.

fciin,

a.

s.

fanh,

fe,

&c.

Ak. efeii, efeue, Ab. ofen, a. newly framed, amusing or

pleasant word which for a time becomes a favourite expression; a
C-fei'i,

jocose, jocular, sportive, droll ivord or exp>ression, jest, joke, sport.

Wodi

f. ne se: asem biako bi aba na nnipa nhina kiiram', te se aboyam', oyima; asem yi, unansa yi wgde di f, asem no adan feue a
wodi; ofen bi aba nnansa yi, wofre no oyima; efene hyia a, wonui
bio (pr. 1108.); yedi won ho fen
few, ive make sport of them ; wode
no di fen, they make a fool of him; ntama yi ye fe: ma yenni uo
fen
ma yento na yen banu hko ara mfura nkyere.
;

fena, F.
8,2i}.

15,22.

= faua,

afena,
dii

fona, to trouble; to be tro^ibled. Ps. 90,7. Mt.

wgrefena akwau, they tvcre toiling in rowing. Mk.6,48.

F.
afoa. 3It. 26,47..51f
fen a 11, bde thrown up from the stomach; fe a nea oyare
no yam' ade sa a, gfe kata akyiri;
bonwoma, doni'io.

mlendzc, F. wiadze

mf., the ends of the earth. Ps. 67,7.

fenenun, fenemfenem,
afeii

kw a

mfenewa,
mfe us a [s.

[fern,

atiri-

.s.

frcmm, fremfrcm.

akoa] a slave hired from his master.

mfenowa, a kind of bead,

s.

ahene.

years; mahye no mf. se ommetua ka, I have given him three years' time for the payment of the debt;
pr.847.
j:J. a long time;
wotgg ade mf. ui, wommetua kaw? mfensa yi ara wuinvic nhoma yi kyerew ana? mamma anku a, mf. yi
woda so gyiua hg, duom! mf. ni a gbo yi fi da ho ara; senea wo

afe, esa] 1. lit. three

mfensere

122

efcre.

de wobetraa ho (=; wiase ha) mf. ara ni na woreuye adwuma bi?

5. [= mfe a ciisa] years ihut have no end, always, for ever.

[pr. 1878.2620.

n s ere [Dutch rensfer, Ger. fenstcr'] ivlndoiv, ivindoic-sJmtter;

mfensere-dua, ivindoic-framc.
apomma.
fentem, v. to level, plan}; to make even or level, asase, the

cf.

I'e

ground;

fetew, funtum.

cf.

fentem,

adv. even, level, plain, flat; smooth; levelled tvith

Oda fam' f., he lies flat on the ground
and does not stir (or, idle, without stirring); woaye kiirow no f.
wgasee k. n. abubu ho adan nh. agu fam' korji, they have levelled
the

ground;

the

town with

a. d-

lazy, idle; quiet.

ground, evened

the

mfentoni',

inf. [fem,

it

mu]

to,

tcith the sod.

interest,

usury; migye no mf.,

take interest from him; ma mf to pay interest; wofein atiri 2 a, \voat. 15,
afrihyia); sika
ma. atiri 3, wo da si asram 3. (at. 10,
a ode fem no no, onya ohamu anum da afrihyia, lie gets 5 percent
,

syn. nsiho, 50 per

on the money he lent him.
anim, 100 per cent; cf. huruw sika.

cent, or less;

mpem-

aferaw', pi. m-, a large bird with beautiful (greeu) plumage,

feeding on fruit; the clock-bird, said to announce the hours by its
cry; by-names: oto-abere, tuakwan.
afere,

Ak.

id.

f er e, v. [red. fefere] 1. to string, brandish, flourish.

3.

f.

mu,

ode
bore through, pierce, perforate, drill; ofere ahene no mu
fitii a.s. sekan n.a. fiti mu tokiiru.
3. f. ho, to trifle, fribble, dabble,
bungle, tamper about or with, to touch here and there. O'ftjre aduan
ho,
odi ho ako-ne-aba, ot\va ho pe nteui na onnidi. Ofefere advii'ima no ho: eso kyei'i no nti ontumi nye, onennam hu kwa; osom'

to

a, fatafata;

fere,

oto ko, to ba.

[red. ferefere] 1. to respect, revere; to fear, to shun;

gmfere Nyaiikopgii mfere nnipa, he fears neither God nor man.
LtiJc. 18,2. pr. 866. 2169 f.
2. to be cautious, wary, careful, heed-

fnl;

8.

7.

v.

S. to be

bash fid, timid,

ashamed

be afraid

of. pr.

1929.

pr. 1114-17. 1929.

4. to

be shy

at,

to

be

disgraced,
to pine under disgrace, pr. 1113. 2287.
6. to feel emharrasscd or
under restraiid. pr. 547.
7. fere ade, to be conscientioKS, strict, corto

of.

rect, duteous,

5. to be

moral, religious, superstitious.

e-fere, a I'e re,

inf.

respect; bashfulness; shame. pr.Ullf.

cf.

adefere.

e-fere, 1. pot-sherd, j^icce, fragment of a pot.

2. a pot with
used for meltiug lead, gold &.c.. melting-pot, crucible.

hole,

fere, F.

fere,

fe:

wabo no f he has wounded him.

,

ho,

to fail, to miss hitting, reaching,

attaining or finding; syn. siane ho, tere ho; to have not sufficient
room; nhoma no afere ho wg kotokum', the book stands fortji or out,
is projecting sideways in the bag, from want of room. Cf. fe ho.

fere,

v. [rcfZ. fefere]

s.

anifere,

f.

cf. fei, v.

fere,

e-fere, gourd, Cucurbita, pr.lllO.

a.

cf.

ferefere.

afere

afcrc: gdah
fcroforc,

ihc

af.,

small sides of a honsc(?)pr.

dean, hare, exposing

a.

123

olcwa.

gbotan f. Eze. 34,7. rf. fcafea.

poll no so f.
wapra ilan mu bo
;

hare

the

(f

3:385.

round; yv ho

fei'crei'Olere, adv. clcanli)

f.

poj)?!

f.

rol'u, pi. a-, 1. a person respected or revered by ain>tb(!r;

I'ivviu f'tjrc a, na wojilV-ic!, jJr. IIIH.
mo f. lie nipa a meferc! no.
2. one who resprcts or reveres auotber, pr. lll'J.
0-1*0

Wn

lore

Ill

lit),

one's aim.

iiiissiu(j

/>//'.

lei'die,

a. e.iecssive,

-Ample? pr.SSJo. Of. gkwanlerene.

a disi/raeeful, sliamefid word, deed or

a, eye aniwu; woadi af. 'ne! to-do//
you have committed a very stiamefid deed!

argro-seni, (pi.
ascm a wiuli

matter;

id.)

a.s.

in fete: tvia mf.

woka

kyini.
syn. b/itahata, bamaliaina.

fete fete,

a.

light, thin;

fetefete,
buebue bo,

v.

f.

syn.

fetefete,

pi. rnfetemfetewa,.s;fl?/; syn.

ade,

ascm mf.

ing-,

a sleeve);

tear up or

feteWj

nketonkcte; bonemf.,

trifles.

v. to sfrij> off,

sy7i.

to

v.

hoe and level the ground;

plough.

fetew-ade/

afeteWfi,

mfetcwe,
w,

rend, cut open;

02>e)i, to sli(,

draw hacJc. draw up, fucJc up (a coverworgw.

afeterefetere (R.pr.l39.) ilie denuglans by drawing tbe prepuce or foreskin.

ding of the

fc

to

iiireteiiifetewa-de,

fetere,

fnntum.

bo,

bo.

titi

a kind of ^reewitb edible

to j^lottgh.

cf.

fentem,

/"/^/fs.

a plouglied place; asase a wgafetew.

V. \^red.

fefew,

q.

t;.]

to thrive (of

per, flourish; to multiply, to become

men and

beasts)

numerous; wgafew

to

pros-

wgadg,

wgaye bebre.

few, V. to Squeeze, ptinch; to jam, to wedge in; syn. fern, pen,

Ode n'akantanhua afew me nan; waka no afew dua ntam'.

titi.

ti,

aburow,

f.

ab.

to talce

out the grains

from

the

ear of maize,

tutu

abiirodua bo.

fi

few,

F. few ano,

V.

few,

a.

c-few,

to Jciss.

Mt. 26,48.

ML

14,44.

few ano.

fe, fefe.

s.

handsomeness: ade no,

ue biribiara use! nc few de, wgnka, Us fineness
is unspealcahle.
2. gladness; efew a eye me no, enye adewa! F.
dzi few, to rejoice.
3. spo)i, mock, moelcery ; di.. bo few
goru..
ho, to make sport with, make a mockery of, mock at.
n.

nef. ne den

1.

ne

fineness, beauty, fairness,

f.

few, (;. \^red. fifew] to sip; to lap; to suck, suclc out (dompem'
hon, the marrow of a bone); few .. ano, to kiss; mifew n'ano, / Iciss
him. Cf. nom, num nufu, fwew & F. few.

mfewa

drum.
kyerewa.

ofewa,

icooden spikes fastened to tbe strings of a

screw; ihe screws which hold the lock of a gun; ef.

(pi. id.) 1.

2.

a kind o^ tree, very hard, but only of a man's height;

124

ofewabiri

ti.

se; wgtle fwc unipa, wocle tow

ote wa-l)iri, another similar kiud of tree; wgde ye

unua mupanyin, deunenueu, ketewa

siikudon.

osoku ne

utvieri.

mfew-aiio,

inf.

the act oildsslny, a kiss.

few-di, inf.
nnoruho; cf. ahlyi.

the act oi moclciny,

0-fewditb,

2)1.

Ak.

rnocJcerij,

sportive insult;

mocker, scorncr, scoffer, derider;

a-,

cf.

obiyifo.

come aid, come forth, issue,

appear; syn. pue; owia fi, the sun appears (comes forth from behind
the clouds; diff. pue); osram fi, the moon comes forth i.e. the newmogya bebre fii, much blood ran out; nsu
moon ap)pears,pr. 3044.
2. to come up, spriny, shoot up, out or forth,
pi fi bae, Num. 20,11.
to rise above the yround; aba a miduae uo afi, the seed which I plant5. to yrow fit for proper use:
ed has come up ; cf. fifi; to yrow.
u'aui afi, his eyes have come forth i.e. he has arrived at the aye of
1. to be prosperous, advantaycous, come out well: ade
discretion.
fi, V.

firi

fred.

fifi,

q.v.]

1. to

to yo off rcadUy, sell well, meet ivith a ready sale or

6'. to come out,
market: m'aguade fi; me ntama a metgne no fii.
become public, be revealed: asem no afi, this ihiny is known. Ex.2,14.
7. to become clean: m'atade afi, my dress is clean;
cf. fi adi 14b).
kuruwa no ho afi, na emu mfii e, the outside of thejuy is clean, hut
8. to be justified, be declared yuiltless: ne ho
not yet the inside.
afi.
U. to come or yo from, forth from, out o/'(a place, person or
thing); to proceed or beyin from; in these meanings it is followed
by a locative complement (Gr. 207. 208,5), and serves most fVe(juently as an aux. v. showing the direction (from some startingpoint) of a movement expressed by another verb aiul su])i)lying the
Eng. prepp. from (with the complement mu, out ofJ and .'^ijice; cf. Gr.
109,30. 31. 208, 5. 223,4. 224. 229,1. 230,3. 239,1. 240 r(. 6. 2G5,1.
Uhuruw fii hyeh mu tgg pom', he sprany out of the ship into the
sea; wotow no fii hyen no mu kyenee po mu, they cast him out of
the ship into the sea ; ofii dua no so durui (= sii fam'), he came down
from the tree; wanyah afi nna mu, he has awoke from sleep; nam no
abeii, yi fi kutu mu, tlie meat is done, take it out of the pot; efii se
ue ba wui no, gnserewe da, she has never lauyhed since her child
10. to come or be from, derive, have oriyin from a
died. Cf. efise.
place (or person): wufi he? where do you come from? tvhat countryman are you? mifi Nkrah na mereba, I am cominy from Akra;
mifi hayi, I am from here: ofi nsuase (ba), he comes up from the
bottom of the river, pr. 2716. me na asem yi fi me, this matter is from
11. to leave, to yo away
me, 1 Ki. 12,34. Jolm 8,47.9,16. 1 John 4,1.6.
ogyaw hg kge, he departed from thence; fi me
from; ofii ho kge
so! (yo) away from me! mifii n'auim' hg mifii, I icent away from
12. to escape; wafi mu afi, he has escaped from it.
before him.
13. to emerye from or appear <d a place Filipo kofii Asoto, Philix) was
11. fi adi, r?^ to yo or
found at Azotus. Acts 8,40. Cf 14. IS. 20.
come out: ofii adi fii ne dan mu, lie loent out from his house; cans, to
briny out: koyi adaka no fi adi, yo and fetch the box oid; - b) to
come to liyht, become manifest: n'awi afi adi, his theft has come to

yi

afi.

.5.

j^

ofi

125

eli.

appcdr pnUichi, tnanifesi or reveal one's self

gua so, ^n-. 14oL'. to come out ^= iil>); fH/f- pr.JlM.
akyi, k) especially with tiio iiif/rrssirr prrftx be- or kgJO. fi
(cf. l.'j), fo rome or (ippair hcli'ntd; wabcli m'akyi, he has turned up
in nil/ rear; ef. waba m'akyi;' obi anifi m'akyi, nohod// came to suj)lUlht.

If),

fi

in piddir.

}?ua, to

ii

..

assist,

jxirf.

Die. pr. 1190.

or hrlj>

onc\s liioivledi/c: miiitumi mimfi

without
do
one
obeno akyi menye, / eannot do

a)
aky
l)chind

to

!>)

i.e.

it

i r i
to (jo t)e(fond
17. f i
without the loiowledije of the himj.
the limits, he carried ox pushed too far ; n'asem a oreka no afi akyiri
ba
akgboro so.
b) to eoiiie after, eonic to pass afterwards
mu (?)
e) to remain behind, be behindhand or backward: wasaw
m;I afi akyiri, := wansaw akyene a wgka no ano pepepe, dancing
,

befi .. mn, fi
J<S'.
has not kept up with the drum.
mpaaso, to come iine.rpectcdJti, unawares: onipa yi abefi me mii;
wgato won kiiro ho t'asu na dgm bi ammeii won mu; Asantefo abefi
yen m])aasc.
nsa, to he lost fo: me mma fi me nsa a, na
19. fi
afi me nsam' or
wgafi me nsa, Gen. 43,14. anoraa no afi me nsa
me hkyeh agnah.
J20. befi .. nsam', to come into one's jwssessi on:
wabefi me nsam'
waba me nkyen, manya no.
31. fi ase, a)
to twfjin, commence, syn. boc, fiti ase, hye ase, tu ase; wafi n'adwuma
ase, he has hcf/nn his work.
b) to lai/ the foundation ; syn. hye
ase, bg ase.
c) to beyin at the beyinniny: fi ase ka, repeat or relate (it) from the l>eginniny.
22. fi or fi.. so, to bey in from, with
or at a place, time, person or thing (often supplying the Kng. prep.
from or since): won nhina bohu nie afi woii mu akfimii so akosi won
mu kesc so, Heb. 8,11. Mat. 20,8. ofi baa ha enye 'ne, Gr. 230,3.
23. fi tan ofi tan she yocs out the first time after her confinement
ofi bra, she returns from her retirement during her monthly courses.
24. tr. to cause, to come forth, to send forth, emit: ti fifiri, to emit
sweat, perspire; fi mogya, to send forth blood, i.e. to bleed: me nsa
too sloirli/. he

..

refi

mogya, my hand
breed or cut

teeth,

is

bleediny ;

fi

ani, to yet eyes; pr. 3119.

fi

se, to

teeth.

o-fie, pi. afi, home, the place a man lives in, mansion; a man's oivn house, in contradistinction to other houses and
the street; a dwelliny including all the houses and the yard belonging to a single family (diff. fr. gdah & abah, which denote the
house as a particular kind of buildiny); bera me fi, come into my
house; yenkg ofie? shall ice yo home? mesoe ne fi da, I ahvays take
up my lodyinys in his house* pr. 2782. Gr. 124,1.
2. town, in
contradistinction to the forest and field or to the villages belonging
to it (diff.fr. kiirow, denoting the tow)t as a collection of houses, and
/). gman, usually denoting the inhahitants as an organized political
body), pr. 7 5 3. 1129. 1680 f.
3. home, lasting abode: yen fi pa wo
{or ne) gsoro, our true home is heaven.

0-fi,

hence

1.

afi,

amfi,
niii,

F.

iiili,

F.

afe yi, this year.

F.

tlien,

afei.

Mk.

is

2.

expressing defiance;

c-fi, filth, dirt; n'atade

he

dirty; efi ak;!

afei,

now,

then. Mt. 26,65.

1:2,6.

aye

fi,

cf.

fC.

his dress is dirty;

no or wagu nehd

fi

ne ho aye

n'akyiwade

fi,

bi akil no,

126

efi

fifa.

he has defiled himself (by catiug something tliat was forbidden to

him); ne yere de fi abekji no, his irife has defiled him (by adultery).
fifi,

C-t'i,

ai-afi,

j>?.

burum; ne ho ye
er)/

thing in

diiii/,

filfhi/,

f(.

ntuieAin;

nnsiii,

ef.

bum,

nnelean; oye n'ade flfi, he does evnasty manner; ohye atadefl, oftira ntamafi or ntama

ri

fi,

he

is diriij,

afiafi, lie ivears nastij clothes.

e-fi, j;Z. afiafi, bundle, sheaf; safi (= sare fi), nnua-fi, aliabaiifi,
berewfi, a hiindlc of grass, of siiehs (ef. babayemfi), of leaves, of
palm-leaves; mmurouan afiafi, bundles of maize-stalks.

compounds, as abememfl,

afi, (in

middle or midst
mfi-infi, F.

infia, Aky.

s.

^i?. 1.

akwantemfi,

atifi) the

miinimfini, the middle, midst.

demmere.

afi-adze, F. treasures. Mt. 13,52.

afiafi-auoma
afiafi,

aliafi,

of.

of

afi-ade,

akorade.

atrangr. pr.1125.

efi,

fdthy; 2. of

efi,

bundle.

nifi-akyirij inf. [fi 16 &] odi no mf., he does it tvitlioui asking

him; odi ohene mf., he does not hold or side with (adhere or stieJc to)
he acts against his

the hing,

icill

and

trithout his l-nonledge.

o-fiam', a kind o{ shreiv-mouse. pr. 1100.

fia

m p a k w a,

hedge-hog;

fiamparakwa,

ef.

apesee.

^^ nkontompo; twa

afiase

f.,

pr.3402.

[ofiase] the lower part or story of a house; hence ]. store,

store-honse, icare-house, magazine; cellar.
2. prison; ef. deduafi,
nneduafo fi; pr. 1126. oda af., he is in priso)i ; wofaa no too af. ; me-

kof wee no wo

nifiase,
nifitiase,

af.

oyii

me

inf. [fi ase,

fii

s.

nhyease, mmoase,

o-fiase-fwefo,
a fi b

af.
21.'\

beginning, commencement;
asehye.

pi. a-, jailer, jail-keeper,

(pi. id.) s.

keeper of a prison,
fturn-key.

afieboa.

Fida, Friday. Gr. 41,4.

o-fie, s. ofi. Mekg fie, / am going home: wo agya wo
afie-boa,

2^1- ''I-

syn.

asefi, asefiti,

ofie

ana?

or m-, ofie-mmoa, domestic anim(d, such as

cattle, fowls, sheep, goats, cats (tc.

s.

O-fic-bofo
agyinamoa.

[ofie,

gbofo, the Jiouse-hunter] a

o-fie-da-ntu w, ofiedentuo, ofituw

witliout fire

mansion,

i.e.

inf.

O-fic-fwefo,

pil- ^-j

stetvard,

manager of

o-fie-paiiyiii, steward.
a.

eda ntuw] a dwelling

desohde dwelling; fusty
/(/.,

cf. afisiesie.

o-fic-manso, civil ivar; cf. amanko.

o-fi'e-nipa, a home-horn slave.
fifa,

it,

ofiefwe -(a)d\vuma,

stewardsldp.

stration; 1 Cor. 9,17. Col. 1,25.

iveak; syn. sijimo.

of the cat,

[ofie a

without people living in

pr. 1131.

o-fle-fwe,

by-name

a household.

admini-

liii

127

aliiuiin.

fifi, red. V. s. fi; to come forth or up, to spr'nKj (of water and
plants), to shoot up, out or forth, to ijrotv uinltitudinonslii; mmcre f.
siw so, mushrooms <jrow on (iiit-hills; - to cuitde, sweat, oosc, perco-

ye

lufr; aliina yi

fi

fide,

fot'oro nti, efifi.

[ade a

id.

j>l.

red.]
riCiri [fr.
no, he perspires, siccots; f.

efiii]

phiuf.

su'eitf,

liri,

pcrsptr(di(>n; no ho

guam

no,

pram

fi

t'.,

ofi

1'.

f.,

ii

no, he sweats cojnonslfj.

fifise [filiri asc] prirjdij-heaf, a cutaneous eruption of red

pimples, attended witliintenseitcliingoftliepartsaHectcd \s. ahokcka.
fi-f

!i

oro

(I
new dwelling; duru af., to remove or
mausion and consecrate it by a solemnity of

f'oforo]

[oil,

euter iuto a neuiij liudt

lr3 days.
desi ruction of a house or famili/.

!iri-fi,ii, inf.

afi-liiia

[ofi, huri, lit.

by a guest or lodger

house-sweej)i)iff] a

wama me

af.,

e.s.

present atpartinfj, given

greko babi na

wagyaw me

biribi.

(ikiiw, (ikwu, F. household. Mt. 24,45.

al'i-kyiri, m-, place behind a divclling. pf.535.

wakyima

obu nsa, oye bra.

nelio,

afikyiko-t;"im

= okg =
= asabu-tiim.
af.

mfikyi-fuw [infikyiri af'uw] ])lanfafion, garden, or other land

behind the house, -- afuwa, ojip. afuw-pa.
Ill I'iky i-sasc [mfikyiri asase] land behind the house or houses,
within the precincts of a town or village; suburb, Jos. 21.
fiin'

fi mu.
nifimii,

inf. [fi mu, s.^O.lS] 1. an inconsiderate loord:

asem yi fii no mii, this tvord escaped his lips unawares, he spohe it otd at random, inconsideratelg.
a derivative word. Gram.
iiit'iin",

asem yi ye mf.

in-fimrin, F.

-?.'''

mfiuimfini. Mt. 18,2.20.

rill, adv. [Dan. fin, G. fin] finely, nicely, exactly;

nhina
its

f.

fefefe,

oye n'ade

pepepe.

-fi 11, nifi a, a. stale, old, not fresh, hcj^f over night, having lost
flavour from being long kept aduaii no aye mf., tJiis food (having
:

been kept over night) has become tasteless; aduamfin ne aduaii a

ade akye so; fufufiii, likwamfin (/. nnyafiii.
;

mfina, F.

iihina, all. Mt. 22,28.

finam,

v. to male fine or smooth by grinding, ^nyunding, plagrind a second time [G. fra]; it is also used with mu or
so: wafinam awi no (mu) or fufu no ma afe; fa apaso finam so!

ning;

to

inliiiiyycr [Eng.] vinegar. F. Mt. 27,34.

Ill rill

midst

i-m fin

of, in,

on

o-fi-nipa,

i,

.s.

tlie

of the people in

my

(iiitsiw, V.

F.

afi-pani,

middle, midst (of a space or thing); in the

mihyiaa no okwan mf., / met him on the way.

ofienipa; mefree me fi nipa bi bae, I called one

inf.

house (a relative, paten or slave).

= hintiw. f.-duia, = hintidua, Mt.

\\i.

ll,G.iri,i2.

joining of dwellings, neighbourhood; g-ne

mc

fita.

our houses arc in connection

tcifJi

128
bo

fl pefo

af.,

boiirs.

o-fipamto,

2^1- ^-.

each olhcr. wc arc ncif/h-

neighbour.

fi-pefo, an unchaste, icanton person.

fir a,
fura,

r.

to

1.

spin (asawa, dow).

twist,

ttvine,

2.

Ak. ^=

q. r.

F.

fir,

firi.

fi,

ofirde,

efise.

Mk.

6,18.

fi, g. ?\
2. to taJic, receive, or 1)Uff (gjoods)
firi, V. 1. Ak.
on trust or credit: mekofiri no ho ade (se wokoto ade na wuntua ka
mprempren na adi nnansa an?! nnannan a, na wose: woafiri).
3. to give or sell on trnst or credit: mifiri no ade; cf. fem, adefiri,
gdefirifo.
4. d e or fa., firi, to forgive, pardon: ode (nebone)

afiri

no, he has forgiven

me my

him

(his sin)

fa

me bone

firi

me, forgive

sin!

O-firi, albino, white negro, a negro with light-coloured, yellowish hair and complexion. The term "albino" was oiic;inall\' applied by
the Portuguese to the white uecroes they met with on the coast of Africa.
(Webster.) Negroes baving that exceptional colour of the skin and hair are
occasionally met with also in the inland countries.

afiri,^7. m-,

trap, snare, for catching

1.

mmoa

game

or birds; afiri

ne
apd, nsemma, dwakoro; the diff. parts arc
gdaano, okuutun, nterewso or hentua, mpetepra af. hiiah, the springe
snaps lip; sum or sua af., to set a trap, to lajj a snare, pr. 11.3.5.2081.
3.381. .3031.
2. machine, engine, gin, contrivance, frame, form or
mould for any purpose; ade hi a woye adwnnia worn', se ntamaiiwGmfo de (nsadua) fcc. turning-hench. sauing-niachine, coffee-mill
a

wode

yi

rfr.

obu

af., e.s.

a.s.

ofwe

,5.

bu

(or afiripata?), to turn a somersault (or somerset);

af.

ode ne

kyere

ti

fjim'

na ne

naii

ko soro na okogyina ho

ase.

afiri-bil,

inf. fs.

afirihyia,

s.

hef] somersault.

afrihyia.

afiri m, atuo-sumah

hi.

afiripata,

mmofra goru

biribi a

so;

wgde nnua na

eye. Cf.

(bu) afiri 3.

af i r is u a a f i r i-s li m , inf. laying a snare.

firiwa, ^j7. m-, cord, string, twine, made of the
,

leaves of the ananas-plant,

efi-se,

efiri-se,

cf.

fibres of the

likyekyera.

conj. [efi se,

it

comes from (the circumstance)

Gr. 141,1 B. e. 275,1.2.

2. [^it begins from
(the fact) that] since; s. Gr. 265; in this sense the two parts are
separated and written as two words.
that] 1. because;

afi-sem

s.

[ofi

asem] domestic matter, in-door matter,

pr. 11.36.

-dwiama, management of a household, administration, dispenscdion : Eph. 1,10. 3,2. cf. ofiefwe.

afi-siesie,
fita,

the fire;

f.

V.

inf.,

s.

fita, fitafita,

waboa

fitaf.,

fan;
ogyateh.

to blow,

abe,

he

is

af.

a.,

cf.

huw. huhuw;

f.

ogyam',

to

blow into

adv. clean, clear, p^ire, relate (hhoma, ntama);

cf. fufn &c.

pale, of a sickly, yellow eomptlcrAon;

fltao

bo kwati

2. even, plain, level;

mepe

kortl:

mu

fit lie,

2^1-

riti, V.

1.

to ttore,

.?.

I".

a)

mu,

f.

fo step into,

enter:

kuiotia,

IViT.

f.

//-.

ode sckan

pleree, prielc, slick:

m(d;e the tnujinninn.

ni'atade asc e, he has )iot
ritil'iti, red.

v.

Iteijin;

ofitifiti

s/ju.

mensem

(=

eye.

oliyen)

dan

b) to cause to enter,

:J.

asc, hye ase; onnyfl

make) mij dress.

li

tjeyun (to

ijet

ofitii

no nsa a alion no mu, fic

t aso, to l(ti/ the foiti/-

liti

his sieoUen fiaiid with a knife.

itidiitu.
tii

or elear the road.

fo level

fitri,

mcdo wo fohs.J
n^-> /"">" wode tita gyam', wode demmerc na
or

ara pe na oniaii akyO;

/)ric/iS

129

10.

ho

gnennam

nili-

m'ase.

ViiVx, pi. m-, fjindet (</iinblet), borer. [G. fidiborc]

any dwcUiny

afi-liji, a private diveUiny-lwuse,

in the toivn, ex-

cept the kin</'s. pr. .^S76.

niriti-ase,

ofi-toto,

beginniny ;

inf.

inf.

.s^>/.

disturbance in

mtiase &c.

afamUy.

o-fi-tow, />/. a-, the complex of houses forming tlia divelliny of

family ' atitow a ewg kiiro no mu beboro ha, the sinyle fiondies
in that toiex leill be more than a hundred; mfc, anum wgkan at", mu
nnipa mmiako-'miakO da, every fiflh year the members of (dl fami-

o)ie

arc counted.

lies

F.

(itsi, V.

kwgr

yi

1.

fiti.

^.

fi.

Mt. 22,46.

23,.39.

ofitsi

nde dze

'nc de-rekg yi.

cli

o-l'i-tiiw, a-, F. alituo, desolate divelliny, uninhabited house;

s.

ofiedantuw.
o-l'i-w lira,

landlord.

^vZ.

-nom, master of the house, master of a f<(mdy,

o-ri-wuraboa, lady of
=

afiiaha, F.
V.

Ak.

s.

fgw.

V.

Ak.

s.

fow. F.

fo, a. Ak.

s.

fow.

fo,
fo,

lite

house.

afaiul.

G-fo, guilt, guiltiness.

ML 3,27.

bu

fo,

to 2^ass

sentence against, 2)ro-

nounce guilty, p)rononnce to be wrong, condemn; - di fg, to be xironounced guilty by a judicial sentence in a law-suit; to be guilty or
wrong; odifg, syn. n'asem nye de.

tu fo, to exhort, admonish,

e-fo, exhortation, good advice.
give advice; mituu no fo se gnye papa, I exhorted him to behave
well, in: 912.

person, possessor, ]il. people, inhabitants; a noun

exclusively used as a suffix in names of persons, especially in the pd., see Gr. 38. In some cases it is written
separately, e.g. asase no so fo, the inhabitants of that country.
-fo,

that

is

Ak.

fog,

now almost

(!-fo,

Ak.

cfog, a

kind of monkey,

odiiahyen, q.v.

= ntini.

gye mfo, to be rooted, cf. ndwo, F.

-fo, a. (usually compounded with its noun) nasty, bad; paltry,
worthle.'is, despicable; rile; corruptible; useless, spoiled, ruined; gkygc
ni fo, nfo, F. root

me

ntama-fo

bi,

he presented

me

with a paltry piece of

clotli;

cf.

ofo

130

foe.

akwamfo, akuro-fo, amam-fo; odam-fo,

Cf.

oftj,

&

ato,

O-fo, an
otantan.

afO

onipa-fo, asase-fo, asem-fo...

fono, to loathe.

= oye

nasty, dirty, fellow or person; oye gfo,

uffly,

[if. fo, a.]

carcass, carriou, the

1.

dead

Jtody of

an animal

2. somethiuy cast away, but tid^cn np

cfunu, abofo, aboka.
wafa m'asem
again: fa afo, to take up as a forsake)} thing, pr. 497.
afo, e.s. asem bi a woatu bi fo kan na wantie, na akyiri yi wakyin

abesi so,

has

Jie

first

despised hat affcricards appreciated

o-fo, a large tree; wosg; wode ne iibin poma adare;

may be used as a cloth; .s. obofu, bofunnua.
fo, 1. adv. applied to breathing: ghome
2. a., s. fgfg.
heavdy, strongly, he pnffs.

my

word.

tlie

bark

fo fo (fo), he breathes

fo, a. silent; syn. demm, dini'i, kbmm, koni, krnnanana;

gkrjtiVkran n'ani kyeree abofra no se onye to.

foa, V. to add, to give or vse over and ahove, in surphis; to

give or demand besides, again, into the bargain: foa so: wamii no
fnfu adi dedaw, nanso ope bi afoa so; wagye n'akatua dedaw, nso
grepe ntama afoa so wahye atade bi de bi afoa so ; wafura kente
Plir. gfoa no nsemmoa, he supjtorfs his statede brofotani afoa so.
;

ment by

rej)e(ding

and confirming

it.

Cf. fea, r.

sirord; the stede-sicord which belongs

ahennec), being paraded before him on
state-occasions; the emblem of judicial rengeance or punishment or
of authority and power; Rom. J3,4; destruction by the sword or in
battle; war; dissension (Mat. 10,34); danger. Wakohyen afoa ase,
he has confessed, arhnowledgcd, admitted his crime, sutimits to the
punishment, jtleads gudly before the judge, ere the palaver overyen hommusu,
comes him. Yedctowyi (ye(le) yi yen koiiniu afoa
bii this poll-ta.r we irard off' the danger imminod to us (Kf. Alwatia

afoa, Ak.

afanji,

j>l. ni-,

a king

to the insignia of

(s.

[Mag
in foa, a kind of ealaltash; toa bi a

agoru biara a efata mu;

...

O-loalo,
,._

'

,.

m-,

yy/.
^,.

0-toasoa

to,

/'/.

a-,l

'

mfoa-S(),

/'///'.

l"oa
I

cf.

1854.)

mmcrantc wosow de goru

toa, kora.

sword-bearer, the man carrying the king's

swordi ibefore iliim on solemn occasions; s.
,,.
,..
,.,
^
otanaioo, aioa, guanito, gyaaseio.

,.

so] addition, addilimial jiayiiicjd or contritju-

tion, e.itra-})ay.

afoa-ti'i

11 11

A/7/,

handle, butt-end of a sword, jr. I486.

condemnation, the judicial act of r7rY7r/r/>^r/

gudty and dooming to pinnishment.
afdlu'i-sciii [asom a wudi a
wobu wo fg] a deed deserving condemnation.
afo-li'i, inf. [bti fg]

afg-de, afo-di

foe,

(inf.),

F. afgdze, afodzi, damnation. Mt. 23,33.

14.

grow, increase, prosper (bodily or in wealth).

rrrZ. fgefge, fo become blooming, hcfdfhful, vigorous
1 Citron. 32,11.
n'anim aye yiye; onipa a wa(of bodies of man & beast); waff.
fgn, na afei wati ase reye kese a.s. waye kese dedaw.
V. to thrive,

;;

fofa

131

fgm.

lol'it, 0. red., s. fa, fefa.

Ill

I'ofare,
a

on

t'DtViiiu, sores

a to fan to,

I'o

the solr of fhr foot

afof.,

,s.

the tors:

fefare, afcf.

[fa ofi] Jcfrjiin;/

<it

home,

rcfntiniii;/ froiii j>l(ii)fii(iou-i('ork.

111

and hrtwroi

afafantg.

s.

rcsfnifi or doin;/

domrsfir ivork

Se woaiiko arum"no

a,

wuso: 'no

id 1 a foil.

roli-ilji, tlu". <lay of tlic. week on wliicli the, licatlicn lu^groc.s

do not work in tho plantation (da a wonye adCvnnia wo afnm', na
abo de, wonu, nanso woko wuram', nso wgye ofic- adwunia biara;
wabu f. so akgyc
Akinopoi'ifo f. nc l)\voda n6 Fida); onni f. bio
ad\Vnma.
Kofic, 1. 2'- >' of a fetish or tutelar genius worshipped at
2. jir. n. of the
Akiiropgn, Manipgn, Aburi and other places.
Friday ten days before Akwasidae.

fol'o,

F. fofwg,

to rherish.

r.

Eph.

5,29.

-persons: jdiinip, nnrjiidrnf, stout; wj'iye f.

ne ho wg srade na gnye nnoinpe-rinonipe;
waye kese; nedio ye f.
of meat: nilm no ho ye f. of tlie soil asase no niu or so ye f =r
fat; of

\'o\'o, n.

emu

d\vo. Cf. fgw, gnofge.

f 6 i'o, a plant with a yellow flower (wura bi a efifi wo mfuwam'

wgdc boro akyekyea,'; nc nfwiren kgkg); - me ne no bTinu nliina
ye f. =^ nye nnipa pa bi a.s. adehye.
a kind of ant.
Ill fofobcinnia,

a Co

II 1

6 biri

foforc,
fofuro,

_,

a kind of hird.

red. v. fgre.

in cpds. foro, o. (pi. a-) n<nr, fresh, young; (vnothcr;

ade-foforo, sometliiny new, something else; adare yi nye, ma me foforo. this li'dJ-liool; is not good, giro me another; foforo-fof(')ro bi nni

babi bio, there

is

nothing

no other

else,

besides.

Cf.

ghemforo, nan-

twiforo, ayeforo &c. Gr.^ 70.

o-lofoi'O, another (or a new) 2)erson.

foforo,

red.

v.

foro.

fofo wa, a kind

folValia, a
(I

fo for 6-ye,

iiif.reneu-al, renovation.

oi perfume (ohiiam bi).

kind of tree', migye wo

- s. fafarahA.

fof.

ne konniim, I give

goii

riddle to guess (?) ;

o-fo

ko

ro,

j>?. a-,

ludieus, with a
n'atiko wg pgw,

tmffalo.

Bos

tjulndus, or, :iehu,

Indian

ox.

Bos

hump on the shoulders and a mane; nantwi bi a

emu anini no wg nn.T; wgnye na (wg) Asante ne

Dwaben; ef. eko.

I'o k y e, a. & adv. icct all over, very damp, moist, humid ; ne ho
or ok wan mu aye f., ne ntama aye or afgw f.
fo-kyc w, a rap made of vwnJceg's sicin. pr. 3SS9.
fo ni, V. to dratv together; to straiten; ef. hia, guan; iieho afgm
no {sgn. ne ho adwiriw no), he is east down, dejeeted, dismnged
awerehow afgm no. Jot) 14,1.

'

fom

132

fom,

a disorderhj manner:

to act in

V.

fonofono.

i. f.

so,

io

err, fad,

commit a fault; okasa a, ofom so pi, when he

^. tr. to miss one's aim, fad:
speal's, he makes mani/ mistal'es.
3. to offend,
obo, otuo afom no, the sto)ie, the gnu has missed him.
trespass against, wrong: niafom no, I haoe offended him, trespassed
to mmara, to trespass on or transagainst him; fom mmara so
4. to take in a disorderl/f manner: fom aduan
gress the lau:
go wrong,

wistalce,

sweep, snatch, draiv or Imddte together; to pick nj> (thinirs cast

away or lying vacant); to hug np eagerly, hastdg, studehingli/: wg-

to

fom nam wo gua no

Cf

so;

^o S2)oil, rob,

plunder

(= paakode, Ps.76,6.)

fow.
0-l"u

111,

tresjiass

inf.

de. jr.

11.3S.

iiifdm, mistakes. F.Mt.6,14.

fom in,

a.

anadwofa

s.

mfomso.

l(de in the

f.,

evening when

it is

getting

dark.

aiuiu-iikum: di

fom fa in

af.,

apon ne mfensere anim

nifo'mfaniho,
Ill

to

aim

at hloodg vengeance, in: 903.

red. v. film; ntotoanini

inf.

ma

eye

a casing of timher-vork

fom fa in so, (inf.) plaster,

fom fom, red. v. fom.
fomfoii,

(Cc. s.

before.

catajilasm.

red. v. fon.

fomfono, red. v. fono.

a fom foil so 111 [fom, red., asem]
to

ne dua a woasen de fomfam

fe.

transgression, trespass; - diaf.

trespass grieroaslg. Eze.l4,Vj.

nfomfoiii'iua [fom, red., gua] a mistafcen bargain, bad job; wadi af he has made a blander, cdmrnHted a faidt, done triad he
ought not to have done.
,

af('iiii])ala, i)if.

loinpow

m fom s 6,

di af.Jofrg

[afono,

to

bring about

cf.

reconciliation. in: 903.

checks,

^ir.

423.2235.

inf. fault, mistaJce, error, blunder; offence, transgression,

become or grow thin, lean, meager;

twam, nyam. pr. 1113. 2383.3025.

foil, V. to

cmacicdc;

a,

pow] chubbg av puffed

to fade,

f(dlau-ag,

O-foii, inf. eniacicdion; atraphg.

fona,

V. ..s.

too

much

o-foiia, F. trouble, affliction;

troublesome world.

afoiia,

mf., he

s.

nee

info

dodo wo adziban a oreye

making a feast.
fcdigue; sgn. haw; f. wiadze yi, this

fana, fena; ofonaa nelio

no ho, she tvas cumbered

in

afoa.

ho aye
me, I dislike or loathe him.

[fono,??.] disgust, lo(dhi)/g, weariness; ne

has become loathsome

to

me

O-foiini, mfonnii: ye, di or peof.; to spoil bi/ violence, Eze.lH,7.

[ofomno di, iindersome pretence lie robs him (of something)

12.16.18.

ecds

i.e.

for his oien benefit.}

nifoniiii, infoni, picture.

fonofono,

a.

damp;

nastg, dirtg; disorderlg;

eho ye

f.

fono

afow; - oyc f.
sakasaka, kusukusu.

clio

I"(iiu), V.

muddle,

to

oyo ncho wusuwusn, gntrw

[n'd. f'onifono] to

.stir

up,

<listi(yl),

to

nelio,

ne ho yo

froiddc {ii^n,Juhn'>,4)\

mal>e tiirhid, mnddii or iliUk; to

turn tlie stonnieJi; to create or excite

luitdd//,

ahoeJi,

1101/,

13.*}

alui'C.

dlstiust, vex,
di.s(/ust;

nniufr.

to become tronhled, - muddif, thick, - vexed; nsu no af'ouo, the water

fono ani, to
has been disturbed, has become turbid or mnddii.
asem ani (boapa mil asem ani asee), to confound
disquiet, disturb;
or disturb a matter, make it intricate; - aduan no afono me, I loathe
that food; akasakasa af. mo, I am tired or wearij of disj)ufe; moama
afono (= moama aye tan yio), you have made it dis[/uslin(f, i/ou carrij
the tliinii to dis(/ust, I have now enouyh of it and more than enough
(ade fono wo a, na eye tan); nelio af., he is loalhsome, disgusting,
I\Ie bo fono me, I hare stomach-ache, inclination to
detcsf(d)te.
vomit. [Ct. mitsino no futa mi; cf. fontah].

f".

afonom', the inner part of the check,

no, (pJ.id.) the cheek,
mouth between the teeth and the cheek, especially of
monkeys, the cheeks of which form a sort of bag or pouch. pr.l0:i6a

fit

the i>art of the

mf

11

o-a 11

i,

disturbance.

inf.

o-foiiuiii, a kind of codipede;

o-fo

11

11

jpl.

foiionoiio,

asascwo.

cf.

m-, oven, stove, kiln, furnace. \Vori.forno; G.tiono.]

((.

damp,

tvet;

odan

mu

ho ye

f.; s.

foso. [G. Hono,

frofro.J

foil

animaye

tafon
f.,

tail,

a.

dim, not clear, not distinct; mistg, hazy

are becoming dimly visible (anopahemahema);

hazy; syn. anim aye sesasesa. [G. futofute.]

the things

the air is misty,

up; cf. fono; me yam' (nh.) f. (red. fonbowels are stirred or stirring, yet without bellyache (ayamkaw). [G. futa.]
foil

tan,

to stir

V.

my

tiimfontah) me,

mloiitaii-aiii, inf. political agitation.

o-fo 11 to, a kind of shadowy free; its edible fruit, similar to

o-foiitol)ia, o-foiito-biri, two similar kinds octree.
e-fo 0, Ak. a kind of monkey,

afoo,

inf.

s.

ibra, V. V.

fore,

s.

tigs.

oduahyen.

afow.

fra.

afora, dzi

af.,

di afra.

increase in number, become numerous (by generation); wawo afore, she has born and brought up many cluldrcn;
waf.
wado, n'ase aterew, aboa no ase af. ne mma af., ]iis children
have become numerous; woaf. nti won ani nso nnipa hi; Israelfo
force wg Misri.
V.

to

fore,

to cluster, crowd, swarm, ((ccumuhde,

asikre no ho, the ants cluster about the sugar; nnipa
no I'lhiua akgf. gbo biako ho; edeu na mo nh. moakofgre so anafo
hg, why are you (dl huddled together there below? nkrah no nh. fofgre

V. {red. fof'gre]

huddle; ntrtea

so;

nkran

af.

f.

akokg po ho

nhoma af. pen no so.

afore (2d. id.) offering,

pitipiti, the

fowl

is thickly

covered with

ants;

sacrifice.

bg

af., to

make an

offering,


134

atbree

to offer

a sacrifice,

to sacrifice.

tbto.

aforc-bo,

the act of offering

inf.

any thing to GoJ or to a fetish.

aforc-buaj an animal destined
aforebo-de, a tiling used for an offering.
aforcfor an offerinrj.
aforewti, pl.m-., a small
miika, afore-pou, altar; s. muka, opon.

offering.

aforee
af.

[foro,

ascent, stair,

v.']

woammii wamforo.
aforee, Gy. a sash ivith a

stile, set

of steps; oduu aban no

no,

hell in

the midst of

it,

girded round

the waist; belt. pr. 1140-

= fromfrom.

forfor, F.

Ofo risuo, name

of a month, about April;

s.

osram.

v.[rcd. foforo] to move uptvard, go up; to get up, ascend,

climb (ahilb a tree, a ladder), to mount (a hill, a horse, the jiulpit);
to scale (a wall); to leap, cover (said of certain animals); foro po,

foro,

to

launch into the sea,

-foro,

pr. 645.

gframfdro, akutu-f., gyata-f. &c.

a. s. foforo, du-foro,

aforo, Gy. strap, girdle or belt of leather round

afor 0-siai'i, inf. di af., to ascend and descend.
o-forote,

frote.

s.

fbrotowa,

forow,
sgn. twitwa.

the hips,

s.

frotowa.

V. \^rcd.

2. to

foroforow]

cut (meat) into small pieces;

fricassee of meat, beans &c.

1. to

make a slew or

4. do., f., to smear, rub on, besmear, rub

due; obo kesua de f. kabere no ho; wode niio foro
osekaii ho na wgde apae])ae abete no mu
ode dote, hkii, af. neho

5. to serve aid liquor.

with, st/n. sra,

jtotg.

forol'orow, a stew or fricassee of meat or dried iish, okro,

tomatoes, red pepper and fat or palm-oil. [G. flou, flguflou.]
fo row a, 2)1. m-, a round brazen box in which the negroes keep
shea-butter or grease to anoint the skin after bathing or washing,
f.-fi,

the

rancid remnanfs of grease in

if.

f.-ti,

the lid or cover of

the box.

foso, fosofoso, a. moist, damp, humid; wet, water//, well

ehonom ye f,
sgn. fgkye, takjl, fonouono.
Cf. fow
0-fosOw, a tree with soft wood; wgde ^yii ban.

tcrcd;

tva-

inU')\ L'(e), ichite ant, ternies, termite; pr. 1146-49. kinds: mfgte-pa,
hkuniia.
mryte-lieiic, s. kyerebenkuku.
mfgte-si'w, ant-hill,
the conical structure of the white ants, made of reddish clay, and
from H to 12 feet high.

l"oto(w),

c. to

stir

up; mix;

to liiead.

mould (bread),

to

work,

tread or trample (elay). Cf. pgtg\v.

()-fot(),

a kind of tree; wgsg; mmofra dc

poma

sekaii.

foto, a bag of leather in which gold dust and the balance and
weights for it are kept; moneg-bag, purse; pr.434. a bag to keep
clothes in; cf. gsanua.
afoto-saii, inf. the opening (loosing) of the moneg-bag, pr. 2080.

(jrutdsmilo

o-fotosanfo,
of the foto; one
the jinblic

(f"

the

iilVii.

a-., treasurer, purser; a person who lias charge

the grandees in a conuniinity, who lias charge.

pi.

ol"

money or ol" the linances

who assists his master

/if<t(l-serc(t)tt,

foto,
iifo-t

a.

l.'jr)

(leprcsfied

11, inf. [til fo|

tation, (tdmonitiun.

of the king,

osannaiii;

in Dioiic/j-d/l'ah.i.

(by grief); aye no

f.

the act of exhort in 1/ or admonisliiny; cj/ioro-fod'ifo,

y>/. a-,

cxhortcr, adnionislicr, (tdciscr.

asem] exhortidion, admonition; (jood

afoli'i-sriii [afotu

(idrirc.

t'uw, V. [red. fofgw] to livcomv or niidcc wet, moist, damp or

humid, to ircf, moiste)t, drench; fam' afow, the (/round in wet; osu
afow ntama uo korji, the rain has wetted the clothes thoroufjhli/; fgw 11110, to anoint with oil: wunya oba a, wobefow uo nno ata dan
inu (e.s, woremma onye ad\vunia)?
I'ow, IK [inf. afow, red. fofow] 1. to collect ov (jathcr provisio)is
or food on plantations in time of war, to forai/c; wofow abiirow,
brgde 11. a., (I'lknrofo a woko sa no ko afiiw biara a wgpe kotase

nneema); woko afow,

plunder; to racdye.

the//

arc

(joiie to

scorch for pjrooisions.

2.

to

(_'-f() w, fovvlow, a. abundant, copious, jylenteoiiSj plentiful; jdent//,

much of a thin;/, much for little nionci/; cheap; - abfirow' no yr fow;
nuito abiirow' a (yo f^'^vf or aburow fowfow i= mato no abognierew;
nelio ye f. (^e.s. wosom no a, wunya biribi di), he is bounteous, gen-

erous, liberal. 2>>'ofitablc

ested, (jires

ample

jxi//

i.e. (jranl/it;/

profit or (join; he is disinter-

or reuard. Onyaiikp.

I16

ye fow,

giite se ino

abosoin dauuan-\ve-abo.

o-fow, n. \c.f. ef'ow] abundance, plentij; am/de reward ; emolument; advantayc ; si/n. nifaso.

afow,

the act of forai/ini/ or proriilin;/ food; searcli for proafow-dc [fow adej foo(l or provisions collected;
foruf/e; sjtoil. (Afowde, wokgfa a, wui'nViaa adc c, efise eye amanne
babiara a wgatii sa na aduah biara wg lig a, vvgfa di kwa.)
se
inf.

visions, pr. o4.

Ill fow a, a cutanecuis cru/dion; nif.-aborCj with pimples not containing a fluid; inf.-aiiinij with pubtiilcs containing pus; r/". dwe,^.

[= fara,

to be admixed, be in ixed or mi n (/led

usu fra ne iii'io mu, water is admixed to
his p(dm-oil; me guaii afra wo de mu, niy slieep is amon;/ yours.
,?. gfra {scil. nnipa bi mu), he is a wo)ih/j tna)t ; wonifra {scil. mmarimam' or niiipam') you are yood for nothiny; ade yi mfra kora,
this thiny is of no vidue at all, quite useless.
o. de.. fra, to admix, to mix or minylc with; gde nsu fraa nsafufu uo mu, he mixed
the prdm-wine with water.
4. fra (with or without mu) often supplies the Kng. prep, among; cf. Gr. 117, 3/". Gen.4:2,'>.

fra,

V.

red.

i'r{ifr:i]

with, be amon;/, belon;/ to;

fra, a kind of creeper or climticr. the strong filaments or fibres

of which are separated or untwisted by turning (wokyim fra) and
used as string in thatching houses, in wattling or similar work.
afra, F.

abafra, abofra, child.

afra: di afra, to become or be intermixed, commingled; Guanfo

ne Twifo adi afra; cf. afuntumfra.

afraduru

136

afra-durut

[fra,

v.,

s.

frafrafra, adv.

dew

frene.

aduru] mlriure. a kind of medicine, a compo-

sition of several ingredients;

frafra, red.

cf.

mfrafrae.

fra.

hrigJdl/j (of a

burning

fire

or light);

okanea

= framframfram.

f.

frafra, frafraira, a. 1. thin, used of things that have a flat

2. flat, iduin, level;
extended surface; ahaban frafra, a ihin leaf.

donkudonku.

tratra; opp.

si/n.

frfika [Eng.] frock.

fram,
to

make

2)1. a-,

fire, to

hum,

hlazc, flame, flare. Dnn.3,23.

a large tree yielding excellent timber, also used

shingles and for fuel.

mframa,
1 am

mfr.,

he on

v. io

o-fram,

icind,

nsuframa.

mekogye
ahum; ogyaframa,

air; (/as; mfr. bg. the ivuid hlotcs;

<jom<j to take

an airhuj;

c/".

\wh-Al\VA-^(\h, pavilion

mfare,

f/".

mfaredan.

mfrauia-

ahuhmuhyeh.
frrimfram(fram), a.,adr. /s.fram, v.] hlazimj, flaming; hrlghtIjl, vUjorouslt), fliclierlnglij, in a blaze; ogya no dew (or hyew or so)
ff., the fire hums mnclr, ohuruw traa ogya ff. no so, he leaped over
the Hazing fire.
franain, v. to he consumed, die awag; si/n. hyew. Oko a
niereko yi, moammgf vve me a, meref. okom aba ho nti, woref.
g-franka', pi. &-, flag, ensign, colours, banner, standard. [G.
toa, air-halloGn;

s.

aflanga].

si

fr., to

hoist

flag.

o-fraiika-kurafo, ensign.

an t a',

a large, round earthen vessel or j)ot with a wide mouth

(for palm-wine) ^= gsentere (ahina kese a ano tetere, ennu gpgdo
kese; wgde nsal f. abesi hg, emu nsa beboro nsahina 3 ana. 4 de).
o-fr

mfra-sa [fra nsa] strong palm-ivinc, palm-wine to which

that has been kept from the preceding day is admixed; nsa a
dae afram'; eye den sen behano.

some
wgde

fre, V. [fere, red. frefre] to call; to cite, summon: fre no bera,

him in or hither; mede ne din mefreeno, I ccdled him by his
2. to call, name, give a name to: wgfre
name; pr. 923. cf. hyia.
ne din de den? cf.
eyi den? ivhat is this called? wgfre no den?
call

to

di\h-^

= to

pr. 122. 570.1623. 1872. 3831.3400.3.503.

d\vom

to

3. fre

d\Vom, iosing

lead the choir.

O-fr e, inf. the act of ccdling; ccdl, demand: mekotie fre na maba,
going to hear uliy I have been called and shall then return.

I am

afre-diiaii, a meed

to ivhieh

one

is

invited,

])r.

1156.

fre like mm, adv. neatly, nicely; wakyekye ne fi f.

m, a. fine, nice; nea eho nni akasaye, in tchicJi you find
fr e

nothing

to

hlame.

fremm, fremfrem,

a. if- adv. [fenemm, fenemf., fi\-..]swect,

dede, dokgdgkg; flattering; wo ano ye dew
fenemm! - mfrenifrcm-ade, sueet tJiiiigs; cf. 1^:406.

tasteful; syn. brgbrg,

dodo, wokasa
frene,

s.

forene.

jifrest!

afrr-sc

[ofrc aso]

the.

reason of

137

Ilia.

(i

coll.

al'ry-so, ((dv. [lit. af a rnU] siiddoili/. Prov.G.ir).

firim; gyare no ayi no at".
g-l'reto, ofre-tie, ivf. fhc hcarhui

of,

lisfeuin;/ or

s//ii.

mpo-

ohfilimrc

to,

cull.
q\'v{i{e-k\\{\\\, the

distance at which a call

is

heard;

fiirlonfi; cf.

akwansinima.
[Eng. frce'\ freedom, libcrti/; cf. ahofadi,
have cmanri2)ated or liberated him : odi f.

I'rf, n.

no
he

///('//

f'.,

is

gf'adi;

wama

= wade nolio,

cHuuicijxded, Uln'rtded.

i h y i a, 2)1. m-, i/car, s//)i. afo. [fr. firi, to yo fortli, liy ia, to meet,
d i at'.,
return in a circuit to the startin(/-jioint; Ab, afiihyiac]
afrihyia-de, 1. atahye, annual custo celebrate a yearly festival.
at'rihyia-di, i)?/". n yearly festival, annitom; ^\ yearly tribute.
aCriliyia-tow, yearly tribute.
versary; the yam-custom.

I'r

to

iVolVow, IVow,

foro...

s.

I'rgiiim, fnjinfroin,
foforo a,

n'ababah ye

fro no',
g-frotc,
i'r

friifrii,

s.

fro, IVofro,

fresh,

a.

s.

foro...

yrcen (of plants)

F. promprom.

diia fefcw

fonono.

^jZ. a-,

wa

f.

a kind oi antelope with large horns; deer, stay.

the calf of the ley

afriim, afrumpoiikg,

me nan

akyi

f.

ye me yaw.

furuf., afiirum, -p.

s.

I'r lui turn, a., 1)1.0.-.,

empty, hollow, hcing of a bidky, puffy
ajqiearance with no substance in it; of grains, Gen. 41,27. abiirowf.

o-fruntuni, a large
adaka. pr.
fu,

tree

popo; wode sen akyene,

pam funu

11G7. 2022.

V.

s.

fnw.

afii, afu, afuw, Y.

fan, herbs. Mt. 13,32.

o-fu,

Mk.

ofuru.

s.

= nwura,

1.

yrass. Mt. 0,31. 15,19.

fh, adv. much, plcnieously, copiously; syn. pi, bebre;

fii

/o6s.7

2. =^

4,32.

= ankye kora;

kwa, gka nsenhuhinv, he

gkasa
talks

ftl,

gkii nsein fh fu,

much nonsense; odidi

ankye

= gkasa bi-bre
f.

or odi no

fii,

he eats yreeddy, yluttonously.

fn, peril, any part of the body or of a vessel that may give a
handle or haft for lifting it up phr. nu .. fu, s. under n u.
;

a fa, 1. hunch, hum]), humpback, protuherance; pr. 1157.

gyare
af., he has a crooked back.
2. humpback, humpbacked or hunchbacked person, pr. 2928.

affi-afCi, a. fpl. of afu 1.] knobby, rough,

fua,

ruyged; hunchbacked.

yrusp; to carry; syn. de, kita, kura;

pr. 1158-60. ofua peaw, lie is carryiny a spear; of. abofra wg n'abasa
so, he is carryiny a chdd on his arms, cf. turu.
2. to j^lant, used
of yam
of. ode, he pla)ds yam.
3. to become one, come to an
understandiny or ayreemeni ; to result in; - wgu ano amfua ho, tliey
could not ayree about it; nea wgadi afua ne se..., the resolution or
agreement they have come to is, that...
:

V. to hold,

lay hold

of,

138

fiia

ofuhye.

fiKi, a. 1. shif/le, one, the (very) same; dafua, a situjle ddij

dakoro; uuafua uuaawotwe ^=^ nua mfua-mfiia awotwo, ehjht shujle
2.
days, every day for a whole iveelc. Cf. bafua, befua, Ijurofiui.
hare, sole, mere, simile; - osekantua, the (mere) Made of a knife,
without a handle.

&

afua, F.

G.

mist

fo[f,

afua, Afua, mfua,

cloud. Mt. 17,5.

afuwa &c.

s.

afiia, a.&adv. mere, simple, with the accessory notion oi' iccakness or littleness; oye ob abasia af'ua, she was only a leeak wo)nan;
- a little hit; wonno no af'ua, they do not love him a hit.

mfuaiirwe, inf. wodi no mf. =^ (nuipa bebre fua onipa biako

fwe uo), they toyethcr hold him and yive him a floyyiny or tlirasldny.
mfuatc, the figure of a cross in the form of an X, cut on one
side of a die; osikyi ho nkyerewe a wgaye no X.
fi'iaw,

fufiiaw] to chip, cut or slip off a piece: wafiiaw

V. \)-ed.

dua no ho aboh akyene, he has rut the hark off the tree and cast it
away; wotwa dua bo ho afilaw; - fufi'iaw 1)6, to clap, cut off small
pieces; - wafufuaw ode no nh. agu, fie lias cut the yam info small
Xiieces; woafufuawno (= woabobo no) nkraute, tlicy have cut him
with sivords in several jnirts of his hody.
Ill I'll

(Iwu,

;iiiiriid

Cf. dufua, iikanifuaAv.

ijr.o2(i.

wiima,

a kind

oi'

2"trrot;

s.

ako.

niu, to renew, revive; to he renewed or revived, he

g-ne
taJcen up ayain. lonatan fuce o-ne Dawid ayonkofa inu bio
no nyan won aygiikofam' bio, Jonathan and David renewed their
covenant of frirndsfiip; asein no niu atuc, tfic mtdfcr has hern taf.en
np ayain (anka cregyac, einu aye nierew, na wgahye mu den bio).
ffic,

V.

f.

fiK!, V.

f.

so,

uncover, lay hare: wakofii*;- ode no so

so) ato ho, fie fias duy up the yround
yam, and fias left it uncovered.

to reveal,

(^ wakobue so, wakofumfuuu

in

order

to loofc after tfie

niCrKjimi,
I'lit'ii,

inf.

reiieicid, reviv(d.

a. fi>l. af.

&

red./ white;

rilfu, n. while thiny. uhat

O-fiirii, ^V. a-, 1.

Obiironi.

Ill fill" II,

is

cf. iita,

hoa, hycii, iimi-lian.

nhife. jn: 2104.

but rarely used;

white person, Kuropcaii.

2. ohiani

fita. yr.

s.

3140.

F. whiteness. Mf. Gr.p.

101.

fnlii, foofoo, a common food of the, negroes, prepared ni yam

or jilantains, which, after having been cut into pieces and boiled,
in which form the plantains are called ampesi, are then jiounded

wooden mortar (owoaduru) till they have become a touyh doiiyhy

mass which in the shape of a round lump is put into the soup nkwan)
and eaten with it; - wow f., to p>ound foofoo di or tew f., to cat
fulu-toWj a hall of foofoo; cf. ahentgw. nkwaseatgw.
f.
in a

fufuaw, red. v., s. fuaw.

mfufuwa, a kind o^ head, white;

s.

ahene.

0-fii-hye [afuw ghye] hordcr, houndary, frontier; wgbg or wgtg

ulVii

I.,

ilieii

hordn;

ia'i;//il)oiirs,

no
ji
(/.

lio

riikulTikii,

fF.;

t/iitf

ye

nliwi

(I.

rilloKS, sJni(/(ji/ with

.so/'/,

Ioii(/

hfdr.s; o^iiari

wonnyin

slieep fins nincft fidir;

akraiiiahniina a

I'uku

na vUo dwo nauso

= kiiha := eye

f'e

ecloso

sakii.

atu-k

ycaky en

afmn'

I'll

lie

confine on cdclt other, arc borderers, cuiifiners,

hoitiid,

pataku.

fi,

ye

liu

no

139

{il'uo.

huidninlcs.

itl'i'ii, s.

fii

HI

n'ano

al'uw

I'll II

11,

fiumphacfc;

mu.

s,

afu.

ariuii'-bayenj,

s.

ode.

red. V. f'uuu (q. c), to turn, root or d'nj

up; bataf'o

fam'.

f.

o-riiniiii, jtl. al'iiinf'o, ni- [aruw-nui-ni], clown, rustic, pcnsanl;

a person wlio leads a secluded life on his plantation, hardly ever
coininji; to the town, and hence is li/norinit of the rules and manners
of the more extended spheres of social life; ai/n. kodaafuom', kuraaseni; cf. okuafo.

a Cu

111':

bo

afiin-sie,

at'.,

inf.

te

gfonni).

af. (cf.

[efunu

burial, funeral, interment; funeral

sie]

amusie; cf. ayi.

afiin-soa, //". [efunu soa] a kind of necromancy, viz. ffie corr/jinij of a corpse, during- wliidi the dead person is supjiosed or [retendcd to direct the carriers to the house or j)erson of his murderer.
Vlir. efunu asi no, ttte corpse fias fiit fiiin i.e. jwinted fiim out as tfic
rites, ot)se(juies; in: 1569. st/n.

viitnlerer ; pr. llOo. vt'iiun ada-ase,

not

lias

fit 11 1

V. to

111,

corpse

fias fjicen tfianfcs, i.e.

turn, root, or di(j up, brerdc or tear uji; lojiloio/Ii;

fetew, funu, fumfunu;

si/n.

ffte

flit.

c/'.

fenteni.

funtum afuw no so

-r^

tutu

fam' fa teetOe asase no.

ariinluiiicreku,

s.

futuinerefu.

tu infra: edi af., it is jumbled or fiuddled togctfier, it is a

oiedtei/, mlniftcd and confused mass, Jumble, fiodi/e-podc/c ; wodi af.
^^ wodi afrafra, wgafrafra mu, tfte// are mixed tiujetficr.
a

ill 11

fun II, V. [red. fumfunu

amoa ^= tu tokuru wg fam'.
fun 11,

q.

v.] to diij, di<j

up;

funtum;

sijn.

f.

efunu, n.] dead, rotten, useless, good for notfiin;/,

gsekan-funn, a fcnife tfiat is not sfuirp; s. asemfunu,

a. fcf.

u'ortlitess, cite;

gbedefunu.
e-fiiiiii, pl.A-, corpse, dead hodtj of a man, more decently called
amii; pr.liOS. carcass; of animals it is only used when coin]tounded with, or put in aj)position to, tbeii' names: oguah-funu, a dead
sfteep; cf. afunsie, afunsoa.

afuniun, afimiim-ponko, s. afurura.

navel; cf. yafunu.

ofruinma,

afiiuii-soa, inf.
Ilea

wose okum no

ase

--=

s.

afunsoa. Obi

no,

wosc: funu

wan si.

a fiio,

Ak. -^ afuw.

afuoi'o

wu na
asi

wose, obi na

no (nekara);

mfumfo,

s.

akum no

opp).

a:

funu ada-

ofumni.

140

ofiipo

fi'itdruw.

o-fiipo [afuw ope] a season of the year, intermediate hehvceu

rainy and the dry season.

the

afupoiiko, F. camel. Mt.

Ak.

19,24. 23,24. cf.

afrumpguko, yoma.

pnt on, viz. ntamu, a uer/ro-drcss consisting of a large piece of cloth which is wrapped round the body;
.?. n'ani afura or afira, he
red. fnrafura, jjr. 644.
cf. lira, hye.
o-rura-taiii, vpj). adeis l>lind; wafura n'ani, lie has blinded him.
mu-tam.
fura-tamrij ntama a wafura awia, enyc nca wode kata
fiira,

V.

fira,

1. to

wo

so anadvvo.

iifurado, F. hJindly, rashly, unadvisedly.

furefiire,

the

young

O-furei, a kind of

fiirow.

of the sharks, pr. 1166.

river-fish, syn.

nnomma.

[red. fiirofurow] to hrcaJc off or

V.

an-ay, lireal- into

Ofuro dan, Ak.^owosow dan,

snudl pieces, crunthle (tr.d-intr.)
Akp., he Irrealcs or crnmUes off the clay from the house or its wall;

wafurow dokono no mii ofurof. asikre; dokono no'afi'irofurow.

mfiirofurowa, crumb; small fragments ov 2>ieces; syn. niporo;

porowa.

o-furu,

the mate or stomach of a beast, or (contemptuously

1.

man; cf. dawadwa, nsonokese, ayam'de. Onipanni fiiru;

wo yam' wg furu, you hare a maw like a beast, i.e. you are a glutton!
2. pith, the white, soft, spongy substance in the centre of many
plants and trees (ade a eda duam', eye inerew kyoii korow, nso
used, of a

ehoa; broferc

a fur 11,

mu wg

f.).

the belly; the

womb;

yam', yafunu, ayaase, funuma;

is swollen or blown out; wafa

cf.

n'afuru ahye, his belly

afuru, she is with child, cf. yem.
pr.lo6.

fur II ban

white; syn. fufu,

a.

fita;

ne ho aye

f.

sc hyirew,

lie

has become as white as chcdk.

furufuru, a. mellow (of the soil or a glebe); p)oicdery, dusty,

crumbly; fam' ho aye f., the soil there is mellow. [G. fru, frufru, flu,
fluflu.]

afur u
afti

ni,

^>?.

m-, ass, dojdcey. [G. tedsi.]

ruui-poiiko [afrump. afuuuinp.

afriip.] [d. m-,

the mule.

[F. afupgukg, camel; G. aflukpgiigg, afiikp.]

furuntum,' o-furuntuin,
futu, V. [G. id.] to mix,
pcdm-winc with the old one.
afutu,

s.

afotu.

afutu-afutu,

mfiituma,
so;

s.

fruntum.

= fra;

Afutu,j^r.

n. of a

fa nsfi

no

futuin',

town & country and

viix th(d

of aman.

^^r. llT'l.

dust of the

popa mf. no;

cf.

ground

or lying on objects; mf.

wo

poii

tutuw.

mfutiima-kokoilini, a small insect that always goes backward.

futumerefu, pr.

1172.

fl"'-

^-?^>^'-'"^-

f Lituru, ^)?. m-, red futurufuturu, a. raw, unwrought, in the

natural or primitive state, consisting of small particles; sika mf. or

oriitiiniriitiirii

sikafi'ituni, luttive

asawa

r/old,

inf.,

dw6t6

ffold-dust;

141

al'iiwdow.

mi'.,

dwctcfutiirn, nniivc

fibres of the }>hu'-<ip])l(' Irarrs (rf. firiwa);

rtdv cotton; uhwea ff. =^ nliwr-a a nsii iiiiim' na awo.

altrolx; mt'.,

silrcr;

fJic

a boast,

o-riitiiriiruliini,

^o-. ll'i.'l.

proh. related witli fi, v. =- fiw] to shoot up,

ronic forth ahnnitdiitlif, grow Juxtirutnthj or rrnill//; nwura refuw
to ovcryrow:
asaso no so, mats arc shootini/ up on tluU hoid.
.->. fr. to consc to (/ro/r, to
okwan yi afinv, this iroi/ is orcrf/rown.
ijct bif (jroirth. jirodnce j>]cntifnll// {hah; feathers): mo tiri fuw dweii,
I'll

w,

V.

[Ak.

I'll;

/ am

;.-'.

afuw, liis head is covered with hair,

has (jot no beard yet ; anoma. no
aiuw ntakara, tlie bird has (jot feathers; nnoma no, won ho fuwi
ansa-na niekoyii won, the birds were fledge wltcn I tooJc them.
4.
no bo fuw, his breast heaves, groivs, sicells, \.q. he gets angry; nc
bo afuw me, he is angry with me; syn. ofa abufuw, wafa me ab.
//. ofuw nic bo,
he eauses my breast to swell, i.e. he proroh's me to
[prob. related
anger, males me angry, syn. oyi me abufuw.
with fua] to unite in holding: wofuw no afweno, they together hold
him in order to flog him; fwo may bo omitted and still be understood: g-ne ne nua afuw me, he and his brother June flogged nie; s.
mo
don (.^ di .. inl'iiai'ifVvo; monkofuw adwuma no ho hkowio
nh. muiikosuso ad\v. no mu na monye, you all sfiall unite in, conjointly put your hands to, tJie worJc to finisJi it.
(fcttin;/ (/nii/

pr. 669.

onnya

hair; no

nifiiw

ti

bogycsc

c, lie

.-7.

afuw, Ak. afuo, pl.m-, 1. planttition, cultivated ground, field

occupiod by voj^etablos which have been planted; V. okwii, Og. ham'.
In c'om[)onnds the prefix is lost: gdofuw, abrodofuu-, abnrofuwj bankyefuw; so with kdko, mankani, afwere, kafe, asawa, ase, nkruma, ntgrowa, I'lkato, atwo, utoa... Cf. dow af.
Akr.
2. i*\ weeds,
wura, hwura.
afuwa, j^L m-, [afuw, diyn.] a little plant(dion; gdow af.

on

iiifiiwa, an old jdantation now given up so that the bush grows

it afresh; - a place cleared of trees; babiara a wgatwitwa ho

nnua nhina.
Ill

III \v

a-ui

11

i,

a former pluntalion given

where the bush has reached a man's

dgw no bcye mfrihyia 8 a.s. 10.
ago,

A fuw a, Afua

[=Afiwa]

jj>-.

n. of

up about eight years

height('.?^

kwae a wga-

a girl born on Friday. Gr.

41,4.

afu
some;

w, inf. the cutting of the bush; af. ye yaw, adu so, noiv it is time to cut the bush.

w-(l o
af.

is

troutAe-

Fw.
Tho. combination of these two letters
f and \V (the f in it being formed

common

not a compound of the

by the tongue and both

is

but a palato-labial transformation from the gutturo-labial

combination liw^ wbich has still been retained for it in Fante dialects.
It occurs before o, e, i, in Ak. also before a (f\Va
lnva,
hua). It interchanges not only with hw and I'llnv or I'nv, but also

lips),

fwa

142
with h,

&

F.,

S5 e.g. f\vinta,

f,

anfweji.

Ak. ;= hintaw

fwinti, siinti,

Ak.

= fintsiw,

hintiw.

fwa, fwa and

other words containing these tln-ee combined

hiia, hua...
fwH., imit. expression of the wliiszing of a ball flying tlirongh

letters in Ak.,

,9.

nam m'aso ho fwa beseiie, a hullei passed

a tvhizzing sound.

the air: korabo

ivifh

fwo,

my

car

[F. hvve; red. fwefwe,

g. v.] 1. to direct the eye toward

(always implying intentioncd, not accidental, seeing, in contradistinction from hu); to look (at, on), to view;
to eye; to consider; cf.He, interj. - pr. 140. 894. 1218. 1318. 2081. 2393.
3. to fix the eyes upon, look cd or see tvith attention, behold; to look
3. to learn, infer, knoiv :
at in order to imitate, cf. 12 a. pr. 1232.
da no a wuhu no sfi a, fwe se woawo wo foforo, wJtcn you hare come
to this, you may know that you have been born again.
4. kgfwe
(.. anim), to visit, call on, wait upon; mekgfwe no, I am going to
Cfdl on him.
5. to look after; to wrdch, guard; to keep, tend, attend,
wad on, nurse (gyarefo, ap(dient); to feed (nnuan, nantwi, mpruko);
V.

an object so as

to see

it

maintain, ptrovide /b>"(nneduafo, ahiafo);jjr. .97^j. 101.

fwe.. yiye, to look well (to), to mind, take care, be
careful; fwe wo adwuma yiye, mind your u'ork; fwe yiye na woammg kuruwa no, t(dce care not to break the jug; fwe woho yiye na
care

to take
cf.

12

d.

of,

6.

lest you fall: cf. 12 c.

7. to expect, dewant : mefwe se moba ho bi, / want you to come there too.
8. fwe .. gkwan, to look out for, expiect, toad for (expectantJy).
!t.
fwe ..akyi, a) =^ fvve.. atiko, to look after, s. 1.
b) to look for
the things in one's absence, prepare (something to eat) for one's re-

woaiil'wo ase, be careftd

sire,

turn.

10. fvve..

for;

mu,

anim,

11. fwe..

^0 looJc,

pry

ov pteep into; inspect, examine.

fwe m'anim ye

a) to look into one's face.

b) to have a regard
ma no, do it for him to please me, to favour me

with it, for my sake.

c) to visit; mebefwc wo anim, I come to visit
you.
d) to expect (= fwe okwan): ofwe m'anim' wg Osu 'ne, he
expects to see my face to-day at Osu.
12. f we .. so, a) to look upon
(cf. 2); fwe so kyerew, look on (it) write i.e. copy it; fwe so ye,

imitate

it.

look at ichat

b) to

examine, review, revise: fvve nea

I have

and

written

correct

it;

to

makyerew

(cf.

superintend, govern, rule, Gr. 21.3.

d) to
5): gfvve nnuan so; gbea gyigyefo fvve abofra

c) to inspect, control,

look after, tend

yi so.

overlook, survey.

fvve so kan, read (it) carcfnlly.

13. fvve,.
atiko, to look after (one).
14. to try, in hua ,. or hujTm .. fvve,
ka... fvve, sg.. fvve, twa.. fvve, ye,, fvve &c. ka^n nhoma yi fvve.

so.

try to

e) to

read

fwe!

do carefully:

this book.

interj.

notice! observe!

s.

fimp. of

fvve, v.]

see! behold! look /here! to! fake

fweofvveo.

11 fwe, F. prop, don't you sec?

look here!
Q-t'w e, inf. looking, beholding c^c. visited ion; care; j^yovidenceiOc.

fwe-a, (adv.) F. perhaps, prop, tinlooked for [= woanfvVe a];

: woanfvvp-a, gkg a, gmma bio, irhen
he goes away, he will most probidily come no more.
ail

= Akr. ebia; - most probeddy

I'vVo

143

iitVvcboni'.

fwo, V. [jTcd. fwefwe] 1. to fall, fumble, drop (used of sin{j;le

things and never without a locative complement, whereas gu, to
full, is used of a collective multitude and can stand witliout a comfVve ase, fwe
|lciiu'nt, like to, which is used of single things).
fam', to full down, fdl io ilie (/roioid; ofii dua so fvvee fam', he fell
fwe.. so [cf. gu..so], fo fdl to (an action) /rif/i
(loint from a tree.

ntpiddji; ode twee so, oliurnw fwee

('(((jrnirss,

kwah

so,

ofwee

kwan

2. with the (ik.c. v.

de me dan afwe fam', the

so yeredede, he hastened on in his joitrnei/.

throw doivn: mframa

3. tr. to strike, heat; (ne ba wu
down.
awereho nti ode ntama-gow abo aboso, na) ode ne nsa tVve ne yam',
.s7/r lieats her hreast iCr. in loud wailing;
to flo[f, seourye, rudfjel; to
chastise, rhasfen, panish ; - ofwee no mpire, he tvhimjed him; of wee
no hambamham, tiltata, fwetorg.
/. fo stinf/, of wasps or other
fo icef thoroiq/ld/j,
stinging insects numerously falling on man.
dreneh, soaJ,-, of rain; osu fwee me fwee me fwee me ara, / was eonoboa, Ite fells a lie.
tinuedlji exposed fo lieavij rain.
G. ofvve mu

de,

to

eanse

to fall,

irind has thrown mi/ lionse

fwo,

V.

= fwew. pr. 1785t

o-l'\Vc, inf. fdlin;/....

cf.

fla<itjin(j,

:'>.

fwebom',
easfiytdion, ehasfisemcnf, ptimish-

ment.

a shrid) the leaves and seeds of which, jiounded and

o-f\Vt',

jnit

in water, kill fishes.

c-fVvo,

(I

oyarc or gye fwe,

defective prepnce;

lie

has a

prp.

df.

I'wr, faint era of a child; - bo f., fo irhimper, whine.

fwO^ imif. expression of the sound of a flute or of whisflwy;
s.

fwircMua. pr. 633.

f\V(;, Ak. fwete, somethine/, anyflumj, -- biribi(ara) - in neg.

sentences: nothiny; fwe nnim', there is iwthiny in (it), it is emptu;
wunnim fwe, you hnownothiny, you are alfoyefher iynorant, fwe anye
me, 111) harm has befallen me; woammfi fwe ara anye no, he was
jireserred unhurt; ontumi nye me fwe, he eannot do me any harm.
red. fwefwe, fwefwefwe.

af \V 6 a, a kind of mole.
e-fw eji', pi. n-, the scrotum.,
u

fw

oa, a larye knife

fwojl, fweawa, Ak.

ii.sed

jntr.se.

afweabci,

for ehoppiny

testicle, stone.

head;

off the

cf.

oyiwan.

iioawa, wax. pr. 712.

fwoafwca, a. narrow, pointed, faperlny; abantenten no fw.

0-f\vrain, the cnrrent or swiftest part of a river asubgnten
mfinimtini a eye den a eta ade no; asu no fw. ;1no ye den, fhe rirer
has a strony current.
;

nfwo-aiiim',
s.

di 87; syn.
f Vv

('

not Itreuli]

inf.

[fwe anim] looliny each

oilier i)i the

face;

mmoanim.

a Ml iii [efwe ase a, emmo, whe7i it

a larye earthen bottle; cf. abodeammg.

as

')

falls

down,

if

does

fVve-hcrc, a time of visitation.

nfwe-bom',

inf. (fr.

a tish-pond or pO(d,

i^c

fwew,

bom',

to bale out,

to iniife, viz. in

draw, viz. the water of

catching or taking out

fwede

144

efwciievva.

the fishes and sharing them]; di

interests, associate; ef. di 81.

fwe-de,

I'lfsv.,

make common cnusc,j(un

to

sj)y-glass; syn. kyikyi.

.ifwede

ade] a deed for which one deserves a

[f\ve

flogffinrj

or

chastisement. Luk. 12, iS.

lonl-ing oat or watch in g, lookwatch-tower, ohservatori/ ; e.g. the highest part of a biiihling or
mountain which commands a wide view.

arVvcc, a place for taling a view,

out,

0-f \V e f

looker; overseer, superintendent, survejfor, in-

j??. a-,

spector, director; tear den; (/uardian; curator, trnstee; keeper, conservator, preserver; herdsman, shepherd; pastor, parson, curate,

o-lwerohishop; ruler, chief; cf. oguanfwefo, asat'o-so-t'\Vefo.

j>/. a-m-, hisliop, chief ov (/enercd overseer, superintendent.

panyii'i,

o-twetb-kuuini,
fwefwe,

arclthishop.

^j/. a-,

to look repeatedly and intensely,

look for, seek, search for; to endeavour, attempt, strive. Me
ptine ayera, mefwefwe na minhu, I Jt/xve lost a needle, I am seeking
for it and do not find it. pr.2S4. 1192-90.

hence

red. v. fvve, q. v.

to

at'Vvut'we, 2)1 -n-, looking-glass, mirror, glass; pane, plate or

piece of glass. Mefwefwe m'afwefwe mafvve, / a)n seeking my glass
afVyclwc-bo^, diamond; jas2)er. (Ex.2S,17.)
to look (into if).

afwefwede, F. desire; cf. apedc.

fwefwefwe, adv. s. fwe; omfra fw,
c-f vV e

111

o e, one tvho

afwcm-pgii,
f \V

111

inf.

snulfles, S2)eaks

korjx;

s.

abomfia.

through the nose;

cf.

bo 70.

[pon afwene] bleeding rd the nose.

p o w a swelling of the
,

nose.

fwGi'i, r. [>Tf/. fwinfweh] to strike, give a Mow or slap; ofwen

obo no sotore.
2. to inquire about or concerning a cliild
n'asom'
in tlie mother's womb: 6fw6h oba, okofweh ne yere wo okomfo nkyen. (Obarima ko a ne yere yem no, ode no kg okomfo bi nkyeh

se obeba no den?
den na ogye ansa-na waba.)

nawakobisanebaaowoyafunum' no anom' asem,

oye obarima

afVvo

a.s.

gbea?

a.s.

i*i-af\Vcn, adv. in greed distances;

they are separated far

the trees are not close.

a-fwcnakroii,

won

from one another; nnuano

^j7.

n-,

a kind of hat;

s.

nttim' dpj\h af,,

sisi af.

= emmeii,

ampan.

e-fweiic, Ak. ehweh, nhwen, F. ehwen, 1. the nose; obo ne fw.

kasa, okasa ne fwenem', he sj^eaks through the nose, snuffles; ne f\V.
2. the spout or projectdwa ahuhm
oye dwae, lie is haughty.
ing mouth of a pitcher or jug, directing the stream of a liquid poured
e-f\Veiicur, the inout; the beak of a lamp; the eye of a needle.

ner part of the nose,

nostrils.

fwencm-tokuru,
e-f\venee,
s.

ahene.

sores within the nose.

nostril.

nose between the eyes.

p)^- 1^">

e-f\venewa,

f\veiiem'-ktiru,
fwene-iitam",

afwene: gpgn

the

upper part of

^^- =^ ahene, Akr., bead.

ahenewa, Akr,, a kind
Ak.

i>?. ii-,

the

afw., he bleeds at the nose.

oi beads

{ilwenheina

oil

stiiel/iii;/

[efwene, dore?] snot,

I',

[=

miuns. pr.

stiicei:

nose] a kind

ih'in

ll'.)9.

perfirtne ov sweef-

oi'

sjiiecs (oliilAin bi).

c-l'woii
fi

or

I'li-toa, uliw.

()-f\\'

hy

11

145

fweto.

icJiifc-nosc, --= osiljl.

iirwori-hcniJi,

IW

til, 0-,

u,

11-1

;it'\V

has been euf

iiosrle.ss j)ers(ni, iic irliose )iosc

(I

disease or by w;iy of punishment, pr.

erddifdtion. eucisioiK (les/riicfiou of

i)if.

o/f

:>71. l.'.'00a..23.'i:?.
f lie

nose.

[ir. 12001.
I'n'n'

fwo-O, f\Vo-o,
a\vc a orckg no
iVvor,

F.

V.

to

J;

tlic do)/; s.

to

foil.

&

gkranian.

ho! alfend! here!

who goes

holloa, friend,

fwere,

the

jr. 1537.

there!

sjiend (yGurs, Fs.90,U.)] to lose (life,

is

notivithoid

lo,.i7.

t'vVoro,
perty);

ntania

144. 145,2.] behold! lo! look here!

iikonihyenyi nfwer enidzi, a prophet

soul), Mt.Kl,'.')/.

honour, Mt.

of

hollo, holloa! he//,

('!

a, fa

f\V.

fweo-fVvoo, a by-nanie
fwo-0 [fwe, inij). &o, Gr.
f.f,

ye wo

[ytVvi'ue diia] the )iose; opakiini

11-11 lia.

bo nsiighyew niu toto wo

use

spend;

V. to

j> (a

to

waste, squander,

lead-pencil): to 2)ass

consume (money, proe.ihaust (strcn'^th)

(t'lm^i); to

:,

niefweree sika pi na niede niebaa gdah niu hayi, it cost tne much
inonei/ (I had nian// expenses) before I could occupi/ this lodyimj;
niafw. ni'adagyew iihina, / have spent all my leisure.
3. to lose,
forfeit, deprive one's self of : fw. tiri, to expose or lose one's life,
}r. 1592. i'\\. debisafo, senigdebgfo, yere,j:r. 1700. 3569.3587.
S.intr.
to be spent, wasted, consumed, exhausted...; gdgn no af were, the watch
is ((jone) down; asawa no afwere, the wicJc (or candle) has burned
doirn; m'adagyew nliina ne ni'ahoedei'i nhinil afwere, all mi/ time
has past awai/ and all in// strein/th is exhausted.
Si/n. see; sii, ma,
esa. [G. fite; ta.] Cf. adefvverede.

fweree, n-, a-, Ak. s. fwerew,

fwofcde, ani/thin(/, with 7ie(/.
fwete; ebiara nnim' fw., there

iifVvuredc,

jj?. n-,

is

a-.
v.

notliinn; si/n.

notliiny in

a kind of

^a/,-

s.

it

kora;

cf.

fwe,

at all.

ampan.

ofwirem; pr.604.1201f.
fwereniu-kyew, F. crown of thorns.

o-lVvorein',

s.

Iworciiu'i,

s.

ofwirenia.

fworcWj Ak.
a fwerew, Ak.
fw(>row,

nfweree, hkyekyere, wild siKjar-canc, a kind

[o^ grass.
afweree, sugar-cane.

adv. unawares, all at once; niebefii so ara fw.

syn. nipofirim.

0-fVv^e-sie,

inf. [fwe, sie] proride)ice.

I'lfwosi), inf. overseeing ... (s. fwe so); pattern, example; original; biribi a eda lig a worefwe asusuw so aye bi; cf. nsusuwso,

fwetafvVeta,
a no (ye) fw.
f

wot O,

cf.

Ak.

a.

acute, /loinlcd. sharp;

wama me gsekan

nnam.
rrr f\VO.

lU

146

fwete

fwim.

fwete, V. 1. to scrape^ scratch; red. fvvetefwete: akoko fw.

sumana so.
2.to scatter, disperse (f\v.. gu, bo .. fw., id.; mefw. won
magu, I shaU dis^iersethem); - to squander, dissipate; - to spread,
stretv; - to sprinkle, rf. pete; - to dissolve (parliament); to hrcaknp
-

(a meeting).

3. to he scattered, dispersed, dissipated,

(a capital, pr. 1062)\ to he dissolved; tohcin disorder.

he diffused: bore no afwete (adodo, adidi ako) ne

f

w e ti,

fwiti, the

fwe-toro,

s,

si/u.

squandered
4. to

honam

point of a knife, billhook &e.

fw. 3.

spread,

nliina

mu.

[= fwene ano.]

bo-toro.

fwew, V. [red. fwifwew] to suck in, draw into tJie mouth (water, marrow from a bone); cf. few & fwirew 2.
f
e Wj V. [red. fwefwew] 1. to throw out or off or to sweep) awan
(water with the hand); ofwew n'anim fifiri, lie removes the sweat of
his face with his hand ; ofwew me nsa ]i5 nsu, he fUiii/s off the water
on his hand hy a jerk; nsu giui pon so na mede me nsa mefwew
migui; - to hale a boat; nsu ba korow mu a, wode kora ana nsa
fwew gu; - to draw (off), drain, empty; cf. nfwebom'
3. ofvvew
onim abeh-hyeh yiye.
aben mu

waye wo yiye pen,

afVve-\vo-da(bi), nea

a former henefactor of

yours, pr. 11S8.

nfwe-yem', F. [nfwe-yiye mu] advisedly, considerately.

fwl, haste, eagerness; oboo fwi kofae, he went and took
stily, snatched it away; cf. fwim.

it

ha-

f\V! (fwli), fwitWi, adv. expressing the crackincj, clajipiny, or

rather the hissivy sound of a whip or switch: ode aba no too no so
fwii fwii fwii.

fwl'

(fwii), interj. in

fwidom,

pa

an acclamation of consent.

fwi',

a kind oi locust;

s.

abebcw.

fwiefwie] 1. topour out from a vessel, usually combined with gu; fwie kuruwa yim' nsu gu, ponr out the water contained in this jug; fwie nsu gu kuruwa yim', p)Ot(r water into this
oka mogya, he spills or
jug.
2. to S2)ill, shed; ofwie mogya
sheds hlo'od by murder.
3. to he spilled, nsa no afwie agu, Luc.5,37.
4. Akp. ofwie, he celehrates the yam-custom,
onia ne bosom de,
Ak. otwa dwira, ohye fa.
5. ofwie nsa, he makes or offers a lihaf \V

c, V. '[red.

iion of palm-win'c.

afwio,

inf. [fwie i.]

Akp.

ilte

yam-custom =odwira; afwie adu.

afVvie-f;ya, afwiegya, the fuel for the fire kept during the yaracustora; unyansin a wgde apagya gya so wo adiwo, da a edi kan

wokum gya

fs.

kum

afwie-sa, afwiesii,
offering or lihation;

fwifwi,

s.

11.] no kosi

i\\e palm-wine

fwie

da a wowie afahye no.

{nsii)ov

rum

hrouyhf as a drink-

5.

adv. slightly, supoficially ; okasa

this matter.

asem

yi ho fw., he

speaks slightingly of

fwifwi,
wJien the king

fwim

unsteady, fickle; ghene nennam fw. a, wotu no so,

unsteady, wayivard, capricious, he is dethroned.

is

v. 1. to

snatch away; =^ luuXm, Ak.

fwam; wafsVim me

fwim
nsain' osi'-kun no;

omaa no nan

ddr.

omaa n'adesoa
so

tV\ iui

IW

iii(;i,

Ak.

iWiiiti, sunti,

spenJil//,
sicif'tlij

wobekji nscinbon
iiimblij, hurricdlj/,

took

he hurried auuiii;

ko sorgwsorgw,

Ak.

lighUi)

up

his loud;

(u. hasfe, speed,

won,

liylidif

(/one.

[pr.'LJOi.

liintiw.
wlieel'!!

G. swili]

cj/itriof.

Cf.

teaseynam.

tVvironr, a prickji/ shrub, growing;' to a hoiglit of 6

111',

brier; n'aba ne no tlua

i'cot,

(f.

iro

^. F.

liintaw.

iwir, hvvir, F. [Kng.

()-t"\V

Iiasfih/,

so fwim, he

I'vviin,

F\Vfm-f'\vim-atlo

hiirri/.)

sa// evil ((t/dinsf i/ok ftilscl//. Mt.'>,U.

tlicji sluill

I'Vviin, IVviiiiruiui,
sudfchiiKjli/;

147

g 6.

iKMisam'!

f'wiin (fi)

ato Iiom do akotVviin,

nsgo, rinuare.

no wg nsgc-nsgc; jjr.
s. gfwcrem,

004. 1201 f. Heb.G,S.

fVviromii-kyo,

bg f\v., to ivliisilc; gbg f\v.

o-f\Vireniiiia, ivhisllnuj, hissing.
wgmfa awerelio mmg f\v.; onipa ani gy e a, na gbgf w. pr. 1306.

fwf'fwe

fVvircii,

r.

no abg afwiren
n-ug through

to penetrate,

mu

abefi ha,

and hare come

fw iron t'wireii,
in

a sharp point;

a.

pieree; brctdc ov get through

tlte

(hostile?) etrnu/

out or

appeared in

tJiis

acute, p)ointed, sharp,

= fwetafweta.

cdgm

hove foreed. their

place.

having or ending

gu nf\v., to bloom, blos11 fw ire 11, flower, blossom, pr.684.

som, flower; dua no agu nf\v., tJie tree blossoms; dua no hf\v. agu
()) atg, the blossoms of the tree are fallen down.
fVvirew, fwirow,

v. [red.

fwirefwirow]

1. f\v.

ran, to pierce,

perforate: gde sekah f\V. dua no mu, - onipa

no mu, lie thrust his knife into the tree, - he stabbed the man tvith his
2. to sip, draw (in), imbibe; to drink (hkwan, soup); syn.
knife.

run through or

i}do,

iiom.

fwirow,

draught (of a

fluid);

bg

fCv.

biako pe na

f\ve!

take

and try (it)

iifwirow-inu, (inf.) the diameter of a globe.

only one draught

fVviti, s. fwGti.

genuine Tshi words occurs as a guttural conso& u; before (o) e & i, and also before n,
it becomes palatal and assumes the accessory sound of y, which,
however, before i, i, e, is less distinct.
The gutturo-labial combination ^w, when united with the vowel a, is written gua, and,
when followed by o, c, i, is changed into dw (excepting some Fante
dialects).
The simple consonant g may in a few cases interchange
with k; s. borggg.

This

letter in

nant, before the vowels o

ga, does not occur

gar eg a, name
s.

in

Tshi words;

gya

is

used in

its

stead.

of a sort of cloth brought from the interior;

ntama.

ge, ge, gi, does not occur, but gyc, gyi; only when the
i is nasal, we might sometimes be inclined to write merely
g
instead of gy; but, as the nasal consonant, when put before it, does
or

148

geiiefienen

goroww.

not change it into the decided sound of ii, we must keep to fry
(ff. gyenenuyenefi, nnyinaso, fr. gyenen, gyina), perhaps with the
sole exception of the following.
gen en en en, adv., n., iinglivg ; but s. gyeiiennyenen.

agegenu

[G.] dokono a wgahono no ne ewo ana asikre afra,

or thick beverage made of water, bread, and honey

pap

a kind of
or sugar.

g i n g a n = ol^'iilt 'nn
iri)ic-(/lass; cf.
girase, j)/.!!-,
go does not occur, but go, go, gu.
,

tomere.

ry/r/.y.'?,

goru, Akr.
goro, Ak.
go, v. Ak,
won do bogo, F. ^^ wgu
go, V. F. =^ gow, Akr., gono, Ak.
do jino bedwo, ML 24,12.
gow.
go, adj. Ak. F.
go, adc. in a croivd'f wopia kohyee lio go, then <dl ioijeilier ran

fo the spot.

go, a kind of reed; syu. abiVbow; s. kete. pr. 3021.

ago, inf. 1. plaii, amia^eineitt (=ii^oryiy. 2. aff'ahilitji, lindness
(if manners, cirilitij, .S()ri(djlencss; wunim ago, i/on are sociable, yon
know how to treat, attract or ol)li(je one.
ago, velvet; cf. bofua, agodwumahono.
ilgo, inter}, a salutation in or before entering a house by night,
announcing that a visitor is coming; pr.fio. cf. amr-.
I'l

go,

s.

nno.

Jigo-bone,

lit. Inid play; liccntionsness, dcbanch.

[ago ade] play-fhiny, toy; trifle.
tigoden [agoru a eye den] a sericnis p)lay; wogoru ag., tliey
play harshly, forcibly.
o-gofo, Ak. ogofo, pi. a-, /. jilayer (sinner and datieer); Jilay-

agode

mate ; pi. gofo, the chorns, the conijiany of sijiyers (in a play) answering to the precentor.
;J. (in nnf<iit]ifnl wife, lewd woni((n.

a g o-d w u

Jigo-bia,

jjr.

a,

bono

velvet.

1207.

ago-bina [nno ahinaj

ogo-hyg-ase, promise

jiof

af palm-oil. pr. 1208.

of a play.

jtr.

1209.

ago-kyew, a velvet eap.

O-gom, sloivness, tardiness; neg. nti onnya biribi. yr. 622.1210.
a go-mere w [agoru a eye nierew, agorupa] a soft, yenflc, reasonable play; wogoru ag., they play gently.

agona-ne-toa, a kind of ^j/w//;?;

s.

gborode.

gono, v. Ak. s. gow, V.

go nono, red. v. Ak. s. gugow; ggonnonom' =ogugow'
I'l

mi'i.

goro, Ak.=r go, Akr. goru.

tigoro, Ak.^=ago, Akr. agoru.
goro, Gy. --= nkyekyerewa.

goroww,

gorowgorgw,

a.

1.

weak, faint, feeble, languid,

-^
.s//. bil'tc, bi-o}i:<i, bruko, morow, si;\mo... Oyaro aye no fj.
ajjurow no; okom uti wayo j;-. - wa^urow ii'aniwa ayg '^. ^ biamo;
;J. gg.,
m'akwa mu nni alioodon bio.
m'jikwa mil aye me g.
H. Inkciranii
irafcrish; iiisi/)i(l, rajiid, (((s/cJcfis (nkwaii, iisa). (h(U;

g. ^=^ botfiroboclwo.

no aye

iisu

nor II,
ic,

|/Tf^

/'.

gugoruV] Ak. go, goro,

(mmofra

or (unnsc one's self

(liocrt

^^ lo he (if
mpata g.; g. asat'o, pr. tl7S.).
iirc (lis/iosili())i, he soridblc ; o-nebiara gorn,

bodt/

o-ne bi nnorii,

fit'

is

/.

If)

/>!((//,

g. abonteii so;
<i

sjtorl,

jrttl-

agyinamoa,

friciidlii, rotuiiniiiico-

he is frionll// iril/i crerif

Kiisoriahfe: - lolidcc iiilerconrsc, he inti-

iiiaic ivilh f(((/i other, pr. J'iliT.

.V.

foj)hi/fforni(i)iei/, io(j(iiiible; ef.

i. fo perpetrKtc some vviekedtow nlioina, tow ntrania, si ntew.

ness; g. agiiaman-noru, lo eoiioiiil f'oniiention ; g-ne bea g., Itc eomihUs irhoredom, adtdierif; - g. abayigoru, io pmelise ivifcJu-raff.

.').

g.

bo,

to iiioek (d, deride, seo^'.

ii)

- bjfo negleet, slight, pr. 1219.

Ak. ago, agorg, ]. plat/ing; plai/, sport, amusement,

and daneimj; pr. 1:211-18. game; gu ag., to give. up (i
sociid/leness. friendliness; onnim ag., he knows no Joke,

.i5i,-oru, inf.

(spec, sintiin;/
pldi/.

Ji\

Different kinds of play, consisting of

s. ago.
singing and dancing (s. asaw), are: adewa (a common name); of
women: bewa, adenknm, nnyane; of men: dasiimmfin, dwae, agyeniannare, alienkwa', onnibiamane, unontwuwa, paw', asafo,osekye,
asibelete, antorepira. Other ])lays are: oware-tow, dam-di or -to,
at\\e-di or -sisi or -tow &c. (Miildr(!n's plays: aba, ba-bg, odo-tow,
is

soitrniinded ;

amfiaiiinani,
a

li'o
g-

esono-ne-ne-mma

ni-ni'i

OS a

11

inf.

i^c.

the giving

np of a

j'tog.

a, pr. 2135.

o-sj^o-sojilo,

j>?. a-,

palm-oil carrier [nno, soa, fo]

pr. 1220.

a_u:o-t ras() [ogorn a ctra so] a play carried to excess; wngorn

ag. a, kansese eye a, wo ani wu akyiri, if you plag overmuch, though
it be nothing bad, you will afterwards feel ashamed.

gugow; Ak. gono,

red. gonnono] 1. to slack,

become slack, be made lax, i.e. less tense,
firm or rigid, to become loose; liama yi mu agow, e.s. emu yeree,
na afei asah aye 'merew.
b) to render slack, make less tight,
make loose; gow wo amirikatu mu, slack thy riding. 2 Ki. 4,24.
2. fo weaken: a) to become weak; ne nsam' agow, his arms are weak;
- b) to make weak, infirm, feeble: onipa foforo no gow nipa dedaw
no mu.
3. to soften: a) to become soft, tender, mellow: duaba no
abere na erinowe e; aduan a woanoa no agow
aye merew; t>) to make soft.
i. ho gow, nsam' gow, to become easy, comfort-

i'OW,

V.

[red.

slacken, relax, loosen: a) to

(il)le: neho agow no, prop, every thing around him is soft. i.e. he
has an easy comfortable life,
ne ho adwo no (asem bi nni ne so,
nanso biribiara a gfwef'we, ne nsa ka); ne nsam' agow:^-wape ade
anya bi; cf. 2 a)
5. to moderate, restrain: ogow (= odvvoo) n'ani kae, she said in aiuunder-tone or modesdy.
tutu wo anan gow
mu di kail, go before slowly.
(>. mu gow,
to be spacious: gdaii
yi mu gow, litis room is spacious; opp.' cmw kyere, it is narrow.

gow

150

o-u.

gow, j)7. agow-agow, I. n. fragment, piece, damaged part, rag,

rcfunant: remains, ruins; cf. ofa, fere, sin; opp. emfi, j;/. amuamu;
- biribi abg na wiihu n'afaata bio no, ne fa no bi na wofre no gow
ne mu ni, tliis is the thing in Hs perfect state or as a ivholc; ne gow

= ne fa

n'afa-afa
ni, this is a fragment of it; n'agow-agow ni
are the fragments or pieces of it; kiirow no aye gow, the
totvn is in a rid nous state; wama kurow no aye agow-agow, he let
II. adj. 1. damaged, spoiled, hrohcn; the
the toivn fall to ruins.
attrib. adj. in the sing, is compounded with its noun: adaka-gow,
ni

ni, these

opon-now, ahina-gowQ;?. nhinaagow-agow), afwefwegow; koragow,

a lecJiing calabash; - 2. ragged, tattered: kentegow, ntamagow;
m'asepatere aye agow; -3. ruinous, decaying, dilapidcded: odannow; odah no aye g., yerebcbu; kfiro no aye gow woamal, adaii
no aye agow-agow; s. I.
5

gran ate*"

[It.

granata, Sp. grenade] grenade.

graiiJite,^ granati'-akutu, pomcgrancde, the fruit being in

shape somewhat like an orange (akutu) or ratlier like burukuruwa;
nloropo.

cf.

gu,

V. \^rcd.

gagu] /. intr., sompt'imea causativelg used, genercomplement

ally witli a locative

whereas f\ve and to

are used of single things or persons): dua no hfwireh regu fam',
the blossoms of the tree are ^^ouring doivni aba no bi koguu abo so,
some of the seed fell on the stones; Mt. 13,4 f. cf. 11. & porow i,
2. (contin.) to lie (of a collective multitude, whereas of individual
things or persons da is used); ntrama bebre gu ho, mriny coivries
3. cans, (in connection with a preceding auxiliare lying there.
ary or principal verb: to cause to fall or lie i.e. to cast, throw, potir;
to lay, put (of single things to is used): fa ntrama no gu ho, throw
the cowries down there; mede aburow migu nsum', I am pouring
1. to fall,

pour down (ofa

collective multitude,

corn into the water; mframa tetew ahaban gu fam', the wind severs
and throws them down; yerebebu dan yi agu fam', we
ode ne
are going to demolish this house and to throw it down;
nsa guu me so, he lay or jnd (both) his hands upon me; ode ne nsa
oka nnuah no gu
guu n'akyi, he put his hands behind his bacJc.
the leaves

dan mu, he drives

the sheep into the stable.

4. of fluids
to flow
out (into, upon), ie spilled, shed; (contin.) to be scattered, sjirinJded
gnu fam'); ebi gugu
(somewhere): ode nno no bae no, ebi gui
:

(=

dan

mu

ho, u-hen he brought the

has been

sccdterecl

on

palm-od, part of it was spilled ; some

the floor there in the

room;

cf.

13.

5. cans,

npon): fa nsu gu tumpan yim', pour locder into this

0. to
bottle; f wie nsu gu me nsa so, pour toater on my hands.
fall or hang down, hang loose and leaving, flow: ne nhwi gu nekoii
mu, ne mati, his hair hangs down into his nape, on his shoidder.
7. caus. to throw over, put on: ode nnuguso guu ne konmu, lie threio
a loose garment over his sJtotdders, wrapped Jiimself up in a mantle.
6\ gu.. mu, a) to accrue, be added, increase, augment; ne Twi
no, biribi rcgugu mu, his Icnowledge of the Tslii language is increab) to intervene: nda gum' kakrano, . after
sing; cf. mmagum'.
to

pour

(into,

151

ffu.

some (hif/s. Mk. 2,1.

ogiikwau soreba.

i).

h)

gu.. so, a) gu
lean tipon i.e.

kwan

so, to he

on

the tvaij:

for sit))port, depend

on, he committed to one's care: niiipa pi gu me so nti, ininya sika a,
eiitew, hec((itse I Inive to care for so nuin/j peojAe, the mone// L earn
to

does not stick uiih me; cf boa, r.

ogu ira(l\\ utna so, he

occnjiicd irUh:

to reli/

c) to

is

tje

(d his

hent upon, d'd'Kjently

work; wogu aduan

tio

d) to come down upon,

are still in the act of eatiny.
numcronsUfSiwA. impetuously, to att<ick: wokogiui no iio(cf. wokotow
e) cans, obu n'ani gu .so, oka u'ani gu so,
hyce no so, Acts7,57).
s. aui; ka ntam gu.. so, to conjure, s. ntam (Gr.243?>); ye..gu..
so, to do aijuinst, Gr. 100,32. -- 10. gu asc: n'anim gu ase, lit.
8o redi,

thei/

i.e. lie is ashamed, (thashed, put out of countenance.

witbout a locative complement

his face falls douii

II.

infr.,

11. to fidl,
s.

J.

IJ:?.
come down: obosu gu, dew fdls.
13. cans. f\vie., gu, ka.. gu, to

ebi gui.

to be shed, spilled
spill,

mogya

waka

shed;

11. to succumb,
agu, he has shed blood. Gen. 9,6. Lev. 17,4.
be defeated; to run away, flee: clom agu, the (hostile) army has been
beaten, routed, put tofliyht, defeated, dispersed; woako agu, they have

15. cans.
defeated; wgagu, they have given way, arefleeiny.
ka.. gu, to rout, put to flight: yeaka dom no agu, we have fought
ami defeated the enemy; bo., gu, pam.. gu, to scatter, disperse;
cf. S the last ex. <fc yepam dgm no guu ahabanmu, we routed the
lieen

army and drove them

into the forest.

IG. to

become

desolate,

go

to

17. to he abandoned, finished: agoru no

ruin: kilrow no agu.
18. to he finished, he over: okgm
agu, the play has been given up.
agu, tlte dearth has ceased.
19. ase gu, to be decreasing; to cease,
die out, he extirpated: n'ase agu, his poster dy is idterly destroyed;

mmoa, nnipa no

wgresa; Abotakyifo ase agu, the

ase regu,
Abotakyi have been (ns it were i.e. nearly) extirpated.
III. tr. without a locative complement:
20. gu ase, to extirpate: magu wuva no ase, I have extirpated those
weeds; magu m'abrgde ase, / have entirely taken out my ^jlantains.
21. to end, to abolish, prohibit: gu aguadi, to stop the trade; gu
agoru, a) to cease from playing for a time, to put a stop to it for this
time; - b) to give it np or abolish it cdtogcther, to prohibit it.
gu
adwuma, to finish the worlc {altogether,
wie yg kora).
22. gu
nc nkyerew, gu n'apare or ne mpare, to finish, complcie, conclude,
\vga\vie adwuma biara ye; s. nky.
consummate: wgagu ne nky.
23. gu nsa, to perform the concluding part of a funeral custom.
2i. gu.. so nsu: wgagu no so nsu n.s. wgawie asem bi di, na
nnyafinkae nti ghene ma wogu ne dehye bi so nsu, na obiara antumi ankae asem no bio.
IV. tr. without a locative complement (cf I.):
25. gu, to sow: gu mo, to sow rice, (cf- dua, v.)
26. gugu, to
scatter: ogugu aburow ma. likokg, (cf.l.)
27. gu nfwireh, to pour
out i.e. put forth blossoms, to blossom.
28. gu ahome, to emit a
breathing, pour oiU i.e. utter a sigh, to sigh, groan; gu homtsen, Y.to
emit a long hrecdh, sigh deeply.
29. to found (iron, brass, copper,
type, bells), cast (lead, tin, zinc, silver, gold) cf. gude; to coin, stamp
(dare, dollars).
30. gu asawu, to cast or throw (oid) the net.
gdo,

inhabitants

o/'

152

yiia

oguaboii.

worigugu wo pom', F. theij were casfing a net into the sea. Mk. 1.16.
dwensg.
31. gu nsu, to mala' water, euph.
V. gu may be called an au.r. v., when it shows the dirccliou

movement or action expressed by a preceding j;>-///c. v. as

ka, fwie, bo, pam, tow; in connection with a following mu or
so it supplies the jdace of the Eng. prepp. into, upon (s.o.5.); when
no complement follows, it answers to tiie adv. atiuty (fwie gu, tow
gu!) or the notion of loss or waste is contained in the Eng. v. (as in
32. tow., gu, to cast
to spill, to rout). Of. Gr. 109,32. 223,4.
33. ye., gu, Jit. to do d- east awaij i.e. to do in vain, work
aioay.
of the

for nothing.

gua
pr. 3025.

iihoma,

gua,

F.

gwa.

Ak. dVva or even dzfui.

V.

to

[red. Qngnei] to cat in pieces, cut up (an animal), carve;

to flat/, slin, strip off the sJcin of an animal; gua nantwi-

gua,

sJci)i,

htdloclc;

wagua aboa nlioma

aton; pr.l223.

- to (/id,

eviscerate, talce out the bowels.

e-gua, 1. ]}\d)lic place, marlcet-})lace; market; open i)lace, cf.

abannua, court; - gkae avq gua so, he spoke it publicti/; gko gua so,
2. a
he went to the market; wgali gua ase, the market has hetjun.
public assembhj. council; perf. to hold a council, used espcc. of the
elders of a town who assemble for deliberations on public affairs;
woatrji ase
gkg guam', he tvent to the j)! ace of assembly; gua atu
asgre, wgafwete gua, the assembly is dispersed, the session is broken
3. trade; di gua, to
up; cf. bagua, guabg, guam'fo, agua ase.
trade, traffic, dad (in); cf. di bata, mpewa, nsesa, nsesagua, nnuodi gua ma no, Im trades for lam;
kurogua; odi no gua {or bata)
g-ne me di gua, / am engaijcd in trade with him (mutually); g-ne me
ne gua abg no, he lias
di bata, he and I (jo and buy thinys &c.
fallen short, has come off a loser, has suffered a loss in his tradiny.

agua,

chair, stool; throne, s. aheiiiiua; nan ase

akonhua, akeutenhua; aponnua; maiuV.
gna, V. 1. to sepande; - gua neho, to retire, retreat, withdraw;
gua. woho fi won ho == twe woho fi wgn ho, sepande or withdraw
2. to level: wgagua bepgw hi ani ase, the lower
thyself from them.
slope of a hill has been levelled.
cf. guae.
agua: bg neho agua, to retire, retreat, yet away, make off, run.
pl.n-.,

agua, footstool;

seat,

cf.

away

(secretly),

*//;c to

one's

lieels, flee,

guaii.

o-gua, oguciwa, pi. a-, tlie gnava fruit and tree. [S]). yuayaba;
Psidium pyriferum, white auarti; Psidium paniferum, red yuava.]
O-gua b CD, a thorny shrub; niuuire bi a wode ye gsaw; wgwe.
aguabfrim, Ak. adwabirem, q. v., a large place for assemblies
(nea wodi asen-kese a.s. Avgbg gua kese bi).

gua-bo, inf. [bg gua] the act of assemtAing, the state of being
assembled ; assemlily; guabg, wgbg no wg neannipa nh. benya atraye; won g. no anwie fe yg, e.s. wgammg gua no senea wgbg gua;
won g. no akyi ansi yiye. (Wgbg gua di asem, di adae, yi wgnho
adi, tra ayi ase, nom nsa, goru, bg semgde, di nkgmmg.)

0-guabon

[nea ogua boh] one wlio flays a beast, pr. 1223.

aiifualHuii

'4ii;i Ih'i

auiiadr

in, (Jishirbnncc, npro(tr

ade]

|('j;ii;i

an'iia-'li,

////".

11

a-d

Hiiac,
rend;

II

^>/.

a- -to, inidcr. mcrcliaiit

inarkH.
/ pr. .'i254.

ct'.obataui,

g.

mil,

..

asunder ;

'^.

pae nni, pan

io

(lisjoin,

iif

nlnvim',

niii,

ojk'wh[dilo.

the ireeds. the tms/i (in (irdcr to

liaiV iini,

ii

<iHavit-iree.

r.

to tv((r

of un assemhlif, in

tfoods. irarcs, iiirrc/uiiKlist'.

[di };iui] fnuli)!;/, trade, pr. M.'). 1:J'H.

u-ji'iiad ini, -I'd,

o-u;

15.3

o<;iuimjniiMeii.

p,<)

purt, scjxirdtc, sever, stuulrr,

}^.

nwurain',

tliron<;Ii);

s//n.

part one's hair,

bac inii, dnv iiiu.

io

tan inu. tt-rmv nui.

li^iiati^iiaj^ua, adr. ver// nineJi: ne sc bg so g., his teeth chatter

tVom fcAcrisli cold; owia pac g. - kctokotekote, the sun f)Hrns,

sfnnes reri/

ttriijld.

a hid in. straw, or stal/c aff/rass, witb

on or added to it, serointf to conetude the safe of
a iK'rson or tiling by tearing it asunder and j)iitting the parts into
llie hands of" witnesses, at the sanictimedistributingtothem the small
amount of money (peril. '25 strings) given by the buyer besides the
actual price; hence, tew ne ti g., to conetnde the sale of, lit. to tear
astrair caneernint/ one's head or price in testimony of the sale, which
ceremony seems to indicate, that the j)revious connection between
the seller and the person or thingnow sold is broken asunder. yo-.oo'o';?.
AVatew ne yere ti g., he has (conipletefi/) sotd his wife, 'i'he witni^sses are bound to keep the ends of the straw and the cowries handed
over to them, and, if necessary, to produce tliem in testimony to the
bargain; this giving testimony is then called wgkgtoa gnaha, lit.
theij join tor/ether the ends of the straw. Me ti guaha da u'akonnua
ase, the straw of mij purchase ]>rice lies under his chair, i.e. I haoe
liualiii, "^iiaha

some cowries

|t'j;iia. lia]

striinj;

In'cn houijld hij

him

(as a slave).

"Vi-a kiiro, a kind of weed;

o-uam, V. \)ed. guninu^m]

no aguam uta, aguam abieiV

wode ta kuru so.

grow toijcther, he doulde;

1. to

aba no ye abien,

dtiaba

ebom', the
two fruits are (/rown togetJier; pi. egunnuam nta-nta or abien-abien.
2. to run or flow down copionshi; fifiri regurfm no
f. reprrnn
no, lie perspires copiously.
3. to run, galop, of horses; gponko
gU(an reba. HaJ). 1,8.

iiso

o-o- u a 111 111 a [oguan ba] ^>Z. n-, landj, yeanling; lid.
o-oiidiiuiia, a-, pi. n-, [dim.] a little lanih, lanibkin, kid.
11 II
11 [oguan, pi. h-, &bn] sheep-fold, sheep-cot, pen.

nam ma

o-

ua

(The

iiui

11, ^>/.

n-,

fornicator; whore, harlot, prostitute, strum-

must not be confounded with the preceding word.]

bg ag., to commit fornication'., ef. bg 11.106. goru aguammannoru,
/(/.
aofiiaiiiani-iiig, aoiiauiariiioru, /"orn/tv^/Zo*?, whoredom, lewdness; prostitution.
0-guamammofo, pi. a- (= aguamAn) whore-

pet.

pi.

monger, lecher.
o-<j;iiainmerc [oguan bere] a female sheep (or goaf), ewe.

o-iiam'fo [egua mu fo] the people belonging to a put/lie asg. ne baguafo ne ghene ho nnipa; s. gyaasefo.

sembly;

<iuaiii[)ra

hen

[oguan, pra.? ben] a sheep ov goat withredhair.

oguammiiruwa

154

o-guammiiruAva

guantiri.

[oguan aburuwa]

j;/. n-,

r/roicn sheep or

goat thai has not yet had anij i/oung.

aguam-sein

[gua

mu

asem] a public palaver. pr.lOio.

guaiij V. [)-e(l. gufihuan] 1. to wiiher, fade, decay, dry (af'nw,

uneema, dua, aliabah); syn. hotow, kagyaw, kisii, nyam, twain; X^. guan ,. ho, to trouble, distress,
to ripen (abttrow g.), syn. hoa.
me ho hia me, I am
cause pain or anguish to; me ho guaii me
ohiahia me ho, he troubles, harrasses,
in a strait; oguah me ho

annoys, vexes me.

guaiV,

guaiVhuan]

V. [inf. a-, red.

to flee,

run

off or

away:

to

pr. 1784.2250. guan do, g. kg, g.

avoid (asem, kaw); to escape.
toa, to flee to .. for succour, seeJc a refuge or hiding-place with a person or at a place.

Guaii, j)r. n. ofthe language of Date, Kyerepgn, Anum, also of

Karakye,Nt\vummuru, Nta; c/'. Gr. introd. 5Al. 1DII,5.6. 2,3.
gnj\iiii, a. fine, nice; onipa no aye g., his dress, face, whole
apipearancc look fine; wasra nedan nui nti, emu aye g., because he
has whitewashed his room,

it

Me, kama,

has become nice; syn.

os6.

O-guaii, pi. n- [F. egwan, Ak. odvrane, odzuane] the sheep; the
term includes the goat also, but as there is a particular word for the
latter {s. abirekyi), it is commonly used for sheep; if the sheep is
to be expressly distinguished from tlie goat, it is called oguanten.
the act o{ fleeing or running away; flight, escape.
tu mmirika; fa ag. ko na
ste2)s: fa ag.
dze or tutu angwan, F.
de or tutu mmirika, Mt. 5,6. 9,25.

agnail,
pr. 1929.

bera!

inf.

hasty, hurried

0-guan-aiiiwa

(sheep's eye), a

g u a n-(l 0-1 e a
0-guaiifo, 2^1- 3--)
1

^;7rffc

kind of

be((d,

ahcne.

s.

of refuge for protection

s.

guankobea.

fttgitive.

o-giiaii-f anil, a dead slieep or goat.

o-gu aii-fu niimri, oguan a ne fiinuma tua

so,

a lamb whose

navel-string has not yet fallen off.

0-guaii-fwefo, p?. a-, shepherd.

oguaii-homa,

j)l. h-,

slieep-skin, leather

xncpared from

it;

skin

of a goat.

o-guau-liwi, wool ; the hair of a sheep or goat.

the G. C. have hair, no wool).

(The sheep on

guaii-ko-bea, j>7('C of refuge for shelter; s. hintabea,

o-gu a 11-11 a ill, the flesh or meat of sheep or goats; mutton.
o-giiaii-sac, wether, castrated ram or he-goat; cf. gpaposae.
o-gu an-teu, pl.h- [oguah & -ten, lo)ig i.e. long-legged] tJie
o-guanteii-ba, pi. hhuanteh-mma, lamb; s. oguamma.
o-guauteii-homa,

sheep.

sheejJ-sJcin.

guau-tiri, shce2)^s head; wgye me abofra g., they send me on

a fool's errand (make an April fool of mc); wgdada abofra soraahkafo se: kogye guantiri wo obi hkyeri bera, na mama wo bi; nso
ohu biara na obisa no a, se onipa-ko no nim ase dedaw nti, gkyere
no foforo ho kwan.

oguantoa
o-Uiia
11

11

oa, a kind o{ plant; wos^nan wo

155

o^uasonipa.
a,

uokobu n'ahaban

a woawe.
ap;iiJin-t\v a re [ojiuaii twa] klUituj sheep for a feast or a sacri-

fice, pr. 112').

trnaniiuaiV,
ripe;

iln/;

a. \^-=

ahiwow

g.,

gui'innan,

gunnuane,

/>.

gnaii] withered;

pr.6?S.2044.

the whole body, to bathe (tr.) fcf.

hohoro, to wash sirujlc parts of the bodi/, or clothes and
other things]; - to bathe (intr.d'-tr.), to wash (one's self); - koguare
no or fa no koguare (wg) asum', </o and tcash him in the river; mekoguare, / am (loing to bathe or to wash mj/self (by pouring down
water over the body, as the negroes regubirly do every day) ode
aiikfi gnare, he icashes liimself with times, i.e. he rubs his body
with lime juice, in washing or after luiving washed it. pr.2427.
oguare po, samina, nsughj-ew, he washes himself with sea-water,
2. to swim; guare bera or ko mpoano,
Witli soap, with hot wider.
swim to the shore; oguare twaa asu no, he swam over the river.
4. to tvorship some patron spirit
3. guare asum', s. asumguare.
(family fetish). Aboadefo nhinii g. Bosonotwe, all the family o/'Aboadec liare B. for their famih/ fetish.
a guare, inf. the act of bathing or swimming; bath; ablation.
tx'^w aro(-o), a word of politeness spoken by a guest(?) before
he begins to eat.
aguare-aiiiii, tcashing without (subsequent) eating, pr. 2687.
ti^iiai'c, V. [inf. a-] to nutsh

horo,

liolio,

a UMi a

re

c, a place for

washing or bathing,

pr. 1234.

bather; swimmer.
a guare-gua, a scat itsed in washing one's body.
aguare-iisra [wode guare a, wonsra] a large kind of lemon,
so good for washing with, that you need not anoint your body after
washing, as the negroes usually do.

0-t^uarefo,

j^l- a-,

agiia ase [egua, ase] 1. the Jcing a)id his elders sitting in counghene ne ne mpanyimfo a wgabg gua; - Kwadade aguaase mu
nnipa dgso,
2. the tvhole assembly; gkg aguaasem'--gkg guain

cil;

he went to the conned.

aguaasein

de,

i.e. tlie proper manners observed hi

manners; gye ag., onim ag. yg (= onim

the things

puljlic assemblies, polite

nkyia ne akyema ne kasa; gpgw), he is polite, polished, elegant in

manners, icell-bred, courteous.
aguaasem'-kasa,^?o?//e speaJcing;

a courteous address; courtesy.

o-giiaasem'ni, ^>L a--fo, 1. an attendant of a king or chief in

a public assembly, one of his followers or train (not one of the counselors, who are called baguafo).
2. oguasem'nipa,
aguasoba.

gua-seii [guare, gsen,

ahina a wode nsu gu

mu

guare]

basin, vessel or pot for washing, laver.

g:u a-s 6 [egua so, on /Ac market] openly, 2mblicly.pr.l222.Mat.6,4.

aguaso-ba

[egu^ so gba], oguasem'ni

genteel, elegant, cleanly, clever, active

o-g-

u a s u-n i p a

gentleman.

(2),

man; gye

p)olite,

ag.

courteous,

156

oonasoni

erya.

o-icuasoni, mcinher of a cohucU, man of (listinctlon in puhlic

w u (egua so aiii\vu] pnblir shame; woaci n a so-ii
Lye no ag., the>i have 2>MicIi/ pni him to shame, made him a public
assemblies.

cxamjile. Mt. 1,19.

aguatoiJ, goods soJd <d retail: 1. pidm-ivine sold by retail; iisa

a wosoaton no aban-aban; wgde ag. rctvVam', jn'ojde retailinij jxdinivinc are passing.
^. pedlery, goods not made in a proper way
and bought uj> bg peddlers, ade a wyto di uipewa; fiipperg. luoitier,
refuse, out-shot, ri/fraff; eyi de, eye ag., nsee wo sika wo ho!

o-ii'

ua

wa

ogua.

s.

yufle [gn ade]

of gold;

trugow,
^ HIT 11,

v., s.

red.

liuiir

red. c,

red.

g u g II a

a titing cast and wronglit of metal, e!S]ecially

jeuel ;

triulcet,

cf.
s.

gn.

v., s.

'mraniinai'i

gow;

(wobo

na wogn

bi

bi).

gonono.

g'lgi'i

s.

l*^-

gu

:iO.

gua.

gn mn. Fa tnm})aii no kofa

gum'

n.sn

bera. pr.

l')90.

gum a

fighting, wrestling ov .struggling, not in earnest, but /"or

J
sport and exercise; pr. ISOO. wodi ag. =; wodi ayensin (nnipa bi
gorn kitikiti bobo wgnho n.a., na enye anibereso).
aguiiia-di. inf. wrestling or struggling \n
coinhai for e.eercise or for a prize.
-a.

guM

I'l

uan

red.

gUl'ili liaiJO, a.
g.

dokono na eye
guraiii, r.

v. giiaii.

=gnahiinaii, withered, drg.futtg ripe; abnrow

de.

bath Jouids;

to strike,

beat with

become

loose, slacJc,

cf.

biram, bg,

boro, fwe.

gurow,

r. to

weak;

to

row, on account of the harniattan the box

h((s

break down;

to be

ama adaka no agn-

shattered, broken, exhausted; sgn. liodxvow; ope

become out of Joint

me nnompe ag.. mg bones are consumed. Fs. 31,11. m'akwjlm' nli. ag.,
all mg joints are loosened; wagurow goroww = waye gorgww, he
has become quite

feeble, imbccdc, dcbditated, enervated, worn out,

scedg (as after a drunken debanch),

gwa.

gwaii, gAvar &c. F. r= gna,

g\vaii-suma-1)ew, F.

give, gwi, F. ==dVv

agwew, F.
adwew.

gwom,

F.
gwoil, F.

e,

giiai'i,

guaro &c.

guankgbca, hintabea.

Ps. 00,1.

dwi.

gwiinfo F. = od\Vumfo.
=
= guam', Mk. 12.38.
gwori, go astrag.
= dwell, Mt.
18,12.

gya.

to

to

[G. dsa.]

gy a, V. l^red. gyigya] i. to go <dong with; to soid or lead awag,

dismiss; to guide, conduct; to accompany, especially with kwaii, or
adding the place to which one is accompanied: ogyaa no kwan se
giikg po ho, he sent him awag to go to the sea; okogyaa no de no kgo
Atene, he conducted him and brought him to Athens; okogyaa no
hyen no mn, he ((ccomjxinied him to the ship; (Acts 17,14.15. 20^38.)
kogya me se Xkwantanan, come along with me about as far as

gya
Xkw.; wokogya wo

me
1

(in

Sam.

onipa yi kogya me
my work) to-dai/.

f^ya,
Eph.

.'i,31.

/.

gyaw,

s.

mu,

(()

14,6.

kwan,

5. g3'Jl..

(dan kyene)

to

accotiijxoitf
J2.

to

/leljt.

miin is goiuy to help

cover onc^s feet (Jtulf/. 3,24.

gya

ho, F. to leave, forsake.

worship.
tlie

leg.

gyii

quit one's hold, let pass,

1. to let loose,

F.

me

or at

liberti/.

gyaw;

pr. 221. 1004.

do not always look at me;

f\ve,

to dismiss,

hands, to let go, let

Mt. 18,27. 27, lo.

thei/ loose their

to omit, be without, cf.

6'.

from. Mk.

ue.

leave;

to

you

'iie, t/iis

..nan, to

cf.

hi, if

i/our.seJf too.

to loose, loosen, release, set free

Acts 2(J,32.
desist

gya

3.

self.

gyaw,

s.

to

;?.

adwumaye

gya, V. [^red. gyagya]

slip; wogya won usam',

alone; -

Ak.

V.

a, n. Ak.

0-3'

let

ease one's

:24,3.), to

prepare

i/ou

ircir,

157

woboa woho

yoi'iko 'sa a,

ijour frioul into the

assist:

f^yabiriw.

let

go, set free.

6.

gya..

give up, relinquish, abandon, drop. pr. 510.

to slacken, relax, loosen, let

go; gya

mu

i. to

gyae.

cf.

kyene

/'gya
down

to f'am', to let

grant

nnipa binom da
wogya won anom' nsu gu sumi
flow
gya, F. ^= gyae,
gya
miss good
gya, adv.
confusedly,
perplexity
gyabegyabe, gyigya, adv. mmea ne nimofra de
nam gya,
to the earth.

Acts 10,11.

Mark 2,4.

out:

liberties.

.S.

to let

so.

a,

siade, to

,'y.

b) to

10.

luck.

disorderly,

to cease.

distractedly,

in

sfi

cf.

women and
0-gy a,
sran,

children walked about lamentingly.

l.fire; pr. 467.1245.1247-03.

dum; -

tJte

i)ower of striking

at the fire, pr.5.59. cf. nnyahyee.

nnyina, anyan. ^>r. 1210.

ogya

dew, fram, tntii sranda gya, to sleep

cf. nnyansin, nnyentia,

so,

fire, pr. 490.

2. fuel,

agya, 7^/. agyanom (F. agyam), father, male parent ; syn. gse;
progenitor, ancestor ; master; the word is also used as an honourable
appelhition: m'agya Kofi fre wo, Mr. K. calls you.
Syn. ose,

fidher, akora, old father. In

Ak. a gya

used only in speaking of

one's own father, omitting the 2)>'on. me or yen (my, our) before it,
whereas ose is used in other cases; agya ahu wo se Asuom', my
father has seen your fcdher at Asuom.
is

agya, n. the opposite part or side.

agya no boa, (adv.) beyond, on yon side, on the other side; r/'. asuogya, ayannya.

gya,

2>i- "-,

**

gyawa.

to gya =

to

apakye.

smithy coal, charcoal, made of osena wood, formerly also of palm-nuts (nnwea) i.e. the shells with their kernels, of
which the natives did not know to extract the oil.
o'y

'I?

pJ- "")

gy a baw, adv. besides, nevertheless, nothwithstanding; eyi

nhina gy., leaving all this aside, [fr. gyaw, to leave, & baw
ba,
bt^a, bere, bew, a place.
gy a bcgy k be, disorderly, confusedly, disfractedly.fdtcringly;
ogyigya, n'ani ado iikran, gbo
onam gy.
syn. gya, gyigya.
sonsoiiku.
waye gy.
waye twrntwrui-twintwan, he reels, stag-

gers, tumtiles.

g y a b a, Aky. s. gyama.
g3'a-biriw [gya, biri] ro(d,
i

charcoal.

agjabonti

158

agjabontij name of a

ogyamfo.
1975.

hpa^^t. pr.

agyade

[agya ade] paternal inherliance; Akuapomfo a wokasa Guah, wodi agyade, among those Alcuapcms tJiat spcali Guai'i,
the father's

property

agjadwo

inherited by the son;

is

[agya? adwo]: twaagy.,

wofade.

cf.

wotua

lament;

to unit,

agy., they loeep or cry aloud, orig. for a deceased father; ot\va no
ho agy., he heivails him; cf. twa adwo, bo benii, bo abubuw.

gyae,

gyaegyae]

= gya,

drop, let go, let loose,

discontinue, with an
inf. wagyae ta nora, he has left off smoJcing tobacco; gyae su, iveep
4. intr. to abate,
no more; gyae no f\ve, leave off beating him.
let

(done.

v. [t-cd.

to set free.

;?.

1.

to

5. to leave off,

cease:

ness

is

mframa agyae,

wind has abated; ne yare agyae,

his sick-

over or gone; n'abufuw agyae, his anger has ceased.

o-vac-a!

be silent!

interj.

agja-fanu,
to

the

asu no agy., both sides of the river.

agja-fa-me-to [lit. father take me buy it] a kind of herb used

season food; wgde to aduan so; ete se gyene.

gja-frama, flame of fire,

ah a lie, a kind of cloth

g}'^

0-gya-hene,

w/. a-,

1.

blaze;

mframa, sufraraa.

cf.

(kente);

the leopard;

s.
s.

ntama.

osebo.

3. a

kind of

butterfly.

agya-hina
palm-wine

is

[ahina a wode

ogya-ho-mporoporo\va

gyakisi,
soap;
nso a

or iitutuniwi, sparks of fire.

ashes from
mixed with snuff, in order
asra mu na ilno aye hyew.

also

it is

gyam,

s.

2. to

bemoan or

make

in the agonies or pangs of

oregyam,

expire

to

used in making
it sharp; gyare

okahkan.

v. to be

last,

a small pot in which

the husks of pla)dai)is,

wgde to
agyakiimedu,

gyaw obosom]

offered to a fetish.

beu-ail

Jie is

dcatfi,

breathe one's

at the ptoinl of death, at the last gasp.

a deceased person;

ogyam nenua;

syn. su.

3. to condole with, e.yprcss sorrow, grief or sympathy at the death

of one's relation (= koma no due, kgkyekye ne were). John 11,19.

agyammeii,

s.

patu,

gy am'g3'am\

ddc. [gya mu,

eagerly, su-iftly, rapidly;

gy am a,

lit.

repeated] hotly, i.e.

gy. mil aterew, s. ahyesem.

in fire,

woakgka asem no

adv. [Ky. gyamea, gyabia] perhaps ; pr. 2438.

cf.

ebia, ahfwe-a, sese.

am

ma, a shrub growing about 8 feet high, bearing small

agy
red fruits, a favourite food of birds; wgde n'ahabah ne ho bono bg
dudo.
g y a a d u d u a large kind of drum, kettle-drum; cf. akyene.

gyamara,

gyame,
0-gyamfo,

-awa, a kind oi cloth (kente);

,s.

ntama.

a kind of amulet.
2)1. a-,

one who commiserates or

j^ities

another.
[pr. 1464.

agyamu

169

gyjtto.

ap^yauiii, a kind of annih'f.

nnyinnvan.
irV a n,
."*.

gyan-ara-<;yiiii,

l^yiu'i,

kwa,

(Ak.)

teta,

liuiiii,

adr. [red. f^ycnnyaii. a./ V.

in ridii, far

tiaf/iitiif,

irit/ioiif

mi'nubuj.

a<ryau
iif

(pi. id.) arroir:

a jiorcKi'iue.
tiyiiiii', pr.l643.
ag;yimei',

s.

a^y a k a
ii

agy aiika',
a i^y a u s a k

u"

spine or

j)r.:iG^.37'2.

ijiiiH

gyansakyi.

pataku.

j)/.
i

ans ram
a

bonuna;

Akr.

irH/innt

pr. 1358.

\rj a 11 s a k y

at^y

s.

r/".

citiisr,

n-,

Akw.

ayisfi,

orphan.

a kiiul oi jnmpiny iuscd.

i,

pr. 1643.

a by-name of

tlie

bird apatipere. pr. 2640.

inii^pl. n-, lirccoal, hnrninfj co(d. [gya, srjim, ba.]

a lie, 1. hcritiq/e, inheritance;

nkoa, niiana, abeiie, sika)a wowgfa

awunnyade.
A^ F. treasures. Mi.

nneeina pa a eye

fe (a.s.

awu agyaw wo] sij)i. apegyade,

6,19. 13,44.

o-gyapam, a kind octree, pr. 12.59.

t^y a pa tia, a kind o( sandals s. mpabod.
;

j^yapnm, gyapim, a

disease consisting in a

liny of the leg.

gyjire, soap,

samina.

byew de rebeye samina;

gyasa-boatb,

gy

a-ase,

lit.

s.

cf.

permanent swel-

o:_yare-nso, brode-bono a wga-

gyakisi.

gsebo.

under

the fire; 1. pilace

where

2. the household espec. of a king,

and

the hearth stands,

people belonghoHsehold servants, domestics; attendants, suite; gf\Vc gbene

gy., he has the care of the kings household.
litchen.

ing to

the

it;

ghene
gyaasefo,i^L domestics, attendants, s. gyaase 2.
gyaasefo ne mfoafo (afoasoafo), akyenekafo (akyeremadefo),
:

benbyenfo (mmentiahyehfo). alioprafo, asoamfo, ketesoafo, koniiuasoafo, kyinikurafo. mpaboafo, atufo (abumfo, tumtofo), abrafo (adunifo), sannafo (fotosanfo), nsancafo (seii), akyeame.

gyaaseni, sing, one of the domesiics or attendants; s. before.

gyaase-hene, overseer of the king's household, captain of the
hodg-guard ;

gy

ata

saremiisee.

cf.

ahkgbea.

(pi. a-), the lion; pr. 1260.

gyata-ba, a

names

are: gbyeegya,

gj^ata-bere,

lioness.

gyata-niiii, male lion.

young lion.
a-tanna', 1. a pile of wood to he burned, especially

gyata-f(3i*u,

gy

other

lion's u-help.

paring a plantation.

2. F. a

in pre-

fiery furnace.

O-gy atoii, pi. a-, torch made of dry palm-branches; mjjopa a

wgapapaem' na wgde abom' akyekyere na wgasg de fita abe a.s.
wgde fwefwe ok wan anadwo.

gyato, gy atowa, the yaivs, a disease of the skin, producing ulcerated tumours of a contagious character.

160

oyatodidi

g-ye.

gyato-didi, a disease of the skin, producing a rougli surface

of the body.

gyato-duni, a medicine [aduru] used to cure gyato.

a-, a person having the yaws.
gyato-iiamingn, ulcerated sores on the sole of iJtc foot.

0-gyatofo, pi.

gyaw,

{jed. gyigy^xw] l. to leave, quit,

V.

time); Mt. 4,13.

abandon,

sert,

main;
mit

part from (never

relingnisJi; Mt. 4,30.23.

up

care

3. to leave (behind), let re-

the ghost; ef.

thed his

5.

gyaw mu, to
wu; onnya nnyaw mu

of, intrust.

depart from (for a

to return), to forsalce, de-

pr. 1261.3735.2776. JoJm4,28. Mt.22,25.

to the

give

2. to

4. to leave in

depart this
e,

lie

life,

or comexpire,

has not get brea-

last.

gyaw,

r. [inf. a-, red. gyigyaw] gy. gbosom, to worship a

(patron spirit) by bringing him palm-wine or other gifts and
petitions. AVokogyaw bosom a, wode nsa akotokyiwa ko agyawe
ho kosere akwahosan, na titiriw no wogyaw won atamfo tiri so; wode wgnho akogyaw no; - osgfo gy. ne bosom a, okura nsa a.s.

fetish

oguaii na ode koyi

mpae ma nea ode bae

gyaw,

gyaw e, place

no.

the act of icorsltipping a fetish.

inf.

where a

fetish

(gbosom, patron

spirit) is served.

gyaw, n. a gap between the two npper fro)it-teeth. pr.2831.

gyaw, gyaw a, gya', i)l.n-, the leg from the knee to the foot.

fa.,

take or embrace the legs, beg pardon; rnafa wo

me; gkotow ne nankroma anim wo n'anim na wafji
no gyaw; moiikgfa ne gyaw.
gyaw-fa, inf. begging pxirdon.
gy jiwu, the best kind o? gam; s. ode.
gy a w u V u i, a broad and large jncee of linen or clotli, sewn

gyaw

gyaw,

to

z=2H(rdo)i

.s

together of 2 to 4 pieces or 5 to 10 yards (a sheet, Acts 10.); gtankese a wode abgho 2 ne fa a. 3 a. 4 apam gbarima-tam a wgapam
(no) ebia sin 3 a. 4 a.s. 6 cf. sapra.
;

gye,

Ak. gye [with a narrow e, whilst

what is offered or
given), to accept, receive, obtain; ef. fa, nya; - gye taforoboto yi, take
this jdate (off my hand); begye wo akatua, let me give gou gour tvages; megye (=mebegye) m'asranne, / come to receive mg monthlg
pay; obi kye wo sika a, wurennye ana? - pr.307. - gye aduiaba,
F. to receive seed, Mt. 13,19 f.
gye ahom, F. to take one's rest,
Mt. 26,4-5.
gye mpata, adahmude, to t(dcc a ransom, a bribe;
Num. 35,31. I's. 15,5.
dua biako gye mframa a, ebu, if one tree
Akr.

&

F.

V. [_red.

(?)

gyigye,

have a

q.v.']

full e] 1. to take (especially

stand or endure, (all) the wind, it breaks, pr. 1005.

It may
gye bo, to receive a stone, be hit bg a stone, pr. 2488.
serve for the Eng, jJrep. for
in vieiv of, in expectation of: mete
ase megye den? what do I live for? wote ha regye deii? for trhat
2. to take (against the forare you sitting here? ef. Gr. 243, b.
mer possessor's will), appropriate (to one's self), ^r. .505. t alee possession of. take away from, pr. 1267. gye ne nsam' ade no, take the thing
off his hands, take it from him; to capture, oceupg : gko gyee kiiro
no, lie carried the town by storm.
3. to take tip, take upon one^sreceives,

i.e.

has

to


161

gye.
self:

woagye hamaiika
nye ne

Tinye obi funanno

no, fhci/ have talrn

tie,

pr. 304. .iOS.

up

bgyee

t/ic

liammock; ohi

wu wui, F. Jic
me bo = mafa
(=awar) to no

lion

suffered deuth in our stead; - magye asem no mabg

asein no mato nieho so - ogye aliotsewe asetsena yi
;

4. gye ntam,
estate (viz. matrimony).
sucar with solemnity, in a Judicial manner; 5. gye da.se(\via), F. to
medc. ntam migye wo, I f/ice you the oath.

do, F. he t'uters info

to

talf an oath,

bear (false)
inhale:

fJiis holt/

i.e. to

u-itness, Mt.lO.lS. 27,l.H.Mk.l,44.

gye mfVama,

to

(i.to

take the air, wall- out;

s.

drawintothelunr/s,
pase; gye hiia, to

7. to seek, or try to obtain, to enyaye: okogyee ahene

banu adorn, he called in two kings to his aid; s. dom, v. - wokogyec
Akyemfo sa, they enyayed the Akemsas (dlies; cf. gye pjl, gye bata.
,S. gye nim, to yain the victory; to win favour, honour, praise, glory.
it. gye aware, to demand in marriage, engage a woman for marmekoto
10. F. to take up, buy ^= to; mekogye tam
riage.

srent, smell.

ntama.

11. to ask,

demand

wugye alio?
ntama no gyee

(as the price of goods);

otoh
1j2. to receive as the price of something sold
13. to desire, demand,
dare du, he sold the cloth for ten dollars.
require; nea okom gye nc mO, pr. 2191. cf.30. - F.=pe, ML 9,13. - gye
anyibir, to suffer violence i.e. require eagerness and force. Mt. 11,12.
eiihia se
14. to require, render necessary: gngye de wgko, F.
wokg, tltey need not depart, Mt. 14,16.
15. to propose in expecta16. to talce of or from, exact: ode
tion of a.n answer or decision.
gyee me dare du, he made me pay ten dollars for it; wogye no (ho)
ayefare, they exact of him a fine for adultery; wagye no (ho) sika
pi, lit. they have taken much money from him (as a line), he has been,
17. to receive, take, collect, gather money or other
severely fined.
things from other persons; jjr. 710. gye or gyigye tow, akwanne&c,
18.
to raise ov levy taxes, custom, toll or duty, to lay a duty upon.
to gather, contract, nkanare, rust, pr. 2385. ntuw, moidd, i.e. to become
rusty, mculdy.
19. gye baii, to make a fence, pr. 104. 1265.
20.
to receive, take in, accommodate, shelter, harbour: wogyeeyeh few?>o,Acts21,l7.:i ekwae yi agyewo. pr. 1872.
21. gye.. tom', to give
a hearty reception; to receive among or into (a society).
22. gye..
atii, to receive into one's arms,
ye., atu.
23. gye.. awo, to welcome.
24. gye wo, to cry?
25. to rescue, retake, recapture; to
redeem, ransom, buy out of servitude or penalty
to release, free,
deliver, liberate; to save ; Mt. 14,30. 18,11.
gyeme(fi) m'atamfo
nsam', deliver me from my enemies; gye me (wg) bone mu, save me
from sins or evil. Mt. 1,21.
26. gye.. hkw{i, to save or preserve
one's life; e/lagyenkwa. Tit. 3,5.
27. to take into protection, protect,
defend, preserve; wgpee me akum me, na Onyankopgn gyee me,
ihey sought to kill me, but God protected me; ode nkrante ko gyee
neho, he defended himself ivith a sword; ogye ne nua ti, he defends,
^6*. to take along (with), lead, conduct,
fights for, his brother.
guide; s. gyigye; cf. gya 1.
gye abofra ta-ta, to lead a child by
the hand, teach it to walk.
2L>. to take up, admit, believe: gye..

di, to believe; migye no or n'asem midi, I believe (in) Jiim or his

word; F. gye dzi, Mk.9,23. (diff. gye.. di, to receive, accept and cat,
pr. 307.) gye ., tie, to obey.
30. to take up (a saying) and respond or

11

gye

162

ogye.

one or other way: gye

rejily to (it) in

..

kyim,

(to ialce

up and wrest

doubt, contradict, dispute; gye.. Vikymnye, id. Acts 13,45.28,29.

gye.. pene o>- krum\ to assent; gye.. pen, F. to accept, receive

\.e,.)to

gye.. da so, lit. to accept (a summons)

saying) 1 Tim. 1,15.
and sleep upon, i.e. to linger or delay in obeying the summons se
wgsamana obi a, onnnye nnna so; gmmera ntem.
31. gye.. so,
a) to taJce up i.e. answer, return an answer, respond, reply ^o(=bua)

(;i

b) to take
to a call; to return the firing of the enemy.
cause, Mf. dr. p. 115.
c) to approve (of), commend, congratulate, praise for some performance; adwini a odii no, omah nh. agye
woakamfo adwini a odii no, tlie ichole totvn p)raise him for
no so
d) gye .. do, F. to set fotih: wgdze
the execidion of his sJi-ilful work.
wgii abrabg-pa gye wo nokwar asem no do, they by their life set forth
to

respond

up^

e) gye .. do, F. to light upon, lodge in. Mt. 3,16. 13,32.

thy true word.
32. to call forth continuation (pi'op- forthcoming)
(cf 37.) Mt. 27,40.

ting acclamations. 33.

of speech, gye

..

one

ba, to cause

to

proceed in his speech by assen-

wugye daben ? wliat reply

depending on the week-day of your birth or on your rank and family) is clue or belongs to you? migye anyaado, ahenewa, aberaw',
amUj gbere.
31. re gye with a locative or objective complement
and a verb in the consec. form: to tend to or toward, to aim cd, be
looJiing for, hare in view: gno nso regye kiirow no mu akg hi, he
too was endeavouring to go into Ihcd town; o(re)gye nna awu, he is
oreyq awu, ne wudrau-ing near to death, his time to die is at hand
da abeii, adu, newu adu so.
35. gye bata or agnadi, to take tip,
begin (^or oiter into) a mercantile or trading connexion, commercial
relation, connexion in business (oguadifo ma wgkosegdefo bi se gpe
36. to require, take up, occupy (a time): adwuse g-ne no di gua).
ma yi begye nnaawotwe; cf. 13.
37. to take up, occupy, fill up (a
space) dua yi agye asase pi, ImIc. 13,7. wim' nnoma begye ne nwin'
ase, F. the fowls of the air lodge under the shadoiv of it, Mk.4,32. cf.
38. to detain: ne nna gyee no traa hg ara, his sleep detai31 e).
39. gye ntini, to take or strike
ned him in tliat place for a tvhile.
40. gye.. anom': aduaii no agye n'anom', lit. thrd food has
root.
taken (root) in his mouth i.e. has become his favourite dish; nam agye
n'anom', he is fond of meat.
41. n'ani gye, lit. his eye takes or
catches (infr.) [or i)erh. his eye glitters, sparkles? cf. gyigye] i.e. he reir. ogyc
joices, is joyful, cheerful, glad, he delights (.. ho, in ..).
n'ani, he amuses himself; ode gye n'ani, he amuses himself tvith, he
to be entitled to:

delights in, rejoices in; Lk. 16,19.

Gr. 117,3

42. gye, to except,

s.

gye, adv.

<7.

l^ye, adv. or conj. except, excepting, with the exception of, exgye Onyame nko
of, save, bid, only; Gr. 134,3 6. 235 b.
na onim, God only knows; obiara nnim. gye Onyame nko, no man

clusive

knows but God

alone.

gye

se or se gye, except, unless, if not; ex-

cept tJmt, save that. Gr. 271.'John 3, 2.

bg gye, to be
gya, frenzy, madness.
me so gye, he rages against me.

0-gye,

inf. 1.

the act

oi'

mad

taking, receiving...

vation, deliverance, redemption,

3.

s.

= bg dam;
gye,

ogye a wonnye

v.

gbg

2. sal-

nni, unbelief.

iigyd

a'^yo!

int.

[^= af^ya-e! o/i faf/irr!] oli! alas! wnc

a kind oi plantaiii ; s. gborodo.

gy (ihnm,
gye-de, F.
oyedi,

163

agyeiiennyeiicunsii.

-fo, s.

agyedo, F.

gyc-dua,

gye

mr!

dear!

gye, adv.

se, except, s.

gyidi,

is

-fo.

unyoso, answer,

replij.

[a tree of receiving scil. in its slia<lo\v] a sJiad/f

free in the street, nmt)rella tree; symb. the king, in the phrase: gtow
ohyira ghonc, he
gy. ahabaii, he tears the leaves of the shadoiv-tree,
1.

curses the hingslifc.

are fastened.

^. the stick of

an ninhreUa

to wliich the ribs

one who tahcs, receives, exacts... cf. gtowgyefo.

3. rescuer, redeemer, deliverer, saviour; sijn. agycnkwji.

o-gyefo,

1.

o-gyefo, madman, lunatic, cmzy jycrson; syn. obgddmfo.

O-gyct'uo, name of a montli, about February; s. gsram.
Sy^oy^nY^) i^oise, hustle, alarm, tumult; ye gy.., to m(d:c a
noise, be noisy, boisterous, bustling.

agyegyc-nsu, Akp.

gyem

ogya mu.

s.

agyenennyene-usu.

pr. 2G34.

agyemaii [nea ogye gniah] defender, supporter, saviour of the

[nation.
agy emann are, a kind ot song; s. dwom.
agyc-mpare [nea egye mparow] uprop or support of a rafter
(piece of timber standing on the tie-beam of a roof

and supporting

the rafters).

gyen,
nsu no gy.

gyennym] 1. to be
emu ye kroiikronkron.

v.\_red.

= gfwe me

si<7Z

(of water);

2. to he sincere, simple,

gaze; ogyeh' n'ani (te se wafe

he loohs closely or sharply; ogyen
yiye (te se ade a onhuu bi da), gf\ve m'anim ma

harmless. Mt. 10,16. Phil. 2,13.

n'aniwam'), he clears his eye

me

pure, clear,

agyeii-agy eii-nsu,

s.

3. to

i.e.

agyegye-nsu.

[ekye kakra.

gye
a.&adv. pretty much, pretty long, for a while; cf.
odii nna gyehn supgw no
praiin; gkasae ara gy., osui ara gy.
11 11,

mu, he stayed several days on the island.

gyeh, v.
2. to separate; the blood at
gye lie, th 1. Ak.
death separating into serum and coaguhim or clot, "wagyene neho" has become a euphemistic expression used in speaking of the
death of kings or high persons; he has resigned or surrendered his

///e

= wawu, wagyaw mii, wasopa neho, wadah neho, waka babi.

gyene,

F.

(2)1.

id.)

onion; syn. soprada.

g3'eiicnny enei'i,

a. clear, jjure, transparent, bright; syn.

gyirennyireh, kurennyen, krorikron; gde nsu gy, bereeme; wanah sika no gy. asi hg.

gykwc, n[n y e n e n]n y^nb ii

gy eny enyenyen)
sound produced e.g.
by striking metal; eyem'asom' g., it thrills through my cars; cf. ygnn.
a gy e 11 e ii-n y e n c ii-ii s u, Ak. [agyegye-nsu, agyenagyehnsu]
Aky. takyiridi, dragon-fly, adder-fly, libellida.

adv. or

71.

{or gehenerieh,

tingling, of the. shrill, sharp, vibrating

Ogyeiiko

164

Ogy eiiko,

name

gyigye.

of a montlt, about April?

[nea ogye or egye hkwa]

deliverer, preserver; the Saviour, liedeemer.
covering of leather over tlie lock of a gun.

agjeiikwri

ag}' e n

s n [ade

a ogye nsu,

icliat

1.

s.

osram.

saviour, redeemer,
2. the safefij-lid or

receives the icalcr^ gutter; spout.

gjcn tia

[ogya tia] pi. nuyentia, fire-sticlc, fire-hrand; fuel;

reinaiiis of a fire, remainder of fuel; raannya nnyansin muunjl, na
gy. bi ua medae; monkotCva nnyentia ramera! dunnuni nny. a ewo
ofie nhina ansa-na woako!

gj^ennyaii,

gyennyan,
gyennyan

F. a kind octree.

F.

[><?(?.

of

gyan]

a.,

adv. in vain; vain,

vile.

biara, F. j^erhapis, possihly.

agyen-uj^an-dzc, agyen-nyaii-ue, F. a vain thing, vanitg.

o-gy en uye

11 1 wi, jjI.h-, a person given to vanity, cf. nnyena thoughtless, heedless, careless, foolish person, who does
not care for advice, but foolishly takes his own way, cf. okwasea,
2. aprojligate, intemperate, licentious, dissolute, debauched, lascivious,
3. a shameless, infamous, ignominious,
leicd pierson; cf. ohofwini.

uyentwi;

1.

vile,

contemptible, despicable j^crson;

agyesowci

cf.

odapafo.

gye so] a certain tone or melody in music;

to agy., to sing the accompanying voice.
gyewgycw: n'asem ye gy., lie is rash, precipitate, his man[fr.

ners are rough, rude; syn.

agy C w =adagyew,
get time for

hyewhyew.
agyew na mannya, I did

leisure; eho

not

it.

gyidi, inf.[gye
id in

gy
gyigy a,

di]

V.gy'uhA. faith.

i, -t"o, pi. -fo,

F. gyidzifo,

gyidika,
2^1- a-,

inf.

believer,

confession

[of faith.

gya, 1.2.
2. to be unsteady, unstable,
3. to be unsettled, excited,
ficlde; to leaver, vacillate. Rog. 149.605.
wagyigya
waye
agitated, in a passion, distracted. Rog. 824.
basabasa, he is confounded, confused, perplexed; cf. bo nnyiniiyan.
i. to be impaired, deteriorated; won Kristosom no gyigyae, their
red.

v.

1. s.

Christianity tvas on the decline.

o-gyigyafo, a

passionate, quarrelsome pierson;

.cf.

otangyi-

gyafo"^ Prov. 9,13. 25,24.

9:y'\^^y Ji-g

y i ^'y a,

tmsettled, disorderly;

enkyere se ne koma

manner shows

unsteady, unstabh', ficUe, variable

that his heati is not at peace.

gyigy aw,
gyigye,

a., adv.

oye n'ani gy., lie is unsteady lOc. onam gy. nti,

da neyam', his rash, restless, stormy, fidgctty

red.

v., s.

gyaw.

gye 1-40. Other meanings:

1. gy. abofra,
a chdd; mabo bi pa se onnyigye me ba, I have hired a person to attend or nurse my chdd.
2.
to instruct in, train for: wogyigye no akom.
5. to lead aside or
astray; to allure; to coax, flatter; to entice, decoy, tempt, seduce,
persuade; to cheed, deceive, delude; cf. so f\ve, defedefe, dada, sisi,
& ogyigye-fvvirema; to pircvail on, win over or try to do so; gbon-

red. v.

s.

to lead, tend, attend, nurse, feed, foster

u^yi^y<-'-^it''J

sam

gyij^yec lesu

evil.

T65

?4yi"tt.

ogyljjyec no sc onycbono, he

scdwed him

io

do

mo se mo no no iiko, he promo peo m'anom' asem, he tried

J. to excite, pforolie; ogyij^^yt'c

roked mc

him; oj:jyij:;y('o
wont from iiiij month.
5. gy. fmo: a)
ogyigye m'ano, he teases mc, provokes mc to fight or anger.
t})
c) se ogyigyee iino a, ahka
id. he tries to catch mc in my tvords.
eyoe tokwaw, if he had replied to evert/ thing, it ivoidd have led
to etieit,

to fiyht irith

draw

or e(dch a

to

a scuffle.

(1.

hegin

to

to

grow red or ripe

gyo

lio

= ye ho

my eyes.

liaiin;

kanea no gyigye m'ani

(of fruits).

shine, glisten, glitter, glister, sparfdc; gy. so, to dazzle;

7. to

owia gyi-

so, tfic light drizzles

resound ; bojjownom' agyigyo, the echo

rings from that ))tountai)i; egyigyo m'asom', tJie sound of it is in my
mn, to interfere, intermeddle, meddle
ears.
U. de nelio gyigye
with; syn. frafram'; wommfa wgnlio nnnyigyom', they sfiall not interfere, not meddle (or mix tficmselves up) with (or in) the matter; nsem
iiliinji na ode iiebo gyigyem', Jie meddles or busies himself tvitfi every
sound,

8. to

ccfio,

..

thing.

o-gyigye-difo, a tvoman tvlio talces tilings from men and afterwards brcaliS her agreements tvith them; oye ogy.
0-g\yigyefo, 1. gbea gy., nurse. 2. (onipa gy.) seducer, allurer, fl(dterer* pr. 2386/. adversary, antagonist, pr. 2407.

= gsofwefo^ odadafo.

tempter, Mt.4,3.

0-gyigye-fwircma,
ving by icfiistling
vain promises.

delusion, deceptive i^romise;

ogyigye wo ogy.,

to:

ao-y iVy e-nnje-nni, a story

to

fie

Y.tfie

a decei-

lit.

deceives you by flattery or

be received

and not

to

be be-

lieved, fable, feigned story or tale, fictitious narration; cf. anansesem.

The story-teller first addresses his audience with this word, perb.

will
di,

you believe or not? and the assembled heavers answer

we

Yegye

believe (it certainly).

o-gyigy irifo, an

inconsiderate, nmvary, rash, giddy, indiscreet,

imprudent, foolisfI person;

Jigyigy irisem,

cf.

okwasea.

indiscretion, imprudence,
unreasonable actions, harsfi proceedings, violence actuated
by foolislincss ; wakodi agy.
cf. nkwaseasem.

inconsiderateness,

rasftness,

gyim,

V.

o-gyimfo,
i'.

an idiot &c.
a stupid person, fool,
okwasea, ogyefo.
to be

i^Z. a-,

Rag. 499. 301. 503.

gyimi,

= gyimi,

F.

cf.

to be stupid, foolisfi,

idiot,

simpleton

senseless, tfiougfitless,

(-c.

crazy,

o-gyiuii, //., stupidity, folly dr. 2: 1277.

mad. 2^: 1278. 2708.
ne gyimi nti onte ni'asem ase; cf. nkwaseasem, gye, adammo.

gyinagyina] to stand (of persons and quadruremain firm on a foundation; to stand still, mafce
a stand, stop, pause, halt; gyina ho, stoj)! odgn no agyina, the clocfc or
watcfi has stopped; owia agyina, tfie sun fias reacfied its fiighcst point,
gyina .. ak yi, to stand (d the
is in tfie meridian, it is midday.

gy in a,

peds,

cf. si,

v.

[red.

ta); to

back of or befiind,

support, help, bacfc, second, encourage, shield,

gyina ..mu, 1.
defend, jirotect, stay, assist; cf. di.. akyi, boa.
to stand, hold out, endure, bear, sustain, stand the proof or test.
to

166

<^yina

2. io flourish;

a^yinatu.

aneradwuma-dan no gyinain'

gy in a

the

se,

no,

mumifadory

is

stand against, withgyina ..so, a) to stand on, he founded on, rest on;
stand, resist.
wo fg a wudi yi gyina asem a wokae kan no so, the reason of your
hcing declared guilty is your first saying.
b) to stand to, be faithful to: ogyina nankasa asem so =gnnari n'asem, he JieejJS, is true to
wodi n'as. so,
his word.
c) to licep to, obey: wogyina n'asem so
d) to flourish, thrice: kurow no gyina
they adhere to his orders.
in a very flourishing state.

..a

to

so sO, the toicn is in a flourishing state.

nsem

lionu pote no gyina

abiesti so,

e) to consist in or of; a-

Kurtz 272.

1. stay, support, prop; odah yi gyina ne odum yi,

supported by this inllar ; one me gy.
me mu-dua,
m'akyidua, he upholds me, on him I rest.
2. stay, delay, continuance in a place fur some time: di gy., to stay or last for a while,
to delay; niesomaa no no, wanni gyina na osah bae, when I sent
him, he did not stay long, but returned ; bone mu anigye nni gy.,
sinful pleasure does not last long; ntama yi anui gy., this cloth did
not last long; s. di, F. G.
agyina^ the cojisultcdion of several persons who leave a greater
circle to converse apart; ko agy., logo apart for such a consultation,
to deliberate; tu agy., to consult apa)i. [fr. gyina, to stand, becanse

gyina,

room

this

is

the act mentioned

is

performed by the parties standing.]

gyina-bea, gyina-bew,

standing-place, stand, station; hyeh

gy., harbour, road, roadstead.

gyinac, the point or that on which one takes position or inas being of importance; the main point, the principcd part of
a statement; object, end, conclusion; - asem yi, niinlin ne gy., I do
not see the real purport of this palaver; osii n'asem mu gy. ansana oreka, c.s. okyeree asentitiriw a enti obae ne nsentitiriw a ewo

sists

ne kase no mu, he stated or

set forth the

principcd jwints of his ob-

woanya

asi asem no gyinae

no; eyi ansa-na yerebefa wogy. no so de akg agyina, you have noiv
stated the essential points of the matter; on these your statements tve
shall now hold our consultation; (wgtase nea won hhinii kae na
ekosi asem biako so a, wose:) nea yede asi ne gyinae ne se: adapeii anaii obetua kaw no, the decision tve have come to is, that he
shcdl pay the debt in four weehs; mohyee ne gy. den? hotv did you
settle it? yeahye mu gyinae se adaperi 4 obetua, we have determined
that in 4 iveeks he shcdl j^ay.

ject before he entered into p)arlicidars;

agy in a m' [gyina mu] lit. standi ng-in,

i.e.

taking another^ s place,

- di agy., to he bail, give security; odi

agy. ma me, he gave security or has become surety for me.
cf.
akagyiuam.
agyinam'fo, the members of a council.

hence

surety, security, bail;

agy in am
bgfo, gsa,

a, jjI. n-, the cat;

other

names

gy i n an twi, a medicinal plant.

gy inaS(')-eh ii-po, a kind of Hower,
a g y n a-t li inf. deliberation.
1

are:

ameew.

Idy?

atenkyema,

fie-

o-!^yinatiif6,

a-,

jjZ.

ii'^yirne, mark,
pose;

one that

visible

sirjnificant token;

Ikis

si(/)i

gone for deliberation.

made upon

tliiu<^

for souu! jiin-

cfiararter mndt.', instead of signature,

by

one who cannot write; cf. keua, krji, nsow, botao; - nieliyy no agy.
n.s. wode biribi ato ho na woafwe no yiye seuea eda, na se obi de
ne nsa ka a, woahu.
ati^yirae-liye, inf. the act of mr/i/;/r/ a thing,

gyinim, Akw. =

tdfode, nkyene.

gyirasc,

s.

girase.

aufviratwc, a tvei(//if of (/old ^= ntaku 16, ^ dollars or ackies,

,9. A". (As. borgwo, whilst As. agyiratwe is half a taku more.)
a i; y i r a t \V e fa, a weight of gold, the half (ofa) of agyiratwe.
(As. borgotVi, nt. 8, wliilst As. agyiratwefa is ut. 9.)
f^jireiin y ireii, a. pure, clear, clean (of water); sgn. gyenennyenen, kurennyen, kronki'oh.
<>y ir iii y i ri w, a. gi'istlij, cartilaginous, used in speaking of
things which cause a crunching noise in chewing; sg}t. hawlulw;

kgtgkg

nam ye

gy.

H.
guttural or faucal consonant h occurs before a, 0, 0, u
and before the nasal vowels 0, i. Before the pure vowels a, 0, o (ti)
some individuals pronounce it stronger than Eng. h, (with stronger
friction of the breath between the soft palate and the root of the
'I'he

tongue) similar to the guttural ch in German ach, Bacharach; before all nasal vowels it is not stronger than Eng. h, and between
the nasal prefix n and a nasal vowel or \v it is almost mute, as in
nliina, nhoma, nhweh, nhwi.
Before the pure palatal vowels e,
0, i, the consonant becomes palatal and has more friction of the
breath between the palate and the middle of the tongue, so that
it answers to the palatal ch in German icli, Aachen, Miinchcn, or
^' of the Standard Alphabet; in analogy to ky, rj^ ny^ we express
this simple sound by the letters hy.
The consonant h is also
joined with the labial sound of \\. In our books we retain the combination hwa only when it assumes open prefixes, as g hwanyaii,
whereas, when the prefixes are half-open, we write it hiia or hua,
as o-hurim, o-huan', 6-huah.
In Fante dialects we find hw not
only before a, but also before o, o, u, and e, c, i; for F. hwo,
liwo, hwvi, we write only ho, ho, hii, and hwe, hwe, hwi
have been changed into the palato-labial combinations fwe, f\V(^,
fwi.
In Ak. even hwa or hCia has been changed into t'wa.
The simple h is, in single instances, to be found interchanging with
k, as hanh, F. kanh with s or fw, as hintiw, Aky. sunti, As. fwiuta;
with w, as F. ahoba, Akr. awowa; and with y, as Ak. hara, Akr.

yera, F. yew.
e-lia, pron. of place (Gr. 60,3.) here, this place; hither; hence;
bera ha, come here; it may take the adj. pron. yi after it: bera
ha-yi, come just here, or an attribute in the possessive case before
it: bera me ha, come hither to me; me ha ye me yaw, this place (of
my body) here pain^ me; it may stand as an attribute in the poss.
case before a noun: eha niinan, the sheep of this place or countrif.

ha

168

ahaboben.

Gr. 61, or in apposition after a noun of place, when it must be

rendered in Eng. by this: waba kurom' ha 'ne, he came into this
ehanom (a kind of plural form), hereahout, heretown to-day.
The emph. part, ara may be added: eha-ara, this same
abouts.
place, just here; wote hanom-ara, they live here about (nowhere else).

Cy. ha-ne-ha, hayi.

3.

a call for attention.

ha, ha,
e-ha,

1.

intcrj. 1.

wood,

= haha,

forest,

in the bush, does not find the

hanam

3. Y. plantation, cf.

&c.

- ye ba,

hunt;

to

cf.

45.

onam ham' kwa, onhu fie kwan, he

way home; cf. (a)haban,

bush;

wanders about
sport;

expressing pleasure or joy.

a,

an expression of contempt. Gr.

3.

afuw, kwa.

3. chase, hunting,

ahayo.

o-ha, hundred.

ha, Ak. F.
O-ha,

aha

haw,

s.

v.

kind of bat; a harmless kind of nionJicy. pr. ISS.

mema wo aha, contr. mah;l, mahao, I give i.e. wish

pi. a-, a

(interj.)

you good day!

ha, hate, adv. hard, soundly

fast asleep

= wada nnahg. Acts

(of sleeping);

wada

ha, he

is

20,9.

ha, adv. (to V. fwe) staringly, fixedly, unmoveably ; ofvve no ha,

he gases at him.

habababa,
Ixibbling

(wokasa

imit. expression of unijttclligiblc chattering or

eye m'asom

a,

h.,

their speech is quite unintelli-

gible to me), or of the cr adding of a fire: ivith a cr adding noise;

ogya or otanna no rehyew

hh a bam ma

ahabam-mema,

(ahaban mono)

green; of green colour.

ha bah,

1.

bush

of land overgrown

trees.

pr. 1291.

ahabam-mdno
(a.)

h.

(ahaban riketenkete), leaves of different

tvith

5. a

wura. F.

1.

field,

makgto

bush;

2.
fresh or green leaves.
snalce of a gi-een colour.

venomous

Mt. 6,28. 13,44.

h.

2.

a piece

3. foliage, pr. 1289.

Aky. hahane.

ahaban, pi. h-, Ak. ahabane, leaf, leaves, foliage ; shrub, shrubs,
bush, bushes; wood, forest; cf. wura, kwae; - nuuru biyeiih., ebiye
nnuiihih, some medicines are leaves, others are roots of trees; wobebubuu ah. agu yen so,' lit. they came and tore leaves have cast upon
us, i.e. they

have synqmthetically comforted us

haban-sem, an

(e.g. after

agreement concluded in

a defeat).

the bush,

without

witnesses, pr. 2655.

ahaban-ta, prepared
bacco, imported from

a h a-b a j c

r o

alia-bo: watow
nsa apa.

tobacco in leaves (hands), unrolled

or America; s. ta.

to-

Europe

n-ild

yam.

ah., he

pr. 1290.

has slain a

ah a-b 6 a jjI, n-, beast of the

ah a-b be, a kind o^ wild

man

unintentionaUy,

forest, ivild beast,

vine.

game.

ne

luil0(16ni

h;i-l)()d6ni,

ham.

IGU

of the forest), akintl of

;^?.a-. (lit. do(j

rious, brownish, witli a sleiulcu- hotly aiul long tail;

ahu-busii [eha mmiisu]

hiniiiJif/;

(Obommofo kp

&c.

the chase or

harm

in his hunting, drives

wiiratn' a,

wobo no inmusu nuna

pr.,W7. gye no ah., he does him

game away

the

hatwca.

marring or spoiUmj of

the

{i^rcga-

/V/r/.Yj/,

r/'.

onnya aboa ntowno.)

11 had a, stce2)in(/ in the Ijnsh; (ahilyg ;\ wgda wo ini'i) ehg ye nh.,
there are onli/ single hnts to which hunters resort, there while hunt-

ingcf.

one tnnst sleep

nnahso.

in the bush,

an

is

it

e.vtensire

nninhuhUcd

ha-(lwiWj tick, a little insect infesting sheep, goats

iuie hae, interj. a cry to scare or fright away birds
gye

me

he teases or irritates me,

hh.,

ahafi, a remote place

neho kgtrjul ah. babi.
e-hafo,

the people

cf.

c^c.

of i)rey;

otane m'ani.

in the midst of

from

fircst;

a tvood or forest; gtwee

here, inhabitants of this pHace, toion or

eountrg.

aliafo

nnah

so; gkg ah.

ahafoa, Akw. = ahaban.

hagire [Dan. hagel, hagl]

gkg wnram', kwaem'.

small-shot, hail-shot.

ahagya, basket of pahn-branches

berew a wgammg no akyem-medew.
ha ha,

v.

ha ha,
haha,

interj.

an expression of gladness, satisfaction

hehji.

s.

pr.570.

hahara,
cf.

no

hai,

interj.

>

ham,

V.

to

0-ham,
kog ko

so,

i,
i
i
*
aliabane,
1. aliataw.
i-i

s.

hare.

me

loss;

h.

abg meho.

bad

smell,

213.

adv. heavily (of breathing).

of beer

made

of Indian corn; corn-wine, pito.

an expression of fear or astonishment. Gr.

= habgdom,

is

used for wolf; but

s.

145.

pataku.

brawl, quarrel, icr angle, altercate; to chide (Ez. 17,2.)

wgham
g-ne no yaw, kasakasa, perepere; mekge

i)if.

dispute, qnarrel,

from chiding

it

came

altercation,

to blows.

brawl; efi
bg ham, F.
[Mt.

ham"

jjr.

h a[mii-]k ram an
g-ne no ham or
no, na grehaim.

hahraha, a. broad, wide, spacious, wide open;

gdan no mu gow.
ye h.

mu

aliye-hahye,

ahai, a kind

v,

Slz. (/".ha.

pr. 1379.

a large, blacJc ant emitting a

lu\hra,

tetre; gdaii

a-,

haiiare, F. attrib. adj.,

j^l-

haha,

h a hi, grief for a great

o-h fihi n i,

= haban. ahaban,

'

'

make

=^ hoahoa. pr. 1799.

hahane, ahahane,
.,
aha hare, Ak.
,

of an inferior, careless

= ha

mu,

in the bush, wood, forest; F. on

in the field. Mt. 24,18.40. eham',

'Sit',

northward.

tlie

ham mu;
to rebuJce.

17,18. 20,31.

plani(dion,

hama

170

oliaii.

hTi ma, pi. a- or n-, 1. cord, string, rope; bond; pr. 1293f.2530.
mtiriwa, mofumjl, rii'iualiama, ntampehama. waliye hama
waseh ue mene; ode aiiiwu kghyee h., she strangled herself through.
sh((me.
2. climher, tendril, creeper, creeping or trailing plant, a
plant that grows clinging to the ground or trees or other means of"
support; mekobg ahama e.s. mekotwitwa iihamam', na af'e anohyia
a, na meredo (Ak.)
S. twe hama, s. utontobo.

cf.

hama-biri,

a medicinal plant used to cure belly-ache.

ha ma-ham a,

a.

boisterous; epo ye h., (he sea rages as

when

agitated by a storm.

0-hamani,

one bound with cords.

ahamaiYka,
denkye.

h-,

2'Z.

[Span, hamacali hammock;

ahamaiikafo, hammock-carriers.

cf.

denkye-

hamaiika-soa, hammoeh
fa to

wo

atifi

carrying. (Phr. bo no akgnkon

yebedi no nnyigye or adannaiV.)

ahama-iKj [hama

i\\\o]pr.U23. the end of a siring.

ade a womii ma wgde sa obi
a h Ti 111 a-S a-d e ne nan ah.
atramatiri 24 a wode ma ohene se gmmii wonkum nipa.

=-.

ahama-twc,

inf. s.

I'lhaniavva [hama

ntontobg.

pr. 2841.

dim.'] 1. little strings cOc.

hama

3. vermicelli.

o-ha-mii-ni, 7>/. a- -fo, 1. inhabitant of a phuitation-rilUtge

ofumni, okuraaseni.
2. a pterson living in the hush, icood or forest,
a savage.
3. an uncivilized person.

ohan.
ha

cf.

11, V.

[red.

henhah]

1.

to stretch,

extend.

2. to be extended;

ahah me, it has been loosened (he"ahih me ahan me" under hih.
4. red. to

3. to loosen (intr.):

come loose) for me, s.

become or he distant, loose (of texture), not Joining closelg (of things
fitted together); ntaina yi ;ini ahei'ihan, this cloth has become threadbarcC?); ntabow a woka sii anim no ah., there are chinks i)i the boards
gtiu fitted together: iheg no longer fit closelg.
o. Phr. ade no ah(!nhan n'ani so, the thing Jias become unimp)0)iant or indifferent in his

eyes, he makes light of it, he disregards or slights the thing; ghehhan

a ahenhan won ani so no nti, wgmfd nye biribi bio, it has become
so unimportant in their eyes, that they do not care for it any more
ne kafe a gwg ahenhan n'ani so nti, gnkg mu bio, his coffee 2^1 antation has lost all (dtraction for him, so that he does no more go into it.

haiV, i\ [red. h<ln'ht\n] 1. h. mu, to spread Old, to extend, to

open wide; hah akatawia no mu, open the umbrella; ghah n'anom',
gte n'anom', fie opens his mouth wide, he gapes, stands agape;
ghah ne nsam' (se gde rebg no), Jte stretches out his arms, he raises

his

arm

mu

him).
2. to swell, augment in force or loudness:
teem', cry aloud, Is. 58,1.
3. ghahhah n'ani, he

(to strike

hah wo 'ne

a stare, he threatens, frightens (ogye biribi aberahso,

gka asem dennenneh).
4. intr. to be extended, wide 02)cn: mmere
no ahah, the mushroom has opened or expanded; n'ani ahah, fiis
eyesore wide open or staring (of one drowned or taken by the throat)
m'ani ahah, I am quite surjJrised or astonisfied.

stares, gives

0-liaii, a cord, reaching

from one side of a river

to the other, to

alianrmi

171

liarru'i.

lay hold of in passing over; pr. iiO.

siinkfi-luln,

llic.

.striii;/

of

violin or other stringed instnunont.

ahaiiniu, the groin (sere nc yat'unu ahyiae, ayaasc).

ha an, (ulv. & a. clear, light, bright, Inmitious, Intid;

rf.

ye

(cf.

lutna, lijiran, liyeren; gsoro

haiin,

the sky is

bright

hauawim'

atew); odan no mu ye hann, the apartment is light; wapiie li., he

has become clearlg or distinctlij visible; n'ani so da ho li., his eyes
are open, clear and bright; anim ye h., it is bright, broad daylight.
n. light, brightness; clearness; open, clear place or space, glade,
gsoro hahn no uti, yehfi po 'ne, the atmoslawn. John 1,4. 3,19.
phere is so clear that we can see the sea to-day ; gsebo nam na odu
haiiii (= pete) mu a, osuro, when the leopard in his roaming (djoid
comes to an open place, he is afraid; obi nnantewh. nui nyera okwan
(/: John 11,9.

ha

11

ah a nil,

splendent;

a. bright, brilliant, glossy,

shining, glittering, re-

hahh, hyehye; adaka no (ho) ye

cf.

h.,

this

furniture

is

glossy, bright, highly polished.

ha-uam,

game, deer, venison.

ahaiiiKiii, four hundred. Gr. 78,3.

ha-ne-h{i, here and there; wokg Akiiropgn
not go to certain places (to others you may go).
1

a nil a n , red.

ha ilk a re,
cloth, iron

v.

yi,

nkg

h.,

...

do;

h a ri

pl.n-, circle;

any thing

circular,

made

of string,

hoop.

ahaiikroiij nine hundred. Gr.

78.

a 11 a [eha, wood, noa=ano, border} the border of or between

the bush and a plantation.
11 ll

ahansta,

six hundred.

hanspa

o-hantaii, a kind
ah., to he

o-li

{in

sun, seven hundred. Gr. 78.

of large tree.

pride, haughtiness; arrogance;

i\\\'Ai\ti\.iij

- ye

ah

[Ger. handspaten} spade.

c/.

ahokyere, abupo;

proud.

an tanni,

pi. a- -fo,

ahantan-sem, proud

a proud, haughty person,

pr. 1295.

or haughty specddng, behaviour or de-

meanour; arrogance, conceitedness.

ahannu, two hundred. ahanniim, five

ahanwotwe, eight hundred. Gr. 78,3.
ha

I"

a, v. [red. barahcira]

Ak.

hundred.

yera (F. yew), yeraw [yerayeraw].

haram, v. = yeram, to yawn, gape.

haramata, jjZ. a- [Sp. harmatan, an

Arabic word] the hardry wind from the interior of Africa, which blows in December, January and Februai-y toward the Atlantic ocean and is
accompanied by a dusty haze; cf. ope. pr. 1296.
inattan, a

ha ran,

s.

1. to

shine, glitter, glister (owia, gkanea, sika); to

wahyehye ne dan
cf. liyereh
has adorned or decorated his room beautifully.

be bright, glossy, splendid, bcaufiful;

mu ma

aharan,

lie

172

oharaii

ehayi.

to make shining, hrighf, glossy, hemiliful: woali. ayeforo no, tltcg

huve adorned (dressed tip, trimmed up) the bride benutifuUi/; ahyehyede ah. ayeforo yi, this bride is adorned with finery and jewels;
beliaran me ma meiiko agoru.
O-liaraii, n. brightness, splendour: monfwe nsoroma haran few
[biako!
litiraiin, adv. brightly tf'C. wapue b.

J2.

hare,

v. to

row, paddle; pr. 1731. F. kwane.

hare, harehare,

F. hahare, a. 1. light (not heavy, not bur3. quid; nimble;

2. thin (leather) :pr. 1419.
densome); cf. duru.
ue hu ye hare, he is quiclc, nimble, active, lively ; ye woho hare! ma
tutu mmirika
wo ho nye hare! be quick! aboa yi ye harehare
ntemutem, this animal is very swiff; ne nan ye liare, he is light4. light, slight, frivolous, vain, wanting dignity or
footed; cf. wewe.
solidity: oye neho hare, n'anira ye hare, n'adwenem ye (no) hare,
he islighiminded, frivolous, a blackguard, a mean, shameless jierson.

o-hare, inf. quickness, swiftness, briskness.

o-harem', o-hare so, quick, swiftly, briskly; oye u'ade hareso
a ha sa

hase,
hat a,

[hArcso.

three hundred. Gr. 78.

cask, tun, pi2)c, j^n^fcheon; cf oprihkrah, piim'pa'.

V. [red.

hatahata] to spread (clothes or other things for

by the sun or wind); to be spread out; ode ntania h. a\via mu; ntama a ehatae no awo. [G. ka.]
ha tit, hatahata, a. thin, of things that have a flat, extended
surface, as nhoma, paper, leather; asonhoma ye pipri, na oguahhoma ye h., an elephant's hide is thick, but a sheeji's skin is thin;
the sake of drying

syn. frafra, tratra.

ahaban), the bush and weeds shooting up afresh

ah a taw (F.
on a newly prepared plantation. j>r. 1298.
liate, adv.

ha, nnaho. Acts

ha-t\veji, bush-dog,

:?0,7.

odemerefui, odompo, q.v.

haw,'.", to trouble, disturb, disquiet,

afflict, distress,

annoy

vc.r,

worry, plague, persecute, bother, i)other, harass, importune, perplex; to hurt, wound, pain, grieve, moiiify cCx-. F. ha., Mt. 5,10. Mk.-5,So.
ohaw me, syn. oguah (Ak. odviane) me ho, ohiahia nieho, ohye
me ahogyaw*. oye me ayayade or aninnyanne; wo ua wohaw woho,
intr.
you hurt yourself! -F. gha neho, he disquiets himself Ps. 89,6.
wabere, aden no, he is weary or tired
to be troubled dr. wahaw
(of); F. ha, to faint, Mt. 9,36. n'ani ahaw, he is lazy, idle, indolent,
sluggish, slothful; cf. onihafo, gkwadwerg; - ode no ahaw, the yam
fret,

has become watery by lying too long in the ground.

g-haw, inf. trouble, affliction, distress, plague; troubling &c.

o-hawfo, 2jI- a-, one who troubles dr.; affUctcr, tormentor dc.

hawhaw,
or

fit

for eating;

a. u-atery,

insipnd, vapid, used of

nkani a enye ye

h.

yam

not yet ripe

= gyiriwgyiriw. hwenenweue.

iiayi-hayi, liithrr-thithcr,
e-ha yi (pronounced eh;u)=eha yi.
way -that way: mprempren gdan neho kg hayi, na mprempren
gdan neho ba h. bio, he turns note that tvay and then again this way.
this

ahdycj

alia-yo,

173

olicmpd.

[yo ha] chase, hunting; kg ah., to

ijo

a Minting.

gboa

[aboa a woyc no ha] an animal pursued and taken

sportsmen, game.
o-hayoro, )d. a.-, siwrtsmtoi, hunter; r/". gbonnngfo.
a

h//

inf.

li

Jiy

Ak. ohenc, pron. i)iferr. where':' whither? whenec? (Jr. i;

gwg he? where is lie'? odigua wg he? ivhcrc docs lie trade
gkg he? where did he go to? oli he? where docs he come from? from
whence is he?
(_'-lic,

G(),3.G1,1.

h"

nhdj pron.

how mani/? eye ahe?

ahe? how mang are thi'g? - how
dear? at what price? Or. 60,5. 61, '2. Woatg nno alie? //o/r much
jxdiu-oil have i/ou Itougld? woatg I'lho no ahe? how dear have gou
liought (or, wh(d have gou paid for) that pxdm-oil?
e-he-la, where? on or to what side? eh. na woatc sii pen? tvhcre
did gou ever hear such a thing? gkycrcc no kwan kgg h.? whereto
did he lead him ? F. Mt. 2,3.
hehii [haha]: onipa yi do mc hoh;1 bg mo dim-monc kyore
how much

interr.

[Ak. son] Itow much?

pr. 247(1 f. 1600- wosi

is it?

I'l

mini disparages, bes2)a(tcrs, defames, calumniates

fore the people; cf. sopa &c.
krof'o,

this

cm,

V. to hloie

ahe ma,

one's nose;

ghem ne fweneni,

me

he-

he blows his nose.

ahwenhenut.
ahemfi, )i. dawn, dag-breal-, the first appearance of light in the
morning; ah. pe, witli tlic first rag or gleam of daglight; wotuaa ah.
kgg gda no so, lit. fheg prevented (i.e. anticipated, had the start of)
the dawn went to the grave, i.e. theg went to the grave before dagbreak, vergearlg; monsgre ah. mmera na yenni asem no, rise early

and come

a. in cpds. white, light;

to settle the

hcmahema,

ef.

dispidc oy palaver.

very early in the morning; angpa-h. (=angpatutn) na wgkge, they tcent atvay very early; akwankg li. se de,
a.

mintumi mehkg
11

hi da, I can never set

h e m a-d a morn ing-sleep.

out on a journey so very early.

ahcmadakye, the time before sunrise (4 to G o'clock), when

the cock crows and the birds begin to sing; at dawn, just before
or about day-break.
o-h
a , o-hemmca, jjZ. n-, [ghene, gba or gbca] queen, a woman who is the sovereign of a kingdom, a female monarch; the con-

cm m

sort of

a king,

ivife

of a chief;

cf.

ghenyere.

a 11, jj^ id. [ghene man], kingdom, monarchy; cf. ahenni; the people and territory or country subject to a king; a people
ahenkiirow.
having a king; Akp. the town of a king
alio

111

ahemanakye,

s.

ahemad...

o-liemmea, = ghemnia.
all cmfi [ghene ofi] the king's

or chief's house, dwelling, residence,

aliemfi-soai'o, master (lord steward) of the king's household,

o-liciii-luro
ghene foforo.
[chamberlain.

palace.

=
= ghene bone.
o-hcni-pa = ghene pa, a good
0-li(>m-iiiuiic

addressing a king.

king; also a courteous

title in

ohempefo

174
O-h c m-p e f
J)/,
0-heni-pyporo
,

0-h e m-p

ii

^j^.

royalist,

a-,

aheinie.

mmara-so-h.,

legifimisf. Hist.

oliene kakraka, a great king.

a-,

emperor;

rf.

kaesare.

J5isi.

= yen. Gr. 58. ~ hjen, ship.

=
obene.
Ak.
O-heii,
hen, F. = ehe, ehene. Mk. 14J2.
e-hena, hona [F. vvana = hwana, Aky. nhwan,
hen, F.

3.

1.

iihwae] j)/.
hena-nom, pron. interr. wJio? whom? whose? Gr. 60,1. 61, 1-3.
hena dea? tvhose? belonging to tvhoni? Gr. 62. Wofre hena? hena
na wofre no? whom do you call? hena sekah ni? gsekan yi ye hena
dea? ivhosc knife is this?
ahenniakyiri, the fourth finger.
henakyir, nsatseaba h., F.

a h en-n n h, Qd. id.) [ghene dan, ad.] a room or house of the king.

e-hene, Ak.

= ehe; eh. fa na woreko? ivhich way are you going?

liene, henehene, a. itching, prurient; cf. hyew, hyerehyere;

me ho ye me bene or benebenehcne, my skin itches, is irritable; me
nsa ho ye me b., me nan ye me hh. (= ekeka me), my hand, my
foot is itching; eye me b. na manhiiane a enye yiye, it itches so thai

cannot help scrcdching.

o-h

en e,

pi. a-,

abemfo (Ak. obeh)

1.

king, prince, chieftain, chief;

given to tlie chief of every town as well as to

the chief of the whole country; in As. its use is more restricted;
cf. gdekiiro, gmaiiliene, gsafohene, gsee. In public assemblies frequently other words and names are used to designate tlie king, e.g.
katakyie, gpanyin, Agyakwa&c.
2. the office of a king, kingship,
roycdty: odi bene, he exercises the office of, or he rules as, a king
odi ne bene yiye, he rules tcell; wodi amaii so bene, tlicy ride over
the nations; wgagye ne nsam' bene, the kingdom has been taken from
3. di ahene, to make a 2iompous
him, he has been dethroned rf-c.
exhibition or display of royalty: oredi abene 'ne=: ghene rebefi gua
de neho abekyere (a.s. abekyia), he is about publicly to dispAay his
royalty ('or, to give a reception); abene a ebebyiaa mu nna-no no

in

Akp.

this title is

who came together the other day will turn out

appear in state to-day.
ahcne,p7. n-, Ak. afwenee. coral, pearl, bead; string of corals
or beads, pr. 1319 f. abenepa, ahene-panyiii, . 2)rccious coral, having
the value of gold, as bota (kakawa), bgdgm, adiaba, nenkyenemma,
nnyane, asen, tcteasg. Other kinds are: bankoroapem, iih\k(pr.44:j),
abrokokgkgte, dadepoti. ade, adebonoa, adobe-aba, adobodobo,
adwerebifi', adwoa-abiri (nbuwa-tuntum), mfansu, mfufuwa, oguaiianiwa, nbia, fibuwa, kabgnoa (ne adebonoa), aketebin, nkoruwa,
nkwadwo, rikwantaben, mmobitiri, mmorgkgkga, mmorgtoa, mmota, anyinyiren, mpeneme (mpr.), gsa-aniwa, nsenkwane, nsibiS,,

redi ab.'ne, the kings

in

parade

or

ntdka, ntankamagyanewa, ntantoa, atea-mogya', atoa', tgkotgko,

antopantiri, anti'akuro, atwebewii, ntwomma.
alicnne(e) [ghene ade] the insignia of the king or chief, consisting in the chair (ahehnna), the su'ord (afoa) and the ornaments
(trinkets of gold and corals).

ohenoba

hetsew.

175

o-h 6 n c-ba, pi. aliene-mma, son or child of a king, royal prince.

aliene-basa, heads stringed & tied round the wrist.

ahcne-di, inf. the pompous exhibition or disphty of
glicne 3.

li

(Ml 0-111 in a,

gheneba.

1. s.

royalty,

^. the best sort of sandals;

s.

s.

nipaboa.
aboiie-iiinia-iisatcn, a tree with edible fruits.

a beiic-aseii, beads worn round the

y-bono \va,

j'^- ^"> ^*

hij>s.

small, petty Iciny, prince, chief.

a b e n c w a, a small head.

abi'iicwa, a name given to the members of certain famiHcs

answer to a sabitatiou. Gr. 147, 'J.

in

difterent 'J'wi tribes, in

bci'iba

red.

I'l,

v.

hkn.

abciibOma., ahweiihema,
abeniii,

kingly dominion.
kingly rule;

^.

ostiii.

1.

ahemman.

cf.

abciiniakjiri
prince hereditary.

coming

s.

kingdom
kingship, exercise of
kingdom, meaning a land and i)eoplc under

[obenc-di]

inf.

[ohcne adiakyiri]

successor

1. the

to the throne,

from the thumb,

also called nsatea safohene.

2. ring-finger, the fourth finger

after the nsateahene;

it is

ghene anim, the king's face; the pdace before

alieiniim', 1.
the king; nea ghene aiikasa te hg, the king' s presence ; gkg ah. akgka asem, he went before the king to report.
ghene dan anim,
2.

tlte

si

place before the king's dwelling; the court.

a b e 11 k o r a
ntew.
obe

I'l-k

es 6

abei'ikiiro

(tet.

ayonkorawa), a kind of tree ; mmofra de n'aba

ghene kese.

w j^/.

h-,

b e

I'l-k

[ghone kilrow]

tlie

t\.

ma

town

= ghene akumri.
in

which

the

king

resides, residence, ccqntcd.

abeiikwa,
fetish

pi. h-,

[ghene akoa]

tlic

servant of a king (or of a

abosonkwa).

ah en-saw,

a climber, the fibres of which are made into a kind

(hama bi a cwg wuram' a wgboro ye sapgw); the sponqc
mepe ah. bi mate maguare; cf. gsaw, sapgw.
ee iisia, ahensia, As. awensa, akind oimousc or rat.pr. 1826.

of sponge
itself:

all

ah en tarn,

ghene ntam,

h en t la (hentua), j>?.

pr. 1327.

running knot; loop; mesh, stitch;

- wabg (hama no) b.; wgde sa mmoa, wgde kyekyere ade; - mabg
nob. du na mereye wg nnua so, I have ten stitches on the needle and

am

n-,

noose,

knitting.

all e n

kings,

tow

[ghene tgw] a small lump of "fufu", as becoming

who ought

all e nil

to eat little, cf. c-tgw,

ua, pi.

chief, throne.

g-bon-y ere

hetsew,

hkwaseatgw.

[ghene agua] the stool or chair of a king or

2. its carriers.
abe hii\v a, Ak. id.
[ghene yere]j;/.-nom, a wife of a king; r/. ghoinma.
h-,

F. roof

Alt. 8,8.

Mk.

3,4.

he

176
he... he... hi...

hi,

V.

to

s.

hia.

hye, hyi...

liye,

come or draw

to

an end

or dose; to close; to he ful-

- m'adagyew rehi,
aka ketewa so na asa,
time is nearly spoil; me nna a mcde mcrebeko no rehi or reye
ahi, my days to go away are nearly at hand; ohia ahi ato no, poverty
has (now finally or fully) overtalcen liim; - to he spent, wasted or
ivorn out by frequent use: osekan no rehi or ahi aka ketewa bi, e..s.
woasew dade bi usew asew na eresii; otuo no ano ahi; - to cease
awie dew ma aka nnyausramma nko.
burning; ogya no ahi
filled or

my
my

completed;

leisure

is

[cf. hini,

ehin, nhin, nliinri.]

passing aivay; mebere

alii

Syn.

sa, fviere.

ahi, perh. an inf. of hi: an ending, stopping, reluctance to prowhat is irlsonie, tedious, which causes dislike or dis-

ceed, iised of

pleasure (ade a eye tan or donnennenneh), i)r. 1328 ; - indignation.

Phrases: ye ahi, to provolcc, to excite disgust, indignation, resenttan, this matter is vexatious, irJcsonie,
ment: asem yi ye me ahi
afflicting, pro fo]xi)tg, teasing, loathsome, disgusting, repulsive, odious
to me, I have had enough of it; ne ho ye me ahi,=mfonee, I am weary or tired of him, I loathe him; n'anom' kasayeahi, his talJiing is

intolerahle. pr. 1492.

tew

ahi,

to

he refractory, to resist; to set

watew me ahi,
wdseh mo,

at naught, to despise, utterly disregard;

wammu me,

m'asem anso n'ani, he disregards me, disdains, slights or scorns to obey me; watcw m'asem alii
meka mekyeree no se nyy so! na obuu so kgyee; woatew ohene
asem ahi e.s. ebia wg-ne ohene abofo a gsomaa won koo ho kodii
asem no anni asem no yiye na woyaw se wgfwee won; - watew won
gmpe won nneyee, wgn nneyee nye no fe, nsg n'ani, he has
ahi,
become averse from them, he disapproves, disowns or disavows them;
opgnkg no atew no wura (so) ahi, that horse is refractory against his
manya mayi nea eye tan
master. (Matew nea eye tafi ahi maba
(adi, or) maba guam'. Obi haw wo haw wo haw wo na dakoro eye
wo tan a, wuse: matew ahi, asem yi, minni so bio.)
so,

n'ani anso m'asem,

ahi, 1. fright, affright, dread, terror: oyi no ahi, he frightens

2. mocJccry, derision, inoyi no hu, cf. bg pirim or piriw.
him
sult; oyi no ahi, he mocks at him (= odi ne ho few).

hia,
bone

is

V.

^= hin; dompe, kasae, nsge ahia

sticking in

hia,

my

me

=^

ahii'i

me, a

throat, pr. 444.

perplex, trouble, to press tvith

hia me, / cannot move (in a too
narrow place); .... se biribi or dodo, I am so pressed, in a great strait
(2 Sam. 24,14), much troubled; eho hia me (dodo), it is of ('great)
consefpience to me, I am very desirous to obtain it; - ade hia me, /
am distressed for want of money or food, am needy, indigent, poor;
impers. ehia me, I am in a strait, in distress, perplexpr. 796-801.
ity, trouble; ahia me, I have been reduced in my circumstances, have
become poor, indigent, needy, I am in need, in want, in distress,
2. impers. to be required or needful; ehia me sika.
pr. 775. 1329-S5/ need or am in want of money; ehia se.., it is recpiired or necessary
enhia, it is no matter, of
that., cf. etwa se, Gr. 157,2. 255,1 h.
V. 1. to straiten,

poverty or other necessity;

distress,

me ho

oliid

177

ahini.

importtinrc, I don't care for if. N'aiii afiira nti oliia no so obi
kycre no kwan, or, eliiano kwaiikycri'tV), hccditsc he is blind, he
wants or needs to he condnrfed hi/ somebody, lie is in want of, stands
Itcd. liiabia, q. v.
in need of a (jnidc.
))o

o-hiii, inf. poverty, indigence, tvanf, necessity, straitened circumohia do no, liia no, aka no,
stances, straits; pr. .9.9.?. 740-4.5. IS^W-oO.

poverty has occrtalcen him, he has become poor, has been impoverished; oiii Ilia, he is needy, destitute, hard u/), poverty stricken ; j)r.SS().
oliia rclii ato no, poverty stares him in the face, awaits him (s. hi).
ohia-(la, day or time of necessity, trouble, danger, distress. pr.i:j.')7.

Ilia (Aky.) some

hia-fwe,

wodi

i)if.

other, in time of need,

hialiia,
pained,
les me,

2.

tro2(bJesome or

hard upon me dr.

is

h.,

part on the liver of an animal.

ahene.

s.

they take core for each other, help each

wodi

mmoa

or nnoboa.

me ho hiahia me, I am straitened or

ir. ohiahia me ho = oguan me ho, he troubloathsome to me, presses me hard or close,

red. r. hia; 1.

Lidc. 12,50.
is

membraneous

kind of bead;

.iiliia, a

pr. 1358.

liiahia, a. F. == hihia. Mt. 7,14.

Q-\\\i\nij j)l. ahiafo, 1. a poor man (=nea onni biribi, oli. pa);
gberefo. pr. 13-59-78. 2864.
J2. a quiet, nnpretcnding, unassuming
private man (nea ompe ne ho asem, otra babi komm; me de, meye

(/.

ohiani bi a mete

me babi);

cf.

0-hiaiii-damas, imitcdive

ahianiwa,

(dim.)

ayemfo.

damcisJc.

ohiani

2.,

ohiani-ago, velveteen.
ayemfo.

o-liia-toii, (inf.) sale enforced by necessity, forced sale.

o-hia-as ubo, baptism of an infant whose premature death is

fapprehended.
ade a eye ahi.
ahide

Ak. hini, to open, to let out; hie poh no

open the door! hie yen, ojJcn to ns! Mat. 25,11.
hie no, let him out! kohie nhuan no, let the sheep out! cf. hini, bue.
Ill e hie, red. v. hie.
a h i h i ^^r. ^57.9.

hie,

V. \jred.

hiehie]

= bue dan no ano,

hieroglifi [Gr.] liieroglyph, a character in the picture-writing

of the ancient Egyptian priests; nsenkyerene-kyerew. Hist.

hihia,

him,
the other:

a.

narrow,

V. [rcfZ.

intr.

to

muamua.
move one way and

strait, straitened, close; cf. teatea,

hihliim] to

move or cause

shake, tremble, shiver;

to

to totter,

stagger, reel; to

swing; dua ahabah him, the leaves of the tree shedce; ehyen
him, the ship rolls; ehii ma ue ho him, fear makes hi)n tremble; awgw
nti ne ho him, he shivers from cold.
tr. to shake, agitate, to make
one tremble or totter, to stving; to toag, wave, flourish, brandish;
mframa him nnua, the tvind shakes the trees; mframa hinhim po mu
nsu, the tvind agitates the icater of the sea; opghkg him ne dua, the
horse wags his tail; ohim neho, lie swings. Syn. popo, posow, wosow; fere, fefere.
ohinhim ne
a hi 111, inf. di ahim, to shake: ode ne ti di ahim,
- /o wave, soar, hover: akroma redi ahim wg ahunmu. t\va
ti
ahim, F. to be lunatic. Mt. 4,24.
roll; to

12

hima

178

iihina.

hima, v. [red. himahima] 1. to sJiaJvC, ivag; oliima ne ti, he

dane, he
:2. to turn, change; oma ne ti liimae
shakes his head.
shook or staggered him in his resolutions, he caused him to change
5. to remove, withdraw: hima wo nsa,
his opinion or intention.
wo ti, woho, turn aside;- to drive away: waliima wo tamfo, Zeph.3,15.
4. h. okwan, to alter the direction of a wai/, to trans2)lace a way.
0. to turn aside, diverge, deviate gradualhj from a given direction
asubonten no ne okwan no biniae, asu no hima jii kwari no ho, the
6. to arrive at puhertij; obea no ah. (=
river and the n-ag parted
7. to punish,
adah neho, aboe bra) nti woye no popomporuwa.

chastise

('?

obs.) pr. 131. Aliima, ih.

lihimaho-bea, iihimaho-dantabaii, tropic, the place, or circle.

or zone at or over which the snn in its vertical position gradually
shifts its apparent course from the northern side of the equator to

and vice versa.

the soutliern,

Geog.

ahiinbiribiriw, F. earthquake. Mk.

hill, V. to stick fast; nsoe ahin

hone

is

sticking in

I am

in

strait,

me

in,

me menewam'j, a fishmahih dade ntam', the flint-

(ahin

throat; twerebo,

I am hemmed

stone (says),
i.e.

mg

13,8.

wedged in or sticking between iron,

wobegyee asem no hinhiiV mu,

lied, hinhin;

theg interceded, interfered or interposed in the matter (stopping the

proceedings).

Ahin me ahah me, prop. I

am

stick fast

am

in a dilemma, critical situation, strait, perplexity,

which to choose, undetermined ivhai course to pursue.

loosed, i.e. I
I am doubtful

e-hiii, ])l. a-, edge, corner [perh. end, extremity, cf. hi]; As.
twea; septum, diap)hragm, e.g. the white of an egg intervening between two yolks of the same egg (hkesua no mu da bin); cf. nhiu,
dubih, nangyehin.

n h i 11, the root of a tree, espec. the buttress-like part above ground
some large trees, as, onyii, gwowa; cf. ntini.
ah Ilia, pi. n-, pot, earthen vessel, with a gibbous belly and
comparatively narrow opening, for water, palm-wine, palm-oil; cf.

of

s\.

kuku.pr. 485. 1380-83. 2188.

a hi

11

a, ...nawa, j>?.n-, dim. of ahina.

iihina, rihindna, nhinara, nhinfi ara, v. (supplying also the

place of the Eng. adj.) 1. all, every, prop, the trhole (number or
2. 'whole (in contradistinction to
sum, of individual objects).
fragment), prop, tlic wJ/ole, total, totality, entireness; the whole quanWadi ne hhinfi, wannyaw me biribi, he has eaten
tity or amount.
all and left nothing for me; pr. 2327; ne sika nh. asa, all his money
is gone; Onyahk. wo mma nh., God is everywhere; won nh. de wonho, they are all free men; da or nna nh., every day, alivays,pr.2378.
Ne ho asem ahye asase no
nnipa hh., all men, i.e. every body.
nh. so, the rumour of him has spread over the whole country; yerebebubu dan no hh. agu fam', ive arc going to break the whole house
Obscrv. The pronunciation of this word being very unstable,
down.
a great variety of forms is met with in the earlier attempts to write
it, as: ning-yinara, ninyinra (= ne hhina), yina, uinwa, adingna
(=ade hhina), niyina, nenana (Nig. Exp. Voc. under all, each, every.

hiiiaiii

179

uliiiitiinpraku.

ichatcvcr, ichoh) : iniara, inyiana, inyiiifi (R.), \n\(\ni\ (Diet.),

(Chr.), ny'uvAv\-iv(Mf. Gr.)\\y\niWi\(rrk.)

nnyina

When the Ed. had learnt

the writing into nhina,

nhi no ara, even the end,
nfmost, last rem (tinder, ef. hi, v.. chin, hliih. This is confirmed by
the way in which it is rendered more emphatic, viz. enka bein}^
added to it, the moaning of which is: there is not ivanting (see ka);
consequently "enka-nhina" means there is not left or exelndcd even
it sounds li
probabk; tliat

that in Elinina

and thinks

it

iia

lio clian}>'('d

it is

made

of

remainder,

the last

i.e. all

or the ivhole without exception.

hi 11 am, v. to squirt, sjnrt, S2)urt (water or spittle from the

mouth); ef. anohyira; - awg h. ntasu, snakes eject or discharge
slaver; wohinam no so, they spit on him.
a ii

n a 11, n.d-a. quadrate, square; four-cornered, qiiadran-

ii-a

ahiii-asa, n.&a. triangle; three-cornered, triangular.

ahin-asid,
hill

waves or

him,

/J/?^"'-

n.d-a. hexagon; hexagonal, sexangular.

red.

fosses his

him; - ohinhim ne

v., s.

head

hiiiliii'i, red. v.,

in pride

s.

ti

de di adehyesem, he

and arrogance.

bin.

dan no iiuo
koka opon no hini auo; hini berapae; minhini dan no ano (=
mento pon nom') ana? - 02)p. hie; (/. mua.
2. Ak,
hie, to ojwn,
unlocli; hini dan no, 02)cn the room ; opp. to mu.
5. intr. to open,
hiiii,

V.

1. to

shut, close, lock a door, a gate; hini

he opened, pr. 713.

Ahinime, name

of a month, about October;

s.

osram.

hintabea, -be re, -bew, hiding-place.

h i 11 1 a h i n t a w red. v. pr. 393. 1265.
,

li

in t aim 11 11, the smallest kind of

hintaw,
he hid or

ant.

Kuk. fvvinta, F. hota, hunta,

concealed; wakohintaw or wah. neho,
v.

conceal; to
he has hid himself;
to hide,

wah. ne sika, he has concealed his gold; ade a abintaw nhinil befi adi,
all that is concealed will come to light. - b. is also used to express
the adv. secretly: woye hintaw, or, wobiutaw ye, they do it secretly;
[pr- 183-83. 1384.
a hintaw e, hiding-place.
ahintaw-mii, in secret, secretly, stealthily, by stealth, clandestinely.

hintiw,

V.

[Ak. sunti, F. purow]

the foot against, to hurt the foot

I have knocked my

hintiw bo,

I have

hurt

hin

t i

my foot

to

stumble, to strike or knock

by knocking against something; mamah. me nan,

against something), pr. 1387.

foot against a stone;

(by knocking

it

b 6 stumbling-stone.
,

hintidiia, stumbling-block, any cause of stumhling or

falling,

cause of offence or sin, occasion of sinning.

hinti-liintiw,

red. v.

hill till, V. to excite, rouse, stir up; me bo ab. me,

stirred up, my anger has been roused or excited.

o-h

111

ti(m)praku, a piece of wood contrived

so

my

heart

tliat it flics

is

bach

ahisem

180
ujion ivJiafever

ouches

wo; - masi auoma no

cluasin a

if;

ho.

wode sum

ehutan a, ebo

afiri;

h. pr. 13S5f.

ahi-sem [ahi asem] a vcxntlons ov provolc'wfi word or nuitfcr,

:= ascm a eje ahi or tan, abantansem oka ah.
ahi-tew, inf. reluctance, nnwilUnyness, displeasure, dislike.
ahi-ye, inf. teasing, vexation, provocation.
;

alil-yi, inf. mocJceri/, derision, scoff, scorn:

0-liiy ii'o, ^Z. a-, mocker, deridcr, scoffer.

fewdi.

cf.

hm

hm, inter j. an expression of faint-hearted or reluctant

compliance, acqniescense or assent, or of anger. pr.356S.
o-h 0, )>ron. of place, Gr. (50,8. find place, there, thither; sometimes applied to time: then, cf. eligbere; onam ho, there he (joes;
owo ho, he is there, he is present; onni ho, lie is not there; eho ye,
'// is u-cll; - di ho, to he the second, the not in a row, in ranlc, s. di
It may take the adj. pron. no after it: eho no, wudu ho a,
23.

wobehu

biribi, there, ifi/ou

come

there,

you

will see (experience)

some-

may stand as an attribute the poss. case before a

noun: eho awgw sen hade,
cold
countries
severer than
^In connection with some verbs, as gye, sere, answers
the Eng.
from: wagye me ho sika, he has
money from
wgba no F. = wgba ne
me; osere me ho ade, Gr.
ye ho, F. he done, come pass.
Ml:
likyen. Mt.
29 enye
so! When ho stands
apML
he
must be n-ndered
Eng. by
a noun of place,
position
nnua abieu
two
tiirom'
garden.
stood
ell Olio in (a kind of plural form), thereahout(s). The emphatic
particle ara may be added: eho-ara na ope se gko, he desires
go

wgte hgnom-ara, they

thercahoufs, nowhere
just
thing!

in

It

in those

the

is

here.

it

2)rep.

to

iedccn

]i,'^9.

11,S3. 13,4.

ho,

22,"), 3.

to

J:2,IS.

ho,

f-

to

sisi

ho,

trees

to

in

in

it

ho,

to

it

that:

in that

to

live

there;

else.

Cf. hg-ne-hg.

ho,
ho,

v.,

ho,

interj.

wo de

a,

V.

red. hoho,

Ak.

s.

= how.

horo.

expression of contempt; obi ka ascm hi na enye

wuse: ho!

expressing disdain and defamation: woliuro no hoo

they deride or revile him with shouts; wgsg no ho,
ho ho ho, F. interj. of shouting,
they speah indignantly of him.

h6\

interj.

= wgbg no tutuw,

ne kuru nom' da tokuru ho,

n'auiwam' aye ho, his eyes are
2. leaky, prehollow i.e. sunJc in their orhits or soclcets; cf. honh.
senting a gap or opening to see through: osuhye no mu da ho ho
nti, gdan no I'lwini, hecause the roof has holes large enough to see
through, the house is damp, lets ivater in; mpapaeho, a fissure, cleft
or crack that can he seen through.
li6, n. tO adv. 1. deep, hollow;

there is

a deep hole

in his tvound;

ho, adv. i(- n. loudly, aloud; a roar, nproar, huhhuh, tumult,

wgteem' ho, wgye ho, they cry aloud, they hollo, hrdloo,' make
a loud noise, huhhuh or riot; cf. hgbgbgbg, hii.
6 h o, olioo, interj. F.=n'n6(^, dabi, no, nay; Gr. 1 46,3.. ilff. 5,37.
hu, interj. an expression of disgust at some stench, pr. 460.

riot;

cho.
c-lio, Or.

oidinird
iiKiii

(ifdiic; -

j)IacH':

cases

i?

i>(iri,

l/ic

ill

llS-ll*(>.

cxlcriitr:

- d)

/>)

akyi

or

akyiri

llir

oiilcr or

of jx-isoiis:

lite irlialr

/icrson.

ports, the sjioei: without or outside

o. ^f) of local n'latioiis: oh, at, />//,

at/<iinsf; - />) of causal relations:
r'etatimf to.

ti) (tf tliiii}i,s:

I.

(t/>j>C(iriiii(f

i) the irhdlc Ixxli/;

outward

wliicli

///('

outside, sntf(tvc,

ISI

t/ic

of, (d,

Gr. 121,2. 210/^ 24;i

of

(exf(![)t.iii<^

staiuls); iieaniess, projiiiiit//.

)ie((r, to,

hu-

^i.

sidrwanls, alwut, irrouud,

alwut, touchiiit/, roiireriiiuy,

7.V///. J.

vl.KxampU's in which ho is the i;rannnatical suhject of a sentence.

/. Ne ho ye hn, - nwoiiwa, - serew, his iip/iraraurc excites fear,
^. When (Icnotiii}:; the. outer part of a thinj^
wtouter, - touiihter.
(tf whidi the preilieate exj)resses an action, coiulition, or (juality
that may he perceived hy the senses of vision, smell, or touch: it
is, ill Enu;., generally left untranslated, its attritjute heing the suhject of the Eng. scMitence: j\Ipata ho wo al)(n, fis/ies have (lit, the
surface of fishes has) sc(des; adaka no ho ye Iijinahana, this furniture is vera tjrijiht ; ahina ho ye hyehye, pr. 13S3.- nantvvi hi ni, ne
ho kokg ne fufu, there is a tndloclc of a red and white colour; akoa
(afana) no ho ye fe, this fellow (woiuan) is pretty; wo ho aye fi, jiou
are dirt//; nehoye nwini, ye tan, he is nast//, U(/l//; aholiow ho hon,
the red aut stinhs, pr. ilo. 24:.'7. won ho ye hiiam, the/j are or become,
sweet-sceided, hare a sweet smell; o]k)u no ho ye torotoro, this tidde
is smooth; oye onipa a neho hhvvi-iihwi, lKi.1,8. oknra poma, eho
apgw-apow, lie has a knotti/ slick in his hands; inahu dua hi, eho
5'. In
nsge-nsge, I have seen a tree with the bark full of thorns.
the sense of bod// (in contradistinction to mind) ho occurs in a numl)er of exjiressions which denote conditions and tjualities of the
hodily constitution of man: Wo ho te denV how (ire you? me ho te
yiye or me ho ye, / am well; me ho ye pese or pintinn, / am }>erfectly well ; me ho ye kakra, I am tolerat)ly well; me ho uye kora,
/ am not at all well; me ho nye me dch, I do not feel well; ne ho
aye no den bio, ne ho agyae, he has yot better again ; ne ho ye den,
neho pirini, lie is strony, he(dthy, stout; he has a strong constilutiou;

neho him, popo, saw,

lie

shakes, trembles, quakes, shivers;

neho

ye hyew, he is hot; no ho hum no, ye no hyew or hyerehyei'e, he

feels hot; ne ho keka no, ye no hene or henehone, his skin itches, is
irritable; neho apa, his body is bare, espec. of beasts: ase ama oguah
no ho apa, the manyc (scab, or itch) has caused the sheejfs hair to
fall off: ne ho abubii no kora, he is entirely sh(dtered, broken down,
exhausted, strenythless, laid low; ne ho aba ne ho bio, neho asan, he
has recovered from, his sickness, is well again; neho tua neho, he
is fat, well fed, corpulent; neho twa, neho ye hare, kamkam, wewe, he is nimble, cpdck, active, brisk, alert; neho da hg, he is uncovered, exposed, denuded; neho &{\, he is pure, clean; fig. he has
been cleared from guilt, acquitted. Justified; neho tew, he is bright,
pure, blameless, holy; ne ho ye no yaw, he feels j)ain in his body;
gyare; neho worow, his skin peels off.
neho awu, s. wu.
4.
Other Combinations of h o, body, self, with a verb, have, by a transfer from the bodily to the mental province, become expressions for
mental conditions and aft'ections. In some such phrases ho signifies

eho.

182

the circumstances of a person or thing.

disheartened; uelio bono, F. he is amazed.
Mk. 2,1^. ne ho dwiriw no, he is amazed, terrified; ne ho ad wo, agow
(no), akji, ka ne ho, asan no, pesew no or sepew no, ato(no), atu no,
he is at ease, ccdm, composed, comfortable, happy, joyful, rejoiced,
contented &c. ne ho afgm no, he is in anxiety, cast down, dejected,
dismayed; nehohiano, kyere no, yeraw no, he is in a strait, in
distress, trouble, perplexity; neho liaw no, hwanyah no, pere no,

the things

round about or

Neho abow

no, he

nsen no,

no, he

titi

means meet
means are dried up
ho, his

is

is

ne ho hyia ne
ne ho awow, his
exhausted; ne ho twa, ne ho wo, lit. his about

impatient, restless, iineasy

d'C.

his wants, he has all he wants;

i.e.

smooth or dry, i.e. he is not disorderly (sakasaka), he is clever,

adroit, smart, well-^mannered ; neho ye sakasaka, he is disorderly,
5. In some phrases ho means the space aboid, the
ill-mannered.
ivay to get at, or a source, a place to receive something, or the concerns of & thing: Afuw no ho da ho, the access to the plantation lies
there i.e. is open, not impeded, the plantation is not fenced in; nhoma
yi ho ye me na or hia me, I am anxious to get this bonlc; nhoma yi ho
ye na, this boolc is not easdy to be got at; asem no ho hia, that ivord
Ne ho ye fow, good wages may be
(or matter) is of importance.
had from him, he gives good wages. Me ho wo ade, - akyede, I am
foiiunate in getting things, - presents.
B. Examples in which ho is an attribute in the possessive case:
"Wo ho ade ye den, things belonging to your nature are very hard,
i.e. your dealings or manners are troublesome (?), there is not much
help to be had from you; - wo ho ade ye na, things from you are diffiIn most cases ho in
cult, i.e. there is little to be expected from you.
the poss. case must, in Eng., be rendered by prepositions: Oko no
ho asem ni, this is the history of that war; ne ho hu nti woguahe,
from fear of him they fled; wakyerew me n'akwantu ho nhoma, he
has written me a letter about his journey.
is

Examples in which ho is the object of the predicate:

ho in the reflexive pronoun forms the object of refl. verbs, cf Gr.
2. ho =the outside, outer part: dufua ne dua a woa57.218,1 a.
fufuaw ho kakra.
D. When h 6 is the locative complement of a predicate, or the specific complement of a verbal phrase (Gr. 208. 213.. 214), or when
it occurs in an adjunct of place, concern or cause, it always refers
to an attribute expressed or understood, and is, in Eng., rendered
by prepositions or adverbs of place. Ote pon ho, he is or was sitting at the table; me nso migyinaa ho bi, I also stood by; yeaben
kurow no ho (Gr. 208,3), tee have come (close) to, or, are near the
town; eti bo akyene ho, a sJcull sticJcs to the drum, pr.Ull; mfonini
sen dan ho, the picture hangs on the wall; Akwam' da Firaw ho,
AJcwam is on the river Volta; agyinamoa de ne ti twitwiw ne nan
ho, the cat is rubbing its head against his leg; - waka wo ho asem
yiye, he has spoken well of you; ne ho asem hyee (wo) asase no nh. so,
the report of him (his fame) spread over the whole country; nkyene
nse ne ho se: meye de, salt docs not say of itself: I have a pleasant
taste, pr. 1942. mabere (wo) no ho, I am tired of him; midweh me
C.
1.

hoa
inia

In"),

/ am

ode niiipa

tliiukimj about

..ho, to

ahodannan.

iii//

hnil/icr.

kaa dnin no ho; Gr.

lia

Verbs that have

bo

cans. /o

ho tew), to clean, nia/ce bri;/ld, Jioli/,

brush (clothes); t\Viw (asepaterc) lio,

and

here, silver is ivhite

incka no

li6;

liu;

(>.

to join,

ho few,

..

to

to trouble;

moek
- tew

to sanctifi/;

to brush, rub,

tii

at; guaii
..

red; -

[fold is

..

ho,

ho (eaus. of

(atade) ho, to

clean (boots) &v.

be white, pale, litjld-coloured; dvVete hoa

to

V.

h. Jiiiii.

reduplicate; - bata,. liO, fain.,

add;- dura.. ho, kata..

doiiljh',

added; cans,
lio, to envelop, cover; - gorn .. hO, di
hia .. ho (cans, of ho guah, ho liia),
ho, ka..lj6, to Join, he

hoa,

Afyka ne

214,1

lio tor their coiiiinon coniph'nieiit:

(Jonltlc;

l)C

183

na sika

to be hri<jht, to shine, (jlisten,

gkgtn nti
become white dv., pr. ^931.
have become pale tvith long continued hunger;
- to ripen: aburow no alioa
abore, aye ko, the corn is ripe, yelhoa ho, to malic white,
low or white (to harvest, Johni, .'Jo) ; pr. 672.
to jntlish; dwete dwinne ho biri a, odwumfo na ohoa ho. lied, hoa(flitter;

to turn, (/row, or

ii'ano ahoa, his lips

hoa,

q. V.

hoa,
no hoa,

a Vujht colour; liijht-tdue cotton-yarn or cloth; waliye

n.

lie

hoa,
to

has dyed

s.

it

liijld-blue.

hoae, F. whiteness.

hoawa.

\\
a h o a, red.
fatter; - h. neho

v.

1. s.

hoa.

(reft.), to

3. to praise or extol

boast or

beyond merit;

br(((/ (vvg.. lio, of..).

o-ho-aiika-iii, a selfish, self-sufficient person; neaonipe se onipa

ho ka no, na ne nkuto pe neho. pr. 1-117.

hwanyan.

lioaiiyriii, s.

e-lioara,/s#

hoawa,

s.

there, (at) that very

place; pr. 3251.

awowa; ode nano asi me ah.; niedze

ahoba, F.
w'ano ah., thereto I pliyht or (jive thee my troth.
ahobadze, V. pledye.
.s.

si

s.

ahoba', the generative fluid

e-ho-bere, that time, then.
ahobo, F.

in

ho aboa;

flush or glow,

aho-boa, ahoboaboa,
h ob b b 0, adv. loudly,
bom', teem' h.

of the male, sperm,

menokwar

animal seed;
f(^f-

nsu.

ahobow.

s.

= onipa

alio-boa
keka no, he is

eho.

ofwedwa.

= ho, hu.

ef. tiboa, nsaboa; - neho mmoa

from excitement, joy, passion,

inf.

preparation; syn. ahosiesie.

aloud, noisily, clamorously ;

sfi,

kasa,

aho-bow, inf. (E\) [ho, bow v.'] wonder, astonishment, amazement; surprise; eye me ah. (== ahodwiriw, liwoiiwa), I marvel,
wonder, am astonislied. Mt. 9,33. 13,54. 22,33. 27,14.
ahobodzo, F. wonder, miracle. Mt. 24,24.
aho-drida,

aho-daiV,

inf.

inf.

[dada neho]

self-deceit, self-deception.

[dan neho] turning, conversion.

aho-dan na n', inf. [dannan neho] repeated change or transformation; nimbleness, agUity, versatility, pr. 2547.

184

aliodaso

aho-daso,

inf.

circumspection. Ah.

ahu-de(e),

ahotweso.

[rlaucbo so] readiness, preparation, precaution,

nye hu, pr. 1393.

Y .&\\bdi7.Q\e\io ?iA%\ personal propcrtij,

geaei'. 2^>'operfij.

effects, tlungs;
e-lio-de, Inf. [de neho] independence, Uhcriy.

aho-edeii, aho-odeii [ho ye or wg gden] (boddi/) licaJth and

strength; strengtli in general, power, niig/d, valour; cf. tumi.
0-ho-odeiifo, pi. a-, a strong, health//, stout man ov person, a

man

of valour; cf. oberah, otwentwemfo, otumt'o.

a h 6 o d e n-n e, ahooden-sem, valiant, powerful or mightg deeds.
a^ mighty works.
d e ii-ii w u
ah

aho-dom,

neho] cffeminac/j, delicacy, softness,

inf. [dora

ness; gye ah. dodo, he

o-hodoinfo,

^:)?.

is

weakling, tender, delicate, effeniinate person.

a-,

hodoo, ahodog, Ky.

horow, ahorow.

s.

aho-dwaiie, Ak. = ahoguan.

aho-dwira, ahodwira, inf. [dwira
ahu-dVviriw, inf.
nwohwa, ahoyeraw.
happy

state

\\q\\o] purification.

[ho d\viriw] terror, horror, amasemcnt;

aho-dwo, ahodwoee,
peacefid,

tveaJc-

too delicate (in feeling), too tender or tvcfd:.

and

[ho

inf.

dwo]

rest

(from trouhle);

cf.

quiet,

circumstances.

hodvVo, hodwohodwo,

a. ( adv., slack, lax,

relaxed, loose;

weak, feeble, strengthless; syn. bete, bercw, borggg e^c; gye adwumaye mn hh., he is slack in his work.
hodwow, r. 1. to he or become slack, relaxed, loose, weak,
feeble; n'adesoa ah., his load is no longer tight; wabg akwakora uti
or ne yare nti wah., from old age or from sickness he has become
agow.
^. tr. to slacken (adesoa mu,
weak; ne nsam' ahodwow
to make a bundle less tense or tight); to loosen (hama or epgw mu,
san,
a string when tied, or a knot), opp. mia, yere mu; to untie,
opj). kyekye; to weaken, enfeeble, debilitate, relax; wgahodwow no
hodwohodwo, he has been entirely disabled, sprained or exhausted
(so that all his limbs are, as it were, out of Joint).

aho-fa-di,

inf. [fa

neho

emancipation, manumission, liberty.

di]

g-holadifo, pil. a-, an emancipated slave.

ahofadi-pefo, the liberal party. Hist.

aliofama, inf. [fa neho mfi] voluntary

some purpose, voluntariness, volunteering;

offering of one's self for

ah. dgm, a

devotion.

volunteer company, corps of volunteers, free corps.

o-hofamafo, p^l. a-, volunteer.

aho-efe, -ofew [ho ye or wg gfew] beauty, fairness, fineness,

o-hoofefo, i^Z. a-, a
handsomeness, grace, elegance, prettiness.
nea neho ye fe; cf. oso.
fair, handsome, pretty person;

aho-fi, /;//. [ho fi] cleanness; innocence; acquittal; deliverance

(by the A'erdict of a jury).

ahO-fom, inf. [ho fgm] dejection, deprression of spirit or mind.

aho-ofwam, Ak. = aho-ohuam.
aho-fweso, inf. [fwe neho so] chastity, pudiciiy ; heedfulness.

ahofwi
a

1 1

o I'w

1,

185

ahohora.

(IchiiKcJicrij, dissoluteness^ inlciii/x'rancc, l<(sciri(ii(siicss,

tcicduess, liccnfioKsiiess; cxtraoar/ance, laulshncss, prodiyidity

iiKj.

if.

riot-

iiiiyonuycutwi.

o-liorwiiii,

-io,

})l. 'A-

dehdKchce, sensiifd or dissipalcd person;

prodiffuK squanderer; cf. ogyennyentwi,

allot' \Vi-s<jm^ proflUjacii, vicious and pcrnicions or destructive
dcalin(f.

alio-ii'Oii o, inf. [Iio f>ouo (<ygo\v] l.atsc, easiness;

freedom fnnn

pain, disturhanee, trouble, tad, distress, exertion, an)io/jancc, porert//

(Did difficult//; rest, quiet; al)sence of
bi

any

tliimj t/ud ruffles, diseoin-

hi nni wo so, iiso woiinc

kaw bina wowg biribi to biribi di.)
j2. carelessness, indifference.
aho-giian, ////. [guan ho] vexation, harassing, troubling (act.

poses or frets, tranquilliti), pcaec.

(Ascm

o-h o n a t'o, j;L a-, a vexations, troublecf. ahoy i'Y aw, pass.).
some person, vexcr, troubler, disturber.
alio-ti'jo, inf. [gye neho] self-defence, self-deliverance.
ahoi^ye-ko, tear of independence, liberation-war.
ode neho gyigye mu] interaho-f^yigyem', inf. [gye ah.
<j,'

I'l

ference, (inter)meddling; forwardness,

o-liogyi<^yoin

fo.

/)/.a-, bus/j-bod//,

cf.

toretereye.

saucg or inquisitive person,

uieddler.

aho-haran,

inf.

[ho

liartin]

splendour, magniftcence; cf anuo-

nyani.
a

ho- eh arc, -oh a re, Ak. aho-oherc [ho ye hare]

swiftness,

quicJincss, ligJdncss, nimhlencss. pr. .506.

aho-hia, inf. [ho hia] distress, embarassmcnt, perplexUg, prcssvre (passively), trouble.
gh6guahfo.
o-liohiat'o, pi. a-,
ahu-hiahia, inf. pressure (act.), vexation, tribulation, trouble.

aho-him, inf. [ho him]

hoho, red. v., s. horo.
o-hoho,
;2.

guest;

sliow

him

jj?. a-, 1.

meye no

h.

hospitality;

lodgings (d Ids house,

trcmhling.

stranger, foreigner,

cf.

onanani, omamfrani.

migye no wo me fi, mokokyc no aduan, I

mesoe ne hkyen, 1 2Jut up, tcdcc
meye ne h.
am Jiis guest ; wakosoe h., fie has gone to tafce

lodgings.

ah

li

ah 6 a, inf. [hoahoa neho] boast,

brag, bravado, ostentation,

hoho-bea,

[P'^iffa foreign place; gko h., fie ivent abroad.

ah oh o-d a h, a house (or room) for strangers or guests; inn, hotel.
ahoho-duau, food of a guest, food obtained by fJie fhospitality

of

otliers.

ahoho-l'i, a fiouse wficre travellers are lodged and entertained;

syn.

ahghodah^

cf.

asoee.

ahoh(jrji, ahorohora, Ak. ahorohorowa, disgrace, dishonour,

ignominy, infamy, sfiame, scandal; w;iye ali., n'auim aye ah., fie
has been disgraced (pei-h. disgraced himself), has become infamous,
abject; bo or ye .. ah., to defame, disgrace, disfionour; to insult, abuse,

ohohorani

186
revile; s^;?.yaw,
ase.

ka anim,

tectee,

horn.

ma ani wu;

ahohora-bo, aholiora-ye,

cf.

didi atera,

gu anim

inf.

O-hohoraiii, j>?. a- -fo, an infamous, despicable, abject, vile person (onipa a oye bone na obi mmu no; opp. onuonyanifo).
aho-horaii', inf. [horan neho] arrogance, assumption. Ah. na
ede ko ba, pr.

h oh ore,

grow

red.

v.

bore, to heave, swell, rise (said of dough]; to

abofra no ahohove kokuro, onipa no ah. aye kese.

fast, thrive:

ho ho re, mucus, spittle, phlegm; gbo waw na

and throws out phlegm cf. ntasu.

ofe

h.,

he coughs

hohoro,
ahohow',

red.

v.

horo.

a species of ant, emitting an offensive smell, of a

reddish colour, living on trees, espec. lime- and orange-trees. /jr. 2i27.

ahuhuw, huruhurow a
jihohow'
nom' ah. bon, ye hiiam, ye hyew.

o-hoho-ye,

a-, inf.

reception

efi

nipa auom', breath; n'a-

and entertainment of strangers or

guests, hospitality.

ah 0-0 hiiam,

sweet scent or smelly grateful odour, fragrance.

ahO-huru, inf. [ho burn] heat, warmth.

ah h u r u-b e r e, summer.
aho-h w anyaii,

inf. s.

hwahySh.

ahohoahoa.
aho-hyeh3^e, inf. [hyehye neho]
aho-h yes 6, inf. [bye neho so] self-command, self-discijdine,
chastity.

aho-ehycw, -ohyew,
cf.

heat of the skin or body in fever &c.

ahohuru.

o-hokafo, a

mma;

cf.

single

man; nea onni

bi lika

ue ho, onni yere, nni

ohokwafo.

ahokcka,
heat,

inf. [ho keka] itching, prieldng, tingling; p)ric]dya cutaneous eruption of red pimples, s. fifise.

ahokeka,

//'.

ahokekadc,

[kekri neho] adornment, decoration; attire, dress.

ornament, adornmerd ;

set-off,

finery; trimmings;

Jewels.

O-hok wal'o, 2'1- ^'i 1- "ea okunu se oyere mfam ne ho, a single,
unmarried person, also a widower or widow; cf. ohokafo, osigyafo,
okunafo.
^. nea pyare bi nkurano na biribiara nye no, a sound,

healthful, hfde, hardy, robust, stanch person.

aho-kyere, inf. [ho kyere] = ahohia.

aho-kyere, inf. [kyere neho] ostentation,
vain-glory ;

cf.

vanity, (self-)conceit,

ahantaii, ahohoahoa, ahohyehye,

okyerefo,

ahom, ahupo.

an ostentatious, vain, self-conceited person.

horn, Ak. F. pron. s. rao & Gr. 58 Hem. 1. 2.
horn, V. \_red. hohhom] F. ohom no so, Akr. ohye no so, odi
no so mmerantesem &c. to outrage, treat with violence and tcrong,
roughly, rudely. - horn do, F. to rule over. Mk. 10,42.
o-li

horn,

a-,

F.

pil. a-,

= homo, strength, pr. 1510.

Mk.

12,30.

;.

ahomegi'i.
F.i. = gli6me. 3. (jyeah. = oye ahokyero,
ahum,
ka
proud.
[Mt.
= nlioma.
= liama. Mk.
jihoma, F.
ahom

inf.

3. n'alioin

taii, lie is liaiKffif//,

5,12.

iVhom a,

I's.

128,2.

^.

woma, nwoma,

lioma, Y. aliCima,

tet.

taken from an animal body

aliaii-

iiolio, lie is liitp))ij.

1,7. 7,3').

1.

187

1.

the sldn ov hide

oj^uanhoma, nantwiiilioma, asonlioma.

3. leather.
3. paper; r/'. boro-nhoma, krata.
l.j)Iai/iii(/-eard(s); tow nh., to phi i/ (at) eards.
5. letter, epistle;
6". hook; sijn. brukfi'.
7. iib. or iihomam',
cf. mana-nlioma.
hoolc-lear))i))ij ; liferari/ knoivledijc: osua nh., he learns to read; he
studies; onim nliomam', he is an ediuudcd, learned or literari/ man,
I'lhoma, uhoniawa, i>/. nhoma-nhoma, /rao^, />ra//6C,
a seholar.
pamphlet, little hoolc.

(diff- viere);

ef.

h o in a

I'l

ua

u'

[nhoma

I'l

a agiuin] a dried sldn

owu ye ahh. yaw,

[pr.

a 10 m a-k

I'lhoni
books.

a-kyere

di

nil.,

to

ho kwahnya, liberty of the press.

11

h 6 111 a-p

u li

111

e,

a-s u a

M91.

kan, reading hooks ; cf. Gr. 203, 1

NV, inf. writinn on paper, writing of letters or
lih.
correspond, have epistolarij intcrcotirse.

inf. --^ iVhuina

ii

homa-iiy ansa,

science.

nhoma a wgapo no aye krata, jjarc/iwicf. 2 Tim.4,13.

nhoma sua, learning from books.
inf.

priniing; rih.-tintim-afiri, printing-press.

card-playing.

I'lliOiiiri-tintiiii, inf.
11

m a-t

w,

inf.

ho 111 a 11,

V. {^cd. homahomrti'i] to swell (of a bud, a carcase),

distend; to be puffed up or bloated, inflated or flushed {with
pride); to puff oneself uj); wahoman akg won so, he ftetv upon them,

to bloat,

raUed at them, used rough and angry words, insolent

language, against them. 1 Sam. 26,14. Cf. horan.
e-hom-ara, F,

home,

V. 1. to

mo

and reproachful

ara.

breathe;

wawu, onhome

bio, he is dead, he brea-

no longer; ontumi nhome nsi so, he cannot breathe well, breathes

with difficulty (ne home no nsi so yiye, ente senea da ete no).
2.
to rest, repose; mabere, mekghome kakra; owigyinae mehomee wg
Aburi; se woforo bepgw yi wie a, wobehome.
3. to vibrate, pulthes

sate,

beat or throb, as the arteries

o-home,
yi n'ni

e- (inf.)

home,

1.

and the

heart.

breathing, breath.

ah, this fellow

has no strength

(to

2. strength:

work,

o,

akoa

to fight).

Phr. me home tew, lit. my breath rends, i.e. my strength fails me,
I can bear it no longer, am in consternation, despair, despondency
it is used in the present tense; in t\\Q pret. und j)erf. tense the j'hr.
"me ho yeraw me" is used for it.
4. rest, repose: eyi anstl-na
manya oh., now at length I have got rest; gh. bi nni asase so, there
is no rest on earth.
5. Phr. me home ka me ho, my rest is undisturbed, I have peace; cf. ahomeka,
5.

ahomc,
rest,
let

repose:

(inf.) 1. breath; sigh;

kogye wo ahome, go

me have my

gu

repose.

aliouie-gu,

inf.

ah., to sigh. pr. 291.

take your rest;

a sigh; sighing.

ma miunyc

2. F.
m'ah.,

ahomegve

1.S8

ahome-u:ye,
and

inf.

inf.

liynelio.

recreation, refreshment, recovcri/ of strength

spirit after toil; F. rest.

aliome-ka,

Mt. 11,28 f.

[me home

me

akfi

ho]

satisfitiiioii,

(jladncss,

joy, Ixtpplness.

ahome-tew,
heincj out

[home tew or tew home]

inf.

ofhreofh;

Ijrentlilrssncss,

dislress, e.vressice trouble, ve.vatioi/

etew wo home (somethinij that inlccs (iwtii/ your Ijreoth or

wuiinya ahomeye, ehaw wo; syn. abotn, ahoyeraw.

emma

ahomctew

ahoyeraw) na oka.

(a.s.

aho-emerew,

2)r.

tfie

biribi a

cC-c.

rest) e.s.

Owo

tie

3446.

-oinereWj u-eokness,

infinitify. dehility.

ahomegye, ahomekA.
ahomkam', F. gladly. Mk. 12,37.
o-homo, shouting to welcome a person; bo li., to make a noise
welcoming ; cf. bo t\Vi. Woboo homo gyee no awo.
homofo, the criers in cliasing game,
ahom-g'VO, -ka, F.

in

.s.

[ahome tenten] F. gu

honitscii

h., to

sigh dcciily. Ml;. 8,12.

honhgn] to pull out that which stuck fast (the blade

of a knife, the iron of a hoe from the handle, a nail from the wall);
hoh ognaii aben no, honto extirpate (a horn from a goats head
lign aben no); to screw out, unscrew; honhon akyene no mfewa',
fake out the screws of that drum.
ohon no ^^ gwo
Iioi'i, V. to seize hy the nape and jJush away
no nkonsiaw, gpo no taw, osnm no atiko.
h oil,

v. \red.

Ii

honhon]

oil, V. [red.

me

lion

is

nan, the Guinea-wortn causes

o-lioii,
ntini,

: me nsareh(tn, my hai/d is swelswollen; - tr. to cause to swell : mfa

to swell

ling; n'afono ahoh, his cheek

tlic

marrow

iti

my

leg to swell.

the bones; brain; tirim h. the brain(s); hon-

nerccs.

a.dcudv. deep, very deep, said of a wound, a well, the

eyes in their cavity; cf. ho.
li()iiii,

ho 11 11,
bah mil

h.

the Itumming ov buzzing oi

\\\Q.^\

wotu

a,

wote won nta-

honyohonyo.

cf.

[=

ho nam; onipa honam, nehonam] ]. the body of

mc te se glionam no ntama, we
;J. the flesh,
are close or fast friends. Cf. onipadua; efunn, amn.
Scr. - ohonam akguno, fleshly lusts.

o-lioiiam

man

ly;

or animal; pr. 1420-22. o-ne

g-houam-ani, outward appearance; ohonam-ani ha-yi, outward- ghonam-ani-ade, oidward, bodily, tempored (notspiritu(d) things.
ahonaiii-dzen, F. health-

o-honan-iiew

[q\\oxikm Aew'] sensual pleasure, sensuality, volup-

tuousness.

o-honam-nipa, a person of
o-honaii-koro
honaii-kuni
lio-ne-ho,

nom'

a,

nkg

he ivavers,

is

b.

1.

one's

own

flesh i.e. family, kin, kin-

= ghonam koro, Mt.

= honam mu kxww, pr.l42Sf.

19,5.

there

and

wokg knro
middling; indifferent; gwo h.,

there, certain places there;

3. intermediate,

undecided.

[dred or people.

luniluHM

uli6ni,

li(')

spirit; the spirit of man [ah. =o8Am}lii

sunsuma iia tetefo fre no sa(se): nc

sunsiim, alninmu adc ncn;

U.S.
li.

(pi.) a-,

189

ahoodoii.

no so akye (orebcwu non); onipa \vu

asoro.

Onyamo

soro].

the Sj'irif of

h.,

God

a,

no

h.

fi

no

mu

Ilonhoni kronkron, the

ko

Ifoli/

(ihost; lionlioin alioto, spiritual joji or hitjipiiicss; lioiiliom-iiiu jidc,

spirit It at
ii

tJiiiii/s.

Imu'iIiomi, a

ho

11

ho 111,

niil(t, ijenttc iviiut;

red.

v., s.

<f. nifarc,

honi; nhoiihoni nui

mfVania, alium.

so, nia nu'iih('imt!

hoi'ihgi'i, red. v. hgn.

ho iihon,
O-honi,

red. v. \\oh,

pi. a-,

supposed

to

fu/iirc

and jmt

sont a sick person

made

of clay or wood, meant to roprc-

at the outskirt of the

be troubling- the person

town

for the spirit

amaga.]

inunjc, statue; idol. [Gr.

aho-iiiin, i)if. [nim nehO] 1. self-coi/siioiisness.

^. conscience.
likwa a ah. worn' or ah. \\^vfh, personal life.
Kurtz 12. 151.173
a ho nim fo"!", 1. rational being; 2. person within the Godhead.

aho-iiiiinim, inf. [ho ninnim] beginning recovery, gradual refrom sickness, convalescense.
ho 11 0, /. intr.iCtr. [red. h()nhono| to melt (not by fire, ef. nan),
to dissolre, liqucfii; to steep), macerate; nkyene, asikre no ah.; wanoa ode no ma ah., site Itas orer-boiled the yam; agOgenu nc dokono
a wode nsu bono nom; ag. is a beverage of maize-bread macerated
in ivater; - ode nsa honoo yen, he pressed upon us to drink.
e-hono, 1. bark of a tree, dua (ho) bono or aboh; rind, husk,
shell; abrgbe ho h., tlie rind of a pine-apple; akutu ho h., orangestoridion

pteelings.

5. F.

sare, grass for thatching houses.

2. scales;

lioiita, V.

F.

lion toil,

a.

apata ho

h. or

abon, the scales of a

fish.

= hintaw.
= tenten, long.

O-ho-nto-wo-so, an unexpected trouble, espcc. used of debts in

which one is involved by unexpected swearing. Wunnim nea amane
fi na wote ho a,
oh. abetg wo so
asem a wunnim ase no iia ebia
abetg wo so. Oh. te se obonsam: ahkye na adada nnipa
abetg
nnipa so. [On the etymology cf. "Me sunsuma atg me so ^= me ho
aye yiye"; perh. "oh. abetg wo so" means: a medter in which your
own self did not fall upon you i.e. did not protect you, has come to
fall on you.}
ah 6-11 u, inf. [nu. neho] F. nnuho, repentance, pr. 143-5.
5

alio-nyri,
i.e.

(()

inf.

[nya neho] the state oi having got one's own self

one's living or livelihood,

\.e.

wealth, riches, b) one's liberty,

i.e.

independence; cf. ehode, ahofadi.

ahoiiya-de, tvealth, ricJies.
o-hoiiyat'o, j-/. a-, a rich, wealthy man; ef gdefo, osikani,
o-hon3"aiiyi, F. id. Mt. 10,23. Mk. 10,25.

aho-nyannyaii', inf. [ho nyannyahj horror, shudder.

lionyolionyo, n. or adv. imitative of the humming or
ing of bees or flies; gdowa ye li., the bee hums; ef. honn.

alioodon and
gard

to the o.

buzz-

other words beginning ahog... seek without re-

190

liopae

hopae

[nea

the body; oguah

aho-pe,

liordnoa.

neho apa] (an animal)

a hold, naked

h.,

naked, hare, or hald on

sltcep or (joat. Cf. tipae.

[pe nebo] self-love, selfishness, egotism.

inf.

i^Z. a-, a selfish, self-interested j^erson.

alio-pere, inf. [nebo pere no] eagerness (ntem a worepe de
akoye biribi a egye wo ani); impatience.

o-h 6 p e f

aho-pere, aho-perepere,
pere-abooden, ahilitg

inf.

[pere nebo] self-defence.

abo-

defend oneself.

to

aho-popo, inf. [ne bo popo] tremUing; alarm, fear.

O-hoprafo, pi. a-, nea okura mtira de pra obene bo, lit. a sweeper about tbe king, a hearer of an elcphanfs-tail before tbe king;
cf.

gyaasefo.

iihora,

contr. fr.

horaii,

abobora; wgye

to raise,

iJ,

me

ab.

enlarge, swell, puff

nj),

expand; spread;

bomah; to make ovt<dlc nnich of; woborafi wobo papa, you make
too much of yourself, you are arrogani, assuming, overhearing; waborah, lie has hecome haughty, infiated ivith pride; cf. wapgw; ne
nebo asem abye, abyeta, he has hecome renowned;
din aboran
gb, ne din, gde ne din ab. kurow yi hbina, he talked much of his
sijn.

dignity in the whole town; gboran me bo -- oburu me bo, he excites

anger; nborah wo bo sa, do not fret yourself thus. [Diff. barah.]

my

h ore, V. to raise, throw up; mfgte bgrc siw, the termites throiv
up earth, raise a hill; - to swell; n'ano abgre pgw, lie has pending lips
(by nature); his lips are swollen (forming a bump, by accident);
red. bobgre, q.v.
lioi'liora,

F.

abobora. Mt.

1,19.

lioro, v., red. holioro, also hoho; 1. to wash, es])ec.hy repeatcd ruhhing; to rinse, cleanse. Tbe tbree forms are discriminatcly applied tbus: a) bo bo with anim', anom', nsa, nan, to wash the
face, mouth, hands, feet; h) horo with tarn, atam, ntama, atade, to
wash a cloth or clothes; also akonhua bo, a stool cC'C. c) bobo ro with
tirim, abina mn, kuruwa mu, to wash the head, the inside of a pot,
Oboro fa ayi mu sika, he treats earth with
cup, mug, jar, jug &c.
ivater in order to separate the gold contained in it, i.e. he washes gold.
gyaw no, gbg no abobora.
3. to chide, reprimand: gboro no,

ah 01*0,

Si

plant with broad leaves; ababan tetrete a wgde twiw

awowa.
lioro,

a-, s.

borow,

ahorohora, -horowa,

a-,
s.

abobora

Rog. 874.

horohoro, a. puny, small and feeble; tender, weal-; soft;

ab. keteketewa a wgawo no se
unripe; sickly. Abofra (no ye) b.
'ne no; - ode b. a ennyihi na wodi no, wgfre no gdcdomA; - abiirbnhwf ye b abibi-nbwi ye denneh, cf. nbwi; - n'anim ye b., he looJcs
sickly; - oburoni b6(nam) ye b.

horo bobo,
horoiioa,

a. bloated;

blister;

abg

b.

waye

h. ta

ho se nea gyare papasisi.

= dodonku,

it

has raised a

blister.

iih6rgdo
iiliorodo, not yet fully
mil bi

;i

ahotwetwe.

191

ripe, soft, r/rccx (corn);

wowo

abiirow

111).

liorow, a. [Ky. hodoo] di/fcrent, various; scrrrnl.

oro w, n. 1. kind, sjicries, variet// gkasra aliorow bebrO,
li

maiii/

kiiids of IdiHfiKiffr i.e. niaiii/ di/ferod hDujUiuirs: alioro nliinabi, F.

(mIu all. dii
X-*. times (in multiplication);
of ercn/ hind. Mt. l.'),4?.

ye

times ten are one linndred.

glia, ten

aho-saii,
clc(^nsing,

l.\\\o stun] reeovcry, restoration

)/".

V. Mk.

1,44.

from

neho] vindication,

2. [sail

sieJincss;

(self-) justi-

fication.

a h 6-s

fi 11,

inf.

[ne ho siin no]

lit.

looseness,

freedom from restraint;

joyfulness. happiness, frolicsomencss; gladness, ylee, enthusiasm; also extravagance, vnruliness.

lieiu-o joy,

li

o-s

epc w,

[ne hd sepew no] joyfulness, joyousness, cheer-

inf.

fulness, gladness, gaiety, joviality, hilarity, happiness.

ahu-sesew,

inf. [sesew nchoj

alio-siosie, inf. [siesie neho]
readiness; cf. ahoboaboa, ahodaso.
ahokeka.

alio so re,

= ahosiesie,
1.

1.

preparation, preparedness,
3. F. adorning. 1 Pet. 3,3. cf.

[sore neho] carcfnlness ahoid one's

inf.

own person

or self; chastdy.

aho-sinsiani,

[siam] ah. n. s. wode

reyi biribi agu

inf.

wo ho babi mpen 2 a.s. 3 de

na woye no sa' yiyi gii.
hota, F.

wo nsaabo nsum' afa

a.s, biribi aka. wo ho

= hintaw.

ah 0-0 tail

[ho ye tan] F. ngliness.

o-hotelo,

pi. a-,

aho-tew,

inf.

a holy, righteous person, saint.

[tew neho

o>-

ho tew] sanctifieation, the act

of

sanctifying oneself; hlamelessness, chastity, sanctdy, holiness, the state

of being holy or sanctified.

alio-tewe

fs.

hef]

1.

the state o^bcing (or, things being) bright,

onye ne nneema

ne

iihinji

tiri, V. to take oid from., by force; to snatch, tvrest,

from; h. ne nsam' sekan no, ivrcst the knife from his hand.

wring

clean, tidy; cleanliness, neatness;

ahotewe.

afiafi,

2. F. glory; holiness.

ahotsewefo, F.

the righteous. Mt.9,13. Mk.3,17.

Ii

alio-to, inf. [ne hoato no]

qiiiet,

quietness, peace; happiness, joy;

comfort, comfortable feeling.

alio-to-ase''',

f/".

[tonehoase] self-neglecting, iinconcernedness.

neho to so] reliance (upon).

ah6-to-s6t,

inf. [de

o-ho-trafo,

jj?. a-,

[nea otra.,h6j

lit.

by-sitter, assessor,

judge

latcrid; counselor, adviser; minister of a sovereign or regent; pr. 1310.

liotse, V.

F.

fwete, pete, to scatter, stretc. Mt. 12,30. 25^4.

aho-tutuG, Ak.
atutuw? same?
alio-t w 1 we, inf. [twetwe neho] tardiness,

slackness, slowness,
sluggishness; backwardness, dilatoriness; lingering, protaction ; oye
ah.
wosoma no a, ommo pankran nko.

how

192

Jiu^

how, V. 1. to dry on or by the fire; wgde gja na wode bow apa2. to he not sufficiently
nam gu gya so bow; nam no abow.
IjoUed, underdone: wouoa aduan na woamfa nsu annu mu senea ete

ta; fa

a,

na emmen, na wose: aduah no abow =^ ainveh

(efise

ogya nni

3. to he
nsu pabi nso nuim', woammua so nso yiye). pr. 639.
lirjht, not ireif/ldy or heavy in flying or walking: wotow kyew ko
soro a, ebow; mafon nti, menama, na mebow; to be ineffective: bemma no bow, the arroiv has no poicev to go fur, emu ye bare, enye
enna kora; asem a yeduru pi; - okji asem a, na ebow se beii
4. to he
eten aui, ani nna babiara.
reka yi, yebo so a, ebow

ase,

n-eak, remiss, slacJi, loose, not fast, not close, not well joined:
enn9, so, enyji
no bow, the cap does not fd tight; ebow so

ebye ade bi mu na ento so pe na ofa hweii bo; syn. bo5. to he lofty: Akuapem asase bow soro kyeii
bo so.
6. Fhr. ..were bow, bow., were, s. were.

pi; biribi a

dwow,

cf.

Krobo.

ekyew
ok wan

0-ho w,

inf.

s.bow; Wasting; c/.gpo, withering. Deut. 28,23. Am.4,0.

inf. [nebo awow] exhaustion of means ov pro2)erty;

ontumi nye mtefew-ade a ne mf'efo ye, from want of means
he cannot equal his comrades in finery.
alio-yaw, castigcdion, punishmod. M(d. 25,46. [i.q. seq.]
alio-eyji w',-oy ;i w' [nebo j-e no yaw] 1. pain, suffering, irri2. irritahility. touwgye no ayayacb'.
t(dion; wobye no ab.
amhition, jc(dousy; male.5. envy, grudge ;
chiness, peitislmess.

aho-wow,

ab. nti

e! wo ani abere
apese-nenko-nya.
ayayade.
ahoeyawde

volence:

aboeyaw

you envy me!

Cf.

o-hooyawfo,
obofo; odi

me

that

is

nothing hut malice!

an envious, jealous, malic ions person; syn.

wo sika ana wo adwuma bo aboro ade a obi ye na eye
jjZ. a-,

no bo ye no yaw.
ah 0-0 yea, Ak.

aboeyaw, j.a/ dc.

abobara,
Ak.
aho-yeraw,
inf. [nebo ycraw no] uneasiness,

anxiety, mortification, vexation, tribulation, icretchedness, anguish;

cf. abometew; j^r. 3446.

hrahra...

s.

bantibana.

hraii,

s.

briraii

hu,

s.

buw.

ohu,

V.

(& boran).

a kind o^ pap; mmgre a wgayam na wgati bi anoa na

bio; awi a wgde sugliyew aka se wgka abete no.

wgde afra m'

hti, n. or adv. imit. of blowing or of a confused noise: mframa

bil, ^;r. 1708. nnipa no
tJie wind blows strong; ankonam

bg bu,

mmg

bo.
2. completely:
bgbgbgbg; kfirow nom' aye bu
wadgw kwae no nb. bu, lie has cleared (away) the wood altogether;

kasa bu
.syn.

kora; pr. 983.

h u", interj. an exclamation to call one from a distance.

hu, Ak. bunu, v. to see; diff. fwe, gyeii, kari. 7. to perceive
by tbe eye, to behold, discern, descry; mibuu no (= m'ani tuaano)
wg bg mprempren (Ak. mibunuu no bg sese ara), I saw him there
just now; obui se wawu, he saw that he was dead; - to have in sight;


hfi

to

fake notice

of. pr.

193

liiia.

187-93. 1428-53. 2023.

out, invent; nicfvVef\\ e

mo

[)ane

na

inii'ilui,

J2.

/ am

to discover, find,

looLin(j for

nti/

find
needle

and cannot find d. pr.4iSS.'-J670.

o. to recoynize: mihuu no neyarepa so na mahhu no bio, I saio him on his sick-bed and did not recognize him.
4. to perceive by mental vision, note with the mind;
to form an idea or conception of; to discern, distinguish; to know,
j)r. 1014. - to understand, comprehend. - I'hr. liu ase, - akyiri, \nu, to understand (the meanimj or reason, the consequences, the contents); li u alio, to underst(utd hoic to manage.
5. to learn; perf.
to know, understand, be conversant with, be able; cf nim pr. 565.
592. 1430. 1438. 1452. wjihu nelio so fwe, site knew how to guard her-

:^

she has kept herself j^ure or chaste.

(J. to know, to have se.iual
6". to j^erccive by the organs of taste and
with. Gen. 4.
feeling; si/n. te.
8. to experience, suffer: wobehu biribi, goic udl

self,

commerce
have
sity

somelliing! pr. 586f.l451. Phr. hu amanne, to sec adverto be in affliction, to snffer; to be tormented (F.)
9. Phr.

to suffer

i.e.

hu

ma.., F. to feel for, si/mpathize with; - hu .. mmobg, to look at ..

with comjn(ssion, toj'itg, commiserate, have compassion or mercy on;
- hu.. anim, to obtain admission or admittance before; raahu ohene
anim 'ne, to-day I was ndmiited to the presence of the king.
10. Phr.
"Wuhuu den na woabayi? lit. what did you .see that you have come?
i.e. what induced you to come, why are you come? wuhuu den na

wobesiimanaa no yi? for what reason have you summoned him?

Ii fi, V. to hum the hair from a dead animal; moye den ni? yehu aboa, - oguah; wohu abirekyi ho wo afikyiri.
e-li II, n. fear, fright, terror; ehu aka no, fear has befallen him,

ye hu, 1. to excite fear; eye hu, it is frightful,

is frightened.
awful, dreadful; ne ho ye hu, his appearance excites fear, he is fright-

he

ful,

formidable, terrible.

2. to be fearfid. afraid, timid: oy'^

hdse

akoko, he is as timid as a fotvl,

oye ohdfo.
bo hu, F. to be
amazed. Mt. 12,23.
sika a wotu
a li u 1. a treasure found in the earth or ground
wg fam' a.s. nnupQn mu; syn. odweh, asasede; - tu ahu, to find or
dig out a treasure hidden in the ground; watu ahu (afa), he has found
ahiinu, a thing seen. pr. 1455.
some hidden treasure, wafa odwen.
2.
;

huahua] to smell, scent; mema no aduan a, ohua

fwe ansa-na odi, when I give him food, he smells (or snuffles) at it
before he eats (it); okramaii de ne fwene ahuahua ara akohu abgka

h u (\j

v. \j-ed.

no, the dog has with his nose traced out

Cf. ehua,

huam.

hua,
hua,

F.

i.e.

has scented the carcass.

(hiia tie, pr. 1565.)

hwa,

Ak. fwa.

V. 1. to scrajjc,

scratch;

hua

ode, to scrape or scrcdch off

burned paiis of the roasted yam ; to graze, to ruh or brush lightly

in passing (c/". hujisu); syn. twere, twerew; cf. hiiari, huane, & red.
huhua.
2. (hua, cf. red. huahua) to bring a fresh leaf into close
contact with fire to make it fiabby, flaccid: tew ahabah no hiia (ka,
toto) gya posa sg kuru no mu.
3. [^inf. ahua] to beg, to crave for;
ohiia aduan, okohua no aduah, he craves for food, begs food from
him; obehua ha da; pr. 213. cf. sere.
the

13

ahua

194
ah

ua,

hiian.

begging (for food), pr. 307.

inf.

tlie country to the east of the Volta beyond Akwam

and Aniim, called by the inhabitants Eoe, by the Akras Ay i gb e,
by the Europeans Krepe. Oko Huam' Ohuani, j;?. Huafo.
li

pr.n.

a,

e-litia, smell, odour, scent (good or bad).

smeU,

the

smell; mete atuduru

to

gy

h., pr. 1565.)

good smell,

Ca. 1,12.; to

yi

akraman gye hua na wg-

h., to

have a had smell,

te h., to perceive
smelling the i)oivder; (tie

I am

e hiia, to scent, smell

won aboa; migye no ho hiia.

toa

h.,

give (yield, produce) a

to stink,

boh.

hua, brode hiiti, the viscous juice oozing from a newly cut
bunch oi plantains (atomprada mu nsu fita a eye ma; se eka wo
ntama ana wo nsara' a, eka ho, it stains the clothes or hands).
liua, a.&adv. viscous, viscid, sticky, glutinous; tenacious, tough
syn. huani, t\va, sa, ma, fa, prapra &c. Me fufu so hufi.

O-hiiae,

pi. a-,

0-huaf6,^j/.

Huafo,
ll \\

ah

to basJc; fa

fire that

a-,

beggar, mendicant.

the people or inhabitants of Hiia.

a,

\\

broom; syn. oprae; wode abe berew na wode ye.

huahiia, red.

1. s.

v.

hiia

gya ma mihliuahucl melio

I may warm

ahua ha,
ahuaha',

hiia.

2. refl. (s. hiia

2)

little.

a kind oi plant.
the tobacco-plant, growing wild in the country.

= Hfiamu.

Hiijuii',

liuam,

myself a

&

(= meuto) kakra, provide some

to pluck, pull off, out, or from, with a twitch; syn.

pah, poh, tew, tu; obi rehhuam woh me nsam', John 10,28 f.
2.
3. to smell i.e.
to decrease, abate ; syn. hiiah, t\ve; nsu no ahiiam.
to investigate by smelling; combined with tie & te or fwe & hu:
mihiiam ta matie se eye ana; ohiiam ta fvve (Ak. ofwam tawa no
f\ve) se ebeye de ana? I smell, he smells the tobacco to know ivhether
it be good.
v.

O-huaui,

1.

the scent or odour emitted hom sweet-smelling sizb2. suret-smelling substances,

stances, perfume, fragrance, aroma.

pierfumcs; aduru bi a eye hiiam, se

krobow, beweonua (two kinds

of gum), mmowa (a bark), ofwentea (a fruit), pepre (aloe), osiko,
fofowa, hhwiine, osohwere.
ye or sra h., to apply perfumery to

the face, neck, arm-pits, nppjcr arms.

hiiam, iiuamhuam,

-ye

h., to

a. odoriferous, fragrant, sweet-smelling;

be fragrant, smell sweetly; nelio ye hiiam, pr.2427. eyeh.;

nho huamhiittm.

0-huammo, inf. [hiiah, bo] or luiammo [obo a ehuah] disappointment; bo o>- di h., to disappoint; to be disappointed; wadi me
h., he has disappointed me; ete se wahuah biribi a ekura ade bi mu
na ade no abo fam' (afwe ase). pr. 1458.
hua 11,
off or forth,

v. \^red.

to

huhhiiah] Ak. fwane,

withdraw

1. to

draw away,
from under some

pidl or

forcibly, espec. a thing

other object; wasoma me soro ahiiahm'aseantweri,j3r. 500^; wahuah

ne nah, Jte has forcibly withdratvn his foot.
2. to disjoin, dislocate,

huan

196

luihuri.

of joint; to sprain (?) witli luu: waliiiaii ue nan iim, lie has
sprained his foot; - to he dislocated, out of Joint: lie nan aliuan.
.5. 'to snaj}, to spring or //// kj) or bach; rebound : aiiri no ali., the
4. to burst, crack (of ('j;<::;s in hatchspring has snajiped off.pr. :iO:>l.
to recede, ftow bacl\ louu'r, el)b; epo ahiiaii, the
ing cliickons).

2Mit Old

').

^. .. so hiiaii, to decrease, decline, diminish, lessen (of

thing accumulated, of strength, pain&c); eso ah., it has
become less or lower; netumi so rehiian, his power is on the decline
ne kaw no so ah., his debt h((s decreased; - caus. huan .. so, to diminish; wahiian me kaw so ama me, lie has lessened my debt for me;

sea

el)bs.

fluids oran)f

opp. dore, hyia so.

7.

ohfiah

apakye

= otg ap.,

oka

(lie

touches)

ne nan nni, ne sisi niu, ne gya mu, he limps, widhs lameh/, in conse(juence of a dislocation or fracture in a joint or leg.
hriaiV,

[red. hiian'huan]

r.

Ak. fwane,

to 2)el,

to strip,

draw

or tear off the skin, husk or rind; h. aburow

yi burohono fi abiirow ho; h. akutu, to peel an orange; h. kwadu ho bono, apata ho

bono, to peel off the husk of a Ixtnana, scrape

Cf. hua, huane, wae.

Iiiian

Ak. fwane;

e, v.

nkorom,

h.

iiliuane,

to scratch (nebo, the skin

when

of a

fish.

itching).

to snore.

s.

hua 111,

off the sc(des

nhwane.

a.

biici, twti,

twani.

O-hiia-su, Ak. ofwiisuo (biia, to graze, nsu, water] the water or

moisture of the grass and busJtes from the morning-dew or rain,
wetting the clothes of the passer-by; oh. afow mentama. j^r. 2')6.

ah u-boa, 1. aboa a wokum no a wobu ne nhoma.

boa) aboa a eye hu, pr. 1459.

^. (ehu-

aliu-de, 1. ade a eye hu, a fearful thing.

2. ade a wgahu,
a thing found out, invention; f/". abgrebiide,anyansahude, anyjide.
ahude-adviene, inventive poiver or faculty of mind, ingenuity.
Iiufo, buwfo,

O-hufo,

j)l. a-,

s.

buw.

a timid picrson, cotvard. pr. 1460.

aliugya
bodua, nantwidua, a cow's fad, used as an ornament on festive occasions.
liuha, innumerous; mpem mpem hiiba (opedu ahorow opedu,
opehuha, opepeha, opepeto, innumerable or countthousands or myriads.

ten millions)
less

bubuw.

huliu,

s.

huh 11,

a. [red. of

ehu] fearful, cd armed,

n.a.

full

oman mu aye h. = wokekii asem

na wosuro ntia gmah no abg twi.

prehensions;

of fears

se ebia

and ap-

dom reba

huhua, ananse b., a spider's web or net. Ak. ntontan.

huhua, red. v. hua, 1. to graze, to rub, touch or brush liglitly
na ne nan h. (=twe) fam'; ne ntama
ho or akyi: to be near one: oh. me
always near me; wokg babi a, mih. wo akyi (wo ho), I

in passing
h.

(=

ho, he

crave

gte

pghkg no

sesa) fam'.
is

to be

so

a,

2. with

near you wherever you go.

ahiihua

196

ohum.

ahuhna, 1. a Utile famine, scarcity of food; nnansa yi ah. aba

kakra, jn-ovisions have Jjecome rather scarce in these days (in May or
pr. 1253.
2. s. ahuhuwa.
June, when the yam begins to grow).

o-huliLi-bo, pi.

huhuw] a fahe iveight. pi: 1401.

ade huhuw, a vain, futile, useless, worthless, con[obo

a-

ahiihu-de;
mean, base, vile thing or things.
ahuhu-dze, F. lasciviousness, ML 7,22.,

temptible,

ahuhu-dwuma,

trifling,

tvickedness.

domestic work.

huhuhuhti, murmuring; kasa h., to murmur, cf. iiwinwi.

to murmur against. Mk. 14,5.
of a month, about June; s. gsram.
name
Hull ulifi h u,

pr.2187. dzi.. hubfdiu, F.

onipa huhuw, a mean, base,

i, ^j?. a- -fo,
worthless fellotv or person, pr. 1090.

o-liLihu-ii
ject, ivicked,

O-h u h u

w,

ab-

ohuruhuro w.

.*?.

ahull us em,

rile,

asem huhuw, vain or

idle

words or talk, nonakoa yi di ah.,

sense, futility, vanity; meanness, baseness, vileness;

this fellow IS full off

hiihuw,

nonsense, plays wanton tricks.

good for nothing ; common,

despicable; mean, base, vile; se wonni sika a, anka eye ade huhuw
bi kwa, if gold (gold-dust) were not used in commerce, it tcould be
but a useless thing, pr. 917. Cf. hunu, funu.

huhuw,

a. vain, worthless, ttseless,

huw,

h. iikwan, to blow or
dodo, liuluiw so naehh\vo!^>r. 1462.
gsore ne
Ohuhiiw' ne ba no, gprapra ne ba ho huhuw no ho
ba, ofwe ne ba so yiye, she is very particular ov careful with her child.

red.

v.

to

blow rcpc(drdly:

hkwan no ye hyew

cool the soupi;

aliuhuw [luiw, to blow'] 1. breath: whiff, puff; blast ; n'anom'ah.

ye hyew, ye hiiam, bon. the breath of his mouth is hot. - smells good,
- stinks: mede m'anom' ah. memaa ne h(3 yee no hyew, / warmed
him with my breath. Cf. ahohow, ohome, ahuhuwa, ohuruhurow.
ahuhude.
3.

ahuhuwa,

1. blast,

mframa hyewhyew a
a-hu-kaii [hu
first, pr.

efi

kaii,

the hot

gyam'.

stream of air coming from a

2. s. ahuhud.

to see first}:

wadi

me

ah., he

has seen

fire;

me

2910.

um,

V.

s.

hom.

e-hum, down,
some plants; ade

the fine, soft,

bi a ete se

hairy oidgrowth from the leaves of

nhwi wo sasono ne afwerew ne awo-

rdh n.a. ho.

u m', a yearly festival, annual custom of the Guah people (DaKyerepgn, Mamfe, Mampgn, Tutu, Asantemma) and part of the
Akeras, celebrated with feasting, playing and dancing; amah a wokasa Guah hh. na edi hum, tese Akropghfo ne Aburifo twa odwira;
ode-hum', a festival for the
cf. odwira, aberekwasi, akohhuro.
fetish at the time of planting (?) yam; s. ohumkau; - abete-hum'.
o-li

te,

0-hum,

pi. a-, a

aherafo anim'

hvl

brazen gun, bhmderbnss ; tuo tia bi a wgde di

a eda ne bona mu no.

owa na wgta de ye ne dade

ahum

ahum,

197

luiiihoii.

a strong wind, gnlo, storm; mframa kese or bebre,

a storm is rising; ah. tui na ebuu dua
gnu kwah mu; ah. abesi man mu; ah. abetu ade a etua odah atifi
2. s. ahun 3.
no ko; ah. abefa onipa afi hyen nom'.
1.

mi'are, oprannii; ah. retu,

cf.

ahum,

introdndion of a song; bo ahum,

-huma,

adj. (in cpds.)

common, not sacred;

s.

dahuma,

oni-

humani.

ohum.
ohum'-da, da a Guahfo di won afrihyia,
ahuml'o, won a wokura ahum di lieue anim, s. ohum
c9.

it

gya-

asefo.

ahum-kiiii,

the time of the first

ohum

custom.

ahum-di,

inf.

m-ne-aham, mistle-toe, a parasitic plant on trees.

ahfimobo, ahumoborc, mmoborohunu, //". [hfi.. mmobo]
ahii

pitg, si/)n2>ath//, romj)((ssion, commiseration, merci/; cf.timohq,

hyehye.

n'ahumobor doso dodo, F. he

is

ayam-

most gracious.

ahfnnobor-do, F. mercifully.
huii, Ak.

ahu

huuu,

a. d-.

adv.

ahunum,

Ak. ahuno, ahunu, 1. ahuiimii,

atmosphere, the apparently empty space above
11,

the air,

the earth; cf. Avim;

mu

hunu, a.]
asl or ato no so, something invisible
3. ahiiii
(from the air) has come down on him i.e. he has fallen in a swoon,
is in a fainting fit, has had an cpile2)iic fit; ah. ye ade a wuhhu,
mframa, ahonhom, & ahunum, piti,
ete se oliome ara; cf. ahum
beraw, abiribiriw).
3. ahuii, ahuiimu, ahum, aliuntwam
kakra, a little whde; ma ahuh ntwam' kakra ansa-na mentoa m'asem so, wait or let me uuiit a little and then I shall proceed in my relation; wokoyi, ahunmutuam'kakvaa, bera, j/o are going now, hut
come again in a little while; ahunmu fa mu kakra a (or, ahuh [ahum]
kakra fam' [twam'J a), na agyae, in a little while it will be over;
ahunmu faa so no, osoree, after a little tvhile he arose.
all un-m u-b y e u, air-balloon; cf. mframa-toa.
ffr.

buna, V. [red. hunahuna] 1. to importune, tease, defy, provoke,

wope se wo yohko hye wo ase na wohye no so a, na wuhuna no neh; wode asemmone bi (anuoden) h. wo yohko; ahene 2
ye dom na obiako hkoa betwam' a, ope se ohaw won na eye won
mu, to obtrude ujmn, to be
wura abufuw (tan).
2. de neho hh.
burdensome to; to intrude among; ode neho hunahuna adwumayefo
challenge;

no

mu

te se

..

nea gye adwuma no bi, nanso onye

ode aba, sekah, tuo, buna no

frighten, terrify;
cf.

bi.

3. to threaten,

= yi no

hfi. Fs.10,18.

popo.

ahunahur

by-name

abuu-ani-an ka-n sa

ema aniwa hu (nea ewo dan mu)

ehka] lattice; lattice-window, trellised window, window
crossbars; Venetian window blind, Jalousie.

na nsa
ivith

of the dog.

[ade a

de,

abCinauyaukwa, F. [nea wuhu no a

(one from ichose sight you obtain life).

hunhon,

wunya hkwa] a

a kind oi pot-herb or vegetable,

pr. 2537,

saviour

198

hurihiiau

huuhuan,
worm

eaten;

aliupo.

red. v. hiian.

iihiinhunii [hurihunu]
a

1. tlie

dust of icorm-ecdcn wood.

that eats irood; ivood-frettcr, tvood-ivorm.

watow dua nlmnhuuii hko,

lie lias

3. adj.

^.

worm-

worm-eaten

felled a tree

throvr/liout.

huiihunu, red. v. hunu.

O-hunkyeree, 1. [hunu = hu, & kyei-e:=kye] nea wuhuu no
akye "o, oh. ni!" here I see a friend whom I have not seen for a

2. [eliu, kye]: Wose: huhkyeree, na wonsese: nnaulong time!

wose: woye Im a, na wokye, na wonse se:
kyeree, pr. 2809.
woye nnam a, na wunyih kye. (Obi ye nuam bebrebe wo oko mu

enna woka no

a,

iiliimi,

inf.

ahuiimu,
huno, Ak.

sa.)

[bimu] Ak.

s.

= nhfii; wanya

nil.,

ahuh, ahunum'.

he has often seen.

l^^- 104,5.

= hunu.

liirnta, huntsa, F.=hinta\v. Mt. 10,26. 13,33.44. Mk. 4,22. cf suma.

r. 1. espec. with ran:
corrode; inmoah. dua.

Iiniin,

cavate;

to

mmoa we mu
ahunu,
is

lit.

to hollotv (out),

2.

his

to

ade no, na ehunu gu se kyekyere.

month is empty, lie has no ajjpetite

grieved.

hunu,

a.

1.

empty, void, holloic.

malce hollow, ex: duanoali.;

he tcorm-ealcn

3.

i.e.

he

Phr. n'anom'
is in trouUe,

2. unsnhstantial ; vain,

wnemployed, unoccupied.
5. mere, simple; hare, na4. unfruitful, fruitless, ineffectual.
wgkoe no, wonked; without any thing else; - wokge gko-hunu,
nim asen-ko ase, they went in their simplicity (lit. a mere going)\.e.
6. having no proper
ivithout knowledge of the m<dtvr in question.
right: nkiirofo hunu ne nni])a bi a womfra wo abusuam' na odg so
ana ayghkogoru so na wo-ne wo tra.
7. groundless, false (ntam).
Cf. huhuw, kwa; cpds. adehunu, asenhunu, ntafihunu.
hunu, Ak. huh, adv. merely, only, for nothing, to no purpose,
in vain, for no reason, tcifhont reason; gtah rae ara hunu, he hates
me without cause. Syn. kwa, teta, gyah.

worthless, wisatisfying;

3. idle, inactive,

hu, to see dx. pr. 1453.

hun u, V. Ak.
o-liunu, one who has seen, pr. 1454.
a h u n u a thing seen, pr. 1453.
hunu-amau-ne, ade a enia wuhu amanne;
,

hunu-bra,

h.

bra

= amanne-

pr. 1436.

ahunum', s. ahuh; ahunum =ade-to-wo-so; ete se abiribirivv,

nanso etetew wo aui so a, ensah mma bio se abiribiriw.
ahupo',

imperiousness, arrogance, p)resump)tion, insolence;

2. exaction of unlaivfid profd : imposition, exodi tumi bye nkiirofo so
tortion (oye ah., onam bo hkiirofo ah.,
3. exaction of undue reverence:
gye won ho nneema); cf. amimdi.
gye hii hu, ne nneyee
pride, haughtiness, amhition; gye ah., gbg ah.,
mu gye se gwg biribi, nso onni ahuro; vainglory; gye n'ade huhii,
1.

violent behaviour.

he does things in a light-minded way, acts frivolously. Cf. ahantah,

ahokyere-hunu, ahohoahoa.

ohupofo

hum.

199

upo fo,

pLu-f an arrogant, overhearing &c. person; 6ye oh.,

name, and the king has
not sent or empowered him.
ahupo-sem, doings or dealings implying ahupo, q. v.
o-h

e.g. he goes fo settle matters as in the king's

h lira, V. 1. to he eorered, set or overgrown tvith; to overgrow,

up on; neti aliura dwen or dwen ah. n'atifi or netirim, his
head is covered with hoari/ hair; osiw no so ah. mniere, or mmere
ah. siw no so, mushrooms hare shot up on that ant-hill.
2. de..h.,
to convey, throw or cast to; nc din ye nic se ohuam a nif'rama bg de
hurarae, his name is to me as a fragrance which the wind blows or
to shoot

tvafts to

me

(Ca. 1,3.)

3. h.

ho

or

mu:

to soil,

make

dirty, hemire,

hcspattcr, besmear, bedaub, stain, defde, pollide; intr. to he soiled,

ohura dan no mu; odan no ho ah., n'adirty, polluted, defiled,

daka ho

dw

aye

fi,

nare; - oh. ne som ho

is

disloyal

words),
cf.

agye nkaagye ntuw; ne nnade ho ah.

gnsom no yiyc na osom no sakasaka, he
or dishonest in his service.
ani m', to abuse (with
4. h.

ah.

to revile,

vilify; to disgrace,

..

dishonour;

to insult,

affront;

hye aniwu, bo ahohora.

hiirae, a disease causing violent xmin in the limbs; ema wo

nnompem' tutuw wo; ne nua ne atutuw.
a h u r a h ii r a d w o, 1. [ade a ahurii-ahiiru na asaii ad\vo bio] a
quick bid transient bubbling or boiling up; mma enuye ah., na
enko so se afi ase yi.
2. a plant that can be used for salad.

hureuluireii, a.c^adv. smart,

m'anom'

ma

mako hyehye

fccen, sJiarp:

my mouth

2. unmitigaburns intensely with pepper.

ted, not softened by any admixture; wayam osiam a.s. aduru h.,
abofra a oye
nsu anka.
5, brisk, quid;, sprigldly: akokoa h.
hyew, n'ani ye den.
huruw.
hiiri, r. Ak.
[pr. 1463-65.
h.,

0-liiii"i',

Ak. ohurie, a kind of stinging

insect, gadfly (?)

= oten.

r 0, V. to hoot, cry out or shout in contempt, to mock, deride,

jeer, flout; to expose to derision, to put to shame by crying ho, hu,
li Li

ahi'iro, 1.

wgbo no tutuw; Nkrahfo huro kgm.

Ak.^ahuru, foam, frotli.
2. scum i.e. dross,

ye! wohuro no

recrement; hence what

something; enye ah., it
ting;

is vile

or worthless, a trifle;

f\ve,

nothing ; ehka ah., nothing at all

ah., I do not maJce anything of it.

memfa menye

is

refuse,

is

little

wan-

o-h u roil, a kind of small tree.

huroiili Liroii, adv. quick and tall (of growth); abofra no
m'pew, na onyih h. onyin ntem-ntem, tententen, gberah, akg soro
ntem-ntem; - adedenkruma nyin h., the castor-oil j^ln^d grows fast,

shoots

up vigorously.

nhur

d o-ii h u r o d o , pi. n. tJie liolcs, loops or gaps in stuffs or

mats of loose texture; - adj. loosely woven: ntama (kete) no muye nh.
liurUj v. 1. to boil, bubble, effervesce; to foam, frotli; to be
violently agitated, to rage; nsu rehuru, the tvater is boiling; nsu a
ahuru, boiling water; aduah no huru gu, the food boils over; epg h.,
the sea is raging horribly.
2, to excite, agitate: h. man no ani,

200

ahiiru

nhCiwa.

= taue.. ani, tostirup the people, Ac.

17,18.

h.bo, tosiirnptlic breast

3. ho Imru,
dwira, to announce the
hcfjinning of the yam-custom on the previous evening (Wednesday)
h. buronyfi, to cdehrate Christmas eve.
by beating drums &c.

i.e. to

provolce, arouse to

me ho

to he hot;

me,

h.

anger or passion,

I am

hot.

4.

to incense.

hum

foam, froth, spume, scum; cf. ahuro; ogyam' ah., the

ivater or froth oozing out from green wood in I)urning.

ahuru,

ahurubia,

jj?.

hu r u-fem,

n-,

inf.

a kind of bird, pr.l466.

[huruw, fem]

hye

h., to

give forth upon usury.

[Eze. 18,8.13.

fi

wohuruw
aliiiru-fi, inf. [huruw, fi]: wodi (daii no mu) ah.
jump forth (out of the house) one after the other.

adi, they

o-h u r u h u row, steam, vapour; oh.

from the pot, - the lagoon.

ti

sen mu, - bakara', steam

rises

huruhurnw,
one who

is

ahuru

red.

v.

hnrnvf,

to leap,

jump

(repeatedly) as

rejoicing; to gambol, slcip ahoid, in sport,

liuniw', inf. jumping, pr. 12G8.

ahuru-si, inf. [huruw, si] di ah., to exult, rejoice exceedingly

woate asempa na wo ho ato wo na woretew akrayam a woredi ako:

ne-aba.

ahu

u s i-d i

ah u ru to a,

inf.

exidtafion

F. ahrutsia, pi.

n-,

a poisonous serx)cnt, witli a big

head and black and light-yellow streaks;

0-hurututu,

viper, asp).

the lungs. [G. flufla].

Ii II r u
u t u t u, a. boiling, bubbling (of water on fire) raging,
foaming (of the sea or a swelling river) eye h., it casts up foam; nsu
menem-menem.
no ani ye h.
f

huruw,
(rc.

h. si,

to

V.

Ak.

jump

huri,

leap,

]. to

for joy (to

jump

jump, hop,

skip, spring,

bound
on

so as to place oneself again

the ground) pr. 878. red. huruhurnw, q. v. - ohuruw fvvee kwan so,
2. h. sika, to lend money on usury,
he quicldy resumed his journey.
2)ractise usury. Deut. 23,19. Ps. 15,5. Obi ah. no sika akotua ne ka na
awo no (ado, adgso); oh. no sika
ofem no sika iihye no da senea

wohye no

da,

na ohye no

da-tia,

na wammetua

a,

obu gu

so.

hfi-se, a thing or matter seen and told; se eye mo atoro o, se

eye mo h. 5, mo ara mokgfaa asem no, whether it be a lie on your
part, or whether you have seen and told it, it is you who have brought
(out or on) the matter.

ahii-tu, inf. [tu ahu] the finding or digging out of a treasure

kid in the ground; digging after hidden treasures.

hutuhutu, a. rugged, rough with hair, shaggy; okuntu no

wo hhwi dodow o})}). dabo, torotorotoro, asawa biara
ani ye h.
uni ani (nsore wo ani); (/. fuku &c.

hiituma, F.

huw,
pr. 1427.

mfutuma,

V. to bloiv;

syn.

iihuwa,

fita;

dust. Mt. 10,14. Mk.61,1.

oliuw nensam', he

- red. huhuw,

is

blowing upon his hands;

q. v.

a kind of head; nhene hketenkete

bi.

nhwaiie

hwa,

liwriiiyaii,

V.

201

hyg.

fwa.

F. see hiia, Ak.

iihwaiie, a kind
kyima na gkgpopa ue

oi perfmiw: civet; ohiiain bi; nca

to a ewo dua no ho no.
to stir

1. refl.

or ronse oneself vj)

okankan

to lively ac-

tion or ritjoroKS exertion, to stimulate oneself, to exert oneself; asafo

wg ofie na wonlnv. wgnlio wo dgm iino a, wgfre wgi'i

wgnho kyere nnipa nti. won ho ye hu; ghene wg hg
gkanyan neho, gye
na wanhw. neho a, wonsuro no; ghw. neho
nclio kesp, gkii neho ma obi wg lig a oliu se ne nsam' ye duru (a. s.
bi Inv. wonlio
huf'o;

wglnv,

ho hwanyaii no
onsen ne werem', he is agine ho sepew no.
3. hw. .. mu, to agitate,
(listurl), derange, disorder, throw into confusion; gliw. ntramam', sigpete ntrama &c., gma wgye sakasaka;
kam', ntadem', nnipam'
oliw. nkran mu, ntetea mu,
se wgye komm a, gma wgsgre na gma
wgye mrinyamanya; ghw. ne nhwi mu, she dishevels her hair, puts
gye onipa).

^. ne

tated, in pcrttirhation; cf.

it

in disorder;

wa

11

pesew.

cf.

ii

h ^y A

ii

adv. disorderly, in a disorderly state

a. ii,

manner; gde ntrama guu dan

manya.
or

hwe, F.
liwe,

v.

= fwie. ML
= hua, fwa,

mu

hg hw.

= sakasaka,

r/".

inanya-

26,7.

As.

to scraj)c, scratch.

liwea, fwea, F. breath.

nh wea,

F. ahwea, sand. pr.

iiliwea-doii, sand-glass.

917. 1'lhwca-so, (in) the

sandy

desert.

iiliwea-iihwea-bo, sandstone.

e-liwene,

Ak. nhwen, nose;

F.,

ah wen-hem a, s. osiia.
11 hw en tea, gfwentea, a kind
na wgayam s. ohiiam.

s.

efwene.

oi perfume;

duaba

bi

a wghata

ahwcn-tokur, F.
hweti, hwiti,

nhwi, Ak.

s.

nostrils.

fweti.

ehwi, the hair; abuvohhwi ye horghorg, ebeabea hg

or esesahg; abibihhwi ye dennen, epompono; cf. akura-hhwi,

hutuhutu, saku.
abo-so-nhwi, dua-ho-hhwi, moss.

iiliwi-iihwi,
hairy. 2 Ki.

1,S. cf.

ehum,

hairy; neho hh., he (his garment or body)

horghorg, sakii, fuku.

a.

hwi, s. f\vi.
h w, before o, o, u, is often written
other dialects have merely h e. g.

in F.

is

(by Parker), where

hwo, liwoa, hwghwo, hwom, ahwom, hwoh, hwotse,

ahwuhwudze, aliwum. hwiin (hu)&c. see all these words in the place they

hwom

hye,

V. [)-cd.

V.

F. (perf.)

to

ebb;

s.

hy =
1. to stick (fast), to

occupy without w.

hiiah.

hyehye]
be put,

set, fixed,

inserted (hg,

mu,

ase, there, in,

under dx.) espec. in the contin. form; petea hye ne nsa, a ring

is

put

202

\iy.

on Jiis finger; dadekyew hye ne ti, he has a helmet on his head; bye mu, to he comprised, included in (=:= wo mu, fra mu); to set in
asan aba dennenneii; bye .. ase, to
afresh: oyare no abehyem'

be concealed under, covered

hi/,

subject or subordinate

on, in the poiver of. (cf. 14-16.)

to put, set, fix, sticlc, insert;

my hand

2.

de

(fa)

..

bye

dependent

to,

(caus., cf. 1),

mede mensa mebye mekotokum', I p)ut

my pochet; ode

ta bye n'abrobuam', he fills his p>ipe

(asem no) bye (hb6raa)m', put or ivrite it doivn
(on papter) ; ode., abye kotoku nom', he has put it into the bag; also
wasiw kotoku no ano.
de.. bye ..nsa, to
he has seeded the bag
deliver, surrender; to give in charge of, commit to one's care.
3.
bye..anan mu, to 2^ id instead of, i.e. to replace, restore, repay, give
into

(with tobacco); fa

amend compensate, indemnify; mebyeeno

I paid him his money back,
4. to put on, to wear
(of clotbes fitting to tbe body or parts of tbe body, c/. fura; of sboes,
bat, rings); Kramofo bye batakari, oburoni nso bye atade, Mohammedans put on caftans, but a European wears a coat; obyee nekyew,
he put on his hat.
bye bama, s. bama, j;?-. 170.
5. to measure
(corn, by putting a calabasb into tbe corn and tbe corn into tbe
calabasb and tbei-eby filling anotber vessel); mede kora mebye
abiirow, I measure corn in or by means of a calabash.
6. to fill;
gbye ta, he fills a pipe; to pour in (nsa); obye no nsa, he serves him
bach,re-imburse;
ne sika ananniu,

to rejMir,

out liquor; pr. 1471. - bye sapgw mu nsu, to fill a sponge with water;
bye atuduru, to fill cartridge-boxes u:ith pou-dcr.
ma, to
7. bye
male full, to fill; liye..dodo\vura or nwuradodo, to enlarge or stvell

..

the numbers, swell the ranhs of (witbout increasing tbe valour or

value): asansafo na abye atufo no dodowura, unarmed men have
swelled the number of those who carry guns.
8. to dye, ^i^e(ntama,
asawa, cloth, thread, by putting or dipping it into tbe dye, cf. bibiri,

boa pr. 387).

obyee duku kokg ur ode aduru koko byee duku,
he dyed a handJcerchief red Cor, with a red colour).
9. to tan (nboma, hides, by steeping tbem into an infusion of bark to convert tbera
;

into leather).

amarhiipon,

to

10. to impress, stamji;

marlc.

bye nsow, bye agyirae,

to set

11. to bring to the jwisscssion of some quality,

intosomestate, toimpartd-c. byebaniiiba, hkuran, ioencotcragc, cheer;

bye..bere, to weary (out), to jade, tire, fatigue; bye..(mu) den, to
strengthen, confirm, corroborate; to ratify, sanction; hye.. akoiimuden, to impart strength to the neck; pr. 400. bye .. mpamden, to comfort, siq)port,

strengthen; - bye., nkyene, to

by salting; - hye.. pro we,

woboprowe,
make angry,
to..,

pr. 1470.

yoti
to

salt, pickle,

to

corn, cure

effeminate;

have spoiled yourself ; - bye., yamgya,

woabye
to grieve,

bye nim, ntwo, to ascribe victory, defeat

enrage.
to bring to some j^erformance: woabye no asuko
abye nsum', they hare immersed him, baptized him by

12.

woaka ne ti
immersion, cf. bg asu.

mpam.

to spoil (a cbild),

14. to put, fix,

ground: bye

13. to fix in the

bye ase,
Mk. 4,1. 5,17.

lay;

to

mpam,

lay a foundation,

s.

i.e. to

begin, commence; V. Mt. 12,1.

15. to set, fix,
cf. fi ase.
hold out to; bye ase, to lay a foundation i.e. a ptromise, to promise;
bye bg, to promise, to make a vow, to vow.
16. to order, bespeak,
give orders for, to commission (also witb ase): mekgbye kete (ase)

hy<^

203

wolio, I am going to order a mat t/iere; - hyeawofo, fo hcspc(th (litre)

17. to appoint,
people for working the claij (in building a house).
prescribe: okoinfo bi hyee aduru mafi no, a fetislnnan indicated to him
18. to appoint, set. fix (a time); hye tare, to appoint a
a rented I/.
oto no da, he
day for the plastering of a house; ohye (no) da

((ppoitds(]tint) a datj

mahye no sram

se omraotuji

meka, I gave him

hye da, to do j)i(rj>oscl//: mafihye

manye; watu aliye da, he has postponed d.
1!K to
/i.v, set np, instdide: hye a fa, to celebrate a festival ; hye mom,
to is^ue a decree; hye mmiira, to give, nialcc, enact a latv or laws;
pjim,
hye apa m, to set up a covenant (?)
20. to set, constitide,
appoitd; hye panyih, F. Mt. 24,4521. to predestine, predestincdc,
(t

ntuttth to pat/ tne in: pr. 109.194.

(dam') da

bi

.v.

appoint or ordain beforehand; s. liyebea to be predestined for, pr. 621.

22. to command, charge: ghye abien yi na ghyey no kete se onye,
23. to comthese ttvo commandments he strictly enjoined on him.
pel, constrain, force, oblige; to ittipel, urge: pr. 195f. ohyee me se
mennora aduru, he cotnpelled me to drink a medicine; se omraa a,
mehye no na waba, if he do not come willingly, I will compel him to
24. to pttt to: hyeadanse, to call to witness.
come; Gr. 270,2 a.
25. hye .. ho akotoko, to instittde an inquiry or search afpr. 164.
ter a missing person or thing, to set in opercUion endeavours to seize
or recover.
20. to obtrude, to force, i^ress or urge upon: hye afe:
ode me hye afe or ode n'afe hye me, he makes or considers me hi^
27. hye neho, a) to
comrade, forces his companionship upon me.
force oneself i.e. to do with reluctance; ~ b) to fix upon, resolve, determine, make tip one's mind; - c) ghye neho fie, he confines hitnself
;

hye neho so,

to stijjpress one's oivn feeling or deone's oivu ntind, to be master of one's self or pas^6'. hye ..so, to p)ress upon, oppress; to
sions. Gen. 43,31. 45,1
to his

sire,

house.

to

command

hye wo tekrema

James 1,26. 3,8. - to stipp>ress,

bear or act iipon or affect: hye..
nsew, - domamfiri, to curse, accurse; cf. bg dua, dome.
30. yi
..hye, to transfer (a duty) to, make over to; s. akgmma.
31.
hye is also used as an aux. v. serving for the F,ng. j^reji. against:
to refer to, relate to, direct against, Jiave for its object: ne bo afuw
ahye me, wamuna ahye me, he is angry, sullen, on account of me or
against me; wgkasa hyee no, tliey spoke against film.
31. b. de atuo
hye .. mu, to fire at or o)t, give fire upon.
32. de .. hye .. yam', lit.
to ptd Into one's breast, bosom, or belly, i.e. a) to bear a grudge, or
malice: mede no (or asem no) mahye me yam', I otve film a grudge
(= metah no, wadi me asemmone bi na minyii mimfii me tirim e)
- b) to adojit, to take or receive as one's otvn cltild; s. yam'.
33.
yi .. ani hye.. hkyenmu, lit. to take off one's eye andjmtit aside, i.e.to
disappoitd; wayi m'ani ahye me rikyeh mu, Ite has disappointed me.
34. hye .. da so, to accumtdcde treasures, pr. 667.
35. hye .. kwan,
a) to provide wltfi money for a journey, cf. akwahhyede.
b) to
lay in atnbtish on tJie u'oy,
tew, siw kwari.
36. hye.. fer, F. to
abuse, instdt.Mt. 22,6.
57. hye. .nsew, V.to secure, make safeox sure.
Mt.27,65.
.3(S'.hye sum, F.=:durusum, tobe darkened. Mt.24,29.
39.
hye.. ntsirira, F. to advise, persuade, instigate. Mt. 14,8.27,20. Mk. 15,11.

restrain, check;

subdue,

stifle.

29.

to

cause

so! cf.

to

hye

204

hy e,
ahye, his

hjebea.

v.fred. liyehye, q.v.] to extend (intr.): 1. to swell: n'afuru

2. to sj)read: n'asem ahye, his fame

belli/ is sivollen.

spread ahroad: oyare no ahye (wo) asase no nli. so, the disease
has spread over the ichole country: ohiani bu be a, enliye, pr. 1361.
mabu
3. to reach: m'ani abye bo
syn. byehye, hyeta, terew.
no kakra, I caught a sight, glance, oi- glimpse of it; onipa no bae
no, m'ani anbye ne ho (= m'ani ammo no so, manbu no) na okoe,
ivhen the man came, he went away before I had got a sight of him.
4. to reach, border: eba na m'akura hye, here is the border of my
lias

plantation;

ohye.

cf.

hyew,

v. [red. byehye, byehyew] to burn: 1. hye, to

hurt with heat or fire: awia hye or byehye me ti, the
sun burns my head; okanea hyee me nsa, the light burnt my hand.
2. hyew, to consume or destroy by fire: wode gya hyew kxirow no,

Iiye,

burn

to

they burned the town with

fire:

odah rebyew,

fire.

3. to be

the house is burning,

on

jir.

fire, to

263.

be

consumed by

4.

hyew

gya,

to

5. hyew atuduru, to blow up (tr. ( intr.) with gunburn charcoal.

G. to dry up (tr. d' intr. of plants, from an excess of heat)
powder.
". to be
aburo no ahyew kora, all the maize-plants arc tcithered.
consumed (in battle, by famine, sickness &c.), to die in numbers:
aguah no mu nnipa-mma hyew se sare, in that flight people were
tS. to be lost (said of money, espec. in weighconsumed like grass.
ing out gold-du8t for separated items) mede agyiratwe metotoo
!). to spend or expend
nkokg mfua-mfua, na emu nkgkoa 2 abye.
(money) uselessly or to excess: mahyew sika bebre wo me y are yi
ho.
10. Phr. "Wo gya ahhyeme!" your fire has not burned me!
i.e. your saying or threat has not made any impression, has not had
Qhyc, inf. burning, being burned, pr. 621.
any effect upon me.

2.
o-h y e inf. 1. the act of fixing, putting on &c. cf. bye, v.
3. commandment, cf. ahyede, hhyebyee.
compulsion {31f. nhye).
,

e-hye, gum,
o-hy 0, i^?. a-,

= to fubye, I
they

resin, espec.

gum

copal;

cf.

amane, nsu.

border, boundary, limit, frontier; me-ne no bo bye

border iqmn or confine with him; wgde bama to bye,

marh or fix the limits by

hye, hyeliye, a. (or

a line or cord. Cf. hye,

v. 4.

& hyeban.

famous, famed, noted, renowned;

distinguished, eminent; of note, of distinction, of rank; {syn. onuonyamfo cf. bye, r., odehye;) wo a woye hye no na wuwu a, wgye
wo ayi yiye na wgbg ase kaw; gnye byehye. he. docs not male much
gmfa nebo hkyere se gye onipa bi, na gye ne nneema
of himself
nhina abotgasem' (abodam') ne komra; onipa yi ye byehye, he seeks
n.)

to attract the attention

of others.

ahy e-aiidiimii,
iion,

repayment,

h-, inf.

restitution,

return; retalicdion.
iihye-ase, F.

a-,

mencement; promise;

inf.

[bye anahmu] reparation, conq^ensaamends,

restoration, indemnification;

[bye ase] foundation; beginning; commake an agreement.

di nhy., to give a promise,

hyeban: bghy.=bgbye,
0-hje-hea,

hye-bea,

dahyia,

jn-edestinafion, fate;

cf.

F. -bew, a place tchere

have a commonboioidary.
nkrabea.

to

to p)ut dtc.

Mt. 26,52.

ahyede

ahyemfiri.

205

ahy e-de [bye, v., adej comtuandmcnt; cf. ghye, mmara, mom.
hy 0(1 oil [= hye den, imt on sfren(/fli. be. sirotiy] a condoling
01'

consoling salutation; oniaa no hy.,

death of a relation).

](C

consoled or comforted him

(at the

ahyedo, F.

nhycso. (Mf. an overpower im/.)

ua, piim-iree, copcd-free (FJcvocnrpns copaJlifern? lihns

copallhu(m?) s. ehye.
o-hye-diia, a bonndnri/-frec.
e-liyc-(l

liyee, a. Ak. s. hyew.

li y e e w-liy e e w, a. burning; ne yam ye no hy., his conscience

pricks him.
hy o6w-liy
dew hy.
yerew-yerew.

cew,

adv. flaming, sparkling; gbayifo

pi. a-, oppressor (s. hye ^S.),- dictator. Hist.

O-liye-iiama, =; hjXma a wgsesa de kyere ghye, a string
cating or marking out a boundary.

o-hj'efo,

liyehyy,

hye hye,
hy ehy e

glittering, gloss//, bright, shining;

"

kg asu ho ye hy.

pr. 1383.

a. s.

indi-

ahina a wgde

hann, hanahitna.

cf.

hye.

s. hye, v.
2. to put in dtce order for any
purpose, to make trim, firm, compact, tight and snug, to adjust, arrange: gtamgnwemfo benwene tam a, ghyehyc n'asawa ansa, wg
asa ne bgs) mu; - ohyehye adesoa, he packs a load.
5. to trim,
,

red. v. 1.

dress; to attire, adorn; to decorate; espec. of

ayeforo no, theg have dressed the bride ; gpe se

women

she is very fond of dressing; cf. keka, mia.

gether; to proceed with or in: ade kyce no,

4. hy. so, to

so,

wgahyehye
ohyehye ne ho papa,
:

join

to-

wgde asem no hyehyee

on the next morning they proceeded with the palaver.

to raise, fit out, equip an army (cf. 2).

5.

hy.

dgm,

hye hye,

red. v.

1.

hye,

v.

2. de.. hyehye,
=

to

cause

to

be spoken of: ode m' ahyehye

wakgka me ho nsem pi akyere
iikurofo.
3. F. to magnify.
4. hy. neho, to fcort5^
hoahoa neho.

hyehye,
scorch.

red. v.,

s.

hye, hyew.

2. F. to he grievous to; cf.

ahy ehye de,

1.

ne

to

burn (vehemently);

yam' hyehye

ornament, adornment; jewels;

cf.

to

no.

ahokekade.

ahyeliyee,

a shed or hut on a plantation for the reception of

tools ov produce and for shelter from rain; lumber-room.

iiliyehyee, ordinances,

cf. nsiesiei,

ahyede.

nliyehye-ho, iihyehj^e-iiui, iihyehye-s6,

hye (a.s. wgde ahyehye) ho, - mu, - so.

hy ehyew, red.
ahyehyew-nsa

inf.

ade a ehye-

hye, hyew.
[ade a ehyehyew nsa] a kind o(

v., s.

iiliyehye-wo-akyi, boasting,

pr. 1473, 2765. Cf.

nettle.

akyi.

ahyom', F. covenant, agreement. Mh. 14,24.

apam; s. dziahyem.
iihyeiii', F.=hhyiam'. - nhyemdan=hyiadah. Mt.10,17. Mk.1,21.

ahy em 111 a,

pZ. n-, [ehyen, dim.'] boat; cf.

ahyein-firi,
go in and

inf.

[hyeh,

v.,

ifi,

out, to frequent, resort to

v.]

or

gkorow, obonto.

going in andoid; di ahy.,

visit often; odii

yen

mu

to

ahy.,

hyin

206

hyeta.

he ivent in and out among us, Acts 1,21., munnni dan mu ho aby. sa!
do not thus constantly go in and out of that room!
hyeii, V. \t-ed. hyehhyen] to blow, sound, or pi a g a wind-instrument (aben, torobento, adakabeh, hkontwe,...).
[red.

a.

(only in cpds.) white;

a.

& adv.

apue by.

tbe

moon

tumm-ne-byen.

owia, gsram, nsoroma

Ijright, brilliant, -Ig;

(called so from

into.

oduahyC'ii,

cf.

hyeiVhyeiV bfinabana,

e-hyen,

- mu,

to enter,

V.

hyeii,

hy^iiii,

rf.

hyeh'hyeh]

liyeiV,

bright, glittering.

silvery ligbt or lustre);

its

osram', gbosom.

e-hyeii, string, chord of a musical instrument, cf. sankubyeh.

e-hyeii, bubble, air-bubble, soap-bubble: abo by., it has formed
(or risen in) a bubble.
e-hyeii,

h-, p)ron.

F.

= yen,

Gr. 58. Mf. p. 102.

e-hyeii, F. n-, ^:>L a-, Ak. yen, ship, vessel (cfahyehwi, abyemma, okorow, batadewa, obonto); Mk. 3,9.4,1. 38.6,,%. -hy. apue kiisu,
a ship has come in sight dimly; by. no abegyinakuntahh, the ship has
come in and rides at anchor in its full size; by. no atu ko Gua, the
ship has iveighed anchor and saRed to Cape Coast.
hyeii-horow, hyen-nodow, multitude of ships, fleet.

ahyeii-hyeii-mu: di

interwoven, entangled.

-, ^o be interlaced,

h y e I'l-m li, inf. introduction.

n h y e n 6 a, ohye ano nobo, the farthest point or part of the
li

hyennua

border.

[by en dua] mast of a sbip. - ahyeiiwa, dim. of ebyen.

hyera, bera,

v.

F.

= bara, ycra, yew,

\ijera,2il. -, ^. pot, pitcher.

to 2)erish.

Mk. 7,4. 14,13.

cf.

Mt. 26,52.

abina, pore, kuruwa.

hyereba-hyereba, a. d- adv. hasty, precipitate, rash, fooln'adwenem' ye no bare,

hardy, inconsiderate, careless; oye by.
he is light-minded, unsteady; oye n'ade or oka n'asem by., he acts
or sp)caks inconsiderately ; aberante by., a very brisk lad.

hy ere-liy ere,
fervid;

hj^creii,

V.

&

F. byerew-byerew, a.
adv. 1. hot, burning,
3. urgent.
2. acrid (?)
very hot.

me bo ye me by., I feel

sparkle;

to shine, glister, glitter,

to

be bright, bril-

flame or flare up; ogye ogyano abyereh, he stirs

its burning; ogye asem no abyereii, he enhances
n. brightness.
a. shiny, bright.
or enlarges the pcdaver.
o-hyerem-mo^, == obo a ebyeren, a brilliant.

liant,

splendid;

to

the fire, increases

ahyese,

F.=nbyease.iUf.i.3,.55.ilf^-.i,i.

ahy e-sem,

= asem a

abye, asem a

aby.no, in

the beginning.

woakoka gyam'gyani ma

aterew, a report ivhich has spread rapidly.

lihy es6, inf.fs.hye, 28] 1. oppression, tyranny, despotism; den

nbyeso ni! ichat a tyranny! oye nby., oye abom, he is despotic.
2. check, restraint; restriction.

nical actions.

iihyeso-do, F. of

o-hyesbnehq,

liyeta,

hhyeso-de,
necessity.

desp)otic or tyran-

Cor. 9,7.

there is theborder.'o\iyeso-hene,margrave.3ist.

v. to

spread (abroad),

to

be

made

knoivn extensively,

hyew

207

hyira.

to he divulged, propagated; ne din hyetae, his name became tvidely

known, hehccamc famous or renotvurd; cf. hye, hyeliyo, lioran, terew.
liyow, red. Iiychjew, v. s. hye, hyew, v.
hyow, hyewhyew, a. 1. hot, verg warm; iikwah no ye hy.,
^. hot, fiery, fierce,
the soit]> is hot; cf. nsuohyew, hycreliywo.

wild, vehement, ardent, very active, impctnous, violent, passionate;

oye or n'ani ye hyew, he

,5.
kramil, abut'iihyew.

is fierce,

impetuous, possionate,

warm, com fort aide; ne

fi

cf.

ho ye

krama-

liy.

ahye-ye-de, dtdy, obligation. D.As.

hy ia,

1. to meet, fall in tvith, come tomihyiaa no ok wan mu, I met him

kehyia.. kwan, F. to go to meet; 311.25,1.
on the way; pr. 1071.
rae ne no hyiae (wo) wuram', / came together with him in the bnsh;
afe fino rcye ahyia, the end of the year goes to meet (the beginning of another year) i.e. new-year's day is at hand.
2. intr. to

[inf. h-, red.

v.

hyiahyia]

gether, assemble, join, converge;

be close together,

so as to touch reciprocally (said of the teeth);

accordant; ehkohyia, it docs not

meet or encounter in hostility, to come upon;
ohyia no a, otumi no, when he attaclcs him, he is a match for him,
he is able to withstand successfully, pr. 3223.
5. to call, send for;
to cite, summo)i; cf. fre; to call together, convene, convoke; to invite; Onyame ahyia no, God has called him (away, or to him, by
death); ohene hyiahyia ne mamfo, the king calls his people together.
6. hyia oyere, to marry, take a wife; cf. ware; hyia ayeforo, to
marry, celebrate a tvedding.
7. hyia mu, hyiam', to meet or assemble in the same place; to have an intervietv; mpanyimfo hyiam'
(wo) abonten so, the elders assemble in the street.
8. hyia so, to
nsuyi abefill up by pouring in, to pour into; pr. 2545. opp. huan so
hyia nsu yi so wahyia so
wama aye mato.
9. Phr. me nsa
hyia m'adwuma, my hands suffice for my loork
metumi m'adw.
yo, m'ade a mewo ye nhina, mitumi yo - me nsa hyia meho, I provide with my hands for all my wants. - ne ho hyia nelio, he has all he
ivants. - iO. da hyia, bo hye hyia, s. ohye, hyeban. - tvvahyia, s. tvva.
pr. !i831.
fit

3. to agree, accord, be

properly.

4. to

ahyia,

inf.

ahyia,
on the way.
11

F. dzi ahyia, to assemble,

who is met with

reply to that salutation.
a meeting, intervieio; an encounter; a call, calling,

ahyiahyia,

h}^! a, inf.

invitation,

= kohyia fako. Mt. 22,34.

ahyi'o, interj. a salutation to a person

interj. the

summons.

hyia-daiit, pi. hyia-adan, house of assembly, synagogue.

aliyiae, a place of meeting, joining or assembly.
iihyiaet, circuit, circumference, compass'^ cf. afefarem'.

hyiahyia,
i\hyVi\]i\v R,

ahy.

red. v.,
ill

s.

hyia, 5.

luck, fatality, misfortune, disaster;

wobehyiaa

obekaa ahy. a woakodi.

11 hyiam', inf. a meeting, assembly, conference, convention, convocation, congress, synod, council. F. hhyem'.
liyim, s. him,

hyira,
ness

2.

to

hyirahyira]

wish happiinvoke or bestoiv a blessing upon; Gen. 1,28.9, 1.12,2. Deut.33.

invoke; hy. wo Nyankopon se obedi wo akyi ana, call on

to, to

v. [inf. n-, red.

1. to bless, to

nhyira

208
your God that

He may

assist you.

ohyiribi.

3. to bless, praise, glorify

for

4. to esteem or account
benefits, to extol for excellencies Ps. 103.
5. euph. to curse, blaspheme; 1 Ki. 21,10. Job 2,9.
happy. Jer. 4,2.
;

watew gyedua aliabah, he has cursed the lings

hy. so, a) to decide on (V), to give validity or authority to,
to ratify, agree, assent to, to sanction: ghene ahy, so se wonkum no,
the king has decided that he shall be hilled; mahyira oguan yi so se
b) to dispose
wonkum no, / have designed this sheep to be hilled.
wahyira ghene
life.

6.

renounce, resign, give over: wahy. so akye, he has given it

c) to
up (as a pi-esent to a friend or for destruction) long ago.
d) to accnrse, devote to
consecrate by prayer. Mat. 14,19. Lk. 9,16.
7. Phr. Ohyira
destruction; to destroy utterly ; Dcid. 20,17. Josh. 6,21.
n'ano, he blesses his moidh, is used for some religious or ceremonial
oguare asum', he
observances of the heathenish negroes, viz. a)
washes cdthewatering-place, s. asumguare; - b) he takes some water
into his mouth and squirts it into the calabash again, uttering certain petitions to his soul (for money, length of life, honour, recovery of lost property S:c.); or, he spurts the water to the ground
and invokes a blessing or a course on others; - c) he takes some
consecrated fluid (water mixed with some "medicine") into his mouth,
spurts it and mentions something by which he brought a curse upon
himself, asking for the removal of the same, and for new blessing.
of

(?), to

\b) Angpatutu mpanyimfo sore na wghohoro wgn anim a, na wgde

nsu no bi gu wgn anom', na wohinam gu koram' bio, na wgka won
tirim asem biara a ehia wgn, se ebia (wose): Me kara, mesere wo
sika, mesere wo nnyinkye, mesere wo aniionyam, me biribi v^'o baotu nsu
Otu nsu de hyira n'ano
bi a, ma einmeka me nsa n. a.
de gu n'anom' na ohinam mu gu, na gde hyira obi a. s. ode bg obi
dua.
c) Woabg woho dua na nsew no akita wo (e. s. woyare), na
gkgmfo ko a wofre ne bosom no abehye aduru ama wo, na wutu
aduru no bi gu wo anom', na wuse "Me k<tra, se mabg meho dua a,
mehyira m'ano", na wokJi wo tirim aseh-ko a enti wobgg dua no, na
Mihyira m'ano mepa, I call upon
afei wuse: 'ne medah nsew yi.]
iihyira, inf. a blessing. - nhy.neno,
my soul to nard off danger.
Ohyira no
lit. blessing i.e. (all or nothing but) blessed is he. Mat. 5.
ilhyira-fVvew, ohyira no nansonekomaredomeno; r/.nkgmmgdom.
ahyira-de, a blessed thing; an accursed thing. Josh. 6,17.7,1.

nhyira-sem,

a matter about one^s cursing the king's life.

nhyireu, F. == nfwiren.
hyirew, tvhiti' clay, a white kind of earth, used like lime to
whitewash houses (sra gdan).
bg hy., to dig white clay and form it
into balls; - bg, ma or sra obi hy., to make strokes with white clay on
one's body to shoiv that he or she has been acquitted of an accusation,
or that a woman has been set free by her former husband to marry
again; - gbg n'anim hyire, Ak. he rubs his face icith white clay
i.e. entirely gives auay his slave as a present to another person (-in
Akp. only a blow on the slave's back is required for this purpose).
gu hyire, As. to divorce.
wgabg me hyirehunu.
aperewa; gye
0-hyiribi, pi. a-, [Guan] a light-minded fellow,
n'advienem' ye no hare.
ohy.

I.

J.

209

ka.

I.
docs not boj;in any Tslii word, except when a j)reye no yiye); in F. it occurs as a
cedin<; y is omitted (ye n"iye
prefix before close sounds instead of e (ibi, idu =^ ebi, edu).
Tlie vowel

J.
'J'lie
ji), jil,

sec

consonant

is

not used in Tslii. - Instead of V.

(IVn'O, (l\Vij (l\Vo,

jiic, jiii^

(hVii (dziie, d/ui, d/.o, dzu).

K.
consonant k occurs before tlie vowels a, a, o^ o,
Before e^ o, o, i, the simple k is used only when the next

'i'he fiuttural

o, u, u,

fi.

same word begins with s or t, and when c is shortened from a (by reduplication, or in ktMiclrmkara) in all other cases the k before palatal vowels becomes palatal and assumes the
accessory sound of y, which is distinctly lieard before c, 0, less
distinctly before e, e, i, i. (In Asante the pronunciation of the j is
less distinct than in Akem, especially before v. ka kere no
ka
The gutturo-labial combination k\v now
kyere no.) Gr. i; 10,1.
occurs only before ;i when followed by e, e, i, it is changed into
t\v (excepting in some Fante dialects). Gr. 11. 12. (In Fante kvv
occurs also before 0, 0, u, where the other dialects have simple k.)
The simple k in single cases interchanges with g or h, as in
brogo, ahahantwere
brgko, akekantwere. Gr. 19 6.
syllable of the

1. fo bite, io seize ov wound tciilt (he mouth;

a do(/ has Jnttcn wy leg ; gwg ka onipa, the
2. to sting: ntontom aka mc
snake bites (man); ef. kaw & sow.
nsa, a mosquito has stung my hand; ef. bg.
ka, v. Ak. s. kaw.

kn,

r. [^i-ed.

keka]

gkraman aka me nan,

ka, V. i. to remain, be left where or

n'agya nkyen wg fie, Benjamin remained

as
at

it is; Benyamin kaa

home with his father;

ma enka!

let it remain as it is, let it (done, forbear, leave off, leave

undone; eno de, eka wo ankasa nsam' or wo fam', as for tltat, it
impers. aka me
is left to you, that is your own business; pr. 372.
nko, I only a)n left; ebeka wo nko, you ivill be left alone, pr.l097.
ka (= eka) me nko a, anka wobenya nea wope, for ought I have
to say, you might obtain ivhat you desire; cf. Gr. 276,5. pr.1476-79.
^. ka hg, /o remain or continue in a fixed place,
cf. tg, pr. 3283-86.
5. ka so, to remain on or in,
in an unchanged form or condition.
to abide with: mmere, wonni nka so, luxurious life is not indulged
in or does not last for ever. pr.2036.
-i. ka aky iri, to remain or
stay behind (one's companions in walking &c.): woaka akyiri, ma
wo nan so you remain beliind, mcihe haste!
5. to die: waka babi,
he is dead; gkaa awoe, it died cd the birth, or, it was still born.
6*. not to be where it ought to be, to be tcanting or missing; generally
inq^ers. aka dgkono, kgfabera! bread is tvanting, go and fetch it;
aka me biribi, / want something; ehka no fwe, he wants nothing;
aka mmofra no bi; wgkg he? some of the boys are missing; where
have they gone? gbak5 pe na aka, bid one is missing; obiara hkae
e, won rihina wg ha, nobody is missing, they are all here; hena na
aka? ()/ aka hena? who is missing? aka Kwaku, minhfi no, luv. is

it

ka

21

ka.

enka me e, mewg bal I am not missinfj,

kftma or kakrd or ketewa (se), (very) little is
wantinrj, often corresponds with the adr. almost, nearly, soon: aka
kiima (se) na watg nsuni', he had almost fallen into the wcder; aka
kuma (se) na dua yi bepo, tins tree will soon lose its leaves; ekaa
kdma (F. de
se) na won nsa kaa, ohene, thei/ nearly eaught the
7. ka ano, (to stieh or he aecustomed to one's lijis.) to he
Icing.
ready, easy, fluent: dwom a misuae no aka m'ano, the hymn I have
learned is altvays ready on my lips, or, on my tongue's end.

I do

missinfj,

I am

here.

Aka

ka,

(= ewo

not see him;

V. to

he

common,

often met with, iisnal, frequent;

ade a eka

nhOma yi ta ka, such

hoohs are often met with; ntama yi uta nka (=enni man mu da or
pi, wonnya sa ntama no), such cloth is seldom to he had; sa nnoma
yi nka dodo, such birds are not very common; wgyee yen nido a
ho da)

ni, this is a

enka, they showed us no

ka,

V.

F.

kae.

common

little

thing; sa

hindness. Acts

ka mmon, F.

28,:^.

to wail.

Mk.

5,38.

come or he in or hring into

contact with, to Join (Cc. (1-25) ; II. to move or stir, to he or cause
to he active (26-40); III. to move in order to join (41-51).
kji, V. [red. keka] /. to touch, to

come in contact with, 2'- 466. - to handle (slightly), feel

perceive by the sense of feeling: nifa wo nsa nka dade no, na
ado, do not touch the iron, for it is red-hot; ubekAa aheropoma no ti,
aduru no kaa n'ano,
she touched the top of the sceptre, Est. -5.2.
the medicine touched his mouth; pr.3.H15. fwe rikaa m'ano e, nothing
has passed my lips yet; wode kaa n';lno, they put it to his mouth,
John 19,29. okaa n'ano no, gmpe se onom, when he had tasted there2. de .. ka .. ano, to taste, eat;
of, he would not drinh, Mat. 27,34.
ope se ode biribi ka n'ano, he would have eaten, Acts 10,10.
3. ka
ode
.. fwe, to examine hy feeling or tasting, to feel, to taste, to try;
ne nsa kaa no fwee, he felt him. Gen. 27,22. ka nsa yi fwe! try this
(I.)l.toiouch,

i.e.

4. to touch, hit, strihc against; ka gu, to spill;

nsa no agu, he has spilled the wine; ka mogya (gn), to shed
5. to touch, come to, reach; wo hlioma no kaa me nsa, your
blood.
letter came to hand, reached me.
0. nsakcl, to attain to, obtain, receive, get, gain: me nsa aka nhoma no, I have received the letter; ne
nsa kaa nea ode too ne tirim, lie gained his imrpose, Acts 27,13.
7. to touch, to meddle, interfere or have to do with: (mamfa me nsa)
manka nhoma no, / liave not touched the books; de neho koka gbea,
to touch a ivoman, 1 Cor. 7,1. - me ho renka, I shall have nothing to do
8. to touch, affect, strike, befall, seize, take possession of,
with it.
become the prop eriy of: ehu kese kaa no, great fear befell him, he
teas sore afraid; ohia aka no, poverty has come %ipon him; pr. 1340.
- awerehow bi aka no, some grief has befcdlen him; nna aka wgn,
they were heavy with sleep, Luk.9,32; asomdwoee nka mo! peace be
nnto you!
9. to beat (a drum, akyene. bgmma, atumpan, gtente,
mpintin).
10. to strike or flog with (mma, mpire, twom); wgkaa
no mpire, they scourged him; Acts 16,23. wgaka no dade, Ak.
wgakum no.
11. to make a painful impression on: wadiasem(mone)
ama n'ani aye no yaw, or wabu so akataa, he lias
na aka n'aiii

wine!

waka

Ps. 34,8.

211

ka^
(lone somcililny

(wronn) and

it

into the eyes for puiii.slnneut)

had

the
jik;i

wo

conseiiueitces in a

ani! / shall

to touch, hurt,

manner

let ijan

injure,

to transijress ai/ainsf:

has affect edJii-i

he has had

i.e.

cijes{a.s
to suffer

pepper rubbed
for it, has felt

not easUi) to be foryoticn;

it, serve i/on out for it!

suffer for

harm,
yeaka

lj:J.

yeankawo, Gen.26,ii'J.
yeatbm) yen Nyankopgn.
io. ka

afflict,
(

mema

distress:

hold to the fire for a moment, to leitlwr (j^reen leaves) bij

fire; fa aliaban yi ka o<i-ya posa so kuru nom', put these leaves to
the fire a little and then squeeze them out upon lite wound.
14. ka
ka nsu no hyew, warm this water;
.. hyew. to warm (up), cook up:
fa nkwafi uo kgkA no liyew, take that soup and warm it (put it on the
Ij. to dip up, eat up any kind of pappy or pulpy food
fire a(fain).
or medicine with some other more substantial food, as bread, plantains i^c. fa nnuru yi noa no I'lkwan, na fa aduan biara kii, hoil these
gya,

to

herbs into a soup

and

eat ant/

like

titiuji ijou

wdh

it.

10. to stick

united in triendship be on t/ood terms, in union

or concord ; to aijree together; to suit, accord, harmonize; o-ne no ka,
or wgka, thei/ are (jood friends; o-ue me nka, or yenka, we do not

tot/ether, be closel//

agree together; aduan yine uamyi ka, this food and this meat agree
aduan yi ne me yafunu lika, tJiis food does not agree
with nig stomach.
17. me ho aka (some part of me that was, as it
were, attached to the departed, has gone from wic, i.e.) I am in trouble
about the loss of a relative.
18. ne h 5 k a u e h 6, lit. his self, or. what
is about him, sticks or fits to his self (O i-- he is well content, conwell together;

happy, feels comfortable; me ho ka me ho

peaceably here on my plantidion; me ho aka me ho
me ho atg me, cf. ahomeka.
19. u'ahom kiX
no ho, F. he is happy, glad. Mt. 5,12.
20. u'ani k a, his eye is
pleased ([nop. is cdtached to or captivated by any pleasing object), i.e.
he rejoices, is pleased, rejoiced, delighted, glad,]iappy; m'ani ka ha (or
aka ha, my eye has been caught or attached to, cleaves to this place),
I like this place; m'ani ka adwuma yi ho, I like this ivork; m'ani
aka, / am (ov have been for some time in the state of) rejoicing.
21. n'ani ka ase or fam', lit. his eyes are fixed on the ground, i.e.
tented, satisfied, pleased,

wg m'akura

ha,

live quietly,

he

is

bashful, modest, decent, chaste, sober, discreet, considerate, de-

(= gye n'ade yiye; oj)})- onipa a n'ani ye sorosoro,

gye n'ade sakasaka).
22. k a ..ho, a) to be in contact tvith, to adhere to, cleave to, stick to: ewo aka me nsa ho, the honey sticks to my
b) to be added, joined to, conjoined, connected tvith; to be
fingers.
given over or in; to belong to; akyede yi ka wo asranue no ho, this
present has been added to your wages.
c) to accomjxiny (in doing
something), to go with, be with: gka me ho na yekgg Osii, he uccompanied me to Osu; Oayankopgn ka yen ho (= di yen akyi) da, God
is always with ns. cf. 25.
(?J k a h 6, when connected (as an auxiliary verb) with another principal verb, is often rendered by the adverbs also, moreover, too, besides: odi hia na gyare ka ho, he is very
2iOor and sick besides; cf. Gr. 237e.
e) de..ka ho, cans, to add,
join, annex, unite to; fa kakra ka ho, add a little; in Eng. we may
often use the adv. more: ma me kakra menka ho, give me a little
more; omaa me hi mekiia ho, he gave me some more; raanya nkesiia
liberate, careful

ka^

212

maka

and tvish for ten more.

food has done him good,
33. ka ..ho (aduiu), to daub, paint: maka pon no h5
pr.924f.
aduru, I have painted the door (with colour); waka adaka no ho
24. ka neho, to adorn or dress
koko, he has painted the 1}ox red.
wakekfi neho, she has dressed herself
oneself: waka neho fefefe
ka .. ho (22 c), di akyi(ri), to join,
25. ka .. do, F.
very nicely.
m6nka
wobeka;l no ho; wonkii mo do
to follow: wgbaka' no do
me ho, munni m'akyi. ML 4,19. 8,1.10.9,9.
(II.) 26. to he in commotion : ne tirim' ka, his head is a little touched,
affected tvith insanity (in a slight degree); he is touched in the head,
27. ka neho, to move, stir; gnka neho bio,
craclchrained, crazy.
wawii, he moves no more, he is dead; to bestir oneself, be active, live28. ka..nsa,
ly, quick; woii'ka woho ara?! will you be quick?
du, na

mepe

dii

ho,

I have

ten

eggs

aduah no aka no ho ^= ato no ho,

the

f)

=
=
=

to be quick, active, agile, alert, diligent;

make

quick!

haste!

oka ne nsa, he

ka wonsa

is diligent;

= ka woho,

(diff.

be

eka ne usa,

it

29. ka ..mati. to raise or

he receives, s.5.)
30. ka aduan, a)
dratv up the shoulders, to shrug, give a shrug.
to turn the food in the mortar with the hand: mekgka aduan mama
me na.
b) to stir the food in cooking on the fire; ode ta ka abete,
nkokonte; cf. nu mu.
31. ka likwan, to deal or serve out soup,

comes

to his

hands

32. ka

i.e.

33. ka atuo, to take up

blow the bellows34. to move,
guns) in order to fight against some one.
pid or set in motion, impel; to drive, compel to move on, urge ox push
fortvard, urge on and direct the motions of; mframa ka hyen no ko

pr.207.

arms

afa, to

(pi'op.

tJie ivind moves the vessel onward; ka hhuah no kg dan mu,

drive the sheep into the pen; k.i nkokg no fi adi, drive the fotvls out;
ka teaseenam, to drive a chariot, 2 Ki.9,20. ka (afurum) no kg ara!
35. to excite, distract,
drive (the ass) and go forward, 2 Ki.4,24.

anim',

ne bone aka no, his sin drives him about restlessly.

36. to stir up, cause, bring (djout. tgkwaw, a quarrel, brawl, scuffle,
37. to move, actuate, incite, inamanne, mischief (cfka, to speak).
duce, instigate: den na ekaa no se gmmera? what induced him to
38. to attack; wgkgkaa won nkaakyiri, they attacked them
come?
5.9. ka gkwah mu, to commit highway-robbery.
from behind.
40. to try to move or stir: ^kk no babi emma (or, me-, wo-, o-, woka no babi [scil. a,] emma, tvhercver it is touched, or, try as you will,
it does not succeed, \.q,.) it will not do by any means; wama me adwuma a mekano bilbi emma, he has given me a work to do which I
cannot carry out by any means.
42.
(III.) 41. ka.. bom', to unite, join, p)ut together, reconcile.
ka.. bg ..ho. to conjoin, connect, annex, combine, associate, attach,
affix dc. ka adsVebaw (batabata ho), to bind the shoots of the yampata ka .. bg ..ho, to
plant to the sujjporting stick; s. adwobaw.
43. ka.. fam, to joimvith an adreconcile. 2 Cor. 5,18f. Eph. 2,16.
hesive substance: fa amane (hye, manng) ka kuruwa no fam, join
or mend (the broken pieces of) the jug with gum.
44. ka.. toa,
to join, to bring to the p)voper place or connection, to set a joint, to set
(a limb): gka me nan a ahiiah no toa, he sets my dislocated foot.
45- ka ..foa, F. ^=k;l ..fu, nu .. fu?) to onbrace; gdze n'aba ka no
agitate, trouble:

ka

kfi.

4S. kti

..

47.
li

ka

ye,

..

to

ka.. kfi ..ho,

to bring near iogcther,

Join the opposite ends, s. kua.
trouble and force, i.e. to exact or enforce pagnirnt

embraces him.

foa, he
$.

213

ilka.

46.

kua an im,

to

from; wabek.l mc aliye n.s. wode bi kaw na wabehyc wo agye v/o

ho; cf. ka hye in ka, to speak.
4!). ka .. hy e m u, to confine, shut

up, close, straiten; iolicepin (Lk. 19A3), hem in, urge, press ujion.
50. k a., torn', to shut, lock; to shut or lock in or iij>; ka poii no

shut the door; ka no to dan mu, lock him up in the room.

mua wo ano, hold thg peace. Mk. 1,25.
ka wo ano tom', F.
51.
k a .. mom ano, to pack or roll up; waka ne nh. amom ano.
52.
ka .. gy a w, to throw aside and leave i.e. to pass by; yehiiu Kipro
no, yekii gyaw benkum (ycgyaw too b.) na yekgg Siria, Acts 21,3.
53. ka is also used as a secondary verb in phrases like the followtorn',

onnwu iinka, mag he not die, not even tasting of or touching

ommnig nnka, )n((g he not break it, not in the least, not in the rethat he should
motest manner, i.e. God forbid that he should die,
ing:
if ;

break

it.

ka,

keka] to emit a sound, to idter, speak, say, tell; cf.

besebese, ho 75-83., woro; - agyinamoa ka ne menewam', tlie cat emits a sound from its throat, i.e. it purrs; woaka, thou
ka asem, to utter words, speak, talk; to
hast said it, Mt. 26,25. 64.
kasa,

V.

[red.

se, be,

deliver a speech,

do you t(dk? oka

tell

a tale;

to

prcaclt; deh

asem na moka? of what

me ho

asem,/;t' speaks or t<dks of me, often meaning

oka (oto) anansesem, lie tells a legend.
ka..

he S2)eaks Ul of me;
or ka with a personal object,

kyere,

to tell, to

say

to;

okaa asem

ka..
kyeree no or okaa no asem bi, he told him something.
to ascribe a saying to, to impide to; to speak against; waka
asem no ahye me, e.s. enye me na mekae, na obi aboapa [or apaka kaw, ka amanne, by spoken ivords to
tuw) aka ato me so.
bi

hye,

cause or incur debts, mischief, to involve oneself in debt, in (the

ka .. ma .., to speali for, put
mischief of) a public law-snit or fine.
ka .. anim,
in a word for, intercede, recommend; cf. kasa ma.
or ka alone with a personal object, to rebuke, reprove, reprimand,
reprelicnd, chide, scold, blame, censure; onipa yi, waka me 'ne
waka u'anim, watwiw m'anim 'ne; -=: twiw anim; =- kasa kyere,

tu fo;
to

ka ntam or ka alone, to utter an oath, to sivear (upon.pr. 344.

to by an oath) ; to conjure, call up, or bring aboid (a sick-

appecd

ness);

cf.

e-k a

e-ka,

of

ka

ntam,

di

pi.

ring, in: 267.

ri-,

p)l. a-,

nsew.

(Ak.) debt;

s.
s.

..

sie, to foretell, predict.

ka.

ekaw.

pr. 747 f. 1497-1503.

aka, Ak. enmity d'-c. s. akaw, akaye.

aka, water into which charms (short sticks [bofunnua] or pieces
string daubed with red wood [korow] &c.) are put to be used for

an ordeal or tried to determine guilt or innocence. Phrases: bo aka,

ko aka ase (pr. 379.)] aka no ato no. Akabo ne se obi \via ade a.s.
oye bone bi a, na wokofa aka de bebisa no se ewom' ana. Wokofwefvie onipa a owo aka, na wabehono aduru ne nsu de ata ho ahohoro wo auira, na se wo na woyee sa bone no a, na wuntumi mmue
wo aniwa, a.s. niwa (a cowry) ahyen wo auiwam'.
:

oka

214

o-ka,

e-, ditch,

nkabuho.

trench, canal; the bed of a river; oyi kd, he digs

(makes, sinks) a ditch.

rika,

smell, scent;

1.

te nkji, to

perceive the smeN.

to smell.

rumour; mate ne nka (se gbeba ne), I have heard

of him, have had news of him (that he will come to-day); wotee ne iika
(= ne ho asem tei'ewe) asase no nliinil so, his fame spread abroad
3. perception; te hka, to learn, hear, come
in cdl that countr//.
to know, be informed of; mate hka se yeaclah bone, I knotv from
experience that we have become bad or sinful.
anka^ Ak. aiikana, aiikarfi, cottj. then, in that case; (for merit/;) "under other circumsta)ices. This word is put at the head of a
3. noise, report,

sentence to indicate that the idea expressed in the sentence is no

present reality, but either a) a thing of the past, or b) mei*ely imaginary, its reality being excluded by another fact or being made
to depend on the reality of another idea expressed in a conditional
accessary sentence preceding the principal; (a) kah no ahka 0nyahkopon ben fam', formerly (it was so that) God (or Heaven) was
near the ground; (b) ahka meba, na meyaj-e nti mintumi memma,
I should come, but I cannot, because I am sick; or, se menyare a,
ahka meba, if I were not sick, I shonld come; - na ahka! ( na se
eute sa de a, na ahka edeh ?) ichat else':- of course!

ka, kavra,

ring, iinger-ring; link oi & chain;

j;?. h-,

c/".

petea,

kapo, nomafuru, tohkoka'.

ak a, a kind of fish. pr. 1S99.

ailka, ahkawa, akahkawa, ^.i/.

h-, lime,

lemon;

s.

duaba^\

= hkae, remnant,
the others. Mt.
25,11. Mk.
aka-bas6 = akagyinam'; security, surety (for the payment of
ilka, F.

a debt;

lit.

22,6.

rest,

a coming

iip

for debt); di ak.,

to

1,38.

stand ov give security;

mede no akabaso, I owe him money by standing security.

ka-boa, manner or way of speaking obehu ne k., he will know
how to say that, to specdc of that further.
k a be re, pi. h-, a kind of charm (sumah bi) consisting of a
stick driven into the ground and wound round with strings, inten;

from entering the towns and houses and

from the inhabitants; wokyeree bayifo k.,
they caught or bound a wizard by (or tied for him) a k., thry have
made fetish against him, by driving a stick into the ground and
performing certain ceremonies with it, whilstimprecations are uttered against an offen-sive person, whose death or some other calamity is supposed to be effected thereby.

ded

to

keep

off evil spirits

to avert their influence

kabi, kabikabi, a. (added to esiim, darkness) thicJc, deep, utkusu, tumm.

aka-bo, inf. [bo aka] undergoing the ordeal by tvater; s. aka.
aka-bo, inf. [bo kaw] making or conf raiting debts; osafohene-

ter; cf.

eye ak., to be captain causes one

o-kabofo, pi. a-, contractor of debts,

di no,

iika-bo-ho,
nation.

inf.

to

incur debts.

pr. 1506.

[ka.. bo..ho] annexion,

annexation; combi-

iikabom
iika-bom',

inf. [kfl

215

iilvatVa.

bg mu] union, joining, conjunction, com-

nk.-apam, a separate

pound, composition.

kaboiiilO

..

lea(iue,(ont'ederati(i.

(ekiiw, boniiA] a jierson sf roll in;/

t'o

debts; stroller, vat/rant, V(i[/(tbund; nca gntra. uo kfironi

anian so bg aka sakasaka; gbg ka na ontua

k a I) on 11 6 a,

cf.

and ina/cing
naouciiuam

gbadueduefo, kobofo.

pad

for carri/inij loads, undertaken

on account of debts; sfinii a wgde soa adesoa; woabg ka na wokosom bi na wosoa a, enna wgtVe no k.; woankasa wosasl ape ade a,
cnna wgtVe no adebqniioa.
kaboniioa ne adebonnoa, a kind of bead; s. abene.
pi. n-,

-ii,

kaboiiiiorn wa,

^^(<f/.

bolster; sfuni

akahi'i,

dennen a ebinom de soa

won sumi

adesoa, ebinom ye no tententen de to

ase.

ak.) =^ akabg.

inf. (di

kada

[ka-dedawj old debts. Woyeasobiannasoa, wo iik.yera.

[dan kaw] exaction of debts.
11 k;i-deii [kaw, den] rigorous enforcement of paijmcnt; gdah no
Ilk., lie riyorouslif exacts the payment of the debt from him.
II

ak{i-(l<iii

kadc'j a kind of

aka do

yam

(bayere);

s.

gde.

any tbiug
makes eatables savoury; ade bi a wode reka aduan ho adi na
aye wo de: nam, mako, butiru, asikre n.a., meat, pepper, butter,
sugar tOc. added to or eaten with any species of food; cf. atorade.
ka-dcdaw', an old debt, pr.loOT.
[ka, ade] seasoning, spice, condiment, sauce,

tbat

akado,

F. kado, shell-lime.

a 11 k a-d w e n a, the young fruits of the lemon-tree. pr. 1805.

kae, V. [inf. hkde, red. kakae] to remember, recollect;
mind, put in mind, ccdl or recfdl to mind. pr.loOSf.
11 kae, inf. memory, remembrance, recollection.

ukae

to re-

[ka, to beleft, remain} remainder, remnant, rest, residue;

the others. F.

0-kaefo,

nka. Cf. nnekae, nnikae.

remembrancer, reminder.

pi. a-,

Kaesare+,

Caesar, emperor;

cf.

ghempgn.

kafei", coffee, the berries (kafe-aba), the tree (kafe-dua), and

the drink made from tlie berry - ye kafe, to worl-, dress ov prex)are
the jducled berries till they are ready for sale; noa k., to boil coffee.
;

kafirima,

a kind of amidet or charm;

g-kafo,

blood, used

o-ktifo,

jil.n-.,

Ai.

by hunters,

[ekaw|

debtor, pr. 1510.

^. creditor:

o-kafo,

(i^l.

o-kafo,

pi.

me

k.

taskmaster. Ex.

Lk.

7,41.

cf.

gde-

me

1,11. 5,6.

k.

nea me-ne no ka,

no.

iikafrade,
kafra-nyausa*^, chemistry;

iika-fra'", inf. [ka.. fra] mixing.

a chemical mixture.

ka.\y.

As. a good friend;

mepe n'asem, medg

siiman.

nea gde me kaw no.

1. debtor, onipa a gde k-A. pr. 1511.
kafoni a mede no kaw ni.

a-) driver,
a.-.

cf.

mogya, Ak. bogya.

creditor: akafo rebedan

mahu me

O-k'd-foni, pi. a--fo,

firifo.

1.

the elements of

cf.

adufra, -sem.

kaouam

216

akakantwere.

ka-guam, douMing or increase of active ilehts(?) pr.l512.

kagja, a plant growing on a.nt-hi\\s. pr. 2926.2971.

kagyaWj

fade; angpa na ahaban (nfwiren) yi

to wither,

r.

ye frgmfrgm, na awia yi

akagyaw

de,

aye bete kgko;

cf.

bo\v,

guan, kisa, nyam.

aka-gyinam' [ekaw
di ak.,

agyinam'] security or

for a debt;

siircti/

give or stand security.

to bail,

o-kag jinam
ka-hi [ekaw

difo, pi.

a-,

a bad, security, surety, guarantee.

ahi] refusing to

pay a

debt; pr. 1513. gtew no k.,

he insults his creditor.

kahiri, Ak.

Akr. kare,

a p)ad, consisting of a
bundle
of dry banana-leaves tied up in form of a ring, which ^Jorters put
on their heads to rest their loads u\j(m: pr. 1391.
bg k., to male
twa kaliirim", to break off connection; oapxtd; cf. sonkahiri.
ne n'abusuafo at\va k., he and his relations have come to an open
kahirim'twa, inf. serupture, they have broken off the friendship.
paration, break of friendship.
kaliire,

any

bolster stuffed with

id. n-,

soft substance, or of a cloth, or of a

Ilka,

ho,

adjective;

11

[ka..h6, to add] addition;

mfakSho, nkekahs.

inf.

cf.

ka-h u n

Icmon-pccl. pr. 1514.

o, n.

the thing

added; an

adj. lemon-coloured, ci-

trine.

O-ka-hye,
imyment;

imting a saying to

kai,

[ka

inf.

..

bye]

1.

the act of enforcing or cacti ng

2. the act of iw-

kahye yi ase ne den?

somebody else.

ej.lortion;

six

an expression in cursing a person; e.g. in pursuit

man may, with his legs crossed, pronounce
this word with the name of his king or fetish: Kai, Osee a, fvve ase
e! cf. tram.
intcrj.

of a fugitive, an Asante

kaka,
o-kaka

s.

keka.

= gkekaw. pr. 1515.

iikaka, F. especially;

enka-nkji.

s.

ilk a k a: hkiiku ne nk., potters icarc, pottery, earthen ware.

akakabeii-sOj in a bold, daring, regardless, obstinate, forcible,

manner; yerekg no ak. == akokobiriso, mmarimasem so,

violent

anugdenso, aporiso.
a k a kab c n-n e, gye-,

akakabe iiseiii,

pdi-,

oredi n'asera na se odi fg

gwy ahogden

bedi d, gno dc, nea esi ne tiriin ara na odi,

stubborn, obstinate manner.

odi

o,

bem

o,

onni ahogdeh a gde

acts in a wayward, wil-

o,

lie

ful,

kakae, any

thing that frightens chddrcn; bugbear, frightful

beast, terrific object.

kakae,

red. v. kae.

tumi menkyere ase yiye

(Etg-dabi-amekakaensem
menka.)

pi,

na

akaka-iii [ani] a bad, wild, angry face; wantutu me

made no bad face towards me.
akakantwere.

5.

se min-

uti,

akek...

ak.

bi,

he

;.

kakara
kakiira,

-a,

s.

kakra,

okam.

217

-a.

akii kfVraf^y a, Ak. akyekyeregya, a kind of wild

kakarakji,

f/o>t(.

cockroach, imported from Europe;

7>/. n-,

cf. tc-

ML 6,19.

ferew. F. moth,

ntane-ani; bg k., to he dispersed, disturbed, diskakate

atu apete, woboa won
composed, nnnianayeablc; ni'niau no abo k.

ano

a,

eny^

'ye.

kakawa,
jnrcioiis head,

1.

akakawerc,

kakoro,

Akp.

bota;

the sm(dlesf, least.

s.

^. a

kind of yellow

abene.

akck...

6\

a strivg of heads worn round the waist;

wgasina na wode abobare (akyekyere) ntama

aseh mu.

a.s.

nhuwa a

asawa ho de

to

ka kra, a., n., adv. little, small; few; a little; a little vhile; ma mensu kakra, yive me a little water; me ho ye kakra, I am not

agya k., the father's

here a moment.
the mother's or father's sister; cf. gsewa.
kakra, kakrawa, F. kakraba, little, very little; kakra bi,
some, a few; aka kakni se, very little is ivanting. Cf. ketewa, kfima,
rerij well;

brother

(cf.

tra

ha

k.,

stni/

wgfa); enTi

k.,

kwada.
a

kakra, littleness, smallness, sliyhtness,

kakra, kakraka, a.i()i. large, hidky,

largeness, size.

cf.

extended, great; hulk,

kese, kokilro, liAliara...

akakramakoro,
size similar to

weakness, pr.48.

a small beast of x)rey, in shape and

^^Z. n-,

a civet-cat.

iikakra-nkakra, by little and little, by degrees, gradually.

iikakramantaii: abg wgn nk., it lias provoked them to a furious pursuit.

kakresaw, a. great, 7n ighty (ohene, gsafohene)

(odgnkg, asoamfo); ade a eso pi no; cf. otitiriw, kese.
h k a-k u ho,

inf.

[ka

kakuma = eka,
ing bid

little, i.e.

..

ku

..

uka-kyeree,

inf.

big,

large

ho] reduplication. Gram.

ekaa or aka kuma,

almost, nearly,

tcell

wanyano

it

wants, wanted,

is

want-

nigh.

nk.,

lie

has

often, repeatedly, told

him. Cf. Gr. 104,5. 105, I.e. 107,22. 230,2.

g-ka-ky ere, inf. information; knoivledge, wisdom; pr. 1634.
cf.

nyansa.

kyire [neagkaa akyiri] the youngest child; ef. apopayam'

o-kaakyiri = okyirikafo, one who remains behind, pr. 1516.

0-k a a

iika-akyiri,

wgkgka wgh

kam,

inf. [ka,

akyiri] aggression or attack from behind

them in the rear.

hk., they are going to attack

s. kam-kam.
kam, V. F. = kame, to deny, refuse.
o-k am, p)l. a-, n-, incision, cut, gash, wound; hurt, damage; mark
left by a previous injury, scar; flaw, crack in a vessel; cf. nkamS;
woabono k3m, wgabobgno akam, they have wounded Jiim {any where,

kam

218
ivhilst

kamcsc-kwakye.

means a wound only in the head); tafroboto no atew kam,

di kam
di dem, io
damaged (Ky.). pr. 485. 589. 2680.

fe

the plate is

he damaged, deficient (eka ho biribi

kam', ka mu, with

mu), the town

wodi

di: kiirow no di

kam

is besieged, invested, blocJcaded,

they are surrounded, vvoato

k.,

akam,

).

(adi

kamu

aka

blocked up; 2Ki.24,10.

dom mn.

a species of tvild yam, eaten in times of famine.

kam a,

F. lance, spear. (N.E.Voc.)

kama,

v.

s.

kame.

adv. fine; nicely; asoredan no ye k., wama me

nhoma k.; wasiesie ne dan mu ara k.; woanwene kyew no ara k.
syn. fefe, guann, &c.

kama,

a.

ka-ma,

inf.

hhoma, a
Ilk a,

letter

cf-

[ka.. \m\..^i}itercession, recommendation; -

of recommendation ;

cf.

kama-

Cor. 3,1.

ma

[gkam, dim.^ incision, cut, gash, wound; - sa I'lk., to

a human body, in wood &c. - fwe ne mfem nk., F.
gashing wound in his side!

DiaJce incisions in

behold the

kam a,

a contraction of a conditional sentence:

if it be so, then.

Obi besere wo ado bi na wuse womma no a, ose: kania (^^ woamma

wokfi na amma (mu sji) a, ma
me a), meko, Ak. kara-aiiimJl-a

menko

e!

Aiikama, pr. n. of a man. pr. 1517.

fpr. 1518.
aukama-brafog, aiikjimawa-rramoa, a by-name of onunum,
ankamaseperepe, a by-name of the goat; s. abirekyi.

0-kamafo

kame,
deny;

gkasamafo.

Ak. kama,

to tcithhold

or keep from, pr. 628; to refuse,

debar, hinder, forbid, j>rohibit. prevent; to object to, oppose, protest against; - wope se wofa ade yi a,
men kame wo, if you wish to take this tiling, I do not forbid (it) you
decline,

(I give

I do

it

to check, restrain,

freely, gladly);

not prevent you;

wobeko

a,

menkame wu

menkame
(=:

(wo), if you will go,

ho kwan), Z do

mema own

to die; - to contend or be concerned for: okame n'ade yi

ho kyen no (gmpe se obi fa), he has this thing of his more at heart,
k. is often to be rendered
is less inclined to give it up, than that.
by scarcely, almost, nearly: okasa a, yekauie ate, when he spe(d:s,
we can scarcely hear what he says; ekame ma aye du, Ak. ckJima
ma u'aye du, it makes nearly ten; Gr. 23.5 a. ekame ma aiikji me
nneema fihina abobg, almost all my things were broken; ekame ma
anka wawie u'afuw hhfna dow, he has nearly finished his jjlantation
work; wgkameahu, they are near finding i.e. hare almost found (it);

not refuse

worenkame

abu,

is

it

scarcely io be seen.

akamekame,

contradiction, contention, altercation, quarrel,

struggle; wodi ak. (wgyaw biribi so a.s. wopere biribi), they have a
quarrel or struggle (about something), they are at variance.

akame, a sickness of children, making the face swell and injuriously affecting the skin in a line from the forehead to the crown
of the head.
kamese-kwakye, name

of a bird. pr. 1519.

ukumtiina
Ak.

nkriuifanri.,

kamfo,

219

kuuo.

nkramfoa.

s.

praise; st/ii. Ito din, yi aye; ok. uc wura,

he praises his master; wok, biribi a eye fe, onipa a gye birihi a eye

nwohwA.

V.

io extol,

pr.l')21.

uk.-init'o,

Akamlo,

praise.

i)tf.

a kind of

i'ik;irnr('t,

i/aiii,

of yellow colour, ode

kokgko;

pr.l'>20.

Okanni, Akan,

6\

iika-nifuaw, adv. [nnkammfuaw (?) ka, iotouch, fiiaw, to chiji]:

eyi nhina nk., all this itiaij remain niiioneJied, i.e. leaviuf/ all this
euo nk,, setting that

aside, iH'sides, exelusivcJi/ of all this;

kainis'iV [Port, eamisa, camisfio]

karnkam,

.s7//r/,

a. brisl:, lively, sj^rir/htli/;

((side.

shift.

qaie/c,

nimble,

(((/He,

ac-

wewe.
akam-bg.

tive; strong, health!/, syn.

ak

am 1110,

inf.

kam.
\j-ed. kehkah] Ak,

ka-iiiu,

,y.

kau,

kaiie, 1. to count, number, reckon,

V.
ntrama, to count cotvrics.
X'. to read, used in the simple
form with an object, in the red, form without an obj.
tell;

k,

o-kiiiij inf., eountiny (ade-kan, ntrama-kan),

gkehkaii or nhoma-kan, I (on learning to read.

e-kaii, (F.

foremost or former

n-) n. the first,

niisiia

re((din(j;

rank, or

jjI ace,

k an no, F, ekanno, likan no, first, at (the)

first; before; mefa nea ebeba k,, I will tale what comes first;
formerly ; previouslii ; waba nea kaii gte bio, lie has got (to tlte same
place or into the same situation) ivlicre lie was formerly; ekan no
wgkoe, afei de wgye biako, formerly tliey had tear, but now tJiey
time; lience (adv.)

ka

n,

agree; - di

k., to be first, foremost; to go before; cf. di anim; cf. Gr,

kau beme, formerly, a long time ago; s. kankycrekyere.
-kail, a. in cpds. first; cf. abakan, adekdh, aduahkan, ahukan.

83,1, -

kau,

F. Ak,

6\

kahn, kane

&

kankan,

kail 11, adv. clear, briglit, not dim; n'ani da ho k. (=biribiara

se gyare a,s. asabow nni n'ani so), ftis eyes are perfectly clear, he
ehg tew k., tfiat place
is (juite lively, (pdte sober; F,-t=:hann, (j. v.
or spot is light, luminous; gdan no mu aye k.; kanea yi nifi gdan
yim' ye k. sen yi; cf. anikah,

Akan, j>r,

a country or nation and language;

n. of

Introd. Notes 1.3.4.8,

&

n.

0-kana, -kyi,

s,

kaiia,,

V.

s.

&

s.

Grain.

Okanni,

aiikaiia, Ak.

krjT.

6-.

anka.

gkyena,

ukannare,
which

gye

affects

F, nkandar, rust [=nea eka dade o>- nnade, that

ironoviron tools']:, also copper rust, verdigris; - dg or

{or ye) hk,, to gather or contract (or corrode witli) rust, to rust.

kaii-di,

inf. s.

ekan

&

gkannifo; ounyae

not leave off tv(dfcing before me.

a-, Ak. s. kan.^r.
kane, F. := kaA, kahn.

kane,

OtiLi.

me

Akaiic, Ak,

kah-di,

s.

fie

Akah,

does

kane

220

okankaii.

kane, kaii, Ak. F. stinginess, niggardliness; gye kane, F. :=

neyam' ye nwene, gye aj'^am-onwene, he is sting//; obo no kah, Ky.
F.

= gbo no ayamoiiwene, he
kane,

is

stingg or illiberal towards him.

(kanne?), competition, emulation, contest; si k., to

contend, vie, or cope tvith, to do in competition; to rival, to strive to
equal or excel each other; cf. akjasi, operetoso; me-ne no sii kane
tutuu mmirika, I run a race unth him.

akane,
of

it is

a-

eujjhorhia-tree, sp\irge-tree

(emu nsu ye

bore, the juice

poisonous).

iikaiie [formed fr. kan, to count, in analogy with hkarii, nsiisuwi] number; numbering, counting; list; ne nk. si sfe; ode gmah
no nk. beree ohene; kofa won nk. (-nhoma) no bera!

o-ka n ea. F. kandzea, pi. a-, h- [Port, candea, candeia, G.kande,

kane, or fr. kahh?] light, lamp, candle; gsoro or-wim' akanea-jjuruw
no, the celestial luminaries. Kurtz 135.
kaiiea-dua, candlestick.

akane-si,

inf.

iika-iiliina,

s.

all

akansi.

or the whole icithout exception,

s.

nhina.

a species of i/am (with poisonous leaves) consisting

of several varieties; s. gde.
2. a kind of butterfly; s. afafantg.
iikaiii-hene, a variety of nkani 1.

iikani,

1.

0-kannij ^jZ. Akanfo, a man of Akan descent; a man spcaldng

Alan or Tshi language, s. Akan. Oye Odgiikg a.s. Okanni? gye
Okanni ba. Akoa yi de, wave neho Kanni, this fellow has become
The name is used for the inhabitants of
like a genuine Tshi man.
Akem, Akwam, Akuapem, Asen, Asante, Dahkyira, Twuforo, Wasa,
the

Fantefo and the Nngiikofo and other pgDabihg na aiika nsuanofo pgtgfo ne Otwini hhuare guaseh
koro mu, nanso wg-ne nnipa-pd mma nnidi.
0-kjuiiii [id.Janice, refined, well-mannered man; gyegkanni
ne ho ye fe, n'ani atew, gny^ atetekwa'; - gkanni ba, pr. 1-5.25.
in contradistinction to the
tgfo.

o-kannifo,

;.?.

a-,

;= gkandifo, better: odikanfo, q.v.

nka-anim\ inf. [ka anim] rebuke, reproof;

ne nk. a gka wgn anim no nti, wg-ne no nka.
akaiika

ef.

aninika; esiane

ahka.

speak of, especially; mmoye mmofra bone, ua ehk. na oyi de (onye), these are had
children, but above all fliis one.
eii kri-iika, adv. not to mention, not to

fra yi

Kaukaii, i. Nkrah K., a town by the inhabitants called KanKehka, Kinka or Ginga, by the Europeans Dutch Accra.
Dutch; K. brgfo, the Dutch; K. Abrokyiri, Holland, the Nether-

ka,
3.

lands.

kan kail, a.d-adv. stinking; with an offensive smell; ne ho k.,

he stinks: ehg ye k. dodo, there is a bad stench; efunu boh k., a
carcass stinks; ebgn kdhkan(kah).
0-ksiTik ah', -ne, pl.h-, civet

by-name: agyakumedii.

cat,

Viverra civetta;

c/.

hwane.

kaukantiri

kaukantiri,
gum'

221

kantaiiii.

the lid of a powder-case (toa a

wode atuduru

ti),
11 k a w a
kailko, Ky.

a ka

aiika',

.s.

korukCima; ctwa

k,

iikaiikoin, a kind of mushroom.

aka

I'l

k ra

a-k 6 ro, -du,

in

akakr...

pi. n-, s.

kai'ikranri, a., adv. large, broad, lout/ and bi<i; rf. kakra,
oko soro tcntententeh n'iiuo k. ^^ n'ano
k&ntanri; gye onipa k.

teterC'.

ka

0-

I'l

k ra u a
t

a lean

I'l,

pr. 2813.

})i((n.

ka

Ilk ua, pi. n-, the fruit of a tree called T^a.mtm(q.v.), used in
bleeding as a tup (cii})ping-(;l(iss).

kaiikuiiia, crocus, curcuma [Heb. karkora,

Ca.4,14.^ Ar. kur-

kum, Skr. kunkuinaj.

k a Ilk ye,

v. [inf. n-,] to prai/, rehearse or speak a prayer ; to

upon (the fetish). Mek. me tirim mek. mabg mpae
meka asen-ko a migyina so merebebg mpae merek. mil me
Obi yare a.s. gfom bosom a, ode
bosom ua wafwe me nkwa so.
nsa a. oguan de koma obosom ua gsofo no k. ma no se gmfa mfiri
Osgfo atifi na wokahkye bg, di nsew
no a.s. ue ho nye ne den.
fwefwe nokware.
11 k a 11 k y e, inf. Wobefi ase akankye (a.s. asgre) kankyerekyere
a, wose: Onyankopgn ue asase, mommegye nsa nnom, a.n. afei wqafre gbosom biara asere no nkwa, sika, mma, ahotg u.a.

incol-e or call

kaiikye, a

nkaukye,

tnarl-

made by

a stroke or

As. cake. (N.E.Voc.)

kankye,

jjZ.

n-

line.

D.As.

kahkyew.

s.

[Eng.] can, canister; water ing-jiot ; any tin-

vessel; tin, tin-plate.

kaii-kyerekyere,
of

first

cdl;

at the vera first, in the

formerly. [G. tsutsu klehklen.]

beginning;

first

kfiiiky e w, F.=dgkono.[G. abolo'kgme, Coast lang.kenche.]

2. bill of
akaii [ekaw ano] 1. price of goods, ue bo ankasa.

charges or expenditures, account of goods sold or delivered, invoice.

ilk ansa, a medicinal plant,

kansa, kasa, Mt.

kaiise [kano
if;

k.

gkg

a,

akaii-si,

obi

beba

inf. [si

akansi-de,

s.

the

foil.

bio. Gr. 141,1

kantamanto,

^.

although, even

278,2.

kane] competition, rivalry; race.

; a wager,

otuo

k., the

cock of a

s.

gun or musket,

the "languag-i" of the

a kind oi

yam;

s.

ode.

k an tan, collar-bone, clavicle.

kantan, v. to S2)read a.nA stretch
gle; to straddle;

the prize set out for competition

kantamma,
iikantami,

26,35.

se] or kaiise-se, (conj.) though,

kenteh; dua

kantanfi, a.ctadv.

ba, bi

drum

stake.

pr. 3387.

of the chieftain of
[Aburi.

irregularly, to sprawl, strag-

abu abekantah kwan

mu

hg.

straggling, .stretched out irregularly; high

222

kantaiikaiiiki

and hroad;

straddJ'irur,

gyiua gdah ano

k.

ne

dua no

ab;i

kara.

nhiua aye k.; obarima no abe-

naii k.

kantaiikaniki, kfintaukraiikyi,
sahre; dade kontonkye bi a
tonkiirowi, pampankwa.

siclde; a loyuj, rrooled

Nnohkofo de twa sare ne mo;

cf.

kon-

kaiitaiikurodo, asase agwo nnna, an opithetic apjjpUation

God (Onyankopoh); gkata nneema hhina so, ghye nnipa iihina

of

nso

so.

akantaniiua, Ak. akantannwa,

6\

akentennua.

j>r.

1526.

and its wood which is bnrned as a candle or torch; dua bi a wosg ano na edew se gkanea;
ok. kokg na edcAV, na ok. hyen a.s. fufu de, ennew.

0-kant 6, candle-wood, a

certain tree

iikanto, crooJicd Ict/s; wonantu akurunknrum

wo nannyehin anim aye konkrgnn.
o-kaiitoni,

crooked
11

not

man

having

a handy- or howlegged person.

legs,

kail torn', F.

to

oraiii

se adare, a.s.

a-, [nka.. nto ran, do not touch., not put in'] adv.
mention, to sag nothing of, (how) much less, (how) much more;
ase e, na nk. se wawie, he has not get begun, much less finislted.

k a 11 1 0-111 11

i^

a kind oi

tree.

kail iiu a 11, a. e(coi;ere(Z(of a house), unfinished or beginning

gdah a enni suhyi', na
to deeag; - gdah no aye hk.; gdah hk.
ereye abu; adah hk. hko na esisi hg.
11

kaiiwCj
id;

a. fresh,

oniparaono

tree;

cf. fof'oro,

k.,

new and

aniono.

o-kaiiweii, a kind of

kanyaii,
to

strong; vigorous, unimpaired; flordua k., a green, fresh

a freah healthful gouth;

tree;

wgde

v. to stir, incite to

from long quietness, rouse and exert

ka, nyah, hwanyah].

.s//>-

[^cf.

seh baduaba,

action, instigate, rouse;

- k. neho

oneself, be active, lirclg;

iikanjiiii, ramp, prank, frolic, gambol; ramping, pranking

gpghkg no atew hk., the horse has become shg, ram-

(S^c; agitation;

2iant, frantic.

kaii,yaiiu, a. pricklg, sping; tliorng; kotokg ho

nnya'-nnya, hwrahh.

k.

s.

adwo-

kii; sgn.

akape,

scissors.

kaper, F. [Eng.] a copper. Mk. 12,42.

akaperc, i)if. [pere kaw] the shifting off of a debt; mibu wo
ak., I shift off the paging ofmg debt to gou upon another in reference
to money due to me (e.s. raede wo kaw na obi de me bi, na mise wo
se: kogye onipako no hg tua wo kaw). pr. 2919. Cf. obutew.

akapimafwo.

[kii, pirn, fvve] familiarity, intimacy; di ak.,

intimate; to favour each other in return; me nh wo
we have no close communion ; cf. twakcX &c.

to be familiar,

nni ak.

bi,

kapOj pl.ii-1 bracelet, armlet;

k a r a^ v. s. kra.
kara, v. s. kra, kana, kena.

sika, dwete,

dade

ankiira, A.

s.

k.,

- of goldd^c.

ahka.

okartl
6-ka'ra,

ok'rd.

s.

kara...,

kra...

s.

karada,

kai-ara, n. noise, rmtlin(/, e.g. of palni-l)raiH'lies./r.-i6'C.

karadada,
o-kara wa,

karawa,

male animal.
nin, kyenehe.

ful

karOj
re,

v.

is

s.

rusJiiiiif

uoisc;

kuriuludu.

if.

kaina.

gkrii.

s.

a kind

.s'.

tulv. (irifh)

kani-anmia-a, Ak.

kj'i

223

okasadi.

oi'

JobL'1,10.

monlc//.

j)r.

118:?.

^\

tt

hiirrcu,

boa onini ana obarima a oh wo;

not used simply;

.s'.

Hufndtrf. obo-

red. kekare.

s. kiiliiri.

kari, r. [red. karikari] to wciijlt (gold, sugar &c.')\

ponder in the mind, to bnhuiee; to i<die aim;

weiijht; to

to pnjj
to

by

regard,

esteem, eare for, neg. to disreffard, male sli(/ht of, pr.lo27.

de..
ani k., to ivateh, ricic, revieu-, muster; tooljserve, iake/ieedto, attend
to, )nark, Lk. 14.7. to took scarelii/itjlij at, to consider or examine for

the purpose of forming an opinion or finding out something: nnipa

a ewg ho hhina, mede m'ani mekari won (= mefa won mu) a, meliu

won mu

torofo no.

iikarii, v.n. [kari]

karib(r,

tveight, qiiantiti/ of heaviness.

used for a iveigid; a pound.

[nea gkarikari sika] a weigher of gotd-dust.

pt. n-, a stone

O-karikari

kasa, y. /^^-crMcasakasa, q.c.jl. tospeidc, t(dk, ka asem; okasa dodo, //(' talks too much; mene no kasa, I am speaking nuth him.
(F. kasa uokwar daba, spcaU the truth always.^
2. to ehirp, ehatter (of birds); ef. akasanoma,
3. to eraek, crackle (of burning
thorns, slioes), to creak (of a door on the hinges); to crepitate, grate.

4. ir. to

censure, reprove, reproach, upbraid; pr. 340; to chide,

mepe

se

decry, sjieak

ill

abuse;

ka,. kyere).

me-ne wo tra
woak. me!

of;

me de a, niintie.
5. to
kasa kyere, a) to speak to (cf.

na wokasa

G.

b) to instruct, admonish, exhort;

cf.

tu..fo.

o-kaSci, inf. 1. speaking, speech; the peculiar manner of speaking,

the particular sound tdtered; pr.2479.
2. language, dialect; gkasa
a edi aduasa
gk. hhina-hhina a cwg wiase; ok. ahorow bebre wg
asase so.
5. icord, expression, cf. asem.
4. di.. kasa, to fine,

midct, amerce. Wadi no k. ne se wodi gheue asem bi

wo adi asem na wabu wo fg na wagye wo sika.
:

na

gherie

ne

lika-sa [kaw usa] additional payment ior not having paid a debt
da a wghyee wo adu na woannyfi bi ammii a, na

at the set time;

wogye wo

sika foforo.

akasa-bebui

[gkasa a wgde bun be] a proverbial saying, byword, proverb; (wgde) aye ak.

0-kasa-bere, weariness from spealcing; fa

by speaking or admonishing, pr. 3463.
kasa-bo-diii, repecded mentioning

oi'

gk., to grou-

weary

a matter, w-ith indigna-

tion or cursing, pr. 1529.

g-k{is;'t-di.

a-,

inf. [di

kasa] ijcnalty,

fine,

mulct, amercement:

kasae

224

syn. sikagye; - okasadi

ne kurom.

okasasie.

[=^okasa a wodi no] yaw nti na onipa fi

fe, oye ak. (actively), he is in the habit

akasadi ye no

of imposing fines.

k a s a e,

a hone; syn. dompe, usoe.

i^L n-,

kasae^,

v.

n.

Gram.

verb.

a tingling instrument; awowa a woaiitifiti ano

nka ahyehyem' na wgwosow de goru; of akasawa.

akasae,

JJ?. li-,

awowa
11 kasae,
ho nk., I am
de

sayings; report, rumour, public tall;; misuro

afraid of Us being talked about; ne hk. nyede, the contents of his speech are disagreeable.
inf. talk,

o-kas 9.(6,

talker, chatterer, babbler, prattler, loquacious

jil. a-,

person.

akasa-gua,

n-, slander, calumny, backbiting; syn. ntv,ir[] mutgrumbling; odi no (ho) nk., he grumbles, mutters against him,
gives vent to his ill feeling against him, yet not in his hearing;
wo ne hi wg asem na wohkri wo n'anim na wobg din yaw \vg so;
a.s. obi aye wo biribi, na womfa mmg n'anim nyaw no, na woyaw
gia ahunm'.

tering,

o-kasa-gyefo,

kasakasa,
to chatter.

intercessor, medicdor, advocate.

jj?. a-,

kasa.
2. to tcdk much, tcdk noisdy;
contend in u-ords, altercate, icrangle.
dispute, contest, altercation, tvrangling, quar-

red.

v. 1. s.

3. to dispute,

akasakasa,

inf.

rel, broil.

nkasa-koji [gkasa nkoa] the end or aim of a

and tendency, meaning, import.

speech, scope, imr-

port, design

g-kasa-kyere,

inf.

instruction in a language,

0-kasa-ky ere,
afotu.

[kyere kasa] the teaching of a language;

grammar.

[kasa kyere] admonition, exhortation ; syn.

inf.

o-kasakyeretb,

0-kasa-mafo, ij/. a-,

o-kasa-me, inf. lit.

j>?.

a-,

monitor, cxhorter, instructor, pr. 911.

(F.) mediator, advocate;

satiating with speaking

s.

gkasagyefo.

i.e.

talkativeness,

loquacity, garridiiy. pr. 1530.

=
=

sasabonsam, a ivdd man (satyr, sylvan)

k as ampere, As.
of a monstrous size, mentioned in fabulous tales.
nkasae, nnompe, hones.
11 k a s a 111 m, p-. 6V2S.

iika-saii-mu,
a k a s a-ii

inf. repetition, (re)iteration in

m a,

speaMng.

a kind oi sparron\ prop, chatter-hird.

good advice; gkyere no k., he gives him an

jjZ. n-,

kasa-iiy ansa,
advice.

ka saute

[nea wgkasa a gnte] a disobedient person.

as ante, pr. n. formerly given to a nation in the interior,

frequently at war with Asante.
0-k a s a-p e ir paragrapih.
,

u, awkward repetition in speaking. Wokasasan

mu) pi; gyama wo were ati nsem a wose beka no ana?
di k., to talk
0-kasa-sie, inf. previous agreement; pr. 1533.

o-k a s a-s a ii-m

mil

(=

ti

over a matter beforehand, previously ; okodi k. ansa-na waba.

.ik;is;i\\;i

a k

ji

and

akiisc.

liitucii lull

sound;

kascc,
(ii'anonr) k.

1)1 III',

amance,

lir

k.'isiaw,
s

a kind of

(',

I'ika-sra

akasao.

<<:.

JJ.

or nninniiii/i nliiui

if.

/.

[ Hdh ID 11

|ka, srani, so

/.

k;itakata| J fo rorry

[/ vv/.

iS:c.

osiaw.

Iiitrroiriiii/.

Jnirroir.

;j.

ka-sii, nKiinicr or inn/ of spi'ii/.-iiii/. ri'/ioiiiiii/ or

matter; /)>. 'ISTf^. si/ii. kabea: yennya asem yi akasu, Ak.

kala.

<1m^

tea

sifn. diiasor, du.isn,

(of fruits, keys);

/^////a/.

iii-S(V'', nif.

iiiditjo. s.

hibiri, lioa.

rf.

nirssiufr.

l/is

kaas('('', prill/, mrossurii-hfiuxc

o-ka

nildri'ss

ilrlirrrs

hiivili. iliislfr.

kosr

iliirh-ltlnv

nf'firidi

iii(^ss(ii/i'.

s.

inside a ilrnui

liaii<;iii<:^
r/'.

Iiitliitofrrn liiidoriti.

7. tlu^ iiitlii/(i-/il(t)il.

iiitlitjo (:i)l(iiii\

.-;.

nt"

^i\ in^- a dolcl'nl

kitsc-irara. akascd/c, F.

kiisc';,

1,1-fi,

kind

s ,'nv;i, y/. n-, a

(kottle-ilruni)

225

;il<;il;isi;i.

shitini/

anim:

often with so, ho,

dura ho; - k. m u, la
to mrer, ccnireal, chxd:.

to DVi'rs/iyi'iul. rril. nirrlo/i. niicrnji. in/'nhl; c/.

line or finish

3.

').

tlir

inside

to overicJiehn.

6'.

mule

Ihr rear, to be hist,

r- dura niu.

4.

^^.

over; he .sufficient for.

cover the hark i.e. to hrimj up
the eoncln.sion (of a train).
k.

mpa,

to c.itend

to

<i. hiri/c; dua k. kokiiro si bo.

k t a 1) a
ka a li a
much; wohyee no k. se onye, they forced him verij much
I'l,

JI

reri/

of,

defend.

fo cover, protrrf.

iikata-l)6 [ade a ekata bo] hvcusl-plale,

kata, t]ie cover of a i/un-lod:

I'l I'l,

cuiyn.s.^;

cf.

to

adv.

do

so.

adebo.

I'lkata-lio, F. a-, r.n. rover, covrriiif/. envelope, inteyument : F.

ijannent; if. nkataso.
k a a k a. ta, red. v., s. kata.
ka ta k a( a-so-m uamua-su: wodi asem no k. (== womfa
asem no nto kwaiimu pefe, na wokti no ebi-ne-bi ara) Ihei/ muffle
1

or

.stifle

the palaver.

iikata-koiiui

II

[nea ekata koh mu] mantle, shaul.

okwatakyi] a i/idlitui, a brave, valundaunlid, courai/coiis, powerful man. hero, i/iant

(F, Mt. 12.:J'J. Mk. 1,2?./: onipa a oye nnam na ne lio ye den na oso,
.s7/. oberan, dommanih; sometimes it is put for /.-/y///; in ^Jr. ^.547.
it is a by-name of the swallow,
bold, nimble; cf. akatanini.
katakyi, k\v.. hrarer//. valour: kw. nti odii nim, tliromjli valour he conquered.
ka tarn an [nea okata omah] one tvho covers the whole nation
or irorld. a luif/hli/ ruler, used also as an attribute of God. i)r.lo34.
kata 111 ail, katainaiiso, a vevij lanje iimhrella of gaudy colours used on festive occasions; cf. kyinii. bamkyinii.

o-ka takyi(e),

pi. a-, [also

iant, i/idlanf. hold,

akatamasiaba^ F. girl, maid, v^iryin. Protten,

n kata-ni u, v. n. the lininy of the inside.

1760.

a.

akatasia.

a ka taniiii
okatakyi, used of a tree in pr. 1535. waye neho
ak. agya'beh [F. katanih-agya'bena] a onni mfuwam' nanso onni
kwaem', =^ odi amanterenu.

akatasia, F.

yirl,

maid, damsel;

.s.

abaha, nbabasla. Mh:

15

6,22.

iikataso

226

kaw.

iikata-s6, v.n.l. cover, covering,

cloal;.

mantle.

3.

nebone

kate,

2^1.

2. greaicoat, overcont,

(?)

pr.4o4.

n- [ekata awia] nmhrclla, parasol; syn. asowia.

harden:

to

V.

lid.

so nk., a colouring. paUiation of his sin.

kataw", ovcnvhehning

akatawia,

anim,

k.

to

harden

i.e. to

the face.

hrare, def//; to he froirard, refractorg, obstinate; okafe or

dare,

wakate

n'anim.

kate,
enye de.
n'anim k.

3. hard, of tbe face or rather the

mined,

hard, of eatables (opp. so/y): aduan k. ue aduah a

a. 1.

mind

dennennen, he has a decided purpose,

sinhhorn;

infle.i.iblr.

kete.

cf.

wave

frmly

deter-

hear or endure,

den: o-ne no di asem

ye k.
asem a eka ne babi emma.

rigorous, unreasonable; n'asem

ayejeseni, asem a enni aso.

3. difficidt to

or will:
is

k.

hki\{{e), ground-nut, earth-nut, Arachis hgpogaea, the plant

fruit.
nkate-fiitiirii, ground-nuts in the Inisls.

and

iika-te,

inf. feeling, perception.

iikate-de^,
a

kate w a

sense, the ('j)senscs.

a large

fruit,

the seeds of which are oaten

by

the

negroes; sgn. akyekyea.

ka-tiri [ekaw,

principal, stoch. pr. 366

tiri] capital,

ka

a
tiri k a tiri. adv. to tut u or p e r e said of b o or k 6
flutter in gig: ne bo (koma) tutu k. wo ne yam', ne bo pere ne yam' k.,
,

his heart throbs or pcdpitafcs violently.

a k;ito, c. n. [watg no kaw] satisfaction, the money paid in settlement of a claim for adultery with one's wife, syn. ayefare; wagye
no ak., he has taken scdisfaction-money from him.

i'ika-lo-liO\

v.

n. [ka, to spealc, to ho,

to

lay doicn^ agreement,

stipulation; articles, conditions or terms of agreement.

katraka,

F. ring, hoop,

circlet, croicn,

Mt. 27,29.

s.

hankare.

akatram, wodi wgnho ak., they strike one another, fight, combat (like gladiators); twu bera tetretem' ha na yenni ak.
aka-tii;i, r.n. [tua kaw] payment of what is due or deserved,
nages, scdary, pay; hire; (ak. pa,) reward, recompense; (ak. bone,)
punishment, pienalty, deserved chastisement.
inf. [tutu kaw] procrastination of the payment of a
wode bi ka na oredan wo na woresere no ma wato wo da na
woakgpe sika abetua no.
kii t wi, spleen
tani. x>r. 607.

aka-tutii,

debt;

]<.a\y,r. to ferment,

undergo fermentcdion. become

scjur,

be leav-

and dough syn. pae. Wode angpasji si

na akaw woyam mmgre si hg na edi nna-

ened, said of palm-wine

hg na edu anadwofa a,
nsa a, na akaw ana apae,

kaw,

V. \j-ed.

kekaw]

to masticate, chcic, (?) cf.

pr. 708. 2013.

cf.

= aye nweneiiwene.

2.

kaw m

bom', bgn, teem'.

u.

1. to bite

kekaw

knap; pr. 529.

upon or off;
make a noise, scream;

^=ka.; to bite

wesaw; - kaw

m n,

off,

so, to bite

to cry,

ckiiw

I'-kn

ka. fn he

\v. ^'/.;i-,

inirf a
fn

/ir

(it

a.

>.

ka.

a Ilka \v;i,

>.

anka.

k.. In

k.

linlrnl.

im -I'lO'l. Ilud ir/iir/i

bo k., In nui/cc. coii-

pr.

Imrr drhfs,
u a

otnaa no so

/iiiiii.s/icd

i/rKflffc;

woye
f.

k.,

otuaa no so kaw

bone, he

dan

(a (hhf):

fn ntrc

pnif a ilrhl

I'liriniicr iritli nic/i nt/irr:

a kind of

In

/loslilH//:

ciniiilji.

kaw

ka w

k..

,!

pr. 7*I-'?-l.

nl ntiiiil//,

l/ieif (ivc
\\

or in

<leb1

rcinirih'il li'mi

aknw,
;"i

ih'lil

luujlcrlrd, firs/uiss.

iliilji

(I

do

ilrJ)/:

irmrrr a

pa,

ir(iii/iiit)\

is (hir. liahilUji:

2'21

kck.-in"'.

hint.
-- woi'ik;i,

ak.,

akayc.

rirer-fis/i.

kawi'i. niiniioiiinc. a n'sinous ^uni brought from tljc interior,

of apiuij^cnttastP, like j;yakisi, used as a medicine oi- put into snutt".

aka-yg, ////'. ye akaw]

wo won ntam'.

mnlciilinu, strife, opou rufitior:

niniitf/.

ak.

kcka,
keka me.

)((]. r.

\iiif-

lar uneasiness in the .skin, wliicli

part;
Si/n.

^.

cause a particuinclines the person to scratch the

<'

k a,

ifft. r.

lie irill

(iinihe.

on clean clothes
pr. 1536.

frq. of ka., to

I.

the thiiif/ ninres:

j. to

ade saa yen no,

and hod it with

titiicli.

/ sryntr/i

ifr/irs.

to

to itrji.

me nsa ho kekci me, miluiane, )ii// Iiaii'l

keka mu - n. kekaw mn.
ye bene.

no keka neho,

ntontom

n-] I- frq. of ka, to l/itc: to stiiuf:

iiiosijnilnrs stin;i uic.

tlir

to stir,

.''.

okeka neho, ohenyah, he

it.

more: ade
is nwcing.

mlnni, dress (l)y washinjr, anointing-, putting

to trim: wakeksX neho se ayeforo; k, funu,
stain.
:j. to toneh. fiimhle, feel or f/roj>e about:
.)'.

to

i^tc);

yenliti

kwah na yekeka.

salt. iH'Ppcr,

olra. tomatoes

G. k.
<{e.

kcka,

rejl. o.,

kcka,

irritabirdji; fierceness, feroritij: -

nSm,

to cut

meat

into frofrow.

fnj. of ka, to spea/,\ relate: to rehearse, repeat.

gye k., he is fierce.

n'ani ye
ye k.
den, denneiinen, hyew, woka asem kyere no a, onte, ousuro biara,
omferebiara: - n'ani ye kekakeka ^= n'ani ye hycw, gye hyew.
u-ild. inindii.

iidractablc. Quarrelsome: abofra yi

iikeka, F. .= nkekae.
keka. inf. lidincj. pr. J83.i.
n-,
a
uild beast, beast of X)fC!f.
akeka-boa, pi.

11

akeka-diii'u |gkeka\v aduru| a medicine

like kao [keka. to touch, stain^ stain,
no aye (adan) nk., nk. aye atade nom',

0-ke ka

fdj

j;/. a-,

blot,

acfainst tooth-ache.
spot,

specie: ntaina

atade no aye

fi.

quarrelsome, inischicanieden, na da nhina gnani pe atu-

aji irritable,

irascible,

vous person ; nea oye keka a.s.

taw (ntgkwaw),
gmanefo.
iikekalio, inf. [keka ho ^/r nehol 1. mociny.
2. addition,
what is added, cf. nkaho, mfakaho.
3. dressinc/, adornment; cf.

ahokekade.
a

k e k a-ii a m. a jumping

keka

insect.

were, akak... ahah..., pi. n-, scorpnon.

kekjire, red. v. to tale njj so)ncthin(/ great; to
ii

trii,

attempt,

midcrtal;e, dare, venture; gkekar*; dan. he lai/s the foundation for a

kekate

228

iikeresiakyew.

adwiima sc obeye k, ontiimf nye, tchen he tries to

wakekare n'ani se gbebo ine ade, he purposed
Jteatlng me, determined to heat me; wakekare n'auim se obetumi
abu dan no, nso ontumi, he presumed that he eniild pull doicn the
house, hid was not ahle to do it: okekare n'anim repe me ay aw me,
he mdnres to scold me; ok. atoro ma me, he is .so ttold as to frame

home;

large

loorJi,

lie

ok.

he cnmiot;

against me or to impide to me
kekate: wabebomek.,?

kekaw,
kaw mu,

a lie

v. 1. frq. of kaw, k. hhwi so, pr.2013.

2. keyelp (okraman k. mu); to cry, scream; abofrano

red.

to harJc,

mu

resu na gkekaw'

se

wura,

e,

f\ve

nea woreyeme!

cf.

bobom';

nkekaw-miij
holding,
anom'
ese mu
tooth-ache,=eLdese.,
o-ke k w, Ak. okaka,

boaduam; etutu
a kind of head-aehc
epa
which may cause blindaniwam'
an inflammation of
nsahS
ness or swelling of the
whitlow, an inflamto hotrl. i/cll.

k.,

a.

1.

;i

^\ tirira k.,

se.

5.

gelling.

inf..

ti.

the eye,

k.,

face.

k., the

4.

mation and suppuration of the linger; ekum wo awerew.

a

ke

kaw ere,

kekem,

akak..., pi. n-, gad-fly, horse-fly (?),

= kekaw mu, to cry.

F.

kekrakekra,
kekre, As.

a.

.s\

oton.

Mt. 14,26. 20,30 f.

rough (of loaves with a rough surface).

kyekyero.

s.

O-kekrebcsi, a kind of plant.

kern', F.

kaw mu,

to cry.

ML 8,29.14,30.27,46.50.

Mk.

1,23.

ken 11,

adc. expressing the sound of a bell; edon bg k.

ken a,

.s.

kra, kana.

ke ilk ail, red.v.l.frq.o{ka.h, to count, tell;

kenkah su-d\vom, they wad. set tip a lamentation

to

read.

2.

wg-

(for the dead).

kenkari-lioma, read o-kciikaii-i'ikyerewe,

hhoma-kan.
y-k e u k aii, inf. reading,
reader; primer, sjiellingbooli.
-nseiikyerene, printed letters, cf. ntintimi.
ing-hdof-,

keiikeiikeu, keiikreiiii,

kente,

consisting of a

s.

kyen.., kyehkyerenn.

nkentewa, country

pi.

number

gether. Diff. kinds,

s.

cloth,

a home-made negro-dress,

of nari'ow stripes of cotton-cloth

sewed

ntama. (Jpds. with adj. kentegow, kentepa

to&<;.

kantau; gye..
keiiteii, r. to spread out, straggle, straddle;
Wagye iihoma pi no ak.
/() occupy mucfi space; Lie. 13,7.
so kwa, lie lias accumulated tliose many boohs to no purpose.
kente iih, a. (t adr. straggling; straddling; hroad, wide; s.
ad\Voku.

k. so,

k elite ii,^;/.
a
teii]

ke nten nu

n-, wiclcer-hasket

a,

cf.

kyerehkye, pirebi, sesea.

akantahnua, Ak. ...nwa,

jil,

h-,

|agua a (iken-

a stool or cliair with straddling legs.

kere, kere, kerebeiiii...

kereCiia, F.

iikeiTsia.

s.

s.

kyere, kyere, kyerebehn...

kesua.

a-, tlir

iikei'esia-kyew,

dafc-fiohn. dufr-frec, Phorni.r dactylifera.

a-,

a hat

made

of the leaves of the dcde-palm.

iikesa

nkrsa,

nkescwa.

,s-.

Ak.

I\(^S(',

kesaw,

229

kete.

*.

k.isiaw.

kesei', yV. a-, ak('.si'-ak(js(',

/.

(jituid : htrifr;

f/rraf.

rjirrdimi i/rcaf. Mf. 'J,lO. 7,'^?. - si/h.

baiisonn, bantciiH, kokiiio, kakia, kakicsaw, katabaii, kfiiiiiii, titiriw; koti, kantaun, kuutann, \Vi; pijtcpgn, kymnadi'i; -})ou; v. at).
hiff. st(H((;

pr. 16,iS.

kcsc

ii'ara, V.

i\ loud (of cm'", voire).

sijii.

kjsc, adv. (jrcatlij, sivonyhi, vcri/ mucit, in <i hiijli dnjirc dx.
mfraina bo k., f/ie iviiid hloics riolciillij.
])i &c.
kcscirara. V. I'.vcfediiif/l/f. Mk.u.'JS.loji.

sr,

knse,

(/rndiirss. hin/n/css, sfoufnrsa.

)i.

o-kesc, Ak. okeseo, a

;/rv(d iiuoi ; a lanjc. hii/ or s/md j)crsun.

akosc-d/o, F. [ade kese] a ijnud drcd. drrd of renoicn ; (heroic)

f'cid,

hobh' achicvciiieid, exploit (also in a bad seiusc).

kcse, kesekese,

a.

dry, arid;

ayr or awo kcse,

the

ttipi.

wo

fykyc, foso,

(opj).

the.

kosC'in', kese-fnm'% in the arid zone;

kcsokrso,

v.

dry land (op)), cjjo, the sea);

ground has become perf'ectljj dry.

fow); asase kesc.

iccf. inoisf; v.

in.

fain'

the south; south.

atirimkesekese.

.s-.

kesciienene, nc

tirim ye no

k.,

he (prop- his liead)

is

dizzy,

confused, bewildered, perplexed, puzzled.

sted

k(jsew, tu k., to emaciate, become tabid, lean and //ide (as waby tabes, consumption or another sickness); =; kyenkyeh; to

wafgn aye fita, lie has pined (ucay.

tur)i pale; watu k. tita
become tabid or tcorn out so that lie is quite pale; n'anini atu k., he
tools jnde from anxiety and fear; asem bi aba wo so na wo auim

yrow or

apatuw ahoa.
iikijsewa,

kcsiw,

to belch.

kesi, a

roll

es

1"

a kind of plant.

-sa,

V.

of tobacco, rolled tobacco, orig.froni Portugal;

s re,

kesii [Ger.

a kind of

tree.

2>^'-

.5.

ta.

1338.

lease] cheese.

-suwa, pLn-, F. kerefua, eyg; wobo nk. tafo, they are

on a friendly, familiar, intimate footing, cf. di 7!).!S2.So.

kesua,

ke
Diff.
k., to

a mat, the usual bed of the negroes, pr. 798f. 2236.

bo or hwene
or mpa. apa, aberewa, go-kete.
U'cave. plait a mat; sew, to sjrread out. bobgw k., to roll up the mat.
t

e, pi. a-,

kinds

ntomma

kete

[with full e] 1. a kind of reed with thorns, growing near

may also furnish walking-sticks: cf. deramere.
^. a
flute or pi2)e made of it, played before kings and accompanied byother instruments (e.g. odurugya), drums and bells.

rivers, that

keto, ketekete [with fulle] a.ct-ado. bright,

owia ati kkk., osrani apae kk.: awia kete, in or
ketOm', south; cf. keseni'. Scr.
broad noon.

-ly;

at

infulllustrc;

broad daylight,

ketr,

adr.

no or gbra no
.'itrictly;

ly:

niekraa

wgakyerc

hard (V) cf. kate.

(F. kitsi, Mt.9,30.) he

1.

k.,

wo

k.,

I let you

^. sharply, strictly:

commands

Icnow plai)dy, c.cpresdy.

so k., they throng thickly,

cf.

ghye

or forbids him

pepepepe,

3. thick-

pitipiti.

230

keie
ko

o-k e

e,

ketekete, ketewa.

.:?.

oketew.

e, s.

nkote:

kirididi.

1. to he ustride, strmhllej osi nkete ^^ ui; nan

(mu) asekyisekyi, li'is fret are hcni oitficarcL
:J. to piil somclliiug
astride (on the grouud or on branches of trees?) in order to nxirk a
place in the bush as destined for farming.

si hk.,

;ik('tel)iii [oketew bin] a kind of tjead ;

ketebo,

name

of the teopard,

s.

aiiene.

.s.

osebg.

o-kete-byf(, okete-nwemfo, u manufacturer <if mats; s. kete.

akete-lienc: di ak., to he the chief of mat-iccavers. pr.l727.

ketekete,
little,

no,

tltc

the eye.

. d-

itch-mite (siro)

adv. (to the

nworam ye aboa a

tiny;

is

cf.

like tekfi'i kyc, diliyence

nk. se gbekyerew nlionia no,
writiny the letter.

keteiii', south;

cf.

u' 'iye a,

wunhii

he iierceiced

to

irith

ketewa.
nk., tn ai>jdy close atfcntinn.

(?) si

t/reat carefulness, to he zealous.

aketekri', -kycrc,

woanf\ve

a tiny insect, scarcely

nketc-nkete;

jtl.

small, very small, cerij

siia)

v.

osiia k.,

ta1ce pain-<:

syn. bo

mmgden:

closely or intensely

](c is

\vab\

cnyayed

in.

^>/. n-, cric/.et. i>r. l',l().

kesem'. Scr.

kel on kijt c, termr, horror, consternation, /nmic: nk. akita

or akyere no, he is terror-strucic, horrified, paralyzed or stunned
1*1

(with fear).
a

wabirikyi.

ke te-in\e

jic, inf.

n:eaciny or

of )nats:

/itailinf/

kete.

s.

wearer ov plader of mats; .^////.ketcbofo.

carrier r>/" (the king's) mats; s. gyaasefo.pr. loil.

o-kete-iiW(''inf('>,7>?.a-, a

o-ket

e-.'^oafij,

aketesia, V.

akatasia.

s.

0-kete-;i in loro, a tree with fruits simihir to

g-kel ere

/)l. a-,

o-kelew

manapa, abosomaketew, oky('kyC\

I'l

k erg

\v

s.

figs.

gdan-ne-nji, ntafontafo, gborgm,

gs;i-

pr. o09.720.147.'i.

flo4.-4J.

a kind of sandals.

;i.

ketewa,

litard;

mniofra nketewa,
F. ketselittle, a feu:; a short time; wama me abodo k. bi, he has yiven me a little hread; mmufra ketewabi, some feu- children; onipa te asase so k. bi na own; syn. kakra,
kfikrabi: - ketcwa si\, eery little; aka k. se (kakra se, kcima sc),
a.[j)l.i\-\ cf.kotcko.te\.-<iindl. little;

children; syu. kf'ima, k\v;ida, c.

waba, very smtdl, very little; k. bi, a

l/llle

very

little is

intelliyent hoy.

hk

(' t

kill

kctewa,

a little jicrson: nimofra yi mu aketewa no na

one (snudlesi one) amony these children is an
aketsaba, akrtsewaba. jd. n-, F. a little one, the

jtl. n-,

n'aai atew, that

Mt.

wantiny.

akct ewa,

least.

siia.

little

2,6. 5,19. 11,11. 25,40.

s e. F.
i

r f(titer, in preference.

[Eng.] hiny (in Europe)

kirididi, kirn': bg
no ran, they rushed

k., to

info the house.

pr. 2465.

kiiii,

rush (forward);

r.

s.

wobgg

k.

kyini.

kgg dan

klsa

kisa,
Ihc i/rc/c of

V.
(I

turn,

1. fo

fold).

6'.

to

^. to

wrlmj

off

turn in or over the fire:

plantains, meat), pr. 1350.

/;//

dan'.

cf.

231

k'ltikiti.

-J.

fo dtoiKje. hi/ flic tivot

sirkiicss: fo iriflicr, fade, tlt'cay. s/iriiih; dri/

the sH)i lids irif/iered the i/rass;

ii]>:

(akoko koii,
(yam,

fo roost

of the sun or

awia ak. hwura,

oyare ak. no kora, a

sicknes.s

hos

much; cf. kagyaw, po, guah i.^c.

.3. n'ani akisa
(mp.)-" ii'ani agyina (ne kurom), his cijc is turned i.e. he is longiiKj
6. n'anim' akisa, liis face has turned /nde.
for home, is homesick.
icotifrd /lint rcri/

O-kisi(e), 1)1. a-, o rid; by-names: kwarif'tia, aduoku, manuianng. pr. -210. S7l.r,lOf. 1444. 1551-d7.
o-kisil)ii"i, a kind o^ free; sarc so dua a wodi.
ak i s i si, j'l- "^ ^- lioumj rut. j2. a ijoung child.
3. doiidipraf, munnikin, dicarf. picimij; oye ak. ^^^ omfra, he is a worfhfe6S fclfoir, to be accounted yood for nofhimj.
i*ikisi\va-fo: ye rik., to associofe with children, opp. yv ateliyij.

ukisiwa-soni

kisi-kur

mmofraasem,

childishness.

a sore dischargiinj pus;

u, idcer,

s.

ekuru.

kita, V. 1. fo touch; to hold, hate in hands; sijn. kura, t'ua, de,

\vg; generally with mu: to seize, lay hold of; si/n, fa, kyere, so mu;
- ok. porca, he has a stick (in his hand); mik. pon mu, I lay hold
of (he fable; kita no mu na wannuah, lay hold of him lest he run
aivay; s. nketchketc, kitam'.
;2. F. fo adhere or clin(/ fo; Adam
bon' kitaadasa nliina.
o. fo hurt; to take venr/eance on, yr. 655.
J. kita so, to ivijie, to rub atvay. off, out; to polish; syn. popa, t\vitwiw, t\Vut\vuk. poh so, ivipe the table: fa wo naii k. ntasu so,
rub off the spittle with your foot.
interj. a salutation to one engaged in work
kitam! imp.
or in eating, equivalent to God speed! or I tvish you a yood appetite! - to which the reply is: mifua no, / hold it.

iikitii,

nkrumakwah.

lit. hold-fast, a name of the apesew, q. v.

twitae.
kith 6, 2^1- i^") fi^c; rasp;
akita-o sua, pi. n-, the most poisonous serpenf, able

kita-dcii,

through the air from one tree

akita-twerebo,
stone

is

fixed

the

by means

Akita-wo-ns
akitereku,

a,

j^Z.

shoot

hammer

oi

a.

mwiikQi,

which

the flint-

of a screw.

name
n-,

to

to another.

of a month, about July;

s.

gsram.

a species of beans, the seeds of which are

roasted and eaten, pr. 1550.

kiti,

r.

[led. kitikiti] to

teeth or nails) ..ho,

wgadi ho bi;

cf.

flic

ynuw

outside;

off,

titi

nibble, scratch off {with the

nkura akitikiti ode no ho

ho:

bebee ho.

ki t ikiti, a word expressive of turbulent or

violent commotion;
unruly {syn. basabasa,
wogoru na wgde wgn nan pempem fam' k., in playiny
bisibasa)
flicy sfamp and trample on the yround, maldny a clatteriny noise;

wgye

k., they

are turbulent, tumultuous,

-wild,

wotu mmirika k., fhey run with a clatteriny or patter iiuj noise; gnam
kkk. lie tramples, patters, treads noisily, stanqis, ic<dk'i furiously;

232

kitirikitiri

wuyi anoina

a,

oye

(=

kitikitikiti

piituputiiputu) =^ open', a hirrl.

(kyirikyiri-

ogya no adew kkk.

iclioi ciiuf/lif. stn((/fjles (h-sper<itvlii:

kyiri, tVaraframfram, frafrat'ra)

ivif/i (jJai-i)t(i

kg.

fitc

fire

hums

irhoitci/tl//.

byitjJilh/,

or dartliKj flames.

kitikiti, v.
kitirikitiri, o.
ko, V. [Ak. also ^s.q\-q, prd. kore;

ticularly: 1. to

(JO

(ire icalkituj fast;

alony, to

red. koko] to <jo; more parnam, nantew); yeko utem, ivc

ivalli (cf.

obayifo reko e

theregoesa

icitch.'pr. 60.

;J.

ior/o

depart (opp. ba, to come, tra, to stay).

(iff. a tea//; to j^d'^s away, leave,
okg, lie is gone (cf. wako under o.): meko maba. I go away hnf sfudl
come again, cf. Gr. i; 112. 147,4. yr.WJO. - wokg-bae no, wgbekac
se: ewom' sa, tclu'ii tliey were gone and returned, tJicy reported, find
it ivas so (tliid tJte matter icas true}; - wobekg, name de, metru liil,
to escajie, pr. 601.
o. to
yon icill dejn(rt. bat I slialt stay lierc.
go to a place: wokg heV ivliere are yon going? mekg otie, I am going
home; gko n'akurjl, he Jnisgone to Ids plantation; jterf. wakg, lie has
gone and returned: wakg Osii preko, lie has hee>i at Osu once; yerekg wuram', ice are going into the bush gkgg bepgw so, he went upon
i. to
a mountain; yebekg ghene nkyen, ire shall go to the Icing.
lie going to do sometliing-, to set about doing, - witli and in the in-

6'. Gr. i< V)3. 9i.

107,11. 280,1 l,.r. (pr.SOo.
go for some object, witli some purpose or intention, used with an infinitire(v.n.)oi- some other noun: okgaduangkgg anyaii, .v/zf
to, he has gone to buy foml; ef. Gr. ^ 12().2SO,2.
irent for U'ood (fuel); wgreko asika. they are going to trash gold:
ii. de.. kg, fa., kg; in conneckg ahayg, to go hunting; s. i:-}-l~).
tion with de, fa or similar verbs the meaning of kg (esp. <V. o'.) becomes causative: to tale aieay, to talcc to a place, to lead, conduct:

gressivc prefix kg-, ko-,

1218.

;'Osl.(\ix:)

to

:').

wgde no kge,
him (away or
verbs,

kg

they led
irith

him away; mfi wgmfa no

them), pr.

1.">S'2.

7. In

fre(|uently supplies the place of

likg,

let tliem fiiLe

connection with other

an Eng. adr. or

prej>.:

)nyk. ayi m'aa) the place of the adv. away, denoting removal:
manne kg, God has talen away my tifflii-tiu)i ; b) together with a
noun of place it supplies the [)lace of &. prep., denoting a direction
<

towards a place oguaii kgg Avuram', he fled into the bush: ka oguaii
no kg daii mu, drive the sheejJ into the pen! wgiikyekyere ne usa
.s. kg (yiye),
nkgn'akyi, tliey shall tie his hands behind his back.
to fit, become, sud (well), used of clothes: atade yi kg me yiye, this
coat fits me well ; ekyew no iikg me ti, that hat does not fit my head:
^. kgniu, kom', to enter, penetrate:
ka no kg me nsa, p?-. o6'6'.
gsekaii nnamnam txVawo a. ekom', wlien a sliarp f.jtife cuts you, it
10. kg so, to go on. to continue {cf. da so): kg
penetrates deejily.
so kail! or kaii kg so! continue to rend, read on! - kg so yiye, to
11. kg nteii, iu agree 'well. be agrce(d>le, to go
prosper, increase.
straigld i.e. to do, to succeed, be to Hie purp>osc, answer an end : ekg
me nteii == etee me n'asem a greka yi tee me, wind he says appears
- eye me de,
to me correct, I approve it; aduaii yi kg me nteii,
this food suds me veil; enkg nteii, // dues not go straight, it iron'f do.
13. kg bone, to issue or terminate badly, to be ill-fated in child13. kg abuw, to
beari)i(i, to die in or after the labour of cliddhirth.
:

kn

f'fi'd i(j)on:

1)?'J. li')81.

yaw

nu

wu

ko,

ase.

V.

11. kg adidi,

/() .v//. lo coca- the cyna. pr. 2776.

iiokara ko ad.
lij. ko osa, fo

(JO (i-ltatrliiiKj,
It)

J().

ase,

F.

ko

we

24,;}.

tra,

lakor da,

/ic

tOua

kow.

ko

bon

<jo

yeako

aiiia

(taitli.

= Ak. tra

fam', F.

F. to rrnidin:

.V.

/(;

to ivay. pr. lo6S-

put n and

/lace hcconic Huliject to

Mt.

1. to sit,

i/o

F. to Ijccoine snhjvvt to:

aso,

..

sin

hii

to con'cr. sqnnt, concli: s.

:2.

233

I'iko,

gi'iko

ccnitinitcth not. .Job 11,2.

ko, V. 1. fo fujht. conittot. vo)itcnd. strive, in battle or in sini/le

with arms, blows, words; to tx- at tear; gdc hkranto nc no koo,

i-on/lict.
III'

fonf/Iit tvitli

arc
/()

still

at

war

i.e.

ai/ainst)

liiiu

irit/i

sword

the

wgda

so rcko,

//<<-//

with each other, pr. fySn. L~)Ulf. nKi2.2[hV2.

ko dgni.

ko ntgkwaw,

oy strnjijle

wai/e tear, i-arr/j on a irar;

in close eontest, to wrestle, stnffle. pr. :M)06.

fo(iifht, strife

L*.

eonibat,

tr. to fi'jht,

oppose: ko nkran, to Iceeji of}', drive liaek the wandering or visit in;/
ants (by lire or sinoke). pr. Io90.
>. ko nnoina,
to shoot birds, to
hill

5.

wildfowls, to fowl. pr.'JOKl.

ko awo,

/.

ko awow.

to

Ky.

leard off the cold.

6". ko yere, to

to be in travail, in labmir. in parturition.

dismiss or divoree a
(j-ko,

pr. h'lUH.

n-ife.

pool;

lidie; jiond.

--=

gtarc,

cf.

atekye; ckg

bi

ta,

Lg.

ko, the cavil// or hole in which the yam is planted; cf. likgbg,
likgmoa; gbg nkg fua gde worn'.
fMt. l'>. Mk. 7.
I'lko, iiko, F. ye .. ho likg, to defdc ; ..ho ye likg, to be defiled.
1*1

11 ko, slumber, dose, nap; tg liko, to fall or drop asleej>, to doze,

owh ne ti (or nelio) liko, he .'shakes, tosses
nod, be drowsi/. slce/n/.
(throws nj>) his head: he lanls (?].

o-ko, okowa, akowa,

c-ko, Ak. ckog, a

tojj, f/i;/.

wliirliijiij;

bo ko,

to

spin the top.

baffalo.

bg kg [to join, have eompany wifh, the buffalo,

doesV) 1. to run away, desert; wabg kg, he has
become a fu</itive, leavinij his natirc place on account of debts or
palavers.
:2. to throw off obedience, f(dl off, apostatize, revolt, turn,
wabg kg, site refuses her husband.
recreant; s. akobg, kobgfo.

ko. in the
roaming about

j>//>-.

as

it

.-;.

ko, imit. adv., expressing tlie sound of falling dro])s of water:

nsuasgko, water has dropped' audibli): inetee se nsuuosge kokoko.
e-ko, )ium. one; used in counting; in other cases compoundsare

employed,
biak5, Akp. bako, Aky. bieko; cf. koro. Gr. i; 77.
k 0, adj./nvn., the one concerned or hi question, the sin(jlc,X)ar^s.

lieular or resjiectivi- /lerson or thin;/;

who. what, which, in indirect

Eye hena? minniin nnipa-ko; u'ho is it'^

I do not know who it is i-f oniko, gyjiko eye den V minnim dekode;
eye dua beii? minnim dua ko, n-h(d tree is
I do not hnow what
<|uestions;

cf.

Gr.

i;

74,1.
.

it':'

find of tree it is; waiikyere da-ko a obewie, he did not

dan he woidd jinisli (it).

tell

which

\\\k(), adv. atone, only, but; apart, aside: - me iiko ne kuafo,

alone ((in a planter; aka me iiko (= gno iiko), he is left alone:
eyiuoin iiko ene won su, the.ie form a find by themselves ; eyi nko-

ara-k(M etia abieii

a.

mefwc wo

n second time. I shall

/lo;/

you!

but for this one time! when

s.

iikuto.

it

occurs

oko

234
o-ko,

inf. 1. fiyJit, fujhtinfj,

battle, conflict; pi.

there

is

hkopeii,

war between

ako,

us

inf. f((jhfin(j,

war

koa.

[cf.

battles',

and

the

osa); comhat, contest, strife;

oko wo ye-ne Akwamfo utam',

Akivam-pcople.

icar; di ako, to war,

at war (with); wodi ako

Akeni and Asante are (or

2. dioorcenienf.

be engaged in war, be
ne Asante tii di ako,

woko; Akyero
war with each other;

tvere) often at

cf.

akodi.

ko, ado. red, i/ellow; added to here, to be or become red, ripe:

anka here ko, the lemon ripens (or ii) yellow; the low toue of ko
may be changed into the high and low tone, whereby the idea of
redness

come

is

made emphatic akutu

:

quite or highly red or ripe.

tive adj.
loolc at

yi abere koo, this orange

has bekg may be nsed as a predica-

when the verb is omitted (Gr. 248,3 o) fweno, n'ani ko!

how red his eyes arc! in other cases the form of the adj.
:

him,

kg, kgkg, are applied to different shades of red,

is k o k o, q. v.
brown and yellow, and likewise the v. bere and the adj. -beii (in
cpds.), F. men. mcmmeii, memraene; whereas fiery red seems to
be denoted by denn yenn, y^mmeiin, scarlet or vermilion by -dam
(in cpds.) and dcnnJiram^f, crimson by -dam (e/'. adam) and by the
V. bere-dum; cf. akutuhono, orange-coloured, ankahono, yellow (as
lemons), bofua (odubeh), ^e//o'; dodowe, brown.
ko, kokoko, kokgko, adc. used witii kyi or tail, to Jiate;
gtan no kg, he hates him ardently, fervently, extremely.
k o, the unicorn, an antelope, in size nearly etjual to a horse or
cow, furnished with one horn on the forehead; spoken of, as really
existing, from Fante to Krepe. [G. umahma.]
,

Diff. kinds: gpesare, grey (P.

akohene, red; aiikye, dark (ne
hoasitunim); amfudwuma (ne ho aye hg-ne-hg, biribibiribi, not eaMmofra ako
sily described) ; dwirikwaw', green (esono ne riko).
(in children's lang.) ;= abebew, grassliopper, locust.
{'iko', pi. h-,

erytJaicus,

parrot (Psituccus).

neho apgw aye

se nso);

akoji, j;?. n- [akowa, orig. akoba?] 1. a male, man; fellow;

akoa no ho ye fe, that is a handsome fcllou'; akoa no dii bene pi,
that man showed himself a Izing indeed (a saying elicited from a
native by the description of Solomon's throne, 1 Ki. 10,20.)
2. a
.7. a servant, subject; Kokofu bene
male slave; bondman, serf.
ye Asante bene akoa; Akyem bene hkoa dgso sen Akwam bene de.
In cpd. words akoa is changed into kwa or kwa and ko; cf.
akwakwara, akwankwa, ahenkwa, awurakwa,
akokoa, aksvakora
Kwadwo, KwJlku (Gr. 4] ,4) Kofi, Kofori ^c.

koa, V. [red. koakoa] 1. to bend, crook, curve, tr. ilc-intr.; perf.

be bent, crooked or curving; syn. konton, kuntun, pono, pompono;
gkoa dua no, he bends the tree; koa (= pono) wo nsa bera; koa

to

akutu no bera na mentew. bend that orange (i.e. the twig on which it
akontoii, fas
toward mc that I may plucli it; ne nsa akoa
2. fa poma no koa no, liold
liand is croolccd: poma no ti akoa,
him by the sticlc!
o. koa mu, to join together, to trim in. to insert;
connected,
to joint, articulate, unite by means of a joint; ekoam', it
ekoakoam',
holds toget/ier ; mede makoa mu. I have joined it.

Jiangs)

i.-i

nko.'i

//

iiUnakuam",

rohert's, is arficuhttcd, Joiiiicil.

Juiiclun; conitcdimi

Joiitiiir/,

bij

235

jikodi'.

Joints: a

jitint.

r.

ii.

node;

(uticulaluin,

rf.

ntoatoam',

akwa.
I'lkoji,

l/it'

the

6)1(1,

(of a tree), crfiriiiHi/,

nkoa uko na gdo maa me,

cane

nkasakoa;

ef.

ov

KtilinsI

l((sf.

1cr)ui)ittlioii,

ijace

lie

nkoaase,

Kjqxr

iqJiliosf jKill,

iH<(,

lop

border; pr. lOOS. atVverrw no,

vtc.
.v.

uc.

upper end of the siKjxrnkwaase.

oiihi the

iikoakyirikyirhv, a kind of spider.

akoha

(?):

Esono akoa na esono akoba. Ak.

2,3,(i,y
floij

pr. JOlo.

n leliip made ot'buH'alo's skin, conbistinj; of

lashes twisted together; wgde hk. nko ara na efweno, theij

I'lkoha (eko, aba

him

severely.

ko-hao

[ko, ba] 1. a mide child born after a brother or sister

apente. [G. gbobalg.)
2. it cupboard, etosct, press,
leainsrof-ehesf. [vvokgfa ade wom' de ba; 0. kobai.

who died:

if.

aku-lKii'i, F.

ko

I'l

da gye

defeiisire

fence, t>uliearh, rampart.

-fo, [asafo a wote bene ho a wonko bea (=babiara)

ohene atu na wotiam'] the liiiffs bodtj-fjaard.

i)(';i,

se

l\iU>en(koko,
bise).

n-iitl,

worn

a kind oi' cloth di/ed red (whh ntwomaand

customs and in warfare; scarlet. Nah.2,-'J 01).

br'ii

at funeral

kohcrc

[Port, cohre,

Dan.

cobf>er\ cojtper.

ko-l)OAv, v. a jdaee to sit: a seat

a ko-lK_) Vvc

rcj \v.

kulii |kwobi| a kind of

]"i

0-1)0,

////".

--^

agua.

j\lt. l.*,:>'j.

a thorny shrub.
river-fish. |(i. didee.]

[bo nko] inalimj holes fir the planting

oi' ijarns.

ako-lio, inf. |bo ko] secession, desertion, defection; disloifalty

stubbornness ; apostacii; sedition, rebellion, revolt, mutiny.
o-kol)ofo, l>l- a-, fnyitive (slave), maroon; riinaa-ay (e.g. ou account oi dehta, pr. 49o); deserter; vayabond; apostate, reueyade; rebellcr, rebel, rcvotter, mutineer, seddionary.
a

ko-dadVv('n(akoadad\ven) F. care;

kodaa

Mt.i:>,:22.Mk.4,li). if.

dad wen.

\\it.yoes to sleep in the ptantatioii]^=^^tQiek\\i\,

t'ii(iu"

ouipa a gmpowe, u'ani utewe, an uncivilised, rnsfic, boorish, cloicnish, barbarous man; cf. ofumni.
kodaa iiii a [okoda anna, he ijoes to .sleep (in order) not to slee2j]
emma onnya adaye, it causes him sleepsleeplessness; eye no k.

less niyhts.

okod/.o, F, a story,

= sense,

a kudo.

tale.

l's.!i(j,<j.

a kind of food })repared for the fetish (tute-

lar spirit).

akudc
armour.

[okoade]

J.

a thinyov thinijs used for fiyhtiny, n:eapon(s),

2. thinys paid for

fiyhtiny, reieard paidto warriors

when

they return.

hard fiyhtiny o-ne won koo nk. ansa-na grepam wgh.

u k o-de

n,

akodi,

inf. [di

hostilities.

ako] warfare, military service; war, ivarriny;

236

akodi'hven

akodi-hyen,

kodiawuo,

okoha.

a tvar vessel, man-of-war.

akodi-hjeninu-iii, a naval

kodobeii, a

officer.

bird, oriolns galhuJa'^

pJ.i\-

[nea

wodekodiawu]

o-ko-doin, a by-name of the leopard,

kodoso,

a cutaneous eruption, a kind of

akodwobo,

akindof

pieces are used as d/((/s

.s.

ase.

.s/o/^c'

to notch. Jai/.

dent, indent;

wakoe dua

nso metraji so (no), ammi'i, he has notched the pole, ijet lehcn.
sat on it, it did not hreal-; woakoekoe akantaiihua no nan ho, the
rau,

le[fs

of the chair are wrouf/hf or notclied

koe Ivoc, a small norm. pr.

akoekoe-hoa, ^^7. n-, insect
as

ntwom;

containing iron, of which suitable

for the charge of guns; opemmo bi a wo-

bubu de poma atuo.

koe, V. [ret?, koekoe]
no

s.

pistol; .sv/>Katwerewa.

osebo.

it

bij

txrnerif.

1036.

(called so from

its

body

liaving,

were, notches or incisions).

k o e, akoe-mu [ko, r.] fif/htintf-place, field of battle, jn: 1H83.2S13.

kufa-l)era f[/o tafic come]: waye k., he or she has (by growing up to an age of G or 7 years) become a fetchcr or ''fetcfi-sometfiing", i.e. one that can be told "yo and fetch it" i.e. can be sent
a

on errands.

kofahycow, Akw.

mpofirim'.

a k o fa n a. j)l. n- [okoafana, afoa] 1. a sicord of war.

^. a sword
3. cmbl. destruction by the
of state, tfie fcing's sword, a sceptre.
sword or in battle; war; dissension; royal aidliority and ^^ojt'cr.

kofe, F. ==

Kofi, pr.
rikate.

(labia

wotwa

plainly, tliorougldy. Mt. 3,12.

n. of a boy or

kc'ifi, ;^/.a-,

bedua

fita,

man

born on Friday. Gr.

a Ijedin a garden or j)lantatio)i.

Nkranfo na etil
kurukuruwa,

k.

j?

-41,-1.

ak. 'imerc-

wo won akura hkwanta.

wotwano ahinanah.

t\va k.

etod.

koliriina, a kind of amidet or charm.

o-ko fu,

I\rat\v;i

pi. a-, fighter, ((iml'utant: a

man

j)r.

Eto-

3114.

able to go to tear, war-

rior; opxwncnt, adversary.

akofo-de
o-kofoiii,

[akofo ade]: gsam' ak. kunini,

j)l.- -i'o,

man

7carlif,e fc(ds.

of vcdonr, warrior, eliampion; syn.

dommarima, osabarima.
k 6-fu r [eko a wasi so foforo, wasi nsiforoj a young buffalo.
kofweabO,', ^>?. n-, [akoa&?] a jn'ivcde, common, low, mean.,
vidgar young nia)i. //ou)tg fclbnr. cftap; r/'. iikwafweabafifo, apapafwekwa, akwanihuniaui, gdeseni.
iiko-gu, inf. defeat; di hk., to suffer a defetd; cf. komusu.
ko-nvaii [koko. gyan, nothi)tg but red] a kind of red cloth
(ntama a wgde adicli hko ahwene).
aku-<i\viii aniuaj s. akwagyinamoa, ukiamari. i>r.l637.
o-k o h a, 6. okwaha.

koliTi

2.'17

l<t)k(i;iiii.

koli;V, kdlia, a larj^c h'wd with

l()ii<:^ h"^s, a lonj^ iiock, a crest

Juinea -hen, making- a noiso, like,
geese, living in the vicinity of rivers; IVom its strong voice it is also
called Saknnio-bentia, fhe Siil-inii-lniiii/icf i.e. l/ie lnnv[)('t<f of the

on

its

head and

fcathei.s like

Sakumo.

fetish of t/w ri.n:r

ako.
ok o-nhr>iii
ako-li yen, -- akodi-hyen.
;ik,
iilvcj-heiie,

.s\

koico,

red. v. ko, fo j/o;

koko,

/.

;i,

/////

of (lirorcc. Mf.

r,,Sl.

siiroh(>iii|;iiiyin, (((Jitiind.

mniea no rekokokoko anyan.

hr'nitj up delicatel/f,
spod hi/ too much tnnlentfss; opanyih no koko nenima, e.s. \vgye
bone a, ontvicwon asonti, won aiii nso obi; lluafo k. wonnima do-

n-, fo pcf.

itif.

fondle, indid/je; to

to

do; red.

wokokgkoko wonmnia;

korgkoro.

.s.

kokt, /. the Itreast, ehcst; nek. aye konkrgnu; nek. ahoh;

pompo asi nek. so.
x\ heart
eouragc, boldness; pr.lOlls. sijn.
bo, koma; ^s. kokom', kokodnrn, akokobiri.

koko-so, adr.

ko

ko.

e-koko,

yj?.a-,

hotdli/, enerf/etieidl/f.

ayroni,

<(

smtdl hard

/xirficle of salt,

sand, earth,

a natnr(d eIevatio)t of ground ; cf. bepow, bepowa, akokowa, panipa, pempe, siw.
F. koko tsentsenbi,
an exceeding high nioitntain. Mt. 4,8.(cf. 17,1)5,1o-,7>/.a-, n-,

koko: bo
something);

K g k o,
koko,

warn, forewarn;

to

mede ade

mabgwo

yi

k.

to threaten,

na nye sa

the

yonnger

= koko', red,

sistei*

e.g. in

kg kg, s. red. kgkgkgkg.

ako kg, ^jZ. n-, the domestic

bio;

menace (with
s.

kgkgbo.

be the mother of
of Dede, q. v.

pr. n. of a female, said to

Akem and

and

k.,

/////.

the

fowl,

^jr. .

Akuapem
'

Ownsn Kgkg.

hen (akukgbere), coch (akoko-

nini);^-. 1641-01; by-name: ntiwa.

ako kg, F. looseness of the bowels.
11

koko,

indidgence, the spoiling of children bg too

inf.

nmch

tenderness.

kgk(Y, a. fpl. akgkg & red.] red, gclloiv, with their several degrees or shades; s. kg, kgkgkg,
n. redness, yellowness; pr. 467.
g-kgkg, a red person, whose skin is not of a glossy black (tnntnm), but of a brownish hue. pr.810.
kgkg', gclloiv, ripe planiains (the husk is gellow, the substance
inside, espec. when boiled, is red).
koko, coco, an edible root of three kinds, one came from
Jamaica, the two others are also called amankani <)c ntwibg. pr. So.'i.
kokoa, kokoii (kokwa, kwokwa) F. hill, mount, nioiudain.
Mt. .1,14.14^:}. 17,1.9.21,1. Mk. 9,:\
Ak. bepgw; rf. koko, akokowa.

a koko a',

h-, babe,

^v/.

akgkoaba, F.

id.

akoko-akoko
wg

ak.

dodo

nti,

Mt.

babg, suckling, nursling, infant.

11,25. 21,16.

[pi. of gko,

won nhina

ako] quarrelli)igs ; abusua no

mu

ntra fdko,

k k a m', i^?. n-, corner; a secret or retired place; pi. in the

corners, in secret, secretly; gye n'ade fik. iik.

238

iikokoasem

kokokyiiiiako.

11 ko k oa-sem, a sorrel: forhiddai ir(iiisacfioU'<.

akoko-ba, 7>/. nkoko-mma, cli'ichcii. jnillcl.
kokohv,
akokobaiie. = dabankdj an iron rro/r.

koko-berabera
ceives, deludes, deeoi/s

hiw. malen a fool of

Jniti.

j^r-

1663.

gye no k., he
ogyigye no.

ctmir. conu']:

[lit. r/o, (jo.

fle-

akoko-boro^ Q-, j/?. n-, a hen. !. 363.1664.

akoko-besa ffhe fowl irill he consumed i.e.
2-3

eaten vj)] a slu'ub,

high, the root of whicli has a sweet smell and is put into

feet

soup with fowl.

koko-betd fi/ie foirJ kUI la/i scil. ecitisj the lUtle fmfier (by
which hens are examined whether an egg is to be expected).
akoko-l>ewu

fihe hen will die] a

koko bill tore,

akoko-biri

(koko,

he hlael;, heavy, stout, inuno-

/>o/r////

cf.

ko-

= nimariniHS(i. akokobiri-seni,

commit violence; sj/n. akakabcnsem.

kokg] irarnimj.

koko-bg,

inf. [bo.,

koko bo,

a small beast of prey of the size of a small cat;

K. akokyere m'aki'ikg koko' ku.)

leeascl? pr.

166'i.

koko-bo lie [akokg bon]

morning, eoel-crou',

akoko-bi'iw,
11

Jire.asi, biri, 1o

akokobi'ri-so,

violenee; di ak., to

Jierh. lillinf/ foirls.

holdness, rouraf/e connected with riolenec;

rahlel^ hraveness.

kodi'iru.

kind o(

a shrub with eatable fruits,

the time

irhm rods

eroic early in the

(at) eoel'-croirin;/.

1ien-co<ip; sipi. ])esn.

kokode-sem,

j^/crt-y/;?//.

but unfounded and deceitfid repre-

- di.. nk., to fhdter, wheedle,

coax, hoax, humhay ; rik. na greka yi, he tal/:s, without thinliny. represents things in a hefter lujht than, the// realli/ deserve.
sentations, /latter//, flirtation, humhiif/:

koko-doniiiia
kokodoiiia, a.
ba ye
a

k.

dgnngmma.

quite red or j/ellow (or

kokodomiiio, a kind oi corn.

k ok d
d lia, a small bird with
ii it

koko-di'iru,
duru,

cf.

bgmmgfo-adua-

rijic):,

kokgkgkgkgkg.

^r=

a yellow breast, pr. 1666 f.

coura;/e. valour, hraver//. intrepidity; .y/n.sihoo-

akokobiri.

kokodvVe,
cers;

wura

bi

akokoe.

a plant the root of which is mashed and jiut on ula etetare fain'; mmofra tia so de bo nkuro (agoru bi).

h-,

a disease of

akokoeko, F. Mk.
a

kokofw (M'ew,

13,7.

Ak.

tlic toes,

-e.

corroding or destroying them,

akoko-akoko.

p/. n-,

wood-hen.

asamante.
[2)r.

akoko-kwaiUcimi,
Ex.

16,13.

Xu.

11,31.

]>!.

ir,i.318.1G68.

n- -fo, a bird, the ])in-tailed sand-r/rouse.

aboko.

kokokoko

[kg, imp. go!}

koko koko,

kgkgkg,

kokokj'iniako,

s.

oye no

kg. kgkg,

a kind of bird.

k.,

he drives him awa/j.

kgkgdoma.
2'.

3474.

kokom
k

seat

(>

m'

(t

o\' i\\Q

koko

inu

/.

.-ikukotan.

the hnutsf. hnsoiii.

jKissions, a/ffcfioiis

and

21^0

fJ. t/ic

brntsl as

oprrafioi/s af (he mind.

.'>.

tlu;

the

conrave side of a joint. O})]). to tho knuckle: nankokom', the caviti/

of the leg hrhind the /ciiee; basakokom, the ravitif of the tinit at the
elhoic.

ko k (t-i"i w i, the hair on the l>re((st (of a lion).

akoko-iia iita feoe/.-s-eto/r/ a slirub with odible
a ko k o u in p a, ;= akokonini-pa. pr. J(!7J.
a k oko-nini, pt- n-, o roej,: pr. 3't3. 1669-7
11

li

fruits,

a-ki')ko-iii\va [hen's

ei/ej

which lias
midst of the

the sore of a toe the tip of

been accidentally knocked oft", the little bone

raw flesh reminding- of a fowl's eye.

in the

a k o kuiio, /)!. n-, a big tchite worw found in palm-trees, the

larva of the beetle called asi^manadwo, eaten by the negroes and
esteemed a great dainty, pr. 1674 f.
11

koko no a
kokonle,

[gkoko, ano] the tn-ink of a lake or river.

n-,

a kind of food, prepared of plantain, looking

like country-soap. pr. 2147.

akoko-pesu, hen-coop, syn. akokobuw,

kokora, a thorng climher or j)rickly bush,

a kind of bayere,
with leaves like nkani, the tubers of which are eaten in famine.
[pr. 1676f2oO.',.

kokora,

bo

n-,

concealment, recess, retreat, hiding-place, asghnn.

nk., to hide oneself t)efore the

o-kokoraiii,

enemy.

a person in a place of conceal ment,

^anachoret, rcclnse, hermit; monk (cf. ntwehoni).
pi. (a- n-)-fo,

iikokora-fokuw, monastic order.

koko ram, kwakoram,

or neck,

akuru;

Hist.

scrofula, a disease, espec. in the

head

by which the lymphatic glands swell and ulcerate;

syn.

it is

even said

to cut the nose, lips &c.; ling's evil,

strnma;

hronchocele, goitre, tven. pr. 805.

11

koko re,

F. abiirow a

ammo

yiye aye nnodowa-nnodowa,

mai.ie of stunted growth.

kokorow, odee k. = dwokorow. pr.838.

kokosakyi, a name of the vnltiire, s. opete;

it is

sometimes

put for the name of the king, which the speaker does not dare to
mention, pr. 513-15. 1678-80.

akoko-sere flten's thigh] the trigger of a gun.

kokosi [Europ,] the cocoa-palm (k.-dna, Cocas

mieifera) and

its frnif.

koko-so [s. koko] boldly, energetically.

0-kokos6ni, ^Z. a- -fo, man, in contradistinction

to the worshipped spirits (fetishes), in the language of the fetish-priests, [fr.

koko, on the hill, or kbkoso, s. before.]

Kokosiikwakwavvia, name of a month, about Sept.?

a koko-lai'i,

^>?. n-,

<(

hen irhich has chickens.

.s.osram.

akokotaii

lie

kokote

240
lienmiM

h<y

jflir Iioi <ui(l

the brightest of which

kokofe,
kokgle,
[G. nnria]:
corti.

a o-roup of 7 stars,

(Jiii/.rusJ fhr I'Irhidcx,

Alcyone.

is

vlhJ ho[/. .y/n. batafo.

a species of ror;/. ri'fipmh\in<^ miJlef.pr. 1784. sipi.ii\\\
atoko [G. akoko].
k.-fi'nv, n jihnifatioit of siic/i

fliff'.

afiiw.

s.

tekoteko, Jiiccoui/h: k.

iikoko-t Vvarc,

[tua akokg,

si

me, I hacc fhr

hicroiif/Ji.

af fowls] aeufVuKi fitod

relations or acquaintioicrs of one's own husband or wife.

in flir

inf.

killiin/

iikokow;i, pi. n- [koko, dim.^ n siiudl hdl. lidlocl.-.

iikokowji, a kind of /bor7. prepared of mnize-hread ivith palmabiirodiiah bi; dokono a woapesew mu de nno agu so.
kokojL' re dungy ei, a strange insect, 8-4" long, looking

like

k
a

dry sticks;
koki-o, F.
(I

kr

krilinpoh-okumguan.

ihisllc.s.

bo

kokromfi.

i^r. .518.

(')

II

(jrcfdli/,

of an egg.

rf.

oi'

akukomii, pr.1801.

lirrrivi/.

k.-ampgii,

('),

kukuro.

adr.

7.16.

(a)ka-knma.

koki'iro. a kind

Mt.

o, ihr noil:

ko-kuuia

so,

kom.

flip

koko ti' k('t,

oil

s.

larger than

mj)an(''i i^ rnniai'i.

nsafufu.

I\(kuriik6. a. (/rcid, hin/c hif/; .s7/. kese, k;ikr;li^c.

very vuirh; ne nsa ahon koki'iro.

k o k u 1-0-1) cti, IJte thumb, pr. :i:21.75:i. 1682.

Ak. he rci>licd b>/ an ahmlce (jesiare.
k( k iiro k(', a. {s. kokiiro).
n., Innfeness,

akokur()k(')-s('ni. ttoastinn,

fidness or insoleiae of manner.

kokwaw,

wodwen

gya (d\Va, da)

hi</ne.<;s, f/reid/iefts;

largeness of the hodt/ united icith .strenf/th. pr. 753.

o-kokiiruko, a sfoid. corpidenf man. pr.lOSP,.
a kok ui"ok6-(lo, (jreat fhinrfs; wofwefwe ak.,
prefoisioits.

k.

Ihe/j

mid:r great

swagger, hoastak., ting hare high ideas.

l>idl//in(/,

kwaw.
S. to grow smooth and
round (mmosea, pebbles, pr.QOdG.): perf. to be smooth.
3. to smooth,
malce stnootli. .s//^/. torom.
i. to become icell hnoie)i or famdiarto;
woanyji nkae nti akokwaw wo, bg repeated recital //on hare attaila-d a flnerieg in saging it; adwunia no ak. no, he is (perfectlg) well
acquainted with, or well cersed in. tlnd wor/:. the. n-orlc has become
red.

1.

v.

frq. of

easg

to

him.

ako-kyyw,

helm, helmet,

steel-cap),

casque;

.s^>^

dadekyew.

dance wddlg in a state of frcnzg or ecsta,sg, ascribed by the negroes to the agency of a fetish: to be posse.'ised with a fetish; to perform the actions ov practices of a fetish ma)!:
s. akom, n-, okomfo. pr. 1608. red. kohkom, q.r.

in, r. [inf. a-,] to

kom'^
koni,
clined,

= ko mu,
V.

to

turned or

to enter,

penetrate.

bend, bow, incline

tjoit to

(fr. d- i)rtr.), perf. to be urg. insgn. konton, kuntnn, koa, kyea;

nifn
kom wo koma ma ntease.
[Frov. 2,2. Ps. 119,112. lilj.

one side

dua no akom; kom dua no ko

komin

komm,
qiiici!

ndv.

alvunima.

q7(lef, sfiJJ, silcnf,

n:

sihiitli/;

qnicilif,

adi k., the went out

gda

241

pmreahle; ye or niAnye k.! he

lio k.,

he.

lies there qidcll if;

ofii

silcntli/.

konim, a. 1. neat, complete; entire, intact: safe; ado

momanaa won no, ode koe k., the things tvhieh I transmitted
were delivered by him

safcli/;

oka asoin

a,

oka no

k.,

a nuMle
to

them

when he

h((s

he satjs it camptetelii.
^. net; of a capital sum
of money the principtd, in distinction from interest or profit; me
sika k. na miregye, menfwefue mfentom' biara maka lio, / want
onlji the prineip^d of my money to be paid to me, I do not desire any
interest besides; sika a wgagye no k. si (ntramatiri) 600, the money

something/ to

sai/,

has been made to pay amounts to (100 heads of cowries (without

the 50 per cent increase of tliat amount, due to those who lent the:
5'. safe and sound,
bnt at the same time only, solely,
money).
lie

merely i.o. without anything besides: okodii gua, wamfa hiribi amma, ne ho komm na ode aba, he went to trade, but has brought
back nothing beside himself. Cf. sonn.

singly,

o-k 111, hunger; gkom de m\ hunger seizes or holds me, i.e. / am

hungry; scarcity, dearth, famine, pr. 521. (r/". ahuhuwa); in general:
irunt o/" something; cf. nsukgm, takgm, namkgm.

g-kom', a kind of eagle; cf. gkompete.

akom [kgm] inf. the state of being possessed witlt a fetish, i.e.
a temporary madness ov ecstasy, expressing itself in dancing and
wild gestures, and ascribed by the negroes to the agency of a fetish; wafa ak., lie or she has taken in such an agency, Itas been possessed with a fetish.

nkom,

i\n.

prediction.

[kgm]

oracle, communication, revelation, or message

or a fetish to a prophet or afetishman; propJiecy;

God

delivered by

hy

e nk., to ptropliesy; to foretell, predict; to soothsay.

Kramofo nye akgmfo, nanso wghye iikgm; cf. kra.

totg hkom, F.
iikom -- liko, in to nkom, pr. 990.

koma,

F.

Ak. konona, korona,

a-,

of the bodily system.

^ koma-})a, a good

i.e.

1. the

Mt.2o,o.

heart, as the centre

2. the heart as the centre of the affections:

joyful

he((rt,

contentment, cheerfulness, glad-

asem noania me koma-pa,

this matter has made me

no ho koma-pa, I am not at enmity with him ; me koma
atg (me yam'), my heart has subsided (in my breast), i.e. I am contented, happy, cheerful, at ease, at rest; syn. bo to; pr.7T3.
b)
odwen ne komam' bone, he devises (is contriving) evil in his heart.
ne bo haw no, he is passionate, given to anger,
gyare koma
irritable, touchy, resentful, pettish; ne koma awu, he is not excitable
or irascible, has no feelings of revenge.
d) koma-bone, an iras-

ness, happiness;

happy;

mewg

cible temper, pr.

15.3.

1694.

aky ni-nia [akgm ba] a child obtained by the (supposed) lielp of

a fetish, bound, in afterlife, to observances similar to those of a
Nazarite. (Onyi ne ti, wgmmg no atifi, onni nneema nh., gye se wakgbg afore ayi ne ti ansa na gwg ho kwai'i se gye senea ne mfefo ye,
a.s. onyii'i wo ba na oyi hye ne ba a, na onye sa bio.)
IG

komamtew

242

iikominodom.

komam'teWj hif. cleanness or xmrity of heart.

nkom-maii [akgm,ban] the fence tvithin whielt

a sooihsayer

performs his j^i'actices.

nko-moa.
i"iko-mana,

iikomanoa,

Wota no

shelter, refuge, lode/iuf/. abode.

ho na obehintawe de gyec ne ho nk. AVannya

ne ho Ilk.

yi

akoma-tom", F.

satisfaction;

o-kom-bekum-wo,
o-koxn-hoix^o,

pi.

no, dua
amfa annyc

biribi

aboto(yam').

cf.

a kind o{ plantain;

s.

oborodo.

helper, assistant, accomplice, assoeiede oy

f^-,

(( fetishman; pr. 1695. cf. akgmfowa.

[akgm, berah] ^^gkomboafo; odi no nk.,
his accomplice or disciple in fetish-practices; cf asapate.

co-operator in the practices of

11

he

is

kom-m erau,
kommere,

k 0111 fern,

-fo

dwedwewa,

F. ==

akgm-mew
ilar to the

JJ?.

the gidlet.

[ekon, bew] a tumor of the neck or throat.

the domestic giiinea-foivl.

jjI. n-, 1.

J2.

ak omfem-tiko, a kind o^ herb.

araanku.

beetle sim-

gb6somf6, a fetish-man, 2iosO-konifo, JJ?. a-, [kgm, akgm] i.

5.
sessed with or prophesjiing bt/ a fetish; soothsn>/er, diviner.
osCimanfo, rharmer, sorcerer; .<?//. buwfreto, mpakyiwafo. ntafowayifo.
Cf. gsgfo. The kgmfo (1.) pretends to be the interpreter and

mouth-piece either of the j^uardian spirit of a nation, town or family,

or of a soothsaying spirit resorted to in sickness or other calamities.

akomfo, head

over heels, head foremost ; -

to])sg-turvy; to fall headlong, to precipitate

wg

..

hye

ak,, to tumble

ak., to

throw head-

long, to precipitate.

akg iiifo-daii,
Akomfode,

akoinfo-liene,

akgmfo-hye,

s.

a disciple or apprentice of a fetishman.

[hye fikgm] prophesying, prophecy.

I'lkg-iiioa [nkg

amoa] a

iikg iii-mo,

[bgkgn]

inf.

bg nk., di

about? what
eye

yehhk.pa

is

soothsayer, i^i'ophet;

^;Z. -fo,

hole

dug for pdanting yam

i. ^a?Z:, chai,

we have

odiyifo.

hk.,

converse

na mobg yi? what are you conversing

your conversation?

me hkgmmo-mQ,

cf.

in. pr. 858.

famdiar discourse, conver-

me ne no bg

nk., to converse;

with him; den nk. or hk. ben

licitude;

pr. 1962.

n-,

inf.

iikgm-liye-fo (F.-nyi)

sation.

company,

etgn.

inf. precijntation. pr.331.

akomfowa, ^jZ.
iikom-hye,

akgnnan.

of a certain

pr. n.

it is

my

2. concern, care, sorrow, so-

heartfelt desire;

ma yehkgpe

(than to sit here).

di hk., to compdain, lament, moan;
3. complaint, lamentrdion.
odi ne nua ho hk., odi hk. mil ne nua, he moans about his brother.
(Mehk. ni, medemerebgme kgh.)
4. beads ivorn roxind the necJc.
11 k gill ill o-di, inf. lamentation.
nkg
o d i fo, 2)1. id. lamenter, moaner.

bi nni,

better things to care for

iikgiii

111

o-d 0111

..

mm

hk.. to simulate symj^afhy with a suffering

iikommomini

okgu.

243

iikominodumlo, pi. id., iikommodifo a ogoru nnipa li6,

person.
one ioho simulated sympathy and in the mourner's back ridicules or
censures him.
l)y whicli othors aro
11 kg 111 mo-mi 111, talkativeness, loquacity,
prevented from tfiking their due part in the eon\ ersation. pr. .l.WO.
I'lkommo-to, inf. [to nk., to meet convcrsation~\: osratn ye nk.,
the moon comes up at the time of crenimj coiirersatioii, in the; days
following after the full moon, abotit 7 or 8 o'clock.
0-koni-muaib [nea obua okom] a irrovider against hunger .pr. 3 106.
o-kom-p6tc, a bird between tlie eagle and Aulture,

iikompow-do, F. grudgingly.

Akom p

^^ Afutufo, a tribe in J"\inte, speaking tlieir own

The Tshi people; consider them
language ((Juan?) besides the F.
as uncivil, or, counting them aniong the "potofo", as less civilizedi

l'('>,

than themselves.
0-k
p i- e r e, pr. 1701.

inf. [pono kon, or konniu pono] unwUlingness;

nkompuii-adc, vexaindignation, vexation, annoyance, trouble.
hyemc anibere.-^
tious things, annoyances; da batafo ye me nk.

iikgiii-p6iiO,

ijkrgmp6iio-s6j nnwdlingly, reluctantly.

ukgm-]ow [ekoh, pow or powVJ: bu nk., to turn the head
(j)rop. necli) in order to look round about or back obu rik. f\ve won
nhina, obu nk. f\ve n'akyi.
kompu, necldace, string of beads; ahene k. da ne kon mu
(ahyia ne kgri pe, atwa ne kon ahyia pii,
esi ano pe); s. kona.
:

ko 11

(full o), the

gurgling noise of liquor pouring from a bottle;

prattle, pr. 2742.

kg 11,

V.

s.

red.

kon kon.

e-kgii, Ak. kono, the neclc of a man's or animal's body, the slender part of the arm; s. bakon; neck of a vessel; bank of a river;
s. nsukoii; throat, cf. menewa; - ne kon do (aduan, owu), lit. his
throat deepens for, i.e. he lusts after, desires, covets, longs for (food,
death); owu do no koii, he listeth to die.
gbo ne kon, he speaks
ototo ne kon, he turns
out in conversation, pours out his heart.

making a show, or in contempt, or in disobedience;

ne
he looks about in a haughty, contemptuous, impudent manner.
kon asen, his neck has become stiff lie is obstinate.
kgu-akji,
tlie back part of the neck, nape; afei yekura adwuma yi konakyi,
now we have this tvork fully in our grasp or potver, have got the better
koii-mu, kon-mu, tlie
of it, are able to manage it cd pleasure.
inner parts of the neck; the throat, in the throat; in or round aboid
the neclc: sika ntweaban gu ne koii mu, he tvears a gold chain round
ne konmu ye den, his neck is strong,
his neck (cf. Gen. 41,42.).
enabling him to carry heavy loads on Jus head osafohene no konmu ye den, that chief bears (as it were) or commands a large, 2Wiverfid army; - yede tow no yii yen kon mu afoa, by that tribide ive
warded off the war or destruction impending over our heads ; -jeayi
yen konmu ahuruhuro, r-=yeayi adwuma a eye deii afi yeii kon mu.
his neck about for

Cf.

nkon-mu.

244

koiia

nkonkoii.

kona, necJcIace, sfrinr/ of beads; nhene a wgasina no liama 1

konmu pe; s. konipu.
kona-boag-y e^ gsekautia k., a hmfc ivif/iout a handle. pr. 3851.
aiiko-nam [noa ne iiko nam] a lone traieller. a j^o'son wnlking

so a

or

ahyia

ravelling alone, ivithont a companion, pr. 1706-9.

akon-naii [akom dan] a

hoiise in which sooihsayers liavc iheir

business; syn. akomfoclaii. [G. gbatsu.J
akondo, F. s. akgnng.

to

di ak.,
ako-ne-aba, inf. going and coming, pr.lo95f.24S3.
comto and fro. ak.-di, inf. intercourse, communication

go

merce.

iikongya, F.

s.

hkonnya.

akoiihanifi [akwanharaa] subsistence, sustenance, livelihood,

bg.. ak., to provide for; onipa yi, me na memenus of support.

bg no ak., this man is supported or fed by me.

sukut, boarding school.
akoi'i-huaii,

inf.

akyiiliania-bu

[ekgn] distortion or spraining of the necl:

akoii-huro, inf. [liuro kgm] lit. derision of hunger, tlie annnal

fea.st of the Akra people at the harve.st of corn and yam; cf. odwira.
[G. homgwg.j
akoii-hye-asc [akgm nhyease] the prediction given in soothsaying, pr. 1703.

k 6 n?, a. d' adv. silent,

waye k.; mene no kasa a,
demm, diiin.

cdjsolufely

still,

o<;yina ho k.,

speechless, perfectly quiet;

ommua me

bi; syn.

komni,

iikoiriui [gko,nim] victory, triumph; nk.abiranenk6gu;pr.6,V4.

iikonim-di, inf.
di Ilk., to be victorious, to triumph.

koiiiabo
koiVky,

akoa a n'ani abgno ^=

pi. n-, tumbler, large

koiikom

neho,

auitgre.

drinling glass. [G.

v. red. d- rcfl., to

id.'\

be puffed up, flushed, proud;

kyere neho; wak. neho te ho,

watra
na gmp6 se gye f\ve (gmpe se ode ne nsa ka pane).

to strut, flaunt, look big; syn.

hg se ghene
11

11

bi

ascaris,

jyl.

asearides.

akoiikoiiinii'ia: wabu ak., he stoops, is crook-backed; adcsoasoa bebre nti ne mu akurum na pgw kakra bi aba n'akyi.

koiikoii, V. red. to be pending, to hang (down); to wave, soar,

hover; demmere aabnkawnaekonkgii hgno, ommn wo ^qv&( Is. 42,3);
gdan, akenteiinua no k. hg, the house, the chair, is crazy, rickety,
does not stand firm; anoma bi k. dan no so, a bird soars over that
koiikoi'i, F. to be bruised: ndzembir a wakonkon,ilft.i.3,.?0.
house.

koiikoii,

a.

dark, pitch-dark, deep,

night, gdasn, midnight; wofi

anadwo kkk.

full,

added

to

anadwo,

agorii agoru, they began

and have played until noiv.

akoiikoii, adv. [ekgn]: bg no ak.
fa bg wo kon
(the pole of the hammock) on your shoulder.

in the dead of night

ho, pid

iikyiikyu, a cough cf children: Jinoj>ing-cough? asthma?

it

Mkiinkoiu'iiic

215

iiki'iiiiiodi'.

ko 11 one, a discolouring of the shin of ncgnn's, iiseribcd

by the lire. Wota tivl ogya ho a, iia eye wo nkoko-iikoko;
imnercwa a wotla ogya pi no na eta ye won; nea aye pi na aye ko,
iia nea anyo pi no na aye atnntum-atuntnm a.s. hwraiiwran.
I'l

k oil

to sitting

11

ko

I'l

/ii/pocris//

sa

II

s a, falsehood, dxpliritij, doi(hlr-(le(trni(j, di.ssiniidd/idii,

oye nk.

si/n. iik)utoinj)o,

nnabraba.

o-ko

I'l

knu-

dunble-ionnned felh)w; pr. 1700. oyi} o\i., si/n. otorofo, okontomj)Oui, o(lal)rabaf'o.
\i kgii kgiiSii-soiii: odi nk., he phiysiheJiypoerUe, isfidse, dissentIdes, feigns, pretends to act for soniehody, whilsf he is (lyninst him.
ii i,

yV. a- -fo,

false, insincere, hiipoeriiieid,

(I

Jlkoii kon-nua, a
made to cure nkonkgn.
akoiikgrctj, Ky.

shrub, of the bark of whicli a medicine

tlie fniit

is

of the okuo-trec, siuiihir to an n-

coni, but larger.

Koiikori, a by-name of the- Asantes. ()- -ni, pi. A- -fo.

k 11 k 6 r u w a, di/sen(er//.
k o ii k' r o n, i>r. 3607.
g-k oil k roiiia, a kind of free; wode son aliuni yi 'niiisii.

koi'ik

kgiiki'oiikoiikrgii, a. protnbcrurd, proininent

oi' roots of large trees: ofram I'lliin

roiii'i,

hoiced, curved, arched, vaulted;

nyin sesa

okwah mu

knko aye

k.,

tVvene k.

kk.; of the legs, s. nkanto; of the chest: ue

he has a vaulted chest; of a long or Koman nose: ne
Brofo f\ven(> k., Abibifo de tratra n'anini k., adesoa k.

koilkui'o (koiikuro), duabon k wodescsaw" wurd, apiece of

J)((rlc to take up and carry off sweejungs.
ko Ilk wail, red. v. kwan, q. v. 1. to wind or ivra2) round, to
put 0)1 or round: ode utama uo ak. ne konmu a.s. iieho.
J^. to go
or make a round-ahout wag: greba no, okorikwane ansA-na ode bcsii
6*. to make digressions, fo use circundocution: nscm a
kwanmu.)
nied(! niibisaa no nhiiia. ode koiikwane a.n. ode besii kwan mu; ok.
aseni no ho, omfa iito kwannui; wo de, wutli asem a, wope so wode

k.'dodo!

koiimu,

uk

*.

ekoii.

Ak. nkonom', the

axil or ^uv'^^a formed by a branch,

stem of a plant; the young shoots
rising from an axilla or sheathing leaf, the neto blades of palms,
11-11111,

shoot, or

many

plantains &c.

shoots, with

2>r.

tlie

1608. 2720.

akoii-mii-deii, strength in

Ak.

e-koiio,

koiio,

V.

to

s.

the neck. pr.400.

ekon.

work or prepare, dote, earth or ch(g. for building

it with water and working it with a hoe; cf. wow.

purposes by mixing

ako-no

[oko ano] the front of battle, pr. 312.

inf. [kgn do] lust, appetite, longing desire, cunidifg,
concupiscence; wiase ak., worldlg lusts; honam ak. ue aniwa ak.,
lJolin2,16.
eye no ak., // excites a desire in him. Cf. anibcre.

akonno,

alcgnno-de, a
pr. 133.

fully.

thing eagcrlg desired, object of lust; pleasure,

for pleasure. pr.641. F. ivith delight, cheer-

akgiino-so,

2 Cor.

9,7.

konom

246

hkoiitompow.

konom", iikgnom", Ak. ^. kon-nni, iikonmu.

kononkouou, s. akron, nkoron, krohkvoh.
koma. heart.
kouona, korona, Ak.

akonorij iikouou,

konnore,
akonoWj F,

a kind oi spider, spinning strong yellow threads.

akron, nine. (Mf.Gr.)

akon-se [akom ase] explanation of soothsaying p)ructices.

konsebrc, Aky. konsomiri [Eng.] constable.
iikon-Siaw, owg no nk. = gpono taw, obon no, osumno atiko,
he seizes or pushes him

hi/

the nape.

akon-siii [ekon] headless body,

trunJ:; torso: cf. akiintuusin.

akgnsoiijj^Z.n-, kontromfi, chimpanzee. j)r.l871.haboon? N.E.V.

iikonsonkonsoii,
they hind

him with

akonsontew,
akoiita,

chain; fetters;

cf.

ntweaban; wogu no nk.,

chains.

a plant.

ako-nsuro, a kind oi fowl.

akoiitagyc,

the wife's brother, brother-in-law.

akonta,

id.

F. &j;pZ.n-, [Port, confa] account, recJconiny, calculaak.

tion, computation; bill; cf. akano; number, cf. dodow, ano.
senkyerene, cipher.
(ye or) bu ak., to cast up an account, to calfa ak. no bye nbomam', jJut
culate, compute, rechon; Mt. 18,23.
down the account on papier; fa ak. no bye wo tirim, na woko a, woaka akyere no, heep the account in your mind that, when you go, you
can tell him.
akonta-bu, inf. [bu ak.] reckoning, ciphering, arithmetic.

= akOnta;

akontagye,

pr. 2814. is a

pun: akouta gye, brother,

[take!

o-koiitaii, a large tree witb edible fruits.

akonta-sem

asem a ewo

akonta ne akonta ntam'.

n-t e 11 [ekgn tenteh] gbo ne k. f we, he stretches his neck to look.

iikon-tia [ekon, tia] a kind of small black fly or mosquito.

iikon

timm

kontiw a
and

club;

Jl',

[tet.

cf.

usaba, aporiba, apotiba.

kwentiwa] a kind

oi'

gourd used

for calabashes

in tanning leather, pr. 1711.

kon to-kontoii,
nkontummere,

red. v. konton, q.v.

the

young tender leaves oHhe koko plant. pr.

1713.

nkontompo, falsehood, falseness, mendacity, pter version of truth,

unfairness; insincerity, duplicity, double-dealing ; dishonesty; hypocrisy; slanderous lie, jcalumny; picrfidy, treachery; syn. nkgukgnsa,
nnabraba: cf. nseku, ntwiri, nyfitwom. pr. 75-if.
twa (no or no
ho) hk., to he false, dishonest; to tell lies, bear tales; to slander, calumniate; to deceive, delude; to act or deal jicrfidionsly, treacherously.

o-kontomponi,

pi. 3i--(o, slanderer, liar, calumniator, back-

biter; talebearer: hypiocrite; perfi^dious or treacherous felloiv, traitor;

pr. 1714.

- ose asem

bi

na gye wg nnipa anim, na gny^ no kokoam';

syn. gtorofo, kgnkgnsani, dabrabafo, fatwafu.

iikontompow, Y.hrag, boasting, pretension, ostentation ; gye nk.,

he brags, makes a show as if he possessed riches which he has not.

kontoii

ko
ot'asu

no

hod,

to he

mu

kyoa, pono;

if.

konton,

lit oil,

crooked;

bend, curve, uiuke

no ak.; dua,
koin, kuntCtii, kiirum,
to

cjiroed, crooked; gkwai'i, diiabasa

ak.; asii no kontokonton pi;

cf.

247

kontokonton]

\rcd.

c.

hkonya.

.sz/ii.

kontonkye.

k on toil, hat/,
dgnnon, braka.

^yo abu

hiyld, iftdf;

k.,

the seo foriii.i

hai/;

iikontoii kaiitfi I'l, (hid which hds numerous curves and ivindov forms curious comjilicated fiyures, ov is entantjlcd, intricate;
arabesques, ornaments of t'nrmixn-e, ijarnish; flourish [\n writinjj);
akyeakyea pi.
dua no aba nhina aye hk.
iiKjs,

kontoi'ikroii, a. circular, round, in the shape of a ring; diff.

korokorowa, kurukuruwa, pnruw.
n. a round, riny, circle, cirbo k., to
cumference, circuit; cf. dantabuh, hankare, katraka,
make a circle, bg or t\va ..ho k., to <jo round a thing; cf. twa.. ho
hyia or si.
k 6 n ton k u r 6 Vv i, 1. the Utdo or luminous circle round the sun

or

moon.

pr. 17 IL'.

ko II

2844.

to ilk ye,

sickle; si/n. kcintah-kr;'inkyi, -kanikyi.

j2.

crooked, curved, bent, icry, toiiuous (dua,

})oina, okwan). pr. 998. 1014.
2. distorted, perverted, dishonest (nneyee); untoward, froward, refractory.

akoii

11

a.

1.

ky 6-seiii

intrir/ue; trick, artifices;

crooked ways

i.e.

the heart &c.); frowardncss; n'ak. a gbekekiie

twa hkoutonipo, ye ade
nh. abg no so or abua n'atiti.
di ak.
a entee.
r rooks (of

dealinijs,

hkontompo.
akoutono, Akw.
o-koiitoro, abe ho biribi
0-kontoi'O, akiud of heaver.

(?)

akon-toro, h-, [akgm,atoro] deceitful oracle, lie in soothsaying.

kontromfi, a species of monkey, cliimpdnzee; other names:
adu, akgnsgh, eku, ekii-mereme,
ii

k
k

11 1

lamely, to

totter,

11 1

stagger (from iulirmity

iikoiit\Ve-bew,

gyaw me

V.\\a.^ya.A\x.P'>'-lo4.195. 237. 1445. 1715.

w e, accordion, harmonica.
w e k o \V e, adv. rnnpiwjly, totterinyly
in

nk., the sickness

by sickness

nam k.

state or condition of infirmity;

has

left

me

in,

or reduced

to

walk

or old age.)

me

gy are no

to,

a feeble

condition.

ak 011-11 u a, Ak. -iiwa, pjl.ii- [ekgn. agua] the common stool of

the negroes, a low stool neatly carved out of one piece of wood;
also the king's stool, throne, s. ahennua. [When a man has his stool
carried after him, it is carried by his attendant not on the head, but
on the shoulder, at the neck (kon) or nape, prob. from some superstitious notion, cf. butuw.]

koniiua-soafo, pi.
.

a-,

O-konniini, a large

koniiuroku,
erable.

a.

a carrier of the king's

tree; eho tita se;

mean,

stool, s.

gyaasefo.

fofraha.

paltry, worthless, despicable, mis-

burohono.

ukoiiya, F. nkongya,
nk., to

vile,

cf.

perform a miracle.

miracle, wonder, miraculous act ; - yi

inf.

iikouya-yi,

cf.

ntafowa-yi.


iikoiiyMe

248

konil)6.

iikonya-de, a miraculous act or ads; ye nk.;

aiiwonw{ide.

cf.

nkoiiya-3^ifo, apcrforntcr or icorlcr of miracles;

cf.

osinnaniii.

akoii-iiyig-ye [akgm, gyigye] training for the performances

of a "komfo".
koii jO, a kind of amulet; suman bi a wode pe odg ana mniea;
wode bibiri ne ahene ne aboa bi iihwi na eye.
\\\s.6njo\n,thct1wrn-apple,Jamestowmveecl; Datura stramonium.

\\\)

ko-pempe, p?. a-, a mound of earth or emhanl-moit thrown

for fighting ox defence, Ijidicarl; rampart, fortification; c/". pempe.
koperi,

a single fighting,

j;Z. h-,

wako

battle, action;

nk. dn,

he has fought ten battles.

ako-peree, a place for fighting

entrenchment.

kopOj

o-ko-percio,

in defence, bulwark, fortification,

^jL a-, defender,

champion.

F. [Eng,] cup.

kor, F.

kora,

=
V.

koro.

1. to

hide, cover, conceal; sgn. hiutaw.

^.K

me

to

con-

tain.

2 Chr.

licep

4. to bury; kora
me safe; - to store, treasure uj>; syn. sie.
wo asase niu, to commit a body to the ground; syn. sie.
care for, manage; nensa nkoraneiikoa, he is not able to man-

3,6.6,18.

3. to lay aside, keep, preserve; k.

ye, F.

lionani
6. to

6. kora so, a) to conceal, keep close or secret, to

age his subjects.
withhold from ; maiikora mo t'\Ve so -= mamfa biribiara mankoramo,
/ hare withheld notliing from you. Acts 20,27; .sv/^/.hintaw, siw so.
b) to hecp, preserve, spare; ohofsViui ntiuiii nk. ne sika so; wowg

na wokora

tarn

so a, ekye; syn.

kyee

so.

akorato) 1. a fellow-wife, viz. when a man

eral wives, they call one another me kbra; 5. korato ;>r.

kora,

(^^/.

woman's
of a woman; cf. ninkunu

sister-in-law, a

no

brother's wife;
;

mu nneema ho k.
kora (tet. kwaraV)

t \V

k., to

cf.

gyere.

o. the

be Jealous; o-ne

me

lias sevi-l'.

2.

Jealousy
t\Ve af'uw

n-, gourd; calabash, a vessel made from

one half of a dry gourd scooped out and used for various purposes,
s. sakora, nsoase, korokfima; cf apiikyi, toa.

kora, korawa,

^>'/'.

a snudl calabash;

cf.

kyekye.

kora [kwa

ara?] red. kora-kora, adv. merely; quite, wholly,

entirely, completely, totally, thoroughly ; in negative sentences: (not)
ne ii abo korakora, his house is comat all. Gr. 134.5 c. 248,4.

pletely ruined.

akora,
grow

1.

an old man,

old. pr. 880.

fully of his

own

bo ak., to
1722 f.
used by one speaking respectagya, ose & aberewa.
-a-kw &korii. pr.

2. father, sire,

father;

cf.

iiiikora, j^?. h-, [Dan.,D., Ger., Eng. anJcer]

(!tc.
anker, a liquid measure (10 gallons).

casJc,

syn.

pankran

korci-bea,

korabcw,

hiding-place, [kora,

korab6,i;iZ. a-, bullet, musket-ball ;pr. 1724.

kgtokyerewase, hagire.

cf.

v.,

bea, bew.]

aboba, mpeneme,

akorade
a

kura-dc

a wokora]

udi!

served, a treasure;

cf.

koro.
a

pi. id.,

2i'.^

tItiiKj

that

is

liUlden or pre-

aderniulc.

k6ra, felloic-ivlfe; jealous woman; ijy(i niek.

o-korato, />!. a-,
o-kora-kitaro, he who holds the calabash, pr. 1725.
siosie, scscw,
x^, k... inu,
kura kura, red. v., 1. s. kora.
brh\(j ahont reconciliation and peace; wok. man mu a, eiina emu

to

red wo.

kura kora, s. kora.

nkor-ankoro [koro]

a. of single, separated, scattered, scanty

not dense, not copious; abilrow ank., ears of
maize bearing only single or scanty grai)is; cf. nkore-hkore.

existence, rare, thin,

a k r a-s e in [kora asein] a palaver

wives of the same man. pr. 296.

among

or concerning fellow-

pl.n-, [hkorata sin, ba,] an upright 6f/<:7t or j'ost

frame of a negro-house, espec. one forked at the top to receive a pole or beam for the rafters of the roof. Gy. kwdtfa; dua a
abo nta a wode si dan mu de agye beae (de beac atom').
basa, nta, twins] branch11 k 6 ra-t a [V. nkorbata, fr. koro, ba
es of a ramification, proceeding from the same stem or place; dua
no abo nk. (nta, aba, abasa) abiesa, the tree has shot out into three

akcjra-sinima,

in the

branches; Gen. 40,10.

akora-teii, pi. n- [nkorata tentenj one of the (2) principal posts,

poles or uprights (king-posts), supporting the ridge-pole of a roof,

akora-ten
nkorbata, F.

[akora tenteh] a
s.

tall

old

nkorata; nnuia nk.

man.

unubti, Mk.

11,8.

nkore-hkore, a. cdone^ single; cf. koro; onipa bako

hko-korenaobae, only one single p>erson came; mihyiaa no nehkiitokore, / met him quite alone; anyamesem mu nsem nkore-hkore,
single passages of the Bible; nnipa no gyinagyina nkore-hkore, the
people stand about singly, straggling or isolcdcd; cf. koro.

korc,

j>iZ.

kore, a cutaneous eruption; a kind oi itch in the skin,

koree, inf. [ko, t'.] act or manner of going; minim ne koree
ne ne bae I know his going and coming i.e. his whole conversation
or manner of life.
,

O-kore, 2jI. a-, eagle; syn. okoropoh; cf. gkom.

o-kore-bia, pi. a-, a smaller kind of eagle.
o-korefa, a kind of beast (bird?), pr. 1729.
kore-dada, == nea okoe dedaw, one who has gone before.
kore-kyerekyere,
one tcho went in the beginning, pr. 1730.

koro, V. Ak.
ko, to go.
koro, Ak. 5. korow.
koro, V. to close, unite, coalesce,

heal

icith

a scar, as a wound;

dua no ak., kuru no ak.

koro, num. one; adj. the same;
unique;

pr. 1359. 1616. 3223. .^256. cf.

kore, fua, preko

(very)

&

only, single, alone, but one, sole;

eko, biako, gbako, hko, hkuto,

pehkoro; wowui da-koro

(pe), they died

same day; gye ne ba-koro, neba a owoo uo koro, he

on

the

is

his

250

koro

nkoroii.

only child, his oitli/-he(joiten son; 6ba da-koro da-koro or nua-koro

uua-koro, he comes onltj on certain da/js, occasionallij, now and then;
j>Z. hkoro-(h)koro, F.
mmiako-mmiako, one hij one; cf. ankorankoro, likore-nkore.
kor, F.l. bako, h'la^o, Mt. 5,lS.19.o6.39.(J,27koro, kronh, single, Mt.6,22.
ko, what, Mt. 7,2. pi.
;?.
3.
iikokor, Epli.5,33. every one in particular; nkorkor: hworaba won
auimnyam nkorkor, one star differs from another in glory. 1 Cor. 15,41.
biako no, obako no, the other.
ekoro no, F.

koro, a pot before the place, tree&c. of a so-called /c//*/?, containing water, palm-wine, leaves, eggs, cowries &c., wbich things
(called abo), when stirred np by the korafo, supply what he has to
soothsay; syn. kunkuma; ahina a wode nsu ne nhabarama [nnuruwa-nnuruwa] ne nsa ne nkesuwa ne ntrania agum' ua eta obosorapa no anim.

O-koro, a kind of

akorobo,
k

s.

d o-k 6 r

korodom,

diia kokiiro

tree;

s.

(1

0, 7>mi'//c, habhlc, iittle-taltle, chit-chal.pr.nHS.

b- kiirodo.

osebo.

akoi-o-i^ow [okorow g.] a hroken

okorow kese, j^r.

O-koro-kese
k

a woso.

osebg.

= koko,

hotel.

pr.l372.

i^o'^. cf.

koro-kfuna.

indulge ; ok. ne ba,

indidgent towards, his child; ok. n'ano kyereme, he
makes his mouth i.e. ivords pidatahle to me, uses fair and flattering
speech towards me.
r

he cherishes,

1"

0, red. v.

to pet, fondle,

is

korokoro, As. bar, bolt; F. krakra? [G. klgklo.]

akoi'okorow^ obtrusion, intrusion, intrusiceness; -

odi

me so

enkye na waba, ;,.), he intrudes himself upon me,

pesters or troubles rae; eden na wndi me so ak. sc? why do you thus
ak.

(e.s.

oko

importune

a,

me?

korokorowa,
cf.

a.

round and small,

of grains, seeds, globules;

kurukuruwa, puruw.

ak r k row a, -kora, pi. n-, a tveaver's shuttle.

koro-kiima [okorow, kuma] the largest sort of calabash.
Osram at\Va kr. :== atwa puruw.
huane hk., to snore.
iikorom, snoring.
Nko r omnia, ^jr. w. the ninth child; Gr. 41,5.

[G.

tsenesa.]

akoroma, j)^- ^"5

^^^'^ of

[G. Akron.]

prey, hawk. pr. 1734.2770.

akoroma-bia, a smaller kind of haick.

o-koromfo,

s.

kromfo.

koromporow,
cf.

a small insect, liaving feet like tiny sticks;

krampgn, krompono.
koroii, korono, n.
koroii,

v.,

s.

krou, krono.
a.,

s.

krgn, krghkrgn.

seven;

s.

akron.

koronkoron,

akoron, akonon,

n-,

ilk or oil, iikonoii, a pit dug on purptose to

seefc gold,

shaft.

Mkoroh-dwiiina,

korona

iniuiii(/,

mini ii(j operations.

251

kosoroma.

hkorori-liilo,

gold-digger; miner.

korona, As.

konon<a;

;ikoronk6ran, F. raven,

n k o r o-i'i k o r

O,

F.

s.

koro

s.

konia.

anenc, kw;ikw;t(Iabi.
;

mmako-inmako.

U or onto, a kind of bird; larlc?

o-koro-patii, a kind

o{'

bird. pr. 1735.

k6i'b\)e6,pl.ii; Sihroa,d-]\efidcd brass nail, button;

o-koropoii, a lai'ge kind o( eagle,

korosa, three lines cut on one side

gkorc.

^;r.

of a die,

s.

c/".

itotwom,

1735.

osikyi.

korosa-anaii, four lines ditto,

a k
a

r6

6 a,

jj?. n-, jjjjk.

koro-ton [korow

tenten] canoe;

koroto, F. onlg one. Mk.

12,3:2.

cf.

obonto, F. batadewa.

kortoriio, onlg;

s.

iiknto.

ko row, 1. the core or inmost and liardest part of the stem of

a tree, that has become red or brown by age; s. korgw-beh.
3.
an amulet or charm (pieces of string) dyed with it.
o-korow, jjL a-, 1. a large, round, flat, wooden vessel, made of
one piece of wood (wode onya a.s. owowa na eseh k.), used to wash
clotlies, to batlie littk' children &c.; a bowl; a van or fan, for winnowing grain; sgn. apawa, apampa' {cf. korokfima). [G. tsese.]

:3.

canoe, boat

lowed out;

])r.

made
1731.

of the trunk of the silk-cotton-tree (onya) hol-

okorokese, akoroten;

cf.

batiidewa, obonto,

ahyemma, hyeh.

akorowa, ^^?.

n- [korow,

iikorowa,s. nkoruwa.

nkoruwa,
kind of bead,

s.

1.

a,

f?fj>t.]

2)lag or

van; small canoe.

boivl; small

korow-beii,

the

red inner part o{ a tree.

dance of old Avomen. pr.2099.

^. a

ahene.

biako-ye.
koro-ye, F. kor-ye, iinitg, communion ;
akosaii, inf. [ko, sah] going and returning; di ak.
ne-aba, to have intercourse.

= di ako-

ak.-ntiiii, vein; ntini a

mogya

honam mu nam mu san ba komam'.

k 6 s e, kosekose, interj. of deprecation,

a eko

pity, indignation
a
term of civility used in excuse e.g. for having accidentally pushed
against a person: I beg gour pardon! excuse! (.s^m. tafarakye;) alas!
dear! fye!

kose, F. ye,,

k., to be

doubtful

to.

- gnye hen

k., ive

do not doubt.

kosenene, s. kesenenene,
koso, V. F.=kotg, to Icneel, fall down.Mt. 15,25.18,26. Mk.l,40.14,3o.

koso, adv. gorgeously, splendidly, of adorning; ode sika ne

ahyehye neho k., she has adorned, bedecked, bespangled herin a gorgeous manner, brilliantly.

lihene
self

akoso-bi-afwe''"

\fr.

[/"/.

ko-soroma,

the

oko&nsoroma:

k.

so.,

fwe] .speculation (in trading &c).

cf. owuodi, kyekye-pe-aware;
wgrekotua oraah bi a, eu'na wode

morning-star;
fi

a,

na

se

kosouko

252

kgtobankye.

hu se ade rekye

(it shines so bright as to enable an attack on tlie

early in the morning); or, fr. eko k. ii a, na cko asgre kodidi; or, fr. ko, to go: yeko sare so a, ua yefwe na yede nantew.]

enemy

kosouko,

a large bird on the savanna,

kosov/,

F.

V.

s.

kosow, kwoso,

koso.

jj?.

F. sheep. Mt. 23,32/.

h-,

cf.

oguan.

in

di ntgnto, to join or associate

o-^bsoyv, partnership; si k.
a trade or business under an understanding that there shall be a

communion of profit; j;r. 5556. cf. hfviebom', nnuammoa.

g-kosow-fekuw, joint-stock compamj, societi/ of shareholders.
kosow-si, inf. the forming of an association or partnership.
kosow-si-de-pefo, socicdist. Hist.

Akosua,

Akwasiba,j)r.

w. of

afemalebom on Sunday. Gr.41,4.

;=^ ouam sum

ako-sum-abe-hyeii-nipa, Akw.: wayc neho ak.

mu

ko.

kote, obsc. a, man's gard, penis; sgn. akora, barima, n'ano so.
kote, kotekote, noise, clamour, din, noisg icdk, noisg quarrel,
wgkasa gyegyegye.
brawl; asafo no di kotekote

akoten,

1. the principal or fidl sum, amount, or

sika no te na wobegyec no n'ak. neii, theg took from

number; senea
him the money

or complete amount; of money, however, it is better to use

2. the chief ov principal thing, the wain point; nsem yi
di Kristofo kyere mu ak.
ye mu nscuktinini a.s. uscntitiriw.
6'. the main part; asafo nomu ak. kuram' ara; dom no ak., the main
in

its full

aboten.

body (adu ho);

d.

tlie

whole army

(si se

ne

se,

including every person).

substance; essentials.

= oketere.

akotere, As.

k 6 1 e w-m li,
from and jnirting

kote tern',

[tewortetew oko mu] desisting

wodi hkotewmu, e.s. nnipa banu
ako, na obi ampam ne yghko na won banu nliinJi gyae; wodiiiikotetem', they parted tviih equal strengtli after an undecisive Ixdtle.
koti, a.-adv. large; rank, luxuriant; ode no afi k., the yam
has come out with luxuriant groivth, cf. dwobesare.
11

akotia,

.s.

koto, a

okoto,

ii

akwatia.

staff or stick

jjZ. a-,

inf.

after fighting;

nkolia-a-ote-ate-so, (-siw-so), a plant.

borne by the eunuchs of the Asante kings,

crab, sea-crab.

akgto-bo, searching for crabs, pr. 329. 50 5.857. 143 1.17 39-47.
koto [Fng.] coat;- asrafo k. koko.

koto,
koto,

V.

s.

kotow. F. Mk.

v. [?/". h-] to entreat,

5,6.

beseech, supplicate, implore; usu-

combined with sere: mekotg mesere wo, I beg and beseech you,
I beg you earnestly, I i)iiplore or entreat you.
11 koto, inf. entreaty, supplication; iiko to-sere, id.

ally

iiko-to,

ak6

inf. [tg iiko] sleepiness,

a, s.

drowsiness; slumber.

akotowa.

koto bank ye,

a kind oi cassava or manioc, pr. 38. 42.

kotobonyi
kotobouyi, kwot., F. a

d w c,

^^

kotow.

253

man. Mt. 7,26.

nankroma.

foolish

the knee; syn.

n-,

1349.

jir.

koto-fji [efaaokoto apuw afi n'amoam'aba] carUi of a hroirnish-ijellow colour liko sienna (terra di Sienna); throe kinds of a
(liitf/ij-i/ellon' rhty, one of thorn agreeing with odubei'i.

kotoi,

name

of the Irojiard;

a.

osebo.

Kbtoko, ])r. n., a by-name of the Asantes.

ko to ko, pl.?i-., iwrcupine. pr. 1749 f. Wgrebekyere

k. a, wosuin
na obo no.
k g to kg-li y e: me nipa ayera na niahye no lio akotoko se
wontie nsem nimeka nkyero me, a man of mine has been lost and I
have (as it wore, made an odroichmeni round, so that any way lie
takes lie may fall in, i.e.) sent round to make inqnirij after him and
bring me word; - ne biribi ayera, na wahye ho akgtokg se wonkgfwefwe innuX no, he has lost something and issued an advertisement

ap;l

;i

about

it to

seek

it

for hitn.

o-kotokoro,
(Old eyes,

cf.

^j?. a-, f( hook; pr. 173.

usoao, nsoani'de.

kotgko-sabire,

i^r.

ak. ne n'aniwa, hooks

1754.

ako toko tow,

inf. [kotow, v. red.] repeated botes, repeated acts

of throwing one's self at somebody's feet, p)rostration.

kotokii, Ak.-o, pi. n-, 1. bag, sack, pouch, pocket; pr. 768. syn.
bgtgwa
k. a wgde tu kwah, pr. 17.52. atwesi
k, a wgde
ntania sie mu n.a.; cf. pae, tekrekyi.
2. purse, money-bag; cf.
foto.
S. a ivrapjier or cover that has the form of a bag; agyah k.,
quiver; akatawia k., the cover of an umbrella; also the skin of a

bgtg,

beast, s. wgre, worg.

4. a dress that may be compared with a
sack, coat, cloak; Brofo hye k. mu
wghye atade.

kyem

Akyem

K., pr.n. of the Akan tribe dwelling at ASoiidnrii, formerly also (under king Agyemah) at Gyadam.

Kotoki'i,

kotokii, a kind of aquatic

key;

anoma

(or watei'-)fow], as large as a tur

a odidi asuom'.

kotokii-sriabobe, the flower of a certain tree; a kind of bird.

[fr. 1751. 3580.

kotokurodii,

2)1.

n-,

a kind oi wasp. pr. 1753.

cf.

gyannare,

gye-adare, mpenna.

kotokyerewase, a kind oi shot, s. korabo.

akotokyiwa, := agyahina, cf. gyaw & nkiiku.

Kotonim ma, name of a month, about Jidy;

akoto-pene, a certain play; di or ye ak., to

s.

gsram.

j^lay fd blind-

man's-buff. pr.3257.

F..= hkontompo, Lk. 19,8.

kotoi'onioa, kuturumoa, /is^,- cf. nsakotg, kuturukii.
koto-sere, inf. [koto, sere] supplication.
koto two, a kind of animal; gbobg nnna wg wuram'.

likotopo,

11

kotow,

V.

1. to

stoop, coiver, couch, crouch, squat, pr.2100.

akotowa

254
perch

to Jcneel; to

kroma anim,

down

and, combined witb sore,

gkra.

sometimes ^= sen (of men).

(of birds),

fa l-ueel

k, ..nan ase, pr. 1735.

k.

ne

naii-

2. to hoiv to,

adore, revere, reverence;

to ivorsliip,

sore, som. Ps. 5,7.95,6.138,2.

cf.

akotow-nkotow', iuf.frrquoit couch-

ing dx. as of leopards, pr. 1756.

akuto wa,-wa, pi. n-, a small casJc of gun-potvder ('/s keg);
atentenim", okwadum.
Likotiimi-di, a ball for inlaying. (F. 6, wonkotumi yg!)

cf.

kotwa-as okii m. a kind oiljidterflij, flyingaboutin thousands

about the time of planting corn.
e, a hly, a hasJcet roughly made of palm-branchos or reeds
ak 1
to carry pots of oil or palm-wine, cf. kyehkyeii.
o-kot\Ve-beref6, pJ. a- [nea okotwe asem anase amanne ba]

originator, author, abettor, instigator, ringleader. Cf. ofarebae.

iikge a,

omansobodfo nko,

kow,

crouch, squat;

to coivcr,

V. 1.

bend forward:

s.

ko

&

kotow.

o-kowa, akowa^

2. tr. to

[oko, dim.^ top, gig, ivhirligig.

red. krakra] 1. to tahc leave of, bid fare2.todenoiv going, therefore good-bye!
injuncti-on or commission to those that remain.

v. \inf.n-,

makra wo, I am

well;

Ok.

ahiuano!

k.

kra, kara,

pr.

leaving an
4. to
3. to dismiss on an errand, Acts 17, 15., to give an errand.
6". to advertise, advise, ap5. to tell a message.
send word to.
prise, inform, give notice of (in person, cf. 1., or by some other person, cf. 4.).
7. Phr. wakra me nna, a) he bade nie good-nighf, cf.
nnakranna; b) he took leave to stag away one or two days; wankrd
8. to appoint
me nna, he did not say that he would stay over night.
2)arf,

or ordain beforehand, to xnedestinate;

kra, kana,
mutter prayers,
especially of

kotow,

sore,

to

v.

to ptray,

to

cf.

put up,

Mohammedans, s. Krarao);
bo mpae; hye hkom.

kra, kana, kena, n. a mark

mu k., he has marked all his

or repeat prayers, to
prophesy, soothsay (said

recite,

ask or inquire of God,

nhina

nkrabea.
to
cf.

kahkye, pa kyew,

agyirae; wahye ne

sere,

nneema

things, pr. 3590.

2. errand, mandate, order,

ukra, inf. [kra] 1. taking leave.
commission, word, message; information, notice; 2^r. 1761. nkra bi
nni akyiri bio, that is all I have been commissioned to say, I have
di iikra, 1. to part, be separated; quit each
nothing else to say.
di mpapaemu; ye-ne mo adi hkra, ive have no connection
other,
waka babi.
2. to
tvitli you any more; g-ne ne kra adi nkra
have conversation or communication, me ne no nni nkra or nkradi
(q.v.), I have no communion or friendship with him.

11 kra,
ogu nkra,

n. blood, syn.
the

gun has

mogya, kafo; tuo no aka or abg aboa no,

hit the

animal,

if

bleeds.

o-k'ra, okani, F. e-, pi. a-, 1. the soul of man. According to the
notions of the natives the kara of a person exists before his birth
and may be the soul or spirit of a relation or other person already
dead (cf. bra, r. 3.) that is in heaven or with God and obtains leave

okra

255

kr{\da.

to come again into this world {cf. Ababio); when lio is thus diswissed in heaven, he takes with liini liis cnniid, i.e. his desinndion
or future fate is iixed beforehand; from thistlie name gkara seems
to be drawn (ef. kra, r. 3. S.), and the realization of his errand or
destiny on earth is then called obra or abra-bg, q.v. The kiira,
put by God or by the help of a fetish into a child, can be asked
while it is yet in the mother's womb ((/". fweh). Jn life the kara is
considered partly as the soul or spirit of a person (cf. sunsum, lioiihom), partly as a separate being, distiuct from the person, who protects hitn (me kra di m'akyi), gives him good or bad advice, causes
liis undertakings to prosper ipr. S.3.) or slights and neglects him (cf.
okral)iri), and, therefore, in the case of prosperity, receives thanks
and thank-oiVerings like a fetish {if. asumguare). When the person
is about to die, the kara leaves him gradually, before he breathes
his last, but may be called or drawn back (cf. twe kra). When he
has entii-ely left (whereby the person dies), he is no more called
2. destiny, fate, lot, luck; ne kjira
ksira, but sesa or osamari.
ye, //(' hn!^ a good luck (can be said even of game that escaped the
shot of a hunter); ne kra yiye, hnppHii. luclily; ne kra nye
ne
S. ]>l. akrafo, a male slave chosen by
ho ade nye; cf. okrabiri.
his master to be his constant companion and destined to be sacrificed on his death in order to accompany and serve him in the other
world; sipi. akrakwa.
g-kra', gkaraw.-i. j^?. a-, a female slave destined to be sacrificed
on the death of her master, pr. 1782. cf. okra 3.

0-kra, a kind o{ grassliopper ;

cf.

abebew.

kra, kfirawa,jy?. n-, akindof /o/ir//; kra-nini, -borc;pr.i7Si.

ukrii-bea [kra S., bea, manner'] fate, destiny, appointed lot, al-

manner

lotted life, fined lot,

of decdh; pr. 1702 f. 2538. syn. hyebea.

na wo asem a Onyk. de ka kyere wo se ebeye wo,

ebia ose wode tuo na ebekg, ebia gsekan, a.s. Odomankama wu
n.a., eyi na wgfre no nkr.
kra-befVve fsend icord (kra 4.6.): come and see!] a wonder,

Wgbewo wo

a,

sight, worthy to he advertised to persons dwelling elsewhere

come and see. Wodi mmara yi so yiye a, anka wgne kr., if t/iey
woidd live in close conformity with these laws, they wotdd come to a
state or condition that tvould be spoken of as a wonder far and tvide.

wonderful

to

O-krabiri [gkra a

ebiri] 1. a Mack soid, not caring well for the

he belongs. (Wose: onipa kra ye kgkg na ofura
rinwera; na se obi kra ye tuntum a. en'de eye mmusu, okrabiri neii
wope sika a, wunnya bi, wonam a, wonkye na wunya amanne.)
2^)-. 1530. 3453.
2. a hlackguard, person of loiv character (an abu-

person to

whom

sive Avord).

kr ii da [krada G. klala] white linen or cotton cloth, calico, shitimaddapollam ; syn. hiiwera. (Kan teteno, da a woguare asum' no a. s. won kra da adu no na wgfre
,

ing, u'hite haft, soft croydon,

fo

no krada; Aburifo ne Amanterisofo da so

krada,

fre

no sa ara

'ne.)

caused by tearing
cloth or paper, or by grazing a branch with a hook. pr. 466.
kiirara, rattle, rustling, the noise

kradada

256

kradada,

karad...,

kradakrada,

cf.

ukramfoa.

kui-ududu.

a kind of bird,

1. [okra ade] a ihlng hdouging to the soul; n helovcd,

2. [nkra ade] a final present g-iven by a trader
favourite ildug.
3. luel:, good
or retail-dealer to the pedlar employed by him.

akra-de,

luck,

good fortune, godsend,

nkrd-di,

inf.

pr. 118.

[diiikra] 1. sejiaration,

j;/^o7/r/.

= mpapaemu,

communion, communication: me ne wo uui nkradi, / and you

have nothing to do tcith each other.
2.

krado,

ready. [G. klalo.)

a.

kradoye,

inf. readiness, adroitness,

kriidb a, padlock. [G. id.]

uki!a-dua, a kind oUhorns,
hkr. titiw';

cf.

briers;

wonam.sareso kwaiitninr a,

sakrah\ akrate, Heh.6,7.

akra-duan, favourite dish or food, pr.354.

k r a fo, j^Z. of okra 5. & okra.
kra-ka [kra, r., kaw] a debt the payment of which

by occasionally sending word.

demanded

okraku, ntama,

O-kra-koli, a kind of chintz,

s.

0-kra-kofwej -kose, -kosu,

inf.

and

is

pr. 721.

sending word that one shall go

look, say, weep, pr. 1761. 1764.

krakra,
nantew

kr.

krakra,

a.

2.

&
s.

adv.

F. bar,

cpdckly

1. briskly,

anikrakra.
bolt.

[G.

me

ne no siim' kr.:

id., hot.]

[As. krokro, G. kloklo.]

akrakraku,

a chink, fissure, cleft, cnick, crevice of the earth

from the burning sun. (Asusowbere akyi awia bo a, fam' apaepae
wo sare so.)

g-kraku, a kind of chintz or cotton cloth printed with tiowers

named from a man who first bought and wore

in different colours,

okra-kofi, ntama.

it; 6\

krakuin,

pi. n-

karakuma,
a k r a-k

gkara

(s.

s.

[Dan. kalkun, D. kalkoen^ turkey.

kahkuma.

w a, pi. h- [okara,

okra 3); a

akoa] a slave, considered as

the king's

soul-slave, body-slave, j^age, valet de

chambre.

u-kra-kyere, Ak. karakere [okfira, okyere, lit. soul-binder],

soul-money, gold and precious beads fastened to the wrist of the
right hand in thankful acknowledgment to the "kra"* for having
enriched the person.

kramakrama,

a.

hot, fierce,

kekakeka, ye hyew, oye hyew), he

wild: n'ani ye kr. (n'ani ye

wdd, unruly.

is fierce,

F. gbodom. a dog; otwea, a bitch;

o-kraman, 2>?. a-, F. h-,
nicknames: ope, akwagyinamod senekotokii, f\veo-f\veo, ape-a-begyebi, anadwoboa a obi mfa ne nsa hhyem' (ntom'), n.a.

g-kramaii, a sickness of the genitals, gonorrhoea.

g-kramaii-dwiw, pi. a- -iiwiw []iro]i. dog's-lonse) flea. 1 Sam. 24,14.
h k ram f 5 a^ Ak. -faiia, a kind of small sea-fish. pr. 1775.

krammeii

akrawa.

257

k r fi 111 HI (J n [kranio aben] a hollow cane or reed, used in smoking tobacco as a pipc-sthk (tslsei'i-diia, pipe-tuhr) and in writing
gberai'i-'niotoain'-dua.
(by Mobamniedans),
kraiiien-iiiiii, /(/.,

Kranioni, pi. -fo, Mohammedan;

MoJiainnicduuism, inlatn
a k ram o-se in,
iikraino-sonijf t/ie creed of the moalems.

kramu,

pr. .WS',. cf. kra, /.

|^

:i

k ra in pa, a by-name of the iidfurr,

krani[)un (okum guan)

kra 11 11, a.

s.

742.

ojx'ti'. pr.

s.

kokoyc-re-duagyei, krompono.

wild, disorderly, confused, entangled, intricate.

no afuw no so yv

nnua

kr., e.s.

sisi

so i\k

egugn

so,

na

afci

(Kan-

wopamo

yi de, eso atcw.)

wddnt'ss. ficrcoicss (of the eye): n'ani do nkran, he

I'lkraii,

ado n'ade a eyerae no ho nkran, he

greedy after the thing he has lost.

chafes, rages, raves; n'ani

ratjing, farioits about,

kran

kraii, red.

v.,

kr.

to disfigure one's face,

eye,

..

is

ani, to give a fierce expression to the

make

one's

.self

frightful, he eager ahoid,

oye n'anim hidifdui, oyi (oliye) nnipa hu, he

assumes a frightful countenance; okr. n'ani kyereeabofra no seonye

j)r.

1779. okr. n'ani

fo,

he looked fiercely <d the

to

kran kran-sem,

1)oy thid

di-,

he .should he

upon

silent.

by intimidation;
hare a baleful influence; owia nni akr. senea gsram ye.
a

to

act

otliers

Ak. nkjirane, a kind oHjlaclc ants biting severely; they

11 kra n
wander about in great swarms and thus often invade the houses
killing and devouring every thing living that comes in their way.
,

pr. 313.

1.-j3U.

1590. 1777. [G. tsatsu, -bii.]

Nkran. pr.

n. 1) of a country, people and language on the Gold

Coast, called by the Europeans Akra (Accra) and by the natives
themselves Ga; 2) of one of their leading towns, which is also called
Efiiresi, Jamcstoicn. See Gr. p. XXI. and Zimmermann, a Grammatical Sketch of the Akra or Ga Lang., p. VIII, and a Vocabulary

of the same, p. 86.

0-kranni,

kran a,

jp?.

Nkranfo, an Akra-man,

Akra-people.

krana, kranaiiana, sdent, absolutely

quiet; syn. dinn,

komm.

pr.

1152.1174.

Woko, na

kr.,

siill,
s.

perfectly

Gr. 248,4.

11 k r a-ii h
a , a stuff or cloth, scarlet-red or crimson ; the red
bogya.
of English uniforms; cf. adidi, damarama; fikra

kranku,

- aba,

the shea-butter tree;

akrantu, hedgehog; ewg

its fruit;

nku.

s.

apesee ne kgtokg ntam'; Fante de,

[wonye na.
iikrjiiite, sivord, sabre, cutlass;

akra-sem
krata'

[a word belonging
Port. Sp.

to

cf.

afoa; 6s6 ne nkrautem'.

your soid] secrecy,

secret. pr.

carta] a leaf of paper.

krata-fa, half a sheet of paper; a ixtge in a book;
krata-mQ, a sheet of paper.

akrate,

[fr.

cf.

buepen.

akrdte, akarate, a kind oi cactus, a prickly plant.

ea.ta.h\e fruit of c<ictus. [G. agbamii.]

akrate-al)a, an

akraM'a,

260

It.

a kind of gun. Cf. karawa, akarawa.

17

nkrawiri

258

iikrawiri, a kind o^ drum;

kronkron.
s.

akyene.

akrayani

[akyere yam'?] tew-, to frisk, frolic, he frolicsome,

gay, merry; otew akr. -= oliuruw daniian nelio, lie leaps or sldps
with joy and pleasure, as children, kids,
kyere... kyiri...

kre... kri...

s.

krebeuii,

kyerebenii.

iikresia,

s.

krididi,

krt'l'were, a small bird,

nkeresia.

s.

kirid...

s.

Kristofo,

Christians.

Kristoni,

a Christian. Kvisto^o asuh),

Kris t ofo-sem, -som, the Christian reChurch.

ligion; Kristofosom-kyere, instruction in (the doctrines of} the Chrithe Christian

Kristo-sem, -som, Christianity.

kro, F. = okorow.
koro, koro,

stian religion.

kro, kro.

kilro.

s.

...

akroba, akrobase,

Krobo,

j;r. n.

pi. h-, F. =^

(or rather dialect of

and language

Adanme) between Akuapem and

by the natives Kro.

krobow,
Kroho-people.
called

akdrowa, akura, akuraase.

of a mountain, country, people

Kroboni,
s.

pi.

the Volta,

Krgbofo, a Kroho-man,

kiirobow.

akr ok raw, deiv dropping from

kro kro &c. s. korokorg.

trees.

k r k r 1 b a n e, Gy. frog. pr. 17S5.

iikrom, akroma, Nkromma, s, nkorom, akoromtl, Nkoromma.

ii

kronie'j a disease of the knee, causing

O-kromto,

it

to swell.

a-[krgn,krono] ^/(/c/", robber, ^=o\\\fu]

inf. [bg kroh] stealing, theft, pr. 228.

j>7.

akrommo,

k r o ni p 6 n o,

cf.

odviow[twafo,

nkompono,
kroi'i, Ak. krgno (kor,,), theft, larceny; .svyy^.awi: ho-, tosteal,
to practice theft, commit robbery; s. wia,
kro 11, koroiij v. to be high, elevated (bepgw) to be deep (ahina,
kora, knruwa); - esiw no rekrgn bepgw no korgn, wugyina so a,
fam' ye kurohkuron; Abetifi dabere korgn kyen Okwau akurow
11

s.

nhina, Ab.

lies

higher than all (tlavau towns. Cf. kiironii.

kronkron.

koronkorgn,

a.

high (gdan, bepgw),

steep; F. gbo krgnkrgn, a steep place, Mt.S,32.

/o/V//,

arduous;

n. stcejmess; cf.

srgnsrgn, kgiikrgnn, kiironkiiron,

kro

1*111, s.

kiirohn, kiironkuron,

kron, F. clearly. Mt.8,25.

kroiiii, a., adv-. pture, clear; nsuno ani agyeiikr,, kurennyen.

kro Ilk roil (konohk.), a. <( adv. 1. pure, clear; nnmingled,
unadulterated; nsu kr., ^j/;-c water; nsa kr., unmixed pcdm-nine.

2. real, true (cf. pgte). Otwini kr., a genuine Tshi-man; gmamfrani nnyin kr, (pr.2004), a foreign settler does not become j^ure, i.e.
he will never become quite lihe a native, so as to retain nothing of

strange habits,
3. fair, fine, beaidiful : n'anim ye kr,, he has got
a very fine shape; onipa yi, n'anim atew krkrkr. adwere, ne dua
kononkunon ^^ fefefe: anoma no, ne diia kr., tliat bird has a beau;

tiful tail.

-i.

unspotted, unsullied, unstained, untarnished, unpol-

kroiikroiini

259

kua.

JtoJi/, jjerimmacidatc, clean, cJuisic. innticetit.

saered; oye me kr., /// makes me holy, samti/ie.-i me;
adv. rlearli/, distinctly; correctly; kasa kr.
uye kr., he is holy.
^. reality, sincerity; enye ne kr. so,
)i. L imrity; genuineness.
H. holiness.
// irtis not (done) in the right manner, in its due form.
k roil k roinii, pi. -to, a holy person; syn. oliotefo.

luted, nndefthd,
fect; hallowed,

kroi'iki-oi'i-yo,

akroii (akonon),
iikroii,

5.

].

hkoron.

sanctification.

n-, nine.

:').

i\ holiness; cf.

ahotew.

Gr. 77.

kroiio, Ak.

.s.

kroh.

ak roil 11 00, a disease brought on by niicliastity oyare a efi

boasip(Mn' ne inmape; ekfi neho a, nea oyare no ntunii ntn naininon.
;

km,... kruin,
nkruui, F. si
O-k

kuru,... kuruni.

r i\ni,pl. Si--f6, sailor,

ku, k
k

s.

-, /o sigli.

iij

r.

u. the
s.

Mk.

7,34.

one of a ship' screw; Kroo-man, Kru-hoy.

cry of the bird obereku

kuw.

o-k

u, s.

o-ku^ a species of monkey,

it

aferaw.

ekuw.

= kontromfi. chimpanzee. yr.lTSTf.

kfi, V.

Ak. F.

kiij V.

-ho, to be bent to, to Join; n'ani kfi me ho, he cares for

me, has me in mind, defends and saves me in trouble,

kuni,

ine always, visits

to kill.

onto me ase; ma wo ani

always zealous and active about me,
mo ani
ho
fvie (nea woye a. s. ewo wo nsam' no) so yiye
nku mo ho yiye
mont'we moho so yiye wo biribiaram'. Woakgka aku no ho redi no kasa, they together urge or importune him,
press up)on him, demanding something from him.
is

iiku

o-kfi, ga}), fieft, chasm, gulf, abyss; precipice.

I'lku, shea-bidter, a kiud of grease got from the fruit of a tree,
used by the negroes as ointment to make their skin soft and glossy,
iikii-aba, the fruit from which the shea-butter is got.
iikCi-dua, the shea-tree, Bassia Parkii; s. kraiikCi.

afuw, plantation, farm; meko me kuam'; me kuam'

kua, 1.
ne ha-yi; ne kua aba (= n'aduan aye yiye) afe yi so; onyaa kna
afrihyia yim'; oye kua
ope adwumaye nanso nea oye ye yiye,
lie understands hoic to make a good plantation; ne ho wg kua, he is
3.
successful in his plantation-ivork ; cf. kwa F., akua 1.. okuafo.
kiia, a-, the working of a farm or plantcdion, husbandry; agriculture.
[2 Chr. 26,10.

kim ;j.
akua, 1.
2. brgdeba akiia, the young shoots or
suckers at the foot of a plantain-stalk.

akua, akuawa, a recess in the court-yard, a small yard behind

a house, used as a kitchen, washing-place, store for oil, palmwiue &c.

Akua, s. Akuwa.
kua, V. to bring near or together, to join; used with a no or
anim; cf. ku.
kua (= pOa) gya yi iino, 2>ut the (burniog) oids
of these two pieces of wood nearer against each other; gpoh a emu
bane no, awgw bae ara pe na ebekuaa anim bio, as soon as the cold,
damp wecdher set in, the chinks in the door disappeared: luumfa mo

260

nkiiaba

kiiku.

hr'ing your
ti nkfia anim iia menfwe nea gkyen ne yonko tenteh,
heads iogrfhcr that I mat/ see which of ijon is taJJertlinn the other; wgkJi asem de kua no, tliey press upon him with remonstrances, try to
induce him hy entreaties.
iikii-aba, s. nku.
o-kuafo, 2^1. a-, [kua] planter, f((rmer. htixhandman, espoc. one
who exceUs in hnshandry. pr. 1587. 1790.

akuama, a kind of plant, pr. 1791.

a knap em, a Danish mushet. pr. 1792.
Akuapem, jjr. J^ of a country, s. Gr. p. XH.

Ak. asafo: Akom-

Kyeremim, Apagya, Apeseraaka, Asonko. Atiwa

O-kuapcni-maii, tlie J.-inydom of Alunpem.

fode,

(tc.

{)-k\\i\i)vwm, pi. Aknaj)i'nnl'6, an Ahuapem-yna'n, Al^.-pcople.

k II lie,
its fruit. j)r.

1.

the fan-palm, liorassus fl(d)elHformis?

2. (k.-aba)

503.1799-

ku-dedaw,

an old sore; kuru a akyc, akisikuru.

kudo', cr/W (to carry

- twe k., to draw a cart.

stones, cartli&c.), vliecl-harrow ; sledge;

kiidy, helm, the rudder by which a

dan nan k., to steer.
iiku-dua,
nku & krankii.

sliip

or boat

steered; -

is

.s.

heads or other things ivorn round the wrist as ornaments,

not as amulets; nsuniamnia a wokura bobo wgiiho few-so.
0-k II f u, i)Z. a- [ekuru] a person full ofsores and wounds nea gyare
a.s. watutu akuru. pr. ISOO.
kiifu, kufukufu, a. shaggy, rough with long hair or wool, ragkulia, kiiliakulia gcd, rugged, bristly; gkraman, oguan, gsii
ho nhwi a asgre(sgre) ye k. rf. fuku, saku, hutfihutu.
k u f Vv c-k u fw e, pr. 2143.
akukoinfi, 1. a kind of grasslioppcr; <f. akokromfi. pr. 1801.
[G. gigoiiigig~)] 2. onipa a gnam fen fen fen.
kukii, V. s. kukuru.
knku, V. palsy. Mt.8,6.
11

ki'i

fe,

ku.ku,

iiknku ne iikaka, jwtter's

earthen vessel, pot.
kuku is the general name
leave, pottery, earthemcare, crochery.
for earthen vessel, but may also be used in limitation to smaller pots,
whilst gsen is a larger coolcing-pot, and ahina is a general name
fov pot, especially a pot for keeping or carrying fluids; kuruwa
is a drinking-vessel, not of native black pottery, but of European
manufacture, of earth, porcelain-clay, glass, wood or metal; pgre
is a jng of stone.
1) Of kuku, ahina, j^ot, being more deep than
wide, or as deep as wide and narrow-mouthed, we note the following
particular kinds: abanhina, bom, bonsuwa, agyahina or akotokyip)l- n-,

wa, ahina, kuku, kukuwa, kutu, akutuwa, nkyera, gpgdo, asiihina,

Ak. nsemma, gsen, gsentere, osentia, sikakuku, sobuwa,
atahina. 2) Of as an ka, a dish, wide open and less deep, we note:
abeya, aboya. Ak.=asanka; abuabuogyaso, akyem-asanka, kwiinsen, anananowa, oposi, asankasanyri, asankasgn (has a foot), tajioasea', or

asaiikn. iitintniw

a,

ayawji.

iilvLikii

nkiikii, a kind of //am,

;ikiikii;i,

s.

261

kiiin.

odo.

drum of the kinf;'s. inon; esteemed

twoni nhoma dnra ho, se odehye hi \vu a.s.

a small

J.

any other; \rode

pa bi ha a, enna woka. 2. a kind of hiiltcr/li/ s. at'afanto.
(t-k
k 11 ba iV, Ak. -ne, a small wild animal of a yellowish
C(dour. with a lonj;- tail and pointed snout, fecMliuj^ on corn &

tliaii

aseni

I'l

f^ray
fruit.

flir. IHO-'f.

k 11 k II la
k u, a ciihiucoits disease or
smaller than those of ntobnro.
I'l

crHjiliiiii,

with piistuh^s

k ud u'd ii', hi(((; nkrfima no aho k., the okra /mis bnJdcd.
oye ak., odi akukuhodensem, he ads roiighlt/,
k u iiode
onam ne berafi a gyc no so kuknru ade a eye duru.
k u k 11 radii I) i, corn (maize) of the last year; ef. j)oporoku.
n k II k ii-i'i w c n e, /;//. pottery.
k

II

a kil

i"i,

k Ilk
<//)i.

urn (kuku)

j)ue, sore.

;?.

v.

akukuru, the sun is risen;

take ujt, lift up single, espec. Iieavy,
(aba, bo kesc, adaka, dukii, kaneadua,

1.

to rise: o\Via

to raise up,

things from the ground

pane c^c); pr. 2792. si/n. ma so; of many things tase or momfi so
is used.
3. red. of kuru, to fhateh, roof (ndnh so, houses).

ku kiirii-l (ill-si

I'l,

of a disease,

making

the

a kind of beetle, dung-beetle.

-siiii, pi. n-,

kiikiiru-ine-ta-awiaiir

////'/

me

iiji,

place

me

in the sun]

body bloated and the mind

name

doltish; si/n.

fa-obo-to-me-gyam'.

kukiiw,
woak. neti

i-ed. v.

kuw,

to

pull

off,

out; toh((vethe

nap worn

off;

have pulled out his hair in fighting, or, his hair

has been cut with scissors (not shaved) in a disorderly manner; ntama
no ani ak., the cloth is tlireadbare, shabby, worn out.
so, they

kukmva, j>?.
ak

11

kuw

kum,

i'l,

s.

n-,

a small earthen vessel, small pot;

s.

kuku.

akukua.

\}-ed. kunkum] 1. to Idll, slay, put to death;

wgakum no, euph. woayi no ho, they have c.fec^(7Z /<//; hyperbolically, to denote a strong sensation: awgw, gkgm
rekum me, the cold, hunger is Mlling me, i.e. I am very cold, very

V.

Ak. ku

pr. o.H!t.l673.2104.2444.

hungry.
^. to defeat, overcome, vanquish, destroy; k. dgm, to beat
the enemy, conquer, gain the victory, pr. 1990.
3. to cause to cease:
okfim me kgm, he stills my hunger; but: okum me kgm. he I'ills we
with hunger, i.e. he starves me; k, sukgm, to quench the thirst; k.
kuru, to heal a sore, pr. 1038.
4. to tire (out), weary, wear out:
wokum nnipa ne kasa, nseiihunu, serew,
wgde kasa ... kum nnipa,
tltey tire one out with spcalcing, with nonsense, mahe one die with
laughing.
5. to silence: mikumno aniwu, I silence him with shame
i.e. / stoj) his mouth, maJce him ashamed to speak.
0. to disfigure:
okum n'anim
omuna n'anim, he darkens his face, tnakcs a dark,
angry, or sad face.
7. to defile, pollute, desecrate: obi kum ti a,
wgde hnuah mogya n.a. na wgde dwiram', if one defiles his dwelling,
it is purged or purified by the blood of sheep <f-c.
8. (k. ano) to
hinder from using, to stop, prevent, obstruct: okum gbosom ano, he

okuni

262

okuinp;i.

prevents the fetish from eating tlie new yam offered to him, by transgressing a t'etisli-law.
0. (k. ano) to prevent the effect or efficicne//
ode
of, to render ineffective, inefficient: wakum aduru no ano
nea aduru no kyi aka no, he has made the medicine ineffective (by
adding to, or eating with it, some other thing incompatible with the
medicine).
10. k. ano, to finish, accomptish, complete, maJcc ready
ahaban a wosii,
[= G. gbe na, Tw. \vie]; wakum n'adow ano
wawie adow.
11. kum gya, to put out the fire made at the yamcustom, hy puttinci neiv yam into it ( wode de fot'oro koto afwiegyam')
12. to dull,
to show that new yam may now be eaten universally.
to become dull or blunt, said of a) the edge (ano) of an instrument:
gsekah no ano akum, the edge of the knife is blunted; b) the mouth,
taste or appetite: n'anom akum, his mouth has lost its sensibility or
taste, i.e. he has lost the appetite; c) the eye: n'ani kum, his eye l((c/cs
its vigour, is dull or heavy i.e. he issleejjy, drowsy. F.n'anyiwa akum,
13. to be effaced, obliter(ded: dare no ani akum, the
Mt. 26,48.
stamp (marks or characters of coinage) on the dollar is effaced; srete
no so nsensane no akum, the lines drawn, on the slate have become oblite rate d, i n disti net.
o-kum, inf. the act oi hilling t-c.; defeat.

tree similar to an o/dc; wgde ye nnaka &c. cf. okuo.

k fun a, a-, jd. n- & nkCima-hkfima, a., s)n(dl. little {syn. kakra,
ketewa, kwada); young (opp. panyin); the form with a- is added
to names of persons: ne ba akuma, his youngest child; me nua ak.,
^gya kuma, the father's brother;
my small i.e. younger brother.

O-kum, a

ena

kakva, the father's or mother's sister.

n. a little; akakuma (shortened into kokfima) little is wanting, used for almost,
nearly; soon. Gr. 235 a. (229.)
k. or

ak Cim m a, j>?.

li-,

okunu nuaba,

the htisband's sister.

akfima, ^jZ. n-, hatchet, axe; syn. abonua, atwapo.

knmabaj F. =; kuma.
kunia-bi, F. kumaba hi, very little, very few.
k ni-afr o c (that which /t/7/s antelopes, inducing them
fi

to

run after the semblance of water until thoy are exhausted) a mirage,
an optical illusion frequently seen in deserts, presenting the appearance of water; fata Morgana. Is. 35,7.
Kriin-apem-fi-apcm-beba fif you kill a thous((nd, a thousand
others will come] a by-name of the Asantes.

eku-mereme,

s.

eku

= kontromfi.

iikumia, a kind of small ^vJlite ants; cf. mfote.

knmi-yaw [i)r. n. of a man] a kind of bayere, s.
O-kuin koni (who kills

i.e. stills

ode.

hunger) a word used in address-

odefo.
ing a benefactor, benefiecnt man,
O-k u m"n i p a (who kills a man) a title used in addressing or praising a king, as having the power over life and death. Cf. Gr.

39,9

6.

k u m 11 ii, a. rising in pillars (of smoke)

0-knm-pa [== okunu pa] a good husband;

Joel 2,30. Acts

it is

2,1'J-

also used as a

kimiiiiruiu

263

UriuUiii.

piesontod by a man to liis wife, roiiiiiidiiiir

II. of a slave
constantly tliat her slave is the j^it't of her "j^ood husband ".

})).

kuin-iu
k

and

11 111

I'aiu, a jiowerful

means

to

cleanse or hccp from

Iicr

evil,

pun 6,

his rliief

F. the European ifovcrnor:, k. Brof'o, fhc (foccrnor

officers (secretary, commissary, military officers, chief

justice).

ki'i iu"-si'iiii;'iri,

an

aiintJet /r/ticfi hills i.e.

power of other amulets,

the

kind

krinito.'i, a
kfili, ^j/.

oi'

ekunom, F.

dcslroys (nenlralizcs)

pr. 115.

razor,

oyiwan.

s.

oki'inu,

-nom.

kuiia, widowhood, ilic slate of a widower or iridoiv; oye k., he

or she is in the state of a widower or widow, she perforins the didics
of a

ividoiv.

kfiiia-ba, kunabea, a icidoiv hi'nig part of the inheritance of

her husband's successor; gfa no k., he marries her hi/ right of inherdancc.
kuna-daa, a widow's house or room.

o-kfinafo, pi. a-, widower; widow; obarima k., oba k.

k u na kawil, the first child born after the d(^ath of a husband
from his successor (brother or nephew) and named after the former
husband; oye k.
akuii-far, F. adidterij of a wife. Ml. 5,32.
okunu foforo, bridegroom. Mk. 2,19.
F.

c-kiiii-lbr,

o-kuniiii, F. kunyin, j;?. a-, a. notable, distinguished, eminent,

remarlahle, renowned; capital; bone-kfmini, a great, chief ov cardinal sin (opp. bone mfetewa-mfetewa, minor sins); owg din-k.
diii a esO na eye nwohwa; don-kdnini, the main arm//; onipa-k.
^=onipa a oye mmaninnc na ne ho a.s. nea obcye hhind ye nwohwa;

aseh-k.

asen-titiriw.

kuiikuma,

1. the

water-pot of a

fetish, .s.koro.

hunch of flowers, nosegay'^ wgakyekye hfwireh no

up

honquet,

j:^.

k., tlieg

Imveliecl

flowers in large leaves.

akiinse [okum

ase] a cause or reason for fiilling or for

waging

a tvar against a people.

kiinsunkuiisuin,

discord, dissension, contention, strife, ra-

riunce, enmity; o-ne no ntam'

aye

k. bi,

they are at variance, at enmity. 1 Cor.

1,11.

wodi

k.,

k.

da won ntam',

2 Cor. 12,20.

kuntaiiii, a. 1. large, bulky, fiugc, enormous, gigantic; clumsy;

esono gyina ho k. hyeh no abegyina k. (s. hyen); sore fi me fi na
wugyiua ho k. se odaii (gpohko).
sy)i. kaukrahh, kantahh, kfm;

tiihh, kiisu;

wi.

0-k fill til

blanket.

;?.

esum

k.

kabi, pitcfiy darlcness.

wool; woollen cloth, flannel; woollen carpet,

kuiitii-kye, a cap made of woollen cloth.
{pi. a-),

ak fin turn ma

[kuntuh, ba] a
swaggerer, bully, ruffian, pr. 1826.

little

would-be-great,

0-k u 11 turn pa [kuntuh, clumsy'] the Jiyena,

k II n t u 11,

V. 1.

to

bend, crook, curve;

s.

blu.'iterer,

pataku.

to be bent,

crooked, or

264

kiintun

okuraaseiii.

curving; dua, ofasu no mu ak.; syn. kom, konton.

3.
subdue under one's rule, to rule, (jovcrn, sway.

pr. 1826.

3. to

bend or

to fglit, -wrestle?

be swelled or puffed up, to bluster, swagger,

4. to strut,

boast.

kfiii tCiii, a crooli'ed xjiece of

wood

in a snare or trap for catcli-

[ing birds.

kiintuiin,

a. large, bidlcy,

huge; dark; clumsg;

a by-name of the hyena,

k until 11,

s.

cf.

kuntanh,
[kusu.

kuntumpa.

akuntuii-akuntii I'l, blustering, stvaggering.pr.l670. syn. ahokyere.

k u n t u n-s
of a

human

a headless and handless, sometimes feetless trunk

(/. akonsih.

i I'l,

or animal body,

{p)l. okununom) husband; the sister's husband.

O-kiin-yaw' [okum yawyaw] a painful way of killing;

0-kiinii

cf.

ato-

[pere.

0-kuo, a large

akugsoii,

tree with fruits similar to acorns;

the seven elders of

rf.okww, okum.

a town (?); Nkran asafo ak., the

seven companies of Dutch Akra.

kill" a, V. [>rr^ knrakura] ]. to grasp, clutch, to hold by cdasping
with the fingers, to have, to bear in hand or on the arms; to be in
(the grasp or gripe of) one's hand: okura poma (wo ne nsam') or
poma kurano, he has a stick in his hand; ok. abofra wp n'abasa so,
3. to hold,
he bears a child on his arm; cf. turu. Gr. 102,2. Rem.
contain: nhoma yi kura nscn-liorow anafi, this book contains four
3. rcfl. to be self-dependent or independent, to
different matters.
stand by ilself; nsem abieri yi kurakura neho (nenhinji dede neho),
ebi nnah bi, each of these two words is by itself (has its own meaning),
they cannot be interchanged.

A\\\\i'i\^ pi. n-,

mouse,

pr.

311.720.1836 ff.

by-names: bewa, da-

aduemme, ahyemme (otewabe); akura-tawia;

biebio;

iikura-se,
[se hk.] pr. 232.
h- = akurowa, F. akroba, [kfirow,
akura,

odontwi.

s.

abotokura,

inf.

dim. Gr. 20,4]

jj?.
hamlet, a village on a plantation, inhabited by the family and the
slaves of the pi'oprietor; oko akura, Gr. 124,1. ote akurjl, he lives
on the plantation. - Ak. village, country town. i.e. any town besides
the capital.

kuruwa. Mt. 10,42. 20,22.

by-name of the tree called oscsea. i}r'.2917.
ilk II ran, courage, firni>iess{'^) - hye.. nk., to encourage.
kiiraba, F.

a k II ramp

oil,

nkiiran-hj^e,

inf.

encouragement,

baninhahye.

iikiiranto, ya nk., reply on a salutation, made

ces at

iikiir

a-iili

wi

[lit.

the face (the beard)

mmirii

the

royal prin-

mice-hair] down, the soft hair of bidies or of

to appear; nhwi biara a ennya

when beginning

pubescence of plants.

u-kiiraaseni,

/^/.

n- -fo [akurfi asc 'ni]

person living constantly on

town; syn. ofiimni.
a.

to

Kumase.

down,

the plantation,

rustic, peasant;
never coming to the


kiireiiu

'265

Akiiro[)OU.

kiireiiu, a. clear, dearlji visible; inmepgw gyinae k.

k u r (^ 11 11 y li, a. clear, limpid, pare ; nsu no ye k., ani atow

kiiro, Ak. F.

(pl. a-),

s.

kfirow, kuru,

fc

k.

kiirokiiro.

iikiiro, complaint; controcersi/, dispute, contest, debate; me ne

nk., / hare a complaint against him; me ne no boo hk,, /
)nade mij complaint ayainst him; mobop mo iik. mekyereo won, /
told tliem (brtiiKjht before them) mil complaint (a<;ainst another person); wpbo Ilk., theif are OKjar/ed in confrorersif. theij state their cases before the jnd(fes.pr. 538. (asem hi ato bi ne bi ntam' na worekekil)

no wo

kokodwe.

cf.

nkuroha, Mkiirol)aso,
1*1

kill' 0-1 10, inf.

kurobow,
it^

^j/. n-,

V.

= akura, akuvaase.

3It. 9,35.21,2.

ntei'i-yi.

resin or (jam; the tree yielding

sivcet-.st)iellinff

emu nsu nene se ehyc na ne huam nti mmea yam ye.

jikurodo, n-, carol, son y of mirth, lay; a play with danciny
dua

bi a

and sinyiny, accomjianied by the clapping of hands

by adenkinn-bg; amusement, sport, frolic, yambols;*- wotweak.

or amb)dati)Ki
or

woto dvVoin kyini mniorgn

they play, frolic, n-anto)i\

ak.

so,

they siny or carol

na gnam twe da,

sportiny was his constant occupation; ot\va nk.

yc berebere or betebete, he is loquacious (?).

akiiro-fo [kurow

me

the streets;

gkasa

a destroyed town,

pi,

u'ano

amamfo.

of kuroni] the inhabitants of a town, townsfolk;

nk., my relations, my townsmen or countrymen; cf. okuro-

iikiii'ofo

people;

fo] the site of

i)i

loiteriny about and'

[pl.

niu-ni.

kuro-kesc

[kiirow kese] a larye town, city, capitcd.

kiii'okui'Oj a kind oi pot-herb or veyetable; fan a wodi.

kiirokuro,

a.

loquacious, tallcatire,

yamdous;

icdtliny, pratt-

pratiny; chattiny, chaiteriny; pert, forward, bold, meddliny;

birebire, he is lofroward, peevish, fretful; gye or n'ano ye k.
quacious dr. (abofra a gka nsem a ense no se oka, na oka asem biara
a obehu, ode neho fra nsem hhina mu &c.)
liny,

o-kurokurofo, jj7. a-, babbler, blabber, tattler,

a yrumbliny, peevish, person, yrumbler.
o-kuro-nin-nij

pl. a- -fo, inhabitant

talJier, telltale;

of a town; ahgho ne akuro-

and residents; cf. kuroni.

kill" oil 11, kuroiikuroii, a. 1. deep, very deep; amoaorabura
yimuyekiirohn o>-kuronkuronkiiron, or, dgkk. syn. donkudonku;
low in situation, lyiny far below or beneath: bepgw no korgh, wugyina so a, fam' ye kiirohkuron; woforo dua a, nafam' ado kk.
:2. steep, precipitous; bepgw no siah kk., the mountain descends in
mu-fo, stranyers

a steep declivity. Mt.8,S2.

kuroni

\^nvo\\-m~\townsman, countryman, i.Q.one of the same

cf. nkurofo.

town or country with another;

i\]fi\\ Y 6 WW
Akuro-pon

\\.{v,

called

Komah)

sandals of wood;

cf.

mpaboa, ntokota.

[kurow, pgii] j;r. n. of the capital of Akuapera (also

and of a town in Akem.

266

iikurotiim'

kiirnni.

ilk n ro-tjim' [nkurow ntain'] fltc wan between two towns.

iikuro-tepa: obo nk., he travds froni town to town; s. tcp<kiiro-tia [kiirow tia] end, Ijorder, outslcirt, entrance of a town.
kuro-tia, j;/. li-, a coniitn/ town, villor/e, opp. to the capital;

a 2)ctty, nnimportant town or countri) (as Aknapem, Akem, in comparison with Asante).
iikiiro-to w, Ak.-too, the single towns or townships of a country,
"Akyem hk. si 333." Cf. amantow,

kiirotwiamaiisa,

kurow,
any
row

the leopard,

inhabitecl place or country, one's

osebo. jn: 319.984.

akura, oinan.

own country

or

home; oko

;?.

kfi

went to some foreign place; okg ne kurom', he has renative country.

kiiro-mu-pan yiii, hurgomaster. - kuro-mpanyimtb, magisirate.

bi so, he

turned

to his

a kiirow a, F. akroba [kiirow,

di>n.'\

a small town;

s.

akura.

fred.kukuru, (2. C.J 1. to tie together (r/". iikufo); to tie

grass on a roof i.e. to thatch, roof, put a roof on, cover ivith a roof;
2. to lift up (in order to sliow)
ode sare kata daii so.
ok. dan so
ode kuru neho nini kwa, in this he exalts himself for nothing, boasts
kiirii,

V.

s.

kiiro, pi. n-, 1. town, villafjc; cf.

tvithout right or reason.

kurii,

c-k u

V. [red.

kurukuru]

Ak. kuro,

I'll,

2^1- a-,

.s.

knruw.

n f^o'C wound,

pr. 1423-2.5. 18.54-60.

cf apirakurii, a bleeding wound; akWykuvn, an ulcer; poinpo, a boil,

Ne kuni ado nsu, his sore has collected jj.s or purulent
abscess.
ja//er,-- ado inpumpunase, has swelled or bloated the skin with serum
or matter; - atu, has become purulent; -!i\)ovovi, has become putrid;
- asa, awn, has healed; - ne nsatea ye k. pr. 279G. - oda ak. mu
ne ho lihina atutu ak. pr. 700. - kum or sa k., to heal a sore.

aku

11,

= kokoram,

q. v.

u (1 11 dii, ///(' cracking, crashing, clattering, rattling or rumbling sound o{ l)ursts or peals of thunder, of an ea rthf2 uake tOc.
osoro bobom' k. asase wosow kurururu.
kuru dud 11, ado. accurately, exactly, in due order; syn. \)[ipepe tase nhoma yi boa ano k.
kurukere, s. kurukyerew.

k ii

akuruki'iro-de,

j>?. n-,

iikiinikur-ade, old things, old

kurukuriipa, a kind of yam,

s.

articles.

ode.

kurukuruw, red. r. kuruw.

k u r u k u ru wa, a. round and large,
circular; globular, S2)herical;

cf,

of Hat and globular things;

korokorowa, puruw; kontohkron,

dantaban, hahkare, katraka.

kurukyerew, As. kurukere, v. to scrawl, scribble,
asem no ak. hhoma no so cf. kyerew.

'ivrite;

ode

kiirum, V. [red. kurunkurum] to bend, bow, crook, curve; to

be bent, crooked, curving; ok. ne mu; gsekan no ak.; ofasu no ak.
akuntufi; hkontoni nantu akk. se adare; syn.kom, konton &c.

k 11 rum,
false tvitness.

a. bent,

crooked; f(Use;

duayiyek.; adanse-kurura,

kui-uin

kiln'im',
(ippland,

I'l

11

\voj;-ye

n.

)tO(I assciil,

plantand

(\ 111

a,

no

k.

woji^ye

no pene, wopeno no,

ohra, ochra, oJcro,

for soups, salad, pickles.

Ifihiscit.s csculeiidoi,

in nutritious

iikniilia-rMi'i [cf. fan]

of the olcra plant, used for soups like cabbage.

afuw) an olcra plantation.
iikrum;i-k\v;iu
prepared with the green pods of the plant.

0-kurrmi,

j>/.

a--f6,

nkiiruny ail,

the//

receive or accept favourahlji.

green seed-pods aboundinj;

its

267

kiitu.

s.

okruni.

i/ie

leaves

i/oinii/

nknitiiri-IViw

[cf.

nkwanj

kiiniiikuniiii, red.

a kind octree; dua hi a

an annual

mucilage, used

v.

wowe nedua;

[cf.

u soup

kuruni.
wodt;

si

dan ye akoraten.

kuru

1 1

kiiriitii,

i,

aniwa

an animal,

k., ci/chall,

apple or globe of the eye ; pupil.

yr. 520.

kuriiw, V. to cut several things together or plenty of things

once (sare, brode, nnua, ti, nsa, nan); to cut into sevend pieces
(onipa, dua); red. kurukuruw; siin. twitwa.

at

made
cup

urn w;i, pi. n-, a kind of vessel, espec. for fluids, artificially
of earth, porcelain, glass, wood or metal; pitcher, Jug, mug,
Cf.

iC'c.

kuku.

kiiruwa, Okw.

kh

s n,

kusnkiisii,

kora.
a. 1.

dark.

dusJ://.

shadowy, ncbulou.s. indistinct; gdan

mu

obscure, dim, dull, gloomy,

ho ye

k., it is dark in the

dark before my eyes;
hyei'i apue k., a shi2) has (qu'cared indistinctly on the horizon; wim
aye k., the sky is dark, overcast, clouded; anim aye k., the air is
dusky, the dusk of the evening has set in; dua yi (ase) ye k., this tree
is shady.
aye
2. rank, luxuriant in growth; nwura no abura k.
ahabah bebre, ode no abua k.
3. overgrown with ivood, wooded,
woody.
4. damp; s. kusukusu^.
5. dull, heavy, weak; me tirim
yeme k. (from wantofsleep); meyafunum' ye me k., I have (( strange
knsu-fam", k.-asase, s.kusum.
feeling in my belly, havcno appetite.
kiisiikiikii, a thick mist or fog; cf. omununkum.
kiisukusu, 1. s. kiisu; ogya aso kk., the fire burns dimly.
2. damp, dirty, nasty; syn. fouofong, wusuwusu.

house; ni'ani soye

me k., my

eyes are dim,

it

is

kiisfim', kusil-fam', k.-asase, north. Scr. (Heb. zaphon.) Cf.

kwaem', ketem'.

kiisuin, fraud, decejition; wadi me k., he has defrauded or

cheated me, taken unfair advardage of me; kusum-a-ne-kuriim,/'n'frZ
is (nothing but or the same as) fidsehood or unrighteousness, he has
bluntly deceived me, wawie me ye kora.

k u s u w, a kind of river-fish.
ukiito [nko, to, adv.^ alone, only,

wg

ho, he alone

is

but; ne

there; onni biribiara sc

duaba

hkuto

(=

giio

hko)

nk., he eats nothing

but fruits.
ki'itu, a

k 11

kind oi pot used

to boil

soup in;

cf.

kuku.

u, kiitukiitu, expresses a feeling of being bloated, or, the

noise of boiling ivater; me yafunu(m') ye mekiitu, me yafunu ahuru
1

268
aye

akutii
k.

me

kwa.

yaf. aliye, m)i hdlij is hloated or puffed up, rnflated,

liuru kutukutu, ihc food hods ivith a bubbling

aduah no

distended:
noise.

akutu,7>/.

akutu-gua,

orange: orange-tree.

id.,

akutii-dua, orange-tree.
ities of akutii & oguawa)5

cf.

dan kutu do

kutfi-l)0,

kutududu,

(combining qual-

granate-akutu.

bo, F. cornerstone. Mt. 31,42.

bud; Icnop; syn. kukudu'dh': abo

duced (or groivn into) a bud.

k u t u r k u, jyr. 2438. gyama-k.,

kutuku,

akuti'i-aba, orange-seed.

aj>pte

j)r. n. ?

hand

k.,

Mk.
//

12,10.

has pro-

coward'^

F.

pi. a-,

kutriruku,

render the knuckles hard and protuberant;

twere

&.

the

the

angular!// dcnclied so as to
cf.

foil.

kutu r u m 6
to the

fist,

the

(\, fist,

shape of a ball;

(/'.

hand clenched

&

kutruku

roiindlg so as to approacli

twere.

aku-tutu, inf. a disease producing ulcerating sores; gyare ak.

or akuru, watutu akuru, akuruatotow no, gyeokufo: cf. kwakorani.

kuw,

V. 1. to

draw

or jndl out,

off,

a wag;

s.

red.

knknw- okuw

^ owere no afwe fam', he draws awag his

the root: ode adare k. wura, sare; kuw

cut close
him
ara ma ento fam' (that ihc cutting reaches
dua no ase = twa ase
no

af\\ e

ho

feet to niaJce

fall.

J2.

to

to

p;i

to the

ground).

e-]\.uv:,

(akuw)akuw. a heap, a

j)l.

bo

tivc hod// of persons, pr. 6S4.

oboa ntrama

k.

gugu

collection of things; a collea-

k., to niaJic

a hcaj>, put in heaps;

ho.

O-kuw, a large tree; eho wo nsge, csowaba kg tentrehu hyem'.

s. Akua.
akuru hketenkete, small sores.
I'lkuwa-iikuwa
kwa, V. s. kwaw, kwae & kwati.
kwa- in cpds. is often a shortening of koa or akoa; some,

A kuw a,

times

it is

-kwa, or shortened

0-kwa,

into ko-. Gr. ^ 20,4.

simply, purely, absolutely;

gratuitously; gratis, for
nothing, to no purpose, to no profit, vainly, in vain; unused, nncmploycd, idle; gkgg hg kgfsvee kwa, he went there only to look; gnam
ho kwa, gnye fwe, he merely walks about, doing nothing; obi mfgn
adv.

ivithout design,

onl/j,

solely,

insipidly;

merely,

tvithout cause,

munyaa no
wgtah me kwa, John 15,25.
gkwa, Mt. 10,8. gprem no da hg kwa, the canon
lies there 2(nused: ogyinahg kwa, he is standing there idle. It is also
used elliptically, 6\Gr. 248,4. Syn. teta, hunu (Ak.hun), F. gyan,

kwa, pr. 1.31.

kwa, momfa

gyennyah
akwa,

1784. 2383.

mma

(ara); teta ara

^v/.

n-,

F.

kwa;

cf. koril.

akoa.

akwa, a round-about way, h//-way; yi akwa = kwae, v.

kwa, V. [red. kwakwa] to male incisions(?).
kwa, jJ?. a-, n-, 1. joint, juncture of limbs in an animal body;
joint or knot in the stem of a plant, as of grass or cane; ahene

mmg

akwa

269

kwadi'i.

heads fled on any of my nine

included botween two joints, knots or
articulations: ne nsatea kwii 1 se akwa 2 atwa, one or two Joints
of his finfjer are rut off; gkyee me afVvcrow nkwa 2, he gave me 2
.V, tin]:,
ring (of a chain).
(4. It is quesJoints of su[f<ir-r(ine.
tionable whether k wii can be used for a Jim!) or member of the hnnitui l)0(iy, or for a nieniljcr or frifoir of a society: Kristo ak\v;T no
bi ne me, meye Kristo ho kwii.)
"Akwji akrui'i a wohye so aliene a.s. Jiriwa ne: wo batwew so,
wo bakon so, wo nantu, wo nanase ne wo asehmu a.s. wo koi'imu.

m'akwa akron*

joints.

yi biaraso,

I have no

2. joint^=i\\(i pai-t

ji

\\

akoawa, a small

slave.

oko ne kwa
(j-kwa, ph a-, F. - afuw, ])lantntio)i; Mk. V>,34.
a k\v a-su-l"u, l'\ tlie
so akgfa aduan aba; madgw akwii abien.
mfumfo, s. ofumni.
people living on the plantation,

ukwA,
trfi;

to

vitality; rigour, health; happiness, felicity;

life,

nkwa ne akwahosan,

life

and

health

- g-yehkwa,

to

cf.

ase-

preserve,

save from death.

ak \v a I) a, nkwjibo! iidcrj. akg aba] welcome! form of salutation

one arrivinj;- after a temporary absence; cf. aba-o, abo, Gr. 1 47,5.
om.l no akwiiba, he hids him welcome.
\

to

akwabtli'i (obsol.)

ntetea.

Kwabenfi^ pr.w.ofaboy

or

man born on Tuesday.

kwabena-JitSVi [pr.n. of a man] a kind of bayere;

kwaberau

Gr.41,4.
s.

[akoa gberan] a well-sized, strong slave,

kwaborontuWj

s.

ode.
pr. 187.

kwae.

Kwabei'eiiyan, a village belonging to Kankan (Dutch Akra),

where Adow Dan kwa, king of Akropong, died, wherefrom tiie name
became an oath of the kings of Akropong.

kwa-beteii, cf. gbe-teh. pr. 2828.

gboabg, gsebgw, q. r.
akwji-bo [nea wgbg no kwa]
iikwa-da. lit. life-day, a day of 24 hours, including the night;
da a adekyee ne adesae wom'; emu nngnfwerew 12 ye adekyee,
na emu 12 ye adesae; cf. adekyee, awia.

kwada^
akwadil,

-dawa,

a. small, lilUc; syn.

boy or

little

c7<//f7

ketewa, kcima, kakni.

= abofra ketewa; F. an old man,

wokci kyere me = nea woka no,

^= akwakora.
asem akw. na
enye se wudweii ne no.
iik w ada(wa)seni,
cedure, pr. 154.

= mmofrasem
2.

akwadamma, mttslet; syn. otuo.

kwadaw, v. to he exercised and
wakw.
kokwaw,

practiced, accustomed ;

accustomed

to

o-k w a d

it.

Cf.

kwadu.
;

cf.

ho, he

sly pro-

pr. 2262.

is

brought to cleverness, to he
well versed or expert in it,

u, pi. a-, a species of antelope; pr. 515.

kwadu-ampon-kyerefo,
pientum

1. triek(s),

(?).

s.

gdabg.

ewea.

kwadu-atia, pi. id. banana; banana-tree; Musa saoborgde.

kwadu-bakiia, a species o{ banana-tree.

 iikwakorabere.
kwadu-diia, hanana-trec. k^vadu-du^u,
of
oduru. kwadu-tViaw: anode a etna
hanana-trec;
of
n'aba no ano. D.As. kwadu-suhv, a hand
smaller
of
osiaw,
military
shoulder-piece
4
8 hananas,
okwadiim

270

the icholc cluster

fruits

the

s.

or

to

from

ficers, called so

0-k

w a d u m,

atentenini

Si/n.

pl.Si-1 idler,

its

^^Z. a-,

of-

hand of bananas.
a large barrel of gunpowder ('/s kegV);
resemblance

to a

a-, idleness, sloth,

anihaw, werehunu.

laziness; gye-, he

is idle,

lazy,

0-kwadw6tu, F. kwadwefo,

lazy person, sluggard; Mt. 25,26. syn. onihafo.

Kwadwo, ^r.w. of amale person born on Monday;

kwadwo-bowere,
iikwadwo, a kind

cf.

akotowa.

0-kwadwero,
slothful.

cluster

of

2. epcmlet,

s.

Gr.41,4.

osebg.

of head;

s.

ahene.

kwadwem,

and
a.s.

F. lamentation. Mt. 2,18.

k"\va-d\vom, a song of mourning, o .soy/ expressive of sorrow
lamentation, delivered in a dramatic manner: an elegy (dviom
asem a onipa wu a wonionia wg n'ayi ase de ka ne nsem a gtraa

ase no odii); gkgbe k\v.; onim kw, be

kwae,

= onim su;

to, t\va,

monia kw.

go round about, take a round-about way, by-wviy

or side-ivay; syn. yi akwa, kwati kwaii, man babi; - to turn (the
enemy); - to avoid, evade, elude; to dispense ivith; eye ade a wgiikwae (nto ho), it is an indispensable thing or nudter ; yebekwae ntam
araa wo, we shall absolve thee from the oath.
V.

to

e-kwae,

forest, wood, thicket; pr. 1006; the wooded inland counkwae-bereiituw, a

bush-country; cf. wura, ahabah, gdgtg.
akwaefo, people living in the bush-country.
dense forest.
kwaenv,
y-kwaefoiii, one of those living in the bush-country.
kwae mu, pr. 1873 f. in the forest, icooded inland; north; r/". knsum'5
po mu.
[dim.] small wood, grove, copojip. pom'
jnce, copse, shrubbery; undcnvood. pr. 1872.
try,

akwaewa

kwalb,

F.

2)1. a-,

jikwafVveaba,
Mk

s.

okuafo.

kofw.

w a fw e a ban fo, pi.

mean people;

akwanihumani.

lotv,

the lowest people; cf. odeseni.

cf.

=
=

kontrorafi. pr. 187.5.

kwagyadii,
odompo. pr. 1887.
akwatryansa,
akwagyiiiamoji |akoa-agy., slave of the

o-kwaha,

cat\

.9.

gkramjin.

pr.

1637.

gkgha, a disease in the limbs, rheunudism ; gkw. ano

ye den kyen osenmii.

iikwahauia,

akwali

nuuahama.
and hecdth, returning or long continuing
ma onnya nkwil ne akw.,
ma ne ho nye no

pr. 1793. cf.

osaii,

life

health; pr. 162. 2519.

den. (F. hkwa ahosan, saving heidth. Ps.67,2.J

iikwahumafo,

s.

akwanihumani.

akwako, a kind of yam, s. gde.

akwakora, akwakwarawa, jj?.

n-, an old man; syn. akora;

he has become an old man.
akora-bere, old age; cf. mraerewa-bere.

wabg akw.,

hkw

kwakoram
kwakoraui;

okwan.

akututu? cancer of

271

the nose?

a.

kokoram.

K w a u, j)r.ii. of a male person born on Wednesday. Gr.41,4.

1.1009.
g-k wa ku, -o, pi. a-, a species of inoiiLei/ = osuii. pr.
l<

4.')'}

kwaku-iitaku-aiiuin, a by-nanu' of the

kwakurekure, a kind of bird.

(judt. s.

abirekyi.

g-k\vakwd ^^ dabodabo.

kwa'kwadabi,

raven;

sijn.

anene, wawa.

kwakyo,

a by-uanie of the ridfnre, opete.

kwakye-agyei, a by-name of the apetebi.

;jr. 26'S(9.

}:r.269Ji.

Kwakyewa, pr.
pr. 35s3.
g-kwa-kyeiikyena = kwae mn akyehkyena, a kind
Kwakyo,

j^f- >

ri. /'.,

of hoopoe.

akAva-kyere [akoa akyere] ^)/. n-, royuc, rascal, scoundrel, rdrack-hemp. cracJc-rope, harig-doij.
lain, wretch; f/allows-hird,
(

A k wain
dom,

A-

-fo,

>?.

of a Tshi tribe, their country or king-

XII.
0-kwamiii, Okwamnan Akicam-nian, likivam-pcopHc.

capital

its

ni, pi.

(AkNvamu)^>r.

a k w a ni-iii

and

dialect. Gr. p.

a, -ni a

[ok w an, dim.^

pjl. h-,

a small way, path, lane,

by-way.

kwama
a

11, 7>/.

new master; -

pi.

a slave of a deceased Iciny before he lias

people ivithoid a hiny; the common people, the

n- -fo,

populace; mob, rabble, pr. 1882.2890.

kwamaii-mai'i,;>/.-aman

kwasafoman.
k waina I'l-maii-pefo, democrat.
kwainan-tumi, iikwaiuaulb-tiimi, ochlocracy.

[nkoa-omriiij republic;

I'l

k w a in

democracy ;

cf.

Hist.

n o a, pr. 2478.
Kwa'ine, Ak. Kwamena,
in a

;-.?;. of a male person born on Saturday. Gr. 41,4. [G. Kwamli.]

kwame-fwi [j^r. n. of a man] a kind of bayere, s. ode.
kwanie-tabi, a by-name of the akwantwea.

kwti'inena

an

ant-hill of small ivhite ants. pr. 1888.

akwam-mew
the

[gkwan, abew]
road; any obstacle in the way.

the roots of trees

runniny across

akwam-ianu [okwan afanu] clover, clover-yrass,

o-kwain-ferene, alley, walk, avenue of trees.

trefoil.

o-kwamfo, j^?. a- [kwane] roicer.

akwam-fo, pi. n-, [okwan, afo] a desolate, bad, impassable way.
g-kwam-fuwi [okwan a afuw] an overgrown way.

akwam-mg, inf. [bo kwan] the making

nkwam-mge, a ivell-madc road.
kwan,

V.

F.

s.

kwane

of a road.

3.

kwaii, V. fred. konkwan q. v.] to wind or put round: ode ntama

akwan n'asen, he has icound a small doth (of 1 '/g yards) round his
of a large cloth fur a would be i;sed).
loins (
g-kwan, pi. a- [Ak. okwane] 1. way, road, paili; ne fi kwan,
tlie way to his house, pr. 483. cf. otempon, gsa, akwanima, unantam',

iikurotam'; passage, walk, route, course;

cf.

afae,

mpotam'.

2.

272

akwaii

akwauko.

1. fig.
3. place, spare.
opening: onipa ho akwan nlnnii, s. fei.
way, manner, mode; proper place or manner, order; s. kwanmu,
kwanso.
F. means; mboa ii'akwan no, the means of grace.

Y.
permission, allowance, leave, liberty, license; occasion.
kwanmu, laufally, rigJiteonsly.
Phrases with governing verbs
(alphabetically arranged): bg kwah, to mciJce a tvay; - bg kwan
(fita), to clear a way. - fa gkwan (bi so), to take a way or road; fa kwanmu, F. to he laivfal. - fwe.. kwaii, to expect, look out for.
- fom or t kwan, to miss the way. - gya.. kwan, to dismiss, dispcdch, accompany. - h y e .. kwah, to supply with necessaries or means
for a journey. - hyia.. kwan, kwah mu, kwah so, to meet on the
way. - kg kwah, to go on a journey. - ky er e .. kwah, to show the
way. - kyere ..so kwah, to betray. - ma. .(ho) kwah, to give way
4. fig.

give permission, occasion, leave, libetiy, license, to piermit, (dadmit. - uya (ho) kwah, to obtain permission, be ^^ermitted, find occasion, be able. - si kwah (mu or) so, to set out (on
i.e. to

loiv, suffer; to

- siw.. kwah, to hinder, impede, obstruct,

- to kwah, to grant ov give liberty, freedom,
to give a loose; ode papa kwah ato yeh ho, Ite has laid before us, i.e.
enabled ns to choose, the ivay for good. - to (or f o m) kwah, to miss
the way. - tu kwah, to undertake a journey. - t\Va gkwah, a) to
yi kw. - b) to cross or jyass over a way.
make or cut out a way
- c) to shorten a tvay, pr. 1892. - yera gkwah, to lose the way, go
astray, to err. - yi kwah, to open, prepare or mrdie a new way.
Okwah no ano afuw, na akyiri-nohoa de, wgabg, the beginning of
the way is overgrown, but farther on it is cleared.
akwaii-akwaii, adv. cdongthe way. in walking; lyr. 2474. ndii
brgde no akw.; grekg no, na gto dwom akw. de kg.
0-kwaii-ast', the end of the way.
o-k\\ aii-asu, the edge or border of the way; cf. gkwahkyeh.
a journey),

to depaii.

2)revent, prohibit, forbid.

Ilk wail, soKji;

kwane,

nom

-, to take

(prop, drink) soup. Cf. aduah.

akokg no kw., gbeto, this hen cackles,

it will lay (eggs).
3. to hawk, hem; gkw, ne menewam', he is clear.3.
ing his throcd; kw. hohore, to force up phlegm by hawking.
F. kwan, to row, ptaddle; syn. hare; deriv. gkwTimfo.
o-kwane, Ak., s. gkwah. iikwane, Ak., s. hkwah.
akw a line [gkwah ade] passage-money, passage-toll, turnpiketoll, toll,

v. 1. to

cackle;

custom, didy.

g-kwaii-fwe,

inf.

akwaii-hye-de

[fwe gkwah] expectation.

[ade a

wgde bye gkwah]

subsistence,

money

given to carriers to buy their food on the way. pr.3004.

akwaii-liyia. inf. [hyia.. kwah] going to meet one.
a-n i hum a n i [akoa onihftmani] a perscm of no rank, of
ak

low social condition;

= gdeseni.

akwaii-kg inf. [kg kwah] setting

akw, hemahema se de, mintumi mehkg

oid on a journey; pr. 1071.

bi da,

shall never be able

upon a journey so early in the morning.

akwaii-ko-oy;i. inf. [gya akwahkg] acrompa)iying on

to set forth

cf.

akwannya.

the

way;

kwaiikora

kwan-kora,

As. kwaiikwara, nkwanta,

larf/e sjjoon, ladle, soup-lddle.

pJ.

aberante, -wa, -kwa.

scm,

carved of wood.

n-[nkwan, kora],

pi.

pr. 1890.

maker of ladles.

kwaiikora-SL'iilb, a

ak \v an kwa,

[akoa] youth, yoiOKj man.

^. dandy, fop, coxcomb.

i\-

273

Nkwaiituiiau.

yr. 1897.

flaioifiny, finery, fopjiishness; ostentation

fiiruttiiifi,

syn.

uk wankwa-

kyea & inmerantiwasem.

ukwai'ik wa-diia, Ak. = osekyedua.
0-k\van-k yon [okwau nkyen] the ivay-side. by the

di nkw.,

pr. 230.:^53. cf.

icay, pr.l898.

border of a road or path ; syn. ykwan-aso.

g-k\van-ky rre, inf. the act of showiny the ivay. pr. 648.

the edge or

0-k\van-kycretb, pi. a-, guide, leader.

u-k\van-uia, inf. [m& okwau] 2)ermission, allowance,
cense; admittance.

g-k\va n-nm,
a-;

ef.

the icay, in the

a-, in

= kwahso,

occasional hiyh-ieay robbery.

inf.

o-kwaiHUukalo,

hiyh-icay robber.

akwa n-niii-stjm

[a

word heard on

report, information received

nkwa-noa [kwae

the way, (}v. 194] news,

on the road.

iluo] the

neighbourhood of the primeval forest;

nhanoa, nsanoa.
K\\ anokn, ^z'.

n. of a weak or worthless man. jjr. :.'969.

nkwa-iionia [kwae anoma] a bird from the (primeval)

o-k wan-sen [nkwan,

nkwau-siane

li-

abraiiimo-kwaiimu.

o-k wan-niii-ka,

cf.

proper manner,

leave,

soup-pot.
[okwah, siaue] by-way;

forest.

gsei'i]

cf.

akwa, akwatikwan;

akwansL-de, s. akwansisem.
[wafa nkw.
0-kwan-siu [okwah sin] ^j/. a-, the extent, length or distance of
way or road, from one appointed halting place to another; pr. 818.

mile.

akAVansinima
dium; a furlong;

akwan-siw,

pjl. h-, a smaller division of a way; a staofretekwah.

inf. [siw kwah] the act of hindering dc., hinder-

fdi)n.]

cf.

ance, impediment, obstacle.

akwansi-seni, hinderance, impediment, difficulty.

g-kwan-srafo, />/. a- [sra okwah] scout, spy.
o-k\vaii-so,
in order;

way.

hh. kw.

a-,

on the way, in the proper place, manner, order; fa

nneema no yiye, put these things

ne krohkrohso, that is not the prop>er
\wAi\^b-k^\y(ihiib, properly, orderly, in due order; oye n'ade

uneema no

toto

n'akwahso ==

enye ne kwahso

siesie

akwan-so-se m, = akwahmusem.

iikwan-ta [okwah
branches

off into two,

nta] double road

or,

i.e.

where two roads

the place

where a road

cross, pr. 284. 2983.

ogyina own ne hkwa hkw.

nkwan-ta [hkwah

ta] As.

iikwantaben, a kind

ukwanta-bisa,

Nkwanta-nah,

kwahkora, ladle;

cf.

bebeta.

of head, s. ahene.
Nkw.,^jr. n. m.
a plant.

pr.

n.

of a

town or village

(in

Akem&c.)from

which four roads proceed.

18

274

akwaiitea
akwaiitea,

5.

okwasea.

opurow.

a-kwantemmerefda,

a kind of bird.
some where hi or o)i the way, not near the starting-place nor the end of the journey.
alcwanten-befua, a single pnlm-mit foiDid on the waji. (Wo
ba iikasa a, na wofa raa no di, na okasa!)
0-kwan teiini, wanderer, traveller, tradesman, journeying trader, syn. batani; nea onam rekodi guA; akwantemfo asafo, caravan,

akwan em
t

t'i,

company of travellers or merchants.

o-kvvan-tcnteu, a Jong way ov journey.
g-kwan-tia, a short tvay or journey. pr.2815.
11 k waii-tia [ok wan tia] jrr. 1903. the end of a way
of a town, syn. kurotia.
a

k wan-tu,

inf. [tu

k\van| journey, travel

voyage.

the outskirts

o-kwan-

akwanti'i-kotokii, travelling-pouch or -hag.

wanderer.
akwaiitiise [akwantu ase] the reason for nndertahing a journey,

talb,

jj/. a-,

the intentiem,

aim or design

in travelling.

akwaii-twea, a kind of animal; by-name: kwame-t<abi,

akwa 11-iiya.

inf.

[gya..

way, syn. akwankogya.

the

kwah] dispatrhing; accompanying on

g-kwaii-nyafu,

pl.^-,

companion, con-

ductor; escort, convoy.

ak wau-ny a [okwan agya] the opposite

nkwjin-ye [nea wode ye nkwan| hoot,

side of the ivay. pr.369.

gain, advantage; what

given in addition (over and fd>ovc 'nsim' and 'ntoso') in buying

is

fishes.

g-k w a p a 0,
ogyennyentwi.

hloclhcad, dullard dc. Roy. 501. z=~ okwasea,

/"oo/.

iikwapae-sem, .s///Mikwaseasem, agyimisem&c.

kwapeii, by-name of the dog;

kwarifa,

-fiia,

okisi, rat

kw asiij rikwasA, a kind

kwas afo [hkoa asafo]

s.
;

gkraman.

pr. 210. 371.

of tree or .shrub;

oduahyen

di n'aba.

id; a person or thing belonging to

or comnmnity.
kwasalu-dc, a thing or things
j^l-

whole company
belonging to a community or sei'ving for the rise of all; common or
public projierty.
kwasatbdo-})e, communism ; kw.-])efo, commttnist. Hist.
kwasafo-dua, a tree (bearing frnit) for common use.
k wasa fo-iuri 11, rejiublic; common-wealth; syn. kwaman-mi'in.
k\va.satbinaii(j(')tb, the rej)ublica)i party.
kwasatb-iiij }tl. -fo,
kwasaf o-sase, a common, common or public
a republican.
ground.
kwasafo-sem, a palaver in ivhich everybody is allowed
to give his opinion.
the

iikwa-ase,
a.s.

ano

a.s.

the

end of a pilantation

anafo a ede reko hhanoa.

0-kwasea,

^>/. h-,

afuw (F. akwa) no nkoa

pr. 1007. cf.

nkoa.

n- -fo, fool, idiot, ignorant or stupiid person,

;
simpleton, dolt, dunce, dullard; oye gkw. se oguah, he
as stupid as a slieep; - syn. ogyennyentwi, ogyimfo, osesafo ; cf.

silly fell oiv

is

obodamfo, ogyefo; kwapae, kwatee, tiboiikoso.

kwasea, foolnkwaseam', in a foolish manner.
iikwa-

ishness, stujiidity.

soa-de,

foolish things or dv'ds; V. (-dy.e) folly.

I'lkwasea seiii,

IvWiiscsii

kwjiw.

k wii s e ;i-f o w, a
follji.
of the favourite dish of the negroes called 'fufu'.

foolish talk or hehaviour, f'ooUs/niess,

lunic

275

(liotijiVtnfi

kwuscsji,

of

inixttirc

<t

wpde

tloor of dwellin<>s with;

and red

rlui/f

osiUo

I'l

clai/ to

nih |kwaw| the

hrotlelia-akua

a. s. niposa*^. a.s.

na wode ye.

Ivwasi, pr. n. tjf a male person born on Sunday, (ir. 41,4.

Akwasilia, -\v;i, Akosiiti, />r. ti. of a female burn on Sunday.
ak\N;isi-dao =rad\vedae.
Kwasi-da, Siindaif; if. dapen.
i?

kwasi-ama
kyi-nsjiyani",

=oye

tidihearcr, tell-t(dc; oyc kw.

douhh'-foiHfited, dercilftd, frr/ichcrons;

is

lie

wa,

I'lk

cf.

nsa-

gfako-

ne-fabafo.

\v;'i

i-f,

i;i

I'lkwa-som,

V.

inf.

g-kwd.soui,
fotioii; s.

itn'riVPj'iiiiKj.

fiini!//d/iirss.

coitcri/

wuye kw. r=
woye ahiintai'i.

nkoa-snin, service of shires, shiveni.

id. a- -fo, a pcr.HOti

(ph people)

kw ilt a, le))rosi/
g-k\vataiii,
s.

,s7/. piti,

fawoliOkodi; yare kw.,

he leprous.

to

]. a brave person. raJiaid omn.

gkatakyi, akatanini.

kwatoe
(jintj.

phin-

ihe

a- -fo, Jejier; .y/n. opitini.

jm/.

o-kwatakyi,
valour; -

on

lirintf

ofumni.

[recent]

prelentioiisness

/'oo//.sAf.ss,

oye kw.

rrtr

2. hraveri/,

eoneeif. fopj'C'vi/, flaiiiifiiKj, hrag-

ghoahoa neho; rf kwapae, okwa-

kwasiare.

sea,

kw;i tcrc.kwa, ragamvffni, ragged

pr. 1910. F.

kwatserkwa.

ov nearhi naked fellow;

Ml;. 14,5^. cf. kwati,

kwawow.

kwji turck wa, adv. barelg, mcrelg; gka kyere wo kw.

do me! he gives the absolute command: love me!

kwali,

v.

to omit,

to leave,

or la i/ aside.

set

^^.*.5

se

avoid,

bg,

evade; not to come into, not to piass through; it serves also instead
of the prep, without: wgakwati bene adi asem no, they held the palaver iiithout the Icing ; mokwati me a, muntumi nye fwe, or, munkwati dufiiaw
tumi nk, me nye fwe, John 15,5. pr. 1027.1031.1039.
or

kyem,

to

go round a ^'medicine'' or a shield

kwati, kwatikwati,
kwawow.
simple, plain

to call

upon a

fetish.

naked, nude; smooth;

watwitwa ne ti so kw,. he has his head
; r/'.
close .shaved, close cropped; neti apakw.kw.; dua no ho or so (ye)
a. bare, bald,

(= pata, loithout leaves); mas^h mprampro

kwati a, pi. n-, Ak. a forked stick or post

kw.

no ho kwkw.
on which the

jioles

akorasimma.
for the construction of the roof rest,
Kwati'a, pr. n. m.
Akwatia, Akotia, pr. n. m.

akwatia
person., short

|akoa, \i?i\adj. small, short;

man;

pr. 693. 3564.

2. a

i)r.:J83:.K

;/.

wooden bar or

1.

a small
door-

bolt,

bar, cross-bar.

akwatia-bibiri, a kind of river-fish.

akwati-kwaii,

kwawj
and

V. [i)if.

chaff. pr.lS6T.

i.?.

a-

n-,

1. to

round-about way, by-way, side-way.

rub the floor with a mixture of red clay

2. to ivear off:

s.

red.

kokwaw.

kwaw

276

-kwaw,

a. plain, simple,

kye.

common; nnua-kwaw,

kyeii dan.

s.

Kwaw, {Y.)pr. n. ^ Yaw. Gr. 41,4. 293,6.

akwawa [akwa, dhn.\ a small plantation, pr. 2399.
kwawow, a. bare, empty, unfurnished: mere, alone;

plain,

simple; cf. kwaterekwa, kwati; wasi dah-kwa\v6w agyaw ho ama

no, he has built a single house and left it so to him u-ithont ant/ apwaka
pmienance (as kitchen &e.) or furniture; waka n'asem kw.,
asem a eho da ho na nnipa hh. te ase.

kwe, kwe, kwe, kwi, F.

= twa.

kwia, F.

kwo, kwo, ksvii kw,

before

where other

dialects

t\ve, t\ve, t\Ve, t\Vi.

Gr. ^ 12.293.

Gr. 12,2. 293,1 c Bern. 3.

o, o,

u, is often written in F.

k.;

e.g.

have merely

(Trk.)

ko, akoa, kokoa.

kwo, akwua (Mk. 12,2.), kwokwa,
koii, akgnng. iikonya.
kwoii, akwondo, iikwoiigya
iikwoiihyelb, akwotuia =^ hkomhyefo, akatua &c.

kyakya,
O-kjame,

kje,

tsatsa,
5.

akyakyawa,

-kya,

akyekyewa.

s.

okyeame.

endure, continue, hold out, stand for a lony

i.e. of long duration; n'asemakye dodo, his
speecli was very long; to stay lung, to stay uicay or out a long time;wakyebiara neii, he has stayed out long enough indeed; s. Gr.231,l.
3-5., where instances are given to show the rendering by the v. kye
of the Eng. adterbs a.nd jih rases ^long, a long ichde, a good tvhile,
for a long time, long ago, notlong ago, a (long, short) U'liilc ago, long
3. to delay, defer, withsince, long before, soon, soon afterwards".
stand a long time, require a long time before, with another verb in
the inf.: okye ne ba, he delays his coming, he does not or will not
come soon or for a long time; Lnk. 12,45. ekye bo or bii, it withstands
breaking, i.e. it will not brcalc soon or easily; enkye bg, it does not
withstand breaking, i.e. it will easily break, it is fragile; ekye see,
ehkye see, it is not
it is not easdy spoUed or ruined, is durable;
durable, is perishable, frail; pr. 1017. Gr. 231,2.
V. 1. to la^t,

time, pr.lOOl; to be long

kye,

V. \}-ed.

kyekye]

1. to

divide, or sej^arate Into clsmses, or-

- kye
up a piece of meat; often with mu: kye akutu no mu
abien, divide the orange into two paiis.
2. to share, part, among
two or more, to distribute, divide among several; to apportio)i; to
present or give (also a single thing to a single person): gkyee ne
mfefo nhina ade, he distributed presents to all his friends; ode duku
kyee me, he gave me ahandlcerchief.
3. to give aivay, make a present of: menifa me ba menkye, / do not give away my child, pr. 3528.
afiri me, he has
4. to forgive, pardon: ode me bone akye me,
ders, kinds, parts, portions or shares, to cut up, parcel (out);

nam,

to cut

forgiven

me my

me kaw no ankye
kye, V. 1. Ak.
kye,

V. 1. to

come or bring

acquit of {?l debt); wamfa

me, he has not absolved me from (paying) my debt.

offence.

5. to remit,

= kyew.

become

;2.

to

F. (khe)

kyere, kye[kyere.

appear, come to light; to

impart consistency; this v. is only

clear, visible; to

forth, to obtain or

= kyekye,

kye

277

iikyeafi).

used in connection with ade: ade kye, the dntf breaks (lit. the things
hrcowc risihie?) [G. dso tsere or tsero]; wo abofra yi, nca woyc yi,
worci'ikyO ade, i/oii child that ijoii arc, by so doinff i/oii iriJl (not briiKj
ihitKjs 1o lasfitH/ cjistcnce or duration i.e.) not live long or fare icell
ade reiikye no, things tviU not jtrospcr to him.
or prosper; pr. 't8o.
Q. s. red. kyekye.

kye,

intcrj. exprcssin" tlio un\villin{:;ness of

up what he has

kjM"', adr. in

no

akye, F. ==
;.\

monkey

to give

an

wag; wakyekye

elegant, crqnisitc or lu.rarions

kye. (ade a eho tew lerenim, asein biara mil ho.)

fi

C-kyCj Ak. s. kyew.

o-kye, inf. lasting, duration

got, pr. 1787.

ank;!, ahkrui;!.

okye na ankye,

iikyo. F.

J.

a word expressive of an attempt. Mf. Gr.

kye,

fishing-nct;

</.

adwoku &

Cf.

did not last long.

ML 1,6.11,21.12,7.

p. 4(1 (iikhe).

atra, boa, eboa,

C-kyr. ekyen(?) F. imuiorfalitg.?

akyO

//

r^ anka.

asawu. [G.atse.]

akyewa.

kye, r. a forth-conii)igY] a saluttdion, greeting, espec.

ma akye, to
in the morning; compliments, resjjccts; cf. niakye.
salute, greet {cf. kyia); mema wo yere akye
/ beg to send or ^jresenf nig kind regards to your wife : mji no akye ma me, give my rcsjJects to him or her; obi aba ha abema wo akye, a person has come
ffr.

who desires to pay his respects to yori.

an'kyO, a kind o^ parrot; s. ako.
a n ky T", a kind of wild cashew tree with fruits eaten by tlieKrobos.
kye a, v. [red. kyeakyea] to become or make oblique, inclined,
distorted, wry, crooked, squint ({"C; to slojjc. slant, bend, incline, distort dr. akyea, it is ivry. sloping, not straight; kyea asem, to wrest
judgment, to pervert ones cause; okyea n'aso di asem, he pierverts
judgment; wakyea n'aso abu no ntenkyew. Cf. kyew, v. tf- a.

kye^i, kyea

(//". P^ a bending sideward or a sideward inclinaas for close or careful inspection; a look from the
side; of we no {or ne) kyea, he looks or cares well for him (her, it),
ommd biribi nhia no, n'ani ka
is careful for or mindftd of him
(or ku) no ho; gnfweno kyea, he does not even look at him, does not.
care the least for him.

tion of the head,

to-, pr. 2853.

n kye
iikyeae, 1. obliqueness, crookedness; the slanting of a ivrdl;
minhu dan no nkyeae hi.
2. a sloping or slanting line.
3. fig.
crooked tvay; crooks (of the heart &c.); yenhuu ne nkyeae da, tve
ti

never found in him any fault, wrong, trespass or deviation from moral rectitude.

kyea,
to strut, to

v. to

walk

in

an

affected, conceited, ostentations

behave proudly; okyea

odi

manner,

nkwankwasem, gye neho

mmerantede.

akye a To, aiikyeafo,

tion, excelling others

biara nye

fe,

of the

biara nkyen

-g,

a person or thing tcorthy of distincmu nni anky.=:gb.

same kind; gbedew

hi, pr. 7 1.17 16.

17 19. 3546.

kyeakyea

278
kj^eakj^ea, red.

o-kyeame,

v.,

vr.3173.

kyekye.

kyeaw-kyeaAv, a kind oi sandals.

reporter, interpreter; one of tlie

elders of a king or a negro-town or community, called lingidst. who
in their councils has the office of a si)eaker being- the mouth-piece
of, or reporter to, the king or the assembly: - di ky., to he or actos

a speaker.

i>?.

speaTicr,

a-,

Cf. opanyiii.

aky e-buro, parched corn, pr.394. syn. nkye-wee.

aky e-de, pi. id. [ade a wgkye] present, gift: cf. adekyede,
fa,

kyo-

ayeyede.

akye-dnaii, fried meat, cakes Sc. Cf. likyewa.

kyeo, V. -so, to spare, retain as precious, save,
kora so okyee n'ade so, he
close; - red. kyeekyee, q.v.
cf.

kye-edwo
edwo

use sparinghi;
economical, parsimonious,

is thrifty,

[okye a edwo]: oye k.

[etwa]. Cf. yr. 2559f. 2606.

kypckyeo,

red. v.

1. s.

kyee.

:J.

onipa a oka asem

ky.

mu,

to

a,

mix persons

or things of different kind or size, to alternate, to cause to succeed

by turns, to arrange in reciprocid succession : owo kyeekyee mu, .fhe
bears sons and daughters alternately [G. efonmafi]; raorafa mmofra

no nky. mpauyimfo no mu; wasina n'ahene akyeekyee mu,

aheue sukoro, na esonsone na ode afrafra mu.

e.s.

enye

kye-fa, F. [kye, ofa] portion, share, allotment, dividend.

[hno a wgakyew ma abeii na wode asi ho ma adah
na wuguare a wosra) palm-oil pircpared for anointing one's skin

i'ikvc-i> 6
fitii

after washing.

oda nky. (mu), he is

hindered in an action,
act in a matter; onam nky. m' na obae, he came in

iikye-haina [hhama a ekyere]

bound, kept

in,

bond--^;

bo)ids, fig. he is restrained or

prohibited to
bonds, as a captive.

nky ekwaky em a:
akyekya',

s.

kyekye

(mu), red.

kyckyo,

bo-, ^^

di

ahantansem.

pr. 1921.

akyekyewa.
s.

v..

kye,

to divide.

the evening-star; osi

sram

nkyyi'i,

osram yere ncn,

odi sram akyi da; hence it is also called kyekye-pe-aware, awarem'pe-no, or, pe-hene-adi, owiiodi, implying that \t 'm betrothed to the
moon and desirous to be married to if. though never able to come
up with it, or, that it is desirous of becoming king (instead of the
moon), and that, when the moon dies i.e. disappears, that star takes
its

place;

cf.

ko-soroma.

kyekye,

hard spots of the skin; ky. asi ue

aky.) his hand has become (or his
hands are) callous; nenahkroina anim asi ky., his knees have become callous.
/>/.

a-,

callosity,

nsam', ne nsam' asi ky., (or

kyekye
ahyem'

asisi

[full ej spindle;

wode nsatea dan no

kyekye,

a,

nkora ntra-ntra abien a wode dua

na etwa neho na wode to asawa.

a kind of kente,

s.

ntama.

kvekye
k3'ckyc, kyikyi,

kyoky o, red.
together, pr. 1923.

neho

so.

akyekyerej:y.'i.

s2>i/-(/I<iss;

telescope.

v.[cf.kyere, kyekyere]
:2.

to r/ird. ifirdle, ffirt;

5. to precipitate,

form a

J. to

hind,

tic (tip), tjind

wakyekye n'asei'i

-^

wabo

scdiiiuut. to tliicheii, litspissatc,

coalesce, concrete, coii(/eal; abfirow, dote

'271t

no aky.

(after

being

dis-

/. to groiv or t)Ccome firm, hard, solid:

solved in water or soaked).
.7. ky. kurow,
to budd a toien.
ode no aky. kakra-ara gyenn.
0. okyekyc ne were (lit. he tics up his t)reast'0 he comforts,
pr. 447.
consoles, solaces him; ne were akyekye, he has been or is comfor-

ted, consoled.

kyekye,

red. r. -..so, to keep close together; oky. nesika

gmta ne sika nto aduan nni, nto ntama mfnra.
ararire. stinj/incss. itiyijardHness; r/'. anibere,
11 ky T'ky 0, /^//".
ayamonwene, kane.
o-kyekyOtu. pi. a-, miser, niifgard; pr. 19:23.
one heapiiKj up treasures; cf. oyamonwenefo.
O-kyokye, a kind of bat, having bumps about tlie liead.;>r. i II.
kyekye, n. a sound a(/rrcable to the ear, harmonious, satis-

so

factori/, (jratifi/in<i

wafi ky. akyi. he comes behind hand, a da/j after

the fair.

akyekyOri,

a large fruit (melon;') with eatable seeds; syn.

[akatewa.
akyt'kyL'Ji, a dish of roasted meal of Indian corn or maize.

nkyekyom',

inf.

[kyekye mu] the act of dividing; division;

si/n. nkyem'.

part, section, verse; fraction;

kyckyc-mawc, As. a fish of a finger's length.

akyekye-mawe, F. locust. Mt. 3,4. Mk. 1,6. - boadabi, abebew.
iiky^kyyra, likyekyerewa, Gy. goro, a cord made of pine.s.

apple fibres (sevenfold, mfiriwa).

iiky eky ere. a kind

of

any thing

oi'

grass or iceeds preventing the growth

else; sare atenteh bi a etc se

nnua; papyrus; rush.

Job. 8,11. cf. sakran.

nkyekyere, wild sugar-cane sgn. fwerew.

kyekyere, red. v. [kyere] 1. to bind, tie,
;

tie

together; ky.

make a bundle: ky. adesoa, to prepare a load; wokyekyeree

ne nsa koo n'akyi, theij tied his hands behind his back; bone aky.
boa,

to

has blindfolded him.

kyeremu.

3. to be tied

handkerchief tied

3. io gird, girdle, girt; cf. hkyeround a thing; duku ky. neti, she has a
round her head. Cf. kyekye.

n'ani, sin

kyekyere [kekre] roasted corn ground into flour;

wgde abiirow a woakyew na eyam ky.

akyeky ere-e, jj/. n-,

tortoise; cf.

syn. oslam;

awuru, apuhuru.
[pr. 1465. 1467. 1024-31.

iikyekyeree,

a weaver's sjjooI; syn. dodowa.

kyekyerebesi, a kind of tree: dua bi a eho wo nsoe, eye den,

n'ahaban uteantea, wode eho bono ye hama, ebon na ebgii wokor
;

ase

a,

wutu nnee.

akyekj^ere-gya,

-twe, a kind of ant.

kyokyercliu

280

kjei'i.

kyekyerehu, a kind oi food prepared of maige.

kj e k y e r e-k 6 n a, different sorts of precious heads
worn by kings,

geiher,

a k y e k y e r e-k 6

1'l

strung

to-

MS.

jjr.

ii

[nea ekyekyere kgn mu] urcJdace ; necl-

nk_yekyere-mu, Jjelt, girdle; sgn. aboso.

iikyeky ere-s6 |nea wode akyekyere adesoa

[cloth.

so] thcd ichkh is

honnd iqwn a load in addition to it.

nkyekyerjl.
iikyekyerewa,
*-.

iikyekyeM'a,

notch, indentation;

1.

osekan no fmo abo

iiky.,

3. a clicking or smaclcing sound

the edge of the knife has got a notch.
produced to scoff atone; wgbo no nky. (=ntwom), theg deride him,

him &// smaclcing with the tongue.

k y e k y e w a, tbe s^ncg hark of a tree

scoff at
11

akyekj^ewdj

cinn a man ?

-kya, a humphacked. hunchhacked

iJerson.

[pr. 741. 1046. cf. afu.

kyekyewn.
wa

a ete

bi

o-kyem,
shield;

a.

small; okura adaka ky. bi so or adaka kete-

so.

a shield plaited of twigs; liwene ky., to make a

cf. liwakyem, wokyem.

pi. a-,

woye no

tetere aliinanaii; hnckler;

akye m-akyeni,
a shield)

atutuw

nky em',
kyem,

a. [^>?.

nti abofra

[kye niu|

inf.

o/'okyem]

flat (as the ivicker-ivork

of

no nsa adah aky.

division, part, fraction;

s.

fikyekyem'.

to jrress (together) forcihly, to force out.

v.

Ahyem,pr.n. Akem, a country consisting of two territories,

Akyem Abuakwa and Akyem Kotoku, Gr. p. XI. XII. pr.n.m.
a small hird, perhaps 300 living on one tree,
a 11 k J e in', pi.
ii-,

kyema,

s.

kyima.

kyemadu, a. large, said of a bunch

aky em ad a (koko), a kind of hcans.

of bananas, palm-nuts,

11

kyemt;',
rem'),

made

^.

mo%i precious kind of

of silk-thread, pr. 1365.

akyem-medew,
k y e 111 I'c r e,

s.

(pr.

cdotli

from the interior

(sa-

805.)

obedew.

pi. n-, potsherd, pr. 3669.

O-ky e 111 f 6, 2d- a-, a large spider; its bite is said to be venomous.
0-kye m fo o, j>?. a-, a shield-hearer (ofthckm^ of Asante). pr. 799.
Akycinfoo, j)?*. v. of ^ sea-coast town in Fante.
kye mi, a kind of small fish, pounded and made into lumps,
stinking

osee-samina.

pr.

2845. [G. gbemono.]

kyeinmiri, F. a kind oi snake.

iiky em-pac [nkycne pae] a hag of salt.
iikyem-pe, equator. D.As.
nkye-mii,

s.

o-kyem^ya

pr. .3609.

likyem'.

[gkyem,

rf/m.]

kyeii [Ak.I".kyene]r.

a smcdl shield, target.

to sur2}ass,

go heyond, exceed, excel, he

kyeij

nkyene.

281

larger than; Sf/n. sen, cf. tra; it is used for the comparative form
of Enp^. (id/rrtivt'S and the <'0)iJ. than: after another verb it is translated by more than, belter than, rather than, when noj^ativc, by not
so .. as. not more .. than. Dabodabo ye kokuro kyen akoko, or d.
kyen akoko kokuro; Onyanic nhyira ye kyeii sika; nietnnii niaye
kyen noa wosusuw nioanyin sen me, enti mutu mmirika kyen me;
;

ogya koko. R.p. 30;2.ijr.^73.

kyen so (without an
expressed object of comparison) to l/e eminent, excellent, superior;
nneema a ekyen so, extraordinari/ things.

biribi nky^ii

kyoii.
house.

to erect the sides of

V.

nnua-kwaw

wokyen dan, wokyeh

a house;

common

no, the/f put in the

sticks for the walls of a

negro-

nkyen.

(y.

kyen,

r.

[s.

kyC-nkytMi]

]. to

become hard,

dri/,

for the

name Atiammo.

stiff',

durable;

ekaw kyen na eniporow, pr. 1498.

j2. to maJce hard: wokyen won
yafunu, the// abstain from food, lire on scanty food, s. yaf.
3. F.
gkyeh ne kgn wg n'agya do, fic rebelled against his fatfier\ cf. sen kgn.

Okyen,

surname

pr. n. a

nk veil,

the side, side-part or place bg the side of a thing; in

it is, in Eng\, often rendered by prepositions,

from; or hy adverbs, as, aside, apart, privategfa; - ogyina me nkyen, he stands near
Ig; F. Alt. 14,13. Mk. i5,5.
or bg me; kyekye da sram nkyen, the evening-star is near the moon;
mekg ne nkyen, / am going to him; eli glienc nkyen, it comes from
Cpds. s. gdankyen, gkwahkyen.
the king; cf. Gr. ^ 122.

connection with verbs

as, near, bg, with, to,

o-ky cnaj
t/ie

F. c- [gkye da] to-morrow ; the dag or a dag following

present; oky. hi, some future dag.

o-kyena-kyi,

the dag after to-morrow.

kyen; m'agwima kyeneme, mg worfc is
kyene, v. Ak. F.
too hard (too much) for me.
kyeiie, v. to swing, fling one's self, as an ape from one tree to
another; gkyenc e.s. (kontromfi, duahyeh) gtow fi dua biako so kg
biako so.
de.. kyenemu; to cross, to thron- across: gde ne nan
akyene mu. he has crossed his legs. In the combination t o w k y e n e
the V. tow means to throw, send, fling, hurl from the hand or from
a starting place, and kyene points to the end and aim of such
movement,
Gr. 109,32. 243. />. Kyene is used of single things,
gu of a multitude of things or of materials gtow tnmpah no kyenec

..

.s\

pom', he hurled the bottle info the sea; watow ne sekan akyene, he
has flung his Jcnife awag, or, he has lost Jris l-nife (by carelessness).

aky ene,pLh-,

drum;

diff.

kinds: gbgmma' (akyenekese), atum-

pah, nkrauiri, adedenkiira, etwi,

akukua

(at

Kumase and Akro-

pong); sa nkyene yi nhina di bene anim ne n'akyi; gteute, mpintlh; gyamadudu; - kfi or yah aky., to beat a drum.

kyene,

Akw. tafode, gyiram.

Plir. hky. atera', it is
hky. atwam', // is excessively salted, oversalted;
hky. no nte adem', the salt has lost its savour; wgnye hky. na woahono, the rain will notlciU you; waka hky. agu (lit. he has cast awag
S(dt) he lias ceased to nse salt i.e. he is dead; n'aniwa soa hkv.
11

salt.

sufficientlg salted;

282

akyeiiel)(')a

kyenkyeiiara.

kum na n'aniwam'

aye no fremfremfrem or dededede, he is at

dropping swecihj asleep: akoa yi, oye m'anim nkyene,
medan meho a, na gye m'atiko yisa, he spealiS r/ood words i)i my
cars, behind me had ones; cf. wotoo no tekremakyene, fhei/ laid salt
upon their tongue for him hy sweet words; onan nkyene gu n'asom',
he bribes or persuades him ; obeka nky. a, mirentie no bio, though
he try his best to persuade me, I wilt not listen to him any more.
bo nky., s. bo 98. - si nky., s. hkyenesi.
a ky e 11 o-b 6 a, pi. n- [aboa a okyene] ape, monkey (general name).
n'ani

the point of

akyene-dani,

adam.

n.

ky eiiedur u,
cedar < ; dnpgn

a tree the wood of which resembles cedar-wood;

a wode sen akyene, ye mpnrah &c.

akyeue-ka,

inf.

drumming, beat of drum;

syn. ayan.

o-kyeiie-kai'o, drummer; syn. okyeremii, oyahfo;

a-ky eiie-kesc, the king's large

drum., called

cf.

gyaasefo.

obomma.

pr.?!!.

iikj'eiu'-mu, r.n. a crossing of two lines as in the sign of mul-

tiplication

'/.

osikyi.

kyOiieiie, a barrot, stcrde, unfruitful female (of animals);

oguan yi abu ky., this sheep has become fat instead of bringing forth
young; cf. obonin, karawa.
ukyeiie-iikyciie, adj. salty; usu nky., brackish water.

iikyene-si,

inf. the

putting of salt into bags. [Wosi

wokyekye nky. wg abobow mu

akyem-medew mu

a.s.

nkyene
ahabah

a.s.

biara mu.]

o-kyeiic-suafu,

pi. a-,

iikyeiie-soafu,

jjZ. id.,

a carrier of a drum.

pr. 282^.

salt-carrier, pr. 1943.

iikyen-koko, ^>?. nkyene-akuko, a grain of salt.

11 k y
11 k y e iii ni a, a kind of grass.
iikycnkyemawo, pr.l9ii. cf. kyekyemawe.
nkyeiikyeii, F.

kyeiikyC'ii,

red.

rikyene-nkyene; saltncss.Mk.9,50.
v.

\s.

kycn

onipa

wu

make

grow hard, dry,

benumbed me; watorpid and is about to die;

1. to

numb: awgw akyenkyen me, the

kyenkyen na oye awu, he has become

.stiff,

ov

cold has

gkyenkyOn, when a man

3. to
dies, he becomes stiff.
idmost tension, exert to the utmost: kyehkyen
woho ma adaka no so, exert yourself (call up) your strength) to lift
up the box.
3. V. to dry up, wither away. Mk. 4,6. 11,20 f
kyeiikyeii, a. stiff; tadua ky. pr. 3156; s. ky.-ara k kyen-

strain, to

a,

put

to the

to

[kychkyen.
pannier made ofpalm-branches and reeds,
carry palm-wine; syn. akgtwG: cf. bedew, apakan, kyerehkye.

ky eiikyen,

basket,

akyenkyeiij

7;/. ?V?..

kyeiikyeii-be-mu,

an unripe ^yalm-nut.

pr. 310.1945-47.

akyfeiikyOna, a bird with a large

huceros?

pr. 1948.

by-names:

kyeiiky eri-ara,

bill, the toucan or hornbill,

pebiakrro, meamea.

adv. hard, forcibly; needs, necessarily, in-

akyeakyeiiiK'
ilispciiatihl//; ahsoliUchf,

miso, rm'mina onko;

iriah to

kele,

Id

.s//7/,

li'nn (/o

(I

[kyoukyC'ii, adc
iiof

a forced nioilvr or

enforced, ohfained

hi/

fhiiiif:

force.

somethnxi hordenc.d ; biribiara a akyei'ikyeh,

dennenneniieii ua wudi a enye bio, nam a
obosu nky."^, honr-frost; nsu nky.i', ice; am u

niiomni/.

s. ky eh kyerehii
k y e n k y e ii v
k y r> ky e ky e ii, adr. hard, riffidJi/. inflexibly, vnrelentinfiexcessive} ji; obyeno ky., lie forces him hard, rides over him with
I'l

I'l

Ifl,

h//aU )ncans. pcrcin/ilofili/, jiosifivrJi/. itffrrJi/;

ose kyenkyrn-ara oht'ko, I sai/. T do )iot
he siiifs, /ir irill (jo hi) till nicavs. jCf. G. kr,

iid, ihoiifih.J

a k_V('M'ik yrn-iic
odo nye aky., lore is
nky ei'ikyoiie,
se dote, aduan a aye
woahow na aky en liky.i,

2H3

kyrn-.

iia

hiif

sevcriti/;

I'l .

I'l

Eiiiresi-abfirotb hliye abibifo ky., the Knijlish do not deal

riyidlij with the iiei/roes;

exccediriijlj)

akyeiikyeii-nuni
ening any

gtoh n'ado aboodcri ky., he sells his thivgs

dear.

tbin<>-,

for

|adiiru

aekyehkyeh

cmbahning a

a medicine fn' hard-

corpse, for iinimiiiificafinn.

ky eiiky eiitakyi-a, adv. by force, forcibly; onyekyehkyeutakyi-ekyi do, it is not an irresistible love; kyerikyentakyi-esi a,
ose inemui;1yt'hko, he absolntcly ivaids me (or, tvitJi, (dl his might he
forces me) to go niih him; syn. kyehkyeh-ara.
kyeiikyGiitakyi-kui'Ow, i)r. 2818.

ky eiikyereiiii, a. adv. very hard, dry, stiff: cf. kyeh &

kyenkyeh, v.
nam no aye kychkyert'rih, ////; fislt (or meat) is ivell
dried; asase no mil (or so) ye kyehkyenci'ih, ^== emu akyeii or awo,
the land is hard and dry, arid, meager, barren ; ne ntama no aseri
wakyeh kyOhkyerehh,
ky. ne nsa sehi ky. or kyehekese, 1 Ki. 13.
he has become stiff (in his body or joints, tor some hours) eye akose
abiribiri\v-t\Va, syji. ade atg no so, ahuhmu ato (or asi) no so.
kyehkyehkyeh.
kyouky erei'iky o)"i
li,'

akye-nya-de
kyepe, Akw.
kyepen, F.

ukyera,

[ade a Avoakye anya| share, ^wrfioit,

=: pedua,

portion, inficritance. Mt.

a kind oi pot;

kyefa.

to.

s.

5,5.

kuku.

kye, v. to last, endure; F. mambekyer',

kver, F. kjere, Ak.
not to remain long; gbekyer alie, fioiv long will it last':- bekyer

I am

long (wilt tJiou stay away)? Fs. 90,18.

[kye, v. to lastdc] a delay, lingering, prolonged stay;
mehhye wo ky., I do not detain you, tvill not cause you a delay or
detodion; wannye ky. yee ntem kog ho, he hastened there withoid

ahe hko,

lioie

kyere

delay.

kye re, v. [red. kyekyere, (/. v.] 1. to catch, lay fiold on, seize
(by pursuit); to talce captive (ky. or fa dommum), apprehend; to
detain; a^-yinamoa ky. hkura, akroraa ky. hkokg; pr. 3111.1954-57.
ky. asem, Lk. 11,54.
2. to bind, tie round (adare, the handle of a
) to become tliiclc, to curd, curdle, clot, concrete or coabill-hoolc)gulate into a thick inspissated mass; nufusu no aky., tlie milJc has
/. .. m u ky., a) to be narrotv; odah yi mu ky., tJiis room
curdled.

kyere

284
is

narrow; opp. mii gow,

distinet in pronnnciation

to he

akyere.

spacious.

Aburifo kasa

mu

and inwokasa ntem-

h) to he hurried

kyere,

e.s.

ntem na emu ntew a.s. emu nna ho.

5. kyere m ii, to interweave,
gtamanwonefo adi mu adwini; s.
tissue, rarier/afe; wgaky. mu
nkyeremu.
5- to he in great distress or sfraits: ue ho kyere no
ne ho hia no wg mma nhina; ne tirim aky. no (e.s. asem bi aye no
ehu neawereho nhina), he has hecome distracted, out of his senses or

(j. to 2^ress or he pressed together ; kyere so, to throng, crowd:

wits.
nnipa no aky. so, the people are croirded together; wgkyere no so,
the// throng him: wgkgkyere tow, they huddle together into a cluster,
~. kyere (or kyekycre) sa, to prepare for tear
sivarm or crowd.
(by collecting an army &c.): wakyere me ho sa-bone, he has planned, devised or determined evil against me.
S. to show or manifest
ill tvill. hostilitg, animositi/, aversion, tohcar malice, to malx one feel
a grudge; s, hkyeree.

kypre,

V.

[red. kyerekyere, q. r.J 1. to show foiih, produce,

view (often preceded by de, fa, yi, with the ob-

exhihit, present to

shown): fa mfonini yi kyere no. show him these pic[or, maky. no mf.); - fa woho or yi woho
kyere, shoio gonrself; gkyere neho (dodo), lie is ostentatious, hoastful. vaunting, jn: 383. 1.31S. - yi.. kyere, to manifest, reveal, make
knotvn. John 1,81.2,11.
2. to show, point out (to); to guide or lead
to: kyert no kwaii, show him the way: kyere no odah a gbedam',
lead him to the room where he is to slvep. pr. 1617.
3. kyere ase,
/[* show the reason, meaning, sense, i.e. to explain, interpret, pr. 1950.
kyere a no, to state or declare the amount, numhcr. weight cC-c. F. to
declare.
4. to teach, instruct in: mekyereeno nhoma-kan, I taught
him to read (cf. red.).
5. to advise, counsel, exhort: gkyeree no se
6". to have a direction or
onnnaii, he advised him to flee; pr.236.
situation toward, to front, face, to look toward: adannim ky. apuei,
the front of the house looks eastward; nemfensere ky. abgnten so,
his zrindow faces or looks into the street.
7. After another verb, ky.
often sliows the direction of an action and is rendered in Eng. by
iheprcp.totvard (Gr.^ 223,4): gterew no nsam'kyeregsoro, hespreads
fo)ih his hands toward heaven ; or it denotes the reference to a person and is rendered by to: ka.. kyere, to speak or relate to, to tell,
give rnstruction or information to. to inform: gkaa ne daekyeree no,
he told him his dream; wanyii asem no nka nkyeree, he has often
inculcated this matter; - to mctkeknown. reveal.,John 1,18.
8. kasa
kyere, a) to spealc to. pr. 513. - h) to instruct, exhort, admonish. pr. 911.
V. to do for a pretence: wgbg mpae tenten kyere, they for a preject that

is

mede maky.no

tures;

tence

make long prayers. Mt.

kyei-e, F. unless, except

apa hen mu, /

kyere,

shall love thee

inf.

Ak.

23,14.

(=gye);
till

till,

until:

death us do part;

w' ky. owu

kyere-de.

mgdo
cf.

okye, long duration, time. pr. 1949.

o-ky ere, the act oi teaching ; doctrine, rule, ])reccpt, instruction.

o-kyere, precious heads and pieces (ingots) of gold, fastened
round the wrist; s. gkrakyere.
akyere,^?. n-, a wretch worthy or destined tohekilled;

i)r.636.1958.

kyeree

ukyerekyerewa.

285

akwakyere; wode no too akyere, they sentenced him to he Mlled

dragging him along the streets,

cf.

after pt-cvioua torments in

kyeree, ^= abgso, the

iikyeree% v.n. [kyere,
hfwcso; eho nky.

s//n.

batten or mooabte. bar of a loom.

example, sanqtle, pattern, instance;

r.\

bi ni.

iikycrtM.' [kyere, t'. 1. manner of binding; stale of bondaye,

;?. a (jradye.
bonds; iikyorcea worn;! wokyeree no yee no yaw se.

ivill,

ill

animositi/, hostilili/, malice, aversion;

medeneuahonkyeree

(=

ne ho tan, ne hu ahi) na niede nierekyere no, 1 make him feel

I owe to his mother: mf;i m'.igya ho nkyeree nkyerenie,
do not mahc me suffer for the aversion ifoa have conceived to my
6'.
duasee, kaasee &c.
f(dher.
the (jrndije

I'lkyere-ano, inf. F. answer, declaration.

nky crease,

explancdion, interpretation;

inf.

asekyere.

cf.

F. sister; cf. onua-ba.

fMt. 13,66. 19,:i9. Mli. 3,35. 6,3.
kyere be 11 11, kerebeii-krebeiiii, (fnll e) a. & adv. 1. erect,
upriyld, straight, not crooked at all; (ogyina ho ky., nnna no anyinnyiii krbkrb.)
2. fust, firm; syn. pintinn.

akyereba, -wa,

-bii, pi. h-,

o-kyerebeii,

a species o( snake; oye ahantan se oky.

pi. a-,

kyerebeukuku,
in

the

queen of

the white ants,

mfotehene.

kyerebia(so), a three-angled piece of wood or s/ic//" fastened

the corner (or nook) of a room to put things on; s. kyereso.

a.s.

kyere bo, hardened dung, excrement; onipa, atoteboa biara

akoko bin a eye dennennen; syn. bin, sebew; cf. bintuw.
kyere-de, F. (in order to see) whether;
kyere obokii no, hoping
11,13.

kyere: Mk.

kyere-se; or only:

to kill

him.

akyeredewa, a little somctliing to make a show; asmcdltoken.

akyerekye, an animal that eats unripe plantains. 2>r- 1960.
akyerek3''eree, id.? a kind oi rodent animal;

ukyerekyera,
nea wura ntumi

miifi

kyerekyere,
kyerekycre,

s.

opurow.

-kyerewa, dry land, barren desert; hky. sone

yiye na aduan nso mnio.

only used together with kaii,

a.

s.

kanky....

kyere; the rer/. form is used, with

the meaning to teach, instruct, when the thing or matter that is taught
is not mentioned; cf. didi, kehkari.
;?. kyerekyere .. mu, to explain, expound, elucidate, dlustrate.
iikyereky eve 6, examples, instances; s. nkyeree; eho liky.bi.
red.

v., 1.

.s.

o-kyerek3^eref6,
minister of

tJie

jj?. a-,

aky e reky ere-kwaii,

index.

3.
11

teacher,

instructor,

tutor; xireacher,

gospel.
\it.

what shows the way;

2. in a ship the helm, or perh. better,

tlie

1. the forefinger,
steering compiass.

way-mark, direction-post.

kyere kye rem u,

kyerekyerew,

red.

inf.
v., s.

explanation,

exjjliccttion, elucidation.

kyerew.

iikyerekyerewa, engravings,

figures, pr. :i383.

iikyerekyerewa

286

k^^erewo.

nkyerekyerewa, s. nkyerekyerii.
o-ky e e m a,])!, a-, drummer, by the fetish-priests called gyamfo
1901. ahene ne aky., lit. Icokjs and dnoiiiiirrs, i.e. litfs and ofJirr
1*

pr.

chiefs.

akyeremadei'o,

the Icbujs

drummers,

pr. 477.

j>yaasefo.

s.

!*ikyereiiinia, white flakes of ashes (gbrgde-hono a wgahyew

mu gyarenso mil apowapgw a ededam' titafitfi no).

iikyeremu, a kind of precious cotton chifh. mixed of red

black, similar but far superior to mmoboin'.

pi. n-, 1. basket made of wicker (liamanempocoarse, used to cover fowls, chickens &c.
cf. ken-

kyereiikye,
pa), strong
ten,

&

and

kyehkyen, (akotwe),

sesea, pirebi, tekrekyi.

,?.

liird's

cage.

rani; fde; wafua ode gyau nko

kyerepenkyerepeii, he has planted yam in (several) roirs consisting
l*\ aky. mu, in roirs. Mt. (i,40.
only of "gyawu".

ky erepeii, pL

n-, roir, line,

kyere-se, conj. (F. -dej ;= se ebia, nheiher or if jterhaps;

Gr. 141,1,B. fl, kofwe ky. owo ho ana'? kgka kyere no ky. obetie
ana? kg ky. wobenyii biribi aba na yeadi.

ky ercso, kyerebias6, duabon

kokoam' na wgde nneema gu so.
kyere-su a-sem

kye re-tie,

a.s.

dual)! a womsoii de aliye

(-nhoma)"^, catechism. Kurtz 7.

listening to instmction;

mekg

ky., 1 go to have

asubg ky., the attending to instrHction precious

k^'eretiefu"^, (pi. id.) catechumen.

lesson;

to

baptizing.

ky 0, re w, v.{^red. kyerekyerew") Ky. twere, to write ; to engrave:

ky. hhoraa, to write o)i paper, to a-rifr a letter, deed, docvment, tract
or hook; cf. knrukyerew.

ukyerew: the phrase gu ne nkyerew is used when of things

portioned out successively nothing is left; wgkye ade hi mu wie a,
wgka se: yeagu ne nkyerew,
yeawie kora, we are at the end of
it, ICC have done or finished, all is sj)enf, there is nothing left; aduah
a yeile kge no, yesan akodi bi a, na wgagu ne nky. dedaw, when
we went again to partake of the victuals wc had t((kcn with ns, theg
were already done (finished, consumed, used up).

akyerewa,

-ba,

Ak. F.

sister.

-= onua-b;i.

kyerewii, screw; cf. mfewa.

ky erew-dc, ^j/. ii-, letter, character
or printing

(s.

-b('n.

in irriting

(s.^yertwe)

ntinti-mi).

kyere we,

-e, pZ. n-,

line, syn.

nsanhg; a tnark or character

kyerewde.
I'lkyere we, -e', 1. engrnved or impressed artificial lines or figures on calabashes, pottery &c.; ahina no ho nky. ye fe.
2. any
in writing; letter;

engraving,
the

the

palm

s.

icriting, draicing. design,

of the hand.

4.

ddincation.

3. the lines in

a mark, notch, incision, groove.

worm or thread of a screw (hkyiiikyimi),

g-kyere wl'o, 7>L a-, writer; scribe; clerk; author
kyere-wy, a kind of bird, catching snakes.

:j.

(of a hovk).

akyeton

aky e-toii, w/".

fo aky.,

tJtcij

[kyere, ton] catchinff

took to ((itching

e-ky!w, Ak. ekyc,

borg-kyew, fo-kye &c.

and

287

Jikyi.

and

selling ; wodii

Krobo-

selling the Kroho-pcople.

cdp. bonnet, an// rover for the head: cf.

kyew, lit. to tale off' the hat. to hrg
submissireli/, to entreat, snpi)licalr. heseeeh. petition; to tieg pardo)i;
S(/n. koto, sf'ro, koto sere; [G. kpa tai, Vor-p. 06.\ niopa wo kyew se:
fa

liri ine,

h(it,

pa.,

tjeg i/mt to f'or(/irp nic!

\v<t

kyew

ni!

lit.

/four hat is this,

pardon! kyew nhina ye wo dea ^ fa firi me, na t'afiri nhina ye wo dea, enyeme dea, / have nothing to forgive, 1 crave
onlif gour forgiveness; mepaa no uie bone ho kyew, 7 as/,ed him to
i.e.

fjeg >/onr

forgive the tvrong done hg we.

kyinv-pii, inf. entreatg, sntq^lieation. asJcing for jj(trdon.

ky ow,
abijrow,

V.

tofrg, hake, roast, }Htrch (akoko,

pr. :i94.,

ase n.a., with or without

orpotsherd, whereas toto

at the hare fire.

kyew,

is,

tobake

in

fat. in

an oven,

nam, nkyewa, kafe,

a pan. on a roaster

kisa,

or, as

to

roast

kyea; okyew n'ani, he sqnints his ege,

akyew, he squints, is squint-eged.
-kyow, a. in cpds: crooked, irrg, irrong, unjust: s. brakyew,
ntenkyew.
a ky w-a kyew, adv. sqnintinglg; of we no aky., he looks at hint
in a squinting manner, bg side-glances.
ky e vv' kyew': ne ho yeno ky., fie feels nnco-mfortable, uneasy,
is anxious, timorous, apprehensive, suspicious, from a bad conscience,
from fear to be seen.
r.

to .s(/uint; cf.

looks asiptini; n'ani

akyewa Nyahkopon,

F.

tfic

immortal God.

Cf- ekye.

iikj'^ewa, fried cakes, roasted meat, delicate food; c/.akyeduaii.

11

ky e-w e-e [abiirow a woakyew na wo\ve]2)arcfied corn. pr.l944.

kyi, Ak.kyiri,

v. [red. kyikyi] to turn the back to; 1. to dislike,

have an aversion to, hate, detest, abhor; r/. tah;
to shun, fear, shrink from. pr. 417.1190. 15 J7. neg. not to be against^
pr. 180.'). wonky i, itis not (objected, not found unalloivable pr. 1488. 196S.
woka no sa a, wonkyi, gou mag sag so, although it is not the right
word or answer. - abosom nhina wo ade a wokyikyii.
2. to abstain from, to avoid, to consider as forbidden (by the fetish) and
unclean; mikyi, I am not allowed to eat it.
o. kyi anim, to shun,
keep clear of, beware of, get oid of the ivag of; nea ese se yekyi n'auini ne obonsara, he whom it is necessarg for us to shun is the deed.
i. kyi ayi, to abstain from certain victuals for a month to a year

not to

like, to loathe,

after

tfie

death of a

kyi,

member of one's

kyikyi]

familg.

wring or crusfiout; wonsu no agu, in washing clothes the water

is wrung out from them; kyikyi atam no mu; - kyi nufu, to milk;
kokyi iihuan no nufu, go and mdk the goats; - kyi uho, to /)ress out
V.

horo nlama

(id;

[red.

a,

wokyi

kyi bobe-aba,

to

to press, squeeze,

mu

press grapes; Gen.

40,11.

a kyi, cf. akyiri, Ak. akyire, Gr. 119. 120,4. 130,5. 1. the back,
the hind (er) part, rear; the outer ((mtward) pati, outside oi a. \esse\
or enclosure, of the hand, pr.468. -- iK the space behind or outside.

nky^

288

okyikafo.

behind (owo in'akyi, he is hehind me; clua bi si dan no akyi;

2160) ; outside, icithout (opon akyi, oidside or before the door);
after (of time) opranna akyi na osu to del, r.ifter a thunder-storm
4. ia specific cases or phrases: a) the property
it always rains.
left at a person's death; b) the time of one^s absence; c) one's supdi ..akyi (di akyiri), to follow, go or come
porters or relations.
after; to succeed; to accompany, attend, assist; to pursue, chase;
ogyina m'akyi, ]te stands behind me, baclcs me,
pr.893. 895. 898 f.
n'akyi tweri
supports, assists or protects me, stands security for me.
waba m'akyi, he has come in
me, he leans upon me, s. aninsem.
my absence; obi aba wo akyi, somebody came to visit you whilst you
edoni abeti yeii akyi, the enemy has made his aptvere absent.
wafi m'akyi ako ho,
pearance in our rear, at our bade, behind us.
he ivent there icithout my hnowledyc; - siesie m'sikyi, provide for my
5*.

yr.

coming home (that

may

find

something

to eat); of we n'akyi, she

looks for the things which he has left; nea wode fwee m'akyi wo he?
what did you prepare for metvhilst I was absent? - ghyehye n'akyi,

he boasts of what he has not with him (what is left behind or expected);
- gwo bi wo n'akyi, he has a rich relation; n'akyi nye duru, he is
not of a rich or renowned fatuity, iSam. 18,23.
nkyi, F. adv. then, now, afterward. 3It. 3,10.12.44 f Mh: 1,14.
eno na; cf. akyiri no, F. n'ekyir' no.

kyia,

v. [inf. n-,

red. kyiakyia]

greet, salute, bid welcome.

cf.

ma akye.

\Vokyia

wg

Ak. dwa,

1. to

wager, lay (a bet or wager), hold a tcager;

hold a wager on it; me ne no kyia, / wager with

3. to bet,

so, they

him; kyia me e! lay me a wager!

iikyia, inf. Joining hands, salutation, greeting;
Mt.23,7);

shake hands,

^. to give or send one's compliments;

(pi.

nkyiakyia,

bet, tvager.

akyi-de [kyi, v., ade] a detestable or abontinable thing; any food

disallowed by the fetish wadi n'aky., he has eaten ivhat he was forbidden to eat.
;

akyi-di, inf. following after, pursuing, pursuit; pr. 300.

kyi-doin, the rear, rear-guard, reserve of an army, reserve
troops of the centre.
akyi-dua, a support, stay, prop; a defender; n'akyidua abii,
the person in ivhom or the thing in which he trusted is no more.

akyi-diiaii', kunafo aduan a wodi, bread of mourners. Eos. 9,4.

O-kyifo, nea okyi aduaii bi. pr. 1965.

akyifo,

i^?.

n.,.thc succeeding generation

cf.

akyikafo, hkyiri-

mma; yen akyifoawgbae

yi de, wgii ani nsg nnipa, this rising generation has no respect of others, =^ne-mma. yi ani nsg mpanyimfo.
akyi-f\ve-de [ade a wgde fwe obi akyi] necessities ov presents

prepared for one to receive him as a guest or on

m'aky. wg he? whcd is prepiared for me?

his return

home;

akyi-gyina, inf. [gyina akyi] support, assistance, prrotection.

0-Viy\gy\nM6, supporter, protector, counsel, attorney, advoccde,
2. one who handles (a gun), shooter, pr. 1792.
comforter. John 14-16.
o-ky i-kafu. pi. a-, 1. one left behind, left in charge o/"something

kyikji

by a departing person.
/. one who

sfra(/i/I('r.
f>.

kyiahyia.

3. heir

(=

289

owunnyafo. ododifo).

rcnuiit/s! Jicli'nnI, llic last.

Mat.

.>(),Vi.l4.1i'>,

.V.

okyirikafo, F. akyirdzifo.

kyikvi, kyikylj

rr.. s.

re.d.

kyi, kyi.

kyi'kyi, kyekyi'*,

telt'srope, .sj)if-(fl(iss: if. alvVcdc.

kyi ky ky

rmil:; upon no rclnic no, cycc ky.

ekasae.
iri. niniiliiiess, r(t.s/iurss: nyi ky., he durs

ye

i,

-, /"

kyi ky

ky ky
i

tint sit quiet, is nislt. iDintl//.

tnrbidrnt. refrarfori/.

kyim', --- kyi imi.

kyi in, r. [red. kyiiikyim]

to fani. ficisi,

iriiid.

irrinif.

tryrsf:

kyima: to turn roitiuJ, rvcithv. iiiicel ; \V(')kyim hatna, fra,

iasi> o/onipa hkw.i rekyim, //// imrhl. or //iiiiiai/ li/'r. is not

.s/y.dah,
nsa...;

\\

jieyjnanciftJ// standint/, is turniny, niicrlin;/.

kyim,
irrests

it,

he

v.n. wrcsiing de.

tJoiifjts.

ogyeme kyim,

disputes ndud

lietahes

sa//. pr. 76. Cf.

luii

uonl

(tiid

akyinnye.

e-ky im, a food prepared of blood, spiced with salt and pepper.
kyimti, v. 1. to turn, tirist: oky. nekon, iu> ti, no nsa, safe.
3. to turn a^ide: dom no akyinia akofa nkwansiane abesi kuroni',
///( eneuif/ turned and entered the town by a round-about icay; - okokyima, he goes to ease himsetf. to tlie pricij;(i}r. o69.) F. he goes about,
Mt. 4f2S; - wakyima neho
wadah nelio, a) he has withdrawn : Jj)
he has eased himself (evaeuated his bowels): rf. ye nelio yiye, gya
ne nan.
.9. ^= ye bra.
ky i mil, t>1ame. tjletnish. defect, fault; ne lio nni or nto ky., there

in him: neho tew or to ky., there is something amiss or

him: ne ho tew ky. (biribiara ye no a.s. ono ye biribi) a.
wode bebisa wo, // ang thing goes amiss witlt him, i/ou will ansn-er
(be answerable) for if.
is

no defect

fault// with

I'lkyiinfiri, an engine with a rombi nation of wheels, wheel-worl:.

11 kyi mi', a winding; the thread or worm of a screw (mfewa
no ho nky. atorom) wheel (?)
I'lkyi-iiiii, inf. [kyi mu] the act of wringing out.
;

kyiii,

V.

kyini.

o-kyin.ako, a kind of bird.

kyiiii [Eng.]

s.

kokokyiniako.

mogye mogye,

Akyliiaii, Akyinantiin

Jiing (in

a surname given to Enro[peans.

Europe); mesora ky.

kyini [Ak. kyih; red. kyinkyini] to ei real ate; to walk or go

(round) about (oky. dan ho; oky. man mu, guye fvie; gsebo kyini
kwaera', owiaky.wim'); to rove, ramble, roam, range, stroll, wander.
kyinii,
ef.

akatawia.

pi. n-,

(/

large parasol of kings, also called

s. gyaasefo.

ky.-knrafo,

kataman;

a turning round and meeting; the revoluhands of a watch or clock; an hour,

r/. dohfwerew.
di ky., to turn round again and again: mfewa no
adi ky., the screw turns without catching hold i)i its boj

kyiii-hyia,

inf. lit.

tion or rotation of a wheel, of he

ky ii'ihA'ia-)iitV;iMi;i.

wliirlwind.
ly

kymkyim,
Hi',

iikyiri-mma.
Mt.
kyim. F.

kyiukyim

290

ba, he delays

red. v.

io tarri/,

Ms coming;

kyiiikyin, -kyiui, red.

fako a obi

iikyiiikyiiiiij

ef.
v.

25,5.

orekyinkyim

t\Veut\Ven. Mt.24,4S.

kyiii, kyini.

ky inky in

bg.

kyiiikyiraii, bo-, to be alarmed by sad news, of. bo t\vi.

iikyin-so, inf. circulation, the act of (joiny ahoid or })assi'n(i
from place

to

place or pierson

to pterson.

iikyiiiso-iilioina, circular, circidar letter or paper.

akyin-nyc,

inf. [gye kyim] douhf, nnbeUef (F. Mk.9,24), disscepticism; dispute, controversy/, dehnte; ogyeno akyinnye,
(better ogye no kyim) //e dispmtes ivifh him. ccdls in (puestion or c.ipresscs dissent or opposition to what he saijs: pr. 446. 2147.271(1.
helief,

oye aky., he

is

a habitual disp\der.

o-kyinnye-gyefo [akyinnye-gye,

?/'.] r/oi'^/y/rr.

sceptic, dis-

puter, controvertist. pr. 1966.

kyi.
kyiri, v. (F. kyir)
akyiri, Ak. akyire, F. akyir. 1.
used with a noun or pronoun before

akyi 1-f. (In Akr. akyi

is

akyiri without such.)

di
akyiri, to go or follow after, pursue dc.
s a n aky., to turn back,
^. behind; in a distance, afar off: gnam aky., he ivaJks
return.
3. the time
behind, or, in a distance; - ka aky., to stag behind.
after - akyiri no, F. n'akyir no, afterwards: kaii no gmpe se gkg,
aky. no gkge, at first he did not choose to go, but afterwards he u-ent;
- akyiri yi, rrcentlg, latelg; wo akyiri yi iihoma, llig last letter.
/. tlir latter end : aky. besi yeii den =; ebewieyen den? how will it he

it,

with tis fimdlgY aky. bosimo yiye, // wdl turn out well for yon ; misuro aky., / am afraid of the consequences; - ohfi akyiri, a) fie is
5. nam or fa
far-sighted, long-sighted; b) he can accoutd for it.
6'. m'akyiri firi
akyiri, to do without the knowledge of another.
hg, my mothers family, my m<dernal relations are from that place.
akyiri-di, inf. following or going after, pursuit.

aUyin((li)r(), /b/?o/re/Y.^; F. akyiV(dzi)fo, the last.

with

af.,

r.MSt',

kyiri-a licmric,

aky iri-knTc'i,
a k y i r i-k y e
a

Mt 20,12. 14.

a kind of razor [ekyi afasew, it does not agree

getting dull when used to cut af.]; s. oyiwaii.

kyiri-a

s.

mpaboa.
last.

av f o'', telegraph.

kyiri kyiri,

a remote distance;

a middle sort of sandals;

okyikafo, one who remains behind, the

-kyiri, far, distant, far behind, far away, (ivj

bi so (or, asase bi so akyky.),

gkg akyky. asase

to a distant country; - ..ani ye., akyirikyiri, s. ani.S'yl.

- mnicx wo ani nnye wo akyirikyiri se merebehye wo da-tenteii hi,
do not ujiprchoid Had I shcdl put you off very long.
kyi ri-i'i kyiri, F. akyiri-akyiri, backwards; s. pini.

he has gone

j'l

kyiri kyiri kj'iri,

adv. blazing, in full blast, in or with a

: ogya no dew ky. =framframfram,

bright flame, lustily, vigorously

frafra, kitikiti.

ukyiri-inma,
fo,

'ne-mma,

mma

F. (Akp. in songs) the rising generation, ^^ aky iwoaka akyiri a wgwg hg 'ne-yi.

akyirisjiii

L.

M.

akyiri-sail, wf. [san akyiri] harlsjidimi

o-kyiris;ii'it('), pi. a-,

nkyi-san,

vf.

nsanakyiri.

F. hm-ksHtlvr.

Ixuh.

inf. (/oini/

kyiwado,

291

^^ akyidc.
I..

used only in i'orcij;!! proper names. In sonje

used for r, prohahly (uily by people who are not
of 'i'slii orij;in. In words adopted ironi lorei^iii lani;tiages, d is ])nt
for
as an initial sonnd, and rin other eases; r/'. dagire, bri'i, dare,
dadare, lia<2;ire, S:c. Gr. i^ 2!^.'),
d.
Tlio letter

Fante dialects

is

is

11.

Words which ha\ c in as the first letter of tiieir stem (usually

with another iii, in verbs sometimes with two iiis before it), but
seek under H.
are not found under M,

The consonant in, when radical or original, is united with nasal

vowels (a, e, i, O, n); whenever it is followed by ])ure vowels, it is
a transformation of b, caused by a jireceding ni (or orig. n, i"i) or
It interchanges with b, w, n, I'l;
by negligent pronunciation.
Gr. l.S.19 F). o7.
HI before f has a different pronunciation, being
])roduced not with both lips, but with the lower lip alone.

is a frequent prefix before stems beginning with p, f, m,

and with b whicli is then assimilated, i.e. changed into i)i. This
prefix is found 1. in nouns in the sing, and plur. (Gr. 29,2. H5,^.
42,2. -43,1. 104,3.5.), in a far adjeciives (as nmierew, or in plural
forms as nimia-mmia), in niimcrrds (Gr. ^ 77, 7;^,4.6. **>!.), and in
some adrerhs (derived from or formed like nouns, as mmom, mpo,
Gr. ^ 134,3 b).
;?. m is also a prefix of the 2 nd. imperative and
all negative forms of f lie vcrh (Gr. 91,10. 92. 95,1. 96 II.)
As
a prefix, in, being a semi-vowel, usually forms a syllable by itself,
except when it is joined to a pi-eceding vowel or pronounced to-

gether with the in of the subsequent syllable in eijual tone. Gr.

23,2 ?>. 24,3. 95,1. 96,2.
Ill*

:/.

s])eaking).

.=;.

niuia,

= me, jjm.
3. = mo,

mu. Gr.
j/>/.,

.S-.

|^

o) before a vowel; h) after a verb (in f|uick

2)>-o.

(seldom).

Gw^h'^

]iein.:J.b'i.Iiem.2.

^ 120,2.

oba; wwwix^

jtl.. s.

gba, iconian, aba, rod. ba,

j;/rfrr.

diminvfirc forms of words terminating

in m, II, ne, ni &c. Gr.37,l. .s. bamma, barima. bemma, abomnia,
damma, odamma &c.
-ma, seems to be a formrdive suffix of verbs (buma, hima, kyima) and nouns(adwuma, mframa, aguma, hama, ahema, iilioma&c.)

-ma, F. mba,

suffi.r in

ma, V. fred. mema, moma q.v.] l.io [five, hand, commiinicate,

hestmv, confer, impart, grant, present (cf. kye, de.. hye nsa); to deliver, yield i(p; to allow.

When

form of a simple object,

it is

otherwise an aux.

r. (de. fa,

the thing given is mentioned in the

usually put after the personal object;
yi SiC.) is used: oni.M me sika; ode ne

sika nhina
2)r.

is

4.

ma

292

ama me; ma me
ma okwan,

1910.3176.

mabo.

wo ade no ma me!

nsu! fa
to

give leave or pennission

Gr.206,1.2.
d-c. s.

gkwan.

wode (asem no) ma nnipa ne mmoa, the uord

o'. to dedicate, s. momji.
used in speahing of men and beasts.
to address ivitJi a salutation, to Irish oi/e something (ma akye,
fi.

to xmt, uppltj to:

:j. ma asem, to tell or relate a stor//:

nuopa, akwaba, amo, due&c.)
cause, malcc, allow, permit or suffer one
moraa (ho).
(i. to lei,
to do any thing (used as an auxdiar// before another verb, 5. Gr.
ma entra ho (Ak. ma no tena ho), let
91,10. 107,25. 2o5,3. Hem.)
if (remain) there; gma wokgkyeree no, he let them go and catch him.
he had him caught: oma wobekyeree no, he suffered himself to he
7. (used as an au.r. after ancaught hy them. pr. 408f.4S9f. 1969f.
other verb, s. Gr. 100,32. 243 /;. Hem. 1.2.) to perform an action or

of.

he in

to

some

state or condition for the henefit of, out of si/mpatht/

somehody: ore adwuma mame, lie works for

ne nua. he laments for his brother; obgg tuo
maa Kofi, hr shot himself that Kofi sjiould or must do the same.
Sometimes ma shows a general and indefinite reference of the principal r. without an object following, rf. asempa al^uka kyerew mae;
in F. it answers to the adv. veri/: gye few ma. if is very beaidifid.
8. ma., so, F. do, to raise, lift, lift up: ma adesoa no so, lift or
talcc up that load; cf. kukuru; ma wo nan so, lift your feet i.e. quicken
your steps, be quick, make haste; gma n'ani (ne nsa. ne ti, ne nantin,
ne'ne) so, he lifts up his eyes (Ids hand, his head, his heel, his voice);
- to hold up ; - to elevate, exalt, elate ; gma neho so. he exalts himself;
- to take and carry away, to remove; to take up: wama u'asem so,
.'>.ma, to plaster: wgde abantohe has again taken uj> his sjteech.
with, or with res2)ect to

me:

odi

nkommo ma

atore

ma gdan

ho,

nsemso

ani. they plaster the wall of

flic house, the

10. ma, to cause, occasion, serves also for
reding, ivith a trowel.
the Eng. conjunctions so that, Gr. ^ 273,1 c.

amana, amoa. Mt. 15,14.

ma, F.
e-ma, a. 7*/. ama-amji. full, filled up; cf. matenn, matg; m'ahina
aye ma, my wafer-pot is full ye, hy e or gu.. ma, fo make fidl, to
fill fuj>): wghyehyee hhiua no ama-ama, they fdlcd the n-fder-pots:
:

nsu aye tumpaii no ma, the bottle is full of uater : wakyerew nhrma
ma, he has written this paper full.

yi

ema mu nni

e-ma,

n. fulness;

ama,
ma,

lime, bird-lime; ptitch; glue;

syn.

matamata,

Am'ma

clammy,
twa &c.

slimy, ropy,

a.

fa, -sa,

[contr. of

sin. full is full.

cf.

anulne.

[(?. id."]

glutinous.- viscid, viscous, sticky:

Amemenewa]

F.

Amba.

pr. n. of a female

bom

on Saturday. Gr. 41,4.

ammj\-aniiwo-kora

amma-amiwo

= nea wamma asem no annuo kora.

= kiirow a emma gmanmu nhwo da.

kiirow

mmaba-bere [ababa, here] maidenhood.

mmaba-sem,
di-, to be fond of dress or finery, to try to appear lady-like.

mabo,

intrrj.

stranger arriving;

[= mema wo

cf.

aba-o] welcome! salutation to a

eta ka.)

akwaba; Ab. (Amantoi'isofo na

iii;itl;i

= me ara;

iiiada, F.

m.

mad wo,

//ani.

iiko.

/ (of)

nit/sclf.

ode. pr. /ftw.

s.

[meina wo adwo] (jood cvviunij!

intcrj.

waba ha

a 0, hif.frcq. [ba]

Ill 111

= me ara

iiko

ma<ii', made, a kind of

203

uiM;iiiii.iii_vii'i.

come

m., hc'luts often

lirrr.

g-iiiat'o, pi. a-, (jicer.

imna-;4()rii

[ininri

iniuaguin",

loir/ia.stf plai/ ivith

aj;-.J

;/.[ba

r.

niu

ji,u

iualia-0, iiiterj. mcuia wo

used in tlio middle of the day.
|

women,

forni((ttioii.

veluforeeitirnt. pr. 1000.

alia

(/ood da//! a

form of .salutation

lua k('i, the jjejqier-sftnih and its fndt, consisting of jxxls with
small seeds, of a hot. biting taste, Cayenne pe/zj/er, Cujtsienni.
pr. 189S. - Uitt". kinds: ntoiVko (the largest), nnyera (the smallest):
make kgko (with red pots), m. tuntum (with dork-fircen pods), m.
inaku-dna,
tita (with icIiUish pods); m. ab6r;i, hrofo m.. gpapo m.

many

lias
fo

put pepper

[dhn.l wabehye m'asem ani in., Iir

of m// palaver i.e. Juts made if i/rienuis

\n\\\<.o\\{\,

in the ei/es

me.

mako

inmako-iii

\\w pejiper-shrnb.

>irh In/

111

himself

[obako,

m in a-s m

ak

(j

s.

one

one, our after the other.

hi/

bdkomma manners and

imjn-rionsness.

Ijorn jiersons,

y>/.

pr.?89.L>r>48..'yii58.

deatini/s of

hiijli-

mmakoma.seui-prlb'^, aristocrat,

the aristocrutie parti/, aristocraey.

Ill

a k U"
I

I'l

%v a

= twitwa]

[kuruw

a kind o{ le/trosy {cf. kwata,

when it has cut the fingers and toes, it heals,

niakye, interj. [mema wo akye] yood morninr/!
0-111 a 111 111 a [gmah ba] citizen; pl. gmah-mma.

pitij;

o-maiiiiiia [gmiin,
a

111

111

dim.']

a small toivn or state;

cf.

akurowa.

in a [aniilne aba] the fruit of a tree called amrinc.

auima-iuaillii-ariwii, a kind oi

o-mamfo,

s.

yam;

s.

ode,

gmanf'o.

a desolate, deserted and decayed

ruined town, the site of an ancient town;
pr.200S. syn. akurofo.
ainaiiifo-haiiia, a kind of creeper, climber;
wgde gye bah, kyere adare.
a

111

a 111 fo [gmaii af6|

pl. id.,

dicelliny-jjlaee or habitation,

g-mamfraiii, /it.
come from another
a

ma

nation.

111

a- -fo

nea gfra gmah

and

jtlace

settled in

settler,

a town.

pr.

a person icho has

2004 f.

mot' [gmah bg] destruction or ruin of a town, country or

amammoe-sem [asem a ebg gmahj a cause of mischief

or desi ruction for a town or nation.

O-mammofo, one who

o-iiiammo-iii})a,

o-inampa 111,
lizard, eaten

7^/.

brinys mischief on a community or nation.

id.
a-,

the yaand. iyuana. a very large species of

by negroes.

g-mani-panyii'i, ^/. a- ( gmah-mpanyimfoj a chief, elder, <dderman. chief officer or mayistrate in a town, tribe or nation; sena|

tor, pl.

senate.


294

auiamnii'i

ainaiiadc.

[bumah] dcpurtmant, comportment, demcanoiii:

manuer of I'icUhj tof/efhcr in a communitii; den
am. na wo-ue merebuyi? icliat munncr of behaving yourself toward
me is this? wo am. nyeme fe! your demeanour in this town does not
please me; wo am. rau e? how are you doing in your situation? m'am.
aiiiaiu-im'u

Inf.

bcJifiriuKr, ronduci,

mu

/ am doing

ye,

amammui =

- am. pa, sociableness, sociable dispositio)/.

senea mubu mo man fa.

icclJ.

amammu: mo am.

amammui-sem

[usem a wgfwe o bu man| statutes or regulations for a community.

[omah buin| disturbance or confused state of a
a

mam-mum

country or town.

man,

v. to

turn or go aside, to turn in somewhere from the

ua menseii, go aside, let me pass! waman

or journe}': m;1n

nkwanta
where
cluu

it

so ho, he turned off

branches

Mamfe

no,

off

from

the

yeman kgg

ofi

way
(

wg)

from the main road to the other way

former {opp. wafa tempon no so); yebim', wlirn we came to M.. we turned

a dwelling; otwam' a, oman me, wlien he passes tJirough my

^. to j^ass by, not to happen: eyi
town, he turns in at my house.
mman wo
eyi mpare wo may this not happen to you!
aside

to

O-maii, Ak. gmane,

kurow=;a

amah

7>Z.

i^

amah-amah,

1.

(Akp.)

collection of houses larger than a village,

(/.

tou'n, syn.

akura.

3.
^. the inhabitants of a town as a political body, a community.
the body of inhabitaids of a (ountry united under the same govern-

4. the people i.e. tin

ment, a nation, tribe, peojde, state, pr. 2002.
mass of a community as distinguished from their king or rulers.
5. the representatives ofthejieople, assembled for public transactions
the nations of the
(j. pi. amah-amah,
with or without the king.
7. Phrase: bu man, s. bu 38.
earth, t/ie heathens. fSer.J

mm

an', a kind of herring, more common and smaller than two

other kinds called kokiiro & mpanei. pr. 216.

ma

11

a,

mara, mra,

v.

to

send (a thing or things)

l)y

an occasion

wamana me aduah, nam, sika, he has

money: merekyerew hhoma mamraAburokyiri.

or opportunity, to transmit;

me food, metd,
/ am writing a letter for (i.e. to be sod to) Europe; 'nera niede hhoma
memanaa Nkrah, yesterday I sent a letter to Al-ra,(v,'heAi it was
sent by an express messenger, soma is used: 'nera mesomae mii
wgde hh. kgg Nkrah); - mnuiruku yi ti Aburokyiri ua wgde mauae
sent

(manafime). these boohs were traiismdted (to me) from Europe.

0-maiia. inf.si'uding. transmission ; - gmaua hhoma or-kyerew.

letter.

a man a, amara. amdna. Ak. V. next younger brother or sister;

gye m'akyi-ba: gye m'am. kiimil, he is the brother or
gye m'am.
sister coming second or third after me.
am an a, Ak. 5. amoa.

mmana, s. mmara.
amana-de [maua.

ade| jd.id. a jiresent transmitted : '^goods or

am.-f\vefo, postmaster: am.-kurafo,

conveyed by the post.

postman, letter-carrier.
letters

 uiiiaulVxcro.
amauae-lVvijfu, poslm

aiiiaiiAt'

amsinrio+j

post, jtoxt-officc.

iiiaiia-yiia: dione's

own

to

trade

tiif

aster.

sendiny for artides, instead of

goini;-.

o-inaua-iiliniiia, ni.ina-linnia, oiiiaiia-kycrrw, Icttrr.

ma

a in a n-;i
o-inaiVa

ii

g-inaii-a

11

o-inii

205

i\,

.s.

id a u.

i*i-a 11

<tisj)iiteli.

gmari.
recnluthiti.

italic, disorder, itistartxtnees of a faicn or state.

i wa, y>/.-t'o,
an important or j)ritirij)al man in a toirn
it and an lionour to it); a noljle, nofdetnan.
men. Iirnd men of the town.
-mnia, eitizen.
oinan-iniua-obutb (>/ ananinu-

or st(de (ablo to care tor

/ifer: pi. the rliief

o-inaii-la, pt.
sifo, depidi/.

rejm'sentatire of the

)teop>te.

o-nian-iiim;i-jan_vii'i, t>nr(/omasln-.
ainai'i-bii,

v.

amamlzL',

ma lie,

manor.

Hist.

ainammu.

-liiiiiu

&c. F.

s.

amaune &c.

hird-lime; pitch; t/lne; resin, (junt; any viseoiis snl>sta)iee exuding- from trees and used to catch birds with, to
mend pots, some also (as kiirobow) to rub one's body with, in ora

make

der to

1.

it

lime,

sweet-scented:

ef.

ama.

;J.

a kind of tree;

cf.

amamnia.

mane,

aiiianiK'. F. amandze [omah ade] trial, trouble, afhu am., to

misery, misforttene. calamity, pr. 381. 462.-567.
nya am., to yet into a
be unfortmude, to be in affliction, to suffer.
mess or scrape, into difficulties, to be prosecuted or involved in a lawsuit. (The word in its primary sense probably was applied to the
a

fliction,

cause before the judges in presence of the people, and to

trial of a

the grievous results of such a trial.)

amaii-nc, Ak. -nee [oman ade] ]. ((public tax, cu.-itom, impost,

;2. custom, fashion, habU,
cf. tow, akwanne.
manner, ways or usayes (also reliyion) of a people.

duty, contrilmtion;

a in a

n ii e e, -= kasee.

Ak. mAnee, quarrel, brawl; q/tarrelsomeness, quarrelsome disposition ; syn. atutuw; oye mctne, oredi manee, lie quarrels,
iiiaiic,

squabbles, wra)iyles, brawls.

o-niaiiefo, quarreller, wranyler, brawler, quarrelsome persoii.

amaiinc-alta, a kind oi

creeper, climber;

wodi n'aba.

auiaiiue-liuii.u, inf. [\iu amaixe] sufferiny, affliction, tribulation, trouble, adversdy. unhapj>iness. misery, wretchedness, torments;
yegyina amandzehunum', F. we stand in jeopardy, am.-kiirow, liell.
(h;henna. the place of torment. g-ma nil u li ii n Li t'o. pi. a-, a sufferer, one wJto labours under affliction.
O-manneni, onni-bi-amanefo, cme u:ho is in affliction, being
ivithout a friend or supporter.

O-manfo.
ment;

the

the people in contradistinction to the

king or go\ern-

members of a community im distinguishedfrom

g-maii-fora-nyi, F. sojourner, Ps. H9,12.

o-uiaii-fwofo,

^>Z.

om.-a-, consul. Hist.

s.

their rulers.

omamfrani.

inaiigo,

man

s.

g-in a h

or chief of a uulioit. lotvn ur riJUKjr.

kii/tj

h h y i a iii', pdiiiamcni.

o-maii-iihyiam'lu,

inruing.

ho.

o-nicii'i-licne, the

lio

mango

296

mcmhcr

of jxirliaiiici/l.

o-maiini, pL amaimifo, an acijitduifance (uea obeti wo abusiia

kakra a.s. obi hunu a wunim no); <jucst, pr. 284.
cf. omaiiinmii.
om. dorowa, a needle of ncdice >iHiniifac/iirr.

maimi-ainfre,

hrkUe; apieceof'\voo(l]tut

(/atj,

talking or swearing [wo manni gyina

to., (anom') m., fo [/ay.
tumi mfre no].

to i)reveiit his

by-name

maiiiii-aniio, a

mmanin-iie

of the rat;

.s.

in one's niDutli

uso wiui-

lig,

okisi.

[obanih ade, minarimade] manful, calkint deedn.

mmaiiiu-wow

[obanih awowj slmdder.

so, Jw .sJiudders,

mm. agn no

a daring feat: -

as before
horror; cf.

.s/iudderiiif/,
sJiake.'i irdli

awgse, ayise.

mmaiii u-yarc [obanih any disease of

beae, okraraah, baba, akronnoe, twow.
|

mmanin-ye,
a

ma Ilk a 111,

-yo. mnnUncss, raloar;

an edible

men from

cf.

unchastity:

abaninsem.

root, coco -= ko'ko: a small species is

indigenous, a larger species was introduced in

Akuapem from

the

West-Indies in 1843.

iiiaiikasa [me ahkasa] Ak. meara,

amaii-ko [omah
a,

wontwd

tgkwa,

tiri,

fi(/]di)i(/ irith

to

civil, inicstine,

womfa nnommum

nso.

fsis. slichs tOc.

o-inaii-k()r;ik('ir;i,

posed

ako]

inf.

Intijself;

myoini.

(Jr. i^SO.

domestic tear; am.,

woko

woko am. = woko mm;i-

abgntohko,

fighfi/uf irith (fans.

peace heiieeen neiyhhoars or parties op-

each other.

k rado, y/. a- [G. mahkral()| the first in ran/c after the

some of the small states or tlieir capitals (leading towns)
on the Gold Coast.
o-iii;m'i

Jci)ig

in

111

11

1-

f i,

a kind of tortoise, pr. 1927.

aiiiaiiku-o, a large species of

beetle.

o-man-kuw, -kuo, part of a nation.

auiaiikwatia, a kind oibead; s. ahene.
n-maii-ky ere w-ui, chahcellor of state. Hist.
ill

mai'iky I'ri,

bah akyi,

i.q.

duasee, dua-so &c.

o-niai'i-nima, 7>/..
gmah-ba.
g-maii-miiii'ira, piddie lair; eonstitution;
.s.

cf.

amanyg-mmra.

g-maii-ininai'a-pero, constitiitionrd partij. Hist.

g-maiimuiii, ^j?. a--fo, conntryuian, toivnsman. one of the
country or town with another.
Ill

II

Oj

same

mah'ho. ntaiiyo fruit ; luaiiyo-tree (raaho-dua.)

maiiO', mdiiho [Gev.tjaiik] fiotstool : bench, form; f/. behkyi.

ma, 11 110. 1. (sare so dua bim' amiine a wgde tare ahina) the
gum of a tree, used to plaster up leaking pots e/mn elastic, caoutchouc, India rubber.
3. the tree yielding such gum.

iiii.iiiiMtm''

2H7

(iiii;iiil;iiii.

&

imonc

[yman
V] a f'orcigti coiiiih/j; ((hroucl; pr. UUH.
a 111 A
(aludioa.s. auanatb) kiirow biaenye wokurow-a. Am. asgni ye di-ua.
o-iiia

rcfci, jtrofrcfor, dcfoKh'r of Ihv voiHiiiouwcaUli. Hht.

M-pc

MaiiSM,
Ix'inji-

111

a ii-sa

o-ma
111

[omaii,

II

rare, luanlind.

[oinai'i

111

/>/.

rf. siiiiten] all

man-sic sic, I

Ihiid
<;irl

peoplr. all tudioiis;

Ihc

/'.

mill, destnuiioii of'n Htdioii.

sliilr

or Imrti.

asein] stale affairs, hnsiiirss of slale, p(ditical

:

dijiloiiiaci/.

a-, diploiiudist.

o-niansoiii-kyi'ivw'iii, pi. a-

amaii-sesew,

tlic

<;ivcn to a

ii.

4oo. 171^.2844.

a/fairs, jiolici/. politics, public iief/ociation

o-iiiaiisr'ni-difo,

of one born as

|oba, esa] py.

mother.

sai'i,
[ir.

ii-se<'', c((l((iiiili/,

aii-s o

i>r. n. in.

Maiisa

//" Uiird child of bor

/iKiiKiii

jMoiisa |oba, esa]

ot his inotlier.

cli'ihl

-fo,

ticcrctan/ (ov c/iancelloij ofatalc.

onjauisatlou, iron/an isat ion, of

rcstoralion of peace and order.

tltc

state;

o-m^ii-sin, 7>/.a-, a snhordiiKde, partli/ independaid, part of u

a province; woaye wghho gni., wgde or wgada wgii m., tlieii
are a separate people for the nisei ces.
man so, discord, disaiirennent, variance, mutual aniinosilij, hostilitji, eniniti/, strife; - t \\ e m., to be at variance: g-ne won wg or
t\ve jn.; ni. wg ye-nc Krgbgw utam'.
o maiiso-boafo, pr. .';?0i6'.
u-maiisulo, a person offended n-itfi, or at variance icith, anotfier;
quarreller, leramjler, brairler. pr. 2017. onipa yi ye gm., Itiis is a
quarrelsonic, revengeful, vindielive person.
iiidion;

o-maii-soafo, minister or secretary of state.

amausofo,

Hist.

people of other countries; Jtcafhens. Mk. 10,83.

g-mau-so-fwo^

the

government of a country; reign, regency.

o/* gmanso-afwefo, a man at the head

o-mai'isof\\'cfo, ^?. id. or a-

of a government, regent, ruler, consul.

o-maiigofwe-iiyansa, policy,

amaii-som,
am. na yesom no,

politics.

Hie service of a subject

ive

mansu-pc,

serve

him as

due

to the

head of a state;
(nkoasom).

his subjects, not as slaves

quarrelsomeness, quarrelsome temper or disjiosia-, a qu((rrelsome, contentious,

litigious, seditious person.
amanso-som [manso-asem a cause of disagreement, discord,
contention or hostility; controversy, litigiousness.
tion,lifigiousness.

o-maii8U[)etb,p?.
|

O-m a ii-a s u t u f o, demagogue.

mansO-twc,

inf.

Hist.

discord, strife, quarrel:

fiostility,

.^edition,

open rupture, disruption: diff. atuatew.

o-maiisotwctb,
a quarrelsome, contentious, braiding person, sedifionary.

^j/. a-,

ma

lit am, v. to hind, tie, fasten, a cow or sheep with a rope,

a ship witli an anchor, so tliat some liberty is left for movement.
pr. 1008.

abo-kuw

cf.

ho,

kyekyere,

its

sii.

red.

mantam-mantam: ne

roofs fasten themselves to a

ntini

m.

heap of stones.

g-manlam, 2>l- a-> (i j'opidous di.drict or nation; a people forming a distinctive political body, a state. Akyem nc Akuapem, am.
abieii yi,

Asantefotumi won.

maiUam-ta, jnirfofastide. province.

298

omantaii

Ainaowia.

o-man-tan, pl..-. [gmah, gtah] a primitive people: a motlicr-state

or coioitr/j: an independent state; gmaii a eso, gmah kokiiroko a
ne hko da ho.

g-man-tease-kiirow [kurow

tetete te ase se

eti

gman] a na-

tion of long stand in (/ or existence.

amaii-teu [amah a etoatoaso kg pi, e/'.teu] a series or succession

of towns. Amanteii-s6 ti Akuropgh kosi Berekuso; mpoanofo am.
da po ho.
amantensofo. the inhahitants of such towns.

aman terenii-ad e.

doulih-dealinij, duplicity, odi am., lie is

double-minded, halts between two o/jinions or parties, shifts or turns
from one side to the other, shuffles, prevaricates; s. di 7.

o-m a n-t i a, pi. a-, province.

mantiase, subordinate towns, dependent
(as the coast

amaii-t

towns from Osu

ili

[gmah

to

of a leading town

Nino are dependent

atifi] the upjicr

of

Nkrah

part of the country,

pa).

the high

country.

ama ii-turu
0-ma

[gmah atoro] high

treason.

ii-toto, inf. disturbance of the good relations between two

countries.

amaii-tow, (2jI.) [gmah, tow] single states, tribes or districts,

towns, townships or comiuunities; Akuapem am. si 17.
0-11)

a n-ii u a, a neighbouring peoiih'

0-111

were no good nrighhonrs

a ii-nVv ()('(' [gmah, d\Vo]

a-iii

bi, they

ma
or

to

wgauye wgh manniuifo pa

them.

^jfocc, tranquillity of a people.

y a k iV, a kind of yam, s. ode. [E(pe

iiya-ma 11 ya (n.,a.. adv.) disorderly,
11

lang.]
in

a confused

manner: srattered ; crowded, teeming, swarming;

cf.

state

hwanyah

sakasaka; - nnij)a neuuam ho m., peojile walk there in a crowded confused manner; mpah ueunam dahmu in., the house or room
is swarming with bids: woaye m.^ they have been confused, jumbled
or huddled (together), are dispersed (won hh, hkg fako, oyi afa ha,

mil,

oyi afa ha). Gen. 1,20.21.

0-ma ii-iiyiiia |gmah gyina] welfare of the (wliole) peoplr; firm

establishment of the hingdom or commonwealth, pr. JOIO.
ainaii-ye. amanyg,

inf.

[ye gmah] social relation, demeanour,

depmimod (in living together with others); ^_//. amammu,

abrabg; wo amanyg nye rae fe! gye amanyg-pa = obu amammuipa.
aiilau-y y-de [ade a wgde ye gmah na aye jiyeygood man)tcrs;
behaviour,

morality, cirdization.
o-miin-yeHo^agood. quiet, considerate citizen, onipa a gye gmah yive, gjje asem a ema gmah mu d\\o. pr. 2020.

am

a ii y o a constitution.

m in a r a, constdution

iwmxwy

h y o am.,

to

give or agree

npon

q-<:>e\\\, politics.

amajia (sikaamapa), native, pure gold that has iKjt yet undergone any operation and is unmixed with dross; wode araapa hko
gu petea a, enye yiye, gye se wofram'.
Oma-om6 flic who grants stdisfying] an appeUation of God.
Ama-osu fhe who gives rain] ditto; Amosu.
Ama-owia [lie who gives the sun] ditto; Amowia.
.>-.

6-.

umiapr
nima-pp,
or

oba] love ov fondness for ivomcii, cnnrtiiKj of

inf. |pe,

fornication, pr. 2021.

(joiufi after /romeii.

ni'ada, F. := inc ara;

iii;ir;i,

issne)

mara

a!

Mh:

is /,

it

(iyoO.

connnandmvnt, order, dcerec,

reijidation, rule, statute. - hye (or di) mm., to make, (jive (or
a taw; - di inm. so, (or ye mtn.) to oltscrve or keep a law; -

Ill iiiii

edict,

290

iniiiiil;ili(">k_\i.

to mm.,

[bara, bra] laii\

n.

/.

I'.'i ,

a late.

to transffress

iiiara,

aiiiara,

mra,
^\

maua.

r.. s.

;iiiiii r;"i,

>.

amaua.

amonfi.

inuia rii, (/ broom or fan made of an elephants tail (r ear used

by the ahoiratb or mmaratofo (q.r.) before the kin^-.
niiiiai-alai-a-imi, n. mmrabram'.
ill m
r a-da li u [mmara a eda ho] an old tan\ a standiny ride.
amanade.
a m a r a-d c,
11

.v.

iiiaraddw.

amrado.

N.

iiiinjira-l'rciic,
ill

ma ra-hye,

iniiiara-hyefo,
iiiuiaraiV,

frene.

s.

the act

inf.

7>/.

id.,

oi'

givin;/ laws;

s.

mmara.

lawyicer, legislator.

mmeran.

v.

nima rai'iii ut'iJi, trinket, trinketry; jctcel;

mmara-li\ inf. transgression (of a law).

gude.

si/n.

iiiiiiarato-dL', fine

for the transgression of a law: wobegye neho m., lie irdl he fined.
iniiiara tul "6, 7^/. id., transgressor (of a laic), malefactor.
Ill 111 a ra-1 t)tVi, mmanat.,
ho; sgn. ghoprafo.

y-iua ra tim
Ill

se 1 a
HI

111

a r

(!

i,

yV.

afa;

a i-a-y('>l'o

s.

nea otow

mmara

a.s.

opra ohene

mnlatto; better: oiuurattuii.

a kind of

iiui re.

wgapam

a--f<'i,

j>l. id.,

clnfJi:

ntaina bi a

enam ahorow bcye

utama.

[nea gye

mmara] a

fidfdler of the law.

mmauinne gyy m.
gye
rinia-de [gbarima ade]
imam, tie is manlg, heliarcs like a man.
abaninsem.
Ill 111 ari lua-sem
111 a r i ui a-s o, manlg, manfidlg.
mraa-sigyaw [gba, sigyawj the state of being idthoid children;
di mm., to he childless, deprived of childr:,!; s. bas. & 1 Sam. lo,3o.
[nsu a eba, efi nsu aniwam' baj tiring water, issuing
Ill 111 a-s u
continually from the earth; niiining or flowing irater; ode mm. bi
a okoliui gkwan mu kum ne sukgm, he found some spring-water on
the wag and quenched his thirst with it.
Ill a t a t w e n e, a kind of climbing ijI ant or creeper, pr. 1167.2022.
Ill

Ilia

iiiiiiata iiu,
to another.

/y//'.

[bataho|

J.

the

ecct

of adding or Joining a thing

2. the cooking or roasting of different things on the

appendage, appen mmatahO-kyi, the

same fire, which is superstitiously avoided.

dix, accompaniment; e/". nkaho, nkekaho.
of avoiding or

-5.

shunning promiscuous cooking or roasting.

act

mufa

3(X)

niciu.

inata, matainata, a. sUtu//,cla)iuni/, doij(jt/, (/l/ilinoiis, labrimucous (e.g. fwenore); st/n. ma, praprii; cf. sfi, twii;
dote no ye m, (enye samsam).
coHS, viscous,

iiia-teiin, a. hrhiifuh full to ihc hrim.

Ill 111 <i-ti,

/ have

m,,

Ak.

baw, basa, & ti, tiri] shauhlcr ;-n\Rto no

- oka nem., he shrufjs, rjives a
s. to 17

batiri [ba,

cmpoivcrcil him,

shrug.

ina-to [ma, G.
Ill 111

nuj

A to

tgj cholccful, topful, ci-amiucd.

kw a. mmatokwa

o-niAatWci, a medicinal

aina-wolin-so-o,

[aba. abaw,

= woko

woko m.

u:/fh fists, sticks d'x-.;

ntokwawj
amanko.

w7(///(.',

/ii/hl-

^;?^n</.

a leaving visitor,

interj. said to

my. When prefixed to a verb having

close sounds (i, u, full e & o, gya, nya, t\Va, d\Va), it is written mi:
the e is dropped before the prefix a-. Gr. 53-59.

me,

e-m

F.eme,

pro/i.

e, mini,

I. ute,

Mentu, an aromatic herb used asa, medicine; Mt. 2:^,2S.

wgde fra akoko noa na wodi.

polm of the hand or a stroke with if; wgabo no
(/'. ntentemme, bg twere. kutrtime, wgabobg no amc; F. 3It. ^6,(i7.
inoa, kutrnku, sotgre bg fe,y>/. af'e; guram. [G. gba ma, gbla mai.|
ebinom due suman
0,-ni e,

a,

the

a-,

])1.

me,

memej

tr. to feed to the full, to fdl, satisfy, satiate:

he satisfied, to eat enough; perf. to be satisfied
or satiated, to have enough; pr. 243 f. - wame so, he has eaten his fill.
gme, inf. the act of satisfying
didi me, to eat enough, yr. 2134.

\red.

/;.

intr. to cut so

as

to

(C'c.

or of eating enough: the state of having eaten enough, so as to be

satisfied; satiety. ful)iess. pr. 2191.

a me,
one's

inter},

coming

(in

come in! said

darkness tic.)

in
is

answer to ago, by which word

announced.

mmeti-mmea, mineae-inmeae.

pJ. s. bea,

beae, place.

meaiiiea..s. akyenky(>na.
ea m il-dua, F.mb., mbereinu-dua[dua a ebi bea mu]

mm

m e-a
am e

(j

r a, jtron.

ecen

w, name of the

just I,

I,

cat in fables,

mme-fe [abe efe| the refuse or

from which the oil is taken out.

me hemehe(mi'he),

from

trash,

its

voice;

mt'ho.

inyself.

Gr.

i;

s.

agyiuamoa.

of the palm-nut, the fibres

a. fine, finely

woven, smooth; nekentc

or kete ani ye m.; nhoma or atuJuru no ani ye m.;

no m., better: nket'enkete.

m me k wail

cross.

I myself. Gr. 59. F. mara, inada.

watwitwa nam

57. pr. 242.

[abe nk wan] prdm-nut

pared with the pulpy or mealy and

souj),

a greasy soup, pre-

oily substance of palm-nuts, a

favourite dish of the negroes,

ammekyewa. not
amma ammekye

mem,
mu, in

v. [red.

having come

to st(iy

or last long: onipa yi am.

kora.

memmem]

the earthj; to be sunlc,

to sinfc (doivn,nsum\ in water, asase

swallowed up, absorbed; usu no amem,

amemo

301

nieiu'iuiiu'iu'ii.

ihe wnier has been sucl-ed up. ahsorhrd in the iiromul: to disappear.
hide or lose oneself, he /o.v/ (wiiram', in the hush); to (eause to) sink,
jntf under irater. iuimerse in a fluid; osraiuai'i amr'm lam', the li(/htiiiiKj (thunder-stonej has entered the i/nnind.
;i

me in O,

a kind of animal, pr.

nic, red.

Ml

mciiimcii, F. red.
Ill

cm

111

(Ml

(',

M ("nu'iicda,
Ill

111 111 I'll

'>2S.

mv.

v.

red.

a., s.
r.

amcmcii,

men.

mcne

Memereda,

pr.

Satitrdai/.

V. redness.

red. a.

:?0fi4.

Gr.

5<

men.

41,4.

no (one ivho s/ralfoics np kinys) a \aMntino:

ghene biara a oye otumfo, oliye ahone iih. so.

o-n lie

aijpellatiou of a king;

emiiKMiomfO [wamemmone nemfo,

has svallowed his

eye
no am. rr- gmpone, enyeno dc, enye no abodwo, eye no awerelio;
ode am. sane, re.eed or f'rcttin;/ (at his mistake) he returned.
Ji

111

lie

side] disf/nst. displeasure, distiki'. distaste, vexation, indiff nation;

me mi

111.

Hirudo. San(juisu(ia medieinalis.

[G. siti.]

leech, hinod-sucker,

men, meminen, memmene, V.a. red; onipa-memmeii,otammemmen, sika-m'.; ef. ben, koko, tofammeh.
iiieiia.

.s.

mana, mmara, mra.

iiienase, mene

ase, menewaase, the midcr ov lower part of

or esophagus; the heart as the seat of stip2>ressed
resentment; a grudge; ode me m., ode me ahye m., he hears me a
grudge or spite; obi ne wo wo asem ua ompe se oka a.s. onnya ho
adagyew a ode ka a, ode ahye neyam' a.s. ne menase.
the throat,

(jnllet

menase-buluimua or -da' (dawa), the tivula in the throat; ne

menase-da ayi, ahon.
inenase-pow, 1. the prominent part of the throat. Adam^s-apiple,
(the projection formed by the thyroid cartilage in the neck).
2.
a grudge, hinderanee of eordialifg; owo no m., he ours him a grudge.

ineiilia, F.

mene,

v.

menewa.

[red.

memmene]

to

sicallow (up), suck up, to gulp

(dotvn), devour; to ingulf, absorb, pr.2694.

mmene nam

sow ansa-na woamene, do not thus gulp down

it before you swcdlow if.

sa,

na wo-

the meat, but masticate

mene, meiiewa, the throat, gidlet, esophagus; wotwaa ne

mene, theg cut his throat; pr. 387.
okgseh ne mene, he went and
hanged himself.
ne menewam' awo, his throat is dried up; cf.
menase, amenewa.

mmene

[ben] nearness, neighbourhood; gbeda

to sleep in the

mmene

'ne,

he

is

neighbourhood to-day.

men em, v. to swell, e.g. of the virile member.

menemmenem, red. v. to surll. of a river; -

nsn no ani m.

~= ye hurutututu.

menemmeiieii: ye
the si'i'onnd).

Am.

8,8.

m., to he absorbed, ind/ihed (water, in

menefiuua

302

mereiikoiiyai'i.

ML 6,4.6.18. = gua-so.
menewa, menewaase, s. mene, menase.
amenewa: otim no am., he taJccs lihu hi) ihe tJ/maf.
meneniiua, F. piMiclij.

meiiewam'

Mf.

1S,Qfi-

kiiru, sore throat.

O-mene-awQj J)Z. a-, a bird of the savanna, as lavge as a turkey, in form like a raven, black with a white breast.

me-uko-modi

(I atone shatJ eat or

ish, scJf-interested. pr.

mmenkveue

iiimeiikyee,
akyirikyiri

answer and save

nie as

Me US a,

Mansa

mensa,

-sa, a

men sere,

[benkye(ii)]

me mmenkyene,

gye

a,

eiijo//):

ye m.,

to

lie

self-

3571.

if

mmene; mefre wo

call to thee as

from

afar,

one heing near.

[oba, nsa] pr.

kind oi yam,

s.

>/.

in.

ode.

(-= the third ehUd).

'i)r.

20.'):J.,2;201.2J)59.

bensere, basin.

mnieii-soii [aboh.nson] a kind of irind-insfnnne)/t: seren horns

blown together (mmeh ason na wgde gye dCvom biako so).
amausan.
amensoii, F.
mmeraii, mm<1ran, surname, hji-namr: wobonoor wopae no
m., fheif (/Ire him or rr// out his (hononring) l>i/-ii(iiiirs: ef. pbr-ran,

nsaberan.

nimeraii

te- bei-e [aberante, here]

//o/il//.

(he part of life between

mmofraase and nkwakorabei'e.

mmerante-bo, exuberance of/fonthfnl (/aiei//, arro(ianre.pr.S8.

inmeran iwa-sem [aberantewa, ascm] bray, boast, ravnt,
t

eda adi wo kasam' ne nneyeem'; nye m. ^^ gye ahantan; nkwahkwasem (flaantinr/) da adi wg nantew n.a. mn.
ostentation

m me r

pi., s.

i',

eberc.

mm ere, Ak. mmere, nnislirdom.

mmere,

s.

fiin(/iis; s.

mmerew.

ananse-ntamma
[I'l'-

</.

37-3.899. :W.34.

bere, bea, nefi] place or nuoiainere, amere, mmere [obsol.

nea wnti eV
ner (in which) : ivherc; amere (= amere a) wufi e?
fako mere ogyinae na ohfiu sa no, gmmekyere na yentie!
amere Avgye ni! =senea wgye ni! F. nibeye m'adwima de-mre n'a
sem kyere n' ara, I shall do my duty accordiny to his irord.

amere,
s.

1.

a plant nsed as a medicine on sores, pr. 2035.

2.

amiri.

mmerebere
mmerebo,

[bere] a disease of the .<hin; eye onijja hd kgky'.

berebo, liver.

mmei'eboa, a species of ant, small, of a reddisli colour, having their nest iipon trees; ntetea hi a wgwg dua so keka onipa.

mme

e h u a, pr. 855.

mmeremiidiui, F. =; mraeamudua, cross; cf. asendua.

e r e 11 k e ii s u ii, -soiio, the yoan;/. liglit-green shoots or blades
of])alms; s. hkonmu.

mm

mereiikoiiyaii,

2')-. ^;';-#.

-= nkfima.

iiimereiitiuii

mniore-nson

303

uiia.

[here, ason"|: nna-m., fhe whole roiiud or lenfffh

of dai/s or of time; oil doz/s

Se wo

tliroiii/huiil.

ne,

me anko

a, iina-ni.

(eha ara una olia) iwl woda so te ha! if //on da mil //a irilli iiir iioir,
you iciU never yet aica// from this place : s. Odomankania bggima-m.
Ill 111

mu nsii] refreshmetd after hard tvork or fiyhtinr/.

mu nsn] refreshment after a journei/.

e r o-s a obere
|

iiiinero-sii [gbere

miiicrew,

a.

[berew, berebere]

ihij>ressihle, i/ieldiiii/.

inate.

/.

n-e(d;, feeble,

(bodily); - gyc m.,

,",''.

uieej,-,

soft (e.g.

infirm, sicM/j;

= od\Vo, he

<()

J.

mild.

nehO ye

m.,

meeh; h) he

is

wood,

pr.l244.),

tender; delicate, effem-

:>.

Ite is

not stron//

is iveal; yieldin/i,

Syn. b6te, bgdo,

indnlgent ; n'aso ye m., ]te is obedient.
b6kg, borogg, dabti, dufiiduf'u, defe, fita, f^tefete, hodvio, horghoro,
u'a, n'i, uyamo, sii\mo, jjgsgpgsg, posoposo (te. opp. den.

/)lial)le,

mm erew a-bero
Oi/e

[aberewa, bere] the latter part of

of a H'oman, following after mmababere.

mmertMva-so m,

mmesa

life

dealinys, talkinys or concerns of old

or old

women.

a catkin or anient of the oil/ndm.

;?. a braid, plait or tress of hair; gnwene ne ti m., gwgw
lu'iihwi m., she plaits the hair; m. tetare (fomfani) ti bo, pna. de,
ogyina hg.

[abe, sa, to

mmesoa, Ak.

hany down?']

-- bosea, mmosea.

mesemese, 1. Ak. =
kyiri kente bi

nketenkete.

na Akyemfo ato no

mm

toiuina [betem, gba]

palm. pr.68S.

mmew,

1.

printed cloth;

mmew

a,

s.

[bew,

r/eo(/raphical

m me \va

1.

?.

kind of

the thorns

Aburo-

between the nuts of the od-

kind o{ reed ov rush, bulrushes.

ntama.
7>7.] /)laces.

cloth:

sa.

i*.

a kind of

mountains; mmew-hhoma, map, chart,

collection of maps.

drawiny or delineation; adas.

[abe, dim.'] a creepiny plant or climber, winding round

hama; wgt\Vet\Ve sum nsemma; wgde ye tui.

palm-trees: abe ho
Ill

i.pron., conjunctive

form of

me

before close sounds. Gr. 54.

mi a,

V. [red. miamia] 1. to press, squeeze; atade no nkg me

emiame, the coat does not fit me weM, it pinches me; adesoa
no mia me ti so, the load presses my head.
2. to press toyether,
omua n'ani, he shuts his
to shut, close (the eyes); omia n'ani, a)

yiyc,

eye; b) he meditates; c) he exerts himself, fries his best in doing something.

o. mia .. mu, a) to press tof/ether: mia mu ma enye tra-

wa kakra,

squeeze it to make it thinner.

b) to restrain, restrict,
omia ne kwannyji mu, he restricts his privileyes.
c) miamia.. mu, to rc/Mir (gdan mu, biribiara a asee na wopam a ebeye
'ye mu); cf. pompam, d\vuw. 4. to arm oneself, take arms, be in
grebebg ntoa na wase akotwea na
armour, go in. arms; orebemia
waso tuo mu. Dawid ne Goliat kgkoe no, wammia na gkge.
to adorn or dress oneself; wamia
wakeka neho, wafura ntama a
eye fe, wahye atade a eye fe; mia is more used of men, liyehye
more of women.

straiten;

.->.

amia

304
a.mia,
ilieii

amo.

armonr.

ainia-(l(\ (a piece of) armoar or

Ill 111 i

a-S 0,

i)if. 1. e.rerfiu)).

iiiiiiiako-mmiako
iiiiiii(jlif%

V.

io

2.

pr.Slld.Slfto.

r/rcv.-*.

ade

hi a

wgde amianiia

one hii nnr. nnr

alie.

aturukuku.

s.

preponderate

(?).

undue advantage. prer(de))ce or

e-,

ness; fraud; force, violence, pr. 240. 7o.3.

defraud, take in. cheat: to do violence.

interested, f/reedi/

ineqifitaJde.

])ii-ibi so.

tiffcr tlir of Iter, shnjl/i.

kwata.

s.

mikum-anansc,
F.

[biak6,j:)?.]

Ak. how manif?

mirua-diiam',

mim,
amim,

wokgo amia nm.

the state of heing armed; armour;

v. n.

irenf In fall

ye

..

a.,

a.,

unfair. unj7tst.

(jrccdi-

.^Hj/eriorit//:

over-reach,

to

to t)e

selfi.<ih.

Onyank.

nycj

self-

amim,

neyam'ye.

amim-di,
ade-kye

the act

inf.

mu wope

se

O-mi'inio, jj?. a-, a

oniberefo, odifudepefo.
iniiisini,

F.

r.

aiiiiri, a lieasi

oi'

over-reachin;/. defraudation: violence:

wofa nea
c/reedt/.

to be gloomi/,

e.s5; Sjjn. nsisi.

avaricious, rapacious person

.\i/ii.

clouded, lowering, oftliesky. Mt.JO,.!.

of prey(?); a hunter (?)

jM-.-'idd.

A'miri, a surname of the Asantes.

aiiiirika, m-. [.s. abirika] a run, running, race, rapid course or

motion: de m., to be in full speed; tu or tntn m., to run: to hasten,
hurry. [G. foi (dse, dso, hie, sa, tse f.).]
object or things far u-hich a race is run.
otu am., he runs witli alt his might.
a-inirika-tii, inf. the act of running, a run, course.

aniirikn-dc,

tlie

;i-inirika-(U''i'i:

mo, mo-o! or mmo, F. mbo, [the o is full & pure] inter}, a form
of congrfdulation. thanlful aclcnowledgment, and of wishing success:
well done! well then! good s2)eed.' good lucl! hail! all had ! It may be
said twice, thrice

Sic. Cf.

amo.

miiio, na mmo (mmo) F.

Mt. 10,6.28. 19^5. 22, 43. '24, 45.

mmom,

2.-,, 9.

adv. rather;

then; but.

ML 5,2(1. J0,26.4<S. 14,31. 1 Cor. 15,40.

mo

(with nasal o), })ron. (F. Ak. often horn) ye, yon, your.
prefixed to a verb before i, u, full e t*t o, gya, nya, tvva, d\va,

When
it is

m U-.
ill

Gr. 53-59.

6, V. to tie aj)0ut,

under-garment about

mo,

V.

F.

to

wrap

or

wind round

mo amoase,

to tie the

the loins.

be bad. Mt. 6,23. 12,34.

s.

in

u o.

amo

[pure full o] F. ambo, congratulcdion, feliiit(dion; ma a.,

to congratulate, felicit ede, had. praise, a ch)) owl edge, toicishjoy, good
speed, or success; mema no amo, / tjid hi)u good sj)eed (God speed);
Tvoma no amomomo, they hail him. pr. 242. 729.
Cf. mo.

amo
ness;

[amiioVJftarfnes.sY.^,)

wayi m' amo

ingratitude,

i.e.

somemorcd

wanna m'

defect, as ingratitude, stingi-

ase, he

he has lieen ungrateful

tn

has manifested against

me

me: woyi m'amo - woyi

emo

305

iiiiiigUo.

mo ayamoinv^ne (wose me yam' ye hwene),

mv

or nr.nixc

of

tlie pJniif

o, rire. OrifZH,

('-Ill

saka mo),

Iii:

iijihraifJ

fj/ri/

)iir

with

stiiui'inoss.

sow

f<>

and the

(jf<i'ni>i:

j^ii

mo

(in

Kycrc-

r'tir.

[>xv/. moamoaj 7. (n ijdtlicr, prvs-< or fonn info k hull,

round mass; to roil or irraj) up: m. dnkfi no liye wo ntama
^. it) hctome or
mu wainoamoa ne. ntama aliye ne niinotoam'.
iittilr close, norrotr, short : wamoa ifakatawia ano, /ic has closed his
umbrella: odaii no fmo amOa, the (ij)erhire of the room has been d'lminishrd : (uc yare nti) nenan ano amoa, his steps hare beeonie short,
ontunii ntwe no nan inn so kahno bio.

1110 a,

/'.

liiiii/K

niliioii^ f.ii. [boa

eadi other:
iniiio;i,
ill III i>

h
ok;"i,
Ill

.s.

A.

woili m.. the//

helji:

di bial'wc

iV:

na

a kind o{

(la

1,

oboa; F.

/kI/k aid. ossist

iiil)oa, (/raic.

mmoadi.

boa,

cJifwlced calico, c/iillnes.

mo;!, Ak. aniana, hole, eaviti/.

nkonon; - bo or tii a., to diij a
111

in/ifiiall//

nnoboa,

di

ef.

jdt,

den. ditch, tniirh:

cf.

etn,

hale.

boadabi.

s-.

Ill

iii('a-(li, inf. |di

Ill

1110 a'-di, inf. [di

mmoa]
mmoil]

niidnrd assistance.
the iakinf/ of bribes.

iiioa-doma [aboa, domaj animals of all kinds, pr. 540-44.

a in oa o-jrauowa, -gyanoa, a species of food tor widows, prepared of mashed maize; s. siw ].
Ill

;i

iiiiiioaki'ia,

7j/.

iiimoana, F.
iiiiiig-aiiiiii,

m-, a kind of sqnirrel;

ichieh.
Z;^/".

Mk.

si/n.

adwere.

2,9. 13,28.

[bo anim] thestnto of facin;/ eaclt other; di m

the/f sit opposite

face eacli other; wodi m. fwe wonho anim' ara,

each other looking each other in the face.
to

o-a a k a s a, \ you yourselves; your oicn;

n\o-'AV'A,pron.\ even yon, just you ; Gr. 69.

Ill

Ill 111

let

o-a

no

[ebo ano] breast, ehest: sfiman bi sen nem., an amu-

hanffs on his chest.

Ml

iiioa-ano,

nun o-a so,

dom).

Cf

inf.

a yathering together;

(/.

anoboa, raboaanofo, F.

[bo ase] beginning, fntndation (of a town, kingammose, nhyease, mfiase &.c.
inf.

a in o-a s e, 2)1. m-, [mo ase] the utidcr-garment or loin-cloth of

negroes, syn. otam, odanta.

niinol)a[boba] dry
or

ftvigs,

brush-uood, small

.sticks

tlie

of a fagot,

mniohn-dua, a plant, the rods of wliich are tied across

iiwiira.
poles in the framework of a negro house;

tlie

sticks

.s.

ininobitiri, a kind of bead,

s.

ahene,

ninio lio.mmoboro,
pity

i.e.

fclliiw;

jj/(v, compassion, mercy; oye m., he causes

lie is jiitiatile, iniseral/le, pitifid, deserving 2>dy, lie is a poor
ohu int' m., he looks on me irith pity, is pitiful or co)njHissio-10

306

mmoboinni(')l>(

mom.

nate towards me, pities me, has pity, mercy on me. sJions
liu

(or f\ve)

yen

mercy on

m., have

me mercy:

us.

mmohg-mmybo,

a.Saclv., miserable, piiifid, in a miscroUc

n'anim ye m., Jie tooJiS icrctched, miserahJe, has
a sad countenance, lSam.l,lS; gnam in., he u:(dJcs ahout in a ^ad

stfde or condition:

condition.

mmobom'

[bobo mu] 1. a kind of u-liite cotton cloth intcru-orcn with red threads in squares; kente no ye m., wode adidisika
anwene mu ahinanan-ahihanan.
^. a collection, accumulation,
mass, heap, assemblage ; opp. ankorankoro.

m mob org =

mmobo.

mmoborobnnu,
compassion, vuldness;

mmoborolnmnfo,
mmgl)oroiii, pi.

mmg-deii,

earnestness, ardour:

m(jbg m. mafwe,

[hii

F. hunihly.

mm oborg]

pity,

id. a mercifid person.

n pit ifid, pitiable person.

i)?.

-fo,

n.

v.

cf.

mmoborm',

mercy, mercifulness,
ahumgbg, timgbg.

/;?/'.

[bg

-by

v.,

den

.]

a strong exejiion,

effort,

zeal,

m., tobe zecdous, strenuous, eager, an.iious:

iviU try

my

best.

mmodeii-bo,

inf.

[bg

mmg-

den] exertion, zccd, eagerness, diligence.

v.n. [bgr., forort.] a new exertion, new beginning:
begin anew; mefi 'ne mabg asetra foforo ho m., from today I shcdl begin a new life; ey-i na orebg m. (= grebg aso foforo)
asi dan.

mmo-foro',

- bg m.,

to

mmofi";iasc. [abofra, ase, here] childhood, tlio time from

mmofra-bere. birth or infancy to puberty.
mmofra-abrodc, a siliquose plant.
mmoiVa-forowa, -akokoa, -kokofe, difterent kinds oi pilants.
1

mmofra-.som,

mmofuma,

childish tailings, dealings or concerns.

a kind o( tree.
fibres of that tree; gtgtga ho liono.
it, == nniialiamii; rf. mtiriwa; di/f.

to

].

inner bark, the bast or

a string or cord made of

2. the'
3.

bofii,

bofunnua.

amon'om, a kind octree; sareso dua bi.

motfya [s. bogya] blood; cf. kafo, dase, danse; ka or gu m.,
mouyashed blood wgama m. agu fam', blood has been shed.

si'i-fr'nr'

serum exuding from a wound.

mohoho, moho moho. >/ourselves mutually.

(-funu?) matter, jnis;

moho,

i/ourselves;

Gr. 57.218,1

m olio

the

[mmghgg, G. muhg]

cutiain, veil.

m mo-bo,

inf.\\)qho] doubling, dujjlication; double; pair (annntwi m. anan, f<nir pairs of oxen); multiplication by two or more than
two; mitua no kaw m. anah, I pay him or restore it to him fourfold

mmo-kaw

[mmgre

a akaw] leaven, leavened dough.

mmo-kwa, the borrowing of another^s garment.

mom, V. fred. mom mom q.v.] to roll or wrap up.

furl, envelop:
squeeze together (that the hollow space disappears): doroben no
amom; mom akatawia no ano, shut ov ptd up the umbrella; waku
ne nneema iiliiii;! amom ano, he has pached up all his tilings.
to

emom
o-inoiu [rtnnninin',

307

anioiioni.

boniu?]

ordinance, injiutrfirm, decree;

cf. ininjira; wouliye mom
hare decreed that imljodij sliould meniinn

fr.

1.

iiifcrdicfioiK proliihitlmi. proliibilorij laic;

mmmo

so obiarji

so,

tlieii

the matter: ereri/ one

Ill

is

forltidden to spcal: of

it.

^^ ai/reoiioit;

woakoliye m. -= woapam.

rf. imii(in';

1110111", inf. \\io

\x\\(\

joining, reciincdiation; a(frernient. cotiveuconun anion, jwace.

tion, contract, stipulation, treat//;

Ill

adr.

1110111',

(s.

F.

tief.)

mmo (=

nipo, Ak.) rather, in pre-

more propcrlii; me.pe oyi m., I

ference,

inej)e lia-yi

lihe this Ijctter;

i like this place lietter than that one: eno tii.

korfi, th(d nuireorer is not (/ood (d all, that is even irorse.

m. kven
Ill

odo

lio,

^.
o in M, mOrnA, red. r. 1. s. iiifi.
no ba) mOiiuui Oiiyame.

asuri'dai'i (sika,

to

11a

onyr

dedicate, devote to;

.>'.

to jiraisc,

extol,

wonirnna glicno - - wpbo no nimoran kil noa waye lie

noa nonouanom aye agyaw no ne abiisua ko a ofim' abrafo m.
/. onim moina
kwaduom -to or -bo.
oliono yo no bo bu.
.>.
koka bo nsem, to speak of a matter i}i detail, to cnhm/e
m. bo,
e.i(dt.

(jliirifii;

make

njnin. expiditde on. (five a discourse on,

a. red. to t<dk

nninteUigibly

mill o inri-li6,

(s. hef.)

inf.

circundocntion

tion; expatiatin(j on, (idle) talk;

111

111

Ill

m mo

A, luoiiiri-so, the
ill,

red.

v.

the appHc(di(ni of.

wobisa no a.som

ebo

n'ano moninmoin;!.
discussion, explana-

a,
;

ni. ni,

forehead, front.

1. s.

mom.

2. to slirivd, shrink tor/ether;

up (as witbering leaves).

in 6
6 no, F. momon, a. s. amono, raiv.
momoiiolo, momroto [G.] unci ran mc.ised; uncircumcisioii.

to curl

mm

Ill

111

r 0, a strap ofleidher put

round one's nock and drawn

so as to strangle tbe person,

moil, ^'.F.

on

(=

ino,

miio?)

to

Jjc

unrighteous. HcI).G,10.

a neigh, neighing, whinnying ; - bo ra., to

neigh, whinng (of borses). Jer. 5,8.8,10.
k a m., F. to woil. Mk.o,38.
iiiuionnri,
bonna; - to m,, to intrude uj)on women h// night,
Ill 111

to ravish.

(cf.

bon

v.)

.S-.

inf. m-to.

monri, F. mona,

iiionkyem,

.s.

amana, amarii

&

amoa.

hend, turn iip, ivrinkle; to douhlc doivn (a

leaf &c.); to he bent, turned up, to get a loss (as, a brazen vessel);
osekan no ano am., nhoma nom' am.; awowa no am.
babi atom'
sen babi.
v.

to

iimono, -mono, red. mommoiio, or moramono, a. raiv; fresh,

green, soft; unripe, immalure; undried; unboded, crude; s. Gr.
70,1-3. gdemomoiio, ode-amono, anammono (wodi anammono, they
eat meat, wodi nam momono, they eat raiv meat), ode no ye momono ; cf. ababammono.
amono kanwe, qude fresh or neiv, used also
of persons, as, a blooming youth; cf. bun.
amoiio-akri-ogya
nam momono a wgabow dakoro pe.

amoiioni [amono mu,

forthwith, on the spjot ; gbo
stn)H' hit

him. he

fell

lit.

in the freshi directly, Immedicdely,

a. bgara na gtgo, when the

no bog no no,

dead on

the sjjaf. V.

amonm

lioara, suddenly.

monom

308

monoiilj
no ye m.;
in

mmowa.

raonommonom, morommorom.

red.

a. smootli; opoi'i

eso ye torotoro.

cf.

n1

^ okwah kontoh kye, pr. 1900.

ky c

11

mo pom ma [cf. bapomraa] s.d-pL, a respretaUc. iKwnnraJiJe

person (onipa a oye gpanyin ho-ne-lio nanso onim ile).
mmoro-so, exceedinfjl}).
iiibordo, F.

HI

more

[bg, bore,

gre-hii,
iiiniorka, F.

Ill

mmokaw,

morokoko wii.

miiioro-sa [biiro,
America; cf. nsa.

mm oro-s6,
Ill

more) to

iiiiiiosea,

s o

e-mo-si,

by-name
111

Europe or

[bore so] ahnndance, e.ruhernnce. overfan-'ntfj

ingl//.
s.

aheue.

a ebow, strong drial;

mmoase,

mpalijewa.

ase, hcglnning. yr.lS^l.

bosea, pehhJe; grarel. yr. 2046.

s.

inf.

11,

si.

clotJi. s.

ntama.

Am;"i-osu [nea omil osn, Gr.

God;

inv a

mmotri

emo &

s.

a kind oi counfrtj

of
s

bronglit from

iisa] rtoii. hrandi/.

a \v a [dim.] small pebbles, grarel.

mmosij

Am OS

aliene.

s.

aburonia, -mv.

a kiacl oi'head;

a,

nsji

ammose,

s.

adv. exceed

mmo-sa,

Ill

i)if.

Mt.l'i,')3.

a kind of head,

iiiiiioroiiimorome,

fulness.

dough.

i;.]

=== pitalu'i.

Ill 111

rf.

i^

39. 9.

the Jiain-girer. a

Ainowia.

obosu, dim.

the carlg deic, condensed before day[break,

s. ahene.

[beta, dim.\ a kind o bead,

motaii,

mmoto,

V.

F.

mantam. Mf.

21,2.

Mk:ll,:2.

-doiiia, greot (plantains), fresh (yam), pr. 598.1133.

1110 to am' [ba = basa, toa, mu| arm-hole, arm-pit.

mmgtoam-ma, a sicelling ov tumor in the arm-pit; woboapafreno.

Ill

pompo no ahhon kokiiro anye 'mgtoam' inTi.

mmotoaase: wabg nem. afa gbji no na gdeno aguan akgtra...
miiioto-kroma, the new yam of the first crop; wgpah m-; cf.
mpgw. m-m\ m-bere, tlie time or season in ivhich the new yam is
miiiotoa-siu, na

taken out;

mmgtgkroma-bere adu.

mow,

mediation, negotiation in a matter between two nations

to war; di m., to mediate, act as a go-between, try
wgadi ntam' m. dedaw, na anye yiye.
to reconcile ; abgfo yi di m.
Ill

which may lead

A 1110 wi a

[nea

a by-name of God;

mmowa,

gma owia]
cf.

the Sun-giver, he

Amosn, AmJi-gme

who

gives sunhine;

&.c.

a tree, the h((rl- of which is burned to coal and mixed

with sweet-scented spices; ohuam bi; dua bi a wot\vit\va na wgde
to gyam" ma edah gyabiriw, na wgayam na wgde nhwtine torn' na
mma de fra wgn adnrn mn de ye woiiho (won anim, ;ikyi, koko so.

nan

ho, nsa

\in).


iiiuiuVvciX'biwa

m mo wo re 111 w a,
whitlow

the,

okckaw

(s.

3fi0

(muii.

-wiiwa: gyare m-, he hns Insf his jkiUs by

/.) or by };:yato; s. bowercwua.

|yi aino| iiKiralHinle.

;i 111 uyi, inf.
o-iiioyiro, an iDiyvatcfnl person.
Ill

iiio-to-ho, inf. [bo to ho] procrnsli nation, jjosl/ionrmfn/. od-

jonrnmrni:

dclai/.

o-so, inf. [botosoj false accKaalion. s//n. o.sitsuka, iitwatoso; nyr wo yonko ho mm., do not cast ani/t/tini/ iijxui i/diir nviyhboiir irii/ioiit lieiiuj able to prove it.
Ill 111 (i-l

iiiiiu'a

&

Ill

6\ mmara.
mana.
mmra,

cpds.

iiira, c.

s.

inriibraiii'. r.n.

tCc: unf((ir)tess.

iiuf

111

v.

mmara.

bra mu] the act of

disltoiiest//.

giiira-kvi'rrw,

jiiiirAdi',

[.s.

iritliliotdin(j.

giiir;'i-i'ilioiii;i

&c.

s.

amaiiado Sic

ra do, aiiirMdow [Port, (jovernador?'] yovvrnor:

iiiiurai'i, s.

o-iiiraloni,
Ill 11,

mmoran.

iiiiiirrii'ii"iii;H'i, x.

cf.

brohcin'.

mmar.

omuratoni.

s.

jiroii.

ronrc(d-

niisstidrment; di.ssiin/didian.

.s.

rao.

inner or middle part, inside;

line, surfaceor body.
JJ.
the inner parts, cf. anom', asom', infom', yam' t^c; the space within
ov inside.
emu noho (uohoa) torii'i,
c>. the interior of a conntr.n:
4. As a postposition after nouns & pronouns
far in the interior.
it stands for the foil, prepp. ^(^ advr.: in, at, i)ito, through, irithin.
in/card, i)is/de; between; of time: in. at, durin(j. irithin; of a plurality of things: amomj, amongst; connected with certain verbs (as
fi, to proceed from) : out, from. See Gr. 119. & Hem. on the tone
of mu. which is high after a preceding low tone, and low after high
tone. "When used as a postposition or complement, the vowel u is
often dropped, and the remaining iii' connected in pronunciation
witli the noun or pronoun to which it refers, or with the verb.
In some 2>hrases emu forms the grammatical subject (instead of
the thing to which it refers), as: emu da ho, // is or lies open, is manifest, plain; emu do, it is deep (abura, asunomu, epo mu do); emu
gow, it is spacious; emu terew, it is wide; emu ye den, it is difficult; ne yare mu ye den, his illness is severe; emu ye duru, it is important; emu ye hare, it is easi/; emu siwme kakra, emu ntew me
yiye, Gr. 215.
6. When compounded with nouns, mu expresses
a manner of doing
after the manner or fashion of; e.g. mmariinam', niiipam', brofom', s. Gr. ^ 131,4.
7. In composition with
verbs, mu has the power of an adverb, meaning in, between, together; r/'. bam', bom', dam', gum", worn', nnim', hyiam', tiain' &c.
mu or m' influences the pronunciation of preceding vowels, making
the open vowels (a, e, o) half-open (a, F. e; e, o), and the half-close
c-iiiii

anji

(u

r=: ii), ilie

part or point

inferior. 1. the

icithin the limits

of

-a.

').

vowels

c-m

(e, o)

close

(i,

u).

middle p((rt of the body, the chest, thorax,

rump, bade; espec. the upper part of the back, cf. akyi; gyare ne
mu, he has a disease of the chest or lunys; nc inti bu fanh, his rump
u, the interior or

mu

310

opono nemfi,

is flexible;

lie

imiliriiiirilin.

hending his

is

huclc, otee lu;

infi,

lie

stretches his had:.

mfi, a. [ph amuamfi] 1. whole, entire, covij'lete; iiiiJiml-en, in

good condition; opp. sin. gow. piece, fragment; oclii clnkono mu, lie
ate a whole (loaf of) bread; onipa yi, oye mu (pirim), thi.^^ man is not
siclclij, but licchj (indeed); odi mu, he is icithoid blemish or defect
enni dem; iikuruwa no
(mpakye ridzi mu, F. Mt. 13,31); ecli mu
bi ye amu-amu, ebi nso ye agow-agow. some of the vessels are whole
J^. true, real, ftdl. earnest, se(not broken), others are damaged.
rious, sincere; eye me aseda-mu, if is a matter of heartfelt thardcs to
me, I am truhj thankful for it; eye me hkgmmo-mti, it is a matter

of deep concern, serious care, grave solicitude to me, I carnestl// wish

or desire it.
3. perfect, aceomplishcd, excellent: onipa-mii, a man
of distinction, of rank. pr. 2397.
e-mfi, a-, n. a tvhole, entirety, totaliig; bo no mu, sag it at once!
mebo no amu maka se: I will gather or sum it up in these words:...

muo, to be bad.'
infij mo, r. F.
jimu, a dead (human) body, corpse; a more decent expression
tban efunu.
u a, V. 1. to shut, close; om. ne nsa ano^^;?-. 468), n'ani, he clohand, hi^eycs; om.n'ano, he shuts his mouth, holds his tongue,
is sdent, keeps silence, forbears talking, pr. 247.
XK to be shut or
8. anim' amua, remua, 6'.
closed; n'ani aniua, his eyes- are closed.
anim.
Ill

ses his

minuadd,
Ill

mil a e,

abnada.

s.

asemmisa ucne m., questions

v.n. [bua| an ansu:cr;

and answers.
ua

Ill

phial);
a

c/'.

u a

111

Ill 111

ill

u a,

((.

narrow

dwedwewa,
111 11

i.

u-ano [bu

(as, the

opening of a small bottle or

hialiia, teatea.

blind-mans-buff.

anoj the edging, hon. skirt of a garment.

iiiniua-so [bua so] cover,

lid,

pot-lid; cf.

mmutuso, nkataso.

minua-taiiia, Akr.-tam; Ky.-toma [ntama a obi de bua (kata)

neho so] a cloth to cover one's body, also in sleep (ojvj;. odaso); a
cover;

clocdc, pall,

jxdlium (as of the ancient Greeks).

iiibubiia, F. =: bubuafo, j>L m-,

innmbui,

v.n. [bu,

causing inability

to

r.

walk.

lame persons.

Mt

15,30 f-

red.^ 1. lameness, a disease in the legs

2. a fraction in ci})hering.

mbubui, F, a) palsy, 2It. 4,24.0,2. b) fragments, crumbs, Mt. 13,37.

mbubuinyi, F. a man sick of the xmlsy, Mt. 9,6. Cf. obubuafo.
mu-diui [dua a ehye onipa mu na otumi gyina] support, staff
of life; onipa m. ne kankyew (F.) or aduan, man's staff of life is
bread (food); pr. 2398.

mu-liama, a piece of
excessive grief; - wabo m.

clot]t

round the chcsi to show

aka no na ode hama anase

or rope tied

= awerehow

ntama abo (akyekyere) ne yam'.

muhumuliUj

a. fine, of

dry things that are ground; obo be-

iiMik;i

.'{11

uiiniinii'iki'iiii.

dwiriw won aye atodurn m.; rtyam kyekycro

in.; sijn.

fV-kolokn; rf.

l)O(lol)0clu.

iiiukii, iiiukyiVi,

Itiikyi;i,

iii-.

ficdif/i.

fire- pi nee:

the.

licaiili

negroes usually cook their food consists of three roumlisli elevations, formed of clay, between which the tire is niadt^ jiimI
on which the cooking-pot is placed.
umUa-asi', tltc place or apdrtmctit irJicre the liearf/i is; hitc/icn.

on

wliicli the

111

u-ky enO^,

tiiioniit//.

2. Ihu-'di'j no opeiihtif or e.iideaf and dmnh.

I ranee,
o-imilli, mumu, deaf and danibne^s. dnnthnes.s ciuxni'd hy
deafness; cf. asitiw.
o-muiii, e-murau. (( fieysnii n-lxi ix deaf and
dumb. pr.2047. V. Mk. 7,87.
in

11 III,

1.

a.

name

I\[uiiio,

of a month, about JJeceinber;

()-mfilii(), inQino,

y^/.

a-,

[mno, r.] an
(nea naniin

aijJif,

6.

gsrani.

IU-IooI'ukj. ill--s/ia/ied,

a.s. ne honain nye fe, iic li

misfofHU'd iierson :
kokiiroko, n'aniwa nkete-nkete, n'aso ntitiwa-ntitiwa nkete-nkete,
ne kgn tia n.a.) pr. 217.1801.20i8-50. (iiiuiiio-kaii, iiiiiiiio-kyiri).
aiiiu iiio-y e, F. amumuye, Inf. crime, (act of) wickedness; icanye am., F. Mt. 13,41.23,18. MIc. 7,22.
tonncss, looseness.
o-iiui iiigy (jfo, })J.fi-, 'miscreant, mischievous. wicJccd person,
villain, scoundrel.
0-iiuiino-\ve.s(jwa [omumo a oye n'ade wese nr \Ve\ve] a person
not fair, but clea)i and tidi/; opp. oyiyeburu.
bod'il/i

Ill

a mil,

a mil mil

mum.

^\

a lia, a

amumuye,
muna,

kind

o^l

plant.

amumoye.
[rer?. munamuna]
s.

become or be dark, to look

^. m. an i m, =kum anim,
wamuna, n'anim
to darken the face, make a sour face, to froiun.
am., he looks sulloi ; he is (jloomy, sad; wamuna ahye me, he frowns
onam munamuna, he is melancholy/.
upo)i me; pr. 248.
v.

1.

(jloomn; osu am., tlw clouds arc dark.

to

.b'.

o- 111

fellow;

una mini a fu,

muni,

ill

^j?. a-, a sulloi, morose, peevish, discontented

om., i/ou are cdwai/s disjil eased, discontented.

woye
11

to roll about, pr. 1864.

V.

1'lkaiu-su,

inf.

[buiikarn] transcendenc/j. Kurtz 105.

turn upside down, upset, overset,

f\vie gu!
overturn, sidjvert; m, toa (or aduru) no
syn. dan ani
Ill 11 11 1 11 111, t'.

to tur)t over,

butuw.
amiiiit um-amriiii, adv. seeretel//, privately, in secret; yedii
asem no am. =yehintaw kokoam' dii asem no na obi ante.
miini'im", miiriim,

wrap

v. \j-ed.

munum-raiinum]

to

cover entirely.

wrap round; .s7/. kata; ode ntama bemiuiiun

amunum pon so nneema nhina so, am. ne honam nhina; -

up, enwrap,

yen so,
om. fasu

so bae, he tumbled over the

o-miiuu ukiini,
cf.

kusukuku.

cf.

tumm.

i.

u-all('fj.

mist; om. resi, a fog is cominy;

2. cloud, cf. how, osu, suwisiw.
o. F. blackness,
a kind of dark-blue cloth.
5. adj. dark-coloured:
^;/. a-,

afasew m. bi ye adweadwe.

1. foy,

312

miio

muo,

^.

he had, physically or niofdlh/; tumn}

to

mo; ne iineyee miin

0-inuratoiii,

j'/.

minuio-ni'io,

muriim,
amu-sie,

N.

s.

- oyc

oini'i-

nye.

a- -fo, [Eiif>:., Port.] d iukIkUo.

biiro-iino, olive oil, sweet oil.

mununi.

amu]

inf. [sie

Onrial, intenncut. septtltarc.

mmu-s6,

inf. [bu so] nl/undance.

mmusu,

-0,

niisehief,

disaster,

Hiisfortnne,

misery,

eiduniity,

aba mc so, a calamity

mnch strength hriiKjs mis-

adversity; a thimj that causes mischief dc. m.

has befallen me; ahooden bcbreyem., too

bo
mabo meho m., / have

m-, to cause miseliief to come, to do misfa m.,

hrouyht mischief upon myself.
yi ni., to remove or ward
to suffer for mischief done; pr. o56f. 1738.
off mischief ; s. mrausnyi; mekobisa me bo, inekoyi mo ti m., I am
(joinff to ask advice (i.e. to consult the fetish-man) to yet rid of my
C/'. obusufo,
adversity (lit. to remove my head's calamity) ;pr. 398.
obusuyefo, ahabusu.
chief, pr. 581.048.1394.

chief;

mmiisu-l)0, inf. tlie act of cursiny; tlio commiltiny of an act

or acts that tirintf mischief.
ni iii iisu-y i, inf. the removal of mischief; oyi ne ti mmusu ne se: ode ade a ode rekoyi mmusu no si

neho ananmu de koma obosom a.s. gsaman-ko a g-ne no anya no;

ne se nti mmusu biara a wobeyi no, wode kwati onipa-ko no ri ansa
na wokoyi.
mustimiisimi, F. \vim ye m., the wadher is foul, stormy. Mt. 16,3.

aniu-tciH^ (inc.
I

amu-tcw^
i.e.

inf.

inf.

Ak. the

act of heejiiny one's hack straight.

[tew mu] prop, a rending of the interior or heart.

ntewmu.
mu-tVva, inf. [of twam'
twa mu] adekyee ye a\Vic uui-twa,
day (daylight) is atnmt to I'ntisli /ufssiii;/. i.e. Ilir day is nearly syent
grief, affliction, distress; di/f.

the

or /nisscd. Mk.
Ill

mill

6,3-5.

ii-S('i

[butinv so] cover

o-mii-yare,

<(-c.

cf.

minuaso,

I'ikataso.

a disease in the chest or back, causing diflicult

breathing, crookedness of the back &c. ef. sisiyare, oserimu.
e-,

Words

whicli ha\e ii as tlie lirst letter of tlicir stem (usually

with another ii, iu verl)!s somcitimes witli two iis before; it), but
are not found under N.
seek under I), or, when y follows,

under

(tiV

).

The consonant u, when radical i.e. original, is united with navowels [ef. M): whenever it is followed by pure vowels, it is a
transformation of d, caused by a j)receding n (or orig. in, A) or by
negligent pronunciation, as in anadvvo, Ak. adadwo. It interchanges
with (1, r, in, 11 Gr. 18. 10. B. 37.
ii before y & tw, is not
dental, but palatal.
iiy is either original before a, e, I, or, when
followed by pure a, e, i, it is a transformation of original gy, usually caused by a preceding ii (^iii^ ii).
sal

II

.51

(jiia.

;i

a frcfjuciit invjir before stems bcjj:inning with f, l\\',.s, ii,

whicli is then assfniihited i.e. changed into ii, also bcitit' stems with y ami yy, (in which cases we write ii-y and li-liyj.
'riiis jirelix occnrs /. in nouns: ;J. In vei'hs, viz. in the 2nd inijjerati\c and all negative lornis. It forms a syllable by itself, if" it

n-

is

witli

Jiiid

(I

lie nut joined in pronnnciafion to a jirecediuji; voW(d or to the

the snbsecjuent syllable. Si-e nnder in-.

11

ne

often stands for

ii'

(/iron. ohj.).

Gr.

a, runj.

fiS.

It

and.

i;

./.

ii

(pntn. jtoss.) before a-^ seldom for

also stand for na, conj.

of

no

may

X\ but, however,

ijet,

ncvvrihvlvss, noiaith-

If any part of a sencomplement, attribute, or adjunct) is

to be rendered prominent, it is put at the head of the sentence and
na follows with the proper sentence, in which then the i)art i)Ut at
the head is indicated by a pronoun. Gr. 4^ 247.
(Mill a [V. inna) r= cno na, iltcn. af that tinir, tiflcr litis.
sltDuVuKi, cf. He, iiso, nanso.
tence (subject, object or other

H.

(na) for.

a parii;i, F. ana, ana, ane, conj. ]. or; cf. anase.

noting the sentence, to which it is attached, as an interrogation;
when the ([ucstion is indirect, the dependent sentence is connected
with the irincij)al one by sc, and the words 'se... ana' are etjuivaIn F. ana
lent to the Eng. ronj. u-Ju'fhcr or if. Gr.l 39.142.1 53.
is also found at the head of an interrogative sentence. Mt.0,'J6.7, 16.2:.'.
a II fi, F. =r an sa before, prior to, pre vioiislij. Mt. 5, 18.24.2U. 8,2 1.20. &c.
una, r..[<la"| sleej); wada own nna, he sleeps the sleep of (leolh:
wakramc nna, >-. kra, r. 7.
niia-niia, .s. eda,
aii;i, a

,1-'.

ticle

una

tite mane of some ({uadrupeanimals, as the horse, the lion t^c. - gyata wg una; gyata nnaase-nhwi ye kufukufu (fukufuku); odwennini no nna-ase-nhwi doso.
[s.

nnawa].

or,

nna-ase-nhwi,

ilal

(j-n a, e-, {dullness':' slowness? ef. n;i;) the exact and original meaning of this n. (or adj.?) is not easily determined; we give the deriv(!d meanings thus: 1. scarceness, searcif//, rareness, rarit/j; want
^. rareness or value arising from scarcity, costof lack, defect.
3. difficult// of access (to obtain
liness, preciousness, importance.

or to i)erform).

Phr.
foil,

iitX is

examples

4. dislile,

disinclination, aversion, rcpiajnance.

used as a complement of the verbs ye, di, do, as the

will show. a. (1.) Nnipa pa ye 'na wo asase so, good

on earth; pr.2950. aka kakra sc na raiuI shall no longer have scarcity (or
icant) of eggs, i.e. / sh(dl soon have eggs enough; nnansa yi nno ho
ye na, Just now oil is scarce; ade ho ade ye na, iir. 805f.
f)^.) Adc
yi ho ye me na.
eho hiame yiye, this thing is valuable to me, I have
minya a, anka mepe! oh, I
it at heart; 6, se nhoma ho ye me nsi;
eye
desire such a booJc; I wish I coidd get o)te!
t'o.) Eho ye na,

jieoplc are rare (or scarce)

ni

nkesua

in a short time

nii bio,

deii se

ma

wobenysl,

yi ho ye na,

// is

apj)roached ov gotten onlg

mape

bi

mape mape, mannya,

witJt difficultg;

this

book

is

nho-

not eusi-

to be got; I sought for one repeatedhj, but got none; (mape meberee ansa-na mekonyae, / liad long to seek before I found one).
Adwuma yi ye gye-nii, this tvork is not easg to perform; Gr. 45105,5.
onipa nye dada-na, man is easily deceived ("Miindns vulf dccipii");

lij

314

(jiifi

iiiialio,

h. (3.) Asempa no dii ho liyeu-na kaiino,

(jospd (hud. or met tv/th, (Jifficidf/j in entering) had no easy cnirancc there at fird ; ofa abufnw a, wodi no pata-nii, Gr.i; 105.5,

irr.

57cl.634.665.788.830.

flic

Odg me nil, heJia.-< (entertains, harbour.'^) a secret hatred ayainst

me; he hears me a (/rud[/c or s2)ite, he tjcars a malice or Ill-iciU a(jainst me; Laban dog lakob na se wafa n'ade de anyii neho, L. owed
f. (4.)

Jacol) a spite liccaiisc he had rnrichcd himself from his

property. Cf. adona, Dowuona,

(i.e.

from

L.'s)

Q-nn, pi. enanom, 1. mother; pr. 20.57-L'0(iU.

in Ak. it is used
only of the speaker's oivn mother: ena aba, my or oiir mother is come;
2. an honouring title of another elder female: enfi
if. oni, awo.
or me ua Aforo fre wo, Mrs. Aforo ccdls thee.

an ft. relationship, ancestors, mothers (?); to ana, to give one^s

gcnealoyy, prove one's descent, claim rcXationsltip ; in-.3nS. e,s. wokyere
wo ne obi ntam' abusuasem a cdamu.
11 a, {n. (ir^/. ?) iveal-, dull (cold, sluyyish. heavy, phleymaticY)
n'adweneni' (ne tirim', ne komam') ye no ua, lie doubts, is doubtful,
irresolute, in perpjlexify, at a loss (which way to take &c.)
onhf'i
nea oyo, se onnye nni o. onnnyc nnni o, onnim, Geii. 45.26.; - syn.
nanii, nennann; ni, nierew t^c.

iiliabr a

l)<i.

= hkghkgnsa, nkontonipo;
= gno ara, eno ara.

oye

n.,

.s.

odabrabafo.

iiada, nara, F.
1111

deceit,

ada,

v.n. [dada] deception, delusion, imposition, imposture,

fraud; temptation; cf. nsisi, nnyigye, kusum-di; sgfwe.

ii\wA{\i\-'t^v\\\,fraudule)icc; stratayem.tricl-, cheat, wile, artifice;

nkwadasem.
nnadcwa asin-asin, a kind of gold used as
11 na d t'-d Vvo I'u,
currency by the Akems in ancient times, before they learned to use
if.

gold-dust from the Dankiras.

an ad wo,

F.

the day] niijld.

anadwe, Ak. adad\vo[da, dwo,

lit. tite

\V

bird dr. pr. 1283.

f.

the house by night, secretly] bribe

anadVvo-fa

[gfa, half,

cf.

night;

cf.

thiny
boa, adaiimude.

brouijld into

part] F. anafoaiJcc.. the late evening after

na anim remua);

sunset (ade reye asa

any part of the

coolness

ana d o-hoa [aboa] a niyht-animid, nocturnalof

(ado)
2072 anadVvo-de fa
cf.

anwunimere.

J2.

Aky.

gdasu.

anadwofa-seui, an

evening-nord, an occurrence, altercation

intoxicated by palmi\iM\{\\v o-fioru, playing in the night, p: 218il.

or quarrel in the evening,

wine.

when men are usually

anan ase agua, foot-stool. Alt. 5,-35.22,44.

anadzi'-tiua, F.
v.n. [da] cvach, bed, day-bed, sofa; cf. mpa.

nnae,

aiiafo, the place belotc, the part of a bed or couch at the feet; the
under or leeward coast; F. leetvard, cast ward, syn. boka; ojip- atifi.
aiiafofo, the p)eoplc of the lower or nether part of the town or
country &C.
anatoa, F. ;= anadwofa, evening. Mk.6,47-

anafranakii, a plant; n'aba kuni nnuan. pr. 2075.2472anadvVo, night. Mt. 28,14. Mk. 13,35anagO;, F. (anagyo)
nna-ho, a deep sleep.

mi;ik;ii';iim;i

II

I/I)

ii.'i-ka r;i-nii;'i

[da

kra, i\\:

it

815

iiiuimf.

o-nc no ko

familinr, iiil'nnale

kra.

[/>///".

leriiis

with eadi

woko, na knina

otlii'r;

1.

on

(ire

me

wakr.i

n.,

t/ieij

frienilli/,

una,

iiiidci-

!|

iiii;i-koko, a fowl or sheej> ijicen

she comes to sleep witli liini.
()-li;ikwa,
a thick bark;

cf.

woko

u.,

fo sleep bidiliiijf eiiih oilier (jood niglil. i.e. Iheii

a large tree

witli

h//

very

n nuiii

to his

line flowers,

bride before

hard wood and

^. ii man uofor some deed and, therefore, able to do the same tliin|^ again;
on. se gbeye yi, obeye ampa; ade a asi netirim' no, gnjfere ho se

wowaewae eho

hoiio dc

saw wnra.

loriiis

obeye; - waye on., lie has become famous; wobo nedin

Diff. A'liakwu, pr.n. in pr. 2596.
bata ho.

a in,

11

V.

[a

other forms fa or
in

any

a;

used only

nantew

proijressire inotioiK to

lo travel. pr.^OTSff. C'f.kg.

in the

nsed): red.

is

f/o.

Onipa

a,

na ascm

continuative form (in

nennaml

ran, eraiel,ercej).
bi nam ho, a

1.

to ividk,

siciin,

man

fl/f.

to

all

be

saild'r.

is ividlcinfilliere:

mihfin no seonennam ho. I saiv him walking tliere (lo and fro); ehyen
no nam iitemntem, llie ship sails very fast; okwadu nam ntemntem,
the antelope runs reri/fast; anoma nam soro, na apatfinso nam nsum',
a bird

but a fish sivinis in the water. pr.i57.14:.'7.2081.

flies in the air,

combined with m n or so before another verb of

motion, thus noting the way in which that motion is performed, or
the means or mediator of an action, and is then rendered in Eug.
by tiic jirei'osifions lhroa;fh. bii; e.g. gnam mfenserem' koo dan mii,

nam

^.

is

often

lie irenf throiuih the windoiv into the house; gnam atoro sodildaano,
In F. it is also
he deceived h'im bii^ a lie. Gr. 108,-27. 223.2.237a.
combined with nti: gnam horn atsetsesemntsi wamma (=; moamma)
nembra antsim, Mt. 15,6.
5. nam so, to proceed, walk on; to do
forlhtvith, straiijhtforivard ; wgnam so reba, theii are cominy on, draw
near. Gr. 111. Mrk.13,43- - obi nam so beka kyeree me, somc-

bodif straighiwaij told

me

(of it).

nam ntenteso,

s.

this.

i.

nam

(sum) ase ye, to do underhand, secretin, privideli/ (Gr. 111): ghcne

pee onipa nam ase koyii Akyem bene asitiw, the king appointed a

man

seer ethi to apprize the king of Akem of the matter; gnennam

(=gpeme bone, gpeme amane-nya, otitifiti mensem ho, odi

m'ase

'). to cxisi in
me ho nseku), he aims at me, seeks mij hurt.
a certain number, to be so mani/ together (Gr. 199,4): yenam basia na
ebae, we were six of us tvhen we came; nkyeneboa nam ahorow pi,

apes (monkeys) arc of many different kinds.

meat of any animal; pr. 2077. 8301. 3407. cf. ghonsunam.

3. the flesh or soft, pulpy substance
also of palm-nuts: mango yi ho nam dgso; abe yi ho wg

e-iiam,

nam.

of fruit,

nam

1. flesh,

2. fish

bebrc.

una

111, a., red. Tinamndm, 1. sharp, of a cutting instrument,

of soap; gsekah yi ano ye n. samina no ye n. se, eye ogya!
2.
brave, bold, daring, intrepid, courageous, valiant.
nnam, n.sharp)ness, efficacy; pr. 2039.2723. bravery, boldness, valour; cf. abgoduru.
nnani-kygrce, nnanky. [unam, kye] pr. 2809. s. ohunkyeree.
;

11

name,

icedge;

dua a wosen ano afanu de pa ogya. pr.205d.

31

iiiiaiiiiiici'ciisoii

fi

n 11 a-ni in e v e-ii s o

I'l,

all

luuia.

days ihrouijlioiit ; loKjih ofda/js;

s. p. .'50:5,

liamnioka

[nan, mfnj or bone, ka, to ioucli] the strilUuj ov

lni(icl;ln<j of ihc foot against somotliing, considered as an ill onion
waka nan bone, lie has struck /lis font iininfallij).
{

0-iiammoii,

yr. 290. 354.

pr.

2087^.2461.

pi.

A-',

a.-.,

[euan, bon]

step, stride.

gnammon-mu,

steps, to stride, pr. 378.

good

tialker.

foot-marl\ foot-step.

the sole of the foot; the foot;

o.

the sole of the foot.

iiummoi'i-kuro, a narroio
o-iiainiuoii-tciiteii,

1. foot-print,

ivay for only one foot.

a long step; fan., to walk with lony
2. a person who takes long stc2)S, who is a
path., pass,

1.

a long-shanks. Or. 30,9

niianimoii-iiampaii

[s.

r?.

3003.3005.

^;r.

gdampan],

vestibule.

porrJi,

(ude-

chaniher, lobby, waiting-room, the place of the door-keeper ; a house

through which a way leads to the inner yard; a covered entrance
into the

yard of a dwelling. Ky. utwironoa.

aiiaiii-moiio [namamono]/'rcs/
11
11 11

a ni-p

1"

'Ml so,

nic(d, opp.

wodi nam momono, they

the>/ eat me<(t;

s.

I',

eat

raw

nanhowe

(^wudi an.,

meat).

rotten meat. pr. 3(>4.

nnanso.

II a iV, V. \)'ed. nan'nan] to melt, liipiify, dissolve (tr. lO inir.), to

ticcome liquid, be dissolved; said of metals, wax, tallow, fat (srade,
iikfi, nno &c. opp. da); cf. bono.

a
})l. id. & a-, Ak. nane, the foot of a man, in Ak. the extrembelow the ancle, in Akp. sometimes ineluding tlie leg (gya) and
tliigh (sere); tlie foot of any animal; of (jnadrupeds, tlie hind-fool,
hind-leg (the fore-foot or fore-leg is called us a); the foot of a table,
(_'-ii

I'l,

ily

Ne nan ye hare, he is light-footed, swift-footed.

candlestick &{:.
wo nan
mo n a n-asc ye me hare dodo, yuu go too fast for me.
ye den a, (na) wobedii utein, // you are a good zcalker, you will
gnam
ode ne nan m ii kyere, he takes to his heels.
soon be there.
ncnaiimu ;= ne nan hnnn, he audks barefoot; gnam ne nan a n o,
gnam me nan ase, he is my cdtendaid, one of
he goes on. tiptoe.
me nan kji ase, I fed the bottom
my followers, walks in my suite.

nenan gyina gkwan so rekg,

tutu wo anaii duom na
on the point of starting; pr. 35G1.
tutu wo
mereba, go on slowly (leisurely), I am coming after.
an an m u kgtrii babi, change your place'.! gtwe ne nan mu, he walks
quickly. u:ifh long paces; gtwetwe nenah m u, he stretches his feet;
bg anaii
gtwentweii ne nan ase, he lingers, walks lingcringly.
(s. bg 27). to walk together, keep pace; mintumi ne mo mmo anan,
Cpds. s. nanaso, nanhii'i, naiikroina,
I cannot keep pace with you.
gnammgh, anafimu, naiisa, nansih, nansoa, nantin, nantu, nannwea.
of the river.

he

ne nan

tia

adare so

is

an an,

n-, four.

Gr. 77.

anil, nennanu, =^ na, q.v.

nea gnye no; cf. ya.
11

aye

u'ani so nann,

--^

ohhii

nana, ^>?. nananom, F. nana in, 1. grandparent, grandfather

barima), grandmother (n. bea); pi. forefathers; first parents.
gbanjina.
2. (pi. ncnanom) grandchild.
(n.

oiiana.

0-11

rmn,,

317

naiiiiodow.

sfrfotger, foreifjnrr. j)r..2094.

-iii,

aiiaiiri-dc, a

t/iin;/ (t/iiv(fs)

(ujaiust fhc rulv; opp, ;l(](^t^n^'.

iiaiialia; d riitahvotis mijifio)! i\\)\)(':irin>:; ixi'tcr soiiic stay at a

foreign place; ase akese-akose; I'lkuw.i-i'ikuwa hi a etotow nipahrt

nsewa.

te se

11

11

nan

0.\v;i

11

[nan,

r.]

a hrass box in wliicli slica-lmttcr

is

molten for anointing.

o-iiaiiA-n

eye

;V. a-

1,

str(tU(jer,

-i'o,

f'o>r/(/)ier (n<'a ofi

yaw kakra; "ohoho" nye yaw).

nnan-;ini,

inf.

[dan ani,

cf.

kiirow hi so;

j)r. 'Klft'i.

anidan] pevrersion; suhrcrsiaii

rccnlntion; n.-inanso"'', rrrolufiou.

ana

I'l

k a u s o,

(jreat-iinouhhiJd.

aiiana-iisa (Abnrifo mmran); wgye an.

gnanani

(infra

won mn).

aiiaiia-ansa-lo, people who do not

ers fo

mix

ihem.

tvith

i^r.

iiiiii-ase, J.

toes;

:^. the Ixiek or

foot, the lower porf of flic leg.
luiman foot from its junction with the leg to the
,'A the space or place nnder one's feet. See enan,

fJte

the

niinsa.

ef.

niiaii a-teu, [r/. ntenkyew] ^)ffr//a/, unfair jndyuinit;

to ha DC respect of persons in jiuh/ment.

n a ii-h n

[s. liin]

won

2096.

nrin-anu, pr.212?.

upper port of

nsii

peril) it forehjn-

the shin, the fore j>arf of the

let/

hn

an.,

or crural hone.

niiaii-li6 no, the axis on which a sphere revolves, pole. D. As.

11 a,

nil

owe

[namaahow]

ji.nan-hyeliyem',
0-11 Till

ka, a large horned

iiankasa,
11 fi

dried meat or
ananwuram'.

= ono-ahkasa,

fish; opp.

auaminono.

snalce, syn. ebgre. pr. 524. 2097. 2.%6.

eno-ahkasa, onoara, enoara. Gr.^oO.

I'l-kgm [nfun kgm] searedy or dearth of meat or

fish.

iian-koii, the joint betu-een the leg and the foot.

nau-koro,

pr. 2127.

anankoti [enah & ?]: tow an., to

gponkg tow me an., a horse kieJied me.
nankroma [enan & ?] jjI. a-, the

Icicle tcitli

the fhind-)foot: -

Jcnce; sijn. kotodwe.

iianki-onia-benimen, anankroma-ben, a swelling of the

Inice.

k lim [nam & ?] a piece of meat, the leg or any other part,
nantwi.
nankwi, F.
iniaii-kyeree, pr-SSOP. s.nnamkyei-ee.
nnan-mu,m/'. [danmu] 1. change, transformation; reform: con11

rersion.

the

I'l

2. inflection, conjitgation.

anai'i-mu [s. enan] lit. in the feet

jilace of; ogyina m'an., he stands

(de..)

hye

Gram.
i.e.

footsteps,

in

mg place,

instead of, in
represents me; -

i.e.

or si an., to suppihj, replace, malcc up (for), compensate,

repay cOc. Gr. 237 b.

restore, repair,

ananmu-liyc,
anariinii-sifo,

s.

hhyeananmu, nsiananmn, hye

o. si, r.

representative.

nnanobi, the other day, lately, recently:

liodnw - iiAm (\nt\()W^ pr. .IGll.

iina-iKi,
llMli

-si, inf.
^)/, id.,

v.

eda, dabi.

11

ase

nansa

318
an-s

nnantwerem.

a, nansa-boii, tlic foot heloir the anJdcs,

& nammonmu.

enan, nsa, sabon.]

[s.

consisting of nan-

iiansa-atade,

gaiters.

niia-iisa [eda] three dnys: nna-nsa-yi, lu these daijs, notcada//s.

in our time; recentb/. latchi, of late.

iiiiansa-oiiian, a tiling of onlg three dags standing, of no Jong

duration, temporary, })rorisorg, transitory; - eye n.-ade, it is a thing
n.-inansofwefo, provisional government.
that shoiily passes aivay.

aiiJinsOj spider; cf. konnore. ntikfinia, okyemfo; pr.2098ff.

an. akyeve me nan, my foot sleeps.
aiianse-huhu a, a spiders n-eh, cohiveh. Ak. ntontan.

anaiise-aketo-nweiie: eye

mat of

eohivcb,

i.e. rai)i,

an.,

is

it

(a tiling like) u-eaving a

unsucec-isful tcork.

2. hob-net, hohl) in-net, ground

aiianse-ii ti'iiiima, l.cohu-eh.
3. hair-net.
4. a kind of mu^^hroom, s. mmere.
ananse-sem, story, tale, fall e, fictitious narrative; to an., to
[ananse asem, lit. a tale of An., being a
tell (prop, sjdn) a tale.
mythic personage, gener. called agya Ananse, to whom great skill
and ingenuity is attributed, a personification of the spider; his wife
is konnore, his son ntikuma.J

of lace.

Ha

ii-s

i i],

y.

a-,

stump of a

leg, pr.934.

one- footed person. Mt. W,.9.

a-u so, eonj. [na nso] and also, hut (dso; hut, yet,
ever, notwithstanding, pr. 7.1:?.:'>06..512.
II

eho ye nn.

eye nhada,

q. r.

have the same names as the

kyerekyerekwan, n.-hene,

toe; the particular toes

liau-soa,

lunr-

in the forest with a hut or huts for hunters

nnan-s6, a jdace
to sleep in;

still,

fingers: n. kokurobeti, the large toe; n.

n.-henniakyiri or safohene, n.-kpkobeto.

11 a II t a, 11 a ii ta m, the foot of a bird. pr. IG-iR.
inian-tam' [gdan ntam'] a narrow passage, alley

or lane he-

tu-een houses.

nan tew,
foot;

v.

[inf. n-, red.

nantenantew]

onantew dodo, onim nantew dodo, he

red. to 7cander, ramhle, rove;

g-nant c-liero,
o-iiaiitefu,
syn.

j>/.

okwantemfo.

toil

a-,

and

is

to

wrdJc, to travel

a good walJcer; cf

on

nam;

kyini.

cf.

iveari)icss

hy travelling.

walker, traveller on foot; wanderer; pr. 2102-7.

anantenautc,

inf.

wandering, ramhling

d-c.

[nantew, a.se\ the reason for. ovthecaiise or aim and

object of travelling, of a journey.
iiaiit ew-yive'j nantc-io, intcrj. farewell!

anante-se

nan-till,

-tini, heel.

nantiii-ka: aye no n., it caused him to stop where he teas.

onantew a, nenantin nk;i fa yiye,
11 ant ill-Ilk a fa: oye n.,
nso onsi si-pa, he walks (steps, treads) more with the fore-jyart of the

foot, the heel

na

scarcely touching the ground.

n-t u, the calf of the leg. pr. 2108.

iinan-tVvei'Cin" [gdan
sage, alley

&

?J

^/

covered way. thoroughfare, pas-

between houses, leading into a yard.

iiaiitAVi

iiantwi [Ak.

-e,

F. nenkwi]^/.

319

no.

a-,

hull,

ox, coic; n single bo-

by-iiam:
uantwi-imna, <<(lf.
nantvVi-b(''rr',
jil.a-, cow, any female of the bovine genus of animals.
iiaiitVviiiaiitwi-loro, .siccr, bidlor/,-, i/oiouf
biiniwa, heifff, jioinuf row.
hull (from 1 to 4 years old). iiaiihVi-i'ibouia, ]ii<le of ti (uilloc/.-.
vine aninuiJ; pi. (I/orned) caitU', neat; pr. 076. 2109.3612.

popoclodobi.

iiaiit\vi-l)a,

^>/.

iiaiil\Vi-k;"ir(.

hull -calf, nicer,

naiihVi-iiini,
iiaii(wi-sae, a casfndid

-fwcfc), hi'nlsiiioii.

any male of the ox kind.

hull, hulloil;,

hull, oj.-calf

ov

ox or hnllock.

aiiau-wnranr[enrin, wura, mu] an cnhint/lini/ of the feci tcith

wc have mntuaUn entangled onrsclves
e.g. in using "sakraman" in 'J'wifor "fox'' and "nangbe" (meaning
di ananwiiraw iiraiiT,
the same as sakramun) in Ga for "wolf".
-^ aiianhyehyem', tohc intrrnii'cd, as by marriage, in friendly intercourse, concerning the settlements, as the English and Dutch on tlie
Gold Coast before 1867.
those of another; yeadi an.,

iia I'l-uVv Oa,

^^

iiau-uy chin,

id., a-,

[enan, ad we] the anldr, anldehonc.

s. nanhin.

pi. id., a-, [nan, gya, hin] the shin;

anopa, (in the) morning. Mt. 21,18. Mk. 11,20.

= anopa-tutu, earlg in the morning. Mt. 20,1. Mk.l,l'>.
13,57. e^nara,
enera, eneda.
iiara, F. = gnoara, enoara.

aiiapa, F.

aiia[atn, F.

3It.

11 II

are

ka

imaaso,

[dade, ka,

inf. s.

iia-so, F.

ef.

kawa]

unri-ase,

ndaase, aseda.

= nanso, and

get,

s.

bridle (head-stall, bit

howbeit

d-c.

.9.

and

reins).

nna, nnawase.

auaso, F. = aua

aiia-to, inf. enumeration of ancestors and their children in

natural order of succession, genecdogg; pedigree.
11 11

aw a,

nna,

niiawa-so

mane

etc.

tlie

See nna.

an army; wings of an army.

[-ase] the icings of

or follotc behind the

the

of a lion

nso.

t\va n.. In go,

marrh

iinawase-twalb, the reserve-troops of the right and left wing.

iiiiawoi'opcwa: mmea nhwi a wodwere si won atifi se dua',
hair of women twisted or contorted and tied up that it stands out

from the vertex or top of the head like a straight

nnawiita [dawura

nta] a toivn-crier's

bell,

stick.

consisting of two

wooden handle; s. odawuru,

inFante words, are often written nyo...,

pieces of iron fixed in a

iiu..., line...,

ne, pron.poss. [ono, eno]

his, her, its; their

iidzc...

(of things). Gr.55.

n e, Ak. d e (F. nye), to be (to the full extent of the meaning

of the predicate), to be identical with, to consist in; cf. ye. When
n e is used, the subject coincides with the predicate, or entirely
absorbs the characteristics of the predicate; when ye is used, the
subject partakes of the characteristics of the predicate: e.g. one bene,
he is the ling (the one reigning for the time in the country of tlie
speaker) oye ohene, he is a Icing (as there are other kings beside
him); one kese, he is the great one (no other being great to the full
extent of the word or in comparison with him) i.e. lie is the greatest;
oye kese, he is great (as others maybe likewise). j)r. t'l7.'i.J7?1.2191.
;

320

lie

From

may

iiedadu.

be seen that

verb occurs only

subject and of the
]iredicate or rather the complement of this verb may be interchanged,
Tlie
and that ne yi, ne no, may be contracted into ii i, ncn.
negative is expressed by premising enye to the positive sentence:
Gr. 102,1.199,1.

it

this

in the continuative form, that the position of

tlie

enye ghene ne me, I am not

onye, conj.

the Icing.

Gr. 247,3

h.

have, hold, Gr. g l.'>9.] 1.

and; irifh : pr. 6S.249.101o.3460. It connects not sentences, but words
or pa?rts of sentences, viz. collateral subjects, complements or attributes, Gr. 2-lo,1.3.4.5.
2. irifh. fro)n. an accoxnf of; orewu ne
lie, ene, F.

[fr. de, v. to

serew,

almost dies

lie

the cold, of.

11

he

due 8 a)

due-ne-awow.

ivith Jantihter:

&

obeko
de or ne: gbeko a, one kdna
he will go, he means to-morrow, (pr. 1962.)

s((ijs

Ijear

up

ar/ainsf

Gr. 240 ?>.

gye gkyeiia,

a,

//"

e-ue. Piine, illH', 'no, F. nde. to-daji, transformed and contracted from eda yi, this dai/, which is often added e"e-*bayi. this
hoc die, on this daifj, and
rerif dan; (/. in French anjourdlnii (hui
in Ga nmene gbi ne.
:

F. west; westn-ard. n-indirard. Mt.

alio,

aiiO, F.

8,11.

anafo.

ana, or.

r. 1. to raek (Lat. eaeare), ease the hod// by stool, go to

lessoftending or euphemistic expressions are: kyima, ko dun
so, ye neho yiye, gya nenan tS:c.
inf. ene; p''- 407..501. 3 J 122. to exude, discharge, s. red. nene.

no,

.<itool ;

e-iio,

line (formerly written

noise or report of
2. the

human

o-iie), F.

ndze, 1. a sound, voice,

tlie ear; cf. gyigye.

any object perceived by

ode 'ne kese teem', he cries with a loud voice;

voice is not loud enough; ne 'ne afa, he is hoarse ; ne

voice;

ne 'ne nso, his

'nem' asi pgw. he is hemmed in his voice; omane'ne so, he raises his
3. tlie tone, ptitch or
voice; osi ne'ne ase, he speaks low or softly.
degree of elevation of the voice or of an instrument: ene a ckg soro,
a high tone, ene a esi ase, a low tone, ene a eye hg-ne-hg, a middle
bg
4. clamour, vocifercdion, complaints, quarrelling d'-c.
tone.
'ne, to set uj) or raise a clamour, male a noise, vociferate; ne'ne a
gbg da no tuatua m'aso, his constant complaining rings in mg cars;
gkasakasa da. n'ano una, biribiara a ne fifo ye nsg n'ani.
gbg 'ne

no a, Ak. do

a, F. nyia, dzoa, d/;i, (the n. do ^f= ade, or the

pron. of the 3rd pers. sing, (gno, eno) together with the rel. part.
"a"] 1. he or she who, he that, that which, what, also him or her
who, he whose, he tvhom dx. according to the context of the sentence
and the succeeding pron. belonging to the rel. part.: see the explanation and examples in Gr. G4. 05.
;J. (tlie place) where, the
pr. 2113-2283.
manner (a tent dc.J in which; Gr. 6.'), 11. 12.

iint''-bo. inf. [bg 'ne]

clamour, vociferation, chiding, quarrelling.

oniinicbol'('), a contentious, quarrelsome, pteevish person
2)r. 331.
pa a gpe akasakasa ne ko da); syn. gmanefo, wenafo.

inioda, F. ndijda, to-day a day

i.e.

yesterday ;

s.

nuera.

'lU'-dadii. fddat/ ten dai/s. ten daiisaii<>: 'ne-dadu-dabiako. todaii

nned^e

nnenkyense.

it is 11 days since...; -cladu-niiivink'ii,

dadu-nna'iium, this da if fortnit/ht.

u n e d e e,

inf.

iiiH'C: tu-.

nam

dodf'

li/ing in wait, Jurkinr] ; irdr, atiifire.

iiiHUMua (F.nyoinba, udzciuba),

sometimes
away.

cf.

Eph.4, 14.

on

tiptoe,

tu nsoi)}:;o,

of a dee with the dim. sufjproperty ; jir. 2284. s. ade;

put twice; u iieema-nneenia tuam', all thinys pass
jj/.

thinf/s; fnrnitnre, goods,

is

it

dr. (Or. H0,5); 'ne-

to iralk sofllif, sloivli/, carefidlif, steidt/idi/,

bivo, betr, de nansoa naiitow

ma (= mm a),

1:J dai/s

321

iiiio-fa., inf. hotirsencss

of voire.

line t'edofo-sem [defedefe, aseui] hhuidislmient,

/lattery.

anetoa, anofwa, F. Mt. 2,14. 14,25. ^= anadwo, anadwofa.

iio-h'a',

Ak.

lia.

iiehu, V. noho. jir on. refl.

see de, nya. Gr. 57.218,1 a.

nno-kae [ade a ekae] n

11

em,

r. to he diliyent,

IiimsiJf. hrrsrlf. ifsrif:

Ac

n.. iiva n.

rrlics.

relic,

assiduous, sedulous, persevering

indus-

- ouem n'advVunia (anyamesem-kaii, snkfi-ko)ho,

he is diliyent in his u-orii (in reading the fjible, in going to sehoolj; on.
neho se
gnye nelio ses^sesa, gmmo iieho ahora or anyampa, he
is rauiious, he takes care, is mindfid of himself c(-c.
trious, careful:

a 11 em, diligence, industry, activity; assiduity, constancy, perseye nsi,

verance; care, carefulness, hcedfulness, - yh f' di anem

ddigent, jiersevering, of an active mind; to be careful, heedful,

mindful of, and taking nj), every thing, pr. 2020. 3650. Oyarefo nui
to he

man cannot carry out any thing.

anem-de-yo^, inf. [ye anem ade] industry, manufacture.
anem-dwuma'*", manufacture; an. -dan, manufactory.

(nye) anem, a sick

11 11

11

e-m
e

i"i

111

children of to-day

a,

ncn a, grandchdd;
11

i.e.

the present generation, pr. 2285.

= neiio, Ak. de no, dono. Gr. 53.1 99,1

en 11 am,

red. v.

s.

nam,

pr. 1837.28.33.3591.

nana.
to ivalk

(much, ahoid,

to

and fro), pr. 953.

'ne-nna-niian, four days ago; 'ne-nna-nkron, .V days ago, nenna-nsa, 3 d. a., 'ne-niia-nsia, G d. a., ne-nna-nson, 7 d. a., ne-ntiannum, 5 d. a., ne-nna-aw6t\ve, a week ago. Gr. 80,5.

neue,
to

red.

exude: dua no

1. s.

v.

ye apowapgw wo dua no
anen

e, p/.

or

?V?.

ane ne-dnrn,

n-,

resin,

2.

ne;

= nsu

n.,

wakyima neliO.
wanene neho
ewo mu no, wutwa (wobo) lio a,

efiti

ho.

raven;

gum;

s.

kwakwiidabi, wawa.

s.tihye.

aneiie-diiliriaiii,t

^^//>>/^-

the resinoiis and odoriferous or aromatic sap or juice of certain trees,

anene-mmea, nea one gn mmea-mmea

e 11 k y e 11 e
a, -kyeremma,
colour s. ahene, i)r. 3117.
11 11

(here

and

there), pr. 2286.

kind of coral or bead of a red

nneiikyen-se

[odenkyein, ese] a prickly plant,

thistle.

21

nnera

322

nnera, F. ndeda

aiii.

[to-day a day] yesterday.

iiiie-yee, v.n. F. ndzeye [ade-ye] du'nujs. icorhs, actions, dealings, procccd'DKjs, practices, conduct, manner or way of acting; cf.
adwuma, bra, abrabg.

Fante words, are often written

ni..., iini... in

uyi..., iidzi...

ne oyi, ne eyi. Gr. 199,1 Rem.

wuni-o! here
you are! wuni mini a, aiika enen [=^ ene no), // we both were together in one place, that woidd be the right thing.

ni

ne

yi,

niii, neg.v. di, standing also instead of the neg. form of wo,
not to have; not to be at a place. Gr. 102,2.3. pr. 906-9.22. 3305ff.
nnim', nni ran, not to be in or aniong; not to be true.
Ill,

0-11
cf.

ij

nim (F. nyim), to know. Gr.

Ak. v.,
Ak. mother (not that of the speaker, but

ena, niwa, ouua..

j^r.

102,2.

of another person);

1.

obusuani;
onipa yi, me ni ni (me bi ni); ne ni awu. pr. 251. 2287f. 8176.
2.
a) in compounds or derivatives, forming, as
(t person in general
it were, a suffx which in the jjlural number is replaced by fo; Gr.
38.
b) in the lengthened form on'i', when followed by no, ko
or the rcl. part. 'a'. Hena na wasee m'ade yi? - minnini oni'-ko; oni no nnue! oui a obeseee m'ade yi mmej'i neho adl komm! Cf.
0-11

i,

relation, Jcinsman or kinswomctn,

1. relative,

onipa, gya.

e-ni, honour; di no
Ill, a.

an

i,

weak; wave

ni,
ni,

show him honour, honour him.

wagurow; s. na, merew.

i)r.900.

pi. Id. 1. the eye or eyes; a look;pr. 2293ff. syn.

aniwa (dim.);

m'ani nye nhu akyirikyiri ade, / am short-sighted; n'ani abg, ]iis

eyes arc destroyed ; n'ani biako atu, one of his eyes is taken oid; ani
mua ne ne tew, the twinkling of an eye.
2. the face, visage, countenance, (f. anim'.
S. the face, front, fore jmrt; also tlie front of
4- the face, surface; ntama no ani atu, the cloth has bean arniycome thread-bare, shabby; asase ani, the surface of the ground, coun5. the face, visible j^art
try, globe; nsvi-ani, po-ani, on the wcder.
(i.
(cf. nyame-ani), pr. 2109. outside appearance, external aspect.
nt. no apa. the cloth has faded, lost
colour; ntama no ani ahoa
Its colour, Its colour Is gone.
7. a key-hole; a lock; cf. adakani.
8. Phrases. The eye and its look being expressive of understanding, intelligence and prudence, of affections, of moral qualities &c.,
ani (or ani so) is used with the following verbs (which are alphabetically arranged). In A) ani or ani so is the grammatical subject;

in

B)

ani, ani so, ani akyi, is the

ba me

grammatical object of the sentence.

he remembers me; n'ani ba asem no so, he

recollects the matter; n'ani ba neho so, he comes to himself, recovers
his senses, Acts 12,11. Lk. lo,17. - n'ani abere, 1. he Is in a passion,
imjiasslonate, strongly affected, In a rage, angry; pr. 2290. - 2. he Is
grieved, sorrowful, mournful. In a fit of grief ox melancholy ; pr. 2292.
- n'ani here ade (sika, mmea), he covets, desires, eagerly wishes for,
lusts after something (money, women) ; pr. 2298. 2291. n'ani here adwuma, he cannot rest satisfied fill he gets something to do. - n'ani so

A)

n'ani

so,

323

ani.

biri

he

110,

is (jidthi-

bo til me, he has a

n'aiii

look of

tne.

bo mo

so,

]iis

look falls on me; n'ani

is fired bij eijieda-

- n'ani abii, ho

ycatweii no ma yi-n ani abu (ma atonoycn)

yeue waited for him fill tee iccrc quite tired. - n'ani
da lio, he is modest, naassaminf/; he is sober, temperate, moderate,
cool, considerate; he is awake, in his (sober) senses, in his right mind;
n'ani so da ho, he is awake; n'ani da ho kann, he is fullif awake,
livelji, brisk, cheerful, quite clear. - n'ani da kwan (so). As. lie expects, is in expectation ; n'ani da sa, so is his i)dc)ition; se m'ani da
ni, so is mi/ intention, thus I have purposed; - n'ani da me so, he
hopes, trusts, confides in me, relies on me; n'ani daa so se meba, ]te
hojicd I would come: n'ani da akatua so, he Itopes for a reward;
m'aui da Nyankp. so, / trust in God. - n'ani da nclio so, he is cautious, circumspect, consideride. - ani a dan (ani =^ surface, appeartioH, i)nj'(ttient;

atwen no

abertj,

ance), the matter has changed, circumstances have altered, the aspects
are different; oman no ani adah, =:mansot\ve aba oman no mu, the
peopleov public affairs are in a state of disturbance. - n'ani do nkran,
he rages, is furious, frantic, rabid, infuriated. - n'ani d \Vo, he is quiet,
peaceable, calm, tame, soft, mdd, gentle, meek; gye n'ade komin komm;

aboa no ani ad\vo, the beast has lost its wildness; cf. n'ani ye merew;
opp. n'ani abeve; - n'ani adwudwo, he has been softened, appeased,
pacified. - n'ani afa so, tic has ovcrlooJced it; cf. n'ani apa so, ne
were afi. - n'ani afi, Jie has arrived at the age of discretion, is cunning; cf. n'ani apae, atew - ani afi, tJie surface is clean; s.ii3.7. n'ani afura (Ak. afira), Jie has become or is blind. - n'ani (a)gye,
;

he rejoices, is jogful, glad, clieerfid.yr. 2208. 2296f. - n'ani gy in a

(ne na, ne kiirom'), fie longs, is Jiomesick for (fiis mother, fits country),
syn. wafe (ne nfi); cf. n'ani akiscl, twa. - n'ani ah aw, fie is lazy. n"ani a h il ii, fiis eyes are wide open i.e. lie is astonisfied. - n'ani ahy e

me ho, fie has had a glimpse of me. - n'ani ahyew, fie has become
passionate ; opp. adwudwo, fi.ase dwo, ka fam'. - n'ani aka no so,
ato no so dweii, fie stares at him. - n'ani k a
gye. fte is glad, joyful;
n'ani aka m'anira, fie fias become familiar, intimate ivitfi me; n'ani
ka me ho, fie (or a tame beastj is ([uite used to me; n'ani ka fam' or
ase, he is quiet, cool, considerate, tfiougfitful, modest, discreet, moderate,
n'ani da ho. - n'ani so ka, fie is crazy
unassuming,
ne tirim
ka. - n'ani akisa, fie is longing or fiomesicfc for. - n'ani kii me ho,
fie cares for me d-c. s. ku. - n'ani kum, fie is sleepy, drowsy, pr.2298.
- n'ani akyew, fie is squint-eyed ; s. gkyew n'ani (B). - n'ani nni

neho so, fie is beside himself, not in fiis rigfd senses; cf. n'ani wo
- n'ani any an, s. ani-nyanne. - n'ani apa so, fie fias forgotten
cf.

n'ani afa so.

sa.., he

aims

- n'ani apae

(=

afi,

atew),

fte is

so.
it;

cunning. - n'ani

bent upon, tries to find out, pr. 1652. 2754.

fiarm. - n'ani aseii hayi pe, fie feels quite
comfotiable or happy in this place; n'ani nseh, fie is never fiapjiy,
does not feel comfortable, pr. 3416. - n'ani so no, fie is pleased or conn'ani sa me,

at, is after, is

fie

seeks

my

tent witli him, he respects or fionours

80

i)r.

570.2299. - n'ani atatfi

i.e.

- tfie
aye no tetere, he

tears,

him;

tears fiave filled his eyes, his eyes are swimming with
n'ani
tears standing in the eyes. - n'ani so atere w no

(nsu), water

is

absent, wandering. - ani

tew,

it (its

surface)

anL

324

pvre, dear; tani fnfu a anyi tsew, Y.a clean linen clotJi,Mt. 27,59.
a tew, his e>jcs are open, he is intelHt/enf, prudent, shretvd,
cunnini/ {s//n. wabeii): he is civilized. - n'ani so atew, he has become
sober, conscious of himself. - n'ani atetew, he has recovered, collected himself, come to himself. Acts 12,11. - n'ani ato, he is disappointed. - n'ani atg d\ven, he loolcs andloolis, fonjetting himself, stares at
one place; cf. n'ani aka no so. - n'ani so toto, toto, pr. 2300. - n'ani
ato (neho?), he is bashful, ashamed, disgraced (?). - n'ani too so, it
okaee. - n'ani trano, he is pretencome into his remembrance,
tious, pr. -'jSO. - n'ani atra no nton, he is supercilioxis, presumptious,
Jtaiigldg. arrogant. pr.2302. - n'ani at n atg ne nsanr, he is in anxien'ani abero, onhii babi,
ti/,
confusion, perplexity (by grief &c.)
axVerelio akata n'ani t\vom, etc se n'ani atntn agu. - n'ani tnano,
he sees him tcith his eyes; anyi txiia ho, F. H is risible. - n'ani twa
n'ani gyina or kisa, his eye is tnrned totcards, he longs for. - n'ani
wg so, he bears it in mind. - n'ani awo
n'ani ye den, onsuro
f"\ve, he is not timid. - n'ani a w u, he is ashamed, abashed; pr. 2303.
- n'ani wn ade, he is bashful. - nani awia no, he is fallen asleep.
- n'ani ye den, he is hardy, foncard. inesnmptious, insolent, selfwilled, stidiborn, obstinate, imjicrtinent, iinjyudent, audacious, bold,
daring, dauntless, resolute, intrepid. Rag. r4^.S6i.SSo.- n'ani ye hyew,
//(' is hardy, rash, fierce, nnruly, turbulent. - n'ani ye kramakranul,
he is fierce, unridy, tvdd. - n'ani ye no kwanmii kwahmu, he lools
ont for (or, is expecting) some netvs or message. - n'ani so ye krakra(kra), he is in angttish or anxiety. - n'ani ye no akyirikyiri, he
n'ani ye 'merew, he is soft, meeJc. apprehends, fears, susj/ects.
n'ani so ye sakasaka, he is bewildered, confused. - n'ani ye gsorosoro, ^=gye n'ade sakasaka, he isfichlc, inconstant, careless. - n'ani
so aye no tetere (or aterew no), he is absent, wandering, his mind
is

- n'ani

- n'ani ye no ntircntire or totgtoto, he is in consternaalarm, confusion, perjjlcxity =^ eye no aniani. - n'ani so ye no

ya, he is astonished. - n'ani so aye yiye, he is tipsy, flustered, d-c. n'ani so nye, he is tipsy, muddled dr. cf. bow (nsa).
B. Wgde abare ani, they have engaged in battle, have come to
the close, are fighting hand to hand; f/". bare; ani
face, front, face
to face; oko no abg ani, the fighting has begun, both fronts meeting
together, encountering each other. - obu no ani, he icinfcs at him; cf.
is

troubled.

tion,

anikyow;

obiibii n'ani,

lie

win];s,tivi nldes

obu n'ani gn

..

so. lie winlcs

orerlools. does nottake notice of. - gda or gdeda n'ani

akyi, odwudwo. n'ani akyi nantew, he (she) has the eyes hidf shut,

or connives

at.

has wantoji eyes (nca wgde ye ne se: mniarima de tVef're nimea, na

mmea nso de t'retVe mmarinia). - gdaii n'ani, he turns his eyes somewhere; gdaii aseni hi ani (= surface), he changes a matter (e.g. a
word said yesterday); wgadah abusua (or gman) no ani, the family
(or nrdion) has got a neic head; wadan n'akoa ani, he has changed
his slave i.e. sold one and bought another in his stead. - odwo n'ani,
he moderates his haste, his demand. - gf'we m'ani akyi, he loolcs
whethcrlmcike a dark or cheerful face. i)r. 343. - ogow n'ani kjie, he
said i)i a loir or soft voice, gently. - ogyen n'ani fwe no, he loolcs
sharply or closely at him. - gli;liVii;n') n'ani kyoreme, he threatens or

jiiii

325

jiiiihero,

me hy his looks. - ahehhan n'ani so, it has become itnimportdnt in his eyes, s. lian. - aka n'aiii, he has f/ot to suffer for it, has
t)cen .served out for it. - oka n'ani gu so, he shuts his eyes fur sleej/
or death. - oniia n'ani, he squeezes his ei/e, i.e. Jie everts himself he

frightens

tries,

erideaiours; niemia ni'ani niaye jtrcko, / will try and do it id

omua n'ani tew, he twinkles. - opiipnw n'ani (kasa) kyerec

once. -

spolce rouijldy to them, Gtn.4J,7JiU. - esi n'ani so. it presents

before his eyes, i.e. it enters into his thoughts, mind or head. esg n'ani, it pleases him, he is jileased with it, lias comjdaeoicy in it.
- wocle asg ani, they hare fallen in icitli the enemy, arc engaged in
battle or close fight, cf. wgde abare ani. - siisnw wo ani gye me kakra.

won, he

itself

lit. measure your eye talce from me little i.e. modende your demand,
do not vet charge me. - gtane won ani, he disquiets, disturbs, tcazes,
troubles, annoys, deranges them; gliye ne hia ne aweroliow tane nij>a
aui. - otew n'ani, 1. lie opens his eye (from sleep): gtetew n'ani, he
opens the eyes; ^. he is cautious, ef n'ani atew. - nsa atew n'ani so,
he has become sober after liis intoxication. - gtoto n'ani, he casts his
eyes or loolcs in different directions, he looks about. - gJe n'ani to me
so. he confides or puts his trust in me; ode n'ani too m'anim yee, in
deference to me he did it; fa wo ani to m'agya anini ye ma me, for
my father's sake do me this favour. - wgatu(tuj n'ani, they have xnd
Old his eye(s); tn wo ani kyere Sidou, set your face against S. Ez.28,:21.
- wgatu wgfi ani ile refwe no
wgrefwt no dinn, they set their piercing looks at him; edeh na wututu wo ani refwe o>' rekyere me, tvhy
do you look at me so piercingly^ - otwa n'ani, he turns his eyes, looks
around; pi. wotwitwa wgii ani, they look around. - otwaa m'aniso
nnyinam, 7 caught Just a glimpse of him. - gwg me ho ani. he has an
eye upon me, aims at me, seeks to get at me. - eyi n'ani, // (turns off
his eyes, i.e.) disjfleases him. - wayi m'ani ahye nie hkyenmn, he has
disappointed 7ne. - mekoyi m'ani so kalcra, I am going to take a nap.

ani, a disease of the eyes, ophthalmy.

ani-adaui,
shell,

1. a red eye. iJr.3273.

of a red colour; s. adam.

aiiiani,

1.

(adv.) the surfaces only

rily, negligently,

wgye no

carelessly;

an. =:ebinebi;

mefwee no

;;*.

i.e.

.ihell-fish; its

superficicdly; perfuncto-

an.;

gko aniani, he has

kind of

to

onyamesom nye ade a

face or fights with op-

ponents on more than one side(?) pr. lo9:i.

2. n. embarrassment,
puzzle, distress, perple.iity; eye no an., asem no ye wgn an., sotgre
abieii ye an.
anikrakra, pr.3041.
aniani-de, a superficial, outicardthing. - i\\ni\\\\-(}L\\(\\ni\. superficial, perfunctory, negligent ivork.
aniape, a kind of jumping insect.

cheek; nsensahe ahieh twa n'an., two lines are

2. the side or slojie of a hill: bepgw no ani
ase fa ye kurohkurohkiiron, na u'an. fa de, esian nkakra-nkakra;
- snare bi aniase. s. suare.

ani-ase,

1. the

cut across his cheek.

jYni-here,

inf. [ani here] 1. desire, longing, concupiscense, cupicovetousness; sika ye no an., gold c.rcites his cupidity.
2.
excitement, irritation, exasperation; desperation; pr. 1597.
3. grief,
sorrow, distress, bitterness.
4. hot displeasure, animosity, anger,

dity,

aniheresem

326

anigye.

ani-berehere,
5. F. (anyibir) violence, Mt. 11,12.
wrath, rage.
aniberc-dc^^ade a eye
covcfousness; ani-berebereo, Ak. nige.
wo anibere.
oniberefo, pi. a-, a person cusil// excited.
asem a eniii anibere. Oburoni ue yen ledi an.,
anibere-sern

the FAiropean Jjrings us to desperation.

icith

Jinil)ere-s6, adv. flushed

anger; in defiance; nea wote yi no, wote no anibereso; F. anyi-

berdo, vehement]//, 3Ik. 14,31. earnest]//.

ani-biri, Oiiibiritb, F. anyibir, anyibirfo, Mt.

6nni-bie, one who has nohodg, a helpless,

onni-bi-amanne-d\vom, s. dviom.
omanneni.
onnibianianiipfu,

11,1:2. s.

anibere

5.

destitide p)erson.

aiii-bi-aiiiia-S('), forgetfidness. carelessness, negligence; auibi-

annas6-s6, hg negligence;

ani-bu,

cf.

asobiannaso.

[u'ani bu] impatience, the state of heing tired of

inf.

waiting.

ani -da-ho, inf. [n'ani da ho] 1. modesty, decency, continence; 2.

mindfidness, attention; circumspection, carcfidncss; 3. discrimination,
Judiciousness, good sense, intelligence; 4. taste for the fine arts, sense
for mechanics.
aiii-da-ho, inf. the state of being au-are or conscious o/*soine
matter; eye no an. na gyee, he was well aware of what he did; opp.
ani-da-s6, inf. [n'ani da so] /wj>e. F.anyidado, anyidar. [nsapa.
riidij inf. [di ni] honour; enyidzi a gfata, F. due reverence. enyidzim', F. reverently.
nido [oni
onipa, do] ]//nnanity, gentleness, affability, Icindness, amiableness; oye n., he is humane, Jiind, benevolod.

ani-dwo,

dwo] calmness, mildness &c. of temper.

s. anuodeh &c.
nifa, F. enyifa, anyimfa [eni, fa, the side of ]ionour?'\ 1. right
(opp. benkum, left); the right side; gte men., lie is sitting at my rigJit
2. that ivhicli is on the
(hand); mefa n., / shall t/irn to the right.
3. the
right side; (nsa) n., the right hand ; aso n., the rigid ear.
right wing in an army.
4. tlie south, as the region or direction to
inf. [n'ani

ani-eden, ani-ehyew,

the right of a person

who

faces the east;

cf.

kese-fani'.

0-nifafo, a right-handed person.

it

ani-fa-s6, inf. an oversight, error, misiale, inadveHencc; eye an.,

done inadvertently.

teas

an

fere,

inf.

sliarpness of sigld, quidc-sigldedness, penetration,

sagacity, acnteness.-cunningness, sJcdlf/dness, slyness ;:=~iuutow; gye

he does every thing cunningly, in a sly manner; commonly in a

bad sense, sometimes in a good sense: woyean. a, nnipansahka wo.
0-niferefo, jjZ. a-, a Jceen-, sfiarj)-, quicJc- or clear-sighted, sagacious person or animal; anoma n., a quicJc-sighted bird. pr. 2491.

n.,

ani-firae (Ak.), anifurae,

inf.

[n'ani afiira] blindness.

o-nifiraefo, onifuraefo, F. nyifurafo,

anigye,
ure, gaiety;

//".

[n'ani gye]

.sj/??.anikfi,

jo//,

^;Z. a-,

a blind person.

gladness, delight, liappiness, pleas-

ahosan, ahosepew, ahomeka.ahotg, abotgyam'.

an. sen awobea, p-. 2810. ubi bene ibi

anigye-bea, a place ofjoy;

aiu'ji^y*'^^

pdtr'ta, ivhcre

.'527

oiiiiii.

one's coutifri/.
iiiiinyc-dc, a pleasor pcrftinudiicc, nijoi/iiwiit, ((iiiiiscineiit, sjiorl.

is ivell, IJirrc is

if

ure, pledsurnble

tliiiKj

aiii-^yen: F. anyijiychm',

an l-<i;y ina,

inf.

ani-ha, staring

soherli/.

[n'ani gyiaa) h(ncsic/ai(:ss;

gfwe no

ci/es;

an,,

luii(/iii[/ (if'Icr,

he siares di him.

dc-

[sire for.

niii-liJMv, inf. [n'aui aiiaw] sloih, hiziness, tardiuess; pr. i}Sllf.

akwailwcro, wcreliunu (Ak.).
oye an. (or an. aka no), lie is

sifn.

hi://, idle, inaetive,

0-11 ill

a fo,

^>?.

aiiiha-hoa, a kind
one too lazy

a-,

to

cliatting-; slnr/[/ard; pr. :2S11ff. syn.

aiii-lia-yi, outward,

thin;/ cxccjit

eating and

gkwadwofo.

an. senkycrene, an <>ulu:ard sign.

ani, one who is not a felishman or )>riest, one of the

Idj/man; (= ouipa lumu?) rf. akwa(ni)huniani, aycinfo.

o-ii i-iiu
laif/j;

-li/;

of////.

do ani/

ani-kfi,

111

inf. [n'ani kaJ./V>//,

gladness

cCc.

s.

anigyo.

jiiiyikaber, F. eovetoiisness. Mk. 7,22.

anyikaberod/o,
iiui-kae, r.n.

F. covetous desires.

[di,

ka] remains of eatables;

difV.

nnokae.

a n f ani, kan] prop, being of a bright or clear ei/c, i.e. alive,

living; si/n. aniniono; wosiee no an., theg buried him alive.
onikanfo, F. nyikanfo, a living soul; pi. a-, the living.
a II kaii-no /iropertg given to a son in the father's lifetime ; opp.
awuunyade. M'agya ania nie an. ausa-na orcwu.
a

II

i-k

inf. [n'ani kisa]

a-ni'-kisa,

homesickness ;

c/'.

ani gy in a. pr.2H16.

6 [oni, ko] the j^crson concerned or in question,

rular or respective person.
0-11 i-k

tlie

parli-

ani'-krakra, bewdderment, anguish, aiuietg; despcrcdion; own

agony, pangs of death. mort(d fright.

an.,

ani-kum,

inf.

ani-kyew

[ani,

[n'ani kuni] sleepiness, droiosiness, inclination

fto sleep.

kyew

a wry look; obnno an., he eyes him

askance, askew, he squints at or leers iipon him.
a,]

nim,

V. [Ak. ni, F. nyim; used only in the contin. form; carGr. 103,2.] 1. to know; niinnim no, miiihiiu no peri, I do
not know him, I never saw him; nim de, to know things; onim de sen
me, he has more knowledge than I; nim nyansa, to have ivisdom, to
be wise, learned; nim hhomam', to have book-knowledge, to be instructed, educated, learned.
2. to know or understand hotv to do
a thing, to be able, can (denoting an acquired ability or skill, depending on knowledge and exercise, Fr. savoir; cf. tumi); wunim
dcri ye? what can yon do? what acquirements or accomplisliments
have you? onim ayari or akyene-ka, he can beat the drum; onim
aseriki, he can deliver a speech, is a good speaker; onim nantew, he
is a good walker; minnim ko. / cannot fight; minuim ye, / do not
know hoic to mcdce it; minnim di, I have never ecden it, do not like it.
Gr. 203,1.
pr. 2318-50.

rel, v. hfi,

nniiii"

c-ai ini,

praise, honour, laud, approbation; perh. acknowledgment.

nni mu, not

to

be in (without, pr.581.); not to be true.

328

uniiii.

recogniiion, recognizance; pre-eminence; victor//, triumph;

nim. IMeye adc yi mama me wnra, na maiiya n'aniin uim;

ade a woaye so ayeyi a woyi wo

adow u.a.; oliene ko a nso, odi nim.
;

cf.

nko-

nim ne
wodo. abaniiisem na eye, enye

gy e

nim,

to

gain the victory;

di nim, to triumph.

anim

[animn]

1.

the face, visage,

countenance; n'an. apompono,

2. the front, frontside, forepart;

his face is ivrinJded; pr. 2352ff.
3. the space in sight, in front of, before; pr. 413.
cf. adannim.

presence of; abofra t'vie nsum' wo

(=adc.) forwards, on, onwards.
n'agya anim a, oiiwu; pr. 1319.
Gr. 1 10.
4. the face, surface, top, upper part, e.g. of the stiinn
5. the surface of the earth within the liorizon,
of a tree, yr. 403. cf. ani.
together with all the things visible by daylight; s. the hrst phrases
6. m'anim', mg pcdernal relations; cf. m'akyiri.
under 7 A.
(prep.) hefore, in front

of,

iit

the

which anim

A)

the grammatical subject,

B)

the

Phrases
grammatical object or locative complement:
A) anim (^5 j baebae, boeboe, hue, if dawns, the dag breaks, morninq twilight sets in ; anim aye fontafontan, nwaninwani, sesasesa, it
dawns, gets twdight; anim tetew, the slcg clears vp, it gets daijlight;
ade akye kor;l, about 6 o'clock.
anim aye we, // is full dagligld
anim akata, the surface (of the
anim te ase, it is still dai/light.
earth) has been covered scil. by the shades of evening or of night,
ade sa, the night sets in, it is growing dark; anim abiribiri, amua,
n'anim gu ase, lit. his face falls
aye kusu, it has become dark.
down i.e. he is ashamed, put to shame. - n'anim kisii, siam, bo tuo,
tow tuo, his face changes, loses colour, grows pale, perf. he is pale
from anxietii, he is anxious about jiast or impending calamities; he
-- n'ani awu). - n'anim amuna, he looks
is ashamed (n'anim asiam
dark or gloom// from resentment (anger) or sadness, he is sullen or
sulky. - n'anim tew, he looks kind, frioidly, affiddc, chcerfid. - n'aminim tweri, he is welcome; asem a niekokiie no, m'anim twerii
nyaa anuonyam. - n'anim awo, s. u'ani awo. - n'anim }(; durn, Jtc
is grave, dignified, venerable (gwg anuonyam, wodi no ni, wuntumi
hka n'anim mmofraastjm). - n'anim ye fere, he is venerable, has a
solemn, majestic air, inspires or commands respect. - n'anim ba or
ye nyam, he is illustrious, dignified, honourable, honoured, respectable, respected. - n'anim ye hare, Jie islightminded, fickle, frivolous;
he is a mean, base, vde, disreputable fellow. - n'anim ye tan, he is
7.

in

is

ugly, dctestal)le.
B) waba irani.m dodo, he has gone too far with his promise. -

oyiyi ne nhwi iino, he .shaves ojf the hair from the foreobu n'anim
head. - of we m'anim ye, he does it from respect to, in deference to or
with a regard for me; pr.262. sijn. ode n'ani to m'anim ye, s. ani;
odi asem a, ofwe onipa anim yiyi mu, in litigcdions he has respect
of persons: cf. Rom. 2,11. James 2,1.4. - okum o/- omuna n'anim, he
darkens his face, is sullen, sulky, gloomy. - okyi m'anim, he detests

me. - gye m'anim nkyene, he fhitirrs me, speaks well of me in my

hearing; s. nkyene. - oyi n'anim (ye), he sets his face, has the intention (to do something). /,s serious, earnest, upright fin doing something): mayi (m')anim se merekyerew fihoma 'ne, / hace the decided

329

.-iiiiiiuit.i;lc.

intcHfion fo wrife lo-doi/; .. so nlioina ara na mosfia, T hdvc devoted

m/isvlf fo sindji; wayi aiiiin sc bone, ara na obcye, he is hcnt on nollihtji but misdeeds; obi anyi aiiitn anka iie lio asom pofc, John 7,1.^.
- i)j)irim n'aniin, he sefs his fiiec fi.redl/f, has the decided intention,
is fidl//

me;

resolved

<>pp.

obu

aniinniii

(to).

[ouiiii,

otiatia in'auim, hr scorns, disdains, aljitscs

me

odi

ino,

ni.

?/////.]

aiioatuj or snadl mate a)iimat;

r/'.

odwciiDiinnia.

iiiiii(l('(\ F. iiyiindzo, inf. \\\\\n Ai^] knoivledfje,

intelli(/e)ice,

wisdom;

s.

nyansA.

nnderstandin<j,

wahn or wanya or owo

n.,

he pos-

sesses hnoniedi/e, is intetti(ient, wise, jjriidod. considerate; i)r.Wl.J35o.

no n. doso. he possesses e.rtensi

ve, vast, immoiseknowledrfe; osoree

na waniano n. kgsc.
uyimd/AMn", F. according to knowledge, lPet.S,70-11 iindefo, ^Z. a-, a well informed, intelligent, sensible, jndicioHS. prudent person; cf. onyansafo, obadwemina. ^)r. ^005.

Nyankp.

11

n. pa,

ini-di'i

ru

ye duru] gravity,

[n'aniin

dignitg, solemnifg (fere,

nidi, aiuioiiyain, suro woni').

iiiiiila.

ani

onyimfa,

in-tu-a.se,

F.

a-,

//'.[

nifa.

iiiiiili, pr.2So6.

n'anim<jua8e.]67/a/e, shamefacedness, bash-

fid-ness; confusion; ignominij

cf. aiiiwii.

aiiimy-uase-de, shame-

ful things, disgraceful deeds, acts or actions.

a n m-li
i

;i

ness, infamg.

lightmindedncss, fickleness, frivolitg; baseness, vile-

r o,

o-iiiiiihan'tV),

7>/. a-,

<(n tinprincipled, disreput<d>le,

mean, profane, impudent, insolent person, a blackguard ; obo bra

bone nti, ol)i ani nso no; n'ani hwu ade.
aiiimhare-sem, frivolity, imjnidoice, blackguardism dx.
aniiiriio, in front
a

a, inf.

ill iii-li

dr..

s.

anim.

pideness of the face, paUidness; green-sickness,

[chlorosis.

ani-inia,

/;//'.

[oniia ii'anij exertion, endeavour, fair trial, per-

fseverance.

an

iiii-k

11

ill,

inf.

[okuni n'aiiimj aullcness, sulkiness.

aiiinrfikycnc-atiko-jlsa, ^:r. ,2.!>5.3'. s. hkyene, sereserebokroii.

aiiim-ciiyaui, -Oliyam, Ak., enyimnyam, F. s- anuonyam.

nnimnio, inf. [= dih-bo] mentioning of one's name in a bad

way; - nnimmo ;,; doso, afei ^yae! it has been mentioned enough,
wgasoano
leave off now; nnimmo-dodow ye own, ^jr. 555. -25.57.
womnio no din pa, na da wobo ne din a, gyaw
linimind-kyew
ne nnome na eka lio.

ani-inommono

[ani,

anini[ti? F. enyimpi,

amono]

adv.,n., alive;

cf.

anikah.

by force; cf. mpi.

ani 111 -pi rim, inf. [opirim n'anim] earnest, earnestness, ardour,
zeal, fixed determination or attention.
anim-te-ase, before dusk, when it is (was) sfdl daylight.
anim-tew, inf. [n'anim tew] friendliness, graciousness, cheeranimtew-ade, delightful, acceptable things.
fulness.
an imu-tete, inf. [anim tetew] Kuk. daybreak.

Aft. 11,12.

330

animtia

anim-tia,

-tia, [anim, tia,

sj)Hrn; bu.. an.,

set at nought,

y.,

iii])adiia.

disgrace, disdain, scorn

hold in coidcnipt, make light of,
despise, contempt, slight, scorn,

tia, adj.l

tiatia.. aiiim, to

think nothing of;

to

spurn, kick.

anim-tiatia,

inf. [otiatia

n'aaim] scorn, disdain, abuse.

O-n ini, pil. a-, 1. the male of animals; pr. 2359. akoko yi ye n.;
it occurs espec. in cpds. (od\Venuini, akokonini, nantwinini, oponkoniiii &c.) Gr, 41.
2. a person distinguished in or notalAe for
something, reputable, notorious; - onipa yi, gye'uini, s.eb. yye opanyih hi a gwo sika bebre na owo nnipa. Deriv. aniinma, ninkunu,

[aninsein.

e-nini, the largest species of serpent found in W.Africa, boa.

pijthon? sgn. gpanteue.

ninnim,

red. v. to recover, to be or

become

degree of health after sickness; ne ho an. no. he

wayare na ne ho aye no den kakra.
11 i

t\Ve

ii-k

11 11

n., to

is

better,

regain some

better

now;

pr. 2o60. vf.

kora.

u [onini, okunu] jealous// of a man;

little

be Jealous.

O-ninkiifo,

anin-sem

jij?.

a jealous

a-,

man;

cf.

korafo.

[onini aseni] ma>illness, manfulncss, bravery, bold-

ness; di an., to act courageousl// ; mise

mo na midi.

medi an.

a,

na mo na m'akyi

t\veri

o-niii.semfo, ony., pi. a-, =gpemf6, a rcoman n-ho is with child.

11 i n s e 11, V. [F. nyinsen
to conceive, become pregnant; s. yem.
J

in wo [din, wo, cf. kwawo] the bare name without the

title; gbo me n., he addresses me nncercmoniously.

11 11

cial

offi-

aiii-iiyaii-n o [ani,nyan, ade] iM-op. things which make the eyes

i.e. torments, extreme pains, severe suffering; pr. i'361.
nyb me an., he torments me, inflicts excruciating misery upon me.

get sour (?)

o-iiipa, p/. n- [F. nyiinpa] 1. man, a man, human being, person

be used also of God or spirits) ; pi. men, people ;pr. 2362-2439.
- it is frequently put as an object or attribute, where it is not expressed in F^ng. gwgka onipa, a snakebites (man); aben tua onipa
ano, the horn is put to the mouth (of a man), pr. 79. Gr. 202.
3.
(it

may

man of note, a notable

respectable, reputable person

oyiye, gyeon.,

a good or worthy, respectable man. C/'. oni, gdesani, onipa-raCi.

0-nipa-ba [onipa A?., gba] aperson of the kings family, espec. by
his mother; on. na gkg no! on. ni!
this is

frame, bodily structure, make or build

he is a very heavy tnan.
2. the
character or qualities of a person; stamp, kind, soii, set or race of
people; wo n., woye a\Vi, thou art of a thievish set of people.
ni})a-diia, 1. the figure, form, shape of one's body; the body;
cf. nipamu, ghonam; nen. ye ase oyi, as to his bodily appearance
he is nearly like this one; oni{)a yi, ghyehye (gkeka) nen. ho, na,
ne kara de, gda adagyaw, this man trims his body, but his soid is
naked.
2. the character, stamp, kind or sort of person, nipabah;
wo n. wg hgyi, wun ye! 'such a one as you, you are not good! won.
(if

11 i p a-b a ii,
a person; ne

1.

the stature,

n.

ye duru

se,

uiiii)iiinu

wg ho yi, motan wo! ( lucrlowo!)

I will have iiofhintj to do!
o-ri

wo

|i;i-in

u |inM,

yi, moriijuj

11.

wo

ti.\

1.

331

iiuiUVa.

iii(Mni)('

won., with one Wee yon

a roni/'lelc man. the whole nnni nr jwrfion:

wo, nictlo wo); onipa iiifi a otc. lio, ade

(inctaii

kye a, onye t'we adidi rik~) iia odidi, he is an idle fellow; idl day
or vigorous man:
x.'. a fall n'. fresh
long he does nothing hat eat.
wo n. a wuf^yina lig yi, vvuutnmi iikukuru iidaka yi! saeh a strong
o. an exeellcnt, disman as yon should he able to lift nj) this box!
tinguished, honourable, eminent man.
0-iii|);i-Si"i6, s. osae & oyitotonf,
;

iiipa-.SM, V.

i\

nipaban

no

ii.

nytj fe.

ipa-t en, a (physically) ^^rr/bc^ or completed

o-ii

i-pii

II

nni-so,

j'l,

</*.

= eso-di,

ment, sway; control.

s.

ton LK

rule, ruling,

i)if.

will, iidention;

domination, mastery, govern-

riiiiso-pe, lust, thirst of jioicer or ruling.

ani-siei [oni :^ onipa,

ani'-su.

man;

the cavity or socket (orbit, glene) of the eye.

asiei] burying-place, burial-place.

[so anij pleasure, gratification; delight, contentment;

enye me anisg, a)

^=-

ensg m'ani, enyc

mc

fe;

/;)

mimnni wo a.s. m'ani sil wo (wodo to opanyin bi taf'rakye

kasa), not that I disregard or disrespect you.
auiso-de, a thing or deed affording pleasure ; syn. anigycde;
ade a eye an., wodan no biribiara a, enye yiyc, any pleasaid thing
cnye

se

deed) cannot be turned into anytliing

(e.g. a meritorius

ani-so-lieiihan,

m/".

else.

[ehenhan n'aniso] negligence, carelessness,

heedlessness, reel'lessncss; syn. anibiannaso.

aiii-s()-tere Wj inf. [n'aniso aterew noj distraction, wandering,

absent manner, absence of mind.

a 11 i-s

()-'v\'0

h 0, self-complace^icy.

i-su [ani, i\s\\\tcar(s) ; more frequently pronounced nusu, q.v.

a n 1 s u a t e t e w, eyelash(es). pr. 2440.
II

iiifaii [oni ^== onipa, gtah] envy, spde, hide, hatred, enmity,
rancour, malice, maligndy; opp. nidg; cf. gtan, akaw.
enyitau, F. id.; nya-, to be envious, Mt. 20,15.
o-nittimfo, jd. a-, an envious or spiteful person.
fiiii-taiie, inf. [tane ani] teazing, continued chiding, troubling.

ani tanee, y.Ji. [ani atane] disquietude, disturbance, disorder,

confusion, tumult; syn. gyegyegye, sakasaka, mansotwe; an. aba
kurow

noni',

town

the

0-i\itet'o,

j)l. a-,

an

inf.

ness;

i-t

e w^

good

is

in

an uproar.

[anitew]

<t

prudod.

intelligent, shreu'd

person.

[n'ani niQw^prudence, intelligence, sagacity, shrewd-

sense, judgment, judiciousness, understanding.

iri [oni
nnipa, eti] a man's head; sJcull; cf. tikora.
nitiri-so, a place of skulls; a place having the form of a skull.
i-t

an i-t 6,

inf. F. [n'ani ato]

shame, bashfulness. James

a-ni-tore [nea n'ani atoV] a one-eyed person,

ani'-twa,
ing round.

inf.

[otwa n'ani]

the

pr.

4,9.

syn. aniwu.

2441.

turning of the face or head in look-

332

aiiiwa

am' wa,

ano.

F. anyiwa. anyiia [ani.

jv/. id.

(lin/.] 1.

the eye as the or-

gan of sight or vision; pr. 2iiiff.

obu n'an., lie shuts
aniwabubu, niia. iniia, tew; n'aaiwam' aye kiiroiin or

his e//es; cf.

ho,

Jiis

eyes

are sniiJc i)i their orbits, he is hot1oic-ei/ed (from leanness or

by nature); n'an. di atwasi, his eyes are roUiny from pride, haughtiness, anger.
^. the eye of a plant, hud, sprout, germ.
5. nsu
an., a ivell or spring of ivater, fountain, source.
4. of other things
resembling an eye: a) pane an., the rye of a needle, syn. pane aso
or fwene; h) the eye or catch for a hook; c) adaka an., Iccy-hole, cf.
adakani.
5. ailiwa-SO: F. anyiwa-do, onticard. I Pet.3,S. nanyi-

lie (leejj.

and

\va-d(), rightly

duly. Cf. ani-hayi.

niwa,

a single cowry (from its similarity to an eye); pr. 2i42f.

niwa-du, nuodii, ten coteries; cf. ntrama.

niwa

nua, brother d'c.

a [oni, dim.] rclafireson the mother's side;
brother's ehddren.
[oni, mother, ba, child]

lliwa-mm

nuamma.

inf. [bubn aniwa] the twinlding of the eyes; o-ne

they winh at each other, they hare a mutual understand-

aiiiwa-bll bu,
no

di an.,

each other hints hy

ing, they give

aiiiwam'-kekaAV,

s.

tvinJcing.

okekaw,

3.

aniwam'-kuru,
k 11 i

\v

a-a

iii-\\'\i,

ii

w a.

a sore eye.
a kind of yam,

death of a relation,

s.

ode.

pr. 296.

a iii-wii, inf. [n'ani \vu] shame; cf. animguase, afere, anito.

[pr. 464.24-5 J.2!fo J.
aui\vu-de, shameful things or deeds.

ani-yiyi, inf. [yiyi anij carelessness, negligence,

oye an., he is careless.

neglect, heed-

lessness;

0-11 o, jtron. he,

her,

nc,

she; him, her;

its.

me-ne uo ku, / and he

with him (or her). The poss. form is

For the^^Z. won is used. Gr. 53-59.

I fight

i.e.

ne

(F.

(or she) jight

ne&no),

his,

e-no, jjrow. //; jA.eno, enonom, they, used of things; pron. poss.
its, their. In the place of ah oljject it is usually omitted. Gr. 202,4.
J2. interrog.part., eno daben naobeba? on ichich day icill he comcY

no, pron. dcm. 1. that. the. Gr.74,2. It issometimes not transaka abofra no biako, one boy is missing; when added
to biako, it imparts to it the meaning tlie other, the second: aka
abofra biako no, that other bay is missing. Cf. yi, nom..
2. When
added to a subordinate sentence, it answers to the conj. when. Gr.
264,1. (As it points out a thing as already mentioned or known,
so it may likewise point out a fact expressed in a sentence.)
lated at all:

mouth of any living creature, snout, muzzle, beak, bill,

outward month, the lips {as the borders of its opening);
the mouth as the instrument of speech; pr. 2452-61. hence in some
phrases (.s. below) speeelt, language; opp. a nom', tlie inside or cavity of the mouth; the mouth as the organ of taste; s. fmom' & cf. the
phrases under 1J2.
/?. applied to inanimate objects
op)ening, aperture, orifice, spout, of a bottle, pot&c; the opening 'ior a door (opon
aao da ho, the door stands open); tho entrance or door of a house

ano,

1.

the

nib; espec.

tlie

nmu

333

(odanano); the month or muzzle o( a gnn.

.9. mouth, month-piece:
h) of any wiiKl-iiistninient.
4. eihje,
a)
a speaker, Ex.4,16.
end: a) edge, verge, brink, brow, brim, rim, margin, ttorder, skirt,
end (ef. mninano); e.g. opon ano, the edge of the tnldc; lience shore,
bench: mpornio, the seashore, asubgnten ano, the bank of a river;
also the rutting or sharp edge: gsckan ano, tin' edge of a knife.

opp. asc); peaw ano, the

point of a spear; - sting, prick, prongc) the outer or utmost jxirt
or end, tip: tekrenia, nsatea ano, tlie tip of the tongue, of the fmgcr;
gnain ne, nan ano, ]tc walks on tiptoe.
d) the remotest or hindmost
parts, extreme end, extremitii, limit, termination, boundary; oli asase
ano nohg bae, he came from the lUtcrmost parts of the earth. Mat. 12,42.
enye ano bi ni (lit. fhet'c is not: some limit is here, i.e.) there is no
}))

j)oint, n/)per

end,

toj) {<f. t\, atif'i, tVveti,

end

to be seen, it is e.rcessive, infinite, unsjjeakable, indescribable;

gliaw a ghaw nie nye ano-bi-ni; Gr.137. ehg awgw nye ano-bi-ni,
the cold there is or teas excessive. e) the fore or foremost rank,
point, part or parts, the front: ogyina dgni ano, he stands at the front
5. the space along, at the end or border: the jilace of
of an armg.
prepp. on. at, along; Gr. 1 1 9. gwg n'ad vVuraa ano,
])erformance ;

he is at his work; gnam ano ano, hetcalks <dong the shore (of the sea),
Gr. ] 28.
a. the end. limit, or bounds of a heap, collection or
number of things; number, amount, sum: the ivorth or price of a
thing: wonniano. theg have no end, are numberless; wocliano (theg
adjust the end), theg agree ahout or stipulate a sum to be ptaid, they
come to terms.
7. the (well-) defined state or condition, order; ewg
ano sino ano, every thing has its order; c/". wg-ano; me de, mahu me
de iino ampa. I do know how my matters stand; neho ano, his own

onward

course, power,
sun is very great;
ehg awgw ano ye deii, the cold is very severe there; ne yare ano ye
deri, his sickness is very severe; ne tumi ano abere ase, the efficiency of his power has abated; ma ne here no ano mmere ase, grant
that his sufferings be mitigated; wabere ne bra-bone ano ase, he has
moderated the course of his bad conduct.
9. agreement ivith;
})repp. after, according to; gye no brgfo nsa ano, he performs it after
10. answering or corthe fashion of the Europeans. Gr. 131,4.
responding to, on account of, for: gsom me kaw no ano, he serves
me for that debt; bgme bosea dare du, na wobg me a, mesom wo
ano.
11. opposition to, counter-action to; prep, against: gyare no
ano aduru ni, this is the medicine against that disease.
1^. Phrases in which ano or anom' is A) the grammatical subject, B) the grammatical object or other complement, or its attribute.
A) ano bere ase, its efficacy, severity dc. abates; cf. ano 8. - n'ano da
mu, he is (or was) all the ivhile heard crying aloud. - n'ano ahoa, liis
mouth has become pale from long continued hunger. - eha na m'ano
abeso, lit. my mouth has reached to here, i.e. this is my last word, the
n'ano tew,
utmost I can p)romise, so far I can go in the bargain.
he is eloquent, s/)eaks fluently; cf. ne kasam' tew, he speaks plainly.
- n'ano atg, he has done spcfdting, finished his S2)eech; mil m'ano nto
{or nsi) ansa-na ka wo de. let me speak out, and then you may speak

welfare, pr. 977.

strength, severity:

8. efficacy,

efficiency,

awia ano ye den,

the heat of the

334

ano

noa.

ivlud you have got to saij; u'auo a obuei antg, he hid begun to speak,
hut did not finish. - n'ano ato me, Ids mouth has reached me i.e. he
has spolcen had of me; da n'ano reto wo, he aJivai/s sj^eahs ill of

you, challenges you; - n'ano toto, he speaks confusedly; oka asem

no a, - ontunii nka mmi\ entee, he cannut relate it aright. - ni'ano
off', i.e. / have my own mouth sfdl,
- n'ano awo (wose). he is eloquent, has
n'ano ye birebire, kurokuro, perepere, lie is
a voluhle tongue.
hasty, inconsiderate, indiscreet in spcafiing. - n'ano ye de papa, dew

ntwae

e,

my mouth

is

not yet cut

also have something to say.

dodo, dgko, fremfreni, liis moiitJi or tongue is (too) sweet, i.e. he is a

- ano ye den, s. ano 8. - n'ano ye deii, lie has a sharp
tongue, uses strong, ahusioe language, is quarrelsoyne; pr. 194.571. n'ano ye duru, he is not talkative; he is close, reserved; ne tani or
n'amoase ano ye dnrn, his 2>urse is lieavy, lie has a well-lined purse,
pr. 493. - n'ano ye toi'o, torofe-torot'e, //c has a slippery mouth i.e. he
cannot keep silence or secret, he hlunders out or lets out secrets. n'anoni' ahunu, aliyehye no, pr. .264. - ano akuni or asiam, the edge
has hecome hlunt, dull. - n'anom' (if. ano 1.) akum or asiam, his
mouth is tasteless or undone, lie has lost his appetite. - n'anom' atew,
he has recovered his appetite. - n'anom' ye no de, lie has a licJcerisJi
mouth, likes dainties.
B) bei'e.. ano ase, to abate, allay, mitigate, moderate; cf. ano 8;
kaii-no n'ano ye den, na afei wabere n'ano ase, formerly he talked
hlusteringly, hid now he has moderated his tone. - bg ano, to stop,
ward off, resist, pr.2. s. bg 62. - boa(boa) ano, lit. to lay or adjust
tlie ends, i.e. to gather, collect; to prepare; s. boa. - di ano, to come
to terms, to agree, accord, to strike a bargain; cf. ano 6. - agye n'anom', s. gye 26. nantwinilm agye n'anom', he has become fond of
heef. - ohyira n'ano, s. byiraO". - aka n'ano, ftis mouth has been used
to it, he has learned it tvell, is able to repeat it easily, s. ka 5. - gkasa
ararado ano, Jie is interpreter to tlie governor; wghkasa wgiiho ano,
they do not speak tvith each other. - wakum gbosom no ano, he has
prevented the fetish from eating (taking the yam offered to him). wakum (n'adwuma) ano, fie has finished (his work); better: wavvie
(n'adwuma). - kyere ano, F. to declare. - mesan m'ano, J justify,
vindicate, clear myself jjr. 436. -so ano. to keep bade, restrain. pr.2.
oto(to) n'ano ase, fie lets his mouth be at rest; gnto(to) n'ano ase, fie
does not hold his tongue. - gtoto m'ano, he falsely accuses me, slanwauoa bgre asa
ders or calumniates me; pr. 435 f. watoto neho ano
neho, .s. noa. - gntow n'anom toa ma, s.toa. - mitu n'ano mewgfam',
I refuse to fiear fiim (lit. I pull out fiis moutfi, I init it to tfie ground).
otutu m'ano sisi, fie contradicts me, fie distotis or confounds tchat I
am saying (prop, j^alls out wfiaf I fiave stated And puts it somewhere
else). - yi ano, 1. to interpret, to explain; 2. to refute, confute, disprove (a statement); perh. to remove tfie force (ano (S) of the accuflatterer.

sation or opposite argument; to defend, apologize, make excuse.

11 6 a, V. to cook (aduan, food, nam. meat), to boil (nsu, water)-.!
noa gsa, to prepare for war by some superstitions propr. 2467ff.
ceedings: boiling certain herbs and sheep's blood, mentioning the

enemy's leaders and calling on the

fetish to

make them weak.

anoa

335

anofoa.

wiinoa boro asa iielio, lie lins })r('pand )>oison fo stick f'asf in Jtiinwakil asemmone agu nelio so, watolo iiclio ano, watow dua
afVvo, neho so, he has injured or slandered his own character.

self,

aiio<i, n- [auo /. dim.?] used only in compound nouns, a place,

space or rcijivn adjoining or co}di(iuOHs to or border in;/ on that which
is indicated by the first part of the cpd., *. nhanna, iilcokonoa, iikomanoa, nkwanoa, nipenoa, nsanoa, nsunoa, ntenti'unoa, ntonanoa.

o-iio-an

kasa,

nank;isa, (he) himself; (she) herself.

nankasa

neba, his (her) own child.

gno-ara, id.; just he, even he {or she);
the same; obarima a 'nera wuhiifi no no, guoara ni, this man is the
e-no-aukasa, nankasa, itself.
same whom ijou saw yesterdaif.
e-iio-ara, itself; even that, just that; the same thing. Gr. 59.
ano-babae, //". [ano, baebac] dispute, contention; - di an., to
he engaged in a dispute.

iiiiobae, v.n. [dow, ba] plentiful produce of husbandry or of

ma nn. nkata yen mfuw so, let our plantations be covered
with produce!

the fields;

ano-bi-iii,
ited, euccssire,

lit.

some

limit is here;

extraordinary ;

s.

ano

enye ano-bi-ni,
Gr. 137.

//

is

uidim-

4, d).

a n o-b

r e b e r e, soft speech, pr. 2452.

aiio-birebire, a talkative, prattling mouth or tongue; oye an.
gye birebirefo.

ano(boa)l)('a,

inf.

[boa ano] the act oi gathering.

niiyboa, ////'. [dow, boa] co-operation in farming worJc; wodi

wgboa wonho dow, wpsonsom wghho, they aid each other,
nn.

co-opereUe, are allied, tv'ork together.

da,

fino-bone, a qnarreller, brawler; onipa a asemmone

obua nkurofo so da. pr. 2453.

l\

n'anom

ano-b(')"\v, inf. [Ano a ebow. a sti)diing mouth] a scornful, mocking or jeering reply. 2 Ki.7,2. gmal me an., he gives me a scoffing, ironiced, abusive, insulting or defying reply.
alio- branini ram, cf. iino-birebire, -kurokuro, gbrammramfo.
ano-da-so [ano a eda so] the npper lip; an. bogyese, mustaches;
gyaw an. bogyese, to grow mustachios.
fi

me anode 6, it is, I assure you, no flattery,

o-d e f e d e f e (ano a enka ahuposem) fair,

iio-de, flattery; enye

when I say

this.

an

mild, flattering speech.

ano-di, inf. [di ano] agreement, bargain, compact, contract.

anodi-sem, >-c6oZi(^/o of an assembly, decree. Kurtz 7.
nnodowa-nnodowa, s. dodowa.
iinodowe, s. dodowe,

en 11 am

[ano a eye nnamj sharp-pointed; a sting; mfi bone

ano auoeunam nkum, grant that the sting of sin may be blunted.
a 110

ano-fafa, the
upp)er

lipi)\

lip or lips (ase an., the lower

F. anofamfa, Ji/r. 7,e.

lioloa, nofoa, F.

lip,

gsoro an., the

anefoa, anadwo(fa).

ano-t"5a: t\vit\va..an., to cut or wo^md with the sword of one's

mouth, i.e. with grievous S2>eech, to scold, ^- yaw, bg .. ahohora.

onofge

336

g-nofoe [nea gfgw

obi ano] one

nom.
who makes

mouth moist or

one's

fat (fofo, with meat), a benevolent nourisher, ttcneficient cnterioiner

wome, onima wo fmo iilioa).

angfrana ko, analVanakuV pr. 207'). ^472.

(wosom no

a,

aiio-ghare,

quirl-ness of speakhui. yr.JOnl.

noli 6 a, iiolioA, iiolig, Ak. doliaa, beijonil; the jiJnre (plores)

or regions beyond. Gr. 1 27.
ano-hoba, F. [ano, alioba] promise; ef. ebo, nliyease. - bg an.,
=^ si anowowa, to promise. Mt.14,7. anoboba-mari no, the promised
anofafa.
aiio-nlioma, Ak.
flavd.
aiio-hyirii, inf.'s. liyira ano.
aiio-kese, a larfje-mouthed person, pr. 24',4.
gilO-ko \ai\o, q^o]\\i. moid]t-ft (jht in (J. dispute; Jest, rodlrr/i; wo(twijtwa on., they have a disptute uith earh other; g-ne no twa on.
(or di akasa) kwa, he is merely jestiny with him.

nokoasiri,
fiifu,

a valuable, kind oi cloth, softer tluiu silk (kgkg,

tuntum, ankahono, bgnwoina, apopobiri); ef. unokua,

k g 11 11 g k g-a d c [dnkg]

nil

su-eet or ayreentjle things, pleasures,

mfefewade,
nngkgnno kg-ase m, sweet, pleasant
words; flattery; ef. dgkgdgkgsem.
luxuries;

ef.

anokoraiiipgn, a certain parnsitieal

j)lant (climber)

growing on

trees, pr. 2473.

koro] unanimity, unison, common consent; ye n.,

nokoro-so, unanimously,
with one accord, by or with one consent, to a man.
g-noko-twa, inf., s. gnoko.
II

to be

o-k 6

[fino

unanimous or

in unison, to agree.

linokna, a kind of cloth, s. ntania. nokoasiri.

anu-kunij inf. jkum anoj comjiletioi/, bringing to an end.
a 11 o-k u r 6 k U ro, pr. 1085. -24.5.J- = no-brani inrani, aiio-birelMre
<1

oyii an.

gye okurokurofo.

Angkwa',

j;r. n.

O-nokwafo,

m.

2)1. a.-,

a truthful, trustworthy, faithful, honest, up-

rigid person, pr. 755.2474.

ok ware [ano koro?] truth, truthfulness, faithfulness, hondi n., to be true, truthful, faithful,
probity ; pr.761f.2475ff.
honest, to speak the truth, to act honestly; odi no n., a) he assures
him; b) he acts according to his promise, deals faithfully with him.
n

esty,

nokware^ iiokwarem*, F.nokwar, nokworem',

a-ii

ok\va-S6in,

truth,

a true saying or story;

truly, in truth.

ka

n..

to sjicak

truth; - honest deeding, pr. 755.

nokwere, Ak.

nokware.

i'0. the (company of); in most cases it may be considered as a suffix, used espec. when a plurality of persons known
11

in,

j;?.

as connected is referred to, but also with the neuter pron. eno and
the local ])roiiouns ha & ho, s. Gr. ^'i,<'>\ (J0,1.3; the eom])anions
ov party o/'. Gr.G3. owura W. nom abeseii ko, J//\ IT. withliis party

has passed.

iioiii

337

iinoi'i-abieii.

11 u 111, V. to (Iriiik (nsii, irafcr, usfi, j)aJin-ici>iCi(-c., or ;uiy fluid)

iikwah, to tithe soiij); - to smoke (tfi, tobacco) cf. we, mone, som
(asr;i), mim; - iiom riifi'ama, to iiiJiitlc air;pr.8'>U. cf.'^yo.lj.
nom

11.

abosoiii, to confederate,

no 111'

j;ye

(le;

|rm() rnii|

taste;

oi'

l!;:u\

anom, tow

abosoin.

mouth,

tlie

a no,

s.

a.

viz. the inside

1.1J2. witli the, j)hr.

of

it,

cspoc. as the or-

iranom akiim, atew, ye no

ma; pr. :Ji(li/f. - wososo a'anoiu' anka,

mouth (to t>e spit out) i.e. the// in a cunintention eom/nl him to f/irr his o/tinion.

iiuoin toa

the// (Iroji leiiion-jnice into his

iiin/i u-a/i

and

with

ifl

aiio iiT-kr k;i w,

;\

11 (I

lu-k u

okekaw

6'.

sores

rii,

].

the mouth.

i)i

ail o 111 a, dim. anoma, jd.n-,

atakraboa; an. atii neniiani dan

fowl; pr.'iisiff- cf. atuboa,

a l)ird flies about the house; kn nil., to foul, to .^hoot birds; y nn., to catth birds.
<?. a certain
appurtenance to a weaver's loom.
.7. I'hr. aiika aiiuma, vdhout
].

Iiird,

lio,

ami exception.
uoma-ri'i ru [anoma afuru, bird's belli/] a /in(/cr-rin</ tliickeathe hack part, having, as it were, a 'belli/ of gold, silver, beads.

inp; at

II 11

111 ill

a kind of river-fish

a,

aiioina-ku

no

man lie,

si/n. of'nrei.

Akem

kind of bird in the

Jidc3o, a

woods.

wicked, vicious deed, espec. when done

in secret; rice, wickedness, viciousness; oye an, --=: odi nseinmune;
oye me ayayade, oye me ho s;i wo nsem mu; cf. aniuoye me an.
moyc, mmarato, abususem, abonet'osem.
a

111

an

ceil,

0-nomnia

iioni,

7^/.

a vicious, icivkcd person.

a- -fo,

o-noinaiikonia, F. 1. s. Odomankama.
2. eternity (?)Ps. 90, 1.
on. ahemman, eternal kinijon. gya, everlastin// fire, Mt. 18,S.
doin ; On. Nyaiikopoi'i, tlie eternal God.

anomawa, jj?.
anom'-dow,

n-,

o-iioni dcw-fo,
tooth;

nea ope

anomdze,

no in Cj

i>/. a-,

nam

a lickerish p)erson,

da inf//-feeder, sweet-

pi. j)r. 2i94.

^=z anonne.
a drinking-placc.

F. Mt. 25,35.

a no me [nom,
11

nnoma', nnomTi mma, dim. of anom;1, q.r.

liekerishness. pr. .39,?.354S.

inf.

r.J

[dome]

j^recation; pr. 198.

cf.

anom-hohoi'O,

eursinr/; curse, malediction, execration,

im-

nsew, nuuabo.
inf. pr.249:). cf.

anohyira.

nnonipe-niioinpo, a. [dompe,^)?. 1. bonij, stronij-l imbed, stout

(woye berah a won ho nn.)
2. extremelif lean like a skeleton (so
]

that the bones are perceptible)

nnoniniuin,

s.

dommum.

s.

fofg.

nnoninii'iin-fa,

s.

dom..., capture;

eaptivitij.

nn

on,

inf. e/raceful, affected icallcing; s.

dgiV; pr. 230.

nnon-abiei'i, two o'clock; nnon-abiesa, three o'clock; nnon-nari,

four o'clock; nnon-dn, ten o'clock; nnoii-dubiako, eleren o'clock;

iinon-dLunien, twelve o''clock; s. gdon. Gr. Si),4.
22

"

anoiine

338

anonne,

members of the
Niioiiko,
and Erae

Gr.

wouom]

[won a wodo ade

-m',

(Oheneba da mo

(Introd.

by jMohammedans

iinoiiko-iiiioriko, a

rf.

gdonko

kind oi yam,

s.

s.

ntama.

ode.

donkoe'.

iinoii-koe;

s.

iiiioii-kroii,

nine

110 11

2).

niiouko-besa, a kind of country-cloth,

11

children

ase, nn.!)

countries in the interior to the nortli of the

ihe

page'XIV.XV.

a drinlc, heverar/e, j^otion.

mma = amanmma]

conimtinHij ov pcojile.

tribes, inhabited chiefly

Tslii

&

anowatere.

F. anomdze, [ade a

nnonneemma
or

no mm a

o'clocJc.

Gr. 80,4.

[dgii, dim.'\

little hell.

aiionnom-iisa, oye brgferc no an., he

as if drinking liquor.

sttcJcs

<nU the pajHiya-fniit

nnonnontutuo, Gy. rags?

niionnowa,

a kind of bees;

iiiion-sia, six o'clock;

mioii-num,

cf.

gdowa.

nnon-sou, seven

o'clock.

five o'clock; iiiioii-wotwc, eight o'clock.

memu wo nnapa, (I give i.e. ivisli

nnopa-6, intcrj. mennopa
you) good sleep! good night! (reply: da yiye!) Gr. 147,3.
an op a, Ak. adopa, F.anapa, [eda, pa] morning; in the morning.
anopa-hcma(hcnia), anopa-tiitu, very early in the morning (about
aiigpa-didi, anopa-duaiV, hreidcfast.
5 o'cl.); - s. anapa, adekyee.

anopa-dwuma,

pr. 2497.

anopa-nom'

[iinom'] pr.2496.

aiiopa-sore, morning pr((ycr or service.

rino-[Ki [ano pa] a mouth that uses pleasant language;in:34.')S-60.
a good ov friendly reply; oma me ano-pd, ojjj^. anobow.

ono-pon-luinu,
hoahoa.

j-.

em^ity boast or bluster, ade awnniii hi

iio alio-

10S6.

niiora, Ak.

nnera, yesterday.

O-iio-se [ano, se] F. concord;

bo

on. tena

(awar m),

to live to-

gether (in the state of matrimony).

a 11 o-S (j
oye an., he

m [ano asem] boast, vaunt, rodomontade, bluster, swagger;

(always in a bad sense).

boasts, exaggerates

anosenifo, a (vain) boaster, swaggerer,

a n o-s e s e-a d e, braggart, pr. 959.
fi

no-sin, one without

piuiishment;

cf.

lips,

tvJiose lips

braggart, fr. 249f>f.

are cut o/f by

way

of

asosin.

ano-so, pudenda, genitals, nakedness.

nnotec, Ak. s. dote.
a

no-tew,

fino-to,

inf.

inf.

fluency of sj^eech.

sending an abusive word.

ano-to, ano-toto,

anowatere,
an6

wa

inf. false

accusation, denunciation, sycophancy.

anowatere, a species of melon. F. anunu'ina, ane-

e r e, lavender-water.

L"^"

^^-

aiiowowa

(I

a 11 o-w
promise;
a

11

w a [ivno awowa] promise;

s.

339

onufuteii.

wasi

me

an., he

has given

me

anohoba.

6-yi, inf. [yi anoj dcfoiec {hy answering- or accounting for),

viiKlicfttion.

n
--

kfi

u,

I',

wind moves

nunul

[red.

kyini);

iry.

the

:i500.

/!(((/.

(kntuni', inmi'kwan nut, niog-yain'

move; nifVama nu t'raiika nom', the
pol-e, pivl-; to eleanse, by romoving,

1. to stir

^.

to

3. to

with a pointed instrument or the iingers, tliat wliich isolijectionable;

oyi n'an. (with a hair of the 'be, w').
onu n'asom'; onu n'aniwam'
i. nu abe, to get out the pahn-niit-cliister from near the stem and
lietween the branches, by pricking or pushing with a long-handled
[)ick or digging bill, to pick or gather the palm-nuts from the trees.
manu meho wo me bone ho or mu,
.7. nu nehO (rffl.) to repent;
/ am sorry for the sin I have committed. - nnu woho, do not be nneafii/ (d)out it. pr. 47S.
6. nu.. ffi, to touch, lag hold on, seize or lift
up and remove; nu ahina no fu, lift up tltat pot; nuinnu no fu (
nn'iHima no so) mfa no nko, lift him up and carrg him awag (on your
oso gbea no ahene or asenmudc mu, oso gbaarms); onu no fu
rima no dantii mu; onuu woffi a.s. gfaa wo fa pa? did he only show
7. nu agoru, to
the intention or really commit lewdness ivith you?
8. nu nyimpa, F.
perform plays, e.g. before a new-made king.

catch

/()

men. Mk.

e-ilil,

1;17.

two, both; this simple form

compounds; more frequent

in

mmienii;

won banu,

is

only used in counting .and

the cpd. form abieiV

is

(=

abienii),

of them. {Tr. 77.80. pr. 1390.1731.1859.2081.

hotli

0-11 u a, V. nuia, [=oniwa, oni-ba, mother's cMlcl] brother; sister

(F, akyerewa); cousin, the mother's sister's daughter (ena-kakra ba);

me nuauom, (F.niiianom, nuiamo, nmum) my brothers and sisters;

auuanom, (voc.) brethren! wgye nua(nom) F.anuiam (Mt.23,8.), they
onua-paiiyiii, an
are brothers or sisters (or cousins)] pr. 2-502 ff.
elder brother, pr. 2501; oiiua akuma, a younger brother. Cf. niwamma, akyerewa.
0-ima-baniu, o-nua-barima, brother; pi. nuabarimauom.

o-nua-bea, onua-ba, onuawa,

iiuuadewa
nue-nue,

(As.)

&

pi.

unuafwe,

-nom,

s.

sister; cf.

slowness; carefidness; syn. bereo;

cautious, to act considerately, ivith circumspection ;

anoma; gbgmmgfo no bgg

aiiu-edeii, anu-ehyew,

anufo, F.

nuf 11,
meton. milk.
..

n., to

n, koyii

akyerewa.

ntorowa.

ue

- bo

gbo

n.

n.,

to

be

akgkyere

foto.

anu-enyam,

s.

anu-gden, -ghyew, -onyam.

fishers, catchers. Mt. 4,19.

(conn, ne niifu) F. numfo, the breast of a female, udder;

ma
nuiii-imb,

ivean.

..

n., to

suckle
j^fip,

Mk. 13,17. -

num

n., to stick;

- twa

nufii-boa, mnmmrd.
cows &c. o-nufa-niato,

nipple, teat.

nufu-kyi, inf. the milking of goats,

o-iiul'ii-niimfo, a sucking chdd,
a suckling woman, wet nurse.
suckling baby, nursing-child; F. ^j?. numfoanomba, Mt.21,16. rf.nkokoa.
iiufiVsii [nufu nsuj milk.
0-11 u f ii-t (' II, the B<u>bal), or Adansonia digitata, a famously large

340

nufutVva

tree,

and

of the

its fruit

uufu-twa,

inf.

F.

iiiinlio,

uuni.

called Monl-eifs-hread, having the size

hanging breast of an

lo)i(j

and shape

woman.

elderlj'

the act of iveaniuf/ (a child), ahJadailou.

ahonu, repeufance. Mt.

S,8.

n.-kwanmu,

Jictoiii

frcpevinnce.

nuiA, F.

onua. - nuiain-benyiu

s.

iinuku-iimikuwa

= nua-l)arinui-nom.

[dukri'r//;. pi.'] Jiajulkcrehirfs,

small pieces of
fdatli.

[adukiiro, egua] snmggling, claridestineirafle; snuq/f/Ie,

to
haiier, traffic or trade hchind the stems or hi
nn., io
niches or nool'S of large trees; cf. dnpiin.
11

f/ie

nnkui'O-gua

iiriiii' -= nfimn.
draw the breast.
amiin-anum, a plant, the squashed
am'im, n-, fire. Gr.77.
leaves of which are put on a sore caused by the Guinea-worm.
11

(nufn),

111

A'mim,

v. to

sucl\ to

pr. n. m., sign, the

fifth child.

country and tribe to the north-east of

town was destroyed by the Asantes and

Aliuiil. pr. u. of a town,

Akwam.

Gr.

Akwanis

in

iifinu,
ticllc;

XX. The

j).

8tJ9.

r.

red.

1.

to stir

up;

wanfmu me ma mascrew,

s.

lie

nfi.

(onunii nno mu).

caused

me

to

laugh

bij

3. to

ticlVnig.

onfinii
nuiiu, nfiru, r. 1. to blame, censure; pr. 1067. 2-505f.
no = gbg no sobo: asem yi de, memfa ho i'we, na teta na wunfinu
me yi, this matter does not concern me in the least, and you blame
i*. niinfi neho, to blame oneself, to repent.
me undeservedlif.

0-11 nil

111.

11

an aromatic plant^ used like erne.

pr. 2507.

a 11 u-od oil, F.anyiedzen [n'ani ye den] hardiness, foru-ardness

presumption, insolence, self-n-ill, stubborness, obstinacg, impudence:
ai(dacious)iess, audacitg, boldness, daring S2)irif; Mf. heroism.

aiinodciiiic [ade]yjroo/^s" of, or deeds proceeding from, hardiness

o-miydcuro, iJ?. a-, a hardy, forirard, insolent, impudent, au-

dr.

dacious, bold, daring fellow.

aiiu-oliycw [n'ani ye hyew] hardiness, rashness, fierceness, unfruliness.

lit.

aiiii-oiiy a iii.Ak.aiiiinoiiyaiii, F.iinyimnyam[n"animyenyam]

splendour of the face, hence ]. glory, splendour, brilliancy, excel-

lency, celebrity, honour, dignity.

undeserved kindness.

i\ condescension, grace, favour,

o-nuoiiyamfo,

j^/. a-, a glorious, praisetco?-anuoiiyaineminent, cxeelient, illustrious, celebrated, person.

pe, inf. eagerness for glory or distinction, ostentation, pretentiousness,
aiiuonyaii-huniij-pe, vain-glory, boastfulness, empty
selfshness.
aiiiion^yauiic [ndc] glorious things, deeds, actionS;properties.
pride.

thy,

[dura ho]
the act of covering,
niiura-lio,
lining
3. a cover, covering, case a pillow), coat (over a thing),
decJcing,

].

inf.

(Cc.

(of

coating; envelope, wrapjper.

1111

side of

ura-inu,
c('C.

nuru.

V.

inf.

[dura mu]

].

the

ar't

2. the lining of the inside.

s.

nriiiu.

of

liniuf/.

finishing the in-

mill nil

nya.

.'.

11

bij

l<lunil a ilirim- ordhtaitcc, will or dci/nr; iii/licnn. abodiini no, an aflUction ((tiiic (down) niton him
some Hufciiowu (((/one// or reason; cf. obubual'o.

n. atatri no,

iiiiiinii,

f'loit,

r.)i.

t'dtalitij;

iiiKSi'i,iiisuj^aniiisu]/c(0',

from her

ei/es,

^6'flrA';

run down the check;

niisuwa, F. nyisua, Ml:. 0,24.

oaf, triclde or

nya,

u. '^ixjca rs

arc

s/ird ; pr. iJOH.'J'tOS.

tears stand in his ei)cs; n. abu \\v Icon, tears start

she bursts into tc((rs; n. tcrc or tctcrc, no, tc((rs i/nsh
-==:

n'aniwa jtoroporow

usit.

id.

nyinya] 1. to yet, receive, obtain, acquire, fmd,

come into possession of, win; to receive as a reward,
in i\\c perf. tense: to have, 2)ossess; da osram wu a, onya
l)r. oW;.
n'akatua, (d the end of ever i) ino)dh he (/ets his icaf/es; minnyri dabcre, I have no slecpinij-plare; ])r. 2:298.
nianya! I Itavc found
something! nu'-nyain' (j=mo), / shall get i/oa (i.e. / will avenge mg^.nya ado,
self on gou)! pr.<>iiS.1198.2r)09-:il.2SlO.:)2r>l..U07.:^V>77.
to get things, grow rich; pr.97o. 1371.
nya uelio, to get oneself i.v.
to become a freeman, pr. 1623., also to become rich; in iha perf. lobe
free (cf. do neho), to be rich, pr.2524.
S. Phrases m F.: nya (obi)
abufu, tobe angrg, vexed, indignant, il/f.50,54.2i,?.5. -nyaafodi, to receive condemnation, Mt. 231,4.
nya anyitah,/o be envions,Mt.20,lo.
gain,

v.

come

[red.

bif,

nyfi (obi) yani'gya::^ de (obi) liye ne yam', to

grudge against, Mh:

6,19.

have a quarrel or
moved with comiVkwu, mboa na aucrckyc-

nya ayamhyohyc,

to

be

passion. Mk.6,34.
oyer nya okun lio
kye, the wife enjogs the husb(tnd's comjxoig, hclj) and comfort.
i.
rhr<(se: me-ne no anya (//. oko), / have got into a quarrel or conflict witlt

him.

u'c

are cd variance,

shall fight with him.

Cf. tin-

examples of 1 104: me ne no ntiuni nnya, I and he cannot get (it);

niintiinii ne no nnyji, I cannot get (it), though he get (it); me no no
rennyii, mintnmi nie ne no nnyil, I cannot be at variance with him.
:j. nyii, put as an aux. v. before another finite verb, denotes the
setting in of the action expressed in the latter: onya ba a, befre me,
as soon as he comes, call me; wanya aba, he lias come now; when
both verbs are negative, it denotes that the action has np to the
time present or in question not been performed, and must accordingly in Eng. be rendered by not get: onnya' mmac(-e), he Jias not
get come; onnya hhui no, ose. orennye nni da, wJien (or as long as)
he had not get seen it, he said, he wmdd never believe it. Gr.^l07,li.
6'. nya with the freq. form of the infinitive denotes
230,3. pr. 642repetition, frequency or acquired habitualness of the action expressed by tjie inf.; wanya sii hkae, he lias become used to sag so, he
often .'iags so; manycT ntee, I have often heard (it); manya no fo
ntui,mauyanonka-kyeree. Gr. 10-i,.5.lO.),lr;.107,22. 230,2. ^;r.^^^l'y.
toll,

o-iiy a, 2)1- a-, slave (prob. called so from his or her being bought
or acquired); pr. 2-534. cf. akoa, afancV, gdgnkg, anyensoii
odi me
;

nya, he deals

o-nyh,
hu;

tcith

me

cruelly, sets

me hard

to tvorJc.

Ak. onyina, sdJ:-colfon-tree, Bondxi.r; esowtentrewode sen gkorow ne. ahyeinma.

pl.<i-,

pr. 2.536.

slow,
slowness,

iiy'a, adv., a., n., slowly, tardily; pr. 719.

lazy, languid,

drawling, drowsy, sl^iggish;

slacJc,

tardy,

tardiness.

nny-d

342

slackness; - oye uya, he

is

onyame.

tardy, sluggish. Sgn. berew, poutwe;

nyamo; anibaw &c.

nnya, 2)1. of gya, gyawa.
anyaado, a word of civility added
tation of a

man

yj"i

in reply to the salu-

superior in rank. Gr. 147,9.

auj^a-biiw: obo no any., he

anya-de,

to

cf.

invention;

cf.

calls

him

his slave. pr.ASi.

ahude.

aiiya-di, anyadimo, rigorous treatment of slaves; akoa yi, gye

any. sc biribi, this fellow treats his slaves with excessive rigonr.
aiiya-duasa, thirty slaves, pr. 2535.
iiyafi, v.l. to cles}nse, contemn, look clown upon, think nothing
with contempt, to scorn, disdain, spurn, kick, trample upon.
2. to maltreat, use ill, ahuse; eden na wunyafi no se? nnyafinyafi
abofra no sa!

of, treat

niiy;ifiii [ogya mfiii] an old

imy al'lii-kac,
nnyat'oa,

Akw.

fire, fig.

an old palaver,

pr. 8444.

remcmhranee
[gya,?]

ox producing of old grievances; s.

[gu..so nsu.
mmoba nketenkete.

nnyahyeo

[ogya, hyew] a burning, large fire, conflagration,

Da bi nny. ti Huam nolio
e.g. on or proceeding from a prairie.
hyewe ara koduu Xkran.

unyanij inf. [gyam] commiseration, compassion.

yam, to grind. Mi. 24,41.
nyam, v. F.

i)r.2144.

11

and

yam,

t;.

nyinnyam] 1. to move quickly, rapidly, one way

wave, brandish, flourish; onyani (obini) gya, he

[rcfZ.

the other, to

3. to squint; onyam n'ani nifa,

2. to wink.
leaves a fire-brand.
he squints with his right eye; n'ani anyam, he is squint-eyed.
4. to

wither, fade, decay; red. to shrivd together (of plants); cf. guaii,

twam

&c. ababan, dua no anyam; wanyam, he has become lean,

waye nyamo or siamo.
consuming, wasting or pining atvay

is

nyam, a. shining, bright, splendid, illustrious, glorious; dignihonourable, stately, august, majestic; graceful, beautiful; accepo-iiyain, n. glory, dignity, majesty, grace iCc. Cf. n'aniin
table.

fied,

ye nyam', n'anim ba onyam, i)r. 18. & anuonyam. Na wo de, woanim

ye nyam deii ara na wokyere wobo se? w)io are you (in what consists your dignity or claims) that you behave thus?
nyam a, v. to move to and fro ; to beckon ; ony ne u sa, Jie beckons
.

tvith his

hand.

iij^amnia, .^H?ft?7, now only confined to proper names: Botwe

or Nyrimma.
An yam ma, pr. n.f.

Nyamma

0-nyame,

(no j^l-) 1. heaven, sky, pr. 227.2052., prob. calbul so

splendour or brightness, cf. nyam and tbe root div- in Sanscritic languages; cf.qsovo, \\im\ yr.234.1653.2436.2.538.2777.2787.2S55.
2. Onyame, the Supreme Being, the Deity, God, tbe Creator of
all things; Ony. nnyae ade bo da, God never ceases to create tilings
(according to the notions of the negroes); in recent use also: a god
(of polytheists, with a newly introduced pd. a-,- tbe heathen negroes
are, at least to a great extent, rather monotheists, as they apply the

from

its

)iy;mu';iiii

;U;i

ii^aiiu.

term for (iod only to one supreme being), Cf. nyankom, Onyankopoi'i.
o. Oiiyainu, j)r. n. of a slave, givcMi him in acl\.n()\vl('(lj;iiu'iit of
tluiliclp of God onablinji,' tlie owner to buy the slave. Other names
of this kind are: Onyame-ast^m, Onyame-ye-atlom.

11

sliif

ya m o-aiii,

fhc firniainci/f, the visible

in wjiich the sun,

moon and

expanse of heaven, the

stars are seen.

o-iiyaiiic-l)ay('r(j,

o-iiyamc-bGWii-iia-inawii, a small trdila kind of yam, s. ode.

o-iijame-diia, s.osenuuru.
o-iiyaiiio-kyifo, 7;/. a-,
inri jdant.
iiyaiiio-iiiai'i-iiiu, F. heaven.
an impious, nnyodli/ person.
0-111 11, in a (jodlike orijodl/f n-a// or manner, after God.
11
iiyaiiic-so, the upper (inuuird, iu visible) part of heaven.

yam

[Onyame asem]

aii^'aiilc-SiMii

Scrijitures.

:J.

1. the

Word

the religion of the JiibJe, opp.

of God, the

liible, thr

abosonsem, idohdr//

6*. a divine ordinanee, will ov decree. 2>r.J547.

and fetishisni.
o-iiyanieserikafo, preacher.
o-iiyaiiie-s6iii, a-, tlie service or worship of God; (the true) relig-

o-iiyamcsonifo, pi. a-, a worshipper of the true

o-riyamosoiii-pa, true (jodliness, piety.
o-iiyamcwa ydim., denoting a female] ^. onyamebea, a godA?. 2^>'- '* of a female slave or of an 'apentcba'.
dess.
ion; (jodliness.

God.

siamo, he
ii_yamO, a. lean, feeble, tender, small; waye ny.
has been emaciated; wawo ba ny. bi, she has born a ivcaJdy child;
abiirow no afifi ny., the corn has come out slender, meagre, j^oorlg.
11 y a mo, adv. weak,poivcrless, strengthless, faint, drooping, lanbereo-bereo; guid, slow; n'awerehow nti gnam nyamonyamo

asem

to

oman

so

a,,

aiiyampa,-pa,

me

woye nyamonyjimo.
disgrace, disparagement, dishonour, infamg; obg

any., he heaps i)ifamg upon me, he abuses, disgraces, defames,

vilifies

me,

obo

anyampa-bo,

ommu me

me

adapa, or ahohora,

inf.

-- adapabg, ahohorabg.

aiiyaiiipri-sitiw, 1.

s.

asitiw.

&c,

2. simulated deafness;

gye-, he

feigns himself to be deaf.

11 3^ a 11, Ak.nyane, V. [r-er?. nyinnyjin] ^oso</", become sour, turn
acid; aduah' no anyah, the food has become sour (from being kept
over night &c.) Cf. nyane, nylnyanyinya.

nyaiV, Ak. nyane, v. fred. nyan'nyfin, q. v.] to awake: 1. to

cease to sleep; to awaJic, rise, arise from, sluggishness or from death;
2. tr. to rouse from sleep, to tvake (up),
perf. to wake, be awake.

aivaken; to raise, cause to rise up from death. Cf. kiinyan; sore,

o-nyaii, inf. aivahening; resurrection. Cf. gsgre.

any a 11
for

wood or

ogya, fire, fuel]:

fuel; inf. anyaiikg.

[cf.

kg anyan, Ak. kg

nnyina,

to

go

iiyaiie, v. Ak. s. nyan & nyTih'.

n nyane, a kind of bead; s. ahene.

nyane, nyanenyane, n.d-a. the sour taste of food rising from

the stomach; the soiir or pungent smell of a fish being carved; nam
no ye nyane, the meat begins to smell, e.s. ennyil mmgn kankan e,
nanso eyi

liua a

ema ouipa bo yerewno; - eye me nyane,

it

(e.g.

344

aiivaiikaiiia

a medicine, food)
ffoes afjainst

my

loath-some; -

is

aiivauyadtju.

repu(jn(nii or offensive, highhi didasteful to mc,

meuienc a, eiiko; - nauseous,

lusie or hirli)iation;

cf.

njan, aninyflnne.

any ail k a 111 A,

a tree and

edible fruit resembling sweet-sop;

its

Anona squamosa.
Nyaiikaniago, pr. n. of the first child born after one calU-d
Tawia, q. v.
Nvankamatiiakgsau, x>^'- " of the second child born
after one called Ta\Via.
anyaii-ko, inf. [ko anyan] the (Jo'ukj fur u-ood or fuel.

2n: 577.3491 brofo-any., sivcct-sop,

osu, rain.
aiiyaukonia, pr. 577. s. -kama.
nyaiikom, F.
0-iijankome, F. the name for God in F. (Afutu). W.T.Miillcr, 1670.
nyai'ikoiiHucremei'C, osu a yete se eto babi na emmcn yen e
(eto ahunm, osoro akyirikyiri). pr. 2549.

nyai'ikuiuiiiuretere, a kind

oi'

tree. j^r. 2550.

[ef. onyanu', nyankom,

pon] 1. the visible expanse of the .s/.t/, the apjxirent
arch or vault of heaven; ooy. atcreterew gsoro nliina, tlte heavens
are cxj)anded all over (this earth): mihu ny. akyi namiiihu iranim,

0-ny ailk6(m)poil, Ak. -koro(m)pono

ko or koro

(?),

^. Oiiyanko:
see the hachsidc o/'ny., /;/// not its (or hi.^) face.
poll, God, the Supreme Bein;/, the Creator and Socereign of the universe; cf. Ouyame, Odoinankama, Borebore and the by-names Amagme, Amosu, Amo\via, Tgtoro-bo-nsu, TxVeadu-ampoii, Otumfoo;

1653. 2023. 2538-4H. 2656

recent
rain: ony. ba,
rain is coming.
(5. thunder: ony. bom', it thunders.)
o-iiyaiikopoii-fi, heaven, the house or habitation of God and of
the departed spirits of good men. I{.
o-iiyankopoi'i-knro, heaven, the citg of God, the place where God
lives and under his dominion the departed spirits of good men. It.
R.

p.

220.

w&Q, pi. a-,

i)r.

a god, a

deity,

an

5. OliyarikupOl'i, in

object of tcorship.

4.

any a k 011-11 c [nyaukom adeJ/W/r, destin//. ajipoiiiied lot; vyq

ny. hi a eda ho dedaw wo bra inu yiye a.s. bone a wunya sgn.
hkrabea, hyebea.
I'l

nyankoii-soroma

[nsoroma]

star(s). pr.2551f.

nyaiikon-su, rain-water, pr. 2534.

11 y a 11 k
ii-to ii, rainhoic.
ny an kon-iinru [aduru] a parasitic(d
and used as a medicine,

n y a n k r e n t c,
O-nyailky ei'O'ii,

s.

pla)tt

growing on

trees

pr. 2553.

nyen k

a kind of tree;

its

leaves have a rough sur-

face, pr. 3423.

nnyaii-iiui,

inf. [nyafi

iiyanoberete',
nyaiisa, -sa,
artfulness, craft,

me

mu]

revival.

= onufutin.

hnoivledge, learning, u'isdom;

ny., he teaches

me

c/'.

(trenene), he jMSsesses (true) Jcnoivledge,

anyansa-doii, Ak.
is

skilfully

made.

slill, dexteriti/; art,

nimdee, anitew,anifere; okyere

Jcnowledge, instructs me; waliu ny., onim ny.

cunning ; pr.2554.

= edon,

is tvise, intelligent.

tvatch, clocJc,

called so because

it

(Miy.-iiisjiri)

n-iiy

<i

sji

/>?. a-,

f('),

iiiiyiuvc

tc/io

jt('ri>oii

<tiHNiiHf, (itifid iikoi. pr.

iiifrlli(ji:til,

inrcnlion;

;iiiy;uisa-liri(le,

s.

'il')

patiscsnts /,nuivl(il;fi',

nisi;,

J.')5')-(iO.

aliiulo x\

\\y i\i\Hi\n\, IN aivifie, pradnil, uiicUujcnt, shilfnl, ar/fttl inaii-

inr or irai/, icisdy, discreetlt/, artf'tiU//.

uyaiisa-inpatabonr-siikii, iiyaiisa-jxji'i-siikii,

iiuivcrsil//,

.>.

[siikujxjM.
aii_vaiisa-y(j:

iiliy a

li.s

woycc
[ogya

1'l

(i

fire

luiniinji- cutis oj)|)osite to (iach

11

iiy a'-niiy

gyan;

.s.

r^

a',

bvhaccd

tviscl/j.

of icood used for fuel; yijaso

tico l(>(js of iron d placinj;- tlicir

i>/'

other.

jirir/di/, spiiii/; si/n.

kaiiyanii, nwrai'iii;

cf. a-

adwoki'i.

^'

y a 11 y a, iiaino of a
iiyainiyan, red. r.

dcr, I

f/ici/

hiri/e loi/

kindled a

irc liarc

liny, alio,

wgiilio any.,

sin]

am

iiiontli, alioiit
1.

6-.

nyaiV.

Ma//'^

s.

osrani.

nu' ho iiy.inc,

:.'.

I slmd-

stntrJc with lioiror.

anyaiiyaii-biara, F. perhaps, peradveitliire. perchance.

y'a-l

V\"

ainitdalion, a

1. liypocrii>u;

111,

feigninyofnood qual-

or dissiinahdion. a coneealineiit of had qnaVdies; the assiiniinp

of a f(dse appearance of modest ii oidiiu/ in a sudden dash (dan object //;. nya, sJou-J//, twoni, to catch at once]; oye ny., he is a h//pony iitwOmii i, j>L -fo, h/jpocrite.
A.^ a certain disease.
crHc.
ifies,

F. =
F. =
nyom, F. = yein. nyon, F. = yen,
no...

iiyc...

anycjii, pi. n-, F.

ye-,

nyt!-,

ive.

to

Gr. 58.
nourish. Ei)h.j,29.

ayen.

yenko, yonko, friend.

nyynko, F.
nnyenenyeniina, V
nyeiik renl e, a certain star, asterism, constellation; Orion?
a u 3' c n s n [anya nson] seven slaves or their value demanded or
2)aid iu expiation of a murder or manslaugliter; woaknm obi ni a,
na woregye wo unipa asoi'i a.s. won (i sika dc tua kaw.
(')

nnycntia,
n n y ci n
at/o)iies;

kra;

cf.

gyentia.

s.

n n y e n n y c n b o -, to be in anyuish, pantjs or
wabo (own) nny.
ehu ne awerehow ama n'ani aye kraii

ya

n,

nnyinnyara, nnyinnyan.

nny enny en
obo

civious)icss;

2.

-,

wi, heedlessness, foolishness; licenfiousness, lasoye gyennyeutwi (q. v.) 1. odi nkwaseasem;

obo ahofwi.

nnycpi,

tlie

(upper

&

lower)

niiyora, a kind oi pep)per;

nyere, Mf.

s.

vheek-hone; the <juin(s); cf.

inako.
[abogye.

_yV</c,-

= yen, our; - nyerelio = yeiih6, ourselves.

Q\'.%o'f^.

niiA'cretia, nnw., a species o^ plantains; ditto oi hananas.

nyeWj

F.

iiyi... F,

= yiw, yea, yes. Mt.

5,o7.

= ni... nyia, F. = nea.

nny igj'e, iw/'.[gye] mntual ovalternate receiviny;

they perform

it

wodi nonny.,

alternately, in reciprocal succession, by turns.

346

nyiiii

nyim,

imjiaiiyam.

enyimfa, 113'impa, F,

enyiiii;

iiim,

s.

anim. nifJ, onipa.

onini.
enyin, 31f.
nyiii, nyini, v. 1. to groio,

years, to groio

np

increase in sinture or size and in

to

to full size, to

become old;

pr. 2561f.3119.

pert'.

groivn t(p, to he old; wanyin, ne ti afuw dwen; wanyih sen me,

he is older than I; minnyini e, I am not old ; - n'aso any in {s. aso).
J2. to groiv, to hccome gradually, by a gradual process, by develto he

opment

((/.

dan); omamfrani nnyiii kronkron, pr. WO-iground.

3. to get

fidl-sized, to ripen, of edible roots in the

o-nyiii, inf. groicth.

o-nyina, ^L

pr. 2563.

Ak.

a-,

onya, sllk-cotton-trce.

nnyina, Ak.

F. fuel, (fire-}wood,
oko anyan, he goes for fuel.

= ogya^., Akr.; oko nnyiua

anyiiia-boa, nnyinaboa [nnyina aboa| a

mmoawa bi a wobunu nnua mu.

beetle in iire-wood,

wood-fretter ;

nnyina, nnyinana, nnyinara, (F.)

nnyina-s6,

[gyina

something

iihina &c.

stand upon, foundation,

gronndworJc, hasis; stay, support.
wwyiivdaodc-j ^jrinciple, element,
nnyinaso-scm, principle, fundamental
fundamental substance.
truth or tenet, maxim, axiom, ^iostulate.
inf.

so]

nyinam,
glitter,

gleam

to glimpise,

v.

to

to

appear by glimpses;

to flash;

io

red. v.

s.

an 3" in am, v.n. lightning; any. apa, apa any., osoro pa or tew
any., itlightens; pr.510. (any., epa kwa na entumi uyc fVve; naosraman de, epae, na cnya nipa a, ekum no, na enya dua a, epaem';)
obi bg
it

wo

ani so

a,

flashes with light.

na wo ani pa any.,

if

one

anyinani-ahoodent,

strilces

you in

the eye,

electric poiver.

nnyinam, adv. in a glimpse, hurriedly; etwaam' ara nny,, it

passed in a sudden flash; otwaam' wo m'ani so nny., lie passed so
qiiicldy tliat

caugld bid a glinqise of him.

nnyiiiam-nyinam,

sparkling, glittering; etwa nny.,

fl. (n.)
lightnings are flashing; a\via no ye m'ani so nny., the sunshine dazzles or glares in my eyes; osu rebeto a, osoro ye nny., when it is going
to rain, the

sky assumes a pecidiar lustre.

ny injin-nyinam

(ani, so,

mu)

rcf/. y.

[nyinam

to

overspread

scantily; 1. intr. to he thinly spread or scattered over: dote kakrji na

cnyinannyinam ani, abo no so; nsu, nhwea nyinannyinam so kwa,

na emu nno.

2. ty. to spread or seidtcr over: wode nhwea gu dan

nnua so, on the boards of (he floor) ansa-na wotwiw; ode
prase kakrany.ntamaani; akoa no se, oung dg-pa bi, na obenyinannyinam m'ani so kwa, tJiat felloio does not mean to worJc (with the

mu (fam'

lioe)

or

properly; he will only deceive

o-nyiii-kye, -kyere,

me by

a false shotc.

inf. length of life. pr. 2564.

nyinseii, nyinsemfo, F.

ninsen, oninsemfo.

nyinnyam, red. v., s. nyam; to sfirivel togetlier ((r:

nny inny am [gyam]: owu nny., agony, pangsof deafh;=^owu
hu, mortcd frigid;

cf.

unyennyah, nnyinnyan.

liny iuiiy Jill

347

iirioru-iiic-iKsu.

iinyi liny Jill, bo-, to he co)i founded, disconcerted, bewildered,

perplexed, imt out of conntf nance; to lose one's self-command; si/n.
gyigya. Cf- unyinnyaiii, niiyeunyai'i.

any ill y ire

a kind

11,

nyiseii, F.Mt. 34,19.

nyo, F.

nyo iilU),

oi'

be(td,

s.

nyiusen.

s.

alu'iu-.

iiyisua, F. Mk.9,21.

.v.uiisii.

kora,

F. abo no ny.

eye no hwOiiwa,

^=-

//

astonishes him.

iiy iiiya, a trailing plant, the soar leaves of wliicli are used
aj;aiiist fever; atiridii ye wo a, wodc n'aliaban potow nsaiii' lumi,

wode

gu

bi nso

nsuni' guare.

iiyinya-nyinyA,

a.

sour; anka yi ye ny. or akaw.

N.
Words beginning
seeli

under

witb

nn

or

nw,

or dVv, or Inv, or

i;-,

iiw, and not found

w&

liere,

w.

ii, as an initial consonant, is either L a transbefore the vowels o, n, by the influence of the nasnl
prefix 11, or (in compounds) of an in, li or n terminating tlie i)reN ious syllable;
or ^. it is combined with
before the vowels a, u,
in this case it seems to serve as a nasalization of the w^ - 3.
i, o;
when combined with Vv, before a, C, i, 0, 0, u, it is a) either a transformation of d nV by the same influences as mentioned under 1., or

The consonant

forniation of

g;

(in hwini and its derivatives),

serves as a nasalization of the
^^.
As a final consonant, ii is more frequent
in the Akuapem dialect than in Akan and Fante. In Akan we usually iiud an n with a vowel in its stead (ane, ene, ene, ini, gno, ono,

h)

it

as mentioned under

= ah, eh, eh, oh, oh, uh), and in Fante we find n

stands in the place of an initial n and a lost vowel in
abieh &neh = abienu, ne no. In compounds, n frequently interuno or unu

for

it.

ih,

It

changes with

&

11.

a frequent p)rcfix before stems beginning with k, k\v, ky,

& w, and with g- & clw, which
h, liw, hy, Iw, iiw. iiw, also with
This
are then, by way of assimilation, changed into I'l & I'nv.
prefix occurs in the cases mentioned under in- and ii-, and may
likewise form a syllable by itself.
h-

is

nil

0,

11

no', intcrj. no;

11110 [hgo]

oil,

cf.

pahn-oil;

5.

dabi. Gr. 146,3.

hho-ye;

mmuro-hho, European oil,

hho yi, this one puts oil into

fo; -

mu

r/".

hkyego, agohiua, ogosoa-

su'eet-oil, olive-oil.

the

tvound

i.e.

Oyinaogukuru

(not as in Luk.lO,ol)

he malccs ceil worse.

n no-tod, -to a', calabash, flash, flagon, vial of or for oil.
[hhwea, smuT] palm-oil coagulated (concreted, connno-iili
gealed or thickened) so as to present some similarity to sand (hho
da na wofwe ani a, eye se hhwea).

woa

in'ioru-ho [goru ho]

= fewdi.

inf.

I'lnoru-me-nsa fdo not

amulet; s. sumah.

trifle

with

my hand

ov j^oiver] a kiud of

348

uiiu.yo

invansana.

iino-ye, the process of malc'uKj oil of palm-nuts; s;in. abeyy.

riho den? Wokonii abc na woadwow na woabuw ua aporow,
iia wode akogu autwerini' na woawow na woatiti afi antweiim' na
wode agufam' a.s. koro>v mu, na woasa adwe no atow agu, na wodi'
betCi no akogu opo'do mu wo ogya so anoa, na betfi no akyi iii'io
no iihina worn' mji woasesaw agn sobuwa ana agobina mu ansa-na
woatoe ail gya no so, na woasaii de betii abye bedew a.s. otan im'i
na woakyi agu antweri mu, apaani nno ma aka inmesii. 6'/'. abesa.)

(Wove

iii'iua-dan, inf. [gua, dan'

pr. 820.

r.] sale,

opporiunifij to

rduni for

sell,

goods sold.

I'liiua-hania |egua, or oguan.

and goats are

tied

j</..

b.|

a cord with wliicb sbeen

eye. pr.loTS.

wode mmofuma (ototgaliohouo) na

iiiiuam-moa [oguan,

pi., boa]: pr.2U9. di- to unite In hii/jlnt/

yoat In order to share the meat. [nn. ne oguau a nnijia
basa a. banaii abom' ato na woakum akye dabi wodi lin.. na niitb'
mobo mekgfraani' inidii bi.]
(I

slieep or

H u 11 ii ii-i'Vv e, hif. [fwe r'lhuan] the act or occupation

n ii iiaiiii ja, pr. :.'u63.
feeding and guarding sheep.

oi'

tendhiif.

n 11 II a r C, 1. a hush or shruh with a dense tender foliage and full

of fhiinis; okuafo dow t\ve hnuarefwura bi a nsge wo bo pani ansa
na wanya biribi adi.
J2. fig. dlfflculfg. difficult plaee or situation,
)

mpasua asi no nriuarem'),

nnn<^a-s6 [ade a wode gugu 'mati

in a battle (ne

in the

circumstances of

katakonnui, kotoku.
iinii-so [nea wode gu so] Ak. ;:^ ntosu, .something
over and above, given Info the bargain. Cf. nkwanye.
iiwa...,

11 11

nwrmi,

r.

\v a... sec also

under wa...,

to u-alk about, rove,

= okyini wuram'. Ps.

wil

0-11

wain a,

111, ]il. a-,

to tjoot,

iii'iiia...,

ii-

given

I'lfiwa

ramble, roam; inwam wi'uam'

59,16.

l)ird (with a birge

nuts; toucan, Ithainjdtastos. in\2566ff.
anwan-lienia. a species of gnwam.

0-11

life.

so] nuotfle; cf. hkataso,

a large

bill),

feeding on palm-

ofuruntum, a kind of tree; drums, negro-stools,

its wood.

soup-ladles are carved of

iiwailii, F. adv. clear,

mu, wim', n'asem

mu

invaiiaiii, iiwanaii,

wane,

light, bright; clear, plain,

tew nw.
s.

hariii,

evident; gdaii

kann.

nworam, hworan.

to scrape out the soft parts

of {or i\vf. kora foforo mu, to scratch figures in) a calabash; nw.
(abfirow ase) wura, to weed, to hoe, to clear of weeds ; - aponkgkwan
no, wgahwaneuo afiinu, the road has been cleared on both sides.
11

iiwane,

s.

v.

to

scrape or scrcdch;

nbwane.

iiwani-iiwaiii,

i.

aiiwaii-hcma,

s.

onwam.

tuillght; dusJcg, dim, gray,

anim aye nw., the morning daivns;

^. a kind of butterfly.
riwansanri,/?//.pr. 2.570-75.
polti, a larger species of fly.

dimly visible:
has set in.-

uw.-l)ii-i,

the evening-ttvdighf

a small species, iiw.-

nw.-firi, a kind of bead,

s.

aliene.

I'lwausi

is

34(t

I'lwiii.

II wan si, V. to sneeze, pr.a?!. The snec/>in<^ of auotlier person

considorcd as lucky (favoiirable) or unlucky (ill-omenod).

wa

I'l

11

tiinr, == ntonka ntani'.

nwaiilaii-iiwa
wusiwusi), his eye
I'lwa

ta-uwa

11

n, a. dim.

til

dim,

is

n'ani so ay'

<il<H>niii:

I'lw. (rr-t

gloonii/. ireak.

ye no nw., he

ta, a. daz^lijir/, dizzfi; n'ani so

is

dazzled by some glaring light.

I'lwafnva, Ak., V. Mk.

ai'i\va-i"i\V(MU\

UMware,

w dawoA, Mf. s\j<>.!i,s. -- nwunwri.

i^ nwa-nwonc under w.

(>/)!.

awonwene

.s'.

nnuare.

.s\

I'nveiu, F.

wcniio,

dCvom,

so)i</.

Mf.

:.'0,:2!i.

Mk.

li.-JG.

[nwono] 1. potter; ef. okuku-iiwoinfo,

(it.iina-nwemfo, tvcaver; gkote-nwemfo, plaiter of mcds.
o-i'i

pi. a-,

o-ri\vC'in-ni6 [nweno, obo| potter s elaij;

gbg nw., he

^.

dir/s elay.

wi> 11, r. 1. to remain hard, not to beeonie soft; to lose softness;

ode no auwen e.s. ode no rebo wo f'am' na woankata so yiye a, aye
dennennennen I'lkruma no anwen
asen(V): wodc aduan si gya
so na woankata so a, osoro do inven.
2. to tjr insufficient, too
short: ntama a worepam na woantwa n" 'iye na biako akyen biako,
na wuse: emu tia no anwen.
5. to reJuet, to become or he vmvilmcretwe no na gnliuf/. reluetard, haelirard, obstinate: wanwon
ko, niakgtVcno na ose grenima: ef. sorow; oiiipa no atew anwen,
that man has brolen off connection and Icecps away in a stubborn,
manner, has become obstinate.
4. onweii[u\ych) no se kyerc nie,
he shows me his teeth, grins at me. x>r. 500.
I'l

dwenna, young, tender

iiiiwciiiui', pi. of

nweno,

1. to

v.

kete, tekrekyi,

fruits or berries.

ivcave, braid, plait, plat,

kyew, apakaii, kyem, nimesa,

gire); to join, put tot/ether

{t\\(M\(}).

male or manuf<ic1nre (nkukn, earthen

cf.

mat (ntama, konte,

wgw); to Init (asta-

3. to form, slutpe, would, to

asanka, kiiruwa, taseri).

ai'nvene, inf. a potter's trade or occupatiim : osua-;
cf. ntama-nwene, gnwemfo.

ano

vessels, as ahina,

pesewa, Ak., a penny worth of gold-dust: sika a

iiwenc, F.
pgwa, Ak.
ban ne nivvodu.
iiwene-ia, F.

si

o-i'nveiiefOj

gh wemf'o.

I'lwene, red. iiwoiie-uweiR', Ak. nwon(nwon), As. nwomaadnru no yen\vene,fhcd medicine is bitter; aduru
nvvenenwene sa yafunum' yare, a bitter medicine cures a disordered
yam'.
stomach; neyam' ye nw.,
n. bitterness; I'nv. nti niintiimi
nu'iinoni, if is so bitter, I cannot drinlc it.
(I'iwoma), a. bitter;

.<?.

anweuheilia,
i'i\\

I'l

woiit(M'i,

I'l

wOsC'-ii

to nw.,

s.

afwenhema;

t'liiiweii, 1. red. r.

it

V. to

wese,

drizzles;

cf.

make

pr. 2576.

fnven.

oneself

.2.

stiff

red. adj.

drizzling; in very small or

mesemese, nsu-w6nsea.

nwiii. iiwini-ler, F. ^^ nwini.

s.

nwene.

(oi a serpent).

ahwummere.

fne

particles; osu

Dwi'nwi

350
iiwihw'i,red.v.
kasa huliuhuhu.

fo

grumhle,

iiiiweusu.

murmur

with discontent, mniter;

s. uwora, hworam, nworan.

n a, ^= Ahlo, Awoonah, the country eastward of tlie moutli

iiwona, nwonfim, iiwunaii,

A uw

aiiwuna-sobo, an inferior kind of coiDilr/f-dofJi,

named from, that country.
nwoiiwa, Ak.&F. nwaiiwa, wonder, siir23rise, marvel, asfonisJimenf; nehoye nw., Jtis appearance or manners and doint/s are
wondrous, s(range, curious; asemyi ye me nw,, ihls matter or story
surprises me, strikes me tvifh tvonder.
aiiwonwa-de, a icondrous
of the Volta.

made

in, or

1]nn<j or things.

o-iiwoiiwafu, a

curious, strange,

odd

fellow.

aiiwonwa-sem, a wondrous toord, matter, event or story.

iiwora, hwona, v. to lattice, to form into a sort of net-worlc,
trellis or lattice-work by binding thin rods, laths or strips across
wode ramobadua de kycstronger sticks or poles; wonw. daii,
wode nipopa kyekyere nnua no a woasisi no ho wouw. dan so,
kyere dan so; cf. kuru, sem so.

uwora m, nwjinam, v. to strain, stretch, extend, distend (0;

onworam' n'ani (kyereno), he stares, casts an angry look (at him); 3. to shrink
ohw. neto ntama, he pulls off the cloth from his body.
back from fear or anger; to fall off, desert (from a party), to revolt,
turn recreant; utam' a etwe iiwaname nom' yee deii, the discord or

dissension increased.

aiiworam, anwonam, a small

scahiei; ramoaawodeda ase

Acarus

anworammau,

insect attending the itch, siro,

ano, hketew a

.,.-.,.

fufnfufufita.

round; c/.dantaban, kontonkyinkyinkyinkyih pi, to run

kron, atwasi; - bo or twa ahw.
or move in a circle; wota yen de yen bo aiiw. de kofi nea asgfo wo,
they persecuted us
aries

(came

to

circle, circuit,

and drove us about

a missionary

nworaii,

v.

to

me; manworanno;

iiworan-iiworafi, red.,

aiiworense, a shrub
syn.

we

in with mission-

spnny; scraping,

kanyanh, nnya-nnya; s. adwoku.

invraiinwraii (nworan- or nwilrah;,;)
cf.

cf.i\i\.

pr. 432.

with edible fruits,

a. prickly,

streaky, variegated;

fell

scratch with all the fingers of one's hand, to

scrape, curry ; onwordn'

iiwraiiii,

until

station).

ntokoa-ntokoa.

scratching, grating;

1. a. striped,

2.n.

streaked,

stripes, specks, spots

(of a leopard), pr. 3054.

aiiwraii iiwram-moa, carnivorous beasts with a striped oy

akekaboa a wgii ho ycuwraii-

spotted skin, espec. of the cat tribe;

nwrati se osebo, asabontwi, agyinamoa, aduatia, atoatoa, okaiikaii.

niiwa...

s.

iinua...

ni'iweraj

I'lnwora, F. ndwera, white calico.

small piece of cloth to keep gold-dust in.

nnwerawa, a

iiiiweretia, nny., a species o^ plantains; ditto oi bananas.

iiiiwen-sa [odwen, nsa]

ilie

reward

(lit.

&orig. the palm-wine

uwiiii

351

().

or other liquor) given for the redelivery of a lost ihing or person;

ransom, rcdcmpiory price; nnceina a wgcle rcbegye dweii a wof'ae
no akg.

I'lwini, V. 1. to Icalc, run, drop out, frii/de, ooze; oilaii no iiw.,

nsu rcgn fam', this house is Iccdqi, the water is couiing down; kora
^. to lie
no asec, erenw., titis c(dahash is broken, it is letding.
.5. to he cool, cold.
damp, humid.
'2. naslij,
iiwiiii, iiwinii'iVviiii, r/. 1. damp, humid.
dirt//,
fdthy, sluttish; neho (yo.) inv., Ite (site) is a dirty, nasty, filthy person, a slattern, slut, dagyle-tail; neho yeuiR ii\v., he (his doings) are
3. cool, cold;
utterly detestable or ahominahlctome, I loathe him.
nsu-onwini, cold ivatcr.

o-ii\Viiii,

1.

the cool of the

l)n.:2577.

he

the coolness espcc. o/7//e evening; oii\v.a(]\vo(atoin')

evening

is

come, has

set in,

it

has become evening;

no I'nvini ase,

2. the (cool) shade of a tree &c. ote clua

sits

in the shade of that tree.

Jill

wo,

F. garlic;

it is

brouglit from

Wasa;

cf.

gyene.

aVvoniaj inVonia-nwoma As.

nwene; cf. bgiiwoma.
ii\V6ina-so, g-neno di no n w., he deals hardly, severely, ivith him.
1'lVv

1*1

omnia

[ed\vo? ba] cooked or stewed yam.

aiiwoinariwoma: oye

nelio

pr. 70S.

ahw. := gye kwasiamankwa;

cf.

a m [) a r u - n \v o m a

ebadwom, a song, lore-song of

iiiiVvonkoro [ed\vom, koro]
females; dwom a mmaba hyia anadwofii to bobg wgn adgfo din.
[pr. 300,2.
iii'ivVowc [dwow] corn which is roughly ground.
aiiVvuin-uicre [ohwini, bere] the evening, espec. from 5
between mfaretu-bere & anadwofii.

to G

o'clock,

ainVumiuc-baw-iiiii {V.in the arms [abaw] of evening) the time

from about 3 to 5 o'clock.
aiiVvumnie-duaii, supper, a meal taken at the close of the day.

The vowel sounds

o,

o. o. o.
o, o, 5, & o, o,

&

o, 5,

oe, oi,

& ow, ow,

ONV (Gr.2-5.17.19A.) frequently interchange and are intermixed

in the alphabetical arrangement, especially in compounds.
in our

Gr.

Rem.

books represents both the

5.

&

full o

&

the

narrow

o;

cf.

2.

0- or 0-, ptrefix of nouns in the sing., s. Gr. 29,2. 35,1., of

is often dropped in
pronouns, 60,1., o^ numerals, 77,1. 78,5.
close connection with a preceding word; Gr. 49,1.

g- or 0-, a pron. for a person, which is prefixed to the verb,

Gr. 54.58. in F. also for a thing, 58 Bern. 1.

s.

o, interj.

an

sound after an expression containing a

an exclamation or a sentence addressed to a jier-

enclitic

salutation, or after

son from some distance or with emphasis. Gr. 147.145.144.

expressing indignation or regret.

expressing admiration or surprise. Gr. 145.

g, o, interj.
o, iidcrj.


352

pa.

P.
Tbp letter p has the same sound in 'J'Cvi that it has in Enu'lisli.
occurs before pure and nasal vowels and interchanges with land
\V in a i'ew instances, e.g. prgmprom (F.). potow, posow, patiri\v,=
frgmfrom, fotgw, wosow, watiriw.
It

move or remove in a glidiny or snho, io jiass by, move along: wapameho

pcrficial way: 1. inir. pa
wabesen {^'o) me ho, watwa me ho (kg). - F. pa ,. do
pa ho,
(kg)
tCvam, Mt. 26,30.
2. re/l. to ialce one's self off: pa woho! take yourpa,

V.

Ircd. popa, pepa] to

..

3. intr. \y<i ..ho, so, to sli}} or glide over: ne n.sa

off, go aside!
apa, hehaseommitted an unintentional error ov fault (a slip): ne nsa
kgpaa no ho, he inadvertently eommitted something amiss eoneerning
him or her; ef. sakwan, nsapa, n'ani apa so, he has forgotten or

self

overlool-ed

if.

J- tr. jia.. so, to

plane: gdeapasoapaduanoso.

ua wgpa, ua eiikgm' ana enkg ase): a) to talc

aburowa wosiw so mmurofua, the nncrushed grains

5. io talie off (aui-ani

off supcrftci ally

h) to sliim, scum, scoop off: abe ani iiiio, the

from the tjoded mash of p(dm-nnts; atei ani nsii, tfie liquor from
e) to scrape or sfiave off: nhoma so,
the mash of malted corn.
tlte flesli or fiair of a sldn; wgyerc nhoma a, wgpa so nam na awo
ntem; to peel off\ loosen from: dompe li o nam, the meat from, a hone.
d) top'id or strip off (one's clothes) wapa ne ntama, fte has thrown
wapa melin,
off his (otcn) garment: cf. 1. & yi ntade; jjr. 257S.
c) to ttd.e au-ay: pon
he has stripped or divested me of my clotJies.
so ntama, the tahle-eloth.
f) to taJcc down: ne dan so, the roof
(1. pa.,
from his house; pa hetsew, F. to nneover the roof, Mk. 2,4.
to ..so, to shove, push to: to exonerate oneself from .. by throwing it
wayi asem no ahye ne
upon..; wapa asem no ato ne ygi'iko so
yghko: s. mpatoso.
7. to draw up: n'ani akyi, tlic eye-brows. Irom
vanity or conceit, in order to ap])ear lady-like, ^^=di mmabilsem.
S. to withdraw from (akyi, behind}. for^Hilce, deny; .Mt.27,46.26,.34f.
mapano, I fiavc dropped my acepiaintance with him, I will not be
concerned with him any more: gpa nelio akyi, he denies himself; -

of eorn; syn. po so.

oil

to refuse, reject, cf. po.

2iing

way: gpa ueto ase

j)r.424.

.9.

fi

draw out, get out in a sliding or slipmanages to get out (of a snare),
abaw, the arms, to give up in despair:

to

adi, he

10. to draw' off:

wapa abaw or ne nsa apa, he has desisted from it, got tired (of it).
11. to mahe or to become or he bare or bald: gyare apa neti, a

disease has caused his head to become bald; ne ti apa, fiis liead is
12. to
bald; ase nti oguan ho pa, from the itch a sltcep gets bald.
fade, go (of colours), to lose the colour: ntama no pa, tliat cloth does
lo. to be wanting, missing,
not Veep colour; ani apa, // fias faded.

lost;

nsa

mpa ne

fi

rncay), to blot out:

da. pr. 590.

tlte

popapopa mo srete so,

mfomso, he lias lAotted
kyew, to tale
lo. pa
..

14. red.

popa:

to wij^e (off,

popa nsn a
gpopa n'ani, pr.2714. tcipes off the perspircdion from Jiisface; momwipe off the writing on your slates; wapopa me

popa pon

egu so no, wij^e away

opopa n'anim lifiri, fte

(j96.

so, wijye or dust the table;

wafer

out

my

off the

sp)ilt

on

it;

iniquities: r/". kita&jjra, to stveep.

hat res])ecting one [cf. 5 d), i.e. to beg

submissively/, to heg

pnrdon ;

s.

kyew.

JO. to fling: pa., abo, to fling

stones at, to pelt icitli sfo)irs (porli. without liittiiij;-, di/}'. ho., alx));
pa hiituw fam', to /ling or throw oneself doirn, so as to lie flat on the

heltg.

pa ogya,

]7.

dart or sparlde fire;

to strike fire {ef.

cf.

lightning), to ligJden. pr.

gbayitb.
'>10.

apagya, Hre-stcel);
pa anyinain; to

JiV.

to heani.

flash (as

IIK to allege, })rete)id, feign, simn-

2>r. 2579. ef. hoapa.

;J(K
over tlu; vocal cords in the larynx, to let slij> or
escape a soiuul, to emit or v</^'<aslif;ht noise) to gnarl, snarl, groa-l,
grunihle (as a dog); to rattle in the thnxd [cf. hwane); onipa sen
ne niene a, opa so se gsebo, when a man hangs himself{\\t. his throat),
he growls as a leopard ; akonsuro, wuyi no atirini' a, gpa so se gsebo; kotie gpa li gsebg no rej)a so
;^J. pa., m u, F. to part, pat

l(ttc: opJi

pa

])ayare, he sitnidates a sickness;

so, {to

let j)((ss

asnnder;

p
(13,49.

own pa hen
Ak.

a, r.

pa

fi

..

..

s.

niu. death 2^'H'ts us; cf. pae.

paw, F.

ho, to sever

to choose, elect, select,

Mt. 20,16. 24,22.24.

from among).

pa, F. added to an aifirmatory clause, conveys a negative idea

oye few pa (this would be in Akp.
it is very fmc); in a negative
clause pa conveys a contrary idea: gnye few pa. Mf. Gr.p.l37.13S.
pti, a. fred. papa, q.v.] 1. good; it is always, as it were, compounded with the noun to which it is joined, so that the noun usually has a low tone throughout onipa-pa, a good nnoi ; nsa-pa, good
palm-wine; ahene-pa, a good i.e. precious cor<d; koma-pa, a good
heart i.^. joy, gladness.
2. proper, properly so called, true, real;
nna-pa, sleep
cf. pgte; bise-pa, the proper gola-nid, opp. biso-toro
in the common sense ofiJie word, John 11,13.

apa, F.

1.

borders, frontiers, region, district. Mt.lo,22.

^.=apaw.

a pa, ]. a scaffold of sticks erected near the houses of the negroes,

to put plantains and other fruits on, in order to keep them secure
from the goats; a similar scaffold erected by the wayside near a
town or village, ou which the corpse of an unknown stranger is put,
in order to give opportunity to passers-by to ascertain his identity;

2. trap; afiri bi a wosura de yi akura ana wuram'

gye nnoraa ne akyeneboane mmoa akese a wgnkg apa
ase; wgde dua na eye, na wgde abo gu so, na wgdeabitrow, likate,
kwadu, brode n.a. hye ase, na se aboa no ba na obeyi aduan no
apaw, q. v.
afi ase a, ahuah abo no. 3. Ak.
if.

apata.

aboa

biara,

m p a, couch,
dx. F.

= kete;

bed,
cf.

any thing to sleep on, mid, mattress, cloth, board

mpaboa, mpadua, mpatia, owupa, gyarepa.

am pa,

adv. dj interj. recdly, truly, indeed; earnestly; to be sure,

certainly; undeniably, not to be refused or rejected {cf. pa, v. 7); aseui
yi worn' ampa, // is really the case. It is frerpiently used as an elliptic confirmation of what another person says, for: so it is, you
are right; - also as a rpxestion ampa? indeed? is it really so? - or
:

an expression of surprise: ampa-a

Cpds. ampa-ara,
indeed!
ampd-ne-ampii.
e-pa, j>/. a-, a curved iron closing round tlie wrist of a prisoner
and fixed in a block; f^^/Z/f. adansa, handcuff, manacle;) woabonopa
wgabg no dnam'.
as

23

apa

354
apfij

an

mpadiia.

akoa no ye
grow old; cf.

old, aged, long-lived j^crson, beast or free;

ne so apa biara nni babi; bo apA,

apa pa ara
opanyin, dnpa.

to

pa, mpa, ptiui', ike loiver part of the hack, where the ilium is
joined to the lumbar vertebrae; loins, reins, rnmp; jir. 3173. syn.
katampa, to cover the rear, to conclude {or he hinsisi, sisiakyi.
dermost, he the last in) a train of 'persons. Cf. nipamden.

bg so na enye den gpa n'ani

p a, V. 1. to strike, smite ; pii so
he strikes him in the face; gpa n'asom, he gives him a hox on the
2. to split; Avapa pon no ho, he has split a jnece
ear; s. pae, 1. pa, 17.
3. to hit: apji no so =r asem no abg no,
from the tahle; s. pae.
4. pa so, a) to continue
the matter has hecn decided against him.
in a struggle or any action, to go on: me ne \vito no apfi so (= adi)
bg so ma enye den ara magye m'ade nh. wg ne nsam'; pa so
pae, to hnrst.
5. F.
6. F.=:-^pae, to curse.
b) to add; s. pae 14.
so,

forthwith, with cdl h((sfe; pa

fwi; - pa fwi', 5. fVvi, piitwe.

pa, adv.
guane;

cf.

wognane

= terem

\vo-

pf), pl.fi-, a contract or agreement by which the services of a

person are engaged for another person - 6di (me) pa, he serves (me)
as a hired labourer or carrier, carries loads cOc. for jnii/incnt.
gbo
me pa Q;?. gbgyen apfi), he hires me (us) as a labourer, carrier or
for ang service; mnbg adwumayefo pa, mabo apafo, I have hired
labonrers; gye pii, to enter into an engagement as a labourer or c(trrierforpay; wagye ntamanwene pa, he has received cotton to be
tvoven into cloth by him for j)fiy;

a kind of mat plaited of narrow stripes;

ntgmma.
hand ; Avodi mpa n.s. wosi ntow ma obi t\va
(knm) ne ygnko a, onnye no hg ntrama, nkaten.a., naobo (ot\va) no
inpa, he gives him a stroke with the palm of his hand, senea wgtoae.

nip a,

1.

3. a stroke with the flat

apa, pl.m-, a kind of mat plaited

[)'a,

(J Sam.

adv. pfdpitatingly; ne

24,.')),

of broad stripes.

koma bg no

pa, his heart smites

him

throbs, palpitates, beats excitedly, jjidsates violently.

o-pabeii, a bird with red eyes.

pa-bo a [mpa mu aboa] (hecl-)bug.

ntokota. Diff. kinds:
pa boa, sandal, a pair of sandals;
ahenenima (Nnonkgfo na eye), kyiri-ahemfi (Kodiabefo na eye),
Ill

in

kyeawkyeaw (twawtwaw).

gyapatiii, nketewa,

gyaasefo.

tow nii)aboa-tno,

to

walk

n'ith cla}>ping

inpaboaro,

s.

sandcds.

fipa-bo, inf. the act o{ hiring a ivorkmcin or carrier.

apab o-de, hire, wages or pay for some performance,
in

p ab

a,

w,

j;?-.

padc'dc [Guan

2.563.

piilele]

= siwabiri,

pado, F. porch. Mt. 26,69. Mk.

sowa.

14,68.

pa-dua, the log or block of wood in which the iron called pa,
securing the hand of a prisoner, is fixed.

mpadiui,
tia

bedstead; mpaduaten, F. along-legged bedstead; mp.

(mpaduatia or mpatia), a short-legged bedstead.

pae

pao,

r.

[red.

ne nipaiiipam',

papao]

pr. 100.400.

iii)Ci

sfriKr, smite;

1. to
s.

nipj'io.

pa.

opae n'asom',

iratifi,

to split, lire, ele<ioe. tjira/c;

J?, fi:

(lua, to .S2)lit (I pivee of irood; p. gya, to clcarc wood: p. inpnraii,

iitabow, to sawhcdtns. hodrds; p. abo, to break, eut, dit/ or tale .stones
from tlio. eartli, from a cpiarry, to (jKorri/ .stones.
o'. iiiir. to s/)lit,
]t.

mid,

gpranua duru diiam'

erneJc;

biir.st,

a,

epae, wheii the

li(/htiiiiit/

bursts; diia no apae, the free is riven; kora no apac,

t/ie calabash has a chink; ododobcn, ;)r. 9i7. - ne tuo nui paeo, his
(jnn burst, fleu- into pieces; emu apae abieii, // lias tntrst in two.
strikes a tree,

it

part, divide: opae (opa) ne tirim, he parts the hfdr on (tlie top
of) his head; o])ae sa, ]te cuts or opens a jjath tbron<;h the bush;
intr. to branch: ok wan pae abien, the road branches ojf into two; i.

to

pae ..mn,

b)

to diride.

to laij

:').

pae

open, displai/; pae

..

mn,

mu

a)

to cut

open, rip up, 2

Ki.H,1ii.

se, sai/ it plainlji, franhiij.pr.3o80.

exclaim (thereby rendin<i the air), to cry out;

herald cries: Attend! - pae mmilrah, to give n surname; opae ghene mmaran, he cries out the titles of the king (in bis
praise); pae din, s. 16.
wgajiae guan no, theif (by the town-crier
and his bell, s. dawurn) have made publicli/ known that the slieephas
been lost; - wgpae no sanebene, the// u'ant him tu sag the watcli-vord,
to m(d:e himsrlf known as a friend or enemy; - p. hnm, to announce
nr proclaim the ohnm custom or festival.
7. to cackle; cf-. kwane.
Gr. S 234.
gsen pae ti'o
:

(1.

to

tlic

H. to Jiurst or bre<dc forth as a flood

esj)ec.in thej'jfr/'.; o\via,

gsram apae,

of

light,

the sun, the

man, gpranna pae,

to .shine,

moon,

to flttsh.

.shines: osra-

.9. to ferment, effervesce;

the lightning flashes.
sour; nsa or ahai no apae =: akaw, the palm-icine or beer has
10. to pain, ache: meti apae, me ti pae
undergone fermentation.
me (= ben me), my head aches; meti mpaeme, notfiing ails me,
n'ani atew or afi, he or she
11. n'ani apae
I am quite well.

to get

a cunning per.son.
12. ne koma apae ne yam', he is utterly terrified ; ne koma ye apae, he is very nneasy, terribly frightened.
gmpene (perh. gj)ae, past tense of pa v. 7).
13. to refuse; gpae
fa pa so, fa bg so, fa ka ho; yea14. pae so, to add; fa pae so,
is

nya gdom apae dom

we have received grace upon (in addition to)

grace, cf.John 1,16.
15. pae din: gpae ne din, lie separates i.e. forbids his name and gives liim another; kanno wgfre no se; Dannyame, na ne wnra apae ne diii ato no Fasiidamase. (Gye wo akoa nko
iia wobetumi apae ne din.)
16. to call the name of a. person, at
the same time invoking the power of a liigher being for good or bad;
so,

to curse;

wakgpaeme ama

pae,
lor

2)1.

carrying

Kyei'iku;

cf.

mpae^.

m-, a bag matted or plaited of a kind of grass (ntgii)

dried fish &c., larger than tekrekyi.

salt,

lupae, v.n. fef. pae, 0.] 1. invocation, prayer, sup2)licaiion ; -bg

or yi mpae, to pray; gbg Nyaiikp. mpae ama nenua, lie pnays to
for his brother; sometimes; gbg mp. ma Onyatik., he 2)rays to
God. Osgfo na oyi mp,, e.s. wosgre asere biribiara; se wokasa bf-rr-w'
n, wokasa dennen o, nenh. wofre no mpae; mekankye mabg abosom
mpae; mode nsa merebg me nenasaman mpae na me lioaye medei'i.
Obiara kgbg mp. a. na obghye worn' (according to P. Kd others deng it ).

God

.,

mpaebu

356

Munyi

(rtr

mommo) mpae mma

aboade (abohyede).

mpae

nkci no! Y. let

nipukyiwalb.

no, iia ne ho ye no den a,

inf. division

papae.
v.n. crach,

dr.

cf.

munnnyae

nip.,

do

mpapaem'.

s.

mpaepae,

paewa

nsew:

him

he cursed!
mpae-l)0, inf. the act oi praiji)ig; praijer:
not give up prayer, pray witliout ceasing.

mpae-mii,
paepae,

wobema no

2. imprecaiion, curse, execration; cf.

cliinJc in tlie

wall,

ground &c.

[pae, dim.^ a small bag platted like mats,

mpa-fe, xmins in

the side; pr. 2581.

pfl-fwi, an exclamation at the breaking up of an a.ssembly,

acclamation to the laws published.
apa-gya [nea wgde jia ogya] fire-steel, steel for st riling fire. 2)r.

.3288.

apagjakwa,

pagy aw,

pr. 1795.

v. to inflate,

puff up, elate; ne nimdee ne n'adeasfim

na n'adwene ap. no, ensnared hy

no

afiri

he

is lifted tip

own

in his

his Inotvledge

and

riches,

conceit; to act regardless of others, yr. 2263.

aja-ho, V. passover. Mt.

20,1.

t\vam'.

wo nkwfi na wugye akyinnye avo wo tirim.

apaliiiiiu
mmosa, usfi a eye
iii};i hy cwa, strong drink or liquor,
bi

c'likye

den,

nuipa bow,

aj)ak;iu, Ak.-kane, 1. travelling-hasl-et, a long basket in which

kings or chief's arc carried; for European travellers the hammock
has supplanted it.
J2. hasket for carrying palm-oil, palm-wine (in

Esono
and other things; cf. bedew, akgtwC', kyenkyen.
apakah kese a wgde soa nnipa, ap. a mmarima de soa nno ne nsa,
asante-ap. a wgde soa nkyene, ne apakoko-ap. a mma de soa adesoa.
pots), salt

0-pakai'itb, o-[)akau-soaf6,

j;?. a-,

carrier of the frarclling-haslet.

;il>akai)-sow-iHU, a cloth spread inside the travelling-hasket.

pakapa k a (Kuk.)-: ye p. bg mpatabiribiri epo no ani yee

p.

kese, Mt. 8,24.

apsikoko,
0-])

ak

11 111,

s.

apakan

(at the end).

cold, catarrh;

gyare

p.,

gp.

aye ne fwene, he

is af-

fected with a catarrh.

]a k II su, bed-room, any room in a negro-house except the hall
where the meals are taken (s. asA-so); c/". pia, pumpunu, dabekyiri.
apaky e, 1. lameness; - to or yare ap., to half, to be lame.
2. pi. m-, a lame person; gye ap., he islame; ap. na gtg dwotiku a.s.
gyawa, osi si'. Cf. si, osifo, huan, dwohku.

nipa-akyiri,
a p a ky

i, j)l.

inf.

[pa akyi] denial, desertion of somebody,

m-, a broad calabash with a cover pr. 2582 f

;

cf.

kora.

m-, cover or lid of a broad calabash, pr. 1151.

apjikyiwa, jjI. m-, fdim.J a small calabash with a cover.
apJikyi-ti,

jil.

mpc4kyiwafo,

man

or ivoman possessing a soothsaying fetish

asked, he or she takes upon the head,
and, without holding, lets it' slip forward or backward, to the right
or left. Cf. gkomfo.

in a calabash, which,

when

|);im

pain',

[red.

/'.

op{iniag:6.

\)<in\ i)()m] to

.'J;')?

drirc or rJtdSc away, to disperse,

dispel; to put to fiKjld, rout: to expel, dismiss, Ijuriish; pain nkoko,

pr. 16H.:i.'iS4-87. p. <loin, ef. yi doni; 6'. gpaiiyifo. (F. pan), Mk: 10,11
to

forbid

pa

to

come.)
[red. peinpani,

r.

III,

wood:

pouqt^nn]

adaka,

1. to

Join, to

pieces of

p.

a box;
:Ji)!>0. -

make

judliiu/

hi/

sew (toi/ethfr)^
to mend, pr. 137:^.
lo make bi/ seiviti//: p. '.itama, j). atade, pr.
:2. red. a) to Join, briny toijetlter, unite, or(ja)iize; eyi na yeremleinjani asat'o no foforo bio.
b) to repair, restore, 2 Ki. 12,~y-8.
3. intr. to be Joined toijethcr, to close; nkwan
(oli noinu adannow).
no ani ap;\m, the ei/es on the soup (broth) have Joined i.e. there is fat
or 0/7 all oecr; uMbogyo Apam, he has a loeked-Jaw.
i. pam af'uw,
to elear the place destined for a plantation, by gathering the remnants of the bnrned trees and brnsliwood in order to comph^te tlieir
hnriiing; opam n'afnw, y)?. wopenipan/ won nifnw, e.s. woahyew afuw
na wotas(! so nnuci no nuuba mmiako-iniako siesie. [//. apam.]
tof/et/ier

to itiake

to

pam",

pern',

F.

pa mu, pae mu, paw mu.

pfim, adv. very much;

lo

pam, F. 1.
make clothes.

::=

cf.

papapa.

pam', MI;. 10,14.

= pam
^.

piim nter (ntade),

pam, V. [inf. apam, red. (?) pompam] to enter into a confederacy, to confederate, unite in a league, Join in a covenant; gmaii yi
ne

man

yi aj)am, these two nations are confederate, allied by treaty;

won bilnu pame; me ne wo bepam atoho, Gen. 6,18. 21,27.

pam
cil

..tiri so,

F.

pam

c/.

apam. a coun-

do, Mt. 12,14. to conspire ayainst, hold

..

against.
a

pa ill,

inf.

covenant, confederation, alliance, league, treaty, agree-

ment; wgwoapam, apam da won ntam', they are confederate, there is

wgapam cf. Gcn.9.9ff.li,13.17,2ff.
a leagueor covenant between them,
kg apam or mp., to enter into an agreement; s. mpam - mpfim wo
ygnkohoap.-mone. - F. fa apam, to fake counsel. 3It. 22,15. 27,1. 28,12.
kg apam, F. to hold a consultation. Mk. 15,1.

apam,

inf.

s.

pam,

v. 4.

e-]Kim, pl.m- (cf. pam, v. 4.), a stick 2>i(f in the ground by the
side of a planted yam, a stay; dua biara a wgde si gde ma eforo
kobna so (wgde de no fa ho); worekotwa sa unua a, wuse meko:

t\Va

pam

a.

e-pam',

mpam,

mekgbg pam;

cf.

apammg, pamfl.

= pa mu,
mpa.
= apam; mpanyimfo kg mp.

pr. 1298.

s. pjl,

na
na wgadi mmara,
wg-neasiamasi akgko, the elders have gone to unite in issuing a law,
Itave agreed to enter into hostilities against some one.

mpam,

id. id., pricks, sharply piointed pieces of wood ov pcdmbranches, thorns, nails or knives put in the ground to wound or pierce
the feet of a thief who is going to steal palm-wine or other things
from a plantation: wahye me mpfim
gde usge akghyehye fam'
se inekgfa so a, ei'iwowg me.

o-])am-aiiO [nea gpompain adc a eye agow-agow] nea gye ade

a asee yiye, restorer, renovator.

mpaniden

358

pan.

hye wo miauuni mp.,

Ill ]ia in-d en, firmness of the back (s. pa);
comfort, support or strengthen thy brethren, encourage them when
they begin to faint; syn. hye.. baninha.
pam-li, ^Z. a-, a bundle of sticks (s. para); any large handle, a
heavy load; wakyekye nlioma uo p. asoame, he has given me a large
pack of books to carry; yen bone a woakyekyeuo p. de asoa lesu

own ana?
0-pamf 0, j^?. a-, setcer, seamstress, tailor.
mpamfo, mpemfo, F. the elect, Mh 13,30. =

no. euse se

o-p a 111 f 0,

mpawmiit'o.

m-, confederate, ally; paHisan, party-m<ni; asso-

JJ?.

companion. Osee ne ne inp. (=ne hkoa),

cf. apamni; mfefo, mpraprafo.
apamfo, F. council. Mk. 13,9.

ciate,

the

Asante king and

his subjects;

apam-foforo, a new covenant;

o-pam-fufu, a kind of

mpani-liu.

apamni,
a p a m-m

Xew

Testament.

junction; a pair or yoke (e.g. of oxen).

inf.
jjZ.

the

tree.

a--fo, confederate, ally, associate; cf. gpfimfo.

o, inf.

[bg

apam] the cutting

pa mum,

a kind of tree and

as a cup (cupping-glass).

pampa, jjZ. m-, hill,

hillock;

ofsticJcs or stays for the

its fruit,

s.

pempe

the

sliell

yam.

of which serves

(smaller),

koko

(larger).
[pr. 1017.

mp

pa
a, a thin p)ap or soup of ground corn mixed with water,
sieved and boiled with red plantains or bananas. [G. pampa, aflata.]
apampTi',
of

a round, flat, hollow vessel, made of one piece

which women carry provisions from their planmp. gu afuo so, Ak. bowls lie scattered over the plan-

pi. m-,

wood; a bowl

tations;
tation,

jjr.

128.

there

i.e.

in

much

is

mpampa-so, bowgmmono mp.

p

amp am,

disorder.

pam'pam,

ka no

i-ed. v., s.

p.

mpeh

pam'. F.

to

5,

wantua me; wgka

the

pampaii, cvhalation, evaporation, effluvium,

mframa de ba; duasee no p. boh befaa me so.

pAmjiankwaw,

= kantahkrenkyi.
pampim,
town or

a long knife or sword

to cut

r.

hua

plantains ; Ky.

a low fence or obstruction over the foot-path near a

pampotoporopo, a kind

pan,

"p."

atifi.

scent, biribi

village, to prevent the entrance of evil spirits;

pan gde,

a,

persecute.

crown of the head, vertex, top; ==

g-pamjiam, a kind of tree. yr.2588f.

wu

ado. successively; me-uc no abo anan ako kiiro no

so p. mpeh 3; makodan
yi here ntoatoaso mu.

mpampam',

use carelessly; onipa-pa

to trifle tcith,

[)-ed.

of tree

pempan, pomp.]

they are going to take out

to

nsed for

stile.

fuel.

pluck, pull off or out; wgkg(of the first crop, yr.82T; tu

yam

jtai'i

used of the

is

hai'i

|i;iiis;iiii.

'A[)\*

wdpah flubft, dadewa (diff. hon); wopcmpaii' aliawon me nsain', Joltn 10,281'. Sijn. pot'i, lew, lulaiii.

2cl);

olii iitmiii injiai'i

<. [>('(/. pomj)aii|p. inn, to Jrarc a raid,

(in cinpfi/nv hhuik
a dlstiuue betivevn; wodc ntninpan sisi lig a, poiiipai'i inn na
aininobo; - mil pan, to he distant from ettch other: Akyem nkniMtw
mil pan, Akcm toicns arc (d (jrecd distances from caeh other. Syn. tan,

[ai"i,

spiice,

to u tan.

odan Iniuu F. Mt. 12,41.

empty, void; odah pan
odampan, nsapan, yafnmpan.
da mpjin, to be
:2. adv. won adan sisi pan pjiii, their houses are Jjitilt
empty, void.
at coiisideraltle distances from each other.
o. =^ kwa, liuiui: menye
])

a n, m-, a.
cpds.,

('sj)ec. in

wo

1.

cf.

pan nko

woyaw me,

I have not committed even

you scold me
|>du, adv. imitative of the sound of firm, heavy steps; firmly,

birihi

a,

thoiKjh

the least thiny ayainst yoa,

gnam p;in pfin kog asu nom', he stepped boldly into the water;
gnam te, waiinyina babi, nso guue hii na gkge.
pa 11, adv. imitative of the ringing sound of a bell: gdgn no
boldly;

1*1

[bg or bom' p.

;imiaiV, Ak. apane, pi. m-, a species of bat;

atVverede, gpantweeniui. pr.231.

ampauna,
nnipa

paiia

6'.

...

pra...

apana-do, F.
O-pauami'i'i,

pane,
dorowa; -

afweuakron,

a kind of thorn or prickly plant; nsge hwanyanri a

ewg wgn,

tia so

cf.

lightly. Prk.

Aicar p. 29.

gprainiri.

s.

j>?. m-, needle; pr. 7o8.25D0ff. [pam ade] cf.

aniwa, aso, fwene, to kwah, the ear of a needle.

-nee,

p.

apan-nedaw [apam

d.]

an old covenant;

the

nipaiici, a species oi herring (middle-sized);

5.

abiii,

Old Testament.
mman, kokuro.

panfweiiii, a. long, tall; gpghkg anira p.; dua p. bi si ho;

onipa yi nan ye p.; ogyina hg p. =^ gware tenten; cf. tenten.
pah hi 11, V. to excite, rouse, stir up; ^= hintih; me bo ap. me,

my

heart

is

o-[taiii,

excited &c. to anger.

2jI.

a--fo, a

person who ivorks for wages, hired labourer

or carrier, hireling; pr. W30. 2593.

s.

a. tall, slender,

p ail k rail,

n. quickness, agility

be lively!

= sgre ntem!

g-j>aiikran,

pi.

a.-,

pa;

bg apafo,

to

hire pieoplc,

flabourers.

slim; gbea p.

ytaiikraii,

; bg p. (befwe)! get up quickly!

ye woho hare; cf. ahotwetwc.

m-, a snmll barrel or cask;

c/.

base, piim'pa.

(j-liaiikraii-yefo, pi. a-, coop)er.

pa 11 ky ere
tew

(lie

pa
cf.

kwan)
11

so

man, Jod 2,7.

v. to turn aside
oyi akwa, ohinia ne nantew.

(so)

[Port. pao]

gp.

ue nan-

Europeanbread, wheatcn bread, marchpane;

abodo, dgkono.

pa lis am,
pete,

f\\

ete.

mu, manhu.

(.

3.

scatter, strew about, disperse; syn. sampam,

search through or all over; map. me dan hhina

1. to

to


360

apiinsi

inpjiiiyinsem.

apam] the act

apii-lisi, inf. [si

apanta, a kind of herb.

pan tan, v. to he ivide open

prmtaun,
hi<jJi

and

icide;

O-pantene, jjZ.a-,

panto, a kind

ye

p\; st/n. tetre, hMn-a;

poor

shed,

kantitnn.

cottaye, miserahle hut, de-

Western

the largest species of snake found in

= enini.

Afrika,

[y^ni phints,

p'.; cf. kc\iitanh,

e, //OfC?,

the sta//s for the

(?)

open, toide; eho

a. XJlain,

odah nom' ye

}ianta ntwer
caying house.

of puituKj in

of tree;

wode ye gyedua,

uipantn, a kind of plantains;

twee

s.

obrode.

nini, j>Z. a-, a species of bat, a little larger than

ampan. with a long snout.
apantwewa, pr.2594.
0-i);in

o-panyifo,
cast;

[pam, yi] one expelled or banished,

jj7. a-,

exile, out-

nea woapam ayi no.

0-pany imnia

[gpanyih, dim.'] a subordinate or subaltern

offi-

cer; syn. adiakyiri.

a p a n y i ni ni ;i [= op.] a halfyrou-n bey or yirl (of 7-1 2 years)

a young person that (ha.s attained to, or only) arrogides the rights of
an adult; a j>erf, assuming, forward, impudent chUd. girl, fellow or
odi mmerautiwasem onipa a g-ne wo nse paperson; gye ap.

nyih no na

woyaw no

mpanyim-mere

woaye woho

se:

ap.

an adult person, manhood,

liaving grown to full
maturity, between mmerantebere (mmababere) and iikwakorabere
(mmerewabere).
g-pany iui-pJi, a worthy, respectable, repidablc man.
O-pany in, gpanyini [apa, nyiii] pi. m-. 1. an old person; an
adult, ojjp.abofra.
J2. a gentleman, respectable man, person of ranlc.
the time,

senior,
(is

[ebere] the age of

age or period of a man's

alderman, senator,

also nsed of kings

elder,

and of God,

mpanyinifo,

cil

of the chief or king, each of

(gsafohene, military

grandee; a
'j^r.

su})crior,

commander;

gfotosiinfo, gsannani, treasurer;

gkyeame, speaker, reporter; gbgfo, ambassador &c.).

p)l. m-, adj. old (of persons, cf. dedaw), aged; adult,
panyin.

my

elder brother, opp.

cipal (thing), pr. J421.

akuma.

sons, considerately,

3.

panyin,

chief;

me nua-

4. n. the chief

(paH), prin-

5. op., eldership, magistracy., office

ouyaa gp. bi dii, he obtained an

0-panyin-linn-u, a poor or

mpanyiii-mii,

master

chief,

164.2542. );pr..564....586.:2.595-2(t25.

grandees of a town, who form the counthem having his particular charge

pi.

the elders,

life after his

office to

pr. 576.
.

perform.

and decre^nt man.

manner of aged, old, elderly perprudently; odwen asem ho mp., he has a sound
indigent, old

after the

f/r?i-.

judgment.

mpanyin-ne,

things or doings fitting adults or elders, pr. 576.

o-panyin-panyin, an

nipanyin-sem,

1.

aged, old person,

the word, talk, speech,

akwakora.
mode of talking, man-

ners and dealings of a man advanced in years or occupying a reputable p>lace in society.
J2. what an old man relates, legend, history;
kji mp., to talk like an old man, toisely and gravely;
cf. atetesem.

m|iaii.viiitaiii

to relate

an erent

arrofjatr or

.'3(51

happened in hy-gone times; - di mp., to

an adult or an elder, to be jtresumjit-

that has

assume

para.

the air of

UOHS, forward, arrogant;

cf.

apjinyimnia.

panyin-l am, a cosfl// kind of cloth or stuff (as nsu &c.)

o-pan-jo[pam,ye] inf. previous agreement, preconcerted matter.

Ill

<?. n. good, good things,

])jlpa, 1. red. a., s. pa; Gr. 69.70.
mortd good; good)iess; good action; Ijenefit, favour, hindness; ivclfarc, u-(ll-heing, prosperity ; good luch; .fi/n. yiye. pr.2626.
J^. well, very,
p;ipa, pai)apa, adv. 1. very good, very well.
much, very much, too much; syn. dodo, pi. yiyo; gkasa jtapa, he t(dhs
too much; okasa papri])a, he speahs very well : opv so oliyeliye iielio
papa, .s//e is too fond of finery: wat'wc no ))a]a, he has flogged him
well or severely; mikyia no papapa, / salute him most lieartily. Gr.
papa ara pi, F. full well, Mk. 7,9.
133,3.

\)i\

pa. fan;

kube aliaban na wode ye

cf. fitao;

wpnlio, oftlie leaves of the fan-palm fans arc

p.

made to fan

wodc huw

oneself with.

pope.
p. ho tratb, cardinal. Hist.
F.
papae. Mt. 23,32.
jtapao, red.v. pae, to cleave, split, burst nndtifariously: tr. to
sjilif into many pieces, to split many things; intr. to burst asunder,
to fly into pieces, to get many chinks or crachs.
p. mu, to speak out

pajta,

pi. -noni,

l)aja, red. v.

freely; to separate, divide;

nipapac,

1. the cracking or crackling of soles (of the shoes)

;?. a bursting
cracking of a newly danbod wall.

v.n.

in walkinjr. the

of the skin of the heel

nipapaee,

iiila
<li

s. \)ne.

and the back

of the foot.

fissures, clefts, cracks of

[)aem(ii),

inf. division,

a rock, of a dry

soil.

disjunction, disunion, separation.

np., to be divided, disunited, at

variance with each other.

won korye, the communion of saints.

a j a }) a f Vv e k w a, 1. a private man, a common citizen ; ony e kiiro
a gte nni no mu panyin, onni din bi wo mu.
2. Jtachclor, unmarried man; c/'. osigyafo, unmarried woman, Scohokwufo. in-. 1189.2627.
p a p a k li, a tree or shrub with spongy pith wode ye sukudon
P., wosow ntrama, nanso wudi hia (wunni sika). pr.
p a p an i, pi. -fo, pabist.
p a p a-s e m, popery. Hist.
pa p as si, a disease similar to dwgko, kukurume-tavViam',
atata; it causes tottering and inability to stand upright without supapapafo,

pi. F. saittts; ap.

port;
ato

s.

horobobo.

papajerede,
ma akyea.
papem", F.

mpapem',

F.

=
=

adv.

flat

and

lengthwise; dua yi ato

mpapaemu,

division, section.

Ak. abirekyinini.
Opapo-sae, a
apapowa, pi. m-, a young he-goat.

o-pjip(j-fwewa, a shrub with edible fruits.

O-pfipu-maku, s. mako.
papii, pepuh, F. fever.

para,

v.

s.

opp.

papae mu, Mt.21,9.

0-\)i\\)6, pi. a-, he-goat;

trated he-goat.

p.,

pra.

para.... para...,

s.

pra... pra...

cas-

paradada

362

paradada, pradadada,

anijtan'iwbo.

a. open, plain, ivide, extensive;

vast,

void; waste, deserted, desolate, solitary; uncultivated, hare, barren,

willtont trees, said of a region, field, plain or wilderness; sare p.,

sare pete, sare a dua bi nsi

ye

p.

syn. patil. which

pare,

steppe,

so,

may be more

popare]

savanna, prairie; ehgnom

confined. [G. na kpata.]

yo by; to yo or be far from,

recede from, not to couie to pass, not to happen, to be spared to. Eyi
mpare me, be this far from me, may this not happen to me! Onykp.
mma emjiare se (anka) dua yi bebu abg wo! Aiika dua yi re(be)bu
Ade mpare
abo me, aparee E'pare wo a, wo ho betg wo pr. 2628.
ade a, anka..., if it had not been fortunately avoided...
apare, m/'. the act oipassiny by or sparing, exemption; a threatening bid averted danger (cf. asiane). Apare mpare me se anka dua
v. [rcr?.

to iniss by,

yi bebu abo me!

apare, m-, Ak. 1. gu n'apare, ne mpare, gu ne nkyerew, \vie

noyekora, to complete, discharge, dispatch, consummate, to bring to
aparow, m-;
2.
an end or close, to get it done, to get through.
cf.

dampare.

0-})are,

in\ti\vek6,

i^r.

n.

m.

jest. Joke, sport, raillery,

joke, sport, play:

woboapa

kii

pleasantry; bo mp.,

asem a eye serew

a.s.

to jest,

egye ani dq

nsenkwa.
niparewa, the false ribs.
s. aparOw.
paripariw, red. v. parivv, s. paruw.
pa row, V. p. ho, to knock at? yebep. nsem no bi pi ho ayiyi
bi afi mu, we shall discuss several of these toords and turn out (disgoru;

(/.

aparew,

card, reject) some.

ap a row, pi. m-, 1. a rib, one of the bones enclosing the thoracic
cavity; kyiniimp., the ribs i.a. springs of an umbrella.
2. a spoke,
the radius or ray of a wheel.
3. spar, rafter of a house, (/.dam-

4. a, stri2)e or streak on the body, e.g. the -marks which one

gets from trees or branches in running through the bush f'we ne
ho ap.! oguanto ho mpa ap. da, pr.
5. F. an enclosure (as the

pare.

ribs are one of the chest) woabg me ho ap., F. they have encompassed me; cf. bo ho dantaban, kontonkron, t\va ho hyia.
:

paruw,

V.

[pariw, red. pariparuw, inf. a-] 1. to cut off small

to notch, edge; to rough or fresh-cut (a mill-

particles from a surface,

stone); gp. ne wiyammo

moba no

= ode

boba bobg owiyammo a.s. owiyamno ho de aye apoiihua.

2. to
one's sentiments, give one's opinion ; gparuw

so; gparij)aruw inpuran

make a remark, to utter

asem no bi, he e.r2>rBSseshis opinion concerning the matter; waparuw
measemmone, he has expressed himself about me in a bad ivay; op.
me mparuw-nwoma
oka m'asem ho asemmone.
3. red. with
ho: to occupy oneself pireliminarily or superficially ivith: wodiasem
a, wgparipariw ho austi-na wobu nten; gpariparuwboneh6,/*e trifles

with sin, he acts or tcdks with levity concerning sin, is not serious in
and in praying for deliverance from sin.

hi^ repentance

a mpa raw' -bo, jjI. id. or m-, hailstone. Osu betg na amp. agu a,
aberewa bi na gparuw ne wiyammo wg soro, na nea gparuw na eturutiiruw(wg) gbo no so gu no ne amp. yi.

- jiatu.

nij;ini\v|in

mparnw-ho,
Ill j>ii

some

rii w-i'i

})(!rs()n

Inf.

Vvo

'Ui.'?

prclhninnn/ speech, inirodnction, comment.

iinfaronrdldc or nudh/nanf n(tcrii luc nhnut

ma,

or niatt(M',

.s.

paruw

JJ.

&

inVoina, bitter.

pasii, pa sa|>asa(j>asa) <(. d- adv. idterl/j spaded or niimd:

;ik\vainmikaf'o aye oiiipa no pasa, roldiers have put him in a most
miserable condition (cf. Lulc. 10,30.); waye ji., he is inn icofnlpli<ihl;
kurow no aye p., the town has gone to ruin. Cf. sampani.
d\rdsi\, fraud, deception,

fdsehood,

atoro, iikontompo, iikoi'ikoiisa. [G.

cf.

lie,

rof/neri/, e.vtravaijance;

(jnile, Joh7iJ,47., hi/j>ocrisij.]

a roiinc able to do every kind of mischief, in

akoa yi yg op. =^ gye n'ade
sakasaka, odi hkwaseaseni, oye onij)a a obo ka, otorofo, ghofwiiii.

o-pasalo,

the

way

^V. a-,

of theft, lying, extravagance;

mpasa-m]iasa:
pasaw,

on am mp., he

apasaw, F.

v.,

[iocs

about in ragf/cd clothes.

pase, apase.

pase, V. [red. j)ase})ise. l^ort. jjassear-se, Germ, spasiren, It.

spazziare] to n-(dk (for amusement or cvercise), take a walk, promc)iade; mekg])ase, meko apase r::= mekogye mframa or infare, mekg-

m'apgwmu- mekgpaseiiase kakra, I am taking

apase, inf. ambulation; mekg ap., s. pase.

toetee

a short walk.

av\5i'6, uea wo nan kyerc

lower 2}art of the bed,
nna wares (prop. /"/-om tender the bed); cf. mpaso;
Asantefo abeii yen mp., the Asantes have come over us anexpectedlt)
edgm biara rentumi mfa wgn mp., no enemy can take them bt) surprise; wgahyew no m[., r;/- mpaase-hyew, they have burned the busit,
which he had cut, before he was read// for /^, fig. in his absence the//

n\\)'d-iise, 1. the

ho.

adv.

A?,

have done somctlting at which he ought

to

have been present.

mpa-serewa [serewaawgapaw]

small cowries, held

ence to large ones and therefore purposely selected.
\i

k a,

Vi-s i

in prefer-

hire, ivages.

mpaso,

adv. [red. mpaso-mpaso] l.by cliance, accident ally, un2. unadvisedly, inconsiderately, thoughtlessly, withoul
awares.
thought, carelessly; gye n'ade mpasompaso ; s. sesekwasora.

a\^as6,

2ilcine;

apaso,

As.

Apaso,

^jr. .

m pasii a,
or ready
battle

tool; s. pa, v. 4.

epawso, on the plain.

a town in

Akwam.

the line(s) of battle; pr. 165.2630 f.

bil mp., to

extend

w a mp., to arrange or array the battle, to set the

array; wgatwa Akwam so mp., they are encamped against

the lines of battle;

battle in

a joiner's

to fight

with

formed. [G. gba

Akwam; ohyen mp.

so,

ta.]

inf.

mjtasiia-twa,

he had the lines of

])ata, V. 1. to ward off, keep off, prevent; wgp. wo ka, you are
kepd from debt, pr. 1571.
2. to quell or quench the lire of a burning
house.
3. (to make straight, plain, level) fig. to adjust, settle, com-

pose;

assuage, appease, allay, soften, sooth, quiet, p>acify; to reconpropitiate; to expiate, atone for; pata asem, to adjust a law-suit; mepataa wgh manso, I reconceilcd their difference;
wapata ghene, he has propntiated the king; wapata ue rafomso, ne
to

cile, conciliate,

364

li.-'tri

fom a ofom ohene

pataku-nsoiio.

no, wapata, he has expiated

(jainst the king. pr. 2635.

[inf.

mpata,

Ms

transgression a-

q. v.]

pat a,

v. to put together, join ; asan a^^.i. in connection with other

supplies the place of an adv., together, at the same time, simpata lihoma abieii hkaii, do not
multaneoHslij. pr. 314.2425. 2G3i.

verbs

it

read two books

at the

same

time.

pata, JJ?. m-, a sea/fold ni.itle of sticks on which plantains and

other fruits are preserved; shed; sgn. apa. pr. 702. 792f. 2632 f.
a pat a (pl.m-), apatam', ;jor//co. entranee-haU, vestilmle, jmrch,
covered entrance; odaii ketewa a wusi mn kah no. [The word is
Tw, ntwironoa.] F. 2)orch. common hall.
more used in Ga,
[Mt. 26,71. 27,27.

mpata,

the act of settling (a dispute), pacification, (re-)

atonement.
2. the
wode biribi pata; indemmeans for pacification dx. womJi mp.
nif cation, indemnity, pr. 2636.
inf. 1.

conciliation, pr. 427. propitiation, expiation,

iiilatJi, 1. a scaffold to stand upon in the building or rejtair of

houses; dua a wokyere no gdaii ho gyina so nwona a.s. wgtare dan
no.
2. litter, carrying frame (wove no se apakan de soa funu ne
nam).
5. a sort of bridge; woakyere mp. wo asu yi so, e.s. woasisi nnua (wo) nsu no kgn abieh' so na wgde nnua gu so a wonam so.

a pat a, slovenliness, shdtishncss; oye ne dan

and order in his room.

mu

ap., he neglects

cleanliness

pata,
bare;

a. level,

plain, open, free, denuded of trees or bush, bald,

aye) p.; kiirow no ho ye p.; saresoyep.; ko-

wadow hg (ma

kop,; dua no so ye

p.

= kwatl, tcithout leaves,

bare. Cf.paradadada.

m-, fish; cf. enani. nsunam. Diff. kinds of

sea-fish (po-ni5in): esire (gyaka), basae\\ i, n;^lko\va, antcre, kokuro.
mj)auei, mmaii. likramfoa; - of river-fish (asubonteii inn nam): ko-

apatii', ajiatawa,

bi, apattjre,

^^Z.

adviene; gdg, akusuw, ahkaw, tere, akwatiabibiri.

iiipatal)iriliiri, commotion or agitation of a sheet of water;

nsu no bg mp.
nsuani him bebre.

patabubu,

a rush, rushing motion and noise, rustic; boisterousncss. turbulence: gde p. fi adiwo aba gdah mu, ode p. fi dua so
abefvie ase; adv. boisterously, tnmultuously, noisily dx. oye n'ade

nhina

p.,

he does all his things impetuously.

mpata-de,
o-patafOj

F. -dze, satisfaction, propitiation. lJohn2,2.

i?7. a-, j)rtc//er,

appeaser, })cace-maker; mediator, con-

ciliator: reconciler, propitiator, pr.

O-p a

saka na

2637f.

a f 6, i^?. a-, sloven, shd, slattern: onipa a gye neho sakaonsiesie ne biribiara yiye; gsee ade na gye n'ade fi; cf.

obufo, burn (burum).

patakaw, F. = betekaw, a
pataku, 7J?. m-, hyena; wolf;

kind of small ant;

cf.

tetea.

by-names: kuntun, kuntumpa.

pataku-nsat.'i, a climbing plant ; sareso hama a wodi n'aba.
pataku-nsono, macaroni, made of a paste of flour into long,
slender tubes.

mpataiitwer
mytatantVvor, F. a steep

2^^ficc,

upaw.

obo kronkron. Mk.5,13.

a\rdiei'iim, pi. m-, a large kind oi

apatere,

m-, a kind of

i>Z.

l)alipatiri\v, red.

river-fisJi

bedstead;

inpa-liji, a short-h'fjt/ed

3G5

s.

ht((iis. pr.-]77.

apata.

s.

nipadua.

patiriw.

v. s.

apatipcrew, a kind of bird, in: 92.533. 2639ff.

;ipati|ero-iikosua, a kind of beans; s. aso.
aiisiaw a certain /'oorZ prejtared of red plantains and
by widows; s. nteberefua.
apaiiri-atom', an (unforeseen) acekleni; eyccmc (wo) ap. nm
mpatnw mu, it haiipened to me or it befell me aecideniaUi/.
[mpa tiri inn] the tipper side of a bed.
Ill p;i-( iri in
iii}a-tiriiii", inf. [pri, pac, tiri mu] the xiartiny of the hair on the
[a

iri

palm-oil, eaten

top of the head.

[)atiriwj
footing, to miss

v.

[red. patipatii-iw] ^o

f/?<V?e,

a step; op. fwee ase;

fig. to

odampan, a house

room

slide;

sli}), trip); to

commit a fault;

loose

pr. ^461-

also watiriw.

pa

to,

patoro-patoro,

a.

or

slipperij;

tvith

osu ato nti

an open

front.

okwan mu aye

p.

nilta-to-so, inf. imputation, shuffle; wodii asem no mp., thei/

conducted the law-snif in a shuffJinff tva/j; e.s. wopa asem hi to wo
yohko so, wnyi asem bi de bye wo yonko se ono na oyec; cf. pa..
[to., so, under pa, v. (i.
pa til, 2^1- ^^-1 ot'/; ne mmran aduammen, agyammen. pr.SSS.
:

patiini

the eye of

an

owl. pr. 2304.

F. wgpatu bo mpae [ye asor] tsentsen,

for a ^jretence make long prayers. Mt. 23,14. Mk. 12,40.

pat 11,

tliey

= jjatu ani,
?'.

s.

patuw.

g-p at Li-k u m, unexpected killing.

o-patu-wii, a sudden death; cf. awusih.

patuw,

pr. 2544.2646.

m-] to surprise, overfaJce, to do sometbing unexpeetedly, suddenly, at once, without teaming, unaicares, nnloohedfor, undeciscdly. enye mpatuw a epatuw yen, it does not beftdl lis
nn prepared; mepatnsv na mebaa ba yi, I came here without having
jjreviuusly designed it; ade repatuw asii, the night breaks in all of a
sudden; nnipa nbina remp. hwu, all men will not die at once.pr. 315.
V. [inf.

mpatuw-mu, unexpectedly.
pa twO: d i-, to laugh at, make sjJort of.
paw, V. [red. popaw] to choose, select] to jpick out, more tlian
one or as many as possible of a plurality of tbings (or })ersons),
wbilst yi is used of one object or of more; - mepaw nea mepe, I
choose what I like; gpaw ntrama fufu, he is incking out the while
cowries; gpaw hkokg akese, she selects the large foivls; gmpaw won
mu biara, he makes no difference among them. pr. 1373.1625.
apaw, F. falsehood, lie; twa apaw = boa, di atoro, t\va nkonyou are right,
tompo; wuntwa a])., = wommoa, fhou does! not lie

401.2408.2430.25U.2643ff.3336.

i.f",.

you speak

truth.

pawa

366

ope.

paw

a, [= pa, q.v.] ])l. (dim.) mpawd, a ivork or engagement

for hire or wages; job; - eye a, odidi mpawa-mpawa, ocensionaUy
Jie imdertaJces a job.

pawa, j)^- "1-1 F. 2)h{ie. x'^'^dfer. Mt.23^5. of. abeyea.

apjiwa, n round, flat, hollow resset, made of one piece of wood,
used also for winnowing; okorow tratrji bi a nimea de won nneemanneema gum'.
O-paAV-hene^ 2:>J. a-, elector, one of the princes of Germany formerly entitled to choose the emperor or king. Hist.

nipnw-mu,

mu

inf. selection, choosing, choice; s)/n.

mp. biara nni Nyankopoii fam'.

nyiyim'; nnipa

Cf. Eoui. 2,11. Eph. 6,9..James

1,2.

e-paw-s6, As. apaso, oti the plain.

apaw-twa, inf.; s. twa apaw.

pa-yare [pa. v. 17] a feigned

ampa-ye, inf. [ye ampa] reality,
pe,

V.

or simulated siclness.

"pr.

2.'u9.

snreness. Frov. 2,7.8,14.

[red. pepe] 1. to seel; pr. 818. to search for, procure, jiro-

horg-nhoma bi mime, get me a jnece of paper.

seek riches, try to become rich; pe ade nya, to gather
riches, become rich, wake a fortune.
J2. to desire, wish, want, will,
be willing, inteud, followed by an objective comi>leinent and a verl)
in the consec. form or by the covj. se, pr. 2047 ff. 2661. Gr.^'2bGJiem.:

vide, to fry to get; pe

pe ade,

to

ope mo aye, he would like to be in your place: ope se ohu ade iihina
kronkron, he wants to know eierything clearly; mempe wo agoru,
/ do not want to have yon for my play-mate or friend, pr.4l').
5. peutemye, to be quick in doing, to do quickly, pr. 418.
4. rape
followed by the consec. form of another verb, to be going to; afei na
erepe adan atutuw, now it woidd prrobably have come (or, it nearly
came) to a quarrel.
o. to like, love, be fond of, Gr. 203 Hem.;
mempyno, / do not like him: ampaii pe sum, the bat likes the dark;

mepe n'asem, I like him lit. his word i.e. his conrersrdion, I am
fond of him; - mempe n'asem, I wdl hare nothing to do with him.
pe atutuw, to be quarrelsome : ope atutuw dodo nti obiara mp4
n'asem, because he is very quarrelsome, nobody will have any thing
6". to love a person
to do with him; - pe adifude, to be greedy.

of the other sex. pr. 2666.

p e, a. 1. like, alike, same: ye pe, se pe, to be alike, to be the same;

nnipa abieh nose pe, those two men are like each other; nsem abien
no ase se pe, the meaning of these two words is the same.
2. complete, jift'fcct; onipa yi te ho pe; ne ho nhina pe.

pi, p^l'O, p'jpyp^, adv. exactly, accurately, precisely; jnst,

even, but, only; completely, thoroughly, perfectly; adan anan pe wo
kurowyi mu, there arc bid (ov only) four houses in this village; wosi

nnipa glia pepe, there are exactly a hundred peo2)le; wasiesie ne dan
pepepe, he has jmt his room in excellent order.

mu

g-pe, inf. 1. will, desire; wo pe a wope nye, thy will be done

(Mt. 26,42.); ope na mepee se mehii wo anim, I have heartdy desired
to see thy face (Lk. 22,1.5); r/. apede.
2. love or affection for a person of the other sex, amorous passion; ope fi dompem', love comes

ope
from

867

pe.

the Utmost heart, the heart's core, prop,

from

the interior of the

\bone. pr. 2671.

g-po, 1. the harmatta/i. a dry and cool north-easterly wind from

the interior of Africa, which blows in December, January and February toward the Atlantic ocean, and is usually acconijianied by
a haze which obscures the sun; it withers vegetation and shows
the eftVcts of its excessive dryness in the skin, lips, nose &c. of the

opeasi, the harhuman body, in things made of wood, leather*cc.

2. the dry .<^eason, from Dec. to Feb.,
mattan has set in. pr. 267 if.
marked by the harmattan-wind, the haze and fine dust accompanying it, extreme drought and a cloudless sky. Cf. opebere, ofupe,
apenemma, gpepon. Ope afe adu. Ope mu a.s. ofu])e mu wobu abu
row tu de (mj)owm'), ntgmmo, koko...

pe, n i(iht- watch in g ; si

pe, adv.

thichii/;

mme

i)e, to sit

up

at nicfht. pr.2156.

nkd na ehye ho pc;

cf.

pepe.

c pe, ^^kontrorafi, a kind of ape, chimpanzee. [G. ekpe, baboon.]

ape, a by-name of the dog, s. okraman.
6-pe, a by-name of the cat, s. agyinamoa.
j> e, r. [red. pt'pe] to throw or cast vpon or at, to strew, scatter,
sow (F. Mk.4,3.); to sprinkle; si/n. pete, which is also used of licpiids, whilst pe is not; - wgde nliwea pe no, theij throwsand at him;
wode nhwea pe wo dan mu a, eye yiyo, if >/oii strew sand on the
floor of your room, it is tceU; ode kokgte ape afuw so, he has soivn
pe we, to be frustrated in an attack
(jainea-corn on the 2>Jantation.
or attempt; wape awe, he did not sncreed, he has made a fruitless

attempt;

pe:

cf.

siah.

to,, pe, to asperse, slander, calumniate, vdify;

he has spoken

ill

watomepe,

of me.

inje, the matter found sometimes, es])ec. after the sleep of the
night, in the corner of the eye ^jr. 675. gto.. ho mpe (e.s. gbg biribi
;

din dimraone se enye

fe,

gsopa no), he sjjcaks of

it

despicably, con-

temptuously. Ex. 14,31.

ape, impiedimcnt ox cessation in grotcth; to ape, to cease from

to remain stationary (used of children); abofra no nnyiii
kora. watg a])e, this chdd does not grow at all, it remains as it is, it
is of a du-arfish growth, below the common stature or size: wannyin
yiye, gnko soro yiye, wanyin (wg) mfrihyiam', na onnyin tenten a.
kese mu.
pe, .adv. even? "anka wgreye ato Kina hempgn no avo n'ahenkiirom' Pekih ho pe, they were ahont to attack the Emperor of China

growing,

even

(?)

in his capital Peking.

pe,

V. [red. pepe] ran, to search, examine, scrutinise, investigate,

inquire; kope no mu yiye (na) benya bi beka kyere me ; gn'na ogyina ho yi, wo aiikasa pejie no mu na hfi no uokware; wopepee mu

na wobisae, Jud.
fests his
lips,

6,29.

pepe asem no

mu

yiye na woanni atoro.

mode at; ope no, he manicontempt of liim by producing a sovnd with the vibrating
espec. the lower lip (prr.).
pe,

V. to fleer, gibe, flotd, sneer, scoff,

pea

368

gpeha.

i[)ek[Eing.pear\ mountain-pear, avocado-pear, Lanrus persea

a fruit-treeintroducedbythe Basel missionaries from the West-Indies.

apea?
pea,

apeatow.

s.

Apea, pr.

m.

n.

hard, firm, sirong, standi, solid; ne nnompem' apea, his hones have grotcn stoid, sound or rohiist; ode no
mu apea, the yam has groivn Gonsistent, substantial, is no more soft
iogroic

V.

tJiicl\

and water ish.

apetlj a kind o plant; wura bi a emu nsu keka beneheneliene;
bi, n'aba fefefe, wgde to nnuan kgn nui.

aduru

ape-a-bc^je-bi, a by-name of the dog,

pe-ade-a-hu, a successftd
in finding the things

apea-uiiimja,

s.

woye

scel-er ;

pr. 26T4.

apeapeaAA'a. Ak. pr.lG43.

Apoawa, 3675.

trtbide;

e-peavv,

m-, spear, Janee; syn. peme.

iwyehQhv,
a.s.

hare hern Inch/

sought for.

apea-tow,
^>/.

gkrriman.

p., goii

s.

etow.

yr.

fdthiness, nastiness; ne

nneema a enye dgso

0-pe-berc, the time

ho mp.!

no

lin

nsennnone

bebre.
in

which the Jumnattan bhjws

(s.

gpe),

tlie

dry season.
pebiakrro,

s.

akyenkyena.

ape-de [gpe ade] J. Ak.nea wope,

nam n'ap., si)ifid desires of the flesh).

F. apedze (lioade a wgape,

3. nea gbarima de akye
things acquired, riehes; Akr. adepede.
nempana, love-token, love-favour; the p>r ice of a whore.
uiJl. desire;

2.

Ky.

o-pedu,

g-pedu-akron, ninety thousand.

ten thousand.
g-pedn-anan, fotiy thousand,
g-pedu-asa, thirty thousand.
g-}tedu-onu, twenty thousand, g-pedu-oniim, fifty thousand.
g-j)edu-gs6n, seventy thousand.
g-pedu-osia. sijty thousand.
g-pedn-gw6t\ve, eighty thousand.
Gr. 78,2.5.

pe-dua,

pee,
to

V. to chisel, to cid,

enchase;

rasimma.

pee,

= pidua, kyepe.

to cut out,

carve;

pare, gouge or engrave with a chisel:

asensusiia, pee akoraten ne nko-

wgde

(Cf. pepee.)

graver, graving

tool, chisel, hurine, gouge; screw-driver,

menyjl no nketenkete, meye no
midi no pee
nkakra-nkakra, menye no ba bQ.
1.

turn-screw.

2.

[ade a wo wgfa pe de agyaw wo] inheritance, fipos-

apegya-de

session transmitted or to be transmitted at the death of

another as his heir: syn. awunuyade, agyapade.

o-p
p. =r=

egy afo,

pil. a-,

nea mepe ade

apegyebi,

s.

its

heir, inheritor, successor; pr. 2950.

magyaw

owner

to

gye me

no.

apeabegyebi.

gpeha-nnan, 400,000; gpeha600,000; gpeha-nson, 700.000; gpehannu, 200,000; gpeha-nnum, 500,000; gpehii-nw('t\ve, SOO.OOO; gpeO-pelia, n hundred thousand.

iikron, 000.000; gpeha-nsia,

hasa, 300,000.

opehulia

O-pe-huha,

inanii ihousnnds,

pcmmy.

369

hundreds offhoufsands. Gr.

78,6.

eiK'i, F. inferj. of surprise.

0-pe-k {!,'

the act of voting, vote.

inf.

nipckua: bo
disrespect

me hye

me so

hold in no esteem; obo

to,

afe,

(di) nip., to disregard, diffpnrnge, disresprcf, f^how

ode

me ye me

se n(? ygnlio.

nip.

=rr

n'ani

nsgmo, ode

iiipekua-l)g,

inf. dis-

puraycnteni, disrespect, arrogance, insolence, impudence.

nipekua-sem: odi me so mp. ::= g|)emc ode me ye neygiiko.
ran, pae mu. paw mu. Mt. 3,3.9,27. Mk. 1,3.
pempem] 1. to strike, knock, 2^ii-^h, thrust on or
against, to hit; me bat\vg\v apem diia, mg elhoiv has knoclced against
a piece of wood me ti apeni dan, I have knocked mg head against
pern auo, to slam: mframa
the lintel of the door of the house; ka
aka pon no apem daii no ano, the wind has slammed the door.

l)em',

F.=pt>m', pa

pern,

V. [red.

..

bepem, kojieni, as far as; kah no a Osu-brofo te ase

no, won na wodi eti Osii so kopem Ada, formerly when the Danes
were in the country, it ivas they thcd ruled from Christianshorg to (or,
3. to concern, touch, relate or belong to,
as far as) Ada (Addah).
to affect the interest of: en'de, epemme den? tchat is that to me? me
de, empem me, it is no business or concern of mine; cf. fa., ho.
i. to discompose, disconcert, ruffle; asera bi mpera no da (mfi no mu
da) nothing takes him by surprise, finds him unprepared, he is always ready.
5. peni.. ase, to suspend, to debar from any ^nivilegc or enjoyment; yepem won ase wo Awurade adidi lio, ive suspend
them from the Lord's supper.
G. to miss fire, flash in thep>an: otuo
peme.
a n m, to double.
7. pem

2. to reach to:

..

0-pem: bo-, to mcdce a halt, stop or stand; onipa no abo pem

onam nam na wagyina: dgm no abo p., s. pemmo; gpem ara na
adwuma no abobg mina lihina, the work has come to a stand, is at a
=-

stand-still everywhere.

apem,

a thousand, pr. 2676. Gr.

pi. m-,

mpemma,
pema,

a kind o^ plantain,

F.

poma,

staff.

s.

78,5.

gbrgde,

Mt. 10,10.

peme, ^j/. m-, sjjear, lance; syn. peaw.

peme, a. heavy, not light, weighty, ponderous;
pi

ye

soa

p.

p.;

n'adesoa a gso ye p.

nti,

ontunii

syn. duru;

sum-

hka neho; wakyekye ade-

de asi ho se memmesoa.

mpem'lb,
g-pemfo,

F. the
j^Z. a-,

child; pr. 1194.

s.

elect,

Mt. 24,31.

woman

s.

mpamfo.

in jiregyianey, a

icoman tvho

is

with

yem.

mpem-iinaii, 4000; mpem-nkroii, 9000; mpem-umim, 5000;

mpem-iisia, 6000; mpem-usun, 7000; miicm-i'iwotVvc, 8000. Cf.
mpensa, mpennu. Gr. 78,4,

mpem-anim,

inf.

apem-ne-ada,
p em-mo, inf.
a

s.

doubling; double amount of a debt. yr.l497.

mpenna.

[bo pem]:

bg

sitting posture; pr. 415.3280. cf.

p., to fall

down

or

backward

dgmpemmg.
24

into

opemmo

370

o-pem-mo,

[pem

pi. a-

pen.

obo] a heavy kind of stone, containing

(?),

iron ore, or consisting of gravel or pebbles conglomerated or ce-

mented together.

pempam, pompam,
pempam, pompam,
pempaii, pompan,
pidJ, tear or

pluck

s.

pam.

v., s.

pam.

red. v.,
red.

red. v.,

pah; wgpemi)an

s.

ababah,

fhei/

off leaves.

])empe, p6mp&, jj/. m-, hillock, knoll; a hcaji or mass of earth

forming a low eminence ox elevation, as an ant-hill; mound of earth,
hank, embankment, bulwark, rampart; cf. kopempe; pampa, koko.

mpempem,

F. thousands;

pempem,

red.

mpempemma,
ape

v., s.

s.

pem;

apem.
to move

a kind o{ small

&/rf7.s-

[pr. 3119.
to

and

fro, to thrust about;

living in companies of 20-30.

m p e m, extotiion, exaction by force or u-ith usury; -si., ap.,

to extort, exact, screiv or j^vess out, force, wrest or ivring money &c.
from, under pjretence of some righteous claim; osi ap. .^= ogye sika,
akoa, utama n.a. na oboapa ye se nea gwo ho kwah. Obi de wo ka
na woahye no ho da, na da no nnui e na woboapa ara hye no anibere se wogye no ho, na onnyii hi mma wo a, na wugye no (nsii) bi
apcmpcii-sij inf. [si apempem] the act of extortka ho. pr. 147.
ing, practice of extortion ; deceit.

o-pempensifo,

iJl. a-,

extortioner, pr. 710.

pempeii, red. v. pen; p. so, to give particd, previous ox preliminary indications, to give hints, allusions or intimations, to do in
a preliminary manner, to take preliminary measures, mcdce previous
arrangements or observations, make preparations; to sketch; - opemohka asem no iihina kora, na obubu so ka
peh" asem no so kA,
mil bi, nanso ne titiriw no de, cwo ho; omah no bg a ebebg no afi
ase pempeh so, tltc impendi)ig ruin of the nation begins to come on,
shous itself already in single facts; nesee repempeh so ba, her destruction begins, draws near, approaches. Jtr. 48,16.

mpempeii-so,

inf. hints, allusions,

intimations

pr. 2677.

- pre-

jniraiory acts; sketch, oidlines.

pempeu,
along

red.

tvith violence.

v.

mp em peiiso n o,
pen,

pen;

drag,

to pull,

draw fotih,

j^ut forth, take

Ac. 19,29. 33.

a kind of okro, hkrCima bi a ensow ntem.

pempeh.

V. (to strike, hit?) s. red.

topull(at), to draw, drag, tear; to squeeze, pinch, tivinge,

tweak, twitch; syn.twe; titi; open m'aso, me nsa, m'anah, atade, ntama, kyew, hama, adaka; wgkgpeh no de no baa guam', they fetched

p e h,

V.

him and pulled him along (dragged him)

to tighten, straiten, strain, stretch; cf.

into the assembly.

dwom;

p.

mu,

opp. gow.

peh2. a time, one time, once

p e 11, pl.m-, 1. orig. a stroke ^
koro, Gr. 81. 130,4., ever, before, in ueg. sentences never; cf. da,
dabi; the point or pjortion of time in which an action is performed
or an event occurs; performance or occurence of an action or event

with reference to repetition;

woaba kiirom ha pen ana?

liave

you

pen

penpeu.

371

I have been here once; mamwokoo ho pen ana? did you

ever </o there'^ mako ho mpen anan, / h((ve been there four times;
gnyare pen, he is never ill meutee pen, / never heard it; pr. 1906.
ever hccn in fhis totvn? raaba ha pen,
pen, I have never hccn here;

ma ha

nipren, preko,

ef.

mperonnu, nipeiensa; ahorow, ntow.

3. in

cpds: a scries, row, number ov succession of things presenting themselves togetl)er, at the same time or in the same manner; of. dapei'i,

kyerepen, abnpen, nkopeh,

tipei'i,

buepen, asempeh.

]icu [obsol.] the upper part of the chest about the collar-bone.

pen [full e] 1. a simjlc strolce on, or beat of, the drum, or the
sound of it: poii nye ayah; yr. 2678.
2. the sound of breaking:
dua no abu pen (pen pen), (diff. pfpepepe); s. pen-pen.
5. pen
pen, tlic sound of a slow and measured pace, firm steps; pr. 1107. gnantew p.p., he ivalks with measured steps; cf. pah pah.

O-pCi'ij

pen

by-name of
[Eng.]

the doc/;

s.

gkramah.

^>c, steel-pen.

pen, adv. distinctly; bg wo din p., ^,7/ your name

mpenfi, openamniin, s. mpra, gprfimmiri.

distinctly!

m|)en-nri', mpeunawa [tet. apem-ne-ada] 1. akindofc<^, pr.778.

hketenkete bi a wgte se utetea ua wgfwe nnipa.
3. a. kind
of dotted chintz, utama a u'ani ye hketenkete.

mmoa

mpenna-twawu,
ahohow ye no nuua

the nest of those ants; won dan a ete se nea

won hh. abom' preko na wgseh hg.

so;

pene, v. [red. penepene] 1. to p)inch (^ cf. pen); ue ho pene no

kakra, he is a little indisposecl, euph, said of kings or high persons,
even when they ai*e really sick (gyare papapa po a, se wgkii no
ueh).
2. to groan or sigh from pain or ill treatment (c/". si apini,
from grief); mekgtoono no, na grepenepene. pr.304:0. cf. pini 2.
3. to assent, consent, to express agreement, concurrence or concession;
to agree, be content; mapene, I am content ; - to grant; - p. so, to
admit, concede, grant ; to allow, permit; mereka sa no, wanse fwe,
na gpene ara na gpenee so, ivhilst I tvas thus speaking, he said nothing, but was constantly expressing his consent.

o-pene,

inf.

1.

groaning.

mpe'nenia, mpeueme,
mpeneii, mpenensa,

apenepene,

mpeneso,

inf. [s.

mper

s.

2. consent;

cf.

mpeneso.

...

mpreh, mprensa.

pene 2.] groaning from old age.

inf. assent,

consent; concurrence, acquiescence.

gbosom) and a tree afc Akropong of

and leaves of several
climbers are intertwined (gfgntg a ete se hama na akonyin wom' hg).
IVIpeni,

2)r.

n. of a fetish

(s.

the kind called gpanto, in which the stems

0-penimma, name of a month, about December; s. osram.

mpeiik yireii [full e] = mpokyere, iron fetters.
mpe-n oa [gpe, ano] the time bordering on or contiguous to the dry
season; Akr. autumn, Ak. the end of the harmattau season.

p e n p e n [full

e] 1. a. brittle, fragile; girase,

afwefwe, dua, hama

apensa

372

opep^m.

2. n. a fin-vessel with a lid; sanya kiirnwa

&c. opp. hna, iough.
bi a woakata so a wgde nom nsn.

ape-nsa, pa// for niaJang; gpon no ap. si atiri 4; ogyoe me

much he made me pay for making (for ihe malcing of it).

ap.

se, so

in pens a, a transitory swelling of ilie heel and haelc of ihe foot,

causing a traveller to rost for a while; if frequently recurring, it
may turn into gyapim.

mpensa [mpem

nsaj three thousand. Gr. 78,4.

pensepense,
o-pen-sian

[inf.,

Asantefo nye op.

r.

to hohttJe,

pem, slah]

limp, walk lamely.

invincible, impregnable; eue-yi de,

bio.

n t e, apente-lia, a child whose mother, having lost previous

children by death, gave it a name signifying a slave in general, as
Odgiikg, or the slave of a fetish, e.g. Kwadade, or a name referring
to death, as Dowuona, or any despicable name (e.g. sumana), in
ape

order to ensure for

er has lost

many

it

longer

life;

a child that lives after the moth-

children,

pentennnerefu,

pr. 1172.

wgde ne dua sum afiri; wgde n'ahaban bg akisikuru odndo.

pentcii, V. to flounce, flounder, fling, jerk; pr.2323. op. neho'
he flings his limbs and body.

nipentemi,

a kind o^ plant;

nipcnnu [mpem
apen-nnasa =

nnu]

fico thousand. Gr. 78,4.

gpedu-asa, thirty thousand; an enormous mtd-

titude. pr. 449.

pep a,

red. v. pa,

pP, pepepe,

popa.

adv.

s.

in

pep are,

s.

mpopare.

'

pepepepe, adr. 1. firm, hard ; consistent, dense; aharakesekese, opp). fgsgfosg, /jr. 1296.
a, eye })epe
3. dense, close; hkiirofo boaboa wgiiho ano pepe or pepepepe
l>epc,

a.

mata abieh ka bom'

pe.

pitipiti.

Luk. 11,29.

pepepe pe(jepe) adv. expressing the rustling sound of dry

leaves trod upon or otherwise broken; gpc ba na wokg wuram' tiatia

nhabamma
;

so a, eye p...; ade a

syn. pereperepere,

pepe (mu)

s.

cf.

pe (mu),

owia ahyew na aguan bubu

dwedwe...
v.,

cf.

pepee.

pepea, a kind of yam; s. gde,

0-pepedu, ten millions. Gr. 78,5.
pe})ee, red. v. pee; cf. pe, pe mu; p. mu, to
investigate; wopepee asem mu a, wuhu nekabea.

search, examine,

pepee [pe v.]covetovsness, avarice, niggardliness; syn. nkyeQ-pepeefo, ^>?. a-, one who is covetous, avaricious j^erson,
kye.
miser; syn. gkyekyefo.

0-pepelia, a hundred millions.

o-pepeha, many millions, innumerable
O-pepein,

p>l.

m-, [apem] a million.

nndtitudes. Gr. 78,6.

o])ei)eiiiiuiii

g-])('i)Cin-iiJiii,

m-, four millions,

o-IK'Ik'mksA. in-, titrce mill ions;

g-pepepem,

the,

Kng. pepper, bnt

red.

J)Opere,

a. thick, said of

]>'pew, red.

mjxjpew:

s.

v.,

i\, s.

di mp.,

p.

cf.

scsa.]

pere.

wales on the skin; atape na eye

j).

pew.

to (/lean, toyatltcr

ears of <jrain

(mu) mp.

nijtopewji, ears of grain left by reapers;

small ears of corn which are easily left behind,

mpopew-di,

78,5.

niillioin

obtaiiKul from the Oaryo])liylliis

spic(^

pepere,

ers; odi abfirow

two

o-p('i('niiii, ni-,

a thousand millions, <i millitird.

gpepeha; hkrah a mokoliuu won lig bgye

]ep'ei'e, cloves,

aroniaticus. [/V.

nipemnan &c. Gr.

cf.

in-,

o-p('petg,

373

peredwaiic.

left

by reap-

abrirow mp.,

thi;

the act oi glean inrf.

inf.,

Ope-})uii, name of a month, about January, s. osram; the season of the year in which the harmattan wind prevails; s. ope.
l)Opri, })ej)rida,

pere

papu? F.

fever. Mt.8,14f.

Mk.

l,SOf.

&

biako, (none) at (dl ; wofwefwe a, wurehhn biako pere se, ^ou will not find any; nsu biako p.
se nni kuruwa no mu, not a drop qf water is in the jug.

pe

r,

se

F.

V.

pere,

\cf. })e]

after a neg.

v.

to strive, struggle, j^ress

upon. Mt.

12,19.

Mk.

3,10.

\red. perepere] 1. to struggle; to maJce efforts with a

v.

twisting or with contortions of the bodg dr. 550); to strive, contend, use
great effo}is; to labour in pain or anguish, to he in agony; wuyi anoma na oye kitikitikiti piituputuputu a, wuse: gpere or gpere (pi.
wgpe})ere?); gpere or gpere, gperee, he is in the agonies (ox struggle)
3. to strive or contend for, pr. 36G7.
to defend, protect,
of death.
fight or plead for; gpere neho, ne ti, he defends his own life; pr.o'258.
mepere me ti fi ne sotgre ho, / defend my head against his blows, I
ogye ne ti, he destrive to ward off a box on my ear; gpere no

ama onipa

fends him, fights for him; gp.

meperee no na wonnkum no.

pere,

v. \t'ed.

pepere]

pleads for

= pere
=pere 3. neho
3.

1.

no), he is impatient, passionate

yi, lie

this

man;

3.3.

1.
p. no (=haw
(nea grefwefwe no, ontumi ntwen

se ne nsa aka ansci).

3. p. ho, to be anxious, impatient or
eager for, to be unquiet, fulgetty abotd, pr. 559. to desire ardently; syn.
bg ho mmgdeii.
4. (p. kwai'i,) to go, walk or travel along; pr. 2679.
yehyiaa no na oresfi pere kwan no ba; eha de, wonsQ rapere mani
gpere kwan ko lerusalem, he is 0)i a pilgrimage to Jerusalem.

gye

0-pere,
cf.

struggle; the agonies of death.

a place for defence, bidwark, rampart, intrcmlnnent;

inf.

ape re e,

akopempe.
e-pere-l>egye-bi, a by-name of the dog and the

go<it.

pitrada, paradadada, jjZr^/;;, extensive,

perede, percdedede,
bare of trees; sare p., a grassy plain, steppe or savanna.

peredwaue, Ak.

s.

pereguan.

operefwe

374

o-pere-fwe, ivf. [perew, f\ve]

makemerryofhim, ridicule him in
f\Ve-di

aperepere.

- wodi nop., thci/

s.pereperc; pr.2680. gpere-

secret derision;
secret,

ye yaw seu afedi pa.

perego,

5.

prego.

pereguaii,

an amount oi gold-dust equal

pi. m-,

or dollars, 4y-2 ounces, or

mpere-ho,

inf.

^8.2/4.

36

to

ocJcies

pr. 716. 2681-86.

impatience, eagerness, impetuosity, haste, hurry,

precipitance.

aperekesima, a kind
pei*e-k6,

s.

perem

o-perem',

of rodent animal.

preko.

mperemma

... s.

oprem, prem

(mpewa),

hail-shot,

aboba nketenkete;

s.

hagire.

mpereme, mpeneme, id.; a kind of bead; s. ahene.

ap erem pesiwjl, a flat piece of wood with five thin
sticks

on

it,

strummed

of unequal lengtli. whicli are

or

and

flat

thrummed

with the fingers and accompanied by singing for the dancing of

children; dua frafra [tratra] na wofiti mu anum na wosen mpopa
a.s. adobe nteantea 5 na wgde kyekyere so ma ebinom ware kycn
bi, na wode dua biako hye dua n^ mpopa no ntam' wo soro, na wgde
biako hye fam' saara. na ano momji so kg soro, na wgbg, na wgto

d\vom na mmofra saw.

mpereii, perenn...,

s.

mpren.

jirt'u....

apereiiteu: tu ap., to hasten one's journey, totravd by forced

pe ntem tu kwah; wutu kwan a, nea wgda ho, wonna
marches;
ho na wutwa ho kgda wo anim, na wokodu nea worekg ho no ntem.

o-pereiiteii, a kind of drum,

s.

akyene.

o-pereiitehkoro, acertain/>/rt_y

at a funeral; otutu p., he calls

people out for that play.

peren1

a, flask,

flagon

perepere,
forward;

cf.

forwardness; gye p., he is precocious, premature,

aperewa; akokoa a odi mpanyinsem.

pereperepere,

perepere
hasti/,

adv.

ntra fako; gye p.

p.

perepere:

is

forward, pert; rash,

gye (ade no h6)p.,7/e

rash, hasty, precipitate (about

perepere,
aperepere,

he

p.,

keka nneema nhina a ohu; ontnmi

asem biara a emfa nc ho no, ogye
wg gkasam'
gne nnipa a ohu asem na ontumi nkata so.

precipitate; gde ne nsa

ka; n'ano ye

pepepepe, dwedwedwedwe.

(== perepere): gy6

red.

v., s.

if),

pere;

is impatient, unquiet, eager,

he precipitates the matter.

neho perepere

no, he is eager.

the striving for right or mastery or for the possession of a thing; syn. akamekame; - di ap., to struggle, contend
(ho, for): to dispute, quarrel, wrangle, contest; wodi ap. - nnipa
banu kura ade 1, na oyi regye, na oyi nso regye oyi se: ese se
midi panyih, na oyi nso se ese se nso me na midi; oyi susuw se:
m'asem na eye de, na oyi nso susuw se n'asem na eye de; - ap.
inf.

te se

akyinnye. na enye enoara

se mise:

me de na

eye,

na oyi

se:

apereperesein

me

na nea ebe.ye

fleiiacye,

t\va

no,

375

opgsymjulitb.

oko aba; -

ap.,

emu ye den

a,

mpoa-

na aba.
.i|t'n']eroseni,

apere-sgm,

of contention, dispute or qiiKncL

Kurtz 7.

tiidfti'r

apoloiji/.

peresurUj As. aweight ofgold. n^.^f/oZ/ars or aclcies, 11.2 s.fjd.

o-j)eret6so, inf. [perew to obi so] the act of shifting off a thing
and putting it on another, op. wo yen asaf om', one waits for the other,
will not (to more than another in our congregation; opp. akansi.
|) ere]) crew, c.red. \s. perew J to intimate, give a hint, notice
or call hi/ a slight touch with one or more fingers; op. me se memmera; - wgperepere wgnho f\ve no, they pinch each other and look
(at each other and) at him, making merry and ridiculing him; cf.
gperefwe.

perew,

v. 1. to

touch slightly, to pinch

s.

before.

2. to re-

move a small thing with the finger or toe (pirew, to roll a heavy thing);
fa send away with a jerk, to fling, jerk off; intr. to jerk, spring, to
crack off, burst or fly off; pr. 1249.1251. p. sekah no mjl me; p. ntakjlra no kyene; p. (sika) pow yi to fotom'; cf. peteperewa.
3.

to shift off, shuffle off; cf.

jip

ere Wj

operetoso.

claiv of a crab.

aperewa,

'pr.

1743.

a precocious, premature, fast And forward person,

mostly used of

girls; cf. p^repere, perepere.

mperewa-sem, forwardness, peiiness. mperewasenito:

mmato mp., young fast i.e. rasli and inconsiderate fellows.

m perew a,

a,

ploy

'ne-

at funeral customs.

pere-were

[nea opere were, tvho pleads for apiece of skin,

as he gets no soft meat] orphan (ayisa mmaran).

perper, F. ye

p.

o-pesare, a kind
pese,

V.

n.

Ap^se, pr.

n.

pepe?)

oi tree;

pesew.

s.

P6se, pr.

mpese,

(=

s.

he just. Cf. perepere.

to

gpesere.

Q-pese,

obese, apesebiiro.

a-, s.

a village in Akwam.
Opgse, pr. n. m.
a village near Abonse, Akuapem.

mpese-mpese, a small tuft of hair; hhwi a wgde saw

ne samina akyim ma aka ho sa. - b g mp., to form tufts, to join or
twist tlie hair into tufts by mixing with it some glutinous matter.
jj?.

pese, pesepese, adv. altogetJier, quite; ne ho fye) pese, he is

gfwefwe asem nom' pesepese, he carefully or thoroiiglily

quite well;

investigates

tJie

matter.

apese-buro w,

l. maize planted in August (before or in the

second rainy season), of which it is doubtful whether it will come to
ripeness or full growth (aburow a wgnani nna so se ebeye yiye);
jir. 115.
s. abeseburo,
2. pr. n. of an apenteba, s- dgnkg.

apesee,

j;?.

m-, Jiedgehog, urcJiin;

s.

fiampakwa, siadeboa.

mpese e,
mp.,

tJie

the tufts of blossoms of the maize; pr. 674. abiirow tu

maize blossoms. [G, able egba ah w any a.]

ape-sem-adi,

litigious disposition, intermeddling.

o-pesemadifo [nea ope asera adi]

litigious person,

busybody.

376

Apesemalvafu

petepete.

Apeseinaka-fo, sing. 0--n\, j^i'-n- the king's "asafo" at Akropong: ahene-mma ne alienuana nc wgnfikoa; Asgnkgfo ne Akuropohto a eka nhina.
ape-se-iiko-ny
alone gets a thing];

se(wo)nk6ny{i

a, seJf-intercsl,

me

woye ape-

gye apese(ue)nk6nya.

0-pesere, a thorny

pesew,

selfishness \\\t.aliMn(j iliat one

de, iiiikyi a])ese(me)hk6(ini)uya

tree,

V. to tug,

used for building purposes and

fuel,

tvorrg; - lo pull to pieces, to pull or plucli

dgkono mu, s. iikokowa; - to put in disorder; to dimu, the hair); - intr. to hang in a loose and negligent
flotv icithout confinement; ne lihwi mu ap.; - to blossom

in2^ieces; p.

shevel (nliwi

manner,

to

hwanyah.

(of maize); syn.

pesewa,

m-, a penny tcorth of gold-dust; pr. 2685/. mpesewakoro, Ak. id. F. Mk.6,37.
pesewa-bo, tlie dark-blue seed
of a leguminous plant (climber), used for the smallest gold- weight;
ih.Q plant yielding such seeds, witli dark-green leaves, as of beans,
and brown-red flowers growing into pods, of which there arc three
on each peduncle, containing two seeds each.
pi.

p e-si, inf. [si pe] abstinence from sleep at night, the act of keeping awaTce, a ivake, night- leaking; tvatch, vigil; lucubration.

ampesi, Ak.

apesie, boiled plantains before they arc pounded

for fufu. pr. 114.405.2821.

aposo,

p)l.

m-, F. scissors. Cf. akape.

ap esow,^>?.m-,
also called

a wild animal, similar to a

kitaden, from

monkey, very

the extraordinary strength of

fierce;

its

paws;

syn. aberebe; sloth.

pesUj^^Z. m-, hen-coop); syn. akokobuw,

IK, s. petew.

pete,

pete,
-

V.

[red. petepete] to scatter, strew; gp.

aburo

ma

nkokg.

sprinkle; osii p., it drizzles; F. to he scattered abroad. Mt.26,Sl.

bo., pete, to scatter, dissipate, disperse; syn. pansam, fwete; cf. pe.
to

O-p etc, j>Z. a-, vulture. earrio)i-kite ;

kosakyi, akrampa, kwakye, gborobiii.
of a vulture.

hy-nsLmiys: ko 2687
U])ete-takara, a feather

pr.

ff.

opete-iiloii, = ntgmme, a kind of p(dm?

mpete,

svtall-pox; cf borgmpete.
mpete-twa, pock-hole, pock-mark, grain of small-pox.

pete, a. oj)en, free, plain, clear, unobstructed by trees &c. F.

n. the op)en field (babi
manifest: no mu da ho p., it is manifest.
a ehg nni wura na c^hg ye hnnii, gkwan a emu ye; gfaa pete mu.
adv. plainly ; openly, V. Mh:8,-'J2. syn. ie, pefe, fiinn, kete.

pete a,

pi.

ka', tgnkgka',

m-, finger-ring, of gold or silver; ghye sika

p.;. cf.

nomafuru.

petebere-nvaiikobere,

in: 534.

apetebi, akind ofopui'ow,

Sijuirrel,

[rf apeterebi.
not eaten, pr. 1101. 2692.3129.
.

mpetema, spot, speck ov stain produced by sprinkling, splashing or spattering, pr. 3116.
petepete, red. v., s. pete; osu p., it drizzles.

petepgii

377

j)iu.

|ol

ina

j)i,

|io

(_!

J-

meko

Inrr/c;

11, ((.

abrodc

})etcpcn'wa,
si

pet ere,
(_)]>.;

m'aftiw p. no

im'i

(nnee-

vvoin').

/>/. miivtepra (pcrewj,

J. sprnxj, hitjger of <i
or bird-trup (il>a).
^. Ebia wgkan ade. a, enna ininofra
akyiri; asem kwa na wgde ka; r/". aseserebc.

s/irin(/e

do

moko

p. mi'i,

aburow no mioenia

i)i,

to

v.

no

a[>ata.

ivrifhc,

wrUjyJe;

a])eteroli, opetcrebie-kuru,

tere:

j)e tur(ii)e

peteWj

\vu a,

ajjotcbi. yr. 2693.

nai'tye

}).,

lie is iiitqnict,

fid-

fitrilitri.]

bruise, qititsh, squash,

V. to

in pieces; to be bruised,

crushed

criis/i,

yrind. pound,

to

dash

fetew, potgw.

ic. cf.

apiti.

s.

]>eto[)6fo,
pctii, F.

pew,

a.

bokonim,

onna.

[G. tidsitefidsite,

(jcfy, restless.

apeti,

wukuin wo na oinVieo

p.

thick; dote

((.

aye

p.

d. inu

aygdiiru, apiw.^rr. 1506.

patu, patuw.

ft',

remain behind, be baclward in growth;

onipa yi apew
wato ape; nnna no apepcw, n'aso apew
n'aso
ye den, he is disobedient.
[rt'f/.popew] to

y.

mpewa,

small shot;

7?.

pew a,

s.

mperemma,

hagiro.

many, plenti), plenteous, plentiftd, copious; sijn. pi,

bebre, doniankAina; wobetumi adi akiitu p. yi ana? wo nsem pewa
a.

a wubisabisac no.

pewa,

a kind oi play;

m pewci:

di mp.,

mpewa-di,

hawker, huckster,

pi

agoru

bi.

peddle.

retail-trade; hawking, peddlery.

pi. a-, retailer, retail-dealer,

small dealer; j)eddler,

pr. 767.

O-peyi, a kind of amulet,

v., s.

mniji

to hawJc,

inf. retail-business,

o-pe wadi'fo,

})i,

Akyemfo

to retail;

s.

sumaii.

piw.

pi, adc. very, truly, indeed; asera a wokii yi

ampa. F. papa ara pi. BIk. 7,9.

ewom'

pi, ete

sa

syn.

= pa, pam',

pi, pi, pirn'

many.

cf.

apiapgw.

F. pi n'ara,
adv. much, very much.
many, very many, Mt. 3,7.25,23. - syn. bebre, pewa, domarikama.
pi, a. much,

mpi,

stubbornness, obstinacy; scorn, disdain, spite; insolence,

gye mpi, he is froward, refractory,
obstinate; syn. atua.
affront; crossness, peevishness;

mpi-ye,

inf.

frowardness, obstinacy, peevisliness.

chamber, a small room for sleeping or

retirement, for keeping treasures or stores, store-room, ivareliouse;
syn. pura])unu, paknsu; gener, opposite to asa (on the other side
of the yard); odi (ghene) pia (= gfwe ghene nneema so wg ne fi),
pi. m-, back-room,

\)\'A,

he

king's)

is (the

chamberlain; odi guadifo yi pia, he

is

the

steward

of this merchant.

p i a,
upivard;

piapia q. v.] to press or push onward, forward or

urge on; to promote, to lend a helping hand, to help for-

V. [red.

to

piabo

378
ward;

meye

fr. 1142.1144.

piabruku

yi

me,

if

biribi a, on'na opia

apini.

ma me, jj?^s7? this hook toivards me

I am doing any thing, it is he that

pia gyam', to stir, poke or

me in it; - to command, order.
rake the fire; - wopia kohyee bo go, they thronged to the spot (croivding it); - opia biribi so, he aims at something, directs liis efforts toivards something.
helps

piabo,

a kind oi gold-weight.

pia-di,

inf.

stewardship, chamherlainship.

o-piadito, o-piam'ni, o}iani,

ohene piani kura (fua) ne safe ii.a.
piat'o, F. steward.

0-piafo,

2)1. a-,

men

or impels the

plapia,
army). F.

to

apiapo
per parts of

Mt

20,8.

s.

steward, chamberlain;

^;Z.a- -fo,

opiadifo, opiani,

helper, promoter; one

who

(in a battle)

urges on

to fight.

red. v. 1.

s.

pia.

2. to urge on,

command (dom, an

constrain.

apow]

[pirn

the

protuherant bones of the pelvis, the tipon account of leanness.pr. 924f

the hip-bones projecting

inf.

furtherance, promotion, help; opp. asabawm-gye.

pibababa,

pibibibi, adv. descending in streams or torrents,

mpia-s6,
said of rain,

osu.

s.

pidiia, pedua, buttock, the extremity of the tacA of an animal,

where the tail is appended; aboa biara dua a etoa ne sisi so de reba ne to no, eso na ne dua pa no toae.

pue.
p i e, r. Aky.
mpieiiiio, the tvinged white

ant, eaten

by negroe children

as a

dainty; syn. asisirape.

opiesie, Ky.

pikapika,

= oposie.
thick, inspissate(d) ; dontov\\).

seabiirow

mpampa,

a mire as thick as a meal-pap.

pikyi, pi. m-, mattress.

pim'

pi

\)iin, adv.

mu, pam'.

111

163.14o.935.

firmly; uprightly; os\

oughly sound or healthy; fa

pi

-pr.

pi, a dish

wo nsa

\}in\,

he steps firmly,

is thor-

si pirn.

prepared of maize; aburoduan

[(impiiii, red. v. pini.

pin, V. F. to come nigh. Mk.2,4.

s.

pini.

bi.

pinara, F.

s.

pi.

V. [red. pimp.] 1. to move, i^hange place, draw near, approach to or towards:' dgm p. dgm ansa-na otuo tow, an army aptwiw bera
proaches another before a gun is fired; pini ha. Ak.
ha; pini do, Ak. =; twiw ko nohoa; ayise apini no, he has shrunk
or started back uith horror: pini wo anim kakra, advance a little;
pini wo akyi kakra, go or move back a little; wapini n'akyi; wopinii hkyirihkyiri, they went backward; - red. opimpinii n'akyi
guahe, he receded and fied; mimpimpini m'akyi se mewu, I do not
pene, 2. to groan. pr.l6G8.
2.
shrink from death.

pini,

apini, ^L

id.,

a groan; si

ap.,

to utter

a groan:

]. to

murmur

apiiusi

379

[iiniii.

nwiiiwi, kasa Iniliuhuhu; 6s\ ap., okasa ne mene^. to yroun in

se obi to aseiikd a grcka no.
])eiie; cf. ^u aliome.
severe pain, to siyh lieavHi/,
aj)ini-si, inf. groaning, sighing; cf. opene, ahoinogu.

wUh

dislike,

gmpc

wara', ebia

pink yg,

Ak. =: benkye, ben,

c.

approach

to

(to); op.

no

gbch no.
pi

11 11

6, ?

potow kwadii bun a woanoa no

])iiitiiiii, a.

is

adv. firm,

wusc:
highest stand; awia

(lua bi
Ig its

(f-

na eye

p. a,

-Ig,

Atiin;

p.

p.

fixed, constant, eomplclcJg;

wusi

awia gyina p., tlie sun has cxactawia kete; rne ho ye p., my health

excellent, firm, tinsliakcn, constant.

m pin till,

a kind o( tabor, tabrct, tambourine, timbrel; toa ko-

jino na wode hhorua ayerc na wgse wg won kgn

de won nsa ka; gye ahene ne asikafo na wgta ye ade no.
apipi, a small bird, wren'^

kiiro a

kum

wgatu

pipri, pipripi,
p., a dense fog;

dense; dna
muddy, miry

a. thick;

\).^athick stick;

nsii p.,

ivatcr.

mu

omunun-

j)i})ripi, n. thickness; density.

p i r a,

2'^- "^-

dwarf.

]ira, V. fs. red.] to knock; to hurt or be hurt by violence, to

wound, be wounded; rnapira mensa(in'), me nsa apira, my hand is

wounded ; mapirapira me nsa ho anum, I have received five wounds

Phr. woka won ti pira, they lay their heads
my hand: cf. bg afe.

in

they troop or collect together for a common underiaking,

for an evil purpose; they combine, conspire, pAot.
together,

i.e.

o-pira, pl.m-, a tvound; ne p. fi mogya,

mp. fifi mogya, his wounds are bleeding.
o-pirafo, pl.3i-, a wounded pierson.

a p i r a-k r u, pi. id., a tvound,

by violence, as a cut, stab, bruise;
I'l

cer;

s.

i.e.

his

wound

bleeds; ne

a breach or separation ofparts

akisikuru, an open sore, id-

diflP.

kiiru.

pirami(di) [Egypt, jnromi] pyramid.

pira pi
wopirapiram'

I'

1. s. pira.
3. p. mu,
wgbobom', wgpempem wgnho

a, red. v.,

to
cf.

knock together;

wodi

atipira.

mpire,

whip, scourge, cut from the skin of an elephant, hippopotamus, buffalo, wild horse, hew, torom &c., twisted, sometimes
three or fourfold, and fastened to a stick. Cf. aba &c.

pirebi, a basket with a lid, madeof kube leaA^es, used for carrying provisions or preserving clothes; cf. sesea, kyerenkye.

pirew, F. piro, v. to roll (base, a cask, abo, stones); - red.

pirepirew, F. piropiro, to roll, tvalloiv, ivelter. 3Ik. 9,20.
piriin, V. to make or groiv hard, to harden; to parch, scorch;
ne ho apirim, his skin is getting hard, said ofa baby of 3 or 4 months;
ode, ntgmmg no ho ap., the outside of the yam or the siveet potato has
become black (in the ground); gde a eda gyam' na ogya pi nni ho
pirim; gde no ap., the yam has become hard over the fire (in boiling or roasting), pr. 1560.
gde mmen yiye a, epirim, wototo a,

380

pirim

emmen

bio, if

flic

yam

is

po.

not well roasted in the hejinning,

remains

it

and docs not hecome softer hij eontinued or repeated roastiny;

aduan a wgnoa noa noa na entumi mraen, wose: apirim; ekuru a
nek. ye
w'ototo a emmeh, wuse: ap.
Phrases: ne koma ap.
den na ontie asem biara a woka kyeie no, afotuseni biara hkom';

hard,

opirim neho or ne koma, he hardens himself or his heart, so that he

does not listen to advice; opirim' ne tirim', he took courage; pirim
woanim, take heart or courage, do itmanfidly; opirim n'anim tu no
fo, he boldly (or earnestly) admonishes or foretvarns him.

pirim

[obsol.]

piri\v.

pirimm, primprim,

p[nm,V.

2)erfectly

mayendow'

hard, strong, healthy, lively;

p.

nebo primm

nebo ye dennennennen, gnyare neh; ouipa yi, oye mu primm,

man is not sickly, bid healthy and indeed lively; oye primprim,

=^

this

he

is

quite nimble,

piriw: bg

p.,

ne bo ye
to

deii,

gnye fongfong.

be sfrnclc with fear or terror,

to be startled;

bg.. p., to sirike with terror, to startle, frighten, terrify;

prim, bg pitiri; yi.. bu, yi.. abi.

tr.

piro, red. piropiro,

F.

i\

- syn.ho

pirew. Mt. 27,60. Mk. 9,20.

pitrihii, a kind o{ frumenty or pa}); abfiroduan a wgyam na

wgama abouo (aboiiV) na wgasgii so na wuwie (so sgii) a wgaka.
[G. aflata.]
'

become weak, fidgetty, restless, senseless, to sivoon atvay, faint, espec. from buuger; yr. 3233.
to cause to faint: gkgm na eto nnipa p.; cf. tg beraw, twarc.
kwata, fa-wobo-kodi, mifua-duam'.
piti, leprosy,
piti, stvoon, fainting-fit; tg

p.,

to

0-pitij a jumping insect.

se

apiti, the name of a small bird; anomji ketewa bi, gsgw nnipa
nebo nwrah-nwran, no ho kankan, ne ntakara mu bon so, na-

nso wodi.

unleavened bread; aburow a

a piti, ebiti, F. apitsi,

mmgre na wgnoa na wgbg no

0-])itii"6,

})l.

leper,

a-,

wgyam no

ap.

gkwatani.

])itipiti, thickly crou'ded, thronged, close together; syn. pepe;

nkiirofo no aboaboa wgiiho anop. ('XA-. il^&.j; nkranyi, wgfgre so p.

pitiiiti, adv. much, continuously;

pitiri: bg
O-pitiri,

p.,

jjZ. a-,

wgfweno

p.

be struck with terror, to startle, shrink; cf.

[piriw.
a kind of river-fish.. pr. 2694.
to

a swoon, fainting; op. nliiua

starving person, pr. 2695.

0-i)iti-to, inf. falling in

0-})ititotb,

({

ti

kgm

(?).

thick, inspissate(d) ; iikwan, aduru

stand thickly or close together; kwae yi
mil piw, emu nnua n.a. (bemrneh ho) piw so, kyere so: mmruku
ma dgte ye petgyi, emu mpiw.
3. to make thick, hard; p. dote

piw,

no apiw.

v. 1. to

become or be

2. to be dense,

petg. pr. 1596.

mpi-ye,
pg, pgr,

inf.
v.

s.

F.

mpi.
to strip (off), atar, one's clothes; s.

pore.

po
Ak.

])0, V.

po po,

5.

381

p6.

pow.

or po po, expressions imitative o(thQ sound of bcatinrf,

JcnocJiinff.

po,

[rc(L I'Opo]

V.

push; opo me taw

1. to

=--

osum

gwo me

ine,

iikonsiHW, holdnuj uic hi/ the necJc, he pushes or thrusfs me forward.

3. to shake. tremlAe [inf. apo, q.v.j - red. gpopo, ne ho pnpo, iie

lionam }iopo, he trembles; mtVaina popo nnua, the wind shakes the
posow, wosow); nmia no apopo, tlie trees have been
S. red. gpopo ne ti, he shakes his head, refuses, declines.
shaken.
4. po, to refuse, decline, reject; Y.Mt.21,42.Mk.7,9.
to forsake,
trees (syn. him,

F. Mt. 19,27.
to disdain, scorn, despise; to repudiate; to spurn
syyi. ])a[G.kwa].
awaif ; F. to renounce; to deny ; Mt. 10,:}3.16,24.
po s o,
Pltr. wgapo ne bra ama no, they have left him to himself.
to refuse, decline (a present, an invitation to eat); to simulate refu-

(mema

na gboapa se gmp^ a, na gpo so uen).

tvinnow or fan corn by pushing or shaking the vessel containing it; c/". huw so.
0. to throtv off or drop

Sfd

0.

obi biribi na gpe,

po abiirow

so, to

sift,

aka kuma na dua yi apo, litis tree icdl

soon lose its leaves; dua yi apo, this tree is leafless; nnua no apopo.
pr. 993.997.
7. to emit, discharye: n'ano po ahuru, he foams. Mk. 9,14.
8. to utter icords by repetition: po dodow, to stammer, stutter.
Mk. 7,32.
.9. to emit other sounds: po waw =rz bg waw, to couyh.

yrow

the leaves, to

leafless;

10. to yrotcl, gnarl, snarl (as a dog, leopard, lion, bear); (/'.pgw.
11.

po so,

wgpopo

to rattle in the throat in

13.

the last struggle before death;

po nhoma, to ctirry leather by a process of scraping, cleansing, beating, smoothing and colouring mmoa
nhoma na wgdan ani ma eho dwo (the hides of animals are dressed
and prepared that tliey become soft and jjliayd), na wgde di adwini
biara; etgd. wgde hye fam' ma eho dwo na wgapo so hhwi no, na
wgahye no kgkg a.s. tnntum, a.n. wgde aye mpaboa, utoa, mmoha,
ekyew, nkotoku n.a.
13. po abrgbe, to sever or extract the fibres
from the leaves of tlie pnnc-apple; wgboro abrgbe-ahabau na \\qwere so na woyi mu abrgbe-mfuturu no.

2)1.

so.

to beat:

apo

(pi. id.) fetters, shackles for the feet,

= pokyere, m-.

e-po, Gy. a lizard. pr.l023.

o-p

withering

0, inf.

apo,

cf.

ghow.

tremor of weak, infirm or old persons;

trembling of hands, feet and head gyare apo.
inf.

trembling,

e-p6, i>Z. ?, a bcde of cloth

ara ntwaa so bi pen e.
e-p6,

a-,

a dish

made

ntama po

or

ntamapo

= ntama a obi-

of some herb. pr.3017.

bosonopo; pom\ in tlie sea; po so or po ani,

on the sea; - kg po, to go to fish. John 21,3. - epo yiri, the tide flows,
sets in, is coming on, it is flowing ivcder; epo twe, the tide goes out,
ebbs, fcdls, it is ebbing water. i)r.670.
po nom' tea, gidf; po nom'
tetrete, bay. D.As. Cf. kgnton, dgnngh; poka, pokwantea.
e-po, sea, ocean,

c/".

p6,
ye

me

mpo, (full o) adv.

se,

even

if

even; nay; mpo madi awu a, ahka wona nmrder, they would not deal

I had committed

po

382

apokii.

me thus; me nuanom, mpo me ua

Gr. 75,3.134,3 6.

with

no

si

gko,

mma

ne won;

Jrf. 8,79-

po, adv. expressing the sound of steps in ivrdking: n'asepatere

fam' p6 po (=ko ko) na ode ko; gno de, da gsore a, pg po na

mprempreh na

e.s.

gkg,

..;.

po', adv. expressing the sound or act of tjeating, striking or rutbum [G. gba, gbu, bum]; wotvia ogya po' po'
ting: mabg no p5

or p6 p6.

po, v.[red. -popo] -ani, to cast an angri/, piercing, intimidating

look at; opo n'ani, opopo (opupuw) n'ani kyere me, opopo me, he
threatens, frightens me, addresses

= otutu

ly to }e,

nim kyere me

me harshJij,

n'ani kycre me, gteetee

se,

onya

biribi

a,

flies at

me, speaks rough-

me hunahuna me, gye

gbeye me. Gen.

n'a-

42,7.30.

mpo: obo me mpo, he ill-treats, ill-uses, abuses, maltreats me,

gye me sakasaka, gye me pupopupo, gboro me, gnfwe me so yiye.
poa, 2^1- ^''- t\va.. poa, to challenge, defy, with words, espec.
hy the use oi debasing or vilifying expressions; otwame poa, wotwitwa yen mpoa.

mp

a-t

w a, inf. challenge,

setting at defiance, defamation;

dvvom

mpo ye mp. (mp. ne se: ghene bi wg ho na wo ani nsg no na wokasakasa senea wo ne no se, se ebia wobese se: oyi a, minsurono,
ontumi nkum me, mewg sika mekyen no, ohiani no nso, wgdeno ye
yi

den?) pr.l096.2698ff.
\n\)0-l\\\ 6, sea-shore, strand,
coast, pr. 1107.2697.

beach, shore; sea-side, coast, sea-

mpo anoni,

pi.

m-

-fo,

diccller on the sea-

coast; people living near the sea-shore.

pr. 2572 f.
mpobi, yr. 2701.
very painful and enduring longer
(perh. 6 months) than pgmpg (8 days); p. na eye yaw bebrebe, nso
eta tu kuru kyen pgmpg.

pobi, a by-name of the

pobia,

0-p6bi-dei,
o-po'dg,

pr. n.

7v7.a-,

mpofirim',
of a sudden;

fly.

pi. m-, a black boil,

c/".

1.

an ancient king; -

2.

a brook, G. Ogboli.

a large pot to keep water in; pr. 2702.

cf.

atahina.

imexpectedly una wares; suddenly, on a sudden,

,

cdl

mpaase, mpasompaso.

o-pofoni, pi. a- -fo, fisher, fisherman, pr. 2703.

mpo-l'oro [gpgw foforo] assumption, forwardness, pertness, fiip)pancy; Rog. 878.885- c/. nsoaforo; "gpgw ana mp.?" is it.^iyoliteness
or peiiness?^ abofra a orefiti ase asua kasa na gde mpanyinsem ne
mmerantiwasem afra ne bram'.

apogya, s. apagya.
[sMl.
apo-hiiru [epom' awuru] sea-tortoise, -turtle; ap. bon, tortoisepo-ka, channel, strait, narrow sea between two portions of land.

mpoko
bullion.

[mpgw akgkg-akgkg] lumps,

pokowa, pgkoa,

^j?.

ingots or nuggets of gold,

m-, a small nugget of gold.

O-pokii, pr.n.m. pr.2704f-

apokii

-0,

pokupoku, a kind

of white heron, aigret.

 pompono.

pokuwa
p oku(w)a,
cf.

pi. m-, the full

round breast of a young woman;

mpek.ua.

nufu, nufuten;

cliff,

o-poku(w)atb,

pi. a-, a full-ffrown girl.

]o-k

wan-tea,

pokye,

383

a strait of the sea.

crumble

V. 1. to

off,

pluck

off.

[G. kpoke.]

^. to de-

fer, delai/, linger, tarry.

kyc

r o, pi.

kycre

m-, fetter for the feet

F. mj). (no sing.) ;

cf.

apo.

prisoner in fetters, in jail; diff. odeduani, one arrested (in his own or another man's house) on wh in
the sentence is not yet passed.

o-p

11

a- -to, a

mu] F.

o-p 0111* [epo

pom a,

))l.
1,

in the sea; to sea; south ward.

V. 1. to stirJi,

sika a aka no

poma mu

somewhere; me

he fastened, he held hack

'no, the rest of the

money due

2.

retained (in their hands, withheld from me).

a gun.

to

me

is still

charge or load

to

a, pi. m-, (F. iioma, Mk. 6,8.) stick, icalking-stick; cane, staff
speaker of a jury, of a messenger or ambassador); wokosi
mp. wg ohene anim
wokoyi nteh wo oh. anim; s. si.

(of the

O-p

111

iime, gbofo.

for a privy:

\'Ojpl. a-,

pi. a-,

cane-hearer, messenger, ambassador; syn. okyepersons sitting on the scaffold of poles serving

mekoma

apoiiiafo: gtoto

akye

ap.

me

meko dua

so.

unconcerned,

ap., he is careless, regardless,

he cares nothing at all about me; monntoto ne nsem ap., do not neglect, disregard or slight his words.
apomafo-to, inf. contempt, neglect, disregard.

po ma-si

[si

mp.] a public transaction.

Ak.

sale of a slave

on credit.

m po m a-ti ri:
to

go

to

so or kura mp., to make use of a messenger's cane,

di ghene anim asem. jrr. 3283.
address an assembly;

apOmma,

m-, [gpon, di)n.] shutter; toto mp. no mu!

[apombrew, F. Mt.4,23f. (misprinted)=^2i\ib^mhxev; ahogmerew.]
^jZ.

o-p6mfo, i^Z. a- [poii, ^,] F. redeemer.

apo-moiio, too much rubbing of the teeth,

fpr.2645.
so that blood comes.

pgmpo, p>l- ro-r boil, bile, furuncle; caricotis tumor ;

(opens sooner) kyeh pobia: gyare mp.

apompom-pe,

i/".

oye

posity, arrogance;

p.

vain pomp, vain-glory, haughtiness, pom-

nneema

pompon,

V. red., s.

])ompon,

the highest pitch or degree;

mu,

est point,

ntem

ap., he is puffed up, vain-glorious, su-aggering,

vaunting, braggart; obu neho kese, gfwefwe

no

p. tu

akese.

JPs.

131,1.

pgn.

asem or gyare no atg

the matter (latv-suit), or his sickness,

and

is

much more

difficult to

has reached the highreduce or cure than it was

in the beginning.

m pomp once,

[pono] wrinkles; curves.

pompono,

red. v. 1. to

pompro,

2. to wrinkle; to get (perf. to

bend;

s.

have) wrinkles,

pono;
to be

to

crumplcup.

wrinkled: akwa-

mpomponsa

384

oponfo.

kora no anim ap., that old man has a wrinlied face; op. ne moma,
3. to writhe tvith pain or agonij.
4. to bend
he knits his hrotcs.
akonton, akyeakyea.
or wind in manifold curves: asu no ap.

mpomponsa,

three cues or horn-like twists of hair.

poll, V. to disjoin or separate with some effort: 1. to take aicai/

hy force, pull off, snatch from; afammoa, wompon no, yr. 1089. wopgn nekyew fi n'atit'i: sjjn. pan, huarn.
2. to strip or deprive one

of property given to him at some former time (said of persons who

impoverish one j^rcvionsly enriched hy them): Owxisu Yaw apgn ne
yere Manu, Mr.R. has taken back from his ivifc M. all he had given
3. to discharge, issue: ppoiV afwene, he bleeds at the nose.
her.
y. to let go or quit one's hold; pon
4. to miscarry: obea no apon.
gdan no ho
fvve, to fall off, away or dotcn, to drop (doicn) fr. 542.
apgn, tlie pilaster or coating of the wall has fallen off; - pgn li..ho,
to be pulled off, to fall away from, to he frustrated in; ma wgmpgn
6. to go away, retire or desist from,
mfi wgn agyinatu ho. Ps. .'),11.
to cease, leave off, give nji, brealcnp or off; wgapgn adwumayg, tl^ey
have left off ivorking ; wgbg nnonniun a, adCvuma^efo apgn, at 5 o'clock the labourers leave off working ; wgapgn asgre, tlie church service is over; wgapgn suku, tJie scliool is over or finisJted, the scJiolars
7. to dismiss from ivork or from a
have been dismissed, pr. 2706.
meeting, assembly or congregation; wura M. apgn n'adviumayefo,
Mr. 31. has dismissed his labourers; kyerekyerefo no ap. ne sukufo,
the tcacJier has dismissed his scholars or pupils; wgapgn asafo no,
to call people out of or atvay
the congregation hasbeendismissed.from tlieir homes: wapgii nkurofo aboa ano, he Jtas called the peoiile
9. to call back, recover, win or bring bad; [h\^ii\\i'ii,
to assemt>le.
under the assurance of their not being hurt, from the place to which
they fled perliaps from fear of being killed): wopgh akobgfo a, wo
ntama ano ye duru, pr. 498. cf. pgno, F.
10. to redeem, recover a

<S'.

pawn.

pr. 770.

poll, a. in cjjds. great, large; cf. abgpgn, obirempgn

nantupgh, Akiiropgn, Mampgh, Onyankopgn.

pon, pono, F,

o-pon,

mpy

11

to

redeem,

inf. ahortion,

ne mmd,

amp oil,
0-p6n,

a. old,

tfie

gye.

pon,

inf.

= ghene,

redemption.

miscarriage.

whole family or Jiousehold, mpanyih nemmofra.

used oi palm-wine,

ampgh

o,

pi. a-, F. epon, 1. door, gate, hatch,

ye wurekyere, adidipon ye trotro);

to

ni!

pon mu, sfmt

table, dining- (breafxfast-, sup2)er-)table,

nsa no aye

a.

=^ods.h ano pen (eho

tfie

door.

2.

adidipon; writing-table
meal, repast; feast: wg-

3.
-desfc, kyerewpoh; cf. adwumpon.
tow'no pon, they made him a supper.
4. the tat/le in the court of
justice: wgde no kg pon so (= asa so) akodi asem, he is brougfd to
tfie bar for a decision of the matter. [G. 1. sina, 2-4. okplo.]

or

pon am,

a tvell-formed xyiece or nugget of native gold.

wgapono] abend, curve, curvature; a bind or
rap. kuma, a breve [as on Ji e i..]: monye mp. wg so!

mponec [biribia
tie [

''"^

];

g-ponfo, F. redeemer,

ogyefo.

gpguko

nipopa-ammo-wo.

o-]oiik6, pl.A-, F.m-, horsc.pr. 2707ff. -

o-]\qu]\0'i^iW,j)l.n-,ra.sfrafr(IJiors(\(f<'](lit/f/.

an niiimal ;oiR'riite(l botwccn a lioisc and a

- Itctwcen a lio-ass and a mare).

o[)orik()-riinini,>(?(/r,

slio-ass

g-])UMkg-iiiiadoka,

a})giikg-kwaii,j;7. id.

road, hifih-road,

g-)ioi'il<0-l).*l, pi. a-, colt,

- q-\m\ko-\\\\\\,ijl.'A-,st(iUion.-

fodJ. - q-\)0\\ko-\)VA'(\^])J.tx-,m(nr.

g-pgiiko-al(j, saddle.

\}it.

385

Jiorsc- way

(r/".

afiinnnpgnko,

bit, Ijiidle.

horse-road] road, the broad

hi(/hirai/.

a])gi'ikg-iiau: wasi ap., he stands astride, liaving- set

one foot be-

fore the other; he strides.

g-p

otg

ii-k

k 6 r o,

apgiikyc, am-,
apo h k y eren,
bore mfi aw

g. in:

^j^.

door-hiiu/e.

m-, Ak. F. ffont; =^ ahirekyi.

i)l.m-,

2712 f.

cf.

toad; ap.te abo ase ne atarem';

apgtoro.

ap.pnw

po 11 0, V. \^rcd. pompono, pompro] 1. to bend; gpono ne mu, ne

nankroma.
;2. peri", to be be)d, crooked; to be arched, vaidted.
Cf. kyea, kurum.

poiio, pon,

V.

F. to redeem; gpono,

apoiio, F. circle; bu(bu) ap.,

to

redemption,

ivf.

form a

circle, to

ogye.

surround.

nij)OiiO, F.
tu mp. =: tu nten or ntene; watu m'asem mp., he
has gone straipht-fortvard with my cause.
:

iini

pgn o-di-ii Slid,

opoiiontoiii',

pgil SC,

mpgiise

V.

an old

mo)iJie/j-eater,

gbaylfo mmaran.

p7. a-, [pono, torn'] pocket-hnife, clasp-linife.

[Fng.] Akp. F.

to jiunisli

cf.

twe

aso, f\ve, tua ka.

(F. A^s.^.), punishrnent.

g-p6ii-nta, folding-doors, folding-gcde.

mpon-tcre,
ap()n-tow,

door-hinges; iron ligaments of a door. pr.3S28.

inf.

[tow pon]

luxnrt/, delicate living;

wgde

pgntwe, pgntwepgntvve,
fid, indolent, idle; syn.

apo 11-11 11 a, Ak.

door or window,

feast, feasting,

ap.

slotv, sluggish,

ani.

tardy, chdl; lazy, sloth-

nya.

aponnxva, pl.m.- [gpon, agua] the frame of a

pr. 2711.

mpg-iiworn a, = ode mpgw

wobubu

banquet, banquetting;

nko na egye won

a ahye

(=

erebebg) na ennyini na

di no, unripe tubers or roots of yam.

pO]>a, popapopa, red.

v., s.

pa, espec. under 13.

popapopa,

adv. expressing the sound of breaking; gdan no

ye p. na ebu fVvee ho, or, gdan no bubu p. na efwee ase, the house
fell or tumbled down toith a crashing or cracking noise.

popa,^;?. m-,pcdm-branch, i.e. thelong mid-rib of the Zw/'espec.

of the oil-palm, together with or without the long leaflets (berew)
proceeding from it on both sides, pr. 466.570.592.2715.

in]opa-amino-wo, a swelling of the hand alleged

bv a cliarni against thieves in a plantation.

to

be caused
25

m pop are,
bo

mpopare

386

porgkyewa.

a place cleared from

a place in a forest.

hrushwood, tceeds &c.

trees,

nip., to clear

o-popaw,

^>?. a-,

a kind o{

irce,

used as timhcr; wgde sen wo-

aduru, adaka n.a.

[noa opopa yam'J the last chdd of a motJicr;

apopa-yain

mp

p a-y a

popo,

popo
m})6p6,
popo,
popo,

iii

red.

iJie

v., to sJial-e,

s.

po.

cloth;

po, espcc.

Ak. aweree;

under 2.8.6
s.

ntama.

po'po', = ofuruntum.

s.

sound of cutting,

the ddrk-circen or dirlii fdin

s.

po.

on the ground

spilled or on stagnant water, consisting of

2. darh-green

so-nhwi, dna-ho-iihwi.

tlio

po.

tiny ^vater-phnds, ahjae;

popododobi,

s.

of maize. [G. kpekpe.]

abonua, atwapo, from

po'po, red.
apopobil>iri, 1.
where water has beeu

made

a native dish

v., s.

no ap.)

tremble dc.

[G. kpekpe] a kind of

cf.

[okaak\ iro,

fibres of palm-hranches.

(wuguarc gu a. na fam' aye tumm, wofre

moss on stones or trees; pr.8370. cf. abo3. a. dark-green.

nant\Vi.

apopokyikyi, a kind of river-fish. pr. 3716.

popomporinva, a custom performed with

females arrived
wogoru no bra, e.s. ababa bi a oboe bra
puberty; wgye no p.
wgde gude ne nnwinne ne nhenepa hyehye no to dwom di n'akyi
de no ko asum' kognare no bo no asu de no ba ofie na woye no aye
hkesua, ntrama n.a.
pop 6 pop 6, fighting, scuffle; se p. ti mu a, menye no dcri? insolent usage; gye p., he is a rough man, disposed to fight or flog
otliers, to show his power; mmobo me p. so! do not huoch me aboid
thus! [fr. the sound of beating.]

at

]0i)orokii, new corn (maize) which can be ground, corn of

present) gear; cf. kukuradabi.

this (the

jMirc, V. 1. to strip one of his

opoti ra6.
king; gpgre m'ano

clotJics.

pore,

pi. m-, jar, pitcher,

jug or

bottle

3. to challenge bij stri-

of sione ware.

apori'-bji', apotiba.j;*?. m-, a club, bludgeon, cudgel, thicker than

asaba,

cf.

nkontimma.

a. readg to strike or fight; ne nsa ye p.

apori-s6, bg force or violence; ogyt- biribi ap. odi asem no
ap., e.s. gnf\Vef\Ve bem biara se nea esi ne tirim no nko.

poripori,

poriwa,
fingers' length;

poro...

cf.

mporiwa-mp., short, said of sticks of 1 or 2

Nkranfo kot\va nnua mp.-mp. de kg fie kgtgn.

a., pi.

pro..., pono...

porokyewa. fender, soft, delicate, daiutij, effeminate; gyeh

mma pr., lie brings up his children tenderly, effeminately; wahye

ne
ne muia pr. or prgwe, he shows his cldldren too much indulgence
koko), he spods his chddren.

(cf.

oporoii
o-[)Oroii, a

kind

g-p6ruiituni',

poroporo,

pusaw.

387

of tree.

gponontom'.

s.

a disease in the thraal; vyi wo niciie; wokasu

;i,

onye yiye.

puruporow,

p drop 6 row,

red. vv.,

s.

porow, p)row.

6 r6 6 r o
a. snudl fragments or partieles, crvmhs, splinters,
filiiufs, sparks: dokon()(ho) mpr., erumhs of bread, cf. nif'ftrotVirowjl;
(lua (lio) mpr., snudl hits of wood, splinters, .saic-dust ; dado (lio) mpr.,
iron-fUiiiffs; gya (h<">) mpr., S2)arlis, if. ntnruturuwa.
Ill

porgw,

V. [^red. poroporow] 1. to rot, corrupt, pidrify, decay,

become putrid, grotv virident, /o/i's-^cr (of wounds), ulcerate;
peri", to be rotten, putrid; du;i no bep. utom; nam no ap. - cf. suw,
see.
j2. to sjmd, to bring up or ovcustoni to bad habits; op. ne ba
gliye ne ba prowe, okoko ne ba.
porowe, v. n. rottenness.

spoil; to

porow,

r. [>rr/.

poroporow]

fewabnrow &

1. to

beat out, thrash (kokotv., ato-

gbe I'lma); to beat o//'(abe: wode

bemfi bo [or fwe] fam' de yi nimet'iia no mmiako ./; ;/; afi bemii no
so).
2. to bent, to shalce out, to remove the dust dc. or clean (prow
or proprow atadcan', clothes dc.) by beating; to shalie, stir uj), clean
from the seeds &c. mmea de tadua p. asawam', women clean raw
ko, emd,

cf.

siw, G.

= tetew).

the fruits of

from under

the felled

tree,

mmcdefmiu

off, gather (dua aba,

remove the single j^ots
palm-trees (wotetew nhina a wgde sua abe fi

cotton by a tcooden instrument.

o. to

4. p.

pluch

abom,

to

ase).
5. to fall, espec. in small portions oy p)articles,
crumble, to be scattered, strciccd (strown) or throivn down (of dry
things): dua no so ahaban iih. porow ==po; nliweap. gu ade no so;
hkyene porow gu; - tr. to remove small particles, shake off, cast off;
6'. to spend in defraying different exgporow nkyene gu, yr. 702.
7. p. atuo, to dispenses; map. me sika hh. matua m'akaw 'ne.
charge guns in a volley; yep. atuo guu won so, we pioured a volley
to

8. n'aniwa poroporow nsu, his eyes gush

of muskets upon them.
Old water; oresu na nusu fi n'aniwam' gu worgdg-wurodo y gyg,=:

nusu tere no.

poruwa,

a. s.

poriwa.

posa, V. fred.] 1. to rub (with the hands); p. ta, to rub the tobacco; ntama no abiri, mep., the dress is ditiy, I am rubbing it; awgw ade me nsa na mep., my hands are cold, therefore I am rubbing them; mep. mekoko so, I am rubbing my chest; wgde dgte p.
n'ani. they rub dirt into his face or eyes.

strength of

2.

to

break or crush the

any one: gyare no ap.no, he has become lean and

by the sickness.
po-sa, F.

mposae,

= posaw.

3It. 27,48.

feeble

Mk. 15,36.

bark or the dry fibres of the plantain-tree,

used for various mean purposes [ccmm.lang., s^n.baha]. pr. i0.^49i.
the tcithered

posaw, V. 1. to rub to p)oivder; to bruise, crush, grind, smash,

2. to be crushed: mawie p. kora, I
dash in pieces; syn. petew.
5. p. so, to murder, with cruelty, atrocam completely exhausted.
ity or in a frantic manner, to massacre.

posaw

388

apotompo.

po-saWj F. po-sa [gsaw a efi pom'] a FAiropcnn sponge.

apose, a kind of hroicn-red fruit; aba a ebere dutn.
0-pOsi, pi. a-, a kind of eartlien vessel; asanka (abeya) hi a woanworainvoran mu (woiiweneno pipiri yemii aliin-ahin) a wopgtow
niu mako, nkrnma, cfan n.a.; s. knku.

0-p6s
child,

ydm\

e,

Ak.

opiesie, the ftrsi cJilld;

a c/idd horn
okaakyiri.

io

man

mo

(ha)

p.

in his old age.) Cf.

iii.

(7?. fjtct/oinigrsf

abakan

&

apopa-

posi, pl.m- [pgw a asi] a iuher of the yam plant groiving afresh after those of the first growth have been pulled off; ode a woapan (wgatu ase de a edi kan) na asan abg bio; s. mpgvv; gde no

Wgdo

sisi so pi nti, wgfre no mpgw a asi (esi) a.s. mposi.

befua no mposi-mposi na ehyehye nkg no mu.

l)OS0i)0SQ, a.
no aye p., cnye den

loose.

ricJcefg,

ode awg-

unfixed, not sficJdng fast ;

epam

bio.

poso, posoposo, a. u-cak from old age (or sickness), feeble,

infirm, imbecile, decrepit. shaky, tottering; aberewap.; wabgakorapp.
po-soro-samini;

posow,
- mframa

ahabafi

p.

pr. 2G9G.

V. to shalcc,
;

= wosow, pusuw,

tremble dc.

awgw

p.

me honam

awgw

popo, him;

me ho

de me,

p.

nij)0-tam^ [(be)pgw ntam'] pass, passage between mountains or

houses; strait, defile; alley, thoroughfare; wafa mp. hayi; cf. afae,

pot,

a. right, true,

genuine; adv. in the right manner.

challenge by striking one's nose or

mouth

toith the

inpo-tia [pgw, tia] stunted tubers of yam; gde a

ebgg hkorowa-hkorowa no. ^n: 281.

ammg

yiye na

poti,
finger;

cf.

to

V.

pgre.

apoti-ba, F. apotsiba, Mt. 26,47. s. aporiba.

fgtg, F. fore.
^.
3. F. to corpoto, V. Ak. 1. s. pgtgw.
rupt, become corrt(j)t; dzea ompgto no, that uhich is not corruptible.

[1 Cor. 15,42.

poto, a. dirty, filthy, nasty; ne ntama or ne ho aye

neho ye fi dodo.
ho ye p.

potopoto,

a. thick, insj^issatcd ;

nkwan no

muddy, miry. - adv. wokuiikum nnipa gnu hg

people

icith

ajiiw

aye

(fi) p.,

])p.;

ne

slimy,

pp., they slaughtered

a fearful carnage.

apotobiesase, Ab. a kind oi oui

mpoto-d(j, a

wurepi, Akr.

k.in([.oi pottage-herb.

dregs, lees, sediment of any thing; puw is used

^. F. corruption, =^^royve.
only of nsa or other liquors, and ta.

mpotoc,

1. the

[pgtgw 5.] foreigner, alien (barbarian), oneivho

does not speak Tslii, one uho speaks an unintelligible language.
o-p

2.

s.

fo,

^j/.

a-

bgtgfo, patJifo.

potg-maii, a people of a language different from Tshi.

Apotgkau, an impure Akan

ap otoin

\>o,

dicdect;

Kwawufo kasa

hurry, precipitation, flurry, fuss; gbg no

ap.
aj).,

hr does

;i|)()f()|6re

it

hi

epow.

389

confusion, heJtcr-sldtcr, hustili/, without sufficient

ap., cs. odi a, onliCi ano;

htirrif attd

and reasons; obg aseni no

enye biribi, meye no ntemnteni.

prejni ration
osc:

apotoporc,
potojxjto,

potoro

-p6re,
s.

a,

small bird

witli

grcenisb gfoy iiluinagc.

poto, potow.

[Eng.} porter;

a])ot6ro, frog;

cf. nsai,

aporikyeren.

cf.

;ipgt6i'0-dnm, a poisonous

dupoii

^;/f/^,-

bi.

\)Oi6v6\)bt6v6, nc(/li<jcnt, careless, slovenly, disordcrli/; gni'\\-6

n'adc yiyo, oye nenneemap.
sakasaka; ony^ ne ba yiye
kor:l, gyeno p.

]oto\Vj

asankam';

(rush,

v. 1. to

s(2i((ish,

wo

])rcss into

pulp; op.

mako wo

;>. to pound, heat;

na cpetew,
fotgw ni., to Icnead, mould dough or bread;
latead; p. mmorc
wow d., to ivork clay and ivater ivifh the feet; dgtc no apgdote

to

otia biribi so

p.

fani'

tgw (awgw), the clai/ is well mixed, ready for use.

3. to speak a
foreign (barbarous) language, at least not pure or genuine Tski; op.
Brgfo, Date &c. Otwi do, yenipgtgw.

potiiropod WO,
na

s.

boturobodwo.

potyi^ri, 1. glutton, greedy fellow; onipa a onyil aduah a. nsa

odi a. gnom no pi kyeh se etc; sijn. odidifo. [G.fiilg.]
3. glut-

tony, greediness;

gye

p.

-- gpe adit'ude, he

is

greedy (not only of

food or drink).

])Otwom,

button.

pow,

popgw] 1. to rub,
gpow korow no mu;

scrape, scour, clean, cleanse;

syn. twiw.
J3. to cut closely,
to lop or poll the branches of a tree, espec. of a palm-tree felled in
order to extract the palm-wine; wapgw abe no; wgapopgw won

pgw

[red.

se, pr. 401.

mme.

3. to polish, burnish, furbish,

to refine;
lioa.

V.

4.

make smooth,

bright ov glossy

wgp. awowa, sanyaho; mapgw mo se dwete; cf. trom,

to become or be civilised, polite, refined, ctdtivated; gpow

= onim aguaasescmdeyg; akoano apgw nnansa-yi,

gwg mn no amanne yiye;

e.s.

wahukurow

pgtgfo biara mpgwe, none of the tribes

that do not speak Tshi arc polite or refined.
5. to grotv rich, pr. 884.
to improve or rise in ivorldly affairs, to become comfortable, pr. 1626.

Asantefo amma Fantefo ampow amfew, the Asantes did not suffer
the Fantes to improve and thrive or prosper.
6. to become or he
ptroiid, puffed up, arrogant; to behave proudly; syn. horan; gpgw
neho, he puffs himself up; gpgw n.s. gnso neagbeyedwae na greye;
n'aninsg nnipa; wapgw, he is proud, presuming, arrogant, insolent,
overestimates himself; ghgho ba kurorn' na gkyere neho a, wose
wapgw dodo.
7. to growl, grumble, gnarl, snarl, roar, said of the
dog, leopard, lion &c. gkraniaii pg me, the dog growls at me.

0-pow,

pow,

inf. p)oliteness dec.

V.

to

pow, V. F.
e-pow, pL a-

haughtiness, arrogance.

come up, come

= po,

forth,

appear; dua aba no apow

to forsake, e.g. sin.

or apgw-apgw,

1.

[apiie.

bump, swelling, protuberance,

epow

390

apra.

wo pow, he has a hump on his face; n'ano ahore

swollen (by accideut or by nature) pr. 145. 1G3.
menewaase pow, a) a wen on the throat, (joitrc, struma; h) (jrudije,
2. conglopique, spite: oyi no m, p., he gives vent to his anger.
hation. conglomeration; mogya apow-apow, clots of blood; cf. epow,
twiior; knob; n'anim

pow, Ms mouth

is

Aburokyiri nnuan no ho nhwi ye apowye den se, mintumi raensaii, this knot is
too tight, I cannot untie it; - bo or si p., to tie (in or into) a knot;
bo so hama na wo were amfi; - bg hama p.,
si wo nsa so pow
to tie a rope into a knot; - bo tirim p., to design, project, plan, deo. knuckle, protuberant
vise, to make apian, project, design, plot.
joint, espec. of the fingers; cf. naiipow, nannwea; gteotee n'apgw
mn, he stretches himself, lit. his joints, he takes exercise, tvalks; oye
pl.ra-.

apow.

5. curl, ringlet;
4. Icnot;

pow

yi

me apow

so ade, he treats

me

badly, cruelly.

m-, a cluster or group of trees, grove, thick wood or

forest of small extent; cf. abosompow, asamampow, asgreso.

e-pow,

j;7.

sika p., an ingot, nugget or

J)?, m-, conglobation, lump;
of gold; rock-gold; s. epgw, 2. & pokg.
mpow, the new tubers of yam growing afterthoso. of the first crop
from the head which has been cut off and planted again; gde awgatu na aka ne ti wg fam', gde a wgpan mnigtgkroma a esan bg no,
mpgw'mfew da,
ode a wgapan dedaw na abg mpgw no; 5. posi.

e-pow,

billot

Wo

yotir capacities will never be developed.

mpgw-bere, mpow-mii, the time of the second crop of yam.

\)6\\Vi, pi. m-m- [epgw, dim.'] a small grove for the fetish
gbosompgw.
e-powci [ep6, dim.] a (small) sea as part of an ocean.

powa, Ak,

the smallest

amount of

gold-dust, the half of pese-

wa, about a half-penny. Cf. simpgwa, tapo.

powa-de, tltings bought for a half-penny,

pr. 1362.

mpowa-ku, Ak. snvdl debts.

apow-mu-deii: ghye no ap. na wabg ne krgn,
courages or helps her in her

apow-mu-teetee

he confirms, en-

theft.

fstretching of the joints or limbs] gymnastic

exercise, gymnastics.

po-wo

[lit.

powpaw:

sea-snake] a kind of eel; syn. aberekuri.

bg-,

to

put aside as unimportant,

pr.

2S0S.

pra, pjira, v. [red. prapra] 1. to sweep with a broom or besom

(gdah mu, abgnteh so, pata so) pr. 322.^718.
to gather; yepra boa
ano a, efwete bio, what we sweep together, is scattered again; pra
ahonya hye kwu, F. to heap upj riches; cf. prapra; - gpra (di) n'akyi,
he sweepis behind him (to remove the least thing or influence he may
have left behind).
2. to sweep, to drive or carry cdong or off, to
destroy many at a stroke or with celerity and violence.
3. Phr.
Oprapra n'aso akyi, s. aso; gprapra ne ba huhuw no ho, s. liuhuw.
sa yare.
4. pra yare, As.

armadillo. Dasypus. pr. 3310.

m-, a small species of armadillo.

e-pra,

j;Z. a-,

apra,

j;Z.

apra

391

prdi'iu.

(jive ivant'niij, (tdmntiHion,

caution; s. ch. woako oinaii bi so na wobedi aseminoiio, na obi ahintaw akji akyorc wo; eto se otia

ajtra: yi.. apra,

io

waru, fort'icarn,

iiif'oniiniion or noficc to, io

wo
wo nail

ik''

Rebeka

so.

lakob apra

yii

so oni'uian.

paramour; eonr.uhine, mistress,

t\\T> mpra \pr. .'.'719. cf. agnain;1n.
between a man and a wonia/i lieiny together for

ni]ra, inpanri, 7)/. -fo, 1. lover,

coiirtrsd)!; gbariina a. obea a giiam

2. the eotinecfion

a time without being properly married, eonenl)inaije ; twe mpra, to

form SHc/i a connection, to Uiw in a state of coneHl>i)ia(je, to have ilnipra-ba, pi. mpra-mma, a child helicit (sexual) intercourse.
nipra-tain': odi o-ne bea no mp., he is the
yottcn in conruhin(((je.

inpra-twc,

go-between
illicit

him and her.

to

inf.

living in concubinage;

(se.ru(d) intercourse.

o-prada,

s.

gpranna.

pr.:i7:20.

aprada, a kind of musical instrument, made

pradadada, s. paradada.
0-jrae,

i>?. a-,

broom, besom;

si/n. oliiiae;

ui'

horns;

cf. tui;

.s.

abeii.

- wope ascm

so prac, ihet/ are too inquisitive.

iiH)ra6-s6j an open level place stvept clean for trading or otlier

purposes.

[)rako,

iJ?.

m-, hog, swine, porJccr, pr. 499.5.35. [Port, pnrco,

kploto', old: kproko.](^^y". batafo.

lit'TC,

sow.

\)Vi\ko-hi[.,

pig, porlict.

G.

prako-

prako-daii, hog-cole, pig-sty. prako-iiam, pork.

prako-iiiiii, boar.

pram'j

flow or run copiously from one's body, said

mibyiaano na iifiri repram no; s//n. guam.
overflow, inundate; nsu prem wiadze, the world teas
v. to issue,

of sweat or blood;

F. prenij to
drou-ned.

pram,

a. (?) nimble, brisJc, quiclc;

ho pram, madi, lehen he gave

soon eaten it up.

me

ode akiitu no maa mo,

the orange,

I was

quiclc

me

and had

prama, pramma, pi. m-, \fr. pra, to sweej)?] 1. a lane between

houses, cf. nuantam', broh.
2. a large yard enclosed by 6 to 8
houses, not forming part of the main street; a place, a broad w u/
or 02)cn space in a town; court-yard.

mprama-so,

jjr.

prammafo,

n.

a place or

street at

the people living in

Akitropong.

one large yard. pr. 2721.

o-prriinmiri, panam..., penam..., jjL a-, a snake 4-6 feet long,

yellow at the neck, grey at the belly, and black (dark-blue) on the
back and at the tail, spitting at people's eyes and blinding them.

pram pram

(pram), adv. issuing or flowing copiously ox profusely; mihuii bofo bi a oti kwan so a ne ho fitiri prampram; otuu
abura no no, nsu no ba prprpr.
ntemntem.

mprampiiro,

bamboo. [Malay

&

Port, bambu, G. pamplo.]

praiiii, a. cf- adt). 1. open, free, plain, -ly; woabu afuw no so

nniia nti eso da ho or aye pr. okasa pr.
oka asem na onsiw bi
so, okasa ne nhinam' kora, onsuro akyiri; - cno prahn, ehe na wu;

opranna

392

huu me kan?

iell

pefe, pete, fclnii.

wh(d

oprera.

plainly: tvhere did you see

2. fidly, in

tvhole; ka-

ilie

amount of the debt?

is the fidl

far or long;

me

madgw makg m'anim

first?

syn.

abe

si

fe,

pr. ?

much or many, pretty

kakra ara getiri, I have
ground (from weeds or trees);
pretty

3.

pr.

advanced pretty far in clearing the

midii nna pr. or mekyee pr. wg ho
for a good tvhile.

me

no nhina

= mekyee kakra,

stayed there

o-p r a n n a', jjZ. a-, (oprada, pr. 2750) thunder, lightning, thunderstorm, tornado; cf. anyinam, osraman; - op. bom' or pae, it thunders; op. si or duru duam', the lightning strikes a tree; op. beduru
wo! may the lightning Jcill thee; op. duruu no de no kgfwee pom',
the lightning struck him and cast him intu the sea; op. ak^i na osu
to da, Gr. 228,4.

praii-hene, a mock-king, a king without any power, liaving

only the name; odi p., gye p.; wosi no p.

mprapiriwa-sOj
prapra,

red.

hastily, snpcrticially.

v., s.

F. nyimpa dodo

pra.

hwgiiho behyiaa nenkyeh, Mt.

kesenara prapraa

13,1.

prfipra, a. slimy, i)ituitous, mucilaginous, mucous (e.g. fwensyn. mjitamata; cf. twcl, hua.

ngre)

mprapr al'o, p7., accomplices, companions,

apraprawgn aboa ano

se ne mt'efo;

aprapra-ha [sweejis the hush]

ap r a p r a-n s a, s. aseforge.
i^trase,

prase

associates;

wgn a

obi

ygnkOnom, mpamfo.
a kind of bird.

[Eng.^to jilaster; to pave; c/. fomfam so, tare so, sew.

[Eng. j>/fl6/cr] a p)laster for wounds e^c, cerate, un-

V.

mfomfamso, ntareso.

guent, liniment; syn.

inpra-tam",

mpra &

s.

di..

ntam'.

pra-tu, the hole of an armadillo, am6a(etu)a gpra dam'; wowgkg amoa nom' se wgkgkyereno; wotua onipa p., he
tuano p.
is wcdched and attacked as in an armadillo's cave, onipa wg dan mu
na woakgtoa no na onnya gkwan mfa bjibiara.
mpra-twe, inf. s. mpra.

apratwem, -twom,j^?. m-,

or native

making;

cf.

Op raw or am, name

apra-yi,

lock of a door or case, of European

kradoa.
of a montli, about

s. pere
., pere
p r e ., p r e
mpre, adv. V. presently, Mk.6,2.5. . .

May;

s.

gsram.

[yi apra] warning, caution against

inf.

prego, perego, preko, ^^Z.

pr e-ko. pere-ko [pen, ko]

= penkoro;

&c,,

preko, mpren, mprepi-e.

cf.

m-, nail. \Po\-i.

1.

danger

[admonition.

pr ego;

Gr.

bleko.]

once, at one time, on one occasion,

mihuii no prek6 pe, I saw him only once.

;?. at once,
of) time, immediately ; enini mene nipa preko;
owui preko-pe, he died suddenly.
at the

same (point

prem, v. F. to
o-prem, perem,
to

discharge cannon,

overflow, inundate;
pil. a-,

s.

cannon; gun,

pram,

hoicitzer.

yr. 876. 1796.246.'}. 2723-

mortar: tow

ap.,

prerain

ti

393

pii.

premin'ti, pomatum.
pr6in6-l)a,

^-^ cannon-haU, -hnJlct, -shot.

2^1-

inpro-mpi'c, F. [mpro, rcd^ presently, instantly, immediately,

moment.

this

ML 20,53.

red.'l 1. of time past: JMS< noio; mp. na

no (wo) ho mp.
^. of the future: presently,
on the spot, immcdiotely; forthicUh; mereba mp., I am coming presmpreinpremprch, on the
ently; mp., grofvVefvVc' bosca a, oronnya
3. when repeated
spot; cf. amonom'-ara, Ak. sose-ara. pr.STSi.
in correlative sentences, it answers to Eng. now - then : anoma tu
a, mp. odan neho ko hayi, na mp. odan neho ba hayi bio, when a
bird flies, it turns now that way, then this way.

iriprcmpren, [mpren,

inihufi

niiiluu lia yi;

niprcii, mpCren,

ntwen

mpre;

bio; F.

'ue;

cf.

pen.

na mprempren

de,

en'de na wontnmi

ni[)reiVkO-tse, F.

too soon.

= mpen abien, two times.

mitrun-sa, thrice; = mpen abiesa, three times.
iii])i'on-iui, twice;

g-prenten,

(akyene

-per...

s.

y-prcilt eilkoro,

bi.)

(agoru bi a wogoni no ayi ase.)

per

s.

p r e 11 1 a, p>l- ^'i bottle. (Vac. Nig. E.q).)

perep
prep ... prep ... s. perep
prete, ^jZ. m-, [Eng.] plate, dish.
. . .

pre \v,
prim,

V.

perew.

s.

pirim.

s.

primprim, F. dzi-,
pro,

V.

. .

F.

to be strong, ivell, in

porow,

good

health. Mt.9,12.

to rot.

ajirow, F. bg..h6 apro, to be round ahoid. Mt.S.o. Ps. 13S,3gtoo n'anyiwa apro f wee won, otoo n'anyi aprgw fwee no, he looked

round about on them,

pro,

V.

s.

prokll

pono,

-0, s.

to

piiroku. pr. 2725.

prom, the sound

aprompo, a kind
Ill

pr

m pra

o-prontom,
[rO}... s.

prow,

pa,
])

u,

pi'i,

c.

s.

a.

s.

porg...

wgbetow atuo

p.p.

of esculent herb.

gold-trinkets.

F. fresh, flourishing, Ps.

90,6.

= frgmfrgm.

gponontom.

s.

mproproba, F.

= mporoporowa.

J/i.6',45.

porgw, porow; apro.

[Eng.] pilnmmet, plummet-line; kyerebenii-ye liama.

s.

puruw.

s.

paw.

adc.

prokyewa,

of discharging guns;

purop... e.g.

])ro\V,

priimo
j)ruw,

n e,

ii

promprom,

to see her, 3Ik. 3,5. 5,32.

bend.

[Am.

Op II,

s.

= pe, completely

7,7.

epuw.
;

s.

komjiu.

adv. expr. the sound of breaking: dud no, gde no bu

pii.

mpu, F. amazement, consternation, dismay, sudden alarm. 1 Fet. 3,6.

pii, adv. expr. the .sound of a discharged

gun: otuo tow

pfi.

pua

394

pum'pa,

p li ;1, pi. m-, 1. a weft of hair, plait or tress of hair; pigtail, cue;
nhwi a woayi na woagyaw wo atifi kurukuruwa wasi pua; syn.
iitakua (ou the vertex or top of the head).
2. satna hi, e.s. woayi wohhwi nkuruwa-iikuruwa atuatua wo tiri ho; yi nip.
pua, V. \j-ed. puapua] 1. to draiv or press together, contract,
ivrinlde; wapua n'anim, opiiapua n'anira, n'anim puapua (opp. n'anim tew), Itc liiits his hroiv, he froivns; cf. pono.
ntwetwe nsem
no biara mpuapua, kyerew ne hhina mil ma, do not contract any of
;

them all fatly out.

2. to he croolxd, carved, bent;
apono, Lk. 13,11. ; wafi dua so afwe ase nti wapua,
because he fell from the tree, he lies croolced (perhaps only for 2 or 3
liours).
5. to shrinh, shrivel: iihoma no ap.; ntama no ap. (after
washing).
5. to press upon, he close upon (the enemy): dom no ap.
the words, write

ne

mu

apfia

yen; otwiw puaa me

otwiwben me aye me
wapua me;

e.s.

biribi.

5. to chal-

mpiiapua gyahene, pr. (obi mpuapua ohene).

6. red. to urge, force ov prress on
or upon: ode ade no puapfiaa me na manto; obi mpe biribi ato na
wode hyehye no a, ose: wode puapua me!
7. to push together:
pua gya yi ano syn. kua.
8. p. so, to add, to suppdy (money) to
fa foforo gu so
make up a certain sum: ntrama no nnu, pua so!
na adupe! kofa dare 1 bepuame or bepua(me) so! dare biako kaw
a mema wo no, mema wo sirin anan na mede ntrama mapua so.

lenge, irritate, pick a quarrel tvith:

m])ua-s6,

inf.

puduw,

air-balloon), to

ap.,

tlie

money which

blow up,
puff (a bubble)

is

V. 1. to

tended, p^iffed up; to swell.

face by pressure or by any
to swell

or rise.

ground

is

okisi

added

inflate,
;

6'.

power

certain sum.

2. to be inflated, disheave, lift, raise or elevate a surfrom within or below; to cause

to swellto

make up a

to

distend (with wind, e.g. an

he raised or lifted up, to rise, heave; fam'

raised by a germ ready to burst forth. Am.8,8.
4. to

pnepue] 1. to come forth, appear, make one's appearance; opue abgnteti so, lie is coming into the street; wapue hrani'i,
F. to come
site has presented herself in gorgeous or splendid attire.
yi .. pue, F.
fi adi.
fortli, go Old. ML 8,34.12,14.20,1.27,53 f>w?.;
to bring fori/i. Mt. 12,35.
2. to become manifest, publicly knoion;
to get Old, abroad, transpire, take vent: ohui se asem no reye apue;
F. esfim-adze nyinara bopue, all secrets ivill he made manifest.
5.
to open: wopue atuduru kwadum Jino {or so) na wohye, tliey open a

pue,

V. [^red.

cask of powder and distribute

cf.

it.

4. to

rise,

of sun,

moon and

stars;

sore.

pucpue, Ak.
ciferation;

oye

p.,

buebue, Akr., lamenting cries, lamentation, voosu or gteem'p., fie or sfie laments, wails, sets up

a lamentation.
api'ihurn,

s.

apohuru.

piika, a kind of bead, s. ahene.

apuka, a kind oi yam (afasew), s. ode.

mpummiri,
ahene

bi

a kind of bead, made of the shell of the cocoa-nut;

a Adampefo de kokosi ho bono denneii no ye.

puuipa, jjZ.

m-, a large (oil-) cask;

cf.

gpahkran.

pimiiiiu

II

mp

u, V. red. s.

11

pun.

iiipumpui'i-ast}: asu no ado mp.

fain', f/ie ivdfcr

Ncdl/t,

iisii

no apiunpiui (pi) wo

(ov brook) Juis losf ifscJf in tltv.ijroHtul

and

//o/r.-.'

uiidcr-

having soaked through (?).

0-punipiini, F. kiinipono, a
hi a

395

jjiiiid'ii'ipiiiiti'ii'i.

coiiiifri/,

AUuapcm

as in

KwadaiU; nam ho

no, odi p.,

man who

tlie Kiiic;

brghcne

has the

and

tlie

hi(/hcsf auiliorltij

English Governor.

di p.

small room, hade room, hack chamhcr; storcp

hoKse, store-room, room for ln(i(/(t(je, paelcnui-room ; sjn. pia, pakiisu.
[pr.2726,
111 ])ii 111 | II u-H y.-'i, a blister causod by iiro; ogya hye wo na oho
ho horonua a, wose: abo mp.
1 11 111

pun,
(jid,

II 11

V.

u,})]. ni-,

Ak. punu

[/-(Y?.

pumpun]

i. to

become or be tumid,

swelled, enlarged or distended, pujftf or inflated, to

grow

tnr-

bi(/,

to

by some fluid gathering underneath) so as to be ready to burst out; ade no apuri

aye
kokiiro na epe se efi adi; ekuru no apiin
anka ereye awu, na
akyiri yi ado nsu a.s. ase aba nsu tbforo wapumpuh screw, he is
swelled with laughter i.e. read// to burst out into laughter; manso no
bi pumpuui kfirow bi so, a similar rising or rebellion was attempted
or (ncarhi) broke out in (mother town; dom no pumpun rcba, the
rise in a txmor, to swell, tnmifi/, turr/escc (e.g.

army is ready to nialce its appearance.

2. to cause a swelling: nsu
no apumpuh wo dua no ase
nsu aba fam' wo dua no ase pi a epe
ayi nehs adi; cf. asu no ado mpumpun-ase - to cause to swell: opiin

n'afono, he infUdes, blows or bloats his cheeks

wayenp kokiiro;
mekopuh nsu,
going to take a mouthfid of tvatcr; wota pun nsa
a, wo anim ye horoliorg.
5. to whirl up or ascend in a black pillar

lam

puii wuof smoke: odan no hyewe no, ne wusiw pun kog 'soro.
siw, F. to emit smoke, to smoke, smoulder. Mt. 13,:20.
4. to smoke,
expose to smoke, to smoke dry, to dry or blacken by smoke; wopuii
lihina mn, earthen pots of native manufacture are smoked by the
})otter in making them, and, after they have been used, from time to

5. to smoke (out), tonnearth{fimma\s)by means of smoke ; pra,

aprawa, atwaboa, apesee, aheusia, kgtgko ne mmoa a wgta deda
atu niu a, se obi kohu wgii a, gkgsg ano gya (wgde mako nso gum')
ma owusiw nopuii wgii wg mu mti wofi adi ba na wokum wgii; akisi
lie likura nso, wgyewgn sa bi. Asantefo ba Ogua a, wgta puii akisi
di.
6. to become smoky, old-looking and dirty or dingy, of a dark,
or dusky or dark-broicn colour; gfasu or gdampare no ani apuh ade
bi apuh or eho apuii
aye dedaw na eho aye se kgkg a efi worn';
ntama no ho ap.; gyata no ho ap.; nerihwi no ho apuh.

time.

mpunaii, F. beam. Mt.7,8.

mpurah.

mpunimpu:

bg.. rap., to startle, surprise, attack by surprise,

amaze, perplex, confound, bewilder, stun, stupify; aboa no abg me
mp., e.s. wabei'i me papa na minnyil aguah-ye; biribi a eye hu abg
no mp. :=akri no mpofirim, ontumi hhyia ade no na ontumi liiiuah
nso.

])iintiiiipuntiin,a. reeling, vacillating; nsubgkorow naebg

hayi bg hayi a, korow no ye p. na etwiw kg hayi, etwiw ba hayi.

piinu

396

punu,

= pun. pr.-2726.

V.

apuii-iiua [pun, agua]

the king's stool,

pup Op up 6,
aboid:

black from old age.

adv. expr. the motion oi pushhuj and knoddntj

nhiahia no, nliyeno aliometew.
wonhop.; nye. no p.

wobobo

apupu,

putu.

pr. 2727.

apfipua, a medicinal ^jZan/^"?); akramannuru.

e-piipiiw, s. asunsonpupuw.
pupuw, V. red., s. puw,

0-pupuwfOj
Ill

one ivho frightens another, uea oyi bi hu.

pi. a-,

p lira 11, F. mpunan, a

large piece of timber, beam.

pu r 6 k u, proku, = nea ue

se

p u row,

aporow; oye

p.,

he has rotten teeth.

[pr. 3725.3582.

hintiw.
2. to snap one's fingers
to stumble
by a stroke with the finger; wapurow me or wap,
m'ano, he has chcdlenged me to fight by striking me over my mouth
3. to disgust one, provoke one's dislike,
with the tip of his finger.
excite aversion in; asem yi ap. me == afonome, I am weary of or
disgusted with thi^ matter, it has become loathful or a)i abhorrence to

F.

V. 1.

at one, to challenge

me.

Is. 1,14.

O-p u row,

2^1- 3.-,

a small kind of squirrel, pr. 1101.2566.2728.

apnro-hema, a white species of opurow.

apiiruku, that whirh is roughly or coarsely ground ov pounded;
that which is rough instead of being soft and smooth; ade biara a
woayam se woasiw na amfe no; wosoh aburow a woayam so a, nea
eka sone no mu ye ap. Avoyam abtiro a.s. mmore ap. a, ue dgkono
iiye de; fufu no ye ap., wama me fufu ap.
apurupuro, the rustling noise of an antelope in the bush.
;

puruw',

1.

a.

round, circular, orbicular, globular, spheric(d,

2. n. a round, disk,
korokorowa, kurukuruwa.
krokftmil, the moon has formed into a
cylinder; gsram atvia p.
disJc i.e. is full; woahyehye kyiniino e.s. wode nemparow no ahyehye nep. mu akatawia no p. abu.

cylindrical;

cf.

apuruwa,
p u r u w-m

pusuo,

=
Li

nahkum,
a, globe.

/?r. .305(>.

D.As.

a kind oi play or dance.

pusupusu,
o-pusu-auini,

red.
s.

v., to

shake;

posoposo

s.

&

pusnw.

opete.

u s u w^ V. 1. to shake; wugoru pie ho a, mep. wo mpreii, if you

make siwrt or game or a fool of me, I sh(dl just shake you!
2. pusnw woanom' [G. gblo odah], wash your mouth (before or
after eating) by shaking tuater in if.
Cf. posow, wosow.
J)

want

to

putisi, F. cork. Voc.Nig.Exp.

putori, a kind oi food; aduaii

wobg, na wode gu sen rau na wonoa.

bi,

wode mmgre na eye

a.s.

putu, a hut for storing yam in; asese bi a wode de siem'; wosi
no se gdaii, wodeniiua na ede wurawuram', na afei wode de no abrm
mu; wotu ode wgdc akoban putum'. yr. 326.

piitiipuru

pu tupuru,
ebgg won

a sudden, an unexpected occurrence, surprise; -

came on

tJictn tincxpectcdly
al)eka asea no aduaii no afCve ase p. so.
\i i\{ 11
]

it

]).,

iitu

11

inpolirini; o^iuui

ua

sound of drunnuiug.

til, flip

jmtu putu,

strugfjliug, forcible anrl violent efforts, as of

wuyi anoma
[red. pupuw] J.

a captured bird;

w,

397

ara.

gye

a,

p.

= kitikitikiti;

wusc: gpore.

fi aliurii, to
throw oid; p. aliuru
firm, gather or throw out spunte or foam, to foam, froth; nsu a eson
bebre no pnw ahuru; to eject or throw out from tho niontli, to spit,
oyi or ogya fi n'anom' gu; yonyc
sjjcw; opuw nsu ana aduan gu,
mniofra na ycadi ado a wgapuw.
2. to throtv up scil. the cud from
the 2d stomacli of ruminants to the mouth; puw wesaw, to chetv the
cud, to runtinate.
3. to come forth in a crowd: kuromhgfo nhina
puw (=^ boaa wghho ano) befwee no. all the inhatjitants flocked to4. to raise the surface of the ground; s. pugether to look at him.
aburow, gde.
duw 2.
.0. to bring forth: asase puw mmere,
6. red. to stand out, proXcet, be jirominent: n'ani apupuw, lie lias got
7. red. a) to cause to stand oid, to thrust forth;
large eyes; Ps. 73,7.
opupuw n'ani kyerenie, he scehs to frighten me, sjKfdcs roughly to
8. to 2)i(ff, assume importance;
b) to frighten.
me. Gen. 42,7.80.
to threaten; osuro won puw a wopuw no (1 Pet. 3,14.).

]>u

r.

to

e-puw, sediment, lees, dregs, espec. of palm- wine; nsa fufu ase
pgtgpgtg no; remainder of any thing; cf. nnikae; asunsonpupuw.

apuw,

m-, something throicn out

from

the

mouth; yenni ade

(/. puw, v. 1.

mpuw; ycnye kgsa-ankgme na yeadi ade apuw;

-puw, adj. much; adipuw, awupuw, ^n*. 9.?S.
p u-Vv c S a-f [puw

9]

ruminant, an animal which chews the cud.

R.
The

does not begin any proper original word (or root)

letter r

in Tshi, and, therefore, does not occur as the first consonant of

any word, except

in the particle ara, in the verbal prefix re, and

proper names: l)ut frequently it occurs in secondary syllables, enlarging the vowel element of primary syllables and either
commencing a second syllable, e.g. pira, pere, foro, suro, huru &c.
or, if the very short vowel of the first syllable be suppressed, apjiearing as a second initial consonant, especially after p, t, k, f, s, h,
and before a, e, O, e!g. pra, tra, kra, fre, sram, bran, krgn. In F. the
vowel of the second syllable is frequently dropped, and r appears
as a terminating sound w^ar, yer, sor, dur,
ware, yere, soro, duru.

in foreign

Before nasal vow^els r interchanges with ii, e.g. tra, tena; ma.ra,
mfinA and by negligent pronunciation it may interchange with d,
cf. 'neda & 'nera; dadewa, darowa ; dodoben & doroben; horo, Ak.
hodog; me ara, F. m'ada.
In words borrowed from foreign languages, r is put instead of 1, if this be not the initia consonant; cf.
bru, girase, sirikyi, Enresi
English. Gr. 19,B. 28,2.3.5.
;

ara

(F. ada)

a particle of either particularizing or generalizing power, chietly added to, or compnunded with, pronouns, or
is

398

ara

sa.

following after verbs, often combined with other adverbs:

1.

even,

just: self, same; ever, -soever; this very...; ef. meara, woara, gnoara, enoara (F. mada, wada, nada); yefiara, moara, won ara; Gr.
59; -eliena-ara. oyiara, obiara; den-ara, ebiara, biribiara; clie-ara,
ehaara, ehoara; saara; G0. Gl. 133,1 ; - boi'i-ara, yiara, noara, biara;

74.75; - sesei-ara, mpoinpren-ara; dabiara(da): ntem-ara, anioara batn,

nom(lio)ara.
2. even, just, mcrchj, only; 134,3rf.
ara pe, l41,3f. 264,2.
3. anyhow, in
ara gyenn; 134,2.8c.
4. on and on, by degrees; continually, conany tvay, at any rate.
5. indeed, really,
tinuously, nninterrujjtedly; 130,1.4.5.7. 134,3c.
truly, very, augmenting the force of the adjective to which it is ad

ded: F. jn'n'ara, many indeed; kese n'ara, yreaf indeed, very great;
- gye ap<l pa ara, s. apa.
ara 4; the lengthening of tlic terminating a symboara, a,
lizes continuance. [G. ahu.]

and second future forms of

a. prefix of the progressive
marking action in iha progress of performance, such action
being considered by itself alone, or as joinfng to a preceding action
re-

is

the verb,

or state; Gr. 91,5.7.1 73 f I76f. [It seems to have originated in the

verb de: greye
ode ye, he holds (the thiug) does
he is doing
or he proceeds to do; cf.(n)\iye in F. gnyemba da, menyennom bio,

menyempa wo da (Mt. 24,21. 26,29.35.)^^ grcmma da, merennom bio,

merempa wo da; wguyemfa, gnyeye Ai^xw (Mk. 8,12.10,43.) =^\\'qvQ.mfa,

In quick pronunciation the vowel frequently seems

succeeding vowel, so as to be changed into i,
oredi, oregu. greko, oresu. F.
u, e.g. oridi, origu, oroko, orusfi,

grenye

sa.]

to assimilate to the
o,

Ml

2,18. 3,3.6.4,18.

ridididi, adv. imitative of the noise

= kirididi.

in

running; wgta no

r.

The consonant s has the same hissing sound as initial s in

English, and occurs before pure and nasal vowels. (Before la, lia,
the pronunciation shows some tendency towards that of Eng. s/<.)
so; de
se, saying or that;
In F. we find d or dz for it, in do
asase; wiade, wiadze
wiase
ade or adze := ase; dade, dildze
&c.). It seldom interchanges with otlier consonants; we only menfwinta, As., hintaw, Akr.
ntokota; sunti, Aky.
tion nsokota; F.

sa,

nkama,
on

V.

=
=

[red. sesa] 1. to cid in or into, incise, malce incisions; sa

to cid

his cheek.

marks

in one's

2. sa..

mu,

body :,wgasa

n'ani ase,' he has a cut

lance; mesa ne pom-

to jjrick, pierce,

mesa ne mfa rau, I shall open his skin

5. red. sesa, to scarify for
guinea-worm can come oid.
cupping, to cup; mesesa me nan, I shall have small incisions made
4. to take or
into my foot so as to draw blood from it; cf. suah.
pom',

shall prick Ins boil;

that the

mekgsa
mekgbg bentoa, I am going
to take a clyster; mekgsa no =: mekgbg no bentoa, I shall give
Mm a clyster. 5. to geld, castrale, emasculate ; wgasa no sae, they
apply a

clyster, to syringe;

have gelded him.

6. to

scrape (witli the paw), to dig up, scrape

fanu) fam'; ,9. gsaa, gde ne usa sa (

out; odf'merefiia, wusic funu

sa
funn;

pr. 102.3.

am

399

sa.

mekosu sika a (mede) me-

dUj out, talc oul;

7. fo

I hid in the (jround. - f<.

pick or take out the puliu-nuts from the jinlpy substancci
fonncrly covering the shell ami separated from it by smashing;, in
order that tlie juilp containiiif; the oil may be boiled; ,s. i'iii')e.
!). sa m u,
to pick out, cull, select, to choose, elect more than one out
of many things or persons; st/ii. paw mu; of one single thing selected, yi or tu must bo used; wasa ode no mu nea eye iihinri afa,
]<). sa yare, to take
he has picked out all the good yam for himself.
aw(( If (cutoff) or cure a disease, to cure, to heat; masano yare; aduru
nweneiiwene sa yafunum yare. ^>r. 394.
sa or kum kuru, to heal
1

liye<!,

sa abe,

(johuj to dhj out nionc// which

to

fmo,

or harden iron tools;

wgsa abonua (adare, asow, gsosow) sTno, e.s. wode koma gtomfo na
gye jiuo yiye bio.
12. sa boa, m-, F. fo mend a net.Mt. 4,21. Mk.1,1!).
bom'. Mt. 23,'JO.
13. sa, F. to he partaker ivith,
cf. sa 1.
sa, V. Ak. 8. saw, to draw, scoop, pr. 2729. s. asatoro.

n sore.

pr. 10oS.18.')4.

V.

to steel

sa,

11. sa..

= saw,

Ak. F.

dance.

to

sa, = sa,
v.

to

mix, weave.

manner or
sa, sa, subsf. dcm.pron. (adv.) so, thus,
dc(jrec, quality or quantity; (in) such a manner, such; sa'ara,
(in) that

way,

just so, in the

se, so.

ara).

same way

equally,

d'-c,

still so,

Gr. 60,5.61. (ne sa nye; sa onipa

Sa na eye,
word is

speak, so the

so

it is

right;

wose

yi.)

sa,

same;

cf.

133,1 (ete sa, ete

sii-

always

wgka

the

sa, so they

say or

used.

aim
mend, repair, patch, cobble;
sa me mpaboa ma me, mend my sandals for me; cf. sa 15.
2. to
tie, fasten (a rojie &c.); gde hama kgsa dua kese bim' na ode asa
dua tiatia a wasi no nso, s. sereh; gsa me, he ties me to a stick; cf.
mautam.
3. to be tied or fastened somewhere, to hang doivn; hama
bi sa or sesa ho, the rope or runners of a climber is or are hanging
doivn (from trees) or across; odonko sa ho, a siving is suspjcnded
sa,

V.

sesa] general idea: to bring into, or be in, or

[rcf?.

at connection.

1. to tie together,

bind,

there.

4. to stretch,

he stretched; asu bi sa ho, a river runs along

to cast forth rays, to radiate.

6. to strain:
sa aui, to fix one's eyes npon something, to regard attentively, observe
closely: nea osa n'ani kakra se tumi hfi se eye asisi ara nko, one

there.

o. red. sesa,

it a little closely, can see that it is nothing but deceit.

bent upon or directed to, to aim at; ani sa, to direct the intention or purpose to; to have in view; to have a bad eye or intention
against; akokg aui sa biirofua, the hen's eye points at the grain; asafo aui sa akura, tlie troop have set their eye on (seek for) a planiation-

ivho looks at
7. to be

village (to obtain food from); pr. 1652.2704.

me mma,

the devil

gsame = gtame.

aims

at the children of

9. to hit,

to

enter

ybonsam anisa Ouyarun

God.

and

6'.

to

stick fast;

after;

bemma

(or

agyah) a gtowe no akosa dua no mu, the arroiv shot by him has struck
the tree and sticks fast in it; gtow agyan sa no, gsa no ben, he shoots
wanoa bore asii neho, he has boded
him with an arrow, pr. 1473.
poison

to his

own

hurt.

10.

s.

red. sesa, to change, exchange.

sa, V. [G. ta] to end, come to an end, pass away, die away; lobe
spent or consumed; perf. to be at an end, to he done or gone, to he

400

osa

nsa.

Old or over, to he ended, finished, x>ast; meta resa fikakra-nkakra,

tobacco is graduoJl/j diminishing, coming to an end; me ntrama

my

nliiiia asa,

minni

bi bio

- dabi, ensac

ebi

e,

wg wo adakam'

all

mg

cowries are spent, I have no more; - no, they are not (all) spent, there
wotgii wo tu'a, me ne wo bedi na
are some in your box; pr. 3371.
asa (from a song), if yon sell your gun, you and I irill eat it up, i.e.
ive tvill spend the money in feasting; - 'pr.8l:i.82l.986.2638.3371. - n^qm
asa, the matter is over or finished; - tr. to cause to cease. pr.27S5.279.5.

ekuru sa = wn, tcound

(ne yare
nc
ne ho asan,
yare agyae, ne ho agyae, -- ne ho aye no den
sa [G. dse
things come
an
he has recovered. Phr. a d
heals. pr. 1857.

the

asii,

bio;

better:

cf.

na], the

to

end i.e. the day closes, evening draus near, it grows dark; ade resii,
it draws towards evening; ade asa, the day is spent, the night is at
hand or has set in, it is night.
O-S a, 2)1. a-, a j^fdh cut through the bush, okwan ketewa bi a cda
wuram', abommgfo kwan twa sa (2)1. twitwa asa), to cut a path.
;

war; kg or tu sa, to go to war, make war, take the

field; jor. 2438.2730f. wotu no so sa, they make tear v2)on or wage tear
against him; ye or n 6a sa, to 2^repare for war. pr. 2409.
O-S a, [G. ta]

asa, adv. then, again; else, besides; but; eden asa? what then?
(John 1,21.); eden na wofwefwe asa? asa wofwefCvc den? tvhat else
do you seek? asa ahe na worekg na woboaboa woh5? but where tvill
you go seeing (or since) you are p)re2iaring yourself?
asa, Ak. s. asaw.
asa, the largest room in a negro house; drawing-room, assembly-room; hall, saloon; ote asa

asa, loom;

nsa,
tvise in

tvar2) in

so,

he

sits

in the large room.

asadua.

weaving, the threads which are extended Icngthby the woof; cf. dwese, mfa.

the loom and crossed

n s a, 1. hand; pr. 2733ff. finger(s), cf. nsatea arm, cf. basa; /bre/bof of quadrupeds, f/, nan; - nsam', a) the 2^(dm of the hand ; b)2)ro2J;

nsa-akyi, the back of the hand; - gde ne nsa ato

2. hand, index ox poinptnt (the) hand to tvork.
3. handle of a jug or similar vessel.
ter of a dial, watch or clock.
Phr. nsa kii, (lit. the hand
4. branch (of a climber); cf. basa.
erty, j)r. 402.

adwumaye, he has

touches,) to receive, obtain, attain; to reach; me nsa aka nhoma, I

have received a letter; wo nhoma no aka me nsa, your letter has come
to

hand; nea gfwefwee

no,

ne nsa aka, he has obtained tchat he de-

sired, or, attained tchat he sought for; mahii

me nsa aka me kurow,

I have reached my home.

mmepgw

yi,

na minim

having seen these mountains, I know ih(d

ne nsa hy ia neho, tchat he earns tcith
ne nsa hyia gmaii no
hishand suffices (is sufficient) for his tcants.
so, lit. liis hands meet over i.e. he is able to manage the peo2^lc, (to
gmah annya gliene
kecptliem in due subjection,) to rule the country.
hogdenfo a, ne nsa h k ora won, if the 2)eo2)le have not a strong king
ne nsa n nd, lit. his hand
over them, he is not able to manage them.
se

docs not rest, lie idle or sleep, i.e. a) he is busy, active; b) he is btistling, not quiet; r) lie is industrious, diligent ^=oje nsi, gyegdeygfo.

sa

ne nsa a pa, JkukJ

doing something), he
abaw. ue nsa kgpaa no

hiis (/roioi

s.

pa

401

osa.

littslcff off liohlituj, i.e. /ir Ikis

his

vertence;

3. &-

lio,

find, </irni

iij)

wapa

he hurt him uniutodiotudlji, hi/ inftdme nsa nsen won Iweiiem', thet/

sakwan.

desisied {(rom

in dt'sjxdr: si/n.

ne nsa si fam' wgafor me, I cfuinot reproach them.

mk ne nsa asi fam', thei/ have caused a (treat loss to him(?); ode ne
ne nsa so, lit.
nsa si fam', ohyira ohene, he curses the king's life.
his hand reaches, is (strony) enough, i.e. lie is aide for, obetumi.jjr.;^.?/.'/.
ne nsa tee, he is a sharp-sliooter, a good marksman.
ne nsam'
are loo

]ii<jh

tee, he is liberal, generous, bountiful, munificent.

ne nsa
he is rigorous, severe, violent, pr. 27'J6.

ne nsa

ye hare

ye den,
or dnru

nensam' ye den, he is illiberal,

dodo, he is too readg to flog.
ne nsam' ago w, aliodwow, fiis hands
near, close, iniserh/.j^r- 2740.
have become slacl- i.e. he is discouraged, disheaiiened ; <f. wapa abaw,
ogow ne nsam', a)
n'abasam' atu.
nensam' tee; b) lie is slack
de.. hye ..nsa, to give in charge of, commit to one's
icorking:
hye.. nsam' ade, to satisfg bg
care; to surrender, deliver (up).
omuanensa a no, he folds his hands.
owg ne
giving. fr.^TB.
nsam', =r owg sika, he is urcdthg, opulent, in good circumstances.
oyi nensa, a) lie ivithdraus his hand; b) he is at his tneal, he is
eating; mekoyi me nsa maba mprempren ara.

sa, a kind oi tree (willou'^); pr.3(J22.

mframa bg no

a,

eye

fa.

e-sa, n-, three; cpd. abiesa, mmiensa. Gr. 77.

g- s

i\,

pi. a-, caterpillar, pr. 2732.

nsa, strong

nsafufn, palm-nine;
mmosa, mpabyewa, benano, mfrasa; - nsa ahorow

drink, intoxicating liquor;

pr. 65.2742-46. cf.

.*?.

kubesa: mmorgsji mereken, gyin,

(G. aolende,) kobi, kumbraka; potorg, brofo-ahai; wina.s, bobesa;
bow, bo, boro nsa, to be intoxicated tvifli liquor; - ebebo wo nsa
wo asom', it will offend your ears; - aberante no asi ababa no ti nsa,
pi vvg ho: nsafiifu. ahai, atokosa,

tlie

young man has brougfd the palm-vine for his affiance or betrothal
young woman.
Fhr. nea mekiie no, mise sa a, eye nsa, /

to that

recall, recant, revoke, take

ansa, adv.

back tvhat I have said.

Hist. p. 101.

mean (time), meantime, meanwhile;

tra ha ansa, stay here in the mean time; - ansa-na, before, usually followed hy th(^ conscc. or imp. : wobekyerew eyi mil ansa-na woagyae?
to mfensre mu ansa-na esiim nnuru! R. 226,1. Gr. 266,1. - na..
ansa, till, until; tg wo bo ase na(o/-ma) menkyerew me nhdma ansa
(na me ne wo nkasa), R.226,2. Gr. 266,2.
ansa-ana, F. before. Mt. 6,8.26,34.75. Mk. 14,72.
first, at first, in the

s a, saara,

sa.

s.

sa, F.

wg

sji,

= di nokoro,
=

to agree.

Mt. 18,19.

sa, v., red. sasa (mu), to mix; to be mixed; to weave in diffWeni

wgde 'nera nsa afra
colours; syn. fra, frafra; - nsafiifu no asa,
'ne de mu amTi ne I'lliinTi aye de gde nsa-bone ne nsii-pa asasa mu:
gsa ne ntama
gde bibiri ne hoa ne asawa fufu frafra (sasa mu)
;

nwene ne ntama;
sa' [Engl.] a

cf.

nsilsa.

saw;

y-sa, F. eunuch:

s.

s.

serada, gwaii.

osae. Alt 19,12.

26

402

nsfi

nsa, a kind of
ntama pipripi bi a

hlanJcef

vsaboii.

from the interior of Africa; Nnonkofo

sew won apakah mu. pr. 1443.

aliene de

twA; amane ne bankye fufii yc sA, wotew a

sh, a. 1. iough
3.
entew.
2. soft, gentle; slow, slovlji; agyinamoa nam sjl.
weak, feehle, droophuj, flagging, languid; waye sS, his whole hodg
n'aniakisa, he languishes, piiies;
has hecomc tceak; n'ani aye sA
he longs, yearns (for home &c.)

by-name of the cat; s. agyinamoa & sa 2.

as a, Ak. asawa, an edible berry (as large as that of the
tree), of an exceedingly sweet taste which is communicated
thing eaten or drunk afterwards, yr. 471.
O-sa, a

asa(wa)dua, the shndj on which

it

coffee-

any

to

grows.

= asae, hammer.
asaba, F. = asawa, cotton, flax; Mt. 6,28.21,20- -tr>

asa,

as., to .spfw.

as aba, p/. n-, bludgeon, club, cudgel aba a wgdeborosaw (obrodewA, ahensdw, akase, oguaben) ne ntama; cf. aporiba.
:

asabaw m(u)
hinders
in

my

me

abaw muj: ogye or ogyigye me as., he

I have in hand, 2^t'cvents me from irroceedi ng

[sare?

in the u'orJ:

ivorTx.

"o-sa-barinia,
o-sa-bai'iina,
Sa

e,

domman'md.

hero, powerful warrior; =^

gsabofo.

a kind of charm

p?-.

2747.

wato me

s., lie

has poisoned

me

sab e 11,

a word put instead of the

name

of a ]>orson,

with

s.

sum fin.

\s.

cf.

asia-

mAsi n6 obenten.
0-sabOii, a slight disease in the shin, discolouring it; epa wo
nsa ho ma, eye kg se obiironi nsa ho; - ewotere wo honam ko na
anworam wowg ano; sabOi'i-koUo nen; ebi nso ye tumm, sabOlliiniri; ebi de ye fita.

o-sabcua, s. gsaneb^na.
asabera, a disease of children, causing looseness of the bowels
and leanness mmofra yare a wone pi, nso won akwa mn ye won
bete na ema wgdow kgkgkg.
nsa-beraiV, honorary title, appeUation of honour; mmeran a
wgrenom nsa a wgde pa obi.
;

sabire,
asab

birisi.

6, i??. n-,

== kidney.

nSci-boa [nsa, aboa]: nens. keka no=^nens. kyere no adewia

hand itches or instigates him to steal.

da, his

o-sa-bolo, Ak. -borofo, F. sabokwafo (Mt.

drunken man; drunkard, carouscr;
dweam, sadoi, gsani; gsanomfo.

toxicated,

asa-bow,

n-, inf.

tion, occasioned

s
is

[how nsa] drunkenness,

24,49), pi. a-,

cf.

in-

inebriation, intoxica-

drinking.

aboij, the stock of a gtm, the ^vood in which

dua a otuo no dam'; cf. otuo; nansabon.

fixed ;

an

gsfibarima, gsa-

the lock of a

gun

asaboiitwi

asaboiitwi,
and of a

kind

kycre

iiiiuaii.

sa-brol'ci'O [sarc so br.] a s/ind)

asa-bii,

seclusion] the
0-sabiifo,

sado,

s.

[bu nsa,

i)if.

der:

cf.

witli edible fruits.

seil. tlie

the ftii(/ns.

time of

women.

courses of

a menstruons woman. Ezc.

36,17.

siade.

a^a-do [osaade]
(Oinuuiiitiou.

to rrclcon hi/

VK'n.<tes. )iiontlifij

^jZ. a-,

iiitciidr to gsebo,

piuiil/rr or Ico/ifird.

(A'

liglitor colour; as.

403

asafoakw.-i.

1.

requisites for u<(r. u-arlike or utilitarii stores,

^.Ijoofi/, spoil, prrii

made

i)i

war;

I'a

asade. to

jil un-

fow.

sfi-doi, hahifued drinki)i(/,

a s a-d u

a, pi. n-,

loom

o-sa-(l\Veaiii, pi.

O-sae, F. gsa,

a-,

i)/(i)iii(

driri1:iu<i.

$.

a Ixdiitued drunlnrd. pr. Q74R.

a-, [sa, r.] (jeldino.

jj/.

for

asa.

enstrrded avim(d (r/l oo-nanman, evnurh. its use is

sae, nantwisac, gpofikosae); for a castrated

indecent;

s.

oyitotoni, opiani,

SiifO, ^J^ll- (F.)

huiieh of keijs.

gsii,

hammer.

a s a e, asa,

o>-

nsafewd,

safowa,

jil.

Jcet/;

- safe-kjisiaw, nsafe-twa w,

n- fdim.]

asa-fo, the lees of palm -wine smeared on tlie sboidder; nsa a

ase pnw no agu fam' na wgde nsatea 2
potgw do t\va mmati.so; asafe a otwae no apopa.

woanom na woafwie kora

sa-fi [sare

0-safo,

fi]

a bundle of lour/ grass for covering roofs.

pi. a-, [sa, to o?/re]

= gyaresafo,

oiie icho

eurcs a disease;

eurer, healer, phjjsician. pr. 2749.

0-s a f 6, ^J^

a-,

[saw,

o-safo, ^= gsaw
O-sufo, pi.

fo,

a-, seller

to

dance] dancer; nea onim asaw. p-.5755.

an old sponge of

fibres;

s.

kwjisesa.

of pahn-winc. pr. 199.1168. Cf.

gsiini.

a swelling in the necJc, throat or gullet, causing

culty of swallowing and hoarseness, extending to the ear &c,

o-safo,

siifo,

used also as

diffi-

compani), society, association ; a

ov country ; troop, hand, gang, host,
army, 2n:27'j4f. - community; (religious)congrcgaiion, church ; - b g as.,
to form a company c(t.; mmofra anyih aguas.no muiiti, wgn as. ado,
asat'o,

(pi.,

division of the

si.) 1.

men of a township

young people having grown up and entered the company, their host
has increased; as. no agu akgliyei'i bimu, the company has been dishanded (dissolved) and incorporated with another. The adult males
of every township or country on the Gold (>oast are divided into
companies or hosts bearing distinct names; those of Akuapem are
called Atiwa (at Amannokrom), Asohko and Apesemaka (at Akropong, s. Ap.; if a woman of the Apesemakafo marries an Osonkoni, the child will be Osonkoni); Akomfode (at Abiriw and Date),
Apagy4(at Aburi), Kyeremim (part of Amannokrom, Nkranfodea),
Nnua, Amfere, Asabi &c.
^. a kind of jjlay; goru as., 2)r, 1478.
as afo-akwtl, a conch or layer of palm-hranches to lay the mat
on for sleeping; berew a woatwano tententen se nea woda so a ebe:

404

osafohene

ye

'ye,

wo

kete

mu na

na wopapae

wo

asaj^uase.

wocle ano ne iino hyiahyia, na

wosew

so da.

0-saro-heii

e, i>7. a-, [asafo,

ghene] capiah}, milliary

officer,

war-

commander of an army;

vassal chief, dulcc,(iovernor.pr.l318.27oC,.

Asafohene nam ahorow abien ghene asafohene ne gman de: ghene
de ne won a wodidi nkiirow so, na gman de ne wgn a wodidi kiironi'
cJiief,

o-safo-liemma, osatbhei'i-kuinn, tmder capiain, snhhg asafo so.

ordhmie officer. - safohen-ni-akyiri [adiakyivi]''' major. - g-sa(bhem-panyiii, osafoheii-kuuini, chief capiain, f/everal; - g-safohen-titiriw, osafohene a ne konmn (ne dgm nin) ye den, gener(d:
cf.

gsahene.

asatb-hen-nee^ decorcdion for a war-chief. 2'- 1040.

a s at'o-kii w, 1. a single company or congregation, syn. asafotow.
2. n smcdler division of a host or army; troop; bcdtalion.
the whole crowd or assembly of a congregation.
a s a f o-k y e a
e, the spealxer of a company of citizens n'ad \vuma ne se asafo rebeka asem bi akyere obi a, na gno na wgde h}'^
n'ano na oka.
asafo akyene; as. reki, the drum of the comasaro-kyciic,

.S*.

pany

is beaten.

0-safoni,

a- -fo,

j^?.

o-sa-foro

gsaw

member

of a

company

or congregation.

foforo.

a matter, affair ov transaction that concerns the whole

or community, in wliich all the members have a right to
speak; as. de, mmerante na edi: asenni de, eye mpanyinsem a nij)aa s a fo-s e in,

company

nyimfo na

edi.

asal'o-t(nv, a single company or congregation; asafo ahorow;

s. asafokuw; ne-nnansa asem a ebae yi, Datefo as. abiesa na ebae
(ene kilrom' hg asafo horow).
satbtow-lieno,+ colonel.

asa-frae, place where palm-wine is mixed and sold. pr. 199.

nsa-fi'ifu, 2)alm-wine; three weeks after felling the palm-tree
and lopping its branches a hole is cnt in the trnnk to the core, from
which the gathering sap runs through, a kind of reed into a small
pot which is emptied every morning and afternoon, and the opening
is each time cleaned and made fresh by cutting and burning; the
palm-wine continues to flow out for about six weeks and is called
by different names, according to the diff"erent qualities it assumes
during this time: 1) wgkgkcl no gya a edi kan a, na n'adekyee no
na worekoyi nteteasa a.s. nsusa; 2) ebeye se ne nnannum so na
wokgfa n t u n k lim, ntunkuntiri; 3) na ebeye ne nnaawotwe de-rekg
dadu-nnannum na adan nsapa, gdomono; 4) na ede-rekg sram ne
fa a, na adan k6kur6(ampgn). Cf. nsa, ben-jino, mfrasa.
0-s a-f uii u,

odompo.

sa-gua, a. place where

nea woiibg gua renom nsa.

asagua-se
goes

to (is

[ase]

a visitor

a,

drinJcers are assembled; gtes.

place where liquor

of) the public-hotise.

is to

mu = ote

be had; gkg

as.,

he

osdj^yofu

o-S{i-*!;yefo, pi.
anil//;

a-,

one who hires

ene,

o-s;i-li

[olicne a.s. obiara a

(in

pi. a-,

artny

to

ogye

o-salici'i-kose, grand-duke.
duehi/.
arch-duke; marshal, field-marshal. Jlial.

dukedom,

asa-aliriisa, ase-ali., a kind of black beans;

n a,

yam

kind of

2. a

n- [ns.l abina] 1. pot for

j)l.

an

chief coniDioniler in a war, captain-ijencrul

o-salu'ii-kriiiini, 7>/.a-,

M s a-li

sa] collector of

join his own. - F. deliverer.

leader, duke; field-mnrslial.

o-salii'uo-niari,

40o

.siikraiimii.

(bayere),

5.

s.

asc.

palm-wine.

pr. 27o7.

ode.

as;i-h urn, nsa aburii, froth of palm- wine. pr. 1565.

usa-hyow
i

[usaa ado bycrebyere] wine

tlie sun or spirituousness.

oi'

strong drink wliicb

hot from tire or

inf. [bye nsa] tbe act o^ pouring wine and giving

drink; tbe office of a cup-bearer.
iisa-h jefo, cup-hearer, fore-taster, btdler.

iisa-hy c,
one

it

to

to

saka,
saka

mo

=:

(in

V.

Kyerebi, Gr.

wogu mo,

they

sow

p.

XIV.)

to strew, scatter, soiv;

ba-

rice.

saka, ado. sakasaka, n., a., adv. disorder, confusion, turmoil,

disturbance, tumult; disorderly, orderless, unar ranged, irregular, -ly,
confused,

-ly,

tangled, fumbled, scattered, promiscuous, tumultuary.

asakasaka-de, disordered or confused things; irregularities.

as;ikasaka-sem, a confused or intricate matter; tumtdtuousness,
riotousness.

sa-kanc
gardly with
iisii

nnom.

[nsa, kilne];

my

s., Jte says I am stingy or nigme yam' ye nwene, memmcX obi

ogyeme

palm-ivine; ose:

pr. 1586.

nsa-ka-aii6, tasting of

sakara, sakira,

s.

tJie

palm-ivine. pr. 2758.

sakra.

o-sak6,^^L a-, a kind oi' conveyance (litter, hanwiock) i'or carrying a person nnua a woakyekyere no na wgaye biako aseh ase
a onipa trii so na wosoa no se abamahka; nuua abien a wode bama
asesa ntam' ma obi da mu na nnipa bfinan soa.
;

sako, a. ^jetre, tohite; ntama no, waboro ma aye s.

sa-kora [nsakora] a calahasli for drinking palm-wine,

tita.

pr.948,

nsakgtg, /s^; cf. kutruku, kutrumua.

sakra, v. fred.J F. sakyir, Ak. sakyire, to change, alter; cf.
sesa; mekosakra mentade, / am going to c/iange my clothes; gs. ue
'

koma, n'adwene, he cJianges

he

jiose, his views,

is

his heart or mind, his tfioughts or j'Ktconverted, turned or clianged; - intr. to cliange,

be .clianged.

nsakrae,

change, alteration; us. bi nni no mu, there

is

no al-

teration in Jiim.

sakraka, pr. 5696.

sakra ma = tckrema. pr. 2 10. 3328.
sa-kramaii [sare so kramaii] a kind
-"i

or mesomelas;

s.

kyere hkokg.

oi jackal, Canis aureus

sakrau

406

its

sama.

sakraii , a kind of grass that has small sticks growing out of

stem; save a eye unua-nnua. Ex. 2,3. [G. khu]

saku, Sfikusaku,

a.

ruugh;

hrisllif,

rugged, ragged, shagged, shaggg; pataku

ss.

eiiye fe pi

ua eye

tlei'i

kakra;

cf.

hdlrij. hirsntv, hispid,

neakraman

sakwa, a large ([uadruped (antelope) cf.

sa-kwan: okosiw s., he gives satisfaction
;

kopa

iisa

obi ho, se ebia

bi ho
kuha,

fukti, kui'u,

I'lhwi

yc

torom.

{cfaiw kwan): wo
woreye ha na woatow tiio na akoka oiiipa,
na wode sika kgma won na woantoto nsa

awerefo no toto nsii

bebrebe a, na w^gkano sa.

iia

sa-kwara-ma, nsa kora mTi, a calabash full ofpalm- wine. yr. 986.
n s a-k y e r e w,^ manuscript.

Nsakye.

i^/\ w.

(a river, a village).

Sakyi, pr.

sakyi, pr.2052.

n.

m.

iisa-ky'i. the hack of the hand.

nsakyi-iisayam

deceitfuluess, diiplicitg, doitblc-dading. liine-

serclng, hypocrisy; perfidy, treachery; gye ns.,

he

son,

kwasi-ainankWi,

double-tongued, double-dealing, ambidextrous, a deceitful per-

Is

an ambiguous

talker.

sakyif(i), F. sakyire,

Ak.=sakra, to clMnge,

alter; to be changed,

iisakyir, F. change, reneivlng.

sam, V. [red. sensam] 1. to lie in a disorderly manner, to be

scattered or thrown about; abiirow, nkatc, ntrama, hhoma sam ho
:= egugu ho saka bebre; ne nneema nhinii sam (boa, gu) fam'.

throw down, prostrate, atrcw, scatter; wode hliama asain

(aboa, owudifo, onipa biara a gse gkycre) no ho se wgile lickyere
no.
5. to lie about weak and languid: osam hg, wgsensam hg.
1. Phrase: sam bra, to He about uuthout retiring to a secluded spot
(as it ought to be during the monthly courses).
Cf. boa, pansatn,
sampam: scm, sew.
sain, adv. scattered, thrown about disorderly ; aburow gu hg
sdm gde ntrama agu hg mm.

2. fact, to

him

sani, F., adv. in small particles; obodwo no

powder, scatter him like chaff. Cf. samsam.

s.,

It

will

grind

to

sfim,

V.

as am, a

s.

siam.

fissure or flaw in a knife or other

forging; akam a eyi

gkam dam'.
ano,

nsa m" [nsa mu]

wg dade mu;

s.

ansam', Ak. askm,

nsam a,

nsa

instrument

made by

gs.ekan yi (ano) ayi as., as.

pr. 27S8ff.

- nsam' (ade), property,

aba

pr. 402.

2d. n-, the wild (rulnea-hen.

handbreadth; span, distance or width of a span; brief

cf. nsatsema, F.

extent or portion of time;

Scima, ^?. n- & nsama', figures made on the head by unequal

cutting of thehair; woyi(wot\va) wghho a.s. wohti ^o\\^.]i)r.2002.3259figures or decorations on paper or in any thing, wgakyerew or wga-

woayi mu ns., they have made figures In

net-work, cut-work, fret-work, or In relief.

t\va or

It,

pierced work,

iisiuiia

nsama,

407

sitiiiJtna.

F. ivorms. Job 19,36.

1. a good-natured spirit ; jn: 3759.

^. a
that died a natural doath, ,s. gsiinian.

o-sa nia in-pa,

spirit, of

man

common

asjYiiiaiii-iKjwin\ n-, a (jrooe for the dead, in which straugors,

that died in childbirth, and slaves, areburiedor cast. pr.^rtfO.

women

o-saniai'ij pi.

asamanf'o,

a.-,

tjiMiii, spectre,

tjliosf,

n-, 1.

<ipi)(irition,

dejxirted spirit, pr. 10.5.3761-04.

Mk.6,49.

cf.

sesa, as<1m;1n.

Esono atgfo asaman (a.s. sesa), csono asamAn-pa, esono asaniau-t went wen won de, wonnya gkwan nko asamrin, nea wgnmfefo wg, na wgtete mlikyiri so; - atgfo sesa: wgmfa
wgnho mfra asaman-pa mu, na wgnam da, wgabg hyirew na wofura
hiiwera, nsowonsuro;- asamah-pade, woliu nipaa, nawoguan, wom-

3.

.'^/celvton

man.

of a

j)e

won

se onipa hfi

j)o.

There arc, accordimito the opinions of the heathen

ycj/roes, three (lill'ere)U kinds of departed spirits: a) those teho fell in battle
(or b>i an aeeident, as bij a falling tree); b) common spirits; e) limirrinu
spirits. The last named are not admitted to the world of spirits, where the
uttiers are, but hover aboxd behind the dwellings; the spirits of those who
were Jdlled do not associate with the common spirits; thei/ w(dk about, rubbed with whde clay and in white garments; they are not afraid, whilst the
common spirits flee wheyi theg sec a man, and ilo not wish even to be seen.

a sain a 11 (F. ase mj'ui !'), the world of spirits, the nether ivorld,
lower regions, the place of the dead; by some it is conceived to
be in the upper regions, the milky way being the road leading to it;
pr. 2765-68. - ouipawu a, gkg asjimah, when a man dies, he goes into
the

Wose: Asaman wg lig yi, ahene wg ho, nkoa

woyare wg wiase hayi kye kye a, mfrihyia 3 ansii-na wo
ho aye wo den wg ho; na wotg de a, en'de ebeye se gsram bi (nnansa bi) na wo ho aye wo den. Wose: Asaman wg fam'; ebiuom so:
ewg soro; en'de, wonnim u' 'iye. Nea wuwu a wgde wo kg hg no,
(dig na wo saman wg se wuwu na wgde wo kg pgwm' a, na wo saman
wg pgwm'. Nsamanfo no kiirom' nni pgwm', na ewg fam'; eye kiirow
kakra, gkwah nso ware se, nso wobekghga, woforo bepgw ansa-na
wokg hg. Nea own wu-pa de, gnam a, ne kwan so ye tumm wg soro;
na uea gtge de, gnam a, neho hyirew bi gugufara', na enti wobehu
se ne kwan da hg lita. Asamampgwm' de, wose, nsamanfo ute hg
del, na nnakoro-nnakoro bi na wgbahg na wohyia hg; ebia wgnom

the

world of spirits.

wg

hg;

nsa a.s. wodidi a.s. wogoru. It is said: In the realm of the dead there
are kings as well as subjects (slaves). If you were sick in this world for a
long time, gou will be restored to health there after three gears; but one
who died in battle or bg accident tcill be well again in a short time, perhaps in a month or so. It is said: the realm of the dead is below (in the
earth); some sag: it is above (in heaven); ediout this there is no surctg.
Where one is taken to, ivhenhe dies, there his spirit is; when gou die and
theg take gou to the spirits^ grove, then gour spirit is in the grove. The
town (or countrg) of the departed sjnrits is not in the qrove, but in the
earth; it is a large town(eitg), a long way off, and in going there a mountain has to be ascended. The wag of one who died a comuion death, is
dark in heaven; but if one who died in battle or bg accident talies that
wag, some of the white clag, with which he is rubbed, drops down, thereIn the spirits' grove the
fore his wag (the milkg wag) appears white.
departed spirits do not stay always; only on certain single daj/s theg come
and assemble there for drinking or eating or plaging.

man a,

v.

[Eng.]

to

summon.

asamanade

408

the

asJlmana-de, money paid

summons of another person.

asamanadwo,
palm

s.

akgkono.

to

a magistrate in order

io

procure

the heetlc whose larva or grub lives iu the

oil-

pr. 1675.27U.2770f.

saman-adzc, F.
he descended into

sampaimuodu.

asamah-ase, hdl.

ML

11,23. osian

kgr

as.,

hell.

asaman-iiietewa, a kind of tree.

asamaii-akyekjea, a kind oi plant.
o-saman-anka, a kind of thorny tree.
o-samanapa, a kind oi lizard of a yellow and black colour.

asaman-dan, F. tomb.

o-samaiikr ofi, a person dead a

peariny again (osamah a oko tic?)
asanianofi, s. asammorofi.

asaman-po, F.

lony time; an old

;;>.

[/host

ap-

1125.

= asamampow.

a man-sew [osaman nsew] the last tcill of a dyiny person;

nea orcwu nsem a okae no se, woauyeno saa, nesamari bekum wo;
ghyec s. se neba m'fa ne dan, ode ne dan hyee ne ba s., lie by his
s

bequeathed his house

last will

to his son.

asaman-tii, -tawa, a kind

left to

of ata (tpv.) which

the spirits, pr. 2769.

asamaiif o,

i^Z.

wood-hen.

n-,

akokgfwerew.

is

not eaten, but

;.

oW.

asaman-twen twoii,

a departed spirit th(d does not come to

his rest in the asamjin, on account of his wickedness in his life-time,
but must hover about behind the dwellings; s. osaman.
saman-iiya [gsamaii gya] Aky. matches; cf. biirogya, .
asamaii-nya [gsamah gya] mole, mother spot, dark or black
spots on the human body, considered as marJcs burnt in by a sjnrit.
o-saina ii-yere, 1. the wife destined for a man before lie or she
was born; nnipa hhina wg wgh s.
2. the deceased wife of a deceased man.

sa-marafo

[rajina nsa] pr. Il!s6.

same, Ak. samee,

and

hips, thighs

legs;

i.

cf.

= asam. 2.

rheumatism, espec. in the

gsenmii; gyare a ehon sere na edidi fa

dompem'.
nsa mere wa? j/r. 218.
stimina, soa}); syn. gyare; kyew or ye s., to make soap of
gyakisi (gyare-nso) and palm-oil; s. yi ye nnam se, eye ogya, this
soap

is

as sharp as

samo,

s.

fire.

siamo,.

asammorofi,
a.s.

fire is

sampam,
pasa;

cf.

11.

asomeroti, fire-place, the place

hearth; gdah mfinimfini
pr.2080.

a. tvaste,

devastated, ruined;

waye ne

ti

hg

s.

pansam, sam.

samp an a,
in

asamanoti,

made and food is cooked,

adiwo nea 'muka sisii a wgsg gya ho.

where the

mourning

v.

Gy.

to

sampannuodu

racj tied about the chest

gde abom' bg ne mu.

wear a rope or

for a near relation; gs.

samsam
sarnsani,
iisaiiiso,

a. sand//,

crmnhhj;

409

saiu'i.

iilnvca,

dote no ye

s.;

opp. mhiix.

Ak. =: nsemso.

sail, V. [red. sensah] 1. to draw a line, to make a stroke, e.g.

witli a stick in the sand; oresan fam', he is drawing a line on the
(jround; to mark with a line; fa san ho, make a line (which signifies somethiiif^):

san

nhoma no so
me kasante,

de aye

fa liye

nhomam'; ode sekah

a knife

lie eat a line across

mij check as a mark of disoljedience.
3. to he drawn across or in
anotlicr direction; etwil san (j)l. sensah) n'ani ase, a scar is (scars

asjin in'ani ase

ivith

are) on his check.

3. to nudce a slit, cut lengthwise into two long
pieces or strips; i\sensan.
i. to return, go or come hack; mayen-

home again; onipa wu

a, obesan aba
again (by metempsychosis, according to the ideas of the negroes); san akyiri, to return, go hack; wasah n'akyi, he has turned hack; wasjih or wasah aba, he has co)ne
hack.
5. to repad, (rc)itcrate, do again; to dohcsides; owieasem
no ka no, mesan mekaa bio. when he had finished his speech, I repeated it ; osan kaa enoara bio, he said the same thing again; kasa
san mu
kasa ti inu, to repeat what hashcentold already ; s. gkasasarinn'i.
(i. to cause to return,
to send hack: mesan no, / sent him.
a wag; kgsan no, let him go home.
7. to stop one who is ready to
go,
siahka, Lu,k. 24,29.
8. to pnt off, defer; osah won ansa, he
put them off in their cause, Acts24,22.
9. to restore, jtistify, vindicate, clear: omw neho, he pleads for himself, restores himself to his
former puritg. vindicates his innocence; wasan neho, he has cleared
himself from the imputation of guilt; sorebesah woliona yentie, arise
and let us hear i/our defence! wasan ne nua ano, he has cleared his
hrother from the accusation, ef. toto ano. pr. 4.33.
10. to return to
the former state ne ho asan (no), he has recovered, his full health
has heen restored to him; pi. won ho asensah(woii); - ho san, F. to
11. to take hack a spoken word,
he healed, cleansed. Mk. 1,40-42.
withdraw an expression, refract an accusation: asem a wobeka na
woasah no, fa sa mil enka wotirim, pr.28o6.
1^. to deny, disown,

san nko

fie

bio, let us return

bio, iftt m((ndies, he will return

disa vow.

oyare no asan no, he has heen

no asansah won; esan wo a, wo-

sail', V. [red. san'sah] to infect;

infected with the disease; pi. oyare

renserew bio; inf. nsah, q. v.

sail', V. [red. san'san] 1. to loose, loosen, untie, unbind, unfasten,

open by loosening: wasah pgw no, hama no, kotoku no (ano.)
2. to he or hecome loose, relaxed: ne tam asiih, his (under-)gartneni
6'. to free or he free from restraint: me ho asan me, I
sits loose.
am at ease, glad, joyful, cheerful, gay, merry, happy dc; wo ho awie
wo san a, na wudi ahurusi, if you are perfectly rejoiced, you leap
for joy. Cf anigye&c.
5. san .. m u, to cause to sound clearly: qaah.
ne'ne mu (teee neho) kasae, he spoke with a clear voice, loud and
distinctly (and adroitly, s. tee).

SRYiii, adv. freely, properly, distinctly;

my

questions in

an orderly manner.

obuaames., he answered

410

sanri

osaiiku.

sail II, ado. quictltf, pleasantly; ue ba bo ue bo

peacefully on her bosom.

san,

F.

sail,

s.,

her child rests

sian, aiah, siAiie, scii &c.

s.

shed, corn-house; a /<6 erected on poles in

a plantation, in which corn &c. is laid up.
as Ah, pi. id. a house of two stories with a grass-roof; was! (jyl.
o-Sciii,

ham,

^y/. a-,

wasisi) asah.

nsan,

-ye nsan,

[san'] infection,

inf.

oko ye nsan, war

tious, infective;

is lilcly to

be contagious, infecspread, easily entangles

to

or complicates others.

aiisa-iia (F. ansa-ana),

s.

ansa,

something large, biribi a eye kokuroko no(?).

ghene tbto.
2. a large money-bag; the Icing's purse or treasury
sanna-mu-mansoafo, minister of the finances; En^.chancrllor of tlie

g-saniia,

exchequer.

1.

Am.

secretary of the treasury. Hist-

Osanna, name

of a month, about August; s. osram. Os. fi a,

agu. pr. 2772saiiiifi-bo, tlie Icing's weiglit (for weighing gold).
gfotosahfo; okura
o-sannruii, pi. a- -fo, tlie king's treasurer,
ghene foto na gfwe ghenc sika so; gsah foto nti na wgfre no sanna.

iia

gkom

nsaii-akyiri,

inf. bacJcsliding;

cf.

akyirisaii.

osan-de, F. =: esiane-se, because, for. Ml. 27,6.

siah, Mk. 15,30.32.
sane, F.
sane, s. siane & siiane.

nsaiie,

nsensane [san,

pi.

n sancafo,

/<errt?r7s,

y.] stroke, line;

cf.

nsanhg.

a class of attendants on the king;

.s.

nsanee.

gsa (ne) ben, wltat liostY In order to know a

o-sancb(3iie,
friend from an enemy, the watch-word is demanded by asking "gsaiieben' a?" and the reply is: yen hko-iiko, it is only we (friends)
or, Mankata, i.e. of McCarthy's liost! or, Osee a! Osec Ayisi a!
Fedi'i Agyeman or. the respective king's name; a(kwan)srafo de
gsanebene ne ue mmuac hyehye wguho nsow.

= sen,

nsaiiee
nsane-ho,

lie raid.

track,

rill,

run. pr.2773.

iisaii-ho [nea esan hg]

nsan-lio,"'"

comma.

O-simi, pi.

a- -fo [nsa]

0-sa-aniwa
saiika,

6'.

line, stroke; cf.

nsahe.

a habitual drunkard;

(osua-an.?) a kind of bead;

s.

pr.

2774.

ahene.

c/.

gsabofo,

[gsadweam.
'

siahka.

n-, Ak. abcyea, a sort of Jjlack eartlien vessel, dish,

used for serving up, partly also for cooking food; diff. kinds (asanka-sanya, asahkasgh &c.) s. hkuku ne nkaka.

as a Ilk a,

2)1.

saiikae, Ky. corkscrew.

pi. a-, n-, a stringed musiral instrument, a rude kind
o guitar; dift". kinds: gdousgh, sankupa, Ak}). sankuteii, Ak. sahku
a eso [siinkidiah si] hwotwe, or (simply) iiwotwe, & nsia or seberewa; s. it also used for Eurojiean musical instruments, as guitar.

O-saiiku.

suiikubu

411

sautcu.

harp, harapichord, piano-furle, organ; hni

violin,

fiddle,

s.

abon,

adakaben; -bos., to play ontlie [fnilar, liarp

(i'c; y'l sanku a no ^= to s. ano dwojii, to ainy to the yuitar.
sail k u-Imj, inf. the playinij of the (jaitar, harp de.
o-sai'ikril)otb, pi. a-, plai/er on the yuitar dx. dinger and Itarpcr,

obeiita, beiita-sanku,

musician.

ntinstrel,

a n k u-h

j'l

ii,

chord or string of a guitar, sahku so barna.

pi. id.,

SJin-kyiri, adv. [sah, v., akyiri] s. bio, s. yi, again, after

further, furthermore; ef. akyiri no, akyiri yi; Gr. 130,5.

iisaiVkyiri [asan, akyiri]

abenyerenoin

inina-inu,

iisai'i-akyiri,

lis a

11-11111,

iisai'iiiiiilb,

uea onain bae

iisa-iioa

Berekuso

.s\

fi

tite

Icing's

that,

harem, seraglio; obcue

rf awiriwa.

after sanua.

inf. repetition

ntimii,

cf okasasanmu; - reaction.

reactionary, reactionist. Hist, wasaii n'akyi akofa

bo.

= asase

ewg

sarc auu (as from

Kwabercnyan near

Apese near Abonse).

asa-noiii, inf. [nom nsa] drinking palm-ivine. pr. 124.
o-sa-iioiiifo, ^v/. a-, drinker, drunkard; s. osaf'o, osabofo.
iisa-nsa, rt., f?f. empty-handed, having nothing i)i the hands;
to

cf nsnhunu, usapah. - usa-nsa-dodow,

o-Siinsa,

pi. a-,

asan-sa [asah

many

(empty) hands. pr. 277 8.

a bird of prey, harrier, hen-drloer.

pr. 277 off.

nsemso abiesa dan, a house of three stories.

o-sansaiii. pi. a- -fo, (nea gnara usa-nsa] an unarmed follower
of a bost; asansafo na ahye atufo no dodow-wura, unarmed men
have swelled the numbers of the men at arms.
sail si,

t\ to

ysa] F.

analyze

(?).

band or finger of a newand considered as an object of ab-

iisa-iisia, a small excrescence on tbe

born cbild, called a sixth

borrence;

A sail

s.

finger,

usawa-nsia.

e [orig. Asiante, F.Asiautse,il//".Gr. Asiiantsi] tbe country,

people and language of Asanfe. [G. Asanti. The English spelling
Ashantce is owing to the circumstance that the interpreter of Mr.
Bowdich (the author of the most important book hitherto written on
t

Asante)was an Akraman.] Cpds. Asantc-iiene, s. Osee; Asatitekasa; ()-sant(>-niai'i; asaiitc-sem.

()-saiiteni, jj/. a- -fo, a man
or inhaliitant of As ante.
Asantefo mmiiran bi ne: Bae, Baebaentwa, Kohkori, Asante Kgtoko, Kum-apem-a-apem-beba. pr. 2779.

asaiite-anliCi-nteiii, a

san ten,

kind o{

yam

(bayere),

s.

ode.

a long row or train of persons or things. pr. 2780.

a. all, said of people forming a long train, continuing in a long
line; graan-santen dii n'akyi, the whole town (all the people) followed him ; mma-santen, the whole nwnber of children; {F. j)eople living at the same time, generation;) nima santen a gwoo wgn hhiua,
won mn biako pe na oyQ% yiye, of all the chddren whom she lore
only one prospered (became rich); wgsoso nsa atoa s. rekg, they walk
in a long line, all carrying rum.

n.

-412

osaiitstiii

sare.

o-santseii, F. gencraUon. Mt. 3,7.11,16.12,34-39/.

abusuia-santsen, all (jcncrations. Mt.1,17.

o-san tew, a kind of tree; esow aba

asantorofi, a kind

sa-nunum,

nteantecl a

ie,i. 23,36.

ekyea

se osekah.

of bird. pr. 2099.2781.

a kind of plant.

saiiya, siinyawa,
plate; pewter 'ware.

tin,

pewter; i^ewter-vesael, pewter-dlsh,

tin-

sapa, imitated gold, =gsoro-sika; sikafuturu biara a woantu

no fam' na onipa de awowa a.s. ahene morgkokowa a woayam a.s.
dwete aye aka no abereduru (alum) na aye ko se sika a efi fam'.
iisa-pa, inf. [pa 5.] mistake, inadvetience, slip; ns. uliina, epa
(wo) wnram'; nsapa-mu, h// mistake, inadvertently. Num. 35,11. 15.
Cf. sJikwah.

iisa-paii, a. empty-lianded;

nsahnnu, nsansa.

sapara, a woman's garment, oba ntama

ne fa

a.s. sin

cf.

woapam, ebia

sin

gyawurusi.

accompjliee, assistant, co-operator, espec. of a fetishodi no apghkg-nanase, he

odi no as.
(okgmfo); pr. 1698.
wails upon, attends or serves him as a footman, foot-hog, lackey.

as a [I ate,

man

sapiew, = aseredowa.
sa-pow \cf. gsaw] 1. a kind

of sponge made of the hard fibres

of a climber, used for rubbing the skin in washing; s. ahensaw.
;^. wad stopping the charge of powder in a gun.
pr. 411.1579.

asapo-kaii [asapgw a edi kah]

nsa-puw,

lees,

saara, s. sa,
sara, s. sra,

the first volley.

dregs or sediment of palm-ivine.

sa.
v.

sara, a paltry kind of musical instrument or toy] dua a wolio na wofiti asratoTi to na wgde ahyem', na wgde tantakorowa afam ho na wotwiw asratoti no wg dua no ho; dwora a wgto
(wg)h6 de, eye dwommone pa.
Sarah a, /^r. n. Salagha, the capital of Nta. Gr.p.XIV. 2,3.
sarfiha, s. sraha.
sare, v. 1. to fail, be wanting or lacking, he cut off, cease to

twitwa

ohia usare da, poverty never becomes extinct, always

ensa da, work
one destined to he poor; adwumaye nsare
is never wanting, is never out of reach, never fails to present itself,
after every hindrance we can yet find oppotinnity to do our work (only lazy people excuse themselves: I have tried it 3, 4 times, it is of
3. to preno use).
2. to be prevented, intercepted and stopped.
vent, intercept and stop, hinder, thwart: gyare nti m'adwuma asare
me or gyare asare m'adwuma, sickness has prevented me from working, put a stop to my work ; aduannoa nti afumkg asare me, on account of cooking I have not been able to go to the plantation ; ade no,
4. to foresare me afumkg, that does not let me go to the farm.
bear, refuse, decline: akoa sare asukg, the slave has ceased to go for
water usually, having attained or assumed a condition in which he

present

itself;

sticks to

esdre

413

asaseh6no.

5. to forbear,
deems himself above it or too good for it. pr. 1627.
abstain from: wgsiire niui. t/ieij forbear sleepinf/, do not sleep, kce^i
awaliC ; m'ani asiire d\ve, lit. /// ryes Jiarc irifliholiJcii nine its ('^ s.
dwe), sleep has been iriflilield from nii/ ei/rs.

y-Siire, Ak. sere, 1. [F.c'hono] a lonf/ yrass, used for tliatcliing;.

2. [F. sarejalso saremu, sareso, Ak. serom, sercso, a ])lain eovered with (jrass, as that between tlie sea, the lower Volta, and the
Akuapem mountains, or that in the north of Asante; savanna, pr<(iric,

sare parada, paradadada, perededede, tatra, a)i extensive open plain, mostly destitute oftrecnand
eovered with (/rass.

steppe, heath, wilderness, desert.

SJirc-d wii jua [ade a esare

obstaele in tcorfcini/, aseni

daiV

s.

adwuma]

hindrranee. imjn'dinient,

ketewa ba na woanfwc anni ntom

a, e-

p-. 370.

s;ire-nui,

s.

esare; used espec. of the steppes or grassy plains

in the north of Asante.

steppe or ivdderness,

sdro-s6,

the lion,

s.

gyata

the atroeions

&

king of the

gsce.

esare.

s.

sasfi, red.

sdro-iiui-sec,

i.e.

v., s. sa.

n s a s a, a eloth or yarmcnt of manypieees seiced together; ntama

ahorow bebre a wgapomj)am na woaye no biako.
sasaboiisjim, 1. [asase obonsr/m? As. kasamprre] an imaginary monstrous being, eoneeivod as having a huge l)ody of huuian
shape, but of a red colour and with very long hair, living in the
deepest recess of the forest, where an immense silk-cotton-tree is his
abode, inimical to man, especially to the priests, (osese nnipa nndmpe ne ade; wokg wuram' na okyere wo a, na wafa wonnouipe;)
hut the friend and chief of the sorcerers and witches; pr. 2782. fR.]
2. [sesa mu bonsam] onipa a wawu na n'asem ye den no, na wadwu na gkgtra wuram' akyirikyiri; "wgi'ika dodo, they are not very
3. a kind of bat? aboa a otu se gha; okyere nnipa.
eommon."

asase

frcd. of ase: tvhat is below] 1. the earth, the globe which

inhabit (asase-mii); gsoro ne asase, heaven and earth ; pr.27S7.
in Negro mythology it is also personiiied and invoked after Onyankopgn.
2. land, opp. to water; gnam asase so or fam', gmfa nsu-

we

3. ground, sod, ef. fa, dote

by water.
part of the earth, in respect to its nature or quality;
asase ahorow ne: afuw, abesase, mfuwa, mfuwanini, kwae, hkyerekyeriiso.
j. a portion or fraet of land belonging to an individual,
family or community, estate, possession, landed 2)roperty, land, ter5. eoiintry ; gkg as. bi so, he has gone to anrdory. pr. 7S6.2784f.

ani, he travels by land, not

the snperfieial

other eonntry.
a s a s c'-b u a, pi. n-, [asase aboa] a small inseet, infesting sleepers;

sand-worm?

asase-de, a
asase-hono,
leaves dc.

mme

fifi.

asone.
101.2788f.
treasure found in the earth; ade a wotu

pr.

Wodow

wg

i'am',

[=

ahu.

hmmis, tmndd of deeayed

afuw na wodan ani na as. nhina wie gdah a, na.

the surfaee of the soil,

asase-ho-nsem

414

osaw.

asase-ho-iisem or asase-seni, geography, a descripiimi of the

earth, or of a paHicular cotmtrg, of its physical stnicturp and cliai-acteristics, natural products, political divisions, and the people by

whom it is inhabited. (Aniau-ho-iisom.

asase-mako, s. mako.

e1hnograp)]ni.)

asase-tama, ribhon{?) of. bamnia, bena.

asase-taw, a p)lain, level counfrg.
asase-wo, a kind of centipede; cf. ofonom.
nsa-siii, a one-handed j^erson

cf.

basin, pr.262.

nsa-siii, sS-sin, the rest or remainder of palm-wine or other

liquor in a calabash or glass which is no more full. pr. 129.696.118.^.

seso; eyi ne s., this kind. Mt. 17,21. Mk. 9,29.

sasoiio, a kind of nettle; wura (hama) bi a eka wohij arape
a, na eho hnm atutu akeka wo ho na enti wo ho ye wo bene; cf.
ahyehyew-nsa,
[pr. 2790 f.

saso, F.

sasoii-iigto [odotg] a thicket rt/"such stinging plants {cWmhox-iC).

0-sata-diia'j Ak., anyamforow;i, Akr., a kind octree or shrub:

roots, leaves and fruits are used as a medicine against dysentery; dade twa wo a, woyam a.s. wowe n'ahaban de tare kurum'.
its

11 sat 6 a, -teawa, finger; lis a is also used for finger when it is

not to be expressly distinguished from hand. pr. 2792-97.
iisatcri-licne^ the middle finger [prop, the fniger-chicf. s. ohenej;
the other fingers are called: kokTirobeti ^///)i^^>, akyerekyerekwaii.
ahenniakyiri, kokobeto.

g-satofo,

i^Z. a-,

a rccJdcss contractor of debts, spendthrift, ])rodman; braggart, swaggerer; impostor, cheat,

igal; an extravagant

rogue, sivindler;

gnam

ode ye, na obobg akaw

nneema-nneema sakasaka na onnim nea

gye ade a ekyen no na onni hn sika.j^?-. 2798.

toto
;

[G. osatofo, hypocrite.']

asatoro, inf. [saw, to gather or take up, scil. cowries, money,
& tow, to cast or fling an-aij] the doing of an osatofo: reckless contraction of debts, extravagancy, brag, sicindle c(c.
nsatseiiia, F. handbrcadth; span;

a-sa-tu,
11

sat u,

bo won

inf. [tu

the

s.

nsjlma.

gsa] nnr, warfare, warlike expedition.

upper arm;

cf.

nsa, nanti'i.

Adampefo de ahene

bo-

ns.

sa-twe

[sareso gtwe] a small gray antelope;

sail, a sail,

s.

cf.

gtwe.

sawu, asawu.

-?. to shake, syn. wosow, posow,

sa w, V. [inf. a-} 1. to dance.
popo, him; - ne ho saw, he trembles; n'aniwa saw. his eye-lashes
qxiiver (a good or ill omen).

saw, V. [red. sesaw] 1. to take vp or gather from the ground

3. to take
(a collective multitude, as, cowries, rubbish, dust &c.)
Old ])art of a fluid, to draw, scoop; saw nsu, to drair water; pr.2799.

saw iikwan, to scoop or take ont soup.pr. :]22. 1941. 2799.2801.

saw, s. siaw, suaw.
0-sa w, a little mass, tuft or bundle of some soft and flexible ma-

asaw

415

se.

wad to stop tlip charge of powder in

a g^un; a kind o^ spainjc lor wasliin^ (one's body) or rnbbiii<:^, scouring and wiping away, consisting of a insp or ronploiHcrafioii of
the fibres of some climber or shrub or its bark; tf. totg, balia, gbosaw, brgdewa, ahensaw, sapgw, posaw; ahensaw na wgboro ye sapgw; oguaben (nnuare bi) ne akase nso, wgde ye saw; wgde saw
terial or fibrous substance; a

kwaw dan mu.

asaw, wf. dance;

tutu asaw, fo begin, mnJce or perform a davrr.

saw a,

a small spoon to take out or up small quantities of golddust for weighing the required amount; nea wgde saw sika no.
asii wji, F. asaba, cotton; cotton-plant, cotton-shrub; coffon-i/arv;
cotton-tlircad; cotton icick; as, mfuturu,

or not yet twisted.

raw

cotton, cotton in the seed

asawa-diia, cotton-plant, cotton-shrnh.

asawa-tain, cotton

cloth. Lev. 13,47.

lisawa-lisia, a child witli six fingers; the sixth finger may consist only of a very small globular excrescence at the little linger,
yet having a nail; such children are held in abomination by the
heathen negroes and are usually killed immediately after birth; s.
nsa-nsia.

saworowa,

nicely twisted strings with cowries,

worn as an

ornament about the neck.

nsa-wo-so

[lit.

have communion
(nfwebom' &c.).

to

sawu,
the sea;
a

i(-c..

to

scil.

the

same thing]: di

join interest,

ns.,

to associate, cf. di

expression imitative of the sound of a net cast out in

wgde asawu gu nsnm'

saw

made

hands are npon

in eating

a,

eye

s.

a large ftshing-net; cf. eboa, boa, atra, gtan; these are

of strings; - adwokii, sukiisuku, akyc, are made of wood
11,

(wicker-work).

saw us a

[sareso

wusa?J a kind

oi'

jjhoit.

0-sa-Vvcc [gsaw a wgwe] the smashed fibres of a certain shrub

(nnuare), which are cheived in order to keep the teeth clean; nnuare
na wgboro na edan s.; os. tua n'ano kyenkyentMi, site has her chewing-fibres Stirling in her month; cf. twfi'pea.
iisa-yanT, Xhaprdm of the hand; cf. nsa, yam', nsam', nsakyi.
se,

bg adwe

(open); gse ad we, kube, e.s. gde bo

kube-aba no so na oyi mu aduan; kokosi

r. to cracli

a.s.

a.s.

de,

dua

bi

wgbg.

sc, V. [red. sese, sesee] 1. to equal, be equal to, be the same in

quantity or degree; gse no aliogden, Gr. 235, c. [G. ye egbg.]
2. to be or look like, to be simdar, to resemble; neg. to be unJike, of
a different kind lirc. ose n'agya, he is like his father; gse no, g-ne no
se, wgsese wgnho, wgsese, wgsesee, they arc like each other; wgse
dill na wgnsc honam, their names are alike or simdar, but not their
o\viewie n'agya: se ebia greye ade bi
bodies, x>r. 154.5. gse n'agya
a n'agya ye a. na wose: gse n'agya, e.s. gnse n'agya pepepe, na
oyv akgse no. [G. tamo.]
.5. to be fit, proper, becoming, rightful,
right, just, equitable, fair; to be due fo, to be deserving, meriting,
worthy of; to behove, become; to be meet, due, seemly, befitting, be-

416

se

se.

hoving, incumbent on; cf. fata, di; ese wo se wunya akatuapa, you
have deserved a reward; own se no or ose own, he is tvorihy of death.
[G. sa.]
4. to concern, touch: ese wo ara! that is your concern, is

5.
in your hands, is your own faidt, you have to answer for it.
se so, to 1)6 alike (cf. bo so, to he of //Ae dimensions, to he equalJ;
ese pe, edi nse.
ese so,

se,

V.

Ak.

sew, q.v.

denoting a similarity in
as red as blood; pr. 29S.
as (much as),pr. 3666.
as if, as thouqh; how, as
471. 1182. 1312ff.
far as, just as &c. Gr. 141,2. also on p.93. 255,1^^.(7. 5.2(38-271.
da se 'ne Gr. 248,6. etese, it is as though, it ap2)cars asif;2)r.lJ04.
se ete ni or nen, ne no, so it is; se woye no ni, it
cf. senea, sO.
is made thus [= eyi ne se(nea) wgye no, this is the way in which it
is made. pr. 2800f. [G. tamo, take, ake.]
se,

manner

to he like] as,
or degree; ebere se mogya,

conj. [fr. se,

like,

it is

se, se, conj. [/"r. se, to say. F. de; G. ake.] 1. that (introducing
a noun-sentence that supplies the subject or object or other complement of a preceding verb); whether, //'(when the accessory sent, is
interrogative); - nea okji no ase ne se, orenko, the meaning of wliat
lie says is, that he will not go; etwa se gko, it is necessary thai he
///s going is a necessity, he m7ist go; metee se oresu, / heard
goes,
that he was screaming, =- I heard his screaming, I heard him cry;
kofwe se waba (ana), go and look whctlier he has come. pr. 2323. 2343ff.
^. se, Ak., se, Akp., is often
Gr. 255,U. 2.3/^. A.hb. 265,2.273,2.
used to introduce the words s\)okGn,=saying, also to introduce an exjjlanation,
namehf, videlicet (viz.), or as a mere mark of quotation.
Mi. 21,13. 15f. Mk. 26,61. 27,37. Lk.7,8. pr. 189. 192. 205 f. 323-26. 2367.
3. so thai (introducing an adverbial sent, of manner or extent; Gr,
4. that, in order thai (he might &c.) or to, in order to
273,1 b.
(introducing an adverbial sentence of purpose, Gr. 279.1): mabg
obi pa se onnyigye me ba; otuu no fo se gnye papa; ogyigyee no
.7. //"(being put at the head of an adv.
se onye bone. (R.p.234.)
sentence of condition or concession, Gr. i; 276,3. 278,2); se ete sa a,
anka eye, if it were so, it woidd he well. pr. 2603. 2624 f. WheneAcr
se stands at the head of a sentence, sometimes in an interrogative
way, as in Mrk. 9,11.28., some ellijjsis has taken place, e.g. (eba| se

befre me
if or irhen fit .comes or haj^pens thai] you go,
[gka] se omma a, mehyeno na waba, if fhe says] ih(d he
0. ?>ccr/?^se (standing at the
doesnot come, Iwill compel him to come.
head of an adv. sent, of cause, or connected with efi or esiane with
nti or ntia at the end of the sent. Gr. 275, U. 2. 248,5. Mai. 16,7.
7. se, se gye, gye se, except, but; anihaw iiiii nni biribi se ohia,
pr.2315. onni biribiara se dua aba iiko. (li.]h234h.)GsY.%211. 2356.
8. se, anase, or, e.g. in disjunctive questions, s. ana. Gr. 253, 2.

woko a,
C(dl me

= se eyi,

se, adv. 1. thus, so

foro rebom' se, Acts 19,32.
fast;

uye kokiiro

adwuma

se,

se, sa;

ebinom reborn'

se,

2. se, very: otu'mirika se, he

na

5.

afo-

runs very

he is very tall; aka kakrii se na woawie

wo

wanting before (or till) you have finabout (before numerals): wgbeye se du, they

ye, there is very

ished your work.

little

St;

matg

will he ((hold fen;

I'lkoko

417

use.

beye seudnonu, I have

hoiKjht (ihoiif

ttocnfii folds.

sc,

V.

[red.

.sise|

Ak.

V. sc, 1. to sai/

1492), k;isa, bo 78-H2.

kii (i>r.

to tell;

sc no yiyi', Sdi/

to

command

VKjId

ef.

wuiisc biri-

sdid iiofldutj; osc.e sa, so lie said ; kose no se omnitira, r/o and
hinK he must come; oso (often instead of oscc, Ak. oscc): obi-ba

bi, lie
tell

n\\nv\u\n\\h-,pr.36.r>4.9r)ff.S23fl\40.1-in.')rr>f.l717f.2S03.26.
tion,

speak

of. pr. 982.

H. to sail ledliin oneself, to

3. to

men-

purpose, intend,

desif/n. pr. 35.94.282.5.

so, after a prcvions

v. se, kii,

fro,

bisa,

bua

&c., introdncinj;^

words spoken, Ak.se, F. de, or rather se, (\C^,

saj/ini/, is often
not to be transUited, and serves as a mere quotation mark s. se, se, 3.
sew.
sic.
s c, r. Ak.
sc, v. F.
tlie

hanij or yird round or ahout; to toear about one's

odonno, i)r.2S27.; ef. siane.
2. to hear sometliinij
up: gfasu se nkotoku, tlie wall hears hags, fr.S28; - to carry

c',

r.

1.

to

hodi/, I'lkrante,
Ininij

sometliinij Jieari/; pr. I3S9. 2828.

3. to follow in a train; to stick or

cleave to.
c-se, a mass of clai/ in a roundish eleeated form, a small pillar
dote bi a wode ahore ho na woaboro so a.s. wgde aye biribiara ((^bia

wgaye

wogyina

se wotra. so o, se

so d); dote siw bi a

wode musu-

yide bi aliye ase.

o-so, inf. a

.sai/ini/,

ntterance, remark,

word; pr.2802.

o-so, a shout, loud hi(r.st of voices, vehement find sudden, outer// of

a inidtitnde, expressing joy, triumph, exultation, animated couraj^-e,
or exbortatii)n; war so)i<j, war-cr//; dom no nhinji boo se ^= wohuroe
(Ii uro is also said of a single person); wobog no se, the// gave him

a shout.
0-se, father; Ak. the fedher of another person, not of the speaker
himself; cf. agya.

a 8 c [m'Ase, Akr.]^;?. asenom, the wife's or husband's father, fatherin-law; pr. 690. 28.^5. cf. gsew, gsewa.

ase, (Gr. 118. 1 19.) 1. the nether or lower part, end or beginning; (opp. eso, gsoro, the upper part or end; ef. iino, the fore or
upper end, to, the hinder part;) - bepgw ase, the foot of a mountain;
ese ase, the loiver teeth (?); the gum; - s. bewase, nanasc.
2. the

nether ox loiver parts, the wag down; s. 6.

5. (adv.) down; s. (i.ll.
- heloiv, beneath, dotcnivard; (prej).) under, beneath; at; - of time:
4. \he place or time of, cf. ayiase, mmofrain, a), under, during.
ase.
5. the end: me-ne wo bep:x so akosi ase, trc both shall go on

kwah ase akosi ne ha, here his tcag ends.

6.
fam'): tra ase, to sit down; fwe ase, to fall down;
dunhin,
bottom (nsu ase).
7. roof or trunJc of a tree (dua ase
duantini).
S.fig. root, source, cause, origin; ahantan na eye bone
to the

the

end; nea ne

ground

(ef.

a root of all evil; ef. 1 Tim. 6,10. tu ase ka, kyereme,

me, i.e. relate the whole matter from the beginning.
V. sense, import, meaning, signification ; gkasa hunu, n'asem nni
ase; mente be no ase (R.p.150); ase bekg sa, or, se ase bekg nen,
JO. offsp)ring, issue, descent, descendants,
that irill he the meaning.

nh. ase, jrridc

pull

up

is

the roof fell

27

ase

418

sebere.

ode no ase nye; n'cakoko ase ye; wafee n"a11.

ase agii or atore; abusua, oman, kua ase gu.
da ase, <o thanh.
PJtr. here ase, fo bring low, abate, humble &c.
- bg ase, fi ase, fiti ase, io begin; - hye ase, a) to begin, to lag the
foundation of: cnera na gliyoe ne dan ase; - b) to promise: waliyc

progeny,

kokg

jwsterifi/; race;

won

ase;

nam ase,
hq.. kgkg.
ase so obetg otuo ama me; c) to warn
o s i ne ti ase, he sinks his head; id. or osi ne 'ne ase,
do secrctlg.
to ase, a) to finish the plastering of
he speaks toith a low voice.
the walls of a new-built house at the bottom; b) to pag in advance:
te ase, tra ase, /o live; gtra
c) to slight, disregard, neglect; dx.
nebo ase, he lives by himself, is indej^endent. pr. 415ase bean(s); Y.iidu-wn: 2)r.2834. Diff. kinds: akitereku, akyemadilui, apat(:'ram, apatiporc-nkesua, asaabensa, asebuam, nsensenme

to

kiiA, aseten, asetia, nsetifi.

ase, itch, a cntancous disease, an eruption of small vesicles produced by a parasitic animal (anworam); ebi yeakese-akese(atot6e),
ebi ye nketewa (nsewa); cf. fifise, nanaba. ntwom, kodoso, gsdbeii.
e-se, tooth, pi. teeth; wo se ase, the flesh under the teeth, the gtnns.
nnipa se nam aborow 3: adgnten-mu-s6 si 8, sebgmmgfo si 4,
nyepi de si 20, the teeth of man are of three kinds: there are 8 incisors, cutters or fore teeth, 4 canine or dog-teeth, and 30 molars or

grinders, pr. 500.2829-33.

io be equal] equality; - edi nse, 1. it is (or, the things
ese pe, ese so ; 2. it is an even number.

n S e, iw/". [se,

are) alike

dc.

s e, 1. conj. that

se,
se,

sJi

F.

V.

s.

se,

2. adv. very, very

much.

sa, sa, so, thus.

yi, s.

see, to be

marred, destroyed,

to perish.

Mk.2,22.

sea [Heh.'] seah, a.Tewisbdry measure containing 14-1 7 pints,

asea aseawa, ^jZ. n-, a small cooking-pot; cf. gsen, kuku. pr. 913.
,

ase-ade, an inborn, inbred, innate, inherited ov hereditary quality; awi aye won as., theft is inbred in them; cf. woe, awosanne,
awu-agya-mma.

asc-aniaii [nea ose anian] a public spcal:er having the office

gkyeame, q.r.
message to the assembly; meye as.
a
gnte]
child or
woseno
asem
bi
disobedient
a
se-aiite [nea

to transmit a

person; pr. 2S36. Ak. gscrantefog.

sebc, amidef, talisman, worn from superstitious motives, as a

charm, or for finery only; eye aduru ana asuman bi a wgde ahye
ntamam' apam no ahinanan; Nkramof() ma obi ka nea gfwefwe na
wgkyerew ye sa bi ma no; ebinom de to wgnkgh mu, wgn asen mu,
won usa, ebinom de kyekyere wonti, na ebinom uso defemfambataky iri mu. - nsebea, V. amidets, phylacteries, prayer-fdlets. ML 23,5.
sebe, sebeo, sebew, 1. inter j. with your permission, by your
to sebe, to premise an excusing expression, pr. 3311. =-- to
leave.
ebiii, kyerebo.
tafrakye.
3. n.

sebere,
to

bring

v.

to

turn inside out, to extend, unfold; to turn otd;

cf yere mu,

to light, disclose; to manifest, set forth, exhibit;

sebercvva

419

usyhuiio.

cypre so or esc so; sokyoro; Onyankp. po se, n'aliint.isoni no,

wniiscbcre no iikyore imipa nil.: Ony. ascni do, cno ankasa asolicro
ne mil agii lio a atetckwa mpo nya ne do a ohiano worn'.
mil

scberewa,
s.

a kind oistrhuj-insfmmcnt; gsankfi a eso nsia;

osaiiku.

o-sobiro-bo-iitii, asebirokyi-c,
O-si'-bo, hif.

OS c bo,

J)/,

in: 497. ii 3 1.800.

kwadwo,

[1)0

oso]

(I

abirekyi,

(foat. fr.

a kind oi Jeopard ov panihcr, black and brown;

Other names are:

,

p;yaliene, aboafufii,

odo-ne-lia, ji^yasaboafo, ketobo, akorobo,

twiamonsa;

2837-40.

shout, the act o( sJiouii)n/.

adamma-

konidom, kuro-

asabontwi, afeni.

rf.

o-scbo\v, a loaf or luuip ofhoilcd hrcad, made larger than those

destined for sale; dgkono a wobg no kokuro abedi no na wouton
no;
gboabg, akwabg.

se-b g

mm

f 0,

seda, soda'
sirikyi.

J?,

i)?. id.

dog-tooth, canine tooth;

[Port, seda,

sill;

velvet (1\.), cf. ago.

a s e-d a, inf. [da ase] thanksgiving,

ase-dc [ade a
a

o-d u

see,

3. hi/ssus. Scr.

thanlcs ; thankfulness, gratitude.

ese] a right; just claim, jnst due; privilege.

a, lentUs. Eze. 4,9.

Ak.

see,

esO.

s.

hair of some animals] l.silk^

V.

F.

sen

se, 1. to

den?
usee, Ak.
make iiseless, spoil,

destroy, ruin. 2Jr.G5. 2136. 2482..3661.

nsew.

corrupt, damage, mar,

3. to spend, use vp or iraste

(money, syn. fwerc).

5. to groic useless, to spoil, go to ruin; to he
4. to he
spoiled, corrupted, ruined dr.; cf. suw, to rot. in: 3449.
stirred up, to he hoistcrous, tempestuous, agitated, turhulent; nsu no
asce, the wafer is hlown up) hy the tvind; epo seee, John6,18.
o-see, F. se, inf. destruction, ruin.
o-s e e, king, majesty, title of the king of Asante. jjv. 2841-44.

an se (33^1 [woansew
a s e-f e e,
ase-fi,

a wutumi de yi] razor;

inf. [fee ase]

inf. [fi

s.

yisekan.

propagation, successfid breeding, increase.

ase] beginning;

cf.

mfiase &c.

nsefia, Ak. a place ivhere formerly a house stood, now a heaj)

afasusin. Job 15,28.
of stones and rubbish,
sefo, iJ?. id. [se, v.] one who is equal, like or similar; wosefo
wo seso, thy equal; mahu nipa yi s. pen; mobeye Onyank. sefo.

sefo, such people, such a

asefo,

pi. [aseni]

set

of people.

descendants, children, ojfspring, progeny, seed.

aseforoe, a mixture
^r\A.

p)fdm-oil ;

of beans, flour of roasted corn (kyekyere)

aprapra-nsa.

se-fufu-diia, a kind of tree or tvood to clean the teeth with.

as e-f we,
ase-gii,

inf. [f\Ve ase]

inf.

the act o^ falling;

fall.

[ase gu] decrease; extinction, extirpation.

segyere, Ak.

es6 mii

gyaw, tooth-gaping.

ase-liono, ihc husks of beans.

ase-liurmi.

fi

fg.

ase.

k'md o{ beans;

asehye

420

asem.

ase-hye, inf. [hye ase] beginning, commencement; cf. mfiase,

nhyease; the laying of the foundation.
asekam-ma, j^7. n-[gsekan, dim.'] a small liiifc; as.ketewa, id.
y-sekai'i, Ak. -ne,

Icnife; razor, pr. 669. 2845-49.

^j?. a-,

o-sekaii-tTui, 1. a single knife.

2.

l-nife ivitlioid liandle, the

o-sekan-tia, a short hnife. pr. 2850/.

blade of a knife, pr. 2846.
O-sekail-ii}';! [gsekan gya] 1. the flash or gl((re of a hnifc; wodo
se.kan foforo a nkcinarc imi ho gyiua awiam' na wuliim no a, elio
pa anyinam se ogya; os. gyigye wo ani so a, wiise: ogya pa!
2. the acute pain of a cid tcith a Jcnife; os. ahye no: gsokaii twa wo
a, yaw a edi kah na wof're no sa.

iiseku,

s?^/f?fr.

calumng

[fr.

asem, kaw?];

bo

or di ns., to slan-

der, cidmnniidc, barlbife.

iiseku-bo, iiseku-di,

trartation, aspersion; e.s.

wgnam bann

ku

da.

o-sokulb,

sekye,

tow

s.,

sekye-hama,

to tveigh anchor.

calumniator, detractor.

p7. a-, hachbitcr,

anchor;

^i. a-,

slander, denkiirofo ho nse-

inf.

a.s. bclsa di

ts cast or drojj

anchor;

tew

s.,

cable.

asekye, sconce, bidwark of stones; abo a Krobofo ato no se ofasn abg no kontonkroii agyigyaw ntokru (a.s. akwan) worn' na
wotra niu ko, na dom no ben won a, wosfiin gu won so d(^ kum won
abo a wosunsum no aliri hiian bg nnipa so.
0-Sckye,

a kind

o^'

play; wogoru

s.

atenty.

sekj^'e, sekyere, v.tobendback(ivarcls), recurve; r/. bukaw;

to bend outwards what had been bent inwards; cf. sebere; to turn
out; to display, expose, set forth; wgas. dua no mn; s. asem no mn
yiye, state the matter thoroughly and plainly.

0-sekye-dua, setwedua, [dua

of

two poles on

six posts,

forming

a wgasekyere] a kind oi bench,

a hack-pole.

a seat ivith

0-sekyere, pr. n. 1) of a man of the royal family of Asante; 2)

.sokyere-iiipn-wo, S.
of a town, M'here no goats are admitted.
does not like thee, a by-name of the goat; s. abirekyi.

sekyew,

sem,

v.

F,

to tvaste,

V. 1. to

lie

a day &c.

sekyi,

or to lay close together; fa

r.

s.

sekye.

nhoma no

nhin;l

put all the books together on the table; wgde

abo ntrantra asem amoa no ase, thay hare laid out the bottom of the
cavity with flat stones (s. ntweri): nnipa no nhina akgsem dua no
ase, <dl the men arc sitting crowded under the tree; I'ikurofo no I'lh.
sem lig, all the people are huddled together there; mmofra no sem so
wergdgdg, the chddren are crotvded together in thick or long rows.
2. sem dan so, to ceil, to overlay or cover the inner roof, to line
the top or roof of a house: wgde mpiirah de gu so, na wgnwona so
na wgatare (so). Cf. sam, sew, bea, boa, gu hg; s. nsemso.

sem (=toto)

j)on

no

so,

aseiiij

ka

jj7.

word,

n-, 1.

as., to spiecd;, to

talk, sjjeech,

saying, tale, story, history;

deliver a speech, to prcacli; to

tell

a tale;

ma

as.,

matter for talking, object of delibercdion or

discussion; incidence, occurrence; cause, concern: asem no nye me
ho asem (^ mfamelio biribi), this matter is no concern of mine.
o. transaction in uords, palaver, conference, deliberation, public ami
to relate

a story.

2.

ast'tnma

421

jisciiimuiii'.

formal discussion, debate ; any kind of najorAation or Viiiffatiou ; process, plea, lairsidf, action, cause; - di asem, to ludd a palticer d'c.,
to carry on a laivsnit; to ((djnst, conq^ose or settle a nidtler or titiffition; to Jnd(/e (sit in Jadt/nient, hear causes, administrr jndijnivnt).
n'aseni nyc de, he is wrontj, (/uilti/; s. dew :i\
pr. Huy. 887-90. 897 .902.
/. manners, demeanour, deportment.
P/ir. pe obi asem, to
like a jH'rson, be devoted to him; gbarima no pe obusotn asem: da
angjja gbg atgre ma no (R. p. 151.); menip^ n'asem, / do not like him,
I will have nothing/ to do tvith him; n'atutupe nti obiaram[>e n'asem.
Cf. asemmone, asempa, asenhunu; ntrofosem &c. pr. 28.')2-8(J.
n'aso awn, he is uncfocernable, stuba. Other jihrascs: n'asem awn
Use,: n'asem, wgnni-=n'asem ye den, hedeclarcs
born, refractor//.
or deems himself invincitde.
N'asem ntoa, he is inconsistent (as to

').

bis conduct, witb himself, in his actions),

asem no ani
turn

to the

afura,

unprincipled.

has perccrtcd the jad/jment, has

Wamii

i/iven

a wrong

matter.

asrui-mri,

em

lie

inf.

[ma asem] narration,

tellintj

or relating stories.

a [neaeseii menewa?] snare', afiri bi a wosum yi aboa;

eye liania a wgabgno henti'ia de akgmantam gkwankyen wo nea
atoteboa bi fa, na oba a, aso nemonewa ayi no. - si ns., to prepare
or lay a snare, pr. 520.
lis

111

nsgm-ma [gsen ba] Ak. Akw. =z asea, akutuwa.

s em ma- ns em ma [asem, jjI. dim.] little stories; asem a enye
11

asem biako. na nsem ahorow

gkaa ns. bebre; cf. asemwa.

pi worn'

ho na esusiiae; 'nera anadwo

nea n'asem nsa. pr.2888,

sem-aiisa,
0-se m-m a rad ci [asem, bradaj: to., as., s. to., tekremakyene.
iisem-asc-iihOma, dictionary; nsem-moaano, lutcabutary.

o-scmasi, F.

em-f b,

asiamasi.

Alt. 26,18.

a nasty, impertinent word or dealing; asem a

eye taii a.s. ahi a ense se vvgka kyere onipa (den as. na woka kyere
me?); asem a wgmfa nni nipa.
asein-fvia, ^>Z. n-, a single word; mepe im'i ns. mabisa ase.
aseiii-fuiiii, ^?. n-, a rile, frivolous, futile, worthless word ov
matter; syn. asemfo, asenhunn, ahuhnsem.
o-seni-ti'irafo, lit. ablind word; gkii me gs., he tells me something
contrary to reality.
o-sem-hyee [asem a ehyej a rapidly spreading report, pr.2868.
aseiii-misa [bisa asem] questioning, catechising; question.
'ds

pi. n-,

g-semmisafo,

nsem-moa

catechiser.

[asem, boa] confirmation, corroboration ; foa..us.,

to confirm, corroborate, attest, bear witness ov testimony; gfoa me ns.
n.s. meka asem bi na obi rebg me so.
nsemmoa-foti, inf. attestation dc.
o-s em-ode [asem, de] 1. agreeable word, i.e. agreeable news or
conversation; yebg s., we are having an interesting conversation;
sport, joke, pastime.
asem-mone [asem b.] a bad or hard word, action or dealing;
di as., to commit a heinous or cdrocious thing or crime. pr. 2548.3865.

osempa

422

o-sem-paj

interj.

sen.

very good! a reply upou auy matter not dis-

agi'eeable.

as em-pa,

a good ivord, good counsel joyful message, judicious

2. wo as. ara, nothing hut the truth (the reality)
3. a righteous cause. i)r.2873.
i.
of thy circumstances; pr.762.
5. good manners or conduct;
a true story, not a fictitious story.
6'. the Gospel; k a as.,
di as., to act or deal honestly or faithfully.

tcdli. pr.

1.

1720.2496.

aseinpa-um-terew-ni,

pi. -fo, missionary,

missionary pjcopjle; - asempa-mu-terewtb asafo, missionary society.
o-s e
p a-n i, pi. a- -fo, an evangelical, one of evangeliccd prinasempatb
ciples or one who adheres to evangelical doctrines.
asafo or fekaw, the Evangelical Church or confession.

to ])reach the gospel.

asempa-sem, evangelicism,
asempa-terew, the spread
terew ho adwuma, mission

0-sem-pefu,
cf.

gpesemadifo.

j;?.

a-

evangelical principles.
of the gospel, mission.

worli. Cf.

asempa-

asomasem.

[pe asem] a litigious, quarrelsome person;

pr. 2887.

semperempO, a kind

of grass.

o-sem-pow [asem pow]

difference, dispute, quarrel; matter in

dispute; point of dispute, controversy, quarrel;

s. bi; OS. bi nni me ne me yonko ntam'.

mo ne Ny.

ntam' wo

asem-sasono, a word stinging or irritating ULx a nettle.pr.287o.

2. a story of a house, a set of
nsem-SO, inf. [sem] 1. ceiling.
rooms on the same floor; odan no wo us. abieh, it is a house of two

stories.

nseniso-dua, beam ov ^ncce of timber for

the ceiling.

[asembua] theact ofansu-ering, accounting for, dx.

ascmiiiiia-da, F. the day of account or judgment, doomsday.

aseiii-inua, F.

m wa

as e
sentence);

[asem, dim.] pi.

n-,

nsem a yekodii no nye

little

matter (used only in a neg.

ns,; syn.

asenketewa,

pi. n-.

mfonini s.
dan bo; atade s. dadewa so (R. p. 23-5); s. so, to depend on or upon;
cans, to hang, suspend; ode mfonini s. dan ho; mede m'atade ma2. to hang, kill by hanging: waseh neho or ne
sen dadewa (ib.)
5. to squat, to sit on the hams or heels:
mene, he has hung himself.
i. sen
oseh ho redidi, he eats squatting on his heels; cf. kotow.
berew, to liang palm-leavcs at the border of a piece of land to mark
it as occupied for planting purposes and forbidden to others; wode
berew sen asasem' de kyere se obiaranni hokwah se oye mu biribi.
5. sen abo, to hang stones upon a tree or anywhere, as a charm
to prevent a threatening danger, pr. 3052.

sou,

V.

\red. senseh] 1. intr. fo hang, be suspended:

sen, V. [red. sinsen] to carve, cut, chip, to make by cutting or

carving; sen agua or akofinua, to make a stool (carved out of one
piece of wood); s. ntakara, to make or nib a pen; s. ano, to cut the
jJoint i.e. to point, make ^minted, to sharpen, pr. 994.
sen, V. [rcd.smsch] 1. to grow hard, stiff: iikrumanoaseh, aye
dennenneh, the okro (ocra) pods are no more soft or tender; ne naii,
ne nsa, ne koh aseh, his foot, hand, neck has become stiff {irom sick2. ne kgn aseh, n'aso aseh, n'asem aseh,
ness); s. kyenkyerenh.

soil

he has become or

is sti/f'-neckcd,

A sou.

423

head-stronr/, sfnhborn, obstinate, per-

show relnclauce:
make resistaitrc,
become chill or dull.

6'. to be reluctant,
tinacious, slnrdi/, ref'ractori/.
akoa no asei'i sc oi'ik<' bio ^= wanwOii; - to resist,

(/ice way: inepoin so a, eseu mc so.

i. to
son, V. to yo or move (domj: 1. to 2^<iss (on),
duom ua yehko, yo forward and let us yo!
^. to
kofa ahiiia no bera, come alony and fetch that jiot!

not to

to

proceed:

2>us-s

by:

scjii

besei'i

3. to yo o/f'uv
1. to i)ass away, perish: adc hliinri bgseh (ako)-away. jn-.OSU.
botwam', all thinys will j^ass away.
5. to surpaas, excel, exceed,
out-do: {-^ kych) pr. 328ff'..'}88.42:Jf. :287S.2.s91f. ineseh no adwuiiiaye; osen me akyc.no-ka. (R.p. 229.) ; meseh wo adow or incdow nu;seh wo, / surpass you in. tiUiny the yronnd; - to be bclier or to be

worse than;

to be different in dcyree,

more than, stronycr

woto wo

than, rather

eye sen se wof'a

abufuw; oponkg so {or ye kese) sen nantwi, or, op. sen nantwi kese; nyansa ye sen sika, or, uy. sen sika ye; nioauyii'i sen me, yon
are older than I; mutiitn 'mirika sen me, you can run better than I;
oye okwasea sen se gye bone, he is more stupid than tviched; ope se
gbg krgno sen se gye adwiuna, he lilccs to steal better than to tvork.
6". to flow, run:
asu bi sen ne dan akyi, a river flows behind his
7. to Jiave or afford (sufficient) room: (espec. in
house, pr. .3092.
the ncg.) wgnsen dan mu hg, they fiave no room in tfie house; dan
mu hg ansen aminfi won, tfie house was not larye enouyfi for all of
thcni; onsen ne wereni', he is beside Jiimself witfi impatioive, ready
to leap out of flis skin; ne honhom nsen no mu (= ne honam nso scnea ne hh. benya gkwah atra mu); me ho or m'ani nsen me, I do
not feel comfortable; m'ani ansen abanmu na efi asiamasi, I could
not bear if (or, I did not lifce to stay) in tfie (mission-)housc anylonyer
on account ofN.JSf.; m'ani aseh hayi pe, / like tfiis place exceedinyly, I feel joy in (or am well contented ivith) this my place and state.
(5. sen so, to live upon yood terms toyether, to ayree: u'abusuafo
ne no nseii so bio, fiis relations will not live toyether witfi Iiim any
lonyer, will not tolcride him aniony tfiem any lonyer.
titan cOc. pr. 2885. 2:^)^7. 2i()l.

bt> asc, a,

is

sen, 2)ron. Ak. 1. =den, ivfiat? how? wo dine te sen (see), wfiat
ahe, fiow mucfi? fiow dear? at tvfiat price?
^.
your name?
e-seh, 2)1. seueafo, fiercdd, an officer of the king, commanding

when the latter desires to speak, or calling attention to any

speaker's address; esen pae (raun)ti'o! tfie herald cries: Attend!
ghene seneafo, wgpae ghene nsenea. pr. 2S89f.
silence

(2)1. a-"") 2^01 for cookiny; earthen or metallic vessel; kuahina) a wgnoa mu aduan; wgde dgte na ehwene a.s. wgde dade na egu; pr.9-53. - Y.disfi. Mt. 26,23. - Cpds.: gsentia (asca),
dadesen, oguaseh, gkwansen, pr.563., taseii.
0-seii, inf. passiny, sur2)assiny etc. superiority, pr. 2891.

O-seii,

ku

(a.s.

aseii,
tied;

bg

1. tfie loins,

wo

aseh, yird

the part of

tlie

tfiy loins.

2.

body where the garment

&.

precious head;

s.

is

ahene.

Asei'i, a country of the Gold Coast, having Fante in the south,

in the west, Adanse (a province of Asante) in
the east.

Wasa and Twiforo

the north, Akem in

;
;

424
O-sena, a kind

asena,

oseiinifo.

of tree; f'ufu worn',

a kind of free with edible

o-sena-beii,
ni

osena

gsentl.

s.

koko worn'
fruit.

sena-meii, a

(os.-ben

);

woso.

aseiia, Ak. =

asea.

thornii j^ldiit or tree.

O-sen-na-ho [asem a edalig] example, precedence ; pr. 2896. wunna wudi asem a, wiinni bein, if you have not a cause against

s.

your opponent from former

senama, snaman, F.

you

times,

will not

carry the point.

= gsraman, lightning, thunder. Mt. 24.27.

nseii-ailim",

[ade a

v. n.

eseii

anim] apron

[Mk.8,17.
pinafore, slabber-

ing bib, slavering cloth.

asen-dua,
factors are

[sen, dua] gallotvs; a free or beam on which m<dehanged; cross; rf. mmeamndua, minereinudua; - bo.,

aseriduam',

to crucify.

asendzi, aseiidzl, F. ^^ase.nm, judgment ; asennii, jj/ec ofjudggsennifo, ,/(?f/c, mediator.

sendzifo, F.
ment. Mt.5,21f.

seiie,

sen

Ak,

V.

sene,

wo hhoma
2 Ki.

sen; sen.

cut into slices, cut off pieces from; to carve, to chip;

/ cid the yam into (thin) slices.

e, r. to

mesene gde no

atra,

v. to

sesa; mede sikayi mesene dvVete; fa

exchange.
me de; gde nenkwa besene nca oguaii no de,

yi (be)sene

10,24. Icsu

de

nenkwa

besenee yen de.

pr. 772.

a sen-new [asem dede] pr. 2S97.

o-s en-new [asem a eye de] a righteous cause,

se-nea

[se

nea or dea, ade

pr.

2898-

a] as, like as. just as. Gr.

j^

141.2.

2bb.260.2QS.pr.2S9.Hf.
nseneti,

s.

esen, nseneafo. Cf. nsenia.

o-se-ne-kotoku,

s.

gkraman.

asehliunu.
nsen-Lryan, F. an idle word; Mt. 12,26.
ascn-hunu, i;?.n-, [asem liunu] a worthless, futile, frijling, vdc,
frivolous word or matter, vain or idle talk, nonsense; cf. asemfumi.
seii-liunu-seni, di-, to commit useless, unprofdable deeds.

nseii-hyehyee [nsem
ase-ni,

a wgahyehye] plan, plans.

pi. asefo (q. v.), descen,danf.

asen-ni,

inf. [di

ov judicialtransaction

asem] the act

;

oi' settling a palaver; a public

judicial proceedings, proceedings of a court

- yckg asenni; aseuni de, eye

asafosem.

mpanyiusem

mpanyimfo na eka;

s.

asenni-dji, law-day, court-day; yeakgliye as.; wodi as.

a s e n n i-d a n, session-house, judgment-hall, town-hall, court-house,
court of judgment.

[dan.

asen-nii, a place for public or judicial transactions ; s. asenninsen-nii, v.n. [nsem a obi di| behaviour, conduct, deportment
manners, doings.
O-sennifo, j;Z. a-, 1. nea odi asem, memhcr of a council, judge,

^.=::gsemchief justice; counsellor, alderman, senator; c/.gpanyih.

pefo, onipa a gde neho frafra nsem a emfa neho fwe mu, busybody,

meddler, infermeddler.

iis'iii;i

11

sen

(luivn.

in, halnnce, pair of scales; ns. ada,

[G.

425

scjMkvt'rriK'.

tJie

scale Jias wcifjhed

nst'iii.]

iiseniJi-kwjii'iniii, a hahtitrc in

rii//i(

coudilion, Ja-sf

tccii/Iit.

ni [asym, nini] a ijravc, fl(((/ra)it ov enormous mailer or

deed: fxli "s., lie de(ds vioJodI//, rasldi/: Itr eommUs an alroeifif;
odi atratiasem;
()(li ntintiinmansem, akakabt'ust'tn, akokobirisem
cf. sciiky^iH"', tekremanini.
asoii-kii, inf. [ka asemj the act oi speaLinij or prc(ulun<i; oiiiin
wiuiniin kasa. iir. :i8y9.
as., he is an (d)le speedier; wo as. aye
n s (J n-k no, i\ n. manner or leaii of speakimj; n'as. nye te.
as('ii-lii

a sc

I'l

a-g-

ii

o-scii-kam

a, pulpit.

kam]

|asein,

a leoHndini/ leord (pains

more

tliaii

wouiuling sword, jir. '^!><)()).

o-sgn-kai'i [asein a edi kaiij preamhle, preface.
aseii-k e kae, iedk. sai/inrjs; report, rumoar; asein biara a _'da
Oman mu a eye-a wgkeka.
iiseii-kokac, tedlimj, loqt(acity, prattle, prate, gossip d^c. nens.
nye fe
n'asem a oka nye fc; wo de, ns. no ara na wonam kcka!
jjon always go about chattering or gossiping.

o-seii-koso, a large pot. fr.3904.

ason-kese [asem

k.

an important matter, palaver or trans-

action, pr. 2901-3.

asei'i kfiniiii, a capital, carclined or important nudter or doc-

trine; a principal article; cf. asentitiriw.

asou-kwa,

an ingenious, tviity exprespun; asem f'remfrcm, adokgdokgsem; asem a

wode yi asereseresem; asem a wgakano tia nanso eka nsem pi a
pd.n-, a smooth word. 1.

sion, hon-mot, sally,

- lihoma no ran \vg ns. oye ns.

a.s. eye serew
tekrema2. pi.
a wit, n witty fellow, ready-witted.
kyene, flattering, stveci or fair U'ords; flattery, blandishment, coax-

ebia eye riwonwii

sebiribi, he

is

ing; courtesy; aseresem

nsciikwane,
.seii-kwaiim

wom'

bi.

a kind o^bead;

s.

ahene.

[asem a cwg kwan mu] upright conduct, up-

II

rightncss, righteous)t,ess, probity, ho)iesty, integrity; equity, fairness,

candour, plain dealing.

s.,

to be upright, honest, fair, just, equi-

table, trusty, true, straightforward,

soiikwaiiinu-di,

inf.

candid.

honesty.

aseii-kye: wabg

as., he has become a fugitive, has left his naplace on account of debts ov palavers; obia a.s. kaw a.s. asem
ama ne ho akyereno na watii ati ne kiirom', r= wabg ko. Oyi a wabg as. a! (said in contempt of one going from one place to another).

tive

o-seiikyeni, a-

-fo,

o-.senkye-botb, vagabond; syn. gkobgfo.

SQU-kyeiie' [asem a ekyeh so] enormity, atrocity, crime;

atratrasem: wadi s.
wakodi asemmone a etra so.

asoii-kyere-dze, pi.

n-,

F.

cf.

serikyerene. Mt. 12,38f.

scii-ky ere-ne, pi. n-, [ade a ekyere or wgde kyerc asem] a

sign for rememhrance (= hkae); miracle; oyi ne nsam' s.
oyi

nkonvci.

gseukjereni

426

o-s e ii-ky e r e-ni, pi. a-

asentreiie.

-fo, catecliist.

seii-kyere-ase [asem nkyerease] explications. pr.3903.

O-sen-k^dri [asem a edi akyiri] concliidinr/ word or addrcs^i.
0-seii-mii, rheumatism, rheumatic pain, espec. in the loins aud
small of the back; cf. gkwaha, emuyare, sisiyare, same.
asen-noclow [asem d.]: as. bi nni won auom' a wgwo ka, tlieij
had hut little to say.
asensam, a kind oi plant.
asensani-asej a sliruh with edible

fruit,

serisaij, red. v., s. san; 1. to draw (many) lines, make siroJccs,

;i. to draiv or be
cover with lines; to rule (a slate, copy-book).
drawn across: woas. n'ani ase abieu, tn-o lines are cut in on his cliceh.
4. s. afuw, to mark
3. to slit: OS. ntgn no abg {or ahwene) kete.
out the extent of a plantation: wgsensan afuw a, enna wosesa hama
de nnua sisi ho de kyere uea oni' afuw kgso.

n sen sane,
strips; rays.

sense,

a. striped, streaked,

sense, piarched (or)i-flour(kyekyere)

akode, made for the fetish.

abiiroduah bi

oil;

nsaue), lines, strokes; stri2)es, streaks;

streaky; ring-streaked.

1. n. (sing,
;?.

mixed with palm-

as ens e, a hen ivitlwnt a tail. pr. 1654.3039.

sen sen, red. v., s. sen; 1. akutu senseii m'atifi, oranges hang
above my head; wode hama senseiV ho se gmfa ho mfi amoa no mu
mforo, they let a rope down that he might climb up by it from tlicpit.
3. woasenseh awudifo no nhina, all the murderers have been
3. wgsenseh ho redidi, they eat squatting on their heels.
hanged.
4. s. ahunmu, to be susj^ended in the air, to hover, soar; ade bi
5. s. .. so, to
abes. ahunmu; mihii anomii bi se gsensfcn ahunmu.
depend on or upon; cseh so, esensed so; wgh anigyede sensen won
foto so, their enjoyments depend on their money-bags.

sensen, cramp,

convulsions; D.As. (peril, siusen?)

nsensenkiui, a kind of bean;

s.

ase.

o-senserema, a kind oi plant (shrub).

nsen-sesewe [nsem

a wgascsew] regulations, statutes.

o-sen-sin [asem sin] an uncompleted

asen-sin, F, paragraph.

asen-sosow
asensnsua,

[gsosgw a wode sen] a

tool

[wood.
used fur carving in

(dim.)

id.

asen-snsuw,

law-suit.

j>/.

[asem, susuw] thought, idea; design, pur-

n-,

pose, intention.

o-sen-tere

[gsen, tere

= tetre]

a large pot, for palm-wine;

s.

gfranta'.

0-sen-tia [gsen

tia]

asen-titi riw [asem

cooking-pot; gsen a
t.]

the

main

wgnoa mu brgde

n.a.

or chief point, principcd thing,

a chief ox cardinal doctrine; cf. aseiikunini.

ase n-t r e n e [asem trene] aj^ist or righteous matter or dealing;
di as., to act, speak, deal ov judge righteously.
righteousness.

o.suiilsir

o-sun-tsir, V. for what,

bo awar,
lie

tnatrimoiiij

irJi//

wokawoh

bom',

dzc-ko a

ma woma onse

osc:itsir

instiiatcd; asoin bi a osontsi

raase

aiiij

irJicrefore;

tvhi/,

was

427

sLTtjiiKi.

w/i/j f/a\i/ iiiai/

not lawfnUij be joined

toyclher.

w a in t'o, pi. a-, [nea otwa asem mu] arbHrator, umpire,

judge; nea obu asem bi mu nten; ef. otemmufo.

g-s e u-t
referee,

asopate
hool.

re, pi. n-

as.-paintb,

scpow,

Port, sapato, G. as(i)patre]67<or; as. teuteii,

-ytjl'o,

slioemaker.

pesew]

to become free from constraint or reno, he has become exhilarated, enlivened, (jlad,
joyous, cheerful, or merry; asem a metee yi ama. me ho as. me na
many a nkwa. 1 Tliess. 3,8. Cf. anigye &c.
V. \cf.

ueho asepew

straint;

Jcnife thrust through the clieeks of human

wura, v.) to prevent their uttering any curse dayyer,
dirk, poniard; stiletto?
S(j,p(),

victims

a thin shar2>

((/'.

sera, sara, s. sra.

[pr. 2^)06.
o-seraiitofo-o, Ak. [;=se-a-ntcj a disobedient child ox person.
serada [Port, serra^ saw; s. sii, gwan.

sere, v. [rc(Z. seresere] 1. to bey, asJc, request; mes. nsu kakra

meseree no ntrama kakra osere wo ho ade.
3. 2)hr. mekosere m'aso a, mete se.., I heard indirectly (I learned by hear-say)

manom

that..;

cf scren.

pr. 125.739. 2907

sere, v., s. red. sesere.

sere, Ak. =^ sare.

sere,

v.

s.

serew.

ham of an animal; - serem', sereso,

- tweyen si wo serem', draiv us to thy bosom; ote n'agya
sere so, he sits on his father's Jcnees; wogu ne sere so, they are entrusted to his care (wgde won ahye ne nsa se onfwe won yiye).
0-ser^, pl.&-, the thigh; the

the lap;

o-serebeiV, -be re, a kind of rodent animal.

g-sere-bo,

iJ?. a-,

aserelDO-so,

Akw.

asere-de [serew

[sew, obo] grinding-sfone.

sereso.

ade] derision, object of derision or contempt,

laughing-stocl: Jer. 48,26.27.

aseredowa,
2909.

aseredewa, sapiew, a small h\v A. pr. 170.300.1351.

as.-hene, as.-pa, two species of that bird,

g-s

ere t'o,

pi. a-, laugher,

asere-liy eliy

mocker, pr. 2830.

(roar or burst of) laughter, peal of laughter;

bo as., to break (or burst) out into a (roar or fit of) laughter; gyegyegye, he he ene serew nam; to chucJde(?); to as. d\Vom, fre nsere-

hyehye-dwom,

to

nsere-kyiri

serem"

e,

break forth into singing,

[sere,

sere

Is. 14,7. 49,13. 54,1-

akyi] buttock, the buttocks,

mu,

s.

s.

eto.

gsere.

seremu, sare mu, save-so; a grassy plain,

serem", serem',
espec. that in the north of Asante, inhabited by tribes formerly subject to Asante, partly Mohammedans; s. Gv. p. XIV.

sere-ma,

?/".

intercession.

seremusoe

428

sere-mil-see
sereii,

s.

[the king (osee) of the desert] the lion;

s.

gyata.

sreh.

serene, adv. expressing the Jdss'mrf sound of a fluid spurted

throusrh the teeth or a small orifice: watow ntasu s. afa ncfrvaw
mu; owg puw ue bore tow gu se s.
aserene, aserene, a mat used instead of a rZoor, being fastened
above and rolled down jn: 3910. a door or shutter made of thin slips
of palm-branches united together by strings; cf. berapae.
;

asere-sem [screw, naem] joJiC, jest, witticism; cf.

seresere, red. v. sere, to her/ (nmch, constantly),
ask alms going from one door to another;
ma, wofre no huafo.
to

s. hiiJi;

asciikwa.

tomendicate,
onipa a os. nnec-

seresere-bo-kroii, one ingratiating himself bg friendliness, hid

stealing or secretlg doing other mischief; onipa okontomponi, ati-

ko-yisa-anim'nkyene.
o-sereserefo,^^/. a-, laugher. pr.:2!)ll.
aseresere-de,s. aserede.
sereserew, red. v., s. screw.
aseresere-sem, s. aseresem.

sere-s6, sere-s6,

sere-toa: bo

serew,
to

laugh

at,

v. \_red.

s.

sere, osere.

to smile.

sereserew]

deride, mode. pr.

serewa, Ak.
for cowries.

s.,

laugh, smile; pr. 2830. 2852. -

to

tr.

3.32. .3564.

serewa-tow^

cowries, ^^ntra,nm.

o-serewatotb,

inf.

jdaging

a plager for cowries.

^j?. a-,

a sere Wei, a small bird. pr. 2912.

serew-serew, adv. crawl in gig; akyckyere ko

moves in a crawling manner, pr. 1925.
sesa,

red. v. sa; to scarify,

make small

draw blood from

s e s a,

*.

sesa,
sesa,

V.

the smaller vessels;

red. sesascsa.
Ak. s. sesaw, saw, v.

to

cup;

s.,

the tortoise

incisions in, so as to
to

bleed; uies.menan.
[p^'- 2913.

red. v. s. sa (1. to mend, 2. to tie, 3. to hang, I. to stretch

radiate: owia sesa m'ani so, the snn-beams strike nponmg
sa !J. gtow bemma sa mfe); owia sesii a esesa sika kfiro no

d:c.) 5. to

egcs

{cf.

so nti,

en

emu anuonyam so dodo,

city teas

sesa,

the reflection of the

sun upon the gold-

extremely glorious.
V. [inf.

u-]

1.

sakra,

to

change, commute, be changed

or altered: ne 'ne as., his voice is changed, he has got a hoarse voice;
scne, to ex2.
odgn no 'uc as., the dock no longer sounds well.
change, give or receive in exchange; to interchange; to barter, truck;

ma me, change me this dollar; mepe dare masesa, I

wish to exchange cowries or gold-dust for dollars, I tvishto obtain dollars in exchange for cowries (gold-dust &c.); cf. nsesa.
nsesa, inf. barter, exchange; - di nsesa(-gua), to barter.
sesa dare yi

osamfin. the spirit of a deceased person.

e-sesa, pi. asesafo, 1.
supposed to work mischief on survivors (only if the corpse is burned, this can no more be done); n'asesato rekum no, his deceased

relations are trouJding or killing him.

2. the effect or mischief

sesa

spirit (in this sense

wrought

bij

wo

s.

miwu

iiuj

some disease on him;

^=

meba

a,

iiiabeye

osamah could not be used): meye

wo

bono,; o(ic)ye

akita no,

s.

429

oseso.

o. s.

no s., lie is iii/lictaye no bone; s.

osuinrui

sesa-yare.

sesjV, a kind of Ij1((ck pepj>er, l^iper tiigriim; diia

se yisii; esow (wo) dutai'i bo se gdouu'i.

yaw

ascsa-boa,
sesa 1)6 ro,
boil iia

hi

aba a eye

kontromfi.

a disease, j)rob. dropsi/; onipa nantu ne ne sere

ebo bTibi tu kuin na eti nsu da, iia da nso elion; cf. ntata.

SGSa-diia, a

shnd

sap, wbite flowers,

attaining a man's beigbt, witb a stiiikiiij?

and small round fruit; tbe root is used as a

medicine against tootb-acbe;

llSCSaGj

rai/s; cf. sesfi,

,s.

sesa-yare.

nseusane. Hah.

3,1.

O-sesatV), jj/. a-, a loose, (lissolufe, disorder! // jiersoji; n crazy,

c^-ackhrnwed, sh(dier-hrai)icd person; idiot, simpleton, fool; onipa
a wagyimi na onam sesasesa seresere nkiirofo aduan n.a. - r/". okwasea, ogyimfo, obodamfo itc.
ast'sa-som, disorderUncss, ill conduct; n'as. nti wansen adwuma no mu.

nsosri-giin,

(irctde of) httrfer, e.rchnn(/e, trucJc; s, nsesa.

scsjisosa, a., adv. disorder!//, out of order, deranged, confused;

syn. basabasa; okwan no so ye s. Nkranfo, etodabia won kasa ye
s. bi; oye n'ade s.; onam s.
sesa-yare, a disease inflicted !>// a departed sj)irit. Obi yare
s. na wode sesadua ababan gu gyam' a, gsaman bi ntumi iiima ofie
bg mfa ne nsa mmeka gyarefb no.
;

sesaw, red. v. saw, 1. to take up a collective quantity or multitude from tbe ground, nhwea, sand, liwura, sivecpings, nkyene, salt,
pr. 322.1941.
3. to draw (nsu, water) rcpecdedly, to draiv a great
3. to draw in fotds; wasesaw sirikyi atade abyebye nequantity.
1)6 kusu, he is gorgeously and pompously dressed in silk.

sese, red.v.

sese,

red.

se;

v.,

s'lse.

s. se, v.

pr. 2D14.

wgsese or wgsesee, they are ecpud,

each other.

sese, sese'j sese

yi, sesei,

adv. [se

se, lit.

^5

thus'] 1.

like

afei,

now, as yet, still: woye deii wg ba sese(wben

the word stands at tbe end, the e is short) or, sese woye den wg ha?
tvhat are you doing here just note? sese woda so te kwai) mu? what,
you arc. still on the way? - immediately, instantly: sese na n)ercba;
sesei de, wada; - mprempren na mihufi no, na sese wayera, I saw
ebia: 2)6 rhim just now, and he suddenly disappeared.
2. sesG
haps; prohahly, likely: s. wada, perhai)s he is asleep; s. gkg, he is
probably gone; s. wawu, he is likely to be dead.
m\)VQ.iw^v(ii\, just

now,

till

sese-ara, adv. [sese

emph.'] jiist note, this

moment,

instantly,

imniediately, in a trice, in a twinkling.

hut, cottage, small house; pr.2915f.

0-s6sc.,

p)l. a.-,

O-aese,

pi. a-, a

wgde

kind of

tree;

pati) poi) n.a. (dua-}>a se.)

dua

iitu bi

wgde

s.

sei)

asesewA.
akoiniua,

sesea

430
sesea,
with a

gsete.

a round basket, plaited of a kind of reed (go),

wider at the hottom than at the top; rf. kenteii,

pi. n-,

flat coA'sr,

kyerenkye.

0-sesea, akind oitree; duaketewa awodcyemparowa.;)/-. ?W7.

seseba, F. rebuke, reproach. Ps.

S9.n.

asese-heii [s. ahen] a kind of liorn or tciiul instrnmod of music; aben a wode bg ohene mmran na wode kfi asem nso kyereno;
mmen abieh a nnipa bilnu hyeii na won iih. ka asem biako ])e.
nsesc-foro,
s

ese

k w a^

p)0ssihhj; likely;

[sesew, foforo] reform aiion. Hist.

uif.

adv.
cf.

perhaps, pcradventnrc, perchance, hy chance,

1.

meko wo afuw mu a, s. hi menja ogya

your plantation, am I likely to find wood
random, at hap-hasard, at a venture: kobisa

ebia, sese;

matwa ana? when I go

to cut
s.

hi

there?

2. at

to

na yenfwe.

scsekwa-sem, a snpcrfclal or an itncerfain, doubtful maftcr,

a mere ptrobability; n'asem nye s. =^ n'as. nye asem bi a wonnini
no yiye.
sesekwa-som, a superficial, careless, negligent service; gsom
osom no mpaso-mpaso, ghf we so nsom no yiye.
no s.

ase-sem [asem
syn. atesem;

a wose] a mere saying, rumour, talk, hearsay;

asem no nh. ye

seserCj

na iikontompo wg mu;

as.,

red. v. sere, to poll, shear, clip; gsesere

(?/".

ne

ayesem.
ti

so,

he

polls his head. Eze.44,20.

aseserebe, a word without a proper sense, used to mark the

end of a tale; yen tipeii, se ebiayerebg semgde nayewie a, nayese:
as.; sa asem na yekohui na as., thafs what we sau, and now (we
say) basta! (wgntcT fika no pi; wgmfa nkg guam' bebrebe.)
3. to put or set in order, jnd or set
sesew, red.v. 1. s. sew.
to rights, reduce to order, restore: wgsesew kiirow no (mu yiye), gta
3. sesew so
mah mu; gs. ne fi (ofie), syn. siesie, ye yiye.
4. s. ntam', to restore peace
so, Ky. te so, to level, make level.

and harmony

bctivcen p>arties at variance;

sesew,

red. v. 1.

s.

sew,

s.

siesie,

.9.

2. phr. ode n'anim

s.

fam', he dis-

graces him or himself.

as e sew a

[gsese, dim.] shed covered with palm-leaves,

nsesewe,

v. n. [sesew] regulation, institidions; arrangement,

adjustment, settlement, piacifcation.

se-S() [ade a ese so, biribi a ese] a thing having the same figure
ntama yi s. wg hg, there is cloth of the same
quality; wgtgn kuruwa yi s. wg Nkraii, other jugs of this kind arc

or qualify with another:

sold (or,

may

be bought) at Akra.

nse-s6 [s. before] likeness, similitude, comparison: ns. ben na

yede besusuw (ho)? with what comparison shall we compare it?
ase-tade, ase-tar,

g-se-te, ose-tie,

inf. [te

or

tie ose]

obedience, submission to auos. ye sen afgre;

wose wo na wutie a, na eye;

na eye
asogmerew.
ye os., to be obedient, dutiful.

thority; osete
cf.

binder-garment.

asetcii

ase-tia, iiso-tiri',

a.se-tei'i,

inf. s. to

a s ('-t o,

s c-t

0,

i)if.

ase

[to

..

&

life

[==

,3io?, cf.

cunist((iices of life;

tlie

setwe-diia,
side, the seat

tf.

inf. [tnl

nkwa.

or te aso]

manner of liviuy,

1. life,

the course or

cjistence; condition or cir-

(^o)'/)];

conduct, deportunnt.

2. mot.

8, 43. 15, li>. 30. 2 14.

means of life

or subsistence, livelihood,

= sekyidua,

a bench

made

of jioles

lirinr/.

b// the irnji-

of the toll-yatherer.

sesew] to spread, spread out (keto, a mcd, ML 11, 7. s.

sew keto means also fo ma/,r the bed; sew aho, to
wgde abo tintim i'am'.

cloth);

e.s.

w,

ase.

\v, V. [I'ed.

ntama, a
pave,

.s.

ase] neglect.

asctrade. MIc. 12,44. Lk.

asctra-dc,

kinds ofhrrnifi;

difF.

ntoase,

asc-tra, . ase-tsrna,
time of

431

si.

V. [red.

sesew]

to

sharpen, grind any cntting tool;

pr.

882.

serebo.

0-scw, mother-in-law, the husband's orn'ife's mother; cf

F. ascw, motlter-in-law, daughter-in-law. Mt. 10,.'i5.

wii.

nsew, Ak.

ase, ose-

nsee, curse, malediction, imprecation, execration;

mpae; ghye me

cf.

he curses me, si/n. gbo me dua; di ns., to sivear,

to bind one's self by an oath; to curse one's self; pr. 891. s. di 40.

usew^ F,

ns.,

= nsow, marl; note; bye nsew,

0-sc wa, (Ak.)

to

malr

sure. Mt.27,65f.

(m'agya ne nuabea); niece;

female cousin : the father's sister's daughter (m'agy a ne nuabea ba
me na-kakra ba); the father's brother's daughter (m'agya-kakra
ba); cf. wgfasewa, ase, osew.
aunt, the father's

s/./rr

biribi

ewa

[ase, dim.] a

sewa-nini,

nsewe,
0-S e
s

small

vesicle, sc2trf,

ampira ne bonam babiara.

i,

s.

v.7i.

nsew

mfowanini, gdehye
[sew,

v.]

abo

ns.,

a,

scab: s. anti no, =^

a small kind oi' it(h

4.

pavement.

W U 0, pr. 3288.
V. [red. sisi] 1. contin., to

stand, be fixed in an npright pocf. gy i n a, of man and anihorizontally than Aertically): dua

sition (chiefly of things that are placed,

mals, ta of things extended more

bi si ho, there stands a tree; nnua pi sisi tiirom' bg, manji trees are
(or were) in the garden; abrogua si ho; tumpan si poh so; adaka si
pon ase; ghene dan si kiirow mtinimfini (R. p. 230); asrafo no sisi hg

kyerebenh, those soldiers stand strictly nprigld.

3. to sticl; to be
or fixed: ntakara si ne kyew akyi, ne kyew so (R. ib.); cf. bye.
3. to sit, to i^erch: patu si duabasa so (E. ib.); - to sit in .state, in
a stately manner (of a king): osi hg kusfi, he is sifting there in grave
or solemn majesty; cf. te, tra, bum.
4. cans., preceded by de, fa,
ka, twe..., to 2?itt, place, set: fa agua no si hg, 2>id the chair thither;
fa kanea no si poh so; gde honi asi ne dan fmo (R.ib.); gde aduan
sii n'anim, 1 Sam. 28,21.25; gtwee abofra no sii ne serem', he took the
child between his knees; gde no sii won so bene, or, osii no won so
bene, he made him king over them ; wgde no sii agna so, thry placed
him on the stool (throne); gde no sii asase no so. Gen. 41. 43
5. (also

stuclc

sL

432

without a preceding verb) to put, place, set cC'C. si ban, to place (plant,
si awenfo, . to set a
post) troops in a strong position, s. ban 4.
si awowa, F. ahoba, to give a paivn or pledge.
tvatch. Mt. 27,66.
6. contin., followed by a numeral: to he, amount to: nnipa no si
ahe ? how manij persons are there ? wosi du, there are ten ; wosi bebre

= wodgso;

mmofra ahe na ewo ho? wosi aiuim pe (R.p.

come
me koko

7. to rise,

7ip:

a)

to a^j^JPro-

'230).

(of an elevation on the body):

pgm-

so, I have got a hoil on my eh est ; - h) to grow well,

po asi
come to vigour, flourish, thrive: dua no asi, the tree has heeome stateereuyih yiye; kah no de na anka eretg ape, na afei na asi
li/j
yiye; - of persons: wasi nsiforo, he has come iip afresh: - si so:
abofra no asi so, this child grotvs ivell; kah no anka oreto ape, na
afei na wasi so yiye; mmofra a woasi so yi ye nsi, the rising genera-

8. to stand (together): won nsa

cf. before & 45.
a worenom yi, ye-ne won na yebesi afram' m])reii, lit. tlieir liquor
which they are drinling, we shall stand with (or to) them and mingle
in it (or, among them) at once i.e. we will at once Join, share ov par9. to step, set foot (into,
ticipate ivith thon in their proceedings.
npjon): osii bonto mu, lie entered into a ship; pr. 268. osii nekwah
so, or osiim'koe, he departed.
10. si ntam', to step in, interpose,
11. to lend (of a way): won
mediate hefween contending parties.
kwan nsi ha, their way does not lead them through this place; ne kwaii
12. to descend,
asi me de mu, his ivny falls in with mine. pr. 134.

tion is industrious;

come or get down, light (dotvn), cdighf (off, from, expr. by fi): oti
dua so si fam", he descends or gets down from a tree; ofi hyeh mu
si fam', he disemharliS; ofi ne pghko so si fam', fie aligJds from his
13. to descend into, to strike: opranna sii duam',
horse, dismounts.
14. to come down, set in:
the ligJdning strucJc a tree; cf. duru.

omunnnkum

a fog is coming; ope asi, the harmcdtan lias set in;

a\\ ia asi, a great heat or drought has come; awia si bebre a, ekyere
15. si .. so, to
gkgm
ede kgm ba, much drought brings deartJt.
resi,

come down upon, take possession of: gbosom asi no so, the fetish has
16. to turn oid: asem no asi me yiye, tfie matter
come upon him.
17.
has turned out ivell for me; woye sa a, erensi wo yiye ara da.
to stop, stand still, make a stand: ehana m'ano abesi, licre my mouth
has come to a stand i.e. nith this I have finished my speech; metru
mu makosi ase, I shall renuiin in it or endure unto the end. - si often
serves as an au.r.r. for i\\^ prepp. to, unto, till, until, cf. Gr. 117.

18a. tr. to pusfi or Imocl: against: efunu asi no or ne

227,2. 229.
kara, the corpse has pointed him out as the murderer; cf. afunsoa.
181). to strike with the head, pusli with the horns, to butt: abirekyi de nemmeh asi no; the goat lias pushed him tvith its horns; apa-

19. to give shocks,

si, the he-goats are imshing each other ; cf. 28.
20.
cause a convulsive motion o( sobbing: osii asi no, he sobs.
to stick (fas/): aduan no asi me, the food sticks in my throat (ete se
me menewam' kwah asiw); - to stifle, choke: asi me, my voice fads,
ete se biribi asiw me menewam' kwah a miutumi mehkasa bio.
21. to raise, erect, budd; si dan, to build, esp. a house of sticks (rf.
to abah or fadiih, to budd a stone-house ov mud-house), pr.2920f.; also
with de (cf. 4.): borgu yi so na niede me dan uiesi wasi fi ama no.

po

to

sL

on

32.toinstitutf', set

agoru,

/o

commence

(t

foot,

plai/;

433

net in ojjcnifion,

cf.

tutu agoru;

si

iiialce,

kane,

((rrtinf/r:

si

to tirran(/c in-

on foot a competition, to vie, contend, to do in competition.

23.
up: si frankii, to hoist a lion; si abranna, to set a sail.
24. to cause to hang down; si mmplio, to hang a curtain; si aduradc, to put on a robe or garment, pr. 1547.
si nsemma, to prepare
or ha)ig up a snare. pr.o20.
25. si ntania, to wash clothes; cf. horo.
2(}. to fill into bags or bundles: si I'lkyenc, oinO, to tic loads of
salt, rice; Okwawutb si cmiio no mnioa (du a.s. glia) ua wonani ton.
set

to raise, Itft

27.

design bcforeliand in card-playiu}^,

si, to

rf. toa.

Various ptirascs with complements of the c. si, aljthabetically

arranged (besides those under ').7. 10. 15.22.)
2!^. si., bo or koko,
lit. to strili-e o)ie's (own) breast in au ostentatious, boastful, or braggart manner, i.e. to boast, to venture, undertalce: wasi nebo se obeko ne no akoko, fie nndertafics to figJit with fiim (e.g. David with
Goliath); mesi me bo maye, / sfiall venture to do if, I ivill do it at
29. si afuw, to marfc out a place in the bush for
))!// risfc. pr. 33S.
30. si hketekrakye, to appAg greed diligence
a plantation, pr.333.
or carefulness (in doing any thing).
31. si mu: a) sim'^ si kwan
mu (cf. .9), to step into tfte wag i.e. to set oid on a journey, to start,
depaii, gener. followed by ko: osiim' koc, fie went off; s. sim'p.440.
b) to put in, i.e. to repeat: oka sii mu, fie said it repeatcdlg; cf.
ti mu,
kasa san mu; - c) to jitd in, i.e. to add, to give into the
to me so, cf. nsimi'i.
bargain: mato nam mman du, na si me mii
32. si ananmu =: hye ananmu, to pid instead of, to repair, restitute, restore, compensate.
33. si anim, cans, a) to push, ptd.
join or fit the ends togetfier: ka ntabow yi si anim, fd these (two)
boards together; fa apoh no si anim, j^usfi tfiose (two) tables together,
pr. 653.766. - b) to 2nd, x)lace or set before; s. 2. - c) to charge with,
up)braid with: mede masi wo anim': wo na woyee ade no, I have
set it before thg eyes, sag it to your face, declare it plainly to you,
charge you publicly witfi if, that you have done the deed. - cf) F.
mframa asi won anim ^hyia won, tfie wind is against them. Mk.6,48.
34. si pe, to stay up, sit up at nigfd, over a play, attending a sick
person &c.
35. si apempem, to practise extortion; s. apempem.
36. si mpoma, to set or place tfie canes of the speakers in public

assemblies,

transact or discuss a public or judicicd nicdter; s.

to fix or fie a fcnot; cf. si nsemma, s.24.
38.
si..nsa: wasi neti nsa, fie has placed palm-wine before ffie elders of
his town, declaring that he now intends to marry a certain woman,
i.e. he has declared his intention to marry her before the elders (in
putting palm-wine before them).
39. si .. ase, to put down, mafce

poma.

i.e. to

37.

si

pow,

low: osi ne'ne ase,

fie

lowers

fiis

voice, sj^eafcs witfi a loiv voice;

fie

wusi wo'ne ase; - osi n'ani or

ne ti ase, fie sinfcs fiis face or fiead, from shame, grief, modesty, humility, fie casts dotvn his loofc, droops or fiangs the head, is dispArited
or desjwnding, flags; wakgye bene nti wontumi nhyeno denneii bi
na woasi won ti ase,
woamuna te ho komm, because fie fias become fang, tfiey cannot, as it were, force fiim, but must contain tfiemdraivs in(?);

wutwa hkontorapo

a,

selves,

restraining their hidignafion.

40.

si si',

to hobble,

limp,

434

si

siade.

il. si nsiforo, to come up afresh; s. 7. 42. si..siyere,

4.3. si so,
promise a ivoman (in early childhood) for marriage.
a) to come up in (jroicth, to grotcfast, thrive: abofra&c. s.7; to come
up in repute: ohene yi din si so, this king has become renowned; h) ne home si so, his breath or his pulse is regular (comes in due
manner, in its due time, follows in regular succession) ; ensi so, it is
irregular (the duration being shortened &.c.) - c) to fit, be suitable
or appropricde : ensi kasa so, it docs notfd or agree with the language
(senea nkurofo noka, as it is spoken by the people); senea wakyere
ase yi, ensisi so, his interpretation or explanation has no proper connexion; ka si so! speak it oid! (say the rest to complete the sense!)
finish the sentence! - d) to accompanij (in continued & full activity):
woreye eyi no, na hkyene ne mmen ue abubuw si so; cf. da mu.e) to add, repeat, in pouring liquor; to pour in addition: si (no) so!
(e.s. woahye obi nscl na woasah ahye no bio) serve him (with liquor)
wahye mu den, wama atim; si so dua
once more! - f) wasi so dua
fwe, lit. fix on it a stick, i.e. mark it and look (whether it will not
come as I say)
depend upion it! you tvill see! [G. ma no mi okwe.]
- g) si so, s. 15.
44. si., atwetwe, to mock; syn. goru .. ho. Mt. 27,29.
Phrases with two combined verbs (besides those under 4.8.9.
12.31.33.): 45. osi fa no ho, he surrounds him (with words), i.e. he
makes spoH or game of him, banters, hoaxes, rallies, ridicules him.
47. huruVv si, to exidt, lit. to jump up and set
46. si fra, s. 8.
the feet on the ground again.
48. twa .. (ho) si, s. twa, atwasi.
Iialt; s. SI.

to

-^

sij

Ak.

siw, q. v.

asi, inf. [si JcS'] the act o{ mtdual pushing : o-ne no di asi, he is
against him, his adversary or antagonist, they are against each other.
i]Si,diligence,scdulousncss, assiduous industry, careful attention:

oye nsi -- obo mmgdefi, oye anem, he

is

diligent, interestedly

and

persereringly (dtentive, assiduous, not careless or negligent (oiw en ndwuma yiye, onim n'adw. pe), industrious.
Hi, shortness of one leg, so that in walking only the toes, not
the heel, toucli the ground; oyare bi a wutia fam' na wo nantin I'lka

fa

na osen ahunmu; wuntunii mfa wo nan nsi fam' nnantew wo nanna wonam wojiansoa ilno; (/. nantinkefa. osifo.

tin so,

a SI a, n-, six. Gr. 77.

asia, = nsa-nsia, nsawa-nsia,

q. v.

asi a, a gold-weight, pr. 305. 565. -Aky em asia,=ntaku 54 (nsgafakoro 9)

i ?. 10 s. 4^j'i d. - Asante asia,
utaku 48 (nsoafakori) S)
6 dollars or ackies, or 11. 7 s.

=
=

11

si a, a six-striiujed musical instrument;

osahku a eso

nsia,

s.

seberewa.

osia, a large

tree of

hard wood, good for

fuel;

s.

esijikokobih.

Slab aw, v. to tic, tuck, pjin or truss up: os. ne ntama wo n'asenmu = gde ne ntama kyekyere n'asen, lie girds his garment about
his loins, [fr. siaw & baw ^= bare.]
siado, good luck, fortune, success, prosperity ; lucky chase; wafa or wanya s., he has had good luck, has succeeded well, has made
his fortune, has been lucky, fortunate or prosperotts; wagya s., he

siadebdca

lias

missed good Inck: oka

makimj mone//

ful in

succeeds in his business,

s., fie

hi/ if;

435

sian.

inekci

a,

s.

cinina,

if

is success-

I lubonrfor monei/,

none.
Siad('-l)6a, a kind of fiedijefioij, uirfiin; okame aye apesyc;
ne lio agyah ye ntia, eute se aji. de. (If yon are going to trade; and
meet such animals, you will be lucky.)
siadc'-(l\vii nia, a business 1o make one's fortune ; uye s., fie
fias a prosperous business.
siadcl'o, siade nipa, a lucfcfi, prosperous, prospering person;
ue lio ade ye.
oye s,
(jet

()-siafo, ^Jr. n. of

a man;

ef.

osiyefo.

osia-kokobiii, a kind of tree;

si

am.

witfi tfie
tfte

V.

esiapi.

cf. esia,

{red. sinsiam] 1. fo strip

off,

brads

fraiii tfic string.

to

J:J.

pass

(fie

tear or

to pidl,

fiand at once, as the leaves from a twig;

s.

tafic off

nhene no,

fiand orer

ffic

strip

face or any

body to remove anij ifiing; to wipe; wobo wo aka a, wgwosaw aka no nsu no bi siam (= hohoro) woaui so; se wobo
woho asu a, wode nsu a egu awowa no mu bi sinsiam wobo de yi
fi ko a aka wo a enti wuguare asum' no fi woho; - osinsiam neho,
part of the

mii

ivasfies fiiniself superficiallg.

fie

3. perf. to be stripped, emptied,

n'anim asiam, fic is asfiamcd, confused, abasfied,

fiuindiatcd, ^=n'a.ni a,\vu.
i. n'anom' asiam, fiis moutfi is nndone,
5.
dull, tasteless, greasy, as if it was daubed with grease or fat.

made

void, 2^cile:

(gsekan) ano asiam,

- iiuo akum.
ns.

edge (of a

ifie

nsiam, disgrace, disfionour,

baa won fam', tfieg were put

become dull or

fcnife) fias

sfiame, defeat; s^. aniwu,

to

sfiame bg defeat,

fight

tfte

blunt,

nkogu;
turned

out badlg for tfiem.

o-siam,

1.

parcfied and ground corn

= kyekyere;

when mixed

ground-nuts and fish, it is used as food in travelling or going to war.

2. gun-p>oivder, piotvder and sfiot.
with pepper,

salt,

o-siam-ma,
cfiief;

oye

os.

against icfiom

iaiii

i)l.Si-

gba] a

[siane,

= gta siane

cfiild

or j^erson

ogyigye onipa,
one must be on ones guard.
a.s.

asi (asomasi)s. obenteu.

fie is

tfiat

brings mis-

a seducer, a

man

Asvdininoii,pr.n.m.pr.2923.

Siaiiio, a. 1. iveak, /ee?;Ze (from hunger, intoxication, flogging,

hard work, grief): gkgm or nsa ama waye s.; wgafwe no ma Avaye
s.
'nera adwuma a mekgyee nti ene maye s. - awerehownti n'ani
;

aye s., outumi mmue po,

can scarcely open tfiem.

fiis

eyes fiave become iceafc

3. motionless; waye

s.

from grief,
gyina hg.

fie

siaii, V. [red. sinsian] to recoil from, fall bacfc, retreat, be rcto mafce a fruitless attempt at, to aitacfc witfiout success. 1864

ptdsed,

Asantefo baa Fante se wgbeko na wokohyiaa Akyene no, wodweii

se wganya abomfia bi rekgkyereno; im wgkge no, wosiah' no. Obuu
me se ahkonara na enti grepe me afame aye me akoa; na me-ne no
kgg guam' no, osiaiV me.
sifiiV, V. [red. siansian] 1. to be or become sloping; bepgw yi
sian knronkuron, tfiis mountain descends steeply, precipitously.

436

asianna

2. to descend

from:

ofii

bepow no

osian

bepow

no, he descended

scend

(all of

you)

F. san

..

fii b. no so or
mountain; munsiansiafil dedescend n])on. Afk. 1,10.

from

do, to

siaw.
so siane or osiah

the

asianna'. a kind of food; kokgte a woayam na wode

eye dew irara', na ade kye a, wodi.
nsi-anaii-mii,

v. n.

compensation, reparation,

biiibi a

restittition, resto-

ration; snbstitnte, equivalent.

asiananta-twene, (-akyene),

pr. 2924.

go alongside fs. amoa, jw. 2401),

2. to hold or side tcifh, he
along with, side hij side ivith; to flank.
or stand at the side of: efi tete na Denafo ne Asantefo sianee, from
old times the Ehnina people adhered to the Asantes; to have intercourse, conversation or communion with, to associate with: wo ne
abofra yi siane a, obekyere wo adeboue, if you associate with this

Siane,

v.

[red. sinsiane]

1. to

3. to seek one's hurt, to hroocl

ho>i, he will teach you had things.
mischief against, to seek a cause for accusation, to wish to entrap one:
osiane me
ojie me bone; wokosinsiane no, they wcdch, lurk for
him.
4. s. ho, a) s. fasu ho, to go along the wrdl, whether groping
with the hand (s.7) or not; h) to pas.-i hy, glide on; pr.3S4. syn. twa,
ho, cf. tere ho, fere ho; c) to neglect, slight, disregard: wos. mmjlra
ho som Nyahk.. they uor.shii) God contrary to the law. Actsl8,13.
(contin.j to hang from the side of: afoa siane no, esiane n'aseii so,

:'}.

he has a sword lianging ahout him, it is girded ahout his loins; mfoa
sinsiane won asen so, they are girded ahout with swords, have swords
6. tr. to hang about, gird on: munsingirded ahoid their loins.
siane mo mfoa! gird on your stvords! cf. bo.
7. red. to grope, to
6'. to j^^'oceed from (some canxse
feel one's way: Dent. 28,29. Is. 59,10.
or reason); s. esiane.
esiane, followed by se or nti or both, stands, before an adjunct or adv. sent, of cause, for the conj. as, because (Gr.g 275,1), or
fur i\\G preposition fd plirases: in consequence of, on account of, owing
to: esiane ne nneyee nti nkurofo iihina pe n'asem, on account of his
doings all peojile like him ; esiane lesu hkaanim a okaa Farisifo anini
nti, wo-n6 no hka, because Jesus reproved the Pharisees, they tvere
not on good terms with him.
asiane, v. n. a thing going by one's side, threatening mischief,
impending danger, peril, adventure: munhyirahyirame na as. hi
aiikos. me, give me your blessing that I may not incur any danger.

nsiane-hu,

inf.

pass by each other

the net oi p((ssing hy; wodi ns., they repeatedly

(in

going

to

and

fro); syn.

ntwaho; cf.ntereho.

0-siane-dantabaii,'^ a parallel to the equator. D.As.

si an k a, v. to stop, keep hack, cause to stay.
Asiante, s. Asante.
0-siapansam, name of a month, about Sept.{?)

e-siapi, a kind of tree; wotwa dwira

ne nnyansin bekye mpanyimfo;

s.

r. [red.

s.

osram.

wokotwitvia na wode

esiS.

asia-puruwa, a kind of esculent herb,

sia\v,

a,

jjof-herh.

sisiaw] to he caught (by or in): to be entangled.

osiuw

asichereiiuju.'.

-I."i7

bi kyone a, ebia esiaw doto bi so; ntakar;i

a fcaf/irr stirhs on liis head; - patir'aiisiaw nc aduaii M
sia wudi a eiisiaw -^ ennyina, it does not sttvh, s. ntcbcrcrua. siaw ho, to stick about: wgde iitVviren as. dan no ho; wodp ahi'irow

wotow ade

to sticJi(iii)
s.

lu^ tiriin',

asiaw pata no ho.

law, pi. a-, a small duster of 4 to H single bananas or planhanging in a circle ronnd their stalk and called a hand from
their resemblance to the lingers proceeding from the metacarpus;
ana G ana S,
cf. oduru. Obrode-durn biako mu wo beye se asiaw
obrodc-siaw mu wg mmeteni beye se 4, 5, G ana H; ef. kwadusiaw.
O-s

tains

.')

iisiaw,

[Din. gsaw.

kasiaw, eluster, binich.

a si be, pi.

id., n-,

a kind of monkey,

sibea, sihere, sibew,

pr. 1182.

a standinff-ploee, stotion, stand, position, occupation, cmploiimcnt; wgdc no kosi ne sibea bio, he is re2. a place to put or fix
stored to (re-instated in) his former office.
any thine/; gpoh yi, miiihu ne sibea, I do notlcnow wherel shidl jdace
1.

dabew &c.
mode of buildiny : gdah yi sibea

this table. Cf. dibea,

or

this

house

is

3. structure, construction, style

(= daminafi) ye

fe or

wg

asiye,

fine or nicely built.

iislbia, a

kind of bead;

s.

ahene.

a kind ok' plant; ahaban a mmirekyi

sibirideiikye, i)r.2D2.5.
.sibiri,

sidcri, F. [Eng.] sliiUinu. pi. ns.-mba;

\ve. pr.

1873.

cf. sirin.

sic, V. [secondary form of si; red. siesie, q. v.'] 1. cans, (with

a preceding v. de, fa &c.) to put or stoic in a place, pr. 2164.
:2.
to lay up, preserve, reposit: fa aduan no kosie; wgmfa mmere nsie
3. Y. to keep, talce care of, attend to,
siw so. R. p. 230. pr. 373.
support: ana bgdg no dzc no asie wg yarbam' na ahonamdzen mu?
wilt thou love her and keep Iter in sickness and in health?
J. to
keep, perform a word or promise, cf. di so. F. sie mmra, to keep a
5. to
la to; sie nsu, ahyem, to fulfill, perform a vow, a covenant.
bury, inter; r/. kora. pr. 2028. Fantenibi kae se: Se abibifo se: onipa wu na gnsgre a, asem no nnim, nayen ara yen kasa yi naekyere
se gbesgre ampa, enese yese: wgkosieno a.s. wokgkorano: na ade
a wokosie no, - gye se wosah kgfa bio, na enka hg korakora.
6'. to put things in order (s. red.): me ne no sie a, enseh,
if I and he
put up (things), there is no place for them, i.e. we cannot agree or
asi me yiye, it has
7. asie me yiye
live peaceably together.
8. sie is us<?cl as a supplemental or aux.
turned out well for me.
ka sie, to foretell; maka mav. for the adv. beforehand, p>reviously
sie, I have told it before; kasa sie, di sie, to arrange or settle beforehand; - also for ihe prepp. for, against (an event): obi nnom nsu
nsie gpe,pr.5iS'<s'.,-gboaboaaburoNv ano sie gkgmbere; wonsiesie wgnho nsie nea ebeba no, Gr, 11 7 ^4 4c. 243?;.

e-S

i e,

Ak.

= esiw, ant-hill. asie, = nea gde biribi asie. /n: 2927.

asiebcreiiny a':
bi

ho kgka kyere

gye osieberennyafo (:=odi asem fi

ouiko no de beka kyere no), he is a
intermeddler, busybody; cf. gfakgnefabafo.

obi,

tale-bearer, tell-tale,

osi as. or

na

otie

438

asiede

sika-ndwini.

asie-de, ade (nneema) a wode sie funii, things that are hurled
with a corpse for the use of the deceased person iuthe other world,
as, ntaina, utrama, sika, ahene, dwinue, forowa, asanya, kuruwa,
usa, tasen (aburobua), mpaboa ne imipa.
asiei, hurying-placc, hnrial-phice ;

Asiemiri,

^j;-.

siesie, F.

n. of a

famous hunter.

si/n. anisiei.

(?)pr. 87.2. 892.

sese. Mt. 3,15. 9,18.

siesie, red. v. sie (q. v.); 1. to arrange, pid in order, niaJce

ready, pid in readiness, prepare; syn. boaboa, sesew - oresiesie ne
uneema; mas. me dahmu ma yensiesie yenho ausa-ua yen wura aba.
^. s. .. ho, to mahe provisions; to talic precautionary or
R.l).230.
preccntive measures.
3. s. .. ntam', to settle, compose, make peace:
wasiesie (= wasesew) won ntam', R. ih.
;

nsiesie, V. peace, Mk. 9,50. good will, Lk. 2,14. ns. nkcX adasri-mma.
nsiesiei, v.n. institutions, regulations;
siesiefo, pi. a-, F. peacemaker. Mt.

nsi-fa-ho,

inf.

cf.

nsesewe, nhyehyce.

5,9.

hantering, raillery; hoaxing;

cf. si

46.

o-sifo, pi. a-, [nsi] a diligent, iiidustrious. assiduous, sedulous

person. Cf. nsiye.
o-Sifo, pi. a-, [si] one having a short leg; nea ne nan biako ware
kyen ne nan biako na enti onam nenah biako no nansoa auu.
inf. [si, foforo]: wasi ns., hcliasneivly comeup; s. sir.
nsiforofo, young people,
mmerantc ne mmabawa.
si-gyaw, inf. [si, gyaw] unsteadiness of abode or sexual connection; single life, unmarried state; di s., not to he in a regidarov

nsi-foro,

constant sexual connection; to he single, unmarried; to live tvithoul

a wife or hushand: odi s. ne se: okosi hayi 'ne a, gkyeoa na wagyaw ho akosi ha; onye owarefo, na qyo. mpratwefo.

0-sigy afo, 7>?. a-, an unmarried person i.e. a man or woman,

who has either not heen married at all, or a man who has sent aioay
his wife, or a icoman who has forsid:en hrr hushand, in general, one
who is not in the state of regular marriage. As such a state with the
negroes is hardly ever one of abstinence, the word rather includes
than excludes irregular intercourse with the other sex.

ade a
nsi-ho, (inf.) 1.
ditament, accompaniment &c.

repayment of a loan, consisting

apposition (Gram.), ad2. the additional sum required in

in

50 per cent of

mfentom', huruw (sika).

or less;

cf.

rekg yi

a, se

interest.

Mt. 25,27.

wuretua kaw

Ifc

pr. 292'Jf.

esi biribi ho;

Wofem

the

borrowed sum

sika biara a efi tiri de

sika no fa na esi aboten no ho.
F.

sika^ 1. gold;
2. money in general; /jr. 838.2931-52.3623.
sikaamapa, ncdive, unmixed, pure, solid gold; s. mfuturu, gold-dust;
s. kuku, a lump of gold; s. pow, a lump, nugget, ingot of gold.
asika: mekgye as., I am going to dig and wash gold.

anicX

sika-dare, gold coin, gold piece.

sika-de, sweetness of money, lore of money; s.nti watgh atoduru
Asantefo.
sika-adVvini, goldsmith's work; di s., to work in gold.

silv;i-;id\ViiiiK'

lie:

osiky'i.

4.")'.)

sika-adwinno, pi. id. a thing wrowjM of (fold, (fold

aUyekyere, okgto, dawurii, safe, sosgw n.a.
sikii-dwuma, work for nionci/. pr. ^953.
sika-dVvninlc't, (/ worker in [/old, (foldsniith.
asika-lb, a ta.c or did/f t(da'ii from (jold-ditmcrs.

sikafcre,

ridimj-vane,

sika-IVitiirii,

sika-t^yc,
ha.s

to

ijet

(je

Ak.

inf.

iriiikef; ebi

ridiii(/-ir//ij), /lorsc-wlti/i.

sika-IVvolo, trcosurvr.
the receipt of i/old or nionei/; akn s
t/ie inone/f

received.

F. ijold-diisl.

sika-liama,

spnn

(jold llireod.

ijald.

sikadmnii, monei/ (a fine) undiili/ takoi.

sika-kose, a lurye amonnt of (/old. pr. L'lL
asika-moiio, rendy cash. pr. 7(i?. 29:^0.
o-sika-ni, o/'-lo, i>^a- -fo, a rich, wcidthif, opulent man or /lersmt.
sika-nibtM'c, t]iirf<t or Ind after ;/old. jir. 'JfiOlff.
pr. 1500.2954-00.

lore of [/old or ntoneij.

a. person coretoas or (/reed// of ni<iiie//.
asika-s(jo, inf. larishness, wastefulness in sjuMuling or cxiiciuliug
sika-])0,

i)if.

o-sikapetu,

money

^>?.

a-,

.>v/.adesec, aliotWi.

[2H64

sika-siii, defective, deficient, incomplete nioneif or jxii/ment. pr.

sika-su [sika a wgadah no se usu a wgdc gu uneenia ho) (joldpurposes; wgde s. ayi ho nsaina', the// have
made [/dt ori/aments on it.
sika-taiil jotain a wgatwe sikahainadeafraiu' ai'nvenea.s. wgde
sikahama ne asawa asiisa mu anweiie] stuff worked of silk or cotton
leaf, tinsel, for gilding-

and

[/old.

usa.

of [/old; s. daiie kgi'unu, IViin u'aui ukyi, bo ne

sika-tiiu, a (jun inlaid /cith [/old.
sikawa fdim.J a snxdl amount of [/old, little mone//.
asika-ye, inf. [/old digging and washing.
11 s i k a-n s 1 k a', a small beetle.
sika-tcr(^,

^j^f//o

si-kesc [siw kese] a large mass, heap, pile or tjodg of any

usukyerema s., avidanche.
O-si ko, a />-t'c whose bark prepared and uscil like nimowa has a
good smell dua hi a neliiiam nti mmca yam ye.
()sik6,^jr. /. m.
thing;

nsi-koro"^ [nea esi hg koro] item, article, sinr/le sum, scpande

particular, in an account.
iisikowii, the smallest kind of sea-fish, sold inland. pr.lS4S.

asikre

[Port, azucar, Dan. sukker, G. sukle] sugar.

asikre-aba fsugar-fruits] dried fruit from Europe, as pUuns.
pears, cherries, raisins &c.
asikre-bo, sugar-candg.
asikre-siam fsugar-flonr] wheaten flour from Europe or Amer-

ica. [G. sikisan.]

0-sikyi, a die; - to w s., to dice, play with dice; - eye asommen

dua a.s. adobe-aba a wosen no ahinanan iia wotwitwa ho wotvVa
fa abiesa, na wotwa fa anan, na wot\Va fa mfiiate ( wgde akyenem'x),
na gfa da hg teta; na wgtow gye sika a. utrama ana nkat(!, a.s. wotow gye wgi'i ani. Nea wgaiikyerew hg no, wgfre no sikyi nea wgatwa so abeam', wgfre no mfuate; nea wgatwa so abiesa ne anah,
wofre no korosa ne korosa-auaii.
a.s.

440

sikyidoii

esire.

sikyidoii, s. sukudon.
sim' [si (kwan) mu] to set out, start on a journey; sim' ko, to
depart; sim' ntem ko, set off quicldy! wunsim' ntem a, wunnu ntem
abemadakye ua misiim' wo Nkrah R. p. 231. s. si SI.
nsiiii', nsi-mii. inf. what is given into the bargain when a large
quantity of any thing is bought; besides nsim*. an ntoso Ak. iihuso (([.v.) is given; cf. hkwanye.
;

simma

-6eW.

asiamasi.

O-sim'pam, a kind

simpowa,

= miniti. siumia-siii,Tsccowf?.

mimde,

[sin ba]t

osimasi, F.

of cotton doth

made

in

Europe.

[powa.

F. a ireight of gold-dust, equal to threepence;

cf.

remaining j^iece or part of any thing, fragment or remnant of a whole, stump; duasin (enye dua-mu no, naeye
nesih); sin is not used of broken vessels (gyirase, nkora, nkuruwa,
of which gow, fa or fere is used, except of the scattered pieces: woabo no asinasih; n'asihasih gu ho; oitoh no nan a ebui no, ne sin
ni; but it is said of other things, e.g. hamasin, and of fluids in
a vessel: nsa ye tumpah ma na wufwie so bi a, na aka sin; hho a
mehyeeno ma kosii ho no so ato siii, tlte oil no longer fdls the vessel as ifhen I placed it there; - gsekansin ye gsekan a n'ano ye sin
basin, fwensih, akousin, nansin, anosiii, asocf. dunsin, nnyansin
sih; gman-sin; - asem no sin nko ni. this is only the half of the case
or matter; - sika no, omaa me asiri-asih, he j^nid me the money by
i)istallments (and has not yet paid all).
3. fathom, a measure of
two yards or si.r feet of cloth, when bought from the European merchant, hwtof five feet only among the natives; ntamasiii, s. R.p.231,
e-siii,

iJ/.

asinasin, 1.

sin a,

v. to

perforate, pierce; to thread (a needle);

on a string (nam, hwaw, nbene, meat,

file

siua-mmeii,
asiii-asin,

sin koro,
si lis
e.g.

en,

snails,

beads

to string, to

d'c.)pr. 443.

senamefi.

.s.

pi. of (e)sih.

a kind oi Eurojtean cloth;

1. red. v. seii,

s.

ntama. [G. ogbale.]

carve; to cut off, peel (a fruit,

its rind by small pieces; cf. wae,

to cut,

a pine-apple, by cutting away

2. (inf.) cramp, convulsions.
sinsiam, red. v. siam.

hiian.

sinsiaii, red.

v.

sinsiane, red.

sian.

v., s.

siane, 4-(J.

asi-pe-ntama [siw a epe

nt.]

&

botohuhuw.

a small

ant-hill. pr. 265.

asi-pim, a large chair.

sipiripi, a. dizzy, giddy, confused;

dull, torpid,

insensible;

me ho aye me s.,
-n. dizziness, dullness dx. trembling. Is. 21,4.
me honam te se ahohhoh, biribi home a, mente, / am stunned, petrified, awe-struclc, horror-stricken, I shudder, I have become insensible, apathetic; cf. awose, ayise.
sipiripl-ye, inf. dullness, heaviness, gloom, sadness; apathy.

e-sire, a kind o( sea-fish, caught frequently

gust; := oyaka. [G, tsile.j

in the

month

of

Au-

siri

siri,
iino,

dam

Ky.

V.

= siw;

siri

up (in or

the ivater

sirik}'! [Eng.]

nsise,
as

waw

siw or

nsu no

of the ivaler.

sideri.

to sa/j repeatedly, tall-

much

mate

of;

se \vo-

babi.

sayinys; rumour, report, pr. lUOOf.

inf. t(dh;

em

i-s

silk; cf. seda.

v. sp,

wgbeko

sisesise se

nsuo no ano

ont), obstruct the flow

sir in [Eng.] shiUiny. F.

sise, red.

441

siw.

[ascm a wosiw

yencral knowlcdye,

so] a talk or matter to be concealed

be kept secret, a secret;

to

enye

from

as., as. Ijiara

nni

yen som mu.

sisi, red.

kokosakyi
duny-hill.

s.

so, pr. 1680. the culture often

2. sisi atwe,

i*.

atwe.

impose upon;

pr. 12.139.154.767. cf.

m'auo

ano.

11

sisi, s.

sisi, inf. the act

sisi,

jj7.

nnoma bebre

v. si: 7. s. si, 1.2. i(c.

sumrmfi

oi'

cheat iny

a-(?) hear; other

irr.

2968.

so;

3. to cheat, deceive,

gyigyc, dada.

d-c. deceit,

dua no

sisi

perches on the

l*hr. otutu

1.

imposture.

names: sisie-kwabrafo,

osisire, osi-

simo, oto-at\veree.
sisi, the lower part of the back, from one thigh-bone to the otlier
I'hr. so me sisi, support

pr. 2966f. syn. pa, i)am', pirn'; (/. akyi.

me

me, help

sisia,

payiny a

in

pi. id. the

debt.

rump, end of the back-bone of an animal, with

the parts adjacent.

o-sisici, bower, arbour; a shelter in a thicket of trees and shrubs;
gdotg bi a aye se gdah a mmoa da ase; mekg or mehyeu s. ase;
0-sisiam ahaban mu a ehg aye gdgtg na ehg aye sum no.

sisi

aw,

red.

v., s.

siaw; - wgde nnamriim

asisi-de [ade a wgnam

nsisi so

as.

apakan no

ho.

anya] a thiny or thinys acquired

by cheatiny or deceit, unlazvful property.

o-sisii'Oj 2jI-^-i cheat, deceiver, inqjostor; syn.odadaio, ogyigyefo.

o-sisimo, osisire,

s.

sisi,

bear.

Sisiriku, pr. n. of a strong

as

man

sir ape, = mpienho.

= ghogdenfo. pr. 2969.
i

a kind of tree bearing red flowers tulip-tree?

na wodua abiiro; wguoa eho bono nom se ayamkaw-aduru; wgde ye afa a wgde tono.
0-s

w,

pr. 3624. ebere

2>l. a-,

kg

a,

asisi-sem, a deceitful matter or

sisiw, F. sisu, red. v., s. siw.
cf.

act; deceit.

sisi-yare, lumbayo, pain in the loins and small of the back;

emu-yare, same, gsenmii.

lis i-s 6, V. n. 1. repeated pouriny in of

complement of a verb. Gram.

nsl-ta, onipa a

asitiw,

liquor,

gnam ne nan abieh ano;

asotiw, deafness.

s. si

13c.

3. the

cf. si, osifo.

o-sitifo,

pZ. a-, a

deaf person.

siw, V. [red. sisiw] Ak. si; 1. to pound, stamp, bruise, beat,

thrash; wosiw kukgte de ye dgkono; osiw aburow =^ gde abiiro

esiw

442
gu woadurum'na ode

so.

womawow (deye

amoagyanoa),

2. to stop;

stopped: osiw n'aso, he stops his cars, Ac. 7,57. n'aso asiw, his
ears are stopped i.e. he is disobedient, s. aso. - siw kwan, to obstruct
one's ivay, to bar, barricade, block or shut up the wai/, to stop, chcclc,
to give a check, ptd a stop to {cf. sakwah); to prevent, obvi<de; to
hinder, impede; to resist, oppose, ivithstand; to prohibit; osiw me kwan
se meunye advinma or osiw me ad\Vumaye ho kwaii, R. p. 231.
siw kwan, to withstand c(-c. [G. tsi na]; b) to shut
siw auo, a)
up, close, seal: wasiw kotoku no ano, he has sealed np the bag.
siw so, to conceal, to hide or keep from, keep) close or secret, hush
emu siw, it is hidden from, it is not
up. Sam. 3, 17. 18. Ads 20, 20.
emu ntew me
clear, unintelligible, obscure to: emu siw me kakra
to he

yiye,

it is

not quite intelligible

hinder: edeh nti ua osiw

= emma eunya

to

me

3. to

stand in the ivag,

to

fam'= agye

biribi atifi-ye.

asase no akeuten so(Lk.l8,7),

siw sum, to stand in one's light:
siw awia, tu stand in the
sum!

mewura, tafarakye, woasiw me

sun: nsiw

me.

a\Via! (Diog. to Alex.)

i. to let

grow

(cf. si

24.

to let

oma ne ti hlnvi
osiw atimum',
fuw ware, he lets the hair groiv long, wears longhair, a sign of mournsiw bogyese, to let the beard grow.
5. siw uteuing; pr. 1445.
ne, to suppress or hold hack the voice of complaint, pr. 385.
hang doioi) ; osiw ne

hliwi,

ne

ti,

e-siw, Ak. sie, ant-hill, the conical structure of the white ants,
of a reddish clay and from 8 to 12 feet high.
fjn: .^7 1.373. 2926. 2970
siw a b i ri, sowa, padede, an herb or grass with fibrous stalks,
very frequent at the sides of the foot-paths in the bush: perh. a spe-

made

cies of lihea, China-grass,

Boemeria puija?

Afr. Times 1866. Oct. Dec.

Akw.gye ascm no mu s.,=^otwa mu nkontompo.

asi-ye: odah no sibea wo asiye, that house is built in a good
siwadoiiiio,

stile; cf. sibea.

nsi-y c,
business.

inf.

[ye nsi] diligence, industry, close application

o-siyefo,

j^l- ^-i

better: osifo, q.

to

ones

v.

S Q, V. [red. sosg] 1. to drop, drip, trickle, distil, fall or discharge

drops: nsu (nsa, hho) so fam'; tr. to pour or let fall in drops.
2. to light, kindle, inDeid. 32,2. 33,28. Ps. 65,11.12. Prov. 3,20.5,3.
makoyi nuyanflame (gkanea, ogya, a candle, afire); masg gya
srama wg obi gyam' makogu me dem'; yeasg nnyausin ano, ice have
kindled two logs of wood opposite each other; intr. to catch (fire), to
itself in

be kindled, to blaze, flame, to flare up: ogya no asg, the wood has
fire, the fire blazes; hence .5. afahye no asg, the festival is
celebrated tvith brightness, sprightlinc^s or jog, has come to its pitch,

caught
is

in high glee;

pleasatd.

agoru no nsg, the pAag is not merry, joyous, gleeful,

clammy, sticky: me fufti sg (hua). my

4. to be tough,

dumpling (of pounded

examine,

taste,

try,

yam

or plantains)

is

tough.

exercise: gsg ne tuo (wg)

5.

to

apply,

dua no mu, he

tries

gun at that tree; espec. with fwe: sg..f\ve, Gr. 110.220,1. raesg aduan (nsa, ta) no mafwe, I am tasting the food (liquor, tobacco)
cf. ka .. fwe; mesg meho mafwe se me ho ye den ana, I shall try
whether I am strong (enough for it); gsg ne nsa, he exercises his hand

his

hO
(in shooting,

throwing stones).

443

ofM).

(L so

dadc

rn n, fo iveld iron.

so., ano (cf. 1) to seal, orig. by dropping soaling-wax on something; raedo dagire nicso hhonia ano; pr.:i'.J78. .John(J,27. Rev. 5,1.
8. so., ani, to satisf'i/ or (jratify the eyes of, to ideaae, to content; to
be aceeptahle in the ci/cs of; biribiara nso difudepetb ani, nothing
satisfies the discontented ; gso ni'ani, I am well pleased in him.
7.

!K u'ani so nie, he respects, esteems, honours me.

Mat. 3,17.12,18.
10. so, F. to endure. Mt. 24,1311. so, Ak. F. s. sow.

suso] to seise, ca tch, take (lay) hold of or on, lay hands

on; so nie nsa, take hold of my hand; nn'mso noniii! lay hold on him!
so pon no mn, take hold of the table; so nkrantem', to
irr.2{)72.
s 0,

V. [^red.

Phr. so., m n, to give

ind one's hand to the sword; cf. kyere, kita.
or lend a (lielpimj) hand: bcra beso me mu, come and help ov assist
me; Gv.%21b.\b. misom' a, enso, ivhen I try to yo on ivith it, it will
so mu, so ano, to stop,
not (or, no more) do, I try it in vain.
cheek, stay (a thing), fo (jive a cheek, put a stop {to a thing); to withso n'asem nni, to take hold of his words. Lk. 20,20. (with a
stand.
hostile intention); F. to lay hold of his word, receive his icord.

so, V. [red. soso] 1. to be carrying on the head, to wear; cf. soa;

oso adesoa, he carries a load; pr. 64. 2756. 2973-77.
oso kycw, he
so bosom, 6'. under soa.
2. Phrases: oso
wears a hat; pr. 3262.
asem no nhina ti, he is the principal person (head, chief, leader) in

the matter;

meso asem menam,

lam sent o)i an

errand; meso aman-

ncluinu menam, I walk about in great affliction.

3. Phr. gso no
soro, he carries him up or abotd i.e. abuses him ivith words; wosouo
4. red. soso, to arise, get up.
ho, they speak indignantly of him.

so, Ak.

s.

sow

&

sow.

so, F.

sow (aba).

MIc.4,7f.

arrive at; koso, to go as far as:

merekgsoAbiriw maba, I will go as far as Ab. and then come back;
uiokgsoo he na mosan bae? hoto far did you come before you turned
ma enso ha ara, let the matter rest here, do not go
back? pr. 403.
farther; eno anso ho ara, it did not stop there, tliat was not enough.
ebere no adu, the time is fulfilled.
3. to
F. mber no aso

so,

V. [rerf. soso] 1. to reach,

or enough: erenso ye-ne mo, it will not be suffi3. to be able (for)

cient for us and you ; pr. 2489- - cf. do, dgso.
meso mesatu, I am able to go to tear witJiout another's lielp; merenekaw no dgso sen se medu ano, I cannot afford, or,
so kaw nom'
4.
it is out of my power, to take upon myself, or to pay, this debt.
to be fit for: aso di, ka, ye, it is fit for being eaten, spoken, done;

suffice, be sufficient

pr.297'J.

5. contin. [red. sosoe,

Gr.l03.]

to

be big, large, great,

6. ne'ne so,
mucJi; gso kokiiro, kakra or kese, he is very large.
he has a loud voice; ne 'ne aso, he has attained to a manly voice (at
his entering into the state of puberty); ne'ne nso, fiis voice is not loud
7. so bo, F. to be precious, of great value; gso mbo kese,
enough.

it is

of great price. Mt. 10,31. 20,7. Mk.14,3.

soso adae ; pr. 703. Gen. 40,5.

e-so, sliark;

to,

cf.

8. so dae, to

dream;

pi.

41,1.

furefure. [G. ogbolele.]

gye ghogfe0-s6, a fine, handsome person or thing; gye oso,

eye fe, it is fine, a fond word.
he is gay; eye oso

SO

44i

aso.

so, F. aso, interrog. particle at the head of an interrogative

sentence. Gr. 1 42. F. Mt. 0,30. 26,40-

&

Gr. 118-120] 1. the U2)per part or surface of.

3. on,
the space ahove, and what is in it.
up, upon, over, ahove, uptvard, on high; of time: in, at, during; of
other relations: on, at, concerning, in, from, with; - osekaii da poh

e-so

no
no

ma

[cf.

2. the

osoro

upper xmrts,

so;

ogyina n'abobow-ano fwe abgnten no

so:,

pr. 373. 592.883.U27. 1080.

so,

se so &c.

so;

etwenenni abgnteh

2427.2708.3025. r/'. d\Ven so, fwe so,

4. Phr. eso nni, there is nothing above it, it is

incomparahle, excellent.
so, eso, F.

^ nso,

also, too.

nso,

adv., conj. [Gr. 134,3 6.140.] also, too, likewise; besides;

but, yet, hotvever, moreover; nno wo yohkonom liko, nadg wo atam-

gdenkyem da nsum', omampam nso da wuram'; Rp. 177.pr.622.

;
628.859.1848.1924.2287. Cf. nsoso, yr.522. n3inso,i)r.l2.506.512&c.
fo nso

obua no so, lie ree-so, blame, reproach; culpability ; guilt;

asemmone da
proaches or upbraids him; cf. asobua; eso da no so
no so; syn. efg da no so, odi fg; - odi so, he is blamahle, culpable,
deserves blame or censure; odi mogya ho so, he is culpable of the
shedding of blood (by omitting what he ought to have done to avoid
or prevent it); cf. odi mogya ho fg, he is guilty of blood, by a deed
committed; - wgde so yi too no, they brought this reproach or cicctisation against him; wato no so, he has falsely blamed him., declared
him culpable; (in blind-man's-buff:) he has seized the tcrong person.
Cf. asobua, asoto.

aso, (pi. id.) the ear; auricle; pr. 1312 f. 2980-89. pane aso
aniwa or fwene, the eye of a needle; gkwah aso, the border of the
way; otuo aso, the pan of a flint-lock; awowa aso or aso ano, the
asom' =: aso mu, the cavity or inedge or rim of a brass-pan.
ner part of the car; m'agya asem da m'asom', 1 am mindful of my
p.

Phrases:

1. n'aso ye den, he is disobedient; n'aso

waye
asiw, awu, id.; n'aso asorow, id.
neho se gsogdehfo, wgka asem kyere no a, gnte, na gte wg n'aso
akyi (or n'ani akyi), na gnte wg n'asom'.
2. n'aso nni so, he
3. n'asom' nni agua, lit.
gives no heed to it, cf. as6-bi-anna-so.
4.
there is no seat in his car, i.e. he soon forgets what he is told.
n'asom' ad wo, he has pieace, rest, tranquillity, is xmdisturbecl ; wo
asom' d\vo a, enna wo ho atg wo; Mahkata amilyeh asom' ad wo yen
na yen ho atg yen; n'asom nh wo no, he is not at rest, he is distressed
5.
or disturbed e.g. by a bad conscience; syn. neho hhwo no.
ohuw n'ade no as6m'=gtgh n'ade no.
(1. gkyea n'aso, he bends
7. gpra n'aso akyi, he will hear
his ear i.e. perverts judgment.
nothing of it, does not at all mind what was said to him: asem a meka mekyereeno no, gprapraa n'aso akyi (de guu so) na osiim' kge.
gteeno abausosem, he heard it by
8. gkgseree n'aso kgtee,
9. gseren n'aso, he p)ricks up his ears, listens to a sound
hearsay.
10. wotu no aso, they persuade, induce, inveigle,
from a distance.
seduce him, prevail on him, win him over, get him to do anything good
or bad. F. yebotu n'aso asoma, we will persuade him, Mt. 28,14-

father's word.

anyin, apew,

a'seii,

nso

445

iisoae.

no aso, ihcy draw Mm ht/ the ear i.e. Jie is punished.

undrns his ear i.e. he is attcnlire, pays close attoiiion.
13. oye aso, he (jives car, lends an ear, pays attention
muntie hearken! attention! yive heed! ~ oye
(to); monye aso!
n'aso (Icinm or komin, he listens attentively.
IL ode ye n'aso so
ade or as em, he tahes the hint, tales warniny, Itears that in niiiul,
lets it he a warning to him, is mindful of it; omfVmye n'aso so asem,
15. oye no aso ^=^ oyino asiti'w, he gives
he does not eare ahotd.
him a private hint.
16. oy n'aso, he withdratvs his ear i.e. he is
careless, heedless, unconcerned, secure: nnipa a wgayi won aso te
ase yi, womfrd kora, these men, living so carelessly, or passing their
life in over-confident security, are worthless people, good for tiothing
11.

wotw

12.

owe

n'aso, he

11

fellows. (D.As. Fs.:>9,6.Ger.)

17.

Wo

aseni a

wokae

nni aso,

yi

word of yours has

(deserves) no ear i.e. attention, i.e. what you

say is not worth hearing, is not acceptable, cannot he true, is a foolish word, is absurd, nonsense.
this

us 6,

1.

very poor.

ashes; gda nso mu, he lies or sleeps in

2. a. ashy, ash-coloured, whitish gray.

ftshes,

s'o so, a. fat;

ne

nkwah

soca,

a weight of gold,

so a,

V.

ani ye so

so,

nam no ho ye

i.e.

he

is

so so.

i'/2 dollars or acJcies, 6s. 9d.

[red. soasoa] 1. to tahe up,

espec. ?fjjo 07ie's head, in

carry any load, a man in a travelling-basket i^c.

2)r. 408. L'434. 2990-93. to put on or wear a hat, jn: 3363. - cf. so
to give
to carry, to load (something) upon, to burden (one with); pr.424; to
give a lift, pr. 3075a. - de.. soa, toiJut upon the head (or knee) pr.7i)6.
f3262.] - wabubu kaw asoa no, he has brought a large amount of
soa abosom, to carry a fetish; s.
debts upon him by fining him.
soa efunu, to carry a corpse, s.
abosom-soa in the Supplement.
afunsoa. pr. 1408. - soa .. hamanka, to carry (one) in a hammock. soa hhoma no boa ho
tase nh. no gugu ho, hcaj' up, nccnmulate
those books. 2Tim.4,3.- soa..ko, to carry off ov away: Asantefo abesoa kiiromhgfo nh. kg. - wasoa tam, he wears a considerable part
2. to rise or swell, to form an eleof his cloth on his left shoulder.
n'ani
vation or sivelling, to be swelling or sivollen: n'aniho asoa
ho ahoii or abobg atape n'anim asoa
biribi abg no na n'anim
ahon a.s. gyare bi repe apue wg n'anim; ne nsa ho asoa; ne honam
babi asoa
3. to become
ama so kakra sen nkae, te se atape.
wasoa nsoahaughty, assuming, arrogant: onipa yi, wasoa pi
toro, waye ahantan.
4. to become flourishing, to increase and enwgadg na wgapgw; cf.
large, to thrive, flourish: kiirow no asoa
order to carry;

to

si so,

fefew.

o-so<i, inf. a rising or swelling on the body;

nsoasoae, atape. Leti 13,10.

cf.

soa

2.,

nsoae,

soa, V. [red. soasoa] s. mu, to hook in, to fasten tvitfi a hook,

become entangled or caught, catch or fasten as by a hook;
syn. toa mu.
aso. Mt. 10,27. 20,51. Mk. 7,33.
asoa, asowa, F.
to hitch,

lisoaba, F. tabernacles. Mt.17.4.

nsoae,

gsoa, nsoasoae.

446

soafa.

asobua.

soa-fa, soafa-koro, a weight of gold, the half of soa.

o-soafo, in cpds,,

nsoa-foro, wf.

s.

gmansoafo, ahemfi soafo.

SJ tha jiddiness of youtli, sanc>/ hoijhood,

petulance or sauci/ pert n ess of the age from 12 or 15
to about 25 years; when one takes upon him what he has never
done before, another may ask him saying: afe a.s. nsoaforo?
wode wo afe hye me a.s. (eye) ns. ? is that insolence or youihfid sprighfliness? fr. 2994. - syn. mpoforo.

the pride

[s. soa.

a.ndi

nsoa-koro,

mmiennu.
carrying about; aguade

soa; Asante nsano ye ns.

s., export
soa-kyiiii, inf. the act oi
or imj)ort and transmission of goods, transaction or Ijusiness in goods;
cf. mpewddi, peddling, haivTcing.

a loop through
11 s 6 a m', an eye or catch for a hook (akotokoro)
which a lace or cord may be run for fastening; cf. lientua.
;

iisoainde, hoolcs

o-soamiii,

eyes of a dress.

a hearer, carrier or porter of the king's

se osoa ohene.

n'adwuma ne

person; onipa a

cf.

and

pil.a.- -fo,

so ansa, a weight of gold in Asante,

bodommo.
iisyaiisa-ta, the half of it.
nsoasc, a kind oi calabash.

ntaku 20, or

lis. .3d.

2. hare.
aso-aso, F. 1. ass. Mt. 21,2.
asoaso-ba, colt of an ass. Mk. 11,2.

nsoasoae,
cf.

osoa, atape;

risings or swellings on the

morbid tumors,

body from strokes (ic;

boils.

asoaaoii-aem fs. soaS.] arrogance, assumption of too much importance; odi as., he acts foolishly, shows himselfj^roud without having the means; cf. atratrdseui.
so-h'd, inf. [sow, ba]: gye
as a playing-ball. pr. 1268.

sobakura,
sobe [Dan.

F.

..

sodiiro,

so-bo

Woye

Ak.

liurl

or toss to

and

fro, to use

sokum, Akr.

draught, gulp; drinJc, liquor.

suj), S02)Jcen]

as 6-bi-anna-so [as6 bianna

inattention.

s., to

so] forgetful ness, careless omission,

wo hkada yera. pr.

s., to
reproach; bo

as. a,

[eso, obo]

..

blame, reproach, up-

some omission which had bad conseqiiences; wowoniinuno, e.s. wokodi asem bi na asemmone nam asem
bo no s.
no so aba, na nkiirofo ka se onipa yi ahkodi asem no sa a, anka
amanne amma. (Ehafo boo Nkranfo sobo se woankofwe srilni no
anto a, anka Borofo ani ammere won so.)
braid, censure (for

sobu-bo, inf. reproach, upbraiding.

o-soboas6, a kind oi pdantain.
aso-l>6fuiiii ua, Akw. the cartilaginous prominence of the auentrance of man's ear) called tragus. Lev. 8,23.
aso-bo-iisii, a disease of the ears connected with a. discharge of

ricle (at the

humours.

a-so-bua inf.fs. es6&bua7.7 t'^^pyoach, upbraiding; as. ye yaw;

(= obuaa me so nti) na nie ne no koe. (Onipa y ontoto n'ano

as. nti

i,

sobuwa
as6,

ose

447

asokrofwe.

na asem biara wo obi bo a, oka da na obua nkiirofo

woako aguai'i i)en woneiia adew wo bayi pen!)

so bu vva,
nut-soup
e-s

pi. n-, an oil-pot, previously used

kutu a akye a wode hfio gum'.

asodi, inf. [di so] cidpahleness,

(I i,

sudo,
do,

so;

se.

ebia

hiichcn.

o-soddiif,

)>l.

for cookiu}; paliii-

(ju'di.

As. a male cook. Asantc

a- -fo,

obene nni ba aduan, na obarinia na gnoa aduan mil no na

odi.

soduro, Ak., sokiim, Akr., sobakura, F., helve, havdlc of a

country hoe (asow).

soe SOO, hiterj. utterance of one

pered too much.
SOO,

V.

1. fo set

eats food wbicb

down (adesoa, a

or ^^nt

or imffing down.

iaJiiiH/

who

S. fo bait, fo stop

and refreshment.
somewhere, to come to lodge
of resfin<j

load).

me

fi. ^jr.

pep-

^. fo Jtelp in

on the road for

4. to alight, p)^d. iip, fal:e

with, gsoe

is

up

the snlce

Indrjinys

2782.

a s e e, a place on the road where a traveller stops to rest, restingplace; cf. ayahe; lodging, shelter, quarters; inn, hotel; cf. abgboH.
11

soe, F. nsoe

{y\^\\% Mt.7,lG.13,7.) 1.

thorn, prick, ^jriclie.

3. thorn-hush, bramble, brake, brier; cf. ofwirem, oguabeh, hhuare;

- otlier kinds of thorns: bamfo, kokora, ako-bowerew, akrate, likra-

dna, nnenkyense, opesere, osamah-anka.

3. fish-bone; cf. domje,
kasae.
usoe-iisoe, a. [pi. of nsoe] thorny, fidl of thorns.

soea (swea) F.

soa, v. to bear; to

pid upon one's head.

[Mt. 28,17.

asoeden, asoenierew,
soer (swer) F.
o-sofo,
vice of

God

7,29.

asooden, asoomerew.

sore, v. to arise d-c. Mt. 2,20 f. 26,46.

[sore,

p)^- 3.-,

s.

t;.]

1. priest,

or of a fetish, or

who

one who

officiates in the ser-

pei-forms religious ceremonies;

3. a, kind of bidferfly.
minister; missionary.
o-sofow;i, ^jZ. n-, assistant of a priest; nea onnu (onnya nyee)
sofo-pa (e). F. gsofo kakraba, a young minister.

o-sofo-paiiyin, ^jZ. asgfo-mp., high-priest, chief priest.

asofo-suafo-li, theologiccd seminary.

sy-fwe, F.
s

oh ori,

asoi,
afoa,

n-, inf. trial, temptation.

pi. n-, ostrich.

pi. n-,

handle of a knife, sword, vessel (gsckan, nkrante,

n'asoi, hold it by the handle.

kuruwa); so

asokete, a kindof /mre; o/". adanko. [G. kpemkple,

asoko-beii [aben] horn, to blow with, made of an
tusk; esono se a

wghyeh;

ef.

fra

dripping

= nseku, they slander him, divulg-

tvith fatness;

iisokota, F.

= ntokotil. Mt. 10,10.

asokrofwe,

a,

na

eta

ye won.

elephant's

pr.2995.

11 so k ode: wodi (no h6)ns.

ing or propagating bad reports.

sokomin,

afutuokg.]

nam no ho wo

disease of the ear; a.seaegu

srade

s.

nuipaaso ho; mmo-

448

osokii

asomerewa.

0-s6ku, sokiim, Akr. s. sodurb Ak., sobakiira F.

as6-kyea, inf. [kyea a.so'] perversion of judgment.
som, v.: osom n'ano gu me so, he distorts his mouth (malces a
tvrymouih) against me, protruding hislower
cf.

lip to

express contempt;

pe.

som',

mu,

so

go on

to continue,

stand, sustain.

age

it,

it

to

take or lay hold

does not succeed,

som,
som,

r.

to seize;

of,

to iotich,

handle;

work) to hold out, endure, hear, suffer,

Phr. misom' a enso, in tvhatever ivag I try to mantvith (a

it

does not answer. Cf. so, p. 443.

asra, to take snuff.

s.

V. [red. sonsom] to serve (a master, a king, God, or an

idol or fetish), to be a servant or subject; pr. 2996-99okgsom,

he goes to serve, enters service, becomes a servant; gsom me liglio,

he entertains me hospitably, as a guest, trecds me well as is due to a
stranger, pr. 12:^.1620.2096-90.

o-som,

service, servitude; religion.

inf.

fice, service,

duty, trust or charge conferred

as 6m*, as6-mu,

esom

s.

by

of-

authority.

aso.

no, F. at midnight, Mt. 25,6.

as6m-ma,
soma, V.

o-som-adwuma,

pl.n-, [esono gba] the

esum, gdasum'.

cf.

young of an elephant. pr. 3008.

to send (a person; cf. miina, to transmit a thing); to

an agent or messenger; cf. yi or tu bgl'o: niasoma oni]ja
Nkran, I have sent to Akra. pr. 340.426f.S000ff.
o-somaf(), jj?.a-, messenger; apostle; cf. gbgfo.
asomalb-sem, the book o^ the Acts of the Apostles by St. Luke.

dispatch,

0-s6manka [soma r., ka, to toucJi'] gyegs., tchen sent on an errand, he does not go nor touch the matter, pr. 1458.
o-somankafo, jj7. a-, 07ie ivho docs not go when he is sent; 6ye gs.
oye gsomanka, ay^^ onipa a wgsomano a gnkg a.s. wose "somu"
a onkTi; f/. "guantiri. /;r. 3007.
gsomaf'o.
soma-iiyi, F.
asoma-sem,t mission; cf. aserapa-terew.

asomasi,

asiamasi.

s.

asom-dwoee, -dwee, Ak. -dwoe,

quiet, tranquillity, peace

nsome,

obsol.

asom-me,

i^?.

F. -gwee [n'asora' adwono]

freedom fromperturb((tion.pr.301O. Mt. 10,34.

nso; oyi

n- [esono

'

nsome

abe]

ti

and ^eace; ade titiriw a wgde

yi mmusu; cf. tvve kara & ntgmme.

tion

som-mea
asom-meii
whilst asonsg

is

de, ofi hv ni?

2)1 ant,

dvvira

[gsom bea] manner of

an emblem oi purificanneema hliinana; wgde

(religious) service.

[esono aben] 1. an elephants tusk, viz. a small one,

used for a large one.
2. ivory. ;jr. 3009.

asomerofi, s. asammorofi.
asomei'ow, F.
asogmerew.
.s.

asomerewa,
pomegranates.

a medicinal plant:

slmdj with small fruits like

asomtana

449

gsoMkoriin.

asoinriVlia, Ak., asonoinfoa, Akr., swaUoir;

g-s6ml"6, 7^/. a-, servant, idtcndant.

sofwe ni\i s., minister, secretary of state.

so 1)1 more,

kwntakyi.

oman-

Hist.

aboil bi a ofcnifam

tie],-;

cf.

usoinfo-jtaiiyii'i,

I'li'iuaii

nr akramaii

ix"-

anantwi ho na onom won.

iisonipcniiiia, a kind oi jjot-herh, fan bi.

0-soiii-sesew,
son,

F.

V.

[foro.

nrf/aniratwn or rrforwafion; r/'.nsose-

relif/iotts

= sono.

sgiVj V. to follow one after the other (t-bi di bi akyi, ;,.) 1. to

flow in succession, to trieldc, <ji<sh: n.su son' n'siniwam', or ii'aniwam'
nsn son,
osu pi, nsu ba n'aniwam' pi, tears fill his eyes, gnsli from
his eyes.
2. to cause to iricJde or flow, to strain, fdter: osgiV nkwan.

to

.3.

foUoiv in succession (with the eyes),

wotow aboa na woanson no a, wunnya no,

leitlioid takiiiy aim id it, you wdl not yet it.

if

ing, sloping,

tion:

to slant,

odah no

son',

to aim at, taJce aim:

you shoot an animal

J. to

he otdif/ue, slant-

from an upright or horizontal direcson ^n. to he wasted, jiine away,

fon;

incline
o.

onipa no, wasoh agn.

so 11 11, a. adv. 1. safe and sound, unfiarmed, unlmrt, secure,

whole: ode neho s. aba, wafi mu s. aba; ne ho beye s., Prov. 39,25.

oremfa neho s. nni, syn. neho renye totorotg.

3.
unmixed, mere, alone, only, nothing but: woyi no worn' s., they
him alone, him only from among the crowd.

cf. 28,20.

OSOLi, a kind of

tamarind, and

tree,

asOLi: obg akoa no ason,

away from his master).
a soil,

n-, seven.

Jie

its fruit,

gives the slave

x>wre,
select

pr. 105.

had advice

(to

run

el epliant, fir.

002.

Gr. 77.

Ason a,

one of the original families of the Tshi people.

0-sonani, ^>Z. A- -fo, a member of tlie Asona family.

asona-wg,
s 011-11

am

a red suaJce, the terror of the Asonafo.

[esono

nam] the

(meat) of an

flesh

sgne', Ak. sonee, strainer, colander,

asou e,
man's

feet;

a kind of small

sand-worm?

na) a kind of

//_^;

fdter, sJcimmer.

worm in the ground, sucking

of.

sand-fly:'

asaseboa,

blood from

as6iie-iie-iia (nsasc'boa no

asoiie-taknm, id.(?)pr. 3034.3468.

n so nee, v.n. [sono] difference; syn. nsonsonee. Rom.

n s gngg:
slowly after
a

me

me ns.,

3,22.

follows me in a stealthy manner,

in order to spy, to observe me.

otu

fie

sou-horn a [esono nhoma]

the

sfcin

of

tfic

fie

walfcs

an

elepfiant,

elc-

pliant's hide.

g-son-kahiri [gsom,

kahiri] the

jJrtrZ

used

in

tribute in the service of another king or nation;

carrying loads or
wgbg no s., they

ogye won s., fie demands subfrom tfiem, pids tfiem to tribute.
g-sonkoraii, -kwavan, a kind of />tc with edible fruit kwaemu s., sareso s.; - brpfo s., the tamarind-free and its fruit.

submit, yield, become trihutary to fiim;

jection

29

450

osoiikoromaniii

asoomerew.

o-sgiikoromani'ii, a kind of hmvlc (akoroma).

0-SOiikurobia,a-bia, a kind of free and

ason-kwa

its

red edible fruit. pr. SOU.

[nea osom kwa] a goocl-for-notliing fellow, pr. 3574.

sonsono] Ak.sova, to he different, peculiar: anoesono ne kasa nko, tehen the hird ivas in the snare,
its cry ivas different, pr.2479. esono asem yi nni, na esono eyi nin,
the contents of this matter or tvord are different from those of the other;
deii ho na sesea sono pirebi? in tvhat lies the difference bettveen a
basket called s. and another called^.? gma esono, he makes a difference; nneema din a esonsonee, different names of things; wahume
mmgbg a esono no kora, he has shoicn me his mercy in an extraoro-sono, inf. difference; ne sono a
dinary manner, pr. 3012-20.
esono no ne nea cwo he? in what is it different?

sono,

ma te

V. [refZ.

afirim' no,

e-s

(pl.id.) elephant, pr. 256. 278. 300. 444. 455. 893. 10S4. 1444.

e-SOnO,

Akw.

f3021-3t.

korowben.

nsono

[connected form: ne nsono] bowels, entrails, intestines,

gnts; pr. 3033. - cf. ayam'de.
ns6no-k6se, nsonopoh, stomac]io'im?a\, cf. ofurn, jrt?t' of animals.

nsonoma, .s\ nsoromma.

asonoka, s. asoroka,
asonomfoa, s. asomfa na.
[asomraen.
as6ii-so [esono ese] an elephant's tusk of larger size; ivory; cf.
osunsoh.
0-S0iis6i'i, Ak.

sonsoiiku:

l?o s., to loiter, linger, tarry, delay, stay; to stand

pause; to be irresolute, undecided, tvavering, embarrassed,
bctvildered ; gbo s. --^ gnam gyabegyabe; kaiino Asantefo reba na
yen nenanom te a, wgbg s. tetew wgh mma de bg nniui na wownwu.
soiisouku-bo, inf. the act of loitering cfv.,- a stand-still, stand,
stop, pause; irresolution, indecision; onyamesom mu nni s., the service of God -does not admit of indecision.
still,

stop,

nsonsonee,

v.n. difference;

sonsoiio, red.

v., s.

cf.

nsonee.

sono.

sonsono-manso, sonsoro-ra., indistinctly; aj/proaimcdely, a

biribi a woahu na wnnhu no yiye: k;T no s. biara kyere me.

random;

asoiisiiri, sap of trees, sometimes falling

asg agu me so.

asoii-takum,

0-s6ntg, an

s.

in

drops: as,

asone-t.

elephant's car prepared for a

asoiltorem'

down

drum.

head between the eye and

[aso] the jjart of the

the ear, temples.

son-nua
kings;

s.

[esono dna] an elephant's

mra.

tail,

used to fan before

0-s Oil-were [esono were] 1. the skiu of an elephant.

2. a
kind o( sweet-smelling bark; olniam bi wosina to won konmn.
;

SOO do, F. =
aso-odeu [aso

aso-omerew

toa so.

a eye den] disobedience; cf. asowui.

[asii a eye merew] obedience; cf. osete. gsetie

sopa

451

as6re.

so pa, V. to disgruci', dishoiiOKr, (Icfdmc, cover with hfnoininif,

hrhKj public shame vpou: to slander, calumniate; intr. to he disgraced i(c.; osopa me e.s. obg rnc din bone, gboiiic ahora a.s. phye
me aniwu wg guam', oyi m'aiiiin anuonyam; wo anim j^u ase a, na
woasopa [wo] mma iihiiia.
lisopii,

def(im((tion, slander, caliDuni/; disf/rtiec. dis/io)ioiir,

i)if.

shame, if/nomini/;
asopoiio, F.
the hc<jinnin<j; -

ntwiri, ali()hura(bg), animf^nase.

cf.

hc(i'nniit><j,

soprada,

the first state,

ML

12,45.

as. no, first, in

kan, nitiase &c.

cf.

^;L n-,

onion;

s//n.

gyene.

SuprO}iO, an herb similar to nyinya; pr.'iO'lo. inmosoiikwa dc

gugu won konniu do kycre se wgye nimosonkwa.
sor, swor, F.

sore, v. to

sora,
o)di/ this

pray. Mt.

Ak. ^= sono; esora eyi

V.

= esono

Mt.6,f)f.^=ofioro.

yi, this is different, i.e.

and never ayain.

time

y-soraiii, F. gsoranyi, pi. (n)-fb,

sore,

6,5-9. 36,36.:i'J. 41.

esor, F. heaven,

asor, F. church. Mt.l6,lS.

s. gsriini.

become humid, damp,

to

V.

Mt. 27,27.

moist, to absorb moisture,

said of likyene, salt.

soiH'j
fullt/:

no

sf'

sgre

r. [//. a-,

woho

o!

red. sosgre]

mind

to be

= gfwe no so yiye, gntoto no ase;

ma

careful about, treat eare-

ba
ne nho-

yourself, talce care of yourself; gsgre no

gs.

ne

mma

bo;

gs.

yi se eye hhoma pa bi.

2. to ivorship, adore; gs. Nyankopgn;
ne bosom.
3. to perform officicd religious duty or service, devotional exercises, religious rites; to say the jJrayers in tbe family or
congregation; wgsgre, they are worshijyping, have divine service.
4. to baptize: wgasgre no, wasgre nelio, fie has been baptised ; better:
wgabg no asu, wamii wabgno asn,

OS.

sore,

V. [t'cd.

sgresgre]

seat or bed &c. sgre

yenkg

and

fi

1. to

rise,

arise, get

metrabere! gsore tinekete

up (espec, from a

monsgremmfi

so);

up (in arms):
owia sgre
besgre (wg) gman so, Lk. 20,10.
pue, the sun
rises; - to rise, sivell (mmgre, dough; epo, tfic sea; asu, a river).
;?. to pad or depart; to leave, go array; to cease: nekara (sunsum
or honhom) asgre [wg] no so, ftis sold or spirit has left hint (tbis is
said even before tbe person lias actually expired); mesgre bra yim'
a, f\ve me mma so ma me, icfioi I depart from this life, tafce care of
my cfiildren; wgn a wgafa wghho adi hbina asgre ha, all tfiose wlio
fiave become free, fiave left tliis toivn; - eno ansgre mu a, wgn yiyeye wg akyiri, iftfiat does not cease (is not given up), it ivill be a long
time before tfieir circumstances cfiange for the better.
3. to rise up>,
rise from the dead; c/'.nyan; - to revive: hhabah a ebowe no asgre
!

arise

let

us go!

to rise (in rebellion), rise

gmah

big;

nhabah no

0-sore,

asore,

[owunyan.

sgresgre.

inf. 1. the act of rising.

common prayer,

--2.

resurrection,

owusgre,

devotional meeting; divine service;

kg as., to (jo
devotioned exercise: family worsfiip; public worsfdp.
asgre ne adesua mu man-soat'o, minister of state for
to church.
cftvrch and school matters. Hist.
inf.

452

nsore

risoromma.

nsore, the jyJace outside ihetoicn, where corpses are cast, or hnried; si ns., to place food dc. on the grave of newly deceased relatives. Akyemfo si woii awnfo nsore, e.s. wgnoa aduan na wgsawnsu
ne nsa na wgde gya k.a ho kgso wg kurotia ma nea wawii no, eda
aownfo no wui dapeii. Asante, Asen, Djiiikyira, Twuforo ne Wasa
si nsore bi, Fante ne Akuapem ne Akwam na wonsi.
as or e-daii, iL house for jJrayer and divine service, chapel, church,
temple, fane {raoq).
its

courts

asore-fi, the tcwple (of Israel) together ivith

and porches and other

act of going to church

edifices {^ngor).
asore-ko, the
attendance on piOAic or family worship.

cfc.

nsore-ho, inf. exaggeration; oye ns., he makes a crime apjyear

more than it really is, he exaggerates it.
gsorgkye. Mt. S,24. 14.24. Mk. 4,37.
OSOrekve, F.
nsorem', asore-so, s. nsore; bnrial-jjlace; nea wokum nnipa
a.s. wgtwe nkyere kogu, ne nea wgma nsamamfo adiiaii. pr. 2248.

ns ore-si, inf., s.
sores ore, red.

nsgre.
v., s.

sore.

asor-mba, F. members of the church.

sono, sora.
soro, V.
0-soro [cf. eso; s. Gr. 118-120] 1. the tipper paii ov parts.
.5. lohat is above, the upper tcorld,
2. the space or situation above.
4. (adv.) above, on high, up, upivards.
upper regions, sky, heaven.
kg soro, to go up. upwards, to rise, to ascend; owisiw kg soro,
the smoke ascends; fi soro de besi fam', from the top to the bottom;
Mt. 27,ol. cf. eti, atifi. - pr. .'i'lOGf. - ehg (Okwawu) da soro sen ha
(Begorg), Okwawu lies higher than Begorg - anoma tu (wg) osorg,

God dtcells on high, in

atew, the sky h<(s cleared up, cf. wim atew, osn atew;
gsoro annina, asiw, aye knsu^ cf. onyame, nyameso; gsoro nohoa,
far above in heaven; s. gsorosoro.
a bird

in the sky; Onyaiikopgii te soro,

flies

heaven;

gs.

o-s6ro-boa,

ijI.&-,

an animal living above the ground, i.e. on

which live on the

trees, as the duaJiyeh, in contradistinction to those

ground,

s.

atgteboa.

o-sorodani, -nyi,

j>L a--fo, F. contr. gsorani, gsrani ffr.

Dutch:

soldaat] soldier.

sorodo,

s.

srgdg.

asoro-dnaii
trees; opp.

[gsoro.

aduan]

/?7f//,

fruits; food obtained

from

afamduan.

r o-fr

am a,

Bther.

Kurtz 175.

asoroka, indisposition, ailment, attack of indisposition; gyarewa bi se minofra yare as. abg me, lam indisjjosed, ant a little unwell.
o-sorgkyc, j^?. a-, wot'c, billotv; pA. bradcers, surf, surge; epo
bg as., the sea is agitated; cf. hum; as. rebg, tlic waves arc breaking,
;

surging.

nsoro(in)ma

names of single stars

aberewa or akokgtaii ne ne mma, the
^. a kind of butterfly.
Orion f^?). todo.

[gsoro, gba] 1. star, stars;

or constellations are: kyekye,

2>leiades. nyenkr'ntp, the

iisuruma-li.it'nii

iisoi'Oina-hat'an, /Zjcr?

453

sou.

iisoi'diiia a okyii'i,

*//.

itluml:

I'llivvi-

iisoruiua, comet. D.As.

sorofi, soronsoron,

...

a\

srgh,

sr...

sapa, an imitation of yolit.

r o-s i k a,
o-sorosoro, high above' vcrij hiyh, the hiijhcst heavens;
0-s

.v.

gsoro.

so row, i\ \trAl. sorosorow] to grow or malie diflY to take or

cause fright? to Itecome or make shy, coy, timid, stablwrn, obstinate,
mostly used with as 6: n'aso asorow, he is disobedient {s. aso), stubwdnwen, n'aiii abcre [G. cg'bli];
wasorow, id.
born, refractory
woka asein kyere no a, onte; anka es^ sy gba, iia omnia; - aboabi
asorow a, e.s. mebo uedii'i mef're no a, onima, nanso no lio nnwo scnea gte kan no: wasorow oguan no aso nti, wof'rr no a, orcimna;
was. akoa no (aso)
watu akoa no aso.

',

so r

i)

w \\^ s6r()ws6row, (with) a rushing or rustling noise,

rap-

memaa

ne kete so ara na mekotow miguu s.; wgtotow nueekyoue wuram' a, eye ss.; fwinitVvim-ade kg ss. pr.l204.

idly;

ma

o-sorowa, a kind of

tree-

aso-siiij one without ears, i.e. deprived of the outer ear, whose
ears are cut off; cf. Jinosin; - tg as., to groiv disobedient. pr.l966.

sosgw: nnoma bgsosge, Mt- 13,4.

F.
so so, red. v. sg.
sgre, to rise
soso, red. v., 1. to carry, yr.SOSS. s. so.
,y.
from the ground or bed.
nso.
n'soso, Ak.

nsosoe,+

SOSOW,

v.n. a drop, drops.

v., s. sgw; - akokg sosgw abfirow, tlie hen picks up

kriro no abg ma wgayeye hkuno sosgsosgw ha,
ra sosgw sare ani, the toivns-people were scattered and have taken
up their temporary abode here and there in plantation-villages.

red.

the corn; rikiirofo

o-sosow, 2>?. a-, a kind oi hoe or mattock, digging-bill, diggingiron with a long handle: yr. S089f. 3328. cf. asgw, asensusiia.
o-sotifo,

a deaf person.

ositifo,

asotiw,

asitiw, deafness.

a-so-tu, inf. [to., so] false accusation.

asoto-de, money [ade] paid as a satisfaction for false accusation.

cf.

so to re, Ak. sotgrg, ^jZ. a-, 1. palm, the imier part of the hand,
nsam', nsayam'.
2. a stroke or blow with the p(dm, box on the

ear; gbgg

me

s.,

wgbobgg me

as. yr. 752. 3041.

aso-tii, inf. [tu..as6] persuasion, enticement, seduction.

nso-tii, inf. [tu nso] the taking up and strewing of the ashes of
afwiegya, q. v.
afahye totvVa; wofwic a (s. fwie 2), nnaawotwe,
nso a wotu de kogu kiirotia kyere se wgawie afahye no.

as6-twe, asotwe,

inf. [t\Ve

..

aso] punishment.

sou, F. interj. expressing pity.

sow, F.

1.

sow fwe

so ano, Mt. 27,66.

sow,

V.

3.

sg f\Ve.

sgw

Mt 4,1.7. 22.ls.35.

2.

sgw ano,

soa, Mt. 4,6.

[red. sosgw] 1. to catch, catch up, snatch up, with the

sow

454

asm.

'

hands or mouth: metow mesow, I cast up and catch (a ball); obi

foro dua bi ua otew u'aba no bi a, na nea ogyina ase na osow; yede yen ano kgsgw ade a euse se yesow; - gsow or n'ano so ahohom, he gapes, gases, stands agape, sfands gaping or idling aboid.
2. to piclc up; to picli, peel; at, of birds with their bills: apiti ye
3. to vatcli (up) or receive in
anoma ketewa bi, gsgw nnipa sehrealcing a fall or hloic, to itdercept, ivard off: ahka merefVve ase, na
oyi na gsgw me, I shoidd have fallen, hut this one caught me; ahka
Persini bi de hkrante rebg ne ti, na Klito kgsgw ano, Clitus warded

a vessel, to gather, collect: gde ahina

in a ptot; de.. sow., ano, to
?>vlv{\.
5. sgw gu, to flotv or trickle
place a \e^'&%\ for that purpose,
doivn from one place or object upon another: usu sgw guu mc so
wg me dan mu, the (rain-) wafer, that had f(dlen on the roof, trickled
the hlo'W.

4. to receive into

sgw nyahkonsu, he gathers rainwater

me in my room.
sow, V. [rerZ. susowj i. to hatch (eggs): akokg no ansow
2. to cut into pieces (yam,
hkesua no, ua wanom ne hhina.

down, on

planting):
S

o w,

wosow

gde.

V. [^red.

sgsgw]

fruit. Mt.7,17.21,19.

1.

(with or without ab a)

sow

2.

m u,

ne
for

produce or hear
a cloak with pre-

to

to set, stud, e.g.

cious stones.

asow,

&

j^?.n-, hoe,

mattock; pr.

.j'0^-<?. t/'.

soduro, sokum, sgbakiira

ososgw.

nsow,

F. foxes. Mt. 8,20.

sow, sign, mark; hye ade yi nsow ma me, mark this for me;
mahye ne nsem no bi ns., / have marked (takot particular notice
11

of)

some of

his sayings or ex^nxssions.

sow a,

2)1 ant, s.

a.

asowa, F.

nsowe,

siwabiri.

= as6, ear; Mt. 26,51.

y.w. [sow] fruit, seed; F.

aso-wui,

aso-wia
aspatcrc,

v.n. [aso a

nsowa,

Mt

7,20.

awu] disohedience ;

= ad\V()ku.

cf.

0O6U

asogdeh.

[ade a eso awia) umhrclla, jmrasol;

s.

^^r.

^^nha, adua, aduaba.

akatawia.

asepatere.

sra, sara, v. [red. srasra] 1. to stroke, rub; to daub, plaster;

smear, besmear, grease, oit, anoint ; gsra gdah, gde hyirew sra gdah no ho, lie whitewashes the house, daubs the house with white claij;
gsra (neho), gde hku (srade, borg-hho) sra ne honam, lie anoints his
2. to spy (out), searclt, watch, guard,
body with shea-butter (fat, oil).
to

watch or reconnoitre the hostile army;

sragkwaii, toscout, spy (out), explore the way, reconnoitre; mekgsra
m'afuw, / am going to search or tvatch my plantation; gkosra wuram',
he searches the hush; asrafo sra abah, the soldiers guard the fort;
gsra no pe se okum no, he is lying in wait for him that he may kill
him; cf buw .>.. tew i. - 3. to arrange or array the bidtle; cf. t\Va
lie

in wait for; sra <lgm, to

mpa'siia.

o-sra,

asra,

inf. the act of

asa'ra, snuff;

rubbing, daubing, anointing &c.

som

as., to

take snuff.

nsra

nsra, camp, encampment; bo

wobgo
3 camps SHcccssivelij.

ns., to pilch a camp, to encamp;

nsr;iban ahorow .'3, theij pitched

to he drillinff (of soldiers);

srada,
s ra-dt'

saw(?)

sar...,

o-srada,',

sar..., hotile

[adca wode

s.

455

iirain.

owah.

(of rum).
sra] fat, (jrease, suet, tallow; d o

s,,

to ijfoio

fat; cf. awoniHia.

O-iM'Md,
sra. to,

pi. srifo, sront, spi/.

= nsram'tb,

asrat'o, F.

tlie

people In the ramp,

(;n<-amj>c(l

warriors.

sorjifo, sorodafo, soldiers; s. gsrjiui.

asratb-lia-so-pnuyiii, asi"at{)-])aiiyin, oba-so-pauyiii, ccitliniini.

Acts 23,17.23. 27, 1.3 lAH.

asratb-sein,

sr.'ilia, siiraha. the (/real desert?

Woato 110

militar// concerns.

[Arab, sahara,

2^/.

saliara].

('/".

(woapo ne bra ama no, oiiyc seiica ojje, obiara

I'lkasa nkyere no bio), t/iei/ have left him tu himself have abandoned
him, have withdrawn from him.
sraha-to, inf. abandonment, neglect dc.
Saraba.

asra-kwa

sram,
over

it, fill

s.

[sra akoa] pr. 1682.

overspread, overflow; ka sr^m so, level the [/round

ground ; nsu uo asrani
river overflows its banfcs; nsu no asram asase(krirow)

r. to

out the excavations or lioles in the

ne kgn so, tlie

uo so, the water has inundated the country
it

(the toton) so as to cover

complctelif.

O-sram,

7>?. a-,

tall,

man, giant;

high-groivn

cf.

otenten, g bra 11,

gbrantetetu.

o-srain', Ak.osrane, ^j?. a-, 1. tlie moon; syn. byen, gbosora; gs.
the new moon has appeared; gs. apae, the moon sJiines; gs. pue,
file moon rises (over the horizon); gs. asi no so, tJie moon lias smitten
him, Ps. 121,6. (ama ne tirim aye no sakasaka, so that his head is deranged and he is lunatic or moon-strncli) ; gs. at\va puruw or korokfima, tlie moon is full; gs. awu, the moon has died, i.e. its disJc is
without illiwti nation, pr. 3043/.
2. the moon-liglit, moon-shine; s.
sram'so.
,5. month, syn. gbosom; gs. fi, the month begins: gs. wu,
the moon ends, da gsram wu a, onya n'akatua, at tlie end of every
According to Kofi Akwatia of
month he gets his wages, pr. 2810.
Akropong the natives have 4 months of 28, 3 of 30, and 5 months
of 32 days; he and other informants differ concerning the names
and succession of tlie single mouths we give the names in the most
probable order, adding the numbers of the corresponding European
ati,

months (I.January,

2.

Febr

12.

December): obubuo 9,10,11,12;

gpeuimma (miimo?) 11,12,1 gpepgh 12,1,2; onyaniewia? ogyefuo

1,2,3; gbenem 2,3,4,5; oforisuo (ogyehkg) 4,5; otwanyokgh? gpraworara5; aye-woho-mumo 5,6,7; 1 1,12; akita-wo-nsa 6,7; kgtonimma 5,6,7,8; huhuhuhu 6; nyanyiX 7; gsanna 8; odwenhwane 9,10?
kgkosukwakwa\\ ia(m), osiapansam 9; ebg 9,10; ahinim(e) 9,10;
;

gpese 10 or 10-12

nsram, Ak.
stomach.

&

1.

= yafumpanmu:

gda

ns.,

he sleeps with

an empty

nsramm;i

456

US ram ma, Uuc

&

sram

sreu.

coals, fiert/ coals;

= iinyausramma;

cf.

sram-

gyabiriw.

o-sramaii, 1. Jightn'nKj; gs. apae, ilw VKjltininij fldslics, It liijldcns.

auyinam; os. si (or duru) duain, the ttghtning strikes a tree; os.
apae asi no so, tlie ligJitniiir/ has struck him. Oprauuii boin' a, ua
uea eduru duam' no uayefre uo sraman, tliunder-stone,
Nyankopon abouua. Os. duru duam' a, epae.m' ua dua uo byew, use osu to
gum' a,ennum; nags, no ahkasa mem fam' ara, na jlno kgka (koto)
usu wo fam' a, na esan ba bio; nanso wose: wgde awowa si sum' a,
na OS. apae asim' na atu to na amem fam'.
2. swivel, rocket.
3. pr. n. of a fetisb at Akropong.
cf.

asrampoii, icnawares.

o-sram'-su, in

the moon-lifjht or

moonshine; wgnam

s.,

the/j

-lij,

glit-

travel by the moon-light.

sramsramsram,
srama tu

adv. emitting sj^arks. sparkling,

twwlding or vivid hrilliancg; dadc no adg

tering, with

sss.; cf.

sss.

nnyau-

gsram, srausransraii.

yams bound together and stowed in the putu from its bottom to tlie top until it is taken out for sale; gs. biako kura ode mpgw mmako-milko 12, etgd. woye no 15; esono gdeo-srana,

mti 3

s.

pile of

a.s. 6.

o-sraili, Akp. !?rawni, F. sortlnyi, sorodanyi

pi. asrafo & srafo, asafo, gsafoni, gkofo, gkofoni.

(q. v.), soldier; cf.

sraii(sran)srari, adv. sparkling, glistering, glittering, -ly;

ogya no tutu ss.; dade no adg ss. ; gtam yi ani, gbo yi bo, dade a
wgayi afi gyam', sika, kgbere ne a\Vowa lio ye ss. - owia aye sransrah, tlie sun has become bright (that you cannot look into it any
more, about 9 o'clock, when it is not yet very hot) owia wo wg m'aui
;

so sss.;

cf.

srasrasra.

srasra,

moa

red.

v.

sra; to stroke, caress, flatter; gsrasra agyiua-

ho, he is stroking the cat.

srasrasra,
aye

s.; cf.

glossy, smooth and shining; onipa, gpgnkg ho

hrahrahra, sramsramsram.

asra-som,

asraw-di,

the act of snuffing, talcing snuff.

inf.

have close communion, pr. 3456.

o-srasomtb, pi.
asra-toa', snuff-box.
snuff, snuff-taker.
inf. service

as a soldier.

a-,

o-sra\vni,

di

as.,

to

one who takes

s.

gsrani.

asrayere [nsram

or srafo yere] the proceedings and ceremonies of the ivomen for the supposed benefit of their husbands lying
incatnp against the enemy; di as., to perform such ceremonies: wodi as. ne se: mmarima kg 'sa na mmea te won akyi wg
na wgsaw na woyi mmusu na wgbg a sum an.

sre,

v.,

s.

to

dwom

sere.

srededede,
(toatoa so)

tie

in a straight continuous line: asrafo

no gyinahg

sr.

sren, seren\ v. to become, groiv or be lean and white or piale;

wahoa titcl; gyare bi bg wo na woasren tita a, worehkye

wasren

iisrenso
vvu,

wo

wo

suiisuina asorc

so.

457

nsu.

2. to coinh

osron no nliwi,

ue. ti,

her /iriid.
3. to dlrv.ti the (ilmljiiuj of l/ic runners (twif^s or shoots) of tlio yain-[)laut: os. ode, he. (-((hsi's the nam
na olili a, wusi
It) cliiiil)
iij) i( tree; gs. bayero u.s. wulua bayero,
(lua tiatia bi iia wodc hania kosa lua kosc biin' na wodc asa liatia

s//c ro)iihs Iter liair,

iio,
lie

na bayere no at'oro.
i. to prick up,
a sound from a distance.

aso, one's ears: gs. n'aso,

listens to

aloof from, in or from a distance: gwg no ani aberc

na motVvc no, e.s. dekode no mctnmcn no na niij^yi-

nsren-so,
nti niii^yina ns.

na akyirikyiri motVve; metco no

asreiic,
Si'O,

F.

srodo

s.

= suro.

s roil,

1 heard

it

indireetlij.

osroaiiyi, nsroafb, F,

=-:

gsoranyi, usorafo.

[G. srglg] shavinfja brouj^'ht off by the plane,

iKsrom, F, sparrows. Mt.

11

us.,

aserene.

10,:29.

osoh aba, a certain fruit;

sroii, so roil,

sro lis roil,

pr. li)5.:237.

to tje hiyli, loft//.

o.

n. the highest point,

house &c. sharplji pointed

hciejht;

summit of a mountain, tree,

yi ss. ware sen yi de, tlic

bepgw

summit of this mountain is liUjheP than the top of that one; wadubepgw no ss. so; anoma si dan no ss. so.
sronsroii, a. hi(/h, loftii, steep (when viewed from below, cf.
kuronkuroh) opp. ta bepgw, dua, gdan no atifi ye ss.
;

sronsrgmma,

dua or aban no

a. high, lofty, statel//:

si

ho

s.

asroto, F. Jcinds. Mk. 1,34.

a s t a g i r 6, stockings, socks.
s u, s U, the
Sli, V. s.

sound of pounding f uf ii

in a

wooden mortar ;^;r. d49.

suw.

[<-i'-

tarn, turn.

su, V. 1. to weep, shed tears, cry; woasu, na wo ani abere, yon

have been weeping, for your eyes are red; osu mmgborosfi, he weeps
pitifully; osu uusu, he weeps tears; ederi na wusu kasakasa sg yiV
su fre, to implore, pr. 304=7.
2. to weep for, to deplore, to lament
ocer, to hewail, bemoan.; pr. 3945 f.804H. osu ne nua. Gr. 200,3.

3. to cry, squall,

scream, roar, bellow, low,

warble, chirp dx. used of

bleat, croak, sing, twitter,

any kind of animal

voice.

osu asi
0-SU, inf. 1. weeping; wailing, lamentation; pr. 3049.
no, he sobs.
2. cry; crying of a bird &c. pr. 1481.1524. esono ne
sii nko,
ne kasa, pr. 2479.

e-su, species, kind, sort; nature, property, quality; character;

manner; cf. bah, subah, seso; - ntama yi su nte se kan de a metge
no, litis cloth is not of the same sort as that which I bought formerly;
wo sii uye! you are of a bad character; wo su ne wo bah biara nsg
m'ani, neither your character nor yotir manners please me.

nsu, Ak. nsuo, l.ivater; nom

nsu, to drink water; nsu ba, water

comes forth, from a well b) the river
fills (ready to overflow its banks); nsu yiri, the water overflows,
also a t)ody of tvater, standing or
pr. 3007. cf. bg 3. pr. 3080-97.
flowing, cf. asu; pr. 3083-86.3092.3094.
2. sap of plants, cf. ason-

comes,

i.e.

a) water springs,

458

nsfi

sfia.

5. some or other kind of liquid secretion from

sua; Jnicc of fruits.
animal bodies: a) milk, nsu nni ne nufu mu bio; s. nufusu; h) sperm,
cf. ahoba; c) urine; gu nsu, to make tvater; of. dwensg; d) tf. utasu, spittle.
i. the drink or potion taken in sivearing an oath of
allegiance or midual fidelitij', hence the oath, or the alliance or covenant itself: g-ne no wo nsu, the tico are confederate, associated by
an oath, leagHed together; also the ivater which two men mutually
pour on the heads of their nephews (heirs) under some solemn promise: gu nsu: nnipa banu bo obosom bi din. na wgde nsu gu won
wgfasenom atifi se wobedi wghho nokware; - to nsu, to break faith;
wato ne nsu, he has broken or violated his promise, oath or covenant;
wgatoto wgiiho nsu, theg have umfuallij broken their covenant: rf.
nom or di abosom, di nsew.

nsu,

V.votv, solemn promise ;

hye

(dzi) nsu, to vow,

make a vow.

rain; cf. nyahkom, uyankopgh 4. - pr. 8051-63. osn reba,

O-SU,
rain is coming; osutg, it rains; osu gu, it rains moderatelg ; osu-pti,
a common rain; osu-kese, a Jicavg rain; osutg hwrsehwese, it drizzles, t/.nsuwgnsea; osu tg trarara, tradada, pibibibi, pipipipi, pibabababa, pubababa, pu-wa. \\'o, ya, the rain falls, descends or gushes
2- cloud, rain-cloud, nimbus; osu
in a heaiui shower, in torrents.
amuna, the clouds have darkened; osu resen, the clouds are passing;
osu no apa, the cloud is gone.
1.

asuasu] & place where tvater is fetched, any bodg or colstanding or flowing, well, pond, lake, spring, brook,
river; nsu biara a eta nca nsu fi ba; j;r. 3060-79- - cf. asum', nsu ^.,
asuwa, asuten, asubgnten, gtare kg asu, to go for tvater, fetch tvater;
pr. 21S8. asu no abg, the water, river c(c. overflows, breaks out of the
banks;' t/.yiri; - bg ..asu, to dive, duck, submerge, immerse, for bodily or religious purihcation, to perform a religious rite with appliguare asu, to swim.
cation of water; to baptize; s. asubg ^^-.7.

as 11

[pd.s.

lection of water,

6-su, a kind

asu:
s

tree:

oi'

gam;

s.

gde.

tu or tutu asu, to whisper.

u a,

V. 1. to set,

place or pid,

wgde bgm sua abe

e.g.

(ase); pr. 599.

a pot under a felled palm-

cf.

porow; sua

afiri

[F. suia

or put up a trap, to lay a snare. F. Mt. 22,15.

2. [inf. a-] to avow, declare with confidence; to swear, espec. the
oath of allegiance, to avow one's obligation of taking the field: wosua
kyere borghene se moka meka: se mihyia dgm na rnahko a (..me-

afir)^:=sum

atiri, to set

misua

miyi wo hko, if I were to swear, you alone would

he the exception (that it does not extend to you); sua.. so, to swear
or conspire against, to boast, brag or bluster against, to bidly; w(g)aw(g)aka se (w)gbefwe me. [G. eswa miyi no.]
sua me so,
ka)!

a,

power or numsiia; won dgm

F. sua, siiar (swar), 3It.8,26.14,'11.16,<s. Kuk. siiere.
no sua.
osua gkehkan or hhoma-kan, Gr,
sua, V. to learn; yr.3099.

sua^

ber, to be

V.

[red. susua, susuae] to be small in size,

little,

few; kiirow no

siia;

nnipa ahogden

learn from, be taught by, to imitate: os. prako, he is

wos. ntgkwaw, they learn to figM,
learning from the pig; pr. 499.
203,1

to

rusuii

459

iisuMiio.

wrestle; sua..lifi, to become cjpcrt, experieneed, well versed in:

wasiia okasa yi yiyii aliu, Ite is well rerscd in t/iis lamjiMije; wasua adwuina no aliu yo.
(hvif

11

sua,

the act of sivearin;/, oatli of (dle/jiance

inf.

cCc.,

solemn

promise; ns. nye oko; pr.30D8.

o-sua,

inf. tlie

o-sua,

pi. a-, a jcind

act

oi' le(ir)iiiii/,

o-sna, a weight of gold

sua-bisc, a certain

iinif((ti()ii.

inonkei/;

oi'

i)

s.

pr. 613.2284.

alnv(;iilie.ma. ^jr. SOi.SlOOff.

dollars or ockics, 21.

and

fruit;

cf.

bise.

sfia-hc';!, a place for leorniny, school;

cf.

siiku.

a-da

fi

pi. a-,

I'l,

tree

its

(id. pr. 132.

a house for learning, school-house, school-room.

learni)i(j-room.

asfia-de [ade a wosua] anii thimj

woansua wo as.; cf. asuasem.
o-suri-doiii,

s.

to be

learned, lesson; ene de

gsebo.

o-sna-liu, inf. e.vperience, successful learning; ade nhiiia dan

suahu, everij knotvledgc is acquired by Icarnimj and only thereby,
pr. 802.

asuahfi-de,'*' Jcnowledye, acquirements, accomplishments,

(liter ary d'C.) attainments.

iisiia-hriiiu, an oath or solemn promise that

nsuahi'iiiulV), nea waka ntain se obeye biribi

is

not fulfdled.

na ontumi nye.

asuakwa',
bi a

a kind of bird (Itoopoe, hoop, dungbird'O ; anoina

oreye akose akyOhky^na, nso ohwie no se.
[ogya.

nsi'i-akyi, the other side of the river, beyond the river;

cf.

asn-

suaii, r. [^T^/. sunsuan] 1. to j)uU, to draw out, forth, or away;

siian dua no li tanii a erehyew yim' (syn. t\ve, koyi fim' here nie)!
siian no ti nea gda lio! mekoe no, na aboa no da gkwannui ho, na
niisuan no mifii ho; osiian no ase, gtwe no fam', he drags him on the
ground (much or little of the body touching the ground); kosiiaii
guaii noaso, take that sheep up by the feet; wosnnsiian n'ase, s. tobe.
2. to bleed, let tjlood, draiv or take blood from, by opening a vein
or by scarifying and cupping, cf. sa, sesa; wasiianme; ode sekan
s. no.
3. to eat with greedy appetite, voraciously ; osiiah aduan,

nam,

odi

no

pi.

a Siian, a climber and the swelling caused by the sap of it; hama bi a ewq wuram'; emu nsu ka wo arape a, na ehg ahon; naegow

na wurnia

a,

sufine,

aboa

bi

fi

mu.

sunsuane]

1. tr. to tear, slit, split, rend, rive, to

separate thin and soft things into long pieces or strips, to make a
long fi.ssure; cf.tew, pae, twa; dadewa no as. me ntama, the nail has
torn my dress; osiiane n'ano, he oi)ens his mouth; c/. bue.
2. intr.
to split, rend. pr. 1419.3413.
^^

[red.

ns n-ani,
ns.

kg

o}i the water; gnam

barima, a naval hero.
spring, the opening in the earth from wliich

the surface of the water; pr. 1890. -

ho, he goes there by water.

nsu-aniwa,
water issues;

cf.

well,

ns.

usuti, source.

nsn-ano, bank, shore

of a river, lake, or sea;

cf.

nsunoa.

osuauuni

460

o-siianoni, jj^.usuauofo,
a lake or the sea.

<t

osuboatb.

man from the

coast; people UoIikj near

river,

asua-ii

a weight of gold == 18 dollars or

u,

sua re, any

aclcics, 41. Is.

or place in the hush, a piece, patch, tract, or

plot of ff round, hush, or other land; obi unim snare ko a onam so.
nohodij knows where he roves or roams about; mihyiaa no na onenuam s. bi so na metaa no d\Ven, I met him stroUinij about in the hush
sjJot

andmadcbootifofltim; woaiibu ne s. so, no vestige of him was found;

wo de, woamfi siiare bi aniase kora, i/ou did not come very far!

a s u a-s a, a weight of gold, 27 dollars or ackies, 61. Is. 6d. pr.

o-sua-nsawa, -nsatea, a kind of shruh with edible fruit.

1S2.

nsu-ase, the bottom of a river or of any other water, pr. 2710.

asfia-sem [asem a wosua] any piece of instruction, precept or
doctrine

to

he learned; catechism.

asu-asu

suaw,

[pi. of asu], icaiers here

V. [inf. a-, red.

susiiaw]

to

and

there; tu as., to

lop a tree or

its

fwater.
walk in

branches,

to

cut branches off a tree.

su-bai], figure, form, shape, fashion; stature; constitution, connature; kind, pattern; cf.au, bah; nesubah (:=nipabah, uipadua) te se oyi de, in his figure he resembles this one; ntama
yi s. ye fe, this is a fine kind or pattern of cloth; raihiiu ade no, na
dition, (ptality,

mahha

nes. yiye.

su-beii.

asu-bo,

= hno, jxdm-oil.

1. [asu bo] the overflowing of a river, inundation.

a bathing in fresh water, the act of diving in water;
a cleansing, wetting or dashing with water. [Oboneho asu, he dives;
mahk'asa mekobo meho asu; 6, ne ho ye fi, niohkgbo no asu! esono
niohkoguarc no! woguare no, e.s. wgaso saw mu na wodc reguare
no.] o. an ablution, purification; a religious ceremony connected
with applicatio)i of water, also without washing or diving the whole
gbo ne k^ira asu;
body; cf. ahodwira, asumguare. [Obg neho asu
wobg wghho asu a, enye se wgde nsu no guare wgiiho hhiua, na
wgde kakra bi na epete won so a.s. wgde sinsiam wghho.]
4. fig.
a setting to rights, correction, remonstrance, reprimand. [Asubg yi,
ete se obi ye onipa bone na wgde no abere wo se kyere no nyansa
na wanye yiye a, na wuse: tnabg no asu abg abo (abg, mpeh du),

inf.

2. [bo asu]

(w)anye yiye, wannya koma-pa bi (= makyereno nyansa akyere

akyere, wahhu); gye se wgde no akg tou'asum akgbg no foforo].

5.

the act of baptizing ; Christian baptism.

asiiby-fwefwetb,

pi. id.,

candidate for baptism.

o-suboui, pi. a- -fo, baptist: a) one who administers baptism, specifically applied to John, the forerunner of Christ; b) an anabaptist, one who maintains that baptism ought to be administered only

by immersing tlie body in water.

asu-bo a, pi. u- [nsu aboa] water-animal,

to adults

i.e.

ing in the water, espec. the crocodile or alligator,

0-s Li-b

Jif 0, pr.

3104.

a quadruped
s.

gdehkyem.

liv-

osiibodom
o-su-l)0(l g
i)-su-l6

m,

=^

()-siil)Oi'ik(')tu,

irater-doty. pr.3105.

j>/. a-,

I'l,

usukvvaukycba.

vallri/,

461

osukraman.

with or without water;

rf. oboii,

osukraman?

ohoii[hiiuu.

asii-bg u

t eiiji^Ln-, [nsu, abonteii] river, sfrann; r/lasn, asutcn.

asu-boiiteri-auo, the. hanlc of a river, rf. asukgn.
[river.

nsu-I)unniii, -bunum, [nsu, bun] a deep

o-su-(laiin;i,

asu-do,

s.

(ade)

fhinc/s

sfi-dew, sweet

Ak.

sudi'io,

])](((r

in

lite

vafer, in n

osuhuru.
or deserve treepimj. pr. :M11.
or affeetinf/ hinicnfafion.

fliat riiKse

i.e. jnitJiefie

sum.

suei'O, red. susuere, v.

Kuk.

mourner,

o-sfi Co, p?. a-, iveeper,

siia, snsiia.

pr. 3106.

asu-giiarc, inf. [guare asu] the act or art o\' sivimininr/.

asumguare.)
o-suguarolb, pi. a-, swimmer.
s u-<>- u d-S e 11 [nsu, guare, osen] wnsJiing-pof. j^r. 176.
asu-hnrofo [asu, hare v.] ferry-man.

(Difi'.

asu-hina

[nsu ahina] tvater-jwf. pr. 3109.

o-su-liuriij^j?.a-, [nsu,

in rivers;

0-su-hye,
pare so;

ef.

awuru] a species

offtirfle

osudanna, sukyekyere, siipurupu;

or /oWo/.se found

apohuru.

ef.

neaekata dam-

roof, espec. its outside or tipper side;

gdflmpare.

osuhye-fa, one half of n roof

pir.

3110.

0-s u-k a, n-, a hoUow passage or fissure in the (jround, caused by

the water, gutter; ehannel or hed of a river or brook; ef. obonka,

suboh.

as u-k 0, inf. [ko asu] 1. the act or duty of going for tvafer.pr. 1637.
2. do as., to dive, descend or plmige into water, thrust the hodij
deeply under tvater; hye (obi) as., to dive, submerge or immerse (one)

into water.

silk ok 6,

p)l-

^'1

^ kind of

growing

lily,

in

watery places.

[nsu gkom] thirst ; os. de me, I am thirsty. Mt. 5,6.

a su-koii, n-, ha)ik of a river; pempe a ewg nsu ho; asukgn-so

0-s u-k 6 m, F.

nnua,

n-,

willoics. Fs. 137,2.

asu-kgnkoii, pi. n-, a kind of

asiikotwca, hail-stonc, hail;

water-bird.

nsiikowa, nsikowa,
0-s u-k

ram a

11,

siiku [Eng.]
leep school;

ef.

amparuwbo;

the smallest kind

oi'

j)r.

'ne.

1848.

wafer-dog; == osubgdgm, osubohkgtg.

school;

kg

s.,

to

go

to

school; kyere or

ye

s.,

to

suabea.

sukfi, siikusLiku, slovenly, disorderly; ne ho ye

uk

agu

as. pi

sea-fish

s. (ss.)

dodo.

a popgun, a child's gun, being a toy for children

piipjl^ku a.s. bankyedua a wotwa na wotu mu furu de aburobia tuntum ahye ano, na wotwa dua we ano, na wgde pia aburobia no akyi
mil efi adi, na ne tow no agyigye.
s

11

d6

11,

suku-pon,
11

university; s.-suafo, student of a university.

u-k ii r u w a, water-pot, jug, jar, pitcher, ewer.

sukiisukii, a kind o( nt(?) for catching

asukwaiikycba, -kweiikyeba, F. stiow. Mt.

fish;

38,3.

.<?.

asawn

Mk.

9,3.

osiikyekyere

462

sumaii.

osiiburu.
o-sii-kyekyere,
su-kyeiie [usu a akyeri]^ ice.
a [nsu nky erema]^ snotc.
s u-k y ere

asum' = asumu,

waier-place, a place where the water collects

it; tccll, pond, hrook or river ;pr. 3075.

and whence the Negroes fetch

s u m, V. [red. snnsum] 1.

to stand, of things forming a heap or

mass, or being of a considerable circi;mference l^cf. si of thin or slender things, or of hollow structures, as houses): abo kiiw bi sum ho,
a lieap of stones is set up there; abo, nhwea, dote, ntrama sunsum
ho, there are heaps of stones, sand, mud, cowries. ^ 2. cans, with
de, fa &c. to set, put, place, espec. in heaps or in a mass: fa abo
no sunsum ho; wode okorow s. wiyammo ano de gye dokono a wgyam gu mu syn. sow; woakeka dgteasunsum dan no ho, thei) hare
3. s. aliri, to
heapied up mud or clay around the base of the house.
4. s. brode, kwadu,
sua atiri; pr. 2081.3113.
set a snare or frajj,
5. to put or iise as a
to plant plantains, bananas; pr. 3112. cf. tew.
support, rest, stay, or prop; to lie, repose or rest on, to lean upon or
against: osum ne nsa, he supports his headby hishand or arm, whether he be in a sitting or in a lying posture; osum daw, he supports
his chin by the hand (wunnya nnae na wote ho na wusum wo nsa a,
wofreno dawsum): osum siimi, he rests his head on a pillow; osum
6. to push, thrust:
dan, he is leaning against the wall; cf. waw.
wasum abofra no afwe ho. he has jmshed the boy so that he fell, has
run the child down, has cast the boy dotvn to the ground; wosum no
lii adi, they cast or thrust him out; pr. 345.368. osum" pon no kyenee,
;

he thrust the table doicn.

e-sum, the dark, darkness; esum kabi, k&ntanri, kusu, tumm,

black darkness; esum aba, darkness has come, it has become dark:
esum "duruu asase no so, a dark)icss came over the land: owia duru
sum, the sun is darkened; - esum apatuw atu, the darkness has disappearcd at once; - n'abrabo mu ye sum sum, her dealings are not
plain and upright.
e-siim-adze, esum-asein, F. secret, mystery.
suma, V. F. =hintaw, to hide, to be hidden. Mt. 5,14. 11,25. 13,33.
kokoam', in secret, secretly,
nsuiiiam", F.
44.25,18. JSTk. 4,22.
privily, privately. Mt. 1,19. 2,7.6,4.6.24,3. nsumam' bon, secret sins;

ns. asor,

2mvafe

pirayer.

asumamma,

\^dim. s. suman] an amulet of little signiworn otdy as an ornament; wgye ebi i'ew so;
wode hhenewa ne ako ntakara ne nkyekyera bobg toto wgn ho;

ficance (pr.

cf.

65.5.)

j^/. n-,

or

nkufe.

S lima 11, Ak. -ne, pi. a-, 1. charm, amulet, tcdisman, worn as a
remedy or preservcdive against evils or mischief, such as diseases
and witchcraft, consisting or composed of various things, as feathers, hair,

or teeth of various animals, beads, scraps of leather or

paper inscribed with mystic characters &c. and tied round some
3. any protecting
limb or hung about the neck. pr. 1G2.6')5.115.
lie
poiver, including the abnsom gkg n'asumaii akyi, (eujjhem.)
died; s. wu.

osumanni

468

sfinsum.

ail 11 1, pi. asiinianfo, nca osmnan ye nedea no, f]tr owner

O-s u
of a charm; one who understand^ to make antidets and sells fhnn;
sorcerer, magician; onipa a asumah pi ne as. ahoodeh wone nsam'.

asiimrm-scni,

sorceri/, witchcraft,

mayic, enchantment.

asiiiiirin-nuni [aduru] amulets to cure a disease.

suiiirina, suniciia, sumira, sirrcpin;/s, duny; dun;f-hill. heap

of swrcjiiuf/s^ found at tho end or outskirts of every nej^ro town.
[l)r.9.1(!S().:U]r)-ls.

wa

mcuewa]

the wi)id-pipe, supposed by the

negroes to be the passage by which water or any other liquor is
taken into the stomach.
su-iiiGii

[nsu

asiim-g"uare,

ones soul {s. gkara) in the

ceremony performed by a king or any
thankful acknowledgment of the prosper-

inf. the

was]iin(j of

(holy) well or other irtdcr, a

other wealthy person in

him by his soul. This washing, being considered

and as a means of ensuring further j)rosperity, is
at the same time an occasion to display one's riches and show one's
munificence by the feasting following upon the ceremony.
ity

procured

to

as a purification

asnui'guarc-de^ things (ade)

to sacrifice

for one's soul, or

to

shown and spent in the said ceremony, pr. ')0o.

sumi', Ak. sumie, pillow, cushion; nea woda a wosum
wode won ti to so.

sum-ne-hyeii

[dark and

light] a

kind of

he

a.s.

huttcrflii.

sum pi,

a raised ground, stand, tread, stage, scaffold, platform; dote a woaboro no pempe a ohene tnT so. 2 Ki.11,14. 2 Chron.
s

|)

f, lead; syn.

^^'^^-

wosow.

^'^^''^>'^-

sunsumma, shadotv. Mt. 4,16.

SLimsum, F.
iisu-nam, nsu-nam [lit. Y;/t'>-/''^''^'/'] fsh' when considered
kind of food;

nam, apata. F. cisunam,

cf.

sun-dze, F.

sumii, pillow.

Mk.

as a

Mlc.6,41.

4,38-

iiSLi-noa [asase a ewo nsu ano] a land or conntrg hy the side of

a river; in Akp. espec. applied to Akwam; f/. nsu-ano.

nsunsomina
0-8 u

n s 6 11, Ak.

[osunson, ba, dim.] small tvorms.

gsons6n,^:)L a-,

(yam's.), helminlh; oya.re

3ls.,

worm;

cf.

aboa; a) intestinal

he suffers from

worms ;

worm

h) earth-worm;

hlind-worm, a harmless reptile resembling a serpent,

the negroes to be blind, pr. 2274.3119.

c) slow-ivorm,

believed

by

asunsou-piipuW, slimy mud or silt left by earth-worms; dote a

asusow tuea, asunson boaboaano guwuram nebah aseneakwanmu.
simsiia, F.

usunsiian,
the

se

= sunsuane.

Alk. 14,63.

sunsuaii, red.

v.,

s.suaii.

the water of a heavy shoiver of rain overflowing

groundi but quickly flowing away etod. Nkranfo sesaw ns. na

ghgho retwam a osukgm de no a, wgde ma no na qTa.oTa.pr.8120ff.
11 s
lis iian-s u, id. Ohgho ye ns. pr. 1411.
[pieces.
;

I'l

suusuaiio,
s

11

recl.v. suane, to tear

sii ni, red. v.,

s.

sum.

(much, in

many

places) in

simsum

4.64

susu.

siinsu m, the soid or spirit of man; a spirii, ghost; F. pi. n-,

Mt. 8,16. Mk. 1,27. cf. sunsuma, gkara, hoiihom.

me
me

s.

sun sum a, 1. shade {cf. onviini), shodoic.

^. == sunsum;
atg me so = me ho aye yiye; ene de, minuidi 'ne, me s. agu

so;

cf.

ohontowoso.

u m a-b o tow as., lit. to cast stones at a shadow i.e. to do

any thing at a venture, at hap-hasard, at random; obommgfo t;l tow
as. a, enkye na ne nsa apa, if a hinder often fres at random,, he leill
j)rohahJ>/ hill a person un'tntentionallij; watow as. abg oyidin se ono
na oxviaa ade no, he at a venture named this one as having stolen
asun

the thing.

sunti,

Ak. fwinti -- hintiw,

V.

to

stumble, trip; - to cause to

stunible. pr. 2711.

sunuma,

As. loil

(?).

e-suo, o-suo, asuo, nsuo, Ak.

= esn, osn,

asu, nsn.

duua

[G. suoduna, prop, an elephant's hnttocli] a roof protecting also the gable-ends of a house, not only the sides, as suhye.

siio

asiiogya

[asuo agya] the other side of a river, pr. S107f.

esuom', F.

at midnight, cf.

o-suo-ne-obaii,

odasum. Mk.lS,3o.

Akw. some part

of the

= nnawase, mfease.
asuo-yawa, Ak. = ekoro, Akp.,

human body (below

the

nape?)
in

which the komfo

stirs to

ivater consecrated to a fetish,

soothsay from

it.

0-su-p6uo, gutter, spotU, made of the bark of

where two rooifs meet on a wall. pr. 1019.
S,u-j)OW, siipow, p?.

n-, island, isle. [G.

supurupii, a kind
nsum' na gda

cf.

a tree

and used

fakpg, nsgkpg.]

of turtle; pr. S123. gte se akyekyere,

na

osuhurix, apohuru.

suro, V. to be afraid (of), to fear, dread; cf. fere, jn: 1114.2274.

[2602.2613.3124-35.
o-suro, inf. fear; cf ehu.
nsur6-2"ya, a climber which after some contact with fii-e is fit
to bind things with: wgde kg gya a, na aye bete ansa-na aye yiye
na wgde kyekyere adesoa, gyateh n.a.

suru, suduo, a weight

nckies, or 11. 3d. Cf.

of gold

ntaku 3G,

d^fi dollars or

dwoasuru, peresurn.

nsii-sa, the xmhn-tvine distilling from the newly cut jtalm

nteteasa, s. nssifufu.
days;

first five

nsusoa,

pr. 3136.

asiisow, the

s.

first

in the

nsusua.
or great rainy season, from about April to

July; cf adorn; as. atue, the rains have set in; afrihyia yim' as.
ware, the rainy season lasts long this year. pr. 3137f. [G. agbiena.]
asiisow-berc, rainy season; as, na mekg hayi se hayi.

asuso-biirow, corn grown

in the time of the early rains, opp.

adommiirow.

su-s6no
susu,

r.

[nsn, esono] hippopotamus.

F. susu,

to

measure, Mt.

7,2.

Mk.

4,24.

s.

susuw.

susuji

11

sua,

Slisufl, F.

kind

siisuac, opp. sosop.

jiot-Zirrb; Ian bi,

atoniMc.

sunsiiane, Mt. 20,65.

snsriaiiii)a(ara){le, F.

hiasmuchas, forasmuch as,

sinrr.Mt.2/j,^().

susiiaw,
instrnuicnt (adc) for
us
nicasurinf/ rod ar

iisusuasii, F.

oi'

465

usutuU'i.

won hkilrow

red. v. sfia;

UHLisuilj (l)r.Hi:j6.) a

red. v. siiaw.

iisnnsiiansu.

susu-de, any

niensKritif/ (awthiin/ or
F. asuaud'M, 3Ik. 4,24.
s
I'l-d iia,
stick, measure, yard, ell; rule, rider; stafioii-sfajf}'.
susu-hama, measuring line oi- cord; stafion-line.

saw).

nsusui,

measure.

V. n. 1.

^. (liouj/hf; rf.

asonsnsuw.

O-susu-ka, inf. [susuw, ka, (o spe(dx] iirop. the act of uttering

what one thinks, ntterance of a mere suspicion, unfomuled impidation
groundless inndindion, fdsc accusation, aspersio)t; oyh (inc lio) os.
wabg or watwa ascm ato me so, he
oye mniotoso or ntwatoso

charges

me

witli somelliing

woye

without foundation, renders

me

suspected

gou are in the habit of framing (inventing,

fabricating) falsehoods; - eye os. (= nimgtoso, owetare), it is only
fiction, an unfounded siisjncion, aspersion.
susu-kora, a measuring calabash, a measure for dry things
or sus2)icious;

os.,

(as corn, salt Sec.) or fluids (as palin-wino, palm-oil).

susuw,

r.

1. to

measure, espoc. by the application of a staff

or similar instrument of a certain length: os. ntama, he

is

measur-

ing cloth; pr. 791.807. cf. hye; - to sound, to search or measure the
depth of, pr. 158. to calcidate the capacity of, pr. 346. - to estimate ; to adapt, pr. 3 139 f.
i?. to think, imagine, suppose, presume; s. ho or
so, to think on, reflect upon; to consider; to meddate; (/. dwen; s.ho or
so yiye, consider it well.
3. s...so ye, to measure, meditate on and
F. osusu no do
do i.e. to imitate; pr. 2283. cf. f\ve..so ye, to copy.
se de, he says after him, as folloivs; - wosusu wanil do bo nyimpa,
4. munsusuw^ mo
in tvhose image (likeness) was man created?
ani na munnyeyen kakra, measure your eyes i.e. moderate your desire and do not take too much from us, make a moderate demand,
5. susuw ka, to guess; to utter a
impose on us a reasonable fine.
suspicion; cf. osusuka.
u s u s u w-h 6, inf. the act of thinking on, reflection.
nsusu\v-s6, inf. pattern, model; example; cf. nfweso.

Nsuta, pr.

asu-ten,

n. a

town

at the confluence of

two

rivers,

Gr. p.XlII.

a long-stretclied xnece of ivater, floioing water,

F. asutsen cf. asu, asubonteh.
[aniwa.
river; pr. 301.
iisii-ti, the head i.e. source of a water, brook or river; cf. nsu^j?.

n-,

nsi'i-to, inf. [to nsu] the act of breaking an oath or covenant,

usutoto, one tvho violates a
breach of faith, faithlessness, perfidy.
covenant, truce or engagement, truce-breaker; an unfaithful untrustivortliy person; onipa a wo-ne no apam se niobeye biribi, na ade no

ye du

a,

ogyaw

asu-tu,

to

inf. [tu

wo hko

so.

asu] tvhispering.

u-sutufo, jjL

conveyer of intelligence secretly, instigator.

asu] a whispering, whisper, ivhispering talk;

a-, tchispercr,

asu-tutu,

as.

na ede asem
30

inf. [tutu

ba, pr.

466

asiitwa

asii-twa,
a river.

inf.

fcSu-twareCj
Asutware, pr.

eta.

[twa asu] the act oi crossing (or ferrying over)

a.

place ivhcre a river

n. a

is

crossed in boats, ferrg.

river Volta.

town on the right bank of the

su-tweiie, a medicinal herh.

suw,

V. io rot, pntrify,

moulder, decay;

no asuw, this egg is pidrid; asawa no asuw,

being no more strong, but easily breaking.

asuwa, jpZ. nsuwa-nsuwa,

porow; - nkesua

cf.
tliis

thread

is

spoiled,

[asu, fZtm.] a snxdl ivater, brook, rir-

tdef, rdl, streamlet, pr. 3142f.

nsuwiii, F.

--=

nsnonwini, cold

o-su-wisie, -wiisiw, cloud;

ivater.

cf.

omunnnknm,

osu.

o-i^\\-wo, pi. a-, a serpjcnt living in water, u-ater-snnke.

nsu-woiisea, drizzling rain; ns. regu, if drizzles, ^= osu repete nketehkete. Mic. 5,6(7).
asu-wu, V. death in or hy tvcder; wu as., to he drowned.
esu-wusiw, F. cloud. Mt. 24,30.26,64. MhOJ.
iisn-yiri, F. suyir,

sw, occurs

in

inf.

inundation, flood, deluge. Mk. 24,3Sf.

F. (in A.^Y. Parker's

icritings),

as follows:

= asoaso. swca, soea,=soa. swia, suia = sua.

sworn' = so mu.
swe :^ soe. swg = so (Mk.
swoi" = sore.

aswaso,

1,13.).

T.
The dental consonant t occurs before ])ure and nasal vowels.
In several Fante dialects t is changed into ts when coming beIn a few cases t interfore the vowels e & i, seldom before e.
changes with s; cf. toa & soa; ntokota, F. nsokota; koto. F. kosow.
The combination tVv has nothing to do with the sound represented by single t, and will be treated afterwards by itself.

ta, V. [red. teta] 1. to dab a sore or wound at one or several

places with plaster or sticky medicine; to lay ov put (a medicine)
npon or into a sore or wound; ode aduru ta ne kurum; okyena meta me gyatg (wo me nammonmu), io-morroto I shall dress (the ulcerating tumours of) my yaws. pr. 3234.
2. ta ntastio, s. ntasu.

ta,

s.

taw.

ta, adv. just, exactly; comp)letely, throughout: syn.^e; mekoduu kfirom ho ara ta na me nua no behyiaa me wo kiirotia; misii
dan mu ho ara ta na mesane; oboo ne nkuro kosii ta; woma won
nsa,

hyia
ta,

ta.

maw

the

of fowls (birds);

cf.

ofuru.

e-tn, pl.id. pot-ladle; syn. bebeta; dua (dwuma a.s. gpanipari) a

woaseii no tratra a wode nu mmgremu, wode ka hkokonte a.s. abete
a.s.

ohu;

cf.

wudi asem
yee

kwankora; watvva ne ta so, e.s. wokeka woho da a.s.

na akyiri ehia wo na wuntumi nye nea kah wo-

bi da,

bio.

g-, 2)1. a-, how for shooting arrows; syn. tadua, kuntun; cf.
bemma, arrow; - netamu agow or agugOM', hisbow is slackened or

e-ta,

ata
relaxed;

lie jlag^^,

fi'jj.

weak (bodily

i><

f'(ifi(/ncd,

jukI mentally,

4G7

ta.

e.rhniisted,

intolU'ctually

dr])il/ffdcd,

loincrrcd,

and morally or

spiritu-

ally), low-spirited.

ata, tiviv, male tn-iii, tnin-brotJicr; pL nta, ttviiis (nni|ia brmu a

gboa bako awo won dakoro); - uta-tci'i, male twins; - Ata, ))r.v.
(pr.3144-4R) Ata-panyin, the first-horn male twin, Ata-obiwom', Atawowo barima no bca a, wokuina, tbe second nude ticin ; pr. .'UiS.
fre won Takyi-ne-amane; (/. Tawia.
ata, atawii,7>/.n-. fetiKdc twin, tirin-.'iisler. Ata-panyin, the /irslhorn fenude ttriii. Ata-obiwom', tho second female ttrin.
11 ta in cpds. sig-niti<'s double; cf. iikwanta, nnawuta, ntnta. Plir.
wope ti pe nta,
wope ade abien preko.
:

Nta,^Jr.. ofaconntry; capitals: Salaga(Saralia), Peme; .s.Otani.

ta,

<?.

\jred. teta]

(obsc.) to emit or lot out wind, to furt. pr. 1388.

0-ta, inf. wind, windiiiess, fhdnlence. pr. 3008.3149.

ta, V. \red. tata]

1. to

become (contin.

to

be) level, even,

fled,

plane, horizontal, to form a plain; ehanom ta, ficre it is level, even,

fhd ground; muntii dote nsiw amoa no nsesew ho mma ehg nta, die/
earth, fill vp ihehole, and level it, thai ilie place becomes even or a
plane.
2. to make or render level dx., to level; ta so, Ky. te so,
to become smooth and quiet, of a sheet of water; ta
to level.
dzihn, F.
ye komm, be stdl (of the sea). Mk.4,39.
4. contin. to
stand, oftinidsin an excavation, hollow place, broad vessel; to stand,
be put or placed, of vessels that have more horizontal than vertical
extension, as kora, ahina ((/. gyinn, si, sum): nsu ta gya so, tvaier
is (sta)iding) on the fire; n'aduan ta ho, eta pon so, his food stands
tliere, it stands on the table; ahina, kora ta ho, a pot, a cfdahash is
standing there; spec, to stand upright (opp. bntuw): ne koraban,
wotow kyene a, eta ho (etata ho) da, this sort of calabash, when
thrown away, always comes to stand upright. - cans, to put or place:
fa akonnua no ta ho, 2nd the seid (a stool of more breadth than
height) there! obi mfa aduah nkota nkwanta, pr. 284.
5. to float,
6'. ta ..mu,
as sea-weeds; ^r. 54fy/y.
to put in or sew on (a piece),
to mend, patch, botch; Lk. 5,.%. V. 3lli.2,21. cf. 7.
7. ta(..)mu (of
persons), to sit, as in water or mire qta nsum', abofra no ta dgtem';
6'. Phr. gtil mu, odi tji mu,
cans, to set; cf. kukuru-me-ta-awiam'.
he sits in sell, abundant wealth, he rolls in ricJies, walloivs in wealth.
ta tuo, to level, point or aim a musket; ode ne tuo ata me so
!J.
(ode ne tuo asi ne bo rebetow abo me), he aims his gun at me; gta ne
fwede, he directs his spy-glass.
10. Phr. ta wo bo, set your heart
at rest, compose your mind!
11. tata'nsem, to settle, set at right,

.'j.

adjust disjmtes or other matters.

12. I'hr. madidi na mese ata,
prop, my teeth have stuck fast in eating, i.e. / have eaten witJi a
good appetite; eho de, mididii, me se anta, there I did not relish what

13. odom nta wo! tlie odom water shall remain tvith thee
not be vomited); odom ata no (or agyina no), tlie ordeed has
decided against him, proved him to be guilty.

ate.

(i.e.

ta, V. 1. to pursue, piersecide, chase, run after, with hostile intentions or in joke; in: 22.50. 3ir>0ff.
gta aboa, ne tamfo tl^c; ota

468

ta

me

atadwe.

odi m'akyi ara de-kodu ahemfi; cf.se, tiw,

de-kgliyen ahemfi,
3. to coiifinite, do often or repeafedl//: otji kg lig, he often
[G. tao.]
goes there; Gr. 107,21.230,1. gta ye sa [G. efg nakai femg].

wgfweeno

ta, adv. confhinonsJi/ ;

long.
him, flogged

ta ta ta, thei/ licpt flogging

Mm

trij Ak. tawa, obsol. taba [Port, tahaco] tobacco; liye t;l, to fUl
a pipe ; cf. kesi, ahabanta, asra, ahuaha'. Phr. gnifa no nhye ta, =:
gmfa no nye tvVe, he esteems him for nothing.

ata, atawa, the fruit of a certain

a til', atawd,
ata,

tree. pr. 2769.

after ata.

ivf. [ta, t'.]: t\ve

n ta-b ail,
cf.

s.

ata (\vg..li6), to struggle, contend (for).

pinion of a bird, iving of an insect;

tving,

fin

of a fish

ntakara, ntahua, ntetew.

tab a 11 fo,
tab aw, V.

to he

overdone

in

0-tabir(i)a, a kind o{ snad.

tabo',

gkwatafo?

ditn.

sling;

.s.

atwe.

= aben

a-

[twam'.

3153.3426.

pr. 31.54.

hoard. F.
a small hoard.

bo (atMbo),

at'a

pr.

at.

= asrafo.

pi. U-, [Port, tahoa]

ntabowa,

in a battue;

cooking; aduan no

tabifo, child, lang. [G. tabilg]

O-tabiril'o,

up game

heater, one tvho heats

tow

at., to sling,

brete.

throw

iritJi

ntclboi.

ntebge; ahintasem; onim wont. mu.

0-taboi'i,

j)l.

a-,

paddle, a sort of short oar

witli a

a sling.

broad bhide.
fpr. 3155.

Tabo a

hem, bom,

is ivell, a
reply to the saluting question (kum'sota) como esta, how does it
stand i.e. liow are gou? used by the liberated Mohammedan slaves
who came from Brazil to Dutch Akra about 1880-40, then converted into a name of that country] Brazd: the West Indies [from which
some Christian immigrants came to Akuapem 1843]. Cf. Zim.GaVoc.
Tabo Mil 1, 7>/. -fo, a Mohammedan come from Brazil; a
p. 283.

[orig. Port, csta

bo,

it

stands or

West-Indian.
ta-daii, y. =- asese,

ntamadan. Mk.9.5.

si t.

= bg

nsoaba.

a complete dress or any part or article of clothing

so as to answer to the form of the
body; at, niiiisu, coat, upper-coat, ujjper- or outer garment, froclc,
gown dx. at. nhyease, nnder-dress, under or nether-garment, underjjctticoaf; at. \vuw,'ro6e, gbwn; - cf. ntama, batakari, koto, kotoku,
trgs, kamisji; - hye at., to put on, or (contin.) to wear clothes (cf.

ata do,

made

2^1. n-,

in the

European manner,

fura ntama); yi

atade-hyefo,

O-ta-d ua,

how

is

1.

nt., to iindress.
2;?.

n-,

= ta,

a jyerson,

pi.

people in European dress.

hoiv; the strip of

made;

wood

of which an archer^s

2. a tvooden instrument
hoiv of a springe, pr. 3156.
a how, used for separating cotton from the seeds; mmea

resembling
de ta porgw asawam'.

3.^ distaff. Prov. 37,19.

a ta d we, a kind o^ su-rct od// nut or hean growing und(>r-ground

otridwoani
as the ij^ronnd-nut (nkate);

(/.

aboboe. [G. atanini', tiycr-vut?

0-ta-dw6{Yni,

7^/. a-,

469

ulukurii.

wlu'n cooked, they are culletl

akwei, aboboi.] pr. 100.,H'}0().

at\ve;
if.

excessive smoker, pr. 2748.3157.

<(ii

tcifarii kyt'j ^ term of apology, used to excuse an imju-ojicr

or indecent expression, or by a person wlio invobuitarily happens
to

incommode another,

he<i i/oi(r

iKodon! -

kyew, kose, sebe

iitali,

F.

tat'o,

cf.

e.g^.

t.,

by treading on

to upoloijizc,

--^

make

his toes: excuse

me! I
pa

excuse, /n: U88. Cf.

o.

ntasu, spittle; to

nr=
V.

to

taforo.

nt., to spit.

Mt. 26,67. Mk.7, S3.

tafo-de, Akw. =: nkyene,

salt.

taforo, V. {red. tafotaforo] to lick, hip. Jiid(j. 7,5. Luk. 16,21.

taloro-loto, -boiito, 7>/. n-, plate; t. kese, large plate, dish;
prete. pr. 3 159tafotaro, red. v. taforo.

iitat'u-ntal'6, a kind o( lizard,

II

tafo w a, a

s.

gketew.

magic production, performance

bi/

magic or sorcery,
^=ode

trick bji legerdemain, sleight of hand, juggle, jugglery ; oyi nt.

siiman ahoodeh bi y\ nkonyS a.s. gye biribi a eye nwonwa.

iitaf'owa-yi, inf. witch-work, witchcraft, magic, sorcery ; jugglery.

iitarowaN'ito, magician, sorcerer,

charmer; juggler, conjurer.

ta-lia nui, how-string.

ata-hilia, a large pot set in its proper phice, into which the
water, fetched in smaller pots, is poured; opodo, ahina kese a ata
ho a wokg asu gum'.
11

tab II a, down

(feathers) of birds;

tahye, F. ^^ hyeta,

n taka, a

taka,

sort of bead;

creek. Nig.

cf.

ntabaii; ntenterehu.

spread abroad (of fame). Mt.9,26.

to

Exp.

s.

31k. 1,28.

ahene.

Vac., cf.

epo-faka, atekye.

muddy, miry; marshy, swamjyy, bogiiy; wet

all orer; dripping with fat; - osu atg nti kuro yim' aye takatakataka; fam' ha ye takataka; Huafo de nku, mmoa srade, ohiiam ne
nhwane di afra sra taka; wafgw taka; fifiri afgw no t.; wgde nsu,
nkij, hno afgw no t.
cf tgkg, atekye.
tiXka, ti'ikati'ika, a.

iitakara,

F. ntekere,

ion; pr.S160.

1. feather, flag-feather, quiU-feafher, pin2. quill, ivriting-pjcn; - cf. ntahua, ntabaii.

atakara-boa. 7;?. n-, ivinged creature, fowl; cf. anoma, atuboa.

iitakara-wo-gyiun lit. a feather is in the fire,
ye ntem kg
so na ntakiira no rehyew
Phr. ghye no (or wgn) t;ikrawogyani\

he incites, excites or spurs him (them) to act tinadciscdly, foolishly

(otu n'aso ma gye bone bi a amannenyil wg ho); he excites him, sets
him on, against an opposite party, he excites two parties against

each other.
ata-kora, a silver thumb-ring.
ta ku,
halfpenny.

p)i-

""

^ weight of gold equal in value to about sixpence

former (but in F.
pence?).

takii-fa, the half of the

ntakiia, the hair

=6

on the top of the head, so as

stand or stick out behind like a horn; syn. pua.
ata-kiiru, pr. 2909.

tied together

to

Takyi

470
Takvi, p>:

n.

ntdm.

Takyi ne amanne,

m.

s.

ata.

pr.n. the capital of Bron, a country to the uoitlieast of Asante proper, borflering with Nkoransa in the west, from
which the Fantes and the Gjiimans arc said to have emigrated;

Takyiman,

Gr. p. XIII. (II.

1.

Biuum).

takyiman-SLia,
lars or acJiies,

As. a weight of

(/old,

ntaku 44,

J'/u dol-

11. 4s. IJd.

taky i-ampoo-bene,

takyiridi,

name

of the bird called asautroli.

agyegye-nsu.

tjini, V. [pure a; red. tentc/m] 1. to elasp roioid,

emhrace;

to

watam duar^ofam dua no ho rebeforo; woatam, thei/ hoce

taken hold of each other in wrestling; wotam = wosua ntgkwaw, theg
icresfle;

are wrestling; o-ne no tame na gboo no, he wrestled with him and
2. totals up 'Ahenyy thing: kgtam adesoano bera.

thrust him down.

tarn tarn, adv. imitative of the sound of measured steps in

walking gravelg or resohdelg: otntu nenan t.t. (otutu ne nan mmiako-"miako).

e-tam

[pure

si]

jylacenta, after-birth;

ade a funuma toa

so.

an oath; ka ntanhuuu, to swear falsely; wgma no nt., tliey put him on his oath; ogyc
nt., he desires to swear an oath; wgdc ntam gye no ma oka, the//
impose an oath upon him. admit him to swear an oath; fa ntam
gye me na meiika! ==mesere ntam; upon this the kyeame says: ka
Wukuda e! and the defendant or plaintiff says: mcka! - kwae
nt., to dispense from an obligation undertaken upon oath; to nt., to
disregard or transgress an oath; y i nt., to give satisfaction for the
On the nature and
neglect or transgression of an oath; pr. 3316.
significance of an oatli in the sense of a Tshi man, s. Cruickslumk,
Eighteen Years on the Gold Coast.vol.I. p. 256-268. When one swears by
a king or chief, he mentions a place or day which refers to the most
11

tarn, oath; pr. 3161.

ka

nt., to

swear,

to

take

calamitous event in the

life

of that chief or his forefathers or his

whereby the said chief, in order to avoid a similar calamity,

is prompted to look well to the matter which occasioned tlu; oath,
and to claim the forfeit due by him who disregards or acts contrary
tribe,

to the oath.

The

Koromante"

in

a similar

way

is "Memeneda
Akuapem "Wukuda ne Sokodei";

great oath of the kings of Asante

that of the king of

certain companies (asafo) have their peculiar oatlis

Akuropgn Asgrikgfo ntam ne "Yawda". - Abdsom nni ntam,

gye se wofreno bg woho dua. Agya ntam n.s. wokil kyere onipa
biara se: meka wo se (wo nan, wo amannehunu n.a.) se di asem yi
ma me; na se wuse "meka wo se, meka woni" a, en'de na woa-

e.g.

yaw no.
ntam"

mu,

or between] the place or time

Gr. 122. Akyem da Asante
ne Akuapem ntam'; obon da mmepgw abien yi ntam'; manso wg
Akuapem ne i^krah ntam'; ogyina me ne wo ntam', he stands between me and thee, also fig. in a good or bad sense he makes (acts
as) the ineditdor between us, he prevents our becoming one c('C. odi
fv. n. fr. ta

to lie in

between, also the things between;

cf.

Dliim

won ntam',
mean time.

he

is

471

iilainiiiaia.

their inedinfoy or yo-hctwcen.

iitam' no,

///

(he

o-iiuw, F. e-, 7>Z.a-, /. Ak. the loidn-ffurmettt or loiii-rlofh of the

^. Akp. the npper-t/anncnt of tlio
negroes, r= arnoase, danta.
:. F. atain, rlothcs. - gtam-an((,
ntama :2. jn: 8162ff.
negroes,
the conicr of the Join-cloth as the phice to keep gold-dust in, purse.
[pr. 403.3 Wi.

iitMiuri,

row,

Aky.

(liff'rrenf

nt6m;1,

1. stii/f,

kente

fabrics: a) n

doth, cotton cloth, calico; nt. homaun fact a re: aberc-

\va, of Xci/ro

boinmo, biipe, liiirohono, daho-ehome, garega, gyahane, gyaohyeegya, konni'uokii. iikrinnakwi'ln, kubi, kyekye, kycriH'',
nkyereniu, niaroniare, innioboin' (of carions colonrs), niinosi, anwona-sobo, nsa (Abibirini' kuntu, nt.>ma-panyii'i a ahene de kyckye
ahennua ho), asanto-tomii, tetewakoro, owekonima; h) Aburokyiri ntama, J'Jn rope an staff's: bew, birisi, abodaban.bof'ua, bomnio-nserewa, brgfo-kente, abnrokyiri-sua, adatewa, denkyebeo. doniare. diiaki'iro, dukndoiV, adu-t\vuin. gingan, ago, ago-dwmnahono,
wji,

niara,

()hi;'uu-ag(). oliijini-dainas, kot'i-apo

(Ttan-Colfee),

kogyan (red

twill),

krada, gkra-koti, okra-ku,kunipon-M\\ era, kuntu, mniam-imniofban

mono, raw Jicrrini/), mmew, nokoasiri, uuoku-A (red ). nngiiko-besa,
nnwera, popo, sabire, seda, osiin pam, sinkoro, sirikyi, atenka, antoko-asafo, ntvi isci, ntwisa-tuntuin, wawa-aba, yisa-iie-nkyene.
J2. a neyroc-dress, made of European or native stuff, consisting of
one large cloth wrapped round the body in various ways; fura nt.,
3. ?iny piece of cloth serving for other purto ivear a negro-dress.
l)oses: mpaso nt., (bed-)shect; bed-linen, bed-clothes, bedding; opoii

so

nt., table-cloth.

ntaiiKi, -mawa, dim., a snudl piece of

cloth, sivaddling-cloth.

trmifi, tarnataina, a. plain, even, level, smooth: ok wan so

ho

da

wag is plain.
tama, tlimatriina,

t., tfie

fuffi)

no

ness;

cf.

a. smooth, soft, tough: wawgw aduah (or

or tt., tfie gam ftas been j^ounded to great softmatamata, hiuthh &c.

ma

afe

t.

ntama, ntam in a
ti'orh,

reticulated u-orfc;

ntama-bamma,

[gtah, net, ba, dim.] a ivooen net,

s.

fine net-

ananse-nt.

-bena, riband, ribbon.

ntama-gow, a ragged or tattered garment or /)iece of cloth; rag,

tatter, shred; mean or t(dtered attire.
n tama-n wen o, inf. the act or art of lecaving; cf. asa, -dua,
asawa (^tenteii), nsa, dwese, dweseborg, mfa. akorokorowa. auoma,
abgso. kyeree, likyekyeree, dodowa.

o-tama-iiwemfo,

atama-si,

inf.

pi. a-,

weaver;

cf.

gnwerafo.

the act or business of washing clothes.

g-tamasifo, pi. a-, loasfier-man, washer-woman, pr. 3167.

6'
n t a a-s i I'l, a fatfiom or two gards (
feet) of cloth, as bought
from the European merchant; among the natives the length is on-

ly 5

feet.

ntam-mara
wodi

nt.

[ntam, bra]: di

nt.,

to

swear

asem biako ho wgka ntam afanu.

oatfis

on both sides;

472

aUiiiiti

nlaiieaiii.

atam-fi, ataiifi, inf. [fi tan] Ihe first going out of a woman ihai
has been hjing in (8 or 14 days after the beginning of her confinement) and tlie observance connected with it. (Wowo ba a, nnaawotwe woagnare ayi woti ahyehye afa otampa afura rekokyin adeda-ase.)

g-tcimfo, tanfo, F.
edom. pr. 1673.3168-73.

tanfo,

2>/. a-,

lt(der, foe,

enemy, adversary;

cf.

otamasifo, toasher, fuller. Mk. 9,3.

tam-hofo, F.
atriin-moe, F. gye..h6 at., to witness against. Mk. 14,60.13,4.

atani-moe-so, Akw.

rope girt round the loins;

o-tam-po, a
nta-iiiu,

ataso, ntodowaso.

ntampe-hf\m;i, rope, large twisted cord; calAe; also a

ntainpe,

roll

s.

of cloth.

ntomporie.

tam-tam^

.s.

tarn,

[ade a wode ata biribi rau] patch, botch, piece

inf.

(of cloth).

ta-mu

to live in opidence, affluence, tvealth.

a state of affluence, ahnndance, tvealth.

[s.taSj: di ta-mu,

tamu-di,

inf.

F. tan [red. tentan] to hate, disliJie, detest, Jiave a great

kyi. pr. 42H-433.3l7o-s0. 3503.
tan, tailtan, tantantan, a. 1. ugly, disfigured; foul, dirty, nasty;
opp.fe; cf. nwini. -2. odious, hateful, repulsive, offensive, disgusting.
O-tan, inf. hatred; pr. 3174. cf. nitaii - mafa no tan, lie has become odious to me, I hate him; wotew asem no tan kyene, tftey retail,

L\

aversion to;

cf.

move what
O-tail,

tnaJces the
;>7.

a-,

matter unbearable.

a net in which fruits arc carried; ininea de soa bro-

de; wgiiwene no se asaw'u.

1. a parent of children, pr. 177.3181-83. s. obatan, obanin2. the states or time f^^ confineokokgtan, dutan, obitahbiba.
ment for a uoman lying in; oba wo a, nnaawotwe ana dadn-nnnn-

0-taii,

taii,

num

ansa-na
tan,

Ky.

ott

tan,

5.

atanifi.

tani, cf.

katwi.

tan, V. [red. tentan] to leave a void or distance between; nnna

2 no ntam' tan or tentan, there is a distance between the two trees;

pan, ponipan.
tana, teiia,

tan n a, ap<7e
tane,

v.

taii-mii, (doof.

s. trii,

v.

or Jieap of

wood

to

be burned or already burning.

to stir, trouble, teaze; to be stirred or troubled; only

used with aui, face, surface: ot- n'ani, lie does not let him rest, lie
troubles one who will sit quiet, enrages Jiim, persecutes him; ghye
ne hia ne awerehow t. nipa ani, forcing (violence or oppressio}t) and
poverty and sorrow are the tilings tliat trouble a man ; wgtanee gmah
gniari mu ani atane, the
no ani. Acts 17,5.15,24. cf. hwanyan mu.
(whulc) town is in alarm, uproar, disorder.

tane a 111, inf. trouble, anxiety, commotion; disturbance; wabg

he has made him uneasy, has disquieted, disturbed him; mesoina obi wo nkyei'i a, f\\ e no so yive na woammg no atarani. cf.
n

no

nt.,

anitane, anitanee.

ntjii'iliarc

re, quick hreediuf/, easij ihUd-hciouxj. jir.3184.

iif ;'in-liJi
;i

ii-li

t ji

tew

lit aii-li

a siron/ oidlt.
oath n/ hoikj/iI.

at., /o dcsiiisc

iitau-lii, inf. scttiiKj

(iii

[ntain h.| a false

11 ii II

0-fdni,

473

Jitdpc.

pi. NtiitV),

odIJi, jterjiirt/.

Ntd-man;

d natioc of Nfn,

s.

Or. p. X\'.

tani, Ky. tan, spleen.

ntai'i-kii, inf. [ka

ntam]

tlie

iitaMkaina^'Vjiiirwa, a sort
(t-t

I'l-k

ko) Acts

16,11.

11

ta

ii-s

pr. 318.5.

111

wei/fht of gold,

ounces, J2H.

sive<irin(; (in oath.

s.

aliene.

[otam or iitania kokd] purple (Lk. 10, W- atadc kn

scarlet, crimson cloths or staffs. Frov. .31.21.

nta-nsa, a
G'^/i

(A'

head,

ko

iitah-ky inn y e,
ackies,

act

oi'

(is.

taii-mii, cdoof.

mporedwane

3,

lOS dollars or

pr. SLS7. S47S-

[ntain asern] a matter concerning an

oatli,

or in which

an oath has been sworn.

atan-sei'o, borrowing of clothes, pr. 3237.
o-tnii-si'ii,

tan tan,
low that

ntamasiii,

s.

t:5iitaku

iiia, tlie
a., s.

arc!

i/vn

s.

sara.

woaye woti tantdntan, tigly -headed felatantaii-no, ade tantaii. 2>l. id. a nasty thing.

tan; -

ataiitciii-sem,

tantakorovva,

largest species oi beetle, goliath, Goliathus.

ascm a eye

tan, ahiseni,

a nasty or impertinent

saying or message.

t^n

tia, J9/. n-, 1. a vessel to cover a larger one; pr. 1732.

cap of the pan (of a flint-lock) against which the flint strikes;
dade a ebutnw tna aso so, na twerebo twerew anim a, epa ogya to
otno no asoni'. py.3189.

J2.

the

11

tan-to,

ntantoa,
to

inf. [to

ntam] transgression or disregard of an

a kind of bead;

s.

ocdfi.

ahene.

11 ta ii-twee [ntam at\Ve]: si nt., to beat about the busli in order

find out whctlier any oatli lias been sworn from which money may

resnlt.

nta-nu, a weight of gold,

4 '/2 ounces,

O-tan-n

= mpered\vane

2,

72 dollars or

ackies,

wonoanom

ayam-

161. 4s.

urn

[gtan aduru] a medicinal

kaw adnrn; esow aba na

otipateram'

^^?rt>^/;

se

di.

0-tan-nnrn, a kind octree, good for fuel; dutan a woso.

atan-yi, inf. [yi ntam] money forfeited by an oath.
g-taii-ny igyafu [otan a oye gyigyii-gyigya, nebo nkye fuw]
an imprudent, rash, giddy parent who
whether they be right or wrong.

tights for his or her children

a tape, pi. id. wale (tveal), streak or stripe; mark of a stripe or

blow; a swelling or raising in the flesh caused by the touch of poisonous weeds (sasono) or insects (osfi, boagorn); boil, bump, pimple,
pustide, ade a ehonhon woho rikete-rikete-rikete; ade a wgabo wo
mma na asoasoa (a. alionhon). Gen. 4.23. m'at. nti mikum aberante.

474

tiipo

ntasii.

siring of cowries, (ivcnf// cowries, about d half-

tap 6, half n
pennij: yr. 3190.

cf.

gban.

ta-pori, a common ladle: pr.3191.

ta-puw,

iohacco-asJtes.

tara...

tra...

s.

taradadaj
out; nsu gu fam"

tara,

atar, F. =

trara, ddv. imitative of

t.;

atmlc.

tanji, tena, s. trii.

tlie

sound nf wattr poured

osu, torodgdo, tworodgdo.

cf.

tare, v. [;-C(/. tetare] 1. caus. with de, fa &c. to cast or la// (at,
upon, into): wgde dote t. dan, thei/ plaster a house, ovcrlai/ or cover
a wall with clay; ode prase atar^i kuru no so, he has laid a plason the wound; wgde fa tare tokuru no mu, they fdl up the hole
with earth; de..t. ani, to paste -up or on; - tare hiio so, to stop the
2. to he cast, to sticlc or he fastmouth of a pot fdled with 2)ahn-oil
ened (at, in, on): dgte t. dan nolio; pi*ase t. kuru no so; aniclua-gyiter

rae

hhnma no

t.

ani, a postaffe-stamj) is affi.rcd to the letter.

3. tare

4. to snbsidc. fall info a state of

on; e.g. of a lizard.
quiet; kwae no mu atare koni, all is perfectly quiet (or, deep silence
reiyns) in the forest ; wgtarec koni, tliey hecanie quite silent.
..Iio, to sit

o-tare,

lake,

pond, of sweet water; yr.HOl. Ak. eko;

iitare-hO, v.n. [nea wgde atare ho]

lit

wgde atare mu]

are-iiui, v.n. [nea

cf.

baka.

the plaster of a icall.

a)iy thiny inserted; inser-

an additional fee, charye or payment. (Wogyeno nt. ne se ghene adi wo kasa agye wo se dare lia,
na gkyeame atew so se du, na ose: nea wodii no kasa no m'pe mmehyem'; a.s. ghcne agye obi guan, na oguaii no siia, na wogye nea
wogyee oguan no wg ne I'lkveh no lig se atiri 4 de ka ho a, en'dc
wgmfa nka ognan no ho nkgma ghono; sa dare 10 ne atiri 4 no na
wgt're no nt.)

tion, intercalation, interpolation;

:

iitai"e-SO, v.n. [nea

tjise,

V.

F.

wgde atare

tasij Yred.

so]

a plaster on a wound.

tasetase] to piclc up, ylean, yather, collect,

assemhle; pr. 3102. metase mosea; mr-kg wuram' mokgt, hwaw; gtasee
ne nkiirofo de wgii kgg gsa (R. p. 23G.) cf. boa ano; - t. mu, to jiicJc
out from, to choose among ; - t. so, to take uj) one by one; me ne wo
betase so, we tcill gather up the facts in question one after another;
- t. akyiri, to meditate, reflect, muse (on, upon), to consider one

by one, to carefully examine: gtase ne nsem akyi, he '^recollects'' his

words, i.e. he reflects on the single words spoken by another; ne nsem a gbekae da no hhina na metasee akyiri no, uirhiiu no se gye

onokwafo.
ta-seii, pl.n-, Ita gseh] tohacco-pipe of native manufacture.

ta-si w, a heavy load of tobacco, pr. 1897.

ata-s6, hip; cf. dwonku, thigh; asen, loins.

nta-so, v.n. [ade a eta biribi so] head-piece,

IP^- 7^?7'.^570.

e.g. of a pillar.

tasu, a stand, standing, liidi))g-placc, lurJiing-placem a forest,

from which game is watched; babi a abgmmgfo ye tra hgtew aboa;
okgwaw (a.s. gkgbg) t. gte tasum'.
ntasii, Ak. -suo, spittle, drivel, slaver; fe nt., Ak. ta, te (/; to
;

utasi'iaUrodo -

475

te.

ntasno, to throw out spittle, yr. lS99.2347.H19:y.

bo no (Ilia, he hds cursed him.

wato no

iilasi'iakrodg, a slight disease in the thnxif;

a eye

wo na woinene

ta-sfia-iiu
:")!

wo nicncwani'yare

(/old, --^

tat a, As. a
tati'i,

(^ahofra)

t.,

1'/- i>f'i<'<lwani',

o'^/a

tasu-tO, inf. the act of watching women to see

a shameful deed punished with death.
'

wa-

enye yiyo.

ntasii a,

aM'ianu] a ueiijht of
ounces, Ix^l. 3s.

[ta,

dollars or ackies,

iit.

tu-o-ed;/ed su-ord;

tljeir

secret parts,

nkrante anofanu.

adv. imitative of the settini/ of stcj)s: \iyv., J,'y'rfy*' or ye

to lead (a little child) bii the arms or in Icadini/ slrin(/s.
[in-.boOi.

lata, red. v. ta, to he fdled or sivollcn with ivater; n'ani atata

(nsu), tears have fdled his eyes; watata, he has the droj>si/ [G.efufui,
he is swollen all orcr]; ne nan ase at., he has the dropsy in his feet.
; oyare a ema ouii)a honlioii ne nan akwa
na ewg ho wo ho a, iia ne babi atu kiirn na
nsu tim' (sewa bi tow wolio a esen nsu pi).
ininulVa at. ma woii
nan a.s. won anim honhon.

ata

ta, n-, inf. drojisy

so a.s. ne hoiiam

ata

I'lhina,

ta, inf. [ta] di

at.,

to

run after each other in turns,

in

play

or with hostile intentions.

a t a \y, 1. a. plain, level, flat: mfu wa t.

a plain, an open field, level land:
apaw-so; t. yi, woadow mu; Asantefo nim

so,

^. n.

ntatawti

[ta

mu, Ak.

te

mn,

open, cultivated land.

t. so, sijn. apa-so,

t.

mu,

t.

mu

ko.

a patch; pieces of cloth

ofura nt. ntama, he wears

to patch']

waye ne ntama mu nt.,

a 'loth patched with pieces of other stuff.
of different stuff;

ntci-ten [ata] nude twins.

tatra, a. wide, extensive, large; syn. tetere, hahra, kokiirO, paradada; sare t., an extensive plain, prairie or wilderness.

taw,
taw,
taw,

a. plain, level;
V.

asasetaw, a plain; level land;

tataw.

s.

= ta(?)

a push with the hand by the necJc: opo no taw, he pushes

him by the neclc; wopoo no taw fwee fam'.
ritaw-iituw, quarrel, angry contest, brawl, altercation, contention, dispute: wodi nt. n.s. wo-ne bi nya asem na moreyaw na mope aktj; syn. (di) akamekame, (di) twe-ma-ment\Ve, (ye) akasakasa.

tawa, attiwa, atawa, Ak.

ta', atci, ata'.

tawa-o^ja, fire to light up a pjipe with; orebetew abofra no na

wakofa no t., he is about to take away the boy that lie may serve him.

Tawia, pr. n. a nude

taya, 2)1. n-, tile.
tc..., ti..., is

te, V.
te,

Ak.

changed
/.

or female born next after twins.

into tse... tsi..., in

=
tew.
;^.

tew, ntew, in: 3210.

te so,

tii

Fante words.

so, to level;

sesew

so.

476
te,

rtfZy.

ete.

imitative of the sound of rending, breaking or tearing

atewte; ihc string broke at once; cf.wA, \\Q.pr.30S7.

hamano

two):

(in

te

te, V. vontin. [red. tetc, tetee; R. p. 230.] F. tse, 7. to sit: to he

a place, (hccll, live, to have one's regular and lasting ahode in a
place: cf. wg, da; correl. v. tra, ba, ko. betra, kotra (Gr. 1(>2,.H);
mete abilrogua so; gte dan niu: ote rncnifa; ote poi'iko so, he is sitting on a horse i.e. riding; pr. 2708. - gte teaseenam mu, he is sitting
in a chariot, i.e. riding in a carriage; - anonia te afirim', pr. 2479;

kfirow yi sua, mmusiia abiesa pe na ete ni(u)-, mmoa bebre te asase so, ebinom nso te nsum; onipa te asase so ketewa bi na own.'
te ho, te ase, /o live, e.risf ; Onyankopgn te ho or
pr. 3105-3202.
tease da.
3. to he with respect to quality, to hc\n a certain state;
25o,5); wote seme, gou are ((s I
correl. r. ye (Gr. 102,4. '20'.
om; ghgho te se abofra, a stranger is lilce a child; senea afoa te na
wolio te den? hou- are gou? mete yiboha te, pr. IdlOf. 1837. 2893.
ye, I am well; onipa a gte se (or gnte se) na wawu yi snch a man
(who scarcely had his equal) is noiv dead!

F tse, 1. to perceive by the nerves of sensation,

iwrceivc within one's self, to he affected hy; also to he felt
ov perceived hy; wo aba a woabgme no ante me, (or) mante kora,
the hlow yon gave me with your rod, I did not feel at all; gtoe ne
te.. ma, to sympatliize
honam mu se neyare no asa, Mk..5,20.
tvith: mete wo yaw mema wo, I feel your pain ivith you, I sympat

to feel

e, V. [red. tete]
;

to

2. to
thise or have compassion with you concerning your grief.
perceive hy the taste: mente mako a ose ode agum'no, I do not pierceive the pepper he says he has put in (in cooking the food); also
to he felt or perceived by the taste; nkycne antem', the .salt is not

usa, mmekwan no
is not sufficiently salted.
palm-wine, the p(dm-soup, is palat(djle to me,
tastes sircet.
o. to perceive hy the S)nell, to smelt, com. used with
hka, hua: opete te funu iika, tJte vulture smells a carcase; mete
aduan no hiia, I smell the food; mahiiam ta no mate se eye, / have
4. to perceive hy the cars,
smcllcd the tohacco and found it good.
to hear: wote dgn ana? do you hear the hell? gyegyegyenonti mente n'asem; mete se akokonini rebon, I hear a cock crowing. In the
5. te asem, to ohey; gnte ne nil asem, lie does
imp. tie is used.
to understand; mente
(j. te, te ase,
not ohey his mother, pr. .531.
asem no ase, / do not understand the meaning of the ivord; the perf.
mate is often said in reply to a command or reque.st, involving
not only that the person understands what is meant, but also his
willingness to do what is desired: I have understood it and shall
7. mate masie, I thought so heforehand, I anticido accordingly.
8. Phr. te mu dew, to enjoy
pated that it would he or come so.

tohe perceived in
ate

me dew mu,

it,

it

the

the pleasure or henefit of. pr. 484.

te,

Ak.

tew.

o-te, a kind of

tree.

e-te, 1. a fdm, memhraneous covering on the pupil of the eye, a

disease of the eye, cataract, perh. also glaucoma, amaurosis, leucoma (albugo); ade kurukuruwa bi a enyin wo aniwa so; aboa a ewq

wo

ani so [kiirutiayisi],

ekum no

wie na ne nhina ye

fita a,

ua wo

ate

477

nteberetiui.

ani nliu ade bio; pr. 329'). - etc asi (no so, or) n'ani so, lie has fjot
/kis hecomc blind iriilt n ((Unmet', i)r.:iii2s. - etc atu afi
(I (((ftirdft.
i*. fi}^. won ani so tew
n'ani so, lie has been cured of his cafaracf.

atew, the object of their contention has been removed, their (juarrcl
has been settled.

ate, a cushion, bolster or coierinf/ of leatlicr, witli various Use.o;. t'orkinj^s, to sit on; cf. sumi; - l)n ate, to make or srw siu-ii
oponko-ate, saddle.
a rhair-cushion.
urps,

te,

V. to

Pre. 13,3.

ate, a

make

.s.

tcide,

open n-ide; wate n'anoin

oli.-ni

n'iinon).

red. tete.

with small dots.

beetle

(-twani!^) he

to, tee: ode so tee

it

up

te,

he

sna/is, snatches or catches

or awaij.

onam

te, a., ((dr. straight, -ly, -ivaij; uprii/htli/, honestli/;

Kcdks straight on or along, strai(jht-foru-ard, moves in a strai(jhtline;

wgnani te reba ne iikyen, thci/ made np apace to him; di\a no nyin
n'asem tee
to, the tree grons straight; n'aseni nam kwanmu te
pe, he is x(pri(iht or honest in his decdings; mo ne nokware ankg te;

[pr. 3211.

te, n. straighiness; uprightness; frankness: ne te

hwa; cf. tee, treno.

teji,

duasee, duaso, kTisee, mankyiri, teasoe;

narrow, small;
gkwaii, poma, atade; ne

tea, teatea,
tight, s/rrt/7;

a.

atena, tseaba, atsea. Mt. 7,13.14. Cf.

ante-ade

kgii teateii, F. teniiba,

liihia,

its

edible fruit;

Anacardinm

r^y.
j4gi
a cheerless, comfotiless, dull, dismal place.
[nea wate na okose] falebarer; oye at. =: gye

ne faba, obetie nscm kgkTi na okotie

cam 6 gy a',

tenatena,

muanuia, fweafwea.

[te, to feel]

ateakosewa
gf'Akg

cf. tia, tiafi.

thin, slender, slight, lean; close,

a tea, a kind oi cashew free and

occidentale.

ye me nwo-

a sort of bead;

s.

bi beka.

ahene.

nte-ase, inf. understanding. F. ntsease. Mt. 15,16.

tease(a)-en am, ^)?. n-, [wote ase a, enam] carriage, waggon,
coach c(c.

cf.

kudo',

teaseenam-naii, tcaggon-whecl, carriage-wheel.

tease-awii: gye
gte

lig

de,

nanso

o-teasei"o,

te se

tlie living God.

one living on his estate,

asetb.

tc-bea,

2.

1.

pr.

5.

lives (1 Tim.3,6.)

=^

sa.

an inhabitant of the earJh, mortal,

o'SIiJ.

ouipa.
2. a living per- in appos. Z/t'/wr/; Onyame te-

pr. 254~)f. cf. gdesani,

son; opp. owutb, gsainah

bew.

dead whde she

is

ara ne

pi. a- [te ase] 1.

man, human being,

4.

she

t.,

wawu

one sitting on the ground, jr. 3214.

ground, opp. gnantetb. pr. 2104.

tilling the

a place of existence, abode; cf. trabea, triibere, traor quality; nature; condition; rank; cf. su, ban;

manner

dibea.

O-tebea, a kind of

tree

good

for fuel;

dua kwada

bi,

eye ogya.

utebercfiui, a kind of food prepared of plantains and palmoil : wgde brgdebun na esiw na wgde ni'io gu so na wode tu kwan;

478

<eb o

akuuafo nso, wosiw hi di; won

de, wofre no patiransiaw.
t.

tebo, tebotebo,

wgde brgde kykg' na eye won

de,

a. domjluj, (hwgli-halced;

tough; ne dokono ye

asg liiianh.

11 1

atei.

obo e,iitaboi,

existence,

nneyee (wgbrawo kasam'

manner of] iving,

heJiaviour, condiirl.

na wgfre nneyee no se nt.); malifi

wo nt. mil, I have seen through your dealings, ^= mahii woakyi, maliu wo nneyee a woye nhina; Onyankopgn nim me nt. nhinil mu,
God Jcnoivs all my ivays (ine trim' o, me nneyeem' o).
a,

te-diui [dua a wgatew] a planted

tee,

tree:

Ak.

teetee] F. tse, tsea,

V. [recZ.

asubgnten ho

t.

Ps.

1,3.

tene, 1. a) to he straight,

right, direct, even, level; h) to he erect, upright, right; c) to he right,

correct; d) to he plain, straight-forward, honest, righteous, just; e)

fit, suitahle; to fit, suit; f) to seem or apj^ear as right or correct;

to he

n'asem

he

tee pe,

is

perfectly upright or honest in his doings; he

is

quite right in tvhat he says; his cause is quite a righteous one; etee
(etene) se ben, it is as straight as an arrow, iig. it is quite correct;

me ^ ekg me nten u'ascm

;?. to flou\
me to he right.

a greka yi tee me,

what he says seems

course; nsu no atet', tlte water
3. to mahe straight,
is fiowing along (though perhaps in curves).
straighten, pr. 1011. to stretch, stretch out, crtend: gtee ne nsa, he stretetee
to

talce its

ches out his hand; mesgre matee me mu, I am getting tip to stretch
hack; inekgteetee me nan mu or m'apgw mu, I am going to take
some exercise hy a walk (= mekgpase) or hy gymnastics; mekgtee
me mu, I am going to stretch niy setfi.i\ lie down on a hed or couch;

my

ne mu; gtee ne mu tu 'mirika, he runs with his ivhole hody

extended to its full length (rf. Phil. 3,13); gtee neho kasa, he S2)eaks
adroitly, in an adroit tnanner; akoa yi atee neho akasa, ;= waka
4. to cause to form straight
nc nsein nhina akwahso-akwahso.
lines; to direct, train, exercise, drill: t. asraf'o, to drUl soldiers.
tee so, to rectify, correct; to set right, lead into or sltow the rigid way;
cf. t\ve

.->.

to instruct, advise, admonish; to chasten, chastise, castigate, disci0.

pline; ma mentee wo so, allotv me to correct a misstatement.
teem', red. teeteem', to cry out (Gr. 214); F. tseam, tseatsea mu,
Alt. 27,22. Mk.'lo, 13.14. cf bgm', paem'.

ntee-s6j

inf. correction, instruction, discipline,

teetee,
threaten,

rjxil,

atee

red. v.

1.

s.

reproach. F. tsea,

tee,

inf. threat,

tee 3-6.
to

chastisement.

3. to cry at

rehukc (Mt.

somebody,

8,26.), to

to

chasten.

thrcatenings.

i>?.n-, cockroach, a beetle of the g-enus Blatta, Blatta

kakaraka. (yi'cre-^^ain, s. yam, ringworm.

tefere w,
orientalis;

cf.

tetwire,
pr.

2279.

1.

a tooth-gaping,

cf.

gyaw;

t.

da ne sem'; yare

t.,

2. a gap-toothed person; onipa a ne se atu na gkwan dam'.

11

to-hama,

the climher

11

tell ye, F.

tete,

which yields the seeds called ntew,

q.v.

asthma.

atei, mrdt, mrdt-dust; abiirow a wgabuw ma afiii na wgasiw do

usu ahono de asi gya so de akosi lig, na ade bekye na akaw, na
wgsan noa bio, na wgtgi'i.

tekdii

te-kan

[tew, kah]:

479

teni.

prevent or ihwart another \tc\'w<(i/I(ii/i nt/s; y end not. amnia

wannyu n(;a okofVvcfCvco no (e.s. obi ]e se okodi ascm l)i liintaw yen
na yeanya nteni akosiw no kwah), ire hare ijot the sfarl of hi in in

son&

di..

to

t.,

secret intentions, insidious acts or

hi)i(h'rin(j

him

fr(ii roryiiinij

out his jiurposcs.

taka, atekyy.
iilekcro, Mf. -- ntakara.
t(jk(J,

s.

te-kg, inf. [tc, to hear, kg, to (jo] talebearing.

o-tckglu, pJ.fi; talebearer; oye gt. ^= ')ye tkg, (aseni hiaia a
gbt'tc na gkgka), he is a talebarer; ef. atcakosowa.

to kot ckOj hiccough, hirhuj); t. asi mo, the hiccujj h((s bifolhti
we, I hare the h.; also: kokotekn. [(, fukgt'ukg, liikgliiko f'ele.|

k r k y i, pi. n-, a bag or sad- plaited Ule a mat of a kind

i
of grass or reod, smaller than "pae"; vvobobg ano a, eye yiye, it

way

be rolled up. pr. 3210.

tekrokyiwa, dim.

Cf.

kyerenkye.

(ykrgniji, Ak. F. tekyeremA, F. gyerenut, tongue (t. de sakramfi). pr. 769ff.3217-28.

tekroma-Jiroa: otCvitwame t., he rebukes
tekrcinri-bei"6: gye t., ]i,e has
we sharjilg, severehj. 2 Cor. JS,10.
a soft, gentle, humble, modest tongue, S2)caks softlgd-c.
tekremabutuw, stammering; gye a.s. gyare t,, he stammers, mispronounces
single letters,
gkasa matilmata, cf. gpo dodow.
o-tekreiiiafo,

braggart; flatterer; babbler, ior.3229.

tekreiiiA Uam, a wound caused bg the tongue i.e. bg cutting words.
(ekrema-kyeuo, -kyere, [tekrenul a eye borgbrgbrg se nkyene]

pi. a-, liar, cf. gtorofo;

t. (= gka asem fremt'rem kyere

nanso nea grebeye de, qwo ne tirim
wakgto no seniniarada)
he entices him bg fair, wild, flattering speech, he dccogs him with
honeyed words; cf. anode, anodefedefe.
tekrema-m'ui: gye t., Jie has a sluirp tongue; cf. di asennini.
tekrema-sa, Ungual sparring, pr. 1581.

a fhdtering tongue, flafterg; gtono

no,

O-te-kum,

inf. [te, to Jtear,

knm,

sionate, so as to

condemn

his n)ind without giving

ky e

ye ntia-ntia

at first

room

sudden anger,
na ne bo afuvv), //e

to kill]

violent passion: gye gt. (gte aseni biara a

hearing and, as

it

were,

to

cJioler,
is ptas-

kdl in

for defence.

[G. ateke, short] a short-legged person; onipa a ne nan

ne nan si hkete.

a.s.

ateky e,
bog; osu totg

pl.id. plash, jmol,

a, at.

ba

Akyem

puddle; morass, tnarsJi, sivamp, fen,

kwaii mu bebre; cf. dontori, denkye-

denkye, takii.
tekyereina, Ak. F. =: tekrema. Mk. 7, 33.35. Fs. 39,1.
tein, V. [rc(?. tentenij 1. to become silent and quiet, to be overawed: me ho hu nti watem
osuro me nti waye komm; ghene yerpnom twam' a, Kumase atem dihn.
f2. to be or stand on one's guard,
in expectidion of, in cautious readiness for; me-ne no rekgko no na
watentem' dedaw ansil-na miduu ho, tvlien I ivcnt to figfd witli ftim,
he stood aivaiting me in silent readiness (to meet me), before I arrived there.
3. to tread cantionslg (on a slippery way): se wonam
gkwan a eso ye toro so a, wotentem a.s. wutintim wo awerew yiye
na woaiiwatiriw anfsve asc (r/". tani tam).

480

tern

ateii.

tern' ^= te mu.
di .. at.., to insult, ahuse, revile; odi me (wodicli me) at.
litem, quickness, siviftness, velocity, speed, haste, rrqyidit//; ntem
ye, na ggom ye, pr.6ii2.1931. pe ntem! tnakc haste! nc ntem-bone a

atem:

okopee, his nnaclvised haste.

adv. with haste, in haste, fast, quiclc,
quicH//, swiftly, speedily, rapidly; early, soon, immediately; ntem!
ntem! monkg motrabere! quick! quirk! to your seats! bera ntem
come qiiickly; woaba ntem 'ne, you have come soon to-day; woamma ntem, you are late; ye ntem, ma enye ntem, makehaste, he quick!
ntemara, adv. id., tvith all spjeed; immeditdely, forthwith; ntem
ara a woye-ebc'ye (= wgye a ebeye yiye), with all possihle speed,
as soon as 2)ossihle.
ntoiii-iitem(-iitem), adv. id., in greatest speed, hurriedly; cf.
fwinfwim.
iitem-})a, betimes, in good time, early, soon.
I

iiteui-yie, inf. hastiness, speediness, j^rccipitation.

ntem-s6,

hastily, speedily

atem-fTuiii [ateii,

fa, enii]

in haste, in a hurry.

yi

at.,

to

hear and try or prove the

statements of both parties.

atein-pa[ateh, t^h] good judgment; obuat., he gives a righteous

judgment; owo at., he has a sound judgment.

o-tem-poii,

i?/.a-,

highway, main road; a way ov patli frequen-

which you always meet persons,

ted at all times, on

ateiii-mu, atehbii,
ni judging, judgment.
0-teuimiitu
referee;

cf.

inf.

pr. o'56'O.

[bu nten] F. atsembu, atsenbua, the act

\,\V6), pl.a.-, judge; umpire, arbiter, arbitrator,

(oi-

gsennifo.

'AiQvnmn-s^m^ jurisprudence, the science of law; matter ofjustice,

case in laio.

atciniiiuseni-di, inf. administration of justice; at.-

difo, officer or counsellor of justice;

ateiniiiusem-nm-mai'isoaCo,

minister of justice.

ten, V. [re(7. tenten] 1. t. ani, to rest on the surface of any flnid,

swim, be buoyed up; wodc dua to nsum' na ehkg ase a, wuse: eten ani.
2. red. to sit in a kingly manner.

io float,

ten to 11 11, a., adv. full to the brim, brimful; nsu aye
ahina no ma tenn wghyehyee nhina no mTi tentenn; wohye me nsa
tei'in,

no

a, ma,

0-te
fly;

enye tenn.

11, 2)1. a-,

pr 596.3231.

a kind oi stinging

ohurii;

cf.

fly, cono2)S, horse-fly, ox-fly,

akekawere. [G.

gad-

ofgi.}

at e 11, n-, F. aten, ntsen, 1. charge, accusation, impidation; statement; grievance, complaint, expostulation; yi at. or nt. (=woyi nt.
nnipa banu de won asem abehyiam' na wgrekeka), to prefer a charge
or charges against another or eacli other, put forth a case for transaction; to charge with or accuse of having done something amiss or
neglected a duty; to ask in stating a complaint; to remonstrate or expostulate with, to reprimand, reproach, reprove, censure; oyi no nteh
pe se asem a atg one no ntam' no, wgka na woyi fi hg; oyii no nteh
se edeh-nti na gmma ne hkyen bio; nea oyi nteh no pe gmah-kora-

kora;

cf.

bg hkuro.

2. decision,

verdict, judicial determination,

ten

481

otdiite.

judgment, sentence; bekyere atcn no ma yentio, let vs now hear the

decision! atei'i no (aten a wobui no) anyc no dc, this decision did not
please him; - bu at. or nt., to decide a case, lo jnonouncejiidf/nient,
to jndije, (jive or pass sentence on; woabuno ascm no inu nt., fhei/
have imssed Jiidf/niod on him in that case or concerning the matter;
cf. di asem, bu to, bubom; Asantcten, jn-. 740; ananaten, nteiikyew,
atempa, ntentrene.

tun ten,

crisj),

a.

pen

short, not tough, not cohesive; s.

jtcn,

(tiw tiw.

-ten [red.s. tontfu] only

in cpds.; 1. Jo)ig-stretched, long, high,

banten, obt'ton, abonton, oguanten, nufuten, asuten,

^\
right, regular, true, re(d, genuine, si/n. trene, trodo; cf. obofotcin,
abiiroteii, onipatoh, ntaten. Cf. tec, tene, te, trene.

talt;

cf.

nteii (straightness,

sfraightli/, straight, right

dr.):

ko ntcn,

1.

he straight, right, correct, convenient, agreeable: enkont., it is not

correct, not good (e.g. to say 'ahunum' for 'aluinmu'); ekg ment.
to

etce me,

yi

it

ko me

I find

suits me,

nt.

me

eye

it

suitable,

thi)i/c it

de, this food, this

right;

water

is

aduan

yi,

agreeable

to

nsu
me,

nten, F. ntene, to go (on) straightwai/, straightforward, to advance; otnla by en mu fi lloma tun nten koo Kartago,
he sailed straightway from Home to Carthage; woko yi, tu nten ara
f\vc wo anim na wobcbu, when you go, always look straight before
you, then you ivill find if.
relish

it.

ten a,

^. tu

F. tsenii,

tenfi, atena,

v.

nten-ani [nea eten

Ak.

tene,

v.

ten e,

v. [red.

n6 ntommg

npon

tseaba, tea, teatea, slender.

ani])" raft, float. 1 Ei. 5,9.

tee.

away;

to

creep or sncalc along:

nwaw

ground ; atadwe no atenteneafum'bo hhina,

mds have overrun

no atene
nkate

red. to creep, run, trad, of plants:

ground-nuts and batatas (sweet pofcdoes)

tent, fam', the

the

tra.

tentene]

ko, the snail has crept

trail

tenatena(tena) F.

the tiger-

the whole plantation.

nten 'ne, pr. 835.

nten-ne,
ten en e, s. trene.
a ten-nidi, inf. [didi atem] the
taiion;

pean

act of abusing, reviling dc.

rumour; name, character, reptiatenka-bonene atenkji-pa, 5 Cor. 6,8.

2. a kind of Euro-

ate-iika,
cloth;

s.

inf. [te

nka]

ntama.

1. report,

ateiiky ema, a by-name

of the ccd;

n teii-kj' e w, ivrong judgment; bu

tentam, re<?. v.,

Atciika, pr.n.m.
s.

s.

agyinamoa.

nt., to per vert judgment; s.

aten.

wotentam,

tarn; ot.no, he icrestles ivithliim;

they tvrestle.

tent a ii,

ten

red. v. tan.

tail, red.

ntentane,

0-tent3,ji;Z. a-,

dua

bi

siii

v., s.

tan

[hetiveen.
;

ntam'

t.

(:=pompan), there

is

a distance

ntontan.

adrum, with

a wgatn

mu

tokilrii

it on two sides;
ayere n';lno; ebi

leather stretched on

na woayere ne

to

31

atentebeu

482

tere.

nso (nketenkete no) wgfre no donno

teiitejij
osekye, a kind o^ play.

a ten te-beii,

pi. n-, fhdc;

cf.

s.

akyene; - wogoi-u atente

s. tantiti.

aben.

ten tern, red. v. tem.

otere\v ne nsam' do. bo n'akyi a.s.
nteiiteni-me: obono nt.
ne serem', he strikes him icifh ilic flat hand on the haclc or thigh ; s. me.
ten to 11, red. v. ten.
tenteii [red. often], tentententen, tententen, a. ndv. 1. lovff;
2. high, tall: bepow tt., a high mmin"ese tt., long teeth; pr. 2833.

tain; obea

wowoware

owaretenten, he
teuton, length;

a tall tvoman,
atenten-atenten.

tt.,

0-tenteii,

JJ?. a-,

pr. 25.

is

very

person, opp. ak\vatia;pr. 093.

tall

tall

pi.

height.

n.

gye

gten-

tentententen.
11 ten ten, lengthways; wgde adaro pae dua (gfo) no bo nt.
n ten ten: gyinant., to stand opposite, to face or front; to he on

the point of, pr. 1282.

2. Ak. = tenten, height.

ten ten e, 1. red. v., s. tone.
ntentene, a kind ofherh; akisikurn adiiru.
atentenini any Jceg of powder; cf. gkwadum (large;), nkotoji
,

ntenteii-mu, alongside.
11 ten ten no a, tlic utmo'it, e.itreme end, higliest
a tree; dua atifi ba a ekyen dua no aba libiiia

of

(small).
point, top, espec.

tenten.

nteiiteii-so, tbe place opposite to, over-against, fronting or facing; mete wont.; afiasedan yi si wo dan nt. wgasie no ne dan nt.
;

o-tenteii-tea, pr. 3233 f-

nteiite-s6, odi (onam)

me

nt.,

he follows

me

closely,

goes along

or Iceeps pace with me.

[s.

aten.

nten-treiie, righteous Judgment; bu nt., to judge righteously;

aten-yi, inf. [yi ateh] 1. tbe act of remonstrating d'C; remon-

2. atenyi,
strance, expostulation, rchakc, reprimand; r/'. iikfirobg.
a fine, mulct; a payment of money imposed as a punisbment for an

offence; (sika a wogye wg ntam a nkurofo to mu;) hbenkwa gyigye nkurofo bg at. di (ubenk wa no, asem a enye asem no, mprempren
na wgama adan asem na wgagye sika adi),

tepa, a sterile or barren spot, ptlace or tract of land; babi a

biribiara nnyih yiyo, ebg sare nyih tenten beye nammgi'i pe,
na enti wgde to asase biara a aduan nye yiye wg so bo. Cf. nkuroelig

tep;1.
t

as

is

e-p

tcdcen

fingers;

cf.

etera,
it

e-ko [tew, preko] a

hit

ov pinch of yam-pudding, as

or 2)inched off at once witb tbe ends of tbe

much

first tliree

bu-preko.
etara,

Ky. expression of consent;

= ete

sa, se ote ara, so

is! true!

aterano, a kind
tere, Ak. tere,
ne dade a wgabg no

of bird, whistler, the green pJover?

a.
t.

broad,
so

flat,

atwapo;

flattened; bg..
cf.

tetere,

t.,

to flatten;

terew; gsentere.

pee

tere

tere, Ak. F.

483

atesom.

terew, F. tsrew, 3. (inf.) breadth.

= ete se (ebia) as
as
v.

1.

lore, tseve-bia, F.

ilionrjli,

if.

drop, tricJde, flow, run or stream doicu,

fere,
to f/ushfrom: nnsu tero or tctere no, tears f/ush from his e/jes; rf.
ntort'su.
2. t. ho, to run over, floiv over; of. ft' lio; to miss, to fail
to hit; gbo no atere bo; wantia so yiye na watere bo afwe ase; ef.
V. [;T*^/.totevc] 1. io

fore

siane bo.

lio,

tere, a kind of
a

lit

e r e, pJ.

n-,

rede,

s.

Ak.

river-fish.

Jintere,

atog, spoon. [G.

awale

asem a nipanyimfo

tete;

'ne-ara, the customs observed

kind oi sea-fsh.

ato, ladle

= k wan kora.]

dii tete-nt. no,

woda

so di

by our forefathers in times of yore are

observed unto this day.

ntere-ho,

inf. [tere

terem,
sl'clter;

t.

bo] missiny, failiny; what has flowed over.

adv. quickly, hastily, in (<dl) liastc, hurriedly; helterwoguane

pa woguane; iikurofo t\vam' wo lio terem

torom torom, people are passing there in

tereni or

haste. Cf. ntem,

bareso.

tercne,

s. treur-.

tereiisu, a

kii)d o^ ^ihrub;

wowe ue

dua, wodi n'aba.

^&i\; ne bo fi nt.
iitere-sii [nsu a etere] 2ierspiration, stceat,
or nt. totere no, he 2iers2)ires, perspiration tricldes down from him.

te re tere: ye

t.,

to

be a busybody, to run here

and there

icitli-

forward; to dabble,
oye ohogyigyemfo, opesemadifo, osem-

oid being called for; to be restless, fulgctfy, pert,

tamp>er, meddle; oye

t.

pefo. 1 Tim. 5,13.

terew,

v. \j-cd.

tereterew]

1. intr. to

spread, extend;

to

expand

spread oid or expanded: Onyankopou atereterew osoro hbina, tlie Jieaoens are expanded above everywhere.
2. fig. to spread, be divulged, diffused {cf. bye, byeta): ne
diii atere w, Ids name or fame has spread far and wide; anyamesem
at. mma nbina, tlic word of God has spread everywhere; nebo asem
at. asase no hbina so, tJie rumour of him has spread over the tvhole
5. .. mu terew, to become or be ivide, spacious: odah no
country.
mu t., cf. odah no mu gow; adaka no mu t. seh yi, tlicd box is tvi4. tr., io extend, malcc broad c. oterew nebo
dcr than tJiis one.
kataaokwahno mu, lie straddled over the whole breadth of the ivay.
5. terew .. mu, tr., to spread, expand, extend: krakum t. neduani',
the turlcey expands its tail; wot. won mpasiia mu, tlicy extend their
lines (ofbaiile), syn. yerew mu; - to stretch forth: gt. nensam', he
stretches forth his arms. - 6. t. mu, fig. to spread, dividge, diffuse, disseminate, ])ropagate: wgt. asempa no mu, they propagate the gospel.
itself,

become broad:

perf. to be

terew,

inf. breadtft.

nterewe,

v.n. enlargement, extension

cC'c.

nterew-mii, inf. enlargement cCc. expansion, expanse. Gen. l,n.

nterew-s6, inf. the noose in a bird-trap; bentua a wgbg kata
afiri

daano

so.

ate-seni [asem

a woate] a

word heard, hearsay;

cf.

asesem.

484

teta

atetede.

2. enteta mu,
t eta, red. v. ta; 1. s. ta; teta gyato, "pr. S234.
has no effect, is of no use, avails nothing, does no good; matu no
fo matu matu, se onhwia ade, na nea mekaebiara antotam' (= anye
no fvie), I have repeatedly admonished him not to steal; hut idl I
n'ani nkri, he is
3. Ak. n'ani teta
could say icas of no avail.
dissatisfied, annoyed, feels nncomfoiiahlc, iincasy.
it

teta, red. v. ta.

teta, adv. merely, only, nothing hid; in vain, fornothing; with

a negation in the verb: not even; wanfweme teta, he did not even
(not so much as) look at me; syn. hunu, Ak. buii, okwa, F. gyan,
ateta-de, a vain thing, vanity; ete se aclebuau bi,
gyennyan.
ateta-scni, a vain pursuit, vanat. biarakwa! syn. ahubude.
ity, futUity; syn. abubusem, asenbunn.

nteta,

= ntetewd,

chaff; abiivo ade a

tetare,

red. v. tare.

tetare,

jil.

id.

flat

cahe;

wode nno

Tete, pr. n. of a town in Akem.

Tete, G.jir. n. of a second son.

pr.

mframa buw no
a.s.

no.

[otam.
srade na ekyew; rf.

3235.

Tete, G.

jjr. n.

of a

first

son.

Tete (with the full e), Guaii j)/-. w.).

Tete (with the narrow e), Guah j^r.n.m.
tete, tetec, red. v. te, to sit, live, he.
tete, red.v. te, to hear.
tew,
tete, Ak. =- tetew, red. v. te

to

rend.

tete, fred. tetete, cpd. tete-beme, tetebere, tete-nterede' q.r.]

remote antiquity, ancient or old times, the olden time; adv. of old;
j)r. 3236-39. ade no fi tete or tetete, tliis thing comes from ancient or
immemorial times, is very old; wope se ade nhinii bo sah besi ne
tete mu bio, they irish fhcd the pirices of every thing might hecome
again as they were of old; ojie se okosi ne tete-ananmu, he wishes to
be restored to his former state.

a,

tete', asthma; oyare bi a

bu.

wuntumi

I'llioine

yiyo, na woiiome

wo bo

tet(3j red.v. te; n'ani

(i.e.

t.

(nsu)

= tata, his eyes arc full of tvater

tears).

ntetea, a kind of small hlacJc ants that are very fond of sweet
things; syn. akwabaii (obs.). pr. 3243-46.
ntetea-dnpow, nest of
ntetea-sa, nsusa, the siveet p)alm-wine obtained in the
such ants.
first 4 or 5 days after the tapping of the palm; s. nsafufu.

tete-abotaii, roclc of ages; ab.

aetim ho ntwiw nko babiara da.

tete-aso, a kind of precious head;

s.

ahene.

tete-asoee, a place by the side of the road, which was formerly resprted to by travellers as a resting-place, but has now grown
out of use. pr. 3240.
tete-beme, t.-bemmemo, in long hy-gonc times; long ago, long
tete-bere, t.-so, ancient or old time, antiquity; s. teto.
since.
atete-de, any thing very old, a thing of the olden time, remain
of ancient times, antique, antiquity; ancient institution or custom.

tctcfo

tefof'6, pi. of

485

tow.

of ancient or bif-(jonc times; old

otctciii, pcoi'lc

people, the old generutlon.

(

el e-li6naiii

[Guan totohonam] bye t., he has a darJc-broivn skin.

:

at e to-kwa, j?>?. n-, an old or aged fellow, pr. 3247., old-fa.shio)ied

man; a simple, plain, simple-minded, harmless fellow; a simple, sillg,
iitetokwaiir, 1. in an old-fashione<l,
foolish fellow, simjtleton.
^i. in simplicitii, arllesslij: mv. dc,
simple manner: oyy n'ade nt.
ruitie m'asem a, mitieno nt., menipe hkontoniposein.

Totckwafi'aniua, utetekorafriinioa? a

of God, said to sig-

title

nify "he endures for eocr". Beecham, Ashantee and

the.

Gold Coast. p. ITU.

g-totcui, ^y/. tetefo, an aged man; onipa yi, onyij abofra, gye
(a more honourable appellation than akwakora or akora).
6'.

ot.

tete-iiteredc [s.tete] in the most ancient time, in dags of gore.

t

etero, red.v.

tere.

t(jtei'(3 (F. teter, pi. a-) a., adv.

broad; wide, spaciotis, extenkakra, hnhrri, tatra; gpoh t., a broad table; adaka t.,
a broad or wide box; asase t., a spacious countrg; n'ano t., he is
large-mouthed.
sive, large; <f.

erQ

t ij,

1. a.

= tetere. 3. n. breadth. 3.

a broad place

fur holding council.

atete-scni [teteasemj

histurg, legend,

/rf?c'

referring to by-gone

times, account of an event that took place in times past

tetetc [=^

tete-tete]

s.

cf.

panyii'i-

[asem.

tete.

tetotete, an esculent herb; fan a wodi.

tot e^v, red.

tetew,

red.

v., s.
v., s.

tew.

tew;

in pieces; wat. nentama.

cracked, pr. 326S.
11

tetew,

ftn(s) of fishes;

to

rend,

to

to j^luck off

awn,

tear much, in
nvAny thiugn.

bristle or

mang places>

to be torn,

beard of grasses, ari-

sta; chaff; cf. anisuatetew.

11

tetew,

iitetewa, F. ntsew,

cliaff,

tetewakoro, a kind of countrg

ntetewe, v. n. 1. a rent. Mt. 9,1G.
nt. bi
11 1

wgde
11

beree me, he brougld

me some

husks of grain.
cloth,

s.

ntama.

2. torn things;

ode

nam

lacerated pieces of meat.

e te w-m u,
nt.

inf. disruption, rent, separation, disunion, discord;

ba, theg cause dissension, bring about a separation.

tete wo 111

a: otetew

neho

nt.

he rids liimself from disagreeable

recollections (?).

tew, V. [red. tetew] 1. to fix in the ground, to set, plant, transplant {cf. dna): wotewbankye, abe, kafe; (abe de, wonnufi peiikoro
^i. to
pe) wakgtew dua wg turom', or, gde dua akgtew turom'.
3. to be fixed,
lag or cover with stone or brick cC'C, to pave, =sew.
to abide, remain: niinya sika a, enlew =ennyina, entra ase, entim.
1. to lie in ambush, to lurk, couch, to lie in wait (for), to be on the
look-out, to u-aglag; tew dua, to lurk d-c. behind a tree; pr. 605. wgtetew kwankyeu, theg are lurking on the wag-side; cf. buwy., sra^.
;

tew.

486

tew, V. \_red. tetew] F. tse\\', Ak. te, 1. tr. to tear: dadewa no

2. to tear off, 2^lnclc off: t. aduai'i,
atew m'ataclem" tokuru, Jk.})- 237.
yr. 3212. - t. hama, to tear off a (piece of) string; pr. 2-530. - to hreak
i. dkwiw., t o 2)lnclc off an orange;
(hama,asa\va, a cord, thread); cf.l3.
wgtew abofra no ti bog dua, := wgtew
tetew ahabaii, p-. 3242.
abofra no fii nenii ho de ne ti pern dua ma owui, thoj tore the child
3.
from its mother and dashed its head against a tree. - Cf. 21.
to tear open, to open: metew m'ani, I open my eyes, cf. 7. &bue.
4. tew .. mu, a) to rend asunder, breaJc in two: t. akutu no mu, divide theorange intotn-ohcdvcs; h) to hreaJc through: mako matew mu,
5. intr. to
/ have fought my way through (the enemy). Cf. 8.11.
he torn, to lirecd:, rend, burst: me ntama atew or atetew, my dress is
ahene tew, the string of beads breaJcs; pr. 1319.
torn; 'pr.8241.
6'. to sever, behama, asawa no atew, the cord, thread is broken.
come separated, break loose, runoff: akutu at., etgg metiri so, an
orange has dropped from the tree, it fell on my head; ne guan atew,
7. to open, perf, be open (cf.3):
his sheep has broken loose. pr.lfJOG.
n'ani atew, Ids eyesore open, fig. he is sensible, i)delligent, prudent,
8. tetew
sagacious, cunning, shrewd (syn.^yaheh)\ he is civilized.

mu,

part, separate, be disunited, fall out with one another;

g-ne won tt. mu.
'J. to rend: of clouds: osu atew, the rain-clouds
have cleared ov j^assed away; hence: to become free from clouds or
inir. to

become fair; \)evttobe clear; fig.

or gsoro atew, the weather or sky has cleared up;
atew, the apartment has become light; chg atew, the place

fog, to clear, clear up, brighten, to

to be serene;

gdan

mu

wim

10. ho tew, lit. the outside is clear or clean,

from spots or blemish: oguaii yi ho tew, tins sheep is without
blemish{nQ ho nye taii wggyare biaraho, guy are yare biara); hence:

has been lighted up.

free

to be morally clean ov jmre, to be blamdess, holy; Gr. 171,3. to be

sacred: ade biava ho ntew wg n'ani so, notliing is considered sacred
tr. tew h o, to clean, purify, to make holy, to halloiv, sancby him.

u tew to become or be clear, plain,

11.
3,3. Mt. 6,0.
emusiw wo
perspicuous, intelligible: emu ntew wo yiye,
kakra, it is not quite clear to you; also to be clean; - tr. tew mu, to
tew, his countenance is serene, he has
12. n'ani
make clean.
a clean and fair countenance, a cheerful, pleasant face, lie is kind,
friendly, affable, gentle, benevolent; - tr. tew .. anim, to assume a
cheerful, friendly air or mien: gbetew n'anim ne me bekasae, he
tify.

lJolml,8.

distinct,

Oihav phrases: 13. wgatew ne

guaha.
11. tew ahi, to be refractory, to disregard, sd cd naught, to disdain, slight or scorn to obey;
15. etew no home, it tcdces his rest from him i.e. troubles
s. ahi.
him exceedingly ; - ne home atew, his breath or rest has been torn
off ov broken, lie is out of breath, in the utmost perplexity; c/". ah o metew, ne bo abu.
10. tew nkanyan, to become shy, rampant, fran17. n'ani so atew, he is restored from his inebriatic; s. nkanytin.
tion, or from a deadly sickness. - 18. ne nsa or ne nsjibow atew n'ani

came and spoke friendly

ti

with me.

guaha, they have sold him;

s.

gone.
ii*. gtew(asem no) aniyera(watew ani
ayera), he causes the right face i.e. appearance or represeidaiion of
20. tew anyinain, to flash, lighten, yr. olO.
tJic matter to be lost.
so, his intoxication is

tow

SI.

sekye,

t(!w

amhor.

:22.

to ivehjli

tew

anchor,

ayerem,

..

to

wind

to (jioc free

((jw, adr. innnovtthli/; atim

487

oti.

t.,

up, start or jinrchosc the

scope dc.

it

is

s.

ayoreui.

inimovobli/ fixed in

tlie

^loiuul.
t

('

\v, j)l. n-,

tlie

seed of a cliinbinj^ plant, prJlTd., sinallor and

Hatter than a liorse-cliestmit, nsod in a certain jday (reminding;; of

which it is forcibly jerked by the fingers upon an elevated piece of mat against one or more seeds of the same kind thrown
by others; si ntew (mpatew, nkatetew, ntramatew), to }jlni/ that
game (the victor is to strike his antagonists with the hand, or to
receive ground-nuts, cowries &c. from theni).
billiards), iu

iitrw-si, inf.

to-were,

j^r.

3210.

iitoWj soreness of the tips in the angles of

auttjw, F. amhnscade, ambiisli.

tlu-

mouth,

Akw. = bamma, abranna.

town, a kind of small bird. yr. 008.
atcwa. a kind of razor; s. oyiwan.

aiitew,
a

u(ew-li6,

inf. puritication, snnctification; cf.

ntcvv-mu,

inf.

the act oi

making clean or

ahotew.

clear

d-c.

ntew-aiii, inf. eidightening; inspiration. Kurtz 6.

iitcw-s6, inf. deduction, reduction pr.29o4.
,

asawa no atew ti, the thread has broken

all at once, quite suddenly (as if rotten); asawa no tete w ti ti, the thread
as. no ye tiwtiw, ojyp- as. no ye den.
often breaks
\i,

rep.

ti ti,

hnit.adv.

titi q. v.] 1. to scratch: nsoe ati me nsam'; ti ani, to

scratch open the leaves covering the spikes or ears of maize, in: 672.
2. to pinch, II ij): oti mebasa; cf. pen.
5. to pick, eat by small
portions taken tvith the fingers: ti abete, fufu; pr. 1340. ti ketewa bi
ka fvie!
i. tim', ti mu, to repeat; syn. si mu, san, Gr. 107,20. 0. ti asum', to cleanse the place where water is fetched for the household; wotiti mu dote ne nwura ne nnua a aporow agum', na woyi
1 1,

V.

[red.

mu

aboa a atotom', na woliohoro emn abo akese no

ho.

tiri [pi. atiri) 1. the head of any animal body, pr. 3248-65.
neti afuw, his head is covered with hair, pr. 669. netiafuw dwen,
his head has produced gray hair, i.e. he has gray hairs or a hoary
head; - ohohoro ne tirim. he washes his head; osra nctirim, he
anoints his head; cf. atifi, atiko; nitiri, abotiri.
Phrases: meti \)a.e
me, ben me, I have head-ache; meti mpae me, (my head does not
ache), nothing ads me, I am quite well; wgka won ti pira, 5. pira.
2. head, top; uppermost, prominent or fore-part of an inanimate ob-

e-ii,

ject, as of

a cane, a nail, a ship.

ganized body;

3. head, chief, leader oi -Any or-

head, source, fountain, spring

or beginning, as of a stream or river; cf nsu-aniwa; - fig. fountainhead, primary source, origin; Onyame ye hkwa ti, obonsam ye asemmone ti.
5. first j'i'incijile.
(i. principcd sentence or matter,
c/".

tiban, otitiriw.

theme, subject; principal article.

title,

rubric, column.

4.

7.

head, heading, superscription,

book.

8. chapter or subdivision of a

488

cti.

From

the primitive sense (1) in various peculiar phrases the

new and figurative senses are derived: 9.

ti-ade, ihe sum paid or io he paid for a jJerson

following

the tchole

son,

(or thing); osi

ne

ti

cf.

per-

nsa, he places (before the elders) ihe 2i(dni-Kine for her pcrsoyi,
have her legally acknowledged to be his wife; wo tiri (n'-

viz. to

nycl) nkwj\!

your head

(shall ohtaiu) life!

i.e.

may yon

live (loiuj)!

a salutation to a new-born child, to a person having recovered from

a sickness or escaped from any danger, also after sneezing &c.
ouhu nea ode neti fa bio, he does
the reply is: me ti da ase!
not knoio which way he shall turn; - ogye ne ti nkwii, he saves his
10. the life of a person: opere ne ti, he deown self or another.
fends his own life; ogye nenua ti, =: opere (okgko apere) ne nua
yen ti da obi nsam',
ti, he fights for Jiis brother; wen tiri, pr. 76i).
our life lies in another's hand i.e. depends upoji some one else; ne ti
da (o?" wo) nkrante ano, amannehunukurom', e.s. dakye wobetwa ne
ti, wode no beto amannehunukurom', he has incurred or deserves
the penalty of the sword, of hell; ne ti ato, his life is endanyered, forfeited, there is mischief awaiting him, a woe hanging over him which
11. the head as the seat o^ intellect, thought,
may bring him decdh.
deliberation and determination, also o^ feeling; the mind in the various meanings of the word; that which perceives (and feels), thinlcs
and remembers, reasons, wills and desires in man:
a) ne ti ada,

mind has been

have been silenced or removed.

b) o, onipayi, onni ti (kora)! ah, this man has
r^owoti-pa, he has a
no understanding, no (good) sense (at all)!
good head i.e. character, sentiments, dispositions, perh. also good intellectucd or rational facidties; ti-bone, a bad head i.e. character dx.
d) ne ti so no soa, his head is sufficient for him to carry what is
to be carried, i.e. he is a man of a firm character; ne ti nso no soa,
he is light-minded, taJccs important matters slightly; syn. n'anim ye
hare.
12. tirim' espec. is found in several phrases with various
meanings, A. as the grammatical subject, (Gr.217,2): a) net. akil
no,
ne t. ye sakasaka, his head is deranged (in a bodily, physical
sense); - b) net. ka (no) =no t. ye sakasaka or basabasa, net. nye,
his

set at rest, his objections,

doubts

dtc.

ne t. nye yiye, n'ani so ka, he is deranged (in his mind or understanding, in his intellectual or rational faculties), he is crazed, crazy;
- c) ne t. rekisa, his inmost feelings are stirred up, his bowels are
turned i.e. moved with compassion, his heart aches or bleeds; gfwee
adah me; - d) net. kyereno
ne ba no sa no, ama. met. akiscTme

or twetwe no, net. ye no kesekese or kesereneuene, he is anxious or

perptlexed, cd a loss, in anguish or perplexity ; - e) net. wo adweue,
lie has good talents, is intelligent, sensible; - f_) ne t. ye den, he is
cruel, hard, hard-hearted, inflexible; - g) net. nye or nye no yiye,
he has a bad conscience, is troubled in his mind; - ne t. bue, his conscience awahes.
B. tirim as the grammatical object or attribute
(Gr. 218,1 b.): a) wahfi or onim net,, he knows his or her sentiments (e.g. the faithfulness of his wife); onhO. net., he is not sure of
his or her fidelity, is sus2)icious of him or her.
6^ wafa ne t., he

has taken into his head, i.e. he minds, retains, remembers, recollects;
gfwe ne t., he looks in or into his head i.e. tries to recollect; - esi ne

ti

489

nthl.

It comes in his viintl; - de .. to tirini, io take to heart, to mind;

c) obo ue t. (pow),
woakTi no aa akyere mc a, mode mato mo tirim.
Jic ties (a knot) in his head i.e. devises, jdaiis; - oko or otu nc t.
agyina, he goes to council with (lit. in) his head i.e. devises, deliberates, he examines himself.

tirim,

ti,

nti.

Ak.

ti, tiri, F. (u)tsiri. at the ciul of a sentence ntia, As. tira,

a n. of relation, or postposition, indicating cause, expressinj^ 1. tlie
prepp. for, from, out of, on account of, throwjii, hi/; i^.at the end of an
adv. sent., (often together with efise, esiane (se) at the beginning of
such adv. seid.) the co)ijJ. because, as, since; cf. Gr. 121,1. 2\:0a.b.
24:ia. 255,6rt. 275,1.2. 279J?cw. ;2.3. (li.p.178: n'atutupe nti obiara
11

ti,

mpe n'asem nsan nti oyare mpete; akwadwero nti oliia aba no so;
obere nti inintumi nienye adwuma; ;;r.iJi'7.20T0.^ - eden nti(a), ivhij?
wherefore? from uh(d reason?
;

eno nti {s. bef.) hence, wherefore, therefore, on that aceiiti,

count; it stands at the beginning of a co-ordinate sent., Gr.2526;
thefiense is the same when the preceding sent, is made subordinate
and nti put at the end of it (R. p. 178: maforo bepow tentch nti, niabere; woasu nti woaui abere; - oye otutupefo, enti obiara mpe n'ast'in; mo de, moanyin sen me, euti mututu 'mirika sen me).
ntia,

s. uti.

tia, V. [rwZ.tiatia]
so, on)\pr. 181.3031.

1. to

jiains me,

with

i/ic

when I will step on

foot;

act ayainst;

tread, step, to set the foot {ran, in, into;

me nan ye me yaw,
d,

I cannot.

2.

mitia

a, entia,

my

foot

to Icicle, strike, thrust, hit

hence 6'. fig. (in connection with another f.) to be, do or

okasa tia me, he speaks ayainst me, Gr. 117, 4(/. 243^.

me nan so, =
me warning ov

me

warns or cautions
so, he has had too
much to drink, has become tipsy; cf. n'ani so nye, n'ani so aye yiye,
wabow nsa &c.
6. otia netuo, he sets the cock or draws back the
1.

otia

me, gives

oyi

notice.

apra, he secretly

watia berew

trigger of his gun.

7. tiatia so, to tread (much) on or upon, to tread
about, to trample, to tread cloivn or under foot.
8. otiatia m'anim,

he abuses, affronts or instdts me, treats me with pride, contcnqd and

insult: enye wo yghko ne me na woatiatia m'anim sa! hena na, wutiatia n'anim a, eye no de? cf. bu animtia.
9. otutu tiatiam' ara

se

orekokum

no, he ptcrsists in his attempjts to kill him.

tia, V. [rcfZ. tiatia] 1. to add, to give or pid to, to join or nnUe

one thing or sum to another; fa brukii' yi kotia mmruku no, X}ut
this book to those other books; tia biribi ma eunu, fdl up or make up
the sum (of money); cf. pua so.
2. followed by a numeral: to fdl
up to any given number; otia (won) anah he is the fourth; etia(no)

anuin,

// is

the fifth;

cf.

to so.

Gr. 83,3.

end of a town or way, s. kiirotia, akwantia; cf. tea, teasee, tiafi; - wode onipa no ako tia aba tia, they have
taken the man to one end of the town and from there to another.
tia, border, boundary,

o-tiji, dross, slag (scoriae)

of iron,

ntia, inf. adddion. pr. 32G6.

dadebin.

490

tia

tiboiikoso.

tia, tiatia, J)?, ntia, ntia-ntia, a. short, brief; concise, compendious; twa..tia, to cut short, shorten, curtail, abridge, abbreviate.

given for the head] the jiWce paid for a

given in marriage, or for a portion of
land; imrchase-moncg ; obea bi t., dotvry in tlie sense of a reward
paid for a wife, cf. awarede; asase bi t., ti-bo.

ti-ade

[Jit. thinr/(s)

woman

person, espee. for a

atiae, v. n. (pl.n-) place of stepping: tread; treadle;

round (of a ladder).
tiafij necessary, privij;

cf.

step, s2Jar,

duasee, tea &c.

= nea otia tuo. pr.3388.

0-tiafo,

ntia-fnnu, false stejJS? going

astray, losing one's way, sfuiiddii/g,

falling into pits d'c.

O-ila^O, pi.

asem

a,

Si-^

partner, companion, associate; wuuui

t.

a,

woka

emmam'.

tia mu, pr. 181.

tiam', tiem',
iitia-ntia, v.n. [tia, y.] gye me
or comes into my house. Prov. 25,17.

fi

nt.,

he often enters, repairs

to

iitia-iilia, jjiL, s. tia, a.

iitiantiam', Gy. shortly; in few words, in a short time. pr. lo74.

ntia-s6, v.n. a thing to tread upon, footstool; better: nan ase
tia tia, red. v., s. tia. pr. 3:268.
[agua.

tiatia, red.
1-1)

ail, 1.

r. tia.

kind or sha2)e of head

(?).

^. the head, princi/i(d

person or thing, head, chief or president of a company or society, in

a play of boys &c. cf. otitiriw; oyi na odi won (mn) tiban (= won
mn titiriw); Kofi ye won mu t.; won t. ni! osram ne soro ayamt'o
mu t. one nhyiam' no mu tiban, he presides in (the sessions of) the
assembly, he is the chairman or prcsidod of the assembly; okiira na
odi lionam ne lionhom mu t.
;

ii-ho, price, 2'>urchase-money. pr.434. Cf. ti-ade.

head or

ti-bo,

topi-stone, cope-stone.

Mt. 21,42.

the cause or origin of any strong commotion of the

mind, conceived as a being existing by itself, as it were an animal

ti-bo a,

1.

head (t. yi, wosusuw se eye ade bi a eka neho se onipa a.s.
aboa): onipa yi, gwo t. pa (oye onipa a okil nsem pa na odi nsentrene na onim' de), this man has a good disposition or character; ne
t. akano, his distemper has come upon or seized him;
ofi ase keka nsenhuhuw, nadwenem' aye no sakasaka, onni ne nsem (ommo
ne bra) sgnea kan no odii (obgo)no no bio; (se gbodamfo bi dam fi
ase ba a, na wose net. akano; na se n'ani so tew no de a, en'de
in the

wgnka;) ne

t.

nye

= ne

ivard voice, conscience:

nkgye! na

se

wubn

nye no

so

t.

ka asemmone kyere no da.

2. the in-

worekgye bone bi a, wot. ka kyere wo se:

koye a, na wot. haw wo; net. awu or asee,

lost all

his conscience is dead or spoded, i.e. he has

reverence or fear. Cf. ahonim. [G, gbesi, tlie inward voice,

bad or

good.']

biribiara

fere,

tiboiikoso, a

silly,

foolish person, stupid fellow, bloclchcad,


jilida

491

tim.

(htUard, dintvc, nnmsliill, sot; onipa a

tirim' de bodi wo de so.

woka asom

biara kycnj no

a,

ogyaw ne

a(i-(la, inf. [neti ada] coHtoitnienf, satisfaction. pr.i!964.

ti-daii, ivf.

ye

vf. to,

[ti

aso, \veii aso;

liavc been called for.

tie

(=

<i;ye

..

cham/e of mind.

daii]

= tsie)

v.^yed. t'letie] F. tse (ts'e

til',

oniii so),

tie,

lit.

liua or huani

mckotie

when I

and

to receive

..

mcka

asein

hvarken, listen;

(joint/ to

hear what

mckyere no

<unj thimj, he does not oheij.

obei/,

i.e. to

believe; cf

gye

di.

a,

on-

5.
</.

smell and perceive, to perceive by the sense

tie, lit. to

of smell, to smell (tr.)

o-tielo, pi. a-, hearer.

tifaw, ado.

him

1. to liear,

maba, / am

to oIjci/;

JL'.

tell

fro

t i

ic, red. v. tie.

to tia, v. [rcr/. tifawtifaw] with heavij steps; care-

unmercifnlly; watia me t., he has trodden upon me in a relentless manner; wotiatia kete no so tt., they
walk over the mat heedlessly.
lessly, heedlessly, relentlessly,

crown or <oj) of the head; cf. mpampam; vertex, zeheavens directly overhead: owia gyina yen at.,
3. in general: toj), summit: bepow at.,
snn is in our zenith.
summit of a mountain; odan at., the house-top.
5. the place

atil'i, 1. the

nith, the 2)oint of the

the
///('

4. the
above; adv. d- prep, overhead, above; on, npon. Gr. 122.
upper part of a town or country; cf. amantifi, anafo.
5. F. etsifi, west, westieard, windward, syn. ane
anafo; cf. atoe.
atififo,
the people of the upper part of the town or country, highlanders.
di atipira.
ati-fra, inf. di at.
ti-gye, inf. [gye ti] fighting for another; rescue; cf. atipere.

atiko, hind part of the head, occiput; -

adv., prep, after; ofwe

I'hr. oye m"at. yisa, he rubs the hinder
him.
part of my head u-ith guinea-pepper, i.e. he baclcbites me, slanders
me, or s2)eaJiS evil of me, in my absence, pr. 3270.
n'at.,

he

looJcs after

ti-kora, skull.
ati-kiiru, achor, scall or scald, scurf on the head, scald-head;
oyare a eye mmofra atifi te se ase, na eno de esosoe; lat. favus, tinea, porrigo scidulata.
ti-kwaWj a close shaved or close cropped head; ti a wgde sekan ayi so nhwi hhina; - wabo t., he or she has the head shaven
closely; wayi ne ti kora na pua nsi so; - gye won a won nanom ue
won agyanom awuwu hko na wotumi bo t.
t i

111,

V. [red.

tintim]

1. to

be or stick fast; to be (strongly) fixed;

stand firm or immovable; to be established: to be valid; wusidua

bi na eye pintihh a, wuse: atim, it does not shake, stands firm; abotan no tim ho, the rock sits there immovably: n'ase atim, he has obtained a solid foundation; gliene di asempa na ghye mmara a, etim',
whe)i a king that rules well makes a law, it is valid; sa mmara or
asera yi atim, this law or custom has taken root, has become firm or
valid, is observed without being disputed.
Q. caus. (with de. fa &c.)
/() fix; ode dua no atim ho,
ode dua no asi fam' na aye dennennennen; fa gbo no tim fam' ho.
3. ne yam' atim, liis bowels have
become strong or firm again, being no more lax or loose: enera me
to

492

tiiii

yam'

na ene

boe,

de,

tio.

manom aduru

no

uti,

emmo

bio,

hold fast: otim no, lie holds him (igainst Ids

menewa, he takes him hi/ the throat. Mt. 18,:28.
4. tr. to

tim'
firm

it,

mu,

ti

to

repeat;

meka

mitim',

tell

you

atira.

otim no

a-

na

ivill;

a(jain,

af-

assure you.

tim, imit. adv., expr. the heaviness of a thing in falling or

lying: forcibly, heavily; obo no betoo n'anim ara lim ogya no da
ho ara tim, the toy of wood (fuel) lies there heavy; onam tim tiin lim
(or tim tim?), he treads or stc2)s heavdy.
;

tim tim,
fufii t.t.

adv. imitative of the sonnd of pounding fufu

su su.

cf.

ntim-ano, v.n. [tim iino] seal impressed on

nhoma no nt., he hrohe the seal of the letter.
tim ere [Eng.] thimble.

gwow

a letter &c., obu-

biiu

timi, Ak.

tnmi.

s.

mmobg] tenderness of the head (opp. atirimgdeiij

mercy, compassion, pity, tenderness; pr.3'i72. cf. ahumobu or
'moborohunu, ayamhyehye; - oye t., he is merciful, compassionate,

ti-mubo

[ti

i.e.

pitiful, tender-hearted.

iitim-u,

inf. [ti

atimum,

mu]

repetition.

lony hair; siw

siw.

at., s.

^)r.

1443.

c/". iihiii & F. ndwo.

or pere, the pulse beats; ntiui a
ehome, artery; mogya ut. or akosaii ut., vein; ohoh nt., nerve.
\\{\ii-^csQ,tcndo AchilUs, the strong
3. sincto, tendon {ni\i\\\5mii'f).

litii'i,

iitini,

root or roots of

1.

2. vein, blood-vessel

ntini

any

2)laut;

home

tendon above the

heel.

iitiiii-pere, inf. the stroke or beating of the pulse, pidsation.

till

ta

11

to nt., to stagger.

nnadeon the soles of his shoes

2. (= tim i.) to hold fast, with
or without one's consent; to force.
o. t. .. so, to keep close together;
wot. sika no so.
i. t. rihoma (so), to print a book, to imprint.
y. otintim n'anim (oye n'anim biribi-biribi se ode yi obi hu), he
makes a bold or fierce face to frighten somebody, he tries to carry out
tiiitim, red.

wd

v. s.

tim, to be impressed: n'lisepatere ase

ho (miamia ho), tlie marks of

are impressed or to be seen there.
t.

the nails

an arbitrary manner.
di aseuniui.
tiiilim-maii-sem: di nt.
11 1 i n t i m-a n i in , inf. arbitrariness, violence, outrage.

his intentions in

11

n 1 1 11 1 i m i i,

printed letter (s)

inf. perseverance, persistance.

ntiiitim-s6,

O-tintiii-kum,
wishes

to kill

me

na oretintimme akum me (sikam'),

showing me a reason for it.

inf.: ot.

ivithout

lie

O-tintin-nye, inf.[ot\ut\m no gyenensam' (sika), heholds him

till he gets it from him] extortion, exaction.
0-t i n t i u-t 0, inf. stup>idity (?).
tie o, muntie o! attend! give ear! a call for sitio, muati5!

fast

lence

when

a person desires to address a multitude.

ti])a

ti-pd,
1

fij

11 r.

s. eti

adr.

h<dd-Jtcud; onii>a

(I

;i

i-pac,

/.

t.,

[ti ])ac.]

inf.

j)ateram\

Jiti

all of

sit(l(Je)iJij,

ti-piic [eti a apa)

3.

493

till.

a sudden ; osoroo ara

na oguaii

t.

hiddiiess of ihe liead, hidd-licddcdncss.

a Indd-hcaded man. Cf. liopao.

ko.

hcad-achc; syn. atiben. pr. 3273.

a kind of hlrd feeding on gfantobia,

ti-poii, cqnaVdy in size:

wonnyinagyina ho tipen

so, ilirij shall

drair np, arrange themselves, accorditiy to size.

Iilieiil'6, pi. id., a person or persons of eqnal size.
a(i-pcre, inf. a. fi(fhti)Kj for, or defenee of, one's own head or
life, self-dcfenee; c/". tigye; anyamosem ye at., h// J:eej)inii to Ihr irord

slnnd

out.

of (iod we saiH' our

ou')i selves.

ali-i)ir;i, inf., di

rent re:

at., to

knoek the heads

ye no

n'ani

nt.

togellier;

s.

pira.

n'ani ye no totototo, he is in

=-t=

perplexity.

ire nil

[atiri

e-( iri, j>?. a-,

fifty

,s\

enu, two heads'] a kind of ser2)ent, amphishaena.

e-ti, nti.

strings of cowries,

ef.

o-tiri,

j;?. a-,

a head of

cotvries, i.e.

gban, otramatiri.

ati'ri-dii, fever, espec. intermittent fever, ague; yiroi). the aehing

ef. atiben, atipae, awgw. [G. atridi, aturudi'.]

of the head, but

iriin",

odan

tiri

mu,

s. eti i..9.i^.

&tsirini, ntsirim, F. - jn: 3274f.

wonya kyen odafi no anim ne

tirim, the gahle-end of a house;

a, na wgde rekg no tirim no ne tirim; ne tirim no tirim

two gahle-ends; - also of geographical situation: Nngiikg
tirim' nohoa na Saraha wg, Salaga lies far behind where the Donkocountry begins.
ti rini'-bg, t. no ankye, tltat (good) purpose did not last or hold
tiriiu-kam (one who has) a scar in the lieml. pr.589.
Old long.
tirini-kekawj s. gkekaw, 2.

akyiri (de)

lignom,

its

no

atiriin-kesekese, vexation, irritation, mortification, fret; eyee

any e no abodwo, it displeased or vexed him exceedingly.

at.

atirim-odeii fs.Gtil2 Af.]

human
cruel

cruelty,

inhumanity, barbarity; in-

ov pitiless treatment; implacability ; gbg

d.-c.

me

at.,

he

is

hard,

against me.

o-tirimodenfo, jjZ. a-, a hard, cruel, inhuman j^er son, barbarian.

atirimoden-iie, cruel and barbarous deeds, cruelties.
atiriinoden-sein, manners of a barbarian, inhumanity.
atirim-poWj a design, device, scheme, plan, plot.
atiri-mu-.sem [tirim' asem] the (secret) thoughts; pr. 3377. wodi at., they are on terms of intimacy with each other.
tita, adv.:

wabow

so that he cannot
ti-tij

s.

ti,

titi, red.

(nsa)

t.,

move; wabow

he

is excessively

nsii

drunk, dead drunk,

nka nehO.

atra so, na ontumi

tiwtiw.
v.,

s.

ti;

1. to

scratch:

agyinamoa

titii

me

nsa (ho),

2. to pick, to pull with the fingers, e.g. a closed hand,

on purpose to open it, pr.468. to take out any pa])py or pnljty sub-

R.

p.

238.

stance with the fingers.

3. to feel with the fingers, to grojic: oni

494

ntiti

to.

(keka) fasu f\vef\ve okwan.

4. fo strolcc or
watitWiyh-ew, heJias sfroJcesof u-Jtite claij on
5. ne ho titi no, lie has a restless or conslnnt irritating
his hody.
or itching desire, is eager or impatient for sometliiiig.
ntiti, inf. the act or habit oi scratching.
atiti-Jiti (ne) brafooti, centipede? i)r. 32'SO.
furaefo dc

nensa

hcdauh wiih

titi

ihc fingers:

titiriw, a.,adv.,n., capital, principal, chief, main, essential;

s. osafohentitiriw, asent.; - cliiefl)i, princijiallg, especially; - ne titiriw no, its principcd thing i.e. especially.
often in cpds.,

Q-iiiii'iv:, pi.

a-, chief,

chieftain,

headman, grandee, peer,

prince; "ot." kyere d\vuma-kese a nea ode sa

ntitiwa-ntitiwa,
o-ti-trafo,

jjZ. a-,

a. pi.

small, said of the ears;

chairman, president;

cf.

eye t.,
soup &c.).

titrl, a. tasteless, insipid, dull;

(neitlier

sweet nor sour, of

ati-t\Va,

tiw,

u.

inf. cutting

to

run

or hostile intentions;

tiw tiw,

a.

fruits,

lord,

di.

omiimo.

s.

tiban 3.
it

does not taste plain

of heads, decapitation. Mf. atsikware.

after, folloiv, pnirsiie,

cf. ta, to

persecute,

with good or indifferent

se, di

akyiri.

j)r.

3338.

not tough or toiacious; crisp, crimp, short; said

of fufu: wahhfi fuffi no wow, waniii aye ti'w tiw,

enye hiia, eye ten ten or pen pen; (/. ti ti.

wotew

enso,

a,

ntiwa, a by-name of the foicl, s. akokg.

atiwase [eti a ewo ase] malice, maliciousness, malignity, rancour, spite; metirim' nni at., / intend or mean no harm; oye at. (se
obi ade rcsee a, eye no fe; ade a ne yonko ye a obenya ho biribi
na odi no

mu

aboro), he

Is

malevolent, malicious, rejoices in the ca-

lamities of others, pr. 3.575.

o-ti\vascfo [nea neti wo fam'] a malicious, rancorous person.

ti-yare, a disease in the head; eraa wo ti ye wo duruduru,

eporow wo tirim hoh, wonam a, ema wo fwenem boh wo senea nainprowe bi fam wo fwene ano.
to, V. [i-ed. totg] 1. to fall, drop doicn, shiJc
tu (atew) ato fam', an orange has fallen clotvn;

(cf. f\ve,

gu): aku-

metgo nsum', aka

kuma se miwui, / fell Into the water and had nearly perished; gbo
no akgto nsu no ase, the stone has fallen into the water and sunlc to

osu to, rain falls, it rains.

2. to set,
the bottom, pr. 3281. 3287.
go doicn, sink, jidss beloiv the horizon, of sun, moon and stars; owia
atg, the sun has set.
5. to fall, he Idled, he slain, die, perish, in battle,
or by an accident, not by a natural death; cf. gtgfo; wo de, gye se
wotg! (Gr. 248,5) I will not let you die a natural death!
4.
to2)ass (suddenly and passively) into a iueaJcer or lower state or circumstances: a) tg bera w, to fall Into a swoon, to sink Into a fainting fit, to faint or swoon (away) from blows or torments &^ tg dobos a, id. from a sun-stroke (Jon. 4,8); c) to piti, F. tg bitsi, id.

from hunger and starvation, Mt. 15, 32. Mk. 8,3. d) to hko or hkom,
a slumher, to fall asleep, pr.996.
e^ tg mum,
5. a) tg kg., ho, V. to he
to grow dumb, speechless. Mt. 22,12.

to fall or sink into

inclined to or towards; h) g

kg

(ne poma) so, he sinks upon, leans.

495

tQ^

rests or reposes

apakye,

on

and

or tnmlili'S to

(liis staff).

fro.

7.

G.

qio ko

to n tiutdn,

o bi, he reels, staggers

to stagger.

iW.

to

gy

a,

limp; to he lame; cf. koiitwOkontwe.

.V. to
10. to sin,
apr, to eease from growing, remain stationary; s. apC'.
to fall, sink, deerease, snbside, to he diminished, of a Huid in a vessel; ef. sin; lino no (so) ato sin, tJie vessel of oil, or t/ie lamp, is no
11. to wuram', r= guan kg wurani', to
more full; cf. eso ahuan.
to

to fioljble,

flee into the bush,

to

become a foot-pad, proivler, ranger, robber,

12. to mu, torn': a) to sink in; perf. to

roving thief pr. liiO.
be lower; elio ato nui, there is a depression, d< cpvuing, ejcavation,
hollow (of tlie ground, the surface of the liunian body iltc); n'ani ase
atom', he is hot tow-checked; - b) to he inferior (in size, dress, rank,
.

knowledge &c,); watoniu, he has been found inferior (e.g. in an examination).

c) to full in, come on: onwini atom', the cool of the
evening has come.
d) to fall in or among, i.e. to increase; also
causatively gsomaa abofo too abgfo mu kofree no, he sent messengers upon messengers (in order) to call him; cf. to (abgfo to abgfo

ai'a).

stars:

e)

to

disappear, vanish behind the clouds, of sun,

o\Via atom', the siin has disaj>peared.

f) s. 13.

moon

or
g) ue

koma, ne bo ato mu
atg neyam'.
li) Ak. gtgg no mii
gyee
no atu; cf. to (j.
13. tg, tu fall, happen, chance, come to pass; to
prove, turnout, become; atg bea, // has fallen somewhere, i.e. has

come

it is of no nse or avail,
it is all
has fallen out to me, i.e. it chanced or
happened to me; etg-dabi-a gkg bg (it happens) sometimes (that) he
goes there; - s. etg-dabi-a.
14. to dwen, . tg gwon, to fall a prey
being seized as a slave; to be lost, to be at a loss; s. dwen. pr.3288.
15. to pgmpgh mil, to come to the extreme, to the highest point or
pitch.
16. tg ..tirim, to full or come into the mind, to occur; etgg

to the right point:

in rain.

ato

entg bea,

me mu,

it

me

tirim,

/ chanced

to

think

of,

17. tg ase, to arrive cd the end,

dwuma

hit or lighted iipon

i.e. to

the idea.

finish or complete;

waye

a-

waye (watase) ne hhinil awie, he has perfectno atg ase,

wantumi ahwie
ly completed the work; wantumi anye auto ase,
ue nhina ye, he has not been able to bring it to the end.
18. to ..
so: a) to fall upon; h) biribi atg no so, ade atg no so, an epilepAic
fit has befallen or seized him, he has lost consciousness and has Ijecome stiff, numbed or torpid; onipa a gte ho na biribi aye no na wa,
kyenkyen a.s. gte se onipa a wawu na onnim ne ho biribiara bio,
na ewg jig v^'o \\q a, na n'ani so atew; he has had an apoplectic fit; c) ade atg no so, he is in a trance, in ecstacy.
19. tg, to come to
rest, be set at rest, become quiet, calm, he appeased, be scdisfied, espec.
pert"., to lie or he quiet d'C in the foil, phrases: me ho atg me, me ho
iihinfi tg me ho, me bo atg, me bo or me koma atg me yam', meyam'
atg me, I feel quite icell, am happy, comfortable, cd ease, glad, joyful, content, contented, satisfied dx. cf. me ho ka me ho, me bo adwo,
m'ani gye or kil ma wo bo ntg wo yam', set your heati at rest, compose your mind, rejoice, be joyfid; cf, ta wo bo.
20. tg {or to) wo
bo ase, lay or put your breast down, i.e. be pidient, have patience,
wait patiently; s. ebo. pr. .3290-3-303.
21. aduah no atg no ho
aka no ho. the food h((S done him good, has made liim thrive.
22

496
otode oye, F.
Ml.

to

= otaye, oye da, he

to.

is

Mk. 2,18.9,22. 10,1.

a defective form of the v. to

wont

to do, Jin often does; rf. ]o.

9, 14. 17,1.0. 27J.5.

to.

in the suppositive sentence

to

IS, to fall,

me nko
me hko

happen,

(= ka me nko

= eto, used
I

alone

me

nku-

a), if

a, anka meko
were eonccrned, as for me; to
to na mewo ho kwan se meye nea mepe a. anka niekg.

se

fpr.~167.3..328.3-86.

down

the price for a thing, to hwj,

purchase ; pr. 22(1.290.3.5.3.3290-98.3331. nea ahofra pe na ototg, pr.2124.
wato no kaw, he has paid him the money due to him in order to
give him scdisfaction for adultery with his wife; cf. akato; - to ayeto, V. [red. toto]

1.

to tat/

fare, to

pay

for adultery.

to

asem

di, to

take bribes in a laiv-suit.

throw, cast dec, Ak. := tow, q.v.

2.
to lay or put somewhere, gener. cans, (preceded by de or fa) and
followed by a locative complement: fa ade no to pon so, put this
to, V. [red. toto]

1. to

on the table; fa to ho, jmt if there; mede ahene meto me kon mu, I
pid a string of beads round my neck; ode nenkranteato(n'aseh)
wabo ne hkrante, he has girt on his sword. 1 Sam. 25,13.
3. to (h)kesua, to lay an egg (eggs), also simply: to, to lay: akoko kwane,
obetg, the hen cackles, she is going to lay.
Phrases with postpositions (Gr. 118f. 213f.): 4. de .. to .. ho,
to lay by the side of, i.e. to compare. pr. 136.1083.2877. G\\%'10b Bern.
to ho mpe, s. mpe.
5. to(..)mu: a) to put, throw or lay in, to add:
na eye adesoa, pr. 1073.
fa torn', fa torn'
b) to lay in the door,
lid &c. i.e. to close, shut: to poh mu, shut the door; pr. 2524. wgatom'
dedaw, it is (or has been) .shut already; montoto mfenscre mu, shut
the tvindoivs; - c) to lock up, shut in or iip: kgtoto nmian no mu,
shut lip the goats; wgato no dan mu, he has been locked up in the
d) toto (atade) mu, to button up (a coed dc).
6. gye ..
room.
to mu (tg mu? s. tg 12]i), to receive for shelter or protection, to give
a lodging, a hearty reception, to welcome; s. gye 21.
7. to Tino,
to weigh together several small amounts or receipts of gold-dust.
Wodi mpewa wie ausa-na wgto sika ano (sika a wgakari dedaw na
6'. to .. ase
wgresan akari bio).
o^ wgto dan no ase, they .secure
the base, socle, or bottom of the walls of the house outside by covering them with clay; wgtare dan wie a, wotiti dgte a aka no dehgre
dan no ho hyia srasra so, na gdan no atim hg yiye.
b) gto aduru
ase, he pays (down) or deposits the money for a medicine which he
wishes to receive.
gbere neho ase, he humc) gto neho ase
bles himself.
d) to neglect, disregard, slight, treat slightly, throw
aside: wato neho ase ma dgm abefa no mpaase, he has not been on
his guard so that the enemy could take him by surprise; grekg gsa,
nso wato (watoto) neho ase, he goes to war, bid is not sufficiently
p)repared; monntomolio ase, be cdways tccdchful; monnto mo mpaebg ase, do not neglect your prayers, do not give up i^raying.
e) to
ase, intr. to be the last: asem a eto ase a merebebisa wo ni, the final
question which I am going to ask you is this.
f)io .. bo ase, lit. to
lay doivn the breast, i.e. to have patience, be patient, icait patiently;
pr. 3299-3303; s. ebo & tg 20.
9. to .. so: a) to pid or lay on, to
cast in, to gire over and above, to add: matg nHm pT, afei to me so!

497

to^.

I have bou(jht much meat (fif^h) of you, now (j'icc mc some Into Ihe
b) iiiede meho or m'aui meto no
haryain! if. utoso, iiniiso, nkwauye.
so, I cast mysclt upon, commit mi/scIf unto him, confide or trust in
him.
c) to so, loll, hy unum., to he in number the .. fh : gto so anan,
he is the fourth; eto so amitn, it is the fifth ; cf. tia, Gr. ^ 83,3.
I'lirases with otliei* nouns (alphabetically arranged): 10. to,
to build, abah, a house of stone; abantcnteh, a tower; f'adah, a house
witli mud W(dls; ofasu, a wall. pr.SHOO. (cf. si :L^1).
1]. to., be,
bu..be, pr. 3305. Cf. 16. 17. 2^. i23. 20. SO.
12. to .. bo, to lay a bet
or wayer, s. gbo.
13. to ..bo ase, s.Sf.
11. to da, to appoint ov
fix a day: meto no da na wakope sika abetuanic; syn. hye da.
15. to .. dade, Ak. to apply a deadly weapon to..; woato no dade
wgakum no.
Id. to .. din, or simply to, to (jive a name, impose a
name upon, to tiamc, call: matono (or ne) din Bekoe, / have given
him the name B.; mato me ba Adow, / Jiave called my cluld A.; cf.
Gr.g 205,4.5. pr. 0<J1.?T4.7S9.3304.
17. to dviom, to sing; s. dwom.
18. to hama: koto dan no hama, line (marlc out) t/ie sides oftJie
house, stretch the cords to mark out the lines for building the house;
I'J. de .. to ho, to leave to one's pileasure or dispocf. kyeh dan.
sition, pr. 413.
20. to., kwan, to give free way, grant liberty, accord freedom to; mato no (nko) kwah, I Jiave left him to himself, to
taJic his own way; I have permitted him to do as hej^lcases; - to sraha, s. sraha.
21. to .. mmati, to lay on one's sJioulders, i.e. to empower, authorise, invest ivitJi (full) power; gpanyin soma wo na gto
wo mmati a, wudi asem a, wommere.
22. to ana, to give one's
genealogy, to sJiow one's parentage, to prove one's descent, pr. 358.
23. to anansesem, to tell (pi'op. spin) a tale, cf. 11.28. pr. 359.
21.

ML

to or toto ani, to anyiwa (aprg) F., to look round about.

3,5. 34.9,8.
25. to .. pe, to asperse, slander, calumniate, vilify ; s. pe; to ho mpe,
s. mpe; diff. tg ape.
2G. to or toto .. apomafo, to neglect, disregard,
he careless about; s. apomafo.
27. to nsa: a) to stretch out tlie

wo nsa

fa ade no mil me, stretch forth your

hand, take that and give it tome.
b) gto nensa, he waves his hand in
anguish or anger, Zeph. 2,15. -gto no nsa, he heclcons liim. to come.
c) to nsa didi, to eat from tlic same dish: me ne no to nsa didi,
me ne no didi taforoboto biako mu; wgto nsa,
wgn biinu didi
asarika koro mu.
28. to asawa, to S2>in (wosen nkora hkurukuruwa 2 na wgde dua teatea hyem' na wgde asawa mfuturu kyekyere ho, na wgde wgri nsatea 2 kyim, na wgbobgw wg dua no ho).
20. to semmarada, to tekremakyene, to entice by sweet tvords it'C.
s. tekremakyene.
30. to sebe or tafarakye, to premise an expreste? or fe nt.,
sion of apology, pr. 1488.3311.
31. to ntasu, Ak.
to throw out spittle, to spit. pr. 360to, V. 1. to meet (witli), fall in tvith ; to come or ligJd on (upon),

Jiand (usu. tee nsa): to

2. to reach, arrive at,

fmd; metoono gkwah mu; pr. 3307-10.
ehia wato wgii, F.
come up tvith, ovetiake, catch. pr.3313. 3338imvertyhas overtaken tliem, Mf. Gr.p.l07. u'anoato me, lit. his mouth
Jiasreached me. i.e. he has spolccn ill of mc, s. ano.
3. to come ttpto,
perf. to equal, match: wato no, now Jic equals him (in riches, knowto

ledge &c.)

i. to

join, alt aril one's self (to), jn: 1810.. 2810.

62

5. to

498

to.

expose one's self (to the heat of a fire or of the sun, to the cold &c.):
to gya, to warm one's self at iJie fire; to awia, to warm one's self in
the sun; to awow, to expose one's self to the cold; mekoto awow, I
am going to seek coolness; - wato neho sere, he has exposed himself
to laughter, pr. 3312.

to,

toto] 1.

V. \j-ed.

turn,

tr. to

tivist,

wrest, perveti, distort; -

contrary to: a) to mmara,

to transgress the laiv; pr. 3317. - h) to nsu: wato ne nsu, he has violated hissworn covenant; watoto wonhonsu, theg havemnfuallg broken
their rovenanted obligations. - c) to ntam, to disregard or violate
to transgress, violate, hreal; infringe, act

an

(the obligations of)

oath. pr. 3316.

3. to entangle, involve,

com-

confound, make intricate, embroil [cf. ton): a) ghene mmara

ato wo =^ woato ohene mmara (s. l); wo mmara a wohyee me no
ato wo, you are yourself at variance with the law you gave me, have
transgressed yovr otcn law given to me; - Z^^ g to me so, he involves
me in guilt, he falsely charges me {s. es6)=gde asem a menyee (or
enni me so) de ato me so, asem a ode to me so no, ebiara nni me so;
- c) gtoto m'ano, he falsely accuses me; - d) gtoto wgh ntam', he

ptlicate,

sets

them at variance with each

other,

throws them into contention;

won ntam', as

they agree or are good friends now,

waddnnaii asem no
do not disunite them! - ejwsitoto asem no.
ani na ensi n'asem trene so bio, na wayeno basabasa, he has con3. intr. to be entangled,
founded the matter, has made it intricate.

wgka

yi,

ntoto

confused, confounded, disconcerted, discordant, disturbed, embroded,

Phrases: a^ ne ti ato, his head is enendangered, pr. 2.3345.
yvoa.hye se wohkumno mprempren,
tangled, his life is in danger ;
he has been declared guilty of death.- b) n'ani ato, n'anyiwa to, F.

ashamed, bashful; Mk.8,3S. - c)

kete no atoto, the mat has been tvoven amiss, improperly, faidtily;
- d) oka asem no a, n'ano toto
ontumi nka mma entee, when
he represents the matter or relates the story, his mouth is confused (Jie
confounds himself) i.e. he cannot relate it aright; - e) g-ne no ntam'
at6to(kanno wgyeadamfo, nnansa-yi Avgaye sakasaka, wgnkAbio),
thry hare been disunited, have fallen out with one another; Onyankopgh ne nnipa ntam' atoto, there is a disrup)tion (a state of discord)
4. to kwan, to miss or lose the toay, to go
betiveen God and men.
his face is confounded, i.e. he is

astray;
destroy,

5. to injure, spoil,
fom kwan, yera ok wan. ^r. 479.
kill : nsu nto wo, abosom' nto wo, the fetish-tcater, the guarr/".

6'. to .. aduru, to attack, injure, or kill

dian spirits shall kill thee.
7. to .. ano, to curse, imprecate, exeby poison, to poison, pr. 3315.
crate one^sself: wato n'ano, he has cursed (falsely accused, cf. 2) himself (se ebia ose ka me nko a, ahka mawu / wish I u'ere dead!), cf.
:

anoto.

j)r.

43of.

6'.

toto ano,

s.

c.

to, V. \i-ed. toto] to turn or change by heat: 1. to bake; to roast,

dress by applying to the fire without making use of any ])ot or
pan, cf. kisa, kyew; to abodo, to bake bread; to gde, to roast yam;
toto brgde, to roast pilantains; toto nam, to roast meat. pr. 364.3407.
2. toto, to cause to fade, wither or shrivel by exposing to fire for
to

de ka ogya, e.g. leaves that are to be used as a

a few moments,
.5. to dua, to make a fire round about a tree'm order to
medicine.

ot6

make

it

die. yr.'iSU.

4. toto

toa.

kuru,

499

to dress,

sfa/w ov fometif a

liioi,

warm water or nieilicanients. pr.3(J3. 14.^3f.

mashed yam (first boiled, then crushed by pressure

ivound or sore with

0-tO,

or

[pounded).
e-tu (Gr. 49,3 c) hrcerh. huftochs, posfcriors, anus, t/tr hinder
part or j'arfs of an animal body; c/". sisia, trfimu; pr. 425.33 IS. - ne
to atim (okg babi na wakotra lig kora na n'ani agye ho na omj)e
se oba bio), he has settled peninDtetitlij: mintu me to wo ha, I irifl
not leave this place; wabo wo to ato ho (ato guam'), he has reocaled
all thif secrets; ne to ada or ayi adi (wo nneyee [bone] ada adi na
nnipa hhina ahu wo gudso, na enni wo nkokoamude biara a ennaa
adie), his secrets have been revealed; gener. of bad conduct;
n'ani
awn, he has been put to shame; wgayi ne to akonnua na f\ve nni ne
to bio a gtra so.
2. hind part, hind end, of any other object: pane no to kwan (=itane no aniwa, aso, fwene) sua, - terew, the eye
of the needle is small, - is wide; pr.2.')90. - ehy^h to, the stern, after
or hinder part of a shij); - of a vessel: the part with which it rests
on the ground: awowa to, the bottom, of a brass basin, s. gsraman.
o. the end of immaterial things: twa .. to, to cut the hind part i.e.
to cut off, finish; watwa asem no to, lie has brought the palaver to an
end; eto ntwae e, the end has not yet come; eda a eto rentwa da,
the day or time ichose end ivill never come, i.e. eternity.

0, in

0,

= atoro,
= kwankora [G. ?.] 2. spoon, = atere.

cpds. (atokoro, atosem)

Ak.

1.

soup-ladle,

lie.

0-t 0, a kind oi pap, prepared of corn; wgyam abitrow de si ho

nnansa, na ebon wie a, wgde nsu ahono na wgasgii so na wgde gu
gsen mu asi gya so aka; ef. mmgre, ohu.

0-to, inf. 1. contention, dissension, discord; broil;

2. F. transgression;

ebon nye Nyankp. ue

mmra no

cf.

ntoto.

to biara.

toa, t'. [rer/. toatoa] 1. to join, conjoin, bring or 2>ut together; t.

guaha, s. this.
2. to connect, fUe, string; to tie in weaving; to talk:
t. nsententeh, to malce or multiply words, tcdJc a long string of words;
gtoa nseuten a fwe nnim', he talks a great deal, but there is nothing
in it; gtoa ntenten, he sj)ins a long yarn, talks at random, tells a
long story; nea gretoa ne iikramosom ho asem bi, he is talking about

Mohammedanism.

3. to trace, track, follow the trace or iraek of,

pursue: aboa na wgtoa no, e.s. woakgtow aboa tuo na wauwu n'anahmu hg na gkg, na wutiw no. Wgtoa aboa a, nea wgde pe no ne
gkafo a egugu ne adae a gdae ne nan a gde tiatiae; na se wonya
hu a, na wotiw so ara, kodu se wgbeto no.
4. to take up, renew,
resume something that had been interrupted; inf.toa., renewal. Kurtz
o. to fall upon, be hard upon, press hard or close, to urge,
1.
trouble, to attack (with abuse or blows), to assaidt, assail, challenge
6. to apply to, assail with petitions,
(cf. tua, twa mpoa); pr. 215.
urge, solicit; waguaii atoa no, he has taken refuge tvith him: Ps. 2, 12.
31,2; wo bone ahye wo so ara se den, na woreye apa abaw, na wode
kgtoa no a, grempam wo da.
7. to design beforehand \u dice-playing or in the game called ntewsi (not in iihomatow).
8. Phr.
n'asem ntoa, he is inconsistent with himself, he is an unprincipled

500

toa

otoasefo.

nnstahle, unsteady, ficJde in Ms manners and doings; n'asem

antoa, his dealings had no consistenci/, from improper condiict he
9. ioa. iio: a) cans, to join, pnd to, sew
couhl not hold his position.
to, adjust together; iitama ye tia a, wode bi toa so; - h) to adjoin,
lie or he next to, he contiguous; Begorofo toa Kam;inafb so; - c) to
fit, agree, suit, he adjusted or adapdcd: eyi de, entoa so kora, tliis

man,

composition (of two words) ivill not do at all. - d) to continue, to

proceed in (a speech or narration): woka asem a, toa so na ehkosi
preko ansji-na woagyae; mekoe no, na gkasa, na gtoaa ne kasa so
ara kosii.
10. toa toa so, a) to he pid or arranged in a row; h) to follow after one another in a roiv: moriko no utoatoa so, go one

after the other.

toa, V. fred. toatoa,, q.v.] 1. to involve, implicate, entangle; ope

ode n'amanne betoa me kon, he ivishes to involve me in his own
2. to he entangled or caught, to entangle one's self; aboa
difficulty.
no atoa, the animal has hecn caught in the snare; wndi sono akyia,
wontoa, i)r. S95.
3. F. (twea) to accuse. ML 12,10.27,12. 3Ik.l5,S.
4. to cause disorder dx. ewo toa neyam', the honey causes pain
se

in his hclly. pr. 445.

calahash, gourd and the plant producing it; pr. 509.

or flagon; hox; small 2iot or jar ; pr. 3320-23. (F.
twa.,Mt. 9,ir.)-ntoaahorow: nnotoa, nsiitoa, bentoa, oddhka, adenkum, mf'o'a. - cf. toa, kora, kuruwa, tumpan.
t

- small

a, ^^7. n-,

hottle, fiask

toa', toawa, F.toaba, 2)1. n-, a small ccdabash, hottle, flagon or

hox; phial, cruet; cartouch, cartridge, cartridge-hox; cf. asratoa'.
2. a leather belt or girdle con11 to a, ntoa, l.pl. of toa, toa.
taining cartridges in 6 or 12 small boxes or cells; s. obarehyia; -

woakgntoamu,
self

ready for

they are ready for fighting:

monka

ntoa,

make your-

fighting.

iitoa', 1. a kind of ti'ee, used for fences, with edible

a kind of bead, s. ahene.

fruit.

2.

o-to-abere [nea ne

to abere, whose buttock is red] s. aferaw.

where two things meet or join, corner; border

iitoa-do, . j^lnce

of a territory, region, district or country. Mt. 2,16.4,13.6,5.8,34. Cf.

[ntoaso.
ntoadze (?) F. the uttermost part of, Mk. 13,27.

toa-fufu, vessel or box of tvhite porcelain, pr. 3319.

to a- 111 am, a gourd ivithout opening, pr. 168.
nto-aiia,

nea oto ana, pr.3323.

o, inf. [to ano] the sum or amount of gold-dust consisting

of se\ eral smaller ainounts naw weighed together,
toapo. As. spitting-box.

n to-an

iito-ase,

inf. [to ase] 1.

ptayment in advance for a medicine or

any other thing promised wode to ade a wgde rebema wo a.s. wgrebeye amii wo no ase; a gift to the fetish; ade a woma na woyi mmusu ma wo aniise wgye adnru ma wo a.s. wotu suman ma wo.
2.
;

condition. Kurtz 311.

O-toa-sefo, pl.&-, amnnhaving a

one who wears a

belt

belt with cartridges about him;

with cartridges for another; armour-bearer.

utoaso
toa-so,

11

inf. [toa so]

501

atoduru.

continuation; junction; F. ntoa-do,

q. v.

oi\-iiv\, 2)t.n-, the covering of a cartridijc wliicli is hitten off

before use; o-iie iiic kckaw lit. (^^ g-iic ine ko), he is in active husi

with me, acts hoslilcli/ against mc.

filil//

to a to a, red. v., s. toa.

toa to a, red. v., 1. s. toa; I'lliaiiui toatoa m'adesoa, climbers
have entangled my load.
U. to become or be bent or crooked: lie
luu'i atoatoa, Itis legs are bent (together).
3. to prefer a charge
against; to accuse, V. Mt. 27,L:i.M}{. ir>,:i. ~ to caJmnniate, backbite,
slander (more than twiri): okoiitoiiipoiii t. iieyonko.
i. to embroil, to sow or atir up dissension, disunion, discord lOc. among: onipabouc iia gtoatoa (ototo) man no man ntam'.
5. t. mil, a) cans,
[ircceileil by <le or t'a: to interlace, Join together, insert d'c. - b) to

be joined together, iidcrwovoi, intimately united, closely connected;

koakoa mn.
atoatoa, ^j7.

syn.

n-, a beast of prey, lynx{?); ne li6 to se obata, a

bigger than a large conntry-dog, preys on sheep &c.

little

iitoatoao, impedimcnls

mn wo

soro

lie tarn', iia

(I'lhama,

wonam mn

a,

nnuba no nniia a cwg

esuso wo mn.

kvvaii

ntoatoaiu', == nkoakoam', jo//;^*", connected members.

ntoatoa-s6, inf. 1. continuation; a continued, uninterrupted
row.

tinucdly

1.

2. adv. repeatedly, in repeated succession, continually, con;

waye bono no

nt.

0-to-atweree, s. sisi, bear.

to bo tobe, adv. noisily, impetuously, vehemently; moiinye no
asaf'o kiira onipa a, wokasa nanso
1., do not treat him violently;

wosnnsiiah n'ase

t.t.

{o-hc a, place or manner of laying.

or lay something;

atobere,

s.

mihhu ne

t.,

I do

io-h

gw

place

not Icnow where to pid

to

put

it.

atopere.

b i a waye at., he is in despair, looJcs about him in despcraiion.

o-tobo: akoa at. F. an unprofitable servant. Mk. 2o,30.
a1

ntoboa, F. tribute (money). Mt.l7,2ifMk.

toburo, toburobo,
nto bur

not sufficiently salted

[or seasoned; cf wo.
6, a disease similar to small-pox (mpete) yet with smal[ler pustnles.

eto-dabi-a,
s.

lit. it

to 13. Gr. 130,4.

nto-de, roasted

falls

i.e.

p: 3282.

happens some day

things, roasted

nto-dii, v.n. [ade a woto

to

buy

that, i.e.

sometimes;

F. oto-dabi-a, oto-febi-a.

yam.

di] things

victuals; expenses espec. for food;

has

12,14.

a. insipid, tasteless,

gunow

iito-naiii, roasted meat.

bought and eaten: bought

(onni afiiw) na odi nt., he

his victuals; fa nt., pr. 1082.

to do, a certain

star.

ntodowa-so, Akw. nea wgmo amoase fa ho no, dwohkii-so.

atodu-dubefi, aduben, sufre, suljjhur. D.As.

ato-duru, atudnru [tow adnrn] gunpowder,

pr. 1252.3371.

502

toe

gya

cf.

atokwa.

ma so
to iaJiX away from on the fire: toe aduan uo,
usu no ado dodo, na toe si fam'; to help cloivii (a load),

toe,
fi

V.

so;

soc.

atoe,

place where the sun

V. n. the

atge-fam', west side;

O-tofammen [men

sinJcs ov sets, ivest; s. to, v.

to west, wesl-ivard.

ben, red] a kind of herb.

ade a biribitra so; nave of a wheel, wherein the spokes

are inserted; socJcet, opening in which any thing is fitted; ade no a2.
huaii asi n'at. so, the thing has snapped into its proper place.
CKShion worn by negro-women in their dress behind, distinguishing
their dress from that of the males; they may carry children on it.

ato

fo, 1.

O-tofo,

o-tof 6,

bui/er,

jyl. a-,
2)1- a-,

l^- atofo, atufn.]

odetofo.

one tvho has fallen in

battle or

has been hilled by an

atofo-kwjiii, asamankwan, milky

gsaman.
Mf. apparition.)
F.
Mt.
a
pr.3137-
the

accident, pr. 957. :-i324.

o-tolb-sesa,

to-foe

glutton.

tofor,

afo].

[to

ivag.

(tofo,

s.

ato-frye, -gyei, F. custom house, collector's

o-togyefo, pi. atogyigyefo, publican,

a to ha, a kind of

office.

11,19.

Mk. 2,Uf.

or tax-gatherer.

toll-

tree.

ntohoro, food without meat or fish.

toko, adv. {to fow or sra) richly, plentifully; wode nku afow
n'anim t.
taka.

at 6k

atoko-sa,
a kind oi millet, guinea-corn. [G. akoko.]
a kind of beer made of guinea-corn; nsa a wode atoko aye.
antoko-asafo, a sort of FAiropcan cloth, s. ntama.
6,

o-tokoataka, a kind of creeper or climber,

pr. 3423.

ntokoa-ii tokoa, a. variegated, spotted, dotted; ansam ho ye

nt.; ntama a biribi sisim' bebre (nneema worn' bebre) ye nt.
cf.
nwranwran (more used of flowers).
n tokoii tr;ima [with pure a; atotoho 'mako-mako se utrama]
spteclded; o})onko nt., a gray and white horse.
n 1 k o 11 a
s. ntok wanan.
;

I'l,

atoro koro, a single lie. pr.3325.

ato-koro,
mpaboa.
ntoko-ta, F. usokota, sandals;
toko toko, a kind of bead; s. aliene. [Guan, =biribi

tokuru,
tew

t.,

^;Z.

in the

tokuwa,
ato-kwa,

a hole; a

ground;

cf. tu,

biribi.]

holloiv, excavation, cavity; pr.

a hole, as in a dress;

to tear

board or

n-,

bo

t.,

to

2590

maJce a hole, as in a

amoa, iikoron.

pi. n- fdim.] a small hole.

jj/.

n- [akoa a

wgato no] a bought

atokwa, ii-tokwaw,

slave.

fighting, scuffle, affray; ko nt., to fight,

be at fisticuffs; wode kntruku ana tvi ere a.s. sotore ko
nt., they fight with the fist (clinched in two different ways) or with
the fiat of the hand; pr. 1189. wakgka nt., lie has caused or brought

scuffle,

cuff,

about a scuffle; di

nt.,

pr.297.

cf.

mmatgkwa.

tokwabo

ti)kwa-l)0, tokwM-liolia, a kind

and

503

Tit6ii.

oi'

sloitc foiiiid in

Akcm,

htard

burdensome stone, Zech. I:J,'i. a stone

to he lifted up by young men to show and exercise their strength;
obo a I'ikurot'o ma so de kyerc won ahooden.
Ii(>avy as qiuiHz. pr. ;i:i^6.

<i

tokwii-inirika, \>r. .7.7."?r.

wasi nt., lie has set his feel in a fighting

iitokwM-iuii'i:

tokwa-lam,
persons readg
to

the thighs

ond

(ittitnde.

regio jmljis

lig

to fight.

^ to mil, to

111',

round

a cloth tied

mn;

s.

to Jx\, to

'>.fj.

ntOina, Ak. -- ntama.

to 111 111 il, n-, J. V. Akr. ntama a wnde bo asen, sosh, a strip
^. Ak. ahene
of cloth worn about tlie waist, tied over the clothes.
hunu a mma do to won asen,
ascninuhcne, a string of beads worn
about the waist.

ato in-dc-e [ade a wode

fish or other

meat put

n toiiiinr.

[ntoii

to

(nkwan)mu]

greens, seasoning, spice,

in tlie soup. pr. 106.

abe| a plant {^\ni\. o^ piilm) \v\i\\ eiisiform h',aves,

may serve as posts in fences; ne hkonrau se
wofre no sa; cf. ntoh, opete-nton.

the living stems of which

obeten nti na ema

Dtoinnie-ntoinniQ,

tomero

a.

hwraiiwran.

[Eng.] tumbler;

gyirase.

cf.

o-tbmt'6,2)l. a-,[tono] smith, blacksmith; pr. 334.3.3:28f.

O-tomfo,

tonfo,

2)1. a-,

c/.odwumfo.

[ton] seller; sgn. odetonfo.

n to 111 mo, ntomg, sweet potato, Batatas

cdulis.

Convolvulus ba-

tatas. [G. atonio.j

toiiio, F. alone, only; cf. iikoto.

o-tom-inu [tono obo] anvil.
ntampeliama, rope; hania a woafirano kontomporie, Ak.
kttro, adwumayefo de bi to won asenmu yc adwuma; nsuauofo ua

eta de to

won asenmu.

pr. 744.

viscous Juice of newly cut 2Jla'ntains; brodo

wokotwa li dua so rapremprcn de beto ho ua ano nsu ausgn na
wokodi a, na akita wo.

a toiiipr

.'ida^ the

nto-mii, infi addition, augment ation,

toil, V. \^red.

money

use up the
sem no.
1

bell,

of;

11

[full o]

adv- imitative of the loud

[G, noho].

and harsh sound

of a

dawuru

gong

or

to

(tonn, tonn) adv. far,

11 11

pr. 2934. cf. ntoso.

ton .. di, to sell and

tonton] to sell; pr. 3330-32.
received; odefo no kotgn asem no mil nea odi a-

gkg Abrokyiri
o-toi'i, inf.

t.,

to

gkgfa akura

a great distance,

to

a remote 2iurt

t.

the act o( selling, sale; slavery.

amber, beads of amber; wgfre no akgmfohene, akgmfo ua

eta hye ntia; s. ahene & bankam.
e-toii,

(kind oi palm) with long eusiform leaves used for

ahabah bi a wgde nwene kete; pr. ,5555. cf. opetentgn or utgmme, twitgn.
11

to

11,

?t,

2)1 ant

plaiting mats;

nton

504

atontorehoa.

ntoii, Ak. ntoro, ^abusnabcin, family, consdngninih/, Jcindred;

nt. ben mxi? wontoii de den? moye Dwiinioanani &c.

wufi

= ntonkcT: n'ani atra

nton,

ne

ut., Jie is

supercilious, arror/ant,

presumjituous.
.

n 1 ii an 6 a, the eaves of a roof.

tonasu-m\ otonsu [nca otomfo tono

forge, smith//, smith-

lio]

workshop of a smith.

enj,
11

tonka,

nyankoutgn.

(ei/c-)broivs; cf. uton,

iltoiVko, the largest kind o{ pepper, with red or dark-green or

whitish pods,

raako. yr. H334.

s.

town on the left bank of the Volta; eti Auuni

ko ho beye dakoro kwan wufi Parenia a, iia wokg ho a.u. woadu
Sohae (Eipe).

Tonko,

pr. n. a

u k gy e i, X)l. -, hoolc, large ftsh-hool: Am. 1,2. cf. akotokoro.

tonko-ka, a finger-ring with a knob resembling a mitre; cf.

kri,

mpetea.

tono, r. [ii/f. a-,] to forge, to heat or worJc iron or steel, to do

smith's work, - used without an obj., cf. bo iJO.lS!); - s. tontono.
0-ton-sii,

s.

tonasu.

tuntan, tj.
fa tontan
11

web,

ton tan, Ak.-ne,

s.

entangle;
maJce a noose, loop, loose Icnot!

to twist, intertivist, entwine, iuterftvine; to

= fa toatoa mu,

rai'i

net,

- spider's web, cob-

nct-worlc, cf. gtan;

hall iia.

ntontan-tam,

nton to

cra2)e,

gauze.

buy things on Joint

si kosow.

{cf. ton, to sell, to, to buy): di nt., to

account and share the money received from, the sales;

nton to
nton 1

[full o]

a kind oi

yam

(bayere);

s.

ode.

[full o] several strings united, with beads strung on each,

used to decide any matter by drawing the beads, which may come
or not; b o or t w e .. so nt., to draw lots (cast lots or raffle) for (or
upon)\ asase yi nt. abg me, the lot of this land fell on me; wobo no
nt. {cf. wgbg no aka), titcy recur to the drau'ing of lots in order to
decide his case. F. t\ve(..h6) tonto, 3It 37,3.5. Mk. 15,24-

ntonto-bo, the act o( drawing lots or deciding by lot; wgde asem

nipa so na wonhii mu nokware, na nea gwg ntonto no hi wg-

bi ato

ma

gkgfa, na wgkankye \Vie a, gtwe ahene a.s. ntramaa ewo hama

no so no. So onipa no, wgtono so a, na ayi atgfam'; se nso ewom'
ampa a, wgtwe a, emma. Ade koro no ara na wofre no ahamatwe;

wgye wg Fante.

ntontom,

mosquito, pr.3335.

tontono,

red. v. 1.

s.

tono.

ntonton-tam, mosquito-net.
de..
icork or act upon
2.

t.,

to

cause or give trouble by, to inflict or cast upon: mede asem

makgtontono no, / have brought a palaver upon Jiim wliicli will give
him mucJi to do.
3. F. to laud, magnify; to adore.
..with

..,

to

ntontono,

inf.

F. adoration.

atontgrc-boa,

atontroboa,

p)l. n-,

gnat, small

fly.

Mt. 23,24.

otontiironi
o-lo n

til

505

torodo.

roiii, 7)La--t'), revcUcr, riofcr, caroitsrr, hdrchitnalhin;

onipa a wailidi aino na n'aui aj^^yc. kyon so vU\ m\\ I'lkwascuscin,

gtegtcom' (ye ye, mo, twea), oye sakasaka. odi atuiitiinaiiscin.

un topantiri,

a kind of head;

ato[)C (obsol.) hoc, matfocJc;

0-tOj)C, a large snail,

cf.

aheue.

s.

asow; spadc(?)

cf.

pr. 1081.

iiwaw, gwanini. pr. 10S0.3427f-

atop c rr, n play in which a victim (a person destined for dcatli)

vrmlhi hilled; pr.S.'l'iG; de.. goru at. (As. dwa at.), io worri/, tortiiciif, torture one to death; maye bono, na monunfanie nnnoru at.,
/ have done evil, hut do not torment me to death; ncawgdeno rcj^oru
at. no, wohye no anibere, e.s. wobobo no nnade ansa-na wgakuni no.
is

o-topcnjfo, pi.

topo'

3337.

a-, pr.

[En<>;.] tuh.

{
re, V. \_red. totgre] io fall (ef. to); 1. to fall or turn or he derided against; asem no atgreno (^^as. no atg no so, abg no) or simply atgre no, the matter has fallen or turned out against him, he has
^. red. to
heen found guilty; asem yi, etgrc wo, gou are guilty.

assad, hegin an attach upon; gtotore no, he attempts to catch him, assaults him.
3. to he reduced
I. ase
in numher, hecome less; wgatgre, they have hecome few.

fall

on or upon,

to attael; assault,

tore, to die aid or

away, hecome

11 1

n.a.) ase at.

re-m ii,

inf.

di

extinct, he extinguished:

abusua, miiioadoma, afieboa) ase

gbrgde

at.

won

won (gman,

ase agu; adiian (ode,

= to mu, sink fall down,

a covan aperture.
= amanne, a custom of long standing, ha-

ut.

to

e.g.

in,

er or lid in a pot of too wide

atorc-mu-adc, F.

usage; ade a w6fi tetetete aye abedu 'ne; Guaiifo

ue se wodi agyade, na Atwifo de ne wgfade; Eniresi amradofo
ne se, gman biara a wodi so no, wogye won tow.

hitual practice,
at.

at.

antor-e[)ii"a [wantg a wapira] the

ntorcwa,

5.

ntgrowa.

name

toi'fo, F.

of a kind of ncdive song.

^= otorofo. Mt.

7, 15.

24,11.

smooth, glih, slippery, luhricous; gkwan

yi so ye tro, this path is slippery; gkwan trotro ni.
2. false, sputoro, v. s. torow.
rious, not genuine; cf. bisctro, ojij^. bisepa.
a tore, gt., a lie, untruth, falsehood; di at.. As. di toro, to tell
lies, to lie; pr. 450.457. cf. boa; gnul gtoro wie toro, he males the lie
toi'O, torotoro, a.

1.

cease to he a lie;

yemmil

gt.

nwie

gt.

ana?

shall ive

make

the lie told

of us a truth ?
o-tdro, a kind of plant, used to destroy lice; staves-acre;
guare won tirim na dwiw kg.

wgdo

ntoro, Ak. a person of the same ancient family, worshipping

the same fetish; wo ne bi guare oboson-koro a, na moye ut. rae
ntgrg ni! gye ment. ; cf. ntgn.
;

toroben

to,

iJ?. n-,

torodo, torododo,

[Dan., Dutch: trompet] trumpet.

1. a.

apgwapgw, na enni aba

decided e or o

straight, erect, upright, aright, right;

dua no si hg t. (enkyea na eho nni

gye ne soro hko); e or o torodo, a plain,
mo de a moreka. yi ye nokware torodododo, what

slender, slim; j)lain, smooth;

pi

506

torodo

you say here

iitotoanaumu.

is quite true, the 2^lciin truth.

2. adv. j)recisely, just,

exactly, j^erfectly.

toro(io, torododo, torodododo, aclvv.\m\i9.i\\e of the sound

of a fluid bciug poured into a vessel or upon the ground; \)r. 327.
nsu gu torododo; nsu gu uiu torgdodg; nsu gu fatn' taradada; ode

nsu gu ahinam' tworgdgdo.

torofetorofe, a. smooth, glib;

smooth, glib, flippant, voluble tongue.
O-torofo, pi. a-,
ntorofo-soni,

liar. pr.

of.

toro; n'auo ye

t.,

he has a

2596.333S-41.

atosem,

lies,

falsehood;

s.

atoro.

to rum, a kind of antelope ; ne ho nwranwran se gwausan.

torom,

...

s.

terem, troni, trgma, tromtrom,

atoro]6, a kind of tomato, a

s.

ntgrowa.

3136.Ex.2S,33.

pr.

tfironi'.

fruit similar to

atoropotl?

a pomegranate;

toro toro, rt. 6\ toro.

toro w, V. to become smooth, to tvear out, be worn out or offhy
friction or rubbing, mfewa no ho nkyimi at.; n'aso atorow, =- n'asom'ayc trotro, asem biara nsiaw mu, he turns a deaf car to all that
is

told him.

ntorowii, As. nnuadewa, an

edible fruit, espec. eaten in soup,

diff. kinds:

tomato, love-a2iple,Lycopcrsicum{orSolanuni) cscalodum;

nnuafwe, nt.-kyeh, nt.-pa, nt.-apo, s. atoropo.
to-sika, F. tow-sika, tribute money. Mt. 22,19.

ato-sem

[atoro asem] falsehood, falsity, u)dr?ifh,

lie.

[ade a wgde to so] adddion, what one gets into the

bargain when buying a thing; Ak. nhuso, cf. nsim', nkwanye.
o-toso-fji, inf. the act of embezzling (faking for-one's self) what
is given into the bargain, instead of bringing it to him or her who
sent to the market.
lit 0-8 6,

i)if.

tote, ^>?. n-, foot of a fourfooted beast, 2^aw, daw, hoof.

atotc-l)6a, 2)1. n-, any quadruped that lives on the ground, not
on trees; 02)p. soroboa; adowa ne nt. bene, adowa na ne tote sua papa.

ato-tem,

n-, itif.

toto, red.

[tow ntem].

v., s. to, to fall d^c.; to, to

buy.

F.=: sere, Mt. 18^9.

toto, red. v., s. to 1-31. espec. oc.d.Sc.d. (gtoto neho ase: 1.

gbere neho ase; 2. gnfvVe neho so yiye.) - F. to cast a hook, Mt. 17,27- toto aba, F. to shoot out branches. - toto anyiwa, F. to look round
aboid. Mk. 9,8. - toto ntafi, F. to S2nt. Mt. 26,67.

t.

toto. red. v., s. to 1-3. to be entangled, complicated &c.

ananmu', F. to offend, Mt. 5,29.13,21.18,8. 24,10.

xir. 2.

bgsaw.
toto, child, lang.
o-toto, nea gtotg, one who often buys. pr. 3342.
n 1 1 0, inf. frequent buying, inclination to buy.
11

toto,

inf. [s. to] discord, contention,

O-totoa ho bono,

ntoto-anaiim,

s.

x>r.

mmofuma.

inf.

Y. offence,

.392.3548.

embroilment; perj)lexity
fconfusion.

tilings that offend.

Mt. 13,41.18,7-

iifcotoanim'

507

tow.

iif.o to-aninr, v.n. what is put before auollicr tliiiij:;; a camuj

of timberwork; diia a wgasc'i'i di; t'ointViin apoi'i \\i inieiist're aiiim

ma

eye

tc,

=: mfonifainliO.

iitoto-aiio,
atoto-be,
11 1

iiim,

we

o-t

3347.

ohi si wa,

little

a.

small and nnmeroHs; yen niinofVaiit. dc, ycn-

ehildroi, man// as n-c are, do not Icnoic

a projlitjide,

t/iat.

abandoned, vicious,
reprobate person, rnf/ian; oiiipa a ope se ode nelio Ira boue

otoboiicfV),

iviekcd,

edlnmnij, slander.

inf. false accKsatioii.

fr.

J'/. a-,

fl((ijitious,

biarain'.
o-t

otobroto.

2>l- -.

cirtlcss

fellow; brutish person, pr. 3l'96.

iitotoc, v.n. V. su2)plications;

s.

toto -^ sere,

ase akeseakese.
atotoe,
11 totofifiwa, mmofra nketenkete,

iitoto-koil,

inf.:

a to t o-n

one

s a,

toto re,
o-t

oyc
tvJio

ode

fakisiwa.
hoiis

of about 1^

//ears,

cf.

nam

(nantew), i=)toto no koii,

[^- ^0"has boityht palm-ioinc. pr. 3343.
nt.,

nt.

red. v. tore, to assail, assaidt, attack, try to catch or hill.

tore, a kind of tree; <lua kese, woso.

6 tore, dr// spittle about tlie mouth ofsleeping cliildren ; mmofra da na ntasii sen won iino na ekyenkyeh ho a, wofre no nt.
11 1

totoroto,

a.

large,

tall,

big, stout:

oye onipa

t.

gso,

oye

kese, oye gberah.

totoroto, a. safe and sound; unhurt, uninjured, unimpaired;

unimpcached: wako sa de noho aba t,, e.s. korabo bi anka no se
gyaro bi ammo no, na gde iieho dwodwo aba ofio; wafi asgm nom'
t., e.s. obi de asera ato no so a. s. amanne bi abetg no so, na mpanyimfo ahyia adi asem no, na fg biara amma ne fam'.
totgt'c, adv. lengthivays, lengthwise, at full length; gbca hg
he

lies there (idly

toto to to:

t.,

stretched out) at full length.

n'ani

ye no

t.

eye no aniani, he

in perplexity, at a loss (so that his eyes fall

now

is

sad, grieved,

here, noiv there).

o-totowa, atotowa, a kind of ^rce; dua kese, wodi n'aba, wgde

n'ahaban ye fan.
totoyail, As.

bog, morass;

s.

dontori,

dehkyedenkye.

t o 1 6 r 0-1 0-11 s u (totnrob., B. tetreb.), he who causes rain to fall

copiously and makes water (rivers) overfloiv; a by-name of Nyahkopgh; gtotg totg a, na nsu abg, when the rain falls abundantly, the
rivers &c. overfloiv.
)

tow, red.v. tow; pr.3346.

tow, v.[red. tatow] 1. to fling, cast, send or ^/jro?(; from the hand,
to whirl, hurl, pr. 334S; gtowno bo, he flings a stone at him, tow kyene,
to

tow gu, to cast somewhere, F. Mt. 13,42. to cast away. pr.3346. 33 JOf.
- tow kyene or pete, to throw or cast to; gtow poma no kyenef'
me, he threw me the stick; tow nnua no pete yen ha, fling the pieces
of ivood to us here! tow atlbo, to thro/v with a sling, to sling a stone:
gtow atabo no bgg no, 1 Sam. 17,49.
2. to fling or throiv o)ie's self

3353.

etow

508

tra.

to rush, dash, spring, hound; ohuruw

ahyenimam' tow pom', R. p. ,240. wgtow hyec or guu yen so, the//
fell upon us and seized us; mmoadomaa etua awerew no nhinatow.
3. to propel, shoot, let fly (bemma, agyah, an arrow); pr.863.
4. to shoot, fire, discharge (otuo, a gint): eliena na otowe? who did
shoot? to shoot, to lill by shooting: gtow'no tuo, he shot him :pr. 3349.
to he fired: otiio atow wuram', a gun
cf. ho tno; - also of the gun

in

a violent or hasty manner,

lii

has been fired

to

in the bnsh. pr. 1479.

5. to gice, fetch

beat ov strike (kntrnku, sotgre, twere, with the

fist,

or deal a blow,
the

palm

of the

hand, the Icnncldes of the fingers); tow anankoti, to Icich, wince, fling
6'. to brandish,
out, to jerk (of horses).
flourish, wave, fan (mana,
pgnkoflua, sohori ntakjira).
7. tow osikyi, to cast or throw a die
or dice, to play with dies; t. ntrama, to play with cowries (wgfa ntrama na wgcle gu fam^ na wgkari nea ebutuw ne neaedan); t. nhoma,
to 2>lay at cards; t. dam, t. ware, to play at draughts; pr. 3354. t. odo,
to phiy with a kind of ball made of palm-leaves.
8. tow (atade) so,
to iron, smooth (a dress).
9. tow pon, to spread the fable, lay the
cloth, give a banquet or entertainment.
10. towdna, to fell a tree.
pr. 301.3352.
11. P/<r. wantow n'anom toil ma, he did not shoot one
cartridge full from his mouth, i.e. he answered or replied nothing at
all.
12. wgtow gye so, they shout to each other for Joy.

e-tow,

pi. U-, atgw-atgw, 1. lump, bump, globe, round mass, ball,

as of wet clay for pise-building; dumpling, offoofoo (fuffi-tgw; ahentgw, a small one, nkwaseatgw, a large one); clod, clot, coagulation;
'mogya atgw-atgw, Lk. 22,44. pr. 3206.
2. cluster, swarm, crowd:
nnipano abg tgw, the people are crowded together ; wgkgkyeree tgw,

they huddled together.

e-tow,

1. tribute, toll, ta.v, p)oll-tax;

take, gather or collect ta.ves;

yi

t.,

gye

or gyigye

ghene de kaw a, woyi t. ma no, wgkyc

gbarima mmah 12, gbea mmah 8 (1S54 May).

t.

fo-tow, a single

t.,

to receive,

or levy taxes; to 2)ay faxes;

no asafo mu; Kwadade yii

to raise

company; kurotow, araantow, a

2. in

cpds: asa-

single township or

comnmnity.

O-towa, a kind of tree; sare so dua kese.

adetgwoso, ahunum'.
ato-wo-so,

towovv, a. tasteless, insipid, unsavoury, from want of salt,

pepper &c. hkwan no yc nkwan t. e.s. fikyene nemako n.a. nnim'.
t03'am\ anxiety, anxiousness, dejection, apprehension, alarm,
despondency; bg t., to be cast down, (darmed, depressed, dejected;
ode owu t. (:= anikrakra) guahe, he fled in a mortal fright.
toyani'bo,
tra, tara,

yond any

inf.

the state of being dejected, dejection

v. [i-ed.

limit in

tratra] to go or

doing any thing.

2^r.

etc.

move over any object or

be-

55o5. to pass, go over, pr. 1033.

In connection with another v.

serves to express the 2)re2^p. over, beyond, s. Gr. 109,31.223,4.
pr.3356. ohuruw traa gbo, amoa, he leaped over a stone, a 2iif ; n'ani
to 2}ass by, forego, relinquish, pr. 360.
it

atra ne ntgn, he
excessive;
so,

abu

is

so),

it

tra so. to be
aye ma atra so (aboro

supercilious, haughty, overbearing;

gye hu tra

so,

he

is overfull.

is

excessively timid;

tra

ntrdma.

509

trfi, trina, tenS, v. [red. tratvii] F. tsena, 1. to ait duicn, to

place
expresses the action, whilst the state ot" sitting-, the posture ofbeinj^ on a seat, is expressed by te, Gr. 1U2,3.
tra. ase! niontra ase (e)! sit doivu! talc a scat or scats, be seated I ir a.
lam'! sit down on the yroiDid! watrii abrogua so, he has placed himself on a chair; k g tra or bet r a, to (jo or come to sit down, to settle,
take up habitation ; de .. tra, cans, to seat, place on a seat, cause to
sit down or to occiijn/ a jtost, site, situation; to station, locate, settle,
establish; - otu kotrail Akyeni, he cnii(/r<ded to Akeni; otuu won kotra.X Babel, he carried them awai/ to liahel (and settled them there).
3. to sit, dwell, lire at a place (in the p ret. and fat. tenses, when the
contin. te cannot be used): otriia Aburi, he lived atAb. (but is no more
there); ope se obetra Ab. da, he wishes that he niai) be able to live at
Ah. (dwat/s; cf. gte Ab., /<e Hoes at Ab. at present; ne yere wui no, na gte
3. to stay, remain, continue:
Ah., when his irife died, helivcdat Ab.
tra ha kakra, staii here a little; wobekg, na me de, metrjl ha; metra
ha adaj>en anaii; asase betrfi ho da; ma entra hg, leave it' there, let
mii
it remain where it is, let it rest as it is,
let the matter (done,
enka; - akutu no mmeree e, ma entra dua so. B. p. 241.
4. trii
gheue ho, to sit by the side of a king, to be a counsellor of the king's;
tni asem ho, to attend to a palaver or puhlic transaction.
one's self

on a seat;

it

a tra,

boa, net, fishing net;

tra, trawa, a. thin,

atrti, slice, cnt, thin

flat,

cf.

asawu. pr.3357.

smooth, soft;

broad piece cut

s.

tratra. pr. 3302.

off, oi'

yam, (gde a wgatwa),

of bread &c.

tra-bea, o-tra-bere, tra-bew,

seat, ])lace to sit

in; abode,

dwelling, place of residence; watra me trfibere, hehastakenmyseat;

me t. ni; sgre fi met.; mji yenkg yen t.; met. ne AkYo]^ou. R. p. 241.

tradadada,
o-trafo, j>La-,

ghene

atr.

s.

1.

[pr.3358.

taradada.

assessor; Judgelateral, counsellor Sc. Kurtz 178.

advisers, ministers.

= mpanyimfo, the king's counsellors,

helmsman, .s/eeriwm/e.- hyen mu(akyerekyerekwan

gkyere hyeii no kwaii.

2. steersman,

Jiu)

trafo a

ailtra-kuru [entra kiirow, babifo kyi] a kind otbead, s. ahene.

tram",
tra mu (s. tra, v.): wudi mmekwan na wususuw wo
tirim asem a, iikwan aba wofwenem' atram'.
tram, v. [red. trantrrtm] 1. to cry out, cry at or about; tram
Ire, to C(dl upon, invoke: wahintiw atram afre gbosom na ohintiw no
anye no biribi, he has stumbled and called upon the fetish (simply
pronouncing his name) that the stumbling may not hurt him.
3.
to bewitch, charm, enchant; to curse, imprecate, call down some hurt

or calamity, invoke evil on: osumanfo no atram barima no amTi wa3. ohurnhuro no tram no twareno, he was smothgkasa dennen yi me hfi,
ered by the damps.
4. gtran'tram me,
gteetee me, he threatens me, snarls at me, addresses me harshly.
5. anadwo yi nnipa bi trantram mu, last night some people kept up

f\Ve ase; cf. kai.

a clamorous noise, a grcfd vociferation.

lit

ra

ma

(pi.) cowries,

small shells imported from islands

in the


510

otrdmatiri

trom.

Indian Ocean, serving in parts of Western Africa instead of money;

make a string (oban), and fifty strings (mmah 50 or 2000 cowries) go to a head of cowries (otiri); cf. niwa, serewa. j-. 5560. The
value is constantly decreasing; in 1860 a dollar (4s. (id.) was worth
85 strings, in 1870, two heads. Dabi dare biako si mman 85 {^lot
otiri ne mman 35), nnansa yi esi atiri abieh.
0-trama-tiri, a head of coteries; in the j;?. atiri is used for 2
to 9 heads and a tram atiri for 10 or more heads.
forty

ntrama-tow
tow

iy.) 7.

ntra-mu,
trail,

(or 1,33.3), inf. i}laiiin(j or

gaming with

coteries,

ntramatofo, a player for cowries.

inf.

immanence. Kurtz

&

V. [inf. o-

s.

163.

a-] to discharge

matiy guns in company or

in a volley, to volley.
ntraiii,

ntane-ani.

s.

afiafi-anoma,
atranno, a kind of bird
t ran tram, red. v., s. tram,

atra-niiufua,

at rap

e, pl.n-.,

nea watra nnufiia,

[Dan. trapped

case; (pi.) stair-case, flight of

cf.

pr. 3359.

degree or gradient of a stairstairs made of stones, bricks &c.

step,

stejJS,

antweri. [G. atrakpe.]

taradada.
trara,

pr. 1125.

2. inf. abono tr., // has caused

tra-ase, tra ase, 1. s. tra.
atraase(6), inter/, salutation to one sitting.
him to sit down.
traas c-fe litem: waye tr. (waka gfakO, ontuminko babi), he
sits idle or unoccupied, always at the same place, he lies fallow' &c.
wanye tr. wo n'adwnma no mu, he did not sit idle, ivas not lasy in

his worJc.

ntra-so, inf. [s. tra] what

egyina ntraso abieh no ntam',

is
//

beyond

the limits; excess, extreme;

stands [or holds a

j^osif ion)

between

the two extremes.

tra tra,
frafrji,

a. thin (of

hata; flat:

tender:

won

ti

things that have an extended surface); syn.

ntra-ntra, they are flat-headed; smooth, soft,

okramah ayaase ye

tr.,

dog

the belly of a

is soft.

atratra-.so m, an act of (flagrant) transgression, outrage; odi

obu mmara so di asem bi, he commits a trespass; cf. sehkyehe.
atr.

trawa,
trene,

a.

tra

s.

tenene,

trene, asentr.

trene no,

&

tratra.

tre, F.

1. a. straight, rigid,

tere, tsere, te se.

righteous, just ;

cf.

okwan-

2. n. rigliteousness.

tenOnene, trenenene, adv. rigidly, justly; tndy, re-

ally; exactly, accurately; properly, well; entirely, fully;

onim nyan-

possesses true tvisdom or an accurate Icnouiedge, is wellinformed; neawuseno, wudi atoro trenenene, ivfiat you say is simply

sa

tr.,

Jie

a (downright)

trim...

lie.

s. ti,

tirim', atirimodeh,

tro, trodo, trofetrofe, trom &c.

trom, torom,
to

wear

v. \_red.

out: ani atorom;

atirimpow, atirimsem.

s.

trontrom]

toro
i.

...

torom, turom.

= torow,

mfewa no nkyimi atrom

to
;

become smooth;

eso atrontrum.

troma

511

tsew.

make smooth, jdain or even, to smooth, plain or plane; trom

adaka no ho nuirnc; trontrom dan mu, e. s., se eye dote a, wgde
aboroba boro so ma ne I'lhiiia sc pe ye tromtrom; se eye nnua nso
a, wode dade sen so ma ne nhina ye j)e jiy; - gdah no wo a, ma
\vgnsra(no) preko na wgtiom so na at'ei wgde byirew t'a so a, na

2. to

ntokuni nhina atuatiia; - gtoroin

gtow) n'atade so.

(^-=-

trgmri,atromaL(j.troma| morsel mouthful,

,

a small quantity,

atroina, a dram,
Weight.

liecaries

trontrom,

8th part of an ounce or 60 grains in Apo-

tlio

Bell.

rum tro iiij

awereawere.
t

op}),

a.

red. v. trom;

turn.

s.

nsam aye

smooth, even, glossy, polished; ne

trOs [Eng.] trousers;

trotro, s. toro, a.
tru,

Ij'ttoffood; Rvth2,14.

piece.

little

make

the surface smooth.

twakoto, nt\vont\v6, wono.

cf.

true, F.

tr. so, to

tr.;

= ture, garden.

Mk.

12,1.8.

truinii, turum', ntunumu, strait-gut, rectum, terminal part of

netr.

the large intestines; anus, hreech, txuttocks, posteriors;

ne

torn'; cf. eto, adintrfim.

ts, F.

=:

tse, V.

=
=

tso, V.

before

e,

i,

te, to sit <&c.

seldom before

tse,

t\=:tew,

tse,

t".

e.

= te ase,

to exist, live.

sympathize with); to hear,

funderstand.
tie, to hear, listen, hearken, obey. ML 13,14.23.
tear lie. otse asorekye nom', he passes the wavesstretch dtc tse wonsa, ilff. 12,13.49. tse apom', to

te, to feel (tse

tse, ts'e, tsie v.

tse ase

..

mii

..,

to

to

= tee, to
[be well.
= tee, teetee, rebuke, chasten.
tsea,
[slender.
= atea, tea, narrotv,
atena, tenatena,
atsea, tseaba,
tseaui', tseatsea mu, == teem', teeteem',
cry out. Ml 27,22.
[Mk. 15,13f.
ntsease, = ntease, understanding. Mk.
atsenibu, atsembua, atsenbiia, = atemmu, ML 12,18.20.27. 23,23.
= nten, bua ntseh, = bu
judge. Mt.
ntseiJ, pride; syn. ahantan; - ye ntseh,
be proud.
= tena,
(seiia,
dx.
to

V.

to

strait,

fl.

il//".

to

15,16.

nteii, to

iitseii,

7,1.2-

to

tra, to sit

V.

tsenabew := trabea,
tsenam,
tsenene,

--=

tra

mu,

trabere, trabew, place to

sit

or live, divel-

to continue.

[ling-place.
tenenc, trene, straight, righteous. Mt.3,15&c.

tsentseii, ^= tenteu, long, high,

tall.

=
tere.
=
tsetse(-ber), = tete(-bere) &c.
= teetee, become or make straight Mt. etsetsetse,
[tse n'abrebg,
makes him amend his
= terew, be wide, Mt.
tserew,
tsew,
2. watch. Mk.
=^ tew,
tsew,
plant. Mt.
= tew, tear tsew
tsew,
drop.
fall
(from),

gtenteh, opp. akwatia.

otsentseiidem,
gtempgh. Mk. 1,3.
tsere-bia,
tsepou, pi. a-,
terew.
tserew, v.

d-c.

to

V.

s.

3,3.

it

V.

V.

1. to

V.

to

life.

7,13. cf.

to

1.5,13.

<c.

tor, to

te.

to

off

3,2.

to

ntsew

512

tu.

__^__^

ntsew, F. =^ utetewa, cliajf.

utetewe, rent. Mt. 9,16. Mk. ii,21.
tsewe,
ntewho, consecration.
ntsew-ho,
eti, head cCc. ne tsi ase, he is beside
tsi,

=
=
=
himself. Mk.
=
Mk.
he against, Mt.
tread dc.
Mk.
= privy, draughthonsc. Mt.
=
he added iu the row, making up the number of;
= short.
abien,
he second.
tsiaba,
=
hearken, ohey.
hear,
tsia, V.

tsia,

15,17.

7,19.

tia, to

[tsia

tia,

a.

tsie, tse, v.

tsintsim,
tsiri, n-,

v.

ti,

to

listen,

tie, to

westward, tvindward,si/n. aue.

atsiii. aitUljCroicn of the head, top;

tintira, to

nti.

confirm.
tsirim: asase ne

ts.,

wider

Mt.

14,8.

Mk.

atsi-tsew, plaiting the hair. 1 Pet. 3,4.

ositifo, a deaf person. Mt.
tsitsitb

11,5.

Mk.

tia;

iitsirim

9,40.

12,Slf.

tia,

tsia, V.

3,21.

to

tia, to

hye -,

o-tsitsir,

2^?.

a-,

to incite, instigate.

inf.

decai)itation.

tsiwatsiwa, extremities, ends;

V.

7,32.

oi\t\vi\v, jyrince.

atsi-tware, -kware,

tsrew,

the earth.

15,11.

= terew,

cf.

tsia

asase nets,, the

[uttermost parts of the earth. Mt. 12,42.

to

spread

d'C.

Mk.

11,8.

move or remove with a short

draiv out any thing that is lixed, to root out,
get ant; to pull oid (iihwi, a hair, pr.2333. se, a tooth, agyan, an arto pluck out (nwura, weeds, pr. 592; young plants,
row, pr. 372).
tu, V. [red. tutu] to pidl or draw,

and quick motion:

1. to

pr.3367.)\ to tear out (ani, one's eye):, to pluck (mmere, mushrooms,

pi'. 373)] to cut (sare, grass for thatching); - tu de, to take out the ripe

^. intr. to he piulled (plucked or torn) oid; n'ani biyam. pr. 3362.

ako atu, he has lost one of his eyes; - to f(dl oid; ne se hhina atu
(atutu) pr. 401; - to he torn or taken out, to he worn off: ntamauo ani
atu; - n'ani atu ato ne nsam', s. ani; - tutu, to he uprooted, of a tree.
3. tutu, to pluck i.e. strip hy plucking (akoko, a fotvl,
pr. 1047.
anoma, a hird, pr. 382).
4. tu ho, ^o remove hy hrusliing, to brush.
5. I*hr. tu ase, to get out the root, fig. to begin from the very oidset: tu ase (ka) kyere me, tell me all from the beginning, relate me

the ivhole fully, at full length, at large, in detail, minutely.

6. tu, to

take out, dig, make (amoa, a hole in the ground, abura, a well, pr.336l).
7. tu kuru, to cause an open sore, pr. 1425. to tdcerate, suppurate;

watutu akuru, ne honam nhina atutu akuru, he (his ivhole body) is

8. to draw, scoop (water with the hand or with a
calabash): otu nsu de hyira n'ano, s.hyira Gb. pr.3366. tu nsa kora

full of sores.

ma bere me
.9. to take up (nso, ashes) s. nsotu.
10. to take out
mekofa
from a mass, from among other things: mekotu ampesi
bi mabedi; tu gya, to take out a fire-brand, pr.437. tu gyentia no
biako fi gya nom' bere me! tu kyene, pr. 3364f.
11. to take or
12. to take
jndl off, amoase, the loin-cloth covering the pudenda.
out i.e. dispose of: watu n'aguadi nhina ahye me nsa, he has conferred
all his trading-husiness upon me; watu ne fi nneema nhina ahye m'!

ase, he

has gtvoi

all the things in his

house in charge

trusted them or delivered them in trust to me.

1.3. to

me, has intake out (from

to

51H

tn;

sliip),

hyeh 2
gu, he

(liscmhark, hind: woatu liycn no imi aguade. agu; akTxlignu Gufi.

7/. tn .. gu, to rejcci; otu n'afntii

bpttin asraf'o

slUjlits his (((hiiouHion.

expel, banish, e.rconintuuicittr;

pa no

afi

nc mnia

depose, dethrone,

1'k
watn

mn; woatu no

tn

agna

tn, to turn out, cast out, eject,

no, l>a (afi n'al)nsfiain')

aii asaf'o

so, to

no mn.

111.

wapo-

tii

remove from a thnoie,

..

In

so, to

ado

so,

to divest

of ((uthorit//.
J'hrases witli dilVcrent coniplcnipnts: 17. o) tn aliasani', pro|).

to pull out the sfre)i(/th of the urms, i.e. to disliearten, disnin//. disohle,
thwart; - h) n'abasani' atn, the fftrentjfh of his arms has been taken
out, i.e. he is discouraged. disma>/ed, he despairs of: n'ab. atn ade
JS. tn .. bo, a) to prono ho^^enyc no few bio, ontiinii nye bio.
voice to anger, cf. fiiw orboran or bnrn bo; - b) to fripldeu, discour-

age, dishearten

cf.

tn abasain';

e)

ne bo atn, he

is

frigldened, in

discouraged, dismayed.
^0. tn .. fo, to ad:/.9. tn bofo, to send or dispatch a wessoiger.
31. tn or tntii ani f\ve or kyere, lit.
monish, exiiort; s. fo; pr. 912.
to tahe out the eijes and look or direct to, i.e. to cast a piercing look
at: woatu won ani de vefwe no, otntn n'ani vekyerc me, ^. ani& pd.
22. tn or tutu ano: a) to take or cut off parts of the end, to point,
give a point to, sharpen (tbc sticks to be fixed in tbe ground in building a bouse); - b) otutu m'asem ano sisi (meka asem a, na wadaii
conster)i(dion, perplexed, disheartened,

ani), he wre.'its mg words or cause, lit. he pulls out the borders of mg

e) otn m'ano wo fam', he
matter and j)uts them in other places.
23. tn..aso, (to pull out
refuses to hear me, to hearken to me.
one's ear,) to persuade, win over; F.tu aso asonia, to persuade, paciconcdiatc. Mt 28,14.
24. tn or tutu asn, to whisper; to plot
fif,
secretlg, to devise mischief. Ps. 41,7(S); ])or\i. taken from the sound of

splashing,

cf. 8.42.
25. tutu, to call forth, bring aboid, arrange: agorn, oprenteiikoro, a play, asaw, a dance.
26. tutu, to pain, smart, ache: ekurn
no tntume. pr. 18.59. (diflf. 7).
27. tutu, to drive back, to force
one to give vp his position ; tutu nkran, fr..^>13.
28. tutu .. kaw^

concerning a debt, tn defer. 2nd off payment. j)r. lo5.722.

762.1368.3398. cf. hkaden, akatutu.
29. tutu., an an, to pace, go
on sloicly; t. wo anan duom'!
.30. tn, intr. to fly (from the jerking motion of tbe wings): anoma tu osoro (wim).
31. to fly up, jump up: otu fam me, he jumps
and embraces or hugs me.
32. tn tare, to be thrown or spattered

to

pid one

off

on, so as to be fastened, to stick, cling or cleave

33. tu, tutu, intr.

&

to.

remove from, to change one's (dwelUng-)place ; matutu mafi Akfiropoii makotra Aburi, I have removed
from Akr. to Al>.: matu no maii ofi no mn, I have caused him to leave
tr., to

34. tu (ko),

to go (away or off), jw. 10.36. to

journey from (Numl).3B.), to set out, set forth;
to breakup, decamp; to emigrcde; Agyenian ne ne man atn akgye
dgm, Agy. and his people have emigrated and become enemies (to
their former master or compatriots, s. dom); woatu afi guam' ho,
they have left the assembly ; - to break up (a session or meeting): gua
no atn, the session or assembly has been broken up or dissolved, has

that dwelling; cf.lO.

go, remove, depart, or

33

514

atii

tua.

tu gyaw, io desert, elope, run aivay, esca]3e pritu agyina, to considt (leaving a greater circle and
standing apart, s. agy.)
37. tn hye da, to adjourn, postpone, defer; woatu ahye da, lit. they have parted ("or, woatnasemno, they
dispersed.

vcdely.

3').

.36'.

have put aside

and

the matter)

kwan,

fixed a day;

cf.

wgabg asem no

ato

leave for, set aid or forth, on a journey, io

5.9. tu or tutu (a)mirika, to run.
journey, travel. pr.S33S.336340. tu aperenten, to travel u-/th great speed, in
pr. 1321.1771.3397.
ho.

38. tu

forced marches.

to

41. tu

..

nnee o>-nsongo,

stealthdy or

to u-alh slowly,

me nnee = gnam m'akyi breow, oliintaw di m'agnara) me ntenteso

odi me nsongo, = odi m'akyi

secretly after; otu

kyi;

odi [or

cf.

42. tu asuasu, wcdk along in a water or brook.

pressing
43. ne ho atu, he has been delivered or freed from
aduah no atu (or
me ho
aduan a
circumsiances.

komm.

to

his

atg)

44.

(e.s.

midii no asa me yafunum), I feel no further strength from that food

(being digested long ago; Germ, die sjJcise halt nicht mehr vor); aduaii no ntii me ho ntem, that food (is heavy for or clogs my stomach?)

does not
tu k.

fita.

soms,

me

let

feel

hunger soon.

grow or

tu kes^w, to

4.-J.

pid forth

aside, apart, to

atn,

inf.

ntii,

s.

move

{=

twiw),

Alt. 23,4.

48. tu

remove; - {prep.) without, IPet.

flying;

anoma kyere ne ba

worn

otd;

wa-

(or display) a tuft of blos-

bloom, said of maize.

to

47. tu do, F. to

put

he pale, emaciate, tabid,

46. tu mpesee, to

..

si

ho, to

3,1.

atu,

ntuw.

0-tu, pi.

a.-,

hole, den, lair of a beast in the earth.

tu, adv. completely darh; ade saa so tu, whilst this tvas going
on, it gr etc full night (it continued ov was deferred to the dark of night).

atu

clasp,

each other;

embrace; ye atu, to embrace; wgyeat., they embrace

at., / embrace him; cf. bam, fam.

meye no

followed by locative complements (ano,

be stueJc, fixed, fastened, applied
to: bonenwane tua otuo ano, the bayonet is fixed on the end of the
musJcet; ntuaano tua tumpah ano, the cork sticks in the motdh of the
bottle; abeh tua onipa ano, the horn is apidied to the motdh; pr.79.
ekuru t. me nsa ho, there is a wound on my hand ; etua me ho, Ihave
a wound, a sore, pr. 3368. ntakara tuatua ne honam mu, pr. 1650. b) cans., to stick, fix, fasten, ptd somewhere: gde ntijaang (ahabaii,
burodua, dua) tua tumpah ano, he pids a cork into the mouth of the
2. to have at the extremities of the
bottle; gde dua tuadade so, s.8.
body: mmoabi tua tote, ebinom tua avverew, soi7ie beasts have hoofs,
3. tua.. mu, a) intr. to lie, be situaothers have jiaivs ivith claws.
ted in: m'anitua me tirim, my eyes lie in my head, pr. 2294. - b) tr.
to close or obstruct a hole, fill up a void or gap, to mend, repair;
ahina a.s. biribi ho aba tokuru a, wotua=:wosiw; kotu abah nom',
4. tua .. ano
a) to shut, close or stop
go and rep>air that fence.
an aperture, gap or opening; s. 1. - b) to stop) one's moidh, lit. & fig.:
wode biribi a.s. asem tua onipa ano na ontumi nkasa bio; - c) to
reply, espec. in refutation: obi akii wo asem, nanso wonnyji bi abiia

tua,

V. [recZ.

tuatua]

ho, mu, so): a) intr. to

1.

siicJc (at), to

ntua

515

iituddd.

no; merebetuatua nsem a wubisa no ano, / nou> will avswer your

5. etuatua m'aso, the report, talk or noise stojis or fdls
questions.
6. to apply ([('])|(m-,
my ears, it is ahrays rinyiny in my cars.
soaj)) to the aitits: wotuano niako :;-= wgde nuiko liye noto.
7. tua

kaw,

up or replace irltal is ivatititiy. to aj'/'ty the desert: a)

to (re)jiay a deljt ; to )ita/ce amends; i)r.:>lll.')36!). r/'. liye or si ananirui;
b) alsosiinply tna, to suffer for, pay for, pay damayes, e.rpiate:'pr. 7:'S.
- r) to punish: obetiia won (asi-in no so) ka-bono, he will punish them
(for it); - d) to reward: ode akatua-pa bctiia won, lie wUl reward
t, to join well, sit elose, fit; cans, to fit on: ode dna
them well.
tna dadc so, fie fastens a pieee of wood on the iron; s. 1.
y. tna,
to he eompatible or consistent with, to ayrec with: mfentom yi no
mm.tra antna, -- wgmmarac sc wonnyo sji nif. yi; ef. 14.
JO. to
fall or flit on: m'ani tuaa wo nipriimpion se wokof'aa nhoma no;
ra'ani tuaa owif'o se wakg ako\\ ia ade, my eye fell on, i.e. I saw with
to fill

tS'.

my

oie)i eyes...
IJ. to fall upon, to attaefc, assaidt, assail (nnexpectedly and with force, ef. toa), espec, to surprise early in the morniny: wotua won e.s. edoin 2 akohyia na dom no mn biako asgre
anadwo na wgakg wgn a wg-ne wgn hyia no nsram' na wg-ne won

ako angpa;
and burn a

ntua,

wotua na wghyew

kiirow, they assault

up, invest; to enclose, encompass, surround: wotna kiirow no (pratu); wotua no pratfi ne se:
onipa wg daiunn na wgakgtoa no na onnyii gkwan mfa babiara; s.
l)ratu.

s.

inf.

12.

toion.

to besiege^ blocfc

13. to anticipate, to be before in doing: i. ahema, to be earto begin a work or any thing early in the morning be-

ly in doing,

mituaa ahemadakye or angpa niekgg hg, / wod

morning, I rose early and went there.
14. .. h 6
tua: asem yi ho tua (= as. yi ho nni kwari, a.s. wgakfi na woanni
no sa a, enye yiye), tfiis word is a) incontestable, incontrovertible,

fore the usual time:

there early in the

indispidablc, irrefragable, irrefutable, b) indispensable, imperative.

io.

ne ho tua neho, a) gmfgnee,

fie is ivcll

fed, corpulent, stout;

abstain from: otna

(neho) aduan, nsa, fie (shids himself up against, i.e.) abstains from
food, liquor, he 2^rofiibits himself to tafce food, palm-wine dr., in the
way of a religious observance; watua neho ade ama lehowa, fie has
separated himself unto Jefiovafi as a Nazarite, Num. 6.
17.toj)rofiihit or forbid a person any thing to eat or drink: ghene de bi ye
akrakwa a, otua no n'akyide nhina; nempanyimfo atua no nsa,
abra no ramorgsa-nom.
h)

fie is

at ease, quite comfortable.

16.

t.,

to

ntua,

inf.

Aseni'o de nt.

atua,
syn. mpi.

tua 11.] a sudden

fs.

a tafcing by surprise:

refractoriness, restiveness, obstinacy, obstinate reluctance,

tew

atua, to disobey, defy, turn restive; to be refracto brealc with, breafc allegiance; watew

tory, disobedient,

stubborn;

ne wura so

gremma (gmpe

at. se

se

or to raise, an uproar or sedition

atua, fe ho.]

so

attacfc,

na ekum dgm.

gye
to

biribi); to riot, to

engage

in,

mutiny, rebel, revolt. [G. tse

n tua-dc, iJm/, raptine, spoil; ade a woakotua onipa

na woafa no hg ade (though not in war, ef. asade).

bi aberau-

tuaCnru

51

tue.

tii-afurn, tutuafuru, a kind oi ffrasslwiipcr, green

locust.

tu-akwai'i [nea otu akwaii, wanderer, mif/rafori/ bird] s.aferaw.

tu am Olio, a kind of herli, widl-pcpj^er, Seduni acre; wlion

squashed and mixed witli palm-oil, it is ]iut on boils (pgmpo) to
open tliem.
tii-aiii, infantile convnlsions,

[ade a etna ano]

eclampsy.

- 2. ansiver, reply.

11 1

uan

II t

ua-ii till!, a eliml>in(i plant, used as a medicine,

11

6, v.n.

atua-tew, inf.
tuatua, red.
11

7.

corlc, stopple.

disohedience, sedition, mutiny, rebellion, revolt.

v., s.

tuatiia-auo, v.n.

tua.
fs.

tua 4.] answerinffs, t/ainsayinrf, contra-

diction, remonstrances.

O-tu-ba [otuo aba] butt-end of a musket; wapem no

tuo to

apem

atu-bo,

t.

^= ode

no.

bg 40] the act of clianr/ing one's dwell in gwgde akobo lia, wotu a, wgde akgbo ha,
they frequently change their place of settlement.

place; wodi

inf. [tu ,34.

at.

wotii a,

atii-bo, inf. [bg tuo] the act o( shooting one's self; wodi
is common among them.

at.,

the

practice of shooting themselves

atu-boa, pl.n- [aboa a otu,

includes also a bat.
0-tubgfo,
t

^jZ.

u-b 6 11 a

[s.

a-

s.

tu SO]

any animal

that /lies; bird;

[nea gbo tuo] one tvho shoots himself.

otuo] gun-stock.

O-tu b ra fo, jjI. t., settler, colonist; nnijja a wgatutu afi won kurow
akgtra obi kiirow biso, people that have left their native country
(perhaps in enmity) and joined anotlter nation, pr. 3.H70. - at, kiirow,

mu

settlement, colony. Acts 16,12.

atii-de [ade a wotu]: fam'

at.,

things

dug

out from, the ground,

mi)ierals.

atii-diiru [gtow aduru] gunpowder ; better: atoduru.

tiie, V. 1. intr. to open, break or burst forth, begin (to take its
or course): a) asusow atue, tlie rainy season has begun or set
in; asusow rebetue, the r. s. is apjiroaching; - b) asu tue, tlie (water
of the) river, lagoon or lake bursts forth, breaks out [Gr. fa fe, tiki].

How

2. tr. to open in order to give a free passage or course: c() woretue asu, they are letting out the ivater, pent up in the lagoon into the
sea in order to catch the fishes which had remained unmolested for
some mouths. [G. ametiki fa]; - b) tue nsa, to draw (off) the lifjuor
(tvine, beer, rum) from a large cask into a small one (aguadifo f\\ ie
nsa ii lulse mu gu pankran mu); - c) tue nsa iino, to let Old, tap,

broach, uncork the liquor (wotu nea wgde tuaa nsa no ano fi ano);
- d) tue kwan, to open a road that had been shut up (gkwan asiw
na afei wgadi asem no na wgama gkwah bio); - e) tue fasu mu kwah,
tue hetsew, F. to
to bre(dc an opening or way through tlie ivall.
break up the roof. Mk. J2,4. - /) tue sfi, to commence irailing. - g) tuo

ayi, to repeat a funeral custom after a certain time (a fortnight to

6 montlis); Guai'ifo ue Nkraiil't)

ara a woye kaii no bio.

r>l7

tiiiiii.

.iliilViiiii

lii^

ayi, c.s. wosaii

atii-rrmu, mtiskcts fired frotn both

sides,

IVuui

yo ayi kdro no
<)|ijio.sit(!

direc-

tions, pr. 3372.

o-t

o-t

utu,

to, pi. a-, [tn ,5/] ctni(jniiif; rf. oj^-iiai'ifo, otnljiaf'o.

a- [otuoj a iiKdi, icarrior or soldier (triiied icilh k <jnn

^J?.

(mnsJiet).
o-t

u-yy a, a former

bon kji a asn

o-hl-gy Jlj
a

;il

c/taniui or bed of a river,

bi ai;yac inu fa

akota

now dried

u|i

a.su-

bilbi.

atu-};ya\v, inf. eUqnineitf desertion. in:2327. 2329. 3373.

ii-horow, s. otuo.
ll-ll UTIU: tow at., to

witlioiU killing

men

fire <jnns in liononr of a

deceased

kinj,',

besides.

Ak.tuie[ade a wode

tn] britsh; yi .. tui, to stir up, ineite,

do something wrong', oyi ine tni :^^ o<^yiji,ye me, oka kyere
nie se meye hfi hn, na nienko in'anini nienkoko; cf. otn in'aso; he
e.reites me to misehieuotis deeds. Obi yi wo tui ua wutie a, akyiri wu-

tui,

instigate to

nu wolio.
tu-ky,

inf. [tu,

kg] emigration.

tiiku, i\ ;= taku.

tu-kuw,

a crowd [kuw] of people that have come oat [tu] of

homes: woabg t., theg have assembled in a crowd (nnipa pi aboa
wohbo auo gyina fako redi asem a.s. worebg semgde); wgabg t. kg,
all of them went off together.
tuin, a kind of animal, pr. 536.

their

turn turn, adv. imitative of tbe sound of ^lounding "fuffi" in

a wooden mortar, pr. 1162.2 266. 32G9.
su su, 2>r. 349.

tumm,

tnntuni,

a.

black, dark;

sbades of red, brown, blue, green. dark spot; blackness; - s. tuntuntum.

tlimetumc,

n.

- it is also used of dark

something black (pr. 181); a

a kind oi fern, with fine

flat

turn, F. authoritg, power. Mt. 8,9.24,29. {pi.

fronds or leaves.
a-),

one who has great potver or strength, a Strang

man (pr. 3374)^ man of power, a mightg one; the Ak. form o-tumlbo
is also used as a title of kings, and of God, =^ the Almighty.
tuini, Ak. timi, F. turn, v. 1. to be able, can; it denotes an ability depending on natural gifts, on physical conditions, or on power
and influence; diff. nim; it is followed by se or by a v. in the consec, or, when neg., by a neg. v., s. Gr. 256 Rem. Wobctiimi aye
o-tii ni'fo, pi. a-,

den? or Eden na wobetumi aye? what would yon be able to do'^

(said in abuse or scorn; otherwise: wunim den yy?)
misusuw se
metumi maye ade bebre; meturai raaye kyen (se)nea nkurofo bcbre
susuw, R. p. 242. ontumi nye me f we, he can do me nothing (no harm);
mintumi minsoa adcsoa no. j^r. 3375-84.
3. to be able to withstand,

match, master, overcome; to be a match for, to be eqn(d to (i'oWowed by a passive object): mantumi no, I coidd not withstand or overcome him, s. Gr. '2i)o Item.
3. (foil, by an inf.) to be accustomed
to

518

otiimi

otuo.

know

or
ib.

tvell (to do), to he iccll versed (in doiui^): ottuni sa yo, Gr.
dare: kuromhgfo tiimi ahgho two.
o-tiimi, inf. abditij, power, might.

to

tnmi-seni, display of power, might, or strength;

ahoodonsem, oye ade a nnipa iihiiia ntiimi ny_\ Adow
t.

otli t.

=^ odi

Dankwa

dii

Kwadade.

kyei'i

n t fi m-m O i\,sniidl
we yen, we yen.
t limp ail, j>*Z. n-,

mpa

hlacJc flies; fv. 604.. nt. reto \v

Jjottle; si/n.

abgdeaninig;

gn yon so

(/.

\Ve

yen,

toa.

the large big drum played before the king

(beaton to call dead kings, and to spoak to the people); akyene hi
atfi

a wgde

nioniii

ghene.

0-tum t ofo,
cf.

otufo,

n-,

ii, j>/.

j>Z.

a-,

bearer of tlie king's guns;

ot.

knra ghene tuo;

ohumfb, gyaasefo.

ntiimuniim,

-miiruni, a medicinal y?/a/,-

wgde

ta gyato.

iitnn-adze, F. end. Mt. 24,31.

tun-do, F. end, last state. Mt. 12,45.
I

II

Ilk

11

in, V. to

become turbid; nsu no ani

at., the

water

is

no

more clear (having the lees or sediment distnrbed or stirred up, efl
a ewg nsu no ase nhinji ene papa no adi ufra); n'ani at. (ne tirim)
n'aniwa aye akose-akosc na adan kgkg, ///,s eges are filled or
kg,
swollen with blood (under the skin), by harm, vexation, flogging,

leprosy.

ntrinkuin, palm-wine as it is gotten from the nth

day from the tapping of the palm; s. nsafufu.
ntuiikim-tiri, palm-wine that makes the head giddg.
tun turn, s. tiimm, tuutuntum.
o-t

uu

o-t n
11 1

ntu

nn

n in

Hth

black person.

ill,
111

to the

a,

the side of a house, pr. 3385.

e,

a kind of locust;

unano,

s.

boadabi.

part of the Xnwwun skull, opposed to, i.e.

most distant from, the chin; wot. nc wo mpampam' ne wo atiko
ahyiae.
t

i'l

i^oxno,

0-tuntiinani-fo, an

un a n-s o in

insolent, impertinent,

impudent fellow.

ad wuma, abransem, asem a enni

aso or enyo de), insolence, impudence, violence, rash dealings, unlawful deeds; odi at., trusting in his own power, he is doing something wrong, despising everg warning; obi nam hg na okohyia obi a,
na ope se g-ne no di asem senea n'ankasa koma pe, a.s. gnam hg a,
n'ani agye nkwaseam' na ode di hkwaseam'.
a

un

(otontiironi

{ixninTiiwYn.! very black; .s.tumm, tuntum: t.hrahrahrAluahra,

glossy black.

tnntuiiuntu, a. large; ogn&nsixe t. bi; syn.

n-tunum, s. trum.
tunn, 5. afoa-tunu.

O-ti'io, pi. a-,

kese.

atu(o)-tow,
musket, gun; pr. 798f. 3386-95- atuo
gun: otuba', tubona, sabon, aso, tautia, kantama.

pr.376- - parts of a

aliilioruw

519

atiiliiw'.

akita-twerebo, twereho, akokoscro, tweuewa; - bo tuo, to shoot one's

tow tiu), to fire a (fiiii; woatow no \Viin' tuo se iic, lo iinkA aj^ua
yi so da-biaru-da, he h(ts been juddklij declared itii/it for the throne
for erer; - ii'aiiini boo or tow tuo, .v. auim'; - cf. otutb, iituta.
self;

iilu-honhv, different Jcinds of (jttns: bomti, odanta, oliuui, kankan-tuo, akclrawa, akuapein, akwadainina.
tiir,

lure, F. garden,

3t. 20, J. 2. 1 Cor.

ti'iro, tiiroujjj^/. a-, n-,

(jarden;

'J,7-

turoni,

I'lkiirofo

aycyo

i)i

the (jdrden.

iituro pi

wg

bo.

turuturu] to etirry on t/ie arm, hacic or s/ioidders.

pr. S76f. oturu ueba wo n'abasa so; cf. kura; t. imna, to brinij up
(and keep alive) children; niawo nuna du mituruu won mu auuni,
1 have (jioen birth to ten children, of whom five are stdl alive.
I

111

11,

t;.

[;Tf/.

Ill I'lru (lu, -ho: obo ut. (u.s. onipa li kurow mu ko kiirow nui di
asakastikasem ne apeinpcnsi), he does misc/iief, cxtortimj money dc.

I'lriikiiku,

pi. n-, turtle-dove;

ananse-obi-ammoa-me;
11 1

u ni I u

u \v i (ogya

nunran

fa-obcrebere, mikiiin-

pr. 3390.
iit.)

sparlvs (of fire); small particles flying

out witb a cracking noise.

I

urn

a,

\v, V. \^red.

ogya no

ter out:

turuturuw

to throiv

out small particles, lo sput-

the fire sparJdcs, emits spar/iS;

t.,

wokyew

abilrow

eturi'ituruw, ivJien corn is roasted, single grains or small particles

a cracking noise; tunipan (abina, toa n.a.) aturuw, a

and spilling its contents.

flu out witli

bottle (pot, flagon) Jias burst sputtering

iihi-s6, inf. [tu so] tbe act of dethroning or deposi}ig, dethronement, deposition.
ntu-lu [otuo nta] a double-barrelled gun.
a I u-to w, inf. [tow tuo] tlie firing of guns; mrnariina a wgaso at.,
men grown so far as to be able to fire guns, i.e. fit to bear arms.

0-tutrat'o,

j;Z. t., settler,

tutu, red.
i

u t u,

v., s. tu,

u t u t u t u,

colonist;

s.

otubrafo.

espec. 1-3.7.21.22. 21-39. 33. 3U.

a. early, is

pa: angpa tutututu, very early in

used only in connection witb angtlie morning; gkyena augpatutu,

to-morrow morning.
1 11

t.,

tut u tn, adv. imitative of tbe sound

boils

and

Tiitu,

bubbles.

2>>'- ''

*jf

0-tutu-afuru,

^"

Akuapem

town.

oi'

boiling water; eburu

Oti'itu, 2'- n- '"

tuc\t'uru.

O-tiitu-bofuiinua, a kind of
de sen bofunnua.

tree;

dua kcse

bi a

wotwitwa

n'a-

b;l bi

atutuhouo, tutuhuiiu, akiud

atutu-pe,

inf.

^ii

slinging

fly,

= gbenein, gbenom.

[pe atutuw] quarrelsomeness, quarrelsome dis-

position.

o-tutupefo, pi. a-, a q^uarrelsome XJcrson.

atiitiiw', Ak. atutuo, 1. quarrel, strife, discord: di at., toquarrel;
gkgpe no at., lie insults or provoTiCs liim.
2. a certain disease, vio-

pain in the limb-^, aching in tbe bones witb swelling of tbe limbs;
gyare bi aema del I'lbina w6 nuonipe mu ye wo yaw' na ehoiiboiV wo.

lent

520

otutinv

t\Va.

tuw', 1. dust (flying In the air; infutiima, ditsf of the (jromul).

bo., tutuw, to expose to shame, to hold up to shame, to disrjrace
wopidjlidy by shouting after one (liu, wo, ye, lio!); wgbo no t.

O-t

I'l

;J.

huro no; inommgno

tmv,

F.

V.

atitiiw,

a.

brag, vaunt; otuw, or otuw neho, or gye

Akr. ghoahoa neho.

n'tiiw', inf. boasting.

(used only in cpds.) desolate, uninhabited, decayed;

= gdaii a ada ntnw;

= etu, den. Mt. 21,13.

gdantuw

tiiw, F.

e!

to boast,

u'tuw', he boasts;

-tiiw,

t.

oti,

ef.

kwaebereutuw.

til w, 1. mould, a substance like down (consisting of microscopplants) on plants, clothes &c. - gye ntuw, to mould, grow moiddg.
J2. da ntuw, to lie or sleep without fire; gda
fiistg, mustg.pr. U17.
at. ^=gnna ogya,^jr..j56-5. - of a way: to be void of goers, yr.3372.

ic

twa, F. ==
twea, toea,

twoa,

toea,

toa.

Mk. 2,22.

= toa; toea do,

accuse.
F. = toa,

to follow, succeed.

v.

to

Mk.3,2.

twia, tuia, F. tua.

Tw.
letters (t\v) is not a compound
but a palato-labial transtormatiou
from the gutturo-labial combination k\v, s. Gr. 12, Thi!> transformation took place before o, o, i; in some cases, however, these
vowels, when followed by tinal \v or m, have been transformed in-

of

The combination
the common dental

of these

and

two

\V,

0, 11, and so we find tVv also before o, o, u; cf. twow, twom,

twuw. The combinations t\Va, twa, tVva, t\Va, in most cases come
from original kwia, kwca, kwya &c., but tw may also take the
cap) or of
place of cli in English words (or even of c, e.g. twap
ts and tsw in GS.

to

(_),

kwia, red. twitwa.] Many of the different mean

in a geiieralizing way, be reduced to this:
to pass (move, or cause to move) in a line, esjjec. in an effective movement through (on, over, across, along, bg the side o/'tfc J any thing,
1. to cut, gash, wound (with an edged tool): gsekan nnamnam twa
wo a, ekom'; cf. pira, bg akam or hkamtl; red. to ivoiind the feelings, Acts 7,54. meyam' twitwa me := (mate asem na) me yam' hyeJ2. red. to cut up, cut to pieces,
hye me, it is heart-rending to me.
3. to
chop, hack: (i)r.l244.) Lev. 1,6.12.8,20. J Sam. 1.5,33. Fs. 118,10.
cut, make by cutting: abo, slugs from lead- or iron-bars, kora, a calabash of a certain size; poma, a walking-stick; yr. 388.; siima, figures
abe, a palm-tree;
on one's head: pr.200'i.
-i. to cut down, fell:
pr. 3460.hrodee.hrq{ere.pr.3309f. to hew: dua, ivood {cf. tow), pr. O'Jl.
5. to cat, mow,
1244. twene, a tree serving for a bridge, pr 3406.
reap: awi, grain, emo, rice {cf. bu abiirow, tu sare); - to gather:

twa,

ings of this

V.

[orig.

word may,

obobe-aba, grapes

{cf.

tew.tetew).

to cut one's throat, pr. 387.

40.

twa oguan

fufu. a
ti,

pinch or

(j.

to

cut through: twa..mene,

an offering, pr. 1661. cf.

7. to kill for

off, sever: duba, a branch ; gy eutia, pr. 3401.

offoofoo. pr. .583.; usa, nan, one's hand. foot. Mat.5,30.
behead, pr.26olf; ot\Vit\Va neiihvVi, he cuts his hair.

bit

one's head, to

8. to cut

521

twa.
ueiiiiuan ho
shorten, a

I'llnvi,

way,

he shears his sheep

pr. 1802.

10.

twa

(cf.

yi 4.).

',).

..so, a) to cut off

to cut short,

a piece

of,

twa tia,
(the nails, cf. bu); to clip; - b)
to cut short, shorten h// euttin<j, make shorter; to abridge; - c) to
oma
briny to a snditcn termination, to make to cease; otwa so

pr. 577. 3407. - to

pure

egyae.
JI. twa, to cut off, briny to an end; intr. to be cut off or
1^. twa .. to, to cut off'
ended, come to an end: asem no hh. atwa.
the hindmost end, to put an end to, to finish: watwa asein no to or
(hia, he has cut off the hind p((rt or tall of the matter, has brought It
VS. eto twa, the end Is cut off,
to the end, has done au-ai/ with It.
It comes to an end; n'anianne no to betwantem, his miser if tvlll soon
be ended; n'anifjjye to rentwada, his joij will never cease. Is endless.
14. twa, to cease to flow, to stay: mogya no atwa, the blood has
been stanched; nho no twae, the oil stayed; 2 Ki. 4,0. tr. to stop from
flowiny, to stanch: aduru no atwa mogya no.
15. to cross (over), to pass over; pr. 3t>9. 3405. - ode korow twaa
asu no, he crossed the river In a canoe; - twa in connection with
another v. supplies for the prep, or adv- over, across; oguare twaa
asu no, Ite swam across tfie river; etwene nni asubgnteh no so nti,
oguare twae, M. p. 239.
F. ode wgii twa' sar n, he
to intersect.
Ki. twa.. ho, to pass by, overtake,
led them ihrouyh the wilderness.
outstrip; pr. 3t>o. niitwaa no ho gkwah inu, M. p. 238- - to omit, syn.

kwati, gyaw; -

watwa ne nyin ho or mu, he or she has passed tJte

any thing)
wabu ne mmereni', ne mmere atwam'.
17. twa.. mu, twitwa..mu: a) to cut asunder (tvva .. mu abiefi),
3Iat. 24,51.
to cut off, F. Fs. 90,10. - b) to Interrupt: watwa n'asem
uju G. efole wiemgii]. - c) de twa .. mu, to insert, put between, put In
(a new beam &c.) - d) to Impregnate, penetrate (of salt) beyond what
is proper: iikwaii yi, nkyene atwam' (nkyene atwa hkwahyim'), tlie
soup Is over-salted, salted too mncJi [G. no efomli ts6]. - ej to pass
over: gsram twa man mu, tJie moon j^nsses over the town, pr. 3044.
18. twam", twa mu: a) to pass by, of persons ^= sen. pr. 458.3408.
b) to go to and fro: wgde agoru no betwam', they go to and fro
playing on fJte street. - c) to pass, go by, of time mfrihyia ason aproper age

(for

..

twam', seven years Iiave passed. - d) to ^niss away, vanish, 2^c>'ish:

nneema-nneema twam', na asase de, ebetra ho da, M. p. 240.
10.
twa .. ano, a) to pass by, pr.386. - b) to pass tlie edge or front of, i.e.
to be beforehand, to auticlpate, do sooner than another. In conjunction with another v. it serv'es for the prep, before: obi ntwa akoko
ano mma akye, nobody will say good morning before the cock, pr. 385.
F. otwa n'ano se de, he jJrevented him (i.e. spoke first to him)
20. twa.. so (s. 16.): otwaa m'ani so (auyinam),
saying. Mt. 17,25.
lit. lie passed before my eyes (wltli a transitory flash), i.e. I got a
glimpse of him.
21. twa..ti so, to pass, elapse (of time): asram
asia atwa ne ti so, she Is In tlie sixth month (Luk. 1,36); nna kakra bi
twaa yen ti so ansa-na yetii ho, some days elapsed before we came off.
22. twa, to draw a line, to maJce a streaJc ivltJt, to touch: twasika fwo, to try gold on a touch-stone.
2o. to siroke, rub: ode ntwoma twa n'ani akyi, lie malces stroJces wltli red ochre above his eyes;
de..twa..so, to spread or lay on: fa twa wo ani so, cf. fa to wo ani

522

twa.

24. twa,

draivn (of a line), io he cut across:

two lines are cut across his checJc.
25. t\Va, to cut off a measured part from the rest, to measure; cf. 3.
(twa kora), atwade, atwahina, twakora.
so, pr. 1074.

useusahe

26.

iutr. to he

abieii t\va n'aui ase,

twa wonh5,

to

part, separate, divide fnxiv., draiving, as

it

were, aline hetiveen themselves), to disunite: woatwa wonh6(woatew

won mu) reko, e.s. eua mma a.s. agya mma a.s. omaii bi abu won
mil abieii reko, thei/ are at tear amomj themselves; cf. amanko.
27. twa neho, to turn, wheel ov tchirl round; ontwa ueho hfwe
n'akyi, he docs not turn tolookhacJc, i.e. he is constant; okomfo kom
2S. twa n'aa. otwa nelio: pr. 169. twa ueho si, s. atwasi, cf. 29.
ui, a) to look ahout, turn hack, turn round; pr. 60- - h) wotwa won
ani fua no (ne no adi), the>j turn their face against him.
2D. u'an'aui gyina, he is home-sick: m'ani ntwaa (= nuyini t\va, Ak.
30. twa, to faint: watwa, he has fainted or faints
naa) ofie pen e.
31. twa (simply), or twa abiribiriw,
from weariness &c. cf. tware.
tohave an epileptic fit or fits; to he lunatic; F. twaahim, Mt.4,:i4.17,15.
32. twa.. ho hyia or si, to surround, encircle, encompass: wot waa gdaii no ho hyiae; nsu atwa asase ho ahyia, R. p. 239;ho\\ii likye
33. twa ..
twa yen ho si, sin easilii hescts us, Hehr. 12,1. - cf. 23.
34. twa puruw,
ho kontoiikroh, to r/o round somcthinj^; cf. bo k.

to

no

form a

circle:

osram atwa

p.,

the

moon

is full.

35. de.. kotwa, to denounce, denunciate, to inform ar/ainst: wode

kotwae, thei/ denounced him (cf. gfatwa): Farisifo no fvVefwee

sgnea wgbeye ua woauya neho asem bi de no akotwa; wode asem

no kotwaa no, they hrouijld an accusation against him on account of
the matter.

36. twa,

inijiers.,

followed by the conj.

se, to

he urging, iiressiny;

etwa or etwa se, it is necassari/ that...; ..must: etwa (me) se meko,

I must go; it is mostly used in the contin. form: abofra ye merew,
ua etwa se obi(be)fweuo(so); but may also occur in the pret.: gkom
bae, na etwaawoii se wokoo asase bi so kotoo abiirow, E. p.23t>. cf.
hi a. se, v. 3.

Phrases with different specific complements:

37. twa ..bo to .. yam', to appease, assuage, soothe, pacifg, satisf/j: ne
bo fuwi na ose: orapene; na mitwaa nebo metgo ne yam' ma gpenee; osuro se gbeba me nkyeii, na enti mitwaa ue bo metoo neyam'

na gbae);

s.

ebo.

38. twa abrgdg,

adafi, to disclose, reveal, discover,

3'J. twa
tu desert, run aivay.
make known what has been kept

secret.
4(). twaodwira, to celehrate the yearly yam-custom (\)v oh.
from the killing of sheep for expiatory or propitiatory sacrifice, s.
odwira).
41. twa oguah, to kill a sheep by cutting its throat, hence
to (done for. make atonement, io appease: ohyiraa ghene ara pe na
wotwaa oguan, or wgkgfaa oguan betwae, when he had cursed the
king, a sheep was immedi(Uely hrougld and killed for an expiation;
wgkotwaa no guan, they killed a sheep for him from respect or good
will or in order to appease him; the same may be done for appeas42. twa adwo, agyadwo, kwaing one's husband or wife,ijr. S84.

dwom,
prop,

to wail.

to cut

asunder

43.
the

twa mfete,

pad,

hrcak

i.e. to

kyini.
off

44. twa kahirim,

connection or relation-

etwa

523

t\V;iiriiiii.

15. t\Va I'lkontonipo, fiainjtarakwa,

o-ne n'abusfiatb atwa k.
fdkc in; to ealnmiiiale. in: :J-i'Ji.3iU2f.
i6. twa ouoko, to set up a dispute, contend in words, dispute tvifh
J7. twa.. nufu, to wean {a. child); tu he
anger, alterealc, wrangle.
shiji;

to deceive, delude, deeo/j,

weaned; watwa no ba nufu, she has weaned her child; no ba atwa

nuffi, her child has been weaned.
-IS. twa injiasiia, to cut out the
lines tor tlic advancing warriors, to form the lines, to place in regular lines or ranks, to range, arrange, or arrag a lio.st for cncam^iment or battle, fo set the battle in arrag; woatwa yon so rnj)., theg
1!). twa ascni to.. so,
are encantped or in battle-arrag against us.
to pick, take up, catch or inccnt some nudter for (f(dse) accusation;
'>!. twa awo,
.'>(^. twa.. twotia, to circumcize.
cf.ho!t7.. osusuka.
to cease breeding or child-bearing; watwa awo, he or she begets no
more children.
More meanings and phrases in Fante:
'>:>. twa,
twetwe.
53. twa
twar, F. to tear, rend, 3It. 0,L'O.L>6.
nifar, F. - bo afore. Comm.j). lo.
51. twa fwe.. anyini, F. to fdl
55. twa aliur, F. =; po ahuru, to foam.
down before, Mk.SJl.
Mk.O,:iO.
5(). twa apaw, F. =^ boa, di atoro, to lie, tell a lie.
57. twa awo (ewgV), F. to lament, Mt. 11,17. Cf. 12.
e-twfi, pi. a-, scar, cicatrice, cicatrix; kuru a awu na n'amoa a
eka no, en'na wofre no twa; atwji wo no ho pi; wo ho babi a enye
wo yaw no na biribi ye ho (hurts the place) a, wuse: ehg de, mede
mibu no se enye me yaw; - obu ne ho atwa, he
ho mabu atwii

is

insensible, indifferent, unfeeling, cold, callous to

it.

wura bi a eye yaw se; ekycre

mmoaawgh ho woiihwi nawokofam'a, naasuso won iihwi xnu.pr.SOO.
e-t\va, a certain pricklg pla)d;

atwa,
tw'a,

s.

a.

atwea.
tough; tenacious; elastic; fufu, were a wgwe no, ntini
hiia, hiulni, twan], twapa, sa; cf. nui, matamatii.

nso ye twa; sgn.

twa-bo, touchstone; obo a wode twa sika fwe

se

eye sika pa

sika bone.

a.s.

a t w a-b n^pl. n-, hedgehog? Guinea-pig, similar to wea [G. kpin];

an animal as large as a small pig or goat, going in herds,

jerboa'^

living in rocks, pr. 537. Lev.

11,5.

Prov. 30,26.

atwa-de, F. measure, bushel. Mt.

twafo, lit. the

compang that begins
wodi

cutters, those

23,32. Mk.4,21. cf.

wo are

the battle, the can,

twa ^5.
enemy,

to cut into the

van-guard, front or

the

first line;

tw., theg are in the van.

goung shark; cf. fiirefcire, obodede. [G. tsailoa small kind of shark that is eaten.]
twa-f\vc, inf. probatio)t, or trying of gold on a touch-stone,
t\vat'(')r u bi, a

(bi),

atwa-^u, inf. [twa, to pass, gu, to fall in plentifully^ di a-, to

pass numerously: nkatawia di a-; nnoma no di dua no so a- (= wotwa vvg); mmoa di dehkyedeiikye no ani atwagu; asrafo nkrante
no di nnipa no mu atwagu kasa, Hist. p. 41.44.
twii-hiua [ahina, twa J^5] measuring pot, holding 12 15

gallons.

ntwaho

524

ntwa-ho,

inf.

[twa

3(f\

tware.

tnrnhKj or

tcliccling

round, pr. 169.620.

twa-ka, inf. \tvia.8, kii, to clip] the (Vntping into or eating from
the same dish; cli tw., tohavefriendJij intercourse, to he in close communion together; nnansa yi Akiiapemfo ne Akfiroponfo nni tw.; cf.
t\vawe, akapimafwe &c.

twaka-di, inf. the l-eeping up of friendly intercourse.

n twa-ka e, y. . [twa, /o cf, ka, to remain'] what remained after
repeated cutting, i.e. remnant of a hale of cloth, ntama a wodto ato
na aka ase.
susukora; cf. twa 3.25.
twa-kora, measuring calahash,
twa koto, hrceches, a garment worn by men, covering the
hips and thighs; ntama hi a wopamno se trgs, na asen ne nserekyiri nko na edu, Ntafo atade neno; syn. ntwontwo, wono.
sakraman?
J2. a kind of insect.
a twa kurudu, 1.
twa rau, s. twa 17. 1&.
twam'
twam' [twa mu] jnissoier, pascha, a feast of the Jews; the

sacrifice offered at the feast. Y.

twam,

V.

twam:

de so twam,

apaho, Mt.

twintwam]

fJ6,3.17ff.

Mk.

14,1.12.

hecome dry, lean, to languish,

to 2)ine away, ofone whohas consumption; of plants: to wither, fade,
syn. botow, kagyaw, kisa, nyam.
\s.

atwa-mcne,

red.

V.

s.

tvvom.

hemorrhage.

ntwam'-tam, F.
tvvaii,

s.

to

veil.

Mt. 27,51.

red. twintwan.

twaiiii, adv. languidly: mekotoo no no, na aniwu {or awerenti neti si fam' (or, si ase) tw., his head drooped or hung down
heavily (omina ne ti so, gmma n'ani so).

how)

mu

clammy, glutinous; dua yi

atwa-nsam a, a kind of hird.
tvVani,

a.

nsu ye

tw.,

t/. twit,

waiiy okoi'i, name of a month, about April{?); s. osram.

twapa, a. tough, tenacious, pliable; hama ye tw., cf. twa, sa.

()t

ed

to

w a p e a, tweapea,

cleanse the teeth;

afcwajjo,

pi. n-, axe, hatchet; syn.

twa-preko, u

mo

a kind of tree, little sticks of which are chewdua a wowe de twiw won se so. jn: WOo.

little hit

abonua.

cut off at once;

cf.

bu-preko, te-preko.

= twa:

^.
twar, F. 1. =^ twa, twetwe, Mk.9,20.
ho tsew
etwa se me ho tew, I must he holy.

tware,
'pr.H076.3078.

v. [i-ed.

twitware]

wuse: fa hayi tware no

no.

= twa 15,

3. to stun,

5.

gtwar de

= tware.

a way.
(one) out, to get

to cut i.e. cross

2. to cut off, stop, intersect; to cut

aboa biguah a,
meet in order to catch.
aboa no reguan no, mekotwaree no na mimake senseless or dizzy e.g. with a blow on

the start of, to outrun, to

kum

1.

cause to faint: a) (impcrs.) etware no, he is fainting;

wapira na at ware no, he faints, swoons, from loss of blood by his
wound; - h) aduru no at ware no, the medicine (being too strong)
has made him faint; nsa, okom, apirakuru ntw.iio; c/'. twa, to beraw.
the head;

to

ntwjiree

525

twe.

4. tware so, io inquire nhoiil or coriccmi));/: otwaro yare

okobisa nea efi so na oyare no bae (wo okoiiiib hkyen); wowokobisa ade pkomfo nkyei'i a.s. wokobisa f'nmi.
kotwAre so fwe
n(. war 0(3 [cf. twa JJ^.] had gold, not proof or storliu}^; dross:
sika-bone, sika mn fi; noa twabo no atwitwa; ff. bin, tia.

to piti.

so

tVvilSO

[twe

as(>]

obsc. smtoulri'I, rasrnJ: a

most impndont abuse,

atwusc-loiu [ateni]: okodidii atw., he hrf/m/

mid impudent language.

lo

asr

iiiosf

iusolnit

atvVu-si, inf. [twa ^7, si, io sto}i\: di a-, to desrrilte a circle, to

go or fnrn round; wodi a- n.s. nnipa pi bo kontoiikron, a.s. onipa
biako twa nebo si n'anaiimu wodi no bo a-, the// W(d]\ or dance
round him; cf. di kyinbyia; - n'aniwa di a-, Ids ei/es ((re rolling,
from pride, banjylitiness, anger. Job i.5,/.'?.
;

o-twasiofibo [G. otswa-si-og-bo, thou

sirikest

i.e.

fnllsl to the ground,

fJiou dicst] the cholera.

alVvaata [twa,

to

separate, ta,

to stand']

pxddle, slough, plash.

lltwa-to, inf. end; cnni ntwato (=r ase), better: eto rontwada.
iitwa-to-s6, inf. [twa, to so] false accusation; syn. asoto, anototo; mmotoso, osusuka; pr. 3409.
C-twa\v, (nest or^ swarm of ants, bees, wasps; odan a abobow,
kotokurodu, mpenna n.a. ye wg nnuaso; nnowa-twaw.^jr. 7^.55.

twa-Vve, inf. [twa 8, we, to eat] cutting and eating together

same piece): di tw., to have communion together; cf. twdka.
twawtVva\\", common sandals; s. mpaboa.
twavvu, adv. imitative of the noise produced by a stone or

(of tbe

wood cast into the bush.

twe, r. [red. twetwe] 1. to draw,

piece of

teaseenam;

io

draw

nuhkiim,

otvve

dua

di n'akyi;

pull, drag, lug:

otwee adaka

oid (a sword), pr. 1486.

fii

2. to drive:

mpa

apohkg twe

ase. R. p. 239.

mframa twe amu-

3. to withdratv, retire: epo

tvind drives the clouds.
retwe, the sea ebbs; watwe nebo kg, he has withdrawn; twe woho.
As, be off!
4. to remove (e.g. one's leg) pr. 719. 0G2.
5. twe nan,
6. to ivithdraw mutuallg: wgtwee wgnho koe,
to tre((d in weaving.
ilic

theg fell out tviih each other

to

move slowlg by drawing

and
tbe

fought.

7.

twe nebo

ase, to creep,

body along the ground

as a

worm

gtweasee; gtwe nebo ase, he craicls off. ivithdratcs

8. twetwe, intr. to be stretched, pr. 1047.
secretlt/.
9. twe mu,
a) to draw out in length, to lengthen (out); pr.3419. twe kotokn mu,
to open (I bag or purse, opp. dwora ano; - bj to stretch, extend: gtwe
ne mu, he stretches himself or his limbs, cf. gtee ne mil metwe me mu
merepe anim de, Phil. 3,13.
10. .. mu twe, to be dratcn out; to be
interrnpted (the interval between being lengthened): dgm abien no
hhyiam' no mu twee kakra, the hostdities beitvcen the two armies
were interrupted for a ichile; n'awo mu twee, the fiie between, in
her child-bedring, became long, she stood from bearing^' .Gen. 29,35.
11. ..ntam' twe, it is far from.. F. Mt. 15,8. Mk.7,6.J2,34.
12.
..so twe, to be diminished, to decline, ab((te (the upper part withdrawing or flowing off): n'ahogden so antwe, his natural force was
or reptile does;

cf.

^'

twe

526

not abated. Beut. 34,7.

twe.

13. twe, to protract, prolong, j^rororfue, jwst-

adjourn: wgatwe asem no aliye da, tlie

been deferred to a certain (fbedj day: woatwe asem no
t\Vet\Ve asem, to
ato ho, the matter has been pid off indefinitely.
14. twe hama, F. twe tonto
coniinne or keep on contending.
15. twe kanea,
bo ntonto, io dratc lots. Mt. 27,35- cf. ahamatwe.
16. twe .. kara, to recall one's soul; s. okra.
to trim a lamp.
i<5. t\ve man17. twe akurodo, to carol, j^U^y, sport, frolic, ivanton.
19. tvve hworjim: ntam' a etwe nwaname
so, to he at variance.
no yee den, the discord increased {Ger. die spannnng icuchs im)er
5^. twe mpena, to form a connection or cohabit with a man
inehr).
or unman not legally married; to live in a state of concubinage.
22. twe .. aso,
21. twe sika, to dratr, demand money vhicJi is due.

j)one, piit

matter

defer, delay,

off,

Jias

to

pinch OY pnll one's ear

i.e. to

woatwe

castigate, discipline;

punish (for disobedience),

n'aso, he has been punished.

^ 24. twe.. toa

Brgfo atwe Akuapem ne Nkvan atoa so.

ata (wo ..ho), to struggle, contend (for).

reunite;

cile,

to chastise,

23. twe
recon25. red.

so, to

gtwetwe neho, he loiters, lingers, hesitates; wosomano a, gmmopaiikran nkg; biribiara a grekgye na gnye no mprempren, na ogyina
2(i. red. watwetwe neho, he has dressed himself as a
hg kakra.
beau, dandy, fop or coxcomb, having pnlled his trousers or other
27. twetwe puapua, to contract:
dress so as to make them tiglit.
ntwetwensem no biaramp., do not contract any words (in writing);
^<S. ne tirim atwet we no
ue t. akyerc no.
kyerew ne nh. ma ma.
ne yam' hyehye no, twitwa no, he is
29. neyam' twe no, F.

moved

..

compassion. Mt. 9,36. 18,27.

v. F. io provoke; yede atwetwe wo abufuhyew no
asensen hen do, ice have thereby provoked thy wrath and indignation
31. twe (twi) pin, F. to draw near; cf. twiw 1.
against us.
ivith

30. twetwe,

twe, adv.

completely, entirely;

so

twe

0-t Vv e, pi. a-,

two,
2. a

wgaka ne nhina atom'

tvve;

ebg

pe.

obsc. fcmcde genitals; di-,

1.

a kind of antelope,

to
cf.

cohabit with a tvoman.

gdabg.

2>r.

1427.1791.3410-18.

kind of grassho^U^er.
of beans, growing in the earth like the gronndatadwe; when cooked they are called abobge. [G. akwi'.]

atwe, a kind
nuts;

cf.

atwe,
out:

a certRin jilay ; - di or

sisi

atwe,

pr. 2968.

twe, i;. [red. twetwe] 1. to look or search for or after, to search

wgtwe no, they search him out; gtwe n'afum' ade; gkgtwetwe

abe, he goes in search of pialm-nuts; gtwetwe ne

(= mekgfwefwe) meho

mme

so se

obenya

menyfi ntrama bi
2. to seek oid what is laughable about a person,
mema wo ana?
to censure, criticise, satirize, to mock, deride: wgtwe no, thry arc mockwodi no ho few, wgserew no.
ing him

bi

ana; mekgtwetwe

se

institute a half ue; nnipabebre

kasa pam mmoa berewgn na
boaboafo, homofo, tabamfo.

atwe, inf. bg
bora'

or

kg wuram' na

woknmwgn;
twe,

cf.

inter j.

s.

kg

a-, to

make or

wgma mmofra

pjitwe.

otwou

tw6m.

527

!3. abuO-twea, 1. dog, hitch; cf. okramaii, otwp.i-taii.;))-. 474.

a mean worthless feUoic, (jood-for-notlnuy fellow, uretcli.
2. slave (only his
atwea', atweawa, 1. a small dog. pr.91S.

sively

own master may call

a twea, atwa, 2^1-

two a,
two a,

liim so), pr. 178R.

"-, fsnck;

wgde kente na eye;

cf.

awotwH.

expressing utmost disroj^ard or contempt,

inicrj.

exiremitg of something angular, e.g. of a

house &c., externxd angle; r/". bin, kokoam, batwgw, Ak. ba[twee,
twea-ti 1)0, the head corner-stone.
pi. n-, corner,

table, a

ntwca,

a kind of climber,

lltweabaii, chain worn

or loins,

made

mean

bi

a eye den.

of silver or gold.

Tweaduampoi'i,
said to

hama

as an ornamtMit, about the nock, wrist

a by-name of Ood,

Onyankopon;

.<?.

nea obog ade uhina

the Alniightg;

so.

[/"/.

it is

two adi am-

pgn or two aduan & jjgnV]

0-twe-aniwa, a kind oi pot-herh.

atwca-nim-mcii, Akw. wgatono atw.
tVveapea,
o-t

-^.

wgato no sraha.

twapoa.

s.

w e-as e. -asee [aboa a gtwe neho ase] serpent, snake

o wg

cf.

dragon.

twease,

s.

twase, obsc, scoundrel, rogue, rascal.

atwca-tam,
atwe-ba,

n-, sacJc-cloth.

di

inf.

a-, to

twcbenV, twebew, twem,

to

o-twea-tai'i, bitch.

remove from one place

two,

interj.

to

another.

certainly, of course,

he sure!

atwe-bcwii,

a kind of bead;

twe-bo, adv.
he keeps entirely

s.

ahene.

completely, entirely;

wamua

n'ano tw.

kora,

silent.

twe-bo''', magnet, load-stone.

twedee, Ak.

twee,

of

= twere.

K. [that which is drawn] dranrr of a table, chest

drawers &c. kgtwe twee no na yi adee no bera!
11 twee [that which is drawn] wire; kobere or awowa ntwee, wire
pi. n-,

of copper or brass.

twee twee:
nkyen

a,

ye..t\v., to scare or frighten

away; obiara ba ne

grenye no tw.

twe'fo, persons engaged in a battue; wgn a wgkg

s.

at we

no;

at we.

ntwe-ho,

inf. loithdraival,

retirement.

weiio-daas monastery.
iitwelioni, pl.-io., monk; cf. gkokorani.

Ill

twem, adv. 1. completely, entirely, thoroughly; s. twom.

pim pim pim.
nimbly, strongly; otia fam' twem twem twem

ntweni, a kind of itch; wadg

twem', adv. s. twebem.

nt\Vi5m =^

gyare

ase.

3.

528

t\Vemanieii(\Ve

twe-ma-meiit Vve
drato,

i.e.

[lit.

twerebe.

dratv, lei me. drniv. or ihnt lalso mail

do whnt you please and

mpa

let

me

also do uJiat

nsem mu; eonfenliou for

I please}

dis-

350 J.
d i
t\Vernament\Ve-de, to he disunited, to he at variance irifli each other;
gman no ne won bene di t\V.-de; leliowa na mo-ne no nnni tw.-de,
do not rebel against the Lord!
atwe-niii, Ky. length; gdan no at\V. si anammgn 20.
cord ;

t\V.

woii

masleri/, pr.

n t w e-iii u, inf. the act of stretching one's hack or hody

pr.507 .3420.

twen kakra, rvait a little;

tr. to wait for, expect: ma yentrjl lia ntwen no, let its sit down for
remain) here and wait for him. pr. 390.3421. - twen ase, to loiter,
linger, tarrg, delag: wytwei'i won nan ase kakra (e.s. wonam beroo,
wgnnam se kan-no bio) theg slacken their pace or gait a little, make
stoppages in walking; tweutsVen wo nan ase, .^tlacken your pace; ef.
tiitu wo anah duom, go on slouly; sika a ode betua ka no yaw a eyeno nti, otsvontwen (^kanotua) ase, hecause he grudges the money
recjuired for paying his debt, he is tardy in paying it.
tweil tweu, adv. nimbly, cleverly: obnruw' twen twen fen

twen,

t\vent\Ven] to wait;

V. [j'ed.

..

fen, he

Jumps about nimbly.

e-tVvene, bridge; etwene da asiibonteh no

across the river;

nipata

cf.

so, there is

a bridge

.3'.

twen e bo a, twer..., a large tree similar to kyenedurn.

smaller leaves, used likewise for bouse building and drums.
tweuewa,

rammer, ram-rod, gun-stick; wgde tw. na

number of the men (war-

n-,

^jZ.

witli

epoma

tuo; - gretwe u-, he takes up the

riors, soldiers) belonging to a company.

O-tweiitwemfo, i)l. a-, a healthy, strong person; onipa a gwg

ahogden, gyare biara nbaw no; oye otw'.
gbogdenfo; gnye gtw.

"= Oy^ gyarefo.

t

went we

11,

red. v.,

= tweri,
twer, F. = ntweri
twei", V. F.

ntwer, F. bu-,

twere,

to

s.

to
;

twen.

lean on;

to

confide on.Mt.27,43.Mk. 10,24.

si-, to dig a winepress, wine-vat.

Mk.

12,1.

bow the knee. Mi. 27,29.

gnash, grate, grind; abufuw nti otwere ne se

(ebinom de "ase" ka bo, na ebinom nso ka
"twere" I'lkutd); ebinom wu a, wghho ye wgn yaw nti Avgtwere wgn
se ansa-na wgawu.
2. to 2)ecl icith the teeth: tw. abe; jL>r. 65.15901739.
3.
tweu, to wait for.
1. to

v.

(ase), he grinds his teeth

twere,

v.

Ak.

i.

twerew\

= kyerew;
;2.

red. tweretwere.

twere, Ak. twedee, pi. a-, the hand half-way clenched on purpose to strike with it; also the blow thus inflicted; j>r. 3351- - tow
or bg tw., to inflict such a blow; nimarima tow tw., mmea bg tsV.
- oyii twedee na gde abg nie fwene so; - ko atwcree, 2^r. 518. - cf.
kutruku.

atwere,

a kind oi frog;

twerebe,

s.

dwerebe.

cf.

apgtorg.

pr.

1548.

:
;

twerebo

two r 0-1)6,

twew.

529

flint-stone; of. otno. pr. 3422.

ill woro-boa, jjZ. n-, a kind o{ rodent anhnal.

atvvorodo, atwergro, a kind of (inliiial. yr. h'iiS.

tworo w, V. to seratfJi asa ben; to scrape, (jntte; s. were, wercw.

\Vi' rg tw
rg \v, red. v., to scratch, paw: gi)oiiko do n(^ nan t\V.
t

paws the

horse

i'ani', tlie

(/round

ivith his foot; to

scrape with a

knil'o;

cf. lifia.
ill
1

\v

grow

])L n-, pistol

;i,

wo ri, v.

s//n.

kodiawua.

[red. twitwori] 1. to incline, lean against: otwcri dna,

is leaning against a tree; etweri ho, it is leaning there; - de ..

twori, cans., to put or place so as to lean against: fa tuo no t\Veri

he

kokoam', put the miisJcet into the corner.

^, to trust or confide,
hare or place confidence in; to relg on: nia. yenif'a yen akyi ntwcri
.9. n'anim twcui lig da<;iiri
wo, let us place our confidence in thee.

se afwef'we, his face is shining hrighfli/ as a looking-glass; ni'aniin

tworii
lit

minyaa aniionyaui, s. anim.

won', 1. a place for squashing the p"lpy substance

wgwow abc

nea

nids, pulping-jylace;

worn';

of palnt-

wgatu fam' kuruknru-

wa, na wode abo ntrji-ntra asem ase, na wode bi agyinagyinani'

atwa nui abyia, na se wgporow abe a, wode gum', na wode woina
wow na wgnoa ye nno. 2. nsa-ntweri, Kine-p)ress. Mt. 21,33. Mk. 12,1.

autwori,

F.

a-, ^>Z.n-,

of wood, stone, bricks;

a.iitwei"i-bg, a

s.

ladder, scale, stairs; F.sieps, stairs

atrapoe.

palm-tree

atwer-so, F.

to

he ascended hy a ladder.

setwere, gnashing of teeth. Mt. 13,42,

wgtwe wo ase] thnmh-holt, sliding

atVvo-s6 [ade a wgtwe biribi sojt rale.
a tvVo-st^ [ade a

\V 6-s

wolf a

fi

m,'*'
:

wotia-twa,

vounding

by

..

tw., to circunicise. [G. fo kotia.] Riis pr. 130.

inf. circumcision,

practised

Nkranfo, Huafo, but

tribes, as the

bi.

by some

lield in

of the stirgreat disdain

Twi-tribes.

the.

tvVol

at

calrh-holf.

locomotive. Chr.

wa

tVvotiafo, a circumcised man; cf. momunoto.

tvVo tiaf'u-anna, a kind of small ants, ntetea
t

made

Vv'o, red. v., s.

wo two:

twe, cspec. 8. 13. 35-28.. W.

si., a-, to deride,

pgn, wonsino atw.

F. =

twe twe twe twe,

mock;

goru ho,

3It.

si/n.

sereserew;

Onyanko-

27,29.41.

adv.: gserewtw., he laughs hearfilij, roars

with laughter.
t

wot wo,

red. v.,

o-tvVe twefo,
11 1

gwg

wg we d g

n-,

O'.s.

ode no wo

obi

s.

j)/. a-,
:

wo-,

twe.

mochcr.
to

go

astraij,

he erring, wander,

roam ahoul

nam k wan na wayera rekyini wuram' f svefwe okwn

n-, lie

leads him wrsng, astrag, out of the wag.

iitVvotwoo, Ak. ^-= apane.

two, two IV.
tVvOW.

ntwotwewa,

a kind of hat.

6'.

34

ii

530

tvVi

twi,

no

twi

twitwi]

V. [red.

wosunsum

ntwisa.

[msh or

1. to tlirust,

2. Ak. = twiw, twuw.

no.

draw

pin, F. to

near. Mt.

JcnocJc

nhout; wotvvi

13,8.

twi, n. 1. t\vi or tvvitwi, retreat: Agyeman de (twi, or) twitwi

2. ho ..twi, to
bebgo Yaw Duodu so, Agij. fell hade upon Y.l).
thrust, push or (Irivc haclc, to repel, repulse: yeabo dom no twi, ur.
have pushed haclc the enemy (perhaps only for a while, not yet defeated).
3. bo twi, intr. to he alarmed by sad or joyful news; to
he in a stir, agitation, tumidtnous commotion, to get up in confusion,
to run together hastily aiid confusedly, but with determined steps:
wgate se asemmone a emu aye hfdni reba oman mu. se ebiadgm reabo wi.
ba n.a. a, na oman no abg twi

e-tVvi,

-e, 2^1. <*-;

leopard; pr.85].

rf.

osebo, kiirotwiamansa, asa-

bontwi (odontwi).

Twi,
t

the Tshi Language,

wi-bo,

inf.

[ho

t\\ i]

s.

2iithlic

Gr.

p.

X-XVI.

alarm; confusion connected with

it.

antwibo, a

large edihle root, similar to the tubers oi yam, with

large leaves like the plants of the Arum family (Taro? Indian tnrnip)?); one kind has been brought to Akem and Akuapem from Wasa, another, called koko, from the West-Indies; a similar kind,
known in Akr., Akiiap., Fante for a long time, is amankani.

aiitwifai'i,

a kind

1.

o'i

pot-hcrh.

2.

a cutaneous eruption on

the legs.

TVviforo [F. Kwiforo] a country of the Gold Coast to the north

the Tshi tribe inhabiting it, written by Europ,: Jii/fer,
Tufel ((-c. Gr. p. X.
o-T\Vi-ka sa, the Tshi language.
o-TVv 1 111, j>L a- -fo, a man of the Tshi nation; cf. Okanni.
of

Wasa, and

0-tVvi-ne-twe ahoodeii,"^ the electro-magnetic potocr.

tVviii tNvain, red. v. twara, to hecome dry, hard (duaba hi, aduara-momono biara a wgnoae, kuru anim nsu a ekata anim se nea

awu).

iitwintwame',
n t w ail,

Vv

i 11 1

cf. ntintari,

y.n. scurf, scah;

red. v. twan, to

\v a 11-1 \V i n t w a ii
gyabegyabe.

twiri,

V. to

ade a atwintwam kuru anim.

hecome lean, wrinJded. F. to wither.

waye -

he reels, staggers, tumbles;

slander, calumniate.

ntwiri, inf. slander, calumny.

atwiri-b6a,'a small kind of ant; aboa a eso kakrakyen ntetea na oka wo a eye yaw se, nso oka wo a, na nkurofo se: obi retwiri wo.

o-twirifo,
O-t

wi

i??. a-,

I'oiikii,

osiane nsu ho,

slanderer, calumniator.

2)1. a-,

a kind of wading bird; anoma a gte or

odi; ne mmrah ne: bakasianepo.

mpata ara na

ntwironowa, vestibide, porch, entrance into a house; gdaha

wgnam mu kg ofie; cf. apatam, nnantwerem'.

wgasi na

litVvisii, a

kind of chintz;

nt\V.

tuntum,

ditto;

s.

ntama.

t Vi' i t

twitae

531

lifcwom.

0, file.

ii j)l (I lit with Ifjivcs like, those of a jiinc-applo;

ii'ahaban kyekyere i^yn. pr. J.Ul. Gr. ij 291.

tvV'iloii,

tVvil. wa,, red. v., to ritf scvcrdl IJiiiufs, to riif into

(yctwitwaa

ctr.s.twii 1.3.S.f>7.
t\va

uc.

nan

manti

))icres

looked (IidkikI hsJ; olwi-

icc

aso.

twaro,

t\Vi

yt'ii aiii,

wode

red. v.

twarc

Ak. ntwitwarano, inf., - wodi n-, tlin/ ovcrt<dce

\va-a n
or oidnm each other in riicini/; wo-ne woygnko si mniiiikakane, na
oyi twa neyonko ho na oyi nso twa ne yonko ho.
111

Vvi

('),

tVvil

wori,

twilvvi,
a(jit(ded.

Mt.

red.

Jniste,

v.,

twcri.

s.

eojifusion;

kitikiti;

s.

twi.

bo

- fa twitwi, F. to

:?1,I().

tVvil wi, tV\il\Vi\v, red.

tVviw, twuvv, Ak. twi

((p})roae/i or reression

run riolcntl//, Mf.

twiw r=: twutwn.

v.

t\V.,

to l)e

s,:i:i.

1. to more for
t\Viw l)era, drnivnear!t\\\\vf>;y\uiihiiyi, pro-

[red. twitwiw, t\Vut\Vu\v]

eeed and stand here! t\\ iw ko ho kakra, remove ti little to that plaee!
twiw ko wo anini, move forwards!
2. to rutt mutuidUi, to snifer h//
3. to rub; a'>-yinamoa de ne ti twitwiw
friction or (dtrition. pr. 99.2.
me nan ho.
i, to rub for cleaning or polishing, to wipe, to clean
by rubbing or scraping, to scour (asepatore ho, pon so, akentenhua
ho, dan mu &c.).
5. to rub one's body, e.g. with lemons, with a
liquid substance: ode anka ye or twitwiw neho.
0. twiw ..anim,
anim); e.s. woto rebnliC, reproach, chide, abuse (stronger than ka
ye bone bi a, na woyaw wo.

..

tVvo, pr. 3424.

11

gn,

two,

s.

defeat; di

twotwow.

wako aguan; ntwo no

tVvu

(i.e.

twom,

twoo)

V.

to

\viee

interj.

twebem &c.
cf. twem

s.

catch at once?

twom, F. = twam'. Mk. 9,30.

tVvom: deso twom (twam, te)
tVvom, adv.

= twem;

obsc, corrpt.

fr.

to

snatch

two mn.

away

quickly, speedily.

completely night: wadi

up altogether; so mii tw. (preko, nso

ade

ne nliina t\V., he has eaten it

denneh), hold it fast at once!

twom,

wadi nkoa defeat; wadi ntwo

nim, the defeat ended in o victory.

n-, to suffer

asa, tw.,

it

is

twem'.

an animal living in the sea or a river, compared to

a sea-turtle; aboa a gte pom' ne Firawm', ne ho ye den se, gte se
osuhuru, enye apatji pa; Avode nenhoma dura akukua ne mmentia
ho, wgde ne dua fwe nipa.
2. a. ivldp made of its tail: wokii no
twom.
lit w
m, a kind of itch: wado n-, he is affected with itch.
t\Vu m,

1.

iitVvoiu, a click or smacking with the tongue from displeasure,

indignation, annoyance, grief &c. obg no n-, he hisses (d him, smacks
at him with his to)igue, e.g. at a master's too severe task of labour
okasakasa, onwinwi neyonko ho; wgde ahoyeraw
demanded;

a.s.

awerehow na

ebg. [G. do ntsgi

gu ahome.]

iitwoma

532

W.

11 1 Vvo ni a, red ochre, used by the negroes to paint their houses,

rub the floor of their apartments (jir. 290''^.s. kwaw), also to stain
their tlress or to rub on their face as a sign of grief; ntw. (dote koko a wgde kwaw) kyere anibere; obi n'agya wu a, ode nt\V, pete
ne tarn mu ana ode t\va n'ani akyi (a. ode bo n'anim kora) de kyere
se n'ani abere; worebekum bi a, wobo no ntw. ne gyabiriw; yede
yebeto won akyere a.s. yebefa sH nni])a no aknm
won bebg nt\v.
won de akyere se won de, yen nsa aka won, yebetumi akum won

to

aye won se ntwoma.

n two in ma, a kind of bead;
twgii, V. F.

= t\ven.

two 11 two

(o full) a

11

tiatifi

kokuro de
p

V\'

6, s.

si

s.

ahene.

kind of wide breeches; atade a

cf. tCvakoto, wono.

wgnasen mu

no

\vpi)ani

atwapo.

tworodo, tworododo,
by pouring water

ndv. imitative of the sound produced

into a vessel: ode nsn

gu ahiiiam'

\\\.\fr.:]27. cf.

torododg, taradada.

tworododo,
t

a. thin;

nkwan no ye

t\v.

ampiw.

w 0, yr. 3424.

two t wow, corner, outer (nujle [r/l twea, batwow or batview]

kusfi-fam t\\., Ps. 48,2(-'i) fhe northern corner scil. of .Teriisahun, the
site of the temple.
t

w g w,

5.

before, pr. 3424.

e-tVvow, a disease of fhe virile (jenii(ds; mmaninyare bi a ema

fv\ ca hon ye kakrii. yr. 3f)3.342i).
twu, V. s. t\viw; tun pirim. As., twi pin, F., to dram near.
to clean: t\Vu kuraba akyi; F. ML 23,2'). t\Vu anyim, F. to npbraid,

rebidcc,

ML

11,20.19,13.

E-TVviiiri, pr. n. of

of

Kumase.

iitwii-aiiyim,

F. relmhe.

one of the earliest kings of Asant(\

TVyiiuiMSi, pr.

tlie

builder

n. tn.

NlxVuniiiril, pr. n. of a country on the oast side, of

th(>

X'olta

Ix'-

twecn Karakye and Nta.

I

\V

\V

u w, red.

r.

twitwiw.

Vvii

w,

v.

=^

t\Vi\v,

twu.

W.
The

labial consonant w, a semi-vowel formed with both lips,

occurs as an initial consonant only before the pure vowels
a, 0, 0, o, 11. l^efre nasal vowels we find I'lW, Gr. 11. (In F.
is also found beiore nasal vowels instead of nw.) Before c, 0, 0, i,
we use w, Gr. 10,2. (In F.
is retained.)
As a final sound,
forms diphthongs (Gr. 5), which are mostly avoided in Ak. (partis
The consonant
ly also in A.W. Parkers Fante writings).
often an attenuation of original l)(espec. in the diminutive syllable
wa), and in some cases interchanges with | and li; ,s. Gr. 19 B.
It is also found
patiriw, j)osow, ahoba
watiriw, wosow, awowa.
as a second initial consonant after k, li, 11, in F. also after g, s; s.
kw. hw, nw. gw. sw.
(ir. S,

rrr-.

wa

533

ware.
\

=
to

wa,

Ak.

0.

1.

waw,

(iw) nsuo no ano,

siri

marrij.

o-w;i,

a.

wa,
wa,

i'iw;i,

;}.

.s.

snppoii, ward o/f; wa nsuo no aiio

~^ wkrv, lo be loioj.
3.
ware,

I'lwaw.

adv. ox])rossinp; the soiiiid of bn-akiiij;' or

hn'it.

awae

of wood: (lua no

wind or

owaw.

to

\m\t. adv. oxpr. tlio rushinj;'

wabirini, \d. in\ 33!H).

Hwa-bciia, -bra, a file of dried
run

slic-k is

hiako

sound oflrccs

a<;i(al('d liy the

niereko no, niotec se nifrania rcliim

in falling":

to keoji

splilliiij^

\sk\

;ilial)ai'i

.snails tlirougli wliicli

\sk.

a wondcn

them together; nwaw 0-l'2 a woasina no

(hia

so.

wada, y.
o-wadurii,
wa.O,

=
,s.

V. \_rcd.

wo

ara, eocn

Hum,

thyself.

gwgaduru.
wiiwae, waewae]

1. to tal;e off, strip,

drau\

tear,

with a knife or some othor

instrument: w. duabon, to peel off the baric of a tree (one large or
small piece at once); w. ajjata ho hono or aboi'i, to seale a fisJi; w.
nctwa so bon, to tafcc off the senrf of a sear; w. I'lhoma, to draw or
strip off (a piece of) tfie sfcin from the body, ef. gua, to slcin, flajj;
w. dan ho dote, to loosen and take off tJte clatj coating the tvall of a
2. intr. to ijroiv loose and come or fall off, to flake (breafc
liOHse.
or separate in layers), to ])cel or scale off; dan ho dote no avvaewae,
Hie clay lias fallen off from the ivalls of tJie Jionse in several jdaces.
6*. to be disjointed,
dislocated, pid out of joint, luxated (abogye,
i. to fall off or aivay, to desert (from a party), revolt,
l^r. 597).
rebel, turn reereaid, apostatize; ne inaii fa awae akgye doin, a part
of fus people Jiave f(dlen away (dcseiied or renounced (dleyianee) and
waewae, red. v., s. before.
turned enemies.
wae-Vve, inf. [wae, to get off a piece from, we, to eai\: neho
wo w., tliere is sometliing to begotten from liim; wunyane hobiribi di.
in'

pull

off,

peel

to

off.

jiare

off',

eHj)ec.

inva-kyeni, a lot of dried snails combined on twice ten sticks

(nwabena) in the form of a shield (okyem); nwaw a woasinasinano
nana pi (10 ahorow 2) so de abom' aye no biako; ebeye nwaw 200.
o-wai'i,

saw;

waiia, ^;?.

ef. sa,

wanam,

fin: 8426.

serada'.

F.

o-wa-uiiii, a large

= woana, hwana, bona, hena,

/'>'c>;i.

wfio?

snail, oto])e.

oa 11 s a 11, ^J?. a-, a species oi' antelojie, middle-sized, of a reddish colour with white stripes; s. gdabg. pr. 1445.1861.343 If.

awarita,

wa

11 1

sitonlder-blade, blade-bone.

e r e ni a, ear-piefc, pr. 2788.

inv ;'i-i'i w e R e [nwaw anwene]

ewo ara.
wara, wada, F.

snail-sltell.

uwarti, =^

hwora.

M'are, v. [red. wo ware] Ak. wa, to be long, to be tall; ef. tenten; gkwaii ware, tfie way is long (pr. 1892), the place is far off; koyiwo bogyese, eware dodo, R.p.243; ueaghenenope titiriw ne nsrafo a

wgwgvvaree, Gen.

Hist. p. 137.

ware

534

ware,

owaw.

wareware] Ak., F, wa,

v. [red.

riage; w. yere or

to man-//, taJce in

mar-

a wife [G. wye];

w. knmi, to talce a husband [G, gba, gbla]; perf. to he married tvith;
won hhiua aware (Ak. awa)no, they all had her, Mt. 22,28. - to live
together as husband and wife, to cohahit, said also of animals; okogye neba aware, he intends to talce his daughter to tvife; - ode
neba ma no aware, he gives him his daughter to wife.
aw a re, v. inf. marriage, the act of marrying, the state of being
married, matrimony, wedloelc, married state; n'aware yi anye yiye,
his marriage which he had concluded did not turn out well; see aw.,
to commit adultery, cf. fa oyere & wia.

aware

bii

(bea), si/n. liyia yere, to taJce

[G. awale

= atere,

sjjoo;?] trowel.

aware, awarcm' [wo aware mu, ne

bach between the shoulder-blades;

efi

wo

iiware,

s.

nnuare.

wareniu], the ])art of the

koii

akyi bepcm

wo akyi

mfinimfini.

ware, a certain ga))ic of the negroes played with small balls

or globules passed into the holes of an oblong draught-board or
table, as in backgammon the men are played into the points of the
tables: d i or to w w., to play that game. pr. 910.
a ware-do, money or other valuables given at the conclusion of
gbea ti-ade(?>.
a marriage, dower, dowry,
o-wjirefo, pL a-, a married person; obanih-warefo, a married
man; oba-warefo, a married woman.
[pr.3435.
aware-gyae, inf. recession from conjugal connection, divorce.
aware-g3^e, inf. offer of marriage; marriage-contract.
aware-see, inf. destrnction of matrimonial life, adidtery.
o-wareseefo, jd- a-, adult erer; adulteress.
aware-sem, marriage matter; matrimonial cause.
Wasaw, a country, tribe and dialect on the Gold Coast, Gr. p. X,

was a was a,

red. v., to fumble, to feel or

grope about.

o-wat akii, a kind of tree. pr. 3436.

watiriw, v. [red. wati-watiriwj = patiriw,
loose footing, miss

to slide, slip, trip,

step).

waw, y. [red. wowaw] 1. to prop, stay, sup])ort, sustain, uphold,

heep from falling by placing something under or leaning against;
wode biribi aso ade bim' na ai'ifwe ase; gdan bi rebu na nea akyea
ko ho no wgde dua dennen akosi ho de asom'; wgde dua bi a abg
nta waw brgde ana dua bi a asow pi, na ammu.
2. to screen, protect: ode no nsa waw me so na o\Via anhyehye me, he screens me with
his hand tliat the sun may not burn me; tig. he protects me with his
3. waw ani, to defend from an enemy's attack; ode kyem
power.
awaw n'ani (u'anim), he screens his face (his whole front) tvith a shield.
4. waw ano, to withstand, opimse, resist; - 5. waw mjiasiia ano,
to stay the lines of battle, to stop them from receding or retreating.
6". ka pon no waw ano,
leave the door upon the latch, lean the
door against the door-post.

g-waw, cough; bg waw, to cough; gyare waw, Ac has n cough;

ne waw ye den, his cough is severe.

auwHw

kind oi'head; alieue

t'liiw;iw, a

nwjiw, Ak. nwa,

Wiiwti,

V.

snail;

bi

wo.

535

a woap.ipao

ini'i

na

wot'erc.

otabiria, otope, owauiui.^yr.

cf.

haha, hoahoa.

.3i,".'6"-,V0.

pr. 171)9.

o-Wiiw;i, a kind oi'latu/e free.

wjiwa-aha, a sort of clihdz; s. ntama.

wawa,

red.

wawa,
awawa:
his

arms

for

F.

o. wii,

waewao.

a kind of raven;

MIc.

i:),2-5.

anone.

s.

oye no aw., or gtee ne nsa ye no aw., he .s(relr/i<s forlli

(with a longing desire, in order to embrace him).

hitii

V ., w e
i
., see nnder wo..., we..., Vv i
.,
Besides some Fante words inserted under vv, we mention here
stands fur Ak. uw or n\v, or is of other origin.
such in which F.
ayam'onwene. lJolm3,17.
aw('iu-l)0-weii,
owenfo,
owenfo.
onwemfo, ^w//(V. Mt.27,7.
0-wcinfo,
[Mt. 27,05.
hwene, F. a xicnny ivorth of (/old-dust.
wcii,
.

. .

=
=

*.

nwene, hweuenwene, hitter.

won, wonweii, a.
aweiuladzo-bu, den of lions.
anvvummere, evening. Bit. 8,10.
e-wim-bor, nwimber,
nwini, cool; coolness.
win,
winwin, shadoio. (Ps.39,G.)

wo,

V. [red.

wo wo]

1.

(orig. to stick to a place), to he or exist

he? mewg ho, I am here, present; gwo

in the house. In this sense w g is used almost exclusively in the confin. form (but: eno nwg hg ansa, that may remain
eno ntra hg ansa);
aside or let us leave that aside in the meanwhile
besides tra the vv. ba or kg are used to supply the wanting forms,
and the ncg. is taken from the ?;. di: onni hg, he is not there, not
in a place:

owg he? where

dan mu, he

is

is

present, pr. 97.1300.2208. 2347. 3439f.

ewg obi..,

there is

some

one..,

ewg nea gye na onya, somehoiv lie gets (at) it, pr. 3438.
pr.3437.
^. w g often serves merely to introduce an adjunct of place, stating
the place in which the action expressed by a preceding verb is going
on; it is then not translated at all gye adwuma wg afuw so, he does
:

work) is on the pHantation, i.e. he is

worlxing in tlie plantation; magyaw ne poma wg ne daii mu; mihuu
no wg Manife; mekgfwee no wg afiase; mihuu no [wg] hg mprempren; odi gua wg babi. R. p. 244. The aux. v. wg is, however, better omitted wherever it can be done without injuring the intelligibility of the sentence, espec. in Ak.; s. Gr. 102,3.117. 223,1.224.
225. B. 190,1. pr. 3o3.S83.1319.1457.30.25.
wg is used of an indefi(some)

loorlc

(and in doing

this

casual or transitory stay at a place, te of a stay of some du6'. Phrases:

ration.
wo mu (to he in,) to he reed, aca) wom'
tual, to he truly so: asem yi wom'ampa, the matter is really so; neg.
ebia, sese, gyama (gyabia),
ennim', it is not so; - ebewom' se...,

nite,

h) m'ani wg so, my eye divells on (it), i.e. I have it in

perhaps.
4. (orig. to stick to a person) to
my mind, have not forgotten it.
he in the possession of, to helongto, to he one's property : ewg me, Ak.
eye niedea, it is mine; gdan yi wgme, tliis house helongs to ntc;
Gr. 102, 1. Bern.
5. to have, possess, hold, to he possessor or
master of: gwg sika })i, he has much money; aberekyi wg mmen; gwg


wo

536

awu.

niinosea (wo) no kotokum'; nievvo abusiiafo

imamfo bcbru (wo) kurowyiin';

wo

wg ha no Akyern; mewg

H.p.'Jd'J. i^r.o4o9-io.

-In

this souse

used only in the fontin. form (for other forms nyii, 1o

get, obtain, is used), and the ncy. is taken from the v. di: onni iVve,
he has notlimij. Gr. 102,2. pr. 907-2:2.
0. to sting, priclc: nsoe ne sekan wo nipa, thorns andluives mag
prick onc.pr. 604.
7. Phr. wg..nnua, to cxannne closelg by imttxng
also

is

several questions indifferent ways;

yewowggnonnua wowoe wowoe,

wcexamined him in cvcrg possible way.

8. to pierce, stab, perforate:
ode peaw wgg n'ani, he pierced his eye with a spear; gde sepg woo
no, or,

gwogno

wo

!J.

sepg, he stabbed

him with a dagger. [G. gbu.]

m\\, to stitch, embroider:

gwgiitamamn,

i)r.99d.

she niaJces figures

in a cloth (already woven).

10. to j'i'sh: wg.. akgmfo, to push
(one) headlong, head over heels; wg .. I'ikonsaw, to push (one) by the
throat or neclc.
11. to shake: gwg neho nko, he shakes (intr.) -=odi
ahim; gwo ne ti nko, he shakes or tosses his head
gwosow neti.

1^. wg,

Ak.

wo,

V.

= wow
1. to

(to kick, to

to

knead,

to

plaid or braid).

engender, beget, generate, i^rocrcafe (said of both

jiarents); to bring forth,

mma du,

pound,

breed, bear, give birth to (a child);

wawo

has begotten or she has born, fen children, pr. 1710.346:3-67.

2. to yield or be(tr interest: ohurnw nknrofo sika iia awono _
na adg or adgso, he lends (his) money on usury that it may bear him
interest; sika no a wo, the money has increased by interest ; -i>r.:-ii')l.
en wo no, he is not to pay (cannot be charged) interest for a thing

]te

bought.

wo,

V. 1. to dry, grow dry, become free from )nisfnrc or juice;

be dry: m'atade awo, niy coat is dry; dabi, eiiwoe e, no, it
is not yet dry; asase so or fam' awo, the earth, land or tlie ground
hasdried up; gtetewahuaha na ghata (no) awia-so naawo, lie plncks
})erf. to

tobacco-leaves and spreads them in the sun that they may dry: diff.
wew, to dry (up), evaporate, saitl of moisture, or a li(juid.
wo

Phr. a) n'ani o>n'anim awo, s. ani(S'.4.p..">24. - b) n'auo awo,

l:iA.^.'d'd\. - r) wg-ne nontani' nwo, they are not in a proper
understanding, do not agree well tvith him.
s.

L'.

ano

or W0-, the j)ron. won, prefixed to the verb; Gr. 54.5.S.

In F. the same form wg or wo is also used for mo, ^^you.
wo- or wn-, the j)ron. wo, thou, prefixed likewise, ib.
wo, F. e-wo, thou, poss, thy, obj. thcc; Gr. 5.'}-58. pr. 3452-61.

wo89,7.

e-W('t,

honey; ewo no ado,

o-wo,

2^1. a-,

cells

tite

of the honcy-conit) are

filled,

gtweasee. jn: 2274.:J446-.51.

Diff. kinds: gpantene, niui, ebgre (gnanka), gpramiri, gkjerebei'i,
ahabammono, atirenu, asonawg, ahurutoa. bamiawu, akitaosiia,
osuwo.

<iw6!

F.

(full o)

11-,

snake, serpent;

mammal

cf.

mother! used in addressing one's

own

mother.
;_iwo, svo: gye..

awo,

awo,

to

welcome,

inf. birth: 1. childbirth,

turition, delivery, pr. 346Sf.

;?.

to receive

gladly, joyfully.
[pr.3096.

travail or labour of

women,

^a?--

nativity, descent, extraction, family,

ovvoadiU'ii

race; Mrk. 7,26; f/eneration, Mt.

Gcn..Ho,l(). Rev.

I'-i,:.'.

woj^yc no awo,
birlh;

if.

1,1.

537
iu>,

mnyedcn,

n'awo
nieri'ko awo,

awo no (mu) don

aih;

awoko.
awo ka

no,

I <(m

{\<>;.

hi the (/rcalcal paiu.'<;

her in childbirth; -

fhei/ assist

oko awo, she travhind labour

aim Juts

awo akyi

adc,

af'trr-

etani.

in wliicli
0-w6;i (1
11, pi. a-, [wow adurn] irooden nitirtitr,
and plantains are ponnded; cf. futVi, woma. irr. :')?!.
woMiia, F. =^ wana, l>eua, who? pi. woanain, Mk. 3,H:i.
1'l

I'

()-\\'('t-M II 111

[nca owoo

yam

ani'ni] a iroinan icho ijaoc birth to iiiaii//

male children.

wo-a

k.'isji,

I'l

wo-ara,(Ak.}

thou th if self,

own

thj/

self;

thou, even thou. Gr. 50.

Jitsf

wo-an
o-il n o, adv. in a proper, moderate or orderli/ maniiiyL' Viiribiner; odi n'ascm nliina w.w. (-- okwanso kwai'isn),
ara nima cntra so.
woawoa,

= hwO)nwa,
^ anwonwadc,

F.

]\I(.

Sj0.9,H.l.i,:-il.:>l.W.

a\\'oawoa.-(i/C, F.

avvoha, F. alioba,
a

\N'

0-1 e a, birthjdace.

i:^,22.

2'JIO.

i>r.

aw 6-1) ere,

Mt. 7,22.21,15. Mk.

aw(wa.

s.

the time of birth.

awo-bcre |awow bcro] the cold season, winter. Mk.lS,18.

g-wo-bic [wo, bi] one who has the (desired) fhinij. pr. ,3470.
awu-da,

birthday; odi u'aw.,

a w o-d i b e a,

wodow,
bebo

inc

V.

kakate

nti

guah

= awosanne,

mowodow mu
21,38.

wa-

no.

Mk. 12,6.

1 Pel. 3, 7.

Kurtz lAi.

place of childbirth,

iiwoenr, F.

celebrates his birthdai/.

boj'oo, to steal or snealc off ov (uraij;

na ema

owodzi, F. heir; Mt.

(j-wod/.e,

woe,
awoe,

lie

birthright.

birth, descent,

i)r.l78.

parerdaye; ne nw.,

hi)

nation. Mk. 7,26.

-nom, uncle, mother's brother; wo nti ue nnabariina.

wo I'ase, ^>?. -nom, nephew, sister's son; wonuabca ba (wbcreas a brother's son is called gba); F. also niece.
wofa scwa, pi. -nom, niece, sister^ s daughter, wo nuabca babea {brother's daughter
oba).

wofa,

j^/.

o-wofo,

2>l- a->

aw

pi.,

i"o,

awu-gye,

lier

woman

tvho

can bear or has born children.

parents.

[gye awo] a welcoming, as a inotber welcomes

welcomed by them.
awo-g-ye, inf. [gye awo] midwifery, assistance in childbirth.
awogye-diini, medicine to promote delivery.
o-wogyelbj pi. a-, midwife; accoucheur, obstetrician.
children or

Avo-liO;

aw6-ko,

inf.
is

reft.

pron. thyself; Gr. 57.

inf. [ko awo] lahour, travail, parturition, the pangs

and efforts of childbirth.
awoko-yaw, throe, pain, pang or angnish of travail in childbirth; aw. aktX no, - has seized her.

wokjem

538

w6-kyem,

Jioney-comh ;

worn',

wo mu,

woma,

n-,

F.

o-womma, pZ.

a-

s.

wg,

nboma,

cf.

iiwora.

okyem, hwa-kyem.

3(i.

a-, leather, hooJc

&c. Mk.

l,<i.

Ml.

1,1.

[wow, ba, cf. aba] tbe tvooden pestle (beater,

pounder) witb wbich yam and plantains are pounded in tbcwgaduru.
awo-iiiina-gii-akyi, a kind of herb for food and medicine,
a AY o-m
ren

m a- w u

oidi/ to see

woii, F.

won,

them

j^ron.

odiaw.

wen,

to

(= gwommama own),
cbildren all of

die, i.e.

wbom

she bears childsoon die.

widch. Mt. 24,42.26,38.40.27,86.

Ab. ben, Ak. yen, F. hwon,

thei/,

them;

their.

[Gr. 53-59.
A\'
1'l-a I'lk a s a \ thc/j themselves, thcDtseloes, Just they, even they,
woii-ara (Ak.)J the very same persons ; \)oss.theiroicn.Gr.%bd.
woLi-ho, 2^t'on. refl. themselves. Gr. 57.

awonio, yr. 3471.

awoiikoruwa, a kind

oi pilant.

o-wono, wonn6(fullo),?oo5c and short breeches; obye or 6si w.,

he tcears breeches; atade a Xkramofo n;i wusi kan no, nanso inpanyimfo binom a woye sikafo no, wota toto ntama a eye fe, na wodc
pompara

bi; syn.

won ow,
awonnua,

utwontwo.

a kind of animal, pr. 1042.

F. angwa,

fat,

lard; aboa

mu

srade; i)r.2072. -

cf.

aborgwohnua.

Awonnna, Anywa, a country in the interior, once tributary to

Asante, a 4 or 5 days' journey from Saltiga. Gr. p. XIV. 2,4.

a\vy-nwene [Ak. ahwahwene] tvormicood; ahaban

yam aduru; wgnom ho nsu.

bi

wgde

n'aliaban

Avora, V. \_red. worawora] 1. to enter into any thiny that covers

or coneecds, as into a wood or forest, a cave, a remote place; to immcrye or plnnye into (e.g. the bush); to disappear by entering into
any concealment; to hide oneself, get out of the tvay, be lost; nnansa,
ehe na wokgworae? where have you been hidden these last days
gde nelio akgwora (= akosie, okohintaw) ayi me ad\Vo, he hid himself and has kidnapped me, or in order to kidnap me; osunson no de
neho awora nhaban no ase kg, the worm has hidden itself under the
2. to ramble or rove through {w. ahaleaves and has crepjt away.
ban), to search through; onipa ayera, wgakgwora haban ape no.
3. to thrust, run, drive or pi ush (a })uinted instrument &c.) through:
wgawora no sepg, syn. wura.
4. wgwora, they grappde (or, lay fast
yi,

':^

hold on) each other, they wrestle or struggle; wgworae kosii se gbako boo ne yghko, they tvrestlcd for, contended by grappling together)
6. F. wora wo lihyira gu wgn do,
until one threw the oilier down.

send thy blessing upon them.

0-w6ra, Ak. ^^gtare, ekg, pond;

abounding with bulrush, reed-grass

lake, prob. of sinall extent

&c.;

swamp,

bog, fen,

moor; swampy morass.

uwora^

shell.

nwora-boa,

shell-fish; cf.

and

marsh,

adgde, oyster.

woraba
woi-;iliii,

F. star,

n-,

III.

w tira (l;Mla(da(la),

--^

worow.

iisoroiii;i.

539

Mt.

2yi.

24,30.

adv. in a Ictujlhcncd, douynted, Ioikj ex-

tended form, sliape or waif.

awordm, a kind oi plant.

aw or fill, a kind o\' plant; s. eliuni.
wo raw, V. to emerge, rise or come
maJce one's appearance nnexj>cctedlif;
woraw (pr.633.) -= mpotirim na waba.

awora w, a(/i'.

forth

from conceal mrnt.

bytowa

l'\Vc

(iii

to

a,) osjiniaii

nnaicares, itnc pccledl// -^ myuAu'im, mpaase;

no, n'aui nni neho so na ye-

n.,

asemmonc a odii no gnan koo akiirri

kutii 1)0 aworaw kyereo no bae.

wor awora,

red.

v.

wora.

g-worawora-koto,

WoiMwora, a country and

wosom Asaute beduu 1874

pr. S472.

tribo in tbc interior of tbe

Coast, Brnnfo a

Asante until

Gobi

(subject or tributary to

IST-i),

wonho.
won, tlicir.
wgrcho, F.
wowore] to strip or take off the skin or a simihir tegument; ow. guan no kotoku, he skins or flaijs the sliecp;
woawore (wgawowgre) won bo atadc, they put off or toofc off tlicir

wove, pron.

wore,

clotlies; si/n.

poss. F.

[red.

V.

worow.

0-w o-rc m a-mma

r a,

an

edict or decree enjoining

tJie

restitution

of goods in 2JOSsession.
awo r 0, a kind of herb.

woro,

V. 1.

to

murmur,

ract or of agitated weaves:

se asukcse bi.

J2.

to

roar, rumble witb tbc noise of a cataakyiri a, (Amanapii) nsu yi woro

wowo

babble, prattle, cfiaiter, to speaf: or relate

flippantli/, rapidly, in excitement, ivithout

stopping:

wakoworo asem

no nbinil akyere ne na.

aworo,

inf.

cataract; tbe swell or agitated motion of tbe sea,

surge, surf.

aw6ro-so, rapid

worow,

(rapids) in a river; breakers.

woroworow]

1. to pusli, pull, move: w. ka, to

draw, pull or tafce off tbe skin or any
surrounding tegument, covering or wrapping, to sldn, flay [s. 'wore):
owo no aworow nebo foforo, the snafce has cast tfie slough, lias cast
or changed the slcin; meworo akatawia kotoku, I am pulling off the
cover of the umbrella; meworo m'atade, I tafce off my coat; oworow
ue utama. fie pulls off the cloth (in wbicb be bas dressed or wrapped
bimself) from fiis sfioulder (in respectful salutation) [G. ekpa cmaraa]; Avaworgw won: a) said of beasts: he has sfcinned tfiem; - h)
said of men: s. foil.
3. to tafce away or bacfc from, to deprive one
of tfiings (treasures, valuables, Avives, slaves) tliat were formerly
4. oworow nebo {j)r ade no) gu ne yonko so, he
given to bim.
shakes, casts or shuffles off tfie matter (away from bimself) upon his
companion, putting tbe fault or blame upon bim.
5. intr. to glide
or slij) down: ode-bama no aw, agu fam' (instead of clinging to a
stick).
6. to retire, quit one's place in battle; dom no aworow afi

pusfi a ring.

V. [red.

2. to strip

off,

won mpasua

so,

waguan komm

ko.

worow

540

wo row,

s.

V.

uwotwe.

wodow.

rob en, a-, ye-, to he selfish, proiul.

worudo-worodo, worododo, ado. (In sen,

g-\vo

of tears gushiiii;" from the eyes; u.su

cf. poro\v (S. & \Vergdodo, wirododo,

aworo-ko-ama

(poet.)

li

fo fluic) cupiuitsl//,

u'aiiiwain' yii w.

^ yo

yo:

as

tin;

\Vo.

nea oka akoseui

worowora-AvoroAA'ora, red. v. to make a

contents of a powderliorn when shaken,

pi.
ralUitiij noise

awo-san: bone-aw., original sin.

a wo-saii-iie [ade a wode asan onipa wo awo niiij an inlicriled
sickness, fault or defect; bone a eye aw., hcrediturij or original sin;
Kurtz185. cf. woe, awi'iagyamma, aseade.

wosaw,

s.

t'.

vceii?L\y. 2)r.

chewing of food, sometliing or

woso, woscwosc,
ye wose.

3743.

awosa vvosaw,

inf. the

pleniij to cat. pr. SiTS.

arid;

a. 1. dry,

2. clean, cleanly, neat:

wohow

nriin yi bin a, t'by-

gye neho wose (onye neho

fif'i),

ha keeps himself cleanly, orderly.

awo-so, a peculiar roughness

produced hy void [awgw] or

of the skin [compared t(j ase, Hrli\

fear, goose-flesh, goose-skin; a shuddering

(awow a sc wuhyia gsaman a cdc wo na

aw. agu no so, he is seized with a cold shudder; he sfutddcrs, shivers; aw. pini no, he is awestruck, horror-struck, ftorrificd,
ue ho aye no sipiripi syn. ayise.
appalled, starts back ivitli Jtorror

fil,

chill,

egu wo

shivering; horror

so);

woscreka, a. rough, uneven, not smooth ov plain (onipa honam, dua ho, mmoa ho, ntama? ani); cf. wurikyere, awereawere,
we were, abohkyi-abohkyij

0])p.

tromtrom.

^^o.serck.l-ye, inf. roughness, asperity.

wo sow,

= sump!', lead.

s 6 w, V. \;red.

woso wosow]

to sJiake,

wag

(tr. it iutr.), to

trcm-

quake; asasew., the earth qualces; gyata w.neho, the lion

shakes his mane; ow. ne ti. he sJiakes (wags) his head; F. Mt.:.'7,39.51.
- syn. posow, popo, liim.
hle, shiver,

wosowoso,

F. duia w., a fruitful tree. Ps. 128,3.

awo-sii [awo

su] native cliaracter, nature; inborn, inbred or

innate quality; sex(?).
awo-su [awo usu] tlie fluid contained in tfte amnion, tfic liquor
of tlie amnios, flowing off' previously to delivery.

wot ere, v. to scald (akoko, prako, a fowl, a pig) in order to

clean from featliers or hair; to peel: osaben w. onipa honam kg; to
decorticate, strip off: mawgtere (= mawac) dua no ho boh, / Jiave
barlced (stripped tlie bark from) the tree; - to separ<Uc: wosiw abiirow wgtere ho ntetewa no; - /o strip, deprive: wawgtere ne ho uueelua hhinji, lie has stripped him of all he jMjssessed, cf. worgw 3.
to leave one's body as a serpent casts its slough: anadwo gbayifo
w. neho tu.

wo two,

nwotVvc,

li-,

eight.

a kind of stringed instrument (saiiku) with eight cords.

awotwea

541

wii.

awo-twoii', tvomh, matrix, uierns.

wow, V. [cf. wg] 1. tn strike, Jiif, ZvV7.-; odo nc nan a\vow no, lie
haft Icicl-cd liim.
3. fo stamp, pound, In-a//. Itrat: \\. I'nfTi. pr. :ii7i.
s. fuffi; w. dote, to tcork clay (mixod with water) ir'itli flic fret for
huildin;^ purposes; rf. potow & kono.
3. tn iwisf, tiraid or plait
into a weft or tress: owow (ohwene) ne nliwi nr no ti (minosii), she
iveares or j^l a its her hair. [G. egbo eyi],

wo w,

Ak. awo

/ am

ffr.

wo

cold weather; aw.

woo;- wow,

in sh(d:c?] cold, chill, chilliness;

nifraniam', nsuni', pr.

:i'i7.H0i.

aw. de me,

agu no so, eyi na ekyere se n'atiridii resan aba bio,

chilliness has come over him, ichich isasiz/ii that hisfrrcr is rctnrnint/.
g-\vow;i, a kind of tree, good for fuel.
a

cold; aw.

wow a, jd-n-,

Ak. awoba,

F. ahoba, jiawn, pledtje, f/ar/e; hostwgde. abofra, nliene, ntaiua n.a. si kaw ano
aw., a child, heads, clothes d'e. ma// l>e tjiven or de/iosited as a jiairn,
pledije, snret/j or secnrit// for a det/t; ode neba akosi aw.; ode n'ano

aye,

asi

cf.

me

adonwowa; -

aw.

pr. 770.

g-wowaiii, pi.
kaw ano se onsom.

w o w a w,
wowo,

red. v.

waw.

(full o) F.

O-woo-wo,

awo-y c:

puicv for a debt; onij)a a wode no atra

a--fo, a

wow

nea owoo wo,

gy6 aw., she hears

woyirim,

o, \v

o m' o

oLd, no, not? Mt. 22,17.

red. vv. wo,

wow.

ML 12,14.

pr. 3475.
easili/,

hears health// children.

eyinom. Mk. 4,15f 8,4.10,14.

wu,r. [red. v^nwu] 1. to die, expire, decease, perish; pr.774.996.
1286.1445.1717.3494-98. - wawii, he has died, is dead; syn. wanyakg,
gde ato ho, wagyaw mu, waka biibi, wakji likyene agu, wagya ne
kra t\ve, g-ne ne kra adi nkra, gkg n'asuniiin akyi, wasore brayim',
gdae ansgre bio; onnihg (bio); - wawi'i anijino (wawii ato no so), he
has hilled himself upon another i.e. so that the other must kill himself
likewise; osii nranaiimu wui, he died in my stead; owu kyee me, he
died for me, for my hcncfd; in])rako no sian koguu po no mu wiiwui nsu no mu, Mt.8,32; wu asuwu, F. to he drcncncd; wu awumon,
F. to he struck dead; oregye nna awu, s. eda & gye 34; - mewu!
/ shtdl die! (F. interj. of sorl-ow); - mirewii-o, I am ([uite exhausted,
over-fatigued, done i(p.
2. to hecome extinct, helost: nkyene dew
awu, Luk. 14,34.
Phrases: 3. ne bo or ne koma awu, he has no
feelings of revenge (which by the heathen is accounted for cowardice), he does not care for ahusive words against him; mede, mekoma
awu, niempe melio asem, as for mc, I do not take or lay it to heart,
(I do not let it affect mc,) ivishing to keep myself out of p>alavcrs.
d. ne ho awu, Ak. F. he is impotent; cf. kotewui.
.j. n'ani wu,
he is or feels a.'^hamed (of); n'ani wu ade, he is hashful.
G. n'asem
awu, his tcdk is worthless, fidile, he utters foul language; gka asem
a, adwempa biara nnim'. - 7. n'aso awu, s. aso Phr.l., gbra 2.
F.

wu

of the (high) price, to pay an exorhitant j^riee:

mawu bo makgtg kente a wgkji no babi a emma, / have hought an
exquisite couvtr/f-ehilh at a)i exorhitant /trice : gya asem no akyi nA

.v.

bo,

lit.

fo die

own

542

awuo.soij.

mm

wu bo! cease to prosccuic the matter and pay any

(rather than
proceed any fartlier); onipa hwu bo nto adebone {or, adehunu), nohndy wilUnr/ly pays an excessive price for a mean or icorfhless ihincj;
raiwu bo a, ene se: ebo no so a misusuwi se ekum me (wo) sikam'.
wn sika, lit. to die in money, to p)ay money beyond one^s power

'.).

or fortune:

mewu

expenses upon

o-wu,

me

sika na
to

medc magyeme nua, I

redeem

inf. death, decease,

tinction of life;

mode

or

my

tcill

tale the Jicavy

brother.

demise, departure, dissohdion,

of dying ; pr. 439.3476-03.

exit, ex-

own ye

manner

owu adare, death's scythe, j)r. 3481.

oda
he is in a dying state; ose owu, or, owu seno,
he is worthy or guilty of death; waka osvu afwe, he has tasted death
owi'i, wowuno dakoro, })r. 417.3488.
to commit a murder; to kill, murder: odi no
11, inf. di awu,
awu, he murders him.
yaw, death

is j^ainftd;

own so (=owupa

so),

aw

awii-a-gya-mma [J. ade siwuwu na wode gyaw nima; ^. mma

wu gyaw won wo n'akyi.] 1. inheritance, left at the death of

a obi

; a hereditary thing or possession,

custom,
knoidedge dc. nyansa no ye Brot'o aw.; oyare yi aye aw. (wg) abiisua no mu.
2. children left behind at the death of a person (V).

p)arents to their children

Cf.

awunnyade.

aw u a s

si, in: 2842. cf.

awu-dc [owu

awusiiu

ade] things pertaining

to

death or execution:

wgye

no awude, e.s. a) wobuno fo se wohkurn no, they j^^iss sentence of

death upon him; - b) wobg no kani, wof we no a.s. wpye no biribiara
a efa owu ho na ekyere se worebokum no, tltey maltreat him before
biribiara a ese owu, c/. akunne,
hilling him; wganyeno aw. biara
fLk.23,lo.
awu-(li, inf. [di awu] murder.
o-wudito, 2'1' a-, murderer.

wueiitwi-wiicutVvi, F, s. wentwi-w,
0-wuedi, s. owuodi.
o-wufo, 2^1. a-, a deceased or dead person.
o-wu-honic, rest in or after death.
adae.
ayaw-dae,
Wiikiida, Wednesday.
awuku-dae,

awii-uion, F.

awusih, a sudden death;

s.

,9.

wu

1.

awu-iiiiy a-dc [ade a obi awu de agyaw wo] inheritance,

awungyadze, Mi. 21,38. cf. apegyade, agyapade.

heri-

tage; F.

wu-iiya-kaw,

debts caused by funeral customs.

awu-nj'am-bo, F.

o-wi'i-n villi, inf. [wu,

owusgre, F. awufo
tion

awiyamrao. Mt.

24,41.

nyan] an awahing from

mu

sgr,

death, resurrec-

Mk.9.10.

owuodi [owu a odi] the moon's successor, an appellation of the

morning- and evening-star.
aw ii on 11, [owu, enu] a twofold death; ehafo bye nsew se: wobewu awuonu! e.s. wobewu wg ha asaii akowu wg asamah cf.own;

pereunu.

awuosoii [owu

akyi ade a wgtgn?]: wgkgtgh n'aw., they sell

open scde, subhastation; ogua-

his things by public auction, public or

clini
j'lno

()\vii[ji

Jiwiisc.

a odo ka, woclan no a onnyft bi mmsX

rekgton no awuosoii. |G. awusoiV .]

54.'i

a,

na woaboa ne nneema

o-wu-ia [own ni]tJi] (IrdfJi-hcd; oda ownpa so, he is in a di/iinj

[sUiie.
o-wu-ini [own pal <( natufal death.
awuonn.
o-wu-pert' an
ihc second decdh^ a twofold death; s.
o-w u-prc kO, n death to he suffered once with no otluT doath to
I'l,

aftor; se wowo wo in[)oronmi a, wnwn wn-proko.

;i\vu-])uw, speedy death, great mortality, pr. 9.'}8.

come

wiira, ?'. [>r(/. wnrtlwiira] 1. to pieree with, to run, thrust, jJoss

or twist something long throuyh: wgawnrano sepg, they have pierced both his cheeks with a dayyer, hare thrust a fine pointed knife
throuyh his cheeks; wowura adosoa no dna or nnua, they carry their
load by means of a pole; adesoa biara a enye noa obakofo soa na
wgde dna kyokyere ho na nnipa banu soa; akwansrafb no wnraa
obobo no nnua. Nam. 13,23; s. putu; cf wora, iiwora.
^. to cliny
3. to adorn [G. wula]; onipano
or .stick to, be attached to. pr. 460.
wahyehye neho, wakeka. neho.
awnra (neho) bG

wurd,

wood, forest; ivhatever yroivs wild;

overgrown land outside the inhabited places; ofiene wurara', in
the town or village and in the hush or field; ohui se wura bi redew
gya, nanso enhyew, Ex. 3,2.Mk.l2,2G. Lk.20,37. pr. 1471K3490.
ivccd(s), grass; hush;

all

11

wura,

iveeds, grass; rubbish, sweepings.

o-wurii, ^jZ. -nom, F. e-, Ak. owira, master, lord; landlord, possessor, owner; voc. sir; in passionate address: awura! oh master!
voc.pl.

awuranom! jjr.

483.1307. 1625. lG94.2694..^500-3r,03. r/.agya,

wura, gdekiiro, ghene, ghempa, daasebere, gdefog, okum"ni]ta,

fog. [G. nontsg, jd.

awura,

nontsgmei, tsiemei.]

Ak. awiraba, awirawa,

iiwiira-daii, F. thieves,

wura-habaii, F.

mistress, lady; landlady.

awifo. Mt. 6,19.

awuriidc, master, lord.

iiwura-d6d6(w), rubbish;

cf.

dodo wura.

iveeds. Mt. 13,25.

Awiiraliae, a town on the right bank of the Firaw

h w u r a-h u n

u,

ofi-

oti'ira'-

(V'

olta).

a kind of grass.

M^urawura,
putu wg hg

11

yi,

red. v., s. wura; - w. mu, to run ov passthrongh;

wosi no se gdah, wgde nnua na ede wurawura mu.

re pi, a kind of

o^rf,

apotobiesase.

wfirikyere,

wiirikyere-wurikyere,
(of a person, wood, stone, a way); eho w.,

WW., a rugged

awiiru,

a.
its

rongh, uneven, rugged

outside is rough; oboh

valley.

(land-)tortoise,

cf.

akyekyere [perh. ;= awo-huru;

cf.

a.])ohuvii]. pr. 1584. 3304-

awiiruk y iiii,
ries

a climbing plant, bearing 5 or 6 small red berunited in a bunch; hama a wgde kyekye gyatei'i, gde.

w u s a,

1.

awu-sc [own

yisa, pr. 2353.

2.

a grain (BellArithm.)

ase] reason or cause of death. F.

Mk.

15,26.

owdsem

544

o-wu-sem [own

awe.

asem] a criminal mnffcr; asem a woka a wg-

bekum wo.
awu-sii'i, a sudden death. pr.930.

O-vvusi w^ Ak. owisie, smoke; i^r. 3503. - ow. at we akogyina won

so, the smoJce has passed aivay and gathered upon them. Cf. botoliuhuw, steam; ohuruhurow, vapour.
Phrase: asem no wiisiw ani
abere(no),
adan bone (amano), the matter has assumed a most

threatening aspect (for him).

o-wiisi-lijeii, steam-ship, steam-boat, steamer.
o-wiisi w-teas e-^iiam, locomotive-engine.

wusiwusi,

dim; okaneanoyc w., the candle hums dimhave become dim.

^. wusiwusiw,

a. 1.

n'aniwa so aye
smoky.
ly;

w., his eyes

o-wu-sore, resurrection, the rising again from the dead; owunyiiu.

wiisuwiisUj a. disorderly, dirty, nasty; oyc

o-wu-yare, a deadly sickness; cf. oyarewu.

nelio w.

W.
w

wy

Tlie palato-labial consonant

(a semi-vowel eqnal to
prois written (instead of
in F.) before the pure
palatal vowels e, G, 1 (in some cases also before o, o, u, when stand-

nounced together)

ing for original e, e, i). It is also used as the second iett(u- in writing the palato-labial sounds of tw, dVv, [\Vj iiw. Gr. 10,2. 12.
It interchanges with av and y.
\ve,v. 1. to gnaiv, nibble; to cat, espec. by way of gnawing or

wesaw; owe abiirow, lie is eating Indian corn,

from the cone; oguan we nwura; ohwe ne
konmu dawa, i)r.526.800.17G8.3407.3r)0r)f.
Cf mewe-mewe, 2Jr. 329.
5.= di 7. (in beweonua);
3. to drink, e.g. palm-wine (colloq.)
s. wewe.
i. we so, to suppress (one's wrath or anger, ]>ain), to forbear (laughing).
5. wawc ahinam (se obeko), lie is determined
nibbling;

to

picJving

with the teeth

it

chew,

cf.

or resolved (to go).

C.

we

tare,

we, Ak.,
we, imif.

s.

wow.

we,

s.

besjxdter with false

atare me, s. wetare.

to asperse,

charges, defame, slander, calumniate;

wawe

red. wevve.

sound of cutting or tearing; wutwa

biribi tratra bi a, na eye we! watwa ne ti (ne fwene, n'ano, n'aso),
we! watew hama no, we!
adv., expr. tlie

we: anim aye we, the face of the eartli and every thing on it
has become visible (in the early morning, before sunrise), it dawns;
cf. anim.
we, atvktvardly, heavily, in a troublesome manner: oi)a neto
ase we, he move's his hinder part on the ground in an awkward manner, e.g. when on account of the guinea-worm or another sickness
he cannot use his legs to get into another jiosition; opp. wewe.
awe, awee!
wants

to call

of (or not

friend, comrade, good friend! used when a man

one of his aquaintances or equals without making use

knowing)

his

name;

'pr.

3461

ow6

were.

545

0-\v6^ a cufaneoiis eruption, similar to k6r('% nppoarinf^ on tlio

occiput or the whole body of infants, in the groins of adults ^c.

Vvea,

V.

[red.

weawea]

with the l)ody closo to the

its hands and knees or

weakness or old age; fo itiove
unobserved; pr. 1318.3')0i.

does on

g-wca, Guinca-2ng, Cavin

we-a-ewo-wo,
iiwe-fe,

6\

creep,

fo erairl.

ji-rouiid

a kind

siica/t,

move

1o

sloirli/

as sonic (juadnipiHls, or as a child

more

feet; fo

sloirl//, feehli/, as from

or srcrrff// in order to he

sfealf/iil//

eohaija;

kwadi'iampgnkyorefo.

s.

J). As.

oi^ j)hi)if<iiiis.

nwewefe.

wekt), \voko, an old or lirohen pof ronf(iini(f :x)\\]\U\v(' oi' red

and ehdff io rub the Hoor of Negro houses with; ahinag<'>w a
wode ntwom.i ne kwasesa gu nni kwaw. pr. lV-i2.3oOH.

clai/

0-Vvckoiii ma', a precious s'dlc elofli of i)ink or light rose-colour,

from Sarem; 1 fatliom costs about -10 dollars, pr. 629.

well,

V. 1. intr. fo u'fdch;

Jccep vigil; cf.

fo tvnJce,

affenfive or rigiiant, he on fhe look ouf, keep

gire heed

guard.

ohscrve the actions or motions of;

fo,

in keeping; to keep, preserve (from danger),

Akp.

]>r.

pe; fo

si

J2. tr.

Ijc

wafch,

fa

guard, have

to fend,

769.

quarrelsome temper: oye

pleased with
any thing; he is quarrelsome; n'ani nnvVo na otii ko ntokwaw (gta
ye atutupe); abofra a ota, fvie ne nifefo na gta su; abofra ketewa
a gnna na gmma ne na nnya adagyew korji nye biribi, na osu nko
arji na osu.
Vveiiii, Ak., yena,

diseontenf,

w,, he is discodented, malcontent, dissatisfied, not to he

O-wenafo,

crier, hauier,

awOi'i-llC'iiia,

ahwenh.

hrawler; sqiiaUing child;

(tvhife nose),

wcntwi-wentwi, F. uproar,

awennuade,
wer, F.

s.

Ak. ahenh., ^^

tiimidt.

Mt 26,5.27,24.

a kind oi plant, ahabau

'nebgfo.

osila.
]\Ik.

14,2.

bi.

were, skin.

s. nnwera ttc. p. 350.

bg w.
wer-dam, F. ransom. Mt. 20,28. Mlc.lOAS.
were, t\ 1. fo scrape or peel (off), in smaller particles than by
wae, cf. \verew, twere, twerew; wopo abrgbe a, wo were n'ahaban

liwera (pr.3509), iiwera', Ak. nwerawA,

so

na wuyi mu abrgbe-mfuturu.

vert,

5.

fo 2)ull the feet in

overthrow, fhroio doivn: g were no

v.

Ak.,

s.

order

afwefam'^^okuw no

^ waso ne nan na watweno ama waf\ve ase;

were,

werew; - w...mu,

to

fo

suh-

af \ve ho

wanturai an were me.

scrape lines and figures

in pott erg.

Vvere, seems to have orig. signified the part of the body enby the ribs and breastbone, the chest, tliorax, audits contents,
and is no more used in a bodily sense, but only in some peculiar
jihrases. [G. mi.] 1. the heart or hreast as the seat of the affections and
capacities of the soul: a) ne vvere ahow, his heart is dried up, i.e.
closed

he

is

in (deep) grief, is dejected, sad, sorrowful, looks dotvncast; also

mempeno,
ne w. ahow neho; me w. ahow no, I ajn angry with /m
wayi me abnfuw, -mafa no abufuw; Ij) ghow mew., he grieves me,
35

were

546

awereawere.

makes me sorroivfal, cmtses me grief or j^ain, mnlces me angry dc.

c) okyekye me were, lit. he hinds up my (wounded) heaii (cf.
muhama), i.e. he comforts, consoles me, cheers me up again; - d)
ne were akyekye, he is comfotied, consoled, has found composure,

his heart

has been

set at rest.

2. the heart as the seat of courage,

and confidence: a) ne were aba, F. his peace of mind, courage

or confidence has come (again), cf. Id) & awereba.
h) wabo ne

trust

were, F. he has provided for his confidence i.e. has secured, his sucwasiia nea ehia na dabi a ode beye biribiara a,
cess or ivelfare;
obenya biribi adi.
c) me were bye wo mu, F. my confidence is
in thee; odene were ahyeOnyankp. mu, he has 2nd his trust or cond) nya were, F. to trust; - e) hen were twer
fidence in God.
(tvveri) w'ahumobgr kese no, we trust in thy great mercy; ne dzin
mu ode ne werebetvver.
8. the mind, memory: a) ne were afi (so),

his

mind has come

apa

so

off

from (upon)

kae m'asem y iye,

it,

do not forget if. pr.SolO.

h) ne were
injury or wrong), pr.493.

were,

i.e.

he has forgotten

mma wo w. mmfi
afi,

remcmher

it,

=^n'nm

my tvord U'cll,

he has forgiven (an offence,

the shin of a living- human body; the thick, skin of the

and of thick-skinned quadrupeds; ne honam ani

sole of the foot

ye dennennennen se w.; ayi'sa, perc w., na mpere merebo,

ohu ne vvere bo, he learns the price of his skin, i.e. the
I'hr(fses: 1. onsen ne werem', he has
price he is sold for; pr. 583.
not (sufficient) room, in his skin, ne honam ye no se enso mma no, i.e.
^. di .. were, to take satisfache is ready to leap out of his skin.
tion for a killed person from: woredino w.ir=woregye onipa a wakum won busuani no ho sika; wukum wo ygnko nipa a, na wogye
wo so akatua: nnipa bason (ene wogye akoa ne afanji) na wgagye
asiede (woabu defweredena woatua).
S. to .. were, a) to avenge,
I'lhinri

pr. 3511.3667.

by punishing

the injuring party, to vindicate

by inflicting pain or evil on the wrongdoer, to inflict just punishment upon evildoers in behalf of ourselves or of others for whom

to take satisfaction for,

we act; to revenge, to inflict j^ain or injury for, in a spiteful, wrong

or malignant spirit, to wreak vengeance for, maliciously metg me
:

were wg m'atamfo nsam' orho or so, I avenge myself on my enemies

(jierh. orig. I vindicide my skin from or against my opponents); metg no w. mamji me nua, / execute vengeance on him in behalf of my
brother; - b) to j^ay what is demanded or due as satisfaction for
miretua onipa a mikum
killing a p)erson: meretg or mekgtgno \v'
no no abusfiafo ka, merekotua no anyanson ka.

awere, Ak.

s.

awerew.

aVvert', kyi-, to be in open enmity;

o-ne me kyi no, emu ye den.

me ne no

kyi aw.; awere a

awerc, a thick stufj', as coarse linen, sack-cloth. 2n: 3512.

awere-awere, . rough, uneven, of man's skin, a board

&c.

opon no, wgansenno yiye, eho aw.; wo nsam' nye betebete a, na

wgyaw wo sa: wo nsam ye aw.! adwumayefo nsam' ye aw.; wo ho
aw.! ^= wo honam nye yiye; wgh a ete Firaw ho (Akwamfo), won
ho aw.; cf. wewere, wurikyere.

awerebdbtiw

aweresem.

547

awci"0-b(U)a w, the folds of the sJiin round the hod//, j)rodiiceil

by excessive I'atness; wayiyi a\v. in ne 'iiiotoam' kosi n'aseh so, he
has (/athered fat

his Itodi/ front his (UDipits to his loins. Job. 15,27.

ofi

n\v ere-h a, i)if. V. comfort, return of confidence: m'awereho beawereba; s. were.

daii

awere-di,
a man's

the act

inf.

oi'

falinff s(disfaction or

revenc/cfulness; venffcance;
mine, Bom. 12,19; cf. aviereto.

life; rcien(/e;

vengeance

is

awere-firi,

-firie, -lire,

ohlirion, negligence:

eye no

inf.

a\V.,

[were
it

is

fij

compensation for

mena

wgme,

a\V.

forgetting, forgetful ness,

forgetfulness on his part; gka-

I hare forgotten to mention.

awcrelirinr, F. suddenly. Mk. 13,36.

sa ne n'a\V.,

o-w e r e t'o, jj7. a-, avenger of blood; Jcinsman.

awere-t>\ya [were, ogyaj: so aw,, bt, to Icindle the fire, i.e. to
pay fees previous to a latvsuit, concerning the killing of a person;
nnipa banu bedi were lio asem a, na nipanyimf'o no se: beso aw.e!
na wogye won biinu nbina beye se atraniatiri '24 ansa-na woama
woakasa.

awere-ho \y,inf. [s. were] F.-hwo, grief, sorrow, sadness, heartme aw. da, he constantlg causes or gives mejioin,
grief d'c., annoi/s, troubles, aggrieves or jyrovokes me, cf. me were
ache, affliction; oyi

allow no. pr. 2447.

aVverebo-de, a grievous matter or experience;

o-werebofo,
an

trouble, affliction; affront, outrage.

pi. a-,

afflic-

awerebo-sem, a
unfortunate person.
grievous matter; (mutual) communication of grievances, confidential
conversation; di aw., to converse, cf. bo or di nkgmmo.
ted, sorrowful, unhappfj,

were-hiinu, Ak.

aniliaw,

akoa yi ye w., this fellow

not do it from laziness.

sloth:

awere-kaw [were]
uwereky, gold or

laziness, idleness, slothfulness,

is lazy,

a debt for which

slothful;

eye no

w,, he

did

life is forfeited.

sdver chains worn about the loins or from

one shoulder to one hip; adefo ye de gu won a.s. won yerenom aseh
mu, etgd. nso a wgde hyehye wgri akarafo.

awere-kyeky e,

inf. [s. were] comfort, consolation.

kasa, F. comfotiable ivords.
awerekyekye-seni, a comforting, consoling word.

awerekyekjer

awere-kyi,

inf.

open enmity.

weremfoo, = gkgre, eagle, pr. 2348.

werempe, awerempefo [were-perefo?]

1. the body-slaves of
a king, liable to be killed after his death and buried with him ghene
biara nkoa fekuw a owu a wokum mu hi sie no; ghene hi ka babi
a, sii nnipa no so atuo mu gu wuram' (pere wgh were == wgii honara), na abrafo no asuro na wgankum wgn dodo.
2. the official
mourners who have to care for a proper funeral.
;

werenkyireii, adv. (to sore, to rise) suddenly, hastily.

awere-se ni [were asem] a deedivhich requires vengeance;
to

commit &c.

di-,

awereso

548

ewi.

awere-s6: yeato no aw., we have falsely charged him ivifh

having killed a person, but now it is proved that he did it not; cf.
to .. so, to defame one's character.
awere-to, inf. revenge, vengeance; s. were & aweredi.

werew,

awerew

v. to

scratch, scrape;

were, twere, twerew.

cf.

human

fingers and toes; claw or

talon of a bird or other animal; pr. 698.1104. cf. bowerew.
(pi. id.) nail of

the

iiwerewa, s. nhwera, -rawa, p. 350. - wowiee nenw. mu tetew, they finished settling the palaver even to the smallest particulars.
iiwerewercwa,

-ra, cockroach;

cf.

kakraka, teferew.

wereyau, = kyere a wode bo nea wawu nsa.

werododo, 1. in a long row; wosem so w. 2.
dily; sen w., to flow slowly;

wesawj

wosaw,

^7.

pr. SHIS.

slowly, tar-

woradada, wirododo.

cf.

[we, to gnaw, saw, imit.adv.']

to

chew, mas-

yewosaw aduah ansa-na yeamene, we mnsticatc the food

fore we sicallow it; puw w., s. puw.
o-Vvesa-mene, inf. chewing and swallowing. pr.3515.
ticate;

he-

\ves?iwesa,red.v. F. tomurmur, grumble; syn. hwinwi. Mt.20,11.

awesawesa, s. awosawosaw. pr. 3473.

asontorem'.
awesawesaw-s6, Akw. temples;

wese,

a.

Ak.

awesewa:

l.

= wewe

wose.

2.

oye neho aw., he

is

1.

a nimble, clever fellow ;

s.

wewe,

omumowesewa.
0-we-tarc, inf. false accusation, aspersion, slander: ne wetare
ne se okokaa aseni no too no so, fr. owe tare me, lit. he chews casts
at me, e.s. obi asusuw asemmone biara a enni wo so de ato wo so;
osasukii, mmotoso.
5. we; - eye (eyi or asem yi ye) ow.

wew,

V. s.

\vewe,

wow. F. Mk.5,29.

a. 1. clean, neat, nice, tidy,

ho tew), gye n'ade w.

wese),

s.

neho ye

pretty;

omumowesewa;

w.

(=ne

not slovenly.

2.

nimble, quick, active, lively, dapper; cf. kanikam neho ye viewe(we)

ne ho ye hare, harehare, oye n'ade hareso-hareso; nenan ase ye
;

wewe; ukoko-mma ho ye

wewe,
o-ne no w.

s.

\v,

we.

2. to

= o-ne ne wewe goru.

wewe,
cf.

red.v. 1.

n-, j??. n-, lover, love,

have

illicit

paramour ;

(scxucd) intercourse;
mistress, sivecthcart;

nipana. pr. 294.

iiwewee, moth; wood-worm, wood-beetle.

iiwewe-fe [wewe, afe] a I'Juropca)i comb.
wewew-do, F. dry places; on the land. Mt. 12,43.

Mk.4,1.

alarm; bo \vi,
to be cdarmed, by sad news, perh. falsely, witliout immediate danger;
obgo wi koo otie; oman no abo wi, syn. bg kyirikyiran, cf. bo twi.

wi, confusion,

e-wi,

1.

agitation, stir, jmblic commotion,

one of the larger species of antelope, of dark colour,

2. n kind oi grasscf. odabg. pr.3410f.351fjff.

called also bobiri;

hopper.
e-Vvi, 1. the apparently raca)it spare

encompassing

the rartJr. air.

ewi

549

wiasefo.

atmosphere, firmament; the revolving, lurid air; the apparent arch

or vault of heaven, the si-// with its clouds: c-wi agyina, the slci/ remains as it is (?) of. kontoi'ikurowi; s. wim' & wiase; - J:J. weather,
climate (?); - 3. the course of tliinys, the world as it is at a certain
time: nuansa yi niinha wi yiin' yiyc bio, I do not understand the

world

in

which we

e-wi, iwi, F.

live

nowadays;

s.

wiin'.

a\via, ewia, sun.

a sort oi' ifrain, a kind of wheat, also called kokote [G.

atoko, a kind of millet, Guinea-corn.
^. the Hour of
Indian corn.
avVi, theft, the actor custom oi stealintj ; rohbery; cf. kron, krono,
ilVvi,

iinia|;

cf.

wo nipabah, woye awi, you arc a thievish fellow;

moabusuaban, moyc awi, you are a thievish set of people! pr.3.'jL'J.
wi, descr.adv., huyely, enormously, immensely, of large things
n^oving, passing by or turning round or about; aboa no twee neho
wo ni'anini \Vi, niaiihu no bio; biribi kyiin wo soro or osoro kyim
\Vi; m'ani so kyim me or ye me wi (: birili ye, wuhu na wunuim
dekode, wotee wo nsa som' nso a, enye yiye), / feel so yiddy, as if
ad\Vo\vt\VaS: \Via;

every thing reeled or turned about

win,
mcsekan;

V. {red.

wiawia]

tvith

1. to steal,

to practise theft; syn.

me.
fdeh, pilfer, jnnioin;

bo kron.

2. refi. to steal

owiaa
away,

withdraw or jniss j)rivdy; mawia meho makoye m'ade, / did my

5'. to commit adultery, said only of a wife
work secretly, stcalthUy.
(('/'. fa oyere, of a man, see aware, of both).
0-Vviu, inf. adultery on the part of a wife; ne kuuu bisaa no wia,
her hushand inquired her concerning adultery.
ow. pue or sore, the sun
O-wia, a-, F. ewia, the sun; pr. 3524.
rises; o\V. ii, the sun comes forth from behind the clouds; - pac or
bo, - shines hot; - bo me so, hye me, - shines at me, burns me ; - bye w
nneema, - scorches things; - to, - sets; aw. ano ye den, the heat of
the sun is very great, the su)i, shines very hot.
a\via, l.su)ishi)ie; to aw., to bask in the sun; nam aw. so, to walk
in the sun; hata .. aw, so, to spread .. in the sun. - 3. day in contradistinction to night: Onyaiikopgn fweyen so anadwo se a wia, God
cares for us at night as in the day; awia ne anadwo, (by) day and
night; - 3. the time in tvhich the sun stands high: forenoon, noon d'
afternoon; aw. kcte, noonday, the noonday or noo)itideheat, the hottest
part of the day from 12 to 2 o'clock.
aVvia-l)ei-e, the hot time of the day; the hot season of the year.
aVvia-dii, ri-, sleej) in the day-time; a short sleep taken about
the middle of the day, siesta, pr. 524.
awia-di di, dinner, the meal taken about the middle of the day.
e wiase, world.
o-\Via-doii, dial.
ewi-adze, F.
o-wia-gyiiiae, s. owigyinae.
awi a-p II e 1, the j^lace or time of the sun's rising, sunrise; cf. apuei.
to

e-wi-ase, what is under the sky or heaven, the world; pr. 3525.
wiase hayi, or wiyiase ha, here in this world; wi lihina asc (hhinii),
under the whole heaven, in (dl the world.
wiaLse(6,pl.id. inhabitant of this nether ivorld, man, mankind.

awiatoe

550

awia-toe, the

wie,

awlrikwaw.

j)lace or time of the sun's setting, sunset; cf. atge.

ewi-aniwa,
wie! interj.

otneaniwa, a kind o{ pot-hcrh.

yes! well! very well! true!

v.\red. wievrie]

1. to finish,

end, terminate, close, conclude; kowie

cf.

yie, yiw, yiye.

complete;

to

end, bring

to

an

wo adwuma, go and finish your

(ye), I have finished (to do) my tvorJc; Gr.

n'asein awie, he has delivered his speech to the

work! mawie m'adwuma

107,19-

waka

end; nea ode wiee n'asenka ni, with this he concluded his speech; wawie wo ma, he has done giving thee, i.e. has fulfdled his promise
to give thee. pr.i06. - owiee won ye or kum, he completely destroyed
them; wurewie me dakoro, thou malrst an end of me in one day;
osuro kowie gdo, from fear it comes lastly to love; - eye
Is. 38,12.
den nso a, ehwie den bi yo, though it he hard (difficnlt), it is not too
ebewienodeh? how tvill he fare, what tvill be the result for
hard.
J2. (espec. red.)
him? wobewie den? F. what will become of them';'
to favour, to resemble in features, to have the aspect or looks of: owie
gse n'agya de, na gnor owiewie n'agya, he resembles his father,
se no kora; gye akowie n'agya (gye akgse n'agya), na wahwie n'agya se; - n'anim wie wie me se minim no, his face secjns to me as if
I knew him; n'anim wiewie obi a minim no, in his features he resembles some one of my acquaintances.
awiei, inf. end, finishing, conclusion. (F. ewie,3It. 24,3. Mk. 13,7.)
- n'awiei no, finally.
ii-wiei, inf. end, aim; biribi a wo ani tuae a worepere akgfa.

0-\Vifo,

2)1-

a\Vifo-de,

gkrgmfo.
thief purloiner,
stolen things; - 2. fine imposed for stealing.

^-i r^- ^^'i*i f^vTi]

1.

awifo-sem, doings of a thief.

kokgtefuw.
awifuakwa-j F.
0-\Vifjyina-hea, meridian. D.As. o-wigyinae-dantabah, id.
O-wifryinae [owia gyina] the time rchen the sun is in the merid-

ian (has attained

e-wim', wi

its

highest stand), noon, noontide, noontitne.

mn[,s. ewi]

1.

the air, atmosphere,

firmament, heaven;

syn. ahunura, ahiinmu; - i\ weather; - 3. the course of things or

one's circumstances or situation in this ivorld; syn. bra, abrabg: me

wim' (me bra, m'abrabg) nye me t'e bio, I do no longer feel comfortmy situation; wim bra nhina biribiara a wgye wo wiase,
whatever the course or the use and custom of this world includes; nnansa-yi wi yi mu adah kora, the aspects of this world have completely changed in these present days.
wim, descr.a'dv. forthwith, immediately, speedily; altogether, en
masse; - wim na dgm no atu; wgbgg wim kgg agyina, they arose

able in

all at

once and ivent aside for deliberation.

wim'de,

things in the air or sky; celestial bodies; Kurtz 173.

owiyammo, millstone.
awi-nyam-bo, F.
owura.
awiraba, -wa, Ak.
Ak.
o-wira,
2.
awiri, 1. a kind oi parrot, s. i)kb\pr. 1440.

2)ers,

from the similarity with the beak

awirikwaw'

^>?. n-,

the

awura.

pincers, nipor bill of a parrot.

green parrot,

pr. 794.

aVviriwu

awiriwa,

Vvupg.

551

Ak. a aedudcd yard, hack-yard, where not every

akiui mu.
^. As. the ajxirlmoits of the
gko neyerenom mu, (or, nea
wives, harem, scraylio; oko n'aw.
ue yerenoni wo) or, ne mniA; mu.
Vviridiulii, a. cold, cool: aduan no aye w.; madi aduan w.
bi; nsu no mu dwo w.; nsu w.; me nan ho ye me wirududududu

body

1.

iiilowed to go,

is

my
wirikycre, a.

nwinihwinihwini,

very cold.

feet are

uneven (tabo a wganipaso; obi were).

rouijh,

Vvirodcido, adv.i)i a

manner, rnshiny forth with violno abo tee wirodododo;

werodgdo.

(jnsh'nuj

ence, floiviny copiously ; nsu no sen w.; asu

uc yam' abg or atu wddd.

wiriw,

neho

cf.

F. ne bo wiriw no, he
d wiriw no.
V.

Ak.

o-Vvi'si'Oj

Vv

i-t

is

9,15.

owisiw, owusiw, smoke.

o-dc, fine imposed for theft;

Nvi-tor, F.

greatly amazed, Mk.

cf.

awifode.

awia-tg, sunset.

0-Vvi-y aiu-mu, pi. a- [gbo a wgyam awi wg so] a larye stone on

which the corn is ground.
o-Vviyaiiuii6-ba, j;Z. a- [gboba a wgde
yam awi] a smaller stone with which the corn is ground.

Vv 0, V.

wg,

s.

wow.

wnwn,

woVvoVvo, profusely, copiously, abundantly, exVvo^ VvoVvo, descr. adv. \ uberantly: tiiiri pram no wo, ^;crspiration copiously runs down from him; obi so nsu ua ohim a, egu

no so wgwgwg;

cf.

worgdg

& yq

in

porow

6'.

to w6 (or ya), the rain

gushes with a rushing noise, noisily; wosu wg (or ya), they weep or
lament aloud; ofwiee ntrama no guu hg wg, he poured the cowries
out with a rustling noise; gman mu aye wu (better: ho, hgbgbgbg),
^. in a gang or train, altogether, to the
the town is full of noise.

WQ,

imii. adv. 1. tvith

a loud noise: osu

man: yesiim' wo kgg hg,

(The common idea of this, of

last

tve started altogether

and

tvent there.

the preceding and of the succeeding

word, as well as of wergdgdg, worgdg, may be that of continuance:
continuously, in a stream, in raind or uninterrupted succession.)

wo, descr. a. & adv. noiseless, quite silent or still, quiet as the
gmah mu aye wg, the town is quite still (all the people having
gone out); syn. worin, krana; Akuapemfo a ebae no hhina asim' kg
wg, all the Akuapems that had been here are now gone again, so that

grave:

the

town

w6,

is

quite

still.

1. pale,

a.

out, so that appetite

intimidated, as a thief when found

gone: waye w6, he is frightened,

terrified,

and joy

is

struck with fear, terror-struck.

2. lean, thin, meager, as from
hunger, fear, anxiety: waye \v6, he has become lean.
3. tasteless,
from want of salt and pepper aduan yi ye wo,
nkyene nnim',

mako

nnim'.

woko,

s.

weko.

woi'iii, rt.= wg, quiet,

still,

wopo,

a gang or

descr. adv., in

silent;

gman mu aye
train,

w.;

cf.

ygnh.

altogether, to the last


552

man: okyena mo nhina motoa

you

all together will

sam

so ko; -

cf.

wow

go

so

\v.

ya.

naeko Aburi,

so then io-morroio

Aburi; wgtoaso w. na ekg

to

won nhina

wn.

drj np, evaporate, he exhaled

abebg wgnho atuo, because
tht under ha^ been dried up, many fishes (lit. have come and shot
themselves, i.e.) tvere forced to die; epo nwow da, the sea never dries
me ho nni
3. to become destitute of money: me ho awow
tip.
onnya biribi ntg biribi nni bio; o^Ji?.
ntrama; ne kotokum' awow
ne kotokum' adwo, aye duru.

Vvow,

V.

[orig. we,

(of a fluid): nsu

no

\vew]

awow

1.

to

nti mpatJi pi

0-wo Wj

inf.

the drying up or dryness of a river.

aVv6wa,i>?. n-, 1. brass.

but cf. abeyea. [G. ayawa.]

wo wo:

^. brass basin.

Krgbg-dahkyir' a wgmpij

\v.

3.

na wgda abog

wowOj wowOj

s.

wti,

copious, -ly; waliye atade wu,

a.,

adv.

1.

Ak.^=asanka,
so.

wo, w6.

lie

wears a long

2. in a dense croivd,
robe, a loose, flowing tipper garment or gown.
in a long train: wgnam wh, nnipa di u'akyi wti.

VvuWj wiw, V. to follotv in a long train, as a king's attendance,

when he goes somewhere; obi refi adi na nnipa pi at wane ho ahyia
ne no nam; wowuwno; won nhina wuw franka no, funu adaka no
ne no nam.
Vvi'iw, adv.: wadg wuw, he is cloyed, filled to loathing, overfdled, puffed up,

has his stomach clogged or overloaded.

Y.
'J'he palatal consonanty (a semi-vowel, pronounced as in Eng.)
occurs before the pure vowels a, e, e, i, in a few cases, partly interchanging with w, also before Q, o. Before nasal vowels and in some
It is joined as a second initial
Fante words iiy takes its place,

consonant to k, u', h, ii, bi-fore e, e, i, also in uya, -ii3'"a, nya.

Itis found interchanging with iiy (e.g. yera, F. nyem), with
wen, wgn, Gr. 58 ii'ewt. 5.), with
and Vv (e. g. yie, wie; Ak, yen
h}'^ (yen, F. ehyen, nye, nyere, Gr. 58 Ran. i.), and with li (yera,
F. yew, Ak. hara).

ya, F.

= yaw (Ak. ye),

rebuke. Mt. 27,39.M.
[ML
= yea, yaw; eye me ya; eyaw.
= eyaw. Mt. 23,4.24,8. Mk. 0,26.10,22.

ya, Ak.,
y-i,

F.

to revile, insult,
s.

enya, F. blasphemy. Mt. 15,10. Mk.7,22.

ya, only in cpds. as yam', yafunu, ayaase, ayannya,
or lower part of a human or animal body.
ay a, Ak. a kind oi fern.

10,13.

the fore

ya, interj. used in replies to salutations, with the addition of

a word referring to the week-day on whicli the saluting person was
born (gbosom a wo agya de woo wo no, ne da na wgde gye), or a
word peculiar to the members of certain families serving the same
fetish; s. Gr. 147,9; also onua or owura may be added.

yk

yam.

553

yh, a. broad, wide, lartjc; plentiful, profuse; in a disorderly

and confused s((de; starUinf), sfrilcinf/. ustoniHltimj, undcscribabled'-c.
cf. baya, bebre, tetrc, saka <!tc. eye in'ani so ya, // is wondrous or
marvellous before my ei/cs; eye m'asom ya (there is nothing which
could rest in my ear, every thiny is in confusion) it is (piite sur2)risiny for mc to hear; woapete (fwete, pansain, gu) ya, they are or lie
scattered in disorder and confusion.

yh, a certain low, yet perceptible, sound produced in common

by a multitude of termites on account of an approacliiufj; danj^er.

awowa; cf. ayawa, abeyea. iV^'- ^J-^o.

Ak. brass basin,
o-ya, jj^ yanom, a person (whose name, is not known or mentioned), syn. oni; oy.i a obeseec m'ade yi mmeyi nelio adi komm,
yix,

particular or respective pcrsoyi) who spoiled that

wonim oyako a oyt^Q no? do
you Inow which one did it? minnim oyako, / do not know the respective person; i\\c pi. yauomisused in addressing a company
or number of confident or associate persons, followers or attendants;
one's own people, people that arc under the care of him who calls
them by this word (sons, kinsfolk, dependents, slaves), or that are
his equals: onipa a wote ho na wofre wo mfefo aka asem bi akyere
the

one

(i.e. tliat

fhiny of mine shcdl come forth quietly;

won

a,

wuse: yanom!

pr. 922. 3.538 f.

yabciiia, a kind oi yam,

o-y afo,

y.,

pi. a-,

[yaw,

s.

r.] rcvilcr

ode.
(t'r.

brawler.

yafiim-paii [yafunu mpah] an empty stomach

he slee2)s without haviny eaten; Ak. nsram.

or belly;

oda

indigestion; "mcyam' ye me pupu-pupu; ade

na m'afuru ahye; mikesiw a, kahkah; mididi a, enyeme de."
O-ja-ri'lilii [me yafunu] that part of the body which is between
the breast and the thighs: belly, abdomen; wokyen won y. ye ayi,
pe sika, -^ wonnidi bebre a.s. wonnidi kora, they abstain from food
on account of a funeral custom or from avarice, pr. 3526f.
o-yafuiiuin belly, espec. its inne>' part, abdomen, stomach:
aduru nwenenwene sa yafunum yare; womb; syn. yam'.

yafuin-yare,

sa a,

g-yakfi, a kind oi

sea-fish,

ayakayaka-dze, F.
o-y a -k 6,

yanij

s.

women;

cf.

esire.

ML

13,21. Mk.4,17.-

oya.

v. to

a smaller one

persecution.

[s.

grind (abiirow, corn) ou a large stone by means of

owiyaramo, -ba), - a work always performed by

dwow.

o-y am, a disease of the skin; ringworm? oyare bi; erebefi ase
a, ase biako pe na etow ho, na afei nkete-nkcte totow ho na eyerew
a kosi se ekata ohonam nhina so; ebinom de, se woahfweno yiye
a, edan won kwata. pr. 1647. - kinds: yam-pa ne tefere-yam.

yam" ya mu, the inner cavity of the human or animal body,

the chest as well as the abdomen, belly, ivomb, and its contents, viz.
the heati, lungs and other intestines (bowels, guts); cf. ayam'de;
hence also the heart, bosom.

ajambo

554

ayamhyeehyeew.

berebo da onipa yam'

abdomen; ne yam' ka no,
he has helh/-ache; neyam' abg, he has lax or loose bowels, having
too frequent discharges; ne yam' atim, his boicels are no more loose;
s. tim 3; - me yam' asah me 'ne, e.s. me yam' a eyee me kusu no
agyae, to-daij I feci release from mij stomach-complaint ; me yam' atg
me, as to my belly, I have no more any complaint; me yam' atew
me, I have recovered my appetite; - ode hama abo neyam', s. wabo

A. the word used

in a physical sense:

nifa, the liver is in the right (side of the)

muhamil.
B. The following j;//;7WC.s express, not physical or bodily, but
psychological functions, or phenomena of the mind (Gr. 216-19),
or contain the word (yam') in a figurative sense. 1. me yam' te se

mensam', ivhat is in my heart is (as plain or as clearly visible) as

2. ne
what is in my hands, i.e. I am telling you the plain truth.
yam' hyehyeno or twit w a no, a) he feels compassion, is compas-

neyam'twc no, Mt. 9,36. 18,27.

in painful nncasincss or solicitude; ne

sionate; .
ty,

bj he is in great anxie-

asem
yam' twitwa no,
ne yam' y e no hyeehyeew, his
1. ne yam' ye, lie is good-na-

3.
a wate no ye no awereho papa.
conscience burns or torments him.
tured, good-hearted, of a kind disposition, benevolent, benign, liberal,

6'.

y. neyam' ye nwene, he is illibwododow won yam' sii, they weep from

bountifid, charitable. pr.3528f.

eral, stingy, niggardly.

7. ne liko ara pe neyam', he likes to be for himkeep his things for himself (onipy se obi fa ne biribi a.s. odi
8. medeno mahye
n'aduah a.s. o-ne no bom' ye adwuma biara).
me yam': a) I have adopted him (mafanoaye mahkasameba, mafa
no maye no se me ba, / have taken him to be my own cliild, to treat
him as my child); - b) I bear him a grudge (me ne no anya asem
bi na meiikii wo n'anim na mede asem no masie metirim, na enti
metah no); mede asem no mahye me yam', id.
i/. ne bo da ne
10. ne bo or ne
yam', he is confident, courageous, of good cheer.
koma a to ne yam', his heart has been set at rest or ease, he is well
11. ot w a me bo to me yam', he sets my
content, happy, cheerful.
12. ne koheart at ease or rest, he appeases, stills, composes me.
ma apae neyam', lit. his heart has split in his bosomi.e. he is uttereye me de. pr. 1286.
14. oyi
13. eye me yam'
ly terrified.
neyam' (fit^, pefe, kronkron) with ye or another v. following, he
does from his heart, candidly, sincerely, willingly, purposely: uiiyi
me yam' meda wo ase, s. yi 17. Gr. 234.

secret longing.
self,

to

ayam'bo,

inf.

looseness of the bowels.

ayamde

[yam' ade] a decent expression for stomach (ofuru,

nsonokese. nsonopoh), intestines, entrails; watwa ne yam' ma n'ayam'de hhina ayi agu.
ayam'duru, stomachic(s) ; medicine against disorder in the
bowels.

O-yamfo,

j^L a- [yah, v.]

yam'gya
or inflames him.

drummer;

[yam' ogya]: ohyeno

to

s.

okyerema.

he incenses him, enkindles

violent anger, irritcdes, exasperates, enrages him;
y.,

ode awereho ba no so.

a y a nr h y e e h y e e \v [s. yam'] bowels yearning from compassion

"

aya mil jell yc

555

yare.

or atiijiiish; anxldij, atuju'ish or frouhlr, of conscience, remorse, conipunciion, compdssion (also for one's own body).
ayamliyeliyc, />//'. [b'.yam'] compassion, commiserution; anxieiy.

ayamkaw,

bclly-achc. pr. 304.1540.

ayain"kaw-(lc, a kind oi yam;

ayaiiroiiwene
bo.,

s.

ode.

yam'] niyyardUncss, stincjiness; bo., ay. s.

wonni nea Onykp. sere se wouye
kah; wgbo Nyankp. ay.
[s.

inmii no.

o-yaiiionwenefo, i>Z. a-, a niggardly stingy illiberal person, who

does not give any thing to others; miser, pr. :> 530-34.
ayam'bo.
ay ain't 11, ayaiu'tiiL', inf. looseness of the bowels;
,

ayamu
first

[ode a ehye or ewo ode yam?] yam

not taken out in the

crop, but remaining to the time of the second crop;

antu amma, ammo mpow, na etni ho kosi se wotu

a wompdne da, na wotu wo mpowbere mu.

ayam'yo,

inf. [y.

ode a wo-

mpow pa mu;

ode

yam"| good-lwarfedness, good-nature, benevol-

ence, benignity, liberality, boindifulness, charitableness, pr.3535.

o-yain"yei'o,2)/.a-, a benevolent, liberal, cliaritablc person. pr.353Gf.

ayani'yi,

inf. {s.ya.rn'^ free- will,

willingness, readiness, forivard-

ness or alacrity of mind.

yai'j, the breast

of an animal, as far as the ribs go. pr.oOH.

drum ; yah akyene, to beat a drum tvith sticks

(formed as hooks); cf. ka aky.
y a n [red. yenyah] 1. to lie in, to lean, rest or rcjwse on ('yah"
ase doso kyeh "tweri", yah has a wider sense than tweri): oyah
{pi. wgyenyah) apakah mu or bohkra mu; dua no abu yah dua no
hkohmu; cf. babayenteh.
J2. cans, to 2mt, set, or lay down or on,
to lean or rest upon, to lay over, so as to support a thing at some
point of support or rest; mabere nti mede m'adesoa mayah ho; ode
ayah so, he has put down his load at a resting-place (ayahe); mede

y a II, V.

[inf. a-] to

bruku mayah bruku yi

so.

0-yaiic', the scaffold of poles outside the town used as a 2)rivy,

necessary (eyah ho ntia); cf. dua-so, duasee, kaasee, mahkyiri, tea.
Q.y AixQ, p)lace where loads are put down, that the carriers may
take some rest, resting-place (nea wode adesoa yah da ne nea wgsoe da); cf. asoee.

yane, v. Gy. to wear round the neck, (sika, ahene). /)r. i-S^S.
yariom, p)l. s. gya.
ayan-nya[yam', agya] the backside (ol^^. to ya.m\ theforeside)
of the human body; d a ay., to lie on the back, pr. 2023.
van t am, v. to wallow; gyantam' (neho wg) dontorim', oyantam fani mekge no, ode neho yantam' fam' na mekgmaa no so.
;

y a n-n iia [eycrm, dua] & plant used as a medicine against "yam.
yar,

t.

F.

yare, t;.

= yare,

to

be sick, to have xxiin.

yarba,

s.

gyare.

ne ho ye deh, gnyare peh. R.p.105.

2. to be sick of, suffer from, be afflicted with: gyare mpete, atiridii, he has the small-pox, he has fever; y. anom'dew, ntotg, twow,

ayamka

1.

to be sick, be ill:

&c. pr. 392-4.3548.

556

oyiire

yayayk.

o-yarc, 2^?- a-, n--wA, sicJoiess, illness, disease; pr. 3540-47. ne y.

agyac, his disease is 2^ast. - fa woho nyarewa kogu pom' o! - nuo\va retwam' (wo) aliuhmu a.s. woyi'rausu a, na wgka Scl wode obosom-ko a okyere 'musii no; - ayareyare dodow no ano abcre asc
nnansa yi, the frequent cases of sickness have become less of late; di yare, to recover from a sicJcness; medi yare yi ana? s. di 40.
sa.. yare, to heal or cure from sicJcness: aduru yi asa no yare; wasa ne y. amano.
yareba, j;?. n-, F,
oyare, oyarewa. Mt. 4,23.
o-yare-dgm, 1. a multitude of diseases; - 2. an ei)idemic disease, pestilence, plague; oy. asi kiirow mu, aba oman mu^^owu aba
oman mu na ekum nnipa pi; cf owuyare.
q-ywvQio, pi. a-. . yarf'o, sich person, paiicnt; invalid, sicldy
2)erson; one afflicted with some hodili/ defect; cripple. pr.3549f.
ayare-hunu, a cutaneous erupiion on the lips.
ayare-sa, inf. [sa yare] the act, art or power oi healing, of curing a disease.
ayaresa-de, reward for curing a disease, physician'' s fee. pr. 3345.
o-yaresafo, one that heals or cures a disease, doctor, 2)hijsician;
o-3^arewa, 2??. n-, 1. s. oyare; - 2. cf. asonokJi.
[cf. oduyefo.
g-yare-wu, owuyare, deadly sicJcness, fcdal disease; pest, pcsti[lence, plague.
y areyare, F. yaryar, red. v. Mk. 1,32.
;

aya-ase, tJic lower pati of tJie belly; abdomen; pubic region.

aduan. jn: 782.
ayaasc-duru,
yaw, V. {red. yeyaw] Ak. ye, to abuse, cJiide, scold, upbraid,

revile, insult, affront; pr. 409.442.3532f.

oyaw

no, syn.

ohoro no, obo

no ahohora, gbgno adapa, gsopano &c.

o-yaw,

inf.F.e- abuse, scolding, upbraiding, reviling, insult, in-

vective, abusive

e-yTiw

[cf.

grief; ope no

word;

pr. 411.3551.

oyare] pain,

yaw,

Jie

acJte,

bodily distress; mental distress,

tvants to cause

give pain; pr. 464.588. eye y;uv

him pain.

se, it is

ye yaw,

very painful; eye no

to

pain,

yaw pa

Jam exceedingly ; me ti ye me yaw

ben me,
okwan no uiu ye yaw, tJic toay is rough, difficult;
fig. nesika ye no yaw, Jiis money pains him i.e. it is painful to Jiim
to spend it, though circumstances make it necessary pr. 3951/.
ara dodo

se, it

grieves

Jiavc Jicad-ache;

ne bo ye no yaw, a) lie is clfeminaic, too sensitive to (bodily) ^;ain;

ne ho ye no yaw dodo nti, gmma wonsiiaiV no; - b) he is envious,
jealous, spiteful (gnipe se ne ygnko n'nya papa a wanya no bi).
yaw, to attend to a Jiunfer
di abgfo, pr.o49.
FJtr. di

..

Yaw, F. Kwaw, pr. n. of a male born on Thursday. Gr.41,4.

Yawa, Ya, F: Aba [= Ayaba]
. of a female ditto.
yawa, Ak. = awowa, brass.
j;>-.

ay aw a, A'k.. earthen (or wooden?) vessel, dish; kuku, asanka.

Yaw-da, Thursday.
ayaw-dae, = awukudae; s. adae.
wuy.,7/6' died a very painful deatJi.
w
ciw
owuu
a. j^ainful;
y
y

i^

.s.

ayaya-de, ayeyade

[ade a eye yaw] torments, totiure; woyeno

torment him. - F. ye .. ayayadze, to persecide,^i&. Mt. 23,34.
ay ay a-sem: grievous mcdier, injury, tvrong, insult; wadimeay.
y ay ay a: ye..y., to disgrace; bo ahohora, bye aniwu. ^;r.5205.

ay., they

ye.

557

ye, t\ [red. yeye; cf. yo.] l.a) io come or cuter into existence,
he created or produced: enye lulhh! let there he liyht! cyye lianii,
h) to came to 2)ass, come about, happen,
there was light. Gen. 1,3.

occur, chance, befall, take place: eyee deii na aliina no boe? hotv
came it that the j^ot was broken'^ niinniin senea eyee, / do not know

how
was

came

c) to be done, perfurwed, executed: cyce sii, //

daben na eyinoin beyeV wlien will these things be?
Lk.21,7. aye senea wokae no, it is done as thou liast commanded.
Lk. 14y'2:2. nea entunii nye unipa fam' no, Onyankopon fam' de, eb(^
tumi aye, the things which arc impossible with men are possible ivith
God. Lk. 1S,27.
d) se obeye a, F., // it be jn^ssible, Mt. 26,39.
e)
Somotinies tlie v. ye serves instead of adverbs or conjunctions expressing time, manner or intention: eyee sa no, Swissitbasom dwoo
won, when it had come thus i.e. in this wag, by or after this, the Siviss
had at length jwace; nea ebeye na woanya sika nti wosii onian no
apempem n.a. Gr. 2G4,2.J^em. 2Td]icm. J2. f) ye hg,'F.=:ba
mu, to be done, be fidfdlcd; onye ho, so be it; w'apedze nye hwo,
thg will be done; Mt 34,3.34. 26,42.
3. a) to become, grow, turn, come
to be (to assume or receive the character or qualifg expressed by the
noun or adj. forming the complement): ohia na ema odehyeye akoa,
pr.l344. - in i\\e perf. a.ni\.fut. also: to be; ne sika hhina asji, waye
ohiani waye akwakora; odaii no aye gow; m'atade aye fi; i2. ?j. 197;
pr. 1292. 1344.35o6.3o79.3580. John 1^14. woye no sa a, ebeye yiye (contracted: ebeye' ye), if you make it so, it ivill be right. - b) to behave,
conduct one's self: otuu no fo se onye papa or onye abofra pa, he
admonished him to behave tvell, to conduct himself as a good boy; onye papa, he behaves badly; - ye kyikyiri-kyikyiri, to be unruly dx.
3. in the m?f/n. form (Gr. 9 1,2. 102,1. 167. 168. 199,2. 3.) to be,
to have or 2)0ssess the character or quality expressed by the noun
or adj. forming the complement: oye abofra, gye obayifo, sika ye
fe abrobe bun nye fremfrem, R-jy. 107. pr60.2154.20o0.3555.3o63f.3574.
eye fe de, nanso enye de, it isjjretty, bid it is not siveet or agreeable;
asem no ye asemp4, the report is a good netvs. or, proves to be true;
oye ghene, he is a king; - eye na, eho ye na, pr. 991.2950. s. na.
4. impers. a) with a succeeding nou7i or a sentence: to be ^= to turn
Old to be: eye ghene, it is the king; enye ghene (ne no), it (or, that)
is not the king; eye no anihaw, it is laziness on his part; enye me
anisg, s. anisg; enye me awereiiri, it is not forgelfulness on my X)art.
b) The neg. enye must be employed when the v. ne, marking
identical existence, shall be made negative: enye menua neno, or,
onye me nua, he is not my brother; cf. Gr. 199,1. 247, 1.3a. i>r.i?ii95.
3601-5.
c) In a sent, connected with a preceding sent, by way of
co-ordination, the neg. enye is sometimes put instead of a repetition
of the predicate in the neg., the same predicate having occurred in
the preceding sent, in the affirmative; in Eng. in this case merely
the adv. not is used,
it is not true of: gbarima bi wu a, ne mraa
na edi n'ade; eha yi de, ne wgfase na edi, enye ne mma; R.p. 197.
pr. 1892. Gr. 253,3.
d) eye and enye serve also to make any
member of a sentence prominent, s. Gr. 247. enye meba na wofviee no? was it not my cluld that you flogged? pr. 3064.3371.
it

to pass.

so, G^eu. 2,r.9.

558

JQ.

5. to he in number, fo amonnf. rise or reach to a certain number or quantity: wgye {= -vvosi) nnipa du, tliei/ are ten in number;
woaye aduonu, then have increased to twenfi/: the fttf. does not state
the exact number, but merely the amount 2^^'ohahJe in the opinion
of the person speaking: mniofra beye se aduonum na ewo ho (or,
m mofra wo lig beye se 50), there are about fifty hoys there; matg
nkoko beye se aduonu; wgbeye se gha, they will aiuoimt to a hund-

red. Gr.

"'

175,2.

aju^ear, seem, tool-: eye me or gye

to sleep; eye me se osu betg 'ne, I think

6. to

to

me

me

se

nx

shall

wada, he seems
hare rain to-

se yeaso dae, ue shall he like them that dream.

some state: ye bra, to he in the state or period of
ye kuna, to he in the state of uidowhood (pr.3567.);

day; ebeye yen

7. to he in

menstruating ;

lOe).
8. to show, eahihit, manifest or display (some inclination,
temper, quality): ye nnam, jjr. 3572. ye anem, nsi; ye ntem; ye ti-

cf.

mgbg

&c. ye hu,

ye akaw; -

to

to he

he in fear, he afraid, he a coivard; pr.3568.3638.

addicted to: ye anibaw, -vVerehunu; - ye ahan-

tan, to indidge in pride, to pride oneself, tohe proud; yeahope, abosompe, burofope, anuonyampe, apescmadi &c.; ye potvia; ye berebere, pr. 3558; ye nya; - ye aniyiyi, to he careless; - ye nkgmmgpr. 3569. ye menko-medi, pr. .3571. ye atiwase, pr. 3575. - ye fakye, ye nten, F. (see these and other words, of which the meaning
is not given here, in their proper places).

mim,

0. to

make

(to

cause

a) to jii'oduce, create:

to exist,

be or become) in various senses:

Onyankopgn yee wiasene nea ewg mu

nhina,

bg (ade); - ye ahuru, to
gye nk.; ye ho, to make a
make foam i.e. to foam; ye nkanare
iiimidtuous noise, a roar. pr. 3582. - ye ho hkg, F. to make unclean.
h) to form, frame, fashion, fabricate, manufacture, construct: wgde aben (na e)ye afe, of horn combs are made; ye afiri, to make an
Acts 17,24; gyee asase ne soro, Gen.

2,4. cf.

engine d-c.
c) to institute, constitute, compose, organize, arrange,
on foot, set in operation: ye (..) ha, to go hunting (to give chase
ye ayi, to make a funeral custom.
to, to hunt after); pr. 3578.
d) to make or convert into: gye neho apanyimmJi, he makes himself
i.e. behaves as a pert, saucy person, plays the malapert.
e) to p^d
into a given state or condition (expressed by a qualifying noun or
adj.), to constitute, to appoint or elect to an office or employment
(often with the anx. v. dc for the passive object): wgyee no safohene,
or. wgde no yee gs., Gr. 205,1.5; ye woho hare! 6\,hare; gyee no
krorikroh, Gr. 205,2. John 17,17; - ye., yiye, to make good i.e. to
10. to
mend, repair; ye neho yiye, to ease oneself: s. 10c & yiye.
do; a) in general: pr. 439. 2283. 3557. 3581. woye den (ni)? what are
you doing? what shall this he? ade no, wode beye den? what will you
do with that? ma yen biribi yenye, give us something to do! pr. .3561f.
b) to effect, produce an effect or result, bring about, work out, carry through; to accomplish, fulfdl, achieve, effectuate: woayeade!
you have done a (great) thing, accomplished a noble object, achieved
an important undertaking, performed a praiseicorthy ivork.
c) to
perform, discharge, execute, transact; to commit, 2^crpetrate; ye adwuma, to do work, to work; kgye wo ade, mind your business; ye
set

559

ye.

ye bone, to do evil, to sin. iyr.o86f.35'>9. 3565f.3')7Gf.

e) to
manage, conduct, keep: ye suku, to Jceep school.
keep, observe: ye mmara, to Jceep a law; ye kuna, to observe the du11. to cause, occasiou, call forth (from),
ties of widowhood ; cf. 7.
excite, elicit: ye akonng, anibere, to excite lust or dcsi re ; ]n-.3'i')').3.')7.'i.
ye yaw, to c((usc or give paiu, to pain; ye mfbiiee. abi, tan, to cause
yiye, to do good;

d)

to

or excifchxtthiug, disgust, dislike, to be loalhsoiiie, odious, halcfid

d'C.

ye iiiniobg, to excite piti/, he pitiful or miserable; ye., bene, to itch;

ye abodwo, -abuf'uw, -aniani, -screw, -ani so or asom ya, -abubow, -nwonwa (F. woawoa) &c. see tbese words.
12. to haitpen or occur to, be done to, befall (cf.l): edeii na aye
no ua osu, what is the matter with him that he weeps? kobisano dekode a aye no, R. p. JOT- wofa !io a, ade beye wo! if you go that wag
(take tliat road), something wdl befall gou i.e. that wag is daugerous.
13. to do something to a person, espec. to do harm to somebody:
mentee se osaman aye onipa biribi dabiarada or pen, R.p.197 ;pr.
440..'i4-')o. - gyefo aye me, a mischievous enemy has wrought mischief
waye no bone bi a ekano bsTbi a emma,
against me; wdyeno
he has done him something extremely and nnconceivably bad; f\ve
nea woaye me asem yi bo (= nea wo-ne me adi asem no afa), look
how they hare troubled me aboutthis matter! wawie no ye or yo (inf.),
he has done him all he coidd, has undone or completely ruined him,

14. to affect icith (produce an effect or

has made away with him.
change upon), to cause to, do to, bring npon, inflict on, commit upon,
show or offer to: gyemebone, yiye, abobora, nkgmponade, aninyanne, aniwude, anuonyanne, ayayade, ayisade &c.
15. to ajJj^ly lo,
rub with: gye m'anim nkyene, m'atiko yisa, s. hkyene; kurobow
ne liuani a inmea yam ye; wgde ye wgnbo. s. mmowa.
16. to affect as (br according to the manner of): gye me sesa, lie acts upon me
17. to treat as: gye me bgbo, Jie receives i.e.
as a departed spirit.
lodges and entertains me as a guest.
18. to bestow care upon: ye
(g)ba, to bring up, nourisli, maintain, care tvell for a child, pr. 1177.
19. to apply, use, make iise of: ye aso, to listen, hearken; monye
(no) aso, give or lend an ear (to him)!
20. to make as if, to pretend or make show that: gyeesenea grekg n'anim, Lk. 24,28.
21. (anx. v. followed by another v. in the
conscc.)to prepare or mcdce ready for (another action), to be in prejiarcdion for.., be about to..; meye makg (= aka kakra na mekg),
I am on the point of going; eye akgse, it is nearly the same; osu ye
atg, it is going to rain; Gr. 107,13.
22. ye ny a, to do and get (by it) i.e. to do with gain, to acquire,
merit, deserve; cf. ye fa, to do for one's self; ye ma, to do or act
/b>- (another), Gr. 243 Item. 2.
23. ye gu, to do and cast away,
i.e. to do in vain. Gr. 220.

ye,

v.

ye,

V.

Ak.

1.
ye, to be good.
2. =^ yaw, to chide, scold.
[only in the contin.; red. yiye, yiyei] Ak. ye, 1. to be

sil na eye, so
good, to be right: ntem ye na ggom ye, pr. 623.1931.
it is right; ne sa nye, so it is not right ; - ahogden ye sen gdan fefe,
R.p.l95; mene nye, my teetli arc bad; wi'mye! you are a wicked
fellow! pr. 12.785.2833. nneeraa no yiyei, all the things are in a good

yc

560

aj'-efare.

condition; ntanoyivei, ihc Uvins arc u-cll-favo7ircd (tveU-foi-nicd and

healihy, cojjahle fo lire). [Tlie forms eyee, ebeye, as hoard in quick

speaking, may be mistaken ibr a jjret or fut. tense, but are only
contractions of eyee yiye, ebeye yiye; c/". ayeyiye, anye yiye, eren2. (with an obj.) to he good for, iiscftd to: eye me (wg)
ye yiye.]
m'adwuma nom', he is a good help for me in my uorJc; 6, onipa yi,
eye me (= oye ma me), ah, this man is of good service to me.
yiye, good; goodness, good stcdc, 2)ropcr manye, a. or n.
enye yiye;
yc is compounded with infinitives,
ner ; enye 'ye
s. Gr. 105,5; onnya adidiye, he cannot properly get at his food,
they do not let him eat unmolested; meye adwuma a, omnia mennya
no ayeye, if I am at worlc, he does not let me have the conveniency
or ftdl leave of doing it.
yiye, tvell, Mt. 2,7.S. viHue. Mk. 5,30.
ye, ye, F.

ye-, ye-, the j^i'on. yen, ice (in Ak. also they) prefixed to the
verb, Gr,58&J?e). ^. In.yea-(54i?(?;.i.) the e is scarcely heard.
0-ye, Ak.

0-ye,

= gyere, irife;

inf. the act of

f/.

oyebone, gyepa, gyefam, aycfare&c.

maling, doing, performing

d:c.

adekye: ye., aye, to do good, to make

good(?); 1.
a present or presents; waye me aye, he has made me a jyrcscnt;
aseda, gratitude: gwg aye, he is thankful, grateful.
5.
pr.646.
3. praise: oyi me aye (gbg me din wg me papa a maye mama no
nti), he praises me. pr. 1860.3661.

aye,

v. n.

ye, ye, inter], a) a reply to a call, showing that it has been

heard; wgfre wo a, wugye so se: yvl - h) a shout indicating determination, joy, scorn &c. Gr. 145,1. tcell (then)! huzza! hurrah! yO,
6ni-o! ah, there he is!

mmofra dino ye

ye,

wohurono.

ye, adv. amain (toith sudden force, strength or violence), violently and suddenly; cf. yeredede; wgde 'mirika ye rehyia no, they
came running to meet him amain.
nyee, nneyee, Mt. 16,27.21,42.
nye, F.
eyaw. pr. 1355f.1949.2324.
yea, e-yea, Ak.

0-ye a: abofragyea(ab.agyeeyea, a child to be jntied) poor child!

mako, wisa, yisa.
0-yea, Akw.
ye-bcii, F.U-, manner of doing or malcing: minnim ney., I
do not Jmotv how to make it.
y e-bew, place of doing dtc.
bone]
[gyere
a
had
o-ye-bonc
wife. pr. 3641.
ay e-de [ade a wgye, ade a yewg ye] a thing to he done, custom,
duty: gde gbea no kg ne kiirom' akgye no n'ayede, he has taken her
into his town to do unto her what is customary in the family; - cf.
yiyedi, icelfare.
ey e-di, F.
ahyeygde, ahyede, asede. Kurtz 19.
o-ye-dcdaw, one who has heen a wife for a long time. pr. 3642.

O-ye-fafo,

0-yc-fam\

pi. a-, concuhine,

gyerefafo. F. Mt. 12,39.

not of the

same standing as aregu-

lar wife (gyere a [ete se gwg fam'] gnye woyere papa, nanso wone no awo); mfame nye oy., nafame ye gyejia!
a-yefa-deo. Ak.\ [gyere-fa ade] fine imjwsed. for adultery, inaye-fare, Akr. / demnification claimed by, or^ja^^Z to, the offen

oyelb
(leJ liiisbancl;

/)r. 5/^"i?.

yeu-ara.

- to ay.,

io pai/

561

for adiilterii witli anotlior

man's wife.
0-y el'o,
ina

(I

mischievous niemi/ (nea wakurn wo ba bi pen

bi pen): oyef'o. aye me,
ye 13.

woanya aniano
cvcfo^ V. -=

(/nod. Just,

ii[);\\)ix,

iiytj-lori) joyore t'otoni]

(take Iiamr) a bride, to

ba aygloro no

aso, to

ixyoWiVO-hyui,

a.s. \va-

.S'.

J.

ii

)intrrt/,

come

pious 2^ersons. Mt.'>,4o.

hritlc; byiaay., to meet

imike a tiKtrriai/c or u'cddi(/.
3.
i/<iitif irife,

io the marriiujc-fenst. Mt.2:J,3.John.2,3.

inf. leeddituj, ivcddin(i-fcast, niarriaf/e.

ayelViro-kriiiu, V. ayefor-kun, brideyroom.

aycror-peiu luba, V.

ayeforo-piam' mina. Mt.

!>,Jo.

o-yc-'^uo, inf. [yc g^u, doiiuj dwasiiiKj ((wai/] vain labour;

mmoden ara se ebeye 'ye ana, na nenbinii oy.! in: .504.
3'^

em,

pregnant.
(biij)

V.

[red.
:3.

mabg

yenyem; Ak. & F. nyern] /. to conceive, become

(gyem & oycm) to be pregnant, to be

pres. lO contin.

with clidd, to be with i/ounii;

gpemfo, onyinsemfo.

o-ycni,

ninsen, bg duru, fa afurii;

si/n.

inf.

cf.

tbe state of pregnane!/.

O-yem-iiia [yen, v., gba] 1. a i/oun;/ one of tlomestic animals,

born wbilst its tnotlier was entrusted by the owner to tlie care of
another, and g;iven to this other ])erson as a reward.
2. mena afa
me gyemma, I take after or resemble my mother, have more of my
mother than of my father.
[Aburokyiri.

o-ye-uiafo [ye ma] agent; attorney,

cf.

yeun, kgkg.

y e lu 111 e 11, a. fiery red: 5.

iiyemfo, pi. id. or n-, 1. a simple
I'l

odimrifo;

mewg

o-yciufo,

s.

y.

wg

gyehfo.

or single, quiet, harmless, in-

man; onipa a odwo na gmpe neho

asem, gmpe n'asem guaso guaso, gbere neho ase, gmpe ntgkwaw,
gte ne babi komm, gnhoahoa neho, gnye hyehye, gmpe kasakasa:
ay. a mete m'asee na wgde asem bi abehye me, mehu yi ano he?
ay. a mete mcbilbi na mempe melio asem na obi abegyigye m'ano
ma manya amane yi!
2. a man of low rank; an hu)nble, obscure
person; onipa a gnye gdehye (omfi bene abusfiam') nanso sika nni
n'abusiiailn'.
ayeiiifo-du-yo, modesty, unassuming manners.
offensive, unojfending, 2)rivate

ayeiii-moa, ^;/. n- [aboa a wgyen no] domestic animal (sheep,

goat, cow, dog &c.); cf. afieboa,

ye
to feed,

1*1, V. to bring up, nurse, nourish, foster; to breed,

raise, rear;
maintain, support; to educate, instruct; gbea no yen me ba;

Nkranfo yen mprako, JB. 2^. ii*/; Kramofo yen i\a.\\ivi\\pr. 913.016. gyen ne ba baprgwe (opp. bapa), he miseducates or spoils his child.

yen, pron. 1. we (prefixed to the v.: ye-, ye-), poss. oicr, obj.
ns; Ak. yeue, yere, yen, F. ehyen(nom) nye, nyere, hyen. Gr.
wgh, wen, Ab. ben; Gr. 58. J\em.2.
r)3-59.
2. Ak.

y e 11 11, y einnieiiii, a. fiery red; ogya no aye y. gbayifo dewy.

ay en, pi. n-, wizard, sorcerer, magician (gbaninyen); tvitch, hag
;

(gbayen); syn. gbayifo.

yeiVaiikasa,
y c ii-a ra (Ak.)

yeiia, yenfifo,

s.

wena,

-fo.

ice ourselves, our own selves; our oivn;-even

we, just wc; we, the same; Ak. also wgnara.

30

yene, Ak.
o-yeiifo,
yeiiho,

s.

yen,

re/7,

jJroti.

ay en sin, Ak.

tnliiie

na enye anibcre
exercise or amusement.

mouse,

yer,

v.

f.

akura.

bobo won-

kitikiti

so), tJwi/ figld, icresile, r/rajij^Ie together for

ye-ny^l, iuf. [nea obi

yermo, F.

s.

wodi ay. (wogoru

yenyaiij red. v. yan.

o-ye-pa [gyere pa] 1. a good
yQ.v, pi.

etc.

= agnma;

n.a.,

ye-ny a,

[educator

breeder, feeder, mnlniainer,

pron. ourselves; Ak. also ihcmselves. Gr. 57

gyonko, ayoiikofa.

a kind of

ayensa',

yere.

noiirisher, nurse,

i^?. a-,

yeiiko, ayeiiko-fa, F.

ho

yene

562

ye

nyiie] merit, desert; gain,pro[fiU

("f-

mfaso.

3. a proper, lau-fid wife;

oyere, yorenoni, Mt 19,3.S.
[cf. yefani.
wife.

= yare.

F.

yera, v. Ak. hiira, F. yew, 1. to go astro ji.

way era okwan, lie has lost (liimself concerning)
kwan; way. wuram', he has

to lose one^s

ivay;

way,

wato

the

cf.

^. to he lost:
himself in the hush.
adenoayera, miiibQ; 11. p. 195. pr. 565.817-19. 1077.1319.me &<ikfiv\ ayora
(me), I have lost my Inife: (not: may. mesek., but rather: matow
niesek. makyene, or, mesek. afi me nsa); fwen'Mye, mma ennyera,
taJce care of it, do not lose it (pi'op. do not let it he lost); eso ayera,
3. to j^ass
every trace or vestige of it is lost; - nenkwTi ayera no.
away, vanish, disappear: gsram ayera, niinliu bio; mprempreh na
mibfiuno, na sese way.; li.'p.ign; oyerae won anim, XA-.24,.3i. - asem
lost

afi or apa m'ani so, me were afi, the matter has

no ayera m'ani so
4. to he killed: kah no, se worebedi
V(mished from my memory.
asem auadwo na wgmpe se obi te a, na wgabg dawnru se: ghene
se: obiaraaofi anadwo yi beyera= wgbekumno; a.s. ghene wu na
wgreye n'ayi a, na nnipa nhina nim se, wosi kwan so a, wgbeyera

= wgbekum wgn

lost,^=--

{or,

me nan

yera

wgakumno

so, he

- wayera nenan so (kwan), vulg. his vestige

a.s.

he lias

so),

has caused

wgatgn no, wgayi no lig.

made me lost, wiped away
it

my

is

wayera meso
existence;

wa-

to he lost.

yeram, v. Ak.baram,
nkrante, dade biara) ano,
hillhooJc, sword, any iron

5.

1. to

yawn, gape.

sharpen,
cf. sew.

to whet,
tool);

yerainyeram(yeram),

^.

y. (sekan, adare,

make very sharp

(a Jcnife,

adv. rising in huhhles, of boiling

li-

nku no rehuru y.; cf. hurutntutu.

yeraAv, v. Ak. Iiara, to trouhle, disturh,

quids;

perplex, distress, annoy, vex, harass: a) ne ho yeraw no, he is trouhled or distressed, he

is in trouble, perplexity or distress; cf. nehohia no, neho dwiriwno;
abofra bi ko ntgkwaw a, na ebia nena seno se: me ho yeraw me
(woyeraw me ho, cf.b), sen duom na yehkg! - h) monkgyeraw no ho,

go and harass him! cf. ahoyeraw.

yera-3^eraw, red. v. yeraw; qj.

J ere,

v.

strain, straiten:
sljeep &c.

wgn

ho, he troubles them.

[red. yeyere] 1. to spread, stretch, extend, distend,

wgyere nhoma, they

stretch or distend the slcin of a

(wokum guan na wgde nhoma no akghata

awiaso, na

oyere

yer^yerew.

563

wode nnua abobom' na awo; c/". pa oc); ycre hhoma no mu,

ov plain that lorinldcd paper ! waycre hania no nm pintinn,

stretch
Itc

has

strained or straitened the cord ver/j tensely (tightly); n'akwan yerc.

1)0 })intinn, his ways are tense i.o.firni, nnwaveriny, Ps. 10,5. - yerc.
bo, to enlarge the chest; cf. fnw or horan bo; pr. 11'j7
2. y. akyenc,
/() stretch a skin upon a drum, to cover a drum tvith a sJcin stretched
6*. to rest upon one's head as a lioavy load that reciuires
upon it,
the straining of one's nerves or mnscles eyere wo (:=cs9\vo), it is

on your head; mihyiaa no na adesoa ycre no

(r=so no), when I met him, he carried a heavy load on his head.
i. ayere so, prop, it has been stretched or strained (upon) i.e. if has
been put to the tUmost stretch, so that it cannot bear any more; hence
the Avords: se ayere so a, (= se emu aye den a,) serve to express
the adv. absolutely, positively, utterly, by all means, at any rate, at
inost, at the utmost, or, with negation, by no means if-c: dyere so
kora (c.s. woye no biribiara na enye yiye, or, woka no bslbi na
eniina) na wuntumi nkg a, ma obi nkg, if you cannot go by any
means, let another go.
5. s. yeyere, 3.3.
yore, v. s. yerew.

heavy

for, j'vcsses)

o-yore, j;?. -nom, Ak. gye, 1.

man; pr. 3643-55.
2. a woman

siyere.

marry;

fa oy., to

destined to become one's ivife, cf.

y., to take a wife, to
commit adultery with another man's ivife.

3. the wife's sister.

yergdcdc,
wokaw

wife, spouse or latvful consort of a

a. acid,

1.

yisa

hyia or ware

sharp, biting to the taste, acrid, pun-

eye y.
2. adv. in one course, in full
s))eed, spceddy, ivith rapid strides dc: ade kyee no, na ode fwee
(kwan) so y. kodiiu Osu, the next morning he set out and without
interrup)tion proceeded or hastened on to Osu; cf. ye.
ay e re-do do w, many wives; poligamy. pr. 3655.
gent, hot:

h,

ayere-duru, a medicine [aduru]

to make it ulcerate.

to

enlarge or feder [yere] a

wound,

aye re-fa,
0-3'^erefalo,

inf.

adultery committed with another man's wife;

i^?. a-,

cf.

[o\via.

adulterer.

ay ere m, Kuk.: ne ho ate ay., efi biara nui nehobieni, he has

become quite clean, there is no more any uncleaiiness about hint.
aye rem: tew yon ayerem\ mfa wo nsa I'lka! make clear the
space for us, grant us a clear, free, open space, give us free hand
or scope (and let us fight out our scuffle), do not meddle with it! ayerem o! obi o obi linka o! nobody shcdl touch to pacify, let them fight
(and we shall see who is the strongest)! Kwasi atew Kwaku ne Koti
ayt'rera, Kws. has set on (or instigated) Eivk. and Kf. to fight (instead of pacifying them), he has set them at a fair trial.

ayerem-ko, duel, single combat.

ayeremire, a bird with red eyes. pr. 2317.
yerew, v. [red. yereyerew] 1. w spread, e.g.

a fluid,

of oil on a garment, a drop of ink in blotting-paper;

cf.

a drop
ba, bae,

terew &c. fa kafe no yereyerew adiwo; yerryerew kafe no mu!

bo yerew no, he feels disgust or nausea; cf. fono.

2. ne

yereyerew,

red.

v., s.

before.

yerewyerew, pr. 3656.

yereyerew

564

yereyerew,
akaw, anyan.

o. sour, acid,

F. oye no

yi.

nyinyiinyinyii; nsa no aye y.

against her, Col.3.10.

y., lie is bliter

aye-sem [asem a wgaye] a ivord made for an occasion; inveU'

Hon, fiction, unfounded tale ; eyi de, eye ayesem kwa (= asem bi
a ennim' kora na wgboapa afa reka se nea ewom', oj>iJ.nokwasem).
aye-tew, a wife [oyere] suhstltidcd [cf. tew, v.] In the place of
one ivho died; wosi wo ayetew n.s. woware obi ba na wo yere no awu
na wgma wo yere foforo si ananmu.

=
=
=
nj^ew, F. = yiw, Mt.

yaw; ye y. Mt. 18,31. dzi y. Mk. 3,5.

yew, F.
yera, to lose; to he lost;Mt. 5, 13. 10, 6. 39. 15, -^4. IS, 10.
yew, ?;.F.
ayew, F.
aye, Mt. 9,8. 15,31.

aye-ware,

3,37.9,28.13,51.

[ware yere] marrlarjc, matrimony; di ay.,

tiyeware-di, Inf. Intermarriage.
intermarriage.
yewa-sen, F. brazen vessel.
Aye-wolio-mumo, name of a month; about Jtinc, s. gsram.
f??/'.

yeya,

s.

ayc-ye,

yea.

s.

to

-ye.

'^yQJQ: Inf- [ye aye] the act of making presents, pr.3658.

ayeye-(lc [ade biaraa wgde ye obi aye a.s. wgde kyc obi; enye akatua, nanso entwa se wginfa mma no] ^f />r('.se>?f, gift, donation,
offering, oblation; wgde nnuan, nkokg, nkesua, nsa, ntama, ntraina,
sika, koye abosom aye (to obtain liis protection).

Q-JG-y ore, favourite

of wives, pr.

uife,

the

most beloved among a pluralltg

2. y. nelio, to

.34.33.

yeyere,

v.

red. 1.

s.

yere.

krakum

puff one's self up,

neho (e.s. gye neho kokiiro or kusu

no), tlie turlcey-cock stcells.
5. gyeyere n'anim (gye n'anim se
gbarima de), he looks big, struts, stcells, assumes a pompous, ostentatious, or arrogant air or manner.
ayey e-sem[asem aeyeyereso] extravagance, eccentricity, rash
to

he inflated, sicell:

di ay.,

yi,

d'-c.

of)

proceeding, precipitation; stuhborness,

asem a eye den, nanso nyansa nni mu

pi;

stubborn, wilful, capricious, dx.

to be

Jije-yi,

(mode

or inconsiderate

wilfulness, obstinacy

y.

Inf. [yi

aye] p>raise, laud, commendation, pr.3657.

yiyi]

take aicay, remove, take off, take out: yi

oyi hoi'i fi dompem' na odi; adaka no si poh
ase, yi fi adi; R.y.l96; koyi aduan wg mukaase, go and fetch the
food from the kitchen; yi nenkataso, take off the lid or covering;
yede tow yi yede yi yen kon mu afoa or yen ho'musn, by this pollV. [red.

uneema no

li

pon

1. to

so;

we ward off the sword from our neck, turn off our danger.
2.
yi aguade, to take out goods or wares: a) woyi hyeh mu ag., they
light, unload, unlade, discharge, disembark or land goods; h) woyi
ta.v

aguade, they buy or purchase goods from a shop or store.

3. yi
atade, to take, pidl, put or cast off a coat or other European clothes:
4. yi, to shave, talce off the hair; oyi neti, ne bogyese, he
c/". pa.

shaves his head, his heard.

euphem. expr.
wayera ne nan

so.

wgakamno,

5. yi..

hg,

to

remove: wgayi no hg,

they have killed or executed him,

cf.

iiG5

ji.

(').

iisu

yi.. lio, n) io rinse,

wo ho; -

foforo yi

washawnt/: wnjjuarp samina wioa, wodo

b) yiyi ho, to cicdii, cli'imsc, j)i(nff,Joh.Ji'>,3.

7. yi ni 11, a) to rinse, wash ont: fa usii foforo koyi asanka yi inn;

- h) yi or yiyi rn u, to pie.lc out, c/ioosc, select front or amony: iiiiiinri
c) to except; to exclude from: pr.l()9:>.
wo ado yi a, nyiyi mu \pr. 399.
8. yi, io pick ont, choose, elect, select; yi bgfo, cf. tu boio; yi ..

si lio,

for

to elect

and

some pnrjwse.
10. yi

yiyi ani

..

ani, a)

ot'Cve

present, pr. 543.

!f.

to set

opart, appoint, take

pr. 36')9.
to

tarn o/f the

so yiye.

ma m'anidaso aye okwa),

I))

et/e

wayi

(from): oye

in'ani

adwuina

a,

oii-

ahye mo nkyenrnu(wa-

has disap/xiinfed nie.

c) ntama yi, eyi
has its projicr colour, the colour appears as it ouijht to be without dimness or mixture.
11. yi
anim, prop, toj^yoduce i.e. come out with a frank, candid, open face;
to set one's face on, have the decided intention, bcbentupon: s. anim;
woka asera a, yi wo anim ka,, na nnipa iihina nte, s])eak ivitli a bare,
open face, without fear, that all ma// understand. John 7,13.
1J2. yi jino: a) (to remove the obstacle.) to make the beginning
with eating (new yam); - b) to give an accimnt, ta answer or account
for; - c) io interpret, to explain; - d) to answer; io gainsay; io refute, confute, disprove (a statement); to defend; to plead for; to clear
(one's self) from an accusation ; oyi n'ano, lie vindicates ov justifies
himself; obi koka asem bi to wo so na wokoyi ano a, enna wose:
wayi n'ano; - oyiyi ano, he ansivers; he gainsags; - e) to make excuse, to apologize; oyi ano se ontumi fiko; - wgkrui asenkoro yiyii
Avonho ano.
yi anom', lit. io clear one's mouth: wayi n'anom',
he has relished his food.
13. yi .. nsa, to draw off the hand; euphem. for to eat: mekoyi
mensa maba mprempren ara; moayi mo nsa ana? have yon eaten
already?
14. yi .. so: a) io lift off, take off or away from upon,
to detract, diminish; io uncover dx. - b) to dethrone: woyinoso
wotuno so.
15. yi .. tirim', to speak Old or discover one's
thoughts, opinion or sentiments; to disclose one's self; to make a declaration; oyii net. kyereeme, he broke his mind to me; wayi ne tirim'
aka, he has confessed (it) plainly.
16. yi .. yam', to take or give
out one's heart i.e. to do something heartily, cordinlly, ])ur2wsely:
miyii me yam' mekyerceno, I frankly and sincerely told him what
I laid against him; miyi me yam' (fita) meda wo ase, I thank yon
(very) heartily; woyii won yam' ])efe or kronkron gyee asem no, they
ii'aiii (

= ani tew pe),

Jic

this cloth (fives or

received the word willingly and sincerely, with all readiness: Acts 17,11.
oyi neyam' redi (or, se obedi) asemmone, he purposely commits
wickedness.
17. (yam') yi, to be evacuated: aduru no ama neyam' (nneema)
ayi or ayiyi, this medicine has evacuated his botvels.
18. yi, to
afouo me.
cause to loathe, become loathsome to: aduan no ayi me
1L>. to catch in a snare or net, to entangle, apprehend: yi anoma, apata; 7jr. 545i. se wgmmeyi no asem mu, to catch him in his

words, Mk. 12,13; io catch, seize, 5. ad wow,

20. to icdcc to one's self,
appropriate: yi ad wow, to kidnap, panyar, s. ad wow.
21. io release, liberate, deliver: oyii me (iii or wo) afiase; cf. gyo. 25.

566

yi
22.

ayi.

bringoY draiv forth (from a state of concealment); to hrinq

manifest, reveal, nnveil, disclose; espec. with ad i: oyi
asem no arli, he brings the matter to light; oyi neho adi, he manifcsis
himself; obetumi ayi ue ti adi Onyaiik. anim? icill he he able to appear before (xod? pr.934. - (yi .. adzi, F. to cast oid. Mk. 3,22 f. -) yi
to light,

to

to

F. to bring out or forth, produce, Mt. 13,52.

.. pue,
23. to exhibit,
display: oyi rikonya, oyi nensam' senkyerene, he performs a tvonder, shows or ivorks a sign.
24. yi .. kyere, to reveal, discover,

25.

bring forth, speak oid: yi mpae, to pronounce or

an invocation, make a vote, j^td iij) 2)ragcrs ; s. (bo) mpae.

disclose to.

make

to

26. yi.. aye, to draw forth, reveal or sjieak out one's good (Equalities)
or ivcll-doing, i.e. to praise, (rejcommend, extol, exalt. pr.3661f.
27. yi, yiyi, to plead, cf. 12 d), oyi
oyi nteii ama me, he complains for me.

ama me,

he pleads for me;

charge with, upbraid with, reproach: oyi me nteh, he complains against me,
oka
m'anim, obo me sobo, onunu me (e.s. asem bi a ewo ne tirim na enyo
no de na grekji akyere me); yi ateh, pr. 3063. oyi me atoro, he accuses me of or charges me with a lie,
ogye me akyinnye; oyi me
amo, oyi me ayamonwene,
ose, me yam' ye hwene.
29. yi ..

menase pow, (prop,

something

np whcd has been conglobated in

to eject or cast

the stomach,) to give vent to one's grudge,

to cast

^6'. to

speak out one's complaint,

in the teeth of.

30. to give out, bring fortli. produce, yield, emit: yi aliaban

fefew: dua no ayi aba ne ahabah pi, the tree has brought forth many
branches and rich foliage; oyi hua, he gives a scent.
31. to

draw

fotih from, to j)roduce, cause or occasion in anotlior

me abnfuw,

he provokes me to anger; - oyi me ahi: a)

ogoru me ho, he mocks at me;
he frightens me; b)
oyi me kasa, he begins or seeks a quarrel with me, gkeka. nsem
bebi'c gu me so de repe me atutu (ayi me abufmv); obeyi m'ano kasa

person

oyi

= oyi me

hii,

= obegye m'ano akasakasa. 32.

to

bring upon (another or one's

pr. 1642. yi

wura de.
pay taxes

amanne

33. yi
or tribute.

(espec.

by an

tow: a)

to cause, incur, contract, catch:

involve (one s self) in: yi kaw,

oath); akoa koyi kaw a, eye ne

self),

to raise or levy taxes or tribute;

b) to

34. to lay, ptd or set aside; to do away, remove: yi 'musu, to

turn off mischief; cf.l.pr..H9S.3662. yi ntam, to absolve from an oath.
35. to roid, pmt to flight: yi dgm, to rout the hostde army.pr. 2952.
36. yi kwah, to make a new f6W/ (through the bush); cf. bo kwan.
37. yi .. kyere, s. 24.1 Cor. 2,10.
3<S. yi ma, a) to give one's
self airs; onipa yi, oyi ma se biribi! s. oyima; - b) yi.. ma, to deliver (over), give np to, handover to; to betray. Mt. 26,21-25. - c) s. 27.
39. yi.. apra. to warn, caution.

0-yi, pi. eyinom, this person, this one: oyi bekii akyere yen.
e-yi,

^>Z.

eyinom,

this thing: eyi,

yi, (pi. y'lnom) a. pron,

wofreno den? or, wofre eyi den?

adakayi, wode dua na aye.

this, that:

yiara. o-, e-, even this, the \)cry same. Gr. 60,1.2.74,2.
ayi fremoval, scil. of the corpse? s. yi,f.7 *^' funeral customoi
the negroes, celebrated witli dancing processions, shooting, drumming, drinking palm-wine or rum &c. pr. 441.3664. ko ayi or ayi ase,

ayiaseto
io (JO to

se ayi, to inrite to a
a funeral custom, pr. J91.752.27S2.
ye., ayi, to perform the obsequies or funerals of

funeral, pr.2911.
a person.

jiyi-ase-fo, those

0-y

567

oyitotoni.

i 1)

I >

who have

a kind of

i,

io

care for or

who attend a

ayi-biia-dc [ade a wgdo boa or

of a funeral cusiontf?); noa obi
oyisekan.
O-yidain, F.

biia ayi] eontriliution to the costs

awn na

olii

aknyrnu ayi na wodc

[ania no.

yi-doni [edgni a wgayi] a chosen or select arm//.

yiw, wie, i/es; well.
0-yi(j, Aky. a kind
y ie,

o-ylf6,

of reed.

barber, hair-cutter.

pi. a-,

ayi To,

funeral.

tree.

ayiasefo, the people engaged in performiny a funeral

custom; ofra ayifo niu

bi.

y i-haiiia, mourning necllacc, a string- of wbitc, beads (nifufiiwa), ronnd black soeds (abia), and fine small boncsof a beast; niniea
kyi ayi a, na wghye (wode to won kon mu).
0-yi-ma,

inf.

the act of deliiering or handing over to; delivery;

treachery, treason.

o-y inin, a handsome looking person; paragon, elite, the best, fiwoye oy. me yima ne wo (used of a person of the other
sex); minni oy. bi wo babi; afofanrg yi ye oy., this butterfly is an
(tmnsually) fine one. Cf. fen.
ayiiiiafo, a private person ; cf. ayemfo.
o-yimforo, i)r. 3665.

nest; ao,

y\v\j V. to swell, rise (of water); to overflotv, break oat of the

banks, inundate: nsu ayiri asee kurow no; c/". bg, sram; fufu no aho-

mah

awowa

ayiri

no.

yiridi: hoy.,
yirim, F.

to rush,

= yinom,

dash: won nhina bog y. kgg gko no ano.

pi. of yi, jiron. Mt. 1,20.10,2.5.

yisa, Guinea-pepper, Cayenne loepper, grains of paradise; a

Amomum and its seeds, pr. 3542. [G. gbowyei.]
yisa-ne-iikyene, a sort of European cloth; s. ntama.

species oi

hjisk,

iiyisil,

-sawa,

j;L nyisa',

ayisfi-de, things [ade] done

to

orphan, pr. 3066-69.

an orphan; gyeno ay., he uses

him d es}) it efully, illtreats him. [G. efele niiseniianii.]

ayi-se [ase a, se obi yi a, egu ne tiriaseno; c/". awgse, mmaninwgw] shudder, horror, dread; ay. pini me, agu me so, apiriin me,
my blood runs cold at a frightful or grievous sight; awgw apatuw agu
me so na me ho aye se nsewa-nsewa, I am seized with a cold shudder.
O-yi-sekaii, 2^1-^- [gsekah a w^gde yi] razor; kinds: anseeyi,
oyiwa, atewa, kumtoa, kyiriafase, hfwea. [G. yise-kakla.]
a^'isi

(2)1.

Ayi si, i^r.

the

name

(Kwasi

is

id.)

Ab. a

iceeJc,

dapen, nnaawotwe.

n. of the genius of the

day

called

Kwasida (Sunday);
Sunday

also used in addressing a male person born on

= akoa-Ayisi),

ayitoto: woyino

s.

ay.

Gr.

147.*J. Cf. kurutiayisi.

woyi n'dfweabo.

0-yitotoni, eunuch; one whose privy member

which

is

only used of beasts.

is cut off ; f/.

gsae,

yiw

568

3^1.

yiw', Ak. yie, Intcrj. yes; yea; icell; - cf. wie; - waba(ana)?
yiw, is he come? yes; when said in reply to a negative question, it
corroborates the negation and must, in Eng., be rendered with no:
so oramae e? yiw, is lie not yet come? no.

O-yiwa^ o-yiwaii [mpanyin

yiye, yiyei, red. v. ye.

yiye

kasa]. a smaller kind o^ra-or;

s.

[oyisekan.

adv. well: kae m'asem y.; fwe woadwuR.p.]94; atter an adj. very; enye de
yiye, it is not very siceet or agreeable.
;?. n. good ; good qualify;
ye yiye: a) to turn out tvell:
benefit; tvelfare; syn. papa. pr. 292.
pr. 22S2. ye no senea woye a ebeye yiye (contr. ebey"ye), wake it
so that it may turn otd well ; to thrice, become rich, pr.2364. - b) to

ma

of ye]

\i'ed.

1.

maye m'adwuma

y.;

y.,

well, i.e. to mend, re^xiir. - c) to do good (to); 2)r.35G0.3.'>76f.

- d) eux>hcm. ye neho yiye, to case oneself; cf. ne.
o-yiye-burii, ahandsomc, yet dirty, x)crson; opp. omumowesewa.
jij-A\, a-, inf. [di yiye] tvelfare, prosperiiy; Frv. 1,S2.
yiye-hftj inf. certain Icnoivlcdge, certainty, assurance.

male

yijQ-j e,
yiyi,

-jOfinf. well-doing; performctnce of duties; pirosperity.

red. v. yi, to tale

taneously, repeatedly),
11

y i y i-a n 1,
ye

lessness;

inf.

jjr.

away, remove dx. (many things simul-

30G4.

the act or habit of withdrawing the eye, i.e. carewoye ny. a, wgmfa ade mma wo nsie;

ny., to be careless:

anibiannasoso, carelessly,
ny. so
iiyiyi-aiio, inf. gainsaying: - oye ny., he gainsays.
11 yiyi 111', inf. selection; distinction, discernment, discrimination:
exception; difference: ny. biara nni me ne wo ntam', there is no difference between me and you.

yo,

V.

t)

ye; onim yg

vvg.

yo, ay 6,

yoma,
y

(inf.),

yo = wo.

interj. [eye-o,

he Inows

aye yiye

Sam.

[V''-

0]

to

nudce

it.

^-'^^-^071.

wie, well, all right.

camel. F. yomo, Mt.3,4.Mk.lfi.

nil, imit. adv. tingling; n'asom'

tinlde; 1

do or

Itotv to

3,11. cf.

ye no

y., his

ears ring, tingle,

wghii, gycnycnyenyeii.

0-y oiiko, jd. -nom [weiiko, yeiiko], 1. friend, companion, comrade; - 2. neighbour, fclloic-man, another person; pr. 902.1369.1644.
1907.3368.3072-75. - cf. adamfo, afe, mfefo, a\ve; fa gy., to take as a
friend, to

g-ne

wgh

make friendship; g-ne

wgii fa y.
siane; wgfofa wgiiho ygiiko.

gde neho bg wgn ho,

ay

ilk o-fa, inf. (the act of making) friendship; amity, friendly

communion; wodi ay., they
ayoiikofa-di, inf.
maintain friendship.
ay oiiko-goru, inf. [agoru] pjlaying tviili friends, i.e. feasting,
carousing, gaming <f"C. wherewith a prodigal debauchee entertains
his friends at his own expenses, pr. 3676-79.
alliance, league of amity; fellowship,

ayoiikora,

s.

ahenkora.

ayowa, yewa,

yu

wu.

F.

s.

nyow, F. = yiw,

awowa.

yes. Mf.Gr.p.l38.

DICTIONARY OF THE TSHI or ASANTE and FANTE LANGUAGE.

ADDITIONS AM) CORRlilCTJONS.

liemarlcs.

1.

The Addifiims

Hiul [)liiases occuiriii};- in

consist chieHy of words, incaiiiiigs

Bihle ami in sonj otiier books re-

tlie

and

I'eiTiug to Cliristian doctrines

institutions.

Tlie Corrections are for the most part suggested by the native missionary D. Asante, who had two copies of every printed
sheet (1
3(5) sent to liim to Africa, one of whicli he returned with
Also his answers to nunieroiis ijiieshis corrections to the Editor.
2.

tions put to

The

I).

in the

him by

letter

asterisk

is

have been made use

of.

put before leading words not contained

previous sheets.

The

4.

sign

put before meanings or phrases added to

if the addition be not

is

those already contained in the Dictionary,

evident otherwise.
sign

words which are

to

The

5.

generally in parenthesis, put before or after

be expunged, whether supplied by words pre-

is,

ceding the parenthesis, or not.

In the single articles the line to which an addition or coris counted from that of the leading word or of the
subdividing figure or letter, unless the number of the page be given;
e. g. tiia, 1. 1. 3.
-i. p. 515. 1. 1.
5 h, 1. 3.
6.

rection refers,

7.

the

list

For the explanation of the abbreviations used

for tlie references, see

at the end of the Introduction.

Students of the languag-e will do well to indicate in the fii'st part (pp.
additions or corrections to be found in the second (pp. 5G91i'.), unless the correction be made in the first part at once, in which case the words
made superfluous thereby in the second may be crossed out with lead-pencil.
8.

1568) the

A.
A\,ii\,+ ivoe! Pr.33,ii9.

6'/:

due.

B.
ba,

V.

+ io spring, to flow;
1.

8.

asuteh a eba yiye, a fJowing stream.-

wanya (x waba) ha mmae.

g-ba, + mfrihyia

du

ba,

mfe aduosia oba, a person often, sixty

years, one 10, 60 years old. Le.27,S.

aba:
*aba, a. play of children; s. agoru.

f/".

+ nkoba.

la-bi: ne b. a onsen, liis being not confined to space. K.^ 165.

*babi-fo, people of other places; b. mu asempaterew, foreign
*ba-bo, a jj?a^ of girls s. agoru.
Imissions.
*o-bri-boiiiu, a barren tvoman. Ps. 113,9.
;

^aba-de, pi. id. portion of a child, portions for children; what

due to a child. Ex. 2 1,9.
abaeto, s. abefo.
*abakan-ye, inf. birthright. lCh.5,1.
o-bakO, o-bakofo, are used of persons, biaku of things.
- o-ba-kuiiafo, ^j/. m-, widow.
*o-ba-koro, an only child.
*g-ba-k\vasea, a foolish man. P-r. 14,7. 21,20.

36b

is

haiiuua

570

Iteac.

bamma, + compass, Ex. 27, 5. settle, set-off] rebate ot'a wall. lKiM,6.
bam-koiij he speahs-i- with a

neck, Ps.75,r)(6)

stiff'

..

he ivalks

-Tivith stretched fotih neck, Is.3,16.

bam-sem, odi no so h., + he

bram
ho (s.
abai'i a woabram
^

...

-,

outrages, spttefuUy treats him.

)
.

/.
; 7 7
<< .x o^.
t-.
I)a.ll,^4.3b.
fortress, stronghold.
^
.

r
^\
^abaii-nennen [aban a eye denjl'
1

*baiiim-mere-ye,

inf.

bloom. Pr.5,9.

m-, fornicator, lecher (sodomite, 1 K. 14, 24).

o-baiiiii-yere, a )iude friend held as dear as a wife; gyoiikobarima a wope n'asem se oyere.

"O-baiiiii-nuamaii,

jj7.

baiikam, a bead of amber,

= aliene ton,

akgmfo-henp.

^aban-siii, a ruin, mined palace or castle. Is. 25,2.

abautia-dan, id. cf. afiase.
abaii-tia, 2. prison.

g-bai'ima,

- 2. - 3.

1.

basabasa, ye

cf.

*basa,-koro, triune.

kote; ob. ano were, foreskin. lSa.18,35.

confound. Ge.11,9.

b., to

Onyame

b.

- da. Trinity Sunday.

woman, not

o-bri-sim-ma., a low, humble, simple, unpresuming

entitled to much respect or esteem.

bata, + /o

trust. Pr.3,o.

wode wonho

b.

no

ho. theif

hang on him,
fLu. 19,48.

o-bata: di

]>.

1. to, journey

about with wares for sale,

to travel in

commercial busi)tess. Ohia hia wo a, enna wudi b. a. s. wutu batakwah. Merekodi bata kakra kyere-se me duetiri bedo a.s. menya
gye bata, to invite
ntaraa koro bi mabefura. - 2. Cf. gbatadi 2.
traders for a merchant. Merekogye ob. mama ow. John, na wadom
me ntama bi mabefura. Nnansa yi migye adwe gb. mema Osradoni
o-batsi-di: 1.
gbatatu. - 2.
bi, na otua me ka dakoro siren.
ase ne se: wo-ne wo ygnku abgm' de mo aguade akghye ahina a.s.
ilekodii bata na mede
biribi a wosusuw aguade wgm' ma atgh.
mitwaa m'adwe ansa-na eduii adaka ma. Rottmann abah mu. gye
o-batfi-ii've n.s. wuhyiagua
gbata ansa-na wubetumi at \\ a agohina.
a.s. won a wgrebetg biribi se nso wgrebetgh biribi mfi oguadini bi.

batakan,+

ro?;f,

upper garment' Ex. 28,4.

*o-bata-kwaii, tu -, to set out on a commercial journey.

O-XvAiam + commercial traveller; nea gkg aguadi na onnuu ofie
gbatadi 1.. ase ne
gnam kwaii so; c/'. -r gpewani.
0-bata-tu,
se: worekg babi akgtg biribi abetgn.
^

ii\Knx-\rt\,+ despair, desperation.

*g-ba-warL'fo,

*aba-\\o,

inf.

jj?.

m-, a

K.146.

married woman.

child-bearing.

*oba-woib, a woman

in travail.

'^o-ba-ye, mma-ye, inf.. the being child of a person; the adoption

of sons; oh. hohhom, the spirit of adoption. K.291.

beae, ijI. m-, a beam or pole on which the ends of the rafters
(mparow) are fastened:, one (mostly a bamboo-cane) forms the ridge
of the roof, two are above the two sides of the wall.
beae, pgrapg a ehon aharimn. a
(

of

men

or

women).

ImiJ or su-elVnig

i)i

the groins

iibcbe
As.

iilx'lxj.

kind

^.+

here ase,

clno

.")7l

haltojlif).

roots

oi' /'crf'ioiic, tlie

^I'bei, F. interj. of surprise.

I)t're.

(<

<irasf>ltopi>er, heefle

^^ a

;il)rl"u,

al)i.sjil)is.i.

P.

1 1.

Ixjiitoa, ^\ /c/r'.s Jiar/>.

to ((sauai/i: Ge.8,1. - hvvv.

be patient. 1 Th. 5,1 i.

a.

o-hr'-daiii.

and skin of a creepor;

..

.s.

[oln'iani.

bo

asc, fa

ebo.

Ii(^'re,+ A> be red, rudiJif, //elloir.

ebere a onsa da, cntwani' da, i-to rcutCva da, drrnilji.berc mu wu, to die before the time. Ec.7,17.
nhrrt', gkwaduV cf. odabg.
licrebero, 1. a. - xf. n. safeti/. iTh 5,3.
"^obOnj-dwuiiia, wearisome labour, toil, travail. Ec.fy,16.
(.'-here, ^.

bu

I'/tr.

..

"aboiT-diini [aduru a wode bere

aberokyi

(not abirekyi).

,.J

(diiw.

aboivkyiwa,

Icid.

of a time, aye ov tjenemtian

time in its continuance; id. m-, affea, eternity; mmeresantcn nnasanteii, for ever and ever. Ep.3,i21. lTi.1,17.
*bL're-saiiteii, the full duration

*l)ercw-k\vasida, PalmSunday.
*l)On'\v-y{j, inf. eomposedness, calmness, mildness
(jracefulness. Fr. 31,30.

\)^il'e-y^^, <

o-bcso, must

i('C.

be ypestj.

abcsc-ldu'ow,
aprse-b., maize planted in August before tbe
second rainy season has set in, &c.
besO-liciic, s. bise-fita.
.,-.

*beso, a kind of strong drinh made of honey by the Nta people;

mead, melheylin', aui ko te se mmorosa; ebow so.
abete, a common food of the Guan and Nta negroes, ... considered to be very healthy.
beteui,+ a single fruit of the banana or plantain tree, s. osiaw

bt^w,+ /o
'^bfjwa,

s.

talic

akura.

aicay; to embezzle, purloin.

Tit. 2, 10.

bew-ase.iJ?. m-,Eze.36,i. ravines;

*abew-botau, rock of offence. Ro.9,33.

o-bi, ohi-h'i, a nfj bod//.

cf.

cf.

mmonse.

watiri-b., hintiduato-b.

Je.Q6,9. 49,33.

abia ye dua bi aba, na wosina bye se ahene, na enye ahene.

biako ought
o-biako,

*i)iak6-ye,

to

be used of things, bako of persons,

must be obako.

-fo,

<>?/'.

unity;

-fo.

biakoye-sem, h.-h\\bi\vd,concordia. K.7.

*bibi-tama, m-, blue cloth, blue or violet purple. Eze. 27,7.23,6.

or (x i. e.) ...+ a stranger. Fr. 5,10.
o-bi-hunu,
.

e-bi-ne-bi,

abira:

. .

negligently. Je. 48, 10.

bo ab.,+ fo

abirekyi must

give

be or do the contrary. Ezc. 16,34.

way

to

aberekyi.

o-bireinpoii, -f prince, ruler.

biri, v.\. 4. biri .. ani, to darken. Job 38,32.
biribiri:

wosow

birilioro: dote

*o-bii-ika-tufo,
I)irisi

b., to toss to

and

aye ne ho (xno)

i)Z. a-,

fro, to agitate.

Ep. 4,14.

b.

runner, courier.

Je. 51,31.

mu, in dark raiment, monrnfully. Mal.3,14.

bisa, ^. to require, Ge.9,5.

bisa n"ase,
ne nneyee bisa no, he is responsible for

Wgde

abisabisa,-f

emu

b) after

Ga; Ca.8,8.-

his actions. K.173.

ab., trial,.judicial examination.

bisekyem

572

bisekj'em (not -kyem).

*bise-fita,

bisibasa, x.o,4. (unrestrained,

bo,

abyby.

l.+ ne k6ma(m') boo no

V.

Fr.ii9,18.)

pfi.

beseheiie.

a. bristly, Je.o 1,27.

i7.+ wabo nufu

tihc

has gottoi full-sized breasts, her breasts are grown to full size.
22.+ ode neho bo mo ho, he sets his love upon you. De.7,7.

^^6'. + to
26. + adv. (prep.) besides, in addition to. Mt.25,16.
29. + otna no ka bo n'anim, he repays him
join battle, Ge.14,9.
46. + bo nkesua.
52. + anka adagyew
to his face. De.7,10.
53.'<,+ cf. t\va nufu
bebg me, the time ivould fall me. He. 11, 32.
.54.+ ([. 2. before and after twere) me, kotromua, - (b 4.
& 17.

guram

;) bo afonom', to beat on one's own mouth hi howling.

+ (1. 6.
bo nsam', ^mlte thy hands together. Ezc. 21,14.
after law-suit) by swearing on bis life or striking- him with a palm63.+ hq kasa bye, to withhold oneself from spcahlng. Job 4, 2. leaf.
66. bo .. nsa kyene, to
65.+ ho bore, to squirt venom. Pr. 23,32.
74,b. bo mmofi, to neigh, whinny (of horstay one's hand. Da.4,35.
ses).
84. de .. bg .. so, to add to; ne maye no mu na yefa gdom bg
gdom so, out of his fulness we receive grace upjon grace.
85. {+

after

Ja.5,1.

matrimony ;) nea wgbg too no hg,

K. 178.180 f. cf. 62. 63. <( bye (21) to hg.
1.6. after

his original destination.

bg anwuramman,
..

be the rear-gard,

Is. 52, 12.

Ps.59,6(7). bg penteiikwaw,

to sJilp.

Ca.0,28.

bg kyidgra, to
go round about.
10S.+ K.153.

.vi.-i

to

ebo,+ nebo ahuru, he is angry; nebo atu,4-//e despairs;

e-bo, pL a-, gbg no ho, + he taxes him. 2 Ki 23,35.
0-bo,

j;Z.

abo, the wheels of a potter, Je.18.3.

cf.

s.

tu 18

ej.

owiyammo.

woe
boa, V. 1.+ nimdee a wgboa fre no sa no, the falsely called
3. boa aboade, to void a vow. Ge. 31,13.
knoniedge. 1 Ti6,20boaboa, red. v.+ to prepare for burial. Ac. 5,6.
*bo-bo,

.'

alas

int.

boadekana, a

fine

straw-mat.

*aboae, place of gathering; nteaseenam

ab.,

bulwark formed by

carriages. lSa.26,5.

*aboa-inn,

the

whole body of a beast. Ja.3,3.

a2)e, green, black and white;
akronnoi.

boapea, a kind of
boasipe,

cf.

cf.

aboatia.

aboatWc'iw [aboa atwa, aboa yam' kotoku] matv of an animal.

0-boa-y(j,-yo: boayg bone, presumptuous sins. Ps. 39, 13 {14).

gboayg biara a wgdah no fa babiara a wgpe, arbitrariness. K.133.

abobadwe,
*abo-baii,

the 9th article ft-om below, ought to be the

tvall,

partition of stone.

*bo-bea, nature; ne bgbeam' aba,

iirst

from above.

Eze.42,7.
the natural branches. Ro. 11,24.

*bobe-aba, grapefs). *bube-abavintage. *o-bobe-aba-tewlb, grape-gatherer. *bobeaba-woib, vlntage-treader. *bobe-yetb, vine-dresser.

o-bobe,

2. grape-vine.

tevv, inf.

*bobo,
*bo-bQ,

abobo,

red. v. -

bobgm',

go;

s.

to clinch; to rivet.

2Ki.23,35.
page 33 (abobow,^).

inf. taxation.

aboboe

573

buru.

abobne, the seeds of atwe, when boiled.

('-Iio-boiio,+

gyae

man.

"(-bo-boiiori), a wruihful

"bobow,

red.v.,

bow.

s.

bobom',

bobo.

s.

Ps.37,S.

b. ye, forsaJie ivrafli.

Fr.-JU,'^2.

(abbbbw, must

be iibobuj.

*g- bo-da, pi. a-, tomb.

1. + confident waUhuj. silent expectation of the Divine
aid; rest ; parj/osc of heart. Fs.65,l(2).'J4,l6. Ac.lJ,23.
al)odVvoi'-S(_'Ui, conifhrtintj words. Is. 40, 2.

jibo-dam',

ii\)od\yo-kyprQ,+ 2^<dience. He. 6, 12.

*al()dVvokyeiTfo, one who is slow to amjer. Fr.l.'),18.
*aburasii, stiinew(dl.
"o-ho-iUv umt'o, cnffrarcr in stone. Ex.28, 11.

= gsoro-bgfo;

o-bo-fo, 2. angel,
kiiiiiiii,

angel.

one of the chief ov highest angels.

*o-l)olb-iiaiiyin, archo-boro-

3. inissionari/.

*abgl()-frabL'a, niissionarg station.

ot'o. - j2. -<) 1. dua m wgatwa no asen auo,

any piece of wood, sharpened at the end, to be used as a charm; tentpeg or />in, E.c.27,1!). nail in the wall. Is. 22. 2b'. 25.
(3.^<) - 2.Cf.

butVimiiui, (l.>is.

as6-b6t'uuuua.

abogya-dua must

be abogye-duJi; (xor shrtib).

aygiikofa
mixing of blood ; me-ne no di ab.
me-no no de yen mogya afrafra, w.e haoe mixed our blood.
*bogya-in, 2>l- -ft) linsman.
*bogya-sein, famUg concerns.

aboirya-fra,
uti

inf.

o-bo-hciniiia-botan, rock of flint. De.S,15.

o-lo-liene, cf. ghyeremmo.
*abo-liO, s. gyawurusi.

i\\)0-\nn'u,+ vexation, anger; indignation. Ec. 3, 17.

7,9. Je. 15,17.

abo-knw,
of
*bohye-ade, = aboade. bokoboko, +
o-bo-matb. kekare-mafo.
V.+
be
aboso, hkyekyemu.
"abo-mii,
-abuna,
ho abon,
bonc-int"ua-ka,
r-boiie,+ ne bone a ekura
abn-ka,

(.<

spoiled meat)

lieap

/</?6'

l)oin,

silent, ZeiJ.1,7.

to

belt,

girdle;

stones.

(flour). Ee.lS,VJ.

Cf.

cf.

offscouring, refuse. lCo.4,13.

boil, -r

plates.

no. his sinfulnes.

private confession; mpatabom'-boiie-ka, general confession; asom*l>one-ka, auricular confession. K.166.339.

bonenwone (xa).
*bone-po, inf. malice, maliciousness.
*boiie-ye,-yo, inf. evildoing, sin.
*bone3^eru, evil-doer; cf. odeboneyefo. IPe. 2,1. Hi. 3,17.

o-buiiiii: cf.

kyenehe, karawa,

abonkyi-aboLikyij+ rough places.

'^dho-nse^^^e,

2>avemenf;

s.

Is.40,4. Lu.3,o.

nsewe.

^bonii,g-bonukyeretb,=opataku; pr.oic/. [obonn,G.=bomm.]

*abo-ohyew, wrath,

rage, fury. Je.7,20.

*o-bo-paefo, pi. a-, quarri/-man, stone-cutter, stone-mason.

y-bo-pOii,+ monster. Jvb7,12.Je.51,34.
0-bo-pou, p?. a-, Ex.32,15.

o.+

boradekyena, must be buadekaua.

bore, V. l. + to
bore,= onanka.

dig up, Pr. 16,27.

IBorebgre &c.

boro

so

(4j+

to

prevail;

to

to

search for.

both words without a prefix),

be the better, to Jiare the advantage.

oburo-adwunia

574

*o-boro-adwuma
abrgde-se,

alnu'iabuii.

heaten loork. Ex. 25,18.

stump of a plantain-tree (nea wgatu rekodua ne nea esi bg) from which new trees grow &c.

pi. id. 1.

Horoiltb, 1. a tribe subject to Asante; s. Gr. p.XlII, (II. 2.

Burom). - 2. a name given by the Asantes also to other tribes
Kamanafo.
speaking Apgtokah (?6. II.)
lioro-AVO-nya
Christmas and Xctv- ijeafs-day. OkrAnni bi
kyeree ase se: Kan woiiawosom Borgt'o Xkran no ye Borol'o no likoa, ua afe du so na worebeye nkoa no aye a, wgboro won ausana woama wgn ntama ne ade no. Enti na nkoa no too sa ate no
Boroonya
wgboro wo a, enna wunya.

abosam,+

rt

hare

roclc,

Ex. 26,4.

"O-bosom-tre-dai'i, a house

\)-bosoii-huhuw,

to

botah ferefere.

consult tutelar

s^jirits.

Is. 6.5, 4.

^;L a-, idol. Is.2,8. Eze.20,?.

*bbsow-y(^', inf. heaviness. .Job 9.27.

0-l>6su a akyenkyen, hoar-frost, s. nkyerikyehe.

bota, 1.7.... ammotano ho.

*botan-tim, an immo cable rod.
^abotan-lbrofo, the u-ild goats of the rod: Job39,l.
abotiri.-r ani akyi ab.. a head-band over tltc eyes.
*abotiri-maf(i, one that bestows crowns. Is. 23,8.

monuye no b., be not slothful tu do if.

botoro: + wabg no b., he has tvoimded him to death. Re. 18,3.
*botoro-fe, deadly wound.
bo t ov^ ,-riohe relieved. Job 16, 6. - tr. + tu make stoop, Fr. 12,2.5.
'^bo-to-ho, inf. [bg 02]:

*abo-tii-bca, quarry.

*o-bo-tVvatb,7>/. a-, hewer of stone. 2Ki.l2.

bow, V. 1. is or belongs to bow.

bowcrewua, a nail that has become

hlacJc

by disease;

ramgw.

s.

ho-yei'ew,+ heart-bur)i(in(j).

bra, 4. + nea eye hoiihom de bra gkara ne honam, soul and

body participate of the nature or qualities of the spirit. K. 180.
mmara, moral laic.
ab. mu ny in, mora^ development. K. 185,2.
enclose, Eze.46,22. abah a wgabram ho, s. aban.

o-bra, ^.-f gbra ho

*abra-bu,

bram,
'^o-\)Y-A-^\\,

= abrabg;
1.

+ to

nature. ICor.

f Da. 11,24.

11, 14.

bu, 12. bu mu, d) to divide, Eze.5,1. cf. abupen.

l:j. bu so,
-r ebu ne nsa so, his means are not sufficient to pay this.
23.+
bu .. ma, to impute. E.275.
28. b) hu man,' to form or constitide a state or Icinydom; g-ne wgn kobuu esum-man, K.105.

abu,+

&rc'ac7<,

destruction; mischief. Fs.l06,23.Fr.lO,15. Eze.7,26.

"O-buatb, he that answers. Mai.

2, 12.

bubii,+ intr. to he humbled,

*o-bubntb, breaker. Mi.2,13.

to

humble

oneself. Jc. 44,10.

abufu-h.ye\v,-f/*e)Te wrath, rage. Ex. 32, 12. Pr. 6, 34.

to anger. Ps. 145,8.
(alrii. Ga.)

-abufuw-ye mu nya, slow

buma,+ ^o

lay hold

*abun-a 1)1111, green

of.

fruits.

*o-bn-ma,
Ca.2,13.

inf. imputation.

K.275

Idinkiim

It

u a k a in

so, to be

buutwere,

abuim

<

2)1.

a-;

575

(HlauTiifu.

eery eucellcnt, snpcrcmincnt, tansceudent(al).

akutu no ye

ab., ilicse

(o-bonn, G. a lurye drum.)

oranyes are tinripe.

c-ltiiiiii,

Ak.

\.

ebuii.

korakora.
*burobiiro,
buro-kuruwa [brgfo knruwal /. a Eurojjean jar, can, cup,
Diuy d'e. 3. a large tree and its edible fr^fd similar to a pnmefiraiitde, but larger and with larger seeds,
borowo-nya.)
(iiuru-oiiya %
odi me nvii burobiiro &c.
(bun'iburii == G. blublu.)
ado. entirely, totally; syn.

.s.

taW, obscene latitjuaye. K.}^103.

*biini-k;i.s;i, fold

biiniin, pr.682. ( <o-).

s. biarok.)
(Imriikiiniwa
abiiniwa-ba, a chdd of a female slave (xa vile person).
,

*biini\v-ad(', battery. Ezc.26,9.

oguan a. s. aboa bi yam' nsono a abobow se ka*aim.suam", onipa naramonmu boii no, the low, concave
abu.siia-puii'iii, a member of a large
mctatursiis.

*abusua-k;iliii'i,
liiri

no.

part of the
family.
*abusu-(lwunia,
alusu-(lc,+ a cursed tinny, curse; iniquity.
abusu-dweiie, thoughts of iniquity ; evil devices.
ivorlsof iniqudy.

";ibusiisem-kaib, blasphemer.
o-lnisuyeib, pi. m-,+ ungodly man.
*bu-tra-so, inf. over-rating, over-estimation
estimates him, K.110.
*britiiru [Eng. Ger.] butter; s. dagyi.

butuw,

intr.-r to be

overthrown. Jon.

obii

no

b.,

he over-

3,4.

*butu\v-bea, abutuwi, couching-jJlace, resting-place for beasts.

*o-bu\v,

inf.

s.

buw

5.

O.
da gua. - 17. da ho: a)-V neho da ho,
he lay ioicovered. Ge.9,20 - c) eso da ho, it is uncovered. lCor.11,5.
e-da,-|-daa enni ase, ensa, d^, entwam' da, eto rentwa da, eternity.
da,

V.

- 12. da

adi, ef.

*da-asetrri, eternity as a quality.

*da-lig-\vo,

daba\v,+

id.,

eternal existence.

snuffers. Ex.25,38,

o-dabrabalb,
o-dadatb: ota
dade-kyew,

d-d\tei\, 2ilace, lodge,

OLa-hoxi',-^ resting-place.

resiing-place.

*dabiebio, s. akura.
dada, 3. + to entice.

pA. n-.

dade-kwasi,+ ^M.
*(lade-saiika, an iron pan

cf.

to roast

g-da-dVven-ne-haw, care. Mt. 13,22.

*o-ilaeinone, 2>l' ^- [tirr.] demon.
"O-dat'moiieni,

^;?.

Akw.

a deceitful bow.

akokyew.

or bahe in. Le. 14,31.

one possessed

ad-Ae,

ivith

+ 2)lace

of sleep^ing.

a demon.

*adafa-bo, iyif. enticing d^c.

:= nsankyiri, hiawa, awiriwa, mmam'.

adae-so,Trf>-ert/><.

"adafae,

a- -fo,

d.,

*o-daf'ri-twa, inf. turning from one side to the other in (desire of)
sleep; tossing, tumbling and rolling aboiU. .Toh7,4.

*y-dag-yalb, adagyawfo,

tlie

naked. Jub22,6. Eze.lS,7.

576

<iaj;yi

adefoforo.

^dagyi, As. [Marewa: wagyi] butter;

s.

buturu.

*adaka-tiri, top of the "bases" in Solomon's temple. lKi.7,S5.

*adakawa, a smalt box. coffer.
adaka-teii,+ rtwj/ lour/ box.

+ chief of a toivn or vUtaye.

o-damma, + ^Z. adamma, chambers. Eze.40,17.
ad-dmi'o, + comj)anion. adamlbwa, 3. acciuaintance,
adakuro,

*adamtbwa,

beloved, love. Ca.1,9.

o-damoa,

friend.

pi. a-.

daii, V. 4.-T to fetch, (jet or collect in (outstanding debts); to

adaii,-r dependence.
enforce payment, yet cashed, recover a debt.
dan ani ,+ /o wrest, distort (judgment, the truth);
dan', v.

wonnan
katua

ani,

it is

odan m"aa so; edan atiefo

unalterable, immutable, nnchanyeahlc.-

chanyed

ani, he

my

wayes. Ge.31,7.-

dan

subverts the hearers; dan butuw, to overthroiv. 2 Ti 2, 14. IS.

adannaii, turniny, turnabout; Ja.3,3f.
inys aboid, Ja.1,17. Eze.1.6. enni ad., it is unvariablc. K.^29'Jh^daniiaiitb: tekrema d., a uayivard tonyue. Pr. 17,20.
aso,

it

danuahy+to turn

0-d'd-hn6,+

spriny; stumbliny-hlock, Ro.11,9.

trap)

adansa, better: adensa.

*adaiise-gye, inf. a receiriny or acceptation of testimonies yiven,
*g-daiisedinhuconvincement, the beiny convinced of. Heb.ll.l.
*adansediiiiiUj tcitness without cause.
ni, -to, a worthless tvitness.
-adaiise-sem, testimonies. Ps.ll9.
Fi: 19,28. 24,28.
*adan-sein [odam asemj madness. Zm.6,11.

*o-daii-sifo, pi. a-, builder of

da-iiso\v,

danta,

1.2....

dena.

a house; gd. nyausafo, master-budder.

nsow]; oyi

d.

..

agyirae... Je.12,9.

adaiita[u, silJc-cotton

syn. tenterehu.

adapa,+ iynominy; (xadagyaw.)

*adapen-sou-ataliye, the Feast of Weeks. Be. 16,9.
dawadwa, dawagua, ... <:/. + ta(p.466),ayam'de.
dasuman,?

dc, V. 5.+ oreko no na ode su, Jie tcent on weepiny] ode no

tan ara nna hhina, he hated him all his days. ISa.l, 10.6.12.18,29.
eho ade, means. K.207. - 12. eso ade, conseqiience,
recompense. - 13. Cpds. ade- or nneema-nhinaomniscience; ade- or nneema-nhina-so-tumi, omnipotence.

ade,+

11.

residt, fruit, reivard,

hii,

*adebisa-de: ye-, to use divination. 2Ki.21,6.

y-debisalb,+ one that has a familiar spnrit. Le.19,31.20,6.
*adebo-Sll, nature. JiulelO. Cf. su, ban, gbra, obrasu.

dedaw,

2.

o-dede, pi.

....

a-,

*ade-dodow,

*deda\v-ye,
*adede-sem, yoodly words.

adamfo

Ec.o,

11.

inf.

....

oldness. Bo.7,6.

Ge.49,21.

IK. 10, 23. Ps.24,1.

riches, ftdness;

*deduu-daii, dedua-fi, p)rison, dunyeoii.

*adefedete,

inf.

Job 32,21 f.

*ad.-sem, smooth
=

borrower,
o-dei'erei'o,+ devout (Ac.2,.5).
o-defeiufo,

pil. a-,

thinys. Is.30,10.

odefirifo.

*adt'-tbtbr6. a new, different, siranyc

thirty, s. foforo.

ydelVvglu
*0-(l(vfVvcro, srcr. 2 Sam. 24,

.'>77

di,

It. t Cli. 2!>.2!i.

odclia, hrttrr: odc^-iic-lia.

^julc-liu, inf.

sif/hf. cjiesnjlit.

',uW-\\yi.',nif.

mrdsnrinii

iKlclirilo,

(ivitli

)>J.

a sre'nui iirr^mi

a-,

/sirr.

ImJloir rrssrls).

o-dcliyc, l.+ a) ohene bogyani: h) oltiaia a utc iTalni'.rianr

(when ..,). - i.-ta tumor on tlio ci/f/iil. sf//. liovthuilnui.
adcliycw.i, <o-),
o-deliyo-ha, y>Z. ailehye-mma.

^adc-karl,

////'.

tlip

act o{ niiiiliiu<i.

'adclvora-ljca, -dan, -oli, adc-korai'. storehouse, trensiirif.

"ailc-koro, one or the

same

thnuj: d\V(*n ad., to

lie

likeniinded.

adfdvDro-lVvo, inf. .iimplidti/.

^adckom-yc, inf. wonotonji.
ade-ky_', 3. the act of-r ronimunicdtinf/. (Hr. t.i.in.f
f !(.}}:!)>',.

^o-dokyolb,

7>/. a-,

dirider.

Jai. 12,14.

a(l('kyi'('-liriiia( <-liaina).

dt'iuuroku

adekyc'-si)i"oma,

wiifdi, ky<'ky('|(.

<-gu).

1. 9) mtVama a emu ye don, <i fierce wind. J<i.:t,4.

oden naye na woanni mogya, he sure thrd thou eat iwt

dcii, f (in
e-deii,-t

the blood. De. 12,2.1.

^dori-liyc, inf.

sfre));fthr))inf/,

ronfirniafio)i.

gyidi mu d., Conftrmidion.

adi'iikfun, 3. a ptuji of women, s. agoru.
adeiisji, handcuff, manacle, s. ada-nsa. (x=kapo).

inriijondion

fl Ti r,,r,.
i\*\o-v\yh,r propertii, Pr.4,7. increase, produce, Nn.ls\.'tn.- gain.
*deii-y<_',

hardness; auim

d.,

boldness, effronteri/; stubbornness.

choosing, choice; ad. ho tumi, liberty to choose,

flower of choice, option, self-determination. K.17i'>.lU.').

adc-paw,

inf.

ad(''-po,+ craving, Pr.

I'K'--

*adepe-di', means ofworldli/gain.

*adc'-santoii, all e.risfing things in the world. He. 1,2.

*ade-sero, inf. petition. iSam.1,17.
*ade-siei. treasurii.Pr.s,2l.

-ade-so-di, //". government of the world.

^ado-so-lVvo, inf. preservation of the world. K.j^l:j2. isn.
"ade-susuw, inf. measuring of length, measure. Le. 19, .15.

wares for sale.

ade-to-A\o-so, atowoso, fainting
^o-dt'vv-so, icith grace. Col.-i, in.
"ado-tgii-iie,

fit,

'<.ide-yo,-r ojicration. lCor.lrJ,<!. e-so

swoon, inconsciousness.
ade-yo, execution. K.^.'i04.

be damaged, deficient, lacking. Eel, 15. 22.T ode won dii anim,-dii ho, - dii akyiri, lie put them foremost,
after, - hindcrmost. Ge..'lo\2. - wadi me ahuiikan. - didi so, to follow
in successioji. Ps.s<),i(2). - 25. -r di mu akoten, to be the main point,
llic j^rincipal thing. - 27. di gyina, to last. - oi'.-rdi kgm, to be

di, i7.+

dikam,

to

hungrg: di sukom to be thirsty. - 37. -r atutra (Cie.i;;,.",). - 53. -r

[iii'ter adehyosem) akokurokosem. - 6'.>. + wodi mfew-jino,
they kiss
each other; wodi abogyafra, s. this. - 87. di nsusom', to be joined
or fitted together, to stick together.- 6'<S.+ uhfianim. - T.To act in
('
<a) mutual ... .%'. + wo-ne mo di ntetewmi'i^ they separate you from
llieir companii. Ln.6,22.- A-W. ?>) abogyafra, mfew-iino, gyina, iihuanim, kam, akokurokosem, koni, akoten, anadCvogua, sukom, nsu^om'. ntetewmu, atutra, ayeware.
,

37

578

<li

douimiita.

de yi, ni.
*(li, Ak. contr.
-adialtaj G. adiagba, n precious coral or bend.
(\\])QiX,+ siturition, rclntion, state, K.^ 100.2^0. (abakan (\.,thr
rif/M of the firstborn, Be. 21,17.) - order, mcmner. Ps.lto,4.
didi, V. - 2.+ didi ho, to have the usufruct of. K.^iic - '>. to
feed (of sheep &c.); red. didididi, .Ter.r,,-}. - adidi,+ Awurade ad.,

iuV\d\-\)ea,+ pasture, Ge.47,4. cf.

Lord's Supper.
adidi-de, i.
*adi(li-daka, crib, mcinger. .Toh:ii>,n.
Aw. adidi.
food, Ps. t:i2,irj.Fr.<!,fi. - 3. Awurade ad.
the

yemmea.
t

prorisiou.

o-didifo.
adidii: -adidii-ast'tb. si)U). -n'l, itersons at
decourer, Mnl.:i,ll.
"^adidiimeal, partakers of a meal; Awurade ad., conniiunicaiits.
ase nipac. urace, prayer at meal.

*o-dilb, pi. a-, one

who

so d., prince,

eats dr. Ec..r,,iL ruler, Mi.r,, 1(2). Ka.:i.

heir, He. 11,

U.1,.'>.

12.

7. n.

o-difiide-petb, [jreedji of gain. lTi.3,r,.4,s:.

jj/. a-, author. He. 12,2.

^o-dikantu,

r/". sere-nia. lTi.2,1.

"O-di-mfi-fo, intercessor, mediator: advocate; redeemer, avenger.

^o-di-iiia, inf. intercession(.s):

[.Johi9.2r,.:i:i,2.-i.Is.r,9,i^}.
e-dii'i, (1. 5.)-i

eyi din

ode u'ani

diiiu,

f\ve

na obo wui,
no

to this

Old he

died. Ro.M.it.

his eyes are fastened on him. Lu.4,20.

d.,

adipfi.
2. a kind of amulet, otuo-suman,
*adiyi-da, Kristo
Epiphany. "adiyi-dwuina, prophetic
adinaui,^/.

Ex.27,

n-, 2Ch.4,ir,. flesh-hooJc,

adiiiti-Liin.

.-i.

adii'ikarii,

ad.,

office.

*adiyisem-krdb,

dg,r.
Ex.

in, 20.

(the gift of) prophecy. iCn.f:i,2.

-adiyi-sc'i'i-ka, inf.

7. -i

27.

propliet.

Mi

Ge. 1,22.7,17.

do

2,li.

5. -r

do mnioawa,

to

breed worms.

ho, a) to love, like, Ge.27,4.'.). - h) to spare d'c.

'^o-du-so, n-dlingly. lPc.r>,2.

*do-adidi,

:'.do-dc,n delight. Ps. 119,24.92. Pr.

Si,

h)re-fe<(st. .Imle 12.

;iO.

o-dodo-beu, i)l. a-, ... distill snr (drops, runs) ...-rspont, pipe, long
used as a conductor of water, oil &c. Zee. 4,2.

tube,

*dodo-dodore, *dodpre, red. v., s. dore.

dodonkii, ... abg d., // lias blistered; Ak.
'^dodu\v-|)ofu, stammerer ; Is.:!2,4.

(hnn()n:

cf.

horonoa.

*dc)do\v-i)ya, inf. fulness. Nu.is,27.

"dodo\v-ye, i)if. midtitnde.

adoc,+ (ink 1) mercy;

adoe-ye,+ goodness, mercy. Ex.3 4,6f.
*adoe3'e-de, mercies. Js-o.^,.?.
odocyvl'o, v gracirni.s (person),
g-dofo,

.5.

friend. Est.r,,i().

adokoduko-do,+ rZr///^; di ad., to feed delicatilii. La.4,il.

adgkudyko-sem,+ ktT ad., to flatter. Pr.2,liJ.
dokon-kaukyee, bread of ripe planlains.
adokuii-iiij the manner in which odokono is eaten.
^g-doia-akyede,

gift

0-dom-uiauiii,+

dgm-mata,

2)1.

tJie

of grace, free
valiant,

gift.

Am. 2,14.

n-,-r 2Ki..b',2.9.

Ro.1.11.

5,l.'>f.tJ,2.'J.

syn. okofoni, osabariraa.

*duin-di,

inf. icar.lKi.l.o\G.l6.

odonit'

*o-doine,

ciirsiuy; iiikhiu'.,

/></'.

doi'i,

579

adurade.
curse.

iitf.

pervade, Imbue. K-l^itu.

io

adoii-iio,+ mereies.

Ac.i:i,:i

I.

^ddii-iiudow [dotn dodowj multUnde of a

host. Fs..{-'l,lil

Ak. --~ dodunku, cf. Iioruiion.

don!, bono adore aliye won so, fhri/ are laden with

*(loiiiioi'i,

iu]o-si\sv,+ field. Nc.

iU)\c,-\ sivish, plastered clai/.

^dotoyai'i, As.
('-(low,

o-do\v;i, {^*.'<) - S.

*o-do-y(3ru, beloved

*drako[Gr.]
dil,

Ex

claif.

utama.

(jdc iiwimu!

ivife,

draf/oii.

favorite wife. l'8.-4n,!f(lo).

monster, serpent,

otwiinnee.

cf.

Is.27,l..'iO,f:.

1.5 ineina adu, I shall fnlfdl (the number of thy days).

- + 1. 7 onni'i, lie is the worse, iCo.s.s. - I'hr.-t Ge.:i'J,2.-

a,

c-dil.M,

V. :J.

dua-mu,

O'.-t

to

come

to perfection.

c) red. duadiia, to set.

pi. n-,

inward,

*dua-l()-dua, chon//. Eze.27,ir}.

duaiii",

j)f.

nniiani';

duam'

state of hein[i imprisoned. Ezr.

mods.

of

liiini)

dynkyedenkye.

^'.-1

.>:i,2ii.

(ill

'dotc-Iow,

doto, doatori,

s.

(x the aniqiU).

ano, to be sufficient,

dii

morass;

Alatatb na

4.

1.

bo(/,

sins.

tl,L>r>.

2 Ki.

2.'),

aduai'i,-!

da,

7. 2h'.

K.:iN,L

h.U2,0.

in prison. -

s. si Jj'/". Cot. 2,2.

I),

duasenf'o.

'(iiia.-dvViiiiifo, s.

dua-nm-nna, imj/risoninent, the

- diia-iau-nna ntade,

2J>'i^on

gar-

2.

(1. .j)

food for beasts, provender.

Ge.2i,.j'2.

hanger for or famine of bread. Je. 42, 14. Am.S, 11. "aduafi kura-dai'i, corn-magazine, garner; *adnaii-kura-kuru\v,
^adiiai'i-k(_)ni,

*aduan-ii6a-dai'i, house for cooking. Eze.46,24.

of store.
-adiiaii-twa, harvest. Joel I, II.

cif/j

^y/. n-, carpenter. 2Sam..i,lt.

"diia-towfo, feller of a tree, fiewer of wood;
dua-l wafo, wood-cutter. .Jr. 4>;, 22. De. 29, 11.

*diia.-seiilb,

"^adu-lK'M (adiiru b.] sul/ihur, brimstone;

adii-hiri,

idfc. 2Co.:i,^.

due, L\.

4. verb

s.

sufre,

atodu-duben.

lead-glance, ege-jiigment. 2Ki.'.).sn.Eze.28,40.

(x word) -

1.

6f.

amulets, or

...

worshijj,...

ahye-mme, a kiud of mouse (gtew abe); s. akura.

"adiiomine,
*i.\(\\\-h'\\x^j confection dc. Ex. .no, .'15.
;id\i-\miun,-r sweet incense. Ex.30,7f. ... f\Vent&a, abefo. "adidiuam-hjcw-iiiuka, altar of incense; cf. huam-aforemuka.
-adyi-kokg, red paint, ruddle, red cfudk, (vermilion?) Ezc.23,14.
diikiidukii, ebubuu d., it was brofcen to pieces. Ba. 2,3 4f.

duni,+
e-dum,

aid adum,

2.-^-

*du-mono,

it is

faded, Le.lii,i;. 21.

in a wall, pilaster, post;

pdlar inaevteH

c/".

afasudum.

[Ezc.40,'J.i4.2n.
a green tree, opp. duvvui. Eze.2().47.Lu.2.3,8l.

"O-duH-tiri, pi.

a-,

[odum, otiri] capit<d of a pillar, ntasotiri. iKi. 7, in.

eti "odua obo,"= f)ye nea obi nyee bi da, (jye

diiol)0, V. [ebia

anuoden a etra so] -r to frisk, Je.oO,lt.

-I
ahohora si no ad., Jie is clothed

aduradc,

rpg
ivith

.^.^^ -jfj

dislwnour.

duru

580
d uru,
4. d.

mu

J.-fnsew aduru uo, a curse

V.

afiforo, to dedicate (a

aduni

adwoVv

hiiamluulni,

a.

new

aduluiain.

einhalmiiifj a corpse. Ge.50,3.

*du-wni [dua a awu] a

dwe, F. := due.

lies

"adiu'ii-hye;

fidiiru-tifi,

girl, ladi/.

(o-dvvehene x)

s.

*ad\V(!in-iiiono[adwene

b.]

inf.

tlie

act of

inf.':^

1.

2.

dwedwedwe.

*o-dwe}i, heiiiorrhnge,

odwcnuiui.

aguabirim'.

2,1;. cf.

dwae, 1. 4. odi (.: gbo) me so ah.

*dwac-ye, inf. =^ dwaebo. Is.2.'i,,i.
dwo, ! 4. anka (x chka) bi. dVve,
a fine

20.

op]. dinnoiio.

dr// Ircc;

I)w.
"dwabiri, plnvc of assemhlij. La.

dvVcii,

on him. Be. 29,

house). Be. 20,5.

= atwameue.

i)r.2 472.

nnipa ho

ad., coil snrii(isiiKjs.lTi.6.4-

*adweiii-]iii, reasonable, judicious thoughts; discretion. Fr.t,d.

to devise, Ex..^l,L to meditate, l's.27,4. he discreet, sohcrminded, Tit. 2, of.
dvveiiii\Ven,4 to mn.sc. Vs.H'j,3f.
n'adwenein' tew, + he is soberminded. / Ti..i,2. u'aadwcne,
dweueni' atew, he is inhis right mind again. Mk.oj.'). tew ..adweuein',
to leach, train. Tit.2, L
adVveiiuiii"harc-SQin,-i lightness. 2Co.l,L7.
*adweiieniii-hai'clo, lightmi nded,frindous pcmonis),
adweneni'-

dwell, V.+ dw. tirim,

adwempa,

d\V.

to

tew,

^^

sound mind, sobermindedness,

tTi. 2,14. 2Ti. 1,7.

.sobrictg,

female modesig.

*adwene-nta-iita, double-niindedness; adwene-

doubleminded.
*advVoj*i-hai"e,
adwenein'liare.
*a-dwcri-koro, unanimUg ; wgde ad. yee, t]ieg did it
with one accord, unanimously; yc ad., to be of one mind. Ro. 12,16.
rid. 2,2. Cf. nokoro.
adweniiimnia.
d\Vcnso4o;i.
adVyL'TiiiVvere.
dVverew,+ /o be broken in pieces. Is.s^'.i
*dwci"ekuwa =^ takuwa ketewa.
dwc-Uri, bg d,,+ /o hoard. Is.2.-i,fs.

iitatitatb,

the

K.i^l lf.48.

*o-d\yui-\ion\, pi. a-, idol. Js.7^,.j. Ho.

1:1,2.

adw in jiadc, instru-

adwin-nc,+ *d\vom ad., nsrihku-dVviime, musical instrument.

*adwin-ni-h6-al)oatbj the Industrial Committee
ment. lCh.lh\5.42.

(of the Basel Missionarg Societg).

dwira, (1. 12. ad\Vehn\vere)

*adwii'a-de,
*o-dwii-a-twa,

ai'.

to dedicate. Nc. 12,27,

odwira ho ayeyedo. Xu.t;,l0f

inf.

1. s.

odwira. - 2. dedication. Ne. 12,27.

o-dwo, inf. meekness, gentleness, mildness.

adVvobaw, a'(xthe chief) branch ...

dwodwo, + safe,
adwogu,

in safety, in peace;
most probably adwoku.

*o-dwo-koni,

Vhil.4,o. lTi.i;,l i.JiUJ,l7.

gnam dw.. mu bae.

Ge.o':j,lS.

j)^ a- -fo, one sick of the palsy. Mt.'j.

*d\voni-iiione, na.sty song.

"dVvom-so-tiye, inf. responsory
singing, alternative song. Ex.:i2js.
^o-dVvoii-kyerofo, singing
master. Ps. 4.5. &c.
-adwow, 0. 1. 1. amim (x anim) - 4. (xfor one's oivn payment)
thus

paying

oneself.

(ivVowadc
*d\vu\v-{ide,

dvVudwo

2Ki.2l,t-l.

i^reij.

koma,

..

'^jKlwimia-dari,

5S1

atedi.

be refreshed. Ex.2ii,t2.

to

icor/is/iofi.

adVviinia-dc, frui(s of Uthmtr. E.v.2.{,li;.

dvViiiua-di:asase-so-d.,c^o//////c'/^y'nf/,-ob()ru(l.,/<eaye?^6'fl?/in9.

*ad\Viirna-fi\\',
/ribitfe service,

iiidoiin/(i icork.

Ki.

Co.

*advViiiMa-yr-tow,
f,(!. .'ij:i.
::,:>.

lev//,

Iribnle of

bond

sen^ice,

*adVviiijia-y('-l)oaf(), hrl/ier

'^,\{]\v\\\\\i\yv-u\n\i\jiii.slrniiuii(s. lKi.l!),2t.

F. gwiinto,

u-(l\Viiiurt),

!ijr).2/.

\'er((flsiii((it.

Ac.l!),JI.

F.
V. 10. -\ cf'a lie ara <a, in ever// respect. K.if I.12. cf. 21. b). ase,^ a) fa asc yo, to do sceretlij. tSam. If^^22. cf. nam ase. -

la,

20.

t'a

b) fa asi',

...

room, side; afadaso wo ho^ still there is rouiii; Ln.i /,22.

afa, he is on, our side; Lu.'.t^.'tO.
"0-fa-ba, inf. |do ba, fa ba] the act o'i proenriny, brinniny; ofaba
adwuina, a positive task. K.p.r,:i. i^22l.
o-l'ahafojH^. ^= ofavcbae, inventor: Mcl^'to.
alVi, />lace,

<

>wo

ycjii

"la-boa:

n'akwan no

ala-bu,

rubbish.

lam, (xf'cmfam)

f.,

the

paths of their course. Job

*ra(u'i-ka, inf. absolution. K.,:i

fam fasu no

j2.+ gbo no

the wall. iSa.lsji.io.lO.

Cf.

ka

1;,

is.

to.

ho, he snutes hint to

13.

ram'-ade, mailer^ stuff; theivorld of matter (and mind), nature;

honhom. A'. /7.7/".
mfainfa, + &o/t'?6". Iie..5,s.

o\)[).

>^'

I'aiii

depths,

lam", ver// low or deep beneath;

th-e

lower parts of the earth,

asase, the land of the.

;jl,ll- I8..i2,21. a-

f.

Eze..','2,is. cf.

sasc ase (fam').

*l'am"ni,^>/. -fo, a
"i'lim'-su,
laiiii,

man from

physical nature;

+ openly.

Mk.

1,

below, of the earth, earthl/j. iCo. 15, 48.

mu nyih, physical devetopment.

f.

[K. ^ tsrj

4o.

2.

o-l\n'e-hiiG,+ inventor, aidhor, He.o,'J. heretic; cf. ofabafo.

inrare (not fare).

infarc,
mfai'C-tu-bcre, from about
'al

asc- bid,

1.

tii

donkoro ne
4 o'clock.

= afasew timtum.

2.

dark-

mfa-s6,+ pe ho mf., to make merchandise

mfaso-de, means of makiny profit.
"d\\\sn-d\un, 2)rojections of
afasu-siii, ruins. Is. 49, 19.

...

to

betw. 1 and...
[Rc.'.i,l7. I7.4.is,i2.

violet

of.

colour , pmple.

2Fe.2,.i\

ivall. Eze.4(),ir,.22.

mfa-to-ho,+ allegory. Ga.4,24.

mMohd-Sem, parable. K.^318.

"^latu-dade, j^Lf.-nnade, mattock. lSa.l6\20.

fe, 1. fe neho akyiri,+ to relent. Ps.135,14.
afe,+ woadi mfe du ne akyiri, or, woadi mfe du dc rekg, they
are ten years old and upivard. Mi..'i,l4. 4,;j.

fea,

f.

so, to repeat, do again. Fr.

19. 19.

mfeafeabo, K.i^ij.

afe-dari,+ the year's end. Ex..^4, 22. 2K.4,ir,f.

"'afe-di, inf.

i'ew-di,

scorning. *g-fedifo, =^ ofewdifo.

P>-.i,5>^.

582

fefa

fefa,x better: fota.

*fefew, s. fewj fifew;

tutet'o,

sack;

to

ofini.

utian-elsome men; cf. nifetewa.

feed sweetly on. Job 2 1,20.

to

m^i^^qw-'A^G,-^ ornaments. Is. o, IS.

New Year's day.

*mtefewo,

sprout, shoot.

[Eze.

*at'o-tbfoi'o(-da),

fei, fefei, to consider

Hi,

7.

close!//. iKi.:i,2l.

fekiiw, + 6'ec^, Ac.24y~i.- Kristofb f. bi, Christians haviny the same

*t"ekii-bo, inf. formation of a society &c., ascreed or confession.
*ieku-sein, sect,
sociation; fellowship, companionslilp. K.^o'oa.
o-l'tik\'im,+ j^roselyte. Mt.23,lo.
Ac.24,14. heresy, 2Pe.2,l.

fern, 1.+ (dc.

*fentem,+ loploayh.
fern)

tV'inni,

...

2.+

flat, Nii.22,.'ll.

'^i\mtvin-\){ii'e,2)lonyhiny time. Ex..'i4,2i.

*o-i'entemi'o,

'*ate-pen,

*t"eri!,

plowjhcr.

2)1. f-,

Fs.l2'j,:!.

+ j>L

m-, a scries o\- period of 7 years, weelc of years;

dapeh. Da.i},24.27.
[red. ferefcre]

V.

s. fre.

iQi-'Q,

0.

2.

f.

1.+ abina a. s. asahka a abg fa.

Amtere,
e-fere,+ cucumber. Is. l,>f. ,Je.lo,!j.

e-ftjre,

cf.

or feri inu.

2^>-

"

asafo.

terefei'e,+ wadi ue hbina f., he has eaten U2i every bit.

*fert'-i"uw, cucumber field; *t"crc-turo, garden of cucumbers.
fV-re :J. wode fitii f. dna mu tn tnu tokuru, they bore
*fcri, V.
out a hole from a j/lcce of wood with a ylmlct.

*nife-sanfen utoatoaso nhiua, for ever and ever, from aye

*feto,

V. s.

fetew.

(of the lenyth of

an

*fct(j-kwan, a furrow drawn by

lSa.il,H.

"lint(j\v-adc, ^v/yY///.

acre).

*(j-IV't_'Vvtb, y>/. a-, 2Jloi(yher,

*intht(_'we-ka, furrow.
iiif('w-;iii(,-r

di

fi,

V.

15.

fi

i^lou^/hman.

.Job-",".!,!".

inf., to

fow-fli, g-ft^v-difo,

kiss each other, I's.So, 10(11).

--^

afedi, ofedifo.

giia Vs. HH, 24(2.^). - 24.

self wlnys; Pr.2.1,.^.

ii

to aye.

llie 2^l<>U(jh

wusiw,

efifi

emit smoke,

to

ntabaii fa,

to

It

makes

it-

smoke. Ge. 15,17.

inli-ase, 2. determination, direction or tendency to some end. K.IS2.

*fiaso, As. a weigbt of gold.

*fi-bea, 7>?acc

from which a

tbiiig

comes; mine, Job2S,l.

*di\\-A{i\o^^(!i(i]]iousehold-stutf^'>^ goods, furnlture,mooablei)ro2ierty.

Ezr.1,4. Mk.H,27.
*afidG-yc, Inf.
*afi-dc [efi adej uncleauncss.
*afide-yoro. a)t unclean person. Ep. 4, W. o,.i'.J.

"0-fie-asetra-s(jiii, the affairs of (this)

life.

Id.
.

2Ti.2,4.

*o-fie-asore, family prayer, family devotion.

o-fie-fwe,+ management of a household, dispensation. iTi.i,4.
o-fie-nipa, household servant, domestic. Lu. 16,13. Ac. 10,7.
*fifew, red.
*inlifii,

v. s.

few

&

fefew.

bud, idants, productions of the earth. Is.42, .5.61,11.

aii-foro,

duru

mu

af., to

dedicate.

"xniimw'io, pi. Id. one that escapes;

I)e.
cf.

*o-li-ni, one of the household, Ge.lo,3.

20,5.

oguanfo,
2)1- (a-)fifo.

niliiiif^ycr

mi\m-Q;yer, + Cf.

ixsin,

nsa-kawc,

nsA,

nyinyrmyinya.

*o-fi-iraiiia, a large yard, enclosed by

aliri, (1.2)

583

imI'mw mIm'ic.

8 lionses, not fonninf?

part of the main street,
*()-(iri-simil"(i. yV. a-, fouior.
oliintimpraku.

*mlitiaso-de,-sem, iiements, rudinieufs.

^alili-lwerow, cf. fwerow.
*ali-ti'a, inf. fawil// life;

wo

af.

Ga.l,-!. ('ol.i\s.-jo.-JFe.Jij(i.

mu, when ikon

thy Jinuse.

siffest in

one that sojonrns in a honsc. Kx.:',,22.

o-li-wurahca, hosfes!^.
hoi^f, Ro.li!,-J'i.
o-li-wiira,
(t IT), wgde n'ase titiriw (;< ne nliii'i) ])orna ad.

^o-litralb,

j)J. a-,

(iilfoa,

fj)p.i;,7.

must be nifua, mfiiawa.)

f de nsaf. anim, fosfroke one's fare, soothe, flalfer, mnke suit,

*iiil()ra-lio, ( afofare)
rf defedefe. Jo6 //,/.''. Pr./.'/,^;.Ps. /a,/.?.
moiiiitiny, framing or setting (of jewels), soehet. Ex.2Mj-i.
iiilbraiia, sores (<on the sate. ..and) l)efiree)i the toes.
fofa,

atbrauto,

1)i(tter/li/;

kinds: odefiifu', ;yal)ene, nkani, akukua,

osofo, nsoronima, tumm-ne-Iiyen.

'^aM\u\\sefti)ig,soeket{oi gems) E.r.-js,n.eonipass,

*o-fofo, pi. a-, |fow] plunderer, sjjoiler.
*fof6,
*fof), s. i'b; home f., snorting.
fotb,

1.

2. lioro

(xbovo)

fOfoe,

mourning.

foefoe,

IblVu'o, I different, strange, ftde-t-r some

\'o\'ovi)-Y6,+ neivness. Ro.7,(!.

settle.

s.

Eze.4:t^N.

Fs.iiH,(;(7).

foe. .Tab 12,2::.

strange fhing.iPe.-1,4.t2.
kind oi' shrnh.

Ibfralia, a

l'ginin,+

i)i

the ticdight. 2Ki.7,'>.7.

^at'oin-iiia,

s.

afouo-ma.

fuiufani,

f.

afom-akrinij

better: gfonkiini, a-,

ho, to be joined or cleave together or one to another;

cf

ka, 43.

Job 41,

17.

2.'i.

Da. 2, 43.

infomfam-hO, border, Ex. 25, 20. raft, float. 2Ch.2,ir,. s. nten-ani.

atbnifon-seni, di af.,+ ^7 commit a wrong, to commit treacherg.
[Le.

infoniso-inu-sore,
(I

setting to rights

r,,

21(t!,2). Eze. 15, H.

risi)ig or desisting from tres^jasses, correction,

what was wrong, reformation.

2Ti.;i,li;.

g-foii,+ leanness. Fs. 100,15.

'^u^i'oum-nni'u, painter's coloiir. K.41.
"O-tbiikrini, a-,
albiioni", bo.,

s.

afomakum,

f6iio(biig,+

2. feeble.

Ge.30,42.

howl. .Ta.5,l.
^afono-ina, moidh-fnl, morsel, piece (of bread). Fr.2.'i,fi. Eze. 13,19.
g-fgntg-bia, cf. atipatevam.
g-foiioiio, pi. a-, oven dr.
af., to

afgro-bg-dc, + sacrifice.
*afgre-g'ya, an offering made bt/ fire. Le. 23,25.
'-afgre-yoii, altar. iKi.0,22.
*afgi-e-niuka, altar. Ge.s,20.

fgr 0,

woma won mn nokware

v.-\-

foro, they

enhance or increase

and obeyed among them. K.293.

ascending. Fs. 120 134.

the hnon'ledge of truth believed

^infoi'o-s6, inf. going up,

fgrgvv, v. {]. O. folo, flo,

fow,

r.

*afow-ade,

1.

t\Vit\\ a.)

2.+ G. Hon.

ko afuw biara a wope

mu

...

Cf.

fom.

spoil, p>rey. 2Ki.21,14.Eze.38,12. Cf. asade.

mtbwa-bore,

usu. nifowa-pa.

584

lV;i

fra,

1.

lw('-ad\Vauia.

mingle oneself, associate, keep company (with).

to

it is bad, Pr.20,i4. womare reprobate, 2 Ti.o\S. - 4. ofra yen mu, he is one of its, beloru/s to us. He.l0^;;n. ofra (mo) mu, he is within: gmfra (mo) mu, hr
is without. 1 Co. 5,1.';.
*otra, inf. ne fra a ofra no, his approrril
character. Phi. 2,22. ne fra a omfra, his fraiJt/j, infirmity, feebleness,

lCo.5,9.11.

2.

ofra,-f he is ajijjroved; emfra,

fra, they

unfitness, worthlessness, baseness.

afralVa-duaii, mixed jjrovender, fodder. .7ohi:,-,.Is..^o,24.

^nilVafrae, mijfnre, admixture, alloy, compiosifion.
^^afralVaro, minyled 2)eople. Je. 25,20. 24. af. pi, a mixed midtifttde.
Ex.12, .'IS. Nn.11,4. asrafo af., auxiliary troops,hired soldiers. Jc.r,o.;i7*iiiframa-taiiia, sail; sail-cloth, canvas, bunting, Eze.27,7.
i'v e
4. red. to win ; ne bra ye fe na efrefre, he is of a sweet and
winkling deportment; frefre .. kara, to revive the soul. Ln. 1,11. in.
,

nifremfrein-ade,+ dainty morsels,

Jifre-so,
i'ti^

t'Ci,

(x perh,

afii-at'C\,-r

moment. Nn.

in a

(gkasafu)

in couiioction with

...

kasa

it is

Ga

up;) always connected with

crooked,

Is.

adokoclokgde.

Pr.ls',s. cf.

16,21.
(i. e.

an Akraism).

nfi.

40,4.

rua,+ sinapi-fna, a grain of mustard seed. Mt.i.'i,.','!. 17, 20.

afiia, 1. 3. ci>en a hit.
*iid'ua, mfuawa, s. mfua.
-mfuakoko, a ceremony i)erlormed amonf>- the Ahuri penph' on
account of a woman in the sixth month of her first ]>reguancy.

iidVidwe,

1.

ode (F.dwow) a woatoto no afum'; 2. ode a wgatotu.

^afiini'duai'i, hcrb(s). vegetable(s).

Ps.l04,14.Da.

"^afuin-iiiisa, inf.\hUdiQ.h\\\\\\necromancy.

1,12.

Ro.14,2.

*o-fiiiniiiisafd,

;)7.a-,

*fun-naka, efnnu-adaka, coffin; 2 Sa..'i..'!l.

fnecromancer.
fuiiii, r'.+ f. (fasu) mu, to dig through (a wall). Eze.s',s.
"eriiiiu-adaka, funnaka, coffin; bier. Lu.in.l 4.
u-1'iii-alu,

o-furaotb,

*o-liira-tain

*afuru-ia,
afuruiii,

7>/. a-,

onitiraefo. Ex.4.

[ntama a wofura] garment. He.

[fa af.]

//".

+ af.

Js.r,9.10.

1, 11.

pregncmcy. Ho.9,li.

kakatefo, onager, wild ass; syn. sareso-af.

Jnh.-nK.').

small aninuds, eating or destroying the thatch which liad

not been sufficiently dry when it was used to cover the rooi'.
"infill inuawa, dim. small dust, partide of dust.
t'lisa,

futuiuerefriiiu, a fabulous beast, having 2 heads

&

body.

Fw.
*o-f\vaii-niia, myrtle; == mirite. Is. 41, 19. 55,13.
fvVe, ;5.+ wgfwe ne f\ve, they keep his (its) charge. Nu.1,53.

.-1.7.

12. f) f we neho so, to be chaste. Tit. 2,5.

e-fweo, a shrub &c. - two, .Ier.lU,s. red. fwefwe, Zeph.2,15.
fwe,+ gmfa nye fwe, he does not regard it, makes nothing of
it; enye
fwe, // is to no profit. 2 Ti.2,14.

mma

afwea, afwea, mole; odi fam' mmoa.

fVveaiwea,

'pi-

*fwe-adwuuia,

nf\vea-nf\Vea,+ thin (of hair, Le.li},30).

charge, function. Ac. 1,20.

office,

I'lfwe-aniin

nfwe-ailim,

o-ne no

mI'.

<li

k;i.sa,

l^iHfi

<4ii.

Jit'

fiprahs to h'nu face la fuce.

"IW'C-I)!';!, (inpert. tiji/x'driiiifr, foiiii. La.;i,-J-J.

"alVv('-l(^, ].

object to tool; upon,

sforl-; lCo.-l,!).Na.:i,i!.-

sorre irhut

:<f.

fur show

tfiinif

hr otisrrrcit roncmtiiuf we,

is to

sprrtddr,

(jaziiKj-

rlian/r, 'JChr.:il, IH. wolVvc tn'af..

t/irif

Irrp

tfn'if oti-

r/inrrje.

i)iif

- ^alVvcdt'-IWdb, orrrsrrrs orrr rntaiii r/iiiiyt's.

('(It'lW c-scm, iiistniftiov for an ohscrvanco or for the per-

Le.JJ.'.i. Xn.!i,-J'>.
"^iilu

t'onnance of soino offico or rmiction. iVr

,\\'\\'Vi\-\

place, jChr.2n,:i^. wittrli. Ha.

Jof'tji

oA'\\'i'\\),\- officer, Jos.'i,2.

fr\Vo,+ fw. iDU

'^IW
^

IVn

of a tnshoji.

|)csf|i('sc, Id iihiIcc

/ Kf).

eniii

cnm

or

/.V, .9.9.

iy,2it.

iTi.::,!.

search, racli one's

(''IVvt', s. fCvT'.

clVvc-hca

Ac

pedaifocpie, cliUtt-teiuler. f}n.:i,-Jif.

"I\v<'ru-(]\\iiiiia, the office

IV\

theatre,

2,1.

nni

f.,

is

//

.'.',

s.

Itraiiis.

K.if -JOG.

inisearchalite. Ps. 145,3.

*i"il\Vt'r\V('-iiiri, inf. inrestii/afioii, e.caniiiiatioii, iiiqiiirif.

I'u

('ii;ikroi\

iVvt'ii-siii,

fwcro,

fwenoriUron (x

a-,

x jj/.

one trho has a mutilated

3.\-to he dejirired of

ii-)

noffe.

c-IVvontea, (xo-)

Ge.-j7,t-'>-

(ii-fwerem, iVvoromnkyew, fwerema,

<

.<<.

i'\Vi..,)

fweti.

\'\vU+with violence. Rc.lH,21.

f\Vie,
+ to pour a flrinlc-offerinf/. Ge..3r,,l4.
^\'\v\c-o;u,inf.poiirinoouf; Honlioni kronkron W, effusion or
').

cle

scendinfi of the llolji (Ihosf.

MtWic-sA,
t"V\'

111

all the

]. to

wine used durinfjtlie festind,

catch awai/,

((irai/,Joby,l2.

rwififwini,

o-f\vii'ei]r,

a creeper with

Ac.''^,

.?.'/.

to rescue.

f.kg, to tale

up, ttrandisli, flourish. 2Sa.23,18.

lart/e

thorns;

hama a eho wo nsoe.

of hissincf. 2Cli.29.8.

flonnon. K.i^isn.

V. cf.

fwireM-fwireii

afwie.

IJ.

to lift

*f\Vii-f'ina-l)0, inf. whistlinc/: object

fwireii,

s.

Am. :i,

obotan ano

f.,

the craij of the rocfi. Joh39,28.

*o;aiiuaya, - garega.

ago-boiie,+
Ro.i3,l3.
^af^o-lu, a
goro, Ak. (xGy.)
o-go-liyo-ase, warning (promise of a
goru, red. gugoru,
pewd (x bewd).
aj^o,

j/am.sZ-

revelline/s.

.9/7/.-.

ago-(lo, h a liyld thincf. ])e.},4l.

nasti/ plaif.

plai/).

a<j;orii,

^goni-kyore,

1.

G.

drama, jierformance of a play. K.104.

auo-sanawa, a small oarthen ^>o/ in which pahn-od is kept.
o-go-sua(b, pi.

g-ow,
liberal.
7.

n-.

3. h) cf.

7.-

d.

1.

T).

ne nsam' gow, he

iinow wo amirikatu

:'>.+

gow mu,

inf. plaji,

to

niii,

is

open-handed,

slack not thy riding. 2Ki.4,24.

mitigate, allevicde. soften, allay, assuage, soothe; to

lessen, diminish, temper.

graiuite.

gu,

]0.

1.

unite by oath.

...

bdrokriruwa (xbnrnk.)

gii

asu, to

make

or suffer sliijm-reck. lTi.1,19.- 3.

o-gii, inf. falling, casting;

sowing

dtc.

37b

+ to

egua

586
e-gua, i.+
it

gyapim.

gua, Ps. as, 24 (25).

fi

s. fi

15.

ada gua (= ada

is manifest, evident, ptihlic, notorious.

aguabirim,
o-guabeii, a thorny creeper.
gualia, 2. fig. earnest. 2 Co. 1,22.

+ hrondu'ciy.

guain, l.+ to he closdii vnifcd.Ro. <],',. *aoi a 111 fi ii-l la, j'^- ag.-m ra a, Jjastard. He. 12,S.

3. to

^a

''i\\y\\i\\\\i\\\-\\Q-je:.n-lioredoms.Ezc.i5.22.23,2'j.

fornications.

Mk.

*agiiauiaii-tam,

7, 21.

prance

*aguainaiitua, a kind of tree: s. oguantoa.

a Itroivn or hJacl-

'^0-guai'i-liaina,

^aguamau-senij
slicep. Ge..W,32.

1.

iinuaiiyeiifb.

a cord with whicli slieep and gnats are tied,

octree.
refuge. P.43.2. cf. gnandgbea, giiankobea.

7>/. ii-,

agnamantoa (D.As.) a kind

o-giiaiilua.

"^oiiau-toa, inf.

*o-gnan-yeJiro,

guare,

ahoiit.

gi i a in a ni u i o-d e,

*guaiio, a. dried (e. g. grapes). Nu.f>,3.

o-uiiaiiro,+ one that flees or escapes, Je.44,l4. Am. 9,
cf.

Pr.l,2t.

aitire of ahartot. Pr.7.10.

^o-gLiaiii-iiiiri [oguaii, biri]

o-guai'i-l\Vet'o, pi. n-;

adi),

K.ll4.

s.

nnuan-y.

no kognare no

...
,3. g. asum', to offer sacrifice
(aclniovlcdge) a fetish as one's family
agiiare-n, a word of tlianks for a meal presented to one
fetish.
wannnare a, onagiiarc-aiiiii, okyi ag.,
(x politeness... eat).
nidi, he oh.'^errcs tlic fasliion of not rating before he has washed.
giiaro-iisra (x a-).
o-L^uarofti, nsu. osugnarefo.
'aguasenr-paiiyiii. chief counsellor, chancellor ; (royal) jn-efect.
*agiiaso-dc, a public show, spectacle. He. 10,33.
governor. Ezra4,9.

4. fa

1.

to one's (oirn) soid. -

own

to

-1.

*o-gufo,7JZ.

a-, 1. soiver.

smith. Pr.25,4.
j;u2:o\v,+

'^o-gii-honi,

m'aniwa

Mt.l3,3.
cf.

ag.,

2. founder, caster; melter, silver-

my

r-gu-ali.,

})l.?i-.

gnanfo.
eye is wasted iray. Ps.fi8,9(U)).
molten image. 2Cli.2S,2.34,3. Ho. 13,2.

*agumadiagniiia,+ di ag. kO, to .'<trire in the games. 2 Ti.2jj.

bea, a place of public contest or exertion, race-course, stadium, arena.
*agiiinadi-kane. si -, to cojitoid for the x>rise in the public qames.
[lCo.u,24f.

Solomon's temple). 2Ch.4,2.

gurow, [red. gurogurow] + to languish. La. 2,8. - wag. goroww,+ he is brought very low. l-'s. 14 2,0(7). - fr. ognrow no, he de*gu-pO, the molten sea

fded,

humbled

gy a,

(in

her.

7. c)

gya

..

niu kyene, to throw away. lTi.1,19.

gyama.
gyabea,
agya-iiolio, beyond (Cr.
gyabagyalta.
*gyabiiiii, a kind of amulet.
*gyabnii, hell, theGehenna. Jn.3.6.
*gya-gya, coni-fire. Is. 54,16.
gya-hfiiii'X (kente).
gya-heue, (x o-) 2. a butterfly spotted like the leopard,

gyabum.
agyaniii ? perh.
*agyaii-bolia or -kotoku, quiver.
agyanka, orphan. agyansako. a kind oi grasshopper.
*agyaiito\v. inf. shooting arrows. -^ '^o-gyaii-tofo, j^l- ^'> archer.
*agya-paiiyii'i, pi.

agyanom-mp., pidriarch.

Ac.7,8. He.

gyapatia, a small bushJaiife (x sandals &c.)

gyapim, elephantiasis (x gyapem &c.)

7,

4.

gyaseheiie

gyase-hene,+ commander of the guard.

*trya-so-ade, censer. Le.

n>,

587

{igyiiuifo.

Ac.2n,

la.

i.

*uvnt;i-hirl, the fierce lion. ./olrjs\s.

''^y i\\ii-so\'o, j)l. id. a lion-like ur liun-hcartcil iinin. 2 Sa. 23,20.
!j,VJiw,+ 6. to leave (oat), omit, tiaiislattul hy leitlionf ipr.221),
rather than. (Pi:s,IO).- 7. odidi gyaw iic, ycre asc, he rats luf himself, without his wife. St.i^ioi.
*(i-ijyavv, inf.forsakiwj, desolation. h.i!,l2.

a (jap between

ij-yaw,

Hye,
migye
an

wo,

oath.

two upper or lower front-teeth.

the

4.(() inigyc utain inakA,

I take

t/(nir

Ki.s,.^l.

flake (thr) nalh

I))

iiicdH iitam

oath, I administer the nath to i/ou, Itiud iioul>!i

(Wodc

iitain }j;ytM)nipa, iia

oiioara do,

se "ka^batalio). -Ci.todrawin, inspire, inhale. -

rS.

oiiiiyi^, j^ye-

gyc. a\var(!, toenter

a matrimonial em/aijement with a woman. - 11. to ask, demand

--^ enuye sc woko, - 10. + they have fined him
hcavil!f.-23. gycawo, to welcome. -23,1. gye .. a wo, to do the business of a midwife. - 31. d) bij tlieir lives (x life). - J3. gyc iitein, to
*o-o;ye-adwiiiiia, work of
summon up liaste i. e. to Itaslen. Ec.l,ii.
redemption.
"anye-de, ransom.
f;ye-dua, 1. a shad//, ambrat/eous tree ('c.
^agye-nnare [gye adarej wasp; s. kotokurodu.
into

(a price &c.) - 11. F.

gyene,

1.

5.

x wasopa

gyenonneneu, pure

^'ao;yii-nsn,apla(eirtlo which water pours.

abogye. *nyi!\vgy^w,+ uncouth.

*iif]!:yehkuku, pr.28nn.

*gye]ii,

nnyc'pi,

.s.

neho.

i&c. Ps. 119,140.

rf.

agyew, inauuya ho agycw, I have

not

(jot

time for

it.

*uyidi-aiii-dai'ilb, uyidi-sakralb, lieretic, lielerodox.

*g3'idi-ka-sem, -nhoma, written confession, symbol. K.7.

gyigya, v. 3.+ to stagger, go astray. Is. l!),/4.Je.4>i,2f;.

gyigye, p. 165. 1. 1 lie jiersuaded him to do wrong, led him into
- 4. from me (< my mouth). - 5. b) to entrap (>: catch). - 6. to be.

evil.

gin

to

ripen ;

lCo.13,

on

my

1.

emu

ears.

gyigye,

it

is

reddish. Lc.

lo, 24. -

+ to give a

...

o-fryimt'o,-^ incompetent, imbecil ; iino fam'g.,

*agyimi-sem,
gyiiia,

<s'.

comes (x rings) ... ttie sound (x of it is

ogyigyetb, 1.+ nursing-father. 1s.4'j,23.

14, 7.

foolishness.

1. intr.

gyiufi

*gyin [Eng.]

"i", a)

....

sound,

in) strikes

a ^j rating fool. Pr.lo,fi.

gin, brandy.

+ nsem

yi

gyina mii no,

166) b) ... (1. 2.) + gy ina .. a nan niu, s. ananmu./o stand for some time; se odompiato guan a, ne
(1. .'!) + gyina si
dom ntiimi nnyina nsi,... cannot keep tlieir ground.
gy in a.. so,+
- 2. tr. to raiseup, causeto stand. Am.9,ll.
f) to continue, last. K.217,1.

meanwhile. -

(p.

agyiiia,+ deliberation, conference; council, advice, counsel, purpose; - tu agy.,+ ^0 deliberate, to take advice witli; to give advice.
*agyiiia-k(_'se, general conference. St.III.W,
gyina-l)ea.+ 6Ya/c,- attitude: K.^.^l'^. order. Cf. agyinae. sibea.
,

*agyinae, standi ng-j^lace,

stage, Nc.8,4. haven, Ps.iO7,30.

*agyiriafo, i;^. id. counsellor; associate in office, colleagae, companion ; Ezr. 4, 9. 7, 14. Da. 3, 24. - presbyter, pjl. presbyter inm. St.

agyinagyina

588

haw.

*agy in ag villa, inf. repeated standing

agyinam'fo,+ papa i^^^y-, cardinal.
ao-yinamoa,

+ p-.

oOg-s.A'ji. 1283-86.

wo-ne no agy. no,

[wobegyae a, gyae.

together;

^agyina-naii,

pr.i795.

agyiiia-tii,+ considtation; resolution, determination, counsel.

o-gyiiiatutb,+ counsellor, adviser.
*agyiiiatu-sein, counsel.

acyirae,+ Eli liyee n'auo agy., Eli marked her mouth.

agyiratwe, As. borofo.

lSam.1,12.

H.
e-ha, 1. 4. me lia ... i. c. it pains me here, this is the seat of paiv.
aha, .... maha, + good dag!
0-ha, a bat. (x ... monkeg.)
ha, + obiie n'anoiii' ha, he opens wide his mouth. Fs.int, 131. Of.
nhal)ainiiia,+ lili. likyekycreo, ^)/.. id. garland. Ki.7,20. [hahra.

ahabaii,

nnuni

...

leaves, others of roots.

bi ye nh., some medicines are prepared of

- habaii-sem, 1. an agreement decided upon

or determined in the hush,... 2. a dispute about land.

habodoiil, grcgar. (going in flocks or companies); wolf, cf. pa
[taku.
ahabusu, oyc no ah., he s^tods the game - by cliarms.

hai hai (x hJie hfie).

*aha-runiui, better: sareso-at'iuum, q. c.
ha ha, v. fr. hanahana, v.
haha, v. inf. a-, to speak through the nose.
hahrfi: asase yi da moanim h., the land is large enough for ijou.
hahyO-liahyc,; ohomc li., he breathes with difj'iridtg, audibly;
abnfiiw amii ne homo aye h.; home h., blast of the breath. 2Sa.22,l6.

ha ni,+

1. to strive,

contend. Ge.2t!,20. Ex.

[i's.W.i.mr,).

17,2.

1.+ hye h., to cast a snare upon. lCo.7,3.i. - 1. ka

decoti or call animals bg imitating their erg through the nose.
*haiiiahama-ye, inf. raging. Jon. J, 15.
haiiia,

h., to

7)Z. a- -to, captive, prisoner. Is. 24,22.

*ha-liiu-bo(ioin, wolf Is. ll,0. cf. haboclom, pataku.
^ha-inu-at'iiruin, ahafunim, wild ass; better: sareso-at'urum.

O-haniani,

hail,

V.

last

baiiii, cf.

words: no longer

+ io,

pefe, kete, |)ote;

thing clearly. Mk.8,2.5.

no more) go into

(>'.

ohuu nc nhina

hanahana,

v. s.

halia,

li.,

it.

he

saw every

v.

haiikare,+ rim of a wheel. lKi.7,33.

iihanoii, the border, edge or verge of ... a plantation.

Q-\\i\vh.h,-\- radiance.
ha rail, 2. to glorify. K.247.
^"haraii-ne [ade a eharaii a. s. wode haraii] ornament, glory ; syn.

*ahafawa,

ahyehycde. I)a.ll.20.=:z Jerusalem.

*aharc, inf. rowing. Mk.H,4H.
(anoma-jkasida, stork. Job.3u,I3.

ohurututn.

*hasida,
*o-ha-so-panyiii, centurion. Ac. 21,32.
hata, 1. 2. sohhoma (xa-).
fraisins. iCh. 12,40.
*hhatae, something spread out for drying; bobe-aba iih., cake of
\vdte,+ Ju.4.2l. wada h., he is (or was) fast asleep.

haw,

6. -f you are yourself the cause of your trouble

okAvadwefo (xokwad\Vero)7ie(/. hehaw.
o-ha\v,+ cumbrance, De.i,i2 oppression.
1.

....

cf.

 eho.

0-hawa
*(t-liiiwi,

ilii>i-

<'

589

^iiKiil /rouble, sfir d'c. Ac.lJ.lfi.

"jiliayd-dc, tin aithtud Intided or to be hunted. Eze.l3.2i.

where did he lead him to'^

*heli;nv, red. v. haw.
- a rirh ivoinau.
ahcm-inan, ... (x Akp.) Cf. alici'i-kuro, Uir (own of a king.
elic

IVi, ...

g-hemma,+

alirmli-soaro, curriers from the

l.int/'s

house. D.As.

crown.
^alit'iii-iii(') [iilu'iui ()b()| diuniond, aduniuut. .h. 17 J. Eze.:-i.O.
"alKMii-poiiia, sceptre.
*o-lium|K)iua kiiralo, sceptre-holder.
alu'ii-iiam, urni-chuir; cf. abfir(;ua.
[Am.t,S.
o-luMic, 1. J. (osec). 1. G. (A};yakwa).
allelic, 1. 3. (adiagba, G.) 1. 4. (abia),
bficdc,
alifiVkwa, /,+ courtier, Julind,d6. - :J. a kind oUplui/, s. agoni.
'"aliciii-liiolifi [olu'iie abotiril di<(dvni,

'aht'i'i-kyew,

^.'/.

crown;

n-,

alu'riisia, (As. ayensa)...

*alitMi-s(_'ni,

cf. alit'inniutiri.

iic

ho ye

tuiiiin.

manners, doings, matters, stories of a

/,ing; historg

of lings; nuijesfi/. Ps.45,3(4).

*ali('ii-iado, royal apparel. Est.(>,8.8,l5. Ac.l-J,2i.
^aluMi-iman [ohene aflnan] tJte king's food. Da.j.l.'u

[ohenc-adwimia] Idnglg

ali(M'i-i'i\Viiina

hi,
alii,

o.

1.

6.

1.

mg departure is at hand.
/ am tired or weary of it.

K.^JSr^.

office.

ahi,

I.

2.

bo biiim.

Iiia,+ ka .. hia mu, to besiege, invest (a town). Da. 1,1.

u-liia,+ ne hia a odi, his needincss.
*o-liia-da,+ //HK; of need; h. bi, if need be, in case of need.
(i-liiani-auo, Damaslc sillc.
"uliia-atun), shift, fib, white

lie.

Iiiawa, As. -= nsankyiri, a\Vii-i\va, inmam', adafae.

alii

1.

111,

hi 111 a,

3,

/(*

be a lunatic.

d. Nc.!),-Ji).-to turn o/f, cast out.

maturity ; hi n,
iiliiiia,

1.

2.4- mihifi

2.+

...

reach the age of

U. to

menstruate (ia general),

to

iitam',

ant in a strait betwixt. l'hi.l,23.

uauuyawme

completeness

bi,

&c.4-ych bauu

lih.,

boUi of us; me-ne no nh.. a^e two together.

aliii'i-asa-ade, triangle.
"liiiihiiii, to be unsteady. Ja.i,H.
"hiiiliiiii, red. v.,s. hini; h, ano, to shut up. lSa.6,10.

*ahhita-duah, bread
hidden
*ahin(:a-seni, hidden tndh,
mystery.
ah.-nm = a-Iiiutaw-mu.

^ahiiita-de,

crecy. I'r.u,

17.

thing(s).

the

of se-

Lu.8,io.

secret,

a-hiiita\ve,-r cot/'cr^ Vs. 27, 5.

hiiili-l)6, Is.s,l4.Je.H,2l. R().'J,S2. lPe.2,S. ^'Iiiiiti-dc,

Iiinfi-diia,
to

cause offence.

ho
ho,

+ to

2.

offend,

"li.-to, inf.

wohuro no
1.

h., to

h., tfiey

fas wotind

is

i.

e.

cause

to

---~

stumble or sin

li.-dua.
;

ye

h.,

offending, offenee(s).Mt.ll,6.18,6f. 26,38.

hoot

him (x deride

very deep.
ani). Nu. 11,

...

with shoids).

1. a)+ colotir {cf.

7.
A.'o. 1. 8. + he has recovnc ho worow fx worow). - 4. j). 182. 1. 6. ne ho afom no, he
is anxious, terrified dc. - 1. 10. + fie lias a competence. - 5.+ Nc ho
du ncho, s. du, p. 93.
B. 1. 3. i. c. you arc an unlucf:y fellow (x.
your ...you) - 1. 5. i.e. you are not very lielpfid.
D. p. 182. last

e-ho,

ered. -

hoa

590
line:

mabere no

ne ho afono

hoa,

ho,

1.

/ am

tne,

luive

4. his lips

*ah6-akyi-pa,

had much

tired of

(cf.

and pinched with hunger.

to boast of.

Ro.4,2.

Is.lh'.h'.

inf. self-denial.

K.So.

ahoboa,

aho-hia, -bae, Le.l5.l6f.

*aho-bere-ase,

on account of him

trouble

him)

are pale

*ahoahoa-de, something
*ahoahoa-sem, prating.

o-hokwafo.

2.

1.

he

is

flushed with

...

inf. self-humiliation, humilitt).

*ahobrease-adweiie, humbleness or lowliness of mind. Phil 2.3.

*ahobrease-mii, humbl//.
lCol.3,12
*ah6brease-ni, j'l- -fo, a humble, lowly person.
aho-dah,, Ac.i5.S.K.27l. Cf. adwcnsakra.
*ahodaso-de, confidence. Pr.3, 26.
ah6-de,-r substance, goods. Lu.s,.o. I5,t2f.
aho-de, e-, independence, libert//. iFe.2,i6.K.l.

ahooden,+ hye
invigoration.

ah., to strengthen, invigorate.

"ahoodeii-nodow, great

g-h6-d6nitb,+ one given

to

- *ah.-hye, inf..

strength. Ps.33,17.

pleasure. Is.47,8. lGo.6,9.

*&\\b^\\iv'viv-AQ,astonishnient,1u)rror; wonder(s).Je.i2,18. Ps. 103,5.

hodwo,
h

...+ nol diligent at his work.

w,

...

/o

melt away. Ex.

/.5,

to.

Sa. 14, IH. Ps. 112,10.

*ah6tadi-nh6ina, bill of emancipation.

*e-h61ani', outward, -ly; eh. abahnua, the outer

court. Eze.10,.5.

aho-fa-nia, inf.+ dedication. K.^.'i3, 29.5b.

*ah6-ore-de, a thing of beauty or glory. lCh.22,.5.
ah6-i'om,+ astonishment, numbed or motionless state. Ezra9,3.
ahot'\Vi,4- wantonness, Eo. 13, 13. (x lavishness). - bo ah., to luxuriate d'c. ah. abrabg, licentious behaviour; ah. asetra, luxurious livi-^fii'9- ^ ^^- ^.
aho-giian, + oppression.
*o-h6oharefb, pi. a-, a swift person, the swift. Am. 2, 14.
*ahbhia-da, day of adversity.- o-libhialV),/?/. a-, adversary, enemy.
*ahbhialHa-ltere, troublous times. I)a.'.t,2'>.
''

aho-hini,

terror. Is 2s,

ah6hoahoa,T

to.

boasting, glorying, tCu.!i,t.5f. pridedtc. arrogance.

*g-holioahoaro. pi.

a-,

boaster. 2Ti.3,2.

'*\\o\\o\)Q'A-ii?,QiYi\, pilgrimage.

ing,

temporary residence

in

Ge.47,9.

flJo.2,16.

hohobea-tra,5r>yo/(r-

a foreign land.

lPe.l,l7.

Rhohod-a.h,+ gue.it-chamber. reception-room.

'A\\o\u)rA,-\- reproach.
*ahohora-de, lewdness. Eze. 23,44.
o-hohorani, -t -unhonoured, despised, exposed to contumelious treat*aholiora-sem, reproach. Ps 74, lo.
fment.
"hoho-trabere, lodging. Pliile.22.
*ah6-hiira, inf. the actoi' defiling oneself at a dead iwrson. Eze.44, 25.

'dh6hyefiO,+ modesty. K.34'j.

*g-h6-kafo, companion, neighbour. ludafo-ho-k.. proselyte.
*ah6-kata-de, long shield, bucUer. Eze. 23,24.
*ahb-kum, inf. uncleanness. Zee. 13, t. Cf. efi, buru &c.

o-hokwato,+

bachelor, obanib-h.; spinster, oba-h.


ohokyerefo, + proud,

ahokyerede
*;ihokyere-de, pride.

hum

so,+

I'lhoinii-liM,

Je.l2,r).

lenrnwrf. Ac.2n,24.

f/?/*.

om a 1*1,+

iannivg

^Mlioniahyelb, fnvver.

(leatlior).

be proud; 1. 4. spojce romihlif <f- nnijrUy

*alio-iiia-so, m/". exaltation of one's self, pride. Ec. 7,s.

homo,

insoienf.

/o oppress. Eze.lfi,?.

*iilioiii;i-liyo,'?y//'.
1 1

591

hotiri.

to

to

them.

he has eeased to breathe (x breathes no longer).

I hare f/of well (.< rest).
alioino, 1.+ hlast. Cf. alioliow, aliuhuw; alinm.
*li(ni('-lKM"0, time of rest.
*li()iii(''-l)(';i, ))lace of rest.
di li.. to leep the
*li6iiu''-d;i, pi. h.-nna, day of rest, sahtiafh.

u-lioiiH',

1.

1.

/.

quirtness, Ec.4,i;.

jday of rest.

*lioiiio-d;i-di, inf. oljservance of the salilxdh.

*alioiiu'(', restinii-place. Ru..3,i.

^aliuinegye-da, F. sabbath.

"alioiiieyye-lionio, a sabbath of rest. Le.2r>,4.

*ali(Hiieka-luro, paradise, K.^^-JOSt.
alionie-te\v,+ anguish of spirit. - hye ah., to disquiet. Je. 50,34.
alioinotc-tra-so, exeessive tnmble, despair, desperation. K. 272.

o-homo, +

shoutinf/ in

hunting game.

Iigii, to (cvtirpate or) eradicate, pull

o-lioi'i,

up by

the roots.

marrow, Ak. amoniene, brain.

o-liOiiam.i.+ ne h. a onni, his incorporeity, immateriality. K.165.

*u-lioiiain-ade, honani-mii-ade, member(s). Ro.f>,i3. in. 12,4. Ja.3,5.
4,

1.

o-liuiiain-ani,

"o-li.-aiii-liayi-iiiita,

bu h. nten, to judge after

outward man. 2Co.4,u:.

the flesh. Johns, 15.

^Iioiiam-niu-ba, inf. incarnation.

*o-lionam-niii-iii, ;;/. h.-fo,
o-hoiiaii-iU'w, + Zove of comfort.
a carnal person.
0-liouaiii-nipa^ a .servant wlio is ahvays near his master, bodyservant, personal attendant, valet (k person .. peojile).

*hoi'ihom-ade, -de, -mu-do, (that wliich is) spiritual ; iCo.i4,i.

I5,4ij. Ro.7,14.
h.(-mii)-ni, a spiritnaJ man; li.-uipadua, a spirih.-ye, if spirituality. K.1G5.
tual body, 1 Co. 2,15. 14, .37. 15,44.

a yuan from that place.

e-lioiii, ^j7. -fo,

o-Uoin,+

effigy.

aliO-iiini, 4.

oli.-liulmw,

idol. Eze.l8,C.

ad\vene, thought. Ec. 10,20.

alioiii-soni, inf. idolatry.

Iioiio,

1.

A.

+ steeped

or soaked. -

1.

5.

he

made

lis

drink much.

*aliuiiiifo, pi. a-, repentant, repenting.

*ali6-iiya.

ahoiiyade+ SMisface,

Jh\3,9.

o-hb-\)ei'o,+ self-willed, lover of himself 2Ti.3.i.

aho-popo,+ quaking,
lioraii,

1.

fi Co 5 2
be exalted, Ps. 12,7.13,2. - 1. 4. + is i)uffed iip.
to lay ina heap; h. nsera, to heap up icords. Job 16,4.

1.

h g r e kuw,
alioro ... de guave asg.
*0-lio-seero,

*ahO-seii,

Tit. 1,7.

.shaking, shuddering.

jj/. a-,

lioroiioa,

dodonkn. Ak. donnoii.

self-destroyer.. Job.30, 14.

isstie. flux,

running from one's body.

*o-hosentb, one that has an issue. Le.l5.

hotiri, + <o undo, loosen (bands). Is. 58,6.

592

ahotoiii

*alif)to-rii, 2)1.

ahum.

a hnppy, blessed person, saved in heaven.

-f'o,

oliotrafb,H eompanion, .Ju.5,29.

ahoiOHo,-^- eonftdenee.
*aho-tiia^ inf. [tua iioho] separation, roired ahsfaivment from certain kinds of food, drink dr.
nasirini, r/ Xazarite.
2)1. a-,

*0-liotuafo,

how,

wither; abiiro no ah. Ge.dLJ'i.

*ho-wg, inf. existence; da h., eternitji. K.l4s. inr,.
*aho-wosow, inf. shali-ing, treuihJini/, shnddcrincf. Ez('.12,lS.
*\\o-ye,inf. huhbvb, bustle, tumult, riot; pomp; confusion; noise;
*ahoyeraw-de, u-onder(s) <C-e. P.s. /o,i,i>7.
\s. ho, huye.
*aho-3'i, ?'/". [yi nelio] appearin(/, iijipearance, manifestation.
*ahoyi-da, Kristo ah., ]']pi2)hani/.

l.+

to

hu,

1. 1. 3. ye. hil, to

hii',

ho. Is. ;').>,

/.

roar. Je.

Zee.

'>!,'>:,.

2, G(iii).

hu, ]. 4. he 2)erceived (saw) ... p. 19.'^. 1. 1. onhfi akyiri ade, he

cannot see afar off, 2Pe.l,9. onlifi akyiri, lie does not know how if
(i. connection
fxcornmercr
will end. - 5. \.S. take care of ( < rpiard)
H. hfi nia,T
ivith).- 7.8.+ hii anianne tia mii, to cnd/ire. He.t^.l.
to

spare. Je. IS,

lui, to

ehu,

14.

sinye

\.

1.

hiia,

1.

(x.

burn)

...

*o-hri,

inf. liioirledye. Pr.l.4.

fear has overtaken f< befallen) him.

1.+ or jw/r

...

.9.

to

ye

Iiu,+

Ini.

crave for (food only).

ahuaha,+

all sorts of pdants.

h u fi ui, 1. + to take by force; to rescue. Ac. 2.1, in. - 2.+to flou- off.
O-huani, ^. krobowu, ... ahefo (roots & bark of a creeper), f'wentea ... ye or sra h., to perfume or anoint {< appl/i p. to) ...
*o-huain-fuiu, frankincense.

*huaui-arore-uiuka, altar of incense.

o huaui-uiy, di

*ohuauuu()-ade,

li.,

aihiluiamhyew-mnka.

be deceitful: IsriS.ii.,Je.iii.in.io,i5.

to fail: to

deceit. Js.:u>,in.

*alu'iaunuo-d\Vuuui, work of mocker ij.

Iu1au, ].\.\. to drar/ awajf.

4. lickmgs to

huaiV, Ak. fwrme.

opp. to mn, K.324.

dwonku, he halts upon his thigh. Ge.R2,Sl.
*uhu-auim: me-ne no adi nh., / have seen him face
(y.

so huan,

/o abate, Gc.s,:}.

li.

*uhu-aso, inf. nndersiandimi.

olu1a-su,+ boro li., to brush
Initfduitu.
"hualu-huatu,

so,

7. ohiiaii

to face.

off the dcir in passiuy-bif.

.s.

Iiu-boa:

bo

h,, to

be panic-strickeu. disco^iragpd.

ahudo, J. + terrible things. Ps.l(n;,22.

opeliulia).
huha, numberless (x opedu
ahului-dwuuKi, useless work.
ahuhude,+ rr(/7^V.
-ahulni-kasa, speaking evil. Ts.r,8,u.
*ahuhu-houi, idols.

o-huhuni,+ a profane 2wrson. He. 12, m.

talker. iTit.l.lo.

*ahuliu-80in,

'ahulnisf^i'i-kafo,

r(rin

inf. idolatrg.

huhuw, + Oh. me nift me ho d\Vo me. he refreshes me (fanning

&cooHngnie). 2Ti.U16. ahuhuwaehuw kg, a fleeting breath. Pr. 21,6.
ahum,

\.

3.

too (x guu).

I'lhrauu

*nhfi-mu,

593

ohye.

undersfandhuj; discernment ; nim

hif.

lih., to

be endued

with iindeysfandin(/. 2Ch.-J,t3.

(t wise, loidcrstaiuVnig, slilfid, expert pctsoit. tC'h.2r>,s.
aliuiialuiro, := wuliu no a, na wuhurono: o\

*iiliriirnitb,

*liumi-yt_',

D-liuporo,

////'.

ranifij.

aliii|K-s(_'ni,

ahiipo,

]\d,+ to profane. Eze.23,3Hf.

Iiiira, o. h.

luiiH)iiliiiroM,. flourishing;

iiurii,+

Ep.4,t7.

Ijoastiiu/s. Ja.4,lC.

as if in the kin(fs name ivitlioid

(jreat sicelliny words. JudeJU.

2.

1.

ye

uimn,

moara na mokofaa

hu-se,

1.

2.

uhu-so,

s.

nhuwso.

V. to

horse-fly.

liye, to fret against. Pr.l'J,8.

li.

6.

oh. H or tu sen niu.

*aliuriisi-anigjt;, exceeding Joy Ps. 43,4.

joicing, shouting ivitli joy, jubilation. Ps.lJ(!,f!.

u w,

mtthority.

h., to flourish. Is.66,14.

*o-luiriiluiro, breath, vanity. Fs.SitJi

*li

liis

cat

down.

aseni no bae.

Imatuhuatu.

lifituliutu, better:
Is.

aliiirusi-dwoiu, re-

gu, to cut off. Fs. 7(>, 12(13).

winnow; h. atosem, to speak lies.

10,34. liuvv

..

liiiw,+ to fan; b. so, to

*o-lunv, inf. breath. Is. 30,33.
*o-luiw(u, fanner, winnower.
*iihu\vso-aj)awa, winnowing fan.
*hri-ye, inf. sound, noise; roar; runibling; bustle, tumidt, stir.
*huyel'o, people making a humming, tumtdiuous noise, mob.

hwaiiyaii,

v. 1. tr.

to raise

up;

to stir, rouse, disquiet; to

urge on.

discorderly, irregularly outspread.

auliNvea-taii, large sandbank, slioal. Ac. 27, 17.
fVventea (xg-).
ahweiihema, ^= afwenhema.
iiliweutea

*liwan3^aiiii,

a.

^uhwi-pempei'itb,

tJiose wJio

pluck

tlie Jiair,

the beard. Is 50,6.

(x or, - colour).
bye aboFr 13, 25
motew, to trouble, disquiet.
16. p. 203, 1. 1. bye dgtewofo, or bye
abewgw; 1.2.+ bye dwumayefo, bye abetow.
18. bye da: Onyank.
nnuabg a gbye da bge, the actual ov positive divine curse. K.203.wanbye da ah ware no, he Jias not properly married Iter. St. 93. nea
wgabye ato no lig (r/'. bg .. to no bg), Jiis destincdion. K.178. 180 f.
31. prepp. against,
27. bye nebo so,+ to govern or control oneself.
icith, for,^= on account of: ... he is angry witJt me, lie is sullen on account of me; wgkasa byee no, they spoke for (x against) him, i. e.
instead of on^ forbidden to speak, but so tbat it is as if tbe one spoke
34.-\- heap up riches, Ps 39,6(7). byewbo is forbidden to speak.
bye ademude. tohcap up treasure. Ja 5,3.
40. bye gkasa, to speak,
41. bye .. rau aduru, to embalm.
i.e. to annoy, vex, provoke, anger.

hye, 3.+ bye mu,

y.

1.

2. in

(x into) an

to

inf.

repay.

11.

Liik. 10,3,5.

+ to

8.

establish.

[Ge.50,2.
gbye.
reach, border) eba ne (x na) m'akura bye,
3.+ gkom bebyew asase no, famine ivdl consume tfie

hye, (x4.

hyew,

to

7. gde mo bebyew, he will

6. to wither, 1 Pe.1,24.
perish in a war.
8. byeee (xabye).
oliyew, inf.
O-hye, 3. + ne dom a gbye nni bo, his free grace; gpene a gbye
nnim, voluntary assent, spontaneous concurrence. K. 172.182.
*o-liye-s6, by constraint, l Pe 5,2.
o-hye, + nelio wg gbye, fie is limited, confined, finite. K. 174.

land. Ge.41,-30.

cause you

to

.38

hye-ade

594

ka,

*hye-ade, measure ofliguids or grains. lCh.2P,,29.

ahye-niiaiimu, ii-,+ reivard, recompense, reqmtal;

bo hy.

li^^e-baii,

1. to set

hounds. Ex.

if),

12.2^1.

akatua.
bye.

cf.

2.

=bo

hye-bea, {>:o-)+ decree. Ba. 4,24.

a\\yede,+ statute, ordinance. Ge.26,5. Ex.sjt!.20.
*hyedeii-mafo, j;Z. id. comforter. 2Sa.lo,/i.
gyata. Ho. 5,14.
"O-hyeegya,

hyehye,
hyehye,

3.-r by. pgiikg, to saddle

become (cans,

Iiorse.

Nu.22,21.

mal-c) knou-n, famous, far-famed,

renotvned.- 4.~r (de) by. n'akyi, to boast of ones ^iasi doings.
2. to

*hyehye-bea,

ahyebyede5+

to

pi ace for inserting, fixing, thrusting through. Ex.26,

[29.
(jr/o/-^. Eze.20,6.

abj^ebyee, place on a })lantation where loads are

j)(icked.

*abyebye-kuru, burning wound. Ps..'}fi,7(8).

*iibyehyeinu tere, panel. iKi.7,28.
"bye-kvA'aii.fcrtmsr. Eze. 40,12.

*iibye-mu-dua,

*abye-miT]e, a kind of mouse;

axle. lKi.7,.30.

byeiiii,4- ebaraii by.,

[s.

brightness

its

akura.

is excellent. Da.2,.Hl.

byenbyeiVj wgabere awowa no bo by. 2Ch.4,16.

*byeii-asatb, byenborow &c. + navy.
*aliyei"ie, (place of) entering. Ju.3,.3.
*byeii-daiinaiifo, steersman ; *liyeii-kwaiikyerefo, pilot.
*liyeii-gyinabea, harbour, haven.
^bj^eii-mu-ni, pl.-io, shipman, sailor, mariner.
iiby(Mioa,T- ntmost border. Nu.22,.'ii;.
byereba-hj'eroba, adv. hotlg. Ge.P.u.in.
byerebyere. 3. wabyia me, nbyia by. bi.
^bj'^erebyere-fam", South. Ec.ij!.Ezc.2(),4n. cfln^ae-fam', nifa.
byej'eii, nno kakra gu gya so a, na aby.
'^ohyeYeMo,lucifer;nsoroma.hy., bright star, morning-star. Is. 14, 12.
hyerenne pi. stars? precious things? Zec.i4,n.
i*ibyesode,-f

byew,

a.

prj,s,S7'o*?.s.

*iibyes()fb, oppressor; ruler,

2.+ ne bo ye no byew,

*aliyewe, place of hurning.

byia, 4.+

he

is

warm.

de.'^pot.

Ec.4,11.

Je. 7,.?/.

be contrary to; niframa byiaycii, Mt. 14,24. - to

bear up against: hyen no tumibyia mlrama Ac. 27,4. In. - 1]. in connection witb a preceding verb: to surround, encompass, pass around,
to

d^ prep, round about. lCh.22,18. fwe wo bo liyia. look

round about. Ts.r,n,4. Je.r>o,14f. - 12. obyiaa no otoo.no, he married
her (and found her) a virgin. St. 94.

go round, adv.

rihyia,-f convacation (Ex. 12,1c. Le. 2:1,1); session, ^= /ibyiani'.

byira,

6".

c) to devote dec. - 7. b)

1.

5.

curse {xcourse).

ahyii-ade,+ a devoted or dedicated thing. Le.

27,28. Eze. 44,29.

K.
ka,

v.

G.

aka dgkono,

there

is

not

any bread here;+

ei'ika

bd

nothing is wanting, it is perfect, complete. K.2G7. - 7. eka n'ano,

he has it at his tongue's end.
ka, V. nenneyee a eka a. s. gta ye, his ordinary activity.
bi,

ka
kn,
an egg. abieh

V. 1,1. kfl

akoko

J. to fall

yi, he

595

iikamfiiJiw.

to, to feel

ujfon, lSa.-J2js.

a hen whether
Ki.J,2!i. - 7.

I.

will soon lay

neho ka nitnea

it

this twofold position. K. Iso. - s, I. to touch

e. alfext
make an impression on: gma, m'ainanne ka no, he si/m-

has

one's feeling,

i.

pathizes with me. He.lOy'N.- J.V,y. kft abe gya, to warm a palm-tree
(felled to obtain palm-wine) with fire for the first time. - 22 il) ka
ho, ('/". bg ho; Mt. -J.'tJl.'JO.- 31. ka nkwaii, to take out (xdeal or serve

and throw

it back re[)i'ate(lly while it is boiling on the

kg, to le(((l. iCo. 12,2. :}'). f ka aniwu, to cause shiniic.
I'r. 17,2. - 10,1. k a., g n
to knock or put down ; to defeat ; to disappaint.
I'r. I'>,S. - 10,2. ka .. hia, to narrow in, Until, confine, restrain, restrict,
stint, check. K.,<fl44. Cf.l!>,t.- 42. -t ka
ti pira, s. pira. - -^6'.+ ka
won ani fomfam, close their eifes hi/ plastcriny over. Is.i!,W.2!J,!).~
-i6'. ka ..hye,+ ^0 oppress, distress, afflict, vex. - 40. ka .. bye niu,+
to beset, Fs. i:i!),'>. - 4i),t. ka.. hia nui, to besiege, invest (a town). iJa. 1,1.
49,2. ka..to mpa so, to cause (oik^) to Iceep one's bed. Ex. 21,18. - 50.+
wakcl n'aso ne iiekoma ato mu, he Jias shut his ears and heart. -

out) SOU})
fire.

o-i.4 ka..

..

oOjt.ka .. ani pam, to close or shut the eijes. Ge.4(!,L - 5(f,2. ka bobom', to smite one a(j(onst anot/tcr (of trembling knees). Da.r>,i>.

213) 1. 5. den asem na moka, what are you talking

m'akyi, say after me.
g-ka, e-, pi. a-, 4 furrow. Ps. t29,S.
y-ka, inf. confession. tTi.r,,i2f.
o-krij inf. concord. 2Co.<!,i'u
Ilka, 3. ade a ghonam te hka, a thing pcrcepdible through the
'dhkh, 1. 5. made impossible (:< excluded).
[senses. K.S22.

ka,

about'C

V. (p.

- + ka

di

ka-bea,+ enni
*kabcre-kjere,

Ilka bom",

is unspeakable, indescribable. Eo.s,26.

fK.805.
encha>dment. Is. 47,9.12.

k.,

it

inf.

totality;

nenneyee hh.

nk.,

Iiis

activity or operations

in general; nsa nk., folding, joining or clasping of hands.

abosommg, giving oneself up to a patron spirit.
akabii,

*iikae-ade, -de, memorial. Ex.l2,M.l.'i,9.

[Le.2,2.
*iikae-bo, monument(-al sione), pillar. 2 Ki. 2.3,17.

iikae,+ memorial.

*nkae-ntamabanima,

frontlet. Ex.i3,i6.

'k-dAv'imk, pr. 3114.

*kafo, one tliat remains. Je. 44,14.

o-kafo, I. Ex. 3,7. 5,6. Job. 39,7. Is. 60,17. gk. poma, goad. Ac.9,5.
*o-katb, III. 2^1. a-, speaker, preacher, herald. 2Ti.l,ll.

kagiiam, paying a part of a

debt.

(xh-) 1. 7. ... broken off all intercourse.

*rika-hyem', inf. [ka bye mu] siege. Eze.4,7.
kahiri, pi.

a-,

*akakaben-sem, violence. Je. 20, h.

kakate,+ wabebgme k.
*kakatefo, an unruly, unmanageable beast or person. Job39,.5.
kakrasaw.
*o-ka-kyerefo, messenger, informant.

kama [Eng. common].

-, to ruin one utterly.
7.+ gkameewgh ne were kyekye, he refused to be

nkii-akyiri, ka

kame,

1.

comforted. Ge..37,3.i. - 1. 10. by almost, nearly, after a negative v.

by scarcely: 1. 1 1 tve can almost hear ... yenkame ate, we can scarce*akamekame-seiii, controversy. Eze.44,24.
ly hear it.

iika-infuaw,

1.

3.

exclusive

of.

kah.. kyerew,

to register. Lu.2,1.

ukane

596

kitadeu.

nkahe,+ register; enui hk., in abundance. iCh.22,4.

*kaMo, the former, first. Mt.20jn. forefathers. Ps.79,f^.
*0-kanl'o, pi.

a-,

he that counts.

Jf..3o',/.5.

Ntafo (xNnghkofo).
akaiikii, akenka.
okaiikrantan, a lean tall man.
o-kaiikah', pi. a-,
nkaiikye, /Jra//er, invocation. Ps.ll9,los.
karawa, 1. 2. aboa.
kantaiikanikyi, I, 2. Ntafo.

0-kanni,

1.6.

kari koma, toponder

the heart. Pr.24,t2.

*o-karifo, weigher.

*kasa, a kind of carpet, used only by the king of Asante, said

to come from Marewa.
*ankasa, Gr.59. self. Ak. ara; cf m'ankasa, \voankasa, nankasa
(meara, woara, onoara), / myself dr. niankasa madnh., mi/ oivn
house; ohene ahkasa, the king himself.
akasagua, 1. 6.+ he scolds or chides him openly without mentioning his name.

o-kasamafo,+

interpreter, intercessor. Is.

4.'),

27.

*kasa-inmai'a, grammar. D. As.

o-kasasie,-r appointed sign. Ju.20^.HS.-jCo.f^. ir,.
*o-kasa-sua-ti, facidty or talent for languages; owo ok.
*kasa-twaree [twa kasa] gdansefo di nsew a, na k. ncn.
*kasee-bofo, hearer of tidings. 2Sa.iS,20.
*kasida [Heb.] stork.
O-kasie, akekaboa bi; cf. odoinpo.
kata, l.~r k. ano, to muzzle. De.2:),4. - k. auah h6 gya nan.
lSa.24,4.- 7. ok. n'ano so, he indemnifies her (a dismissed wife)
*nka(a-aiiiiu, veil.
St. 95.
*iikata-ano, a hanging for a door
[(of a tent). Ex. 26,36.
kataban, hard; syn. dennen (xlarge).

iikata-lio.

niiiiient, E.c.2l,lo.

greaves, lSa.17,6.

onipa a.s. aboa ahahmu pa ara ho.

nkata-s(), 1.+ aniin hk., veil. - 2.-r awning. - .5.+ excuse for.
kate,+ ok. n'anim kyere.., he has a form of.. 2 Ti.:-i,.'i.
ilka-te, 1.+ ade a etra ohonam rik. so, ayi immaterial thing, being
above the appreciation of the senses. - 2. report, rumour.
katirikatiri, pere k. to pant. Fs..38,in(ii).
*katirikatinro, hohhom mu k., one that ishasty of spirit. Fr.irj,29.
*o-katuarOj rewarder. He. 11,6.
^^ii\\\\n, jmstjyonement or rf-c.
kaw,+ to leaven. lCo.5,6.
kawu, [Marewa: kawna].
keka,+ untameable, irrepressible. Ja.3,S.

*akatakram

akekaduru,+ ginger. o-kekafo

fierce, 2Ti.3,3.
*kekaremafo: atoro k., forger of lies. Job 13,4.
-f-

okekrehesi, a kind of tree.

kekate, better: kakate.
akahka, s. ahka.
*kerefua, a pivce of board fixed in the corner of the walls of a
room, to place things on; cf. kyerebia-so, kyereso.
kese,+ majestic; ... kakrasaw.
kesem', cf. nifa, 4.
iikesewa, a shrub; its fruit.
*ke,se-ye, inf. greatness, majesty.
kesrekesre.
kete,-r boadekana.
*aketefo, a kind ofbird.
nketenkete,+ won ho hk. kitaa won, tJiey stood in dread of them.
kirididi, bo-, to make an onset. Ac. 14,5.
*kisakisa, red. v., to ponder, consider, reflect upon. E.310.
apesow.
kitaden
akitereku, pi. id.

*akenka, -kawa,

kitikiH

kitikiti, otu ba no so
a whirlwind. Da.lt,40.

like

*kitikiH-ye,

kg,

7. c)

ward. Nu.
- 17.

ko

4,.'i.

(obij,

inf.

riuje.

Sa. 14,19. Job3'j,2^- Am.;i,'.>.

dii

I.'.i.

mu,+

3.

p.

de reko, ihey are ten years old and u/i- 10. -\ koso boro so. U) abound more and more. Phi.
oyere) li6, to go in unto. Gc.ii.t.

woadi mfe

eko, ekog, buffalo.

koa.

he rushes or hurls hiitist If ttgainst liini

282. 1. 3. luyorousli/ (^ rehrmcnll//).

k.,

lumuU;

597

koma.

oko,4 oryx.

he closely connected uifh, accdui/KUiy.

to

Hr.ii,:).

ekoakoae, okoakoa mu, it is fitly framed toyether. Ep.'J,'Jl.

nkoa,-f the highest branch; cf ntentcnoa. Eze.n,:if.

4,li!.

*ak()a-soin, ////". serriny

*iikia-l)ai'i,/(')/ of a serrant. K.i{-j:iri.
*iik(a-tori. /^'/"- selling as a slave or bondman. Lr.J.'>,
as a slave.
42.4.H.
*akoa-y(j, n-, bondage, servitude, slavery.

*kobi, s. iisa.
^kobere-dwiiinfo, coppersmith.
*akode-knrafo, armour-bearer.
*y-kd da, day of battle.

kodiawinva.

ki'ido.so.

o-kodom, Ky.

= konjduni.

iikoL'koe. a beetle.

akufahyeew, kafirima.)
better: kwafw.
*kofwe-kotw(\ i\w sound of eutti)ig snmcth'inf^ as by sawing.
fpr. 21 IS.
kdgyaii,+ Turkey red.
*0-ko-hrinu: wgkog ok., they went in their simplicity. 2Sn.t.'),tt.

koHrima,x

(^kofaliyeow,
kofi,

:J.

Koko
o-koko

furrow. .JohSl.HH.

[G.]

&

Dede:

(;< e-) hill.

kokoa,

j>?. h-,

koko be,

fig.

better:

kofSvt'Aba',

used to show the relationship between

ak()ko: ntwiwa.

a gold weight^^ 4s.2d.

[Aknapem & Akem.

akokoltaiie^^dabaii.

leprosy.

*o-kokobii-ifo, violent man. Ps.l40,i(2); pi. a-, strong ones, stout""akokobiri.sein-di, /a?/", acts of viohearted. Fs.59,.3(4). Is.4nj2.
lence. Is..'>9,6.
*;'.kokoduriitb, stout-hearted. Ps.76,5(6).
kokodwe, 1. 2. mmotVa tu ase (xtia so).
fikoko-i'ihwi, hair on the breast of a man.

akokonimpa, a
k(')k6ra,

(xor

kokorgw,

large cock.

akoko-aniwa.

bayere) kokoram (x kwak.)

inner part of roasted yam, put into the fire again

[to be roasted.
*akoko-tade, a garment covering the breast and back. E.i:2S,4.
the

o-koko-s6-ni,

j^?. - fo.

awi.
kokote, icddhog; by-name: gnngw-naodi.
kokote,
kromporo.
kokotekg.
kgkgwa, s. kokga.
kokoyered.
akokurokosem, di-, to magnify oneself to act proudly; ka-, to
speed; haughtdy. Je. 48, 26. Ps..3.5,26. 7.3,8. dvien ak.. to be highminded.

kokwaw, 4. to be exercised or disciplined in; Phi. 4,12. He..5, 14.

sareso ak. no, she is used to the wilderness. Je. 2,24. - 5. to become fat,
k g , + to prophesy, l Ki. 18, 20.
[fleshy, strong. Job .3'.), 4.
kom,+ to turn aside. Ex. 2.3, 2.
n'ani kom, s. kum 12 c).
komm, 1. 8. atramat. - 4. genuinely, sincerely. Phi. 2,20.

koma, 2

d) k. bone, a

bad

i.

e.

heavy heart, Pr. 25,20. -

e)

nek.

*koma-koro, one mind,

adwehkoro, nokoro. *k6mam'-pirim,
hardening or hard koma-mu-tew. *koma-pirim, *k6maness of heart. Ro.
tu, he despairs, Ec. 2,20.

s.

tu 18 c).

Eo.lo,6.

inf.

cf.

11,25.

koma

r^OS

okorefa.

sene, obduracy, rndurathn of heart. K.i^2^o.

*ak6ma-to-yam',
rejoicing ofheati. Je. iryjc. rf. abotoyam'.
*akoma-tu-de, terror.

[Le.

'

2(1, Id.

*iikunimtma, mine, gold-mine.

*gkom-mere, famine.
akomtb, wo ak., io commit suicide tj;/ hanging oneself; syn. sen..
Akuinfode, s. under asafo.
[mene.
*;ikonifo-sem, magic arts, Ac.sjt.u. rf cisumansem.

akoiiij)iwere.
44,
*iikom-tn. = nko-to, slnmhcr.

"kuuipase [Eng.] compass.

iikompow [ekon, pgw].

*komm-ye, inf, silence.

us.

Is.

Ps.ll5,l7-

the noise of a bottle or pot full of li([Uor set up.

e-kon: nek. ;isen,+ he is stiff- neclcd; oseii ne k., he hardens his
neck. Pr. :?9,L - kou-akyi: wokura yenk. kayen kg, hg oar necks
are we driven. La. 5,5.
koi'ij

kdna,+ bead-row, Ca.l,io.

*koii-dua, yoke. Scr.
akg-iie-aba, de,. di ak., to drive and toss. Ja.t,6.
*nk6inin-bo, reivard or price of victory. Col.2,lf^.
I'ikunim-di, victory.
koniabg, better: kwaniabo.

kgiVko,

fr.

G. ko, miko,

wofa

a,

mefa,=^

wonom

konkoUj+

nahkroma ne ne nsa so, he couches

knees and hands. Da. 11,10.

ok. ne

on his

bi,

me

[inenom

nso
bi.

or coivers

iikoukoii, dry cough {^asthma).

ilkoi'ikoiicne, 1. 2. to too much sitting

nkgkg, na woda ho

... eye wo nan ho nkgkoeye wo akyi nso sa.

a,

g-konkonsaiii, ^j/. h--fo, -r treacherous.

o-Kuiikoniii, ^>Z.
koukroii, waist-cloth; syn. amoase.
koukroma, {-\ g-)

-fo.

*;ikgnno-hhjeso, passion: desire, hustfulness. Fs.7s,2!t. CoL.^^o*akyniio-diian, savoury meat, favourite dish, dainty food.

nkonsiaw,

konsepre.
akonsontew,

the

...

osum

Calabar bean.

n'atiko.

akiiwaonsiiro.

*akoiitaliyede, number. Re. 15,2.

*akoii(ii-kyer(jwc', /*^>e,
*ak()nta-iitoano, number, sum. Re.i:i,i7.
[numeral.
iikonten, gbg nk.
nkontimmri, cf. asaba.
kontiwa, (xfor calabashes and).
okontomponi^ ^jL h- -fo.

k 6 n 1 11 ,+ ^0 be perverse. - de .. kgntgn, to lead about. Ex.l.i',ls.

koiitonkye, 3.+ perverse.
*o-kontoiikyeni, -fo, pi. a-, a
perverse, froward, unjust person.
akoiifoiikyc,-sein,+ /^c/versc
things, perverseness, wrong-doing.-^, ano, aperverse mouth. Pr.8,13.
o-kontoro.
o-kontuno.
akontoro. .Je.20,f;. 27,10. I4ff.
kontromfi, 1. 2. obi-adee-wg-no, [G. adu] ... asesaboa.

konimasoafo, i^L h-.

iikonnyabi (xnkonyobi).
kora, pL n-. - nsania-k., scale, dish of a balance. Eze.5,1.

2)1. id.
kurabea,+ treasury, Ps. 135,7- cf. adekorabea.
*akora-bo, inf. old age.
*akorade-daii, store-house. Is. 39, 2.
*akorae, pilace to hide or keep things; cellar, store-house., treasury.
akora-sa [nsa a wgkora] store (jf wine. lCh.27,27.

arikora,

g-korefa (xbird?)

korodgm, Ky. gkodgm.

! ;
.

k6r6kuma

599

nkfimafo.

koroknma, gsram atwa k., the moon isfuU. k.-\\\'i\/i)tf. Fs.8l,.'t.

akoroma, mrah mpeteakwa, i'ikorgu-liuaii(',.s7/o/7/>/.(7. Job39,20.
:

k6ro\v,x^.xl.3.
o-koropatii, an owl.
k6r6i)t'6,4 stud. Ca. l,n
k6rowb('n,+ with whicli charms and amulets are dyed.
*iiko-so, inf. progi'ess; furtherance; success, prosperity; edlfiatiion
Ilk., to cause to prosper, to edifi/; - nyii nk., to prosj/er, he
edified, receive edifi/iuff; ka nk., to speak to edification. lCo.H,Lt(>.

ma

[t-^y'U
*uku-tad(!, wardress; abon ak., coat of mad. t Su. 17, r>.
koluljjii'ikyc, < a kind of.
*kot('-wiii, obsc. an impotent man.
*nkotolb, o)ie that sleeps. Pr. la,:,.
kotodVve (with full o).
kamesekwakye, a kind ol' fjird.
kgtgko-sabiro,

*k()toku-atado Ikotoku -^J cloaJc. JTi.4,l.'i.

kt')(bki'i-saab()l)(,'', ... climber (xtree ... bird).
kotorDUUiji,
ki)lokurb(iri, j>/. /(?. cf. agyennare,

{s. kut...).

[Eng.] coat ; s. atade.

oko( VvOberelb, mischievous person
km, 3.-\ to send on an errand. k r a 1.2.1 to divine (Ge.4t.'>).
*o-kr;i-do, that which pertains to tlie soul (the animal or natural
mind and affections), that w/iich is animal, natural. iCo. 15,40.
krtidbwa.
*okra-rwero, j>/. a-, curate, pastor, minister.
*kt)t

11

kwapen, eperobegyebi, ahunahuro.

krampoi'i, kromporo.
*g-kra-niii-iii,y;/.-f"o, an luiimaJ, sensual, natural man, 1 Co. -J, 14.
*g-kra-iii}iidiiJi, an auimid or natural body. lCo.l.'),44.
u-kramriii. 1.2

epe, open,

kraino-soiii, sootfisatiimj. St.12'!.

.v.

ukra-i'ibOiiia, a woollen stuff dc. Re. 17,4.18,12.

"^^

kromporo, D. As. krampon.

ki"oi'ifi,+ unmixed; sincere,

koma

kr.,

krohn-ye,

inf.

kroii,

Ge

inf. height.

artless, liarmless.

Mt.

6,15. Ep..3,18:

to,iG. Ro.ir,,i9.

sinylenes of lieart, simplicity 2Co.ll,3.Ep.fJ,5.

.

ne k. so ( xenye & it tvas not done), sincerely.

*kn)iikroH-ben, kroiikroiiniu-bg, Jioly place, sanctuary.
*krt)bkr()ukroii-boa, kronkroii-um-kroiikroi'i, the lioly of Jiolies;
*kruiikroii-di, inf. homeda k., holy
s. mpiakyiri. 2Ch.'i,S. He. 9 3.
*akronobservance, sanctiftcation of the sabbatlt-day. K.(14.
kron-ne, a ftoly part, Eze.45,l. lioly iliiuys: eyeak.mu adekronkron,
it is most holy. Ex.28,SSd-c.
[wohki-oii-ye, 3. simplicity. 2Co.l,l2.
*akn'tn-He [krono ade] a stolen thing. Ex. 22,4.
akrouiioi.
krut'o, ^j?. (xa-)
ekii woanini ye tan (kusu) se ku anira

kroiikroii,?/.

-?.

^kua-de. sowing-seed. Le.ll,.H7.

Akiiapeui, Kyiriamim (xK^e[remim).
*kubesa, a stronj^ drink obtained from the fan-palm.
kudo [G.Jdua a wosom' tvve dekyere hyen a.s. korow kwan no.
*akufahyee\v, Akw.^mpotirim.
iikute,.. wokuru (wokura).
kuba,+ bushy. Ca.5,11.
kofwekofvie (not kufvVekufwe).
kukn, ]) 1. 4. kntuwa, 1. 5.x sikakuku, 3) 1. 4.x ayawd.
o-kukiibaii', a kind o{ squirrel; cf. amoakua; s. ntomme-nt.
ku kuw ne bogyese ak liis beard is dipped ; aky i ak., (the cloth)
is bare on the bacfiside. Le. 13,55.
kukuwa, + censer. Nu.l(j,r,.
*o-ku-kyekyero, j>/. a- [nea okyekyere kuru] Jtealer ; surgeon.
kiini, 6.+ wak. n'anim, fie is sullen, vexed, moody. lKi.21,4. -

kom (xkum), his eyes (eyelids) bend, are dull dx.

*iikuniulb, the husband's or wife's sisters (relations).

12. c) n'ani

okumt'o

600
*o-kumfo,

akwahosaiunu.

pi. a-, Tciller, slayer, destroyer.

^akCinil, place of killing, slaughtering-place. Is. 14,21. Je.ll,19.

*kumpraka, a kind of rum or brandy (stops the nose); s. nsa.

kQna,+ kotra kunam', remain

a widow. Ge.SS,ll.

kimaba, 1. 3.+ he marries her as his brothers widow. Ge.S8,s.

*akim-ne [okura ade] a thing worthy of death, cause of death.

k(imm,+ 2)rinci2yal

opp. mt'etewa-mfetewci.

; ..

*0-kun-kese (okumwgh k., he slew them tcith) a great slaughter.

kaiikum, red. v. kum.
kuiisuiikimsuu (x m).
kfintun, 1.+ to pervert. Ejc.23,s.
o-kuntumpa ,p/. n-, Is. 13,22.

*o-kuntii-tam, woollen garment.

kiira, 1.+ k. mu, to hold, keep, keep up. maintain, sustain,
support; to continue. - 3.\. 2.+ to be absolute, self-existent; honhom
a okura neho. an absolute spirit. K.174. - 4. nekra kura nensam'
na okofa n'aduari aba, he brings in his bread at the risk of his life.

akurantg.

kurennyeii, + s/wcere.

*k.-ye,inf. sincerity.

*iikurobot'o, accuser.
iikuro-bo, accusation.
*iikiirotb-kuw, j^?. nk.-akuwakuw, multitude.

Jo. '^,10 Ac.25,hJ.

akorokorowa.
*kurokuro\va, Job7,6.
*kurom'hotb, people of the (or that) city. Lu.
kuroni,+ one home-born. Ex.l2,4'j.

kurududu, *k.-ye, a great crashing

noise.

7,12.

Job 30,29. 2Fe.3,l0.

kuruk^'erewj + ^o engrave. Eze.4,1. Zec.3,9. to pourtray.Eze.23,l4.

*ukLirukyerewe, carved work; engraving. lKi.6,35. Zee. 3,9.
*u-kuriikyere\vtb, pl.A-, (sacred) scribe. Da. 2,2.
kusii, jj/.akusukusu, Eze.n,i3.

kusukusu,
kusiim,

n'ani ye

kusuktikii,

Ac.

(rf. 5,6'.

13, 11.

his eyes are dim. Ge.27,1.

k.,

k.-ara-ne-kurura.

*kusum-di.

inf.

deceptiveness,

trickery, sleight, versatile artifice. Ep.4,14.

*kusu-ye,

inf.

kuturoku,
kuturoniua
akiitutii,

kuw,

kuw

aketewa.
kiituruku, bo-, tobuffet. lPe.2,20.
kuturmnoa), ef. kutruku, nsakgto, twere.
kokorani.
^kutuwa, a small jiot ; asea, nsemma.
(

okuw n'ase, he cuts him off. L-i.4S,9

kukuw so, to clip) (the beard); eso ak.,

;2.+

so,

akuwa,

(/'.

dimness, gloom.

j^Z.

nkuwa-nkuwa.

[Je.4ft,37.
it is

k\va,j)?.a-, 4. Ro.i2,4f. iCo.6,irj. I2,i2ff.

kwa-beteii, a high palm-tree in the

kwa-by, G.
oboabg, nea woaboa

akwada.x 2 dx.
kwadii-bakua,

*kwaiweaba',

akwagyausa,
*iikwa-g3'e,

i/".

lifetime.

forest.
e.s.

woaliye da abg.

kwaduainponkyercfo,

the stalk of a banana-tree.

akwadvvoro (xg &

e).

a kind of

wdd

salvation.

a beast living on
[kigb trees.

*kwae-fwe{b, keeper of the

kofw.

better than

clipjped.

*akinvaoiisuro, a kind of fowl.

*rik\va-bere,

q. v.

cf.

forest.

gkwatiihumani.

dog.

*ijkwaii'3'e-sein, saving

thruths.

ijkwagye-iihyehyee, - kwaii, way or order of salvation. K.266.

gsehmii.
y-kwaha (xgkgha)
akwahosaii-um, safe and sound. Lu. 15,27.

k\\;ikoraiii

(kw.ikoniin

nkw
cikw

;iiiir('),

kok.)

<, s.

.iiiimarioa,

st(lc(r,).

used only

1.

kwrime-tabi,

in the jiL, roicfr.'i,

3. nipotani',

1.

is JioHoir. Er.-J?,-'^. Je.'rj,-Jt.

a k want ami,

O-kw

ai'ilVvc:

B(H

kwakwa'dAlii, G.

akMauiinut', a irclJ-clrdrrd
O-kwai'i,

Uyokvero.

akw.immg,

o-k\v;iiiito (''a-)

if

or aju'tpln.

ranoenioi.

tht- c1eiiiiin<j

of n rodd.

rtxul.
V. cikwai'i ila nui, iir cinii
I'Jir.

nam

kwaii, to be ou

da

dkwai'i.

iijoi(i)irif.

akwaiilb, gkwai'itu, e^c. n. akwainf. t<:c.

(Kvisto) kw.-berf, A(Jre)it-sensoii : kw. inn kwasida,
Si(ii(hiif

in Adrevf.

244. knniabo, a oiir-ci/cd unni.

u-k\van-kv('i"o, a-, ifnidaiire. JobST.lJ.
pnij)on(Mi() k., he iriU vot Iff him (jo.
O-kwaii-ina,
''kwa-iii-abo,

p.

.v.

akwai'iiniiseni,
*0-k\vai'i-|r('ku:

fnnti

...

t/ir

rood: runioiir:

woko^^yano nckw. a

ort'kn yi,

Ex

t3,l'>.

akwai'isosein.
fliri/

foUoir

lii)>i

on his inuf to his last honir. attend his fnnn-(d.

^akwai'isu-diiai'i, provision /or the leay. Ge.4-J,L'.',.
akwaiitea, Ky. =^ akwantwea.
I'lkvvan-ta, II. usually ta.
akwanfemnioivfua, nenionowa ne ne yam' kg, n'akyi tumm.
:

akwanteiiiib-asaf'o,

si/n.

akwantn-knw.

Is. 21,13.

okwan-trenc, a sfraif/ht path.

*g-k\vaii-to, inf. release. De.ir,.
*ak\vaiitii-kn\v, eararan. Ge.37.2r,.
akwantVvea, a kind o^ sqnirrel - ?L^Q\^h'\.
o-k\va}ae,

7^?.

dan nk.,

n-,

I'lkwapae-sem,

to dote. Je.no,

.3(1.

hrutislmess. Is. 19,11.

"kwasalbde-yo, inf. comnmnity of goods. K.112.

"I'lkwasea-so, fooJisldy. Ge.3i,28. *okwasea-ye, inf. folly.
'^ukwa-siaiika-fo, restorer of life. Ru.4,15.
*kwas>iare-bo, inf. kw. mn, contemptnously. Fs.:il,l.s(l<i).
kwati'iT'kwa,

nalcd. -n. bareness, nakedness. Eze.l'jj.

inf. mcmhersliip. K.312.
*kyar6rbbi, a young shark. [G. tsaflobi; s. twaf. p. 523.]
a. hare,

g-k\vati-k\van,^j/.

kye

a-.

*akvva-yG,

ade, to prolong one's days; to prosper. De.4,4^). Eze.17,10.

v.-\- gkyea n'anora, ]ic is perverse in his lips. Pr.19,1-

kyea,
kyea,

n. p)ervcrseness. Pr. 15,4.

*kyea\vkyeaw^

the

(iikyea,

pr. 2Sr>3. neg. v.

most common sandals;

^akyfde-pefg, one who loves

kye-edwg,+ umpire.

s.

kyea.)

mpaboa.

gifts (l)ribes). Pr. 29,4.

kye-t'a,+ lot, inheritance.

Job 9,33.
^iikyee-so, inf. sparing, indulgence, forbearance, mercy, pity.
[size,
kyokye, v. 7. ky. ,. ho, intr. to be bound to. 1 Co. 7, 27.
g-kyekye, a kind of iguana, between mampam & denkyem in
akyekyea, a fruit like a melon.
f He. 11, in.
'^g-kyekyetb, ^j?. a-, fe/j?c/rr of sheaves, Ps. 129,7. budder oi' a town.

^nkyekye(re)-nui, hand for girding, girdle, belt. Ejl:2S,m.27.

ukyekyere, Ak. a thick low bush with thorns (in general),
iikyekyere, Akp. a kind o( grass ov iveeds, rush. Job9,26. Is.35,7.

kyekyere, 3. to be wrappjed about. Jon. 2,5. ky...h6, to be knit

i. ka .. ky ho, to knit or tie to, K. ' 282. - 4. intr. to congeal.

tvith, 1 Sa. 18,

Ex.

15,8.

- 5.

tr. to

charqe, convict. Bo. 3,9.

38b

akyekvere

602

kvinkyini.

I'ikjekyeree, 5. nkyfi-ep.
akyekyere, of. awuru, apowurn.
*nkyek3'ere-anim, handaije, ph(sier on a wound. Je.4G,ii.
kj^ekyerehuj prepared of roasted flour of make.
*akvekye-tiri, a garland ahoid the head.^= abotiri. Pr.4,9.
*g-kjem-kurafo, shield-hearer, armed man.
Akyemfo, pr. n.
...

one icho handles a shield. Pr.6,11. Je.4f>,9.

*iikyenui-abiesa nin biako, the third part, one third rfr.
*iikyemu-du niu biakfj, the tenth part, one tenth. Eze. '45,1-3.
0-kjeniwa, j>/. a-,+ hncMer. Ca.4,4.Je.4C>,3.
iikjene-iikyene, nsu nky., salt u-ater. Ja.S,i2.
*iikyen-liabai'i, a saline plant, orach. Atriple.f halinnis. Job 30,4.
kjenkyeii-ho-mii, the irhole cluster of pahn-nnts.
kyeiik3''eiitak_yi-kiirow. toicn of obstinate peopde.
*iikjeu-so, inf. [kyen] excellence, preference, preeminence, sn[periority; prerogative. K.ii3.1tS.
kye-pa, inf. s. kyew-pa.
pidna, the root of the tail of an animal,
kyepe
kj^ere, 1.- ahopn])o kyereno, tremhling takes hold on him.
Ex.15, 14. cf. iiketenkete. - '>. ky. mn,+ to embroider. Eze. 27,7.
kyere 1. yi .. ky.,+ to profess, pretend; cf. !). - 9. to profess.
1 Tic. 21. - 10. Phr. enye obi na okyere, it is a mailer of course.
*o-kyei"e, inf. binding, bonds. Ac. 20,3.3. 2c}, 29.
kyeree(xe), batten.
iikyeroe, 4. a n-eavej-^s sjwol : cf.dodowA.
*kyere-abodo, -pano, F. sheic-bread. Mt.l2,4.
[prurao.
nkyere-ase,+ discernment. Lu. 12,46.
*kyerebeiiii-ye-bo or -liama, plummet. Am.7,7. Zec.4.io. cf.
akyerekye, a small kind oi' s(2nirrel; cf. opurow.
iikyereniu,+ embroidered irorh. Eze. 27, Id.
*u k_yere.su, throng, crowd, press, multitude. Ln.ft,i9.

=
,

kyerew,

ky... din, to register. Ln.2.S.

7. writing, written document; title: .John 19, 20. kyerew-asem, word of the Scripture. Lu.4.3l.
kyere\\ a, screw.
iikyerewe, 3.+ superscription. Mt. 22.20.
*kyerew-peii, verse. K.p.i20.(;Ho).
*kyerew-pon, wriiing-desk, -table; ky. ketewa, writing tablet.
*ukyere\v-so-d\vom, Ps. 16.56- go.

*g-kyerew,
3. Scripture.

?/".

*kyew-dade, j)an for roasting or baling. Le.2,5.

kyi, 1. 2. gn (xagu); - kyi nsu, to tricllc dotvn. La.
akyi.

l.-\-

bepg no akyi

nolioa. bei/ond the

3,49.

mountain. Ge.35,21.

- 2. the time and events behind, the end. Mt.2r,,5H.

iikyia,+ snrrtiship. Pr.nj5.
akyid<'.+ abomination.
kyidoin,+ wobowon ky., thet/ are their rear-guard. Is. 52,12.
0-kyifo, 3. onr, that hates. Ps. 69,14(15).
kyima,+ eho nto ky., in sincerity. Ep.6,24.

*kyiml,

n-, ^vheel. Ec.i2,6. Eze. 1,15. Ja.3,6.

bamekyinii.
kyinii.
*0-kjmi,inf. going to and fro. Job 1,7.
kyiii-hyia,^ ahumaedi ky., whirlwind. Ps. 77, 1S( 19). Je. 30. 23.
- ky.-mframa. Is.5.2s. .stormy wind. Eze. 13,11.
kyiiikyim, 1. s. kyim. - 2. me bo ky.me, / writhe, ls.21,3.

m'ayam'de

ky.,

my

bowels yearn. La.l,20. -

Pr. 19,3. - 4. to tarry.

3. to perveri, stibveti.

nkviiikvimii

mmara.

603

*hkyihkviinii, windings; atrapoe hky., winding

kyiiikyiri,+

*o-kyin-nsoroma,

pi. id. planet.

*akyini)ye-seni, question, dispute; oppositions.

cf. in|>a;ikyiri.

*akyi-|i;i, inf.

stairs.

rove about. Ge.27,4o.

fo

*akyipat(

tTi.fj',-JO.

nkuiitompofo, those

depart tVom (lod), llie wieked. Fs //.'/,/.") v.

aky. trabpa. the lowest serd. Lu.l4,'J. - 7. wnadi afc
ne aky., itietj are a year old and upward. Nu.:ij5.
o-kyiridilOj
^akyiri-tain" jio, the hinder or western sea. .Toel2,20.
the last.
irho prrfiilioush/

akyiri,

^^-f

*Kyiri-auiim,
*akyirikyiriro,

^>r

//.,

under

.s.

Akuapem &

asafo.

inhabitants of distant eonntries. Is. 8,9.

*o-kyii"i-|>alb, pi. a-, deserter, forsa/cer, apostate, renegade.
akyiri-sai'i,
returning; turning baek or aside. Je.'),3. Pr.t,i>2.
/>/.

*akyiri-si, inf.

e.eit,

final event.

M.
ma,

5. raa

asem,+

to tell lies.

ania,+ bitumen. Ge. 14,10. Ex. 2,3. eoal-tar; ef.mixnno, piteh- Ge.ii,l4*o-mainma-ye, inf. edizenship. Ae.22,2S.
inmae, wauya ha m.
*inam-mau, red. v. man. K.^204a.
\Da.4,27.
*aQiamfo-ye, inf. desolation, devastation; *-yefo, desolator.
*g-main-jMin, jd.a-. a (comparatively) large town or citg. Mt.tO,ll.
amamuiui: uiiipa [or, abode) am. ho asiesiei, the moral system
or the invariable moral laws of the tvorld. K.132f.l89.

o-man,

6".

pl.-\-

Gentiles.

*amah-anKu'i-mii-Di,
ainaiiiiehiniu

mu

*o-maiia-gyii'ae, postage-stamp.

^j7. -fo,

a gentile, heathen. Bo. 2. 14. Ga.2,i4.

boaseto, ^^a//ect', endurance. Ja.o,ii.

a getting into trouble; peril, Ro.8,35.

"^ainanue-nya, inf.
arn.ntam, an oath causing detriment (to the swearer), Fs. 1.5,4.
^aman-t'ratb, ^^/. mingled people, allied or admixed to a ruling
nation; cf. at'raf raf'o
omanifrani. Je. 25, 20. 24.
*mma-fihmri-wOj inf. [s. ba] omnipresence, ubiquity. E.16.5.
*amau-hyia, imperial diet. K. 7.11,1.
o-mrii'ihene, king of a nation, adakuro, chief of a town or village.
miiiaiiin-ye,+ ^;ot'e>-, virtues; *mni.-de, mighty acts. Ps. 106,2.8maiikrado, (xo-) G. mahkralo.
q-mi\i\]^v\\\ ,-]r province, iKi. 20,14. people assembled. Ac. 12,22.
*g-mari-paiiyin, pl.^-xn-, prince, chief.
manuo, 1. cf. ama.
:

.s-,

"aman-sftiiteri asafo, the catholic (not the

Roman)

church.

-amansem-mu afeforo, civil New-year's-day.

amansesew,+ a setting right, successful arrangement

of govern-

mental ox poUtieal matters. Ac. 24,2.

"O-mansih-hene,
g-inaiis6t'o,

tetrarch. Lu.3,t. Ac.l3,l.

2>l- i>--i+

ma n tam,-;

sedHionary, one given to change. Pr. 24,21.

- 1. 4. are entwined about. Job8,l7.
gm. mu panyih, president of a district.

rebel,

to tether,

<j-man-taiii,+ district;
"O-mantaiii-licne, pl.., prince, satrap. Da.3,3.
o-inaiitaii,+ tribe. Ps.74,2.
ainaii-ye. oye amanyo-pa, he observes decency. K.j^349.
mmara: obra ho m., moral law; asore ho m., ceremonial law;

mmara

604

mogya-tow.

gmari ho m., political law.

*mmara-asem, commandment ; cf.
ahyede.
mmarahye, + legislation.
*mmara-iiinitb, laivi/er.
Tit. 3, 13.
*mmara-so-ditb, doer of the laiv ; ^mmara-tetb, hearer

of the law.

*mmarato-(a)de,

mmaraiiiiuaii,

maremare,

2.

1.

okasa

mataiiifita,

iniquity, transgressions. Bo.

abrammo

of bronze or brass for

afra (xafa).

^^ieced"

*mma-je, inf. s.
*mma-yen, inf.

ra.,

stammer, stammering speech. K.818.

oba-ye.
education.

*ma-je, inf. fulness.

*maye-tras6, infinite

*mmea-mu [bea mu] bar, cross-bar, cross-beam.

memmene, to sivalloiv up several things,
amemene^ Ak.

mene.+

to

*mene-twa,

brain:

6, 19.

&c.

s.

hoh.

['^'^5.

fulness.

Ex. 26,26.

amemem (xamemim).

consume. Ex.32, lo. -

1.

3.

wosaw (x wosow).

cutting of the throat, slaying.

*menewam'-siWj inf. strangling. Job 7, 15.
in/',

Is. 22, 13.

amere, 1. a tree, ofram kokg, (xphmt).

mnierehua, pr.SSo. the finest part of gold dust.
*merekeii [^=^American'.^] a kind of rum or brandy.
mmere-nson, <5. a period or tveelc of 7 years, cf. afepeh. Da. 4,24.
*mmere-santeh, s. bere-s.
*mmere\v-ni, ^j/.-fo, a iceak. feeble person. Ps. 105,37. lCo.8,9.

mmesa [(x!'); esa ho seabe (btn-ew)].

-6'. icreathen chain. Ex. 28,24.

sare m., cJiopped straw, chaff. Ex. 5,12.
*mme-su [abe su] s. under hho-ye.
mmevv, 2. better: bew.
mmewa, the fibres of the palm-tree (not of the leaves), x a... trees,

mesemese,

mi a, 1.+ to choke. MK. 4,7.19. - 2. c) he strengthens himself.

Ge.48,2. - mia wo ani hii ainanne, endure hardness, suffer affiiction,
2Ti.2,3. omia n'ani tra ran, he endures. - 3.aJ+ to confirm, strain,
strengthen.

Is.35,.'i.

4. to

gird oneself.

Is. 8,9.

amia-de,+ armed

*amiade-daii, armoury. *amiafo, armed men.

bibitama. f
*mmibi-tama,
imrple;
ainim-di, *-ye,
amim, di a.,+

host. Job39,2l.

blue or violet
to

*o-mim-difo,

^>/.a-,

ainirikadcnj tu-,

mba,

2.

*mmoa-ban,

to

*mnioa-gye,

*mmoa-kiiw,

Is.

15,4

inf. o])pression.

run very

fast.

*mirikatiiru,

^>/.a-,

runner.

straitened. Job 18,7.

*mmoa-adidide, manger. Lu.2,12.

herdman. Ge. 46,34. Am. 7,14.
mmoadi, taking of gifts. 2Ch.l9,7.

fold. Ge.49,t4.

"^awnoa-i'yvei'o,

bibiri,

oppressor, violent man.

4.+ are

1.

s.

oppress.

2)1. id.

inf.
j^/.

m-a-j herd, flock, cattle. Nu.32. Lu.2,8.

*nimobo-hu, inf. pitying, commiseration; cf. mmgborohunu, j^dy.

*iimigbo-iiiinybo-ye, inf. sadness. Nc.2,2. Ec.7,3.
mmol)om", 3. roaring of a lion. Pr. 19, 12.
miiigboroni,+ miserable.
*rnmoborohiimi-ade. alms.
^mmobowe, scroll. Je.36, 2. Zec.5,1.
minoden, ho-,+ to study to.
*iniiiotra-y(jn, inf. education, discipline of children.

*mogya-ka-gnfo, shedder of blood. Eze.l6,S8.

*mogya-pefo, pi. id. bloody(-minded), murderous man.
*mogya-tovVj clot of blood; embryo. Ps.lS9,l6.

mommono
mommono, +

605

nna-nna.

(e. g. grapes), Nu.6,3.

uncircumcision.
*niinnii-bg, inf. neighing. Je. 13, 27.
*uimonse [oboh aso] valley, lotdand at the foot of mouutains.
*mmonsefo. inhdhitanh of the lowlands. Ju.i,ti).H4.

moist

*monioiioto-ye,

inf.

*nHnore-mi'i. inf. [bore] searching (out), investigation. Job 11,7.

nimon)-so,n- plentg, copiousness, plenteoiisness.
*niniu.si)ii-kgin [abosom hkoin] hye in., to use divination. De. 18,10.
mranira, red. v., s. mana. Re.lljo.

mil a, 3.
nimu-ano,

auim 7 A; anim niua

s.

coming

*e-mii-l)a, inf.

anim romfia

no, in the dark.

[Eze.i-J,n.7.

in: fulfilling, fulfilment, realization.

*inri-di, inf. integritg.

*e-mu-do,

a,

edge, edging tCr.

*inri(iif'o,

one who

is

perfect. Job 37,16.

inf. depth. Ep.:i.t8.

*e-mii-fam', inward, -Ig; em. abahhua, the inner court. Eze.10,3.

*e-mii-firo, one that has escaped, fugitive. Eze.24,26.
inf. [bukaw] bent or folding pati. Eze. 41,23.
the act oi going in. entrance. He. 10.20.

*mmukavv-mii,
*e-mu-ko,

inf.

*amiimo-de, ye-, to live ungodly, act impiously. 2Pe.2,6.

*amuino7e-de, iniquities, Is.64.7. 65,7. ungodly deeds, JvdelS.
:

*amiimoye-seiii, ungodHness(es). Ro. 11,26.

*e-mii-nipa, the inward man. Ro.7,22. 2Co.4,l6.
mmunkam-so, K.163.
munum, 2. to roll e.g. a stone.

*amu-siei

Vim:\w-s6,+ exuberance,

asiei, anisiei.

excess.Ja.l,21.

mekobisa me ti (xho). - t\vet\Ve m., to mafie oneself

accursed. iSa.3,13. - '^mmiisii-ba, son of wickedness. Ps. 89, 22(23).

nimusu,

1.

7.

*mmiisii-bolb, blasphemer. lTi.i,i3.

"iimuisu-kyere. sootlisaying, fortune-telling, prophesying.
iiui-twa,+ Ps.77,fi(9). - enkye m., it is temporal, transient.
].

313 1.3 from below mepe (xmape) meberee.

iinada,+ ^?<//e.
nnade-dworo, pieces of iron, used as money
anadwota, F. auofii (xanafoa).
[(xgold currency).

O-nfi, p.

*anadwo-guaj trade
anafo (xa).

in the night; di an., to deceive, delude.

*anago, Guinea sheep [Marewa],

"iina-hg [nea eda ho] pi. nnedahg, space, tKi.7.36.

niiakoko,... a week after the wedding (xbefore.... with him).
0-nakwa, gyee on. maa mraa, slie became a name among women.
^nna-kyi, inf. slmnning (evil) days, observing of times.

na

in,

o.

l.-r

nam kwah,

e-ne no nam,

it is

e-nam, J. + kokum nam,

to

on a journey. iKi. 18,27. - 6.Phr.

K.190.
hunt for venison. Ge.27,.5.

to be

closely connected,

"n;\m-di-nn6ma, ravenous, carnivorous birds. Eze..'i9,4.

*iiaiiiti, anaiiilisurii. As. certain weights of gold.
*nam-u:iia, sliamblcs, fles/i-market.

Co. 10,25-

*anammonfo, anamnammonkoro, -kwaii.

*nna-nna, eda.

*iiaiiiiiioii-hiiiiu, bare-foot. Is. 20,2-4.

moiimufo, foot-men. Nu. 11.21. iKi.20,29.

*niia-mu-nsem (hhoma), chronicles.

s.

enan

606

anigyefo.

e-nan, 2. stalk e. sj. of the maize plant,

ananade,4- a foreign thing. Ne.l3,30.

*anana-gja,

s.

buronah. Ge. 41,22. [3. tenon. Ex. 26,17.

.strange fire. Le.lo,l.

jinaii-ani,+ ovefiurning, Eze. 21.27. froivardness, Fr.6j4

naii-ann [nan abieri] two-legged; si n, to be undecided in a
matter, double-dealing, dotdde-tongucd.
anana-teii, yi an., to reprove a friend.
*nnane [dan', v.'\ turn; n. I'lliinH mu, every way. Ro..'i,2.
*anaiiej smelting-place or -house, crucible. Ps. 12,6(7).
j

*g-naiitb,

^j/. a-,

melfer, smelter;

nan-koro, a single

nankromma

[enaii,

kron,

anaiimu, nnadewa no
an.,+

to

cf.

ogufo.

leg; one-legged.

anaiikoti, a kick.

ma=:wa].

an., the print of the nails.

make good. Ex. 22, 11.

John 20,

ananmu-hye, retaliation.

25.

si

*nansua, As. a certain weight of gold.

*nan-tam", between the knees. Ge. 48. 12.
Q-r\Ai\iei6, + passer-by. Eze.39,l4f. syn. okwantenni.
anante-nante, ?/?/. ivalking nj) and down. Job 1,7.
[.Je.50,4.
*g-nante-su, inf. wode n. tVvefwe no, weeping they go and seek him,
nnaiitwerem" [odan, twaremu].
*nantwi-ka-poma, o.K-goad.

anWe^

naii-iiwea-so-ka,

[Jxi.8,3i.

Is.s,is.

*nna-oha, a hundred days: eha ara

n.,

for a considerable time.

*niia-santeri nhina, (dl successive days. Fs.93,.5.

*ana-se, or; Gr. i; 251 b. 258,2.
p.l47b; s. ana.

*nasireni,pZ.-fo, [Heb. nazir] a iV'a-^ar/Ye, =oh6tuafo, oyi-nedwira-ba, anyamekwa. Ge. 49,26. Nu.6,2. Am. 2,11.
e-ne,

Ofi

hy iraa me eny e 'ne, he has blessed me

days only).
*nneda-ho, 5.

(not to-day or these last

*nnedna-daii,

-fi,

(house

of)

this

long time

nnalig.

prison. Ge.42,l9. iKi. 22, 27.

Is.

24, 22.

anem,-t- pedantry; constant use, exercise or practice, He. .5, 14.

*neimaLi, s. nahu.
anene, ^jZ. id. (xn-) [G. kwakwadabi,]
anene-diirii,+ stacte, Ex.30, 34.
nnenkj^enemma, La.4,7.

a) opening for a well, Ja.3,il. cf. aniwao. - b) key-hole

dtc. - p. 323. 1. 4. n'ani (so) da ho;+ ani a enna ho, intemperance,
incontinence dc. lCo.7,.5. - n'ani gyina, he longs after or for, earani,

7.

nestly desires...- n'ani kom (xkura). -n'ani so asem terew, K.^318,1.

his thoughts are absent or dissipated. - p. 324. n'ani tra, he overlooks.

-ani a ewu

ade, modesty, bashfulness, shamefacedness. lTi.2,9.-

bo ani, to join battle. Ge.14,9. - p. 325. to (xtu) wo ani kyere

Sidon; to wo ani fwe ha, look here! - otu n'ani sa no, he eyes him.
ani-ani,+ incdnstantly; gko an., he fights superficially, here a
little and there a little (^hehas ... side).
*aniani-ha-yi, s. ani hayi.
anibere, i. + lust, cf. akgnno.
aniberesem, 2. covetousness.
13.

ani-bi-aniia-s6,
at

-f

thoughtlessness. - n'an.-so, in his simplicity,

ani-bii,+ ennui, tediousness. K.,30.5.

anidalio |ani a eda ho] 1.+ temi^erance, soberness. Ac. 26, 2.5.
''ani-dan, inf. [dan ..ani] change; perverting; perverseness.
nita, 4. cf. hyerehyere-fam', kese-fam' (Eze. 20,46), po-fam',
*anigyefo, 2)1- a-, one that rejoices. Ro. 12,15.
[cpom.
venttire.

Ki. 22,34.

jinigyinade

*nnioyinn-de,

607

iinukoiniokoadc.

desire, desired thing. Pr. 13,12.

stramjer. Nu.lft,4.
*iuuliuinafb-de, a thing or
place hcloiif/ing or accessible to comnio)! people, jnofane. Eze. 42,20.
o-iiiiiriiii;Yiii,-f-

(i-iiikantb, n. lire, living. Ej:2t,lr,.

II

iii/f se

aiiiiii.

A)

1. 1

I Ki..'i.22.

ekomj (xfi).
wonnim nna na

.iiii-kuiM [ani

Ji

n'anim

2.

////f/y

return.

wodai'i a, if at ion/ time (or in case)

amuna or asee (Ge. 40, 7). - aniin tua aniin,

fore to face. - B) f\Ve aniin yiyi nnipa nin, tn hare respect of persons.
fJa.2,9.
^iiiindoe-liu, inf. Jcnowledge. Pr.l0,i4.
*aiiiin-t?im', eastward, cf. apnei; an.-f.-po, the East Sea. Scr.
'iiiinl'o, knowcr., one who Inows. Ac. 1.24.

of per.'^tons. 2Ch.nK7. Fr. 24,23.

mockings. He. 1 !,:'>(',.

^jiiiiinlVvc, inf. respect

;uiiiiii;iiaso-tle^

;iiiiiiili;iroseiii,+ hoasting. .Jr.2.3,.H2.

^auimtia-bu,

*aiiiinliare-so, slightly.

f.Je.H,il.
contempt. Est.l,is. I's.l07,40.
*;iiiiiiiyo-bea, gesture, carriage, bearing, mien, look, air, manner,
inf.

appearance. K.<^S18,2.
[Ro.ii,ii.
n.-two, inf. jealousy, emulation.
"aiiiiiseii-sunuiii, anndet used in the state ol' pregnancy.
e.vternal

nii'ikuiiii [onini,

iii|ta-biu'i,

koro, Ak.].

1.+ person, 2>ersonal appearance or circumstances.

wicked person, villain, rogue, knave.

*o-iiii>a-l)ono, a

"ni[)al)one-d('-yo. inf. wickedness, villany, roguery, dc.

*o-iiiita-kuint'o, slayer: cf.

okumnipa, owndifo.

De.nt,.^.

way

or after the manner of men, as men do.

*nnipa-inn-Tiyijim' (ne animfwe), respect of persons. Ep.O,y.
[Col.3, 25.
'iiiiipa-aiiiintwe, id. Bo. 2, 11. .Ja. 2,1.
*iiiiipa-saiif,en, all men from the first to the last, all mankind,
*iinil)aiir, in the

nipa-su,

1. --=

o-iiipa-yy, inf.

the whole human race. K. 185,1.

nipaban. - 2. human nature. K.229.
incarnation (of the Son of God),

ani-siei, syn. asiei, amusiei.

*am-so-ade, ani-so-ade-hu,

vision. Ac.

inf.

2, 17. 9, 12.

*aiii-so-biri, inf. giddiness.

a\n-so-dc,+ an acceptable thing; loveliness. Ca.5,lG. good pleasure, desire. 2Th.l,ii.

*ani-so-son], /w/l eye-service. Ep.G,G.

anitore [nea u'ani atgre].

aiii'tew-mii, ivith guile.

*aiii\vabu,

momenf.

inf.

Eze.2C,ir,.

*aiiivvodeii,

anuoden.

s.

*aniwu-hye, inf. contempt.

lewdness. Eze.23,29.
*aniwu-sein, vile or obscene language, foul talk. Col.3, 8.
A\\vs\Vi-()ii'.,+

alio, 4. a)

+ selvedge,

B) dn

waknm obosom

or so ano

Ex.

26,4.

{4. a. d. 6.) to

no ano,+ he

f)

nna

iihina ano, the

hris

made

the

power of the

nno-hRe,+ fruit, 2>roduce, increase. lCo.3,5.

anoboa,+ ingathering.
"Ono(boa)boafo, one who

end of days.

be sufficient; to suffice.

K. 214,1.
fetish infeffectire.

gathers.

aiiobo\v,+ bitterness of speecli.

*h\\o-h\x,inf. counting, numher.
nohda, + kusu-fam' ano nohu tonu, the farthest North. [Eze.38,15.

*ano-hunu, ivanton

lips.

[39,2.

Le.5,4.

o-no-ko, t\va-, to strive about ivords. 2Ti.2,l4.

iinokoiiiiokgade,+ dainties, delicacies. Ge. 49,20.

Je. 51,34.

;.

anokwade

608
*a.nokwa-de,

anjansasem.
*nokwa-kwaii,

Ihe true riches.

iiokwasem,+

tnitlifidness.

*nokwa-teii,

the rir/ht tvay.

faithful judgement

*g-nomtb, pi. a-, one who drinks, drinker. Is. 24. 9.

*g-noma-yifo, pi. u-, fowler.
*nnoma-su, inf. chirping.
RUOine,+ trongh. (ye. 24,20. - ^no\\\i.Q\w\ prop. Ntaman mu.

nnpiiku-besa, a kind of red chintz (not of countrti-cloth).

*ano-peDi, inf. the goings out. Nu.34,12.
fmo-sem,+ rain words, rain talk, talk of the lips. Pr. 14,23.

*ano-som,

"aiio-nta, donhle-tongued. lTi..3,S.

lip-devotion.
*aiio-tewfo, ready speaker, elocjnent man.
*ano-toi'6fetoi*ofe, a glib tongue, blabbing ojd .secrets. K.122.
anu-ji, inf.+ excuse; an. bi nni ho mma wo, you are inexcusable

ewg

11

a,

au., it is excusable. Ro.l,20. 2,1. E.J23.

niL.fu, a) to take away; b) to take away by force or
without permission.
fi.

*iniuaba-te\v, inf. harvest of fruits (figs &c.). Je.4s..'}2.

*iimia-tow, inf. hewing timber.
*nufusu-dae [nufusu a ada] curdled milk, curds. Fr.SO,:',:^.
*nrimauLima, v. F. to baptise; euriinaiuima, baptism:
^nuiiianuinanyi, baptist. Cf asubo.

ls.7,ir>.

iiunu,+ wonnunu no, Jie is blameless. Plii.2,irj.

o-nuodeutb,+ stubborn, oidrageous, headstrong.
anuoujam, .?. + rnanya n'anim an., I have found grace in
sight.

'aniioiijam-hye,

*anuonyainh3'efo,

inf. glorification;

his

transfiguration, K.24;}.

one who honours another. La.l,S.

auuouyan-iie,-r benevolent, kind treatment, Ac. 27,3.
*aimoiiyau-st'ni,
*nusuatete\v, s. anisuatctew.
fid. Ps.S7,3.
anyaado, in reply to a certain class of peo})le (xthe sal. &c.).

()-iiy;ime: *iiyauio-do, dirinelove; *nyauie-dom, divine grace.

*o-iiyameferetb, jjl.f^-, a pious, godly, religious, devoid person.
*aiiyame-gua, a seat of gods, Eze.2>^,2.
*()nyame-ho-aliuiiim.
the (innate)knotvledge of God (of his existence). K. l4y.-^*o-nyau\Qkyere, theology.
*o-iiyame-nipa, God and man, God incarnate.
K. 229.*onyaine-n\\)i\-XL',theanthropy.
*iiyame-nyansa, divine
nyame-mu.
nyaine-so,+ in a godly manner, right,
tvisdom.
o-nyi\iwe-i^tm\.,+ piety; *iiyainesom-bi'a, godly life.
K.22lf.
K.i^273.
*iiyame-su, divinity, divine nature. Ro.1,20.
*o-iiyame-tcbea, /"orw of God. Fhi.2,n. K.2.'i7.^r- "^o-n^'ame-toro, ((false
*(Jnyame-(iinndi, theocr((cy.
^o-nyau]e-ye.,inf. godGod.
head, divinity. Col. 2,9.
[s. agoru.
*n7amoiiyamotb, feeble jicrsons. Ne.4,2.
niiyane^ 2. a play
auyai)koii-ne,+ Ps.77,l0(n): event, chance. Ec.9,2.ll.
*nyank6nne-kjerero, ji^/.irf. soothsayer. Da. 2,27.
nyaiikoii-iiuru [duru, v.] ... trees (xandj it may be used...
*aiiyansa-dwuma, skilful work. Ex. 28,(J.
nyaiisa-dgii(xa-).
c/". adwini. *o-iiyaiisa-dVvim{b,^/. a-, aivise, .skdftd man. 2 Ch.2,14.
*nyansa-liCi, inf. knowledge. Pr.i,7.
*nyaiisa-hye. ^nyaiisa*an3'an.sa-pam, crafty counsel.
kyere, inf. admonition. Ep.6,4.

()

Ps.83,.3(4).

^nyansa-pe,

sem, wisdom.

inf. philosopliy.

Ps.37,.W. 49,.-](4).Col.2,2.3.

Col. 2,8.

^anyansa-

II

y.imi y.'mirordw

;i

()(9

|i;ic.

|iy;iiiiiy;iiiirur()\v;i, s. usal.uluii.

iiyat\V()iii-yi', inf. /ii/jxirris//.

iiiiytMK'iiyenima,

imyi^yo,

k suhiII

pi. id.

iiy

ii'i,

:2.

to

develop, hr

development:

hell.

2. deception, dehifiinn: sednclion:

^iiiiyiiiyoi, pcrsnasioti: inaitcnc

t)-iiyii'i,

J'c.-Jj,

n..

funned

hii t/ron-lli.

iiuyin;i-S('),

!'<"<
/ !^

.'ioclcet, E.c.-J(!,l!);

iiiiyinaso-pji,

ludiirol eo/xieifif or dis/io.'^ifion (to).

Cu.2,'.i.

N.
Mould

conlinniini-e. dnrolion. K.

(jood standinf/ or der/ree. lTi.:ij:i.

<i

iiyiii;iiii,+ to olidiee.

'^I'li'io-lx'pow,

K.i^lsiff.jlA.JJi',.

if).

"MliyiliJl-lli), inf. Ij^yina lioj e.ristenrr.

K.j^l''^'-':

nsisi. niiridri.

rf.

/ intx jivrxuiided.

of Olivca. Scr.

"fii'Kt-liriAm, oiidnienf. Cn.l,.'t.

"iii'itt-diia, olire tree.

ni'io-lo.i, H oil-re.<isel. Zee. 4,

hneh w/ud /m.< heen honr/Jd.

nniia-liaina [ogua, h.] a cord with n'hie/i a load
is hound; of. ognanliaina.
'rii'mam-iiiai'i [Ijaii]^;/. id. sheepfold. Nu.nj,HK

-J.

ni'iiiadai'i, </ivin;/

'
I'l

oftiitdinfi nrticles

I'ma n-IVve-atado, .<ihepherd's dress.

I'lfiiian-iiya, le(i of a sheep.

floelc of sheep.
shepherd, sheepninsler, herdinnn. 2Ki.3.i.Am.f1.
a creeper ( <shruh) ...
I'liiiigiiso, f ephod, Ex. 28,4.

*iiimai'i-kii\Vj

^i'iriiian-y(u'ro,

I'luuare, 1.

Nw. Nw.
nvvansaiia-biri, a yrcen species of fjjf.
11 wen, .V.+ /() rebel. Ge.14,4.
"afiNViMi-iu'' jade a woanwene] a tiling framed, formed: earthen
''aiiwii'iwi, inf. mitrmi(rinf/(s), (jrumblinff.

fvessel.

ai'i\\Oii\vadc,+ wonder, marvellous worl'(s).

^aiiwoMwride-yefo, one doing wonders. Ex.ir>,n.

sharpen, Johir,,9. - 5. + twenw., to he refracshun or avoid (one's duty).

ai'iwoi'amniai'i, bg-, + to go round ahout. Ps.r>9,G(7).
wurari-i'ivvu rail, 2.
uwrai'iuwraM, cf. ntokowa-nt. Oe.nn,.'i2.
"I'lriwei'iliO-dVvoiii [dwell] an instructive psalm, pious meditation.
fFs..^>2.
a 11 wo, also the bark of a tree used like gyHne.
I'lnwuukorOj 1. 2. ... to de hobo ...

Mworain, 1.+

to

torij, to

1*1

P.
pa, [rcr/.xpepa]

the tahernacle. Nu.t,r>t. -

keep

pa ahyiae-ntamadan

.'5./^+

down

no, to frdie

8.+

Fs.llH,22. Alt. 21,42. to forbear (e.g. to

the Passover), Nu.9,13. - 14. srAti - Ac..'',,19. Be. 29,20. - 18. a-

nyiuam

pa,

am pa,
pa,

7)/.

2.

ainpa,

/ am

wapae pon no

-apa-de, hire.

pae,

Ex. 20, is, - 20. akuwaunsiu-o.

2)ersuaded. Ro. 14,14. Cj^d- ampa-anipa.

jjopa, lightning flaslies.

me

aye

-2.1- p.

Is. 2.^,17.

ho.

asase, to

pa,x

pi. a-

'u-]iadilb,

furrow

I.

4.

worker for

the earth. Ps. 141,

hire,
7.

3.

s.

gpani.

+ to

cleave

asunder, Nh.16,.11. - 0.+ p. ntaiii', to put a difference between. Ex. 11,7.

~ 6. esen pae ... sanebena ... +p. nhyia, to p>roclaim a convocation.
Le.23,2.37. -

14.+

Is. 56, 8.

39

pae

610
pae,

= tekrekyi. mpae^

*nipaemu-ka,
o-pakauni,

pam,

inf.

1.7.

bohye (xg-).

*A])ag-ya, pr.
xnpii-aky'n'i,+ backsliding. Ho.

open confession.

J7L a- -fo.

[rerZ.x

ampaye.

n.,

s.

asafo.

14,4(5).

pemp.J 5.+ asu no ani apam, the surface of

pam ho, to he doubled. Ex. 26, 24.

the

river is frozen. Job38,30. -

pam

[G;i].

e-pam,

pi. id.

mekgbg pam.

o-pam-ag'6,+ repairer of the hreaclt. Is. 58, 12.

*inpame, seam, joining. JoJm 19,23.
inpam-ho. *apam-hye-(le, sacrament(s); better: adommanade.
*ampampa ^=anipa-ampa, ampa-ne-ampa.

o-pampan, pr.2588.
apampa',+ shovel. Is.3o,24.
*apaQi-seet'o, trucebreaker ; implacahle. Ro.l,.Hi. 2Ti.3,3.

pan [rec?.xpemp.] + to

dadewana wyhon.

crop) (off), Eze. 17, 4. -

pail .. ntam', to separate between. Is. 59, 2.

pan, m-, + abura no da mpaii, Ge..37,34.
o-pani, si/n. gpadiCo,
ampaiV, cf. fwenakroii.

Is.

19,10.

Nu. 22,23- cf. pare.

apaiita, a kind o{ grass.
*o-paii-yi, inf. banishment. Ezr.7,2r,. La. 2,14.
*panyin-ni, inf. eldership, office, government. Is. 22,21.
mp.,
principalities. Col. 1,16. 2,10.
*mpan3aii- akoin'iua, chief seat;
*mp.-tnibea, -trabere, tlie uppermost place, highest seat. Mi. 23,6.
paiikyei't',

*mpaiiyiii-iiwuma, eldership,
charge.
II 5.
rupture, schism. Mt.i2,25. ,John7,43.9,U).
apapafo,+
good. *papaiii, a good, righteous
*papa-ye,
well-doing; syn. yiyeye. *papayelb, well-doer.

Lu.14,7.

St.

office,

mpapaem',+

the

pterson.

inf.

^;/.ra- (x a-) Ak. aberekyinini.

apapowa,+ A-?//.
Lu.15,29.
(xpepuii) Ak. F.+ catarrh; cf. gpakiim.
*paradlse [Ueh.] j^oradise, orchard, pleasure-garden. Ca.4,l3.

g-papo,

pa|Li,

*pasa,tJ. s. pasaw, pase. Ex. 2,5.

pasa, waye p.,-f he is utterly undone, he

is

desolate,

destitute,

nipasa-inp.
starving, perishing, 2>ining atvay. La.4,5. Re. 18,17.
*0-pasare, a thorny tree, used for building purposes and fuel.

*pasa-ye,

Mo. 3,10.
rank. lSn.17,22. - ba or bae mp.,+ wobae kurow no
ho mp., they set themselves in array against the toivn. Je.50,9.
inf. destruction.

mpasua, +

pata,+ wgap. abgm' ahye..mu,

it is

comprehended

in. Ro.13,9.

pata, + botan p., a bare rock, cf. ferefere, Eze.24,7f.

uipata, JJ. + ransom.
*nipata*mpata-ade, ransom. Ex. 30,12.
^iiipata-aj^ua, mercy-seat.
afore, expiatory sacrifice, (donement.
He.9,5.
*inpata-da, day of atonement, Le.23,27.
nipata-de, +
*inpata-d\Vuma,
a prop/itiatory thing, gift or sacrifice. Bo. 3, 25.
expiatory work. K.i}232.
*mpata-wu, expiatory death.

*mpata-bom", comprehension. *mp. nipaebo, general prayer.

patabubu,+

with a crash. Ps.35,8.

g-pataku, by-names: + gbonu, gbonukyerefo.

nipatuw-mu,+ unawares. Job9,5.
apawa,

+ /V?.

Is..'i0,24

peacock. lKi.10,22. (not koha).

*pawpaw: bg p., to do a thing quick and carelessly. pr.2308.
ampa-ye, + true knowledge, sound wisdom; safety, sincerity.
'^\)?i\\0,

pe

611

apeto.

pe, i.+ orepe me asem, he seeks an occasion against me. 2Ki.5J.

- J2.+ koina a epc, a ivilliiuj mind. lPe.5,2.
pe, a. 3. uc pe a owio ye, his i)crfec(inn; cf. pt?ye; ne pe a ouye
a. 8. ohwie ye, his imjieifection. K.,i}lfj6.
apo,+ check in (jroivth, stunt; to ape, to be stunted.
](',

si/n.

ahkasa.
poa, v. must le tliiin^cd into p ;i.
bi a n'aba lio iiliwi (xeinu usu) k(!ka lieiielih.
i

wura

^L

Jip(';i,

^L
^|L

^pel'e, a. open, plain, clear; adv. opcidi/, fdainli/, cicorlii, freelif.

^^B

^V

[(Odua, - jtidua, cuccifx, root of

John?, 4. It, 14. 13,:i6. syn. f'e, f'anii, ketc, pete, liaiih.
nipekiia: bg-,+ tosci liyld by, slitf/d, despise. Eze.22^7.

^p ode me
Wf

tlic tail.

ye se ne yoiiko.

iup.-.S(jin,

1.

3.

ope ine de ine aye ne yonko.

i. e. takes offence at U; obii nea

so di, he eateth with offence. Ro. 14,20.
*|itMiir-kiiratb,7^/.in-, spear-man.
l}kii\e,-\- javelin, iSa.lT.d.

p e ni

-i.+ epein no, he stumbles

epem no

\)em(i,

me tekrenia ye p., / am
pempeni anim, to pusli at each

of a sloiv fonifue. Ex.4,

10.

other (of hostile armies).

o-p('inpciisir(),+ usurer. Ex.22, 2'>.

a|empeii-sika, <jain of oppressions. Is. 33, to.
pem|cii, \A.+ to intimate, suggest, hint, insinuate; to foreshadow.
K.,ii 171.173. - lastl.+ her calamit// is near to come.

l>empen rihwi, to pluck the Jiair. Ne. 13,25. Is.5o,r,.

*apeni-so-saroheiie, raptain of a tliousand, chief captain, tribune.
buam, pen) J. s. red. pempei'i.
^. Ak. to ivatch one
order to get occasion to ruin him.
pen, p. 371. 1.4. oiiyarce pen.
jen, 1. distinctly; pae asem nom' ka kyere no pen! - :2. at once;
dua nom' abu pen 3. s. red. pen pen 1. gyirase ye pen pen.
nipenna', 1.2. wofwe or wobobo .. I. 3. ntama a ani ye nk.
mpmkjireii (xe).
0-pene, 3. contentment. lTi.6,6.

pen,

{s.

in

*pentekoste [Gr.] Pentecost.

*penserc [Eng.'] pencil, style.
pentemmerefu, a fabulous animal having two heads.
*pepe, red. v. pe.
*penfeiik\vaw, bg-, to skip. Ca.2,8.

opepeha (xmany ... mult.)

apepe, a small bird, wren'C
apepee, inf. searching.
*pepe, inf. inquiry, investigation.
*pepe-ye, perfection.
*pepepe, s. pe; n. accuracy, regularity.

mpepewa:
pere,
pere,

1.
.^.

perede,
*apere-di,

tase mp., to glean, nip.-tase-so, gleaning, as

mpere

lio

mpampa
inf. strife.

mpere-h6,+

mmu

p.,

were,

bare

hills. Is.49,9.

De./,12. *g-peredifo, adversary. lKi.ii,23

j;>-e(/jj<7rtyi()n, liastincss,

rashness. K.i.W. Hos.ll,ll.

apcrenteii, tu or bo
(written) defence. opesare,
mpese,2J?.Jf/.+?oc/cofhair.
gpesere,

mpereme,

it

pant. Fs.3^, 10(11)nten, do it without prejudice. 1 Ti.5,21.

p. katirikatiri, to

small

stiot.

ii\)Qveiieiw^+

Ca..5,i?.

ap.
,

'

'"

second crop in December.

O-pete, by-names + obr6tea,opiisu-anini, huhu-nye-\v6-hCi, kwasi[tipae.
*mpete-akwa, a by-name of the akoroma.
*ape- to, inf. stunting, stunted growth; afumduari -a^., failure of crops.

apese-ldirow, (not ab.)

-f

maize of

tJie

pew

612

pew

n'aso ap., his ear

apoiiiiua-tifi.

/iaf>

heroine didl'^

s.

as6.

*0-pewani, gpowaclifo, uea ototo miceina nkakra-nkakva ton.

"pe-je, inf. integrity, perfection; awio, p., it is perfect. E.^SOo*pe3'et'o, the perfect, upriyht, hlumeless. Pr.l,l2.l(>,2'j.
])i

0. 1.

to (/row

p. o68. - 2. to press

pea(x)

stout dr.. sec.

tliiclc,

oniviird dr. p. 377 f. -rmframa pia liyyn, the

o-pial"o,+ task-master. Joh3,lt>.

wind drives

ships.

Ja

o,4.

^apiafo-hene, chief of the eunuchs. Da. 1, -3. 18.

*inpia-kyin, the hindmost room; oracle, lKi.6.5.
^o-piainni, ^^^tn- -fo, eunuch; s. opiadifo. 2 Ki. 24,12.

apiapgw.

])idria,+ hacJibone. Le.

",,:).

pinipiiii,

to yo backward.
pin pin, the sound ofapproacliing steps. 2Ki.6,32. cf. jjaii p;in.
nipokyere, iron fetters.
^mpinkyireii
pinno, a dish ol' mashed bananas, green or ripe.
iipipi. Ix'tter: apepe.
pintinn,+ stead//. Ex. 17,12.
pira, 1. 1. Ihe/j la// or knock ... troo/), tjather, or ... Is.oi,15.
0-pir;i, /iJ. ajjirakuni; ... n'apirakuru fiti niogya.

o-piesi(>, ctcler chiid, firstborn child.

pirapirain',-1

to justtc

one

another. Na.2,-5(i\).

a[/aiiist

*apirapira-hunn, n-ounds without cause. Fr. 2.1,21).

pi rim, p. .'580. 1.7. nea opirini nv. konia, the courageous. Am. 2, 16.
- last 1. op. n'anini pe ue nkwagye akyi kwan, he earnestli/ strives
for his saltation. K.i}2.57. - pirim == piriw, birim.
"-piriw-ho, inf. terror. Is.n,i4.
piriw: bg p., bo birim.
o-\)itito\'o,+ a fainting 2wrson. Job 22,7. - nipi-ye, stutjhornness.
po, -i. 4 to set aside, make void, frustrate. Gal. 2,21. - 6. + to
fall away (of a flower). 1 Pel, 24.

e-po. Cf. po-fjim', jiom'. p6, 1.2. wonye nie se (xe).

po 1.4. + rebukes me sliar/ij//. I Ti. /
fbg him.
'^po-hone \\)ow h.\ wabg inelio p., evil is determined against me
*^0-^i\m south. Ps.l()7,3. cf. ej)om', keser>/-liyereliyere-tam',nita.
apohiini, better: apowiiru; ap. boii.
pok(_nva,^;/.ni-, (xnipgkg).
.'5,

0-poknwani, ^>/. m- -fo.

e-poin*. Cf. nit'a, 4. po-tam'.
o-pomato, 7^/. m-. Is. 18,2. *ponipam, red. v. pani.
*pompai'i, red.

v.

pan

p()nip<in, better:

p.

.,

ho, to />rune (a tree), to dress (a vine).

pompon,

.s-.

i)gii'.

JoeltJ.

jionipono, 7.+ ])...nsa, to fold one's hands together.

*o-pon-l)a, an untimelij birth. Ec.<>.:i.

Ec.4,.J.

*o-pon-;tn(t-t'\V('tb, (jil.ix-) /wrier, doorkee/jer.

^pon-ase, y/.a-, threshold; cf. aponnua-ase.

'^opon-kese, gate.
-ponko-ha, horsewhip.
*o-[)gi'iko-biri, ablackhor.se.
*oponkg^g-ponkgfo, '*opgiiko-so-(te)ro, y^/.a-, horseman.
"apgnko-nah-ase, (li..ap., s. asapate. "apofikogua, saddle.
tama, horse-cloth, housing, covering for riding. Ezc 27. 20.

y-pgnk(':

apoii-nta,

^j/.

apon-nta-nta, folding doors.

2(Jh.:i,7.

-aponla, wiiig or door of a g(dc. lSa.21,lo.

*aponlow-dan,
"apon-iiuji,

door-])ost. Eze.48,8.

Eze.4n,2. 47,1.

banquct-liousc. Da.5,in.

side-post of a door. E.t.12,7.

*-a.ip.-iise(-(\r).

cf. poii-ase.

''ap.-nkyeumn,

threshold. lSn.r>,4.

Ki. 14,17.

^aponi'iua-tit'i, lintel. Ex.12,7.22.

popa

puw.

613

popa, i'. pa 14.{xlJj): to desirof/, Ge.7,4. - p. ho or mu,fo cleanse.

(i-popavA', bo.r-tiee. Is.il, lU.
inpopa-lio, towd.p()pt')pop('i, l..'i. sa (,< hm).
|)Up( -^ akiiiiiA itc.

porow,
to
-

l.-\

l)ti ((/, itp (iiiiy

!f.

p. niiotlua, lo bfiil

poroporow

food) hitu

gii, to

ovcrt/irow.

g|)ot(if'().

iCo. 14,11.

it.

pow.. HO, to cainit oneself

I.
ica.r wanton lajainst, J Ti..i,IJ.
pow, to appear, is piiw.
po\\,

r-pow,

a.

'2.+

1.

pi. a-, a. island. Is. II,

It. s.

y-po\v,^>/.in-, liinipd'r. ^'.pokowa.

*apo-wiirii

iisupow.

ai/iiinsf

opow

.'{.

Jn

-;

L'pow,

*pow-bo,

7,2.

to

nelio).

[(jrove dc.
pl.R-,

inf. resolve.

(xm-),

J u.4, 15.

[(^^o -AW J] sca-lorioise, turtle; ap. boh, tortoise-shell.

(powpaWjX
pra,

I Co.l.'i.-i.

*\)ovo\v-iHU'y(/ires/iin(j

apo-hun', La.l,:i
lSa.23,23.
- potoro-doni.
potow^I.T/rxVi.

sea-fish.

nep., ihe eerfainfi/ about

()-pok)ni

24,20.- .>.+

threshintj-tloor.

po-som-samiui, a kind of
[)ot6,

olive-tree. Dc.

Fif. t36,li).

*apoi'Ovvo,

sledije. ,/ob41,.W.

an

distribute in ordrr to f'erd.

hits, to

s.

pawpaw.)

pra.. k(), lo destroij. I'r. i:-i,j:i.

iiipra, bettor: inprMi;"!, l.-\ swect-tieart.
A-*,

ij-[)Vi\,

pi. id.

kwa,

St.i^'JS.

"iiipra-awari', conctibinaye; vvaware no mp.

obca

(xa-).

inpra-jt'n% concubine.
o-prac: wope ascni se oprae.
"iiiprako-kuw, herd of swine.

^iii|)ra-a\\ arefo,

nip.,

iiiprae-so, sired, square,

broad jdace. 2Vh.ls,9.

Mprat'-so (x nipiania-so)

j^r.

praniij,
street,

j2.

;/.

yard dc.

conrl-t/ard; larfje

;.>9,4.

32,6.

tt'r.

broad way (Ac. 3,15 ^= abonteh), or

= ofiprama.

oj)eii

3. aj)lace,

space in a town.

ni\n'i\\)[v\\yi\-iio,-i jestingly.

|rapi-a sika hb. to yafJier

prcko,

o.

prt'iiiinfi, better

up

all t/io

)r

wgye pr. ^=kainkam,

pmiii or *prum, priiinpriim, the

^prinipriiii:

they are lively. Ex.t,19.

prnmo ^^ kyerebehhye-bo, -hama,

-pn,

a.

money. Ge.47,l4.

done but once: kg-p., ye-p., asnbg-p.

[K.^325.
priini'ii'ti, pomatuui.
prete.

Iiappened

much; adipu,

report of a cannon.
sfimpibo, tabama.

pr.iK^H.

a\\i\.\)\\.

where the sun

"apiiei, aCviapuei, tbe quarter

rises, east.

piim'pa, G. kpuhkpa.
*tt-puiripni"K

i)tf. the rising of the smotcc. Is. 30, 27. cf. piiii ,5.
o-piinipimi, onelwldinij thehig/iesl place ingovernement ov power,
occupying tlie supreme rank in a country. lPe.2,t:i.
"apuii-nnni [pun, aduru] fumigating-poivder, articles for fumigating, frankincense, perfume.
*pnpii-piipn, s. yat'umyare.
o-piirow: op. pa, op. aiikasa, nc bo kgkg; ef. apetebi, apeterebi,

akwantea, akwantwea, kwanie-tabi, akyerekye(ree); atnoakuwa.

"piiruw-twa, inf. gsrani p., tJie getting full of t tie moon.

puw,

puw

foam out, .fudel3. p.

to come np, come
apue; anammono repuw nsoae
forth, ajipear; dua aba no apuw
no mu, living raw flesh appears in the rising, Le.l3, to. - g. p. wusiw
l.-r to cast up, Is. 37,20.

anusxh^-iiseui, to breathe out violence

gu, to

Ps.'.i7, 12.

])uii

\Visiw), fosmolce i.e. to be

angry.

rs.H0,,5. -

(-puw, .xs.-pu.)

614

sa,

sa

nsama.

^.
sa, sa: sa fa, half so tnnch. Ex. 30,23.

sa, 2.+ de apgnkg sesci teaseenatn, fo put (tie) horses to a cnr- 11. sa so, to be connected, unintcrrHpted, to folloir
in a train. K.244.
six, p. 400. 1.8.+ no nyansa asa iietiriin, he
riage. iSa.ej.

end. I's. 107,27.

o-sa,+ kyere sa(bone), s. kyere 7. lSa.20j.o.33.

at his

is

ivit's

asa, 1.3. eho.

nsa, 1. 1. 2. pboo no nsam', he smote his hands together. Nu.24,l().
- nsani h) scil. ade, - 1.8. ode ne nsa aso (xato) adwumayc inu. S.b) axle-tree, 1 Ki.7,32f. - p. 401. 1. 10. ne nsam' tee,+ he is open-

nensa ye den, a) \.l\. he is rigorous d-c. - h) 1. 12. (.;

nsam'), he is not generous, illiberal dc.
*ne nsam' ye, he is tvell
ne nsa ye hare (x or duni).
odan' or odau'nan ne nsa,
dan'.
off.
gwg me nsam', he is in nig power; he is in mg charge (given- in
charge to me), I care for him.
sa, (x ivilloic) ; s. esia.
o-sa (xg), ccd.
nsa, 1. 3.-1 beso; 1.4. kumpraka;
nsakawe, nsH-nyinyanyinyjl,
asin, mfinigyer. - 1.8. mase (^. mise) sa a, ...

handed.

,>*.

*iisa-auo-ukycrcwe, handwriting;

cf.

nsakyerew.

*asahavv-mii-gje, inf. hinderance, disturbance.

"sa-bea, manner of healing; enni s., it is incurable.
*Asabi, 2f>'- '*> * under asaf'o. saliirc, blue cotton cloth.
asalb-kfuna, pl.-n-, underparochi(d congregation. Si.SH.
formation of a compang or congregation.
*o-safo-twotb, pi. 9k-, pastor, parson, curate, minister.
asafo-kiiw, 2.-\' section, course. Lu. 1,5.8. - -l.tnidtitude. iKi. 20, 13gsaf'oni.
*asatb-iiui-iii
*iisri-tbro ^^ nsa foloro. Ps.4,8.
*asalb-sore, public worshij). K.3r>o,
asafo-tow, + horde, Eze.38,6. legion, Mt.26,n3. band, cohort, Ac.
*nsa-fVa, inf. mingling of strong drink. Is. 0,22.
f^7,l.
nsa-fbfli: 1.8-12 xi) - 4)-\- Wgapgw de bgm agiigu ase n'adekyee de a ebebam' ye nsusa a. s. ntetcasa; ne nnanu so de ye
n t u 11 k II m ne nnausiX so de ye n t u n k u n t r
efi ne nnansa so kg
nhina ye nsa- pa kopem adapen
ne 4; na afei aye kokuro.
0-sa-atuiin.
asa-giia-ase.
"sagiiaasefb, reveller. Am.0,7.
*nsa-gii-so, inf. laging on of hands. He. 6,2*0-sa-gye(b, ghene inmaran.
nsa,-hyy,+ butlership. Ge.40,2l.
*asat"o-lio, inf.

i ;

.">

sakasaka,+

dissoluteness,

S; jjrofanation of the

*s.-bg,

Pe. 4, 4.

name of God. K. 43.

/;//'.

Onyame

*s.-yefo,

din

ivorker(s)

of iniquitg.

*nsa-kawe [nsa

sakra Ak.
,

akaw] vinegar

of stron*^ drink;

s. asiii.

sakyira,-f to go over to another partg or religion.

*nsaki'a-li6, change; atade ns., change of raiment, a dress for

change, festal garments. Ge.4.5,22. 2Ki.ri,22. Zec.3,4.
sakraka, a large sea-fish.
sakraiY ,+ stubble. Is.'>,24.
nsa-kyercw, cf. nsa-ano-nkyerewe.
sakyi, s. omununkum,^.
*iisa-kyifo, pressman. Is. in, W.
nsakyi-nsayam", Fs.89,33f.

sam,

^.

s.

ho, to surround, entangle. Fs. 119,61.

*nsa-ma, handful. Le.o,U.

sama
.sfimfi

usrimai'i,

1.

ase.

mina no ho nsAma

oyiyii

in the rods. Ge.:}0,37. yiyi

o-sainiii'i, l.G.

kerubiin

GIT)

he peeled white streaks

carve cherubim. 'JCh..3,7.

fftafita,

us,, to

na wgnam, da woabo hyirew...

17.

In

neijro Mjitlutliujif

it

is

said

aHMmrin-;uii;uioliiinii-l>()M, Tartar ks. JPe.'j,-i.

*0-srimrii"i-IV('r(), y>/.a-,

vccronuwcer.

lSa.28,.'{. 'jKi.2l,(!.

hair with which a child was Ixirn; ahamto

nliwi a wonyi kosi inlViliyia dii.
sanians(Mv: liye wo ii s., set thy house iv order. :JKi.2(',l.

*saniriiili\vi, the

*nsanrbi)-iiiiawiiru, ci/mhals. iVh.

ti

1(1,42.

*iisaiir4;'0w, inf. liberality.

*ii.sam'liye, inf. delivery, instalhdion. Ex.29, 22. ^7.

*iisaiiriiyo-aror(', consecration. Lc.s,22.2S.

s.

*iisaiiriiye-(k% tradifion(s). Qa. 1,1-1.

'8a-iiiuiiu)iut [saic, in.] fresli or (jrcen grass.

asofode.

s^msani.

Mil mo. kdmain' nsaii me, refresh my heart. Phile.20.

nsaii, 3. denial of a committod act.
sauna (xg-).
(iisaiiealb, iisanee, x s. nsenee.)

saiV,

3.-\-

usaiiia, balance

ittc.

^iisaiiia-kora, scale

usaiiia-kwai'miii,

(x nseiiia) ns. ada, p. 425.

dish of abidance. Eze.5,1.

(r

,/?rsY

weiyht, .scales of justice.

Job.'H,)!.

"asaMka\va,/j/.n-, bowl. Ex. 25, 29.

asaiikasun, larer. Ex.:]o,iH.
saiiku-luiM, 2. a creeper used I'or the chord of a musical iniisaiikyii'i, Aky. cf. liiawa, As., adafae, Akw.
[strunieut.
*iisaiiO, As. a weight of gold.
q-iii\\\o\u{'i), + winebibber, tippler.
iisjl-nsia.
santei'i: mmere-s., nna-s., the times or days in succession, the
whole length of times or days, eternity. lTi.1,17.
sapieu.
*iisa-poi'i, banquet of wine. Est.5.6. 7,2. Je.51,.39.
Stiralia, Salagha, the largest of the towns ofNta-fufu, renowned
for its traffic in human beings, animals, manufactures &c.
*sai'asara, sarasara, s. srasra, srasra.

*sare-so-afui-iiin, the tvdd ass, onager. Job 11,

12.

24,5. 39,5.

*asase-bei'e, fat soil, frtiitful ground or country. Is. 5,

*asase-fo, waste-land, nnproducfire or wdd country.
*a.sase-ase-fo, beings under the eartli.

i.

*asase-so-fo, beings on earth. Phi. 2, lO.

2)1. n-, 2iicce of land, plot of ground, field*asase-wuso\v, inf. earthqnacke.
*asa-.si, inf. [si nsa] the solemnization of a hecdhen marriage.
*asawa-rii'i\Vera, fine linen, byssus ; asavv^a-trun, linen garment.
iisa-wo-so, di-, to pid the hand with. Ex.2.'i,l.
sa-wusa, [w. a esa ho, o^ip. w. a. egyina] black pepper; cf. sesa.

*asasewa,

*asa-ye, easiness of curing; euni

as,, it is

incurable. Je.30,12.

se, 5.+ wose so nam, wofi adi a, wgse so, they tcalk together,
go side by side (by the side of each other), when they go otd. St. 101.
o-se, inf. equality, simitarity, fdness dc. ne se a gnse, hiswnivorthie-se,+ a small artificial elevation of earth; syn. sumpi.
fness.
ase, ll.\.b. fa ase ne no kasa speak to him secretly. lSa.18,22.

616

as6a

sensei'i.

ase;1,+ ^jaw (for the ashes). Ex. 27,1.

*0-se-a\vuo [nea ne se awn]

of a certain

ayisa, orphan. Job 24,9. - 2.

1. --=

company

of warriors in

Akem.

name

pr..H28>i,

aberekyi.
o-sebere-bo-ntu, aseberekyi
O-se-bo, hyen os., to blow an alnrni. Nu.lO,-j.
ase-de a oregye. the right which he claims. K.^-'^o.
*ase-de, the vnder part : aponnua as., threshold; s. aponniia.
aketefo.
"an.see, anomil hi,
asedua, cf. asewa.

<;.

= wamuna, he
sadh/.
of the king of Asante. *o-seefo,

.see, 5. n'anim asee,

0-see. pr.n.

ase-gu,+

destruction, Eze.7,25.

,ise-hye, 3. ivarniny.

Ge.40,7.

loolis

*ase-hu,

n.seku-di, +

7)?. a-,

destrojier.

inf. nnderstaruJinfi.
defaming. Je.20,in.

0-sekyere, ^r. w. 2. the district of Dwabeii.

*ase-kyere, inf. explanation, interpretation, exposition ; discern*asekyorefo, interpreter, expounder.
ment; cf. hkyerease.

eho asem, title. John in, 19. emu asem or ns., contenf(s)
nea ewom', nsem a ewom'. - ,3. pi. nsemnsem. - 6\+ Wonnya ho
asem bi nka, it cannot be condemned, is nnblatneable. Tit.2,S.
asoni,

1.

nsemmoa-foa,+

confirmation

Phi. 1,7.

gye

ns., to ascertain.

have corroborated.
*asenipa-akyidifo, jj?.iVZ., a)i evangelical Christian.
aseuipa-imi-terew. mission.
*g-sempa-krdb, pi. a-, evangelist.
to

asempa-mu-terewfo fokuw,

missionari/ association.
*asempatore\v-ho-asenka, missionari/ speech; as. (ho

mu mpanyimfo,

adwnma)

committee of the missionari/ societg; as. hu dwetiri, missionari/ fund; as. ho hliyiam', missionary meeting.
0-sempef6,+ adversanj; lKi.'),4. Ps. 71, 13. Je.50,.34. - os. wo ebinom n.scm mu, a bnsi/bodg in other men's matters. lPe.4,ir^.

sen,

1.

the

wonkwa

besen ahihliim,

thi/ life

shall

hang

in doubt.

sell, 3,1. osen ne kon, he hardens his neck. Pr.29,1. [Dc.2fi.Gr,.

sen, G,l. neho sen gn, he has a running issue. Le.15,2. - 7. wonsen asase no so, the land could not bear them. Ge.;}G,7. (xdaii mu lio
[anseii &.c).
seii, p. 423. wo dine de sen ( <see).
*o-seii-ad\Viiuia. carved n-nrl: 2Vh.3.io.
e-seh,2)l. nseneafo.

esen, herald.
iisenee, pi. n--io
*aseii-iienneii [asem d.] rough tcord or answer. Pr. is, 23.
*0-seu-hoiii, jj^ sen-ah. carved image or idol. 2Cli.-33,7. .14,3.

*nseii-horow [asem, h.] articles. K.i^ 140.1.

*nseii-liu, inf. [hu nsem] knowledge, understanding.
aseiii,+ seed. lCh.l7,li. Ro.l,3.

Ga..'i,ii>.

nseniiii,+ dealings.
*asenni-agua,. seat for judgment.
(iisenia, better: nsaiiia, balance <fr,)
asenka-agua.
*o-seiikafo, ^?. a-, speaker, preacher.

aseukekae,+ occasions of speech. Be. 22, 14.

nseiikekae, nsoroma mu ns., astrology. St. 7.
o-seiikyeiii,+ oidcast. Is.ll, 12.
asensam-ase, the edible fruit of the asensam.
senseii, i. nam a.s.vVere a es. ho, dewlap, flakes of flesh. Job 41,2.3.

senseu, Ak. =sinseu, Akp. cramp, convulsions.

nsensene

617

iisiesiei.

*iisensen, shavhu/s brought off by the plane. [G. siolo.

*aseii-liri, pl.n- [asein t.] a short Heutcnce.
asi'ii-titiri\v,+

emu

'o-scMi-imni, a kind

chirf contents.

as., the

*ji.sciitrrMK~'-di, inf. to

do Justice. Pr.2l,S.

o\'

tree (cedar).

asor(Hl('\vii, cf.

atakuru.

/e.Sjd. bctUM-: inmoi'i-lio.

senj-ma, cf. odiniA.
iis('rokyiri,+ ////V///.S'. Ex-js,4i.
*o-seroseror(). /;/. a-, bcyijar. .Jo.u,s.
siTciu', p.42S. 1.3.

".iS(;roliy(^liy('-lM), inf. ncii/hint/,

[Eug.]

*s('i-Oli, si-oti

slate.

serevv-sercw,

droUisli,

tftiiifhidili/.

redeem. Ex.i;i,t3.
SOS a, V.3.
sesa, cf. sjiwusa.
asosabua,-i gtc se onipa; tetefo se asamanfb na edai'i sa aboa.
wicked, perverse. Fr.lt J. 2Th.3.2.
(t-sesafo,
uscsA^ua-dc, merchandise. Eze.27,24.
fshorcl.
sosaw, J. + s. .. kg, to sweep away. Je.i^j;i.
*st'sa\\-a<l(',
ade a eseseo, equity. Pr.-J,!i.
sese, /o be equal, right, straight.
uea or nsem a eseseo, right things. l'r.s,(>. 2P>,t6.
*sese-bere: okyena s., to-morrow about this time.
to

-asese-afaliye, fea^t of tabernacles.

0-ses6, + parilion, shed.
*sesew-bere, time of reformation.
o-sese, holm-oak. Is. 4 i, 19.

*ase-to, iuf. understanding; cf. aseliu, ntease, nhuniii.

-jisctra-bere, time of life.
*ase-tim, //". certainty. Fr.22,21.
*iisew-hye, adjuration. Pr.29,24.
^sH-twere, gnashing of teeth.

*sewvi,2incle'sson.
o-se\\a,+unele,fafher'sbrother. Je.32,7-9.12.
gso-awuo.
lentiles. Ge. 25,-34. cf. asedud.

*asewa,

iisewe, inlaid work, tessellated, checkered, mosaic work\. Q. asrat'o no gyinagyina (xsisi) bo ... 31. 1. 2. si ntamapitch a tent; osii trabea no, he reared up the tabernacle.
Ex. 40, 18. - 36. 1. 2. + to credit slaves. - 43. c)\.^.to agree to. Ac. 15,15.
- h) to be built up. Ps.S9,2.4. (S.5). - 45.+ he deceives him. Job 13,9.

s'l, 1.

dan,

to

(mfraina bg no a, eye fa).

prosper, do prosperously. lKi.22,l2.
siade-boa, gkame aye se ap.
*siade-ade, gain. Pr.3l,ll.
"siade-kwaii ne kwau ye s., his way is prosperous. Is. 4s, 15.
^siade-seuij a good omen. iKi 20,33.

O-sia, pr.3622.

siade, di

s.,

to

o-siain, l.-r meal, Ho. 8,7.

siamO,

3. softly;

nam

cf.

s. s.,

asikresiam.
iKi.21,27.

*asiam-mone

[asiane b.] mischief, evil, ecdamity. Je. 44,23.

asiaue,+ evil occurhappen, befall. Ec.2,l4.
rence, lKi.o,4.event,Ec.2,lo. accident; a.s.hiiis\aine no, he has met with
an accident. St III 17.
*asiruiC', n-, descent. Jos. 7, 5. Je.48,5.
Hia i\k a., -T to hold back, to hinder, Ge.24,5n. to restrain, refl.
to refrain. Is. 0.1, 15. 04,12. ontumi ns., ]ie has no rule over. Fr.25,2s.

v,ii\.ne J 9. to

gnam liyiame asidim', he walks contrary to

sie, 1.8, wontii mmere &c.
fme, Le.20,21.
*asie-bcre, sie-hew , place to bury. Ge.23,4. .Je.7.32. cf. asiei.
asie-de,+ 2. expenses of a funeral.

*asi-di, inf. [di asi]

nsiesiei,+ ordinances,

IIe.9,

1. 1

Fe. 2, 13. precepts, Fs. 119,4. charge,

Ge.20,5. preparations, purposes. Pr.10,1.

39

618

nsiesieho

nsoe-hankare.

*nsiesie-h6 preparation. *iisiesie-mu, (irrangement, disposition,

J

regtdation, institution, ordinance. K. .5.206.214. Cf. nsisii, hhyehyee.

sigyavv, 1. 5.+ a. s. gte ho kwa.
nsifaho,+ deceit. Jobl3,9.

sika, 1.3.

kuku, a pot

s.

da-hg, dwetiri

mu

full of gold-dust

(xlump).

deposit, capital, stock, fund.

s.,

*sika-

*sika-frae-bo,

osikapefo, lover of money. sika-tain,

*sika-kor;ibea, treastirij ; *sikakora(piece of) gold-ore. Je.n,27.

*sika-iiA,r"ilb, goldsmith,
^sika-iuu, fund(s), .'itock.
tb, treasurer.

founder. Is.40,w. Je.l0,9.

*sika-tan, -ten, capital, principal (capital),
+ brocades of gold.
iisinr, 2. the stock of a tree. Jobl4,s.
fstock.
*asii'i [G. asin, Ger. essig] --= iisakawe, lufinigyer, vinegar.

*siiiapi, -aba, fua, mustard,

mustard

seed. M.t.l3,:it. Lu.17,6.

sinsen, 2. nenah as., he is lame of his feet. 2Sa.4,4.

sireii (x sirin).
sipiripT,+ fearfidness, terror.

ye

3. (inf.)

he tvoni to push with the horns. Ex. 21,29.

*s.-usoroma, the constellation of the Bear.
fJob38,32.
sisia,-!- the flanks. Le.3,4.
*iisisii, arrangement, institidion: cf. hhyehyee, nsiesiei &c.
ntabo-adum, hoards (of the
*ilsisi-hu-a(Uun [adum a esisi ho]
Israelites' tabernacle). Ex.39, 33.
*nsisi-nni, 7. tlie calyx of the flower (of a pomegranate tree).
Ex.2r>,.Hl.
2. setting (of jewels). Ex.28, 20.
*iis.-adniii, pillars,
at the entrances of the Israelites' tabernacle and its court. Ex.39,3^i.
*asisij inf.

as., to

pi. id. hear;

si.si,

assisi-seni, ^^/.n-, + error. Js.32, 6. feigned nrjrds, 2Pe.2,3*iisiso-nan, foot standing upon the axle. lKi.7,30.
asiye, 1. '2. place (x stile).
.siwabiri,+ flax. Is. 19,9.

nsiyefo,

men

pi.,

of activity, Ge. 47, a-

so, 7. 1. 2. dagere.
0-so, inf. the soldering. Is. 41,7.
so: so mu,-f- /o appropriate to oneself, to confess. K.^Rj.u.lI.

oso nensamu,

HO,

fiolds

fie

up

his fiand. Ex. 17,11.

2.+

oso neti, he is icayward,

unruly, ivithoid restraint. Eze.

'wilful,

stuhhorn, obstinate,

li>,30.

so, 1.+ nea nnipa te koso hhina wo asase so, as far as men
dwell on eatih; de koso se, as far as, inasmuch as, K.152.- 1,1. to
attain to. Fr.2,lD. - so so, to overtake. Am. 9,10. - 2. yeye asafo a
yenso okaii, we are fetv in number. G<'.34,30. - so a no, to be sufficient; syn. du aoo. K.232. - 4. so aware, to he fit to marry, marriageable (iCo. 7, 36). aso se wgbebu ho nteh, it is ripe for Judgment
aso, Plir. IS.

gkehkah guu man no asom',

fie,

read

(it)

in

tfie

audience of the people. Ex. 24,7.

*S0: ye

so, to hiss. lKi.9,8.

sowa.
so a, 1.+ to bear up. G('.7,17. cf. mix so.
soa-ta,soatakoro, better sowafa &c.
nsoanr, tache. Ex.26,:}3.
*nso-aiiOj /w/". sealing; seal; ns.-de, signet; ns.-ka, seal-ring.
aso-aso.
sobex s. sgpe. sobo, 1.6. na wantg...
osoboaso.
soa, better:

*e-so-dua-si,

soe,

5. s.

*so-di, inf. [di

43.']

s.-ade,

hkyen

iisge, J.4. gpasare.

or

ptossession, inheritance.

assurance. lTh.1,5.
to sojourn uiffi or among. Ex.l2,48f.
*nsge-liaukai"e, croicn oftfiorns.

inf. [si 43f.]

..

s. -asase,

mu,

osolb-boatb

^osgtb-boal'o, pi.

a-,

lidper of

6U>

osorosoroni.

a minister, catechist ; cf. sehkyoreni.

nsam"liyg, cunsecrafiioi.

'^iiiio['o-dc,f/iin(fsbdoii(fi(ft() aj>ric>it; as.

*asot"o-di, hif. minisferinr/ a.s a jtriest, priesthood

,Ex.29,y 22.
*gsotb-hyg, ordination of a priest
*as()fb-dwiima, a^-/cs/'.s office.

minister.

}v

*asotb-iiliyia, eouncil. Hist.

iood, congregation of priests. lPe.2,5.9.

servant of the priests. iCh

*asgtb-lviiw, priest?>/.n- [akoa],

*asgfo-kwa,

*sofopanyiii-inviima, highpriestlg
9,2.
K.232.
*g-sgl\V<jl(), tempter. Mt. /,.{.
*,sotwe-bcrc, time of temptation.
*sot\vo-iiin-yiyeyg, proof, tried probity, approved integrity. 2 Co.
[2,0.
*so-tVve, inf. [iwe so] protection, guard. K. 158,1.

office.

*as()-koi"ri, auricle, external ear. Am.:i,12.

*nso-kiikinva, snuff-dish.

[iTh.S,i.5.

Ex.2.'y,.'i8.

inisom' a, enye yiye bio,

I can no

longer forbear.
som mframa, to snuff np the tvind. Je.14,6. cf.2,24. sow mf.
*so-ina-ade, -afore, -aye*v.-so-mk,inf. exaltation. K.^2.'i6.
yede, offering, heave-offering, oblation. Ex- 29,28. :i0,l3.
soin",

*asomafo-dwuma,

apostleship. Ac. 1,25.

[.'i'),,').

Eze.44,.W.

4.5,1.

g-s6m-adwiima,

service; charge, office; administration.

*somaiikani, onipa atiko ntini akese 2 no ntam' tokurn no.
*asomdVve(vde, prosperity. .Ie.ii8,9. *as6indwee-sem, tvords of

nsdnie [Akw].

som-nie(xa-). asomorofi(xe).

[lieace.

nso-niu, handle, e.g. of a door-lock. Ca.5,5.

sone,+ sieve,
^oh, J2.+ to sift. Am.9,9. - 5. Eze. 24,23.
sbhh, gremfd neh6 s. nni, he tvill not go nnpunished. Je.49,12.
asone (x sand-fly?)
*asoii-fe [esono afe] ivory coynb; s. nwefe.
*Asgnkg, 0--ni, s. asafo.
iisgnng.
nsonng.
korobeh.
e-sono, Akw.
so no, to differ. lCo.4,7.
fthem. K.1.59.
nsono-kese, better: dawagua, dawadwa.

nsonsonee da won
asonsua,

made among

ntam', there are distinctions to be

e-s6n-were (xg-).

2. gonorrlioea?

sopa,-|- oto wo pe == ode woasemmone a.s. wo ho ade a eye

tan ode ka kyere wg guam'".
sope, (xsgbe) p. 446.
sore, 1. 4. sore hye, to rise np against. Ge.4,8.
*asgre-da, ^L-nna, day ofpublic
^asore-hea, place ofworsfiip.
*g-sgrefo, p?.a-, suppliant, tvorworsldp. Sunday, feast, holy-day.
*asgreshippcr. Zep. 3,10. He. in, 2. pi. congregation, clmrch. K. 80.

*asgre-nsem. litxirgy.
mu-afViliyia, ecclesiastical year. K.n6.
K.^fiS.
*asgre-poii, altar (in Christian churches or chapels),

communion-table.
*g-soro-bofo, j)l. -ab. angel.

*o-sorofo,

*g-soro-ani-mu-kyekyefo,

astrolo-

inliahitantsofheaven.Ba7,lo.
*g-soro-kg, inf. going to fieaven, ascension; gsorokg-da or dansoroma a ekyifi, better okyin-nsopgnna. Ascension Day.

ger, Is. 47,

1.3.

roma, planet.

2)l.celestials,

*nsoroma-fwetb,

star-gazer, astrologer.

Is. 47,1.3.

*nsoroma-li6-nseiikekae, astrology. *nsoroma-soh no,

a person
seven
Bear (Arcturos) Job9,9. *g-soroni,
from above, from heaven, henvenhj;
of heaven. iCo.
gsorosoroNyame, Most High God. Ge.l4,8. *g-sorosoroni,
flie

j^Z.-fo,

stars, the

inliabitant

the

the

Most High.

Ps.91,1. 92,1.

15,48.

sorow

620
sorow,

4. [G. egli].

1.

*SO-tefo, after

suinpibo.

*sgsOj

ponko: rider; Ex.

s.

so.

nsosoe, + dropping.

15,1. after

asase: inhahiinnt.

*so-twa, inf. [t\va 10a] concision, mutilafion, Phi.3,J.

*sotwa-inu-fo, those of the concision, the mutilated, ib.
sow, p. 454. 1. 2.+ s. mframa, to snuff i(p the wind. Je.2,2^,cf.
1. 4. + to catch uith the cars and mind: wosowe se siudo14,6. som.
sem, they tool: it as a <jood omen. I Ki. 20,33.
sowa, sowata, sowansa, nsow^ansafa, s. soa, soafa &c.
*asowuilb, disobedient, nnrulij, rebellious people. Is.65,-2. Tit. I, in.
*aso-ye, to hearken, hearing. iSa. 15,22. iKi. 18,29. 2Ei.4,.Hi

*sra-bere: anopa s. mu, in the morning tvatch. Ex. 14, 23.

*srade-l)on, valley of fatness, fat cnlley. Is. 28, t.4.
*srade-dua.
the fattail of sheep. Le.3,9.
*asrade-duan, a fat meal. Is. 25,6. 55,2.

"srade-huam, ointment. Ca.1,3. *srade-iiain. fat iHeat.2Ch.7,7.

*asratVi-di(-dwiinia). mdit<n-y service.
asratb-ha-inn-]aiiyiii.

centurion.

*asrafo-kmA', band, cohort of

soldiers.

him loose, left him unrestrained, i'r. 20,15.

[K.1S9.
asrakwa [asra, okwa] snuff for nothing.
srain,+ asase srsW won so, the earth closed upon tliem. Nu
sraha, 1.3.+ have

let

wasram won ani so, he has besmeared their eyes. Is. 44, 18.
*iisrrimniakiiku\va, fire-pan.
^o-srani-Ca, crescent. Is.3,iH*()-sran-huiiii [osram li.] month of vanity. .Tob7,3.
*0-si'a-iinu, anointing. Ex.30, 31.
*sreti [Eng-] slate.

16,38.

srodo, Twi: nseusenO.

srousrgii. pi.

a-,

Is.30,25.

g-sruiio-aba.

iisroi'i ---

*srgiisryi'i-l)ea,

su:

^^Z.

sronsrgmmea,

wo, to fioivl. Is. 65, 14.

0-su, 1.+ gtg osu gu .. so, he causes it to rain tipon. Ge.2,5.
asii
gu asu, to suffer shipu-recli. 1 Tl 1,19.
lKi.3,2. 2Ch.l,3.

liigh place(s).

sii

sua,
*(>-sriaiii

1.

2. to

or

follow (the example

of),

2 Th. 3.7.9.

-k>, 2)l.i\--io, disciple, apjirentice;

*iisu-ani-fa,

//".

su'Mh, followers.

sailing, navigation, voyage. Ac. 27,9.

otonsu mu ( xtonasum).
[nsu abura] well.
*siifre, sufure [Lat.] sulphur, brimstone: syn.
asi'ibg, 4.

6.

1.

*asu-bura,

j!;7.n-,

*asii-gu, inf. shipwrecfc.

nsilg^je-adaka,^;/. -n-, ba.se or stand fur
0-sii-ka (x n-), + conduit. 2 Ki. 20, 20.
o-siikgiTi,+ thirst for tvatcr.

tlic

sukgnidilu,

atodu[duben.
Solomon's

adubei'i,

lavcrs in
[temple.

sii-k(iro-iii, ;>/.-fo, monophysde. K.228.

asukgtwea-fTu. /;?/". had. Re. 11, 19.
snkiipgii-kyerekyorgro, professor (of a university),
nsii-kjeiie, nsu nkyenkyene, ice. Job6,lG. .H7,9.

sum,tf.

Ki.

7,

27.

[21

2'^

kyene, to cast down. Pr.

snmam-mg. inf. [bo suman] wearing of charms or amrdets.
suinan, 1. .syn. dohuwa.
^asuman-iic. magic arts; ye as.,
practise magic. Ac. 19, 19.
o-sumaiiiii, nea suman ye nedea no,
wizard. Le. 19,31. 20,6.
"asumau-iioru,
asiinianst?m; di
s.

gu, to east

off.

Ro.11,1.

s.

+
=
asumansem,
use magic
Ac.
=
xmlpit. *siimp!-bo, 2>?MWie/;
to

the thirsty.

to

'&\n\'\^\,

arts.

se,-T

8, 9.

s.

prumo.

iisiinonitn

nsu-nonifd, a jierson or tree

sfiiisiini,

7>/.

iitAnia

drinks

Ihtit

fi'21

*asiiiisiiniii-b(),

1.

(xtow)

1.2.4. to

as.

Eze .iijt.tu.
imaye. Fs.'3,20.

iculer.

a-. *siiiisiiin!i-liai'i, s/nidowi/

sfinti, c.

hot water; ns.-aniwa, hot springs.

"iisii onwiiii, cold iv(dn:~ iisiirofjyn, 1. 2. wode ka ogya.

*iisii

oliyew,

nsii-s;V, ... on the first daif (>iftee daifsj.

*nsii-Sii\vfo, drawer of water.
*iisu-Siiw-iid(\ bucket. Nh.-jI, 7.
*iisiisom", inf. |suso inu|: di iis., to stick toijrther. Job4lJ7.

*iisrisom'-iiSM [nsa a osuso

*asuso-suwa, a brook

f^iiaseii

t1otvin<i

inu) itndersetters.

Ki.7,.'iO.

only in ike rainif season. Job

6, 15

*susn-bea, waf/ of measuring, nes. a onni, his incommensuru*susii-liiiia, measuring pot. Jo.2,h'.
bilit//. K.i}l>5.
*asti-ti, fountain., .la.'l.ll.
*SMs\i\v, red. v.,s. suw.
o-sn-tuc, inf. [tue Hf] wail. ,7e.9,'JO.
*o-sii-to. inf. rain-fall.

*o-sulutul(,

j)l.fi-,

whisperer; talebarer.

siivv, red. snsuw, to wa.r old. Ne.ff,2l. to be worn out. Je.3s,n.

*su-y(j, inf. jrrodueing the kind or form of, forming. Go. 4, 19.

t!i,

t'-fa,

T.

maw

of birds.

bow

okuntui'i ueta, he bends his botv.

c-ta,

ne kara ye nta, he

1.

4.

akyiri yi.

double-minded. Ja.l,^. 4,S.

&.c. s. Otaiii, Ntafufu.
t a
i. 1. d, liven no kgtaa so, the ship rested upon. Ge.'^,4. wode
liyen no kotae. theij ran the ship aground. Ac. 47, 41. - ll.-r de (nsem)
tata, to speak fortli, produce (proofs) put foneard, adchice (arguments)
order (one's speech). Job37,19. wotataa no yiye kyeree, they stated
it more preciselji. K.308. tata woanamnion pepepe, ponder the path
nflhg feet; otiita n'anamnion, lie ponders (measures) his goings, directs
his steps; gtata n'akwaii, he establishes his tvag. Pr.i.,26. 5,21. 16, 9.
lita,

Nia., capitals:

is

Pami, Yane

2t,2'J.

- 14. ta

..

so

won hhina

watii

so, she excells

them

all.

Pr.31,29.

*iitaban-firi iino, the end of a wing. I Ki.n,24.

ta-(iaii, jil.A- [gdan a wgatare] a house built of sticks and plastered with mud; op)P' gsese, ntamadan.
atade, 1. 5. k5tu. - ghye at. a eye besi, he is dressed completely,

*atade-hye, inf. wearing of clothes.

gorgeously. Eze. 22,12.
o-tatb, j)l. a-, persecutor.
Nta-tut'u, jj/-. n. the tribes from Ntwumniuru to Salagha.
*ta-baina, plummet; cf. prumo, sumpi-bo. 2 Ki. 21,13. Is.3i,ll.
takrawofryam' ua ghye, he sowcth discords. Pr.6,14.
^(a-kniitui'ifo, p)l.id. one that draws or bends the bow, archer.
*ta-kiiratb, a man armed with or handling a bow, archer.
atakiu'u, a small bird, s. aseredewa.
takuwa,y>/. n-, weft, braid, twist, plait or tress of hair; cue, pigstail; cf. pua, tapu, dvierekuwa.
Takyimai'i, a country and its capital, N. of Asante, W. of

Nkoransa, E. of Gyamah,

S. of

Abesem,

g-ne me ntam' ware, he is far from me. Ec.7,23.

utama, 1. a) gaugaga (garega); h) bomy-tam, i.+ kohkroii.

ntam

ntama

622

iitereho.

mo-nserewa, (xmmew,) antokwasafo.

- 2.

negro-dress... 3.

+ curfahi,

ntama, + nctl'mgs, Is.SjS.

*atama-fLira, inf. wearing
Ex.26.
*ntarna-pemfo, fuller. 2Sa.t7,l7. - *ntam'-rasii,
of a negro-dress.
*ntam'gyinafo, mediator.
partition-ivaU. Eze.40,i6.
*o-tam-momono, ncio cloth, tmcarded, ttndresscd by a fuller,
tamii-di, + delicate living, luxury. Fr.VJ,10. Re. 18,3.
*tamii-difo, those that are at ease. Ps.123,4.

g-taii,+ net of wire,

trellis,

grate, lattice. Ex. 27,4.

of a woman in child-bed. Le.t2,4.

*ntahhi-tew, inf. ^= ntahhi, ntahkyinnye.
ntauhuim: ka nt.,
^ntsihkk-de, ol)jectofswearing; execration.Je.42,t8.
to swear falsely.
things promised by oath. Mt.5,33.
*iitan-iiaii [gtah

dan]

the

home

*o-tan-sifo, pl.Si-,=^ gtamasifo, n-, Mk.y,2.

atantanne,+ abomination ;

cf.

akyide.

Is. 7, 3.

*ntan-tofo, a perjured person. lTi.l,io.

iitantwc: si-,
aboid the bush (as they do by atviebg) i. e. to search the town
atanyi,+ a fine, mulct dx. s. atenyi 3.

to

beat

cCc.

takuwakese,
*tapu,
ntare-mu,+ appendix. K.235,1.
*nta-ase [nea eta ase] saucer; foot (of a laver). Ex. 30, 28.
*ntaso-tiri, capital of a pillar; syn. oduntiri. lKi.7,16.
*ntasu-kora, spitting-calabash ; cf. toapo.
[cf. pete,
tata, v. 1. s. ta 4.11. -2.
tasu-bo (+-to).
tataw,+ field;
ie, V. contin. 1. te ho, te ase,+ correl. v. traho, tra ase. - 3. to be
by nature, to be natural: ente se ete bio, it has been altered, changed,
perverted from its natural state, has degenerated. K.149f. yebea a
etc, the natural use; yebea a ente, the use ichich is against nature.
[Ro.l,26.
te=t\vom; cf.twhn.
te, + immediate. K.6.

atemogya.
cf. tea, duasee.
ntease, Pr.2,S.cf. asete, asehii, nhuase, hhumu.
1. 3. kudo'.
tebea<2. X.^'2.97.
*te-ban,
tebea, 2. -\- appearance. Lu.:),2!J.
nteberefuwa, gbrodebun a wganoa apgtg ne riiio a.s. nno nni so.
*o-tee, inf. righteousness; net. a gntee, his unrighteousness.
*iiteem', cry, crying.
nteeteem', id.
*0-tefo ipl.Si-) a righteous, upright jjcrson; syn. gtreneni,
*ateke [G.
short] a short-legged fotvl. (xatekye J. &c.)
o-tekremafo, i. + man of evil tongue, Ps.t40,it(i2) ; enchanter,
Ex. 10,11. - 2. dainty-moidhed, lickerish fellow, lover oftid-bits.
*teafi, necessary, privy;

iitem-pa: ne mmusu reye

nteiiipe, +
2Ki.
Fr.24,6.
atem-pa,-f wise
*ateinmii-agim, -Akohuwa, judgment sad. *a(eininu-de,
ntem, gye

nt., to

hasten. Ec.1,5.

his adversity hastes fast. Je.48,16.

haste.

nt.,

7, ir,.

counsels.

rights,

manner, lSa.8,9. judgments,

judgment. Ps. 105, 5.

Ps.119,7. Eze. 18,9.

atemniu-,s(!rn,H

+ to convict.Ja.2,9. nten-nc, statement in a law case,

nten-ani, cf. mfomfamho.
*o-tenteben-hjei]fo, jH. a-, player on a flute (minstrel, Mt.9,23).
aten-jij nten-yi, 1. 1. 2.+ reproof, 2Ti.3,i6.
2. is ataii-yi.
nteii, yi -,

tere ho,
fall short of,

go astray concerning, lTi.6,21. 2Ti.2,l8. to be or

not to attain to. K.178.
ntercho,-! a fcdling reside
to

ntereho,

623

timobo.

or mvay, defalcation (in faith). Bo.iOjif, failure, default, tCo.GJ.

ta].
aterc [G. ato
anlei'O, (xe).

*n(orewe,

opening or spreadiny leaves of the flower (of a poineiiterewmii,+ (firmament). Kze.1,22.

Ex.2n,31.

the

j^ranate tree).

humi, a false report. Ex.

;it('S('m

jilcladr,

;:'.

atJiititj

-J."}.

t/nd costs not/iiinf, gottenwitJilittle ov no froiihle.

*ii(elck\vii-sem, iilelckwa-yg, simplicity. l'r.l,Jj

Ze.-ir>,-jn.

atete-sym,
tradition, Mlc.7,3.8. cf. nsamliyede.
iileto\vi!,+ ^rc^. Na.2,ij.
tetew,
to pine aivay. Le.2i!,39.
ntetiiwmu, l.-\- di nt., s. di 96. 2. teariny; prey. Na.3,i,

1. 4. gtew anoma no ti,

he wrings off t fie bird's Jiead.
gather (j^rapcs). l)e. 2^,21. - o. tow nsoilno, to open a
sial. - 1. 1. 3. oi'weam tew faa gdan no lio, the stream or current
forced its way by the side of Had fiouse. Lu.6,4Sf. - tew imi kg, to dissociate oneself, to part, wUfidraw, depart. lCo.7,l'>. - 10.+ tew ani,
to clear up, clarify; to enlighten. K.' 2l7.2t!4.2h'i>. - 11. 1. 3. i- to be
})ure; ahonim a emu tew, a pure conscience. 2Ti.l,.'i. n'adwenein tew,
>. ad\V. - 19.+ tew,. ani yera, to frustrate. Ezr.4,o.

tew,

3.

to

IjcIjITk

tew, 1.5. mpatew.

te-were, tfieslin ontJie
''^o-ti^\v,inf. ambush.
points of the fingers where the "ntew" are jerked.
tew-adwuma,
*tG\v-hev(\ time for j/lucJcing off. Is.2S,4.
f2Jl anting. Is. 60, 21.

^atewe, plantation, place fitted out with plants. Eze.:il,4.

''atewe, place of watch, Jiaunt. Re.l'^,2.
*g-tewJb, Her in wait, waylayer;

pl.a.-,

ambush, ambuscade.

ntew-imi,/i'. separation, parting; disruption, severing, severance.

- di

pari.

nt.. to

nection, disunion.
i

*iitewmu-di, //". segregation, separation, disconat., tfiey cannot be sundered.

*atew-ye: emu nni

e-ye, inf uprigldness. 1 Cli.

i, 5.

29, 17. Fs. 23, 21.

[Job 41,17.

mu

abo a atotg mu.

2.+ (gable-)end of a house &c.

1. '2.

3.

woyiyi

cf. tirim. Ex.2<>,2S.onni ti, he is foolish. Ga.3,1.3. Fr. 10,1.3.21. ti a wonni, laclc of
understanding. - 12. B.c)+ odi ne tirim, 5. di 39. St. 120. yeadi yen
tirim ue wo rebekasa. Ge.18,27.
tia, 10. tia awi, to tread out the corn. De.25,4.
ia, 1.+ to gather, lay up, treasure, red. to Iteap up, accumulate

e-ti, tiri,

11. b)

and
(Liafi

reserve in store.

is teati.)

ntiafunii, kicfcing

tiam', to step

in.

Is. 23, 18. 1 Co. 16,2.

and
ntiaso,

o-tiatb,

Is.

34, 16.

flocicing at the

same

time, {x false

st. <-c.)

a) footstool; b) step, stair, Eze. 41,25.

round or rundle of a ladder.

*atiatia, inf. treading (as of grapes), stamping (with the feet).
*o-tiatiatb, ^j?. a-, treader, at. dvVom, vintage-sJiouting. Is.l6,9f.
*ritiatiaso, 1. inf. treading, trampling on. - 2. & kind o river-fish.
*iiliatiaso-ade, a thing (to be) trodden down. Is. 10,6.
[Qa.5 s.

ti-daii,+ 2ierstiasion, yielding to persuasion, assent, credidity.

*atifi-soroma, j;o?e star; at.-s.-fam', north, Joh37,9. cf. kusu-fara'.
*ntiniase, i/". \siSQi\va\ grounding, establislnng, rendering firm
and strong. K.295b.
li-molu, gye t., fie is of tender mercy, Ja.5,11.

624

till till

tobere.

*tiii tin, imit. adv. espr. the sound of stamping on the ground:
apgnkg ntote sisi fam' 1. 1., the horses standi tvith their hoofs. Je. 47.3.
tiutim, 1.+ to become or he steadfast, lCo.io,2S. - (de..) tintim.
to establish. Ps.78,5. 89,2.4. (3.5.) - ode n'aniwa t. won so ma bone,
he sets his eye tqxm them for evil. Am.9,4. - 2.'r to prevail against.
.Job 15,24. - 5.+ otintira n'anim kge, he tvent p)resiimption9ly. De.l4-^.
ot. n'anini se oye onipa-treue, he feigns himself to be a Just man.
[Lu. 20,20.
*atintimma, the side of a house. pr.3S85.
woyi neti kora.
atipransam: wobo no at.
tirim", net. a obobo histhoKghts, plans, designs, devices. Ps. 140,4.
- wont, mmaa adwene, they have not yet any judgment of their own.

St.88.

"tirim'-adwene,

device. Ec. 7,29.

tirim'-bo,

-f

device,

atiriin'odeii-sem,+ violence. Ps.72,l4. a-tiriinpow,

purpose.
design dec.

*ti(ri)-so-apam, atiri-so-pam, conspiracy, confeder-

acy. 2Sa.l5,12. 2 Kill, 14. Is.8.12.

titi, 3.

+ ode

ne nsa ne ne nan

and feet, lSa.l4,l3. - 5.+ he

is

titii,

he climbed

obstinate. Pr.20,3.

up iqmn

his

aduru,

6. titi

hands
io

paint or besmear oneself tvith fragrant paint.

'^\.\\\io, pursuer.
ntiwa, better: ntwiwa.
*Atiw'a, s. asafo.
to, 1.+ ir. gsoro tgg osu, the heaven gave rain. Ja..5,18. - gtgg
sufre ne gya gun Sodom so, Ge. 19,24. - 6. gto kg to ba. - 12. a) +
ehg atotg mu aseh were no, the spot is lower than the s/iin. Le.lS.20.
to, /?. watgno ka ... the money accorded to him ... 3. tg asem di.
to, 2.+ gde wgh to afoa ano, he givesthem to the sword. Je. 25,31.
- wamfa auto ne komam', he did not take or lay it to heart. Ex.7,23.
- to mu nkyene, to season icith salt. Le.2,13. - 5.e) gde nekara to
mu, he exposes himself regardless of his life, he risks his life. Phi. 2,30.
hye
- f) to .. mu bi, to increase; opp. hiian so. K.324. - 8.a)
ase, to lay a foundation. Lu.6,48. - 20.+ to suffer (Ex. 12, 23). - 25.
to, ^. + to come upon, Am.9,10. - wgato
cf. sopa. - 31. te or fe nt.
nea Onyk. bg too won ho, they have attained to their divine de.stifnation. K.^17G.
to, l.bj watono nsu (xne)...
a, 2. toa asententeh, K. 318. -to be coupledtogether. Ex. 26,11.
1
- 9. toa so: b) wgbg nsra toa no so, they encamp next unto him.
Nu. 2,5 - c) ne ti toa no so, his head stands on him. 2Ki.6,3l - e) to
follotv: afe toa afe so, year after year. 2.Sa.21,l. - f) toa .. so, to

edify, 1 Th.5,11.

c) to be full, fat (closely set with grains, of ears of

*o-toa,
maizej. Ge. 41,5.
of a disruption. K.1.8.

inf.

joining, rejoining, renewal, restoration

toa, 2. red. de neho toatoa .. mu, to entangle oneself with. 2Ti.

['i<4.
^ntoae, 2)lace of coupling, Ex.2n,4.
toa, 1.4. mfua.
nto-ano, 1. 1 e. g. of gold-dust ... s^im, number. Ps. 71, 15. 119, ino.
toa-ntini, a climbing plant used as a medicine,
nto-ase, 3. foundation; syn. nhyease. Lu.6,49.
toatoa so, s. toa, iO. de..toatoa(so),
ntoa-so,+ continuance.
couple together one to another. Ex. 26,3. 9. wgde sa ye toatoa wgnho

to

each other. Ro.14,19.

to be compact, to cohere. Ps.i22,3.K.l94.
utoatoam" Ep.4,lG. Col. 2. 19. - systejnatical arrangement, organifsation. K.3.
*tg-bere, time of setting (of the sun). Ps. 104,19.

so, therewith they edify

toatoa, 5.

t.

mu, b)-r

atock;

625

(owlwetb.

*ato-diiaM [adiiai'i
*ato-do, anil filing that hhalcod. tKi.17,12.
woato] foixl prepared hi/ tlic lni/,er, (taker's ware, pastrif. (ie.in,n.
iilonydo, />^ ctojjyefo.
^o-lulo, pl.ii-, fraiisi/ressor. Ja.'JJl.
*iil()lio, /j/.iitotolio, inf. a fdaeiiKf oiu^ tliiiij;- It// the side o/HUothcr,

;i

((nupariii;/, a parallel rase, eoDijiarisoii. siinili/itde. /mralile; tiipe,

(t

jiaffeni,

einlileiii., (iijiire.

He.!),

'J.

aldko.
ntokowa-iilokowji.
"aldkct-sa,
aiilokwasalb.
loniiiia,
///rf//r. Kze.j.ijr,.
iilomnic-iil.,
iilokwa ( <a-).
okiikubaii ho yc iit. (kokd kakra, timtuni woin", i'lilii kakra woin').

iilouka-diibiri, pii/nient

ore,

/.."./, //.

trellis, fjrate, tattiee; E.v.JT,

*iititiil(>-d(!,

s/dr,

stibium.

Pa reman, Soliac.

Tbi'iko,
iitoiilai'i,

ol'

.s\

i.

allotted portion. Ps.li>,r,.

t.

as(\ to rid

o/f,

e.ttirpide.

derrease inyohuno, as liquids

l)y

I.

aniiu

iit.,

red. (Ui.4,i:i.

a(ti|ti''.

Ki.ll,li!. -

coaj;ulatiou;

'>.

to sink, suIj-

nno no ada

nti,

a tore; cf. anitgre.

atur('-uui-(k', dfi

at.,

an ordinance for

ever. Ex. 12, li. 17. i:!,iO.

trumpeter.
torodd, torodododo, torodo-torodo, S:o. okasa

'torobeiilo-hyri'itb,

id.

///.

speaks rcadili/

<C-

t,

emu

tew, he

clearly.

tithe, tenth; nt. anum, the fifth part ; pi.

Iot0,+ t. nan niu, to suppilant Ge.-J7,:ir,.
'aloto-alolo: mmjlra at., transgressions. Ga.3,l.').
atoto-bc,
abe a wgatoto.

"iitoso dii,

s.

ntotosn.

()-totol)t)iietb, 2.

(X gtotgbrofo)

artless felloiv

fool, idiot; ([r.

ase ak.; cf. ntotowe.

*iitotuliO, s. ntobd.
<6, 6)
aloto-iisa, one who is fond of buying drinkables.
'ntotoin* [to i^.] de2Jressions (of tlie ground), dale, glen, ravine.

atotoe

tbtoro-bo-nsu (x g, g)
totoroto. [Eze..Hl,l-2. .-}2,ij. mmew-ase.
totoroto, 1.2.+ (tried and) approved. Ja.l,l2. - neho n'ye t.,
he shall be quit. Ex. 21,19. - neho renye t., he shall not be unpunished;
[tithes. Ge.47,2l. 14,20.
rf. sonh 1.
'iitoto-.so, jj/. of ntoso; nt. anum anum, tlie fifth part ; nt. du du,
totote
totototo, 1. 1+ of doubtful mind. Lu. 12,20.
tutow, 1. to shoot, Ex.1'J,i:}. - 2. s. tow 2,1. Le. 1.1,18.29. 14,32ff.
biribi atotow me ho, spots (as of leprosy or other cutaneous diseases)
Iniec appeared on my skin.
*ntotowe, a mark, spot, eruption, efflosccncc on the skin, rash, pimple; piti nt., plague of leprosy. Le.13,2.
[14,34.
atotowa (xgtotowa)
(xtotoyau is dotoyan.)
*to-twa, inf. [t\va 12. 13. eto 3.'] conclusion, end. Mt.24,3.
Wj p. 508. 1. 1 (ohuruu fii hyeh mu tog pom') - 2,t. to apjicar
1
ill Sjjots as marks of a cutaneous disease, Le.l3,tH.29. 14,.'!.'). cf. totow.
- (i.-r to wave a wave-offering. Le.8,27. - 12. .. (for joy). Je.4H,.H3. 13. tow nsu, to draiv tvater. John4,7. 11.
('-tow, 1. + nsu atgw-atgw, drops of tvater. Joh30,27. - ^. wgkyere
tgw f\ve ase, they fall one upon another. Le. 26,37.
e-tow, 1.+ (ad\Vuma-tow), levy, lKi5,l3. - 2. severed companies;
several toivnsliips or communities (x a single); district; 2)1. ntow-ntow.
*o-tow-ade, tave-offcring. Le.8,27.
*to\v-adaka, treasury.
[Mk. 12,41.
*tow-f\Vefo, p?. i(?. collector of income. lKi.4,7.

'

40

otowgu

626

tukuw.

inf. [tow 1. 1.3] casting aivay. Ec.S,6.

*nto\v-gye-so-cl\Vom, joyous shoniing. Je.4s,.-i3.
*atow-gjei, i)lace for jxiging custom. 3It :>,!).
*0-towgje-iii, -fo, jj^.a-, collector or receiver of customs, tax-gal herer, toll-gatherer, publican. Mt. tst,t7. lAi.is\in.
*o-tow-sika, tribute-money.

*o-tow-gu,

tra,
i.

e.

he

is

teiicl,

(of). K.i'^9.

trji-ase

Phr.

5.

onti-ri

ase nfwc, he does not

not in different (to), not

da

(!.

listless,

Phr. tvH ho, tril aso,

da iikwa, he will

= obenya

and

sit

tool- at,

apathetic, careless, regardless

cf. to lio,

te aso^ to live; obe-

live for ever.

^atrae, v. n. place, seat; divedrnuj-place; jiossession; bepow so

tram' 1.2. atrani wo.
stronghold. lSa.20,2r>. 23, .n. 1 Ki. to, in.
atra-iinufiia, nea watrii dufiia so.

at.,

iitraso-aiio, excessive speech. Pr.n,7.

tratra. thin (of ears of corn, Ge.41,23.) flat (Ksmooth.

;

soft,

tender).

*ati'eiie-d6, righteous acts; justice. lSa.12,7. Eze.1f^,2l.

*Tniiiti-da, Onyamo-basa-koro-da, Trinity Sunday.

atronia, ...in Apothecaries' Weight.
trointroiii,+ ano tr., a fl<dtering mouth. Pr.2i!,2s. okwan

tr.

tu, 1.+ tutu mfuw mil ade or nnuan, to reap the fields. Ja.r),4- 8,i.intr. to flow out; mogya tu no mn, she has an issue of blood.
Mt.9,20.- 14. tu .. gu,+ to p^d down, destroy. 1 Co. 15,24.20. - c) +
ne koma atu 1. 2. + he despairs. Ec.2,20. - SO^l. huruhurow tu sen
inn, steam rises or ascends from tfie pot. Je. 1,1.3. - 5'^. tu tare, f to
follow or j)ursne hard after, lCh.10,2. oko no tu tareewon, tfie battle
overtoolv them. Ju.20,42.4'>. - 34. 1.2.+ to set forward, Nu. 2,17. - p.
514. 1.1. + gmaii gua no tui, he dismissed the assemhly. Ac. in, 41. 34,1. tu (tr.) ko, to lead or carry away, to cause or force to emigrate.
Job 12,2.'}. 2Ki.24, 14 ff. - 41. odime nsonno.
o-tu (+a-).

tu a, 1.
ban no mu
;

515. 1.1.
tua..hyia,
p.

1.

3.

de

kuru tua meho tua ananmu, to close up instead

boneiiwone
..

..

1.6.

b)

.5.

of.

1.

3.

kotua

Ge.2,21. -

4.

d) tuatna fmo, to contradict. Ti.2,9. - 12.

to besiege, lay siege again.'it. De. 20.12.19. M.i.4, 14(5,1).

now I

utwa, 2.

will

...

siege. Na..'i,U.

^^utiia-liai'i, bnluutrfcs;

*iitiia-abaM,

siege-tower. Eze. 21, 22.

^(u-agya, s. tugya, tlie bed, channel, ravine or valley of a brook

or ri\"er in which the W(der no longer flows, having taken another
direction.

is toa-ntiui.)
'^o-tuatowlb, rebellious d-c. person.
o-tiibrafo, pi. a-,+ sojourner; *o-tudaiiro, pl.t., id. Le. 25, 23. 35.

(ntiia-utini

tiie, 2. b) + to

opened
10,20.

pour

(i.e. initirded or

out. Je. 48,12.

d)+ watue emu-ko,

consecrated) the going in

(i.e.

he has
the way). He.

^o-tuel'o, pi. a-, p)ourer.

u-tugya, s. tuagya, cf. obon, osubon, oka,

(ui,+ oyiino tui hyee won, lie moved him against them. 2 Sn. 24,1.
o-tuko (forced) emigration, exile, captivity. Ezr.O',16.
*ot. nima,
atukofo, those that find been carried aumy, captives. Ezr.9.4. Da. 2,25.
tukinv,-r a band. Jnhl.n.

otiWfo
o-li'iniTo, 1.2.

mnglstraie.

- miot'ina iihina so

Lu

627

twe.

I3,rt8.

o-i\\n\i,+ aiit/t()ri/i/,Ru.

nnniipofcucc, K.;!) lil'i.- di t., s. di 56*.

[mni-dv,titir<icle;si/n. alinodcniic.
*liiniidc-ye, m/*. worhimj of
*tumi-(li. inf. dominion. Da.4,22.K.ln4f.
miracles. lCo.l3,lo.Ssf.
i:!j.

t.,

"tnmi-dorn, might// </rncc.

ntuiniuua, sand-flies.
o-luint()l\), cf. aliumfo &c.
lltriukum ... from the '2iu\ to tlic ."^rd day...
udirikiiiiliri,
palin-H'ine flowing out aftt'r the ntunkuin, ou the Ith day.

(o-liiiihiiiia is atiiiliinnia.)

uluiitiimmij.

Lu.l.iJ. h.(H,r).
(iiru\v,x nsoe tiiruturuw, f/iorns i-ravkle. Ec.7,(>.
'^'i\\u-{vd,Joiirneij, Ex.17,1. di at., io journey (with herds
tui-()in-l"\V('fo, tiiro-yi'to, i/ardnicr.

atiitraro,+ strangers, foreigners. Is. 1,17.

"uluini, seal), scald, scall, scurf. Le.lS,30f,

atiitnpc,+

strife.

^'atfi-ye, inf.

- atutiiw,+ contention.

i^c).

Gc.

\^12,'J.

rhil,l'>f.

embrace.

Tw.
wa, 8.+

- 11. twa
kyenc, to cut off
11.+ ennya atwaye, it is not easilg stancficd
"v sto2>ped. La.3,49. - 17. c) twa inii, to go or passllirouglt, Ex. 20,28.
In extend tJirougJtouf. - f) etwaa u'asom' // sounded in fier ears. Lu.
1. 14. - lD.b)-\- otwa m'ano kg mu, lie steps in before me. .Iohn5,7.
1.-1 mmii ebere biara niitwa wo ti so a wobetumi akaeno, do not
let pass any opportnnity to admonisli him. St. II. 8. - 35. 1.3. asem
MO nti wgdcuo kotwae. - 37.+ to spccdi Icindly to. Ge.34,3.
c-twa, 1.4. ode neho abu atwa.
"0-twa. o-twa-adwuma, o-twa-bere, harvest. Mt.9,38. lSa.12,17.
*atwae, pi. id. [twa 15] ford; passage. Jos.2,7. Is.16,2. Je. 51,32.
t

i<(-

to be cut off. Jos. 3, 13.

cast au-aij). Pr. 24,14.

..

'J

(twatorol)i,>< s. ^<J'a\'.)
twafo, 2. reaper. Mt.l3,.H0.
'o-twatwelb [twa ^S] assayer.
*ntwaiio-naii, ivfieel. lKi.7,30.
tVvaitwai, s. tweetwee.
twnkh, + felloivship, 2Co.6,li.
\\{v,'i\kdQ,a,\\\-, stubble.
atwaki'irudu, a hind of insect. {}<1.. 3.)
odwea.
at\vameiic,
iitwain'-tam, ntwamu-moho, veil, curtain. Ex.27, 21.
hvaiiii, misii meti ase t., I bowed dotvn in sadness. Ps.35,14.
atwjipo, syn.+ akunia, popo.
(twapeax) tweapea.
""atVvareo, ford; cf. asutwavee, atwae. Ju.3,28.
iitwaree.
atwasi, di-,+ to compass round about. Job 16, 13.

"atvVasi-tiituw, rolling or whirling dust.

"afwa-tam,

n-, sacJc-cloth.

Is. 17, 13.

(twawtwaw.x

6'.

kyoawkyeaw.)

iitvvatoso,+ the act of rendering suspected; aspersion. K.122.

f WG,
1.+ twe mfetewe so, to harrow. Job 39, 10. - 3. yemjia
mfraraa twee yen, tve let our sJiip drive. Ac. 27, 15. - 3.+ to return,
decrease, sinJc (of water). Ge.8,3. Am.8,8. - 9. twe mu, a)+ Ex. 19,13.
long (adv.) - 21,1. to draw in (air), to pant (after), catcli at, with
opH'n nuiuth. Fs.Il9, 131. - 25. 1.3 grekgye no, gnye &c. 4 wantwetwe
ueho se gbeye sa, lie deferred not to do so, Gc.34,l9. - twetwe mifu,
to draw out the breast in order to give suck to the young. La. 4,3.

two,
3.

twe

1. to tool;

..so, to

seek or search

(Cx.

l.o.

mama wo.

go over (the boughs) again. De. 24,20.

Je.50,20.

twetwe

628

aworo.

*twe two, the sound of a cliirp'nuj bird; su tw., to chirp, Is. to. 14.
otwcasee, (x-ase).
*tweabewuo, a kind of bead: s. aliene.

tvVebo <).
afwC'-l)0, hif. bg atwe.
(afvvebewiix)
*iitVvc-ko, inf. sechiciiuii.
(t\Veetwoc, better: twaitwai.)
tweii,-r to defer. I'r.J!),!!
ntAVemu, Akr. length. Ge.G,i.'>.

o-twentwemfo,+

vigorous, energetic.

Is.

30,10.

twere, 2. tw. abun, to eat unripe fruit (sour grapes, Jc.'dl^J'Jj.

twere, cf. kuturuku, kotoromua, nsakoto.
antweri (xn-) 1. pulping plaee. i2. nsa-antweri.
otwcsuiu (<e-).
ntwcso (xa-) ade a wgde twe biribi so.

"tvVetiatwa-niu-fo,

circumcised. Phi.3,3.
twetwe .. to fam', to let down. Ac. 0,25.
*twetweredede, the rushing sound of chariots. Je.47,.3.
tlic

Twlkasa (x o-).
twiiitwam,+ to fade aicaij. Ps. i8,4o(iti).
ntwiri,+ radings. lTi.6,4.
o-t\\ivit'o, + false accuser. 3 Ti.3,3.
twitwa,+

rihuan ho, to shear sheep. Ge.38J3.

*o-twitwalb, i>/.a-, mower. Ps. 129,7. - niuiah-h5-t\v., sheepshcarer.
nt\Viwa.
akokg.
'^ntVviw-aiiim. /;?/" rebuJce. Pr. 13.1.8.
twnni. 1.;^. apowuru (xosuhurii).
tVvom (xtwam).
twotVvow, .Ex.;?7',^two-two, sgn. twe, obsc.
(twovv x).
to

mote;

t\V.

W.

*o-waefb,
awaha, Ak. = aworam.
waiiterenia, a kind of grass, (x ear-pick).
awaredc,+ endowment.
aware, didg of marriage. Ex.21,

*o-wae,

inf.

a falling away, apostasy. 2 Th.2,3.

pl.a-.

deserter, apostcde; refugee. Je.52,1.5.

10.

iKi.9,ir>.-

*aware-gu,

//".

divorce.

K.i^'.iO.

aw i\re-f]:yG, + courting,

wooing; suit, match-making; affiance, bctrothment. K.^ouh. St.i^iis.

*watiri-botan, rock ofoffence. Is.s, 14. (/.abew-botaii, hinti-bo&c.
waw, 1.+ ode bo waw neti, he pid a stone for his pill oiv. Gc.
28,11.

3,1.

red. to further. Ezr.8,36.

*wln [Dan. Dutch] bobesa,

tcine.

*wiii-diia.

= obobe, vine.

antweri, tcineprcss. Re. 14,19.

*wln-kjibea,
wo, 5.+ nea gwg ye, what he has to do, his dufg, charge, task,
business. K.219ff. - 8. 1.2. gtow peaw no wgg gfa.su no mu, lie smote
the javelin into the wall. iSa.i9,lo. [G. du.]

aw6bere,+/me of bringing forth young. .lob 39,1.

o-wofo,+ a
travailing tcoman. Ho. 13,13.
*awo-foforo, new birth, regeneration.
Mt. 19,28.
*awo-horow, generations. lCh.1,29.
*aw6k6, calving.

awo-mma-tru-w'akyi. ^ awo-nima-wu, odi-,

gwo
mina ma wowu. Ho. 9, 12.
*wo-inono, fvcsh, fluid honey, dropping from tlie honev-comb.

Job39,l.

[Cn.4,ll.
awoukoruwa, a tree for fuel.
*awo-iitoaso, jj/.awo-ntoatoaso, generation. Ge.2,4. Jn.2,lo.

wora,

im self from me (chiefly: from a friend or

fcidnap me). - .3. + to pid in.Eze.29,4.
o-w6ra,+ mire. Job8,U.
aworaui. Ak. awaha.
"iiwora-hiiam, onycha. Ex. 30,34.
1.

acquaintance;

1.

7.

he

liid

{xand has

w or o,

2.+

aworo, +

the

ft

to ntter speech, utter forth. Ps. 19,2(3). 14.5.7.

raging (of the water). Lu.8,24.

^\OIo^v

worow,

2.

wose, 2.

2. to XKel,

1.

629

ovViu:.yinae.

he peeled. Kze.J9,lH.

ordered in

oyii uelio w., h) he is tcell

(indhabds.

ittnrid.s

w'dSO-y (J, inf. droHijId. -fe. '>0, .?.S'.

\v()so\v,+ /c* rattle. fob.:iU,2:).
*a\v(iNva-si-dc, /iled</e, thi)i(j{s) put

pawned

".iwowa-taiiiA,

in

I /

*(j-\\(is()\v,

<;//'.

Ti.

.V. :.',

etirlhqunke.

pledge Eze.l'S,?. {Kze.38,l'J.

.

(jarmeuts. Am.2,8-

*a\vgw-l)oro, s. awobcrc.
wowaw, ^0 siistain, Ge. 27,37.
''ixwowoHi piercings, Pr.l:i,is. sting, lt'o.l.'),3o.
*a\vo-7uw, pains in producing i/oung; cf. awoko-yaw. Job 30.3.
{In. 66,7.
awu-yi'*, oye-, is said only of beasts.
*u\vii-as(trc, funeral service,
wii, 1,5. odae wansore bio.
'owti-hofu, angel uf death.
rites or solemnities, funeral sermon.
*a\viidiiru [owu-aduru] a
*a\viidi-soiii, murders. Mk.7,2l.
*adead/// thing, poison. Mk.li!,i,s.
*owu-lida, Good Fridag.
*o\vii-niia, sleej*
wiifn-soro, resurrection of the dead; s. owusgre.
wu-iiya-kaw, debts of a deceased person {-<caused by
>f death.
*u*awn-iiiiya-iiianj a people of inhcrdancc. De.4,20.
/. c).
\\ iiiiyai'i-da, tlie dag of Christ's resurrection, Easter-day, ^= owusorctla.
*o-\vii-nyaiiro, pl.9.-, a person risen from the dead. K.,i}246.
awuosoii [Eng. auction^.
awiipu, speedy d: pain fid death.

ode niponia wurawuraa adaka no ho he set the slaves

"wiira-di, inf. dominion. Col. 1,16.
fon the arte. Ex.4n,20.
-aAViira-kwa, ^^?.ii- [owura akoa] feUou'-slave, fellow-servant.

wii ra

J.-r

"wura-twa,

inf.

mowing

of the grass. Am.

7,1.

owunyanda.
*o-wiisore-da, Easter-day.
*owuyai-u-doiii, pestilence.
()-wiiy!\re,+ sicJcness nnto death.
iiwete,

asonfe.

o-\v6komma', a country

cloth

woAon with cotton

or silk thread.

awf'iiO, tcatch; watch-tower, looh-out, observatory;

Vvcrg, 2. h) 1.3. na dabi

(xa) ode beye

Ike.

cf.

ohfi

alVvee.

newere

bo,

he learns to comfort or console himself. pr.5S2.

Vvere, 1.4. (x ohu newere bo, &c...pr..5S2.) belongs to were.
*o-wei'et\v\i'o, forgetful j^erson.
*o-vvcredifo, revenger. Ps.99.8.
o-wcrefo, avenger, Fs. 8,2(3). Na.l,3. Jcinsman.

nwerewa,

1.2. they settled (+ finished settling).

*wewewe, a. lively. Fs.38,
*\VeweVve, n., cleanliness.
11 we wee, a fretting (leprosyj in a cloth. Le. 13,5.5.
'wewow^, red. v., s. wow. Je. 50,38.
e-wi, Ak. ewio.

l'j(2o).

o-wia,
awia,

inf. 1.2.
1.

4.

as

concerning her ad.

ivell

as in the day.

o-wia,

1.

*awia-ii,

3. sJiines

inf.

on me.

sunshine.

*o-wia-kwaii mu nsoroma, the constellations of the zodiac. Job

[38,32.
*o-wia atrae nsoroma, id. 2Ki..23,o.
"\Viase-l)cre, time or period of the icorld, ages. Ep.1,21. 2,7.
\viasc-amaii, the nations of the world, heathen, gentiles.

"

1.1 2.+ ase bewie won den? what will be the end of them or
lFe.4,17.- 2. 1.5. liis face seems familiar to me (asif...)

wie,
to tliem'f

1.7.

acquaintance.

awifo-sem,

*o-\vie, inf. finishing, completion, conclusion.

+ thefts. 3Ik.7,22.

owigj'inae,

1.

2. ^>oi^

(xstand.)

ewim'

630
e-wim', 1.4.x

do,

1.8.x

ycre.

liresent.

*awi-porow-ade, threshing-carl, -instrument, -machine.

*awi-porowe, threshing-floor. iSa.23,1. Da.2,3o.
awiriwa^ cf. hiawa, nsankyiri, adafae.

*wiriwimva, pi. n-, a kind of sea-fish.

'^awitwafo, reaper. Je.9,22.
*aVvi-twa, inf. wheat-harvest.
^awi-yanie. mill. Ec.i.Q, L
*\Viw, s. wu. Ps.48,4(5).
wo. 1.4. that ivcre here.
wo, 1.+ afraid (.Kintinii dated).
[red. \Ve\vow]x 3. ne ho a wow, he languishes. Fs.107,!),

wow

Y.
*yariuii-ma [oyafuiin.oba]^j?./(?. fniit of the hod//, offspring, one's
own child; mey., son of nig ivomb. Pr.31.,2. Is. 49,15.

yafum-yare, any

sickness in the bellg; 1.2. aliye.

yarn' p. 554. 1.6. relief (^release). - 10,1. won yam' adwudwo

ayi'im'de,+ the inwon, their hearts have been refreshed. Phile.7.
yam'gya, exasperaiion, grief; ghyeno y.,+ she
wards.. Ex. 29, 13.
ohyehye neho y., he frets himself. Is.s,21.
provokes her, lSa.1,7.
ayam'hyeehyeew, nnya neho ay., fret not thyself because of him.
Pr. 24,19.
a3'ain'yej+ n'ay. doso, he is very kind or compassionate.
*a.ydm'yi-adc,freewilloyam'yetb.x werc//(?. Pr.ll,17. 19,0.
*ayam'yi-so, of a free tvill, willingly. Le. 22,18.21.
offering(s).
*g-yaro-twetb, tender of sick persons ; nurse. K. 262,1.

*ayarefo-dan, infirmary, hospital.

g-yaWj+ railing.
('-yaw,+ ney. kaawofi, they were

sore. Ge.

yawa, boicl. Zee. 12,2.

bo gu (x to disgrace).
yayaya, =^ basabasa; ye y.,
7. 1.2. menstruation.
ye, 4. c) 1.6. newgfase na odi.
ye, p. 560. 1. 2.+ eye kyeh so, it is better. He. 11, .95. 40.

[34,25.

..

ye, a. 1.5. the opportunity (.<conveniency cCc.) of doing it.

aye, 1.+ de .. ye .. aye, to bring an offering of. Ge.4,3.
ye-bea,+ performance. K.p.r,:i.
aye-de, 1. a tiling made, icork. Is. 29, 10. - 2. duty. De.2'>,.5.
o-yee, Aky. a kind of reed.
o-yelb, 1. maker, doer. - 2. mischief-maker cOc.
*0-ye-koro, a single wife; g,y.-aware, monogamy. K.,^98.

*yem-mea [gyen bea] pasture; cf. adidibea.

ayenifb, 1.+ a modest man. Ps.lo,s.lo. 19,7(8).
*ayemfoin*, in a modest, simple tcay or manner.
ayem-moa,

yen,+

^.

St. 1^121. 124.

animal fattening or fattened for slaughter,

fatling.

oyoh/inf. instruction. 2 Ti.;!,i6.

*g-yeii-dan, stall, stable, fattening-house. Am.n,4.
g-y entb,+ (schoolmaster) tutor, guardian. Ga.3,24f. 4,2.
ayensa', (/. aheensia.
*yenyem, red. v. yem. Gc..3o,38.4l.
*g-y e-preko, a making once for all. K.229.
to

cherish

Th.2,

7.

*o-yei'a,inf. j^erdition, destruction; abolition. Ob.12. He.s,i3.

ycre,

p. 563. 1.2.

hoodeh mu, he exerts

(xtense). - 1.5.

abroad

smooth (xplain)..\.3.+ oyerc nehonain

a-

the strength of his body. St. ^.113. - 1.4. rigid

oyeiee ntamadan no kataa trabea no so, he spread

- 4. 1. 2. asem no ayere

the tent over the tabernacle. Ex. 40, 19.

;;

yere

631

ayoi'ikOgoru.

matter is a hard, difficult, grievous, heinous one. St. II.

1.8.+ se enycro. so a, oi'iko sa, except in case of neccssiti/
he does not go to tear. St.^iHT.
g-ycrc. Cf. oyekoro &c. Oyorenom dodow awaro, polggamij.
'aycrela.-stjm, adulteries. Mk.7,-Ji.
iiyovG-dodow , polijgamg.
ayi'i'cni, 1.2. there is no longer (<more) ...nycvoiu, 1.4. shall
interfere (:<touch) to pacifg them. ..1.7. set them to a fair trial of
ycrow, 1. :{. on (<in) hlotting-pajxT.
strength.
di aw arc), to inteniiarri/.
iiycwjirc, (li ay. (
*ay()y;i(lo, a sore evil. Kc.(',,2. cf. ayayadc.
*ay (\v i-do, praises. h.r,n,7.
*}iyoy (jdc-ma., inf. oblation. Da. !),27.
so, the case or

14,-

4.

yiyi inu, to i>nrifi/. Ps.t:i,n(7). - Ji. f oyii iranini

siesioo ogyo. no tie bae, he directlg prejntrcd and jn'ocured salvation
wanyi n'anim na osiosieowon nuXri ogye no, he indirecthj prepared
them for salctdion. K.207. - 23.'\- nsa yi n'ani, lite ivine gives its
.y)arJxling. rr.23,.Hl. ~ 2i. yi kyere, l- to display; to show, Tit.2,to.
y'\, 7. h)

also: yi..tow gn, fPe.2,1. - yi .. gu, to cut off. Ex. 23, 2.3. yi..kyere, a) s. 21. - h) to commend. lCo.S,S.
ny\-:ino,inf. defence; cf. anoyi. 2 Ti },ic. * oy'i-nnoma, fowler.
1,17.
(oyiy, s. oyee.)
O-yilb, 2. catcher,
'"o-y\-ko, inf. a taking away; oy. adwuina, a negative task. K.22L

.;/. I.l. f
.'ST.

o-yinn\,+ a

fair,

ML

handsome person &c.

yiri,

1.

8.

ay. aw. no ma.

overflowing, flood, inundation. Da. 9, 2(1.

'tiyi-s6, a part separated for an oblation, for a specific purpose
or ])ossessor. J'Jze.4s,!>-12. 20 f.
ayitcMuni, 7;^-fo.
"iiyiri-.sraiu-so,

/>//".

<(n

*o-yiye, pl.n-, a person

yiyc:-|- di y., to prosper. iKi.2,.3.
ayiyedi, f segoodly of form, fair, handsome. I Ki.J,n. .Job 42, 15.

yiye^yiycdifo, those who are at case. Fs. 69, 22(2."}).

ye,-f doing good. He.l3,li!.
"iyi"y^% inf. [ye ayi] mourning.
^o-yi^^cfo, i^/. a-, mourner.
yiyi,+ to shave oneself. Ge.4i,i4.
nyi^'ianofb, gainsaying people. Ro.lo,2l.
iiyiyiin\+ election. Rq.9,11. 11,5. nnipa mu ny. ne animfwe,
^iiyiyim'so, by particdity. lTi..'j,2l.
respect of persons. Ro.2,ll.
y()iiii,+ .Te.i9,3.
*Voina-roru, a young camel. Is.60,6.
g-_>'onko: "ygnko-deduani, fcllotv-prisoner ; y.-difo, fellow-heir
curity.

*y.-ad\vfiinriyeni,

fellow-soldier; &c.
i*oru,

1.

o.

...

companion

in labour, fellow-labourer; *y.-srani,

ayoakoia-di,

expense.

coifivminion. K. .142,1.

ayoiiko-

CORRECTIONS OF THE T8HI BIBLE

printed

in

1871.

mommfa

monsa... 0,0. abirempoi'i - 43,31. ohoboroo

n'anim, f na ofii adi, ... 48,20. de wo behyira
2 Mose 26, 32.37.
27,17. nkotokoro (>; nkoropee)
r)i\luse
3 Mose 2,2. oml'a iniiii'i-e
1

Mose

3,3.

osommea (xmma) ... anyamo t wo lig, ... 26,12. adepa

... no iiliiiifi ho, - 28,12. wode (x wode)
los. 9,23. wgadoin(nio
1 8am. 6,18. Na adanse ne bo kese (xna ede koduu (Abel) ... lio) 19,1. obekiun (x wohkum) - 20,30. Wo a woatoa atuatew mu korji!
(x bea ... ba) - 2 Ahene 13,7. mfutuma a wotia so (xgporow mu
tutuw).
Hiob 11,10. hena (xhene) - 19,18. mise mesore - 20. nif
12,2.

monsee,

were a woaseeno yi akyi, na minni mehonam mu a, mef'we ... 3(J,1I.

pirew (x yirew) - 41,31. bekyekycre (x bekyeycro).
Ni'iwoili
16,11. da (x da). - 57,9. 108,3. adekyee-boma - 89,4.s. wiasebere 116,8. asefwe - 1 19,9. so (x so)
Miucb. 4,22. wohfi (x wohn) - 7,22.
se pokyere da lig maogyimfo asotwe, (xauase...mu,) - 10,10. yenyfi
(xadeye) - 25,4. ogufo - 23. wo ...wo (x wg...wg) - 30,10. iinni
Osei'ik. 1,15. kam (x kam') - 8,10. wohyen [won home] mu; (x woma
Sal. dwom 5,15. amapa - 6,10. adekyee-hema - 13. Neaete (xOte)
les. 5,17. atutrafo - 7,15.22. nuf'usu-dae (x uufusu, nufusu mu
srade) - 14,19. se atofo ...nkataso (x no., so) - 21,3. asem a mete nti,
... ade a mihu uti;
(x emma mente...emma minhu) - 25,4. ahonie

(xhonhom) - 5. dwae-dwom (xdwaeye) - 31,9. sa (^xScX) - 33,0. n'akorade. (xoman no ak.) - 37,21. Assur bene Sanaherib - 41,3. sonn
sonh - 44,12. Otomtb sew n'adwiunade (xAdw.t.) - 52,12. abomo
(xme) kyidgm. - 53,8. na n'aset'o abusfia, hena na obcsusuw ho aka?
na wgafwim ... ekaa no. - 12. mama no nnipa bebre no, na gde abo-

gdenfo akye asade: - 62,10. frahka.

lev. 6,10. Yerennantew 8,10. mmgubg (x aserehyebyebg) - 15,2. h'kg - 18,14. pa asaseso b.
(x m') 32,9. d wete sekel dunson (x sekel ... du) - 38,7. wgde (x wgte)
- 48,32. nnuaba-tew (xaduantwa) - 33. awifuw (xKarmel) - 49,10.
mema(xmeye) - 50,11. mmgh (,<aserebyebye) 7,9. eye nielehowa
(xmene Yeb.)- 21,14. beba (xbebu) - 26,4. botan ferefere (xabosam)
- 29,12. meye Misri asase pasa wg nsase a aye pasa mn (x Israel ...
abodwiride) - 33,28f. 35,3.7. pasa (x ahodwiride)
Dan. 2,14. Daniel
de agyinatu ne nhumu ka kyeree - 10,0. [epo] btiye 'ne (xasafo
wuw ne) - 11,20. aba ahemmah no bfiriinne(Ieiusalem) mu (xafaab.
no hyetae mu), - 24. gbebg - 12,8. akyiri awiei
Hos. 7,5. Yen bene
da no asafobene de nsa byew na efi ase;
13,2. wgh ara na nnipa
a wgbg afgre no ka asem kyere wgn
Mik. 1,11. Bet-esel (xBetel)
Hab. 2,10. mmoaano (x twitwagu), - 3,10. hinbim (xkyenkyem);
Sak. 5,3. na wgnain so pra awit'o hhina li ha, na wgnam so
pra ntahkekafo hbinji fi ba. - 0. won afwede (xfwebea) - 5,11. Wgde
I'ekg na wgasi dan am;i no Sinear asase so, na wgasiesie na wgde no
atra ne trabea bg, - 6,2. Teaseenam a edi kan no, apgnkg kgkg wg
bo; na teaseenam a eto so abieii no ... 7,5. mmuadadi - 8,5. wgagoru
- 11,7. adgeye
hkyekyebom' (x bete
nbama).

. .

. .

DICTIONARY OF the TSHI or ASANTE and FANTE LANGUAGE.

APPENDIX
Woi'dM

'oroi^ii

A.

or taken from Kiiroin'aii

7.

have

lii'cii

Proper Xanifs of
cliioHy to

;ula])t('(l

Kihlo.

ooi'iirriii;; in ilic TnIiI

Laiij;ua}f(>s.

I't-rsons tinti I'hirrs

tli(i

uritiiii;-

ot'

the saiiio iiaincs in

somofiinos also to tlio G('rm:iii an<l more fVfMjiu'iitly to tlu^

ori<;inal llchrcw or (JriM'k ionns.
Lt'ttcis not hoard in jironiiuciation liavc I>o(mi oniittiul; striiiuls or letters not user! in Tshi liave
lieen replaced hy more con<:;enial sonnds or letters. In the terminations of Creek forms the final s has been oniitteil. The pronunEiiii'lisli,

ciation of the lettin-s

in

Kn}2^]ish.
;?.

Some

is

list

same

the

as in ;;(MMiino. Tshi words,

names need

of smli })ro|ier

other Forcicin

Names

diaholo [Or.]

deriJ, i2c.:?0,2.

;nitikristo.

-fo,

not

lie

not as

jfiven liere.

of J'ersondl Beiinjs arc:

= obonsani,

Satan,

T.elial.

odrersarii of Cfirist. lJohn:i,t8.

kiUMil), ])L kernhim, cherub. Ge.;!,:?4. Ex.2r>,l9. lKi.n,2r>.
soraf, pi. serafim, seraph. Is.<>,2.
;>/.

o-<laeinoiiC!, nasTreiii,
o.

To

these,

.<?.

pp. 575. 606.

we add some Names

tcratim, ahnsnahoni, household

for Reliijious Objects:

deifies,

imayes.

Ge.,'il.

lSa.19.

nnngnso, cphod. Ex.28,C}. Ju.l7,r,. tSa. 2.^,0.

iii-iiM-ne-dminiim, hahn ue nokware, liifhts and decision? Ex.
r-fod, asofotade,

fl'8, SO.

4.

Names

Le

S, 8.

Sn. 28, 6.

of Times,

Hebrew Months (from March

or April to March).
Siforlyar. 3. Siwan. 4. 'I'ammns. 5. Ab.
7. Etanim or 'I'isri. 8. Bnl or Markeswan.
G. Elnl.
0. Kislew.
10. Tebet. ll.Sebat. 12. Adar.
6. European Months.
l.Iannari. 2. Februari. o.Marsi. 4.Aprili. 5. Mai. G.Iuni. 7.1nli.
8. Angnsti. 9. Septombere. 10. Oktobere. 1 1. Nove.mbero. 12. Desembere.
The Tshi names of the Months see under osram, the r)ays
of the Week see Gr. 42,4.
a.

1.

Abib

0/-

Nisan.

2.

c. Names of some Christian Festivals.

Epifani-da, Peutekoste-da, Triniti-da.

(The Sundays from Sexagesimae

Names

to

Exaudi, see Kurtzp.

12sf.)

of Animals.
bohomot, susono, hipjjopotamus. .lobdo.
drako, s. p. 579.
lewialan, odenkyem, crocodile. .Job 41.
kasida, s. 588. 596.
For all the other animals mentioned in the Scriptures corresponding names have been found in Tshi.
5.

G.

Plants and Productions of Plants.

awonwene, absinthium, wormwood. Re. 8, 11.

or aliiiut>-dua [lieb.] (dmug-trr.e, red sandal-wood.
akii', aloe-dna Lat.] aloes, lir/n-ahie.
[cf. ela-dna.
alloM-dua, elon-dua [Heb.] (odum,) okum, oak. Ge..'i5,8. Is. 0,1.3.
altsinti [Gr.]

alLiiiHi-

4Ul'

634

Foreio:n

amandola, aba

amomon

Words. Plants. Minerals.

[Lat.] almond. Ge.43,ii. Ex. 25,33. Nu.l7,8.

amomum,

grains of paradise. Re. 18,13.

anise [Gri'-j anise, anethum, dill. Mt. 23,23.
asera-dua, j^^ as.-n- [Heb.] dua kyerebenn, apow-mu-adum,
Ashcrah, pi. Asherim. Ex..'S4,13. Ju. 6,23. iKi. 14, AT.
asur-(or teasur-) dua [Heb.] box-ivood. Eze.27,6.
[Gr.]

b;ik;i-dua [Heb.] haka-trec, ninlberri/- or halsani-frec. 2Sa.-j,23.

bedola-hye [Heb.] hdelliniit. Ge.2,12.
barle [Eug.] harlei/.
beros-dua [Heb.] 6\ dibo-dua, kupresi. 2Sa.il,5. lKi.5,8dudaim, odo-aba, ntgrgw a, love-apple, tomato (mandralie). Go.
f.iO,i4.
ela-dna (el, alia) [Heb.] oduin, aupon, 6\ tcrebinte.
esel-dua [H(;b.] s. tainarise.
elon-dua, s. allon-dua.
galbano-hye [Lat.] galbanum, a gum-resin. Ex.30, 34.
goibr-dua [Heb.] goplter, cypress. Ge.6,l4. s. kupresi.
granate, gr.-akutu (atoropo), pomegranate. Ex. 28,33. Ca.4,i;i.
jiarmon-dua [Heb.] platane, plane-tree. Ge..3n,37.
hisope [Gr.] {cf. adwere, nsomnie) hgssop. Ex.12, 22. lKi.4,33.
[Ps.5l. He.i>,i!).
kviXamo [Gr.'\ calamus. Ex. 30,23.
kanO [Heb.] precious or sweet cane. ih. Ca.4,14. (<icle.i!,23).
karkoni [Heb.] crocus, saffron, ih. kasia [Gr.] cassia. Ex..30,24.
kinanionion, kinamon [Gr. Heb.] cinnamon, ih. {& Rc.isj3.)
kolcr [Heb.] henna, alcanna, cypriis. Ca.l,l4. 4,13.
knminc [Gr.] cumin. 18.28,25. Mt. 23, 23.
ku])resi, k.-dua [Gr.| ci/press-trce or tvood Fs. 104,14. Ca.l, 17. Is.
ladano-hye [Gr.] ladamim (myrrh). Ge.37, 25. 43.11.
his-dua, almond-tree. Ge..'J0,37.
libni'-dua [Heb.] storax-tree.
man, niana [Heb. Gr.] manna. Ex.l(J,i5.
mire [Gr.] anenedm-u, myrrh.
mirite-dua [Gr.] myrtle; s. ofwannua.
narde-nno [Gr.] spike-nard, a fragrant oil.

"

[)istasi-aba \Vn-.\ })istachio-nut. Ge. 43,11.

rotem-dua[Heb.] genista, broom-wood. lKi.19,4. [Ps.120,4. akaso.)

sene-dua [Heb.] a kind of bush. Ex.3, 2.
sikaniTne-dua [Gr.] mulberry-tree. 2Ch.9,27. Lu.17,6.
sikom(')re-dua [Gr.] fig-mulbcrry. iKi. 10,27. Lu.19,4.
sinapi, s. p. 6 is. - sitim-dua [Heb.] acacia wood. Ex. 25,5.

tamarise-dua [Lat.] tamarisk

teasiir-dua,

s.

tree. Ge.21,.33.

lSa.22,0. 3 J, 13.

asur-dua.

terebinte-dua [Gr.]

tcrebiitth,

turj^en tine-tree,

35,4. Ju. 6, 11.19. lSa.17,2.19.

lKi.13,14.

s.

ela-dua. Ge.

Is. 1,30. 6,13. (',1,3.

7. Minerals, Precious Stones.

Most of tMse names are taken from tlie Greek and are found
in Ex. 28,17ff. Be.21, I8ff.
adamanti-bo, diamond; Eze.28,13. Zec.7,i2. cf yaspi.
agate, mfrafrae-bo, agate.

alabastre, cdabaster, a white, semi-pellucid stone.

anietiste, beredum-bo, amethyst.
berillOj (soham-bo,) apopobibiri-bo, beryl.
Iiiakinti, afasebiri-bo, hyacinth. (Ee.9J7.)
kalkt'duii, boliemma-bo, chcdccdony.

I'recioiis

Stones. Measures, Weights, Coins.

karliu"ikiilll |l>;it.| iisramina-liD, nu-hniiclc.

Is.M,U.

krisolite, sikaberee-bo, c/irijsolUc <n" modern

krisopruse, iitginmL'-bo, chnjsopni.sc.

kristalo, atwefwe,

crijsttil.

Re. 4,

6.

635
rf.

v\\\n.

lo/)ft~.

-J^J, t.

akutuhono-bo, Ihjurc.

Iii>iii"i.

iiiaruai'i'tc,

s\\\(}\\e,-\M\.

pearl. Re.-Jl,-Jl.

m;irniar<'-b(>, iitarlde.

bogya-bo, nihi/. Is.54J2. rf. karbui'iktilii.

salire, hoa-bo, sapplilre. Job2S,i!. 10. C<i.'>,ll. L<i.
sai'di. bo^yaiuXm-bo, .sanlius, canuiian.

[Re

rillii,

/s',/!'.

J, 7.

sardoiiiki, bowerebo, sardoiii/.r, onifx.

siiiarando, ababammono-bo, emerald.

suliain-bo, 5. berillo. Ex.25,7. .Job-JS,n;.
f arsis-bo, s. krisolite. Ca.oJd. Eze.l,li>.
(i)|)ase, akrate-bo, topaz, modern chrifHolUe. Johjsj'j.
yas|>i,

Tbc

a,i\\

'I'sbi

oi'we-ho Ja.'^pcr or ratbtMJ

names proposed

diamond. Rc.JtJl.J!>.

for tbe before-mentioned precious

stones, alpliabetically arranged, are the following:

hrrodum-bo, amethyst.
bogyanani-ho, sardlm.
lioo-va-lio, ruhtj.

b(jhenima-l)0, chalcedonij.
mfratVae-bo, ayatc.

bowere-l)0, sardonyx.

afVvefwobo, diamond.
abal)aniniono-bo, emerald.
b(ta-bo, sapphire.

akutuhono-bo,
sikaberee-bo,

akratelKi, toiaz.
ai)0pobibiri-bo, beryl.

liyurc.

chrysolite.

nsramma-bo, carbuncle.
ntomme-bo, chrysoprase.
S.

Measures, Weights and Coins [mostly Ueb.J.

bat, twahina,

htdli.

darike, sika d., daric.

dcnare, denarius (penny).
eta, susuw-korow, susuw-tgpo, ephah.
fi^era,

gerah.

<2:omer, gomcr, onier.

bin, susu-toa, hin.

homer, afurum adesoa, homer, chomer.

kab, cab.

kesita, dwetebona, a piece of money, Job 42,11.

kor, koro-kese, gpodo, corus.
log, toa-ma, log.
letek, Ictech.

mane, maneh, mina, pound.

sea, susuw-ade, berefi, seah.

sekel, dwetebona,

sheJcel.

stade

akwansimma,

(j)l.

stadia),

.stadium.

talente, dweti-kese, mmena-duasii, talent.

talente-bo, the tveight of a talent.

For references and comparison with English measures & see English books.

686

Gold-Weisjlit.s

APPENDIX
iiiold Woi$;lit!ii listed

Abi

B.

in Akeiit

and

Asaiito.

<('t)L;i"ii|iliii';il

A|i|i('ii<li\.

APPENDIX

J.'iT

C.

<;i:4><.iKAI>llV<>l'flio4;old Coast and liilaiMlCoiiiitriON

ill wliicli tlic 'I'slii Jjangiiagc is spoken or uiHlcrstood.
I.

lMiimH'i-;ili(iii orCoiiiili'it's,

Towns and

Munntains, Kinus

Villaucs,

Waters and

&.c.

with Historical and Kthnograpliical I\emarks.

lU'ic wo give only, as it wcro, a Iraiiicwoik for a fmtiro (icotiiajiby
lit' thv
said foinitiics.
Tlii' al)liri'viatioiis "K., N.. S.,^V." stand not only
lor "East, NortJi, S<iutIi.AV('st," l)ut also for to tliu cast, casttTii, easterly ite.
Other al)l)ieviatioiis are: fir.:^ liraekenlinrv (the AsliantiWar.
1S74). Cr.-^ ('ruielvslianlv (Cr. p. VII). d.^died.
The years ad(h'd to
the names of some Kings are years (d' war witli Ashantee, or of treaties
of jieaee, or of some other liistoriral event.

A,

South-western Group of states and districts on the Gold Coast.

1.

Asini

river Asini
'I

ainin.

Atakla

country, about the lower course of the

lagoon, and N. t W. id' the lagoons of the river
Capital: Kwantiaho (I\in/((l)<>) or Korahkyr?alo. King:
or

and

its

Aiuatifu.

2.

i^

Of

tliese three lountries,

3.

1*1

ka

i^

Alfiina, on both sides of the river

'I'anno.

not inchided in tlie (Jold Coast Colony,

of tlieir language or dialects (seeGr. p. XXII) and tiu'ir relations to the
Frendi stations or settlenu'uts at Crand Bassani and Asini and to the
Asaiite Kingdom, we have no reliable infornuition.

4. Anianahia (Apollorna AU\aho, Br.II.p.o'iU), from the

lagoons and lower course of the river 'I'anno to the mouth of the
Ankobra river, 'i'owns: Ajiojlouia or Benin (Banyin, Behien?);
king: Amakye, W7S\ Nyanepoli (Nadepuli, IiKjalJipnly Br.); king:
Ble {Bla//. Beree, Bire?) tS73.
Former kings Kwaku Aka (1835.
1848. Cr.)\ Bahiine.
5. Ainvoiiwii, Awowin, Awini, a country N. of No. 4.
Act ording to R.J. Chartey of Ananuiiioe tiie language of Aowin
i.s
spoken in Asini, Aowin, Apollonia, Alianta, Wasa.

6. Safwi,

SaJnvi, Satcee, a country N.

ofNo.5&8,

S. of

No.32,

6-7 days' journey (according to Bowdich s journeys W. N.W.) from

Kumase, tributary to Asante before 1874.
Some mai).s have the name in 5''25', others in (j"45' or even 7" 15'.
T. Aliailta, from the lower course of the river Ankobra, including the districts oi' Aulm, Adwenimeru, Akoda, Mffnna (Dixcovc) &.C. and Ahanta proper from Busua to Sakunne (Scccondec).
Towns: Axim, Akoda, IMfunia, Busua, Butiri, Takorade, Sakunne.
8. Wasa w^ N. & E. of No. 7., extending on the sea-coast from
Sakunne to AUatakyi (s. No. 7 & 1 1 ). Tlie Wasas are said to belong
to the Guah nation, but speak an Akan dialect not very pure. 'J'he
gold found in their country gave them a name. Wasa is divided
into two states: 7. Western Wasa or Wasa Amanfi, king: Apeko,
capital: Aheueberem, and ^. Eastern Wasa or Wasa Fiase, king:
Animiri, capitals: Amantea (AmanteneV) & Takwa; coast towns:
Aboadc & Esiama (Sama, Chama).

O. T wiforo (Kwiforo, Tshuforo, Juffer, Tiifel), a country be& Adanse. The inhabitants belong to the genuine

tween Wasa, Asen

Gold Coast Colony.

638

Akau

tribes.

Badu,

1873.

ful

Capital:

Mampgn.

Owii.sn

Kinf>;s:

Oku,

yv.Vy.

Kwasi

10, Daiikyira (Dankara Denkera, Dinkira), once a powerAkan tribe N. of Wasa, S.AV. of Asante, is said to have first

introduced the use of gold-dust as a currency. Under its kingNtim

Gyakari it was subdued by the rising power of Asante in 1719,
and subsequently so much reduced that the remnant emigrated to
the Fante country E. of the Pra, N. of No. 11 -13a, W.of No. 14.
Capital: 'D\\o)LV<?i (Juquali), 15 miles N.W. of Cape Coast. Kings:
Kwadwo Tibo, 1881. Kwakye Fram, d.l873. Kwasi Kyei.
B. The Fante Group, on the middle part oftheG. C, extending
from 80 to 100 miles between the rivers Pra & Sakumo to 20 or

25 miles inland.

Koniane

(Commenda), A,<;iiafo, A here mil, districts

E. & S. E. of No. 8.
Coast towns: Akatakyi (LiUJc or British
Commenda), Ko\na.ne (Dutch Commenda); king: Kru (Krew, ^r.).
Inland towns: Aguafo (Great Commenda); king: Atrewf'Sr.j/Agona;
king: Boaben. (Br. II. p. 127.)

11,

12, Odena, Edena, or Elmina, coast town with the forts

George del Mina cf- St. Jago. Chiefs: Kwame Asirifi & 5 others,
see Payne's Lagos and W.African Almanack l8si. p. 166.
13a. Afiitu, capital: Oij'iia, Egua, or Cape Coast (Port.
Cabo Corso), with (Jape Coast Castle, Fort Victoria, Fort William,
Fort Macarthy. King: Agyiri, 183 1, deposed 1805. Chiefs: Kwasi Ata
& 8 others, see Payne's Almanack p. 166.
St.

13b. Asabu,
coast town:

Asabu; king: Kwasi

capital:

Ankas'ifi 1878;

Mowure.

Towns: Abakranip;1;
14. Abora, N. of No. 13 & 15.
/.9o'/. Kwasi Tutu; Kwabena Amoa (Omah-ano); Otutu
Ababio 1868. Abora; kings: Kwasi Etu 1863. Amfn Otu,rf.M7.V.
Dunkwa; king: Okra Amoa 1868.
Dgmonase; king: Ayisi,
kings: Otu,

Solomon Hope.

15. F an t e proper, a. n o a b o , Anamaboe; kings Amono, 1831. Kofi Afare, 1868. AmoanuIV. 1873.
l. Fante As en e,

I. 55) or Borobore.
Capital: gMankesem, a few miles
inland, E. of the river Amisa, considered as the capital of all Fante;

Brgbor (Br.

Aduku

kings:

^6'.?/.

Adu-bgra

1863. 1873. Coast towns:

Agya, Koro-

manten.

16. Korentsel (Korantiri?). Amanfo. Xkosokurom'. These

three districts, to which Jos. Dawson ascribes 2500 (not 25000) men
able for war (Bv. I. 55. II. 861), seem to belong to No. 15 b.- Coast
town: Saltpond; king: Asano

1878.

17. Agyimako, N.E. of No. 14. Capital: Agyimako; kings:

Aduanan-Apea,Hama. 1863. Ammoakwaf5r. J.^j. 5-5 j;Akwasi-kuma.

Any an. identical with No.

N.W. of No. 19.

18. xVkumfi,E. ofNo.

17, or

between No. 17 and No.

21.

Afiia,

Capital

Kings Abuku
:

14.15. 17.,S.W. ofNo. 19.,24tovvns.

Tuam (Tantum), Lagu or Dago.

Akumfi. Coast towns

1881.

Akyene

1868. 1874.

Fante Countries. Asen. Akem.

639

oiniui, Dwoininoa. Capital: Gomua Ast'ii on the Anian(or Oniankcseni ?); kings: Oguan-ako isd.'i. Tanng
/.V/'.V. (Joast towns: Dwonuna,
a in fo rd (Mmnt'oiof), Aita or Apaiii
Obutii language.
20. South-eastern A<4('niJi, S. PL of No. 23. Coast towns:
Siuij)a, Guan lang. Afutu Bereku, Sanyfi, Ohutu laiig.,
Wninrbuli
Fete, Nyeny;ino. inland towns: AgonaSoatluru on the, river .\yesn;
Onya-krom, .3 miles N. E. of Nsaba Nsabii, capital. King: Yaw
Duotlu is6:i. ts7S.
21. North-west(u-n Aiii'nia or Asikriuiii, N. E. of No. 17,
S. of No. 23.24. Capital: Asikfinia; kings: Ainnioakwa ISill. A111.

(J

kwade Range

](^kr)

/.s'7.V.

22. A sen

South- eastei-n

Akan

Group.

or Asi'ne-I'ufii (Asene ankasa,

cf. No. 15 b.), contwo kingdoms, viz. Asene Ateneso & Asene Apemanem,
N. of No. 14, E. of No. 9. One half of this tribe formerly dwelt on
the N. side of the river Pra; but when they threw oif the Asante
rule, tlieir country N. of the Pra was left to lie waste or be occujiied
by Adanse and the river made the boundary. Capital of W.(or N.V)
Asen: Manso ()> Maneso kings: Gyabiri, Nkyi, IsHri. J,s7.'i. Capital
of E.(S.) Asen: Anyaiikiimaase; kings: 'Tibo^v.v/. "ribo-kuina/.v^".v.
(Other towns, see II. Route la.)

sisting of

23-25. Akem

Country. Native writing: Akyem.

A. Sifudtion. This most northerly part of the English Protectorate or Colony lies between 5'' 45' and G"45'. N. Lat. and from
0^ i)' to 1"5' W. Lon.
Boundaries: on the W. the Pra river; on
the S. a line from the confluence of the Berem and the Pra to the
"Akem-peak"; on the E. a line parallel to the Volta (Firaw) about
24 miles distant: on the N. the Okwawu mountains.
Neiyhhotirs:
W. Asante; S. Asen, Asikuma, Agona, Akuapein E. Krobg, Ka-

mriua; N. Okwawu.
B.a. Mountains or hills: 1. Central range (in a N.N.E. direction
from Apiuaman to Osinng) called Adokyi in the S., Atiwa in the
middle part (near the town of Apapam), Banso mmepo in the N.
Near Apapam two ranges branch off in an E. direction to the river
Bgmpoii: the W. part is called Ad\\ annua (Apedvva mmepo), the
E. part Eposi mmepo. - ^. In the E. we have a. the Pratii hills
N.
near Ahawante on the borders of Akuapem; b. the Pantarapa range,
E. of the way from Dwaben (Koforidua) to Oseem'. - 3. In the N.
the Begorg hills, being the southern branches of the Okwawu mountains. - 4. In the S. the "Akem-peak" Nyanaw.
I'he said central
range (l) divides Akem into two parts: the smaller eastern part is
hilly in the N.,
& S.E. and level in the W. (between the ranges
1.3. 3.); the larger western part is lowland throughout. The land
!i:

between the Adokyi hills and the rivers Pram, Berem and Mmg is
marshy, likewise that between the Eposi hills, the Densu and the
Ayesu, and the whole valley of the Berem.
h. liivers. 1. In the N.E. the Akurum and the Pg m pgh, both
running to the Afram near Apaso. - 3. In the centre and W. part:
the

Berem:

it

takes

its rise

near

Apapam,

flows

iirst chiefly in

Gold Coast Colony.

640

S.W. direction round the cenand then through low and level land runs into the Pra.

north(M"ly, then aftor a curve, in a S.

tral range,

AfHuents of the Berem a. on its right side, from the N.: the Si (coming from the Okwawu mountains) and the Asukoko, with tiie Huhi;
tlie Pram
b. on its left side, coming from the central range in the R.
(with th(\ Mirempon), the Mmo, and the Siipon. - o. In the. S. the
Densu ((.xa: Humo, Sakumo); it takes its rise S. of Apapam (near
the source of the Berem), Hows eastward until it receives the Bgmpoi'i coming from the hills (N.)E. of Kukurantnmi, and turns then
southward. In all its southern direction it is navigable by canoes.
- 4. The Ayesu likewise takes its rise S. of Apapam, and flows
southward to the sea near Simpil (Winnebah); one of its affluents is
y. The Pra takes its rise in the S.W.
the Abokyeh near Asijimah.
corner of Okwawu and forms the boundary of Akein on the West.
The inhabitants of
C. Iiiliahifaitfs. Toirns and VilldtfCfi.
Akem belong to three different tribes or states, as now foUows under 23-L>.').
Abuakwa. Tliis tribe occupies the greatest
23.
part of Akem. Once a powerful nation, th(^y were repeatedly subjugated by, ;ind repeatedly revolted againt Asante, from about 171 K
to 1 826. Some of them (Tafo, Seem) originally beloiigc^d to the Gnan
nation and have retained some peculiar customs, but speak Tshi.
A List of Kings o f A k y e m.
:

Akyem

1.

Oduro.

2.

;').

Aniiikwatia.

8.

Pobi

174;i. 9.

1770. 11.

Twum

Boakye.
G.

.'5.

Agyekum Aduwarae.

()fori-j)anyin about 17:13.

Ohenkgko, Owusu Akyem.

Am])gfo(ro). 12. AjtaraUn.

7.

4.Bo;ik3'e M(!ns;l.

Bakwante,

d.

1742.

10. Obiri-lvorane about

\'^.

Ata Ayiekgsah isn.

Kwadwo KCima (Asiare Bediako). IG.

Koii Asante, Baninyiye, Twum 11. 17. Dokuwa (for her sons). 18.
Ata-panyin IS-JG. 11). Ata-biwom' d. 1866. 20. Amoako Ata ts66.
Akyem Abuakwa is politically divided into 8 districts named

Kwaku

14.

Asant(? isil. la.

to each of which are added an approximate

estimate of the number of inhabitants, the title and name of the
chief and the total number of places and inhabitants.
1. Kyebi, 2000; ghene Amoako Ata: 14 jdaces, 8000 inhabitants.

from the following towns,

2.
"5.

4.
f).

G.
7.
8.

Kiikurantumi, 1000; gbarima Ata Kwaku; 17 jil., 10000 inli.

Begorg, 8000; gbarima Kwasi Antwi; 15 pi., 80(tO iidi.
Asiakwa, 1000; gbarima Amo; 16 pi., 4000 inh.
Osanaase, 1400; gbarima Oben; 8 places, 3500 inh.
Wahkyi, 1000; gbarima Nyako; 21 pi., 9000 inh.
Abommosu, 800; bafog Danso; 6 pi., 2400 inh.
Akyease. 5000; gbarima ....7 pi. 8000 inh.
All these districts together contain in 104 or more j)lac('S about

50000

among them 4000

warriors. (K. Buck 1880.)

Obsorv.
same district are not all in the
same neighbourhood, but frequently sejiarated by great distances,
parts of other districts intervening; e. g. Apapam and 5 other places

The

W.
to

souls,

difterent j)laces belonging to the

of Kyebi and Asuom with 3 other ])laces

Kukurantnmi in the K.. and Apedwn. S.

Begorg

in the N.

far in the

W. belong

of K^'f-bi, belongs to

Akyem.

Akuapi'in.

641

About 240 names of towns (and villages*), rivers or brooks

and mountains of Akcm (23) are contained in tbe alphabetical list
annexed under 111. p. ()f)4ft'.
*) Tlie Ak(Miis, Imviiiij sufticient cultivahle land in the neighliourliood of their dwelling-places, do not build villages or hamlets at greater
dislanees to live there jjart of the year for ugriciiltural piirjioses, as tlit'

Akuapenis, Akras, Krohos &e. do; in Akeiu we may,

only of towns, though some of them he v(iry snuill in

Akyem

therefr)re, sjx'ak
size.

Akyom

Koto k a; b.
24 a.
Man so. (AkytMu
Soaduru, Western Akem). This tribe immigrated from Asante
Akyem (No. HO) about 18'30 or earlier; part of them settled in the
northern part of Akem, whence tliey withdrew in 1860, owing to
quarrels between their king Agyemau at Gyadam and king Ala at
Kyebi. Now most of them live in the southern part of Ak(un bordering on Asen and Agona.
Towns and

Abaiiase, Bere-wo-naii-ase, OdiXmaneso

Adwafo, Akokowaso, Kotokuom, Nkwanta,
.Mmoseaso, Anamaase, Anyinam II., Anyina(wa)ase, Aperade, Nsa(wa)\vom' Osoadiiru, Asuboa, Wontodease, Awusa, Ayirebi. (Nsawom\ the town of captain Dompere, who after some years of
lighting against the Asantes and their allies in the countries E. of
the Volta fell in 1870, lies separated from all the other places S,W.
of Akuapem on the left bank of the Densu.) In these 18 places this
tribe will number about 25000 inhabitants, among them 3000 warvilhu/cs:

(the jtresent capital),

In order to secure their rights to the lands they formerly

possessed, some families settled again at Yayaso, Praso on the E.

riors.

and Kome on theW. side of thePra, N.W. of Asuom.

Kings:
Agyemane,-iS7:^. Kwabena Fua,-/.97y. Ata Fua.
b. Animoakowa tSf)3. Kofi Ahehkora lS7o. Akyem Soaduru or Manso, containing only the two towns Osoaduru and Omaneso, was formerly
subordinate to, but is now independent of Akyem Kotoku.
side,

a.

Akyem Dwabeii. The Asantes ofDwaben, the sister

Kumase, having succumbed in their contest with Kumase
in 1876, quitted the Asante country, and in 1877 were led by the
British Government to settle in Akem, W. of the Pantarapa hills.
25.

town

of

built there, are. these: Odwabeh (on the site of KoAdweso, Alidwaase (Nkwahkwadua), Asokore (Suhyeh),
Oyoko. Other members of the tribe live at Kwabeh, Asiakwa, Kukurantumi and in other towns of Akyem Abuakwa. The whole
number of Dwabens living in Akem may be about 20,000, among
them 2000 warriors. Some live in Okwawu, and one chief with
600 warriors and their families in or near Kctrakye. King: Yaw
Asafo Agyei TCvum.

Tbe towns they

foridua),

26. Akuapem.

A.Situation. This small country lies between

It
and 6" 5' N. Lat. and between 0"3' and 0"20'W. Lon.
is bounded S. by Ga (Akra), E. by Adanme & Krgbo, N. &W. by
Akem.
B. Surface. It consists a) of a continuous hilly range running N.N. E., called Bewase bepow, with the Adowado bepow on
the S. K. and the Akono on the E., together with the valleys opening
into lb"' plain towards the sea, and b) of the valleys and lower hills

5" 4 2'

41


Gold Coast Colony.

642
on the

Akem

Nsakye river flows S.W.

X.N.E. to the Volta.

side; there the

and the Nycnsi

river

into the

Dcnsu,

C. Toivns. The following 16 towns lie in one successive row

on the ridge of the said hilly range, most of their villages in the
valleys in the W. (or S.W. and N.W.): 1. Berekuso, 2. Atweasin,
usually considered as part of the next town being closely contiguous
to it. H. Aburi. 4. Afwerase. 5. Asantemma (Obosomase). 6. Tutu.
T.lMampgn. 8. Abotakyi. 9. Amannokurom. 10. Mamfo. 11. Akfi rom a n. 1 2. Abiriw. 1 3. Odawu. 1 4. Awukugua. 1 5. A d up 11 or
kiironi. 16. Apirede. (Distances: between No. 1 &2. 12 miles, from
3 miles; but
No. 3 to No. 16. 18 miles, between the single towns 1
the distance of the remotest villages from their mother-town, espec.
11 are comfrom No. 3 & 1 1 attains to or exceeds 20 miles.) No. 1
16 under the name
prised under the name A man ten so. No. 12
No. 17. D ate (Lete, Ga,: Late) consists of 2 towns:
Kyerepon.
A
a. Ahenase, h. Kiibease, both lying on the Akouo mountain, 3
(No. 18.) The village of Abonse, lying
miles >S. E. of Akuropon.
6 miles E. of Akfiropon in the valley of the Bompon, opening towards the Krobg plain and the V^olta, belongs to No. 14, but lias
almost obtained the rank of a town.
Villoffes. Those 17 townships (or, if No. 17. be counted as two
and Abonse (No, 18) he considered as self-dependent, 19 towns)
have, at shorter or longer distances from the mother-town, numerous
villages in wliich some owners live part of the year, others the whole
year, for their agricultural pursuits. The number of villages reported

by name

is

as follows:

Berekuso

1,

Atweasiii

2,

Aburi

6,

Afwerase 1,

Asantemma 2, Tutu 14, ]\lampgn 11, Abotakyi 3, Amanuokfirom 4,

Mamfe 19, Akuropon 27-30, Abiriw 11, 'Dawu 9, Awukugua 4,
Adukfirom 18, Apirede 9, Date..., Abonse 17. Of some of these
towns many more villages might be counted, the same name being
number of separate villages, distinguished by the
names of their founders or owners added to the common name.
More than 300 names of villages, brooks, lakes and mountains of
Akuapem, with the numbers of the towns to which they belong, see
often applied to a

hereafter in the alphabetical

(HI).
inhabitants of Akuapem are of
a threefold origin: r/. those of No. 1
4. originally belonged to the
Akwam nation, a genuine Akan tribe, h. those of No. 9 & 1 1. came
from Akem (1733) and c. those of No. 58. 10. 12-16. 17. 18.
belong to the Guaii nation: of the latter the 5 towns No. 5 8& 10,
situated between No. 3 & 11, have since about 1750 entirely given
up their own language, whereas the 5 Kyerepon and 2 Date towns
have retained it in their domestic affairs, and have adopted Tslii
list

Origin of the inhahitanfs.

The

only for their intercourse with others.

Poliiicnl division. In the military organisation of Akuapem
the towns No. 1
4 stand under the duke of Aburi, leading the van;
one party of the Akropongs (Asohko) under the duke of Akropong
forms the centre, and another party of them (Apesemakfi) with the
king follow in the rear; the Kyerepongs under the duke of Adukrom
form the right wing, and the remaining 7 townships under the duke
of Date the left wing.
Estiniafr of popvlntion: 40000 souls.

Akii.ijKMii.

Akwjim.

K;iiii.iii;i.

Okwaw

04.'i

ii.

List of the Kings of Aknapem,

the lielp of the Akciiis the (iuaii populaliun
were rescued from tlie tyranny of the Akwams (about iT.'J.'Jj.
the time

t'loiii

when by

Safori, a brother of Ofori-panyin, Kinjj^ of Akcm. 2. OkyeManukure. o. Ofee Boa. 4. Ofee Ntoaicyerewo.
Ofee Amanapa. G.lManiamfem (Amuiuimli). 7. Fianko Betu-afo. S. .Sakyiam^iNten (-'i'enten). 9. Kwapoh Kyerefo. 10. Obuobi Atiemo nUi. 11.
Oh(^mpanyin Awuku-Frene. I2.0henkuma. 13. Saforo-Twe (-Twie),
1.

renuv

;">.

Kakarakjl. 14. Adow-Dankwa 78/6'. 1.5. Adum. 16. Ivwa-dade (lieiikuma) is IS. 17. Asa Awuku-frene (Asci-Kurot'ila) iSdi;. IH. Kwanie
Tawia Gyakori (Kwadade II) /,s;.v- Kwauu' Fori (Safori H) Itiso.
27. A k warn, a once uiij^hty and warlike Akau tribe between
Akem, A;i;ona, Akra and Aknapem, with tlie capital Nyanawase on
the Densu, since 17M8 occupying the banks and especially the
eastern side of the Volta (Firaw) from Senkyc to Pese.
Some of the Kings of Akwam: Akotia (destroyed Great Akra
1(580, so that many Akras emigrated to I^opo). Akonno 1702-26.

Akwauno (Ansa SasarakuV)

i7-jn-:;;i. Dako, Akonno-kuma 1734-42.

by king Pobi of Akem). Dako 1752.
AkotoOyireti AnipasakyL/^^r. /.v:>4.
Dako Yaw.
Akoto ts6!).
Towns and Vilhujcs: Bepowso, Dakoyekrom, Adome, Domeabera, Fasatwe, Agyabon, Gyawhofwe, Kotropee, Akrade (on an
island of theVolta), Kwadwowusu, Akwam', Mem, Nudu, Anyensi'i,
Anyinaase, Apepesu, Apiwkrom, Asafo, Sehkye, Atumpoku.
The
towns of Kamana see next.

Opoku-kuma

1742-4!) (killed

28. Krimaiia, a small tribe under Akwam, N.W. of Akwam

W. side of theVolta, said to be the parent tribe of the Okwa-

on the

wu

peojjle (No. 29).

as pure

They speak an Akan

and therefore called Apotgkafi.

dialect not

'J'he

acknowledged

name Kamanafo

also a))plied in a wider sense to other tribes in the interior

is

speaking

whom the Asantes apply the name Boronfo.

ToiVHS: Gyakiti, Pese, Apaso, Apatifi, Awurahae.

similar dialects, to

I>. North-western

20.

Okwaw u

Akan

Group.

(surname: Kodi-abe), a province of Asante

until 1874, W.N.W. of No. 28 (distance 6070 miles), separated
from Akem in the S. and from Asante & Asante Akyem in the W.
by uninhabited primeval forests. Its inhabited jjart is a small highland (between 6'' 40' and 7" N. Lat. and 0''40' and 1" W. Long.)
which rises high above the grassy plain on the N. and E. belonging
to it and extending to the Volta. Cf. No. 43.
Mountains in the centre (C) of the country (round Abetifi) or
S.,W., N., E., alphabetically: Aberewabog (Subiri) W. C. Obouserewa C, Oboontih S.W., Buruko N. E., Odonko S.W., Ofrawie
S.W., Ahea S.C, Okata, Nkata, Kodoi, N.W.C., Oku C, Kwamera
W. C., Kyekyere-wo-\Vere N., KyiriabeS., MmonseS., Subiri W.C,
Atia-yaw C.
liivers: 1. The Afram, N. E., with the following tributaries:
Asubiri, W. & N., Nkata or Asasu, N, & N. E., Koto, Obupuru, N.E.,
Asubone, E.5 another Asubone, S., called Si in Akem, is a tribu-

Gold Coast Inland Countries.

644

tary oftbe Berem in Akem.

^. The Pra(Bosoiiipva) lias its suiircc
(out of which only the kiug is allowed to drink) near Akwasiho in
the S.W. corner of the country. Besides these rivers and ri^ ulcts
the names of 45 brooks of Okwawu may be found in the list of
geographical names (HI.)
Toivns and Villages of Okwawu, under the chief's of 1. Abetifi
(Akuamoa, or, in his place, Kofi Daiikyi), '2. Aduanioa (Kwadwo
Boamah), 3. Obo (Osiama). The respective towns or villages belonging to the jurisdiction of the three principal towns do not form
continuous districts, but intermingle with each other, as we found
it in Akem, p. 640,
To the larger places an approximate estimate of the mimber of tlu'
inhabitants is added in parenthesis; small villages are marked by*.
The tigures 1. 2. 3. denote the leading town to which a place belongs.
Abene 1. Bepoh 3. Abetifi or Abotifi (means: top of mountain,
inhabitants 3-4000)1. Ob6(5500)3; Bgkuruwal. Obomeh (2000)3.

Aduamoa

(3000) 2. Odumase 1. Ahenase'^ 3. Akaiikawaase - 1.

Kotoso* 2. Nkwaetia(4000) 2. Xkwantanan", Akwasiho''-, Amama,
Pepease(3oOO) 1. Peteko 3. Mpraeso (3000) 2. Sad^ui (Sadae)^- 3.
Sadah kuma* 1. Asakaraka (3000) 3. Tafo 2. Ntcso 1. Atibic* 3.
Tweneduruase, Akp. Kyeneduruase (1500) 1.
The dialect of Okwawu, although counted with the Apotokan
of the Kamarafo or Broiifo, does not differ much from pure Akan.
30, As ante Akyeni, on the W. side of the upper Pra,
W. of No. 29 Ot 23, formerly under Asante, now desirous to be independent like No. 29, 31. &c. - Towns: Obogu, 2 days' journey
N. N.W, of Asuom (No. 23) via Yayaso, Praso, Kome (No. 24);
Amautra, 24 miles N. of Obogu; Aguogu, 10 m. N. E. of Amantra.

31* Adanse, formerly a frontier province of Asante, is

boinided S, by Asen and Twiforo (No. 22.9., boundary rivers arc
the I'ra and its tributary )fe), and N. by Asante proper. The ruling families of Akyem Abuakwa, Asen and other kingdom.s are
said to have come from Adanse, which is considered as one of the
most original seats of the Akan nation.
]\Iost of tlie land between
the Adanse hills and the Pra, formerly belonging to Asen, lies now
waste.
Capital: Fomana. N. of the i\Imonse Hill; ten other towns
or villages lie on tlie main road from l^raso to Kumase or W. of
it, the most northerly of which are Adnbiaase i^c Dompoase. Cf. II.
Route 1 b. - King: Kwabena Oben, independent of Asante by the
(

Treaty of Fomana

13. Feb. 1874.

3S. Asante proper,

consisting of the confederate Five Akan

States and sever.al dependencies. Enunu-rating the single provinces
or districts we proceed from the centre to the N.E., E., S.,
N.
Names of districts which have a capital ot the same name have an
asterisc added to them.
1. Atwonia (Atshoma) district; capital: Ki'unasc (Okura-ase,
under the okum tree).
^. Osekvere, the N. part contains the following jjrincipalitics:
a. ^lampoii*, also called Osekyere-Mampoh, or, from its king,
Dwomo Mampgn, N, E. of Kumase. - h. A<):yaniaase: c. Dvvira,

W.&

Adwira, subordinate

to

^a. -

d.

Kiimawii* near Okwawu,

645

As.-mtc.

Osnkycro,

the S. part countains: a. DweM)cn, the sister

K. of it, with tlic subordinate towns ot" b. Ali(Iwuiisc, ('. Asokoro. Tlio jjeoplc; of these towns in 1S76 rose in
war aj^ainst Ose(^ Kwanie, Bonsii of Kiunase, but were (h-leated and
loft the country; cf. No. 'if). Part of the] )\\ abens, liowever, remained
und(!r Asaute, r. i^. tliosc of ^^ Odiiinasc, E. of Kuniase, liviu}; in
25 viHages.
i. a. Asokorc-MaiiipoiV", S. of No. ;}2,y,/>. IJawDro'-, S. of i,a.
S.E. of No. 32,/.
.-). Kokofi'r-,
<). Dadeasc, a district under Dvvabeii, now under Kokofu.
7. Single towns S. of Kumase, not in vassahige to any of the
greater chiefs of the Asante kingdom; (/. Adtialicii; I). AsiimiiVa
or Nsumnya, the place from which the founders of Kuniase came,;
(;. iViiioaforu (battle of the 6't. Jan. LS74); d.Sfxnvdh, S. E. of Kumase;
,9.

litwn uf Kiiniasi'.,

Asaueso

unknown).
licjkwae, S.S.W. of Kumase.
!). MaillpyilteiV", W. (V) of Kumase; king: Kagya.
10, Territories in theW. and S.W., domains of some chieftains
or members of the royal family, with no proper inhabitants, arc:
a. Manoso (W.) with gold-minos; b. Ahafo (S.W.) with extensive
forests. Perhaps they are part of, or form the continuation of the
"Dankyira bush", i. e. the former, now deserted, country of the
Daukirans W. of the Ofe river.
e.

S.

(position,

Amaiiso,

ca])ital

Jl. Districts N.W. of Kumase: a. licrckiim*; b. Ariluwa*

(some maps place it N. E., others place a district Atoa S.E. between
No. 31 & 23); c. Agona*; d. Kaweiiease, a single town N.W. of
[Antowa.
1^. NsLita*, N. or N.W. of Kumase.
lo. Asafo, chief: Boakye; position unknown.

14. Aheiikiiro, a single

town

S. of

Abesem (No.

'6r>).

War 1874.
"The kingdom of Ashanti is composed of a
says
number of separate kingdoms or principalities acknowledging as
their one governing liead the King of Coomassie, ^^ho is, th(!refore,
really more an emperor than a king." (A similar system of vassalage,
reminding us of the feudal system in Europe in the middle ages,
obtains among the minor states on tlie Gold Coast, cf. No. 26. p. 626).
He gives, as received from Jos. Dawson, the names of the states
of the kingdom, with their supposed numbers of warriors. Of the
latter, Dawsnn ascribed to Okwawu 6000, Adanse 3000, Okumase
5000, Kokofu, Dwaben, Bekwae, Mampgn, Nsuta, each 2000, to
Nkoransci 6000, Ebono 2000, Abesem 1500, Safwi 1500 (see our
Nr. 29. 31. 32. 36. 37. 35. 6.), to Afidwaase 1000, Okomas (Agyamaase?) 1000, Odagyawe 500, Amoaforo 300, Asaueso 200, Asumgya 100.
Dawson gives also "the order of the Ashanti march to
war'' in 1871. The same is given from information obtained b}- the
(Basel) native missionary Dav, Asante in 1880 as follows: liightw'my Captains: 1. Kwabena Dwomo of Mampgn. 2. Yaw-mane, now
x^samoa Kofi of Afidwaase. 3. Asamoa Nkwanta of Kumase. 4. Oborobea of Agyamaase. 5. Apampanih of Adwira. 6. Ata Fua of
Nkoransa. Lcfi-iviny Captains: 1. Kwasi Adae of Kumawu. 2. Asihi.

Brackenbury

vol. II. p. 362.

in his Narrative of the Ashanti

Gold Coast Inland Countries.

646

3. Osee of Ahchkuro, 4. Kwame Awuku of AsgOsce of Baworo. 6. Berekuiii lieuc of Berckuin.

Centre Force: 1. Boaberi of Ailuaben. 2. Adu Bgfog, now Opoku,
of Kuniase. 3. Samaii Akyearapgn of Saman. 4. Antoa Aiiyina of
Antowa. 5. Agona Gyima of Agona. 6. Asafo Boakye of Asafo.
7. Sefa deliyee of Kiiwenease. We see that Nkoransa is reckoned
among the host of Asante proper, but Adause is no hjnger included.
The former empire of Asante seems by the catastrophe of 1874 to
have broken up and be now confined to the confederate provinces,
districts and towns of Asante proper together with Nkoriinsa, all
the other subject and tributary states considering themselves independent of Kumase. (1881.)
A List of Kings of Asante.

Huiiowa of Nsuta.

kore-Mumpgh.

5.

]
Konadu. 2. Etwum, founder of Kuniase. 3.Antwi. 4. Obiri
Yeboa. 5. Osee Tutu (Otu, Etu) lino. 6. Opoku Kgkg, OpokuWare,
Osee Ohyeaman 1731-49. 7. Kisi Boadum (B. Akwisi) 1719. 8. Osee
Kwadvio 1752? 9. Osee Kwame(na)Panyin. Bonsuafraueakwa i7W.^
10. Osee Kofo, Osee l)u, 1797-U'J. 11. Opoku Kwtibgm, Op. Fofie
1?DU(30 days). 12. Tutu Kwamena, Osee Bonsu, Diasibc, Obgbyeh
1800-1824. 13. Osee Yaw, Akoto, Serammcn-esi-siesojf^:?5. 14. Kwaku Dua, Sikasosg, Teetoa 18.H0. 15. Kofi Karakari 1867. IG. Mensa
.

Bonsu

1874.

E,

Countries adjacent or adjoining to Asante proper in the North

(from N.W. to N. E.).
33. (xyanian, a country W. or N.W. of the upper Tanno
river, probably bordering S. on Safwi (No. 6.) and N. on Kon
(No. 49). Capitals: Bontuku; Nsram' (which means "in the camp",
the cani]) of a former king during a war with Osee Bonsu having
become a town). Queen: Tetabea t87(>.
'J'he Gyamans seem to
have a language of their own, but speak also Tshi. (A communication in the African 'JMmes 1877. p. 27. says that tlu; Gyawumans

and Fantes emigrated from Takyiman.) The Gyamans are

said to

much

gold-dust from a rude people at Lobi (to the N.E.V)

in exchange for cowries. Repeatedly attacked or subjugated by the
Asantes, they have regained their independence.
34. Takyimaii* E. of No. 33, S. of No. 35. 36. W. of
No. 37.
'J'he language of the people is the Tshi of the Broiifo.
During the reign of the Asante king Opoku Ware this country
was wrested from its connection with Gyaman by the king Bafoo
of Nkoransa, a vassal of Asante, wliereupon "a second emigration
to Gomua" took place; the rest remained in subjection until they
became free in 1874, defended their liberty against Nkoransa in
1876, and, with their chief Kwabena Fofie, returned to their former
receive

dependence on Gyjiman.

35. Abesem*,
30. Nkoransa

N. of No. 34 and likewise allied to No. 33.

(capital: Nkoransa, 7 days' journey N.N. E.
of Kumase), a subject province of Asante of considerable importance, N.E. orE. ofNo. 34&35, W. or S. of No. 47 a, AV. of No. 37.
Language: the Tshi of the Brohfo. Kings: Bafog about 1740. Ata

Fua

1874-

Countries of the Volta.

647

3T, \U-o\i (Bono, Ebono, M'(;)Meen.- Booroom, Ihtromy), an

open country E. of No. ."^G, N. E. of Asanto, of which it was formerly a subjoct ])rovinct' (capital: Goya?), bounded on the E. N,
by the Volta, which is called Adere by the Ntas and Asantes, and
Firaw by other Tshi tribes. 'I'he lanj^uaj!,-e ol'liron is Tshi, thon}>;h
not pure Akan. [I'he Asantes use the name Wvoix also in a wider
sense (as the Akems and Akuapems the name Kamana) for the
dialects of all the tribes N. & E. of the Akans, and likewise the
name Bronfo for all the provinces formerly subject to them and
havin}^ Asante law and Asante rip,hts.)
Vtxoh [in the narrower sense of the word) seems to consist oi'
iV:

or to

comprehend the

followinj;- principalities:
Atill)iud)U (AtabuobiV)" with a lake called BuroV or Kyirikora near the river Volta.
h. Pnii'i* (a river Mpran is marked
a.

by Bonnat as Howing into the N'olta S. S.E. of Salaga).

c. OVviio or Guan. capital
Kokofu; Abcase lies N.W., Wease
lies E., Nsuta S.
l)\Vae & Atabuobu have a languaj^e of tlieir
own, similar to Kyerepgn, besides sj)eaking- Broh; perhaps Dwae
:

(Akyem

pronunciation) or

Guah (Akuapem

From

the

middle part
F".

in

may

pronunciation)

regarded as the central place of all Guan tribes.

38. Aiiiaiitei'i, N.W. of Nsuta No. 37 c., also belongs

be

to Broii.

neighbourhood of the upjier Volta, we return

the neighbourhood of No. 27 & 28.

to its

Trans -Volta Group,

or Tribes on the Eastern side of the Volta

speaking the Guan and '^Fshi Languages.

SO. Aiium*^

a small tribe, bounded S. & W. by Akwam,

N. by districts of the Krepe country (No. OS). The people
emigrated from Kyerepgn in the 17th or 18th centuiy and speak
Guan besides Tshi and Ewhe. Their town Anum, destroyed 1869,
was being rebuilt 1879.
E.

(.t

Proceeding N. N. E. and passing through the Krepe districts

Tafigome (with the towns Anfoe & Kpando) and Awume, we come to
40. N koiiyji, a small tribe, emigrated from Date (No. 26,/7)
perhaps 200 years ago, speaking Guan and inhabiting 27 villages
between the Volta and a parallel range of hills; capital: Awurupu.
41. Boe(m), a tribe E. & N.E. of No. 40, of the same origin,
speaking Guan
as a

name

&

Tshi.

Towns: Oworawora (which

also occurs

of the country, formerly a province of Asante),

Apdfo

with iron mines and founderies), Sandrakofi, Tapa, Akoroso

Route 4 c.

cf.

42. Kyerehi, Bowuru, Apeso, Borada, Kogyakyea, Okradwere, Kube, Amamforo, Sasabu, Otuka, Totoroma, Ayema, arc
some towns of a country E. or N.E. of No. 41 in which Tshi is
spoken. Gr. p. XIV.
43. Pae, a small tribe of Tshi origin, speaking Kjimana (or
Broil), subject to Okwawu (No. 29). Towns: Ahenkiiro, Apaso,
Sapiease; cf. Route 4 c.
44. Karakyo, a tribe of Guan origin, speakingTshi besides
Guan, emigrated from Date (No. 26. /7). King: Basamuna. Towns

Gold Coast Inland Countries.

648

along the Volta: Dentemaneso, Opampaso, Karakye (capital, also

the supposed seat of the far-t'amod demon or fetish Qdente), Koto,
Woroto, Otareeso (belonging to the high- priest of Karakye).
45. Ntwumniuru, a smaller tribe than Karakye, of tlie
same origin and language, N. N.W. of No. 44, between the rivers

Debo and Daka. Towns: Bagyamso, Akaneem.

O,

Countries of the upper Volta, from Salaga westward to

Kong

and beyond it.

46. Nta country (Ghunjah proper of the Arabs), N.W. of
No. 45. The people are of the same origin and language as those
of No. 44 & 45, but have become Mohammedans. Principal towns:
Pami, the capital or residence of the king. Salagha, Twi: Saraha,
3 miles W. of Pami, a large and far-famed market-town for Asanlos,
Hausas, Mosis S:c. Daboya, another large town, 'the capital of
The country from the
the province of Ghobago", W. of Salaga.
river Daka to Salaga is called: Nta-fufu (i. e. White Nta or Nta
The name Ntafo (^sing. Otani) is given to all the people
proper).
living "in the sfeppe" Ak. Serem'= sere-mu, Akp. Sare-mu, N. of
the tribes speaking Akan and Broh (or Kamrma)and ofNtwummuru;
it is also applied to all the northern tribes and kingdoms known
to the Asantes, as mentioned hereafter under No. 47-57. The name

Nnonkofo

used for Ntafo (or Nnonko, as a

Akuapem, Akra, Krepe, but in
Asantethewordodgnko, ^Z.nnghkofo, only means "a (bought) slave".
(As tlie Eng. ""slave'' originally meant a Slave i. e. Slavonian, be-

name

{siiuj.

Odohkoni)

is

of their countries, for Nta) in

cause people of the Slavonic race wore frequently made slaves by people
of the Teutonic race, so in a reverse manner the word for "a bought
slave" seems to be used like a ])roper noun for the nations from which
most of the bought slaves came.)
_47a Afowa*, a country W. or S.W. of Salaga, bordering

on Nkoransa.
1. Soko, NsokoV is put on maps between Takyiman on the S. and Banna on the N.
48. Banna*, a country N.W. of Nkoransa, about 1750 &
1790 in war with, and afterwards subjugated by Asanto, 1877 reported as allied with Gyamau in war with Asante.
40. Kg 11 (Koho), a country N. of Gyamau; capital: Koi'i, in
a W. direction from Daboya & Salaga, 12 days' journey (a 8 geographical miles) N. from Bontuku, 20 days N.N.W. from Kumase.
50.1. Guriisi, a country W. of Koh.
50.2. Grimiui'-, a country N.W. of Kon, 6 days' journey
through uninhabited land, with many elephants and buffaloes, the
home of the white cola-nut (beseheue).
50.3. Dwirasu*, a country N. of Koh.

H.

Countries to the E., N.,

N.W. & N.E.

51. Tagyan, a country E. of Salaga,

to

of Salaga.

which town the people

bring ivory and soap.

52. Namonsi*, 3 days' journey N.E. of No. 45.

Yane (Yande), large capital ofDagomba (Dagammk),

53 a.

7 days from Salaga N.E. (M'Queen)^ or, the capital of Ahwa, 3 days'
journey from No. 52. (D. Asante).
b. Aiiwa (Yngwa, AFQiieen),
a Dagomba town and district, 8 days' journey N.W. of Yilne.

Far Inland and (ia-Adannu'

649

(lunntrius.

>4. Mrtinparnma, a single town on a mountain like Mount

Kroho, with only ono access, between Anwa and Waiewaie.
55. \\'ar('.\vare*, two towns between wliicli the Volta (l''iraw)
ilttws, haviufj; its source thereabout.
56. \\'oroniara or NUronsi*, N. N.W. of Wareware.
57. (lurnnia, a country b>twe(^n No. 56 & 58.
5H. ]\l6si, a larj^e country in the N., from which slaves,
asses,

sheep, fowls, shea-butter, cotton stufts of native fabric are

to Salao-a. Capital: Waji'adu^u; second town in size:

brouj^ht

Kumpela. JA ^s. (Wardugo, Kupeala, 7v(>7ir; Wogodogo, Kulfela,

Neighbouring countries: SiliKi, MozAuze, Hano, Kuluga,
Yj'irega, CTamara {Chr. Gr. p. XV.), Gurunia (No. 57), E., Andenitei'iga, W., liulniera, Bi'desa, Yaongo, lU'isanse, liusnia (Kolle).
>0,1. Ditnia* (on a nuuintain), 2. Dalla*, 3. Dinawnf^iirn,
4. Dnwansa, are 4 other countries between No. 53-55 tS: 5S.
00. Ma re wa is the Tshi name for Hausa and other countries
on and beyond the Niger, from which ivory, woollen cloaks, halfH. Earth-)

woollen blankets, silk stuff's, leather wares, horses, asses, mules,

buft'aloes, sheep and slaves are brought to Salaga.

From

we return to the sea-coast, to tribes

Akra and Dahome languages, among whom,

the remote interior

sp(>akin<;; dialects of the

however, the Tshi language is freijuently spoken and understood,

so that their own languages have been much more influenced by
Tshi than they in their turn have influenced it.
I. Countries from the mouth of the river

Sakumo

to the

Akuapem

range and the lower Volta.

Akra or Gh country (Eng. Accra, Tshi: Nkrai'i). The

towns are situated on the sea-coast and numerous villages
lie inland, bounded W. (between the Sakumo or Densu and the Ayesu
river) byAgona, N. by Akem and x4kuapem, E.(N.E.) by Adanme.
The G towns of Akra proper are the following:
1. Ga, British Ahra, Jamestoivn, Tshi: Eniresi; estimated
number of inhabitants, including the villages, 7000 souls.
2. Kciika, Dutch Akra (Ussliertown), Tshi: Kankan, 7000
souls. The king of Kenka (Kauka) is considered as the head not
only over the other kings and communities of the Ga and Adanme
61.

Icadiuii-

countries, but also over the kings of

Akyem, Akuapem, Akwam,

and of Anwala (No. 67,1) Ayigbe and Agotime.

3. Osu, Danish Ahra, Christianshorg, 6000 souls. The king of
Osu is the head also over the 3 following towns:
4. La (Tshi: Dawade, Dclde), 6000 souls;
5. Te.si, 7000 souls; 6. Nunowa, Little Ningo, 1500 souls.

63-66. Ad ail mo

Adampe

country, divisions:
towns: 1. Tenia, 2500; 2. Kpoii,
Pflnec,2iM)\ 3. Gl)Uo|)rri, 'J'shi: Papra, Prrtwt^Jraw?, 3500; 4. Nuiio,
with their inland villages.
Ningo, 6000 souls,
63. Sai, Sha'l, Tshi: Siadc, two towns on the Shai hills (on
English maps erroneously called Crobo Hills) with their villages,
10.000 souls.

62. Ga-Adaiime

or

coast

411.

Gold Coast Colony.

650

64. Krobo country, on the plain from the northern part of

the Aknapem range eastward to the Volta (Firaw, Fyirao), witli the
solitary Mount Krobo, together with many plantations on and N.
Akuapem range between Akuapem, Akem and Akwam.
.Western Krobo (king Akrobato), with the town Yilo on Mount
Krobo, the towns Sr a, Somanya, Kotokoli, Adsekpo and 10 vilof the
1

2. Eastern Krobo (king: Sakite), with the town Many a

diimase, Agomanya, Xuaso, Ofoase,
on Mount Krobo, the towns
Kpon (on the Volta) and 27 villages. Each of the two halfs of the
Krobo nation consists of 5 tribes or companies under their own
chiefs. Population 30-40000 souls.
The highest of the Krobo
mountains terminating the Akuapem range on the western banks
of the Volta is the Yogaga.

lages.

Osndoku

(king: Animli) with 2 villages (Lano and

the top of the Osndoku mountain and 7 villages on the
plain and (among them Akuse) on the river Volta and 3 lagoons.
2. Asntsale (Tshi: Asutwaree, i.e. ford, fern/). This name is
applied both to the town Krokoto on the river Volta (chief: Ablo)
and to the solitary mountain Noyo (Tshi: Gyansa) AV. of the town.

05,1.

Manwa) on

Either the

Osudoku mountain

Asutshare mountain

Grande Peak
of No. 65,1

66,1.

&

(flying

of the sailors.
2:

meridian of Ningo) or the

understood by the Ningo
Some maps differ on this. Pojjulation
(in the

X. by W.)

is

10000 souls?

Ada*

(Addah), consisting of 8 tribes dwelling in the

town Ada on the Volta, 13 villages on the sea-shore and 33 or

40 villages on the j)lain between the Volta (Firao or Fyirao, from
which 10 different branches are distinguished by names) and 3 lagoons (Song from Ada to Wekumagbe, AVasaku near Togbloku,
& Anenya). Population: 20000 souls?
2. Eight towns or villages
on the western banks of the river Volta, subject to Ada, but inhabited by Anwonas and Krepes .speaking the Ewhe language

Sukpe,

4.Wume,

1.

Agrafi,

8.

Batgg. Population: 10000 souls?

2.

3. Tefle,

5.

Blakpa,

6. Mlefi, 7. :Mefe,

K.

Countries E. of the lower Volta.

In the countries E. of No. 66. 65. 64. 27. 28. 39. also E. & S.
of No. 40. 41. 42. the prevalent language is Ewhe (Ewe, better:
Eoe). The whole territo! y of this language is called Ewlieme and
is, with regard to its dialects, divided into 5 jtrincipal parts
1. Anlg
in the S.W. corner; 3. AiifLie, N. of Anlg; 3. Wlieta, E. of Anlg,
with Nodze it Atakpame, E. & N.E. of Anfue: 4. Dahonie (Anagome), N. ofWheta; 5. ^lahi (Ma/i), N.ofDahome. Only the parts
1-3 are in contact with territories of the Tshi and Ga languages,
wherefore we conclude with them our*geographical review.
:

67,1. Aiilo, I'shi: Aiiwonri, Ga: Aula, Anwrda, Eng. tI//woona, Aun(]Jft, Anglo. Coast-towns: Anlg, capital; Dzelu kowhe,
JelJn/i Coffee, a place touched at by the mail-steamers; Keta, Quitlah,
fort; Anyako, on an island of the Keta lagoon. Kindred tribes, N.
& N.W. of the said lagoon 2. Agbosome, 3. Aveno, 4. Ataklu
:

(with the

town Waya) &c.

as.

Tun.

A^otiriie,

IIii.i,

11.

651

KdiiUjs.

llua, lliiaiii', G;l Ayi-^hf, Hii}^. Krcjic, a

divided into many small districts, c. g. I'cki,
tlio leading town; Ho, with the town Wliej^bc &c.
Both dialects
(of No. 67 & GH) have borrowed certain proper names and other
iVulVu',

T-slii:

ti'iritory politically

words from

'I'shi.

0!>. A<j;o(iine,

'I'slii:

Agiuitiin,

a small i-ountry,

houiidcd

by AtJiklu, N.W. by Ho, N. by Agii, with a towns; the inhabitants, whose ancestors emigrated from the Adai'ime counti'y
(No. 62) about 1760? still speak Adai'ime besides the Ewhe of their
On the N. of Nod/.e, the original seat of the Ewhes,
neighbours.
there arc also Adanme people who now speak Ewhe.
S.AV.

70. Tom,

the

Akra name

for Little

Popo, Ewhe: Anyiga,

in

the AVheta (W/ii/dali) territory, E. of No. 67,2., is a colony of Akra

[(Ail) people who took refuge there in 1680, when their t(twn and

country had been devastated by the Akwambus. The inhabitants

still use their own language besides speaking Ewhe.

1.

II. Some Koules in

From Capo Coast

the Gold Coasl Countries.

or Ananiaboc

to

Kuniase.

Tlie names are taken from hooks on the Asante war in Iy71 and
from a "Guide tor [Strangers travellinj<; t<i Kumase" published at t'ape
Coast in lt>Gl (Stanford's ]\Iap of tlie (iolil Coast, 1873) and are, as far
as possible, given in the writing ajjpropriate to tlie native language.

Through Fante and Asen Territory.

Coast: Eu,iia, Nyamoransa, Nkwabem, Asabu,
Akrofol (Akuro-foro), Donase, Asokwa, Duhkwa, Nyahkoniff)de,
a.

aa.

From Cope

Fante Nyankomase.
bb. From Anamaboe (Jnoniabo, Kwausa kiironn, Dadagua,
iSonkwa-twafo, !Mframa-annwee, Ata-krom, Kwaw Tseka krom,
Hyebil-krom, Abol (Aboro), Atiati, Banso, Bohyen, Bohyehwa,
Akrofol, Donase, Kakau-ase, Ahiuasa, Abra-hyia, Afransi, Woratsel (Woraterc!), Banso, IvAvadu-gya, Fante Nyankoin-asc. [This
town was given to the A sens when they came to the protection of
the Fantes and was made the capital or residence of king 'Tib<t.]
Katakyi-ase, Mpe-asem, Atsema-mauso, Eduni-ase, Sibinsu,
Bolium-ase, Kyeneso (Tvveneso), Akoko-benom-nsu, Damman,
Wonkg-so, Atobiaase, Awiamu, Kwame-ata, Alfinso. [From this
town a main road leads through Asikum.l. Agyimako, Akumii,
:

Gomnatothe

coast towns

Tuam, Legu, Apam,

'Rimini

(Winn ebah)-}

Adawara, Nyera-so, Ape-iikwa, Dadee-so. Dawuma-koro, Akrofomu, Ahinabilmu, Xsuta, Kwatwa, Banso, Adubia-ase, Ato-nsu,
Fesu, Fesuwa, Asen Nyankomase, Amponsi-kwauta, Nwa, Akomfode, Nnuaso, Barako, Barasia-akoh, Dausam-so, Asempa-ua-eye,
Prase (= on the Pra), Pra river.
b.

Through Adanse and Asante

Territory.

Pra-so kuma, Kyekye(wo)\vere, Apagya, Atobia-ase, Asiaman, Ansa, Fomoso, Akrofomu, Akvansramu, Ofwiromase-kwanta,
Gyimaso, Bomeh stream, Mnionse hill, Kwisa, Foinana, D(impoKyeabogso, Esan-kwanta, Dgteeso, Akankawa-ase; Adadease;
waase, Nsafo, Kwaman, Edweu-ase, Amoa-foro (seep. 645) [from

Appendix C. Geography.

652

here a road leads to Bekwae]; Dwabeinva, Asaiiteniaiiso (the cap

of Asaute before 1700), Asuingya, Bepgso, Kokofii-kwauta
[from here a road leads to Kokofu], Adwmnaixiu, Adm'ikii, Bakra
ka, Aduaben, Dedeaseewa, Oda titreai>i. Oda-so, Asiago, Akaukawaase, Kaase, "Kiimase, surrounded by tlie stream Suben.

ital

Some j^loces ofKumase: Apetesene {vultures' passing-place,

the horrible pit filled with human bones and carcases), Adwabireui
(market-place), Mogyawee (place of blood drying up), Mpremoso
Streets: Dadesoaba, Asafo, Amanhyia, Ano, &c.
(cannon-place).
Bantama, the blood-stained royal mausoleum, W. of Kumase.

2. From Cape Coast along the sea-coast to Ada.

Ogua, Amamforo, Queen Anne Point, Baraka river, Ekon,
Mowure, 'Ebra tt 'Amfo rivers. Ansa?, Biriwa, Onomabo, Agya,
Koromante, Saltpond, Akyemfo, 'Amisa r. i(' vill., Adomafol, Asafol, Nakwa r. & vill., Akra, Akupufino, Nkuma, Serefa, Aboann,
Tuam ('Tw^^rfw?^, LaguorDago, Dwomma, K\)h(Apam), Abrakum,
Amahkwade i//7/, [Amankwjide Ixamjc 5-6 miles inland,] Simpii
(Winnebah), Ayesu river, Bereku, Sanya, Fete,_ NyOnyAno, Krokrobite, Bakado, Sakum river; Ga or Akra (Nkran, Fort James
& Jamestown), Kinkri (Kankan. UsshertoKn), Osu (Clirisfiansborf/),
La (Dade), Tesi, Nunowa (Ninowal, Tema, Kpon, Kpukpra (Akp.
Papara, Pramprain), Nuno (Akp. Nino), Otsite Lai, Wekumagbe,
Lolonya, Fute, Foo, Totime, Ada.
3.

From Okwawu

Abetifi, Pepease,

to

Pae

(for Salaga).

Sadan (Sadae), Sadan-kuma, Xkwantanan,

Afraili river (abounding with fish), Aframso, last plantation of the

Okwawus; from here to the Pae country on theN'uIta the way leads

(24 miles in a N. and GO in a N.E. dirt-ction) through fertile prairies

with gum, shea-butter and other trees, and single patches of forest,
full of game; the 12 or 15 streams and ri^ ulets crossed on the way

and other halting-places are: Gyaneboafo, Bohkuren (dee)) valley).,

Amogyanesuwa. Udohkyeae, Kotweboom, Asanyausu, ()buSOm,
Nsuogya, Gyafoabotah, )hemmeue.-abgnima, lloreyenkyerem, Ata(

Nkwaetam (the middle of the way), Subi, Bona(so),

At\Verenan-ne-at\verenan, Namasuwa, l)umien-ano, Wa river, l)id\va. The I'aes have four villages on the western side of theVolta:
ne-ata, Osieho or

Agyato, .Vbrawade, Abanwabi, Nkakyena. Here theVolta is crossed

by canoe. The way from Sapiease and iVheiikiiro to Karakye,
Ntwummuru, Salaga is as indicated in tJie following Koutc 4 d.
4. From the Mouth of (he Voita to Salaga.
Of the riverVolta (Ewhe: Amu, Ga; Swiiao, Ad. Fyirao, Tshi:

Adere) we indicate the rapids, some islands, and the prinits shores and neighbourhood, the countries, towns
and villages. The right shore we mark with W., or, according to
the bcndiugs of the river, with S.W. or AMI"., the left shore likewise with E., S.E., N.E.
a. From Ada-fgo to Kpoh.
E. Anlo country: Asesano, Ahlg lagoon.
W. Adaiime
(proper): Ada-fgg, with European factories; Ada; Agrafi; S.W.

Firav,'

(*c

cipal affluents; of

II.

653

KcMilcs.

Bhikpa, Mleli, Mcfe, Batg from here a

Sukpc, 'J'ofle, Wumc;
route from Nui'io (Niuf^o) Icail.s N.E. to Ewlie, Agotiine, Daljome,
also to Salaj;'a by land in 11 or 12 days.
Vlo & Dof'o islands.
.v. Asutsare (Krokoto) at the foot of the Noyo mountain; S.W.
Akuse (l)elonf;into Osudoku; factories); N.I'J. AniedekA, Kofikoli,
factories; \'odzoku Kajiids, passable for steamers only in Auj;-.-Oct.,
the water rising- by ."{O feet. IT. Kpon (Tshi: Tetewim). N.E. of
Odumase in Kroho.
;

;iS'.

b. From Kpon to Asabi.

W. Krybo: Yogaga mountain. J'J. Akwtim country. Ifapid of
Sehkye; Akrade island. Jv. Akwam (capital); W. Agyabon; Agyina
I'eki
island; W. Krunaiiri: Mem, Pese, Aposo; A', inland: Anum
llo.
W. Awurahae mouth of theAfram; Dodi; A'. P^whT'
country: Boso, Tonko, Asabi. Kapids before and near Asabi oyWupe.
c. From Asabi to Alienkuro.
The land W. of the river consists of immense j^rassy ])lains

with many gum and shea-butter trees: the villages found

on the W. shore belong to the countries on the E. side. .S. IF. Dekoko; - N.E. inouth of tlie Davi river, - K-lsKK. inland: Nuseta
(Wusutra)
Anfoe Taiigome.
S. E. Ahurase; 6'. Dsome (Asuaso); IF. Nkonie(Siavigavi), Agraman, Demea, these four in Awume,
(j)rairies)

TF.DwumlUmilesE.of Agraman: Kpando.

Sempe (rapids), Aiuma, Amamforo, B(d)o-krirom, mouth
of the Obosombone; E. NkoiiyA country with 27 villages, capital:
Higher up: E.
Awurupu.
E.&N.E. of NkonyTi: l>oe country.

capital Ataurunu(,V);

fo-kiirom,

mouth of the Asu-kgko (i.e. Ilcd Jiiver, having a very strong current) and near it Akoroso, a market town, belonging to Worawora
(Boem) or PaeV
Pae country: (ca])ital: Apaso) E. Sapiease,
W. 4 villages, E. mouth of the Oti; Ahenkuro (in Pae).

d. From Ahehkiiro (Pae) to Salaga.

Continuation of very fertile prairies. Above Ahenkuro:
rapid of Kontromfi. - E. Karakj'^c country Dente-maneso; rapid
of Labale(,V) 15-18 feet, 500 metres broad, passable in Sept. &Oct,,
the water rising by 50 feet; Opampaso; roaring cataracts, bank
of rocks; Kjirakye, capital; Kudenkpe, village; Woroto, Otareeso;
great rapid: N.E. mouth of the Debo, the boundary river between
Karakye and Ntwummuru (No. 44&45). N.E. Bagyamso & Akaneem (Ntwunimuru). N.E. mouth of the Daka, the boundary between Ntwummuru & Nta-fufu: Tamkranku at the junction of the
Daka with the Yolta, Fametwaasu, Krupi (or, in a straight line
from Akaneem: Nkwahkwakuro, Kpanaye, Krupi); Pami, Sahif^a.

IF.

From Kyebi

via Obogu to Kiimase,

Fomjiua and Asen-Praso to Kyebi.
55 Jan. 21 Feb. ISSl. K. Buck & D. Hupijenhaner.
a. Akyem-Abuak^va: Kyebi, Adadeentam', Pamen, Takyimahma, "'rumfa. Amonom. Kokobi, Abomso, Asuom'. h. AkyemKotoku: Yayaso, Praso (rircr Pra^, Kome(so). c. Asaiitr-Akycm:
Obogu. r/. A.sante: Kgnom-nno, Odumase (A', of Dwabeh), (river
Anum running E. and S. E. to the Pra), 'Bohankara, Ampebam,
Adadeentam. Dotebi, Bescaso, Dwoso, Karapa, Kwammg, Fomasiia,
5.

and back

via.

Appendix C. Geography.

654

Dotn, Kautikoron, Ayigya, Amakom', Supom', Kiimase; - Kaase,

Akankawaase, Asiago, Odaso, Dodeaseewa, Aduaben, Aduiiku,
Adwumam', Poposo(Beposo), Asunieniiya(Asumgya), Adwabeinma,
Ainoaforo, E-dwenease, Koramaii, Samfo (Nsafo), Adadcwase,
Akankawaase, Doteeso, E-sankwaiita, Kyeabo(gso). e. Adaiise:
Dompoase, Fomaiia, Kusa,(Minonse 7?///,)'F\viromase,Ak\vansram',
Akiiroforom', Fomso, Ansa, Asiaman (2), Atobiaase, Apagya, Ataso-

nkwanta, Kyekye(wo)\Vere, Praso-kiima. f. Asei'i: Praso, Atilse.

Akyein-Abuakwa: Kokotenten, Twereso. h. Akyem-Kotoku
Auyiuaase, Abanase, Kwanta a. s. Mmooso. i. Akyem-Abuakwa:
Wankyi, Atakorowase, 'Kuraase, Mpahkyeso, Otomokiirom, Akwatia, Boadua, Tgpreman(2), Apinamaii, Abohema, Dompeni, Aficsa,
Af\Venease, Adadeeutam', Kyebi.
ff.

III. Vocabulary of Geographical Names.

names contained in part I & II (of this Appendix C) and
many more of less importance are given here in alphabetical order
(European names in italics). Of the single letters added to them,
/. means hiJcc,
in. mountain or hill, r. river or rivulet (w. a well).
If no such letter is added, the name means a country, district, town

Tlie

or village. If m. or r. is in parenthesis, it shows that the name is

at the same time that of a village and of a mountain (hill) or river
(brook). 'I'he figures added refer to the number of the country (in
part I) and the smaller ones (after comma) to the district; K.1-5
points to the lioutes in part II. Names with an asterisc are explained in the Dictionary. The prefixes e, e, o, o are not written

because they are very frequently omitted; tliey may

by an apostrophe.
A. Native names beginning with the prefix A (or A approaching to E) or with Am-, An-, Ah-, before another consonant, will
be found under the next following consonant.
Accra, AJcra, 61.
in capitals,

also be indicated

Anamahoe 1 5. ApoUonia 4. Axim 7.

B. Bagyamso 4.5. Bakado E. 2. Abakrampa 14. Abam
Banna 48. Abanase K..5/^ Baiika 23,5. Bahkamoh >.;. 26,6". Baiikwa 32. Bano 58. .Vbanoso 23. Banso K. l.a.a. oB/inso 23,-7. Ban-

'2,'6,2.

tamu 32,1 K.l. iVbahwabi 1\.

Barasia-akoh K.l. Batgo ^Q>.

Banyin 4. Baraka r. I\. 2. Barako,

4a. Baware (r.) 26,11.12. Bawareso 26, /7. Baworg 32,4. Abease 37c. gBedamase 26jl. Abcduru
Abefo r. 26,15. gBegorg 23,5. (Behien 4.) Bekwae 32,.s'.
r. 26,16.
Abenawia 26,/.V. Abene29,i. (Benin 4.) Bepgh 29,6". Bepg-ano 2G,ff.
Bepgso 27. R. lb. od. Bepu ni. 26,8-10. Bereku 20, R.2. Berekubereku r.ni. 26,10.11.18. Berekum '62,11. Berekuso 26, t. Berem r.
23. Aberemu 11. Beremaii. - Aberewa r. 26, J. Aberewabog m. 29.
Abere\va-mforo>.23. Aberewa-hkg 26,11. Abcrewa-ntra^r.^ 26,70.72.
Bere-wo-nah-ase 24. Beseaso R. b.d. Abesem 35. Betabi 23,'<". Abe-

temma

3.

\l.

r. 23. 26,11. Abetehsu

23. Abetifi 29. Abibiri. * Abie
Abiremponsu r. 23. Biribiri 26.14. oBirinebiri r. 26,/i.29.
Abiriw 26,72. BiriwaR. 2. Blakpa 66. R. 4. Abo /. 26,7^9. gBo 29,.=?.
Boaboa r. 26,10. Aboabo r. 23. oBoabeduru r. 26,15. Boade r. 26,7,
Aboade8. Boadua R. 5/. AboanoR.2. gBoansa 26,9. gBoaansiah
m. 23. Bobi-kuma 21. Bobo-krom R. 4 c. oBodah 26,-7. Abodobi
;.

/.

26,10.

>.

'

Volciciihiry of (itHnrapliic;il

III.

r.

23.

r.

23.

Abodom
r.

kobi 61.

G55

c. oBogu 30. R. 5. Abogyasu

Abohema 23,4. K. 5/. liohuin ase li. 1,
Bobycii, Bobyonwa K. la. Boko r. 26,9. to. Abo26,
Bokoso 26,.'^. Bokuniwa 29. liom (m.j 26,11. IS. gB<W
23,6".

Bohankara K.

Bobye

Naiiins.

Boe(na) 41.R. 4
5r?.

Z^'.

Bomina

Abomma/-. 23.

21). Abginina-kioiikron r. 29.

K. 1 b. oBomen 29. gBonicncso 23. Abonicna.suwa r. 23. Aboiiimo.su 23,7. Abonipo 23,.v. -i Bompon r. 23.
Aboiiadc 26,1',. Bona r. Ikmaso
(r.) 26,1 LIS. Aboniso 23,-'. R.5.
K. 3. Aboiiliyiio, olionkanu'i'i, Bgnka.su, Bgnknbr-n, Bohkunini,

(r.)2G,n.

AboiiiT' 26, IS.

r.

Bonknicn

23.

oBgntete
Boiitn

;.

23,.?.

Bomen

r.

Ebouo

Abonse

26,1s. oBoiLscrcwa ?. 29.

Bontiase 2G,/5. gBogntin wj. 29.
23. l^ontuku 33. oBonyan m. 26,.v. 'Abora 14. Bora(la42.
1\. 3.

(r.) 26,/^>.

Bontii

.')7.

r. 26,/^;.

Bgrebgro 15. Bgrcbye 26,//. gBoroabghog r. 23. oBosabea r.26,/.';.

Bosansp .')S. Boso K.4b. r. 23. gBosoni(bone) r. R.3.4c. gBosoniase 26,.'>. Bosompra s. Pra. Bosomiuurt* r. 23. Bo.som-sawuru (ni.)
26,l(t. Boson-ot\Vc I. 32. Abotakyi 26,6'. Abotah r. 29. B<.tia r. 23.
Abotiti29. Bo\vuru42. Ebrar. R.2. AbraliyiaK.l. Abrakum Ji. 2.
Abruwado. 1^. 3. Abr<mi 26,/n'. Broh 37. Abuakwa 23. Abukaro
r. 26,l:i.
.s'.

Abukwaase,

26,//.

Bonk., Bunton, oBupuiu

on.su

r.

Busiia

23.
7.

Buruko

Butiri

7.

in.

29.

oBun
r.

29.

;.

29.

Aburi

Buiikua

Burukumadaw

Abutoh w.

26,6.

r.

23.

Bunkurum

Abiirokyiri,* Abnr26,S. Buniinpgii r. 23.

26,.9.
ni.

Obutu 19.20.

C. CajJe Coast 13. Cham a 8. Commenda 11.

g-, r. 26,.o.32. R.l b. m. 26,11. (cf. gLa m.) Ada 66,/.
Dabitc r. 26,10. Daboso. Adabohso, 23 or 27. Dabowoa r. 23. Daboya 46. Dadakuni 26,1',. Djide s. La. Dadease 32,^. Adadeo-iitam'

D. eDa,

32R. 5rt.<^7. DadeesoR. 1. Adadewa-ase R. lb. 5r?. Adacpgwin

Adafgg 66,/. Dagamma, Dagomba 53. Dago 18 R. 2. oDagyawce 32. Dagyimf'a r. 26,/'^. Daka r. 45.46. li. 4d. Adaka r.
'26,'J. Dakobi r. 26,.V. DakOyckrom 27.
Adakuma 23. Dalla 59,2.
Daman 9. DammahR. 1. gDamaneso 24. Damfa 61,.'5. Adamfa
m. 26,2. Adami, -wa>'. 26,//. ^5. {cf. Alami.) Adammorgbe (i:)26,3.
Adamperenycl 26,//. Dampo r.m. 26,10-12. Adahka-ase. Adahkrono
23,6\ Adankum w.26,/.:j. Dankyira 10. AdanseSl. Dantekg 26./.-7./(7.
Adahnie 62-66. Danwe r. 26,4. Dannyame r. 23. Dansam-.so R. 1.
Adapgm' 26,/i. Adasawaase23,/. Adasewj. 26,/^. Adaso 23,tf. gDaso
R. 1 b. 'Adata
/yO^o.s. Date 26, /7. Dawade s. La. Adawara R.l.
Daaware m. 23. gDawu 26,/.?. Dawuma-kol (-koro) R. 1. Adawura
Debo r. 44.45. gDeedu r. 23. Dedaku r.m.
23,;?. Dayi r. R.4c.
Dekgkg R. 4 c. gDekum-ase 26,<>.
26,10. Dedeaseewa R.lb.Sr?.
Dema r. 23. Demea R. 4c. eDena, g-, 12. Adehkrebi 61. Adeiikyeusu w. 26,9. Adeuso 26,/.?. Densu (Sakum) r. 23. 26,.?. //. iv. 26,12.
Densua r. 23. gDentemaneso 44. Adenya (r.) 26,10.11. Adere, r. s.
Firaw. Adiada r. 26,.S'. Dibenase 23,V DidwaR. 3. Dinawuguru
59,3. Dixcovel. Adobe-ase 26,/-?. Adobesu r.m. 26,11.12. r.2\i.29.
Dofo R. 4 a.
Dohiwo 26,ri. 5.10. (m.) I)odiR.4b. Dodowa 26,5.
Adokwafo 26,/?. DomR. 5rZ. Domma 59,1. Domaben. Adoma-fol
R. 2. oDomase r. 29. Adomasu r. 29. Dome 23,.?. Adome 27. Dgme-a-bra 27. Dgmonasel4. DompemR. 5/. Dompo-ase R. 1 b. DonaseR. la. Donko 46. oDonko m. 29. Donkorowa r. 29. Odon23,^.

26,//.

.9.

Appendix

656

C. Geography.

kyeae K.;5. Donto r. 26,12. Dotebi 32. K.5. Doteeso R. 1 b. 5(7.

oDgturom <. 26,?5. Aduwji r. 29. Adowadow , 26. Adsekpo 64.
Dsome R. 4 c. Aduabeii 32,7. R. lb. Dufihyew 23. Aduaiuoa 29,2.
Aduasa 23,'S?. Adubia-ase R. 1. Adukurom 26,iy. oDuniahyynkavva,
Aduinasa 26,//. oDumase 23,5. 26,i.5. 29,i. 32,.9. (R. 5.) 64,2. Duniit'ii-

Adunku R. 1 b. 5d. Durikwaw 1 1. Duwansa 59,4.

oDwaben 25. 32,5. Adwabemma, DVvabenwa R. 1 b 5f?.
Dwae 37c. Ad\vat'o 24. Adwannua m. 23. Adwemmora 7. oDwenano R.

3.

Dw.

dwenam' 26,iO. oDwene-ase

Adwenketi I. 26,6. Adweso

Dwokwa

10.

Dwomnm

23,5. 32.

19.R.

Dwomperem
26, y.

R, lb.5fZ. Ad\vene-\vo-nsu'>-.23.

Adwira 32,-2. Uwirasu 50,3.

Dwoina r. 26,6. DCvommoa ]\).
26,10. Dwoso R. 5rf. Adwuku r.

(23.) 25.
2.

r. 23. Adwosika
Ad\vuma-mu R. b. ocZ. D\Vumfo-kiom R. 4c.
E. Native uaines with the occasional prefix e/.

or e- (whicli

is

usually omitted) will be t'ouud under the next following consonant.

Elmina 12. Ehiresi, G. Eulisi 61,1.
F. Afaben 26,7. Fa-me-twa-asu R. 4 d. Fa-nkycne-ko 23,5.
Fante 11-21. Fasatwe 27. oFe r. 31.32. Fefe r. 23. Fesu,"FesnwaeR. 1. Fete 20 R. 2. Afiafi'26,io.R. 2. Fiahkoabo w.26. Fiase 8.
Afidwaase 25.32,5. Afiesii 23,2. R. 5/.
Firaw 27.&c. 64 &c. R.4.
Firaw-kuma r. 26,.9. Firempoh >. 23. Fog R. 2. Amfor.R. 2. Afoakwa r. 26, y. Of'oase64. Fodwoku 23 V cf. Vodzoku R. 4 a. Mf6nin.7.
Fginana 31. Fomasna R. 5rZ. Fomoso R. 1 b. 5e. oFonnua r. 26,5.
Fosu r. Afowa 47. Afram r. 2i'. R.3.4b. Aframso R. 2. gFrawie
m. 29. Afua 17. AntTie R.4c. Afunia 2. Fute R.3. Afuti\ 13.20.
Fw. Af'\ve-araniog-asuwa r. 23. AfVvenease 23,2. R. 5/. Afwc;r"'ase 26,/. Fwiromase R. 1 b. be.
G. Ga61. Gamara58. (Gb begins no Tshi names, but Ga, Guan
and Ewhe names.) Agomanya64. oGomer. 23. Gomfia 19. Agona
11.20.21.32,/!. Agotime 69. Goya 37. Agrafi 66 R.4. Agraman

R.4c. Grimini 50,2. Agu 69. oGua, e-, 13. Aguafo 11. Guan 26.
37c. 39-41. 44. 45. Aguanbi-nsuwa r. 29. Aguogo 30. Gumma 57.
Gurusi 50,1. Gya 26,/6'. Agya 15. R. 2. Gyabg 26,7. Agyabon 27.
R.4b. Gyadam (24). Gyadam-asuo-so 23, .y. Gyatb-abotan 1\. 3.
Agyakyea23,.'5. Gyakiti27. Agyama (">.) 26, /5. Gyamaii 33. Agyamanti 26,5. Gyamase 2'i,4. Agyama-ase 32,2. Gyampomani 23,5.
Gyampenomee >. 23. Gyampete /. 29. Gyaneboafo R.3. Agyanewa
26,5.6". Gyahkama 26,2. Gyankuriifa r. 26,14.
Gyansa m. 65,2.
Gyansa 26,5. Agyansakyi 26,14. Gyasiti r. 26,15. Agyato R. 3.
Gyawhgfwe 27. Gyawso 23,4. Gyebidawa, Gyegyati, Agyeiasiia
r. 23. Agyemba (m.) 26/>. Agyepoma 23,4. Agyenedu (m.) 26,6.7.
Agyimako 17. Gyiiiiaso R. 1 b. AgyinaR. 4 b.
H. Ahabante, Ahawante 26,//. Ahafo 32,/0. Ahanta 7. Ahata\via23,5. Ahea ^ 29. Ahemma-usu
26,//. Ahenease 26,/7.29,5.
Aheneberem 8. Ahenkiiro 32, /4. 43. Hensua r. 26,11. oHiani r. 23.
Ahinabilmu, Ahinasa R. 1. Ho 68. Ahodome 68. Ahodwo r. 26,/o.
Ahoho-mtoa r. 26,10. Ahohoro-mfana r. 23.29. Ahonfuewa r. 23.
/.

Hgreyeiikyerem R.3.
26. Ahyiresu

Ehye/.

I. does not

Iliiri

r.

68.

AhuraseR. 4c. Huruwtom'

'.

26,/o.

23. 26,//. 29.

commence any Tshi name, not even

as a prefix,

in. \'iK'aljul;iry of Geographical Natiies.

except it be iiicoi rectly put for E or before

Insooiah =Nsuta).
J. JcUa Co/I'ce 07. Ji(/I'cr H. Jii(jii<ih':\

(as

657

Iguah =Egua,

sound similar

to

Ei)g-. ^ is coiitaiiieil in clvV.

K. Anka 2. KAhi (in.) 26,// Kade 23.. KakanasoK. 1. Aka23.-/. Nkakycna lv..>. Ankaina
2G,/if. Kaniana 2H, Ankaniani
20, /O. Akaneon)4l. 4:'). Nkancwa r. 2i). Kankan 01. r. 2;{. Akari-

koin
r.

>.

krias(' 23,/. 29. 1\.

b.l).

Akantaniasn

li.^ul.d.

.s.

Dodowa. Akanton

Kantikoroii ILixl. Karakye 44. Karami) /. 20, ;3. Nkaraii 01.

Krira])ali.r) J Kaasr. h'.lb. ."if/. At'ikaasc (s. Akaiik.) 2;),/. Akasn

'2li,i!.

29. Akrisu

r.

Katakyi-ase

oKata, Nkata m.r. 29. Akatakyi (7.) 11.

Nkawanna. Akawa.su r. 2'.^. Kawcni'aHC 32,//.

2;3.20,//.

;.

1\. 1.

Akenkawaasc

Akai'ik. 23,/. Kontunkyiron, cataract of tbe Dcmisu

s.

Kcse/. 20,/V. Keta07. Kctc44. Keto.m20,/5.

20,/;. Kitaasc 20, a. Akiti r. 23.

20,//. Ak(T(>.su\va20,//.

Kiiika 01. Kinjalio

oKoabcMia
r.

29.

r.

Kodoi

29.

}M.

oKirikeraw

1.

Kobi

r. '2(^,2.;!.

Akoda

7.

Kodiabo

Kodibenom
Kogyakyea

29.

29. Koiikofl l\.4a. Koforidua(2.'))25.

Akoko

Nkokor. 29. Akokoa20,7. AkokoAkokoben, 2G,.9. Akoko-benomKokobi 23,^. Akokobi m. 26,1/.

nsu (r.) 20, i'.//. Kokobcic 9;^ 20.
Akokobitiano 20,/.S', Kokodam' r. 20,//. Kokofii 20, /o. 32,5. 37c.
KokotVi-kwanta K. lb. Kgkrobo Cw./ 20,y./O. oKoli. Komah 26,11.
Komane 11. Kome 24. 30. Xkome K. 4c. Akomeadae I. 26,14. Akomesur. 23. Akomfodc I\.l. Kon 49. Ekon K. 2. Kofikonnuro 26,5.
Akono w. 20,77. Kynom-nrio 32,5. li.f). Kononkroni 20,.5. Nkouoso
23,2. Nkontah 20,^. Kontonkoniataso )n. 26.9. Kontronit'i rapid
K.4d. Nkonya 40. oKojie 20,20. Kopo
26,0. Koradaso23,.V. Koraman (Kwatnan) K.o f/. Korankyeabo 1. Nkoransa 30. Koransoh
42. Akoliiaor.23.

Kokobeii

ase/.20,/y.

23,^^.

2.3,.S\

H.

1.

.V.

;.

26,6. Korautiri, Korcntsel 10. Nkorebi r. 20,4. Akorobeto 2G,/5.

Koroinanten 15. Akoroso 41. Korowura ;. 29. Ekgso 23, i. Nkosokrom 10. Kutakyi r. 23. Kote r. 26,10. Koto r. 29. Kotokoli 64.
Kotoku. Kotoknoni 24. Kotoso 29. Kotropee 27. Kgtweboom R. 3.

/.

.....

__

.-...,-

,.

"

--

4e.
.2.
-,

Akrasu

r.

23.

Krepe

08.

Krgbg

04.

iky

Krobonyami

26,18.

Aki'ofol,

Akrofoniu, Akfiroforom K.la.a.b. Krokoto 05,2. Krokrobite R.

2.

Nkronsi 56. Akropgn 23,?. 20,//. Krotwibo r.m. 26,10. Krupi R.4d.
Krutwi IV. 26,9. Akuaniinma-abomanar. 23. Akuapem 20. Kiibe42.
Kubease 20, /7. Kube-koro 26,10. Kudenkpe R.4d. Kukurantiimi
23,2. Kuluga58. NkiiinaR. 2, oKumase 32. R.5(Z./<. Akumasu r. 29.
Kumawu 32,2. Akumfi 18. Nkum-kroni m. 26,2. Kumpela 58. oKumtei-ase 26,/6'. Kunsiir. 41? Akupu-ano R. 2. oKi;rease 23,<J.
Kuriti m. Kuriti-ase 26, /,9. Akiiroforom' R. 5e. Akiirofufu 23,/. Akiiropgn 23,2. 26,//. Akurum r. 23. Kusa R. 5 c. Akuse R. 4a. Akusu ; 23. IS'kwabem R. 1 Kwabeh 23,/. Kwabena >. 26, 6\ Kwabiri
.

KwadnagyaR. 1. Kwad\Vo-wusu27. AkwaeNkwactamK. 3. iS'kwaetia29. Kwagyebi ?. 26,/.>. Kwako

32,5.

Akwabogso

sn

).

29.

r.

23.

Akwam

mor.T m. 29.

23,7.

27.

Akwamma

Kwamotia

r.

29.

m.

26,G.

Kwamnig

K^vaman R.l
r. 20,5.7.^.//.

b.

hd- Kwii-

H.arf. Jvwani-

42

Appendix

658

moso
kuro

Geography.

C.

Akwane 26,4. Nkwankwadua 23. 25. NkwahkwaXkwanoa 26, io. Kwansa-kromR. 1, Akwansramu R. lb.

26,5. 7..9.

R.4(l.

K\vantali.5//. Xkwanta24. Nkwantanaii 23,/. 6. 26,7/.Cw.) 29.

R. 3. Kwantiaho 1. Nkwaprfiano, Nkwapriraii-ase. 26,//. Akwasiho
29. Kwasu r. 26,11. Akwateii, Nkwateh '26,11. 16. Akwatia 23,6. R.5?.
5fi.

Akwatiakwa
Kwisa R. 1 b.

Akwatiakwa-so

r.

be.

Nkyawora m.

26,^.
26,i.'5.

KwatwaR. 1. oKwawu
Kye 26,//. Kyr'abog.so R.

29.
1

b.

Kyekyebon
r. 29. Akyekyerede 26,12. Kyekyere-wo-were m. 29. Kyokyewere
R. lb. 5c. Ak\^eni 23-25. 30. Akyem-bepgw m. 26,9. Akyemfo R.2.
Akyena32. Kyeneakiianow. 2<),/o. Nkyenenkyene r. 26,/ff. Kyoiieso R. 1 Kyehkubo 26. Nkyenowa 26,14. Kyerelii 42. oKyereinaten
bd. Akyease 23,S. Ahkyease 26,2.//. Kyebi,

-ri,

23,/.

.5.

gKyeso21. Nkyini-dua? Kyirikgte r. 23,

oKyiri-ahautan, oKyiri-akonifo 61. oK^-iiiyawa. Kyiriabe >.r. 29.
Li, in Ga, Adafime, Guah &c. names. La, Dawade 61. R.2.
oLa m. 26,12.13. Lagu 18. R.2. Lai R. 2. Elaloi r. 62,2. Aland r.m.
26,12.13. V. 26,/.9. Lammg 26,/.9. Lampakii w. 26,13. Alaiiknm m.
26,5. Alata s. Adata. Late, Lete 26,17. Lobi 32. Lolonya R.2.
M. Some names with the prefixes M-, Am-, are fonnd nnder P.
Mmadwaree r. 23. Amahepe m. 26,11. Amakom R. 5rf. Mako-wom'
23. Amama 29. ISLameii 23,.5. Mamfe 26,10. Ainamfi 8. Amamfo 16.
Amaniforo 19.26,//. 42. R.2.4c. Mampamma 54. Mampoh 9.26,7.
26, /.5. Kyerepgii 26,/:^-/^.

Mampgnten 32, a Amamporobi 26,//. Aniamn /. 26,/^. Mana

Amanahyia 4. Aman;lpa (r.m.) 26,11. Manne (m.) 26,8.10.
Amamforo. Amahkansu r. 29.
'Maneso s. Manso. Anianfol
'Mankesem' 15.19. Amankoradabi w. 26,/^. Amankwade m. R. 2.
Amannokurom 26, S. Manoso 32, /O. Amanse S2,8. Manso 22. 24.
oManso 24. Mante r. 26,/^. Amantea 8. 32. Amanten, Amantene
Amantra 30. Manya 64. Marewa 60.
8. 38. Amantenso 26,^-//.
Mmease 23,4. Amedeka R.4a. Mmedwamu, Mmcgnam' 26,6.7.
Mefe 66. R. 4a. Mmem' 27. R.4. Amenese 26,/.S'. Mmeramera
r. 23. ]\Imetaase, Mmetease 26,//. ]\Iirenipon r. 23. 'Amisa r. 14.
32,2.4.
26,18.

.s.

R.

2.

Mlefi 66. R.4.

Mnig

r.

23.

Amoaforo

32.7. R.

h.bd. x\mmg-

Anioani r. 23. Amogyanesuwa R.3. Moniahyi 26,16.

Amonom 23. R. 5. Mmonsa 26, /.9. Mmonse ni. 29.31. R. lb. Monu
26, /6". Amosaw 23. (Mmoseaso 24.) Mosi 58. Mmogso 2.3,/.24. R.5//.
Mowure 13. R. 2. Mozanze 58. Amu r. E.4. Mumford 19. Mmuram-

anna

26,6.7.

mnra

26,16.

N. Some names with the prefixes N-, An-, are found under S,
T,Tw. NakwaR.2. Anamaase24. Namasn\vaR.3. Namonsi26,S./0.
Namonsi
Anemer.

52.

Ananami

r.

26,16.

Anaiikaasu

/.

23.

Nanteta

I.

23.

Ninowa 61 R.2. Nodze 69.

oNoniabo 14. Anompete '. 26, /'^. Nngnkg 46. Notum 26.-?. Noyo
m. 65,2. Nnuakokom 26.10. Nnuam 26,12. Nnuaso R. 1. Nudu 27.
Anum 39. Anum r. 32. R.5. Anumso 32. Nuiio, Nunowa 61. R. 2.
29. Aniropgrebgte26,/8.

Anyam

iS'ino,

Nyamannao r. 26,12.13. Nyam26,/4. Nyannaw w. 23, 26,.9.

Nyanawase 26j.o*. Nyanease 26, /5. Nyanepoh 4. Anyankama 32.
Anyai'ikamaase 22. 23,.9. 26,/.5./6. R.l. Nyankomfode IM, Nyansoso 26.7. Nyannyame r. 26,8. Nyato r. 26,r,. Nnyednaase 26,16.
oNyadabi r.m.

26,11.

prete w. 26,.

Anyahl7. Nyana

26,7.

?.

'

III. \'(K-;ilMil;irv

of

ic()L<ra|thi(';il

iS'anic.s.

Ofill

Nyensiso 26,6.7.12.(3. Anyeusu 27. Ny^NyerasoK.l. Nyercde 2G,//. Aiiyiiuim 2;?,7. 24.
Aiiyinri(\va);ise 24-27. K.r)/<. Anyinasu
2:5.
N. Some names bef^inniiif; with tlie prefixes N-, An-, .ire fuiiiid
under the succeeding consonant. Nuase 04. Xuseta i\'.4c. Anlo tiV.
Ahwa i^'^h. Anwanuisu r. '2l\. Ahwe 2(j,/.. Aiiwona iii. 2.'{. Aiiwona
67. Anwoni, G. --Alata, Adata, I^jt/os. Ai'nvonwii
are to he sought lor
O. Native names beginning;- with (J or
under the next toUowing consonant.
P. Apall). 1J.2. Padekre(/.r26,;.-;. I'ae43. Apactifi 27. Apaf'o 41. oPatbdahi r. 26, /o. Apagya 11.1 b.
pPaha r. 29. Mpaka(btn
26,5'. Mpako (/>?.) 26,&./o. RIpakyempakyo 26,77. oP;imeii 2;?,o\ J\.o.
Pami46. Pampahso 26,^. oPampaso44. Apampatia2.'i,4. Pamperamantah r. 20. I'amprami r. 2^^,tl>. Mpaiikyeso li.iyi. Panno 2;{,7.
Panobir. 29. Pantamah. Pantam});! ;. 2;). Pantan. gPanto-ase 26,7.
Aj)apam 2;^,i'. Pftra
Pra. Paremah 6H. Apaso 27.43. Apatawa
29. Patiri-ansaw m. 26.3. Apatoro r. 29. Patuaamaniio 26,70.
Apeabura
29. Mpeasem !\.
Ampebam 32. 11.5^/. Aped u a (ni.)
Nyeiisi

r.

26.6-t6. v. 75.

iiyano 20.61. K.2.

/.

i").

*.-.

/.

/.

Mpeha

2.'J,o'.

Peki 68.

23, l>.

(^r.)

]\.-l.

Apemanem

22.

Pempampan

oPeneope r. 26,i/. Apenkwa 0\) 26,11. K. 1. Pepeasc 29. R.3.

Peras. Pra. Aperade24. Perekumri. Apesarem 26,10. P6se27. K.4.
Apese 26,7cS. Apesg 42. Apetedae 26,77. Peteko 29. Mpe-woho-asem
(r.w.) 26,77. Apinaman 23,.5. Iv. 5/. Apiusi (r.J 26,70. Apirede 26,76*.
26,7.5.

Apireknma

Apitibi r. 26,10. Apiw-krom 27. el^o r. 26,5. PooPoku r. 26jo. Pompon r. 23. 26,76\ Apoi'iapon r. 23.
Police 62. Amponkyera r. 23. Aponompa r. 26,10. Amponsia r. 23.
Amponsikwanta II. ]. Popo r. 26,10 Popo 70. Poposo R.bd. Apo-

bo

r.

potia

26,77.

26,10.

).

26,11. Pojioyinti

;.

26,3.

Poroporo

r. 26,1'i.

ePosi r.m. 23.

Aposo P. 4. Apotosn
29. Pra r. 8.9. 22. 23. 29. 31.'Prabon r. 23.
Mpraeso 26,.^. 29. Aprakye j. 26,76". Pram r. 23. Pram-kese 23,5.
Pram-kuma 23,^. Pramiri, r. Pramiriso 26,5. Prah 37. Mpranr. 37.
gPranka /. 26,76. Praso 22. 24. 31. K. la.b. bb f. Praso-kumJi K. be.
Mpraso 26,2?. 29. Aprasu r. 29. Pratu m. 23. (r.) 26,77. Aproapro tn.
;.

26,.:?.

Apuma
S.

E.4c.

Ansa K.

Quiftah
R. 2.

b. be. r.

s.

Keta.

Nsaba 20. 26,6'. (r.) Asabi R. 4. AsaSadae, Sadan 29. R. 3. Sadwumasc 23,4.

boro ni. 26,77. Asabii 13.

Asae-nsu r. 26, lo. Safo (r.) 26,11-15. Asafo 23,^. 27. 32,7.i?. Nsafo
R. lb. 5(?. Asafol R. 2. Safwi 6. Sal (Siade) 63. Sakraka R. lb.

Asakaraka 29. Sakum(o) r. 20.61. Sakunne 7. IssixkvG (r.)n.J 26,.i;.

Salagha46. SaUpond 16.}i. 2. Sama 8. Saman, Samane 23,6.32,7.
Asaniankaw 8. Asamansu, Asamansuwa r. 23. Samfo s. Nsafo.
Nsamrabi26,7''>. (Samu23,if.) Sanaa8. gSc1naase23,5. Sandrakofi41
Asaneso 32,7. Sahkgbanase 23. Esankwanta R. 1 b. 5fZ. Sansami
m.26,1. Asante32. Asaiitemnia26,o. AsantemansoR. lb. Sanya 2o.
R. 2. Asanyansu R. 3. Sapiease 43. Sapo w. 26,.-j. Sctra 64. gSavaase 23,5. Saraha46. Sarem46. Sasabix42. Asasadn626,6. Asase'ibi,
Asase-kgko 26.7:?. Asasu r. 29. Nsawawom' 24. Sawuru-ase 26,78
Asebemma 26,76'. Nsebi ?(?. 26,i:?. Seccondcel Asedwa? gSeem23,5.
Asefease 26.75. Asekesuwa r. 23. oSekyere 32,2.5. Semekwawso m.
26,75. Asempa-na-eyeR.l. SempeR.4c. Asen(e)22.l6b. Aseneakwa
.

Appendix C. Geography.

660

Aseuemma, Aaavamma. (ni.) 26,15. 16. Sciikye 27. Seief'a

23. Si r. 23. Siacle 63. A.siat'uni r. 2'.).
Serem 46. Asesewa
Asiago R. 1 b. or?. Asiakwa 23,4. eSiania 8. A.siaiiian 23,6". K. lb.
Asiamanmraa 23,7. Siavigavi K. 4c. oSibcii 2G,J''^>. Sibiii '26,11. Si-

r.

K.

26,10.
2.

;.

binsu R.

1.

benn m.

23.

oSiebo K.3. Siehkyefimu

Asikuma2l.

Simpa

r.

23.

>ikasn

r. 26,.5.

Asi-kie-

oSinno 23,.9.
Asitiase w. 26,15. Sitokuru

20. R. 2.

Asiiiil.

Asipe, Asiposi r. 26, o\ Asisa m. 26,6.

m. 26,10. Si-wo-tir'-asee. Soabe 23, 6\ oSoacluru 20. 24. Nsoansji,
Nsoansadua /. 23. Sobae*68. Soko, Nsol<o47h. Asgkgre 25. 32,5.

AsokwaR.

1. Asgkye23,4. Soman3a64. Sgnipontiasi r. 26.10. Sommua, Nsgiisg r. 23. Sohkwatwafo R. 1. oSowase 23, <9. Sra 64. Sraboa 26,9. Nsram 32. Osu61. Asuadwo r. 26,i>. Asnafu, Asuakg r. 23.
Asuakgko r. 26,10. Nsuase 26,3. Asuaso R. 4c. Asuayo r. 23. oSubeh r. 23^ R. lb. oSubi (r.) 23,5. 26,16. R. 3. Asubiaka 26,16. Subiri
m. 20. Asubiri r. 29. Asuboa 24. Asubone ;. 23. 29. Osudoku65,l.
Asuduasa, Sufi r. 23. Subuni 23,5. oSubyen (23.) 25. Asukgkg r.
23.29. Sukpe66. R. 4. AsukubiZ.w?. 26,^. Sukwar. 23. Asumgya
(Asumonnya, Nsuinunya).32. R. lb. 5(/. Asunafo 23,7, oSuuno23,5.
Asunosiia r. 23. Asnhsu r. 29. Sunsuan /. 26,-3. Asuofu r. 26,2.
Nsuogya R. 3. Asuoin' 23,2. R.5. Asuohwini r. 26,16. Asuowerer. 23.
Supom R. bd. Supgh r. 23. Nsuta '62,12. R. 1. Nsutam' 23,4. Asu-

twaree 65,2.
T. Nta 46. Atabuobu 37. Tafigome R.4c.

'I'afo 23,2. 29. Nta46. 'J'agyan 51. 'J'akaase (r.) 26,18. Atakbi 1. 'I'akone m. 26,3.
'J'akorade 7. 'J'akorowase, A-, 23,ff. R. 5/. Atakhi 67. 'J'akuampa

I'ufu

23. Takwa 8,2. Takyimah 23,2. 34. 'I'akyinianmma 23,5. R. 5.

Takyi-panyin-tare I. 26,6. g-Tamanini r. 26,16. Tanikranku R. 4d.
Ata-ne-ata R. 3. 'J'anno r. 1-4. T(7/2a 18. R.2. Tapa4l. gTare
r. 26.//. Ntare r. 26,3. g'J'arefufu 26,11.12. g'l'areso m. 26,16. oTarceso44. Atareso 26,1-9. Atarewa/. 26,6. AtascR.o/". Ataiminu R. 4c.
TefleR. 4a. Tekregya r. 26,10. Tema 62,1. 'VemanUe r. 26,16. Temuui )- 23. Ateneso 22. Teprepo r. 26,10. 'J'esi 61.5. Nteso 29.
Tete23,l. 'J'etC'-odi-nc-fonifo-atifi m. 26.4. Atctokwa. Tetewim' R.4.
Ati 23,2.
Atia-yaw m. 29. Atibie 29. Atiekobi r. 26,12. 'V'lm r. 23.
oTi-nui-hbwi 62. Atiwa m. 23. T o&m' Badagrij? oTdasu r. 29. Tgbeiemah 23,6\ R. bi. Atobiaase R. 1. be. Atobiasn, Atobiasu-awowa
r. 23. Otommokfirom R. bi. Ton, G. 70. 'J'gnkg* R, 4b. Atonsu
R. 1. Atopasin r. 23. 'J'gprenian 5. Tob. Totroa 26,10. 'J gtoronia 42.
To(tu)toio 26,7. Autowa 32,//. Atsema-manso R. 1
Otsite R. 2.
Atuabo 4. Tiiam 18. R. 2. oTuka 42. oTiunfa 26,/. 6\ R. 5. oTumfog r. 23. oTumf 26,^. Atiiinpoku 27. Tutu 26,6. oTutu-ano r.m.
r.

6'.

26,11.

Tutubo

Tw.

Twenedniu-ase
Tvvete

I.

Tutubon (m.) 26,6.11.

'Jweapeaasuwa r.
oTwcraso 23. T\Vereso R.

26,12.

r.

'rwainvan
29.

r.

29.

26,14. gTwetiri 26,//.

29.
5f/.

Atweasin

26,2.

At\veienan R.

Atwetvierede 26, /2. eTwi

/.

3.

26,10.

Twiebi iv. 26,13. Twiforo 9. Atwoma 32,/. Ntwomabew 26,15. Atwubi /. 26,10. Xtwummuru 45.
(in Ewbe, seldom in Ga). >Vveno 67,5. Vlo, Vodzoku R.4a.

W. & W. Nua R.l Wa

.

Wakwaase

26, /5.

Wankyi

r.R.

23,6.

3.

U.bi.

Wagadugu 58. Awabam 23,5.

Wareware 55. AVasaku I. 66.

Appendix D.

Wasaw S.^Woase

IM.

Wekmnagbo

Wickyiroii 2.'),/.
Of'wiroinasc. Woiikosi)

roto 44.

Wh.

'2.

AxVeiiado

'_>;5,/.

oWia-

Wnmdxilt'iO.W.'l. oWirauiase
Woutodcasc- 2 I. Aworaminti 2(),70.W.

1\.

or

1.

"W

stands for a simple S(Mind in the Kwlie or

I)alii-

lanji'uage, an f jtrotionnced with both lips, lor whic-ii thc^ (iroc^k

letter
nu',

6G. U.

661

gWorawora 11 A wore ni. 26, y. Woromara f)6. Wo(Awowin f).) Awukugua 26,/-^. Wume 60. Awurupu 4(.

Wdiatsel H.

me

Proper Names.

(Awiiii.').)

\voso"2;;.
S'.

i\rytholo|Lr.

would he more a|)propriate than

ly

Wheta

Y.

]V/ii/(J(ih)

07.

O.-'.

\\.

Ewhe, Wliogbe,

l'j\\Iie-

7(.

oYadufa, G. (Jyant'aOl. Yaiiioransa

.'>.

VAne

r).'{a.

Ya-

Yaya r. 23. 29. Yayaso 24. Aye r. '26,10. Ayehii m. 26,/''.

Ayema42. 'Ay^su 20. 23. H.2. Ayigya K.r)f/. Yilo64. Ayim "Ji},!.
Yogaga m. 64. K. 4 b. oYoko 25.
Ayirebi 24. Ayisi r. 26,

regi^ 58.

/.

i^.

APPENDIX

D.

]Ylytliol<>$>:icaI l*i'|>or ^'aiiios.

(iS'jiiiios

o\'
1.

Objects of Worship and

Names

for (rod, the

8ii[>ei'stitioiis

Supreme

Usaj^e.)

Heiiit^.

Oboadce. Borebore (in mythical stories). [Biirukfi, Guan.]

Odonijinkania (GuanV). Onyatiie, (Onyankome,) Onyank6(in)pgi'i,
-koro(m)pono, Onyankopoh Kwame, Amaome, Amosu, Amowia,
Totorobonsn, Otinnfoo, Tweadiiampon. (See these words.)

Names

i.e. Genii, Demons, Guardian Spirita,

by God, subordinate to Him and executing His
will witli regard to Man.
The appellation "fetish", from Port,
"feiticjo, artificial; amulet, charm; sorcery," ought to have been applied only to objects of superstitious usage commonly called amulets or charms, as those under IV., and not to the following kinds
of imaginary beings worshipped or consulted by heathen negroes:
11.

of '^Abosum^',

or Spirits created

a. Oman bosom, toicn or country genius or demon, tutelary

genius of a country or community.
h. Abusua bosom, famibj genius or demon, guardian spirit of
a family.
I'hese two kinds, also called al)OSom-pon, great demons,
are served by priests (asofo) but may have their speahers (akgmfo,
prophets, soothsayers) besides. Though they are said to be spirits,
they are represented by, or occasionally dwell in, stones, caves,
trees or other objects; the names of some are at the same time the

names

of rivers,

mountains &c.

Okomfo bosom (obosom

a osi nipa so kom), soothsayer's or

medicine-man's demon, spirit of divination, consulted in sickness or
other misfortunes. The spirits of this kind are of a later origin or
invention than the former; they are considered as the children of
the old or great demons, are, therefore, also called abosom-mma,
the younger demons, and their number is still increasing.
In the followiiii!: list the letters a.h.c. added to some of the names
show the class or kind as (described above); the tieiires point to tlie
country or town in which the demon or genius is adored.
c.

Appendix D.

662

Names

II.

of

"Abosom".

26,6. Abanumu 23. oBereku (Kyere ba) 23. BereBiribiriku 26. tl. oBoafwefwe (Fivaw inn bo). oBo(asuwa). Boakye-yaw 2o,o*. oBoameV oBo-a-osi-sunr '26,.i'.

Bankamon
kumadaw 26, S.
iigye26, 11.

(Nyai)avvase).Bolie=Ati26,ig. Boinfii26,/5. Bomponie 26,276. oBoo

23.0. Bonsam 23,5. Abontoa 23. AbopoV oBosom-ati^. 6,5. (asuwa).
oBosoni-ayesu /a Bosom-pi-a a. 6. 23,5. 26,/i.i5. Bosom-muru b. 32.

Bosonotwe (a bake)

?>.

32. 26,ii.

Abotow

rawm'). oBrafofl. 14. Brapa (gbo a

Buamme 26,25.

esi

26,5.

oBo-wansah

(esi

Fi-

nsum). oBua 26, .5. Buaduwa,

Buruko 29 (arocknear Tafo).

Abiit'iiw 26.6*. AbukoV

Buiuku 26,24.25. Burukuinada\v26,7. oDa, oLa J6, 2^.25. Dade 26,2.
Adade 23,5. 26,22. Adae-yaw, Adare-yaw 26,22. (an iron of an arm's
lengtb). Dakubi26,2. Daininore . 26,2.9. Danite 26,7. Dapa,Lakpa
61.4. oDasikyi (gbo tenteuten). Dedaku 26,14.15. oDente a. 44,
Adinkra 26,25. AdvVcda c. 26,22.23,.^. D\Vert'be, Dwirobe, b. 29 (a
cave). Adwi 26,24. Fiahkoabo 26,6. Mt'odCvo (Akwasi-aku). 23,5.
Fofie c. 23. 26 (11.15). 27. 29. 32. Afgnko 26,5. Afrain 23,5. 27. Afre
26,26. Furukow 44? Guarebe a. 26,25. oGyaensa 6b, J. Gyaremfi
26,22. Gyigyafo 26,2. oHyiawu a. 26,17a. Karamo-kofi 23,
Kata.V.

Nketea b. 23 (asu). Kobiri 32. Koti-amamfo 23,5.

KoiikoTiii 26,27. (abo). Konkoiiniu a. 26,276. (gbodan bi mu nipa).
Korikroma c. 26,22. Akonedi, Akwenedi Abend (dua, Kohkomi
yere) 26,27'. Akonng (nsu bi) 26,2. Akgnng 26,5 (Nyanawase).
Konsi Abena c. 26,22. Korankye Amtna 26,/. Kpe 26,2.5. Akrapiti
26.5. gKrete b. 26,22. Kubek()ro,s. Tutiisumaii. Akuru 26,2/. Kwabena 23,5. Kwabena Buaduwa 26, /.5. Kwaeti 26, /7a. Akwagyan a.
26.1. Kwagye 26,25. Kwaku-muniuaku 26,5 (Nyanawase). Akwatia
26.2. Kyaw, Akyeawu b. 26. Kyenku (in tbe cave of a rock) a.
26,5.22. Kyerg (Akyere) 23.(24.) Akyerem 26,5. Kyerete b. (gbo)
Mante a. 26,17b. 27. Mautebi
26,5. oLa s. oDa. Amauano 23,5.
were 23. 24.

26,5..27.

26,5.

gMaiitini(siw) 26,276. Mere 26, 2G. Nanabanih

?/.

(nsu) 26,22.

Nananom = oBrafo a. 14. Ananse 26, 6\ Ananu 26. Angkye 29.

Nyada 26,24. Nyanaw (bepg) 26,5. oNyawonsu 26,/. 5. Mpako (nsu)
26,0. Ampeni (dua) 26,22. oPiabo 26,22"! oPintan 23 (Apedwa). Pitiniante 26,4. Pge 26,25. Amponagyei 29. Apontua 23,5. Ampontua
Pra s. Bosompra. gPrahka 26,24. gSae 26,27a. Sakuni 61. gSe26,5 (Adamraorgbe). Nsemi 26,25. Aseue-kwadwo 23,5.26, //(gbo).
27 (Peso, gbo a esi nsum). Senyane (gbea) 26,5.9. oSiabog 26,2. Esie
23.5. gSriimah 26,22 (Adenya nsu ne koro). Nsuansa 26,2..?. oSudum
26,2. Tanngc. 23. 26,22.2*?. 29.32. Tebere 26,6\ 'Ateko 23,5. oTemmgso 26.25. gTene-yaw 23,5. Ati, Ati-kwaw 26,16. Atia-yaw23;5.ai).
26,'J.

dii

oTimmo^.

26,24. 'J'ipe26,5.

Tgpere

(gbea) 6. 26,5. oTutu 26,1.15.17b.

'l'\Veneb6a6. 26,22. Twgrgdg 26,2.

Yentumi

23,-5.

Awuruawuru

Names

26,/.

NtowA . 6.26,22. Ntowa

oTutusuman (Kubekoro) 26,/.
Wentum 26.25. Wontumi 26,22.
26,^.20.

Aye

26,24,25.

of Personal Beings referring- to the seven

days of the week.
As the ancient Egyptians, Babylonians, Indians and Germans
named the seven days of tbe week after seven gods, so tbe 'J'shi
negroes seem to have named them after seven personal beinp-s or
Genii, called Ayisi, Adwo, Bena,Wnku, Yaw', Afi, Amen. (The
III.

Appendix D. (mythological),

66H

K. (ethnological).

of the days are: Kwasida, Dwoda, B6nflda, Wnkuda,

Yawda, Fida, Memenoda.) Every boy receives a name from tiic

names

born, the syllable Kwa (^^akoa, a man, slave)

one of those 7 personal names: Kwasi, K\Viidw('),
KwabenTi, Kwaki'i, Kwaw (F.) or only Yaw, Kofi, Kwdine.

day on wliich he

is

being- jjrclixed to

Thus the name "Kwasi" means a man belouginf^ to Ayisi, just as

"Kwadade" is the name given to one who before or at his birfh
was dedicated to the bosom Adadt'*, or as "Kwagyi'man" is tlic
name of a slave belonging to a man called 'Agyemaii. If one callod
Kwasi, Kwadwo &c. salutes a person knowing him by this name,
Ayisi, Ya Adwo &c.; "obosom a
da na wode gye." Tlie corresponding
female names are: Akosuwa (^=: Akwasiba), AdvVowa, Abena,
Akiiwa, Ya'(Yavv{l), Afuwa, Aninui. Such a male or female name
is called the name of that person's "okra" or soul ("wo kra" ne
Kwasi), but "gkra" is sometimes spoken of as if it were a j)ersonal
being distinguished from the man himself, so that one who has
attained to wealthy circumstances ascribes it to the favour of his
"kra" and brings thankofferings to his own "soul". There are also
nicknames connected with those names corresponding to t\m days
of the week, viz. Hodiiii for Kwasi, Okuto for Kwadwo, Ogyam
for Kwabena, Ot(^-anaiika-nnuro for Kw;ime &c.
that other person replies:

wo agya de woo wo

Ya

no, ne

IV. Names of Asiimaii,

charms, amulets, talismans or (impersonal) fetishes for single
persons, which they have in their houses to cure sicknesses, to
poison with &c. See sumafi, dohuwa.
The persons preparing or
selling them are called akomfo, asumahfo, or aduruyefo.
Hese*, Abiika (wgteenipanawafwe ase), Adinkrii*, Dwefifa*,

i.e.

Afirini*, (Tyabiiii
Aliiinii*,
siiiiiriii",

(AgyamuV), (ryame,

Kofirima*. Konyu*,
Kycr;i[)a\v",

Amamfo,

Aku

{i3'irapa\v,

s.

Kyerapaw,

Abuka), Nku, AkfimNnoni-me-nsa*, Opeyi, Sahe*,

(s.

Ten, Ayera*, Ayim-agyem*.

*Sce the words in the Dictionary or

APPENDIX

its

Additions.

E.

x]>rcs8ioiiK of t]iiiological Interest

referring to Religious or Superstitious and Psychologic Notions and
Ideas, and to Customs and Observances in Private or Public Life.
a. Expressions of toorship, sorcery &c. Sec bayi, gbonsam,
gbosom, abosonsoa, adebisa, afunsoa, gyaw, ahamatwe, hyira, akabo, kai, kaiikye, kgm, nkom, akomma, okgmfo, krii, kramo, kyi,
akyide, mmusu, mmusuyi, auohyira, rapae, nsew, sore, gsofo, gsramcln, sumaii, ntafowayi, ntontobg, tram.
h.

Notions of the

human

soid&c. See hra.,v.3., gbra

1.

dwuw

honhom, gkra, iikrabea, gktabiri, gkrakyere, gsaman,

mansew, sesa, asumguare, sunsum, twe kra.
fweri 2.

c.

and

5.

sa-

Observances referring to birth, marriage, death, familiar

social relations &c. of individuals. .SVf abadin, abakyere,

abam,

Appendix

664

E & F

(ethnological).

gbaniayere, abiriwa, brao, adobow-si, dwom, ofifoforo-durii, mfuakoko, at'unsoa, agoru, guaha, giuuitiri, byirew, kuna, kyi ayi, popomporiuva, nsa-si, nsore-si, atgremude, utgro, tue 2g. twctiatwa,
we.rempe, ayi-ye.
d. Customs of the people as a body, festival days: See aberekwasi, adae, odwira-twa, ohum-di, akou-liiiro.
These words maj' also serve as themes for descriptions or essays
to be written by pupils in the schools &c. (in Tshi or English), that
they may learn to procure for themselves and for the benetit of others
a clearer knowledge and understanding of such notions or observances &c.,
and the teacher may then elucidate what is erroneous in the notions
of the heathen or compare them with other truer notions and nobler
observances. E.g. Describe the classes and functions of asofo, priests,
the genii to whom tliey serve, their yearly, weekly or extraordinary
offerings, their prayers, their watching and care to preserve the respect
of the people and to ensure their obedience to traditionary laws &c.;
likewise state the functions and practices of (be diib'rcnt s^rts of
akpnifo, asumanfo, ntafowayifo &c. &o.

APPENDIX F.
Proper

Ktliiiolo;;i('al
I.

IS.-inies

of

Xaitie.s.

Languages and

Dialects.

Broil or Kaniana dialects are spoken in the above-named

countries No. 2H. 29. U-'iS. (39-41.) 42. 43. (44 -4S.)
Obntn language (a dialect of Guaii?) is found in No. 19, 20.
Adampr (Adanme) dialects are spoken in No. G2-G6. ()9.
Fante dialects in No. 11-21.
Ga. s. Xkran.
Gnaii dialects in No. (19. 2tl.) '26j2-is. 39-41. 44-46.

Hua (Eoe,Ewhe, Krepe, G. Ayigbe) dialects in No. GG,::?. G7-70.

Kainaua, s. Eron.
Akan dialects in No. 7 -10.22-27.30-32.
Nkran (Ga, Akra) in No. Gl G2-6G. 70.
Kyer(Ji)0ii, s. Gnati.

Aiiw6iiu,s.Hiia. Aiiw6uwii(Awowin).spokeninNo.l.4.5.7.8.
.

II.

TwI, comprises Akan, Bron or Kamana, and Fante.

- Of No. 2. 3. 6. 33. 47-60 we have not sufficient information.
Sundry names of nations, tribes and divisions of people.
a. By-names of some nations, and some other names.
Bae, Baebae, Babae-ntwa, Koiikori. Kotoko, Amiri, = A[santefo.
Adakade, Fweremma, Neapeaso, =^Huafo.
Adawnrantu-adawarantoa 26, 2f p. 67.
AfutUjp. 140.
Nkran fo.
Kete-inma
Akompifo, p. 243.
Akoto, Ogna Akoto
Cape Coast.
Kurantiri ne AkA\ am. the chief host of the king of Asante.
Kasante p. 224. Kramolo p. 2o7. TaboiVlo p. 408.
Akyinan, Akyinantah mogye mogye, =B6rofo.

Amanteii(s6-lo) 26,i iL
Amantiaso(ro), p. 198.
Amfimfiadnfu, the people of 7 towns or villages in the neighbonrhood of Begoro, forming together with it a political division
(gmansin) of Akyem-Al)nakwa.

Appendix F. Ethnological Proper Names.

665

h. Names of original Families of the Tshi people.

According to ^/'.A'. Boivdich (Mission to Ashantee, London 1819,
p. 239) the whole of the Asantc, Wasa, Fante, Akem, Asen, Akwam,
and part of tiie Ahanta nations were originally comprcilK'nded in
12 tribes or families. (Part of the Akuapcins, as far as (hey are
of a common descent with the Akwanis and Akcms or have re-

lations in Kante, are iniludod. Wliether (he Hrorifo an<l Kamanafo

are included or not, is uncertain.) Other native informants (unit
part of the names given ly IJowdieli and give many otlier names
of original families. We arrange all these names alphahetically,
adding the number in Bowdich's list, and mention with some of
them singU': towns or countries (marked by tlie number given to

them in Appendix C) in which members of such families live. Tlie

principle of this division into families is descendance from the same
mother, or relation from tlie mother's side, which relation also determines the right of inheritance among the genuine 'I'shi tribes.
It is natural that this maternal relation could not become a principle for a political division, and it is, therefore, difficult to obtain
a clear insight into these family connections.
1. Abndio (Bowdichs).
r^. Al;ik;imado.
8. Berotii (Bil.2.)

&

Abrade (Bd.3.) 2^,3.11.21.

o. oDako;
bi wo Fante (Wokofo nkoa); Boaten, Dwaben
heue, worn' bi.
6. Adnana 28..S2. WoguareBosommuru, cf. ntorg,
7. Dwumana, DwiimoanA (Bd. 12.) 26, H. Cf. ntgn, p. 504.
p. 505.
8. Agona (Bd. lU parts of Fante, 24. 26,7/.
9. Ek6ana(J5(Z. l.)'^2,i^.
10. Anioakadr (IIuafo,No. GH).
ll.oNanyo 20,3.
12. Aiiona
(Bd.n.) probably identical with Aduana (No. G above).
13. oNyaa servant race.
14. Apiadic (Bd.
go 26y3.ll.
15. Ponr 2*6,.?.
1(). Asakiti. 17. Asenee 32. Gl. l<S.'As6na (Bd.4.) 13-21 ?
23. 26,3.11. (Fante abirenipon hhina, Akyem ne Akuapem ahene.)
IVt.Toa 24. 20.Nt\Va, Ntwea? (Bd.7.)21. Twidam (Bd. 10).
Nngnkofo.
Nnakofo ye ketewa
26,.v.

4.

22.

oWoko &

.'>.;,

23.

According

to

(No. 9.18.20.21.),

oWoko?

(Bd.6.) 26,3. 11. 32.

the Ekoana, Asona, Ntwa, Twidam

which the buffalo (eko), bush-cat (eso), dog

Bowdich

to

(twea), panther (etwi) are said to be forbidden to eat,

are the

4 patriarchal families and preside over 8 other younger branches

(No. 3. 4. 12. 22. 1. 14. 8. 7.). According to other informants the
families No. 22. 23.9. 5. are from one mother, the families No. 7.18.
from another, the families No. 8. 13. 10. 2. from another ("mmusua
barenum a wgye ena mma biako"), whereas No. 6. is designated
More light may be
as "father's children, agya mma, ntgrgfo".
thrown upon these original families by further researches, to which
the few dates furnished above, chiefly of Asaute, Aburi, Akropgii
(32. 26,3.11.), may give a stimulus.

c. Names of the "Companies" of some Akuapem towns.

Amfere, Akomfode, Kyiriamim, Niiua, Apagya, Apesemaka, Asabi, Oseawuo, Asoiiko, Atiwa &c. Some particulars s.

imder "asafo"

p.

403.

Tshi Dictionary: Appendix G.

666

APPENDIX
Names of

Proper

G.

Persons.

Every individual among the Tshi negroes has usually two

names, sometimes one or two by-names (kings may have even
more), apart from baptismal Christian names or other European
names.
1, One name (usually, though not always, the first of
the two) shows on which day of the week the child is born. These
names and some surnames belonging to them see in App. D. III.
2. Of other names there is a great variety:
(p. 663) & Gr.41,4.
n. Names indicating the place which the person occupies among
other children of the same mother, s. Gr. 41,5. "Panyih" and
"Kuma" may be reckoned with these. - h. Names given to children
from some superstitious motive, in dedication to some fetish &c. as,

Odoiikg,

Kwadade.

short, rod,

- c.

black &c. -

Names referring to bodily qualities, as, tall,

d. Names indicating general or special oc-

cupations or doings, often in the form of a short relative sentence,

Bekoe, Osiadari, Yianoma. - e. Names indicating appurtenance
to a possessor, as Abahkwa, Kwatierao. - f. Names taken from
as,

town or countries, animals or

other objects of nature or human manufacture. - g. Names given
Of many
to slaves, sometimes consisting of short sentences.
names the original meaning is not known. Some are compounds
of two simple names and the constituents may mutually change
places, as Koranteh or I'enkoraii.
Female names maybe derived
from male names by adding tlie word bea or the termination (ba,)
fetishes, ancestors or other persons,

\va or ma, or by lengthening a final "a", as Ofeebea, Ofosuwa,

Korantemma or Tenkoramma, Ampgnsa; most of these have been
omitted in the following list. Some female names not derived in
the said way are marked by f. and names of slaves by si. Names

already contained or explained in this dictionary have an asterisc

before them, or the page a'lded.
Aaba F.
Ayaba, Yawa, YjV (Gr.41,4). Bji, Ba. Ababio
p. 255 1. 1. *Badu. Bagyiri. Bampo. Baninyiye. Abahkwa or -kwa.
Barimpa. Bedi-ako. Bekoe. *Abena. Obeh, Obenewa. Berebo.

Abieii.

Obi-unim-kyena,

si.

Obiri. Obi-wom'.

Abo. Boa. Boadum.

Boafo. Aboagye. Boahene, Boahemma. Boakye. Boam. Boamaii.

Boateh. Bodiia. Oboe. Bofo. Abokyi. Obone-afere, si. Abouua.
Bonsu. Boo. Abora. Oborobe. Bosompi-a. Bosommuru. Abotan.
*Bot\ve. Bow. Ebgw, Abransamadu. Obuabeh. Obuo. Obiiobi.
'Buobisa. Buriiwa.
Adade. Adae. Dako. Adaku. Dakwa. Dame.

Dampo. Damte. Dahkwji. Odahkyi. Danso. ^Adantam'. Dapa.

Adapehkye, si. Adarekwa. Date. Date. Adaw. Odawuru. Ade-afagkye, si. 'Dede,/", Odei. Odente. Ade-ye-pe-na, sL Adi. Odoi. Doku.
Domfe. Dgmpere. Odgnkg. Odontah. Adow. Dg-wuo-ua. Adu. Edu.
Dua. Adu-akwa. Adu-berawiri. Dukti. Adii-koram'. Odum. AdiinV.

Odummd. Adu-ma-nnuro. xVdiiobe. Duodu. Oduro. Adu-warae.

Afari. Fa-sa-da-m-ase, si. FaDwerobe. *Adwowa. Dwomo.

asem-kye. Ofee. Feni. Afi. Fiauko. Firempgh. Afiriyiye. *Afiwa.

Fofie. Ofori. Ofori-kae. 'Aforo, f. Ofosu. Fram. Frede-

Mfodwo.

Proper
frcde. Frene,
oiiipa-aliu,

.sL

Fua.

Fiit'ii.

Names
Mfum.

At'wi. At'wirci'i.

of Persons.

667

a/.

Fwe-ncaAgo. Agiiaiiako. Agya.

Afunyjiin. Aliiwa.

A game,

Gyaemti. Gyakari. Agyakwa. Gyaiii. Gyamabi. (iyai'i. Gyanadu.

Agyare. Gyaw. Gyawa. Gyawu. Agya-yo-ba, si. Agyci. Gyckyc.
Gyekyi. Agyekmn, Agy(;man. Gyinia. Agyiri.
llama. Ohempanyin. Olienc. Olioiu'wa. Alioiikora. Alu'iikumi'i.
Oka. Okae.
Kakraka. Ankaraa. Ankana. Okara. Kaiakari. Okata. Kesc. Kes('ku,.s7. Nketetl. Kcfeku. Akcti'wa. Kisi. Kisicdu. Ako. Ko-adow, si.
Nkoama. Ankobca. Kobihk*'). Kodi-abo, si. KoCo. Ivo-t'ori. ''Koko,
Koko'. Koko. Kokoia. Kokuroko. Ko-kyrrc. Nkoma. Kuiiiaim.
Koinmy. Akoh. Kouadu. Kohkoii. Akouiio. Ko-iitow. Koran.
Koraiikyt\ Korantci'i. Akosuwa. Koto, Akoto. Akotia. Akotua.
Okia. Okra. Okvaku. Nkromma. Okromea. Okromo. Akron. Oku.
Akii. (Aku-amoa.) .Akufu. Kuma. Kfimi. Okumpa, sZ. Okum-uipa.
Kiirotua. Kusi. Akuwa. *Kwabc'na,. Kwabiri. Kwaboin. Kwabonua.

Akwada. Kwadado. '"'Kwadwo. Kwaf'uni. Kwaf'o. Kwagyabradu,

Kwagyeman. Kwakowa. Kwaku. Kwakuwa. Kwakwa. Kwakye.
*K\vaino. Akwanuo. Kwanoku. Nkwauta. Nkwautabisa. Kwap( h.
*Kwa.si. * Akwa.siba. Kwati'a. Akwatbi. Kwaticmo.

Akwatua. Okyeamc. Akyoampoii. Kyci. Akyein. Okycn (= Atiemo). Akyene.

Kyeiiku. Okyore. Kyerci'o. Okyorema. Kyorewa. Okyiri.
Amma.
Amakyc. Amauapa. Maniainfem. Mankata { Macarl]iij). Manko.

iVmai'ikwa. Amankwatia. Amanno. Miiiausa. Mmjlnsa. Ainansa.

Mmami, -kuro,-kwa\v. Amniasa. Mensa. Minta. Amo. Aiuoa. Amoa-

Aminoakwa.
Allan. Nautwi. AnOc. Auiapam. Anini. Auimma. Auimiri. Aniniwa. Ngo. Anobi. Auokwa'. Anum.
NyJIko.
Ouyara. Nyamma. Auyamnia. *Ouyamc, Onyamo-ascni, Onyameyo-adom, si. Nyanaw. '^Nyahkamaago, Nyankamatuakosan. Nyahkoa (G.). Nyaute. Ouyiua.
Apagya. Pagyaw, 5?. Apanipauih.
Ampaua. Apauem. *Panyin. Opare. Ampasakyi. Pata-\vo-tuo, sZ.
Ampaw. Apea. Pedei /. iVpeko. Apeuem. Opese. Apetekonji. Piiitin.
Pi}>ini. 'Pobi. Ampofo(ro). Opoku. Opon. Apond\v<5a. Amponsti.
Apraku.
Asa. Ansa. Sa. Sabu. Saduasa. Sae. Sat'ori. Safbro.
Sakyi. Sakyiama. Sakyirifa. Asamarai. Nsame. Sani. Asano. Asante,
Sapawudiio. Saw. Osee. 'Sekyere. Asemnyame. Seniagya, s7. Osete.
Se-yese-nyo, si. Osew. Asi. Osiabo. Osiafo. Osiama. Asiammoa.
Asiampoh. Asiangwa. Asiare. Asiaw. Asiedu. iVsiemiri. Osiko.
Asirifi. Sisiriku. Asg f. Ason. Sgnkg. Asumeii.
"Ata, Ata. Otakwa. Takyi. Etam. Taung. Tantanti. *Ta\via. Teakataku. Oteh.
Atehka. Oten-koran. Tenten. Teta-bea. *'J'ete, Tete (G.). *Tete
'J'ete(Guah). Ati. Tia. Tia. Otibo. Atiemo. Ntim. Tiri. Ntoakyere\vo. Tomfo. Ntgmmg. Otopa. Ntow. Otu, Tuo, Otiitu. Otutiikono.
Otvie. Tweueboa. Twento. Ntwentweua. Twerebe. Antwi. 0twivva. Twotwow. Etwum. Twiimasi. Twumwa. Otwiiwa.
Wanyifi. Ware. Wia. Woko. Woroko. Awoso. Woyo. Awukix. Owuo.
Owusu.
Ya. Aya, si. Ayakg. Yamfo. Yaw. Yawniaue, Aye. Aye.
Oye. Yeboa. Yeke, si. Ayensa. Ayei*akwa. Ayesu. Yianoma. Ayiekgsah. Oyirefi. Yirehkyi. Ayiripe.
ko.

Tshi Dictiouary: Appendix H.

668

APPENDIX
On

H.

the English Writing of Native

of the Tshi,

Akra,

Names

Ewhe and Yoruba Languages.

Names of "Places in the and adjacent to the Gold Coast Protectorate" are published in Payne's Lagos and West African Almanack 1881, p. 63seq. in their official "correct" spelling. That list
of about 370 names, however laudable as an attempt to check the
unbounded arbitrariness in writing such names alter the English
mode of spelling, does not yet meet the requirements of the case.
Besides many misprints, the different names are written in so multifarious and inconsistent ways, that the same name frequently occurs
in two or three forms and at different places, e. g. Crachce, Karahi

= Karakye; Echvahin, Jnahin = Dwaben; SenJiee, Sefni, Slimvi =

Safwi &c.*)

names

of

We may retain the established orthography

European

origin, as

a) for

ApoUonia, Axim, Cape Coast, Chri-

stianshonj, Dixcove, Elmina, Salfiwnd, Volta; b) for places considered as Euro})ean Settlements and occupied by officers or functionaries of the Government, though their names be of native origin,

Accra (Akra), Addah, Anamahoc, Pranijirani, Qiiittah, Seceondee,

Winnehah (= Ga, Ada, Onomabo, K]ukpra, Keta, Sakunne,
Simpa); but for all other names of jilaces and persons the English
way of writing ought to be accommodated to the simple struc-

as

ture of the native language and the plain way of orthography followed in the vernacular literature. 1 o this end we suggest the following rules
1.

Native names in English writings are written with the same

whicli are used in the\ ernacular orthography (just
as English names in German or Negro writings are written after
their English fashion).

Koman letters

2.

The vowels

a, e,

and are always

e,

1,

o,

ii,

in "2}ast, best,

list,

post, ftdl,"

macron on them

(a,

[If these

use "ee, oo", instead of

3.

sound as

long letters should not exist in the printing

the vowels ought to be doubled. A chief point is, not to

O, u).

office,

i,

short, except they liave the

u".]

"i^

a) The broad vowels e, O (as in ''very, hot") are written with the
short line under them, as in the vernacular orthography; in
printing, if the office has not the proper letters, the e & o may
be put in italics (as proposed by Professor IVIax Miiller) or the
inverted letters e & o may be used. In Yoruba the letters e & o
have a perpendicular line joined to them underneath.
b) The thin a (as in "fat"), which the Fantes express by e,
stands instead of the full a (as in "far") before i, u, and other
close sounds,

*)

and wants no

The above

rectified, if

nientioued

distinction

list

of

names

from

a.

in Payue's

Almanack might be

the country or situation had been added to the single names;

but as the names stand,

many

of

them cannot be

identijBed.

Enfjlish Writing of Native

Names.

669

The narrotv e & o may be written witlioiit the dot, e, o. It is

& u (as the anglicized Fantes
a decided mistake to write them
do), wliich confoundis tliem with the real i & ii. They are indeed
in the oj)posite direction;
shades of c & o, as the broad o &
the Kru language likewise distinguishes three shades of e & 0.
c)

4.

The

frequent nasal tHnvdm, not

known

in the

English tongue,

must needs be marked as such. 'J'he letters a c i o u of the Standard Alphabet answer the purpose very well indeed; but if they
be wanting in print, the nasal character of the vowels may be
indicated by a dot on the right hand ol the vowed, as in Kiille's
Polyglotta Africana; e.g. Ada*. [In Yoruba the nasal sound is
indicated by an ii after the vowel; but in 'i\shi it is impossiltle
to do so, because common m, n or ii often follows after vowels.]
5. The consoiKinffi b d f g- (hard) li k
ni ii ] r s t v w y z are used
as in English, but c,j, q, j) are excluded in the Standard Alpliabet. Consonants are not to he douhlvd to indicate the shortness
I

of a preceding vowel.
6.

Consonants peculiar

African orthography.
the simple sound of ng as in "ring"
(never two sounds as in "finger"), and the dot answers the purpose very well; but if it cannot be printed on it, the dot may be
put on the right band of n, and before li &k it may be omitted.
The final
of the Akuapem and literary dialect is often merely n in Fante.
h) The "^I'shi letter w, if not to be liad in print, may be rendered
or wy, and the combinations dw, fw, iiw, tw,
by simple
by dw^'. Iw, iiw", tM'' or tsh' (not hy ju, tvh, - iivh or ich).
a)

The

letter

to

h represents

I'l

The Akra and Ewhe letters ds (^= dz), S, ts of the Standard

Alphabet ought to be expressed by dzh, sh, tsh; but if English
writers prefer /, ch, let them use these, as j is retained also
in Yoruba, whilst sh is expressed by s with a perpendicular line
c.)

attached

to it

The Ewhe

underneath.

letter
(better <p) may be rendered by \vh.
combinations gh, kp (in Akra, Ewhe, Yoruba) and jj^j^
hy, ky, ny (in Tshi) are retained. If, in the latter, the y in some
cases escape an English ear and be omitted, as in Akem
Akyem, it is no serious fault. It is of more importance not to
overlook the n of ny, as in Nyankomase, Anyahkamaase.

d)

c) 'i'he

Fostscripf. "^I'he name Tshi or Tshwi having such a curious

spelling and pronunciation, the language might have been designated on the title-page as "the Asanfe- P^infc language", in

analogy with the name of "the Anglo-Saxon language".

TABLE OF
Preface, page

COTSJ TENTS.

V VII.

The Tshi Dictionary, a couiiter])ail to the Tshi Graimnar. 2.Why so late and so large. - 3. For whom intended. -4. Whence
the materials. - 5. Dialects. - 6. A new Fantc orthography i-etuted. - 7. Foreign and new words. - 8. Arrangement of words.
1.

Parallel forms of the same word, - 10. Occasional expli1 1. Synonyines &c. - 12. Abbreviations. - 13. English
diction.- 14. Additions and Corrections. - 15. Appendices. -

0.

cations. IG.

Future improvement. - 17. Conclusion.

Abbreviations explained, p.
Tsui Literature, p. XV seq.

XIII seq.

Publications a) of the Basel Mission, h) in Fante.

Grammaticae Introduction,
A. General Remarks.

p.

XVII XXVII.

Name and

territory of the language, 1

Orthography and pronunciation of the name, Rem.

Position

among

other African languages, 2. 3.

features, u^l-^1.

Characteristic

B. Grammatical
Dialects, 4.

Sj)e('ialities.

I.

Sounds and

L'tfers.

Vowels, pure and nasal, 6. 7.

Diphthongs &c.
Consonants, simple and compound, 10.
II.

8. 9,

Formation of Words.

Stems and

Affixes, 11.
Reduplication, 12.
StemSj consonantal and vocalic part, 13-15,
Verbal stems and their varieties, 16. 17.
Aftixes of nouns: prefixes and suffixes, 18.19.
Affixes of verbs and of the infinitive, 20-22,
III.

Additional

Remarks on Tshi

Orthoj^raphy,

Inaccuracies of the Alphabet, 23.

Defective writing, 24, 25.
IV. Directions for the use of the Dictionary.
Alphabetical order of the letters, 26.
Deviations from the strict order, 27.
Prefixes to be severed from the radical consonants
difficulties caused by nasal prefixes and radicals, 28-30.

Addenda (words supplementary to p. 1-631), p. XXVIII.

Dictionary of the Asante and Fante Language, p. 1-568.
Additions and Corrections, p. 569-631.
Corrections of the Tshi Bible, p. 632.


671

Contents.

Appendices, p. 633-669.
A. Foreign Words occurring

in the

Tshi Bible,

p.

633.

Weights used in Akem and Asante, p. 636.

Geography of the Gold Coast and Inland Countries:

B. Gold

I.

Enumeration of Countries, also of towns, waters,

with historical and ethnoloj^ical remarks, p. 637.

hills &c.,

A. South-western grouj) (f countries, No. l-lO.

B. Countries of the Fante group, No. 11-21.
C. South-eastern Akan group, No. 22-28.
D. North-western Akan grouj), No. 29-32.
A'. Countries N. of Asante proper. No. 33-3H.
F. Eastern Trans- Volta group. No. 39-45.
Gr. Countries about the upper Volta, No, 46-50.
II. Countries of the remoter interior, No. 51-60.
I. AkraAdaiime coimtries, No. 61-66.
K. Countries E. of the lower Volta, No. 67-70.
II.

Some Routes
1,

3.
5.
III.
I).

in the

Gold Coast

countries, p. 651.

Kumase. 2. Cape Coast Akra Ada.

Okwawu Pae. Adafog (Volta) Salaga.
Kyebi, Obogu, Kumase, Fonuina, Praso, Kyebi.
Cape Coast

i.

Vocabulary of Geographical Names,

Mythological Proper Names,

p. 654.

p. 661.

K. Expressions of Ethnological Interest, p. 663.

V Ethnological Proper Names,

.

p.

664.

G. Proper Names of Persons, p. 665.

H. On the English Writing of Native Names of the Tshi, Akra,
Ewhe and Yoruba Languages, p. 667.

l^

winuiniG SECT.

JUH9